2082 langues concernées

28755 titres trouvés

[507]   [Anonymous] (1993) : Manuel de fulfulde
[1128]   [Anonymous] (1991) : Langue et culture en Afrique: mélanges à la mémoire d’Aramazani Burusha A. (1943-1987)
[20946]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Afrikanische Sprachen
[21952]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Etapes dans la découverte du système verbal en ntcham
[21953]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Un vocabulaire français-lokele
[21954]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Vocabulaire français-kituba-tshiluba-tshisonge-tshikuba-tshitetela
[21955]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Chokwe grammar notes
[21956]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Italian-Kikuyu and Kikuyu-Italian dictionary
[21957]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Tshivenda grammar notes
[21958]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Fragments of a Chigogo dictionary
[21959]   [Anonymous] (1---) : A dictionary of Chigogo
[21960]   [Anonymous] (1---) : English-Chokwe vocabulary
[21961]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Zigula vocabularies and phrases
[21962]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Glossary of Chikabanga
[21963]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Grammaire kirega (dialecte kisile), non-publié
[21964]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Kingoreme word list
[21965]   [Anonymous] (1---) : A grammatical sketch of the Kational dialect of the Tagbana language
[21966]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Vocabulaire lingala-français, français-lingala
[21967]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Short grammar of the Zigula language
[21968]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Kinyamwezi grammar and vocabulary
[21969]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Basa-French beginner’s book
[21970]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Essai sur la grammaire npongue
[21971]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Lexique ewondo-français et français-ewondo
[21972]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Suggestions for a Lontomba grammar
[21973]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Kingoreme grammar
[21974]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Chokwe-English vocabulary
[21975]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Essai de grammaire en dialecte djimini
[21976]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Birifor grammar
[21977]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Vocabulaire nioniossé
[21978]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Notes on the Zigua language
[21979]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Prefatory grammar notes
[21980]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Vocabulaire lingala: lingala-français, français-lingala
[21981]   [Anonymous] (19--) : A Maasai grammar for beginners
[21982]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Luhaya: Wortschatz und Redewendungen
[21983]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Dictionary ia Kiswahili-Gekoio na Gekoio-Kiswahili
[21984]   [Anonymous] (19--) : KiHehe-Deutsches Wörterbuch
[21985]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Deutsch-kiHehe Wörterbuch
[21986]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Afrikaans-Tsonga woodlysileidende Afrikaans
[21987]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Vocabulaire français-shi
[21988]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Vocabulaire shi-français
[21989]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Jahresnamen der Herero von 1820-1920
[21990]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Kiswahili phrase book and glossary
[21991]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Esimbi-English wordlist, English-Esimbi wordlist
[21992]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Buli grammar
[21993]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Vocabulaire kihaya, kinyarwanda, kigwe
[21994]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Abriss der kiHehe Grammatik
[21995]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Some (unpublished) notes on Kijita
[21996]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Maasai grammar and vocabulary
[21997]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Grammar English-Kigwe (Sukuma)
[21998]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Unpublished Masai dictionary: Masai-English, English-Masai
[21999]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Gramática ndau
[22000]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Dictionnaire français-mashi
[22001]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Swahili phrasebook
[22002]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Afrikaans-Engels-Tswana woordelys
[22003]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Suggestions for a LoNtomba grammar
[22004]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Bulu-French beginner’s book
[22005]   [Anonymous] (19--) : KiSimbita grammar
[22006]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Note on Kigwe grammar
[22007]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Dictionnaire francais--ki-sukuma, ki-sukuma--français
[22008]   [Anonymous] (19--) : English-Kisukuma dictionary
[22009]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Kisukuma-English dictionary
[22010]   [Anonymous] (19--) : A kiSukuma-English dictionary
[22011]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Éléments de dictionnaire français-kifipa
[22012]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Grammaire ki-sukuma
[22013]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Grammar of the Kisukuma language
[22014]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Outline of Sukuma grammar
[22015]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Zigua-English dictionary
[22016]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Vocabulaire sile
[22017]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Sukuma plants and their traditional uses
[22019]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Guide pour l’enseignement du syllabaire bete
[22020]   [Anonymous] (192-) : Primer in the Gang language
[22021]   [Anonymous] (1920) : Miners’ companion in Zulu (and Kitchen Kaffir)
[22022]   [Anonymous] (1921) : N’ano ne n’ano, Karanga progressive reading & writing handbook
[22024]   [Anonymous] (1921) : Elementary Zulu
[22025]   [Anonymous] (1922) : Vocabulary Nilotic-English
[22026]   [Anonymous] (1923) : Systems of translitteration from Arabic into English
[22027]   [Anonymous] (1923) : English-Yoruba phrase book
[22028]   [Anonymous] (1924) : English-Ibo phrase book
[22029]   [Anonymous] (1924) : The Oxford South African dictionary
[22030]   [Anonymous] (1925) : Tanganyika Territory. Report of the Education Committee, 1925, together with the Report of the Committee for the Standardization of the Swahili Language
[22031]   [Anonymous] (1926) : Grammar sy’oluganda
[22032]   [Anonymous] (1926) : Puisano ea Sesotho le se-English (phrase-book Sesuto-English)
[22033]   [Anonymous] (1926) : Diccionario manual español-pamue et pamue-español
[22034]   [Anonymous] (1927) : A grammar of the Kipsigis and Nandi languages
[22035]   [Anonymous] (1927) : Petit vocabulaire tshiluba-français
[22036]   [Anonymous] (1927) : Richtlinien für die praktische Schreibung afrikanischer Sprachen
[22037]   [Anonymous] (1927) : Practical orthography of African languages
[22038]   [Anonymous] (1927) : Éléments de la grammaire mangala de l’Uelé, suivis d’un vocabulaire
[22039]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Dholuo primer (Nilotic Kavirondo)
[22040]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Report of Rejaf language conference 1928
[22041]   [Anonymous] (1928) : English-Ibo phrase book
[22042]   [Anonymous] (1928) : A dictionary with notes on the grammar of the Mashona language
[22043]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Vocabulaire français, oromo, abyssin
[22044]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Report of the Committee for the Standardization of the Swahili Language
[22045]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Swahili phrases and large vocabulary
[22046]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Vocabulario de Chimanhica
[22047]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Sarufi ya kiswahili
[22048]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Buku ya vahlayi: livre de lecture pour les Thonga du nord du Transvaal et de la province Mozambique
[22049]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Buku da bahlayi: ledi da ku dama shipele
[22050]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Alphabets for the Efik, Ibo and Yoruba languages
[22051]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Recommendations on Zulu orthography
[22052]   [Anonymous] (1929) : A guide and aid to Swahili examinations
[22053]   [Anonymous] (1930) : Grammar la cinyanja
[22054]   [Anonymous] (1930) : Practical orthography of African languages
[22055]   [Anonymous] (1930/46) : Lexique boré-français et lexique français-boré
[22056]   [Anonymous] (1931) : A practical orthography for Zulu
[22057]   [Anonymous] (1931) : Petite grammaire de la langue du bas-Congo (kikongo)
[22058]   [Anonymous] (1931) : Lexicon kikuyense-latinum
[22059]   [Anonymous] (1931) : Lexicon latinum-kikuyense
[22060]   [Anonymous] (1932) : Actes du congrès de l’Institut Internationale des Langues et Civilisations Africaines, Paris 1931
[22061]   [Anonymous] (1933) : Ekitabo loisisyanakin aswairin
[22062]   [Anonymous] (1933) : Lexicon cinyanja-cilatini
[22063]   [Anonymous] (1933) : Short guide in the recording of African languages
[22064]   [Anonymous] (1934) : Inventaire ethnique et linguistique au Cameroun sous mandat français
[22065]   [Anonymous] (1934) : English-Tsonga, Tsonga-English pocket dictionary
[22066]   [Anonymous] (1935) : Dholuo grammar, with some useful phrases and vocabulary of common words
[22067]   [Anonymous] (1935-1938) : Sukuma-English word list
[22068]   [Anonymous] (1936) : Nomenclatura elementare e espressioni nelle lingue amarica, galla, araba (dialetto tripolino)
[22069]   [Anonymous] (1936) : The Hima method of counting
[22070]   [Anonymous] (1937) : Orthography of Chitonga
[22071]   [Anonymous] (1937) : Native education: the orthography of Tswana
[22072]   [Anonymous] (1938) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans, Sesuto and Mine Kaffir
[22073]   [Anonymous] (1938) : Hausa orthography
[22074]   [Anonymous] (1939) : Dictionnaire français-kiHa
[22075]   [Anonymous] (1939) : Wörterbuch Deutsch-Kinyankyusa
[22076]   [Anonymous] (1939) : The Acholi-English handbook
[22077]   [Anonymous] (1939) : Kikamba-English dictionary
[22078]   [Anonymous] (1940) : Luragoli-English vocabulary
[22079]   [Anonymous] (1940) : Kxasha-peu I: thutô ya Sesotho ê lekanyeditswe sekolo sa borutisi
[22080]   [Anonymous] (1940) : English-Chinyanja dictionary
[22081]   [Anonymous] (1941) : An easy Zulu vocabulary and phrase book, with grammatical notes
[22082]   [Anonymous] (1943-1974) : Manuscripts, papers, etc., on the study of Bantu languages
[22083]   [Anonymous] (1944) : Akarimojong-Swahili-English vocabulary
[22084]   [Anonymous] (1944) : Puisano ea Sesotho le se-English (phrase-book Suto-English)
[22085]   [Anonymous] (1945) : Lições elementares de umbundu
[22086]   [Anonymous] (1945) : Studi etiopici raccolti da Conti Rossini
[22087]   [Anonymous] (1946) : Simple English-Nuer phrases for beginners
[22088]   [Anonymous] (1947) : Bemba-English dictionary
[22089]   [Anonymous] (1947) : Standard Luganda rules of spelling: summary [...] according to the 1947 orthrography conference
[22090]   [Anonymous] (1948) : A veterinary glossary in Kiswahili, Kikuyu, Masai and Nandi (compiled for the Department of Veterinary Services, Kenya Colony)
[22091]   [Anonymous] (1948) : Internationale linguistische expeditie op de Bantoe-Soedaneze grenslijn 1949-1950
[22092]   [Anonymous] (1948) : Fanagalo postal course
[22093]   [Anonymous] (1948) : The majority and minority report of the Luganda Orthography Committee 1947
[22094]   [Anonymous] (1948) : Rules for reducing unwritten languages to alphabetical writing in Roman characters, with reference especially to the languages spoken in Africa
[22095]   [Anonymous] (1949) : Fanagalo postal course
[22096]   [Anonymous] (1949) : Setswana and Xhosa grammatical terms
[22097]   [Anonymous] (1950) : Linguaphone Swahili: introduction book based on Ashton’s Swahili grammar with text of records spoken by Sheikh Said Hilal El-Bualy and George James Magembe
[22098]   [Anonymous] (1950) : Coptic studies in honor of Walter Ewing Crum
[22099]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Universal decimal classification [...] reclassification of the Bantu languages
[22100]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Kikongo unifié: grammaire et exercises
[22101]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Die invloed van die Namataal op Afrikaans
[22102]   [Anonymous] (1951) : The orthography of Sotho
[22103]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Gurune primer
[22104]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Comptes rendus du premiere conférence international des africanistes de l’ouest, Dakar 1945
[22105]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Dictionnaire français-lingala, lingala-français, avec manuel de conversation
[22106]   [Anonymous] (1952) : Derivations of some Teso place-names
[22107]   [Anonymous] (1952) : Kutaura cirungu: Zezuru and English phrase book
[22108]   [Anonymous] (1952) : English-Tsonga, Tsonga-English pocket dictionary
[22109]   [Anonymous] (1953) : Bura-English dictionary
[22110]   [Anonymous] (1953) : Buli primer
[22111]   [Anonymous] (1953) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans and Fanakalo
[22112]   [Anonymous] (1953) : Gurune primer
[22113]   [Anonymous] (1954) : The White Fathers’ Bemba-English dictionary
[22114]   [Anonymous] (1955) : British East Africa: official standard names approved by the United States Board on Geographic Names
[22115]   [Anonymous] (1955) : English-Chinyanja dictionary
[22116]   [Anonymous] (1955) : Puisano ea Sesotho le Senyesemane: Suto-English phrase-book to which is newly added a list of Suto idioms
[22117]   [Anonymous] (1955) : A guide to standard Shona spelling - Chirairidzo chomunyorero wavepo wechiShona
[22118]   [Anonymous] (1956) : The compromise in Igbo orthography controversy
[22119]   [Anonymous] (1956) : Pequeno dicionário escolar: bundo-português/português-bundo
[22120]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Hanyar tadi da turanci/A dictionary of English conversation for Hausa students
[22121]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Zulu-Xhosa terminology and spelling 1
[22122]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Citumbuka-English, English-Citumbuka: some common useful words
[22123]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Elementos rudimentares de gramática portuguesa para uso dos vimbundos
[22124]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Sotho: terminology and orthography 1
[22125]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Mémorial André Basset
[22126]   [Anonymous] (1958) : Government Hausa examinations 1949-1959: selected
[22127]   [Anonymous] (1958) : Runyoro-Rutooro orthography rules
[22128]   [Anonymous] (1958) : Hausa spelling
[22129]   [Anonymous] (1959) : A textbook of Nandi grammar and idiom, with exercises and vocabularies
[22130]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Kutaura cirungu: zakakudziridzwa (Zezuru and English phrase book)
[22131]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Herero orthography 1: preliminary edition
[22132]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Voorgestelde ortografie vir Ndonga
[22133]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Voorgestelde ortografie vir Kwanyama
[22134]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Dictionary: English-Xhosa, Xhosa-English
[22135]   [Anonymous] (1960) : English-Tsonga, Tsonga-English pocket dictionary
[22136]   [Anonymous] (1961) : African languages and linguistics
[22137]   [Anonymous] (1961) : Prénoms gourmantchés
[22138]   [Anonymous] (1961) : Language guide: Dagbani edition
[22139]   [Anonymous] (1961) : Feesbundel vir Prof. Dr Jan Antonie Engelbrecht
[22140]   [Anonymous] (1962) : The writing of Akan
[22141]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Cimambwe grammar
[22142]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Kutaura cirungu: Zezuru and English phrase book
[22143]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Southern Sotho: terminology and spelling 2
[22144]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Tswana terminology and orthography 2
[22145]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Venda terminology and spelling 2
[22146]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Tsonga terminology and orthography 2
[22147]   [Anonymous] (1963) : Chichewa intensive course
[22148]   [Anonymous] (1963) : Dicionario cinyanja-português
[22149]   [Anonymous] (1963) : Taalkundige opstelle van oud-studente aan Prof. Dr T. H. le Roux
[22150]   [Anonymous] (1963) : Actes de second colloque international de linguistique négro-africaine, Dakar, 12-16 avril 1962
[22151]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Introductory Krio language training manual
[22152]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Report of the Ateso orthography committee
[22153]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Shona language lessons
[22154]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Dictionary Maninka-English
[22155]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Dicionário português-cinyanja
[22156]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Tjipeletana tjabana: a Tjikalanga reader
[22157]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Colloque sur le multilingualisme/Symposium on multilingualism: the second meeting of the Inter-African Committee on Linguistics, Brazzaville, 16-21 August 1962
[22158]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Afrikaans-Xhosa, Xhosa-Afrikaans woordeboek
[22159]   [Anonymous] (1965) : Chinyanja basic course
[22160]   [Anonymous] (1965) : Provisional religious vocabulary: Swahili-English, English-Swahili; based on the “Katemisimu ya Kikristu” (Ndanda), submitted by Tanzania Episcopal Conference, Catholic Secretariat, Dar es Salaam
[22161]   [Anonymous] (1965) : Provisional list of mathematical terms
[22162]   [Anonymous] (1966) : Dicionário português-cinyanja
[22163]   [Anonymous] (1966) : Ndonga spelreëls/orthography 1
[22164]   [Anonymous] (1966) : Kwanyama spelreëls/orthography 1
[22165]   [Anonymous] (1966) : The phonology of Dagari
[22166]   [Anonymous] (1967) : Bibliography of works in Ghana languages
[22167]   [Anonymous] (1967) : Dictionary Tyebara-English, English-Tyebara
[22168]   [Anonymous] (1967) : Standard Shona spelling
[22169]   [Anonymous] (1967) : Noord-Sotho, Tswana, Tsonga: wysiginge in die ortografiëe
[22170]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Hanyar tadi da turanci/A dictionary of English conversation for Hausa students
[22171]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Lexique bambara à l’usage des centres d’alphabétisation
[22172]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Comment écrire correctement le moore
[22173]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Mbukushu spelreëls/orthography 1
[22174]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Kwangali spelreëls/orthography 1
[22175]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Herero spelreëls/orthography 1
[22176]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Shona companion
[22177]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Language guide: Dagbani edition
[22178]   [Anonymous] (1968) : The papers of Hans Cory in the library of University College, Dar es Salaam
[22179]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Chichewa intensive course
[22180]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans and Fanakalo
[22181]   [Anonymous] (1969) : !Xû: ’n Boesmantaal (spelreëls 1)
[22182]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Standaardisering van spelling in Tswana
[22183]   [Anonymous] (1969) : KiSukuma language course
[22184]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Ethnological and linguistic studies in honour of N. J. van Warmelo: essays contributed on the occasion of his sixty-fifth birthday 28 January 1969
[22185]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Le francais en France et hors de France, I: créoles et contacts africains. Actes du colloque sur les ethnies francophones, Nice, 26-30 avril, 1968
[22186]   [Anonymous] (1969?) : English-Xhosa, Xhosa-English
[22187]   [Anonymous] (197-) : Maasai basic course
[22188]   [Anonymous] (197-) : Kwangali: linguistic terms and abbreviations/taalkundige terme en afkortings
[22189]   [Anonymous] (197-) : Tumbuka
[22190]   [Anonymous] (1970) : Tumbuka grammar
[22191]   [Anonymous] (1970) : Afrikaans-Tsonga woordelys
[22192]   [Anonymous] (1970) : Nama/Damara spelreëls/orthography 1
[22193]   [Anonymous] (1971) : Dictionnaire elementaire fulfulde-français-anglais
[22194]   [Anonymous] (1971) : Ndonga: taalkundige terme en afkortings
[22195]   [Anonymous] (1971) : Kwanyama: taalkundige terme en afkortings
[22196]   [Anonymous] (1971) : Ordlista: svenska-engelska-swahili
[22197]   [Anonymous] (1971) : Towards a dictionary of South African English on historical principles
[22198]   [Anonymous] (1972) : A Karimojong dictionary
[22199]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Xhosa terminology and orthography 3
[22200]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Tsonga terminology and orthography 3
[22201]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Northern Sotho terminology and orthography 3
[22202]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Miners’ dictionary: English/Fanakalo & Afrikaans/Fanakalo
[22203]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Zulu terminology and orthography 3
[22204]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Tswana terminology and orthography 3
[22205]   [Anonymous] (1972) : English-Nyanja dictionary
[22206]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Shona companion: a practical guide to Zimbabwe’s most widely spoken language
[22207]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Fonologiya i morfonologiya afrikanskikh yazykov
[22208]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Historia fupi ya lugha ya Kiiraqw [A short history of the Iraqw language]
[22209]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Vocabulário da lingoa canarina com versam portugueza
[22210]   [Anonymous] (1973) : New orthography rules (for Chichewa)
[22211]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Ndonga taalkunde en rekenkunde: terminologielys
[22212]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Kwanyama taalkunde en rekekunde: terminologielys
[22213]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Kwanyama spelreëls/orthography 2
[22214]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Mbukushu taalkunst en rekenkunde: terminologielys
[22215]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Ndonga spelreëls/orthography 2
[22216]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Cimambwe grammar
[22217]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Essays on literature and language presented to prof. T. M. H. Endemann by his colleagues
[22218]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Osnovnye problemy afrikanistiki: etnografiya, istoriya, filologiya
[22219]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Règle de transcription et lexique de base Jula
[22220]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Revized official orthography for the Yoruba language
[22221]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Kwangali spelreëls/orthography 2
[22222]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Herero spelreëls/orthography 2
[22223]   [Anonymous] (1974) : English-Tsonga, Tsonga-English pocket dictionary
[22224]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Useful phrases (Tyebara-English)
[22225]   [Anonymous] (1974) : First steps in spoken Setswana
[22226]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Les langues africaines facteur de development
[22227]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Edo language and its orthography: report of the seminar on Edo orthography, May 15-18 1974
[22228]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Suaheli für die Reise/Swahili for German-speaking travellers
[22229]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Cours d’arabe égyptien parlé
[22230]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Kwanyama spelreëls/orthography 2
[22231]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Ndonga spelreëls/orthography 2
[22232]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Herero rekenkunde: terminologielys
[22233]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Sisaala-English, English-Sisaala dictionary
[22234]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Bibliographie du Centre d’Études Linguistiques de Sahr (Tchad)
[22235]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Orthographe et lexique du Bambara
[22236]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Dictionnaire bamiléké des mots et expressions fe'e fe'e, avec leur traduction française. Fascicules 1-2: A-Kà
[22237]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Comment transcrice correctement le moore
[22238]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Manuel pour lire et écrire la langue ngyemboon
[22239]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Herero taalkundige terminologielys
[22240]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Nama/Damara taalkundige terminologielys
[22241]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Afrikaans: dit is ons erns
[22242]   [Anonymous] (1976) : L’améloration et la coordination de la contribution européene a l’enseignement des langues en Afrique
[22243]   [Anonymous] (1976) : 1875-1975: studies oor die afrikaanse taal
[22244]   [Anonymous] (1977) : Promotion des langues nationales: resultats des travaux, Yaoundé du 1 au 8 decembre 1976
[22245]   [Anonymous] (1977) : Reflexôes sobre o estudo das linguas nacionais
[22246]   [Anonymous] (1977) : Nama/Damara spelreëls/orthography 2
[22247]   [Anonymous] (1977) : Le français en contact avec - la langue arabe, les langues négro-afrcaines, la science et la technique les cultures régionales, Sassenage, 16-20 mai 1977
[22248]   [Anonymous] (1977/79) : Lexique wolof-français
[22249]   [Anonymous] (1978) : Shek nkarn ke shektok mwa nden Ngas / Ngas-Hausa-English dictionary
[22250]   [Anonymous] (1978) : Manuel pour apprendre à lire et écrire la langue tikar
[22251]   [Anonymous] (1978) : Reading and writing Obolo
[22252]   [Anonymous] (1978) : A simple science vocabulary
[22253]   [Anonymous] (1978) : Études nubiennes: colloque de Chantilly, 2-6 juillet 1975
[22254]   [Anonymous] (1978) : Miners’ dictionary: English/Fanakalo, Afrikaans/Fanakalo
[22255]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Orthography of standard Kanuri
[22256]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Manuel pour lire et écrire la langue gunu
[22257]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Enquête dialectale, Togo (1978)
[22258]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Unified Akan orthography
[22259]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Petit lexique gunu-français
[22260]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Tlhofofatso ketapele ya puo ya Setswana / Simplified introduction to Setswana grammar
[22261]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Language survey in Nigeria
[22262]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Langues kru: 1ère colloque international
[22263]   [Anonymous] (198-) : Tentative orthography of Fwe, as spoken in the Caprivi
[22264]   [Anonymous] (198-) : Tentative orthography of Subiya, as spoken in the Caprivi
[22265]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Temne language manual
[22266]   [Anonymous] (1980) : Dialectes mandenkan - mandenkan bolofaraw
[22267]   [Anonymous] (1980) : Lexiques fondamentaux des sciences exactes, maninke, soso, kpelewo, kissie, loma
[22268]   [Anonymous] (1980) : A Themne orthography workshop - held during February 18-22, 1980
[22269]   [Anonymous] (1980) : Chichewa orthography rules
[22270]   [Anonymous] (1980) : A Mende orthography workshop - held during January 21-25, 1980
[22271]   [Anonymous] (1980) : Histórico sobre a criação dos alfabetos em línguas nacionais
[22272]   [Anonymous] (1980) : Mbukushu spelreëls/orthography 2
[22273]   [Anonymous] (1981) : A Krio orthography workshop - held during November 24-25, 1981
[22274]   [Anonymous] (1981) : Toward a language policy for Namibia: English as the official language - perspectives and strategies
[22275]   [Anonymous] (1981) : Setswana standard orthography 1981
[22276]   [Anonymous] (1981) : Opstelle oor taal- en letterkunde opgedra aan prof. J. A. Ferreira by sy aftrede
[22277]   [Anonymous] (1981) : Essays in Bantu language studies
[22278]   [Anonymous] (1981) : Dictionary English-Xhosa, Xhosa-English
[22279]   [Anonymous] (1982) : Nahawu pular: grammaire pular 2eme et 3e cycles
[22280]   [Anonymous] (1982) : Bibliographie fulfuldé
[22281]   [Anonymous] (1982) : Éléments du grammaire lingala
[22282]   [Anonymous] (1982) : The language of the Isekiri people: proceedings of the Isekiri language workshop
[22283]   [Anonymous] (1982) : Lexique d’agriculture français-kinyarwanda, kinyarwanda-français
[22284]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Dialectes manding du Mali
[22285]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Report of the writer’s workshop of the indigenous languages education project - held during April 3-9, 1983
[22286]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Éléments de recherche sur la langue fon
[22287]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Zaïre, Monokutuba
[22288]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Centrafrique, Sango
[22289]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Rwanda, Ikinyarwanda
[22290]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Cameroun, Basaa
[22291]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Zaïre, Ciluba
[22292]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Burundi, Kirundi
[22293]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Zaïre, Kiswahili
[22294]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Juta se sakwoordeboek/Juta’s pocket dictionary
[22295]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Setswana-English, English-Setswana word list
[22296]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Herero spelreëls/orthography 3
[22297]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexique du senufo de Ndorola
[22298]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Langue arabe et langues africaines
[22299]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Guide de l’alphabétiseur pour le syllabaire kroumen (tépo)
[22300]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Guide pour lire et écrire le yaoure
[22301]   [Anonymous] (1984) : African ethnonyms and toponyms: reports and papers of the meeting of experts organized by Unesco in Paris, 3-7 July 1978
[22302]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Bisa didale sibir. Méthode d’alphabétisation F.J.A. langue bissa: phase I et II
[22303]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale - inventaire préliminaire: la Republique Centrafricaine
[22304]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Tchad, Sara-ngambay
[22305]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Revised Kono, Krio, Limba, Mende and Themne orthographies - workshop held during April 24-27, 1984
[22306]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Annotated bibliography of the Ethiopian languages
[22307]   [Anonymous] (1984) : A problemática da alfabetização em Moçambique
[22308]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Kongresreferate 1983 - Linguistevereniging van Suider-Afrika (LVSA)
[22309]   [Anonymous] (1984) : English language programme for Namibians: seminar report from Lusaka, 19-27 October 1983
[22310]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Education policy for independent Namibia: some fundamental considerations
[22311]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Guide de l’alphabetiseur pour le syllabaire djimini
[22312]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Guide pour lire et écrire le djimini
[22313]   [Anonymous] (1985) : A handbook of language study for Corps members (Izon)
[22314]   [Anonymous] (1985) : Miners’ dictionary: English-Fanakalo/Woordeboek vir mynwerkers: Afrikaans-Fanakalo
[22315]   [Anonymous] (1985) : Lozi orthography 2
[22316]   [Anonymous] (1985) : Xhosa language: phrase dictionary and study guide
[22317]   [Anonymous] (1985) : L’identité culturelle camerounaise
[22318]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Lexique dogon, français
[22319]   [Anonymous] (1986) : The student’s English-Chichewa dictionary
[22320]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Learner’s English-Tswana dictionary
[22321]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Dictionary Tigrinya-English
[22322]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Language in education in Africa: proceedings of a seminar held in the Centre of African Studies, University of Edinburgh, 29 and 30 November, 1985
[22323]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Proceedings of the conference on English in East Africa, 24-27 March 1986
[22324]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Bua Setswana
[22325]   [Anonymous] (1987) : The learner’s Russian-Hausa-Yoruba dictionary
[22326]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale - inventaire préliminaire: le Congo
[22327]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Congo, Lingala
[22328]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Zjuc’hôa ortografie/orthography 2 (Boesman/Bushman)
[22329]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Langues tchadiques et non tchadiques en contact en Afrique centrale: actes de la table ronde franco-allemagne, Ivry (France), 8-12 décembre 1978
[22330]   [Anonymous] (1988) : Northern Sotho terminology and orthography 4
[22331]   [Anonymous] (1988) : Inventaire des particularités lexicales du français en Afrique noire (IFA)
[22332]   [Anonymous] (1988) : Gciriku ortografie/orthography 1
[22333]   [Anonymous] (1988?) : Proceedings of the 17th annual conference on African linguistics
[22334]   [Anonymous] (1989) : Le nouvel alphabet des langues guinnéennes
[22335]   [Anonymous] (1989) : Ndebele dictionary sample
[22336]   [Anonymous] (1989) : Journée d’études de linguistique berbère
[22337]   [Anonymous] (1989) : History of annual conference on African linguistics
[22338]   [Anonymous] (1989) : Africanistes au Zaire: actes du 1e colloque d’Aequatoria, 10-13 octobre 1987
[22339]   [Anonymous] (1989) : Research and publications in African linguistics by students, alumni and faculty of the University of Illinois
[22340]   [Anonymous] (199-) : Lexique bambara-français/Bamaman kan ni tubabu kan danyègafé
[22341]   [Anonymous] (1990) : Chichewa orthography rules
[22342]   [Anonymous] (1990) : Alphabet des langues nationales
[22343]   [Anonymous] (1990) : Report of the Ghanaian Languages Alphabet Standardization Committee
[22344]   [Anonymous] (1991) : English-Xhosa/Xhosa-English dictionary
[22345]   [Anonymous] (1991) : Provisional language policy for schools
[22346]   [Anonymous] (1991) : The Oxford junior primary dictionary for South Africa
[22347]   [Anonymous] (1991) : A Fulfulde-English dictionary
[22348]   [Anonymous] (1991) : South African multi-language dictionary and phrase book: English, Afrikaans, Northern Sotho, Sesotho, Tswana, Xhosa, and Zulu
[22349]   [Anonymous] (1992) : Khoisan languages
[22350]   [Anonymous] (1992) : Línguas nacionais: Moçambique
[22352]   [Anonymous] (1993) : The language policy for schools: 1992-1996 and beyond
[22353]   [Anonymous] (1993) : Namibia national conference on the implementation of the language policy for schools (Ongwediva Training Centre, 22-26 June 1992)
[22354]   [Anonymous] (1993) : Lexique lyélé-français
[22355]   [Anonymous] (1994) : The revised national policy on education, April 1994
[22356]   [Anonymous] (1994) : Language, text and the southern African context
[22357]   [Anonymous] (1995) : National education policy and strategies for implementation
[22358]   [Anonymous] (1995) : Conference report from the first Runyakitara conference, Makerere University, 1994
[22359]   [Anonymous] (1995) : Unmask the giant: an ethnic survey of Bauchi State
[22360]   [Anonymous] (1995) : Papers from GILLBT’s seminar week, January 30 - February 3, 1995, Tamale
[22361]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Ni wakati wa kudzifundza kusoma Chidigo! [It’s time to learn reading Digo!]
[22362]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Publishing in Namibian languages
[22363]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Towards a national language plan for South Africa: final report of the Language Plan Task Group (LANGTAG)
[22364]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Manual de alfabetização em língua ndau
[22365]   [Anonymous] (1996) : English-Ndonga dictionary
[22366]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Towards a national language policy for South Africa
[22367]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Language and literacies: proceedings of the 10th annual conference of the South African Applied Linguistics Association, University of Zululand, 8-10 July
[22368]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Glossário de conceitos político-sociais: caderno de trabalho na língua cindau
[22369]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Glossário de conceitos político-sociais: caderno de trabalho na língua ciutée
[22370]   [Anonymous] (1997) : English-Somali dictionary and thesaurus/Qaamuus iyo ‘tesooras’ Ingiriisi-Soomaali: advanced level dictionary incorporating the Somali-English thesaurus
[22371]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Thesaurus: Somali-English/Qaamuuska tesooras: Soomaalu-Ingriisi
[22372]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Lexicographic consultative meating, 31 October 1997, Holiday Inn, Johannesburg International Airport
[22373]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Glossário de conceitos político-sociais: caderno de trabalho na língua cimanyika
[22374]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Actes de la 8ème conférence internationale des études nubiennes, Lille, 11-17 septembre 1994
[22376]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Chitumbuka survey
[22377]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Language for learning and teaching in Tanzania: language issues consultancy for the education sector development programme
[22378]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Lexicographic meeting of the existing lexicographic units of South Africa, 19 & 20 March 1998, Johannesburg Civic Centre
[22379]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Lexicographic meeting of those languages which do not already have a lexicographic unit, 14 & 15 May 1998, Johanneburg Civic Centre
[22380]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Chiyao survey
[22381]   [Anonymous] (1999) : The sound system of Setswana
[22382]   [Anonymous] (2000) : The structure of Setswana sentences: an introduction
[22384]   [Anonymous] (2001) : A dictionary of the Yorùbá language
[22385]   [Anonymous] (2003) : Maninka sentence repetition test survey report: an investigation into the degree of bilingualism proficiency between Maninka of Kankan and Malinké, Kuranko, Sankaran, Konyanka, as well as other dialects of Maninka
[22386]   [Anonymous] (2005) : A dictionary of Ogba, an Igboid language of southern Nigeria
[22476]   [Anonymous] (1991) : Dictionnaire tigrinia-français/français-tigrinia
[22600]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Yaa ma laha! Initiation au fe’efe’e
[22745]   [Anonymous] (1940) : Dictionary of the Eggon language
[22819]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Les langues du Gabon
[23043]   [Anonymous] (2001) : Kithaapu ya maana a mattakhuzi/Dicionário temático nas linguas Koti, Português e Inglês/Thematic dictionary of Koti, Portuguese and English
[23124]   [Anonymous] (1993) : Afrika: språk
[23125]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Afrika: språk
[23205]   [Anonymous] (2003) : Khoekhoegowab orthography 2
[23590]   [Anonymous] (1966) : Health vocabulary, 1966: guide for translation into the language, Chinyanja, of the host country, Malawi
[23607]   [Anonymous] (1995) : Bemba (PST 1995 special lessons)
[23609]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Language manual II - Sesotho
[23633]   [Anonymous] (1985) : Krio language manual
[23679]   [Anonymous] (2003) : Yambetta provisional lexicon
[23760]   [Anonymous] (1989) : A decade of undergraduate research in linguistics and Yoruba, 1979-1989
[23923]   [Anonymous] (1----) : Esquisse grammaticale lingombe
[23989]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-maninkakan
[23990]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-pular
[23991]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-soso
[23995]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-fon, fon-français
[23996]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-yorùba
[24001]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Lexique des mathématiques: français-wolof
[24002]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Lexique des mathématiques: français-pulaar
[24003]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Lexique des mathématiques: français-sooninke
[24006]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-kanuri
[24007]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-fulfude
[24008]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-hausa
[24009]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-tamajaq
[24010]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-zarma
[24013]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Code électoral de la République Centrafricaine: français-sango
[24180]   [Anonymous] (2001) : Cours d’alphabétisation en bainouke
[24181]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Lexique bainouke / français
[25095]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Lexique Susu-Français
[25106]   [Anonymous] (1845) : Vocabulaires guiolof, manding, foule, saracole, séraire, bagnon et floupe, recueillis à la côte dʼAfrique pour le service de lʼancienne Compagnie Royale du Sénégal
[25129]   [Anonymous] (1982) : Guide de Transcription et Lexique Bozo [Tieyaxo sawananbaana yee a xarabuye]
[25307]   [Anonymous] (1881) : Dictionnaire pongoué-français précédé des principes de la langue pongouée
[25434]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Cabonaque caran carta cabanjo nca Nindo
[25435]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Econdocate ejona: enri sanggapa enri ate Jesus Cristo
[1]   =Oma, Kxao Moses & Magdalena Broerman (1998) : Do the San of southern Africa have a say on education?
[27332]   A.C. (2017) : Essai de Grammaire de la Langue de Viti - D’Après les Manuscripts des Missionaires Maristes Coordonnées
[27331]   A.M.D.G. (2017) : Quelques principes grammaticaux de la langue Fang
[2]   Aaron, Uche E. (1999) : Tense and aspect in Obolo grammar and discourse
[22763]   Aaron, Uche E. (1996/97) : Grammaticalization of the verb ‘say’ to future tense in Obolo
[22764]   Aaron, Uche E. (1996/97) : The category number in Obolo verbal morphology
[22765]   Aaron, Uche E. (1992) : Reported speech in Obolo narrative discourse
[22766]   Aaron, Uche E. (1983) : Language variation in Obolo
[22768]   Aaron, Uche E. (1990) : Orthography of Obolo (Adoni)
[23065]   Aaron, Uche E. (1984) : Language variation in Obolo
[3]   Aarons, Debra & Philemon Akach (2002) : South African sign language: one language or many?
[4]   Abad, Isidoro (1928) : Elementos de la gramática bubi
[5]   Abadir Abrahim (2003) : Dialectal comparison among Harar and Mecha Oromo: a case study through some selected issues in their phonology, morphology via social context
[6]   Abaglo, P. & Diana Archangeli (1989) : Language-particular underspecification: Gengbe /e/ and Yoruba /i/
[24146]   Abakah, Emmanuel N. (1998-99) : On the Question of Standard Fante
[24149]   Abakah, Emmanuel N. (2005) : Tone rules in Akan
[26709]   Abakah, Emmanuel N. (2010) : Tone and the Associative Construction in Akan
[7]   Abakah, Emmanuel Nicholas (1993) : Some aspects of the phonology of the Mfantse dialect of Akan
[8]   Abakah, Emmanuel Nicholas (2004) : Elision in Fante
[9]   Abakah, Emmanuel Nicholas (2005) : Phonological analysis of word-final consonants in Akan
[26964]   Abakah, Emmanuel Nicholas (2012) : Some assimilatory processes in Akan
[28464]   Abakah, Emmanuel Nicholas (2002) : A Closer Look at Downstep in Akan
[10]   Abalo, Malou , Alou Ewayi & Wiyao Blanzoua Kao (1980) : Travail de recherche en linguistique africaine
[28342]   Abandzounou, Prince Honneur (2012) : Description phonologique d’ibɔɔ̃ , parler bantu de la zone B de la République du Congo
[28343]   Abandzounou, Prince Honneur (2013) : Etude morphologique de l’ibɔɔ̃, (parler bantu de la zone B de la République du Congo) - Axe développé : Indices nominaux en ibɔɔ̃
[11]   Abangma, Samson Negbo (1981) : The use of modes in Denya discourse: a study in discourse analysis
[12]   Abangma, Samson Negbo (1987) : Modes in Dényá discourse
[24106]   Abangma, Samson Negbo (2002) : The Forms and Functions of Questions in Denya
[13]   Abasheikh, Mohammad Imam (1976) : Reflexivization in Chimwi:ni
[14]   Abasheikh, Mohammad Imam (1978) : The grammar of Chimwi:ni causatives
[15]   Abasiattai, M. B. (Ed) (1987) : Akwa Ibom and Cross River states: the land, the people and their culture
[16]   Abayo, Adonijah (2003) : Swahili noun class system: a critical survey of the loanwords
[17]   Abba, Isa Alkali , Ibrahim Mukoshi & Gidado Tahir (Ed) (1991) : Studies in Fulfulde language
[22446]   Abba, Mustafa (1976) : Hausa in education in Nigeria
[18]   Abbakar, J. , A. Abbakar , Y. Addeep , A. Neetyo , M. Banaat , A. Yuunus & Jacques Fédry (1975) : Sironte dangla/Manuel de dangaléat (est) pour scolarisés
[22434]   Abbassi, Abdelaziz (1977) : A sociolinguistic study of multilingualism in Morocco
[19]   Abbey, E. T. A. , Vincent Okunor & Emmanuel N. A. Mensah (1992) : Buli primer
[20]   Abbi, Anvita (Ed) (1972) : Reduplication in South African languages: an areal, typological and historical study
[21]   Abbink, Jon (19--) : Chai manuscript dictionary
[22]   Abbink, Jon (1993) : Suri-English basic vocabulary
[23]   Abbink, Jon (1996) : De nilo-saharaanse en omotische sprekende bevolkingsgroepen
[25]   Abbink, Jon (1998) : Violence and political discourse among the Chai Suri
[24]   Abbink, Jon & Peter Unseth (1998) : Surmic languages and cultures: a bibliography
[26507]   Abbink, Jon , Michael Bryant & Daniel Bambu (2013) : Suri Orature: Introduction to the Society, Language and Oral Culture of the Suri people (Southwest Ethiopia).
[27]   Abbott, Mary & Mary Steele (1973) : An introduction to learning Likpakpaln (Konkomba)
[26]   Abbott, Mary & Monica E. Cox (1966) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Basari
[28]   Abboud, Peter (1976) : On Ablaut in Cairo Arabic
[29]   Abcarius, John J. (1974) : An English-Arabic reader’s dictionary
[30]   Abdallah, Abdallah Ibrahim (1973) : Kadugli language and language usage
[31]   Abdallah, Hassan (1982) : A dictionary of international relations and conference terminology
[28432]   Abdallah, Iddrisu (2021) : Segmental Processes in Loanword Adaptation in Dagbani
[32]   Abdeen, Adnan M. (1980) : English-Arabic dictionary for accounting & finance
[33]   Abdel-Hafiz, Ahmed Sokarno (1988) : A reference grammar of Kunuz Nubian
[26645]   Abdel-Hafiz, Ahmed-Sokarno (2015) : Focus Constructions in Kunuz Nubian
[34]   Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : Tamazight verb structure: a generative approach
[35]   Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : A reference grammar of Tamazight: a comparative study of the Berber dialects of Ayt Ayache and Ayt Seghrouchen (Middle Atlas), Morocco
[23361]   Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : A computerized lexicon of Tamazight: Berber dialect of Ayt Seghrouchen
[23362]   Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : A course in spoken Tamazight: Berber dialects of Ayt Ayache and Ayt Seghrouchen
[36]   Abdelmagid, Mustafa Muhammad (1972) : The role of English in education in Sudan
[37]   Abdou, Kamar M. & Ahmed T. Hassansin (1992) : The concise Arabic-English lexicon of verbs in context
[26018]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane L. (2011) : Relative clauses in Hausa: A grammaticalization perspective
[27509]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane L. (2008) : Perfectivity and time reference in Hausa
[28392]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane L. (2018) : Static Location and Motion Marking in Hausa and Zarma
[28438]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane L. , Salifou Barmou & Saoudé Souley Bida (2020) : The one-term predication for deictic identification in Hausa
[38]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1985) : Morphotonologie des formes aspectuelles, temporelles et modales affirmatives et non-dérivés du verbe en tubu
[39]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1990) : Advancement and ascension to object in Hausa
[40]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1991) : Derived direct objects in Hausa
[41]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1996) : Figure and ground in the Hausa ‘Grade 2’ verb
[42]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (2000) : Passive and grammaticalization in Hausa
[43]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (2001) : The grammaticalization of Hausa zâa ‘be going’ to future
[22693]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (2004) : Comitative, coordinating, and indusory constructions in Hausa
[23445]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1999) : The development of the passive construction in Hausa
[23460]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1993) : Aspects of Hausa morphosyntax in role and reference grammar
[24005]   Abdoulkarim, Chérif Ari , Manoua Djibir & Mai Mai Moussa (1997) : Lexique des élections français-kanuri
[44]   Abdoullaye, D. & John Kelly (1985) : On the ‘compound’ tone in Migaama
[45]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1971) : Tanzania’s national language policy and the rise of Swahili political culture
[46]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1971) : Triglossie und Suaheli-englischer Bilingualismus in Tansania
[47]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1972) : Triglossia and Swahili-English bilingualism in Tanzania
[48]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1976) : Transitivity patterns in the Swahili clause
[50]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1980) : The ecology of Tanzanian national language policy
[51]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1982) : Patterns of language acquisition and use in Kenya: rural-urban differences
[52]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1985) : Aspects of lexical and semantic elaboration in the process of modernization of Swahili
[53]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1989) : Development of scientific and technical terminology with special reference to African languages
[54]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1991) : East Africa (Tanzania and Kenya)
[55]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1991) : Language in education: a comparative study of the situation in Tanzania, Ethiopia and Somalia
[56]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1996) : Transitivity in Swahili
[57]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi & Kenneth Osinde (1997) : Sheng and Engsh: development of mixed codes among the urban youth in Kenya
[49]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi & Melvin Fox (Ed) (1978) : Evaluation of survey of language use and language teaching of East Africa
[58]   Abduljebar Awal (1988) : Mesquan phonology
[59]   Abdullahi, Mohamed Diriye (1992) : Dialectes et pouvoir en Somalie
[60]   Abdullahi, Mohamed Diriye (1997) : Parlons somali
[61]   Abdullahi, Mohamed Diriye (2000) : Le somali, dialectes et histoire
[62]   Abdurahim Adem (1993) : The phonology of Girirra
[63]   Abdurahman Worku (2000) : The Geto verb morphology
[64]   Abe, Maya (2002) : [Language use of the Ma’a people]
[27139]   Abe, Maya (2017) : Relative Clause Constructions in Mbugu / Ma’a
[27793]   Abe, Yuko (2020) : Bende
[65]   Abeba Sirak (1986) : The structure of simple declarative sentences in Awngi
[66]   Abebe Gebre-Tsadik (1982) : Derived nominals in Sidamo
[67]   Abebe Gebre-Tsadik (1985) : An overview of the morphological structure of Sidamo verbs
[69]   Abebe Gebre-Tsadik (1986) : Sidamo verbal phonology (generative approach)
[70]   Abebe Lemessa (2001) : The structure of clauses in Burji
[71]   Abebe Mehretu (1982) : The role of suprasegmentals in Wolaytta
[72]   Abega, Prosper (1968) : Le préfixe nominal ewondo
[73]   Abega, Prosper (1969) : La grammaire de l’ewondo
[74]   Abega, Prosper (1971) : Grammaire ewondo
[75]   Abega, Prosper (1974) : Langues africaines et développement
[76]   Abega, Prosper (1976) : L’organisation du verbe ewondo, suivie de quelques textes
[77]   Abega, Prosper (1975) : Petit lexique ewondo
[78]   Abega, Prosper (1978) : Le notion de voix dans l’organisation du verbe éwondo (bati)
[24026]   Abega, Prosper (1972) : L’ewondo par la grammaire et l’exercise
[28165]   Abegha, M.L. (prepared by R. Blench) (2012) : Mein dictionary
[79]   Abel, Herbert (1921) : Die Verbalformen des abhängigen Satzes (Subjunktiv und Infinitive) im Nubischen
[25306]   Abels, Klaus & Peter Kinyua Muriungi (2006) : The focus particle in Kitharaka
[80]   Abera Nefa (1982) : Oromo verb inflection
[81]   Abera Nefa (1988) : Long vowels in Oromo (generative approach)
[82]   Aberash Tibebu (1985) : The verb phrase in Kefa
[83]   Aberra Daniel (1987) : Verb morphology of Aari: some inflections and derivations
[84]   Aberra Daniel (1993) : Verb complements in Aari
[85]   Aberra Daniel (1994) : Verb-affixes in Ari
[86]   Aberra Daniel (1994) : Word formation in Ari
[87]   Aberra Daniel (1997) : Language situations of Ethiopia in the 1990s: a sociolinguistic profile
[88]   Aberra Daniel (1998) : English in the Ethiopian modern education (1900-1974)
[89]   Abessolo Nnomo, Thierry & Luc Etogo Mbezele (Ed) (1982) : Éléments de grammaire éwondo
[90]   Abinal, F. G. P. & [Révérend] [Père] V. Malzac (1955) : Dictionnaire malgache-français
[91]   Abiodun, Michael A. (1984) : Phonology of Arigidi
[92]   Abiodun, Michael A. (1991) : Vowel harmony in Igede
[93]   Abiodun, Michael A. (1992) : On the restricted spread of the honorific pronoun in Yoruba: a case study of Ondo, Owo and Oyi dialects
[22742]   Abiodun, Michael A. (1983) : Aduge phonology
[24124]   Abiodun, Michael A. (2005) : The derivation of genitive nouns in four Benue-Congo languages: Yoruba, Ukaan, Igede and Ebira
[25336]   Abiodun, Michael A. (2000) : A comparative phonology and morphology of Ukaan dialects of Old Akoko Division
[28596]   Abiodun, Michael A. (1997) : Noun and Demonstrative Classes in Ukaan
[23744]   Abíso, Oríkì & Lawrence Olufemi Adéwolé (1991) : Some Yorùbá verb subclasses in GPSG
[94]   Abney, S. (1987) : Extraction and pseudo-objects in Berber
[95]   Aboagye, P. A. Kwesi (1968) : Nzema-English, English-Nzema dictionary
[96]   Abobuluyi, O. (1967) : Studies in the syntax of the standard Yoruba verb
[97]   Abobuluyi, O. (1974) : Some traditional Yoruba ‘adverbs’ in true perspective
[98]   Aboderin, Olusola (1978) : Yoruba-English code mixing and the Yoruba educated elite
[99]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1995) : Notes on focalization in Gungbe
[100]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1996) : A propos de la syntaxe du gungbe
[101]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1996) : On argumental topicalization in Gungbe
[102]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1998) : Focus constructions and the focus criterion in Gungbe
[103]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1999) : From the syntax of Gungbe to the grammar of Gbe
[104]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1999) : A split IP and CP approach: evidence from Gungbe
[105]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2003) : The morphosyntax of complement-head sequences: clause structure and word order patterns in Kwa
[22404]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2003) : Object shift and verb movement in Gbe
[25232]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2010) : The Morphosyntax of the Noun Phrase
[25236]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2010) : C-Type Negation Markers on the Right Edge
[25230]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé & James A. B. K. Essegbey (2010) : Topics in Kwa syntax
[25231]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé & James A. B. K. Essegbey (2010) : The Phonology Syntax Interface
[25233]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé & James A. B. K. Essegbey (2010) : General Properties of the Clause
[26317]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé & Norval Smith (2012) : The morphosyntax of non-iconic reduplications: A case study in Eastern Gbe and the Surinam creoles
[25557]   Aborobongui, Martial Embanga , Annie Rialland & Jean-Marc Beltzung (2012) : Tones and intonation in Boundji Embósí (C25)
[23215]   Abouba, Kamal (1993) : Morphologie nominale du chaoui
[106]   Aboul-Fetouh, Hilmi M. (1969) : A morphological study of Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[107]   Aboyade, ʼBimpe (1968) : A preliminary bibliography of Nigerian languages: Hausa, Yoruba and Igbo
[22515]   Abraham, Getahun Y. (2002) : Svensk-amharisk ordlista
[108]   Abraham, Roy Clive (19--) : The Bolanci language and the conclusions to be drawn from it
[109]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1933) : The grammar of Tiv
[110]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1934) : The principles of Hausa
[111]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1935) : The principles of Idoma
[112]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1940) : The principles of Tiv
[113]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1940) : A dictionary of the Tiv language
[114]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1940) : A Tiv reader for European students
[115]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1940) : An introduction to spoken Hausa, and Hausa reader for European students
[116]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1941) : A modern grammar of spoken Hausa
[119]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1951) : The Idoma language / Idoma wordlists / Idoma chrestomathy / Idoma proverbs
[120]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1951) : The principles of Somali
[121]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1958) : Dictionary of modern Yoruba
[122]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1958) : Writing African dictionaries
[123]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1959) : Hausa literature and the Hausa sound system
[124]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1959) : The language of the Hausa people
[125]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1962) : Dictionary of the Hausa language
[126]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1962) : Dictionary of modern Yoruba
[127]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1964) : Somali-English dictionary
[128]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1967) : English-Somali dictionary
[129]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1967) : The principles of Ibo
[130]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1968) : Somali-English dictionary
[117]   Abraham, Roy Clive & Malam Mai Kano (1946) : Dictionary of the Hausa language
[118]   Abraham, Roy Clive & Malam Mai Kano (1949) : Dictionary of the Hausa language
[131]   Abraham, Z. (1973) : An investigation of parental acceptance of Indian stuttering children as described by the Q sort technique
[132]   Abrahams, Ottilie (1989) : Language policy for Namibia: NNF
[133]   Abrahams, Ottilie (1990) : The implementation of English in Namibia
[134]   Abramson, Debbie Kay (1976) : A contrastive phonology of American English and Yoruba
[23849]   Abre, Charles Unjidi (2003) : The phonology of Bifang
[136]   Abu-Absi, Samir (1995) : Chadian Arabic
[135]   Abu-Absi, Samir & A. Sinaud (1968) : Basic Chad Arabic: the pre-speech phase/Basic Chad Arabic: comprehension texts/Basic Chad Arabic: the active phase/Spoken Chad Arabic: intermediate
[137]   Abu-Bakari, Bawa (1977) : The sound system of Dagbani
[138]   Abu-Bakari, Bawa (1990) : Tone and orthography: the case of Dagbani
[139]   Abu-Fadl, F. (1961) : Volkstümliche Texte in arabischen Bauerndialekten der ägyptischen Provinz Sharqiyya, mit dialektgeographischen Untersuchungen zur Lautlehre
[140]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1986) : Fulfulde in the Sudan: process of adaption to Arabic
[142]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1989) : A study of the Arabic loan-words in African languages from a semantic point perspective
[143]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1991) : Arabic loanwords in the Nilotic languages of southern Sudan
[144]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1995) : Behaviour of the Sudanese Arabic verbal stems in Sudanese Hausa
[145]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1995) : The Songhai speech communities in the Sudan with special reference to the Songhai speakers of the Blue Nile
[146]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1999) : Hausa in the Sudan: process of adaptation of Arabic
[141]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1988) : On the middle voice in African languages (Fulfulde and Somali)
[147]   Abu-Salim, Issam M. & Laura J. Downing (1988) : Research and publications in African linguistics by students, alumni, and faculty of the University of Illinois, 1980-1990
[23292]   Abu-Talib, Mohammed & Th. R. Fox (1966) : A dictionary of Moroccan Arabic
[152]   Abubakar, Abdulhamid (1991) : Towards a quantificational analysis of Hausa: a synchronic analysis of Hausa dialects
[153]   Abubakar, Abdulhamid (1993) : Reduplicated nouns in Hausa
[154]   Abubakar, Abdulhamid (1995) : A further look on Hausa plurals
[148]   Abubakar, Ayuba Tanko (1985) : The acquisition of “front” and “back” among Hausa children: a study in deixis
[149]   Abubakar, Ayuba Tanko (1987) : Taboo and dialectal variation: an aspect of Hausa culture
[150]   Abubakar, Ayuba Tanko (1990) : An introductory Hausa morphology
[151]   Abubakar, Ayuba Tanko (1990) : The morphosyntax of thematically transformed Hausa verbs
[28254]   Abubakari, Hasiyatu (2019) : Contrastive focus particles in Kusaal
[28372]   Abubakari, Hasiyatu (2017) : Ideophones in Kusaal
[28449]   Abubakari, Hasiyatu (2021) : Noun class system of Kusaal
[23203]   Abubakre, R. Deremi (1986) : Linguistic and non-linguistic aspects of Qur’an translating to Yoruba
[22429]   Abumdas, Abdul Hamid Ali (1985) : Libyan Arabic phonology
[27178]   Abunya, Levina Nyameye & Nana Aba Appiah Amfo (2013) : Grammaticalization in Kaakyi: From a temporal adverb to a future tense marker
[155]   Abuotubodio, Abhule , Rudy Klaas & Laurie Klaas (1990) : Sociolinguistic survey of the area of the Mangbetu language: 1. Gombari area; 2. Niangara area
[156]   Aceto, Michael (1999) : The Gold Coast lexical contribution to the Atlantic English creoles
[157]   Achab, Karim (2001) : Changement de fonction morpho-syntaxique: le cas du morphème de l’état construit en berbère
[158]   Achab, Karim (2003) : Alternation of state in Berber
[159]   Achebe, Chinua (1972) : The bane of union: an appraisal of the consequences of Union Igbo for Igbo language and literature
[26991]   Achiri-Taboh, Blasius (2014) : The Ngamambo noun class system: concord and prefixhood
[26542]   Ackerman, Farrell & John Moore (2013) : Objects in Moro
[20396]   Adafre, Sisay Fissaha (2004) : Adding Amharic to a unification-based machine translation system: an experiment
[167]   Adam, Hassan (1987) : Kiswahili: elementary course with key
[162]   Adam, Hussein Mohamed (1968) : A nation in search for a script: the problem of establishing a national orthography for Somali
[164]   Adam, Hussein Mohamed (1980) : The revolutionary development of the Somali language
[166]   Adam, Hussein Mohamed & Charles L. Geshekter (Ed) (1982) : Proceedings of the 1st international congress of Somali studies, 1980
[160]   Adam, Jean Jerome (1954) : Dialectes du Gabon: la famille des langues téké
[161]   Adam, Jean Jerome (1954) : Grammaire composée mbede, ndumu, duma
[163]   Adam, Jean Jerome (1969) : Grammaire ndumu-mbede
[168]   Adam, S. M. (Ed) (1999) : Dikshaneeriga cusub ee ardayda / New student dictionary, English-Somali
[165]   Adam, Yacoudima (1982) : Lexique kanuri
[23818]   Adam, Yacoudima (1981) : Ebauche de grammaire kanuri
[169]   Adama, Hamadou (1997) : Les nouveaux prénoms des Peuls du Cameroun
[20632]   Adamo, Grace Ebunlola (2005) : Globalization, terrorism, and the English language in Nigeria
[182]   Adams, Bruce (1984) : A tagmemic analysis of the Wolaitta language
[183]   Adams, Bruce (1990) : Name nouns in Wolaitta
[181]   Adams, Charles (1982) : Lexical accession in Sharamboko: a camp language in Lesotho
[180]   Adams, G. B. (1970) : Colloquium on Hamito-Semitic comparative linguistics
[171]   Adams, R. F. G. (1932) : A modern Ibo grammar
[172]   Adams, R. F. G. (1934) : Some Efik plant names
[173]   Adams, R. F. G. (1939) : English-Efik, Efik-English dictionary
[174]   Adams, R. F. G. (1943) : Efik vocabulary of living things ; part 1
[175]   Adams, R. F. G. (1943) : English-Efik, Efik-English dictionary
[176]   Adams, R. F. G. (1947) : Efik vocabulary of living things ; part 2
[177]   Adams, R. F. G. (1948) : Efik vocabulary of living things ; part 3
[178]   Adams, R. F. G. (1952/53) : English-Efik/Efik-English dictionary
[170]   Adams, R. F. G. & Ida Caroline Ward (1929) : The Arochuku dialect of Ibo: phonetic analysis and suggested orthography
[179]   Adams, Sarah (1965) : An observation of English and Kru phonology
[184]   Adamte-Awate (1---) : English-vernacular handbook (English-Twi-Ga-Adangme-Ewe)
[28885]   Adamu, Aisha Umar (2020) : The function of nonverbal regulators in Hausa face-to-face interaction
[25358]   Adamu, Mohammed Alhaji & Usman Babayo Garba Potiskum (2009) : Ngizim-English-Hausa dictionary
[185]   Adana Siyom (1971) : Verbal morphology in Sidamo
[186]   Adane Feleke (2001) : The verb phrase in Dorze
[187]   Adaskou, K. , D. Britten & B. Fahsi (1990) : Design decisions on the cultural content of a secondary English course for Morocco
[28962]   Adaw, Hashim Orta , Sadig Bashir Tingala , Huda Daldoum , Anur Omar Salva Adam , Musa Abdul hkim , Ezadin Abir Adik , Yaasir Khamis Konjur & Timothy Stirtz (2015) : Gaahmg – English – Arabic Dictionary
[188]   Addisu, Tolesa (1988?) : Ethno-historical background of Oromo language and literature
[189]   Adebayo, A. G. (1995) : Modern European and Nigerian languages in contact
[28412]   Adebayo, Taofeeq (2020) : Some Diachronic Changes in Yoruba Grammar
[28864]   Adebayo, Taofeeq (2022) : Women’s Language or Powerless Language: Insights from Yoruba
[28450]   Adebayo, Taofeeq A. (2021) : Yorùbá Sentential Negative Markers
[23757]   Adébòwálè, O. (1997) : The ‘language’ of the Ìjèshà
[190]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (1989) : Lexico-semantic variation in Nigerian English
[191]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (1989) : The implications of the language of instruction for nationhood: an illustration with Nigeria
[192]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (1994) : Language attitudes in sub-Saharan Africa: a sociolinguistic overview
[193]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (1994) : The context of language planning in Africa: an illustration with Nigeria
[194]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (1997) : The language factor in the achievement of better results in literacy programmes in Nigeria: some general practical considerations
[195]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (1997) : The identity, survival, and promotion of minority languages in Nigeria
[196]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (2000) : Language attitudes in West Africa
[197]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (2001) : Saving threatened languages in Africa: the case of Oko
[1194]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (2004) : Language policy and planning in Nigeria
[198]   Adegbite, Wale (1993) : Some features of language use in Yoruba traditional medicine
[199]   Adegbite, Wale (2004) : Enligthment and attitudes of the Nigerian elite on the roles of languages in Nigeria
[200]   Adegbola, Tunde (2004) : Probabistically speaking: a quantitative exploration of Yorùbá speech surrogacy
[29009]   Adegbuyi, Emmanuel (2020) : Obulom – English Dictionary
[201]   Adejare, Oluwole (1995) : Communicative competence in English as a second language
[202]   Adejunmobi, Moradewun (2004) : Vernacular palaver: imaginations of the local and non-native languages in West Africa
[28530]   Adekpaté, Alain Albert (2016) : Affixes dérivationnels forts et faibles en agni et en baoulé
[203]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1970) : Toward a realistic approach to problems of English instruction
[204]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1972) : Sociolinguistic problems in English language instruction in Nigeria
[205]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1972) : Multilingualism and language function in Nigeria
[206]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1974) : The standard Nigerian English in sociolinguistic perspective
[207]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1978) : Language choice and the Nigerian linguistic repertoire
[208]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1978) : Oral English in Nigeria: the sociolinguistics realities
[209]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1979) : Non-random variation in the Nigerian English
[210]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1995) : English in Nigeria: attitudes, policy and communicative realities
[211]   Adelberger, Jörg (1989) : Kommandos für Tiere bei den Fur
[212]   Adelberger, Jörg (1992) : The problem of “Wurkun”: new evidence for the clarification of an enigma in northern Nigerian ethnography and linguistics
[215]   Adelberger, Jörg (1995) : Zum Verhältnis von Sprache, Ethnizität und Kultur in den Muri-Bergen Nordost-Nigerias
[27275]   Adelberger, Jörg (2014) : Kupto and Kwami – on the relation between language, culture and ethnicity among the Southern Bole-Tangale Group
[213]   Adelberger, Jörg & Ulrich Kleinewillinghöfer (1992) : The Muri Mountains of north-eastern Nigeria: an outline of the ethnographic and linguistic situation
[27179]   Adelberger, Jörg & Ulrich Kleinewillinghöfer (2016) : A Kulung Vocabulary compiled by the missionary Ira McBride
[216]   Adelekan, P. A. (1983) : Proposed methods of teaching French in Nigeria
[217]   Adeliyi, S. Adewusi (1972) : The Ketu dialect of Yoruba
[218]   Ademeyi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : Yoruba language simplified
[219]   Ademeyi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : A companion to Yoruba language simplified
[220]   Adendorff, Ralph (1993) : Codeswitching amongst Zulu-speaking teachers and their pupils: its function and implications for teacher education
[221]   Adendorff, Ralph (1993) : Teacher education: code-switching amongst Zulu-speaking pupils and their teachers
[222]   Adendorff, Ralph (2002) : Fanakalo: a pidgin in South Africa
[223]   Adeniran, Adekunle (1968) : Towards a phonology of the Ijebu dialect of Yoruba
[225]   Adeniran, Adekunle (1974) : A functionalistic view of stylistic restriction in Nigerian English
[226]   Adeniran, Adekunle (1979) : Personalities and policies in the establishment of English in northern Nigeria (1900-1943)
[227]   Adeniran, Adekunle (1979) : Nigerian élite English as a model of Nigerian English
[228]   Adeniran, Adekunle (1987) : Language planning and practice in Africa: the need for political intervention
[229]   Adeniran, Adekunle (1990) : Linguistics and language in Nigeria’s national development planning
[230]   Adeniran, Adekunle (1995) : Language education provisions in Nigeria’s national policy on education: a critique
[224]   Adeniran, Wale (1971) : An introduction to the phonology and grammar of the Owé dialect of Yoruba
[251]   Adéníyì, Harrison (1988) : Aspects of the phonology and morphology of Èkìtì
[252]   Adéníyì, Harrison (1997) : Phrasal morphology: the case of Yorùbá names
[27008]   Adeniyi, Kolawole (2016) : Downstep in Igala and Yala (Ikom)
[28051]   Adeniyi, Kolawole & Ben Elugbe (2018) : Consonant Voicing, Tonal Morphemes, and Downstep in Gwari
[231]   Adesanoye, Festus Agboola (1973) : A study of varieties of written English in Nigeria
[232]   Adesanoye, Festus Agboola (1976) : Aspects of the written English of the Nigerian undergraduate
[233]   Adesanoye, Festus Agboola (1979) : Formality as an aspect of unreadability in Nigerian English
[234]   Adesanoye, Festus Agboola (1995) : Editing the editor’s own English: some observations on the “literacy” of Nigerian book editors
[235]   Adesola, Oluseye (2004) : Coda deletion in the Yoruba loan phonology
[25234]   Adesola, Oluseye (2010) : The Non-agreeing Subject Resumptive Pronoun in Yoruba
[236]   Adetugbo, Abiodun (1967) : The Yoruba language in western Nigeria: its major dialect areas
[237]   Adetugbo, Abiodun (1973) : The Yoruba language in Yoruba history
[238]   Adetugbo, Abiodun (1977) : Nigerian English: fact or fiction
[239]   Adetugbo, Abiodun (1979) : Appropriateness and Nigerian English
[240]   Adetugbo, Abiodun (1979) : Nigerian English and communicative competence
[253]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1987) : The Yoruba language: published works and doctoral dissertations 1843-1986
[254]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1989) : Sequence and co-occurence of Yorùbá auxiliary verbs
[255]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1989) : Compounding in Yoruba
[256]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1989) : Some Yoruba quantifier words and semantic interpretation: a critique
[257]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1990) : Yoruba verbs as reinforcers: a critique
[258]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1991) : Some aspects of negation in Yoruba
[259]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1991) : The Yoruba imperative
[260]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1992) : A semantic analysis of the Yoruba modal verb: lè “can”
[261]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1992) : The NEG morpheme in Yoruba
[262]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1993) : Negating the Yoruba universal quantifier: a semantic analysis
[263]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1999) : Negation in Ifè: a Yoruba dialect
[264]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (2000) : Head in Yoruba derived nouns
[23758]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1998) : Yoruba language: a bibliography
[23781]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (2000) : A dictionary of Yoruba phonology and grammar
[23782]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1988) : The categorial status and functions of the Yoruba auxiliary verbs, with some structural analysis in GPSG
[23820]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1991) : Aspect and phase systems in Yoruba
[241]   Adewole, Stephen Monday (1986) : A syntactic basis for noun classification in Swahili
[242]   Adewole, Stephen Monday (1995) : Yoruba word formation processes
[243]   Adewole, Stephen Monday (1997) : Reduplication en Yoruba
[245]   Adey Abebe (1987) : The role of the Ethiopian Revolution in the development of Amharic vocabulary
[244]   Adey, A. D. (1977) : South African “Black” English: some indications
[246]   Adeyanju, Thomas K. (1979) : English grammatical structure and the Hausa student: problem areas
[247]   Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (19--) : Yoruba composition
[248]   Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (19--) : Yoruba conversation
[249]   Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : Yoruba language simplified
[250]   Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : A companion to ‘Yoruba language simplified’
[265]   Adhiambo, Jacqueline H. Oduol (1991) : Luo cultural history: some inferences from linguistic evidence
[266]   Adhiambo, Jacqueline H. Oduol (1991) : Sexist ideology in Luo: some linguistig inference
[267]   Adhikari, Mohamed (Ed) (1996) : Straatpraatjes: language, politics and popular culture in Cape Town 1909-1922
[268]   Adinyah, John B. (1995) : Adele kinship terms, role relationships, and family obligations
[269]   Adive, John R. (1984) : A descriptive study of the verbal piece in Ebira
[271]   Adive, John R. (1985) : Ebira orthography
[22743]   Adive, John R. (1989) : The verbal piece in Ebira
[270]   Adive, John R. & Katharine Grace Lowry Barnwell (1984) : Writing primers for Nigerian languages
[272]   Adjamah, Eli Koffi (1987) : The articulatory settings of English and Ewe, and their implications for teaching English phonology
[26173]   Adjei, Francisca Adzo (2012) : Temperature System of Siyasɛ and Ewe
[26983]   Adjei, Francisca Adzo (2014) : Children’s use of nyá constructions in Ewe
[273]   Adjekum, Grace (1990) : The Dagaari spelling symbol “MH”
[23005]   Adjekum, Grace , Mary E. Holman & Thomas W. Holman (1993) : Phonological processes in Anufo
[27309]   Adjeoda, Dzifa (2008) : Eléments de morphosyntaxe du kebu, langue dite résiduelle du Togo
[274]   Adjola, Nzonou Raphaël (1978) : Kabiye mavu [Kabiye grammar]
[275]   Adnani, Muhammad (1984) : Dictionary of common mistakes in modern written Arabic: Arabic-Arabic
[27461]   Adomako, Kwasi (2012) : Verbal nominalization as a derivational process: The case of Akan
[27482]   Adomako, Kwasi (2017) : Morphophonological Analysis of Akan Female Family-Name Formation
[28390]   Adomako, Kwasi (2018) : Velar Palatalization in Akan:A Reconsideration
[277]   Adongo, Patrick & Nancy Schaefer (1996) : Notes on the Frafra time system
[276]   Adongo, Stephen T. (1976) : Vowel harmony in Kassem
[26757]   Adopo, Assi Francois (2008) : Changement tonal et vocalique dans le système verbal de l’Akyé
[26759]   Adopo, Assi Francois (2009) : Une Approche énonciative de la phrase en akye
[26916]   Adou Kossia, Marie-Laure (2006) : Lexique agni Bona
[26769]   Adou, Ange Georgette (2014) : L'harmonie vocalique dans les constructions verbales en agni ànɔ́ et en agni indénié, langues kwa de Côte d'Ivoire
[278]   Adoua, J.-M. (1981) : Description phonologique du likuba
[24403]   Adoua, Jean-Marie (1984) : La Syntaxe du lingala
[26749]   Adouakou, Sandrine (2005) : Tons et intonation dans la langue agni indénié
[24924]   Adouna, Gbandi (2009) : Description phonologique et grammaticale du konkomba - Langue GUR du Togo et du Ghana - Parler de Nawaré
[279]   Adu-Anokye, Isaac Yaw (1978) : The development of continuing education and adult literacy in Ghana
[24032]   Adwiraah, Eleonore (1989) : Grammatik des Gworok (Kagoro) : Phonologie, Tonologie, Morphologie und Textanalyse
[28460]   Adwiraah, Eleonore & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (2021) : Orale Literatur in Sibine (Sumray) – 29 Erzählungen und Fabeln über Menschen und Tiere im zentralen Tschad / Orale Literatur in Migama – 7 Erzählungen und Fabeln über Menschen und Tiere im zentralen Tschad
[280]   Adzomada, Kofi Jacques (1969) : Dictionary of Ewe homonyms
[281]   Adzomada, Kofi Jacques (1975) : Dictionnaire français-ewe: des mots usuels selects et des locutions étrangères
[282]   Adzomada, Kofi Jacques (1975) : Kristotongkowo gomedede/Equivalents eve des prénoms chrétiens. Répertoire des noms togolais: eve - kabiy - ben - tem
[283]   Adzomada, Kofi Jacques (1991) : Dictionnaire français-ewe, ewe-francais: des mots usuels selects et des locutions étrangères
[284]   Afeli, Kossi Antoine (1994) : Etude comparative de ts/s, dz/z en èwè de l’est et en èwè de l’ouest
[285]   Affuso, E. (1977) : I pronomi di I e II persona in semitico, egiziano e berbero
[287]   Afido, Pedro J. (1988) : Descrição da estrutura fonológica da esaaka (variante do Emakhuwa)
[286]   Afido, Pedro J. & Manuel Trinta (1988) : Classes nominais e o systema de concordância na língua Makhuwa
[289]   Afido, Pedro J. , Carlos Manuel , Aníbal Victorino , Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga , Gosnell L. Yorke , Karl Erland Gadelii , Leia Maria Victor Macane , Manuel Involiua , Simão Pedro Columa & Simões Duarte (2000) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Emakhuwa
[290]   Afido, Pedro J. , Carlos Manuel , Aníbal Victorino , Leia Maria Victor Macane & Samuel Amisse (2000) : Proposta da ortografia de Echuwabo
[288]   Afido, Pedro J. , Gregório Firmino , John H. Heins , Samba Mbuub & Manuel Trinta (Ed) (1989) : I seminário sobre a padronizaçâo da ortografía de línguas Moçambicanas
[291]   Afiesimama, A. F. (1995) : Linguistic complexity in Rivers State: the position of language use in primary schools
[26699]   Afola-Amey, Ufualè Christine (2009) : Temps, Aspect, Mode en ikposso
[292]   Afolayan, Adebisi (1968) : The linguistic problem of Yoruba learners and users of English
[293]   Afolayan, Adebisi (1974) : Politeness in English
[294]   Afolayan, Adebisi (1976) : The six-year primary project in Nigeria
[295]   Afolayan, Adebisi (1977) : Acceptability of English as a second language in Nigeria
[296]   Afolayan, Adebisi (1978) : Towards an adequate theory of bilingual education for Africa
[299]   Afolayan, Adebisi (1984) : The English language in Nigerian education as an agent of proper multilingual and multicultural development
[301]   Afolayan, Adebisi (1995) : Ineffectiveness in the presentation of English in Nigeria: sources and remedies
[298]   Afolayan, Adebisi (Ed) (1982) : Yoruba language and literature
[297]   Afolayan, Adebisi & Ayo Bamgbose (1980) : The changing pattern of bilingualism in Nigeria
[300]   Afolayan, Adebisi & Obafemi Awolowo (1987) : English as a second language: a variety or a myth?
[302]   Africa, Hugh P. (1976) : The Zambia Language Group conference on language and education in Zambia
[303]   Africa, Hugh P. (1977) : The use of English in Zambia
[304]   Africa, Hugh P. (1980) : Language in education in a multilingual state: a case study of the role of English in the educational system of Zambia
[305]   Africa, Hugh P. (1983) : Zambian English: myth or reality?
[306]   Aftat, Mokhtar (1982) : The acquisition of negation and wh-questions in a Moroccan Arabic speaking four-year-old child
[27180]   Agbedo, Christopher Uchenna (1997) : Patterns of Linguistic Variation and Change in Igbo: The Ezikeoba Dialect Example
[307]   Agbedor, Paul Kofi (1993) : Verb serialization in Ewe
[308]   Agbedor, Paul Kofi (1995) : Negation in Ewe
[311]   Agbedor, Paul Kofi (1996) : The syntax of Ewe personal pronouns
[23478]   Agbedor, Paul Kofi (1994) : Language planning for national development: the case of Ghana
[23799]   Agbedor, Paul Kofi (2006) : Lexical borrowing: the case of Ewe
[309]   Agbekponou, (19--) : Étude descriptive d’un parler aja: phonologie du aja-gbe d’Akonana
[26431]   Agbetsoamedo, Yvonne (2014) : Aspects of the Grammar and Lexicon of Sεlεε
[26987]   Agbetsoamedo, Yvonne (2014) : Noun classes in Sɛlɛɛ
[310]   Agbidinoukoun, Cosme Christian (19--) : Analyse contrastive des syntagmes nominaux du fongbe et du français: étude appliquée a l’enseignement du français dans un pays francophone d’Afrique
[25955]   Agbo, Maduabuchi (2011) : The Syntax and Semantics of Igbo Verbs of Emotion
[28046]   Agbo, Maduabuchi Sennen (2017) : The Morpho-syntactic Coding of Motion Events in Igbò
[28405]   Agbo, Maduabuchi Sennen (2019) : A Typology of Ìgbò Comitative Constructions
[26719]   Agbo, Maduabuchi Sennen & Lendzemo Constantine Yuka (2011) : Transitivity and double object construction in Igbò
[26615]   Agegnehu, Getahun Amare (2014) : Definiteness in Argobba NPs
[312]   Agetua, J. (1977) : The role of Pidgin English in Nigerian literature
[23880]   Agha-ah, Chiatoh Blasius (1993) : The noun class system of Mmen
[23878]   Agha, Grace Beh (1987) : Phonology of Mmen
[313]   Aghali-Zakara, & J. Drouin (1977) : Recherches sur les tifinagh: éléments graphiques
[314]   Aghali-Zakara, & J. Drouin (1977) : Recherches sur les tifinagh: éléments sociologiques
[315]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1971) : West African Pidgin English: simplification and simplicity
[316]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1977) : Language interlarding in the speech of Nigerians
[317]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1984) : Linguistic implications of the changing role of Nigerian Pidgin English
[318]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1984) : Minor languages in the Nigerian context
[319]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1986) : An Edo-English dictionary
[320]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1986) : Lecture notes on Edo syntax
[321]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1988) : The standardization of Nigerian Pidgin English
[322]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1991) : The tense system of Edo
[22779]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (Ed) (1987) : Orthographies of Nigerian languages
[323]   Aginsky, Ethel Gertrude (1935) : A grammar of the Mende language
[324]   Agnihotri, R. (1995) : Multilingualism as a class room resource
[325]   Agonsi, A. C. (1983) : Pidgin English in Imo State of Nigeria: a linguistic study
[326]   Agostini, Francesco , Annarita Puglielli & Ciise Maxamed Siyaad (1985) : Dizionario somalo-italiano
[327]   Aguadé, J. & M. Elyaacoubi (1995) : El dialecto arabe de Skûra (Marruecos)
[328]   Agyakawa, Kofi Okyere (1976) : Akan epistemology and western thought: a philosophical approach to the problem of educational modernization in Ghana
[329]   Agyekum, Kofi (1975) : The communicative role of silence in Akan
[330]   Agyekum, Kofi (1996) : Akan verbal taboos, in the context of the ethnography of communication
[331]   Agyekum, Kofi (2003) : Honorifics and status indexing in Akan communication
[332]   Agyekum, Kofi (2004) : Ntam ‘reminiscential oath’ taboo in Akan
[333]   Agyekum, Kofi (2004) : The socio-cultural concept of face in Akan communication
[334]   Agyekum, Kofi (2004) : Invective language in contemporary Ghanaian politics
[23801]   Agyekum, Kofi (2006) : Aspects of Akan semiotics
[26097]   Agyekum, Kofi (2010) : The Sociolinguistics of Thanking in Akan
[26129]   Agyekum, Kofi (2006) : The Sociolinguistic of Akan Personal Names
[26687]   Agyekum, Kofi (2008) : The language of Akan ideophones
[26995]   Agyekum, Kofi (2015) : Ani ‘eye’ metaphorical expressions in Akan - Ani anhunu a ɛnyɛ tan, ‘If the eyes do not see it, it is not nasty.’
[27463]   Agyekum, Kofi (2013) : The pragmatics of ‘Mouth’ metaphors in Akan
[27591]   Agyekum, Kofi (2018) : Akan Body Parts Expressions - Cognitive Semantics and Pragmatic Approach
[29069]   Agyekum, Kofi (2023) : Sociocultural Aspects of Animal Metaphor in Akan
[27181]   Agyeman, Nana (2016) : A descriptive grammar of Efutu (southern Ghana) with a focus on serial verb constructions: a language documentation study
[29057]   Agyepong, Dorothy Pokua (2022) : The combinatorial patterns of twá 'to cut' in Asante-Twi (Akan): Multiple senses or contextual modulations?
[28413]   Agyepong, Dorothy Pokua & E. Kweku Osam (2020) : The Semantics and Argument Realization Potentials of Akan Verbs of Separation
[27353]   Agyepong, Dorothy Pokua , Nana Aba Appiah Amfo & E. Kweku Osam (2017) : Literal and Metaphorical Usages of ‘Eat’ and ‘Drink’ in Akan
[26015]   Ahland, Colleen (2010) : Noun incorporation and predicate classifiers in Gumuz
[27043]   Ahland, Colleen (2017) : Daatsʼíin, a newly identified undocumented language of western Ethiopia: A preliminary examination
[28514]   Ahland, Colleen (2012) : A Grammar of Northern and Southern Gumuz
[22980]   Ahland, Colleen Anne (2004) : Linguistic variation within Gumuz: a study of the relationship between historical change and intelligibility
[26482]   Ahland, Michael (2014) : Subject marking interrupted: Perturbations from the development of Northern Mao's future tense suffix
[27045]   Ahland, Michael (2017) : The development of finite verbs from nominalized structures in Northern Mao
[27513]   Ahland, Michael (2009) : Aspects of Northern Mao (Bambassi Diddesa) Phonology
[27890]   Ahland, Michael (2019) : The development of subject case marking in Omotic Mao
[28516]   Ahland, Michael (2012) : A Grammar of Northern Mao (Màwés Aas’è)
[28916]   Ahland, Michael (2015) : The functions of Non-Final verbs and their aspectual categories in Northern Mao (Omotic) narrative
[22981]   Ahland, Michael Bryan (2004) : Language death in Mesmes: a sociolinguistic and historical-comparative examination of a disappearing language
[335]   Ahmad, Muhammad Yusuf Sid (1979) : An analysis of the Nuba Mountain language survey
[336]   Ahmad, Mustapha (1994) : Aspects of Hausa compounding
[337]   Ahmadu, U. M. (1990) : Sociolinguistic situation of the ‘mixed inner areas’ of Maiduguri metropolitan: the case of Hausari
[340]   Ahmed Mohamed (1988) : The verb morphology of Dirs Somali of the Ogaden Region
[26529]   Ahmed, Abdu (2014) : Complex Predicates in Amharic Counterfactual Antecedent Clauses
[28466]   Ahmed, Hamid & Martine Vanhove (2004) : Contrastive negation in Beja: the auxiliary verb rib
[23081]   Ahmed, Ibrahim (2004) : Suggestions for writing modern Nubian languages
[339]   Ahmed, Mokhtar (1992) : Lehrbuch des Ägyptisch-Arabischen
[338]   Ahmed, Umaru [Balarabe] & Bello Daura (1970) : An introduction to Classical Hausa and the major dialects
[27885]   Ahn, Dorothy & Jenneke van der Wal (2019) : What does that Lugwere demonstrative refer to? A semantic analysis of proximity and exteriority
[341]   Ahoua, Firmin (1996) : Prosodic aspects of Baule, with special reference to the German of Baule speakers
[342]   Ahrenberg, Lars (1982) : An account of verbal derivation in Swahili
[23473]   Ahua, Mouchi Blaise (2004) : Conditions linguistiques pour une orthographe de l’agni: une analyse contrastive des dialectes sanvi et djuablin
[343]   Ahulu, Samuel (1994) : How Ghanaian is Ghanaian English?
[344]   Aigbe, Emmanuel Ikponmwosa (1986) : Emwen Edo na zedu ere y’Ebo/Edo-English dictionary
[345]   Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1986) : On the reconstruction of syntactic system in Berber-Lybic
[346]   Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1988) : On verb stem markers in Cushitic languages in the light of Afro/Asiatic
[347]   Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1988) : A structural and typological classification of Berber languages
[348]   Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1995) : Split ergativity in Berber languages
[23221]   Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y. (2000) : Classifiers: a typology of noun categorization devices
[349]   Aikhionbare, M. O. (1981) : Aspects of the syntax of Nigerian Pidgin English: relativization, focusing and negation
[351]   Aikhionbare, M. O. (1989) : Aspects of the verb phrase in Edo
[350]   Aikhionbare, M. O. & Beban Sammy Chumbow (1982) : Focus in Nigerian Pidgin English
[28426]   Aina, Akindele A. & Oyè P. Táíwò (2021) : Ontology Annotation for Natural Language Development: A Yorùbá Noun Preliminary Model
[352]   Ainsley, A. D. (1972) : The Bantu sentence
[354]   Aitken-Cade, S. E. (1951) : So! You want to learn the language! An amusing and instructive Kitchen Kaffir dictionary
[355]   Ajani, Timothy Temilela (2001) : Aspect in Yoruba and Nigerian English
[358]   Ajayi, B. S. (1986) : Aspects of Awori phonology
[357]   Ajayi, J. O. (1985) : Ebira names in Nigeria
[356]   Ajayi, Jacob Festus Ade (1961) : How Yoruba was reduced to writing
[359]   Ajello, Roberto (1984) : Il focus nell’idioma degli Ashraaf di Shingaani
[360]   Ajello, Roberto (1984) : Substantives as predicates in Somali
[362]   Ajello, Roberto (1995) : La focalizzizione in somali
[24850]   Ajello, Roberto (2007) : The linguistic expression of spatial relation in the Gizey language
[361]   Ajello, Roberto & Annarita Puglielli (1988) : More on “hybrid verbs” and other grammatical categories in Somali
[24860]   Ajello, Roberto , Mayore Karyo , Antonio Melis & Ousmanou Dobio (2001) : Lexique comparatif de six langues du tchadique central (Gizey, Ham, Lew, Marba, Masa, Musey)
[26982]   Ajiboye, Emuobonuvie Maria (2014) : Compounding in Urhobo
[363]   Ajiboye, F. O. (1986) : The phonology of Erusu
[24120]   Ajiboye, F. O. (2004) : The syntax of reflexive Yoruba epithets
[24123]   Ajiboye, F. O. (2006) : A morpho-syntactic account of ni in Mọ̀bà Yorùbá
[364]   Ajíbóyè, Oládiípo (2001) : A comparative study of Èdó and Yorùbá gerunds
[365]   Ajíbóyè, Oládiípo (2001) : Nasalization in Mòbà
[26046]   Ajiboye, Oladiipo (2007) : Mid-toned and high-toned elements in Yoruba
[26066]   Ajiboye, Oladiipo (2010) : Plural strategies in Yorùbá
[24568]   Ajiboye, Oladiipo Jacob (2006) : Topics On Yoruba Nominal Expressions
[366]   Ajólóre, Olusola (1974) : Learning to use Yoruba focus sentences in a multilingual setting
[22448]   Ajólóre, Olusola (1972) : When vowel clusters occur in Yorùbá
[367]   Ajulo, Sunday Babalola & others (Ed) (2000) : Language in education and society: festschrift in honour of Professor Conrad Max benedict Brann
[23646]   Akamba, Bawah & A. Crakye Denteh (1974) : Spoken Hausa for non-Hausa beginners
[368]   Akamin, Nkemnji Michael (1985) : A comparative study of Nhew dialects with a focus on mutual intelligibility
[26999]   Akanbi, Timothy Adeyemi (2015) : A descriptive analysis of Àhàn interrogative sentences
[369]   Akande, Akinmade Timothy (2003) : Acquisition of the inflectional morphemes by Nigeria learners of English language
[370]   Akanlig-Pare, George (1988) : Towards a phonological study of tone in the Wiani dialect of Buli
[371]   Akanlig-Pare, George (1994) : Aspects of Buli phonology
[373]   Akanlig-Pare, George (1997) : Tonal structure of Buli phonological nouns
[374]   Akanlig-Pare, George (1999) : Nominal derivation in Buli
[375]   Akanlig-Pare, George (2002) : Tone in Buli
[22611]   Akanlig-Pare, George & Michael J. Kenstowicz (2003) : Tone in Buli
[22610]   Akanlig-Pare, George & Michael J. Kenstowicz (Ed) (2003) : Studies in Buli grammar
[27009]   Akanlig-Pare, George & Rogers Krobea Asante (2016) : Vowel Harmony in Nkami
[376]   Akara, Bernard A. (1993) : Kasena verbal games as an agent of child socialization
[377]   Akere, Funso (1978) : Grammatical competence and communicative competence in relation to the users of English as a second language
[378]   Akere, Funso (1978) : Socio-cultural constraints and the emergence of Standard Nigerian English
[379]   Akere, Funso (1979) : Evaluation criteria for a local model of English pronunciation: an experimental study of attitudes to the accents of English used by Africans
[380]   Akere, Funso (1980) : Verbal strategies in communal meetings: code-switching and status manipulation in a bi-dialectal Yoruba speech community
[381]   Akere, Funso (1980) : Evaluation criteria for a local model of English pronunciation
[382]   Akere, Funso (1981) : Sociolinguistic consequences of language contact: English versus Nigerian languages
[383]   Akere, Funso (1982) : Language use and language attitudes in a Yoruba suburban town: a sociolinguistic response to the factors of traditionalism and modernity
[384]   Akere, Funso (1995) : Languages in the curriculum: an assessment of the role of English and other languages in the education delivery process in Nigeria
[28397]   Akerejola-Eminefo, Ernest S. (2019) : A realistic orthography for Ò̩kọ
[28427]   Akerele, Tosin (2021) : Embodied Conceptualisation in Yorùbá: Evidence from Spatial Topology
[23860]   Akeriweh (2000) : A step towards the standardisation of Kènswéynséy, a Grassfields Bantu language
[385]   Akhavan-Zandjani, Firouzeh (1990) : Untersuchungen zur Grammatik des Irangi anhand des Materials aus dem Nachlass Dr. Paul Berger
[28053]   Akinbo, Samuel (2019) : Representation of Yorùbá Tones by a Talking Drum. An Acoustic Analysis
[28961]   Akinbo, Samuel (ed.) (2018) : Fungwa – English Dictionary
[28785]   Akinbo, Samuel , Alexander Angsongna , Avery Ozburn , Murray Schellenberg & Douglas Pulleyblank (2022) : Velar Tap in Dàgáárè
[29066]   Akindele, A. Aina (2023) : Lexico-Semantic Issues in Ontological Annotations of Yorùbá Nouns
[26121]   Akindele, D.F. (2007) : Lumela/Lumela: A Socio-Pragmatic Analysis of Sesotho Greetings
[386]   Akindele, Femi Dele (1990) : A sociolinguistic analysis of Yoruba greetings
[387]   Akindele, Femi Dele (1991) : The organisation of repair in Yoruba conversation
[389]   Akindele, Femi Dele (2001) : Lesotho language policy and the challenges of development
[388]   Akindele, Femi Dele & Karsten Legère (Ed) (2001) : From the south: a selection of papers
[23539]   Akinjobi, Adenike (2006) : Vowel reduction and suffication in Nigeria
[390]   Akinkugbe, Femi (1976) : An internal classification of the Yoruboid group (Yoruba, Isekiri, Igala)
[391]   Akinkugbe, Femi (1978) : A comparative phonology of Yoruba dialects: Itsekiri and Igala
[27133]   Akinlabi, Akinbiyi & Oluseye Adesola (2017) : Unaccusative Constructions in Yorùbá
[392]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (1985) : Tonal underspecification and Yoruba tones
[395]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (1995) : ATR harmony in Kalabari Ijo
[397]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (1995) : Prosodic truncation and template satisfaction in Ibibio verbs
[404]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (2004) : Yoruba sound system
[22398]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (2003) : Sonorant nasalization in Yoruba deverbal nouns
[23749]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (1992) : A two tone analysis of Yorùbá
[394]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (Ed) (1995) : Theoretical approaches to African linguistics
[403]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Alexander U. Iwara (2004) : Transparency and opacity in Lokaa vowel harmony
[399]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Eno-Abasi E. Urua (2000) : Tone in Ibibio verbal reduplication
[401]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Eno-Abasi E. Urua (2003) : Foot structure in the Ibibio verb
[393]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Francis O. Oyebade (1987) : Lexical and post-lexical rule application: vowel deletion in Yorùbá
[396]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & M. Liberman (1995) : On the phonetic interpretation of the Yoruba tonal system
[398]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & M. Liberman (2000) : The tonal phonology of Yoruba clitics
[400]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Ngessimo M. Mutaka (2001) : Tone in the infinitive in Kinande: an OT analysis
[402]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Oluseye Adesola (Ed) (2004) : Proceedings of the 4th world congress of African linguistics, New Brunswick 2003
[24117]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Seunghun J. Lee (2006) : Predicting Ibibio vowel distribution
[28841]   Akinlabi, Akinbiyi , Lee Bickmore , Michael Cahill , Michael Diercks , Laura J , Downing , James Essegbey , Katie Franich & Laura McPherson (eds.) (2021) : Celebrating 50 years of ACAL: Selected papers from the 50th Annual Conference on African Linguistics
[405]   Akinnaso, Festus Niyi (1980) : The sociolinguistic basis of Yoruba personal names
[406]   Akinnaso, Festus Niyi (1983) : The structure of divinatory speech: a sociolinguistic analysis of Yoruba “sixteen-cowry” divination
[407]   Akinnaso, Festus Niyi (1991) : The development of a multilingual language policy in Nigeria
[408]   Akinniyi, John A. & Uvais S. Sultanbawa (1983) : A glossary of Kanuri names of plants, with botanical names, distribution and uses
[27421]   Akinremi, Ihuọma I. (2016) : Structural patterns and strategies of codeswitching in Igbo-English bilingual discourse
[28373]   Akinrẹmi, Ihuọma I. (2017) : On the Status of Lone English Verbs in Igbo-English Bilingual Speech
[409]   Akintan, E. A. (1932) : Lecture on Yoruba language with special reference to its grammar
[410]   Akintan, E. A. (1941) : First steps in Yoruba composition
[411]   Akintan, E. A. (1942) : Yoruba language as a syllabic and euphonic language
[412]   Akintan, E. A. (1943) : Second steps in Yoruba composition
[413]   Akintan, E. A. (1945) : Modern grammar of Yoruba language
[414]   Akintan, E. A. (1947) : Lecture on the fundamental principles of Yoruba language, and common errors in the writing of Yoruba words and sentences
[23356]   Akintan, E. A. (1948) : Iwe gbedegbeyo aladun t’Akintan / English-Yoruba vocabulary
[415]   Akintola-Arikawe, Olu , Chinyere Ohirí-Aníche & Oládélé Awóbùlúyì (1988) : A guide for creating metalinguistic terms for African languages
[28319]   Akintoye, Oluwole Samuel (2021) : Ìlàjẹ names: an appraisal of Yorùbá culture
[416]   Akintúnde, (1995) : Comparative number words of five Àkókó dialects and Edo with Standard Yorùbá
[22744]   Akinyemi, T. O. (1986) : Ikpesi phonology
[417]   Aklilu Amsalu (1962) : Etymologischer Beitrag zu A. Dillman’s Lexicon linguae aethiopicae
[420]   Aklilu Amsalu (1988) : Characteristics of Amharic idiomatic expressions
[418]   Aklilu Amsalu, & G. P. Mosback (1973) : English-Amharic dictionary
[419]   Aklilu Amsalu, & Renate Richter (1980) : Zur Funktion der Nationalsprachen im Prozess der national-demokratischen Revolution in Äthiopien: Ergebnisse einer soziolinguistischen Untersuchung in der Zuckerfabrik Wonji
[421]   Aklilu Yilma (1983) : Endegen phonology
[422]   Aklilu Yilma (1988) : The phonology of Sheko
[423]   Aklilu Yilma (199-) : [On Amharic and Oromo]
[424]   Aklilu Yilma (1990) : Two phonological processes in Nayi: palatalization and labialization
[425]   Aklilu Yilma (1993) : The linguistic etiquette of Yemsa
[426]   Aklilu Yilma (1993) : [On Amharic]
[428]   Aklilu Yilma (1993) : Pilot survey of bilingualism in Yem
[429]   Aklilu Yilma (1994) : A sketch of the Nayi grammar
[430]   Aklilu Yilma (1994) : [On Kefa Zone: Nayi (Nao)]
[431]   Aklilu Yilma (1994) : A phonological comparison of Bench and two Majoid languages
[432]   Aklilu Yilma (1993) : [Includes Oromo sentence repetition tests (SRT). Revised version appeared 2002 as »Fast linguistic assessment of multilingualism in Ethiopia: a progress report«, SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), n 2002-045]
[433]   Aklilu Yilma (1995) : Survey of little-known languages of Ethiopia
[435]   Aklilu Yilma (1995) : Some notes on the Chara language: sound system and noun morphology
[436]   Aklilu Yilma (1999) : Some notes on the phonology and morphology of Chara
[437]   Aklilu Yilma (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Nayi language of Ethiopia
[438]   Aklilu Yilma (2002) : Fast linguistic assessment of multilingualism in Ethiopia (F.L.A.M.E.): a progress report
[441]   Aklilu Yilma (2002) : Pilot survey of bilingualism in Yem
[443]   Aklilu Yilma (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Chara language of Ethiopia
[27087]   Aklilu Yilma (2003) : Comparative Phonology of the Maji Languages
[439]   Aklilu Yilma, & Klaus Wedekind (2002) : Survey report on the Oromo language
[442]   Aklilu Yilma, & Klaus Wedekind (2002) : Sociolinguistic report of the survey of little-known languages of Ethiopia
[434]   Aklilu Yilma, & Ralph Siebert (1995) : Survey of Chara, Dime, Melo and Nayi
[444]   Aklilu Yilma, & Ralph Siebert (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Chara, Dime, Melo and Nayi languages of Ethiopia
[427]   Aklilu Yilma, Ralph Siebert & Kati Siebert (1993) : Survey of the Omotic languages “Sheko” and “Yem”
[440]   Aklilu Yilma, Ralph Siebert & Kati Siebert (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Omotic languages Sheko and Yem
[445]   Akoha, A. B. (1977) : Problème des tons en fòngbè: identification, combinaisons
[446]   Akoha, A. B. (1980) : Quelques éléments d’une grammaire du fongbe: nominal et syntagme nominal
[447]   Akoha, Joseph (2001) : Literacy and literature in indigenous languages in Benin and Burkina-Faso
[28087]   Akomo-Zoghe, Cyriaque Simon-Pierre (2019) : Vocabulaire thématique fang-français
[448]   Akouaou, A. (1976) : L’expression de la qualite en berbere: le verbe (parler de base, le Taselhit de Tiznit)
[24699]   Akpan, Ekaete Evangel (2006) : Assimilatory Processes in Ibibio Child Phonology
[27475]   Akpanglo-Nartey, Rebecca Atchoi (2017) : An Acoustic Investigation of The Duration of Vowel Nasalization in Ga
[449]   Akpanyung, O. A. (1951) : Guide to the writing of Ibibio
[450]   Akpanyung, O. A. (1977) : An Efik language handbook for teachers
[26098]   Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2010) : Focused Constituent Interrogatives in Lɛtɛ (Larteh)
[26619]   Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2014) : Information Packaging – Focus Marking and Focus Constructions in Leteh (Larteh)
[26966]   Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2012) : Compound formation in Lɛtɛ (Larteh)
[26996]   Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2015) : Typology of Leteh (Larteh) restricted verbal clauses
[27068]   Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2009) : Aspects of lete (larteh) grammar
[27458]   Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2012) : Action nominalization in lɛtɛ
[27468]   Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2013) : Expressing Property Concepts in Leteh (Larteh)
[451]   Akrofi, C. A. (1931) : Twi kasa mmara [A Twi grammar book]
[452]   Akrofi, C. A. (1933) : Notes on Twi spelling in the new script
[455]   Akrofi, C. A. (1937) : Twi kasa mmara [A Twi grammar book]
[457]   Akrofi, C. A. (1943) : Twi kasa mmara [A Twi grammar book]
[456]   Akrofi, C. A. & Eugen Ludwig Rapp (1938) : A Twi spelling book
[458]   Akrofi, C. A. & G. L. Botchey (1965) : English-Twi-Ga dictionary
[453]   Akrofi, C. A. & John A. R. Watt (1933) : Some peculiarities of Twi grammar
[454]   Akrofi, C. A. & John A. R. Watt (1935) : Some points in Twi spelling
[459]   Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna (1966) : Distributsia i grammaticheskoe znachenie predkornevykh affiksov v suahili [Distribution ad grammatical meaning of sub-root affixes of infinitive in Swahili]
[460]   Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna (1973) : K voprosy o sisteme immenych klassov v yazyke kipare (dialekt asu) [On the question of the system of noun classes in Kipare (Asu dialect)]
[461]   Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna (1974) : Morphonematicheskii analiz suffixov proizvodhnykh form glagola v yazyke suahili
[462]   Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna (1977) : Imennye klassy yazyka kuria [Noun classes of Kuria]
[466]   Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna (1997) : Kategorii vida, vremeni i nakloneniia v iazykakh bantu [The categories of aspect, tense and mood in Bantu languages]
[464]   Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna & Irina Nikolaevna Toporova (1990) : Vvedenie v bantuistiku: imya, glagol
[465]   Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna & Irina Nikolaevna Toporova (1994) : Jazyk kuriia [Kuria grammar]
[28733]   Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna & Irina Nikolaevna Toporova (2002) : Grammatika jazyka akwa
[463]   Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna , Tatiana Lʼvovna Vetoshkina & Alfred Naumovich Zhurinskij (1984) : Klassy slov v jazykach Afriki
[467]   Akuetey, Caesar (1989) : Etude des énoncés équatifs, locatifs et possessifs en ewe : problèmes du verbe «être»
[24142]   Akuetey, Caesar (1998-99) : A Preliminary Study of Yevegbe: Animist Cult Language in Eweland
[24143]   Akuetey, Caesar A. (2003) : Le verbe zu en éwé ne marque pas par lui-même un changement dʼétat
[24144]   Akuetey, Caesar A. (1995) : Should le and li be considered as dialectal variants in the Ewe language?
[26675]   Akuetey, Caesar A. (2007) : Etude du marqueur ɖu en éwé
[26724]   Akumbu, Pius W. (2011) : Tone in Kejom (Babanki) associative construction
[28017]   Akumbu, Pius W. (2019) : Noun class 9/10 tone in Central Ring Grassfields Bantu – An overview
[28237]   Akumbu, Pius W. (2019) : A featural analysis of mid and downstepped high tone in Babanki
[27352]   Akumbu, Pius W. & Larry M. Hyman (2017) : Nasals and Low Tone in Grassfields Noun Class Prefixes
[28509]   Akumbu, Pius W. & Roland Kießling (2020) : The expression of diminutivity in Central Ring Grassfields Bantu
[28764]   Akumbu, Pius W. & Roland Kießling (2022) : The role of the Babanki noun phrase-final enclitic class marker
[28863]   Akumbu, Pius W. & Roland Kießling (2022) : The Lexical Semantics of Verbs in the Babanki Food Domain
[23830]   Akumbu, Pius Wuchu (1999) : Nominal phonological processes in Babanki
[27427]   Akumbu, Pius Wuchu (2015) : Babanki verb tone
[468]   Akumbu, Pius Wuchu & Elizabeth Brye (2005) : A rapid appraisal language survey of Akum
[25503]   Akumbu, Pius Wuchu & Evelyn Fogwe Chibaka (2012) : A Pedagogic Grammar of Babanki – a Grassfields Language of Northwest Cameroon
[23748]   Alàbá, O. (1992) : Bilingualism as a source of humour in speech usage: contact between English and Yorùbá
[471]   Alagoa, Ebiegbere Joe & A. A. Derefaka (Ed) (2003) : The land and people of Rivers State: eastern Niger Delta
[469]   Alagoa, Ebiegbere Joe & Tekena N. Tamuno (Ed) (1989) : Land and people of Nigeria: Rivers State
[472]   Alake, Justina Imade (1999) : Vowel elision in Esan
[26650]   Alaki, Thomas Kuku & Russell Norton (2015) : Kadaru-Kurtala Phonemes
[474]   Alalou, Ali (2003) : The pragmatics and syntax of deixis in Tamazight (Berber): the case of the morphemes ‘d’ and ‘nn’
[473]   Alalou, Ali & Patrick Farrel (1993) : Argument structure and causativization in Tamazigt Berber
[24955]   Alamin Mubarak, Suzan (2006) : An Initial Description of Laggori Noun Morphology and Noun Phrase
[25504]   Alamin Mubarak, Suzan (2012) : The Nominal and Verbal Morphology of Tima. A Niger-Congo Language Spoken in the Nuba Mountains
[26552]   Alamin, Suzan (2013) : Tima adjectives
[26565]   Alamin, Suzan (2013) : Verbs in Laggori
[26639]   Alamin, Suzan (2014) : Noun Phrase Constructions in Nubian Languages: A Comparative Study
[28123]   Alamin, Suzan (2020) : Word Order and Agreement in Tagoi
[25520]   Alamin, Suzan , Gertrud Schneider-Blum & Gerrit J. Dimmendaal (2012) : Finding your way in Tima
[475]   Alant, J. (1994) : Towards a linguistic definition of orality
[476]   Alapini, Julien (1950) : Le petit dahoméen: grammaire, vocabulaire, lexique en langue du Dahomey
[28077]   Alati, Atichi Reginald (2015) : A pragmatic analysis of Olunyole idioms
[477]   Albarran, M. J. (1991) : Aspectos sintáctico-semânticos dos verbos locativos no português oral de Maputo
[23474]   Albaugh, Ericka Ann (2005) : The colonial image reversed: advocates of multilingual education in Africa (Cameroon, Senegal, Ghana)
[478]   Albert, Ethel M. (1964) : “Rhetoric”, “logic” and “poetics” in Burundi: culture patterning of speech behavior
[479]   Alberts, Mariëtta & Patricia N. Mtintsilana (1988) : Leksigrafiese ontleding van Afrikaanse en Afrikatele-leksikons
[480]   Albertyn, A. P. J. (1984) : Die ensiklopedie van name in Suidwes-Afrika
[481]   Albright, F. W. (1934) : The vocalisation of the Egyptian syllabic orthography
[23673]   Albro, Daniel M. (1998) : Nawdem-English dictionary with examples
[23674]   Albro, Daniel M. (1998) : Verb classes and verbal sufixation in Nawdem
[482]   Alcobert, J. M. (1975) : Essai d’initiation progressive à la langue lendu (Badha)
[484]   Alcock, J. L. (1994) : The genitive construction in Zulu
[485]   Alcock, J. L. (2000) : Indefiniteness in the Zulu noun phrase (NP)
[483]   Alcock, Janet (1994) : Origin and diffusion of Bantu languages (supplement)
[486]   Alcock, Katherine J. & Dumaris Ngorosho (2003) : Learning to spell a regularly spelled language is not a trivial task: patterns of errors in Kiswahili
[487]   Alcock, Katherine J. & Dumaris Ngorosho (2004) : Interaction between phonological and gramatical processing in single word production in Kiswahili
[27981]   Aldawi, Maha Abdu Abdalla & Sawsan Abdel Aziz Mohammed Nashid (2018) : An initial sketch of the Tagom noun phrase
[488]   Aleko, Hilaire & Gilbert Puèch (1988) : Notes sur la langue ngové et les Ngubi
[489]   Alemayehu Abebe (1990) : Relative clauses in Chaha: a GB approach
[490]   Alemayehu Abebe (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Ometo dialect of Ethiopia
[491]   Alemayehu Abebe (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Mesketo language of Ethiopia
[492]   Alemayehu Abebe (2002) : Ometo dialect pilot survey report
[503]   Alemayehu Abebe (1994) : Malo: An Unknown Ometo Language
[493]   Alemayehu Amanuel (2001) : Noun phrases in Anfillo
[494]   Alemayehu Daniel (2003) : The noun phrase in Hadiyya
[495]   Alemayehu Gurmu (1985) : The structure of simple sentences in Kistance
[496]   Alemayehu H. Giorgis (1982) : The morphological analysis of the pronouns in Gogat
[497]   Alemayehu Haile (1981) : Omotic and Kushitic verbal markers: a possible isogloss
[498]   Alemayehu Haile (1993) : Ometo dialect survey: a pilot survey report
[499]   Alemayehu Haile (1993) : Ometo dialect survey: second phase survey report
[500]   Alemayehu Haile (1993) : A sketch of the Mesketo grammar
[501]   Alemayehu Haile (1993) : [Survey of the Ometo area]
[502]   Alemayehu Haile (1993) : [On Amharic and Oromo]
[504]   Alemayehu Haile (1994) : Some aspects of the phonology of Basketo
[505]   Alemgena Belete (2003) : Interrogative sentences in Oromo
[506]   Alemtsehay Reta (1988) : Kebena verb morphology: some inflections and derivations
[23480]   Alende, Régine K. T. (2000) : L’expression de la joie et de la peur en anglais et en lingala: essai d'analyse cognitive
[508]   Alenuma, Sidonia (2002) : The Dagaare-speaking communities of West Africa: a culture area profile
[28824]   Alerechi, Roseline I.C. (2018) : Consonant substitution in child language (Ikwere)
[509]   Alex, Inoma (1989) : A reconstruction of the segmental phonology of proto-Central Delta
[510]   Alexander, Neville (1989) : Language policy and national unity
[511]   Alexander, Neville (1989) : Language policy and national unity in South Africa/Azania
[512]   Alexander, Neville (1990) : The language question
[513]   Alexander, Neville (1990) : Education and the struggle for national liberation in South Africa
[514]   Alexander, Neville (1992) : Harmonising Nguni and Sotho
[515]   Alexander, Neville (1992) : Language planning from below
[516]   Alexander, Neville (1995) : Nation building and language in new South Africa
[517]   Alexander, Neville (1997) : Language policy and planning in the new South Africa
[518]   Alexander, Neville (2001) : Key issues in language policy for southern Africa
[519]   Alexander, Neville (2004) : The politics of language planning in post-apartheid South Africa
[23632]   Alexander, Neville (2001) : Majority and minority languages in South Africa
[520]   Alexandre, [Révérend] [Père] Gustave (1934) : Lexique français-möré
[521]   Alexandre, [Révérend] [Père] Gustave (1935) : Grammaire möré
[522]   Alexandre, [Révérend] [Père] Gustave (1935) : Dictionnaire möré-français
[523]   Alexandre, [Révérend] [Père] Gustave (1953) : La langue möré
[524]   Alexandre, Pierre (1955) : Manuel élémentaire de la langue bulu, sud-Cameroun
[525]   Alexandre, Pierre (1959) : Le bantu et ses limites
[526]   Alexandre, Pierre (1961) : Sur les possibilités expressives des langues africaines en matière de terminologie politique (exemples du Sud Cameroun)
[527]   Alexandre, Pierre (1962) : Sur la voyelle suffixielle du bulu
[528]   Alexandre, Pierre (1963) : Les problèmes linguistiques africaines vus de Paris
[529]   Alexandre, Pierre (1963) : Aperçu sommaire sur le pidgin A70 du Cameroun
[530]   Alexandre, Pierre (1965) : Proto-histoire du groupe beti-bulu-fang: essai de synthèse provisoire
[531]   Alexandre, Pierre (1966) : Système verbal et prédicatif du bulu (Cameroun)
[532]   Alexandre, Pierre (1966) : Préliminaire à une présentation des idéophones bulu
[533]   Alexandre, Pierre (1967) : Langues et langage en afrique noire
[534]   Alexandre, Pierre (1967) : Note sur la réduction du système des classes dans les langues véhiculaires a fonds bantu
[535]   Alexandre, Pierre (1968) : Le bantu et ses limites
[536]   Alexandre, Pierre (1968) : Some linguistic problems of nation-building in Negro Africa
[537]   Alexandre, Pierre (1969) : Sur certain aspects contradictoires de l’expansion nominale en bulu (Cameroun)
[538]   Alexandre, Pierre (1970) : Pre-initial elements in Bulu (A.74) nominals
[539]   Alexandre, Pierre (1971) : Multilingualism
[540]   Alexandre, Pierre (1971) : A few observations on language use among Cameroon elite families
[541]   Alexandre, Pierre (1971) : L’imperialisme du genre I en bulu (groupe bantu A70 - Cameroun)
[542]   Alexandre, Pierre (1972) : Languages and language in Black Africa
[543]   Alexandre, Pierre (1972) : An introduction to languages and language in Africa
[544]   Alexandre, Pierre (1981) : Les langues bantu: tableau d’ensemble; description sommaire de deux langues (swahili et bulu)
[545]   Alexandre, Pierre (1983) : Langue arabe et kiswahili
[546]   Alexandre, Pierre (1984) : Some problems of African onomastics: toponymy, anthroponymy and ethnonymy
[547]   Alexandre, Pierre (1985) : On the death of languages/A propos de la mort des langues
[548]   Alexandre, Pierre (1989) : La nébuleuse swahili
[23509]   Alexandre, Pierre (1964) : Aperçu sommaire sur le pidgin A70 du Cameroun
[27182]   Alfira, David Abbi , Timothy Kuku Kafi , Hassan Kuwa Kaki , Ali Alaliim Hasan , Anjo Kuku Anjo , Dayan Kuku Jas & Sadik Kafi Sarukh (2016) : Caning Grammar Book
[27358]   Alfira, David Abbi , Timothy Kuku Kafi , Hassan Kuwa Kaki , Ali Alaliim Hasan , Anjo Kuku Anjo , Dayan Kuku Jas & Sadik Kafi Sarukh with Tim Stirtz (2017) : Caning-English Dictionary
[549]   Alga, Lemma & Micha Wedekind (1995) : Boro wordlists
[550]   Alhassoumi-Sow, Salamatou (1994) : Le gaawoore, un parler peul de l’ouest du Niger
[551]   Alhassoumi-Sow, Salamatou (1999) : Synonymie, homonymie, polysémie: quelques cas en foulfoudé, en haoussa et en zarma
[23154]   Alhassoumi-Sow, Salamatou (2003) : Le gaawoore, parler des Peuls Gaawoobe (Niger occidentale)
[559]   Ali Amante (2003) : Some problems and achievements in the codification (patterns) of Afaan Oromo
[558]   Ali, Abdel-Khalig (1996) : A prosodic account of syncope and epenthesis in Sudanese Colloquial Arabic
[553]   Ali, Issa Hussein & Mohamed Said Gees (1980) : The Somali language in science context
[28211]   Ali, Mark , Scott Grimm & Adams Bodomo (2021) : A dictionary and grammatical sketch of Dagaare
[554]   Ali, Mohamed Nuuh & Linda Arvanites (1985) : The place of Jiiddu in Proto-Soomaali
[556]   Ali, Mohammed (1989) : Trends in Oromo lexicon and lexicography
[557]   Ali, Mohammed (1991) : Antonyms and some related problems in Oromo
[28593]   Ali, Mukhtar Wakil , Ahmed Abbas Natilly & Hissein Gadim Hashim (1998) : Cwaya Phonology
[552]   Ali, Saeed & Yèro Sylla (1977) : Perceptual transparency and relativization: a case study in Fula
[555]   Ali, Salah Mohamed (1986) : The unity of the Somali language despite the barrier of regional language variants
[560]   Alicete, Tomé Charles , Marcos Conde Chato , Júlio Francisco Massavala , Miguel Ndapassoa Passo & Castigo Tenesse (1991) : Bukhu ya kupfundzisa kuona na kulemba malongero a cisena/Manuel de alfabetização em língua sena
[561]   Alicete, Tomé Charles , Marcos Conde Chato , Júlio Francisco Massavala , Miguel Ndapassoa Passo & Castigo Tenesse (1995) : Bukhu ya kupfundzisa kuona na kulemba malongero a cisena/Manuel de alfabetização em língua sena
[562]   Alidina, M. M. H. (1993) : The Persian factor in Kiswahili
[563]   Alidou, Dioula Ousseina (1995) : Evidence for foot structure in Hausa
[564]   Alidou, Dioula Ousseina (1997) : A phonological study of language games in six languages of Niger
[24863]   Alidou, Ousseina (1988) : Tasawaq dʼIn-Gall. Esquisse linguistique dʼune langue dite ‘mixteʼ
[27003]   Aliero, Muhammad Ango (2015) : On the Phonological Processes of Compounding in C'Lela
[27470]   Aliero, Muhammad Ango (2015) : Morphophonological processes of the C’lela noun
[566]   Alimi, Modoupe M. & Sibonile Ellece (2004) : Course design and testing in an English programme
[565]   Alimi, Modupe (1991) : A study of the styles of the language of cartoons in Nigeria
[567]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1987) : Essai de description de la langue bidya du Guéra (Tchad): phonologie, grammaire
[568]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1987) : Les classes verbales en bidiya
[569]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1987) : Extensions figées et productives en bidiya
[570]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1988) : Transitivité et conjugaison à suffixes en bidiya
[23980]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1988) : Emprunts et intégration en bidiya
[25401]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (2008) : Contacts de langues et contacts de cultures dans les régions de l'Abou-Telfane et du Bahr Signakha (Guéra, Tchad)
[571]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1990) : Lexique bidya
[573]   Aliyi Shafi (2003) : Contact of Afaan Oromo with Arabic in eastern Hararghe
[574]   Alkali, M. Nur (1987) : On the study of the history of the Kanuri language
[575]   Alkali, Waziri Kashim (1998) : A reconstruction of socio-linguistic features of the Kanem-Borno empire
[23817]   Alkali, Ya Moram (1988) : The obstacles behind the development of Kanuri language in Borno
[13333]   Allamin, Jibrin (1994) : A comparative study of Kanuri and Hausa ideophones
[576]   Allan, Edward Jay (1974) : Tone in Dizi
[577]   Allan, Edward Jay (1975/76) : Inalienable possession in four Ethiopian languages
[578]   Allan, Edward Jay (1976) : Kullo
[579]   Allan, Edward Jay (1976) : Dizi
[582]   Allan, Edward Jay (1978) : The phonology of Dizi (Maji): a preliminary report
[23634]   Allan, Edward Jay (1973) : A grammar of Buem, the Lelemi language
[24484]   Allan, Edward Jay (1977 [1973]) : Buem
[24521]   Allan, Edward Jay (1980 [1974]) : Likpe
[580]   Allan, Edward Jay & Hazel May Relton (1977) : Language use and attitudes among employers of HSIU graduates in Addis Ababa
[581]   Allan, Keith (1978) : Nation, tribalism and national language: Nigeria’s case
[583]   Allan, Keith (1979) : Nation, tribalism and national language: the problem of choosing a national language in a mutlilingual nation like Nigeria
[584]   Allan, Keith (1983) : Anaphora, cataphora and topic focusing: functions of the object prefix in Swahili
[585]   Allan, Keith (1990) : Discourse stratagems in a Maasai story
[586]   Allaoua, Abdelmadjid (1993) : Les verbes de qualité et quelques remarques sur ler pronoms personnels en berbère
[25665]   Allaoua, Madjid (2011) : La construction passive en berbère
[587]   Allard, Gilbert (1978) : Cours de chougoulé 1
[588]   Allati, Abdelaziz (1999) : Toponymie et reconstruction linguistique en Afrique du nord et aux Iles Canaries
[25402]   Allati, Abdelaziz (2008) : Proto-berbère et proto-afro-asiatique: l'aspect
[25658]   Allati, Abdelaziz (2011) : Sur les reconstructions berbères et afro-asiatiques
[25834]   Allati, Abdelaziz (2009) : Sur le classement du lexique berbère
[605]   Allen, Andrew S. (1993) : Ewe verbs in derivation and periphrastic constructions
[602]   Allen, Christine Anne (1974) : Studies in the phonology of Sele, the language of Santrokofi
[24535]   Allen, Christine Anne (1980 [1973]) : Sele
[589]   Allen, Glover Morrill & Arthur Loveridge (1933) : Reports on the scientific results of an expedition to the southwestern highlands of Tanganyika Territory, II: mammals
[603]   Allen, James P. (1981) : The inflection of the verb in the Pyramid Texts
[604]   Allen, James P. (1986) : Essays on Egyptian grammar
[590]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1936) : Swahili examinations
[591]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1945) : Arabic script for students of Swahili
[592]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1945) : The name ‘Dar es Salaam’
[593]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1957-1978) : Manuscripts, papers, correspondences, etc.
[594]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1959) : The rapid spread of Swahili
[595]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1961) : The East African Swahili Committee
[596]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1961) : The elision of the subjective prefix and the use of negative questions in Swahili
[597]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1964) : A note on Dr Nyerere’s translation of Julius Caesar: preliminary thoughts on the value and importance of the translation
[598]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1965) : The case for developing Swahili
[599]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1967) : Swahili prosody
[600]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1967) : The Comoro Islands: a note on the names of languages
[601]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1968) : Arabic script for students of Swahili (amendment)
[24845]   Allison, Sean (2007) : Linguistic evidence for the islamization of the Makary Kotoko by the Kanuri
[25819]   Allison, Sean (2009) : Derivation of the PAM System of Makary Kotoko
[27405]   Allison, Sean (2017) : Conditional constructions in Makary Kotoko
[28199]   Allison, Sean (2020) : A Grammar of Makary Kotoko
[28300]   Allison, Sean (2015) : Borrowings? Yes! But diffusion? A case of language contact in the Lake Chad basin
[28306]   Allison, Sean (2018) : The notion of ‘word’ in Makary Kotoko (Chadic, Cameroon)
[606]   Allott, Anthony (1970) : Language and property: a universal vocabulary for the analysis and description of proprietary relationships
[607]   Allwood, Jens , Leif Grönkvist & A. P. Hendrikse (2003) : Developing a tagset and tagger for the African languages of South Africa, with special reference to Xhosa
[608]   Almada, Maria Dulce de Oliveira (1961) : Cabo Verde: contribuição para o estudo do dialecto falado no seu arquipélago
[609]   Almagor, Uri (1972) : Name-oxen and ox-names among the Dassanetch of southwest Ethiopia
[611]   Almeida, António de (1955) : Contribução para o estudo da toponímia dos Dembos (Angola)
[612]   Almeida, António de (1966) : Das etnonímias da Guiné Portuguesa do arquipélago de Cabo Verde e das ilhas de São Tomé e Príncipe
[610]   Almeida, António de & Ernst Oswald Johannes Westphal (19--) : Línguas não-bantas de Angola
[614]   Alo, E. (1973) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologie de la langue kaliko
[615]   Alo, Moses (1984) : A lexical study of educated Yoruba English
[616]   Alo, Moses (1989) : A prototype approach to the analysis of meanings of kinship terms in non-native English
[613]   Alo, Paulin Ogundipe (19--) : Étude phonetique et phonologique du cabe, un parler yoruba
[22643]   Alo, Paulin Ogundipe (1989) : Phonetic aspects of nasalization in Tsabe (Yoruba)
[22707]   Alo, Paulin Ogundipe (1990) : Interaction between segments and tone in Tsabe
[617]   Aloah, Peter King Paul (1990) : A study of Kasena personal names with special reference to the Paga traditional area
[23514]   Alobwede, Charles d'Epie (1998) : Banning Pidgin English in Cameroon
[618]   Alojaly, Ghoubeïd (1980) : Lexique touareg-français
[26083]   Alomofor, Christian (compiled by) (2007) : Awing-English dictionary and English-Awing index
[619]   Alone, [Major] John Philip Herbert Mackenzie & David E. Stokes (1946) : The Alone-Stokes short manual of the Amharic language (with vocabularies)
[620]   Alone, [Major] John Philip Herbert Mackenzie & David E. Stokes (1959) : The Alone-Stokes short manual of the Amharic language (with vocabularies)
[621]   Alonso, E. J. (1992) : Body metaphors in Delo
[622]   Aloys, (1---) : Vocabulaire kikumu-kifransa
[26647]   Alshareef, Waleed (2015) : The Consonant System of Abu Jinuk (Kordofan Nubian)
[27977]   Alshareef, Waleed (2018) : Genitive constructions in Abu Jinuk
[627]   Alsina, Alex (1997) : A theory of complex predicates: evidence from causatives in Bantu and Romance
[623]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1990) : The syntax of applicatives in Chichewa: problems for a theta theoretic asymmetry
[624]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1991) : Object extraction and accessability of thematic information
[625]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1993) : Object asymmetries in the Chichewa applicative construction
[626]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1994) : Bantu multiple objects: analyse and fallacies
[628]   Alterhenger-Smith, S. (1978) : Language planning and language policy in Tanzania during the German colonial period
[629]   Alton, Paula dʼ (1987) : Le Palor: esquisse phonologique et grammaticale d’une langue cangin du Sénégal suivi d’un lexique et de textes transcrits et traduits
[630]   Alverson, Hoyt S. (1994) : Semantics and experience: universal metaphors of time in English, Mandarin, Hindi and Sesotho
[631]   Alves, [Padre] Albano (1939) : Noções gramaticais da língua chisena
[632]   Alves, [Padre] Albano (1951) : Dicionário etimológico bundu-português, ilustrado com muitos milhares de exemplos entre os quais 2000 provérbios indígenas
[633]   Alves, [Padre] Albano (1957) : Dicionário português-chisena e chisena-português
[27904]   Alyebo, Nelson Orkaan (2018) : Historicolinguistic study of convergence and divergence in the Tivoid languages phylum
[634]   Amadou, Sanni Wahab (19--) : Étude comparative des emprunts a l’anglais et du français en yoruba
[28385]   Amaechi, Mary (2018) : Yes-No Question Formation in Igbo: The Phono-Syntax Interface
[28790]   Amaechi, Mary & Doreen Georgi (2022) : Focus marking strategies in Igbo
[635]   Amahan, Ali (1983) : Abadou de Ghoujdama: peuplement et vie quotidienne dans un vilage du Haut-Atlas marocain. Etude socio-linguistique
[636]   Amali, Shamsudeen O. O. (1992) : The contribution of R. C. Abraham to Idoma studies
[25835]   Amaoui, Mahmoud (2009) : Classement des entrées de dictionnaire de langue berbère : problèmes et perspectives
[637]   Amare, Getahun (1995) : Issues of time and place adverbs in Amharic
[24956]   Amargira, Adelino (2006) : Derivational Forms and the Nature of Modifiers in Tennet
[25552]   Amargira, Adelino (2012) : The function of tone in the Tennet language
[638]   Amatigue, Guirou (1987) : Aspects of Dogon sentence structure
[639]   Amayo, Airen (1975) : The structure of verbal constructions in Edo (Bini)
[640]   Amayo, Airen (1976) : A generative phonology of Edo (Bini)
[641]   Amayo, Airen (1980) : Tone in Nigerian English
[24515]   Amayo, Airen (1980 [1975]) : Edo
[27277]   Ambadiang, Théophile (2011) : Semantic structuring and nominalization processes: the case of agent and instrument nouns in Bantu languages
[642]   Ambali, Aggrey , Harvey Kabwazi , Lawrence Malekano , George Mwale , Davie Chimwaza , John Ingainga , Naoki Makimoto , Setsuko Nakayama , Masahide Yuma & Yukiko Kada (2001) : Relationship between local and scientific names of fishes in Lake Malawi/Nyasa
[643]   Ambaw Demissie (1990) : The phonology of Zay: a generative approach
[645]   Amborn, Hermann (1983) : Referenz und Abwehr: der sprachliche Niederschlag der gesellschaftlichen Sonderstellung von Lineage-Ältesten in der Burji-Konso Gruppe
[646]   Amborn, Hermann (1997) : The conceptualization of landscape in southern Ethiopian societies
[647]   Amborn, Hermann & Alexander Kellner (1999) : Burji vocabulary of cultural items: an insight into Burji culture (based on field notes of Helmut Straube)
[644]   Amborn, Hermann , Gunter Minker & Hans-Jürgen Sasse (1980) : Das Dullay: Materialen zu einer ostkuschitischen Sprache
[648]   Amboulou, C. (1998) : Le mbochi: langue bantu du Congo-Brazzaville (zone C, groupe C20)
[24915]   Ambouroue, Odette (2006) : De la tonalité des nominaux en orungu (B11b)
[25080]   Ambouroue, Odette (2007) : Eléments de description de lʼorungu ; Langue bantu du Gabon (B11b)
[649]   Ambrose, Stanley Harmon (1982) : Archaeology and linguistic reconstructions of history in East Africa
[650]   Amedekey, E. Y. (1970) : The culture of Ghana: a bibliography
[651]   Ameka, Felix K. (1987) : A comparative analysis of linguistic routines in two languages: English and Ewe
[652]   Ameka, Felix K. (1990) : The grammatical packaging of experiencers in Ewe: a study in the semantics of syntax
[653]   Ameka, Felix K. (1991) : Ewe: its grammatical construction and illocutionary devices
[654]   Ameka, Felix K. (1992) : Focus constructions in Ewe and Akan: a comparative perspective
[655]   Ameka, Felix K. (1995) : The linguistic construction of space in Ewe
[656]   Ameka, Felix K. (1996) : Body parts in Ewe grammar
[657]   Ameka, Felix K. (1999) : The typology and semantics of complex nominal duplication in Ewe
[658]   Ameka, Felix K. (1999) : Spatial information packaging in Ewe and Likpe: a comparative perspective
[660]   Ameka, Felix K. (1999) : The progressive aspect in Likpe (Sekpele): implications for aspect and word order in Kwa
[661]   Ameka, Felix K. (2002) : Constituent order and grammatical relations in Ewe
[662]   Ameka, Felix K. (2002) : Cultural scripting of body parts for emotions: on ‘jealousy’ and related emotions in Ewe
[22647]   Ameka, Felix K. (2001) : Ideophones and the nature of the adjective word class in Ewe
[23524]   Ameka, Felix K. (2005) : Forms of secondary predication in serializating languages: on depictives in Ewe
[23809]   Ameka, Felix K. (2005) : Ewe serial verb constructions and their grammatical context
[24987]   Ameka, Felix K. (1998) : Particules énonciatives en Ewe
[25224]   Ameka, Felix K. (2008) : Aspect and modality in Ewe: a survey
[25237]   Ameka, Felix K. (2010) : Information Packaging Constructions in Kwa: Micro-variation and Typology
[25960]   Ameka, Felix K. (2012) : Ewe : its grammatical constructions and illocutionary devices
[26289]   Ameka, Felix K. (2013) : Three-place predicates in West African serializing languages
[26698]   Ameka, Felix K. (2009) : Verb extensions in Likpe (Sɛkpɛlé)
[27259]   Ameka, Felix K. (2017) : The Ghana-Togo Mountain languages: Introduction
[28467]   Ameka, Felix K. (2015-2016 [2018]) : Ghana-Togo-Mountain languages: A socio-cultural, a typological or a genetic grouping?
[659]   Ameka, Felix K. & Emmanuel Kweku Osam (Ed) (1999) : New directions in Ghanaian linguistics: essays in honour of M.E. Kropp Dakubu, Florence A. Dolphyne and Alan S. Duthie
[27260]   Ameka, Felix K. & James Essegbey (2017) : Divergence and convergence among the Ghana-Togo Mountain languages
[27464]   Ameka, Felix K. & James Essegbey (2013) : Serialising languages: Satellite-framed, verb-framed or neither
[25220]   Ameka, Felix K. & Mary Esther Kropp Dakubu (2008) : Aspect and Modality in Kwa Languages
[25226]   Ameka, Felix K. & Mary Esther Kropp Dakubu (2008) : Imperfective Constructions: Progressive and Prospective in Ewe and Dangme
[24168]   Ameka, Felix. K. (2003) : Grammar and cultural practices: The grammaticalization of triadic communication in West African languages
[663]   Ames, David W. & Anthony V. King (1971) : Glossary of Hausa music and its social contexts
[25674]   Ameur, Meftaha (2011) : L’emprunt linguistique en berbère – Identification, étendue et motivation
[25908]   Ameur, Meftaha (2008) : Les contacts amazighe-arabe – Le cas des noms de nombre
[27559]   Ameur, Meftaha , Khalid Ansar , Abdellah Boumalk , Noura El Azrak , Rachid Laabdelaoui & Hamid Souifi (2017) : Dictionnaire général de la langue amazighe
[664]   Amfani, A. H. (1995) : Double-determiner NP constructions in Hausa
[665]   Amfani, A. H. (1995) : The ‘grade’ as a functional element and re-interpretation of relations in the Hausa verbal component
[22653]   Amfani, A. H. (1990) : A glottochronology of four Benue-Congo languages in Zuruland
[666]   Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2001) : A relevance-theoretic study of some pragmatic markers in Akan
[667]   Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2005) : Modal marking in Akan: the case of anka
[24733]   Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2007) : Akan Demonstratives
[26049]   Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2007) : Noun phrase and clausal connectives in Akan
[26722]   Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2011) : The Dangme clausal connective n
[1213]   Amha, Azeb (1989) : Verb morphology in Bodi
[1214]   Amha, Azeb (1996) : Aspects of the verb in Ometo
[1215]   Amha, Azeb (1993) : The case system in Basketto
[1216]   Amha, Azeb (1994) : Ometo verb derivation: the case of Basketo, Male, Ko:rete and Kullo
[1217]   Amha, Azeb (1995) : Case in Basketto
[1218]   Amha, Azeb (1996) : Tone-accent and prosodic domains in Wolaitta
[1219]   Amha, Azeb (2001) : The Maale language
[22675]   Amha, Azeb (2001) : Ideophones and compound verbs in Wolaitta
[23484]   Amha, Azeb (1997) : The tone system of Maale
[25755]   Amha, Azeb (2010) : The converb in Wolaitta: form and functions
[26530]   Amha, Azeb (2014) : Complex Predicates in Zargulla
[26586]   Amha, Azeb (2013) : Directives to humans and to domestic animals – the imperative and some interjections in Zargulla
[26708]   Amha, Azeb (2010) : From gender identification to assertion: on the use of -tte and -tta in Zargulla, an endangered Omotic language
[23810]   Amha, Azeb & Gerrit Jan Dimmendaal (2005) : Verbal compunding in Wolaitta
[24759]   Amha, Azeb , Maarten Mous & Graziano Savà (2007) : Omotic and Cushitic Studies; Papers from the Fourth Cushitic Omotic Conference, Leiden, 10-12 April 2003
[24760]   Amidu, Assibi (2007) : Semantic Assignment Rules in Bantu Classes; A Reanalysis Based on Kiswahili
[668]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1980) : Locative marking and locative choice in Swahili and their semantic and grammatical implications
[669]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1982) : The myth of the infinitive class in Kiswahili
[670]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1982) : The elimination of number from an intra-linguistic analysis of Kiswahili gender and noun classes and its implications for class classification in Bantu
[671]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1983) : The great morpho-syntactic split and lexical shifts in Kiswahili
[672]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1985/89) : Cultural contact and language preservation: the case of Kiswahili
[673]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1993) : The case for a ‘progressive’ derivational affix in Kiswahili predicative items
[674]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1993) : Observations on some derivational affixes in Kiswahili
[675]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1994) : What is a class? A study of Kiswahili
[676]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1994) : A ‘progressive’ derivational verbid in Kiswahili predicative items?
[677]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1995) : Kiswahili: people, language, literature and lingua franca
[678]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1995) : Kiswahili, a continental language: how possible it is? ; part 1
[679]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1996) : Kiswahili, a continental language: how possible it is? ; part 2
[680]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1997) : Classes in Kiswahili: a study of their forms and implications
[681]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1997) : The problem of lexical cohesion and lexical structure in Bantu classes ; part 1
[682]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1998) : The problem of lexical cohesion and lexical structure in Bantu classes ; part 2
[683]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1998) : Exploring new horizons in Kiswahili class descriptions and linguistic theory
[684]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2001) : Argument and predicate relations in Kiswahili: a new analysis of transitiveness in Bantu
[685]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2004) : Kiswahili language description and translational grammars
[23147]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2004) : Reflexives and reflexivization in Kiswahili grammar
[25768]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2009) : Matrix Nominal Phrases in Kiswahili Bantu. A Study of their Effects on Argument Syntax
[26504]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2013) : Objects and Complements in Kiswahili Clauses: A Study of their Mechanisms and Patterns
[686]   Amman, Joachim (1---) : Chibeleketo cha bandu Bamwera/Die Sprache der Mwera
[687]   Amoabeng, Kwaku (1986) : The English language in Ghana: a comprehensive, annotated bibliography
[688]   Amoako, Joe (1999) : Substrate theory revisited through Ghanaian Pidgin English
[689]   Amonoo, Reginald F. (1963) : Problems of Ghanaian lingue franche
[690]   Amonoo, Reginald F. (1989) : Language and nationhood: reflections on language situations with particular reference to Ghana
[691]   Amoran, Omoniyi (1979) : Aspects of Ogori phonology
[692]   Amoran, Omoniyi (1982) : Auxiliaries and time reference in Yoruba
[27311]   Amoua, Kwamivi (2011) : Le système nominal du kebu
[22984]   Amsalu, Aklilu (198-) : Amharic-English dictionary
[693]   Amshi, Musa Audu (1982) : Language use in the Borno state House of Assembly
[24087]   Amu, Misonu (1997) : Glossary of Ewe musical terms
[694]   Amuda, Atoye A. (1986) : Yoruba/English code-switching in Nigeria: aspects of its functions and form
[695]   Amuda, Atoye A. (1989) : Attitudes to code-switching: the case of Yoruba and English
[696]   Amuda, Atoye A. (1994) : Yoruba/English code-switching as a conversational stategy
[697]   Amutenya, A. P. (1996) : The work of the Oshindonga Curriculum Committee
[698]   Amuzu, Evershed Kwasi (1993) : Three-place predicates in Ewe
[699]   Amuzu, Koku (1993) : The role of English in education in the new South Africa
[700]   Amvela, Ze & Martin Samuel Eno-Belinga (1978) : Caractéristiques linguistiques du Bulu utilisé dans l’épopée vraie du Mvet
[701]   Amwele, R. (1996) : The Kolteno project and national languages
[702]   Anagbogu, Philip N. (1987) : A grammar of Igbo nominalizations
[703]   Anagbogu, Philip N. (1990) : The grammar of Igbo nominalizations
[704]   Anagbogu, Philip N. (1995) : The strong boundary condition for compounds: the Igbo perspective
[24133]   Anagbogu, Philip N. (2004) : The lexicographerʼs burden: The case of Igweʼs (1999) Igbo-English Dictionary
[26970]   Anagbogu, Philip N. & Gideon S. Omachonu (2013) : Headedness and demarcation in nominal compounds: evidence from Ígálà, Ìgbò, Kọ̀ríng and Yorùbá
[705]   Anaklet, G. P. (1980) : Description of derivational forms in Tumbuka
[706]   Anaman, B. B. (1926) : Nzima oni Elofure, buruku sanve (English and Nzima key book)
[707]   Anaman, B. B. (1927) : Standard Nzima
[27436]   Anangwe, Alfred & Michael R. Marlo (2008) : Luwanga-English Dictionary
[708]   Anasiudu, B. N. (1987) : Nigerian English slang: coinage processes
[25998]   Anberbir, Tadesse & Tomio Takara (2009) : Development of an Amharic Text-to-Speech System Using Cepstral Method
[709]   Anbessa Teferra (1984) : Sidamo verb morphology: some inflections and derivations
[710]   Anbessa Teferra (1987) : Ballissha: women’s speech among the Sidama
[711]   Anbessa Teferra (1987) : Complement clauses in Sidamo: a transformational generative approach
[713]   Anbessa Teferra (1991) : A skecth of Shabo grammar
[714]   Anbessa Teferra (1994) : Phonological government in Sidaama
[715]   Anbessa Teferra (1995) : Brief phonology of Shabo (Mekeyir)
[716]   Anbessa Teferra (2000) : A grammar of Sidaama
[24823]   Anbessa Teferra (2007) : The structure of Sidaama nouns
[26670]   Anbessa Teferra (2014) : Sidaama (Sidaamu Afoo)
[24761]   Anbessa Teferra, & Grover Hudson (2007) : Essentials of Amharic
[712]   Anbessa Teferra, & Peter Unseth (1989) : Towards a classification of Shabo
[9313]   Anciaux, L. (1----) : Le lingala véhiculaire
[717]   Andah, Bassey W. (1983) : The Bantu phenomenon: some unanswered questions of ethnolinguistics and ethnoarchaeology
[718]   Andeme Allogo, M.-F. (1991) : Morpho-syntaxe du ntumu, dialecte fang
[719]   Anders, H. D. (1934) : Hottentot place-names
[720]   Anders, H. D. (1934) : Foreign elements in the Xhosa language
[721]   Anders, H. D. (1934/35) : A note on a south-eastern Bushman dialect
[722]   Anders, H. D. (1937) : Marginal notes to Wikar’s journal (Van Riebeeck Vereniging XV, 1935)
[723]   Anders, H. D. (1937) : Observations on certain sound changes in Xhosa derivatives from Khoisan
[724]   Anders, H. D. (1937) : The clicks
[725]   Andersen, Torben (1981) : A grammar of Modo: a preliminary sketch
[726]   Andersen, Torben (1984) : Aspect and word order in Moru
[727]   Andersen, Torben (1986) : Tone splitting and vowel quantity: evidence from Lugbara
[728]   Andersen, Torben (1986) : Verbal inflexion in Moru
[729]   Andersen, Torben (1986) : The phonemic system of Madi
[731]   Andersen, Torben (1987) : The phonemic system of Agar Dinka
[732]   Andersen, Torben (1987) : An outline of Lulubo phonology
[733]   Andersen, Torben (1988) : Ergativity in Päri, a Nilotic OVS language
[734]   Andersen, Torben (1988) : Consonant alternation in the verbal morphology of Päri
[735]   Andersen, Torben (1988) : Downstep in Päri: the tone system of a Western Nilotic language
[736]   Andersen, Torben (1989) : The Päri vowel system with an internal reconstruction of its historical development
[737]   Andersen, Torben (1990) : Vowel length in western Nilotic languages
[738]   Andersen, Torben (1991) : Subject and topic in Dinka
[739]   Andersen, Torben (1992) : Aspects of Mabaan tonology
[740]   Andersen, Torben (1992/94) : Morphological stratification in Dinka: on the alternations of voice quality, vowel length and tone in the morphology of transitive verbal roots in a monosyllabic language
[741]   Andersen, Torben (1993) : Vowel quality alternation in Dinka verb inflection
[742]   Andersen, Torben (1993) : Aspects of Berta phonology
[743]   Andersen, Torben (1993) : Verbal roots and verbal inflection in Berta
[744]   Andersen, Torben (1994) : From aspect to tense in Lulubo: morphosyntactic and semantic restructuring in a Central Sudanic language
[745]   Andersen, Torben (1994) : Consonantal tones in Lugbara
[746]   Andersen, Torben (1995) : Absolutive and nominative in Berta
[747]   Andersen, Torben (1998) : Verb-coding in Madi relative clauses
[748]   Andersen, Torben (1999) : Vowel quality alternation in Mabaan and its western Nilotic history
[749]   Andersen, Torben (1999) : Anti-logophoricity and indirect mode in Mabaan
[750]   Andersen, Torben (1999) : Consonant alternation and verbal morphology in Mayak (northern Burun)
[751]   Andersen, Torben (1999) : Vowel harmony and vowel alternation in Mayak (western Nilotic)
[752]   Andersen, Torben (1999) : Anywa and Päri, I: a phonological and morphophonological comparison (review article)
[753]   Andersen, Torben (200-) : Layers of number inflection in Mabaan (western Nilotic)
[754]   Andersen, Torben (2000) : Anywa and Päri, II: a morphosyntactic comparison
[755]   Andersen, Torben (2000) : Number inflection in Mayak (northern Burun)
[756]   Andersen, Torben (2002) : Studies in western Nilotic languages
[757]   Andersen, Torben (2002) : Case inflection and nominal head marking in Dinka
[24643]   Andersen, Torben (2006) : Layers of number inflection in Mabaan (Western Nilotic)
[25521]   Andersen, Torben (2012) : Verbal directionality and argument alternation in Dinka
[26008]   Andersen, Torben (2009) : Verbal suffixes and suffix reduction in Surkum and other Northern Burun languages: Interaction with focus
[26051]   Andersen, Torben (2007) : Kurmuk phonology
[26062]   Andersen, Torben (2004) : Jumjum Phonology
[26322]   Andersen, Torben (2012) : Spatial roles and verbal directionality in Dinka
[26795]   Andersen, Torben (2014) : Number in Dinka
[27389]   Andersen, Torben (2017) : Vowel quality alternation in Dinka verb derivation: The Agar variety
[27752]   Andersen, Torben (2019) : External possession of body-part nouns in Dinka
[27997]   Andersen, Torben (2017) : Clausal constituent order and cross-reference in Jumjum
[28333]   Andersen, Torben (2021) : External possession of body-part nouns in Jumjum: Possessor raising with possessum incorporation
[28441]   Andersen, Torben (2020) : Multiple adnominal modification in Dinka Chaining construct states
[730]   Andersen, Torben & Didiers L. Goyvaerts (1986) : Reflexivity and logophoricity in Moru-Madi
[780]   Anderson, Coleen G. (1999) : ATR vowel harmony in Akposso
[779]   Anderson, David D. (1994) : Toponymie, Felsformationen und Bodentypen in der Region Shira (Bauchi State, Nordnigeria)
[761]   Anderson, Earl J. (1948) : A Kipsigis grammar
[760]   Anderson, George N. (1942) : Tentative studies in Ilamba grammar and phonetics
[762]   Anderson, George N. (1956) : Iramba exercises
[25989]   Anderson, Gregory D. S. (2011) : Auxiliary verb constructions in the languages of Africa
[27047]   Anderson, Gregory D.S. (2017) : STAMP morphs in the Macro-Sudan Belt
[783]   Anderson, Heidi (2005) : Intelligibility testing (RTT) between Mendankwe and Nkwen
[782]   Anderson, Heidi & Susanne Krüger (2004) : A rapid appraisal (RA) survey of Kendem
[29076]   Anderson, Heidi & Susanne Krüger (2004) : A Rapid Appraisal (RA) Survey of Kendem
[773]   Anderson, James Maltie (1981) : A dictionary of Gambian Wolof
[763]   Anderson, Joan (1973) : A Turkana grammar for beginners
[768]   Anderson, John (1979) : Serialisation, dependency and the syntax of possessives in Moru
[27060]   Anderson, Jonathan (2010) : Preliminary to preliminary: Speech rhythm in Akan (Twi)
[26972]   Anderson, Jonathan C. (2013) : Verb-internal compound formation in Akan
[28384]   Anderson, Jonathan C. , Christopher R. Green & Samuel G. Obeng (2018) : On the Expression of Diminutivity in Susu
[758]   Anderson, L. K. (1935) : The Bafia language: a preliminary statement
[766]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1977) : A phonology of Ngyemboon-Bamiléké
[767]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1979) : Verb structure
[769]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1980) : The noun class system of Amo
[770]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1980) : The noun classes of Ngyemboon-Bamileke
[772]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1981) : An autosegmental account of Bamiléké-Dschang tonology
[774]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1982) : From semi-vowels to aspiration to long consonants in Ngyemboon-Bamiléké
[775]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1983) : Tone and morpheme rules in Bamileke-Ngyemboon
[776]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1985) : Animate and inanimate pronominal systems in Ngyemboon-Bamileke
[781]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (2001) : Phonological characteristics of Eastern Grassfields languages
[22887]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1980) : A autosegmental account of Bamileke-Dschang tonology
[777]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (Ed) (1991) : Tone in five languages of Cameroon
[778]   Anderson, Stephen Craig & Bernard Comrie (Ed) (1991) : Tense and aspect in eight languages of Cameroon
[771]   Anderson, Stephen Craig & Jeanette Swackhamer (1981) : From consonants to downstep in Podoko
[764]   Anderson, Stephen R. (1976) : On the description of multiply articulated consonants
[765]   Anderson, Stephen R. (1976) : On the description of consonant gradation in Fula
[759]   Anderson, V. A. , W. F. McElroy & G. T. McKee (1939) : Dictionary of the Tshiluba language
[786]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar (1992) : Khoisanspråkens typologiska profil(er)
[788]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar (1993) : Khoisanspråk
[789]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar (1993) : Fattiga och rika i språkets värld
[791]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar (1997) : Seyeyi revisited: prospects for the future of a threatened language
[784]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar & Bo Ralph (1991) : Fanagalo: ett språk av sin tid
[785]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar & Tore Janson (1991) : Languages and language use among students at the University of Botswana
[787]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar & Tore Janson (1993) : Rich and poor languages in Botswana
[790]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar & Tore Janson (1997) : Languages in Botswana: language ecology in southern Africa
[792]   Andersson, Mikael , Annika Brännström & David Hjelm (1999) : Uppsats i språktypologi: iká
[793]   Andrade, Ernesto dʼ (1975) : Ordem das regras fonologicas (linguas de Angola e Moçambique)
[26283]   Andrason, Alexander (2012) : The Basse Mandinka “future”
[26980]   Andrason, Alexander (2013) : Mapping the meaning of the be riŋ formation in Basse Mandinka
[27888]   Andrason, Alexander (2019) : The map of ti in Kituba - testing and expanding the typological model of the polysemy of conjunctive coordinators
[28365]   Andrason, Alexander (2019) : The conjunctive coordinator NA in Xhosa. Its categorial status and map of polyfunctionality
[25820]   Andreas, Heike , Rudolf Leger & Ulrike Zoch (2009) : The Nyam language: first steps toward a grammatical description
[23792]   Andreassen, Helene Norgaard (2002) : Pronouns
[794]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (19--) : Unpublished grammatical and lexical materials on Oromo and Somali
[795]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1954) : Some problems of Somali orthography
[796]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1955) : The problem of vowel representation in the Isaaq dialect of Somali
[797]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1956) : Accentual patterns in verbal forms in the Isaaq dialect of Somali
[798]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1957) : Some preliminary observations on the Borana dialect of Galla
[799]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1957) : Is Somali a tone language?
[800]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1960) : My recent research into the Galla dialects
[801]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1960) : Pronominal and prepositional particles in northern Somali
[802]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1960) : The categories of number in noun forms in the Borana dialect of Galla
[803]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1961) : Notes on the substantive pronouns in Somali
[804]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1964) : The declensions of Somali nouns
[805]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1964) : The position of Galla in the Cushitic language group
[806]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1964) : Speech and writing dichotomy as the pattern of multilingualism in the Somali Republic
[809]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1968) : Inflectional characteristics of the so-called ‘weak verbs’ in Somali
[810]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1968) : The study of the Bedauye language: the present position and prospects
[811]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1968) : Reflections on the nature and social function of Somali proverbs
[812]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1969) : Some observations on hybrid verbs in Somali
[813]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1969) : Recent researches into the Somali language and literature
[814]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1969) : Somali modes of thought and communication
[815]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1970) : The role of tone in the Borana dialect of Galla
[816]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1971) : The role of broadcasting in the adaptation of the Somali language to modern needs
[817]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1972) : Allusive diction in Galla hymns in praise of Sheikh Hussein of Bale
[818]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1974) : Note on the linguistic situation of the Somali and Galla in Kenya
[819]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1974) : The introduction of a national orthography for Somali
[820]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1974) : Somalia introduces a new orthography
[821]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1974) : Indicator particles in Somali
[822]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1975) : The role of indicator particles in Somali
[823]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1975) : Verbs with vocalic mutation in Somali and their significance for Hamito-Semitic comparative studies
[824]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1976) : Introduction to written Oromo
[825]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1977) : Five years of written Somali: a report on progress and prospects
[826]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1978) : The development of a national orthography in Somalia and the modernization of the Somali language
[827]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1978) : The dichotomy between extensive and restricted verbal paradigms in Somali and its parallels in Oromo
[828]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1978) : Linguistic evidence of non-Semitic influence in the history of Ethiopian Semitic: lexical borrowing in Ge‘ez and other Ethiopian Semitic languages
[829]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1979) : The case system in Somali
[830]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1979) : The development of Somali as a national medium of education and literature
[831]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1979/80) : Language reform in Somalia and the modernization of the Somali vocabulary
[832]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1980) : Some observations on the present orthography for Oromo
[833]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1980) : The implementation of language planning in Somalia: a record of achievement
[834]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1980) : The use of Somali in mathematics and the sciences
[835]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1981) : Traditional media of communication in Somalia
[836]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1983) : Language reform in Somalia and the modernization of the Somali vocabulary
[837]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1984) : The role of accentual patterns in subject/object differentiation in Somali and its parallels in Paranilotic languages
[838]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1987) : Reinisch’s work on Somali and its significance today
[839]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1987) : In defence of improbable lemmas in Somali lexicography
[840]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1988) : Infills: nouns and verbs without lexical meaning in Somali poetry
[841]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1992) : Reflections on R. C. Abraham’s Somali-English dictionary
[842]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1992) : The evocative function of proper names in Somali poetic tropes
[843]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1994) : Onomastic synecdoche: the use of proper names of camels in Somali poetry
[808]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. & Muuse Haaji Ismaaʻiil Galaal (1966) : The art of the verbal message in Somali society
[807]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. , Stefan Strelcyn & Joseph Tubiana (1966) : Somalia: the writing of Somali
[844]   Aneesa, Kassam (1984) : La geste de Rennarde - variations sur un conte gabbra: étude ethno-linguistique
[845]   Anene, Mallam B. I. (19--) : Hausa made easy in Ibo and English languages
[846]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre (1970) : La dérivation verbale dénominative dans les langues bantoues
[847]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre (1971) : Aspects de la phonétique et de la morphologie de l’ewondo
[851]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre & Jacques L. Vincke (1977) : Règles tonales ruwund
[849]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre & Wamushiya Ilunga Mukubi (1973) : Aspects de la grammaire générative et transformationelle de la langue akoose du Cameroun
[27243]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre , Geralda de Lima Vitor Angenot & Daniel Mutombo Huta-Mukana (2013) : Comparison between the Ipala-Ngoya, Kimbundu and Umbundu tone-cases systems
[850]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre , Jaap J. Spa & Yengo dya Meeso (1974) : Interprétation générative du phénomèmen de l’emprut linguistique
[27244]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre , Jacky Maniacky & Geralda de Lima Vitor Angenot (2013) : Quand les prefixes nominaux bantu de classes 9/10 cessent d’être des archisegments nasals syllabiques
[848]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre , Wamushiya Ilunga Mukubi & Jacques L. Vincke (1973) : Introduction to a theory of marking and transposition in language: a transformational anti-grammar of the Koose language of Cameroon
[28590]   Angitso, Michael Terhemen (2019) : A descriptive study of the Tiv nominal morphology
[28778]   Angitso, Michael Terhemen (2022) : The Form and Function of Diminutive Particles in Tiv
[852]   Angkaaraba Saanchi, James Nubabong (1980) : The nominal phrase in Dagaari
[853]   Angkaaraba Saanchi, James Nubabong (1992) : The Dagaaba dirge: a study of its structure and style
[854]   Angkaaraba Saanchi, James Nubabong (1997) : The vowel system of Dagaare
[23555]   Angkaaraba Saanchi, James Nubabong (2003) : Aspect and the Dagaare verb
[855]   Anglade, Pierre (1998) : Inventaire étymologique des termes créoles des caraïbes d’origine africaine
[856]   Angogo, Rachel Msimbi (1978) : Language and politics in South Africa
[857]   Angogo, Rachel Msimbi (1979) : Standard Kiswahili: its history and development
[860]   Angogo, Rachel Msimbi (1983) : Unity in diversity: a linguistic survey of the Abaluhyia of western Kenya
[858]   Angogo, Rachel Msimbi & Ian F. Hancock (1980) : English in Africa: emerging standards or diverging regionalism?
[861]   Angot, A. M. (1946) : Grammaire anjouanaise
[862]   Angoujard, Jean-Pierre (1980?) : Contribution à l’étude phonologique et morphologique de l’arabe tunisien
[863]   Angoujard, Jean-Pierre (1989) : (Dé)voisement en somali central
[864]   Angoujard, Jean-Pierre & Michel Denais (1989) : Le pluriel brisé en tigrigna
[865]   Angoujard, Jean-Pierre & Mohamed Moallin Hassan (1991) : Qualité vocalique, rythme et genre grammatical en somali
[866]   Angoundou, Jean Jacques (19--) : Incidence de la linguistique enonciative anglaise sur l’étude d’une langue non indo-européenne: le lingala
[867]   Angrand, Armand Pierre (192-) : Manuel français-ouolof
[1124]   Angrand, Armand Pierre (1943) : Manuel ouolof
[23357]   Angrand, Armand Pierre (1952) : Manuel français-ouolof
[23358]   Angrand, Armand Pierre (1940) : Manuel français-ouolof
[28334]   Angsongna, Alexander (2021) : Dàgáárè complex constructions: Serial verb constructions, multi-aspectual constructions and coordination
[28455]   Angsongna, Alexander (2021) : Tone alternation in Dàgáárè verbs: Perfectives and Imperfectives
[868]   Angula, Nahas (1984) : English as a medium of communication for Namibia: trends and possibilities
[869]   Angula, Nahas (1989) : Language policy for Namibia: SWAPO
[870]   Angulu, Elizabeth Mama (1985) : Componential analysis of Hausa verbs of motion: markedness and deixis
[871]   Ani, Salman H. al (1970) : Arabic phonology: an acoustic and physiological investigation
[872]   Ani, Salman H. al & Dilworth B. Parkinson (1996) : Arabic linguistics bibliography 1979-1995
[873]   Aniche, Godfrey C. (1982) : Standard Nigerian English and the educated user
[874]   Anim, E. T. (1993) : Multilingualism, broadcasting and development in Africa: the case of Ghana
[875]   Aning, Simon Kwasi (1998) : Nominal constructions in Akan
[876]   Anis, Azza Ibrahim (19--) : Langues et education au Soudan: éléments pour aborder la problematique de l’education linguistique
[877]   Ankei, Yuji (1986) : Nomenclatures comparées de mammifères dans deux langues bantoues: songola (D24) et ombo (C69)
[878]   Ankei, Yuji (1986) : Connaissance populaire du poisson chez les Songola et les Bwari: ethnoichtyologie comparée ds pêcheurs du fleuve Zaïre et du Lac Tanzganyika
[879]   Ankei, Yuji (1989) : Folk knowledge of fish among the Songola and the Bwari: comparative ethnoichtyology of the Luabala River and Lake Tanganyika fishermen
[880]   Ankei, Yuji (1990) : Cookbook of the Songola: an anthropological study on the technology of food preparation among a Bantu-speaking people of the Zaïre Forest
[881]   Ankermann, Bernhard (1927) : Koelle’s Mbe-Sprache
[882]   Annan, B. (1969) : The situation of Pidgin English in West Africa
[884]   Annett, Mary (1983) : L’expression de la localisation en langue mundani
[25368]   Annett, Mary (1987) : Exploring urban mother tongue literacy
[883]   Annett, Mary & Anna Kohler (1975) : Enquête dialectale fali
[888]   Anòká, G. M. K. (1979) : A pronouncing dictionary of Ìgbo place names
[885]   Anoka, Kemjika (1979) : Pronouncing dictionary of Igbo place names
[24649]   Anonby, Erik John (2007) : The labial flap in Mambay: Phonological rarity or fundamental element?
[24921]   Anonby, Erik John (2008) : Phonology and Morphology of Mambay (Niger-Congo, Adamawa)
[25600]   Anonby, Erik John (2011) : A Grammar of Mambay. An Adamawa Language of Chad and Cameroon
[26921]   Anonby, Erik John (2014) : Dictionnaire mambay - français
[28468]   Anonby, Erik John (2005) : Vestigial noun suffixes in Mambay (Adamawa): Vestiges of what?
[886]   Anonby, Erik John & Eric Johnson (2001) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Zaghawa (Beria) of Chad and Sudan
[25283]   Anonyme (1881) : Dictionnaire pongoué-français précédé des principes de la langue pongouée
[25319]   Anonymous (2010) : Yasa-French wordlist
[25339]   Anonymous (1990s) : Tocco wordlist
[24176]   Anonymous (David Sapir ?) (s.d.) : Greenberg’s list for Gusilay spoken at Tiounk Essil
[887]   Anozie, Sunday O. (Ed) (1973) : Language systems in Africa
[889]   Ansa, Stella A. (2004) : Language and planning national integration: the Nigerian perspective
[25958]   Ansah, Gladys Nyarko (2011) : Emotion Language in Akan: the Case of Anger
[27476]   Ansah, Gladys Nyarko , Jemima Asabea Anderson , Suleman Alhassan Anamzoya & Fidelia Ohemeng (2017) : ‘Bra, Sɛn, Yɛnkↄ... That is All I Know in Akan’: How Female Migrants From Rural North Survive with Minimum Bilingualism in Urban Markets in Ghana
[28425]   Ansah, Mercy Akrofi (2021) : An Account of Leteh Adpositions
[28431]   Ansah, Mercy Akrofi (2021) : The Leteh Give-Verb Nὲ in Multiple Syntactic Contexts
[28456]   Ansah, Mercy Akrofi (2021) : A Grammatical Description of Leteh Nominal Morphology
[28430]   Ansah, Victoria Owusu (2021) : Morphophonology of Reduplication in Esahie
[890]   Ansre, Gilbert (1961) : The tonal structure of Ewe
[891]   Ansre, Gilbert (1962) : Conversational Ewe
[892]   Ansre, Gilbert (1963) : Reduplication in Ewe
[893]   Ansre, Gilbert (1963) : The tones of Ewe verbals
[894]   Ansre, Gilbert (1964) : A study of the official language in Ghana
[895]   Ansre, Gilbert (1966) : The grammatical units of Ewe: a study of their structure, classes and systems
[896]   Ansre, Gilbert (1970) : Language policy for the promotion of national unity and understanding in West Africa
[897]   Ansre, Gilbert (1970) : Madina, three polyglots and some implications in Ghana
[898]   Ansre, Gilbert (1971) : Language standardisation in sub-Saharan Africa
[899]   Ansre, Gilbert (1971) : The influence of English on West African languages
[900]   Ansre, Gilbert (1974) : Language standardisation in sub-Saharan Africa
[901]   Ansre, Gilbert (1977) : Four rationalizations for maintaining European languages in education in Africa
[902]   Ansre, Gilbert (1978) : The use of indigenous languages in education in sub-Saharan Africa: presuppositions, lessons, prospects
[904]   Antinucci, Francesco (1980) : The syntax of indicator particles in Somali. Part 2: the constructions of interrogative, negative and negative-interrogative clauses
[905]   Antinucci, Francesco (1981) : Tipi di frasa
[903]   Antinucci, Francesco & Annarita Puglielli (1980) : The syntax of indicator particles in Somali: relative clause construction
[906]   Antinucci, Francesco & Annarita Puglielli (1984) : Relative clause constructions in Somali: a comparison between the northern and the coastal dialects
[907]   Antonissen, R. (1942) : Handleiding in het Afrikaans: een practisch overzicht
[908]   Anttila, Arto & Adams B. Bodomo (1996) : Tonal correspondences in Dagaare
[909]   Anttila, Arto & Adams B. Bodomo (1999) : Tonal polarity in Dagaare
[24742]   Anttila, Arto & Adams Bodomo (2009) : Prosodic Morphology in Dagaare
[28238]   Anttila, Arto & Adams Bodomo (2019) : Metrically conditioned vowel length in Dagaare
[910]   Antwi-Akowuah, Thomas (1996) : Lingala-English/English-Lingala dictionary and phrasebook
[25566]   Anyanwu, Ogbonna (2012) : The Ibibio locative copular constructions
[26859]   Anyanwu, Ogbonna (2013) : Ibibio Causative and Anti-Causative Verb Alternations
[26824]   Anyanwu, Ogbonna & Christie Omego (2015) : Aspects of Deverbal Nominalization in Tee
[911]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (1996) : Aspects of Igbo grammar
[912]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (1998) : Aspects of Igbo grammar: phonetics, phonology, morphology and the tonology of nouns
[24929]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2003) : Syllable structure and geminates in Tarifit Berber
[25545]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2012) : On the strategic partnership of verbs – Serial verbs in Niger-Congo languages
[25676]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2010) : Tense, Aspect, and Mood in Benue-Congo Languages
[25778]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2009) : Focus and topic in Southern Jukunoid: Yukuben and Akum
[26506]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2013) : Reference Grammar of Yukuben (Jukunoid, Nigeria)
[27127]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2017) : Nasality, Consonant and Nasal Harmony in Igbo
[27792]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2020) : Yukuben
[914]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (Ed) (2003) : Stress and tone: the African experience
[913]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (2003) : Gemination in the morphology of some African languages
[915]   Ao, B. (1991) : Kikongo nasal harmony and context-sensitive underspecification
[916]   Aoki, Paul K. (1974) : An observation of vowel contraction in Xhosa
[25667]   Aoumer, Fatsiha (2011) : Une opposition perdue – la particule dite ‘d’approche’ ou la deixis verbale dans un parler kabyle de Bejaïa
[28255]   Apel, Viktoria (2019) : Non-canonical switch-reference in Serer
[26616]   Apenteng, Monica Amoah & Nana Aba Appiah Amfo (2014) : The Form and Function of English Loanwords in Akan
[27498]   Aplonova, Ekaterina (2017) : Morphologie verbale de la langue goo
[27730]   Aplonova, Ekaterina (2020) : Dictionnaire goo – français
[28369]   Appah, Clement Kwamina Insaidoo (2016) : Akan verb-noun compounds
[917]   Appiah, A. W. E. (1931) : A new script Fante primer
[918]   Appleby, L. L. (19--) : A Luluhya-English dictionary
[919]   Appleby, L. L. (1947) : A first Luyia grammar, with exercises
[920]   Appleby, L. L. (1961) : A first Luyia grammar, with exercises
[921]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1957) : Berber studies, I: Shilha
[922]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1958) : An outline of the structure of Shilha
[923]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1959) : Some phonological rules in Shilha
[924]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1963) : The structure of Kabyle
[925]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1963) : The structure of Shilha
[926]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1966) : Spoken Kabyle: a basic course
[927]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1970) : The Berber languages
[24569]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1955) : Shilha: A Descriptive Grammar With Vocabulary and Texts
[928]   Appleyard, David L. (1972) : /a-/ and /as-/ verb forms in Amharic
[929]   Appleyard, David L. (1975) : A descriptive outline of Kemant
[930]   Appleyard, David L. (1975) : The Semitic basis of the Amharic lexicon
[931]   Appleyard, David L. (1977) : A comparative approach to the Amharic lexicon
[932]   Appleyard, David L. (1978) : Linguistic evidence of non-Semitic influence in the history of Ethiopian Semitic: lexical borrowing in Ge‘ez and other Ethiopian Semitic languages
[933]   Appleyard, David L. (1982) : Prepositional particles in Somali and their cognates in other Cushitic languages
[934]   Appleyard, David L. (1984) : Internal classification of the Agaw languages: a comparative and historical phonology
[935]   Appleyard, David L. (1984) : The morphology of the negative verb in Agaw
[936]   Appleyard, David L. (1984) : Possessive pronoun suffixes in Somali and their cognates in other Cushitic languages
[937]   Appleyard, David L. (1986) : The radical extension system of the verb in Agaw
[938]   Appleyard, David L. (1986) : Agaw, Cushitic and Afroasiatic: the personal pronoun revisited
[939]   Appleyard, David L. (1987) : A grammatical sketch of Khamtanga
[940]   Appleyard, David L. (1987) : Reinisch’s work on Agau and its significance today
[941]   Appleyard, David L. (1988) : The Agaw languages: a comparative morphological perspective
[942]   Appleyard, David L. (1988) : Gender in the inflexion of the noun in Agaw
[943]   Appleyard, David L. (1988) : A definite article in Xamtanga
[944]   Appleyard, David L. (1989) : The relative verb in focus constructions: an Ethiopian ara feature
[945]   Appleyard, David L. (1990) : Prepositional particles in Somali and their cognates in other Cushitic languages
[946]   Appleyard, David L. (1991) : The role of tone in some Cushitic languages
[947]   Appleyard, David L. (1991) : The vowel system of Agaw: reconstruction and historical inferences
[948]   Appleyard, David L. (1992) : R. C. Abraham’s work on Amharic
[949]   Appleyard, David L. (1992) : Vocalic ablaut and aspect marking in the verb in Agaw
[950]   Appleyard, David L. (1994) : The languages of the Sudan (Nilo-Saharan)
[951]   Appleyard, David L. (1994) : The languages of Ethiopia, Eritrea, Somalia and Jibuti
[952]   Appleyard, David L. (1995) : Colloquial Amharic: a complete language discourse
[953]   Appleyard, David L. (1996) : Preparing a comparative Agaw dictionary
[954]   Appleyard, David L. (1996) : Kaïliña: a ‘new’ Agaw dialect and its implications for Agaw dialectology
[955]   Appleyard, David L. (1996) : The position of Agaw within Cushitic
[956]   Appleyard, David L. (1998) : Language death: the case of Qwarenya (Ethiopia)
[957]   Appleyard, David L. (1999) : Afroasiatic and the Nostratic hypothesis
[958]   Appleyard, David L. (2001) : The verb to say as a verb “recycling device” in Ethiopian languages
[959]   Appleyard, David L. (2003) : Berber overview
[24901]   Appleyard, David L. (2006) : A Comparative Dictionary of the Agaw Languages
[960]   Appoggi, (1933) : Glossario dei nomi e delle terminologi più in uso nei abitati dai touareg degli Azgher
[961]   Apronti, Eric Ofoe (1972) : Language and national integration in Ghana
[962]   Apronti, Eric Ofoe (1974) : Sociolinguistics and the question of national language: the case of Ghana
[24487]   Apronti, Eric Ofoe (1977 [1972]) : Dangme
[963]   Apuri, John Baptist (1990) : Funeral dirges among the Kasenas with special reference to Navrongo traditional area
[964]   Araby, S. A. el (1983) : Intermediate Egyptian Arabic: an intergrative approach
[965]   Arakin, V. D. (1963) : Maljgasskij yaazyk
[966]   Aramazani, Birusha (1975) : Description de la langue havu (bantu J 52): grammaire et lexique
[22529]   Aramazani, Birusha & Yvonne [Angenot] Bastin (1991) : Les réflexes du protobantou en havu, langue bantoue de la zone J.: le cas des Bahavu du Zaïre
[27183]   Arams, Zachariah , Gideon Madaki & Mike Rueck (2017) : Igaw e Irɛm o Oye nIshɛ / Parts of Speech in the Ashe Language
[967]   Araña, Evangelina & Morris Swadesh (1967) : Dicionario analítico del mampruli
[968]   Arasanyin, Frank Ojo (1986) : Tense and aspect: a semantic approach to temporal codification in Yoruba
[970]   Arasanyin, Frank Ojo (1998) : Planning national language: the Hausa factor in language policy for Nigeria
[969]   Arasanyin, Olaoba (1995) : Utility, status and languages in competition in Middle Belt Nigeria
[971]   Arasanyin, Olaoba (1999) : Language, power and politics of exclusion in Nigeria
[972]   Arbeitman, Yoël L. (Ed) (1988) : Fucus: a Semitic/Afrasian gathering in remembrance of Albert Ehrman
[973]   Archangeli, Diana & Douglas Pulleyblank (1989) : Yoruba vowel harmony
[974]   Ard, Josh (1979) : A comparative and historical study of locative-based periphrastic verbal forms in Fula dialects
[975]   Ardener, Edwin W. (1954) : The kinship terminology of a group of southern Ibo
[976]   Ardener, Edwin W. (1956) : Coastal Bantu of the Cameroons
[977]   Ardener, Edwin W. (1968) : Documentary and linguistic evidence for the rise of the trading polities between Rio del Rey and Cameroons, 1500-1650
[25041]   Areghan, Gloria (1983) : LʼESAN dʼUBIAJA : éléments de description dʼune langue du groupe èdo (Bendel State, Nigeria)
[23654]   Aremu, J. Omotoso & Hans Wolff (1963) : Beginning Yoruba
[978]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward (1982) : Murle grammar
[979]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward (1988) : Names in the life cycles of the Murle
[980]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward (1989) : On comparing language relationships: a case study of Murle, Kacipo and Tirma
[981]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward (1991) : Aspects of language and society among the Murle of Sudan
[982]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward (1992) : Mice are men: language and society among the Murle of Sudan
[984]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward (1998) : Murle categorization
[983]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward , Nicky de Jong , Scott Randal & Peter Unseth (1997) : Interrogatives in Surmic languages and Greenberg’s universals
[985]   Arenzano, I. dʼ (1940) : Grammatica della lingua galla
[986]   Argaw, Makonnen (1984) : Matériaux pour l’étude de la prononciation traditionelle du guèze
[987]   Argaw, Makonnen & Gérard Philippson (1988) : Essai de description du parler maccha de la langue oromo
[988]   Argyle, W. John (19--) : Sheep by any other name would smell as sweet: Khoisan livestock terms and the Kalahari debate
[989]   Argyle, W. John (1986) : The extent and nature of Khoisan influence on Zulu
[990]   Argyle, W. John (1986) : On the medial clicks in Zulu
[991]   Argyle, W. John (1994/95) : Khoisan-southern Bantu livestock exchanges: reinterpreting the linguistic evidence (summary)
[992]   Argyle, W. John (1998) : Khoesan and the global connection: some etymologies
[993]   Aristar, Anthony Rodrigues (1994) : Binder-anaphors and the diachrony of case displacement
[994]   Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1983) : Le lamba de défalé: élément de description d’une langue gurunsi du Togo
[995]   Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1983) : Le lamba de défalé: essai de morphologie et de structure
[996]   Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1987) : Le lamba de défalé (langue gurunsi du Togo): phonologie et morphologie
[997]   Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1988) : Une type particulier de morphème relateur en lamba
[998]   Arkell, [Reverend] Anthony John (1930s) : Unpublished materials on Maba, Masalit, Aiki, Mimi/Mututu
[999]   Armah, Ayi Kwei (1985) : Our language problem
[1000]   Armbruster, Charles Hubert (1920) : Initia amharica. An introduction to spoken Amharic, 3: Amharic-English vocabulary
[1001]   Armbruster, Charles Hubert (1960) : Dongolese Nubian: a grammar
[1002]   Armbruster, Charles Hubert (1965) : Dongolese Nubian: a lexicon
[8951]   Armitage, Maria Teresa Vergani de Andrade (1983) : Analyse numérique des idéogrammes Tshokwe de l’Angola: expressions symboliques du nombre dans une culturelle traditionelle africaine
[1003]   Armor, Arthur (1---) : Notes on the grammar gramme of Sesotho
[1004]   Armstrong, Lillias Eveline (1934) : The phonetic structure of Somali
[1005]   Armstrong, Lillias Eveline (1940) : The phonetic and tonal structure of Kikuyu
[1006]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1962) : Glottochronology and African linguistics
[1007]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1963) : Vernacular languages and cultures in modern Africa
[1008]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1963) : The Idoma verb
[1009]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1963) : The subjunctive in Idoma
[1010]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1964) : The study of West African languages
[1011]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1964) : Notes on Etulo
[1012]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1964) : The use of linguistics and ethnographic data in the study of Idoma and Yoruba history
[1013]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1965) : Comparative wordlists of two dialects of Yoruba with Igala
[1014]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1967) : A comparative wordlist of five Igbo dialects
[1015]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1967) : The study of West African languages
[1016]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1968) : Language policies and language practices in West Africa
[1017]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1968) : Yala (Ikom): a terraced-level language with three tones
[1018]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1978) : The development of Fulani studies: a linguist’s view
[1019]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1979) : The consonant system of Akpa
[1020]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1981) : The Idomoid language sub-family of the eastern Kwa borderland
[1021]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1983) : The Idomoid languages of the Benue and Cross River valleys
[1022]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1985) : The tenth vowel in proto-Kwa
[1023]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1989) : Idomoid
[22759]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (Ed) (1986) : Orthographies of Nigerian languages
[1024]   Arnaud, L. (192-) : Latino-Chinyanja grammatica II
[1025]   Arnaud, L. (1922) : English grammar for Nyanja
[1026]   Arnaud, L. (1922) : Latino-Chinyanja grammatica
[27865]   Arnaud, Robert (1899) : Contribution à l’étude de la langue peuhle ou foulhaniyya
[27866]   Arnaud, Robert (1900) : Contribution à l’étude de la langue peuhle ou foulhaniyya
[27867]   Arnaud, Robert (1901) : Contribution à l’étude de la langue peuhle ou foulhaniyya
[27868]   Arnaud, Robert (1901) : Contribution à l’étude de la langue peuhle ou foulhaniyya
[27869]   Arnaud, Robert (1901) : Contribution à l’étude de la langue peuhle ou foulhaniyya
[27870]   Arnaud, Robert (1902) : Contribution à l’étude de la langue peuhle ou foulhaniyya
[27871]   Arnaud, Robert (1902) : Contribution à l’étude de la langue peuhle ou foulhaniyya
[1027]   Arnaut, Karel , Jo Verhoeven & Jan Blommaert (1998) : Historical, socio-cultural and phonetic notes on Bondoukou Kulango (Cote d’Ivoire)
[1029]   Arnold, Thierry (1980) : La conjugaison composée en rwanda
[23120]   Arnold, Thierry (1977) : Une spécificité de la grammaire du kinyarwanda: la conjugaison composée comme auxialisation du temps
[1030]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1956) : The middle voice in Fula
[1031]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1957) : Proverbial lore and word-play of the Fulani
[1032]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1958) : The classification of verbs in Tiv
[1033]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1960) : Some features of the nominal class systems of Fulani in Nigeria, Dahomey and Niger
[1034]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1961) : The subjunctive in Fula: a study of the relation between meaning and syntax
[1035]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1964) : Downstep in the Tiv verbal system
[1036]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1965) : Sentence intonation in the Gombe dialect of Fula
[1037]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1966) : Nominal groups in Fula
[1038]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1967) : Some reflections on the content of individual classes in Fula and Tiv
[1039]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1970) : The nominal and verbal systems of Fula
[1040]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1970) : 1st and 2nd person pronominal forms in Fula
[1041]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1974) : Some aspects of the study of Fula dialects
[1042]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1974) : Fula
[1043]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1992) : R. C. Abraham’s books on Tiv
[23731]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1965) : Fula dialects in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[24494]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1977 [1968]) : Fula
[24539]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1980 [1968]) : Tiv
[1044]   Arnould, [Révérend] [Père] Charles (1938) : Les noms au mossi
[1045]   Arnould, [Révérend] [Père] Charles (1949) : L’origine et le sens des prénoms en more
[1046]   Aroian, Lois Armine (1978) : Education, language and culture in modern Egypt: Dar al-’Ulum and its graduates (1872-1923)
[1047]   Aron, M. L. (1958) : An investigation of the nature and incidence of stuttering among a Bantu group of school-going children
[1048]   Aron, M. L. , S. Bauman & D. M. Whiting (1967) : Speech therapy in the Republic of South Africa: its development training and the organization of services
[1049]   Arosi, J. T. & James James Ranisi Jolobe (1948) : Xhosa grammatical terminology/Amazwi emigaqo yentetho yesi Xhosa
[1050]   Arpino, Ludovico dʼ (1938) : Vocabolario dall’italiano nelle versioni galla (oromo)-amara-dancala-somala
[1051]   Arslanian, G. T. (1983) : Russian-Arabic medical dictionary
[1052]   Arthur, I. (1975?) : The Bijago language (Orango dialect)
[1053]   Arthur, Jo (2004) : Language at the margins: the case of Somali in Liverpool
[1055]   Arua, Arua E. (2004) : Botswana English: some syntactic and lexical features
[1054]   Arua, Arua E. & Keoneng Magocha (2002) : Patterns of language use and language preference of some children and their parents in Botswana
[1056]   Arvanites, Linda (1976) : Kimbundu tones: tone patterns in two contexts
[1057]   Arvanites, Linda (1979) : Two developments in Bantu negation: comparative evidence
[24570]   Arvanites, Linda (1991) : The Glottalic Phonemes of Proto Eastern Cushitic
[1058]   Asamboa, Edenga (1986) : Phonologie et morphologie comparées d’une langue bantu et d’une langue non-bantu à classes: cas de lingombe et de mondunga
[1059]   Asamoa, E. A. (1955) : The problem of language in education in the Gold Coast
[26435]   Asan, John Baptist , Elias Khamis Kpoyo & al. (2014) : Belanda Bor Consonant and Vowel Book
[28940]   Asan, John Baptist , Elias Khamis Kpoyo , Hon. Zitta Sabino Gume , Batista Ucin Utengo , Philip Thomas Singo , Anthony Ngangi mara , Anas Mahbus Mbolo , Willaim Vaikando Tibur , John Gorgori Rabi & Lino Taban (2014) : Belanda Bor – English Dictionary
[1060]   Asangama, Natisa (1983) : Le budu, langue bantu du nord-est du Zaïre: esquisse phonologique et grammaticale
[1061]   Asangama, Natisa (1988) : Mabadiliko ya kifonetiki ya *D ya Kibantu katika Kiswahili Sanifu na Kiswahili cha Zaire
[1062]   Asano, M. (1999) : The problem of NC configurations and phonological opacity in Bantu languages
[27485]   Asante, Rogers Krobea (2018) : Coordination in Nkami
[27630]   Asante, Rogers Krobea (2016) : Expressing Location and Disposition in Nkami
[28428]   Asante, Rogers Krobea (2021) : A Survey of Property Encoding Expressions in Nkami
[27473]   Asante, Rogers Krobea & George Akanlig-Pare (2015) : Animacy in Nkami
[27420]   Asante, Rogers Krobea & Qiuwu Ma (2016) : Relative clause constructions in Nkami
[29022]   Asare, Samuel (2018) : Tampulma – English Dictionary
[1063]   Asfaw Amene (1993) : Relative clauses in Gumuz
[26234]   Ashby, Simone & Sílvia Barbosa (2011) : Bantu Substratum Interference in Mozambican Portuguese Speech Varieties
[1064]   Ashenafi Tesfay (1989) : The noun phrase in Shinasha
[1065]   Ashenafi Tesfay, & Klaus Wedekind (1990) : Characteristics of Omotic tone: Shinasha (Borna)
[1066]   Ashenafi Tesfay, & Klaus Wedekind (1994) : Aspects of Omotic tonogenesis: Shinasha
[1068]   Ashkaba, John Abraha (1999) : Prerequisites for a Kunama-English dictionary
[1067]   Ashkaba, John Abraha & Richard J. Hayward (1999) : Illustrations of the IPA: Kunama
[1069]   Ashtiany, Julia (1993) : Media Arabic
[1070]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1935) : The ‘idea’ approach to Swahili
[1071]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1935) : The structure of a Bantu language, with special reference to Swahili; or form and function through Bantu eyes
[1072]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1937) : The e and o of Luganda and the o of Swahili
[1073]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1944) : Swahili grammar (including intonation)
[1074]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1945) : Notes on form and structure in Bantu speech
[1075]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1947) : Swahili grammar (including intonation)
[1076]   Ashton, Ethel O. , Enoch M. K. Mulira , E. G. M. Ndawula & Archibald Norman Tucker (1954) : A Luganda grammar
[28341]   Asiimwe, Allen & Jenneke van der Wal (2021) : The multifunctionality of -o in Rukiga: pronoun, contrastive topic, and mirative marker
[1077]   Asinofu, J. (1976) : An attempt at a phonological analysis of the phonology and noun class system of Agoi
[1078]   Asinya, Osbert Esikpong (1987) : A reconstruction of the segmental phonology of Bakor (an Ekoid Bantu languge)
[22746]   Asinya, Osbert Esikpong (1985) : Elements of Nde phonology
[22747]   Asiwaju, A. I. (1979) : The Aja-speaking peoples of Nigeria
[1079]   Askale Lemma (1994) : Word formation in Girirra
[1080]   Askale Lemma (1998) : Verb formation in Girirra
[1081]   Asmeret Kidane Mariam (1983) : The morphonemics of noun and verb in Tigrigna
[1083]   Asmus, H. (1925) : Koptische Grammatik zum Gebrauch für Vorlesungen
[1084]   Asobele, S. J. Timothy (Ed) (1999) : Le français au Nigeria: une cartographie dynamique
[23861]   Asobo, Irene Swiri (1989) : The noun class system of Kole
[26931]   Asohsi, Melvice (2015) : Structural and Typological Approaches to Obang Grammar: a Grassfields Bantu Language of Cameroon
[28030]   Asohsi, Melvice (2019) : Shifts in the ethno-linguistic construction of personal names in Bafut and inherent grammatical peculiarities
[28387]   Asohsi, Melvice (2018) : Ideophones in Bafut
[1085]   Asongwed, Tah (1975) : Bilingualism and biculturalism in united Cameroon: a myth in mirth
[1087]   Asongwed, Tah (1980) : Sentence negation in Ngamambo
[1086]   Asongwed, Tah & Larry Michael Hyman (1976) : Morphotonology of the Ngamambo noun
[1088]   Aspesi, Francesco (1987) : Remarque sur la suffixation chamito-sémitique
[1089]   Aspinion, Robert (19--) : Maroc 1/5000,000: carte linguistique
[1090]   Aspinion, Robert (1953) : Apprenons le berbère: initiation aux dialectes chleuhs
[26537]   Asratie, Mulusew (2014) : Case Marking in Amharic Copular Constructions
[26751]   Assanvo Amoikon D. (2013) : Détermination nominale de l’agni, langue Kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[26752]   Assanvo Amoikon D. (2010) : La syntaxe de l’agni indénié
[26753]   Assanvo Amoikon D. (2011) : Les traits sémantiques de l’agni indénié, langue Kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[26754]   Assanvo Amoikon D. (2011) : Les marques d’accord de l’agni, langue Kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[26917]   Assanvo Amoikon, Dihyé (2006) : Lexique agni Indenie
[1091]   Assebe Buli (1981) : Oromo substantives: some aspects of their morphology
[26086]   Assine, Pascal (2008) : Les énoncés à prédicat non verbal en kusanuaay : parler jóola de Guinée Bissau
[1092]   Assirelli, Oddone (1938) : Africa poliglotta
[1093]   Assirelli, Oddone (1945) : Il sistema pronominale nelle lingue etiopo-cuscitiche
[1094]   Assirelli, Oddone (1950) : L’Afrique polyglotte
[26297]   Assis Junior, A. de (194x) : Dicionário kimbundu-português, linguístico, botânico, histórico e corográfico. Seguido de um índice alfabético dos nomes próprios
[1095]   Assobeatisio, Bafauʼndey (1985) : Les formes et les temps verbaux en kibudu
[28953]   Association pour la Promotion de la Langue Dangaléat (2016) : Dangaleat – French Dictionary
[26587]   Association pour la promotion de la langue Mamara (2009) : Dictionnaire Mamara - Mamaara Kafilakaya Kpuun
[1096]   Astatke Abera (1989) : The phonology of Anywa: consonants
[1097]   Aster Tadesse (1981) : The syllable structure of Amharic and syllbification of medial consonant clusters and geminates
[1098]   Aster Zewdie (1981) : Kunama phonology
[1099]   Aster Zewdie (1983) : Gumuz phonology
[1100]   Aster Zewdie (1991) : Gumuz verb morphology
[23802]   Atindanbila, Samuel (2006) : The psychological implications of Frafra names (Ghana)
[28469]   Atindogbé, Gratien (2011) : Negation in Lombe
[1101]   Atindogbe, Gratien G. (1996) : Bankon (A40): éléments de phonologie, morphologie et tonologie
[23844]   Atindogbe, Gratien G. (1990) : Esquisse phonologique du bankon, dialecte lombe
[25328]   Atindogbé, Gratien G. (2011) : Encoding Ordinary Information through Emphatic Structure in Barombi
[25522]   Atindogbé, Gratien G. (2012) : On the typology of directional verbs in Bantu A (Barombi, Isubu, Mokpe, and Oroko)
[25729]   Atindogbé, Gratien G. (2010) : Naming the Invisible in Bantu Languages of Cameroon: On the Semantic Coherence of Nominal Class Systems
[27184]   Atindogbe, Gratien G. (2013) : A grammatical sketch of Mòkpè (Bakweri), Bantu A20
[25939]   Atindogbé, Gratien G. & Evelyn Fogwe Chibaka (2012) : Productive and Non-productive reduplication patterns in Bantu Zone A (Northwest) languages
[26429]   Atindogbé, Gratien G. , Nancy Nyindem & Doris Richter gen. Kemmermann (2013) : Isubu dictionary
[25329]   Atindogbé, Gratien G.& Evelyn Fogwe Chibaka (2011) : Pronoun Serialisation in Kamtok: The Syntax-Semantic Interface
[25567]   Atintono, Samuel A. (2012) : The basic locative construction in Gurene
[27062]   Atintono, Samuel Awinkene (2013) : The semantics and grammar of positional verbs in Gurenε : a typological perspective
[28394]   Atintono, Samuel Awinkene (2019) : The semantic properties of separation verbs in Gurenε
[28803]   Atintono, Samuel Awinkene (2022) : Lessons from the field: An insight into the documentation of Gurenɛ oral genres
[25151]   Atintono, Samuel Awinkene & Francisca Adjei (2009) : A Comparative Study on the Metaphorical Uses of Eat Verbs '̣Ɖu' In Ewe and ‘Di’ in Gurenɛ
[1102]   Atiru, Robert S. (1978) : A phonological study of tone in Kasem
[1103]   Atkins, Guy (1950) : The parts of speech in Nyanja
[1104]   Atkins, Guy (1950) : Suggestions for an amended spelling and word division of Nyanja
[1105]   Atkins, Guy (1953) : The tonal structure of Portuguese loan words in Kimbundu
[1106]   Atkins, Guy (1954) : An outline of Hungu grammar
[1107]   Atkins, Guy (1954) : The structure of the disyllabic tense suffix in Cokwe
[1108]   Atkins, Guy (1955) : The one-word tenses in Cokwe
[1109]   Atkins, Guy (1955) : A demographic survey of the Kimbundu-Kongo language border in Angola
[1110]   Atkins, Guy (1961) : Notes on the concords and classes of Bantu numerals
[1111]   Atkinson, Ronald R. (1985) : ‘State’ formation and language change in westernmost Acholi in the eighteenth century
[28783]   Atobrah, Deborah , Albert Kanlisi Awedoba & Benjamin Kobina Kwansa (2022) : An Ethnolinguistic Analysis of Folkzoology in Health and Illness Constructions Among the Kasena of Ghana
[1112]   Atoye, Raphael O. (1980) : Sociolinguistics of phonological interference in Yoruba-English
[25147]   Atoyebi, Joseph Dele (2009) : Apparent Grammatical Tones in Ọ̀KỌ
[25677]   Atoyebi, Joseph Dele (2010) : A Reference Grammar of Oko. A West Benue-Congo Language of North-Central Nigeria
[26207]   Atóyèbí, Joseph Dele (2009) : On Nasals and Nasalization in Òko
[22838]   Atoyebi, L. (1998) : The crucial question of the complex verb roots in Yoruba
[23868]   Atta, Samuel Ebongkome (1993) : The phonology of Lukundu (Bakundu)
[1113]   Attal, Pierre (1999) : La négation en égyptien ancienne
[1114]   Attas, Ali (1991) : Swahi’lî
[23826]   Attia, Lilian Mbi (2004) : Borrowing and standardization in Aghem
[1115]   Attobrah, K. A. Kumi (1973) : Ni Afrihili oluga: the African continental language
[1116]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1985) : Les emplois du curseur kóo en hawsa
[1117]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1996) : Aspect, détermination, modalité et diathèse en hawsa
[1118]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1998) : HAL ou l’ultime et le précoce en hawsa
[1119]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1998) : Nouvelles considérations sur les emplois de sáy en hawsa
[1120]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (2000) : L’opposition occurrence ouverte/occurrence fermée à travers le système aspectuel du hawsa
[24990]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1998) : Le système aspecto-modal du Hawsa
[26017]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (2010) : Emplois et valeurs de máa en hawsa
[26037]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (2009) : Emplois et valeurs des marqueurs wáy et mànà en Hawsa
[1122]   Auber, Jacques (1958) : Français, Malgache, Bantus, Arabes, Turcs, Chinois, Canaques ... Parlons-nous une même langue? Essai de sémantique comparée
[23360]   Auber, Jacques (1961) : Vocabulaire malgache, polynésien, indonésien
[1121]   Auber, Jacques & Maurice Soulé (1957) : La langue malgache en 30 familles de mots: essai de regroupement systèmatique de thèmes de la langue malgache
[25150]   Aubry, Nicolas & Sidnei Barreto Nogueira (2009) : La tradition orale des communautés de candomblé Kétu comme source pour une étude diachronique : révèle-t-elle un stade antérieur du yorùbá ?
[1123]   Aucamp, G. (1932) : Woordeskat en woordherhaling
[1125]   Augustiny, Julius (1929) : Laut- und Formenlehre der Sukuma-Sprache
[26238]   Aunio, L. (2010) : Ikoma nominal tone
[26621]   Aunio, Lotta (2013) : Ikoma Verbal Tone
[27523]   Aunio, Lotta (2015) : A typological perspective on Bantu nominal tone: the case of Ikoma-Nata-Isenye in western Tanzania
[28572]   Aunio, Lotta , Holly Robinson , Tim Roth , Oliver Stegen & John B. Walker (2019) : The Mara languages JE40
[22427]   Aurayieth, Abdulhamid (1982) : The phonology of the verb in Libyan Arabic
[1126]   Ausiku, Kashindi J. (2001) : Developing languages in Namibia: a brief insight
[1127]   Austen, Cheryl Lynn (1975) : Aspects of Bukusu syntax and phonology
[22525]   Austen, Cheryl Lynn (1974) : Anatomy of the tonal system of a Bantu language
[25152]   Avelar, Juanito , Sonia Cyrino & Charlotte Galves (2009) : Locative Inversion and Agreement Patterns: Parallelisms Between Brazilian Portuguese and Bantu Languages
[24984]   Avenne, Cécile van den (1998) : Le bambara dans la migration : identité et véhicularité
[1129]   Avenstrup, Roger (1991) : Language in education
[1133]   Avermaet, E. van (1945) : Les tons en kiluba-samba et le tambour-téléphone
[1135]   Avermaet, E. van (1955) : Langage rythmé des Baluba
[1134]   Avermaet, E. van & Benoît Mbuyà (1954) : Dictionnaire kiluba-français
[1130]   Avermaet, J. van (1941) : Over inladsche taal in het onderwijs
[1131]   Avermaet, J. van (1942) : Spraakkundige termen in het lomongo ; deel 1
[1132]   Avermaet, J. van (1943) : Spraakkundige termen in het lomongo ; deel 3
[25108]   Avezac, Armand dʼ (1845) : Notice sur le pays et le peuple des Yébous en Afrique
[1136]   Avolonto, Aimé B. (1992) : De l’étude sémantico-syntaxique des marqueurs préverbaux à la structure de la phrase en fòngbè
[1137]   Avolonto, Aimé B. (1992) : Les particules modales en fongbe et la nature de INFL dans les phrases injoctives
[1138]   Avolonto, Aimé B. (1993) : Arguments pour une projection injonctive: les particulares modales du fongbè
[1139]   Avolonto, Aimé B. (1995) : Pour une approche minimaliste des verbes à objets inhérents en fongbe
[1140]   Awad, Maher (1996) : On the function of the complementation na in Bolanci
[24851]   Awagana, Ari (2007) : Lʼextension verbale en Buduma
[25371]   Awagana, Ari (2003) : La pluralité verbale en buduma
[25629]   Awagana, Ari (2011) : La lexicographie du buduma – une étude exploratoire
[25646]   Awagana, Ari (2011) : Racines lexicales sahariennes ; préludes à la reconstruction du vocabulaire de base
[25744]   Awagana, Ari (2010) : Coordination et subordination en buduma
[25789]   Awagana, Ari (2009) : Quelques aspects des interférences kanuri-buduma
[25821]   Awagana, Ari & Doris Löhr (2009) : Loanwords in Hausa: Results from the Loanword Typology project
[6132]   Awagana, Elhadji Ari (2002) : Grammatik des Buduma: Phonologie, Morphologie, Syntax
[23885]   Awah, Valerie Nahjella (1997) : Wh-movement in Mungaka: a generative approach
[1141]   Awambeng, Elizabeth Ncheafor (1991) : A generative phonology of Nkwen
[1142]   Awambeng, Elizabeth Ncheafor (2002) : Tonal processes in Nkwen: an autosegmental perspective
[1144]   Awde, Nicholas (1987) : A Hausa reader
[1145]   Awde, Nicholas (1996) : Hausa-English/English-Hausa dictionary
[23777]   Awde, Nicholas (2000) : Swahili-English/English-Swahili dictionary
[1146]   Awde, Nicholas & others (Ed) (1999) : Somali-English, English-Somali dictionary and phrasebook
[1143]   Awde, Nicholas , Babura Ahmad Saʼidu & Barau Malam (1987) : 21st century Hausa: an English-Hausa classified wordlist
[1147]   Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (1979) : Nominal classes and nominal concord in Kasem
[1148]   Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (1992) : Light and heavy vowels in Kasem
[1149]   Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (2000) : Criteria for the identification of the Kasem verb
[23011]   Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (1990) : Kasem tones and orthography
[23547]   Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (2003) : Criteria for noun classification in Kasem
[23954]   Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (1993) : Kasem studies, 1: phonetics and phonology
[28984]   Awimbilla, Michael (ed.) (2019) : Kusaal – English Dictionary
[28278]   Awimbilla, Michael & Anthony Joshua Naden (compiled by) (2020) : Full Dictionary of Kusaal Agole
[1162]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1964) : The phonology and morpho-phonemics of Yoruba
[1163]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1967) : Studies in the syntax of the Standard Yoruba verb
[1164]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1967) : Vowel and consonant harmony in Yoruba
[1165]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1967) : Two views on vowel harmony in Yoruba ; part 2
[1166]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1970) : High-tone-junction-contracting verbs in Yoruba
[1167]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1971) : ‘Splitting verbs’ in Yoruba
[1168]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1972) : The morphophonemics of Owon Afa
[1169]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1973) : The modifying serial construction: a critique
[1170]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1975) : On the subject concord prefix in Yoruba
[1171]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1978) : Essentials of Yoruba grammar
[1172]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1983) : Iyopo faweli: amojufo ara fonoloji Yoruba
[1173]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1987) : Towards a typology of vowel coalescence
[1175]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1992) : Issues in the syntax of standard Yoruba focus constructions
[1176]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1992) : Aspects of contemporary standard Yoruba in dialectological perspective
[1178]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1996) : Grading sentence patterns and structures in Yoruba and related languages
[23641]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1971) : Peace Corps Yoruba course
[23746]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1992) : Lexical expansion in Yorùbá: techniques and principles
[23816]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1971) : The phonology of Yerwa Kanuri
[26855]   Awobuluyi, Ọladele (2013) : Official Language Policies in Africa
[1174]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (Ed) (1990) : Yoruba metalanguage
[1177]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé & Francis O. Oyebade (1995) : Denasalization in Yoruba: a non-linear approach
[23651]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé & others (1969) : Introductory Kanuri / Introduction au kanouri
[1150]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1973) : The role and status of Yoruba language in the formal school system of western Nigeria
[1151]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1975) : The Yoruba language and the formal school system: a study of colonial language policy in Nigeria 1882-1952
[1152]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1976) : Mother tongue education in West Africa: a historical background
[1153]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1978) : Yoruba language in education
[1154]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1981) : Yoruba teaching in Nigerian schools, 1960-1980
[1155]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1982) : The teaching of African languages [Foundations of education in Africa]
[1156]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1995) : Determining language in education policy: the dilemma in Africa
[23657]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1976) : The place of Yoruba in the formal school system of Nigeria: a historical survey, 1800-1882
[1157]   Awonusi, Victor O. (1982) : Linguistic interaction in a bilingual society: the case of western Nigeria
[1158]   Awonusi, Victor O. (1985) : Sociolinguistic variation in Nigerian (Lagos) English
[1159]   Awonusi, Victor O. (1985) : Issues in language planning: an examination of the continued role of English as Nigeria’s lingua franca
[1160]   Awonusi, Victor O. (1990) : Coming of age: English in Nigeria
[1161]   Awonusi, Victor O. (1998) : Nigerian English in political telemarketing
[1179]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1974) : Studies in the syntax and semantics of Yoruba nominalizations
[1180]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1974) : Yoruba gerundive structures and the notion of ‘target structures’
[1181]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1981) : Nominal compound formation in Yoruba ideophones
[1182]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1983) : On the development of the verb-infinitive phrase in Yorùbá
[1183]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1984) : On the semantic fields of Yoruba ideophones
[1184]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1986) : Reduplication and the status of ideophones in Yoruba
[1185]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1988) : Complex predicates and verb serialization
[1186]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1988) : Perspectives on verb serialization
[1187]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1991) : The tense system of Yoruba
[1188]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1995) : The role of functional categories in syntax: the Yoruba case
[1189]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1997) : Object positions in Yoruba
[1190]   Awute, Koffi Kondo (1982) : The contrastive analysis of Ewe an English
[1191]   Axmed Axmed, Jaamar (1978) : Naxawaha af Soomaaliga
[1192]   Ayafor, Isaiah Munang (2001) : Colonial bilingual heritage and post-colonial myths in Cameroon’s school system
[23853]   Ayafor, Vera Mapi Fozoh (2002) : The structural phonology of Cirambo
[1193]   Ayalew Mitiku Birru (1991) : The phonology of Aari
[26184]   Ayalew, Bezza Tesfaw (2011) : Causative of the 'Passive' in Amharic
[1195]   Ayda Demissie (2003) : Acquisition of Amharic phonemes by children up to the age of the three
[1196]   Ayele Bekerie (1997) : Ethiopic, an African writing system: its history and principles
[26131]   Ayeomoni, M. O. (2006) : Code-Switching and Code-Mixing: Style of Language Use in Childhood in Yoruba Speech Community
[1197]   Ayi, Olabiyi Babalola (1996) : Yoruba-English/English-Yoruba dictionary
[1198]   Ayinlola, A. A. (1983) : Some phonological processes in selected Yoruba dialects: Ijumu, Yagba anbd Oyo
[1199]   Aymemi, Antonio (1928) : Diccionario español-bubi
[22748]   Ayodele, A. M. (1986) : Uro phonology
[1200]   Ayodele, Samuel O. (1982) : Nigerian primary school teachers’ mastery of English language pronunciation
[1201]   Ayodele, Samuel O. (1983) : A description of the varieties of Nigerian English for pedagogic purposes
[28950]   Ayoker, Otto Gwado & Twong Yolong Kur (eds.) (2016) : Cøllø – English Dictionary
[22749]   Ayoola, O. J. (1986) : Daja phonology
[27185]   Ayoola, Olasujo Julius (1986) : Aspects of the Phonology of Dája
[1203]   Ayotte, Michael & Charlene Ayotte (2002) : Rapid appraisal and lexicostatistical analysis surveys of Atong, Ambele and Menka (Widikum-Menka Subdivision, Momo Division, North-West Province)
[1204]   Ayotte, Michael & Charlene Ayotte (2002) : Rapid appraisal and lexicostatistical analysis survey of Manta
[1205]   Ayotte, Michael & Charlene Ayotte (2002) : Rapid appraisal and lexicostatistical analysis surveys of Dama, Mono, Pam, Ndai and Oblo
[1206]   Ayotte, Michael & Charlene Ayotte (2002) : Sociolinguistic language survey of Ngwe (Fontem, Alou and Wabane Subdivisions, Lebialem Division, South West Province)
[1202]   Ayotte, Michael & Melinda Lamberty (2002) : Intelligibility testing of Bafia among Lefa speakers
[1207]   Ayotte, Michael & Melinda Lamberty (2002) : Rapid appraisal sociolinguistic survey among NGEMBA cluster of languages: Mankon, Bambili, Nkwen, Pinyin and Awing
[1208]   Ayukachale, Peter Egbe (1976) : The noun class system in “Ngunaya” Ejagam
[1209]   Ayuninjam, Funwi F. (1996) : A study of Mbili noun morphology
[1210]   Ayuninjam, Funwi F. (1998) : A reference grammar of Mbili
[24571]   Ayuninjam, Funwi F. (1994) : Mbili: A Linguistic Analysis
[23832]   Ayuʼnwi, N. Neba (1997) : Tone in the Bafut noun phrase
[23941]   Ayuʼnwi, N. Neba (1996) : Aspects of a generative phonology of Pinyi
[1211]   Ayyub, Abd al Rahman M. (1952) : The verbal system in a dialect of Nubian
[1212]   Ayyub, Abd al Rahman M. (1968) : The verbal system in a dialect of Nubian (being a description of the verbal function in the structures called “relatio” and “relatio adjunct”, as spoken in the Halfa district)
[1220]   Azer, H. A. (1985) : The expression of negation in Egyptian colloquial Arabic (ECA)
[27942]   Aziaku, Vincent Erskine (2016) : A Linguistic Study of Ewe Animal Names among the Ewe of Ghana
[23828]   Azieshi, Gisele (1994) : Phonologie structurale de l’awing
[1222]   Aziza, Rose O. (2004) : Negation in southwestern Edoid: the case of Urhobo
[22418]   Aziza, Rose O. (2003) : Threatened languages and cultures: the case of Urhobo
[23705]   Aziza, Rose O. (2003) : Tonal alternations in the Urhobo noun phrase
[24130]   Aziza, Rose O. (2002) : Nasality in Urhobo: An Autosegmental Perspective
[24646]   Aziza, Rose O. (2006) : An overview of the tone system of Urhobo
[26042]   Aziza, Rose O. (2008) : Neutralization of Contrast in the Vowel System of Urhobo
[24131]   Aziza, Rose O. & Don C. Utulu (2006) : Loanword phonology: English in Urhobo and Yorùbá
[1221]   Aziza, Rose O. & Emmanuel ʼNolue Emenanjo (Ed) (1993) : Teaching Nigerian languages: experiences from the Delta
[26825]   Aziza, Rose Oro (2015) : Aspects of the Syntax of Modern Nigerian Pidgin
[26981]   Aziza, Rose Oro & Rita Ochuko Mebitaghan (2014) : Issues in transcribing and translating Urhobo proverbs into English
[1223]   Azuike, MacPherson N. (1984) : Style, context and the written text: a linguistic examination of written English in Nigeria today
[22750]   Azunda, U. A. (1987) : A contrastive study of affirmation and negation in Ikwere (Igwuruta)
[22433]   Ba, Amadou Racine (1978) : The use of national languages in the school system of Mauritania
[28830]   Ba, Ibrahim (2018) : Factive Relative Clauses in Pulaar
[1224]   Ba, Oumar (1968) : Glossaire des mots mandingues passés en pulaar
[1225]   Ba, Oumar (1968) : Vocabulaire de base : introduction à lʼétude du poular du Fouta sénégalais
[1226]   Ba, Oumar (1968) : Le franc-parler toucouleur
[1227]   Ba, Oumar (1972) : Glossaire des mots étrangers passés en pulaar
[1228]   Ba, Oumar (1980) : La terminologie géographique du poular
[24566]   Ba, Oumar (1968) : Petit lexique peul-français de la faune et de la flore du fouta Toro
[24567]   Ba, Oumar (1968) : Petit vocabulaire de la langue peul parlée au fouta Toro
[1231]   Baaitse, Montlenyane & Ahmed el Amin (1992) : Setswana: time for a revolution
[25483]   Babaev, Kirill (2010) : Person Marking in South-West Mande Languages: a Tentative Reconstruction
[25962]   Babaev, Kirill (2010) : Zialo: the Newly-Discovered Mande Language of Guinea
[25459]   Babaev, Kirill V. (2010) : On the Reconstruction of Person Marking in South-Western Mande
[26688]   Babaev, Kirill V. (2008) : Reconstructing Benue-Congo person marking I: Proto-Bantoid
[25060]   Babaev, Kyrill V. (2008) : Reconstructing Proto-Benue-Congo person marking I: Proto-Bantoid
[25204]   Babaev, Kyrill V. (2010) : Reconstructing Proto-Benue-Congo person marking II: Proto-Benue-Congo
[25205]   Babaev, Kyrill V. (2010) : О реконструкции личных местоимений в праязыке ква [On the Reconstruction of Personal Pronouns in Proto-Kwa]
[25340]   Babaev, Kyrill V. (2011) : On the reconstruction of some tense/aspect markers in Proto-Mande
[25345]   Babaev, Kyrill V. (2011) : Niger-Congo reconstruction project and the perspectives of Niger-Congo comparative studies
[22553]   Babalola, Emmanuel Taiwo (2005) : The nominal group modifier and qualifier structures in some American and Nigerian English-medium magazines
[1234]   Babalola, Emmanuel Taiwo & Akinmade Timothy Akande (2002) : Some linguistic problems of Yoruba learners of English in Nigeria
[1232]   Babalola, Solomon Adebaye Q. (1975) : The role of Nigerian languages and literatures in fostering national cultural identity
[1233]   Babalola, Solomon Adebaye Q. (1985) : West African languages in education: the literacy dimension
[22840]   Babalola, Solomon Adebaye Q. (1966) : The content and form of Yorùbá Ìjálá
[27382]   Babou, Cheikh Anta & Michele Loporcaro (2016) : Noun classes and grammatical gender in Wolof
[1235]   Bach, E. (1970) : Is Amharic an SOV language?
[27186]   Bachetti, Cláudio (2006) : Gramática da língua Ronga
[1236]   Bachmann, Armin R. (1987) : Doppelreflexe von Proto-Bantu *p in den Sprachen der Zone C
[1237]   Bachmann, Armin R. (1988) : Zum “Fortis/Lenis-Kontrast” in den nordwestlichen Bantusprachen
[1238]   Bachmann, Armin R. (1989) : Zum Fortis/Lenis-Kontrast in den nordwestlichen Bantusprachen
[1239]   Backer, W. (1969) : Die samestelling van ’n woordeskattoets vir Engelssprekende dowe kinders
[23293]   Bacon, D. (1991) : Moroccan Arabic phrasebook
[1240]   Badameli-Kassan, Balaïbaou (1996) : Système verbal et énonciation en kabiyè (Togo)
[1241]   Badameli-Kassan, Balaïbaou (2000) : De l’influence du ton du consecutif dans les formes de l’aoriste en kabiye
[1242]   Badawi, Ahmad Zaki (1981) : Dictionary of social sciences: English-French-Arabic
[1243]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1979) : L’élision des voyelles orales du yoruba
[1244]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1981) : Tons et intonation en Yoruba
[1245]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1986) : A phonetico-semantic analysis of verb+noun contraction in Yoruba
[1246]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1989) : An experimental study of tone-marking in Bura
[1247]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1989) : A lexical analysis of media language in Nigeria during the second republic
[1248]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1990) : Aspects of Yoruba tone: the interaction of pitch, amplitude and tone
[1249]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1990) : Sex-based teacher classroom-behaviour in sub-Saharan Africa: a case study of Borno secondary schools (Nigeria)
[1250]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1991) : On the functional load of tone in Kanuri
[1251]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1995) : Backdrop declination in Kanuri
[25792]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (2009) : The dynamics of Yoruba-English contact in Nigeria
[23148]   Bader, Christian (2004) : Les noms de personnes chez les Somali
[1252]   Bader, Yousef Farhan (1983) : Vowel sandhi and syllable structure in Kabyle Berber
[1253]   Bader, Yousef Farhan (1984) : Topics in Kabyle Berber phonology and morphology
[1254]   Bader, Yousef Farhan (1985) : Schwa in Berber: a non linear analysis
[1256]   Bader, Yousef Farhan (1989) : Consonant sandhi phenomena and syllable structure in Kabyle Berber
[1255]   Bader, Yousef Farhan & Michael J. Kenstowicz (1987) : Syllable and case in Kabylie Berber
[1257]   Badger, George P. (1986) : An English-Arabic lexicon
[1258]   Badie, Manglibè Joseph (19--) : Contribution a une étude morphosyntaxique du n’cam: parler du sous-groupe Gurma des langues Gur (Nord-Togo)
[1259]   Badreddine, B. (1977) : Le parler de Kairouanville: étude phonologique et phonétique
[5398]   Badry, Fatima (1983) : Acquisition of lexical derivational rules in Moroccan Arabic: implications for the development of standard Arabic as a second language through literacy
[1260]   Badry, N. el (1990) : Arabic lexicography in northern Africa, with special reference to Egypt
[1261]   Baerts, M. & autres (1997) : Paroles et cultures bantoues: mélanges en hommage à F. M. Rodegem
[1262]   Baertsch, (2001) : Morphological and syntactic aspects of negation in Lamnso
[1263]   Baeteman, Joseph (1923) : Grammaire amarigna
[1264]   Baeteman, Joseph (1929) : Dictionnaire amarigna-français, suivi d’un vocabulaire français-amarigna
[1265]   Bafia, Anna (2000) : English within the context of native languages: contrastive interpretation of grammatical errors found in student’s dissertations
[1266]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1970) : Aspects of nominalisation in Hausa
[1267]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1971) : Lexicalist hypothesis and Hausa
[1268]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1972) : Dangantakar Hausa de harsunan Afrika [The relationship of Hausa with the tongues of Africa]
[1269]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1972) : NP complementation in Hausa
[1270]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1976) : Subordinate adverbial clauses in Hausa
[1272]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1977) : Reanalysing the Hausa causative morpheme
[1273]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1977) : Causatives in Hausa
[1274]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1978/84) : Yaren guddiranci
[1276]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1987) : Hausa subordinate adverbial clauses: syntax and semantics
[1271]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad , William Ronald Leben & Faye McNair Knox (1976) : Manual of Hausa idioms
[1275]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad , William Ronald Leben & Faye McNair Knox (1979) : Manual of Hausa idioms
[1277]   Bagein, R. P. (1951) : Grammaire kirundi à l’usage des commençants
[22474]   Baggioni, Daniel (1997) : Dictionnaire créole réunionnais/français
[1278]   Baggioni, Daniel & Didier de Robillard (1990) : Île Maurice, une francophonie paradoxale
[1279]   Bagwasi, Mompoloki M. (2002) : A historical development of a Botswana variety of English
[1280]   Bagwasi, Mompoloki M. (2004) : The functional distribution of Setswana and English in Botswana
[29053]   Bagwasi, Mompoloki Mmangaka (2023) : A critique of linguistic borrowing from a translanguaging perspective
[1281]   Bagwell, Rosalind , Stephen Bagwell & David Faris (1992) : Enquête sociolinguistique de la langue bidiyo de la prefecture du Guera, Tchad
[1282]   Bagwell, Rosalind , Stephen Bagwell & David Faris (1992) : Enquête sociolinguistique de la langue mawer (motun) de la prefecture du Moyen Chari, Tchad
[1283]   Bah, A. (1974) : Étude morphologie du fulakunda
[26368]   Bah, Abdoul (1974) : Étude morphologique du fulakunda
[26369]   Bah, Ahmadou Oury & Kalidou Diallo (1987) : Analyse sémantique du champ de la dénomination des animaux domestiques en pular
[26370]   Bah, Mamadou Falilou (1974) : Structures syntaxiques et distribution des morphèmes de classe au sein de l'énoncé pular
[26371]   Bah, Néné Youssouf (1974) : Étude sémantique, phonétique et intégration morphologique des emprunts du pular aux langues étrangères
[1284]   Bah, O. S. (1974) : Étude du système de la conjugaison pular
[25200]   Bah, Oumar (2009) : Saggitorde Oumar Bah [Dictionnaire pular]
[29013]   Bah, Oumar (ed.) (2014) : Dictionnaire Pular – Français
[26372]   Bah, Oumar Sylla (1974) : Étude du système de la conjugaison pular
[22644]   Bahloul, Raja Mallek (1996) : Negation in French and Tunesian Arabic
[1285]   Bahru Lilaga (1982) : The morphophonemics of nouns and verbs in Enor
[1286]   Bahru Zergaw Gizaw (1999) : English-Amharic-Oromoo phrase book and dictionary for travellers
[1287]   Bahuchet, Serge (197-) : Les pygmées Aka et Baka: contribution de l’ethnolinguistique a l’histoire des populations forestieres d’Afrique centrale
[1289]   Bahuchet, Serge (1985) : Les pygmées Aka et la forêt centrafricaine: éthnologie écologique
[1288]   Bahuchet, Serge (Ed) (1979) : Pygmées de Centrafrique: études ethnologiques, historiques et linguistiques sur les “Ba.Mbenga” (aka/baka) du nord-ouest du bassin congolais
[23724]   Bahuchet, Serge & Gérard Philippson (1998) : Les plantes d’origine américaine en Afrique bantoue: une approche linguistique
[1290]   Bahuchet, Serge & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1986) : Linguistique et histoire des pygmées de l’ouest du bassin congolais
[28067]   Bahule, Orlando Albino (2017) : Aspects of verbal morphophonology of Cilenge with special reference to negation and tense markers
[1291]   Bai-Sheka, Abou (1987) : Le fonctionnement du système des classes de lexèmes en temne
[1292]   Bai-Sheka, Abou (1991) : Prédication non verbale en temne
[25390]   Bai-Sheka, Abou (1981) : Le système nominal du temne
[27187]   Bai, Wayo , Kefas Kogi & Naboth Musa (2017) : Íshaa Irhɛm Arherhe ri Idũya / Parts of Speech in the Duya Language
[1293]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1938) : Línguas de Angola: elementos de gramática ganguela, segundo os estudos do lecomte
[1294]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1939) : Dicionário ganguela-português: lingua falada nas regioes do Cobango, Nhemba e Luchaze, provincia de Angola
[1295]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1939) : Elementos de gramática ganguela: idioma falado na região do Cubango província de Angola
[1296]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1939) : O kimbundu sem mestre
[1297]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1940) : O kimbundu pratico ou guia de conversação em portugues-kimbundu: idioma falado nas regioes de Luanda e de Malange
[28831]   Baier, Nico (2018) : Object Suffixes as Incorporated Pronouns in Seereer
[23483]   Bailey, Jan (1999) : An acoustic analysis of the monophthongal vowels of some male speakers of South African English
[1298]   Bailey, Richard Anthony (1976) : Copi phonology and morphotonology
[1302]   Bailey, Richard Anthony (1987) : A critical evaluation of Proto-Bantu lexical reconstructions
[1303]   Bailey, Richard Anthony (1995) : Issues in the phonology and orthography of Chopi (ciCopi S 61)
[1304]   Bailey, Richard Anthony (1995) : The Bantu languages of South Africa: towards a sociohistorical perspective
[1300]   Bailey, Richard W. (1984) : Notes on South African English
[1301]   Bailey, Richard W. (1985) : South African English slang: form, function and origins
[1299]   Bailey, Richard W. & Manfred Görlach (1982) : English as a world language
[1305]   Bailleul, Charles (1973) : Lexique bambara-français, syllabique et tonal
[1306]   Bailleul, Charles (1976) : Cours pratique bambara. Partie III: types de phrases
[1307]   Bailleul, Charles (1977) : Cours pratique bambara. Parties I-II
[1308]   Bailleul, Charles (1981) : Petit dictionnaire bambara-français, français-bambara
[1309]   Bailleul, Charles (1996) : Dictionnaire bambara-français
[1310]   Bailleul, Charles (1998) : Dictionnaire français-bambara
[24192]   Bailleul, Charles (1986) : Sens originel des postpositions en bambara
[1311]   Baines, John (1985) : Color terminology and color classification: ancient Egyptian color terminology and polychromy
[1312]   Baird, Kathryn (1984) : The noun phrase in Mundani
[28217]   Baird, Maggie (2019) : Variable word-final vowel deletion and reduction in Gurmancema: A maximum entropy model
[1313]   Bairu, Tefla (1987) : Some remarks on numerical idioms recurring in Ethiopian history
[1314]   Baj, G. (1---) : Linguistic guide on Madi language
[1315]   Baka, Jean (2000) : L’adjectif en bantu
[23238]   Baka, Jean (2005) : Pourquoi une forme de type *-pái “nouveau” en protobantou?
[27710]   Baka, Jean (1992) : Essai de description du tso:tso, parler ko:ngo du Nord de l'Angola
[29001]   Bakabima, Koulon Stéphane & Jacques Nicole (2018) : Nawdm – French Dictionary
[1316]   Bakalla, M. (1975) : Bibliography of Arabic linguistics
[1317]   Bakalla, M. (1983) : Arabic linguistics: an introduction and bibliography
[1318]   Bakamba Mputu, Alphee (1997) : Morphologie du lokonda
[1319]   Bakamba Mputu, Alphee (2001) : Equisse du parler lohangó
[23407]   Bakamba Mputu, Alphee (2004) : Notes descriptives sur le lontomb’e njale
[1320]   Bakare, Clement A. (1971) : The development of materials for speech audiometry in Yoruba
[1321]   Bakare, Clement A. (1974) : Toneme perception in the Yoruba language
[1322]   Bakare, Clement A. (1995) : Discrimination and identification of Yoruba tones: perception experiments and acoustic analysis
[1323]   Bakari, Mohamed (1985) : The morphophonology of the Kenyan Swahili dialects
[1324]   Bakatumana, Ntumba (1986) : Les réflexes dans les phonèmes proto-bantu en kinyakasenga
[1335]   Baker, Mark C. (1988) : Theta theory and the syntax of applicatives in Chichewa
[1336]   Baker, Mark C. (1990) : Elements of a typology of applicatives in Bantu
[1339]   Baker, Mark C. (1992) : Thematic conditions on syntactic structures: evidence from locative applicatives
[23511]   Baker, Mark C. (2005) : On verb-initial and verb-final word orders in Lokaa
[28353]   Baker, Mark C. & Bleu Gildas Gondo (2020) : Possession and nominalization in Dan: Evidence for a general theory of categories
[1341]   Baker, Mark C. & Osumuyimen Thompson Stewart (2001) : Unaccusativity and the adjective/verb distinction: Èdó evidence
[1342]   Baker, Mark C. & Osumuyimen Thompson Stewart (2001) : Verb movement, objects and serialization
[26867]   Baker, Mark , Ken Safir & Justine Sikuku (2013) : Complex Anaphora in Lubukusu
[1325]   Baker, Philip (1969) : The language situation in Mauritius with special reference to Mauritian Creole
[1326]   Baker, Philip (1972) : Kreol: a description of Mauritian Creole
[1327]   Baker, Philip (1976) : Towards a social history of Mauritian Creole
[1329]   Baker, Philip (1982) : The contribution of non-francophone immigrants to the lexicon of Mauritian Creole
[1331]   Baker, Philip (1984) : Agglutinated French articles in Creole French
[1333]   Baker, Philip (1987) : Universals, substrata and the Indian Ocean creoles
[1337]   Baker, Philip (1990) : Kreol: a description of Mauritian Creole
[1340]   Baker, Philip (1993) : Assessing the African contribution to French-based creoles
[1338]   Baker, Philip & Anand Syea (1991) : On the copula in Mauritian Creole: past and present
[1328]   Baker, Philip & Chris Corne (1982) : Isle de France creole: affinities and origins
[1332]   Baker, Philip & Premnath Ramnah (1985) : Mauritian Bhojpuri: an Indo-Aryan language spoken in a predominantly creolophone society
[1334]   Baker, Philip & Vinesh Y. Hookoomsing (1987) : Diksyoner kreol morisyen
[1330]   Baker, Stephen B. (1983) : Some thoughts on English language teaching in Zambia
[1343]   Bakhressa, Salim K. (1992?) : Kamusi ya maana na matumizi
[1344]   Bakir, Abd el Mohsen (1983) : Notes on Late Egyptian grammar: a Semitic approach
[1345]   Bakir, Abd el Mohsen (1984) : Notes on Middle Egyptian grammar
[27010]   Bakpa, Mimboabe (2016) : Aspects de la négation de l’ànàá, variante ifè parlée à Kaboli (Togo)
[27360]   Bakpa, Mimboabe (2014) : Etude du ngbem, parler gangam de Koumongou: Description et analyse comparative
[28381]   Bakpa, Mimboabe (2017) : Etude comparative du numéral dans deux parlers Gangam : Le Dye et Le Ngbem
[28643]   Bakpa, Mimboabe & Manfred von Roncador (2012) : D2. Gangam
[28646]   Bakpa, Mimboabe & Manfred von Roncador (2012) : D5. Moba
[1346]   Bal, Willy (1962) : Prénoms portugais en kikongo
[1347]   Bal, Willy (1974) : O destino de palavras de origem portuguesa num dialecto quicongo
[1348]   Bal, Willy (1975) : A propos de mots d’órigine portugaise en Afrique noire
[27188]   Bala, Joseph Philip & Jonathan Amos Tonga (2017) : Agab Ihari Ye Isɛb Koro Waci & Miamia / Parts of Speech in the Waci & Miamia Language
[1349]   Balau, João Lopes (19--) : Vocabulário de português-macua
[1350]   Baldauf jnr, Richard B. & Robert B. Kaplan (Ed) (2004) : Language planning and policy in Africa, I: Botswana, Malawi, Mozambique, and South Africa
[1353]   Baldé, A. B. (1974) : Réduction syllabique et dégradation du système d’alternance en pular du Fouta Djallon
[26373]   Baldé, Ahmadou Belo (1974) : Réduction syllabique et dégradation du système d'alternance en pular du Fouta-Djallon
[1351]   Balde, Amadou (2002) : Les politiques educatives et linguistiques appliquées en Guinée et leurs implications dans la didactique de la langue française
[26374]   baldé, Dyawwadu (1975) : Des niveaux de langue en pular du Fouta Djallon/Fii bhordhi pular Fuuta Dyaloo
[1354]   Baldé, O. P. (1975) : Les transformations passive et négative du pular
[26375]   baldé, Ouratou (1989) : Notions des champs sémasiologiques en pular du Fouta Djallon
[26376]   Baldé, Ousmane Paraya (1975) : Les transformations passive et négative du pular
[1352]   Baldeh, Anja (2001) : Nominalderivation im Wolof
[1355]   Baldi, Sergio (1975) : Systematic Hausa bibliography
[1356]   Baldi, Sergio (1976) : A contribution to the Swahili maritime terminology
[1357]   Baldi, Sergio (1977) : Systematic Hausa bibliography
[1358]   Baldi, Sergio (1978) : On Hausa bibliography
[1359]   Baldi, Sergio (1982) : Les emprunts arabes en swahili et haoussa
[1360]   Baldi, Sergio (1985) : Liste préliminaire des mots haoussa considérés fautivement d’origine arabe dans les dictionnaires
[1361]   Baldi, Sergio (1988) : A first ethnolinguistic comparison of Arabic loanwords common to Hausa and Swahili
[1362]   Baldi, Sergio (1989) : On semantics of Arabic loan words in Hausa
[1363]   Baldi, Sergio (1989) : I prestiti portoghesi in Swahili
[1364]   Baldi, Sergio (1990) : Premier essai d’évaluation des emprunts arabes en haoussa
[1365]   Baldi, Sergio (1990) : Some remarks on Arabic loan words in Hausa
[1366]   Baldi, Sergio (1992) : Arabic loanwords in Hausa via Kanuri and Fulfulde
[1367]   Baldi, Sergio (1995) : On Arabic loans in Hausa and Kanuri
[1368]   Baldi, Sergio (1995) : Sur la création d’un banque des emprunts arabes dans le cadre de la base de donées lexicales et dialectologiques sahelo-saharienne gérée par Mariama
[23446]   Baldi, Sergio (1999) : Ancient and new arabic loans in Chadic
[24846]   Baldi, Sergio (2007) : Les emprunts arabes en dangaleat
[24958]   Baldi, Sergio (2006) : Arabic Loanwords Entered in African Languages through Kanuri
[25794]   Baldi, Sergio (2009) : Arabic loans in West African languages: A semantic shift
[25954]   Baldi, Sergio (2011) : Emotions, Colours and Qualities: an Overview of Hausa Ideophones
[26511]   Baldi, Sergio (2013) : Arabic loans in Bole-Tangale languages
[1369]   Baldi, Sergio (Ed) (1997) : Langues et contacts de langues en zone sahélo-saharienne: 3ème table ronde du réseau de diffusion lexicale (colloque internazionale, Napoli, 12-15 settembre, 1994)
[25051]   Baldi, Sergio & Mahmoud Adam (2005) : Dagbani basic and cultural vocabulary
[25630]   Baldi, Sergio & Rudolf Leger (2011) : Some diachronic observations on gender and number in Bole-Tangale Languages
[28871]   Baldi, Sergio & Rudolf Leger (2020) : Innovative features of nouns and pronouns in Chadic languages of the Nigerian Gongola-Benue basin
[1370]   Baleke, M. (1979) : Étude géolinguistique des dialectes yaka (phonologie et morphologie)
[1371]   Balembo-Mfumu (1977) : Étude morphologique de la dérivation en laari H16f
[24196]   Balenghien, Etienne (1987-88) : A propos de l'alphabet du bambara au Mali
[24223]   Balenghien, Etienne (1984) : A propos de la syntaxe du bambara
[1372]   Balep, Lydie Ngo (19--) : Essai d’analyse contrastive de la determination nominale en français et en bakaa
[1373]   Balibatsu, Maniragaba (2000) : Le potentiel ontologique des langues bantu face à l’ontologie classique
[1374]   Ballah, D. (1993) : Étude phonologique du mbay
[1375]   Ballard, John A. (1971) : Historical inferences from the linguistic geography of the Nigerian Middle Belt
[23113]   Ballarin, Hélène (1999) : L’analyse du texte en langue nawdm
[1376]   Ballenghien, E. (1967) : Le système verbo-prédicatif sonike: parler de Nioro du Sahel
[1377]   Balme, F. N. (1934) : Caprivi field notes and native names
[1378]   Balmer, William Turnbull & F. C. F. Grant (1929) : A grammar of the Fante-Akan language
[1379]   Balouki, Tetwehaaki (1995) : Lexique bilingue de l’enseignement des 1er et 2e degrés du Togo
[1380]   Balouki, Tetwehaaki (1998) : Manuel trilingue de cours de langues kabiye-ewe-français
[23786]   Bals, Berit-Anne & Helene Norgaard Andreassen (2002) : Reduplication in progressive verb forms in Zina Kotoko
[1381]   Balsan, François (1959) : Nouvelle approche de Bushmen au Kalahari
[1382]   Baltazani, Mary (2002) : Case, tone, and intonation in Maa
[1384]   Bamba, Mory (1993) : L’alphabétisation des adultes en Côte d’Ivoire: les facteurs des abandons de cours
[1383]   Bamba, Moussa (1992) : De l’interaction entre tons et accents
[26377]   Bamba, Moussa Sué (1990) : Essai d'étude de la dynamique des langues dans Beyla-Centre-Boola
[28942]   Bambara, Alphonse & Thomas Yembone (eds.) (2016) : Bissa barka – French Dictionary
[1385]   Bambara, Eloi (1980) : Contribution à l’étude phonologique du bisa (étude synchronique); dialecte de Garango (Haute-Volta)
[1386]   Bambara, Eloi (1981) : Les catégories grammaticales en bisa, dialecte de Garango (Haute-Volta)
[1387]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1961) : The nominal group in Yoruba and a comparison with the English nominal group
[1388]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1963) : A study of the structures and classes in the grammar of modern Yoruba
[1389]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1963) : The structure of the Yoruba predicator
[1390]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1964) : Verb-nominal collocation in Yoruba: a problem of syntactic analysis
[1391]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1965) : Assimilation and contraction in Yoruba
[1392]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1965) : Linguistics and the secondary school teacher
[1393]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1965) : Yoruba orthography: a linguistic appraisal with suggestions for reform
[1394]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1965/66) : Nominal classes in Mbe
[1395]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1966) : A grammar of Yoruba
[1396]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1966) : The assimilated low tone in Yoruba
[1397]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1966/67) : Verbal classes in Mbe
[1398]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1967) : Notes on the phonology of Mbe
[1399]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1967) : A short Yoruba grammar
[1400]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1967) : Tense/aspect forms in Mbe
[1401]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1967) : Language teaching in Nigeria: a linguistic viewpoint
[1402]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1967) : Two views on vowel harmony in Yoruba ; part 1
[1403]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1968) : The form of Yoruba proverbs
[1404]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1969) : The relationship of the vernacular and English throughout the primary and secondary school
[1406]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1969) : Yoruba
[1407]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1969) : Yoruba studies today
[1408]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1970) : Word play in Yoruba poetry
[1409]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1971) : Nasal harmony in Mbe
[1410]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1971) : The verb-infinitive phrase in Yoruba
[1411]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1971) : The English language in Nigeria
[1413]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1973) : Language and society in Nigeria
[1414]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1973) : The modifying serial construction: a reply
[1415]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1973) : Linguistics in a developing country
[1416]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1973) : Linguistics and language education: problems and prospects
[1417]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1973) : Linguistics teaching in Nigeria
[1418]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1974) : On serial verbs and verbal status
[1420]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1975) : Relative clauses and nominalized sentences in Yoruba
[1422]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1976) : Are Yoruba adverbs really nouns?
[1424]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1978) : Models of communication in multilingual states
[1426]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1980) : Questions and roles: the example of Yoruba
[1427]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1980) : Pronouns, concord and pronominalization
[1428]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1981) : On devising, reforming and harmonising orthographies of African languages
[1429]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1981) : Regional languages in Nigeria: Hausa and Yoruba
[1432]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : Standard Nigerian English: issues of identification
[1433]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : Languages in contact: Yoruba and English in Nigeria
[1434]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : Constituents of Yoruba studies
[1435]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : Lexical matching in Yoruba poetry
[1436]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : Local languages development: policy and practice
[1437]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : African languages and national development: actual and potential
[1438]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : Issues in the analysis of serial verb constructions
[1439]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1983) : Education in indigenous languages: the West African model of language education
[1440]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1983) : When is language planning not planning?
[1441]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1983) : On timeless sentences in Yoruba
[1442]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1984) : Mother-tongue medium and scholastic attainment: the Nigerian experience
[1443]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1985) : Negation and serial verbal construction types in Yoruba
[1444]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1985) : Barriers to effective education in West African languages
[1445]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1986) : Yoruba: a language in transition
[1446]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1986) : Reported speech in Yoruba
[1447]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1987) : A guide to terminology in African language education
[1448]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1987) : When is language planning not planning?
[1449]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1990) : Fonólójì àti gírámà yorùbá
[1450]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1990) : Language and the national question in Nigeria
[1451]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1991) : Language and the nation: the language question in sub-Saharan Africa
[1452]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1992) : Speaking in tongues: implications of multilingualism for language policy in Nigeria
[1453]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1993) : Deprived, endangered and dying languages
[1454]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1994) : Nigeria’s choice (the thorny questions facing a nation of 400 languages as it seeks a common medium of communication)
[1456]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1995) : English in the Nigerian environment
[1457]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1995) : Vowel deletion and vowel coalescence: a problem in Yoruba phonology
[1459]   Bamgbose, Ayo (2000) : Language planning in West Africa
[22419]   Bamgbose, Ayo (2003) : Urban multilingualism in Nigeria: a tale of two cities
[23146]   Bamgbose, Ayo (2005) : Mother-tongue education: lessons from the Yoruba experience
[23745]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1992) : Corpus planning in Yorùbá: the radio as a case study
[23752]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1992) : Relativization or nominalization: a case of structure versus meaning
[24119]   Bamgbose, Ayo (2000-01) : Coreferentiality and Focus in Textual Cohesion: Evidence from Yoruba
[24167]   Bamgbose, Ayo (2000-01) : New Directions in West African Language Studies
[25142]   Bamgbose, Ayo (2009) : Yoruba Language: The Diaspora as a Challenge to the Homeland
[26180]   Bamgbose, Ayo (2011) : African Languages Today: The Challenge of and Prospects for Empowerment under Globalization
[27898]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1995) : Lexique français-mbe
[1405]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1969) : Report of the Yoruba Orthography Committee
[1412]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1972) : The Yoruba verb phrase: papers of the seminar on the Yorba verb phrase, Ibadan, 1-2 April, 1971
[1421]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1976) : Mother tongue education: the West African experience
[1423]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1977/80) : Language in education in Nigeria: proceedings of the Kaduna Language Symposium, October 31st - november 4th, 1977
[1430]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1982) : Yoruba metalanguage
[1431]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1982) : Orthographies of Nigerian languages
[1458]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (2000) : Sociolinguistics in West Africa
[1419]   Bamgbose, Ayo & Robert Gelston Armstrong (1974) : Mathematical concepts in Yoruba
[1455]   Bamgbose, Ayo , Ayo Banjo & Andrew Thomas (Ed) (1995) : New Englishes: a West African perspective
[1460]   Bamigboye, G. A. (1987) : A study of the noun phrase of Ayere
[23628]   Bamiro, Edmund O. (1995) : Syntactic variation in West African English
[1461]   Bamisaye, T. O. (1984) : Aspects of Oka phonology
[1883]   Bámisilè, Rémí (1994) : Justification for the survival of vowel coalescence as a phonological process in Yorùbá
[1462]   Bampembe, Sangadji (1981) : Réflexes du proto-bantu en ndengese
[1463]   Bancel, Pierre (1986) : Étude comparée des noms de mammifères dans les langues du groupe bantou A70
[1464]   Bancel, Pierre (1988) : Double reflexes in Bantu A.70 languages
[1465]   Bancel, Pierre (1989) : Ébène: un emprunt de l’égyptien ancien à une langue négro-africaine de 3ème millénaire av. J.-C. ; partie 1
[1466]   Bancel, Pierre (1989) : Ébène: un emprunt de l’égyptien ancien à une langue négro-africaine de 3ème millénaire av. J.-C. ; partie 2
[1467]   Bancel, Pierre (1991) : The three-way vowel harmony in Nènì (Bantu A.44, Cameroon)
[1468]   Banda, Felix (1992) : A lexical-semantic and syntactic-grammatical analysis of Zambian English: towards a ‘meaning-to-grammar hypothesis’ of classroom second language instruction
[1469]   Banda, Felix (1998) : The classification of languages in Zambia and Malawi
[1470]   Banda, Felix (2000) : The dilemma of the mother tongue: prospects for bilingual education in South Africa
[1471]   Banda, Felix (2004) : A survey of literacy practices in Black and Coloured communities in South Africa: towards a pedagogy of multiliteracies
[1915]   Banda, Felix (2005) : Analysing social identity in casual Zambian/English conversation: a systemic functional linguistic approach
[27334]   Bandeira, Manuele (2017) : Reconstrução fonológica e lexical do protocrioulo do Golfo da Guiné
[28349]   Banerjee, Neil (2019) : Templatic morphology through syntactic selection: Valency-changing extensions in Kinyarwanda
[28777]   Banfegha, Fonkpu Charles (2020) : Negation in Lamnso
[1472]   Bangamwabo, François-Xavier (1985) : L’expression de l’organisation de l’espace rwandais: les déictiques locatifs
[23879]   Bangha, George F. (2003) : The Mmen noun phrase
[1473]   Bangs, G. & Arthur Loveridge (1933) : Reports on the scientific results of an expedition to the southwestern highlands of Tanganyika Territory, III: birds
[1474]   Banholzer, W. & Fr. Bernardo Kohnen (1922) : Shilluk Wörterbuch
[1476]   Banjo, Ayo (1969) : A contrastive study of aspects of the syntactic and lexical rules of English and Yoruba
[1477]   Banjo, Ayo (1970) : A historical view of the English language in Nigeria
[1478]   Banjo, Ayo (1970) : The English language and the Nigerian environment
[1479]   Banjo, Ayo (1971) : Standards of correctness in Nigerian English
[1480]   Banjo, Ayo (1971) : Towards a definition of ‘Standard Nigerian Spoken English’
[1481]   Banjo, Ayo (1974) : Sentence negation in Yoruba
[1482]   Banjo, Ayo (1975) : Language policy in Nigeria
[1483]   Banjo, Ayo (1976) : The university and standardization of the English language
[1487]   Banjo, Ayo (1986) : The influence of English on the Yoruba language
[1488]   Banjo, Ayo (1986) : Varieties of English in a multilingual setting in Nigeria
[1489]   Banjo, Ayo (1995) : On codifying Nigerian English research so far
[1490]   Banjo, Ayo (1995) : On language use and modernity in Nigeria
[1491]   Banjo, Ayo (1996) : Making a virtue of necessity: an overview of the English language in Nigeria
[1492]   Banjo, Ayo (2000) : English in West Africa
[1486]   Banjo, Ayo (Ed) (1985) : Orthographies of Nigerian languages
[1484]   Banjo, Ayo & others (Ed) (1981) : West African studies in modern language teaching and research
[1485]   Banjo, Ayo & Peter Young (1982) : On editing a second-language dictionary: the proposed dictionary of West African English (DWAE)
[1475]   Banjo, S. Ayodele (1935) : The teaching of Yoruba in the secondary school of Nigeria
[1493]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1992) : La dérivation verbale en chaha
[1494]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1994) : On prefix-necessitating stems in Chaha
[1495]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1996) : Sonorant alternations in Chaha
[1496]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1996) : Sur l’alternance inaccusative vs inergative en chaha
[1497]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1996) : On the absence of AgrS: evidence from Ethiopian Semitic languages
[1498]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1997) : The sound system of Chaha
[1499]   Banksira, Degif Petros (2000) : Sound mutations: the morphophonology of Chaha
[1500]   Bannerman, Charles James (1944) : Ga wiemo mligblamo wolo ni tsoo wiemoi komekomei anitsumo - klenklen 1/A Ga grammar of function (stage 1), adapted from the Fante grammar of function
[1501]   Bannerman, Charles James (1945) : Ga wiemo mligblamo wolo ni tsoo wiemoi komekomei anitsumo - klenklen 2/A Ga grammar of function (stage 2), adapted from the Fante grammar of function
[1502]   Bannerman, Charles James (1948) : Ga grammar of function
[1503]   Bannerman, Charles James (1968) : Ga grammar of function
[1504]   Banoum, Bertrade B. Ngo-Ngijol (2004) : Bantu gender revisited through an analysis of Basaá categories: a typological perspective
[1505]   Banti, Giorgio (1984) : Possessive affixes in the Somali area
[1506]   Banti, Giorgio (1984) : The morphology of the nominative case in Somali
[1507]   Banti, Giorgio (1986) : Reflections on derivation from prefix-conjugated verbs in Somali
[1508]   Banti, Giorgio (1987) : Evidence for a second type of suffix conjugation in Cushitic
[1509]   Banti, Giorgio (1988) : “Adjectives” in East Cushitic
[1510]   Banti, Giorgio (1988) : Two Cushitic systems: Somali and Oromo nouns
[1511]   Banti, Giorgio (1991) : Invariable verbal paradigms in some Omo-Tana languages
[1512]   Banti, Giorgio (1991/92) : Some concord-less verbal paradigms in Omo-Tana
[1514]   Banti, Giorgio (1993) : Noterelle sui sistemi di numerali nell’Africa nord-orientale
[1516]   Banti, Giorgio (1998) : Saho
[1517]   Banti, Giorgio (2000) : Notes on Somali camel terminology
[25752]   Banti, Giorgio (2010) : Remarks on the typology of converbs and their functional equivalents in East Cushitic
[1513]   Banti, Giorgio (Ed) (1992) : Proceedings of the second international symposium on Cushitic and Omotic languages, Turin, 16-18 November, 1989
[1515]   Banti, Giorgio & Klaus Wedekind (1994) : [Something on Cushitic and Omotic languages]
[26219]   Bao Diop, Sokhna (2013) : Description du baynunk guñaamolo, langue minoritaire du sénégal : analyse phonologique, morphologique et syntaxique
[26888]   Bao Diop, Sokhna (2015) : Les classes nominales en nyun gunyamolo
[27073]   Bao Diop, Sokhna (2017) : Le baynunk guñaamolo - Une langue du sud du Sénégal
[27698]   Bao Mingzhen (2012) : Prosody of Focus among Information Structures in Pulaar
[1518]   Baptista, Marlyse (1994) : On the nature of “pa” in Capeverdean Creole and its possible source
[1519]   Baptista, Marlyse (1995) : On the nature of pro-drop in Capeverdean Creole
[1520]   Baptista, Marlyse (2003) : The syntax of Cape Verdean Creole: the Sotavento varieties
[1521]   Bara, Souley (19--) : Étude descriptive du vocabulaire juridique hausa
[1522]   Barakat, Jamal (1982) : Dictionary of diplomatic terminology: English-Arabic with an Arabic glossary
[1523]   Barake, Bassam (1985) : Dictionnaire de linguistique: français-arabe, avec un index alphabetique des termes arabes
[1524]   Baranov, Z. (1984) : Arabic-Russian dictionary
[27335]   Barasa, David (2017) : Ateso Grammar - A Descriptive Account of an Eastern Nilotic Language
[27189]   Barasa, Sandra Nekesa & Maarten Mous (2017) : Engsh, a Kenyan middle class youth language parallel to Sheng
[28761]   Barassounon, Pierre , Sanu Biɔ , Thébault Biɔ , Léonard Goragui & Jean Soutar (2017) : Dictionnaire bariba - français
[1525]   Barbag-Stoll, Anna (1975) : Some aspects of semantic shifts in English loanwords in West African Pidgin English
[1526]   Barbag-Stoll, Anna (1976) : The role of the English language in the development of African nationalism
[1527]   Barbag-Stoll, Anna (1978) : Nigerian Pidgin English as a medium of literary expression
[1528]   Barbag-Stoll, Anna (1983) : Social and linguistic history of Nigerian Pidgin English as spoken by the Yoruba, with special reference to the English-derived lexicon
[1529]   Barbara, Giuseppe (1935) : Arabo e berbero nel linguaggio italosiculo
[1530]   Barbeau, D. (1972) : Le pidgin english comme moyen d’expression littéraire chez les romanciers du Nigeria
[1531]   Barber, Karin (1984) : Yoruba don un so 1: a beginner’s course in Yoruba
[1532]   Barber, Karin & P. de Moraes Farias (Ed) (1989) : Discourse and its disguises: the interpretation of African oral texts
[1533]   Barbera, Giuseppe Maria (1939/40) : Dizionario maltese-arabo-italiano, con una grammatica comparata arabo-maltese
[25870]   Barbier, Marie Claude (2009) : Y a-t-il un avenir pour l'Afrikaans ?
[1534]   Barbosa, Adriano (1973) : Dicionário não publicado quioco-português
[1535]   Barbosa, Adriano (1989) : Dicionário cokwe-português
[1536]   Barcelo, Carmen (1990) : ¿Galgos o podencos? Sobre la supuesta berberizacion del pais valenciano en los siglos VIII y IX
[1537]   Bargery, George Percival (19--) : Unpublished Hausa grammar and vocabulary notes
[1538]   Bargery, George Percival (1924) : A Hausa phrase book
[1540]   Bargery, George Percival (1934) : A Hausa-English dictionary, and English-Hausa vocabulary
[1539]   Bargery, George Percival & J. Lloyd (1925) : A note on pronunciation of Hausa
[24189]   Bari, Abdulayi (1985) : Nòrònnaw -ma, -man, -lama bamanankan na. [Suffixes -ma, -man, -lama dans la langue bambara]
[24197]   Bari, Abdulayi (1987-88) : Nynɔrɔ /mán/ sintin. [L'étymologie du préfixe mán.]
[1541]   Bariki, Ozidi (2004) : La traduction universitaire au Nigéria: constitution et pédagogisation
[1542]   Barillot, Xavier (19--) : Morphophonologie gabaritique et information consonantique latente en somali et dans les langues est-couchitiques
[1543]   Barillot, Xavier (1997) : Alternances “voyelle-zéro” et gémination consonantique en somali
[1544]   Barker, Peter (1986) : Peoples, languages and religion in northern Ghana
[1548]   Barkhuizen, Gary P. (2002) : Language-in-education policy: students’ perceptions of the status and role of Xhosa and English
[1549]   Barkhuizen, Gary P. & Ute Knoch (2005) : Missing Afrikaans: ‘linguistic longing’ among Afrikaans-speaking immigrants in New Zealand
[1545]   Barkhuizen, Gary P. & Vivian de Klerk (2000) : The role of Xhosa in an Eastern Cape army camp
[1546]   Barkhuizen, Gary P. & Vivian de Klerk (2000) : Language contact and ethnolinguistic identity in an Eastern Cape army camp
[1547]   Barkhuizen, Gary P. & Vivian de Klerk (2002) : The role of Xhosa in a South African prison: 'The situation is leading you'
[26860]   Barlew, Jefferson (2013) : Point of View in Mushunguli Locatives
[1550]   Barlow, Arthur Ruffell (1927) : The use of the copula with the Kikuyu verb
[1551]   Barlow, Arthur Ruffell (1951) : Studies in Kikuyu grammar and idioms
[1552]   Barlow, Arthur Ruffell (Ed) (1975) : English-Kikuyu dictionary
[1553]   Barmou, Salifou (1995) : La catégorie nominale en hausa: comparaison avec le français
[1555]   Barnard, Alan (1976) : Khoisan classification
[1556]   Barnard, Alan (1978) : The kin terminology system of the Nharo Bushmen
[1557]   Barnard, Alan (1978) : A further note on Khoisan classification
[1558]   Barnard, Alan (1980) : Khoesan southern Africa as a cultural area
[1559]   Barnard, Alan (1980) : Convergent structures in Nama and Dutch-Afrikaans kinship terminologies
[1560]   Barnard, Alan (1980) : Kin terminology systems of the Khoe-speaking peoples
[1561]   Barnard, Alan (1985) : A Nharo wordlist, with notes on grammar
[1563]   Barnard, Alan (1988) : Kinship, language and production: a conjectural history of Khoisan social structure
[1565]   Barnard, Alan (1992) : Hunters and herders of southern Africa: a comparative ethnography of the Khoisan peoples
[1554]   Barnard, G. L. & others (1956) : Report on the use of English in Gold Coast
[1562]   Barnard, R. (1987) : Die situatief in Noord-Sotho
[1564]   Barnard, R. (1988) : Relationship between situative and relative in Northern Sotho
[1567]   Barnes, Bertram Herbert (1931) : Relationships in Mashonaland
[1568]   Barnes, Bertram Herbert (1932) : A vocabulary of the dialects of Mashonaland in the new orthography
[1569]   Barnes, Bertram Herbert (1934) : The progress of the new Shona orthography
[1566]   Barnes, Bertram Herbert & Clement Martyn Doke (1929) : The pronunciation of the Bemba language
[1572]   Barnes, L. A. (1990) : Family bilingualism: a review of the literature
[1570]   Barnes, S. V. (1949) : Afrikaanse spreekwoorde: gesegdes en ander uitdrukkings
[1571]   Barnes, S. V. (1952) : ’n Tentatiewe kernwoordeskat in Afrikaans
[1573]   Barney, J. (1934) : Notes on the Bangala language
[1574]   Barnouw, Adrian J. (1934) : Language and race relations in South Africa
[24524]   Barnwell, Katharine (1980) : Mbembe
[1575]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1966) : Notes on the Mbembe clause system: a preliminary analysis
[1576]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1966) : Reading and writing Mbembe
[1577]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1969) : The noun class system in Mbembe
[1578]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1969) : A grammatical description of Mbembe (Adun dialect), a Cross-River language
[1579]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1974) : Mbembe
[1580]   Baroja, Julio Caro (1955) : Estudios saharianos
[28223]   Baron, Bertille (2019) : DP-internal structure and agreement in Nafara
[1581]   Barr, L. I. (19--) : Manuscript outline of morphology of Lugbara
[1582]   Barr, L. I. (1965) : A course in Lugbara
[1583]   Barrena, Natalio (1957) : Gramatica annobonesa
[1584]   Barreteau, Daniel (1977) : Le mofu-gudur, langue tchadique du Nord-Cameroun
[1586]   Barreteau, Daniel (1978) : La transcription d’un texte mofu-gudur: problèmes linguistiques
[1587]   Barreteau, Daniel (1978) : Essai de transcription phonologique d’un texte mofu-gudur
[1590]   Barreteau, Daniel (1978) : Structure du lexème verbal en mofu-gudur
[1592]   Barreteau, Daniel (1983) : Phonemique et prosodie en higi
[1593]   Barreteau, Daniel (1983) : Description du mofu-gudur (langue de la famille tchadique parlée au Cameroun)
[1597]   Barreteau, Daniel (1987) : Du vocalisme en tchadique
[1598]   Barreteau, Daniel (1988) : Description du mofu-gudur (langue de la famille tchadique parlée au Cameroun)
[1599]   Barreteau, Daniel (1988) : La transitivité en mofu-gudur
[1609]   Barreteau, Daniel (1995) : Vowel and tonal variations within the consonantal framework of the verbal stem in Central Chadic languages
[1610]   Barreteau, Daniel (1995) : Multilingualisme en Niger
[22592]   Barreteau, Daniel (1978) : Aspects de la morphologie nominal en mofu-gadar
[23974]   Barreteau, Daniel (1987) : Une essai de classification lexicostatistique des langues de la famille tchadique parlées au Cameroun
[1585]   Barreteau, Daniel (Ed) (1978) : Inventaire des études linguistiques sur les pays d’Afrique noire d’expression française et sur Madagaskar
[1596]   Barreteau, Daniel (Ed) (1987) : Langues et cultures dans le bassin du lac Tchad: journées d’études les 4 et 5 septembre 1984
[1612]   Barreteau, Daniel & André Brunet (2000) : Dictionnaire mada
[1606]   Barreteau, Daniel & Charlotte von Graffenried (Ed) (1993) : Datation et chronologie dans le bassin du lac Tchad/Dating and chronology in the Lake Chad Basin: séminaire de réseau Méga-Tchad, ORSTOM Bondy, 11 et 12 septembre 1989
[1611]   Barreteau, Daniel & Gérard Kedrebeogo (1997) : Inventaire et dynamique des langues au Burkina Faso
[1603]   Barreteau, Daniel & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1990) : Relations interethniques et culture matérielle dans le bassin du lac Tchad: actes du IIIème colloque MEGA-TCHAD, 11-12 septembre 1986
[23976]   Barreteau, Daniel & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1988) : Le milieu et les hommes ; recherches comparatives et historiques dans le bassin du Lac Tchad: actes du 2ème colloque Méga-Tchad, ORSTOM Bondy, le 3 et 4 octobre 1985
[1591]   Barreteau, Daniel & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1982) : La verbe en sibine
[1604]   Barreteau, Daniel & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1990) : Les verbes monoradicaux dans les langues tchadiques
[1607]   Barreteau, Daniel & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1993) : Calculs lexicostatistiques et glottochronologiques sur les langues tchadiques
[1601]   Barreteau, Daniel & Keith H. Beavon (1989) : Les categories grammaticales en koozime, langue bantu parlée au sud-est du Cameroun
[23982]   Barreteau, Daniel & Liliane Sorin-Barreteau (1988) : La poterie chez les Mofu-Gudur: des gestes, des formes et des mots
[1605]   Barreteau, Daniel & Michel Dieu (1991) : Linguistique et développement rizicole dans le nord du Cameroun
[1613]   Barreteau, Daniel & Michel Dieu (2000) : Situation et dynamique des langues
[1588]   Barreteau, Daniel & Paul Newman (1978) : Les langues tchadiques
[1600]   Barreteau, Daniel & Robert Hedinger (Ed) (1989) : Description de langues camerounaises
[1595]   Barreteau, Daniel & Yves le Bléis (1987) : Lexèmes et thèmes verbaux en mafa
[1602]   Barreteau, Daniel & Yves le Bléis (1990) : Lexique mafa, langue de la famille tchadique parlée au Cameroun
[1589]   Barreteau, Daniel & Yves Moñino (1978) : Les langues oubanguiennes
[1608]   Barreteau, Daniel , Evelyne Ngantchui & Terri R. Scruggs (1993) : Bibliographie des langues camerounaises
[1594]   Barreteau, Daniel , Roland J. L. Breton & Michel Dieu (1984) : Les langues
[1616]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1985) : The syntax and interpretation of the relative clause construction in Swahili
[1617]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1985) : o epenthesis: a positional treatment of Swahili pronominal clitics
[1618]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1987) : Phonological allomorphy in Swahili: on the form of inanimate pronominal clitics
[1619]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1988) : NP switch in inalienable possession constructions in Swahili
[1621]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1995) : Subject and object markers as agreement and pronoun incorporation in Swahili
[1620]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] & Michael Rochemont (1992/94) : On the syntax of possessor raising in Swahili
[1614]   Barrett, Anthony J. (1988) : English-Turkana dictionary
[1615]   Barrett, Anthony J. (1990) : Turkana-English dictionary
[1622]   Barrie, E. (1996) : Teaching grammar of Pular
[25135]   Barro, Ketandi , Soungalo Coulibaly & Hannes Wiesmann (2004) : Dictionnaire toussian-français, français-toussian
[1625]   Barry, A. K. (1990) : Étude de la synonymie et de la paronymie en Fouta Djallon
[1624]   Barry, Abdoulaye (1987) : The Joola languages: subgrouping and reconstruction
[24195]   Barry, Abdoulaye (1986) : Les jeux de mots en langue bamanan. Remarques linguistiques et pédagogiques
[1626]   Barry, Abou-Dardaye (2000) : Les emprunts du peul à l’anglais
[1623]   Barry, E. (1937) : An elementary Somali grammar
[26378]   Barry, Lamine (1977) : Étude géolinguistique de la région administrative de Kundara
[1627]   Barshi, Immanuel & Doris L. Payne (1996) : The interpretation of ‘possesser raising’ in a Maasai dialect
[23021]   Barshi, Immanuel & Doris L. Payne (1998) : Argument structure and Maasai possessive interpretation: implications for language learning
[1629]   Bartels, Eric (1984) : Experimental syntax and discourse analysis
[23114]   Bartels, Eric (1983) : Le ton en tchokossi: des réflections préliminaires
[1628]   Bartels, Francis Lodowic & J. A. Annobil (1948) : Mfantse nkasafua dwumadzi/A Fante grammar of function
[23109]   Bartels, Susan E. (1983) : Assimilation de la hauteur vocalique dans les formes impératives en tchokossi
[1630]   Bartens, Angela (1995) : Die Iberoromanisch-basierten Kreolsprachen: Ansätze der linguistischen Beschreibung
[1631]   Bartens, Angela (1999) : Notes on componential diffusion in the genesis of the Kabuverdianu cluster
[1632]   Bartens, Angela (2000) : Ideophones and sound symbolism in Atlantic Creoles
[1634]   Barthe, Albert (1952) : Manuel elementaire de conversation touaregue
[1636]   Barton, H. D. (1980) : Language use among Ilala residents
[1635]   Barton, Juxon (1921) : Turkana grammatical notes and vocabulary
[1637]   Barwani-Sheikh, Sauda & Eleonore Adwiraah (1990) : Die deutschsprachigen Swahili-Lehrbücher: ein Überblick
[1638]   Barwani-Sheikh, Sauda & Ridder Samson (1994) : Sprichwörter und ihr Gebrauch
[1639]   Barwani-Sheikh, Sauda , Ludwig Gerhardt & Ridder Samson (1994) : Arbeitsvokabular Deutsch-Swahili
[28842]   Barzilai, Maya L. & Nubantood Khalil (2021) : Morphologically conditioned phonological variation in Nobiin
[1640]   Basema, David Milton (1996) : Child code switching between typologically different languages, Lusoga and English: a case study
[24957]   Bashir, Abeer (2006) : Morphophonemic Alternations in Jumjum Number Formation
[26553]   Bashir, Abeer (2013) : Conditions on feature specification in Tima
[26646]   Bashir, Abeer (2015) : Address and Reference Terms in Midob (Darfur Nubian)
[27982]   Bashir, Abeer (2018) : Noun class genders in Tagoi
[1641]   Basimolodi, Outlule Mother (2001) : A review of Botswana’s language policy in education and its effect on minority languages and national development
[1642]   Bassari, Ebia (1974) : Lexique français-kabyè
[26230]   Bassène, Alain Christian (2012) : Concurrence entre critères morphologiques et critères sémantiques dans les accords de classe: le cas du jóola banjal
[27684]   Bassène, Alain Christian (2018) : L’harmonie vocalique en joola fooñi
[24044]   Bassène, Alain-Christian (2006) : Description du jóola Banjal (Sénégal)
[24762]   Bassène, Alain-Christian (2007) : Morphosyntaxe du jóola banjal ; Langue atlantique du Sénégal
[25026]   Bassène, Alain-Christian (2009) : Propriétés d'encodage et de comportement des constructions ditransitives en jóola banjal
[26623]   Bassène, Alain-Christian (2015) : L'indexation du sujet et de l'objet dans les langues atlantiques nord
[26882]   Bassène, Alain-Christian (2015) : Accords de classe et référence générique dans les parlers joola
[26890]   Bassène, Alain-Christian (2015) : Les classes nominales du biafada
[26218]   Bassene, Mamadou (2012) : Morphophonology of Joola Eegimaa
[27409]   Bassene, Mamadou (2017) : Conditionals in Jóola Eegimaa: A descriptive analysis
[1643]   Basset, André (1923) : Note de linguistique berbère
[1644]   Basset, André (1925) : Le nom de la “porte” en berbère
[1645]   Basset, André (1925) : Le nom du coq en berbère
[1647]   Basset, André (1928) : Sur quelques termes berbères concernant la basse-cour
[1648]   Basset, André (1929) : Études de géographie linguistique en Kabylie
[1649]   Basset, André (1929) : La langue berbère; morphologie; le verbe; étude de thèmes
[1650]   Basset, André (1931/34) : Présentation de cartes linguistiques berbères ; partie 1
[1651]   Basset, André (1932) : Note sur l’état d’annexion en berbère
[1652]   Basset, André (1932) : Note sur le genre dans le nom et dans verbe en berbère
[1653]   Basset, André (1933) : Note sur l’élément démonstratif en berbère
[1654]   Basset, André (1933) : Note sur les parlers zenaga
[1655]   Basset, André (1934) : Notes sur les parlers touaregs du Soudan
[1656]   Basset, André (1934) : Le système grammatical du berbère
[1657]   Basset, André (1934) : Parlers touaregs du Soudan et du Niger ; partie 1
[1658]   Basset, André (1934/35) : Autour d’une racibe berbère
[1659]   Basset, André (1934/37) : Autour de e en Kabylie, phénomènes secondaires
[1660]   Basset, André (1934/37) : Entretien sur la détermination et l’indétermination: berbère
[1661]   Basset, André (1934/37) : Berbere inigi ‘temoin’
[1662]   Basset, André (1934/37) : Présentation de cartes linguistiques berbères ; partie 2
[1663]   Basset, André (1934?) : L’alternance vocalique dans la morphologie berbère
[1664]   Basset, André (1935) : Parlers touaregs du Soudan et du Niger ; partie 2
[1665]   Basset, André (1935) : La parente linguistique et le berbere
[1666]   Basset, André (1935) : Principes d’enquete linguistique apelliques au berbere
[1667]   Basset, André (1935) : Probleme verbal dans le parler berbere de Siwa
[1668]   Basset, André (1935/45) : Siwa et Aoudjila: probleme verbal berbere
[1669]   Basset, André (1936) : Atlas linguistique des parlers berbères, Algérie, territoires du nord, I: Equidés, Algiers
[1670]   Basset, André (1936) : Situation actuelle des parlers berbères dans le département d’Oran
[1671]   Basset, André (1936) : Siwa, Aoudjila et Imeghran a propos d’un rapprochement
[1672]   Basset, André (1937) : À propos d’un dérivé à nasale berbere
[1673]   Basset, André (1937) : Les sours berbèrophones du Gourara
[1675]   Basset, André (1937/40) : Au sujet de berbère (t)ahyam(t)/(t)ahham(t) ‘tente, maison’
[1676]   Basset, André (1937/40) : Formations accidentelles en berbère
[1677]   Basset, André (1937/40) : Un pluriel devenu singulier en berbère
[1678]   Basset, André (1938) : L’avenir de la langue berbère dans l’Afrique du Nord
[1679]   Basset, André (1938) : Le nom de l’étable en Kabylie et la flexion du participe
[1680]   Basset, André (1938) : Note sur les parlers rifains du Zerhoun
[1681]   Basset, André (1938) : À propos de l’article de Schuchardt sur la rupture d’hiatus en berbère
[1682]   Basset, André (1938) : Présentation des premières cartes d’un atlas linguistique - en cours de réalisation - des parlers du Sahara et du Soudan
[1683]   Basset, André (1939) : Aires phonétiques homogènes et non-homogènes
[1684]   Basset, André (1939) : Atlas linguistique des parlers berbères, Algérie, territoires du nord, II: Bovins, Algiers
[1685]   Basset, André (1939/41) : Six notes de linguistique berbère
[1686]   Basset, André (1940) : Quatre études de linguistiques berbère
[1687]   Basset, André (1941) : La langue berbère dans les territoires du Sud
[1688]   Basset, André (1942) : Études de géographie linguistique dans le Sud Marocain
[1689]   Basset, André (1942) : Sur le pluriel nominal berbère
[1690]   Basset, André (1943/45) : Voyelle initiale du nom berbere
[1691]   Basset, André (1943/45) : Sur la structure et la terminologie du verbe berbere
[1692]   Basset, André (1943/45) : Apparence et realite en berber
[1693]   Basset, André (1945) : À propos du parler berbère de Ghadamès
[1694]   Basset, André (1945) : Sur la voyelle initiale en berbère
[1695]   Basset, André (1945/48) : Etymologies berbères
[1696]   Basset, André (1945/48) : Entretien sur la mise à part, faits berbères
[1697]   Basset, André (1945/48) : Le système phonologique du berbère
[1698]   Basset, André (1945/48) : Berbere isnin ‘tous les deux’
[1699]   Basset, André (1945/48) : Sur la proposition indépendante et la proposition relative en berbère
[1700]   Basset, André (1945/48) : La proposition sans verbe en berbère
[1701]   Basset, André (1947) : Le P. de Foucauld et les études touarègues
[1702]   Basset, André (1947?) : Tidma, terme kabyle pour designer les femmes
[1703]   Basset, André (1948) : Écritures libyque et touarègue
[1704]   Basset, André (1948) : Le berbère à l’Ecole Nationale des Langues Orientales Vivantes
[1705]   Basset, André (1948) : De nouveau à propos du nom de l’Île de Fer
[1706]   Basset, André (1948) : La langue berbère au Sahara
[1707]   Basset, André (1948) : Sur la toponymie berbère et specialement sur la toponymie Chaouia Aït Frah
[1709]   Basset, André (1948/51) : Determination et indetermination du nom en berbere
[1710]   Basset, André (1948/51) : Reduction de diphtongue et constance de la voyelle initiale en berbere
[1711]   Basset, André (1948/51) : Sur une singularite des parler berberes du sud marocain
[1712]   Basset, André (1948/51) : Sur le participe berbére
[1713]   Basset, André (1949) : Quelques considérations sur la langue berbère
[1715]   Basset, André (1949) : Cartes usuelles et cartes scientifiques
[1716]   Basset, André (1949) : Sur une notation berbere de G. F. Lyons
[1717]   Basset, André (1950) : Les parlers berberes
[1718]   Basset, André (1950) : Sur l’anticipation en berbere
[1719]   Basset, André (1950) : Sur une confusion de verbes dans le dictionnaire du P. de Foucauld
[1720]   Basset, André (1951/54) : Notules berbères Aït Sadden
[1721]   Basset, André (1951/54) : Sur berbère Aït Sadden it(t)h ‘parce que’ et la formation du système conjonctif
[1722]   Basset, André (1951/54) : Sur l’evolution actuelle du preterif negatif en berbère
[1723]   Basset, André (1951/54) : Sur un theme berbere d’aoriste intensif insolite
[1724]   Basset, André (1951/54) : Noms de parente en berbère
[1725]   Basset, André (1952) : La langue berbère
[1726]   Basset, André (1952) : La place du dictionnaire touareg-français du P. de Foucauld dans les études berbères
[1727]   Basset, André (1952) : Sur la metrique berbère
[1728]   Basset, André (1954) : ‘Maintenant’ en berbère
[1729]   Basset, André (1954) : Sur le participe dans le parler berbère d’Ait Sadden
[1730]   Basset, André (1954/57) : ‘n’ devant complement de nom en berbère
[1731]   Basset, André (1955) : ‘Apres midi’ en berbère
[1732]   Basset, André (1955) : Sur le verbe berbère signifiant “vivre”
[1733]   Basset, André (1959) : Articles de dialectologie berbère
[1708]   Basset, André & André Picard (1948) : Éléments de grammaire berbère (Kabylie-Irjen)
[1714]   Basset, André & André Picard (1949) : Sur berbère yir ‘mauvais’ chez les Irjen
[1674]   Basset, André & J. Crouzet (1937) : Cours de berbère: parlers de la kabylie
[1646]   Basset, Henri (1925) : La population berbère: origines, langue, moeurs, religion
[1734]   Bassett, [Reverend] Udy (192-) : Everyday Swahili phrases and vocabulary
[1735]   Bassett, [Reverend] Udy (1928) : Everyday Swahili phrases and vocabulary
[1736]   Bassett, [Reverend] Udy (1937) : Everyday Swahili phrases and vocabulary
[1737]   Bassi, Marco (1988) : On the Borana calendrical system: a preliminary field report
[13083]   Basso Marques, João (1947) : Familiaridade idiomática entre Cobianas e Cassangas
[24074]   Basso Marques, João (1947) : Aspectos do problema da semelhança da língua dos papéis, manjacos e brames
[27754]   Bassong, Paul Roger (2019) : Regular and copular fragments in Basaá
[23591]   Bastin, Rene (1971) : Observations sur le role phonologique de la hauteur en rundi
[28768]   Bastin, Yvonne (2020) : The class 18 locative prefix and the expression of the present progressive in Bantu
[1738]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1970) : Un mot pour “jeune fille” en bantou
[1739]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1971) : Les substantifs à suffixe thématique
[1740]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1975) : Bibliographie bantoue sélective
[1741]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1975) : “Même” dans les langues bantoues
[1742]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1977) : Les mots pour “tout” et “seul” dans les langues bantoues
[1743]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1978) : Les langues bantoues
[1745]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1979) : Statistique grammaticale et classification des langues bantoues
[1746]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1980) : Statistique grammaticale et innovations en bantoue
[1747]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : Essai de classification de quatre-vingts langues bantoues par la statistique grammaticale
[1748]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : La finale verbale ‘-ide’ et l’imbrication en bantoue
[1750]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : L’adjectif
[1751]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : Les formes pronominales: connectifs possessifs, demonstratifs, numéraux, interrogatifs, substitutifs, ‘tout / seul / même / autre’
[1752]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1985) : Les relations sémantiques dans les langues bantoues
[1753]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1986) : Les suffixes causatifs dans les langues bantoues
[1755]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1989) : El prefijo locativo de la clase 18 y la expresión del progresivo presento en Bantu
[1756]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1989) : Les déverbatifs bantous en -e
[1757]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1994) : Reconstruction formelle et sémantique de la dénomination de quelques mammifères en bantou
[1758]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1994) : Essai d’analyse des formatifs de type -a- en bantou central
[1760]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1997) : Réflexions diachroniques à propos de quelques thèmes pour “sang” en bantou
[1761]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1998) : Les themes pour ‘os’ en bantou: perspectives diachroniques
[1764]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (2003) : The interlacustrine group (Zone J)
[24916]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (2006) : Un PV i̧- à la première personne du singulier en bantou
[1762]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] & Pascale Piron (1999) : Classifications lexicostatistiques: bantou, bantou et bantoïde. De l’intérêt des “groupes flottants”
[1744]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez & Bernard de Halleux (1979) : Statistique lexicale et grammaticale pour la classification historique des langues bantoues
[1749]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez & Bernard de Halleux (1983) : Classification lexicostatistique des langues bantoues (214 relevés)
[1754]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez & Bernard de Halleux (1989) : Position lexicostatistique du bantu G42 swahili
[1763]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez & Michael Mann (1999) : Continuity and divergence in the Bantu languages: perspectives from a lexicostatistic study
[1759]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez , Bernard de Halleux & Colette Marchal-Nasse (1994) : Lexicostatistique appliquée à la zone B du bantu
[1765]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez , Kankawa Evariste Mumba & Thilo C. Schadeberg (2003) : Reconstructions lexicales bantoues 3 = Bantu lexical reconstructions 3
[1766]   Batchati, Bawubadi (1984) : Culture Kabiye à travers ses proverbes
[1767]   Batchati, Bawubadi (1997) : Culture Kabiye à travers ses proverbes
[23836]   Bate, Beatrice Bessem (1987) : The noun class system of Bakweri
[1769]   Bates-Mims, Merelyn B. (1986) : Chez les noirs: a comparative-historical analysis of pidgin and creole languages
[1768]   Bates, George Latimer & Silas Franklin Johnson (1926) : Handbook of Bulu, with Bulu-English vocabulary
[24868]   Bathily, Abdoulaye & Claude Meillassoux (1976) : Lexique Soninké (Sarakolé) - Français
[27516]   Batibo, Herman (2015) : The classical laws and rules in Bantu languages: How plausible are they?
[1770]   Batibo, Herman M. (1976) : A new approach to Sukuma tone
[1771]   Batibo, Herman M. (1977) : Le kesukuma, langue bantou de Tanzanie: phonologie et morphologie
[1772]   Batibo, Herman M. (1977) : La fonction expressive des phonèmes en kesukuma
[1773]   Batibo, Herman M. (1981) : Some hypotheses on the origin of tonal displacement in Kisukuma: a study based on comparative Bantu tonology
[1774]   Batibo, Herman M. (1983) : Phonetics and the traditional Sukuma orthography
[1775]   Batibo, Herman M. (1985) : Le kesukuma (langue bantou de Tanzanie): phonologie, morphologie
[1776]   Batibo, Herman M. (1985) : Some linguistic contributions to the cultural history of the people of the Great Lakes
[1777]   Batibo, Herman M. (1986) : Autosegmental phonology and the Bantu tone systems
[1778]   Batibo, Herman M. (1987) : The challenge of linguistics in language development: the case of Kiswahili in Tanzania
[1779]   Batibo, Herman M. (1987) : Le statut morphosyntaxique du referent sujet en langues bantu
[1780]   Batibo, Herman M. (1988) : Root affixation rules in Zairean Swahili as evidence of earlier Bantu rules
[1781]   Batibo, Herman M. (1989) : The position of Kiswahili among the lingua francas of Africa
[1782]   Batibo, Herman M. (1989) : Les parlers ruraux de Zanzibar: “dialectes” swahili? Premiers résultats d’une enquête lexicostatistique
[1783]   Batibo, Herman M. (1989) : Evolution et dialectalisation du swahili standard
[1784]   Batibo, Herman M. (1989) : Algumas considerações fundamentais sobre a concepção da ortografia de línguas bantu
[1785]   Batibo, Herman M. (1990) : Vowel length: the forgotten distinctive feature in Swahili?
[1786]   Batibo, Herman M. (1990) : English language teaching and learning in Tanzanian primary schools
[1787]   Batibo, Herman M. (1991) : The tone structure of the Sukuma nominal forms
[1788]   Batibo, Herman M. (1991) : The two-directional tone melody spread in Sukuma
[1789]   Batibo, Herman M. (1992) : Term development in Tanzania
[1791]   Batibo, Herman M. (1992) : The fate of ethnic languages in Tanzania
[1792]   Batibo, Herman M. (1992) : Morphological and semantic regularity in lexical expansion process: the case of nominal derivation in Kiswahili
[1793]   Batibo, Herman M. (1992) : The peopling of Busukuma: a linguistic account
[1794]   Batibo, Herman M. (1994) : Does Kiswahili have diphtongs: interpreting foreign sounds in African languages
[1796]   Batibo, Herman M. (1995) : The growth of Kiswahili as language of education and administration in Tanzania
[1797]   Batibo, Herman M. (1996) : Loanword clusters nativization rules in Tswana and Swahili: a comparative study
[1798]   Batibo, Herman M. (1996) : The role of language in the discovery of cultural history: reconstructing Setswana speakers’ cultural past
[1799]   Batibo, Herman M. (1997) : The fate of the minority languages of Botswana
[1801]   Batibo, Herman M. (1997) : The Khoesan languages of Botswana
[1802]   Batibo, Herman M. (1997) : Double allegiance between nationalism and western modernization in language choice: the case of Botswana and Tanzania
[1804]   Batibo, Herman M. (1998) : Botswana
[1805]   Batibo, Herman M. (1998) : The fate of the Khoesan languages of Botswana
[1806]   Batibo, Herman M. (1998) : A lexicostatistical survey of the Bantu language of Botswana
[1807]   Batibo, Herman M. (1998) : The Proto-Bantu cultural vocabulary in southern Bantu: the case of Setswana
[1809]   Batibo, Herman M. (1999) : A lexicostatistical survey of the Setswana dialects spoken in Botswana
[1810]   Batibo, Herman M. (1999) : Report on the International Basarwa Languages Workshop held at the University of Botswana, 14th to 16th January 1999
[1811]   Batibo, Herman M. (1999) : The grammaticalization process in Setswana
[1812]   Batibo, Herman M. (2000) : The state of spirantization in Sukuma-Nyamwezi: a historical account
[1815]   Batibo, Herman M. (2000) : The linguistic situation of Tanzania
[1817]   Batibo, Herman M. (2001) : The empowerment of minority languages for education and development
[1819]   Batibo, Herman M. (2002) : The evolution of the Kiswahili syllable structure
[1820]   Batibo, Herman M. (2004) : Setswana: an under-exploited national resource?
[1821]   Batibo, Herman M. (2004) : The role of the external setting in language shift process: the case of Nama-speaking Ovaherero in Tshabong
[1822]   Batibo, Herman M. (2005) : Language decline and death in Africa: causes, consequences, and challenges
[25553]   Batibo, Herman M. (2012) : Can tone shift be regarded as tone depression in Shisukuma?
[25689]   Batibo, Herman M. (2010) : Taking the best of both worlds – Integration and identity among the Khoesan speakers of Botswana
[1816]   Batibo, Herman M. & Birgit Smieja (Ed) (2000) : Botswana: the future of the minority languages
[1808]   Batibo, Herman M. & D. Mae (1999) : The tone pattern of Setswana nominal forms
[1790]   Batibo, Herman M. & Franz Rottland (1992) : The minimality condition in Swahili word forms
[1795]   Batibo, Herman M. & Franz Rottland (1994) : The markedness principle and Swahili syllable structure
[1818]   Batibo, Herman M. & Franz Rottland (2001) : The adoption of Datooga loanwords in Sukuma and its historical implications
[1814]   Batibo, Herman M. & Joseph Tsonope (2000) : Language vitality among the Nama of Tshabong
[1813]   Batibo, Herman M. & Joseph Tsonope (Ed) (2000) : The state of Khoesan languages in Botswana
[1800]   Batibo, Herman M. , Joyce Thambole Mathangwane & Naledi M. Mosaka (1997) : Prospects for sociolinguistic research undertaking in Botswana: priorities and strategies
[1803]   Batibo, Herman M. , Naledi M. Mosaka & James [Motlhagolela] Moilwa (1997) : The historical implications of the linguistic relationship between Makua and Sotho
[25822]   Batic, Gian Claudio (2009) : Imaginative Dimension and Experiential Constructions in Hausa and Bole
[25959]   Batic, Gian Claudio (2011) : Love Encoding in Hausa: Sources and Conceptual Models
[26512]   Batic, Gian Claudio (2013) : The Bure language – an overview
[26626]   Batic, Gian Claudio (2015) : Bure verbs
[27507]   Batic, Gian Claudio (2017) : A Kushi-English-Hausa Wordlist
[27686]   Batic, Gian Claudio (2017) : Shinni ma Shomi kan Kerfotagha’, a Kushi story
[26104]   Batoma, Atoma (2009) : Onomastics and Indirect Communication Among The Kabre of Northern Togo
[29019]   Batong, Caleb , Justin Tia , Margrit Frempong & Justin Frempong (2022) : Sisaala – English Dictionary
[1823]   Battenburg, John (1999) : The gradual death of the Berber language in Tunisia
[1825]   Bature, Abdullahi (1990) : Prosodic constituency and Hausa verbs
[1826]   Baucom, Kenneth L. (1970) : More on the indigenous languages of SWA
[1827]   Baucom, Kenneth L. (1972) : The Wambo languages of South West Africa and Angola
[1829]   Baucom, Kenneth L. (1974) : Proto-Central-Khoisan
[1830]   Baucom, Kenneth L. (1975) : The phonology of proto-Wambo
[1828]   Baucom, Kenneth L. & P. P. P. Nambundunga (1974) : Pocket oshiNdonga dictionary
[1831]   Baudelaire, H. (1944) : La numération de 1 à 10 dans les dialectes habé de Garoua, Guider-Poli et Rey-Bouba
[1832]   Baudet, Guibert (1947) : Eléments de grammaire kinande, suivis d’un vocabulaire kinande-français et français-kinande
[23527]   Baudin, Noël (1966) : Grammaire yoruba
[1833]   Bauman, S. & M. L. Aron (1960) : Research needs in speech pathology in South Africa
[1834]   Baumann, Hermann , Richard C. Thurnwald & Diedrich Westermann (1948) : Les peuples et les civilisations de l’Afrique, suivi de les langues et l’éducation
[1835]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1964) : ’n Klank- en vormleerstudie van Songa
[1836]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1966) : The locative in Tsonga
[1837]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1967) : Introductory remarks on the copulative construction in Tsonga ; part 1
[1838]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1968) : The copulative construction in Tsonga ; part 2
[1839]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1969) : The phonetics and diachronical phonology of Xironga
[1840]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1969) : The copulative construction in Tsonga ; part 3
[1841]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1969) : Klankveranderinge wat plaasvind wanneer deverbatiewe in klas 9 in Venda gevorm word
[1842]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1970) : Introduction to the grammar of Xironga
[1843]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1970) : ’n Klassifikasie van die Tsongadialekte van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika
[1844]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1972) : Notes on Xiluleke of Mhinga ; part 1
[1845]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1973) : Notes on Xiluleke of Mhinga ; part 2
[1846]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1974) : Introduction to the speech sounds and speech sound changes of Tsonga
[1847]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1975) : Notes on Xiluleke of Mhinga ; parts 3-4
[1849]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (198-) : Tentative orthography of Fwe (as spoken in the Caprivi)
[1850]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (198-) : Tentative orthography of Subiya (as spoken in the Caprivi)
[1851]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1981) : Notes on Tsonga noun classes 1a and 5a
[1852]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1981) : Tsonga phonetics and sound changes
[1853]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1985) : Pre-Tsonga noun class prefixes and verb suffixes
[1854]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1987) : Analytical Tsonga grammar
[1856]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1992) : The Tsonga rule
[1857]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1997) : Languages of the Eastern Caprivi
[1848]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (Ed) (1978) : Proceedings of the 2nd African languages congress of UNISA/Tweede Afrikatale-kongres van UNISA
[1855]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (Ed) (1987) : African languages (honours): only study guide for BLANGO-Q
[24572]   Baumbach, Jean Marie (1997) : A Brief Linguistic Sketch of Wodaabe Fulfulde Including Consonant Alternation
[1858]   Baumer, Michel (1975) : Noms vernaculaires soudanais utiles à l’écologiste
[1860]   Bausi, Alessandro & Mauro Tosco (1997) : Afroasiatica neapolitana: contributi presentati all’8° incontro di linguistica afroasiatica (camito-semitica), Napoli 25-26 Gennaio 1996
[24392]   Bautista, Andreliz , Hamadou Boukari & Moussa G. (1991) : Dictionnaire de fulfulde ; traineeʼs book
[1862]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1981) : Lango: some morphological changes in verb paradigm
[1863]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1982) : Aspects of morphological and syntactic divergence in Lango and Acholi
[1864]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1983) : Morphological and syntactic divergence in Lango and Acholi
[1865]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1989) : The ki-verb construction in Acholi: grammaticalization of a resultative morpheme
[1866]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1995) : The obligation modality in western Nilotic languages
[1867]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1996) : Body parts in Acholi: alienable and inalienable distinctions and extended uses
[1861]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] & Michael [Paul] Noonan (1979) : Vowel harmony in Lango
[1868]   Bawman, E. (1949) : Gramática lomué
[1870]   Baxter, Alan S. (2002) : ‘Semicreolization?’ - The restructured Portuguese of the Tongas of Sao Tome: a consequence of L1 acquisition in a special contact situation
[28544]   Baxter, Benjamin (2016) : Agreement Patterns in Shona Locative Inversion
[1869]   Baxter, Paul T. W. (1990) : Oromo blessings and greetings
[1871]   Baye Yimam (1981) : Oromo substantives: some aspects of their morphology
[1872]   Baye Yimam (1986) : The phrase structures of Ethiopian Oromo
[1873]   Baye Yimam (1987) : Relative clauses in Oromo
[1874]   Baye Yimam (1988) : Towards a definition of the nominal specifiers in Amharic
[1875]   Baye Yimam (1988) : The subject of infinitives in Oromo
[1876]   Baye Yimam (1988) : Focus in Oromo
[1877]   Baye Yimam (1990) : The structure of Zayse NPs
[1878]   Baye Yimam (1993/94) : YäAmarenya säwasew [Grammar of Amharic]
[1879]   Baye Yimam (1994) : Some aspects of Zergulla morphology
[1880]   Baye Yimam (1997) : The pragmatics of greetings, felicitation and condolence expressions in four Ethiopian languages
[1881]   Baye Yimam (1999) : Root reductions and extensions in Amharic
[27083]   Baye Yimam (2006) : A general Description of Mao
[28522]   Bayepar, G.B.W. (2013) : Les emprunts linguistiques du mancagne au portugais
[1882]   Bayisa-ba-Nkaniku (1975) : Étude comparative des formes pronominales en français et en manyaanga
[1229]   Baʼalbaki, Munir (1979) : Al-Mawrid: a modern Arabic-English dictionary
[1230]   Baʼalbaki, Rohi (1994) : Modern Arabic-English dictionary
[1884]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1974?) : Éléments de grammaire mbudza: phonologie et morphologie
[1885]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1978) : Pronom de liaison en bantu: le cas du kinande (D.42)
[1886]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1982) : Le kinande, langue bantue de l’est du Congo (D 42): phonologie et morphologie
[1887]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1983) : Synthématique du verbe nande (D 42)
[1888]   Beach, Douglas Martyn (1924) : The science of tonetics and its application to Bantu languages
[1889]   Beach, Douglas Martyn (1932) : The phonetics of the Hottentot language
[1890]   Beach, Douglas Martyn (1938) : The phonetics of the Hottentot language
[1891]   Beacham jnr, Charles Gordon (1968) : The phonology and morphology of Yom
[24573]   Beachy, Marvin Dean (2005) : An Overview of Central Dizin Phonology and Morphology
[1892]   Beam, Mary S. & A. Elizabeth Cridland (1970) : Uduk-English dictionary
[25121]   Beapami, R.P. , R. Chatfield , G. Kouarata & A. Waldschmidt (2000) : Dictionnaire mbochi-français
[1893]   Beardsley, R. Brock & Carol M. Eastman (1971) : Markers, pauses and code switching in bilingual Tanzanian speech
[1895]   Bearth, Thomas (1969) : Phrase et discours en toura
[1896]   Bearth, Thomas (1971) : L’énoncé toura (Côte d’Ivoire)
[1898]   Bearth, Thomas (1986) : L’articulation du temps et de l’aspect dans le discours toura
[1899]   Bearth, Thomas (1993) : Satztyp und Situation in einigen Sprachen Westafrikas
[1900]   Bearth, Thomas (1994) : Wortstellung, Topik und Fokus
[1901]   Bearth, Thomas (1994) : Sein und Nichtsein/Kuwa na kutokuwa
[1903]   Bearth, Thomas (1995) : Nominal periphrasis and the origin of the predicative marker in Mande languages: an alternative view
[1904]   Bearth, Thomas (1997) : Inferential and counter-inferential grammatical markers in Swahili dialogue
[1905]   Bearth, Thomas (1998) : Toura
[1906]   Bearth, Thomas (1999) : The contribution of African linguistics towards a general theory of focus: update and critical review
[1907]   Bearth, Thomas (2003) : Syntax
[22930]   Bearth, Thomas (1987/88) : La logique des focalisations: le cas du toura
[22957]   Bearth, Thomas (1982) : Diversité fonctionelle dans la phrase toura
[22962]   Bearth, Thomas (1968) : Étude instrumentale des tons du toura (Côte d’Ivoire)
[24540]   Bearth, Thomas (1980 [1973]) : Toura
[24986]   Bearth, Thomas (1998) : Procédés de cohésion dans le discours
[27826]   Bearth, Thomas (2020) : Pragmatics and communication
[1897]   Bearth, Thomas & Christa Link (1980) : The tone puzzle of Wobé
[22966]   Bearth, Thomas & Christa Link (1978) : Les tons du wobé: étude fonctionelle
[1894]   Bearth, Thomas & Hugo Zemp (1967) : The phonology of Dan (Santa)
[1902]   Bearth, Thomas , Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig , Beat Sottas & Edgar Suter (Ed) (1994) : Perspektiven afrikanistischer Forschung: Beiträge zur Linguistik, Ethnologie, Geschichte, Philosophie und Literatur, X. Afrikanistentag, Zürich, 23.-25. Sept. 1993
[1908]   Beaton, Arthur Charles (1968) : A grammar of the Fur language
[1909]   Beattie, John H. M. (1957) : Nyoro personal names
[1910]   Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa (1996/97) : Exploration of the semantic difference between the two negative markers ha- and (-)si(-) in Swahili
[1911]   Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa (1999) : Formatives of tense, aspect, mood and negation in the verbal construction of standard Swahili
[1912]   Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa , Derek Nurse & Sarah Rose (2004) : Pronominal object marking in Bantu
[1914]   Beaumont, J.-C. (1987) : L’emprunt en arabe marocain: facteurs sociolinguistiques d’integration
[1913]   Beaumont, J.-C. & A. Mikoun (1986) : Cas d’emprunt syntaxique en arabe marocain
[27931]   Beavon Ham, Virginia (2020) : Prefix or prosody: The initial vowel on nouns in Gbe (Kwa)
[26141]   Beavon-Ham, Virginia (2012) : Consonant-Tone Interaction in Saxwe
[27747]   Beavon-Ham, Virginia (2019) : Tone in Saxwe
[29018]   Beavon-Ham, Virginia (2020) : Saxwe – French Dictionary
[29008]   Beavon, Keith (2020) : Nzime – French Dictionary
[28936]   Beavon, Keith & Mary Beavon (2016) : Badwe'e – French Dictionary
[29020]   Beavon, Keith & Mary Beavon (2018) : Swo – French Dictionary
[29004]   Beavon, Keith & Mary Beavon (eds.) (2016) : Njyem – French Dictionary
[1916]   Beavon, Keith H. (1979) : Studies in the discourse grammar of Konzime, a Bantu language of Cameroon
[1917]   Beavon, Keith H. (198-) : The relative clause in Koozime
[1918]   Beavon, Keith H. (198-) : Provisional description of the segmental phonemes and noun classes of the Mpyémó language (Bìjúgí dialect)
[1919]   Beavon, Keith H. (1983) : A phonology of Konzime
[1920]   Beavon, Keith H. (1983) : Expressions of location in Koozime
[1921]   Beavon, Keith H. (1983) : Cours d’initiation à l’orthographe de la langue koozime
[1922]   Beavon, Keith H. (1984) : A partial typology of Konzime (Bantu) discourse
[1923]   Beavon, Keith H. (1984) : Tone and intonation in Konzime
[1924]   Beavon, Keith H. (1985) : Two relativization strategies in Koozime discourse
[1925]   Beavon, Keith H. (1986) : Anaphora, pronouns and reference in Konzime
[1928]   Beavon, Keith H. (1991) : Koozime verbal system
[22881]   Beavon, Keith H. (1977) : Phonological analysis of the Konsime language (dialect of Lomié)
[25398]   Beavon, Keith H. (2003) : Njyem-French-English Lexicon
[1926]   Beavon, Keith H. & Ann Elisabeth Johnson (1989) : Sociolinguistic survey among the Bekwel
[1927]   Beavon, Keith H. & Ann Elisabeth Johnson (1989) : Sociolinguistic survey among the Mpyemo
[23680]   Beavon, Keith H. & Mary Beavon (1996) : Lexique kóonzime-français
[23334]   Bebey, Moukodi C. (1981) : Étude du système verbo-temporel français-douala: étude linguistique constrastive, le mode indicatif
[1929]   Becher, Jutta (1991) : Untersuchungen zu den Verbalweiterungen des Wolof
[23324]   Becher, Jutta (2002) : Verbalextensionen in den atlantischen Sprachen
[23326]   Becher, Jutta (2003) : Experiencer constructions in Wolof
[23327]   Becher, Jutta (2005) : Ditransitive Verben und ihre Objekte im Wolof: Positionsregeln und Kombinierbarkeit
[24381]   Becher, Jutta (2001) : Untersuchungen zum Sprachwandel im Wolof aus diachroner und synchroner Perspektive
[28470]   Becher, Jutta (2002) : The middle form in Wolof
[1930]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (1984/85) : Sprachliche und historische Rekonstruktionen in Bereich des Nubischen unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des Nilnubischen
[1931]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (1985) : “Du bist, was du hast” - Zur Entstehung neuer Personalpronomen im Tu Bedawie (Beja)
[1935]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (1989) : “Nile-Nubian” reconsidered
[1936]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (1991/92) : The Beja and the camel: camel-related lexicon in tu bedawie
[1937]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (1996) : Sprachwandel durch Sprachkontakt am Beispiel des Nubischen im Niltal: Möglichkeiten und Grenzen einer diachronen Soziolinguistik
[1938]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (2000) : A study of Beja place-names
[25403]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (2008) : The Classification of Cushitic and Omotic: a Critique
[25961]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (2011) : The (Hi)story of Nobiin - 1000 Years of Language Change
[1934]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (Ed) (1989) : Nubier und Kuschiten im Niltal: Sprach- und Kulturkontakte im “no man’s land”
[1933]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne & Fritz Serzisko (Ed) (1988) : Cushitic Omotic: papers from the international symposium on Cushitic and Omotic languages, Cologne, January 6-9, 1986
[1932]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne & Heike Behrend (1985) : “Libyans” - “Nubians”: mutations of an ethnonym
[1939]   Bechon, S. (2000) : Description de la langue sangu, langue bantu du sud-ouest de la Tanzanie
[1941]   Beck, Anke (1995) : Language and nation in Namibia: the fallacies of the Modernization Theory
[1942]   Beck, Anke (1995) : Language policy and the politics of languages in Namibia
[1950]   Beck, Rose Marie (2001) : Texte auf Textilien in Ostafrika: Sprichwörlichkeit als Eigenschaft ambiger Kommunikaiton
[1952]   Beck, Rose Marie (2003) : Perceptions of gender in Swahili language and society
[25601]   Beck, Rose Marie (2011) : Bridging the Language Gap. Approaches to Herero Verbal Interaction as Development Practice in Namibia
[1948]   Beck, Rose Marie , Lutz Diegner , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (2000) : Swahili Forum VII
[1949]   Beck, Rose Marie , Lutz Diegner , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (2001) : Swahili Forum VIII
[1951]   Beck, Rose Marie , Lutz Diegner , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (2002) : Swahili Forum IX
[1940]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (1994) : Swahili Forum I
[1943]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (1995) : Swahili Forum II
[1944]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (1996) : Swahili Forum III
[1946]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (1998) : Swahili Forum V
[1947]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (1999) : Swahili Forum VI
[1945]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider , Werner Gräbner & Bernd Heine (1997) : Swahili Forum IV
[1956]   Becker-Donner, Etta (1940) : Die Sprache der Mano
[1957]   Becker-Donner, Etta (1944) : Über zwei Kruvölkerstämme: Kran und Grebo
[1958]   Becker-Donner, Etta (1965) : Die Sprache der Mano
[28354]   Becker, Laura & Gertrud Schneider-Blum (2020) : Morphological marking of contrast in Tima
[28227]   Becker, Laura , Imke Driemel & Jude Nformi Awasom (2019) : Focus in Limbum
[1953]   Becker, Lee A. (1979) : Once more on the nature of downdrift
[1954]   Becker, Lee A. & David Phineas Bhukanda Massamba (1980) : Ci-Ruri tonology (a preliminary view)
[1955]   Becker, U.-H. (1984) : Nation durch Sprache: eine Herausforderung für Namibia
[1960]   Beckett, Elvira (1974) : A linguistic analysis of Gurma
[1959]   Beckett, H. W. (1951) : Handbook of Kiluba
[1961]   Beckman, Jill N. (1993) : Feature organization and the strong domain hypothesis in Zulu [labial] phonology
[1962]   Beckman, Jill N. (1995) : Shona height harmony: markedness and positional identity
[1963]   Beckman, Jill N. (1997) : Positional faithfulness, positional neutralization and Shona vowel harmony
[1964]   Beckman, Jill N. (2001) : Partial copying and emergent unmarkedness in Igbo reduplication
[1965]   Beckmann, Frank (1991) : Vowel harmony in Krongo: an autosegmental description
[2338]   Bécuwe, Jacques (1981) : Les langues gur de Côte d’Ivoire: nomenclature et bibliographie
[2339]   Bécuwe, Jacques (1982) : Éléments de phonologie et de grammaire du lobiri (parler de Bouna, Côte d’Ivoire)
[1966]   Bedore, Lisa M. , Laurence B. Leonard & Jack Gandour (1994) : The substitution of a click for sibilants: a case study
[1967]   Bedou-Jondoh, Edina Ayaba Elemawusi (1980) : Some aspects of the predicate phrase in Gegbe
[22909]   Bedrosian, Patricia L. (1996/97) : The Mboshi noun class system
[1968]   Beecher, Leonard James & Gladys S. B. Beecher (1935) : A Kikuyu-English dictionary, with a general introduction to the phonetics, orthography and spelling of Kikuyu
[1969]   Beek, Walter E. A. van (1977) : Color terms in Kapsiki
[28878]   Beermann, Dorothee & Lars Hellan (2020) : Enhancing grammar and valence resources for Akan and Ga
[1970]   Beeton, D. R. (1968) : Some aspects of English usage in South Africa
[1971]   Beeton, D. R. & Helen Dorner (1975) : A dictionary of English usage in southern Africa
[1972]   Begne, Leopold Prosper (1980) : The phonology of Bikele, a Cameroonian language
[1973]   Begos, Nettabai (2000) : Beginner’s course in Blin language
[1974]   Beguinot, Francesco (1924) : Il berbero Nefûsi di Fassâto: grammatica, testi raccolti dalla viva voce, vocabolarietti
[1975]   Beguinot, Francesco (1924) : Sul trattamento delle consonanti b, v, f, in berbero
[1976]   Beguinot, Francesco (1924) : A proposito di una voce libica citata da Erodoto
[1977]   Beguinot, Francesco (1925) : Saggio di fonetica del berbero Nefusi di Fassato
[1978]   Beguinot, Francesco (1927) : Appunti di epigrafica libica
[1979]   Beguinot, Francesco (1928) : Sugli ‘Atapartesi di Edoroto e sul nome berbero del Grande Atlante
[1980]   Beguinot, Francesco (1929) : Note di epigrafia libica
[1981]   Beguinot, Francesco (1930) : Per gli studi di toponomastica libico-berbera
[1982]   Beguinot, Francesco (1931) : Gli studi di linguistica berbera
[1983]   Beguinot, Francesco (1931) : Il berbere Nefusi di Fassato
[1984]   Beguinot, Francesco (1932) : Proposition en vue d’éditer un dictionnaire comparé des dialectes de la langue berbère
[1985]   Beguinot, Francesco (1932) : Le iscrizioni rupestri in caraterri tifinagh
[1986]   Beguinot, Francesco (1935) : Studi linguistici nel Fezzan
[1987]   Beguinot, Francesco (1938) : Di alcune parole dellinguaggi nord-africani derivate del latino
[1988]   Beguinot, Francesco (1939/40) : L’unita linguistica semito-camitica
[1989]   Beguinot, Francesco (1943) : Alcune etimologie et questioni fonetiche magrebine
[1990]   Beguinot, Francesco (1949) : Di alcune inscrizioni in caratteri latini e in lingua sconoscuta trovate in Tripolitania
[1991]   Beguinot, Francesco (1950) : Gli studi sull’epigrafia libica e sulle iscrizione Tuareg in Italia nell’ultimo quarentennio
[1992]   Behaghel, Anne (1988) : Lexique
[1993]   Behailu Abbebe (1986) : A brief morphological study of nouns, verbs and the structure of simple sentences in Gumuz
[1994]   Behnk, Frida (1928) : Über die Beziehungen des ägyptischen zu den hamitischen Sprachen
[1995]   Behnk, Frida (1930) : Grammatik der Texte aus El-Amarna
[1996]   Behnstedt, P. & M. Woidich (1985/94) : Die ägyptisch-arabischen Dialekte
[1997]   Behrens, Peter (1981) : C-Group-Sprache - Nubisch - Tu Bedawiye: ein sprachliches Sequenzmodell und seine geschichtlichen Implikationen
[23696]   Behrs, Jan & others (1980) : Learning Chichewa: teacher’s manual
[1998]   Beidelman, Thomas Owen (1964) : Some Kaguru trees and plants: terms, names and uses
[1999]   Beidelman, Thomas Owen (1974) : Kaguru names and naming
[2000]   Beinlich, H. & M. Saleh (1989) : Corpus der hieroglyphischen Inschriften aus dem Grab des Tutanchamon, II: Konkordanz der Nummersystem des “Journal d’Entree” des Ägyptischen Museum Kairo
[2001]   Beitz, S. (1992) : Die Problematik endoglossicher Sprachpolitik im subsaharischen Afrika am Beispiel des Bildungswesens in Botswana
[2002]   Beitz, S. & Rainer Vossen (1994) : A trilingual model as an answer to educational problems? In search for adequate media of instruction for the pupils of Botswana
[2003]   Bekale Seyoum (1989) : The case system in Wolayta (generative approach)
[27328]   Bekele, Dawit (2017) : Lexical Study of Dawuro
[2004]   Bekker, Ian (2004) : Using historical data to explain language attitudes: a South African case study
[23355]   Belaid, Boudris (1993) : Tamawalt usegmi: vocabulaire de l’éducation français-tamazight
[2005]   Belay Tefera (2001) : The structure of the verb phrase in Ennemor
[2006]   Beletu Redda (1982) : A graphemic analysis of the writing system of Amharic
[27633]   Belkadi, Aicha (2016) : Associated Motion Constructions in African Languages
[2014]   Bell, Alan (1972) : The development of syllabic nasals in the Bantu noun class prefixes mu-, mi- and ma-
[23414]   Bell, Arthur (2001) : Origins of negative concord in Afrikaans
[23424]   Bell, Arthur (2003) : Gemination, degemination, and moraic structure in Wolof
[2021]   Bell, Arthur & Paul Washburn (Ed) (2001) : Khoisan: syntax, phonetics, phonology and contact
[2009]   Bell, Christopher Richard Vincent (1953) : The Somali language
[2008]   Bell, Christopher Richard Vincent & George Wynn Brereton Huntingford (1942) : Kiswahili
[2010]   Bell, G. W. (1953) : Some examples of Arabic slang used in the Sudan
[2007]   Bell, H. Idris & Walter Ewing Crum (1925) : A Greek-Coptic glossary
[2011]   Bell, Herman (1968) : The tone system of Mahas Nubian
[2012]   Bell, Herman (1970) : Place names in the Belly of Stones
[2013]   Bell, Herman (1970) : The phonology of Nobíín Nubian
[2015]   Bell, Herman (1973) : An extinct Nubian language in Kordofan
[2016]   Bell, Herman (1975) : Documentary evidence on the Haraza Nubian language
[2017]   Bell, Herman (1975) : A data bank of Sudanese languages
[2019]   Bell, Herman (1998) : The Nuba Mountains: who spoke what in 1976?
[24959]   Bell, Herman (2006) : Birgid Nubian: Recording a Nearly Extinct Language
[2018]   Bell, Lanny David (1976) : Interpreters and Egyptianized Nubians in ancient Egyptian foreign policy: aspects of the history of Egypt and Nubia
[23638]   Bellama, David & others (1983) : An introduction to Cameroonian Pidgin: student’s book
[25332]   Belliard, François (2005) : Instruments, chants et performances musicales chez les Kwakum de l’arrondissement de Doume (Est-Cameroun). Etude ethnolinguistique de la conception musicale d’une population de langue bantoue A91.
[25333]   Belliard, François (2007) : Parlons kwàkúm. Langue bantu de l’est Cameroun : langue et culture.
[2022]   Bello, Oluwaseun R. (2001) : Discovering the link between language and society
[2023]   Bellon, Immanuel (1955) : Twi lessons for beginners, including grammatical guide and numerous idioms and phrases
[2024]   Bellon, Immanuel (1965) : Twi lessons for beginners, including a grammatical guide and numerous idioms and phrases
[2025]   Bellusci, David Christian (1991) : Serialization patterns in Shona verbal morphology
[2026]   Bellusci, David Christian (1993) : Bantu: from SOV to SVO
[22641]   Belnap, R. Kirk (1993) : The meaning of deflected/strict agreement variation in Cairene Arabic
[2027]   Belnap, R. Kirk & Niloofar Haeri (Ed) (1997) : Structuralist studies in Arabic linguistics: Charles A. Ferguson’s papers, 1954-1994
[2028]   Belot, [Père] J. B. (1929) : Vocabulaire arabe-français à l’usage étudiants
[2029]   Belova, Anna Grigorievna (1988) : The position of Himyaritic within the South Semitic group of Semitic languages (Yemenite-Ethiopian isoglosses)
[2030]   Belova, Anna Grigorievna (1996) : Einige jemenitisch-afrikanische Isoglossen
[2031]   Beltran, Luis (1967) : Les medios modernos de comunicación social en Africa
[2032]   Beltran, Luis (1967) : Comunicación social y desarrollo: la comunicación social en los nuevos países africanos
[2033]   Bemile, Sebastian K. (1994) : Multilingualism in Ghana
[2034]   Bemon-Musubao, B. (1971) : Éléments de grammaire mbudza: phonologie et morphologie
[2035]   Benabdi, Linda Caroline (1980) : Arabization in Algeria: processes and problems
[2036]   Bender, C. J. (1922) : Die Volksdichtung der Wakweli: Sprichwörter, Fabeln und Märchen, Parabeln, Rätsel und Lieder
[2037]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1966) : Notes on lexical correlations in some Ethiopian languages
[2038]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1968) : Analysis of a Barya word list
[2039]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1968) : Amharic verb morphology: a generative approach
[2040]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1968) : Remarks on the glotto-chronology of northern Ethiopian Semitic languages
[2041]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1971) : The languages of Ethiopia: a new lexicostatistical classification and some problems of diffusion
[2043]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1972) : Addenda to guide to Ethiopian language nomenclature
[2044]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1972) : Loanwords in Amharic newspapers
[2045]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1974) : Mutual intelligibility within Sidamo
[2046]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1974) : The role of phonological innovations in the subgrouping of Ethiopian languages
[2047]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1975) : Omotic: a new Afroasiatic language family
[2048]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1975) : The Ethiopian Nilo-Saharans
[2049]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1975) : Towards a lexicostatistic classification of Ethiopian languages
[2050]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1975) : The beginnings of ethnohistory in western Wellegga: the Mao problem
[2053]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1976) : Nilo-Saharan overview
[2054]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1976) : Non-Semitic languages: Nilosaharan
[2058]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1977) : The Surma language group: a preliminary report
[2060]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1978) : Consonant co-occurence restriction in Afro-Asiatic verb roots
[2061]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1979) : Gumuz: a sketch of grammar and lexicon
[2062]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1979) : The eastern edge of the Sahel: Ethiopian Nilo-Sahelians
[2064]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1981) : Some Nilo-Saharan isoglosses
[2066]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1981) : The Meroitic problem
[2067]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1982) : Livestock and linguistics in north and east African ethnohistory
[2068]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1983) : The eastern Jebel languages
[2069]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1983) : Majang phonology and morphology
[2070]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1983) : Remnant languages of Ethiopia and Sudan
[2071]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1983) : Proto-Koman phonology and lexicon
[2073]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1985) : Gumuz, Koman, Mao and Omotic
[2074]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1986) : Ethiopian language policies 1974-1981
[2075]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1986) : A possible Cushomotic isomorph
[2076]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1986) : Asymmetrical case correspondences in Ethio-Semitic
[2077]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1986) : A note on the copula and genitive in Oromo
[2078]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1987) : First steps towards Proto-Omotic
[2079]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1987) : Some possible African creoles
[2080]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1988) : Proto-Omotic phonology and lexicon
[2082]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1989) : Nilo-Saharan pronouns/demonstratives
[2083]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1989) : Berta lexicon
[2084]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1989) : The eastern Jebel languages
[2085]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1990) : The limits of Omotic
[2086]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1990) : A survey of Omotic grammemes
[2087]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1990) : Coming and going in Afrasian
[2088]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1990) : Gender in Omotic
[2090]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1991) : Sub-classification of Nilo-Saharan
[2091]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1992) : Classification génétique des langues nilo-saharienne
[2092]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1992) : Central Sudanic segmental and lexical reconstruction
[2093]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1994) : Aroid (South Omotic) lexicon
[2094]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1994) : Comparative Aroid (South Omotic): syntax and morphosyntax
[2095]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1994) : The mystery languages of Ethiopia
[2096]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : Kunama
[2097]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : The limits of Omotic revisited
[2098]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : Saharan and Nilo-Saharan verb paradigms: typological and genetic resemblances?
[2100]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : Nilo-Saharan ’95
[2101]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : Genetic sub-grouping of East Sudanic
[2102]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : The Nilo-Saharan languages: a comparative essay
[2103]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1997) : Nilo-Saharan phonology
[2104]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1997) : Upside-down Afrasian
[2105]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1997) : The eastern Jebel languages of Sudan, I: phonology
[2106]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1997) : The Nilo-Saharan languages: a comparative essay
[2107]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1998) : The eastern Jebel languages of Sudan, II: comparative lexicon
[2108]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2000) : Nilo-Saharan
[2109]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2000) : Comparative morphology of the Omotic languages
[2110]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2000) : Roland Stevenson’s Nyimang and Dinik lexicon
[2111]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2001) : English-Kunama lexicon
[2112]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2003) : Omotic lexicon and phonology
[2113]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2003) : Northeast Africa: a case study in genetic and areal linguistics
[2115]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2003) : The Omotic lexicon
[2116]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2005) : The East Sudanic languages: lexicon and morphology
[25404]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2008) : Proto-Cushitic Lexical Innovations
[2052]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (Ed) (1976) : The non-Semitic languages of Ethiopia
[2065]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (Ed) (1981) : Peoples and cultures of the Ethio-Sudan borderlands
[2072]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (Ed) (1983) : Nilo-Saharan language studies
[2081]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (Ed) (1989) : Topics in Nilo-Saharan linguistics
[2089]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (Ed) (1991) : Proceedings of the 4th Nilo-Saharan linguistics colloquium, Bayreuth, August 2-4, 1989
[2055]   Bender, Marvin Lionel & Eteffa Mulugeta (1976) : Two Cushitic languages, 1: Galla
[2059]   Bender, Marvin Lionel & Fulass Hailu (1978) : Amharic verb morphology: a generative approach
[2063]   Bender, Marvin Lionel & Malik Agaar Ayre (1980) : Preliminary Gaam-English-Gaam dictionary (Ingessana)
[2042]   Bender, Marvin Lionel & Robert L. Cooper (1971) : Mutual intelligibility within Sidamo
[2099]   Bender, Marvin Lionel & Thomas J. Hinnebusch (Ed) (1996) : Proceedings of the 6th international Nilo-Saharan linguistics conference, Santa Monica 1995, March 27-29
[2056]   Bender, Marvin Lionel , Fulass Hailu & Roger Cowley (1976) : Two Ethio-Semitic languages: Giiz, Tigrinya
[2114]   Bender, Marvin Lionel , Gábor Takács & David L. Appleyard (Ed) (2003) : Selected comparative-historical Afrasian linguistic studies, in memory of Igor M. Diakonoff
[2051]   Bender, Marvin Lionel , J. Donald Bowen , Robert L. Cooper & Charles A. Ferguson (Ed) (1976) : Language in Ethiopia
[2057]   Bender, Marvin Lionel , Sydney W. Head & Roger Cowley (1976) : The Ethiopian writing system
[2117]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (1995) : Aspects de la morphologie verbale du berbère (kabyle)
[2118]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (1998) : La palatalisation en somali
[2119]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (1998) : Aspects apophoniques de la vocalisation du verbe berbère (kabyle)
[2120]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (200-) : Trois figures de la structure interne des gabarits: activité morphologique du niveau squelettal des representations phonologiques en berbere, somali, bedja
[2122]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (2003) : The internal structure of the determiner in Beja
[2123]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (2003) : La rôle morphologique du squelette: une analyse du déterminant en bédja
[25664]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (2011) : Note sur les noms à voyelle initiale stable en kabyle
[2121]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina & Patricia Cabredo Hofherr (2003) : The genitive in Somali
[2126]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1965) : The Grusi sub-group of the Gur languages
[2127]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1965) : Problems in the analysis of sentences and clauses in Bimoba
[2129]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1968) : Verb clusters in Izi
[2131]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1969) : Yakurr syllable patterns
[2133]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1971) : Niger-Kongo, Gur
[2137]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1974) : Izi
[2138]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1986) : Niger-Congo today
[2142]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1991) : Language standardization and current S.I.L. research
[2136]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (Ed) (1974) : Ten Nigerian tone systems
[2139]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (Ed) (1987) : The Niger-Kordofanian-Congo language family
[2141]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (Ed) (1989) : The Niger-Congo languages: a classification and description of Africa’s largest language family
[2128]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor & Inge Meier (1967) : Some contrasting features of the Izi verbal system
[2130]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor & Klaus W. Spreda (1969) : Fortis articulation: a feature of the present continuous verb in Agbo
[2132]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor & Mona J. Perrin (1971) : A note on labialization in Mambila
[2135]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor , Donna Skitch & Esther Cresmann (1973) : Duka sentence, clause and phrase
[2140]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor , Elizabeth J. Olsen & Ann R. White (1989) : Dogon
[2134]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor , Esther Cresmann & Donna Skitch (1971) : The nominal phrase in Duka
[2125]   Bendor-Samuel, Pamela M. (1965) : Phonemic interpretation problems in some West African languages
[22426]   Benhallam, Abderrafi (1980) : Syllable structure and rule types in Arabic
[2143]   Benhazera, Maurice (1933) : Les Touaregs, les Tifinars berbères et l’origine de l’ecriture
[24743]   Benítez-Torres, Carlos M. (2009) : Inflectional vs. Derivational Morphology in Tagdal: A Mixed Language
[28510]   Benítez-Torres, Carlos M. (2021) : A Grammar of Tagdal: a Northern Songhay language
[2144]   Benjamin, Jean (1994) : Language and the struggle for racial equality in the development of a non-racial southern African nation
[23598]   Benjamin, Martin & Ann [Joyce] Biersteker (2001) : The Kamusi Project edit engine: a tool for collaborative lexicography
[2145]   Benkhallouq, Bassou (1987) : Les structures focalisées en berbère, un parler d’Azilal: approche fonctionnelle
[2146]   Benkirane, Thami (1998) : Western Arabic (Morocco)
[2147]   Benmamoun, Elabbas (2001) : Language identities in Morocco in a historical context
[2148]   Benmamoun, Elabbas (2003) : Agreement parallelism between sentences and noun phrases: a historical sketch
[2163]   Bennett, Michael Eric (1978) : Stratificational approaches to Amharic phonology
[22432]   Bennett, Michael Eric (1986) : Aspects of the simple clause in Malagasy: a stratificational approach
[2149]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1967) : Dahl’s law in Thagicu
[2150]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1968) : An eight vowel in Thagicu
[2151]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1969) : A comparative study of four Thagicû verbal systems
[2152]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1970) : The problem of class in Kikuyu
[2153]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1970) : Sesotho-Lozi: a clue to the evolution of multi-level tonal systems
[2154]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1973) : Identification, classification and Bantu linguistics
[2155]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1973) : Heny vs Givon - Pardon, may I cut in?
[2156]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1973) : A phonological history of N.E. Victoria Bantu
[2157]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1974) : Tone and the Nilotic case system
[2158]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1976) : Some problems of Bantu lexicostatistics
[2164]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1981) : Proto-Thagicu lexical reconstructions
[2165]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1983) : Patterns in linguistic geography and the Bantu origins controversy
[2166]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1983) : Adamawa-Eastern: problems and prospects
[2168]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1986) : Suggestions for the transcription of 7-vowel Bantu languages
[2169]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1986) : Grammar in the lexicon: two Bantu cases
[2161]   Bennett, Patrick R. & Jan P. Sterk (1977) : South Central Niger-Congo: a reclassification
[2167]   Bennett, Patrick R. , Ann [Joyce] Biersteker , Waithira [Lucy] Gikonyo , Susan Hershberg , Joel Kamande , Carolyn Harford [Perez] & Martha Swearingen (1985) : Gîkûyû nî kîoigire: a first course in Kikuyu
[2159]   Bennett, Tina L. (1976) : Tonally irregular verbs in Chishona
[2162]   Bennett, Tina L. (1977) : Interrogatives
[2160]   Bennett, Tina L. & Larry Michael Hyman (1976) : Bibliography of Bantu tone studies
[27625]   Bennett, William G. & Seunghun J. Lee (2015) : A Surface Constraint in Xitsonga *Li
[28239]   Bennett, Wm. G. (2019) : ‘Backwards’ sibilant palatalization in a variety of Setswana
[2170]   Bennie, William Govan (1931) : A practical orthography for Xhosa
[2171]   Bennie, William Govan (1937) : Notes on the new Xhosa orthography
[2172]   Bennie, William Govan (1939) : A grammar of Xhosa for the Xhosa-speaking
[25909]   Bennis, Saïd (2008) : Interpénétration des langues et des populations au Maroc – Le cas du berbère et de l’arabe dans la région de Béni-Mellal
[2173]   Benoist, Jean-Paul (1969) : Grammaire gouro (groupe mandé, Côte d’Ivoire)
[23260]   Benoist, Jean-Paul (1977) : Dictionnaire gouro-français
[2174]   Benoit, Fernand (1930) : Recherches sur les bebèrophones
[2175]   Benson, C. W. (1953) : A checklist of the birds of Nyasaland
[2178]   Benson, Carolyn J. (2000) : The primary bilingual education experiment in Mozambique, 1993 to 1997
[28144]   Benson, Peace (2020) : Ideophones in Dzə (Jenjo), an Adamawa language of Northeastern Nigeria
[2177]   Benson, Thomas Godfrey (1964) : A century of Bantu lexicography
[2176]   Benson, Thomas Godfrey (Ed) (1964) : Kikuyu-English dictionary
[2179]   Bentinck, Julie (1978) : Étude phonologique du niaboua
[22931]   Bentinck, Julie (1980) : Un suffixe mystérieux en niaboua
[22954]   Bentinck, Julie (1975) : Le niaboua, langue sans consones nasales?
[22964]   Bentinck, Julie (1980) : Les propositions séquentielles en niaboua: propositions dépendantes ou indépendentas?
[2180]   Bentley, Anne (1967) : A book of words for the Bushmen: survival depends on adaptation to the modern world
[2181]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1995) : The syntactic effects of animacy in Bantu languages
[2182]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1997) : Variation in Bantu verbal agreement
[2183]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1998) : The marking of grammatical relations in Swahili
[2184]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1999) : Head-marking vs dependent-marking in Swahili, Kikuyu and Chichewa
[23608]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1995) : Animacy and pronominal systems in Bantu
[2185]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (2001) : Chichewa
[2187]   Bentolila, Alain (1970) : Les systèmes verbaux créoles: comparaisons avec les langues africaines
[2186]   Bentolila, Fernand (1969) : Les modalites d’orientation du proces en berbère ; partie 1
[2188]   Bentolila, Fernand (1970) : Les modalites d’orientation du proces en berbère ; partie 2
[2189]   Bentolila, Fernand (1979) : Les valeurs modales en berbère (parler des Aït Seghrouchen d’Oum Jeniba, Maroc central)
[2190]   Bentolila, Fernand (1981) : Grammaire fonctionelle d’un parler berbère: Aït Seghrouchen d’Oum Jeniba (Maroc)
[2192]   Benyam Abbebe (1988) : The phonology of Rayyo Oramo
[2193]   Benzian, A. (1992) : Kontrastive Phonetik Deutsch/Französisch/Modernes Hocharabisch/Tlemcen-Arabisch (Algerien)
[2194]   Benzing, Brigitta (1969) : Beiträge zur Tonstruktur von Nomen, Pronomen und Verbum im Dagbanne (Nordghana)
[2195]   Berchem, Jörg (1989/90) : Sprachbeziehungen im Bereich des Kulturwortschatzes zwischen den Bantusprachen und dem Malagasy
[2196]   Berchem, Jörg (1991) : Referenzgrammatik des Somali
[2197]   Berg, A. S. (1994) : Taalafwykings van ’n proefgroep Noord-Sothoskoolleerlinge van Mamelodi
[24207]   Bergelson, Mira (1991) : La dérivation des constructions verbales et la catégorie transitivité/intransitivité en bambara
[2198]   Berger, Paul (1937/38) : Die mit B. -île gebildeten Perfektstämme in den Bantusprachen
[2199]   Berger, Paul (1938) : Die südlichste Nilotensprache Ostafrikas: Überblick über die vorläufigen Ergebnisse meiner linguistischen Forschungsreise 1934-36 in das abflusslose Gebiet Ostafrikas, I: Datoga
[2200]   Berger, Paul (1938) : Die südlichsten Hamitensprachen Ostafrikas: Überblick über die vorläufigen Ergebnisse meiner linguistischen Forschungsreise 1934-36 in das abflusslose Gebiet Ostafrikas, II: die Iraku-Gruppe
[2201]   Berger, Paul (1943) : Überlieferung der Kindiga mit sprachlichen Notizen
[27090]   Bergfjord, Idar (2013) : Issues in Borna Phonology
[2202]   Berghe, Pierre van den (1967/68) : European languages and Black mandarins
[2203]   Berghe, Pierre van den (1968) : Language and ‘nationalism’ in South Africa
[2208]   Bergman, Elizabeth M. (2002) : Spoken Sudanese Arabic: grammar, dialogues and glossary
[2204]   Bergman, Richard K. (1966) : Writing Igede
[2205]   Bergman, Richard K. (1968) : Vowel sandhi in Igede and other African languages
[2207]   Bergman, Richard K. (1971) : Vowel sandhi and word division in Igede
[23052]   Bergman, Richard K. (1981) : An outline of Igede grammar
[23614]   Bergman, Richard K. (1979) : John Adimah’s explanation of Igede orthography
[23615]   Bergman, Richard K. (1984) : Introducing a new alphabet for the Igede language
[24500]   Bergman, Richard K. (1977 [1973]) : Igede
[2206]   Bergman, Richard K. , Ian Gray & Claire Gray (1969) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Tampulma
[2209]   Bergsträsser, Gotthelf (1928) : Einführung in die semitischen Sprachen
[2210]   Bergsträsser, Gotthelf (1983) : Introduction to the Semitic languages
[2211]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1983) : Wh-questions and island constraints in Kikuyu: a reanalysis
[2212]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1985) : A typology of empty categories for Kikuyu and Swahili
[2213]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1987) : Focus in Kikuyu and universal grammar
[2214]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1987) : The position and properties of in situ and right-moved questions in Kikuyu
[2215]   Berhanu Hailu, Dereje Sisay & Klaus Wedekind (1995) : Khamir: the people [’ximra] and their language [xim‘t’anga]
[2216]   Berhanu Hailu, Dereje Sisay & Klaus Wedekind (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Khamir language of Ethiopia
[2217]   Berhanu Mathews (1986) : An analysis of Kambata proverbs
[2218]   Berjaoui, Nasser (1999) : A study of the “ghous” in Morocco
[2219]   Berjaoui, Nasser (2000) : Moroccan Arabic secret languages
[2220]   Berjaoui, Nasser (2000) : A grammar of Moroccan Arabic
[27456]   Bernander, Rasmus (2018) : The grammaticalization of -kotok- into a negative marker in Manda (Bantu N.11)
[27526]   Bernander, Rasmus (2018) : The neuter in Manda, with a focus on its reinterpretation as passive
[27661]   Bernander, Rasmus (2017) : Grammar and grammaticalization in Manda: An analysis of the wider TAM domain in a Tanzanian Bantu language
[28769]   Bernander, Rasmus & Antti Laine (2020) : The formation of existential constructions in Western Serengeti: a micro-comparative exploration of variation and change
[24869]   Bernard Yves, & Mary White-Kaba (1994) : Dictionnaire Zarma-Français (suivi d'une flore du Niger en Zarma)
[2221]   Bernard, H. Russell , George Ngong Mbeh & W. Penn Handwerker (1995) : The tone problem
[2222]   Bernarder, Elisabeth (1969) : Swahili
[25568]   Berndt, Wolfgang (2012) : A cognitive approach to the functions of the particle me in Joola-Banjal
[2223]   Bernhardt, Adolf , Petrus Schmid & Jan Gaerdes (1970) : Versuch einer Deutung von Nama-Farmnamen im Bezirk Maltahöhe
[2224]   Bernini, Giuliano & Vermondo Brugnatelli (Ed) (1987) : Atti della 4a giornata di studi camito-semitici e indoeuropei, Bergamo, Istituto Universitario, 29, novembre 1985
[2225]   Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham (1990) : The integration of English loans in Shona: social correlates and linguistic consequences
[2227]   Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham (1998) : Runyakitara: Uganda’s ‘new’ language
[2228]   Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham (2001) : English in South Africa: expansion and nativization in concert
[23684]   Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham (2000) : Using alternative sources for advanced literacy skills: some Shona examples
[2226]   Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham & Carol Myers-Scotton (1993) : English loans in Shona: consequences for linguistic systems
[2229]   Bernus, E. (1980) : Vocabulaire relatif auc téchniques d’adoption par les animaux en milieu touareg (Niger)
[2250]   Berry, Elaine (1972) : The sentence structure of Yakurr
[2251]   Berry, Elaine (1974) : Yakurr
[2230]   Berry, Jack (1951) : The pronunciation of Ewe
[2231]   Berry, Jack (1951) : The pronunciation of Ga
[2232]   Berry, Jack (1952) : Structural affinities of the Volta River languages and their significance for linguistic classification
[2233]   Berry, Jack (1955) : Some notes on the phonology of the Nzema and Ahanta dialects
[2234]   Berry, Jack (1955) : Consonant mutation in Nzema
[2235]   Berry, Jack (1957) : Vowel harmony in Twi
[2236]   Berry, Jack (1957) : Some notes on the pronunciation of the Krobo dialect of Adangme
[2238]   Berry, Jack (1958) : Nominal classes in Hu-Limba
[2239]   Berry, Jack (1958) : The place-names of Ghana: problems of standardization in an African country
[2240]   Berry, Jack (1959) : The origins of Krio vocabulary
[2241]   Berry, Jack (1960) : An English-Twi-Asante-Fante dictionary
[2242]   Berry, Jack (1960) : Some preliminary notes on Ada personal nomenclature
[2243]   Berry, Jack (1961) : English loanwords and adaptations in Sierra Leone Krio
[2244]   Berry, Jack (1963) : Travaux du groupe d’étude des langues kwa
[2246]   Berry, Jack (1967) : African languages and linguistics
[2247]   Berry, Jack (1970) : A note on Krio tones
[2248]   Berry, Jack (1971) : Pidgins and creoles in Africa
[2249]   Berry, Jack (1971) : Tone and intonation in Sierra Leone Krio
[24341]   Berry, Jack (1959) : The structure of the noun in Kisi
[24342]   Berry, Jack (1959) : A Short Phonetic Study of Sherbro (Bolom)
[24343]   Berry, Jack (1960) : A note on Voice and Aspect in Hu-Limba
[23644]   Berry, Jack & Agnes Akosua Aidoo (1975) : An introduction to Akan
[2237]   Berry, Jack & Gordon Innes (1957) : Notes on the phonetics of the Grebo language of Liberia
[2245]   Berry, Jack & Joseph Harold Greenberg (1966) : Sociolinguistic research in Africa
[2252]   Bersselaar, Dmitri van den (1997) : Creating ‘Union Igbo’: missionaries and the Igbo language
[2253]   Bersselaar, Dmitri van den (2000) : The language of Igbo ethnic nationalism
[2254]   Bertelsmann, Werner (1979) : Die deutsche Sprachgruppe Südwest-Afrikas in Politik und Recht seit 1915
[2255]   Berthelette, Carol & John Berthelette (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Blé language
[2256]   Berthelette, Carol & John Berthelette (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Bwamu language
[2262]   Berthelette, Carol & John Berthelette (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Tiéfo language
[2257]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Kusaal language
[2258]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Pwo people
[2259]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Bissa language
[2260]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Yari (Dagaari-Yula) language
[2261]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Nuni language
[2263]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the San (Samo) language
[2264]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Tyurama (Turka) language
[2265]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Vigué (Viemo) language
[2266]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Jooré, or “Zaoré” language
[2267]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Yaana dialect of Mooré
[2268]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1945) : Races et langues du Bas-Dahomey et du Bas Togo
[2269]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1946) : Races et langues du Bas-Dahomey et du Bas Togo
[2270]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1947) : Parenté de la langue Yoruba de la Nigéria du Sud et de la Adja de la région côtière du dahomey et du Togo
[2271]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1948) : Langues rituelles du Bas-Dahomey
[2272]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1950) : La place du dialecte Adiukru par rapport aux autres dialectes de la Côte d’Ivoire
[2273]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1951) : Trois îlots linguistiques du Moyen-Dahomey: le Tshummbuli, le Banzantché et le Basila
[2274]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1951) : Quatre dialectes mandé du Nord-Dahomey et de la Nigeria anglaise
[2275]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1951) : La place des dialectes géré et wobé par rapport aux autres dialectes de la Côte d’Ivoire
[2276]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1952) : Aperçu d’ensemble sur les dialectes de l’ouest de la Nigéria
[2277]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1952) : Les dialectes du Moyen-Togo
[2278]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1953) : La place des dialectes dogon de la falaise de Bandiagara parmi les autres groupes linguistiques de la zone soudanaise
[2279]   Berthoud, Paul (1920) : Eléments de grammaire ronga
[2280]   Bertin, F. (1967) : Quelques signes de l’arabisation des noms portés par les Issas
[27599]   Bertinetto, Pier Marco & Talatou Clémentine Pacmogda (2013) : Le système aspecto-temporel du moore
[2282]   Bertkau, Jana S. (1975) : A phonology of Bassa
[2281]   Bertkau, Jana S. , Gbadyu , John Duitsman & Mueller (1974) : A survey of Bassa dialects
[2283]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1973) : A tentative frequency list of Swahili words
[2284]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1985) : Quantitative analysis of Swahili vocabulary
[2285]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1990) : The use of Swahili verbal markers in narrative and non-narrative literary discourse
[2286]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1991) : Reported speech in Swahili literature
[2287]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1994) : Zwei homonyme ka-Markierer
[2288]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1994) : Idiomatische Wendungen
[2289]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1997) : Swahili verbs in modern fiction
[25859]   Bertoncini, Elena (2009) : Sheshe babu kubwa: Oral features in a Swahili newspaper
[2290]   Berwouts, Kris (1988) : Language and modernization: Kiswahili lexical expansion in the domain of the organisation of the modern nation/state
[2291]   Beseat, Kifle (1975) : Les langues couchitiques et les peuples qui les parlent
[2292]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1974) : A socio-linguistic description of Kimaa and its points of contacts with Kishambala
[2293]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1985) : A study of tense and aspect in Shambala
[2294]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1989) : Mood in Bantu languages: an exemplification from Shambala
[2295]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1989) : A study of tense and aspect in Kishambala
[2296]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1990) : The languages of Kilwa: a historical excursion
[2297]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1991) : The acquisition of Swahili by adult Maasai speakers: possible areas of conflict
[2298]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1993) : A classified vocabulary of the Shambala language with outline grammar
[2299]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (2000) : Miundo ya urejeshi katika Kishambala
[27411]   Bessala Ndzana Biloa, Gaston & Francine Moguo Fotso (2017) : The conditional mood in Ghomálaʼ
[23659]   Bessong, Dieudonne P. Aroga (1982) : La traduction des formes verbales du present français en bafia
[2300]   Bessong, Dieudonne P. Aroga & Igor A. Melʼcuk (1983) : Un modèle formel de la conjugaison bafia (à l’indicatif)
[2305]   Best, Catherine T. & Robert A. Avery (1999) : Left-hemisphere advantage for click consonants is determined by linguistic significance and experience
[2303]   Best, Catherine T. , Gerald W. McRoberts & Nomathemba M. Sithole (1988) : Examination of perceptual reorganisation for nonnative speech contrasts: Zulu click discrimination by English-speaking adults and infants
[2304]   Best, Catherine T. , Gerald W. McRoberts , Rosemarie LaFleur & Jean Silver-Isenstadt (1995) : Divergent developmental patterns for infants’ perception of two nonnative consonant contrasts
[2301]   Best, Günter (1981) : Eine Typologie der Verben zu prä- und postnuptialen/konkubinalen Stadien bei den Turkana, NW Kenia
[2302]   Best, Günter (1983) : Culture and language of the Turkana of northwestern Kenya
[2306]   Besten, Hans den (1985) : Double negation and the genesis of Afrikaans
[2307]   Besten, Hans den (1985) : Die doppelte Negation im Afrikaans und ihre Herkunft
[2308]   Besten, Hans den (1987) : Die niederländischen pidgins der alten Kap-kolonie
[2309]   Besten, Hans den (1989) : From Khoekhoe foreigner talk via Hottentot Dutch to Afrikaans: the creation of a novel grammar
[2310]   Betbeder, Paul & John Jones (1949) : A handbook of the Haya language
[2311]   Bethlehem, D. W. & P. R. Kingsley (1976) : Zambian student attitudes towards others, based on tribe, class and rural-urban dwelling
[2312]   Betti, Jean L. (2004) : An ethnobotanical study of medicinal plants among the Baka Pygmies in the Dja Biosphere Reserve, Cameroon
[24621]   Bettison, Jim & Karen Bettison (2004) : Dictionnaire Pular-Français, avec index français-Pular
[2313]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1959) : Tonomorphology of the Tsonga noun
[2314]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (196-) : Unpublished notes on Tsonga
[2315]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1961) : The qualificative and the pronoun in Tsonga
[2316]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1962) : Additional notes on the tonomorphology of the Tsonga noun
[2317]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1963) : A restatement of the Zulu verb conjugation ; part 1
[2318]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1963) : The verb in Zulu ; part 1
[2319]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1964) : A restatement of the Zulu verb conjugation ; part 2
[2320]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1964) : The verb in Zulu ; parts 2-3
[2321]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1965) : The verb in Zulu
[2322]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1966) : The perfect tense in Zulu
[2323]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1966) : The verb in Zulu ; part 4
[2324]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] & Derek F. Gowlett (1981) : S. Sotho woordeboek/S. Sotho dictionary
[2325]   Beyer, Gottfried A. (1920) : Handbook of the Pedi-Transvaal-Suto language: practical grammar with exercises, phrases, dialogues and vocabularies
[2326]   Beyer, Gottfried A. (1925/26) : Sotho-Vogelnamen
[2327]   Beyer, Gottfried A. (1927) : Arzneipflanzen der Sotho-Neger: ein Beitrag zur südafrikanischer Materia Medica
[27435]   Beyer, Gregory L. (1999) : Denya Word List
[2328]   Beyer, Klaus (1993) : Lexikalische Entlehnungen aus dem Mande in die Songhay-Sprache
[2329]   Beyer, Klaus (1998) : Kulturwortfelder in den Oti-Volta-Sprachen: ein linguistischer Beitrag zu einer historischer Diskussion
[2330]   Beyer, Klaus (1998) : Pferde, Schwerter und Macht: eine historisch-vergleichende Studie zu Kulturwortfeldern in den Oti-Volta-Sprachen
[2331]   Beyer, Klaus (1998) : Quelques idées sur les champs sémantiques et culturelles dans les langues oti-volta
[2332]   Beyer, Klaus (2000) : La morphologie du verbe en pana
[2334]   Beyer, Klaus (2001) : Das Pana, eine vom Aussterben bedrohte Sprache
[2335]   Beyer, Klaus (2001) : Das Pana, eine vom Aussterben bedrohte Sprache in Burkina Faso
[25030]   Beyer, Klaus (2006) : La langue pana (Burkina Faso et Mali) : description linguistique, lexique, textes
[25184]   Beyer, Klaus (2009) : Double negation-marking: A case of contact-induced grammaticalization in West Africa?
[25925]   Beyer, Klaus (2010) : Language contact and change: A look at social factors in an African rural environment
[27759]   Beyer, Klaus (2020) : Morphology
[27819]   Beyer, Klaus (2020) : Language contact
[27960]   Beyer, Klaus (2018) : Coding the presentational function in Pana (Gur) – How pragmatics explains variation
[27998]   Beyer, Klaus (2017) : Grammaticalization as it happens? A usage-based approach to morphosyntactic variation in Pana
[28471]   Beyer, Klaus (2005) : Focus and negation in Pana: a common source for different functions?
[28652]   Beyer, Klaus (2012) : F1. Bwamu
[28653]   Beyer, Klaus (2012) : G1. Koromfe
[28654]   Beyer, Klaus (2012) : H1. Pana
[28655]   Beyer, Klaus (2012) : H2. Samoma
[2333]   Beyer, Klaus , Brigitte Reineke & Anne Schwarz (Ed) (2000) : Actes du deuxième colloque international sur les langues gur du 29 mars au 1 avril 1999 à Coutonou
[2336]   Beyioku, Akin Fagebenro (1938) : Ifa: basic principles of Ifa science
[2337]   Beyries, J. (1930) : Proverbes et dictons mauritaniens
[2340]   Bhaiji, A. F. (1976) : The medium of instruction in our secondary schools: a study report
[2341]   Bhakomvoyo, W. (1984) : Tonologie de la conjugaison affirmative logo ogambi
[2342]   Bharuthram, S. (2003) : Politeness phenomena in the Hindu sector of the South African Indian English speaking community
[2343]   Bhola, H. S. (1990) : A review of literacy in sub-Saharan Africa - images in the making
[26325]   Biagui, Noël-Bernard (2012) : Le gúbaher, parler baïnouck de Djibonker (Basse-Casamance, Sénégal)
[2344]   Biandji, Dieudonné (1989) : La classification nominale de la langue mpyemo
[2345]   Biandji, Dieudonné (1991) : Le verbe en mpyémo, langue bantu
[2346]   Biarnay, S. (1924) : Notes d’ethnographie et de linguistique nordafricaines
[2347]   Biasutti, P. Arthur (1982) : Vokabulari Kriol-Purtugis
[26595]   Biaye, Séckou (2012) : Le système nominal d’un dialecte balante : le ganjaa
[27744]   Biaye, Séckou (2005) : Les pronoms en balante (dialecte ganja)
[26884]   Biaye, Séckou & Denis Creissels (2015) : Les classes nominales en balant ganja
[2348]   Bibang-Oyee, Julián & Jesucristo Riquelme Pomares (1990) : Curso de lengua Fang
[23983]   Bibeau, Gilles (1978) : L’organisation Ngbandi des noms de maladies
[2349]   Biber, Douglas (1982) : Accent on the Central Somali nominal system
[2350]   Biber, Douglas (1984) : The diachronic development of preverbal case marker in Somali
[2351]   Biber, Douglas (1984) : Pragmatic roles in central Somali narrative discourse
[2354]   Biber, Douglas (1995) : Cross-linguistic patterns of register variation: diachronic similarities and differences
[2355]   Biber, Douglas (1995) : Registers and text types in English and Somali
[2356]   Biber, Douglas (1995) : Grammatical description of linguistic features in Somali - Appendix 3
[2352]   Biber, Douglas & Mohamed Hared (1992) : Literacy in Somali: linguistic consequences
[2353]   Biber, Douglas & Mohamed Hared (1994) : Linguistic correlates of the transition to literacy in Somali: language adaptation in six press registers
[2357]   Biberauer, Theresa (2001) : Synchronic language change in Afrikaans and the perennial V2 puzzle: considering new data
[2358]   Bickerton, Derek (1987) : Creoles and West African languages: a case of mistaken identity
[2359]   Bickerton, Derek (1989) : Seselwa serialization and its significance
[23035]   Bickerton, Derek (1990) : Instead of the cult of personality
[2360]   Bickford, J. Albert (1986) : Possessor ascension in Kinyarwanda
[24729]   Bickmore, Lee (2007) : High-toned Mora Insertion Between Onsetless Morphemes in Cilungu
[27622]   Bickmore, Lee (2014) : Cilungu Tone Melodies - A Descriptive and Comparative Study
[27644]   Bickmore, Lee (2018) : Contrast Reemergence in the Aushi Subjunctive
[28240]   Bickmore, Lee (2019) : Liquid realization in Rutooro
[27663]   Bickmore, Lee & Winfred Mkochi (2019) : Tonal Absolute Neutralization in Malawian CiTonga
[28329]   Bickmore, Lee S. (2021) : Unaltered morphemes as phonological triggers and targets in Rutooro
[26292]   Bickmore, Lee S. & Nancy C. Kula (2013) : Ternary spreading and the OCP in Copperbelt Bemba
[2361]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1985) : Hausa-English code-switching
[2362]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1989) : Kinyambo prosody
[2363]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1989) : Tone in Kinyambo
[2364]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1990) : Branching nodes and prosodic categories: evidence from Kinyambo
[2365]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1991) : Compensatory lengthening in Kinyambo
[2367]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1995) : Tone and stress in Lamba
[2368]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1997) : Problems in constraining high tone spread in Ekegusii
[2369]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1998) : Opacity effects in Optimal Domains Theory: evidence from Ekegusii
[2370]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1998) : Metathesis and Dahl’s Law in Ekegusii
[2371]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1999) : Tones and glides in Namwanga
[2372]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1999) : High tone spread in Ekegusii revisited: an optimality theoretic account
[2373]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (2000) : Downstep and fusion in Namwanga
[2366]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen & Michael T. Doyle (1995) : Lexical extraprosodicity in Chilungu
[2374]   Bidaud, L. & [Révérend] [Père] André Prost (1982) : Manuel de langue peule: dialecte de liptako (Dori - Haute-Volta)
[2375]   Biddulph, Joseph (1983) : A guide to Ge‘ez: the liturgical language of Ethiopia
[2376]   Biddulph, Joseph (1985) : Introduction to Bushman
[2377]   Biddulph, Joseph (1985) : An introduction to Luo (Victoria Nyanza Region, Kenya): being an analysis of the usage & structures of the Luo New Testament, a window into a language of the Nilotic group: with brief remarks on Acoli (Acholi) (Uganda)
[2378]   Biddulph, Joseph (1985) : ‘Mbèni yanga ato mbéra’...: a brief description of the Sango language, Central African Republic
[2379]   Biddulph, Joseph (1987) : Roots: a Mandingo grammar
[2380]   Biddulph, Joseph (1988) : Sango: an Esperanto of Africa
[2381]   Biddulph, Joseph (1988) : Fernandian: the Bubi language of Bioco/Fernando Po (some notes and comments)
[2382]   Biddulph, Joseph (1992) : A short Ibo grammar
[2383]   Biddulph, Joseph (1993) : Meet me in Windhoek: notes on four Bantu languages of Namibia
[2384]   Biddulph, Joseph (1994) : Native African alphabets of modern times
[2385]   Biddulph, Joseph (1998) : Moto na maji: a guide to all the languages of Africa
[2386]   Biddulph, Joseph (1998) : Mandingo, Malinke, Bambara - speeches of Old Mali: a brief introduction
[2387]   Biddulph, Joseph (1999) : Kanuri: the Bornuese language of northern Nigeria and adjacent regions
[2388]   Biddulph, Joseph (2001) : Bantu byways: some explorations among the languages of central and southern Africa
[2389]   Biddulph, Joseph (2002) : Towards a linguistic history of Africa
[2390]   Biden, C. Leo (1930) : Sea-Angling Fishes of the Cape (South Africa)
[2391]   Biebuck, Brunhilde (1980) : Nkundo-Mongo tales: a study of form and content
[2392]   Biehler, Edward (1927) : English-Chiswina dictionary with an outline Chiswina grammar
[2393]   Biehler, Edward (1950) : A Shona dictionary, with an outline Shona grammar
[2394]   Biersteker, Ann [Joyce] (1984) : Verbal and case role patterning in Embu tales
[2395]   Biersteker, Ann [Joyce] (1996) : Kujibizana: questions of language and power in nineteenth and twentieth century poetry in Kiswahili
[2396]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1978) : Sapience and scarce resources: communication systems of the !Kung and other foragers
[2397]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1983) : An ethnobotanical study of !Kung
[2399]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1987) : Ju|wasi lessons
[2400]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1993) : Land, languge and leadership
[2401]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1994) : A new orthography of the Ju|’hoan Bushman language and its political/educational implications
[2402]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1995) : Patrick Dickens’s Ju|’hoan linguistics work: educational and political implications
[2403]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1998) : Idioms of identity: Ju-|’hoan-language political rhetoric 1987-1992
[2404]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1998) : Creativity and conservation: Ju|’hoan language education projects
[2398]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] , Robert James Gordon & Richard B. Lee (Ed) (1986) : The past and future of !Kung ethnography: critical reflections and symbolic perspectives. Essays in honour of Lorna Marshall
[2405]   Bigangara, Jean-Baptiste (1982) : Eléments de linguistique burundaise
[26941]   Bii, John Kibet (2014) : Reciprocals in Kipsigis
[26943]   Bii, John Kibet & Andrew Kiprop Chelimo (2014) : Benefactives in Kipsigis: A Feature-Checking Analysis
[26942]   Bii, John Kibet , Mary Lonyangapuo & Andrew Kiprop Chelimo (2014) : Verbal Extensions in Kipsigis
[2406]   Biigtarma, Jean Zaongo (1985) : Dictionnaire encyclopedique moore-français
[23833]   Bila, Emmanuel Neba (1986) : A semantic-syntactic study of the Bafut verb
[23084]   Bilal, Clement Murba Wau (2004) : The Adamawa-Ubangi languages in Sudan
[2407]   Bilbao, G. , Fr. Osmunco , Fr. Luigi Moizi & altros (1984) : Dictionary Ma’di-English, English-Ma’di
[2408]   Bill, Mary C. (1974) : The influence of the Hottentot languages on the Bantu languages
[2409]   Bill, Mary C. (1982) : The blankets of darkness: problems in translating from a Bantu language into English in South Africa
[2410]   Bill, Mary C. (1994) : Refusal to eat and drink: a metaphor for ‘safe sex’ in Tsonga folktales
[2411]   Bill, Mary C. (1995) : Berthoud’s ‘Leçons de sigwamba’ (1883): the first Tsonga grammar
[2412]   Biloa, Edmond (1989) : Tuki gaps: null resumptive pronouns or variables?
[2413]   Biloa, Edmond (1990) : Resumptive pronouns in Tuki
[2414]   Biloa, Edmond (1993) : Clitic climbing in Bantu
[2415]   Biloa, Edmond (1995) : Functional categories and the syntax of focus in Tuki
[2416]   Biloa, Edmond (1996/97) : Agreement and verb movement in Ewondo
[2417]   Biloa, Edmond (1997) : Tuki
[2418]   Biloa, Edmond (2001) : Data building for a syntactic analysis of an African language
[2419]   Biloa, Edmond (2003) : L’influence du français sur l’anglais camerounais
[22586]   Biloa, Edmond (1992) : The syntax of operator constructions in Tuki
[22596]   Biloa, Edmond (1997) : Functional categories and the syntax of focus in Tuki
[23149]   Biloa, Edmond (2004) : La langue française au Cameroun
[23814]   Biloa, Edmond (2005) : Le français en contact avec l’anglais au Cameroun
[2420]   Bilodeau, Jacques (1979) : Sept contes sangu dans leur contexte et linguistique: éléments de phonologie du sangu, langue bantou de Tanzania; textes des contes avec traduction et notes
[2421]   Bilongo Bweya, Nʼzemba-Baala (1971/72) : Essai d’une morphologie comparée des formes nominales et pronominales des langues sonde et ngongo
[2422]   Bimson, Kent [David] (1976) : Comparative reconstruction of Mandekan
[2423]   Bimson, Kent [David] (1978) : Comparative reconstruction of proto-Northern-Western Mande
[2425]   Bing, Janet [Mueller] (1991) : Color terms and lexical classes in Krahn/Wobé
[2426]   Bing, Janet [Mueller] (1993) : Names and honorific pronouns in Gborbo Krahn
[2427]   Bing, Janet [Mueller] & John Duitsman (1993) : Postpositions and the valency marker in Krahn: monosemy vs polysemy
[2424]   Bing, T. B. (1982) : The Sotho orthographies: yesterday, today and tomorrow
[2428]   Binns, [Reverend] H. K. (1925) : Swahili-English dictionary
[2429]   Binsbergen, Wim M. J. van (1994) : Minority language, ethnicity and the state in two African situations: the Nkoya of Zambia and the Kalanga of Botswana
[2430]   Binyam Ephrem (2003) : Interrogative sentences in Burji
[2431]   Binyam Sisay (2001) : The structure of the noun phrase in Koorete
[27110]   Binyam Sisay Mendisu (2013) : A Koorete Text: ɗiik'ari ʔaji ne jese? Frog, where are you?
[27120]   Binyam Sisay Mendisu (2016) : Notes on Nominal Demonstratives in Arbore
[27113]   Binyam Sisay Mendisu, & Moges Yigezu (2014) : Notes on Copula Constructions in Hamar
[27089]   Binyam Sisay Mendisu, & Tsehay Mengesha (2010) : Notes on Agreement Marking in Borna (Shinasha)
[2432]   Binyam Tibebu (2003) : Relative clauses in Ochollo
[2433]   Bird, Charles Stephen (1968) : Aspects of Bambara syntax
[2434]   Bird, Charles Stephen (1968) : Relative clauses in Bambara
[2435]   Bird, Charles Stephen (1970) : The development of Mandekan (Manding): a study of the rôle of extra-linguistic factors in linguistic change
[2436]   Bird, Charles Stephen (1971) : Some observations on initial consonant change in southwestern Mande
[2437]   Bird, Charles Stephen (1971) : Some observations on the phonology of Mandekan: diachronic and synchronic regularity
[2438]   Bird, Charles Stephen & Mamadou Kanté (1976) : An ka bamanankan kalan/Intermediate Bambara
[2439]   Bird, Charles Stephen & Mamadou Kanté (1976) : Bambara-English, English-Bambara student lexicon
[2441]   Bird, Charles Stephen & others (1981) : The dialects of Mandenkan
[2440]   Bird, Charles Stephen , John Priestley Hutchison & Mamadou Kanté (1977) : An ka bamanankan kalan/Beginning Bambara
[2443]   Bird, Steven (2002) : Orthography and identity in Cameroon
[13540]   Bird, Steven (1996) : Dschang syllable structure and moraic aspiration
[21105]   Bird, Steven (1999) : Strategies for representing tone in African writing systems
[22567]   Bird, Steven (1999) : When marking tone reduces fluency: an orthography experiment in Cameroon
[2442]   Bird, Steven & Maurice Tadadjeu (1997) : Petit dictionnaire: yémba-français
[24960]   Birema, Ali Obeid (2006) : The Deviation of the Nubian Language of Kadero into Sudanese Colloquial Arabic
[2444]   Birkeland, Harris (1952) : Growth and structure of the Egyptian Arabic dialect
[2445]   Birkeli, Emil (1---) : Bausi, Malagasy, Bisa and Lala
[2447]   Birnie, John R. (1981) : Ghanaian English: the shape of things to come
[2446]   Birnie, John R. & Gilbert Ansre (Ed) (1969) : Proceedings of the conference on the study of Ghanaian languages, 5-8 May, 1968
[2448]   Bisang, Walter & Remi Sonaiya (1997) : Perfect and beyond, from pragmatic relevance to perfect: the Chinese sentence-final particle le and Yoruba ti
[2449]   Bisang, Walter & Remi Sonaiya (1999) : The functional motivation of the high tone syllable in Yoruba
[2450]   Bish, Ellen & von Panday (1992) : “Als sie langzaam praten, versta ik ze...” - Inquiry into the language communication between speakers of Crioulo and speakers of Papiamentu
[2451]   Bishai, W. B. (1964) : Coptical lexical influence on Egyptian Arabic
[2452]   Bishay, Milad (1991) : New illustrated medical dictionary: English-Arabic
[2453]   Bishop, H. L. (1922) : The “descriptive complement” in the Shironga language compared with that in Sesotho and Zulu
[2454]   Bishop, H. L. (1925) : On the use of the proclitic ‘a’ in si-Ronga
[2455]   Bishop, Vaughan Frederick (1974) : Multilingualism and national orientations in Kano, Nigeria
[27483]   Bisilki, Abraham Kwesi (2017) : A Sociolinguistic Analysis of Kinship Terms in Likpakpaln (Konkomba)
[28408]   Bisilki, Abraham Kwesi (2019) : Body-Part Terms in Likpakpaln
[28791]   Bisilki, Abraham Kwesi (2022) : Focus marking and dialect divergence in Līkpākpáln (Konkomba)
[28378]   Bisilki, Abraham Kwesi & Rebecca Atchoi Akpanglo-Nartey (2017) : Noun pluralisation as a dialect marker in Līkpākpáln ‘Konkomba’
[2456]   Bissila, S. B. (1991) : Description phonologique du laale (dialecte teke du Congo)
[2457]   Bisson, (1940) : Lecons de berbère tamazight
[2458]   Bissoonauth, Anu & Malcolm Offord (2001) : Language use of Mauritian adolescents in education
[2459]   Bitima, Tamene (1996) : European loanwords in Afaan Oromoo
[2460]   Bitima, Tamene (2000) : A dictionary of Oromo technical terms, Oromo-English
[26497]   Bitima, Tamene (2013) : A Dictionary of Oromo Technical Terms; Oromo-English
[2461]   Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis (1988) : Le système verbal du bàsàa
[23528]   Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis (2005) : The vitality of Cameroonian languages in contact with French
[23948]   Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis (1984) : Le basaá parlé à Omeng
[2462]   Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis & Ngessimo M. Mutaka (1996/97) : Le vocatif en bantou
[2463]   Biton, Alexander (1969) : Dictionnaire ndumu-mbede-français et français-ndumu-mbede
[2464]   Bittremieux, Leo (19--) : Grammaire du dialecte ancien du yombe, non-publié
[2465]   Bittremieux, Leo (1922) : Mayombsch idioticon
[2466]   Bittremieux, Leo (1926) : Onomatopee en werkwoord in ’t kongoleesch
[2467]   Bittremieux, Leo (1927) : Mayombsch idioticon
[2468]   Bittremieux, Leo (1934) : Mayombsche Namen
[2469]   Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : De spraakkundige prefixen en het wegwallen van sommige prefixen in het Kikongo
[2470]   Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : Inleiding op een mayombsch kruidwoordenboek
[2471]   Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : De weglating van het prefix in het Kikongo
[2472]   Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : A propos de la langue unifiée
[2473]   Bittremieux, Leo (1944) : De spraakkundige prefixen in het Kikongo
[2474]   Bittremieux, Leo (1945) : Oude voornamen in Mayombe
[2475]   Bittremieux, Leo (1946) : Het bantoe koppelwoordje -a
[2476]   Biwandu, K. (1978) : L’harmonie vocalique, l’harmonie nasale et l’haplologie en “ntandu”
[2477]   Bizimana, Simon (1983) : La quantité vocalique en rwandais
[2478]   Bizimana, Simon (1985) : Accords morphosyntaxiques en rwandais
[2479]   Blachere, Regis (1964) : Dictionnaire arabe-français-anglais, langue classique et moderne
[22977]   Black, Cheryl A. (1995) : Boundary tones on word-internal domains in Kinande
[2480]   Black, K. & Mrs K. Black (1971) : The Moro language: grammar and dictionary
[27070]   Black, Paul & Shako Otto (2005 (1972)) : Konso Dictionary
[2481]   Black, Paul D. (1972) : Cushitic and Omotic classification
[2482]   Black, Paul D. (1973) : The Konsoid dialect chain
[2483]   Black, Paul D. (1974) : Regular metathesis in Gidole
[2484]   Black, Paul D. (1975) : Linguistic evidence on the origins of the Konsoid peoples
[2485]   Black, Paul D. (1975) : Lowland East Cushitic: subgrouping and reconstruction
[2486]   Black, Paul D. (1976) : Werizoid
[2487]   Black, Paul D. (199-) : Gidole dictionary
[2488]   Blacking, John (1961) : The social value of Venda riddles
[2489]   Blackings, Mairi (2000) : Ma’di-English dictionary
[2490]   Blackings, Mairi & Nigel Fabb (2003) : A grammar of Ma’di
[2491]   Blackledge, [Reverend] George Robert (1921) : A Luganda-English and English-Luganda vocabulary
[470]   Bladon, Anthony , Christopher Clark & Katrina Mickey (1987) : Production and perception of sibilant fricatives: Shona data
[2492]   Blair, Harold Arthur (1932) : Language groups
[2493]   Blair, Harold Arthur (1934) : Gonja vocabulary and notes
[2494]   Blair, Harold Arthur (1940) : Dagomba (Dagbane) dictionary
[27658]   Blair, Harold , Tamakloe , Harold Lehmann , Lee Shin Chul , André Wilson , Maurice Pageault , Knut Olawski , Tony Naden & Roger Blench (2004) : Dagbani-English Dictionary
[2495]   Blakemore, Kenneth & Brian Cooksey (1981) : A sociology of education for Africa
[2496]   Blakney, C. P. (1963) : On “banana” and “iron”: linguistic footprints in African history
[2497]   Blanc, Jean-François (1---) : Le verbe urhobo
[2498]   Blanchard, Yves & Philip A. Noss (1982) : Dictionnaire gbaya-français, dialecte yaayuwee
[2499]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1994) : Dictionnaire informatisé pounou-français
[2500]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1980) : La numération
[2501]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1980) : La relativisation
[2502]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1984) : Présentation du yi-lumbu dans ses rapport avec le yi-punu et le ci-vili à travers un conte traditionnel
[2504]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987) : Les classes nominales 9, 10 et 11 dans le groupe bantou B40
[2505]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987) : Les voyelles finales des nominaux en i-nzèbi (B52)
[2506]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987) : Malcolm Guthrie et la tonalite des nominaux nzèbi
[2507]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1988) : Relèvements tonals en eshira et en massango: première approche d’une tonologie comparée du groupe bantou B40
[2508]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1988) : Une langue mixte en voie de disparition: le geviya
[2509]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1988) : Tonalité des nominaux à thème disyllabique dans le groupe bantou B 20
[2510]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1989) : Le wumvu de Malinga (Gabon): tonalité des nominaux
[2511]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1990) : The great *HL split in Bantu group B40
[2512]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1990) : Noms composés en massango et en nzèbi de Mbigou (Gabon)
[2513]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1991) : Le pounou (B43), le mpongwè (B11a) et l’hypothèse fortis/lenis
[2514]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1991) : Faire un dictionnaire d’une langue bantoue sur Macintosh avec Hypercard 2.0
[2516]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1992) : Nouvel examen de la tonalité des noms en laadi de Brazzaville (H.16f)
[2518]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1997) : Les formes nominales de citation a prefixe haut en pounou (bantu B43)
[2520]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1998) : Note sur l’histoire du système vocalique nzèbi
[2521]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1998) : Semantic/pragmatic conditions on the tonology of the Kongo noun-phrase: a diachronic hypothesis
[2522]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1999) : Douze études sur les langues du Gabon et du Congo-Brazzaville
[2523]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1999) : Présentation du yi-lumbu dans ses rapport avec le yi-punu et le ci-vili à travers un conte traditionnel
[2525]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1999) : ‘Tone cases’ in Bantu group B.40
[2526]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (2000) : Bipartition des nom polysyllabiques réflexes du type tonal *BH dans les zones B.40 et H.12
[2524]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & Denis Creissels (Ed) (1999) : Issues in Bantu tonology
[2503]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & François Nsuka-Nkutsi (1984) : Détermination des classes tonales des nominaux en ci-vili, i-sangu et inzèbi
[2517]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & Jean-Noël Nguimbi Mabiala (1993) : Défini, référentiel et générique en kiyoombi: étude synchronique
[2519]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & Laurent Mouguiama (1997) : Les thèmes à initiale vocalique et la tonalité du verbe conjugué en eshira de Manji (Gabon)
[2515]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & M. Alihanga Martin (1992) : Notes sur la morphologie du lempiini de Eyuga
[2527]   Blanchy, Sophie (1987) : L’interprête mahorais-français et français-mahorais
[22475]   Blanchy, Sophie (1996) : Dictionnaire mahorais-français/français-mahorais
[2528]   Blaser, Walter (1939) : Bedeutungsbildung auf der Struktur gebogen und zusammen in der Ewe-Sprache
[2530]   Blass, Regina (1983) : A note on double negation marking in Sissala
[2531]   Blass, Regina (1990) : Relevance relations in discourse: a study with special reference to Sissala
[2532]   Blass, Regina (1998) : Contrastive focus and cognitive elimination in Sissala
[22860]   Blass, Regina (1988) : Discourse connectivity and constraints on relevance in Sissala
[22864]   Blass, Regina (1989) : Baa in Sissala: truth-conditional or non-truth-conditional particle?
[2529]   Blass, Regina (Ed) (1975) : Sisaala-English, English-Sisaala dictionary
[2533]   Blavier, André (1953) : Dictionnaire/woordenboek: français-lingala-néerlandais, nederlands-lingala-français, lingala-français-néerlandais
[23915]   Blavier, André (1958) : Dictionnaire/woordenboek: lingala-français-néerlandais, français-lingala-néerlandais, nederlands-lingala-français
[2534]   Blazek, Václav (1991) : Honey in the Cushitic and Omotic languages
[2535]   Blazek, Václav (1994) : Toward determining the position of Mokilko within Chadic (a lexicostatistic analysis)
[2536]   Blazek, Václav (1995) : The microsystem of personal pronouns in Chadic, compared with Afroasiatic
[2537]   Blazek, Václav (1997) : Cushitic lexicostatistics: the second attempt
[2538]   Blazek, Václav (1998) : Nubian numerals in the Nilo-Saharan context
[2539]   Blazek, Václav (2001) : Rendille lexicon: state of the art
[2540]   Blazek, Václav (2002) : The first comparative dictionary of Nilo-Saharan
[24935]   Blažek, Václav (2007) : Nilo-Saharan Straturn of Ongota
[25343]   Blazek, Vaclav (2011) : Indo-European laryngeals in Afro-Asiatic perspective
[25406]   Blažek, Václav (2008) : Egyptian rmt̠ “Man”: An Attempt at an Afroasiatic Etymology
[25631]   Blažek, Václav (2011) : Chadic “BROTHER” and “SISTER”
[26513]   Blazek, Václav (2013) : Kujarge wordlist with Chadic (Afroasiatic) cognates
[2541]   Blecke, Thomas (1988) : Die Funktion des Morphem tùn im Bambara: eine Analyse im System von Tempus, Aspekt und Modus
[2542]   Blecke, Thomas (1994) : Vollverb, Kopula, Postposition: das Morphem yé im Bambara
[2543]   Blecke, Thomas (1996) : Lexikalische Kategorien und grammatische Strukturen im Tigemaxo (Bozo, Mande)
[2544]   Blecke, Thomas (1998) : Nomen, Verb und (Proto-)West-Mande-Syntax: neue Evidenz aus den Bozo-Sprachen
[24221]   Blecke, Thomas (2004) : La fonction du morphème tùn en bambara (temps, aspect, mode)
[25569]   Blecke, Thomas (2012) : The grammar of action nominals in Tigemaxo (Bozo)
[28182]   Blecke, Thomas (2021) : Antipassive constructions in Tigemaxo (Bozo)
[24232]   Blecke, Thomas & Bärbel Blecke (1997) : Les parlers bozo : révision d'une enquête dialectologique
[2545]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1920) : Birds and insects in Bushman folklore
[2546]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1924) : Note on Bushman orthography
[2547]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1924) : Bushman terms of relationship
[2548]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1927) : The distribution of Bushman languages in South Africa
[2549]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1928) : Bushmen of central Angola
[2550]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1928/29) : Bushman grammar: a grammatical sketch of the language of the |Xam-ka-!k’e ; part 1
[2551]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1929) : Comparative vocabularies of Bushman languages
[2552]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1929/30) : Bushman grammar: a grammatical sketch of the language of the |Xam-ka-!’e (continuation) ; part 2
[2553]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1931) : The Hadzapi or Watindiga of Tanganyika territory
[2555]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1936) : Special speech of animals and moon used by the |Xam Bushmen, from material collected by W. H. I. Bleek and L. C. Lloyd between 1870 and 1880 [Customs and beliefs of the |Xam Bushmen, part 9]
[2556]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1937) : Grammatical notes and texts in the |Auni language
[2557]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1937) : |Auni vocabulary
[2559]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1939/40) : A short survey of Bushman languages
[2560]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1956) : A Bushman dictionary
[2561]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (2000) : Notes on the language of the //N!ke or Bushmen of Griqualand West [edited by Tom Güldemann]
[2554]   Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel (1936) : A fragment: a continuation of a comparative grammar of South African languages (paragraphs 559-562)
[2558]   Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel & Lucy Catherine Lloyd (1938) : Das wahre Gesicht des Buschmannes in seinen Mythen und Märchen
[2594]   Bléis, Yves le & Daniel Barreteau (1987) : Les extension verbales en mafa
[2562]   Blejer, Hatte Anne Rubenstein (1986) : Discourse markers in Early Semitic, and their reanalyses in subsequent dialects
[27990]   Blench, Roger M. (2018) : Do Heiban and Talodi form a genetic group and how are they related to Niger-Congo?
[26628]   Blench, Roger & Barau Kato (2015) : A dictionary of Mada, a Plateau language of Central Nigeria
[2563]   Blench, Roger M. (1982) : Social structures and the evolution of language boundaries in Nigeria
[2564]   Blench, Roger M. (1987) : A revision of the index of Nigerian languages
[2566]   Blench, Roger M. (1989) : Nupoid
[2567]   Blench, Roger M. (1989) : New Benue-Congo: a definition and proposed internal classification
[2569]   Blench, Roger M. (1993) : Recent developments in African language classification and their implications for prehistory
[2570]   Blench, Roger M. (1993) : An outline classification of the Mambiloid languages
[2571]   Blench, Roger M. (1993) : New developments in the classification of Bantu languages and their historical implications
[2572]   Blench, Roger M. (1993) : Ethnographic and linguistic evidence for the prehistory of African ruminant livestock, horses and ponies
[2574]   Blench, Roger M. (1994/95) : Linguistic evidence for cultivated plants in the Bantu borderland
[2575]   Blench, Roger M. (1995) : Is Niger-Congo simply a branch of Nilo-Saharan?
[2577]   Blench, Roger M. (1996) : Report on the Tarokoid languages
[2578]   Blench, Roger M. (1997) : Crabs, turtles and frogs: linguistic keys to early African subsistence systems
[2579]   Blench, Roger M. (1997) : Language studies in Africa
[2580]   Blench, Roger M. (1998) : The status of the languages of Central Nigeria
[2581]   Blench, Roger M. (1998) : Recent fieldwork in Nigeria: report on Horom and Tapshin
[2582]   Blench, Roger M. (1999) : Are the African pygmies an ethnographic fiction?
[2583]   Blench, Roger M. (1999) : The languages of Africa: macrophyla proposals and implications for archaeological interpretation
[2584]   Blench, Roger M. (1999) : Recent fieldwork in Ghana: report on Dompo and a note on Mpre
[2585]   Blench, Roger M. (1999) : Report from a Mambila field trip.
[2586]   Blench, Roger M. (1999) : Reports from Plateau field trips 1998-1999. Brief notes on Ningye, Cara, Bu, Hasha, and Rukul.
[2587]   Blench, Roger M. (2000) : Transitions in Izere nominal morphology and implications for the analysis of Plateau languages
[2588]   Blench, Roger M. (2002) : Research on minority languages of Nigeria in 2001
[2589]   Blench, Roger M. (2003) : ‘We have our own small one insise’: hidden languages of the Ngasic group
[2590]   Blench, Roger M. (2003) : A note on Ochichi
[22844]   Blench, Roger M. (2005) : Bangi me, a language of unknown affiliation in northern Mali
[23276]   Blench, Roger M. (2005) : Index to atlas of Nigerian languages
[23548]   Blench, Roger M. (2003) : Plural verb morphology in Vagla
[24852]   Blench, Roger M. (2007) : The Dyarim language of central Nigeria and its affinities
[24936]   Blench, Roger M. (2007) : Further Evidence for a Niger-Saharan Macrophylum
[24961]   Blench, Roger M. (2006) : The Kadu Languages and their Affiliation: Between Nilo-Saharan, Niger-Congo and Afro-Asiatic
[25370]   Blench, Roger M. (2003) : Why Reconstructing Ron is so Problematic
[25407]   Blench, Roger M. (2008) : Omotic Livestock Terminology and Its Implications for the History of Afroasiatic
[25457]   Blench, Roger M. (2010) : The Sambe language of Central Nigeria and its affinities
[25632]   Blench, Roger M. (2011) : Mwaghavul pluractional verbs
[25797]   Blench, Roger M. (2009) : Was there an Interchange between Cushitic Pastoralists and Khoesan Speakers in the Prehistory of Southern Africa and how can this be Detected?
[26337]   Blench, Roger M. (s.d.) : Ekoid: Bantoid Languages of the Nigeria-Cameroun Borderland
[26514]   Blench, Roger M. (2013) : Mwaghavul expressives
[26567]   Blench, Roger M. (2013) : Introduction to the Temein languages
[26571]   Blench, Roger M. (2013) : Splitting up Kordofanian
[26577]   Blench, Roger M. (2013) : Links between Cushitic, Omotic, Chadic and the position of Kujarge
[26608]   Blench, Roger M. (2012) : The Hasha [=Yashi] language of Central Nigeria and its affinities
[26629]   Blench, Roger M. (2010) : The Idũ language of Central Nigeria: Phonology, wordlist and suggestions for orthography changes
[26656]   Blench, Roger M. (2006) : The Nyeng language of Central Nigeria and its affinities
[26657]   Blench, Roger M. (2007) : The Ndun language of Central Nigeria and its affinities
[26658]   Blench, Roger M. (2014) : The Shakara [=Tari] language of Central Nigeria and its affinities
[26692]   Blench, Roger M. (2009) : Do the Ghana-Togo mountain languages constitute a genetic group?
[26773]   Blench, Roger M. (2011) : Towards a dictionary of the Reshe language
[26945]   Blench, Roger M. (2007) : The Ake language of Central Nigeria and its affinities
[27573]   Blench, Roger M. (2009) : Nupe Dictionary
[27671]   Blench, Roger M. (2008) : Beboid composite
[27896]   Blench, Roger M. (2014) : Fam wordlist and etymological commentary
[28105]   Blench, Roger M. (2020) : The Phonology and Noun Morphology of Yi Kitʊlε, an Adamawa Language of East-Central Nigeria
[28282]   Blench, Roger M. (2014) : An Introduction to Zul
[28472]   Blench, Roger M. (2020) : Research on the Plateau languages of Central Nigeria
[28473]   Blench, Roger M. (2020) : The East Kainji languages of Central Nigeria
[28604]   Blench, Roger M. (2018) : Nominal affixing in the Kainji languages of northwestern and central Nigeria
[28605]   Blench, Roger M. (2018) : Nominal affixes and number marking in the Plateau languages of Central Nigeria
[28730]   Blench, Roger M. (2006) : Jarawan Bantu: New data and its relation to Bantu
[28893]   Blench, Roger M. (2022) : The relevance of Bantoid for the reconstruction of Proto-Bantu verbal extensions
[28907]   Blench, Roger M. (2010) : The Dompo language of Central Ghana and its affinities
[28908]   Blench, Roger M. (2023) : The kuSur-Myet (Tapshin) language of Central Nigeria and its affinities
[29033]   Blench, Roger M. (2012) : Walo-Kumbe, a language of the Dogon group in Northern Mali and its affinities
[29034]   Blench, Roger M. (2012) : Yanda, a language of the Dogon group in Northern Mali and its affinities
[29035]   Blench, Roger M. (2005) : Baŋgi me, a language of unknown affiliation in Northern Mali
[29074]   Blench, Roger M. (2012) : Tommo sɔ of Pirõ, a language of the Dogon group in Northern Mali and its affinities
[2568]   Blench, Roger M. & MacDonald (Ed) (199-) : The origins and development of African livestock: archaeology, genetics, linguistics and ethnography
[2565]   Blench, Roger M. & A. E. Edwards (1988) : A dictionary of the Momi (Vere) language
[25824]   Blench, Roger M. & Antony Ndamsai (2009) : An introduction to Kirya-Konzəl: A Central Chadic language of Eastern Nigeria
[25326]   Blench, Roger M. & Daniel Gya (2011) : Rigwe Pronouns
[27859]   Blench, Roger M. & David Lovelace (2007) : A sketch of the phonology and an extended wordlist of TsuVaɗi, a Kambari language of Western Nigeria
[28924]   Blench, Roger M. & Denis Douyon (2012) : Ambaleeŋge of Kema, a language of the Dogon group in Northern Mali and its affinities
[28925]   Blench, Roger M. & Denis Douyon (2012) : Ampari Pa, a Dogon language in Northern Mali and its affinities
[28926]   Blench, Roger M. & Denis Douyon (2012) : Ana, a language of the Dogon group in Northern Mali and its affinities
[28927]   Blench, Roger M. & Denis Douyon (2012) : Bunɔgε, a language of the Dogon group, in Northern Mali and its affinities
[28928]   Blench, Roger M. & Denis Douyon (2012) : Dogul Dom, a language of the Dogon group in Northern Mali and its affinities
[28929]   Blench, Roger M. & Denis Douyon (2012) : Nyambeeŋge, a language of the Dogon group in Northern Mali and its affinities
[28930]   Blench, Roger M. & Denis Douyon (2012) : Tebul Ure, a language of the Dogon group in Northern Mali and its affinities
[2591]   Blench, Roger M. & John Garah Nengel (2004) : Notes on the Panawa (Bujiyel) people and language
[2592]   Blench, Roger M. & John Garah Nengel (2004) : Notes on the Seni people and language, with an addendum on the Ziriya
[2593]   Blench, Roger M. & John Garah Nengel (2004) : Notes on the Tunzu (Duguza) people and language
[27426]   Blench, Roger M. & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (2015) : Ịzọn verbal extensions
[28164]   Blench, Roger M. & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (2007) : Kolokuma Ịzọn dictionary
[27860]   Blench, Roger M. & Michael Bulkaam (2019) : Jibyal, an undocumented language of Central Nigeria
[27861]   Blench, Roger M. & Michael Bulkaam (2019) : Nteng, an undocumented language of Central Nigeria
[27901]   Blench, Roger M. & Michael Bulkaam (2020) : An introduction to Mantsi, a South Bauchi language of Central Nigeria
[22752]   Blench, Roger M. & Musa Doma (1992) : Dictionary of Gbari
[2576]   Blench, Roger M. & Selbut R. Longtau (1995) : Tarok ophresiology: an investigation into the Tarok terminology of odours
[25327]   Blench, Roger M. & Selbut R. Longtau (2011) : Tarok Pronouns
[26772]   Blench, Roger M. & Stuart McGill (2012) : The Kainji languages of Northwestern and Central Nigeria
[27017]   Blench, Roger M. , Barau Kato & Zachariah Yoder (2009) : The Maya [Yendang] languages
[2573]   Blench, Roger M. , Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson & Bruce A. Connell (1994) : The diffusion of maize in Nigeria: a historical and linguistic reconstruction
[25453]   Blench, Roger M. , Musa Tula & Barau Kato (2012) : A Dictionary of Yi Kitulɛ
[27858]   Blench, Roger M. , Paul Imoh & Robert Hyslop (2019) : A Dictionary of the Basa Language with an English-Basa Reverse
[27016]   Blench, Roger M. , Philippe Aviwaï & Tony Smith (2009) : Baka: A highly endangered language of Northern Cameroun
[2595]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1967) : Selected problems in noun morphology in the Aussa dialect of ‘Afar
[2596]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1969) : ‘Afar nominals
[2597]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1969) : The historic development of the sibilants in Ethiopia
[2598]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1970) : The lexicon, a key to culture; with illustrations from ‘Afar word lists
[2599]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1973) : Notes on the reconstruction of the glottal stop in the Aussa dialect of ‘Afar
[2600]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1975) : ‘Afar vowel dissimilation: a problem in rule ordering
[2601]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1976) : Afar
[2602]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1976) : Proportional relations and synchronic developments in ‘Afar morphology
[2603]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1977) : A generative grammar study of Afar
[2604]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1980) : Amharic interference in ‘Afar translation
[2605]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1980) : Bible translation from SVO to SOV languages in Ethiopia
[2606]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1981) : A generative grammar of Afar
[2608]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1988) : A discourse analysis of Amharic narrative
[2607]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick & Sokka Gignarta (1986) : Konso exceptions to SOV typology
[26205]   Bliss, Heather (2009) : Comparing APPLs and Oranges: The Syntax of Shona Applicatives
[2609]   Bloch, Ariel A. (1991) : Studies in Arabic syntax and semantics
[2610]   Block, H. P. (1948) : Swahili anthology with notes and glossaries
[2611]   Bloem, H. , J. H. Broekman , Friedrik J. Snijman & F. F. du Toit Spies (1949) : Beknopte Afrikaans-Nederlandse woordenlijst
[2612]   Bloem, H. , J. H. Broekman , Friedrik J. Snijman & F. F. du Toit Spies (1960) : Beknopte Afrikaans-Nederlandse woordenlijst
[25436]   Bloemarts, Maarten & Père de Rasilly (2012) : Dictionnaire boore
[2613]   Blois, Kornelis Frans de (1970) : The augment in Bantu languages
[2614]   Blois, Kornelis Frans de (1975) : Bukusu generative phonology and aspects of Bantu structure
[2615]   Blok, H. P. (1926) : Die griechischen Lehnwörter im Koptischen
[2616]   Blok, H. P. (1948) : Notes on localisms in African languages
[2617]   Blok, H. P. (1949) : Opmerkingen naar aanleiding van eenige Bantoe-werkwoordsformen
[2618]   Blok, H. P. (1950) : Afrikanistische taalwetenschap: problemen, taak en doel
[2619]   Blok, H. P. (1951) : Iets over die zogenaamde “geïntensiveerde” fonemen in het Ganda en Nyoro
[2620]   Blok, H. P. (1952) : Nieuwe aanwinsten op het gebied van geluidsopnamen van afrikaanse talen aan de Rijks-Universiteit te leiden
[2621]   Blok, H. P. (1953) : Negro-African linguistics
[2622]   Blok, H. P. (1955/56) : Localism and deixis in Bantu linguistics
[2623]   Blok, H. P. (1957) : De studie van de bantoetalen in Nederland
[2624]   Blokland, Henny W. (1987) : Two Nyamwezi texts: an exercise in transöation and understanding
[2627]   Blommaert, Jan (1990) : Standardization and diversification in Kiswahili: a note on language attitudes
[2628]   Blommaert, Jan (1986) : Notes on the Bantu ku-prefix
[2630]   Blommaert, Jan (1991) : Some problems in the interpretation of Swahili political texts
[2631]   Blommaert, Jan (1992) : Codeswitching and the exclusivity of social identities: some data from Campus Swahili
[2632]   Blommaert, Jan (1994) : Ethnocoherence and the analysis of Swahili political style
[2633]   Blommaert, Jan (1997) : The impact of state ideology on language: Ujamaa and Swahili literature in Tanzania
[2634]   Blommaert, Jan (1997) : State ideology and language: the politics of Swahili in Tanzania
[2635]   Blommaert, Jan (1997) : Ideology and language in Tanzania: a brief survey
[2636]   Blommaert, Jan (1998) : The other side of history: grassroots literacy and autobiography in Shaba, Congo
[2637]   Blommaert, Jan (1999) : Reconstructing the sociolinguistic image of Africa: grassroots writing in Shaba (Congo)
[2638]   Blommaert, Jan (1999) : State ideology and language in Tanzania
[22530]   Blommaert, Jan (1989) : Remarks on lexical semantics: the case of the Bantu colour terms
[2625]   Blommaert, Jan (Ed) (1988) : Ethnolinguistics and Kiswahili rhetoric: “Elimu ya kujitegemea” undressed
[2629]   Blommaert, Jan (Ed) (1991) : Swahili studies: essays in honour of Marcel van Spaandonck
[2626]   Blommaert, Jan & Marjolein Gysels (1990) : On the functionality of English interferences in Campus Swahili
[26132]   Blood, Cynthia L. (1999) : The Oku noun class system
[26134]   Blood, Cynthia L. & Leslie K. Davis (compiled by) (1999) : Oku - English Provisional Lexicon
[27348]   Bloom Ström, Eva-Marie (2015) : The word order in Swahili adnominal constructions with locative demonstratives
[28439]   Bloom Ström, Eva-Marie (2020) : The existential in Xhosa in relation to indefiniteness
[2639]   Bloom, J. (1968) : Studies on child grammar
[2640]   Bloor, Thomas & Wondwosen Tamrat (1996) : Issues in Ethiopian language policy and education
[2642]   Blount, Ben G. (1969) : An outline of Luo grammar - Appendix A
[2644]   Blount, Ben G. (1970) : The pre-linguistic system of Luo children
[2645]   Blount, Ben G. (1976) : Babbling in Luo children
[2646]   Blount, Ben G. (1993) : Luo personal names: reference and meaning
[2641]   Blount, Ben G. & Elise Padgug-Blount (19--) : Luo-English dictionary, with notes on Luo grammar
[2643]   Blount, Ben G. & Richard T. Curley (1970) : The southern Luo languages: a glottochronological reconstruction
[2647]   Bluck, G. van (1947) : Niloten en Sudantalen
[16035]   Blühberger, Jutta (2006) : Rapport d’enquête sociolinguistique des dialectes du djenaama (aussi appelé sorogaama)
[28359]   Blum, Mirella L. (2021) : On the nature of adjectives: evidence from Dinka
[2648]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1963) : Palatality as a factor in Twi vowel harmony
[2649]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1965) : Some Twi phrase structure rules
[2650]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1968) : Some aspects of Akan deep syntax
[2651]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1971) : Education and the role of English in Ghana
[2652]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1972) : The development of some affixes in the Bia and Central Akan subgroups of Tano
[2653]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1975) : Nzema-Ahanta medial [k] and its reflexes in other central Volta-Comoe languages
[2654]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1976) : Mother tongue education in Ghana
[2655]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1990) : Questions in Akan
[23656]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1975) : The associative in Akan: a semantic interpretation
[23739]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1984) : Busumur and the Akan language in Koelle‘s ‘Polyglotta’
[25221]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (2008) : Tense, Aspect and Mood in Akan
[2656]   Boafo, Ebenezer , Christine Kehl & Deborah H. Hatfield (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey of the Awutu-Efutu language area
[2657]   Boahene-Agbo, Frank Kwaku (1984) : Language in education policy in Ghana: a rationale for change
[2658]   Boahene-Agbo, Frank Kwaku (1985) : The republic of Ghana: an example of African multilingualism
[2659]   Boakey, Paul (1982) : Syntaxe de l’achanti: du phonème à la phrase ségmentée
[2660]   Boas, Franz , Otto Dempwolff , Giulio Panconcelli-Calzia , Alice Werner & Diedrich Westermann (Ed) (1927) : Festschrift Meinhof: sprachwissenschaftliche und andere Studien
[2661]   Bobda, Augustin Simo (1994) : Aspects of Cameroon English phonology
[2662]   Bobda, Augustin Simo (1995) : The phonologies of Nigerian English and Cameroon English
[2663]   Bobda, Augustin Simo (1997) : Explicating the features of English in multilingual Cameroon: beyond a contrastive perspective
[2664]   Bobda, Augustin Simo (2000) : The uniqueness of Ghanaian English pronunciation in West Africa
[2665]   Bobda, Augustin Simo (2003) : The formation of regional and national features in African English pronunciation: an exploration of some non-interference factors
[2666]   Bobda, Augustin Simo (2004) : Linguistic apartheid: English language policy in Africa
[26448]   Bobuafor, Mercy (2013) : A grammar of Tafi
[26449]   Bobuafor, Mercy (2009) : Noun classes in Tafi: A preliminary analysis
[27879]   Bobuafor, Mercy (2018) : Separation events in Tafi language and culture
[27925]   Bobuafor, Mercy (2020) : When numerals agree and don't agree: The case of Tafi
[2667]   Boceguillas, J. deʼ (1922) : Notions grammaticales sur la langue galla ou oromo
[28837]   Bochnak, M. Ryan (2018) : Two-place exceed comparatives in Luganda
[28225]   Bochnak, M. Ryan & Martina Martinović (2019) : Optional past tense in Wolof
[28838]   Bochnak, M. Ryan & Peter Klecha (2018) : Temporal remoteness and vagueness in past time reference in Luganda
[2668]   Bode, Oduntan (1999) : An optimality theory approach to vowel assimilation in the Yoruba language
[24574]   Bode, Oduntan Gbolahan (2000) : Yoruba Clause Structure
[27291]   Bodian, Lamine (2014) : Morphosyntaxe du guñaamolo, parler de baïnounk de Niamone
[27326]   Bodian, Lamine (2017) : Morphosyntaxe du guñaamolo, parler de baïnounk de niamone
[2669]   Bodinga-Bwa-Bodinga, Sébastien & Lolke J. van der Veen (1993) : Plantes utiles des Evia: pharmacopée
[24692]   Bodomo, Adams (2006) : The Structure of Ideophones in African and Asian Languages: The Case of Dagaare and Cantonese
[2670]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1993) : Dagaare syntax: a two-level X-bar account
[2671]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1993) : Complex predicates and event structure: an intergrated analysis of serial verb constructions in the Mabia languages of West Africa
[2672]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1994) : The noun class system of Dagaare: a phonology-morphology interface
[2673]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1994) : Language, history and culture in northern Ghana: an introduction to the Mabia linguistic group
[2674]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1996) : Linguistics, education and politics: an interplay on the study of Ghanaian languages
[2675]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1996) : Linguistic relativity and the Mabia temporal system: evidence from Dagaare and Dagbane
[2676]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1997) : Linguistics, education and politics: an interplay on the study of Ghanaian languages
[2677]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1997) : Paths and pathfinders: exploring the syntax and semantics of complex verbal predicates in Dagaare and other languages
[2679]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1997) : The structure of Dagaare
[2680]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1998) : Serial verb constructions as complex predicates in Dagaare and Akan
[2681]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1999) : The syntax of serial verbs in Dagaare
[2682]   Bodomo, Adams B. (2000) : Dàgáárè
[2683]   Bodomo, Adams B. (2001) : History form linguistics: loanwords in Dagaare as sources of information for a cultural history of the Dagaaba
[2684]   Bodomo, Adams B. (2001) : The temporal systems of Dagaare and Dagbane: re-apraising the philosophy of linguistic diversity
[2686]   Bodomo, Adams B. (2004) : The syntax of nominalized complex verbal predicates in Dagaare
[2687]   Bodomo, Adams B. (2004) : A Dagaare-Cantonese-English lexicon for lexicographical field research training
[23675]   Bodomo, Adams B. & Ken Hiraiwa (2004) : Relativization in Dagaare
[2678]   Bodomo, Adams B. & Samuel Agyei-Mensah (1997) : Integrating literacy and health education for a sustainable development in Africa
[23485]   Bodomo, Adams B. , Charles Ofosu Marfo , A. Cunningham & Sally Y. K. Mok (2006) : A Unicode keyboard for African languages: the case of Dagaare and Twi
[2685]   Bodomo, Adams B. , Kang Kwong Luke & Owen Nancarrow (2001) : Linguistic form compression in Dagaare
[2689]   Boeck, Egide de (1920) : Leçons élémentaires de lingala, suivies d’un vocabulaire et de conversations pratiques
[2690]   Boeck, Egide de (1927) : Cours théorique et pratique de Lingala, avec vocabulaire et phrases usuelles
[2694]   Boeck, Egide de (1940) : Tegenwoordige tijd in de congoleesche talen
[2696]   Boeck, Egide de (1942) : Cours théorique et pratique de Lingala, avec vocabulaire et phrases usuelles
[2688]   Boeck, J. de (19--) : Vocabulaire lokonda-néerlandais/Vocabularium Lokonda
[2691]   Boeck, J. de (1927) : Sprookjes uit het Lokonda
[2693]   Boeck, J. de (1939) : Spraakkunst van het Lokonda [manuscrit remanié par N. van Everbroeck]
[2692]   Boeck, L. B. de (1936) : Twee taaleigenaardigheiden bij de Mondunga
[2695]   Boeck, L. B. de (1942) : Premières applications de la géographie linguistique aux langues bantoues
[2697]   Boeck, L. B. de (1945) : Vergelijkende grammatica der Negertalen
[2698]   Boeck, L. B. de (1948) : La classification des langues en Afrique
[2699]   Boeck, L. B. de (1949) : La géographie linguistique au Congo belge
[2700]   Boeck, L. B. de (1949) : Dialectgroepen in het Ngiri-gebied
[2701]   Boeck, L. B. de (1949) : Taalkunde en de talenkwestie in Belgisch-Kongo
[2702]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : Les prépréfixes dans les langues bantoues du nord-ouest du Congo Belge
[2703]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : La géographie linguistique et les langues bantoues
[2704]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : Eigenaardige toonstructuur van enkele Bantoetalen en het noord-westen van Belgisch-Kongo
[2705]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : Un b vibrant dans le bantou septentrional
[2706]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : De tonologie der naamwoorden te Ebuku
[2707]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : De tonologie der naamwoorden van Iniele en Bokonzi
[2708]   Boeck, L. B. de (1951) : Een greep uit de Mombesa-taal
[2709]   Boeck, L. B. de (1951) : De tonologie des parlers bantous du nord-ouest du Congo Belge
[2710]   Boeck, L. B. de (1952) : Grammaire du mondunga (Lisala, Congo Belge)
[2711]   Boeck, L. B. de (1952) : Manuel de lingala, tenant compte du langage parlé et du langage littéraire
[2712]   Boeck, L. B. de (1953) : Contribution à l’atlas linguistique du Congo Belge: 60 mots dans les parlers du bassin du Haut-Congo
[2713]   Boeck, L. B. de (1953) : Taaltoestand te Leopoldstad
[2714]   Boeke, Johanna du Pisani (1976) : Konfrontative Untersuchungen zum Plural des Substantivs im Afrikaansen und im Deutschen
[2715]   Boelaert, Edmond (1937/38) : Vergelijkende taalstudie II
[2716]   Boelaert, Edmond (1937/38) : Vergelijkende taalstudie
[2717]   Boelaert, Edmond (1940) : Bij vergelijkende taalstudie III
[2718]   Boelaert, Edmond (1942) : Vergelijkende taalstudie: de vrouw bij de Nkundo-Mongo
[2719]   Boelaert, Edmond (1957) : Systematiek der bloedverwantschapstermen bij de Nkundo
[2720]   Boelaert, Edmond (1961) : La persistance des tons en lomongo
[2721]   Boëseken, Anna J. (1972) : The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan
[2722]   Boëseken, Anna J. (1974) : Dr A. J. Boëseken replies to Prof. R. H. Elphick[’s comment on] “The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan”
[2723]   Boëseken, Anna J. (1975) : On changing terminology in history
[2724]   Boëthius, Hélène (1981) : Description préliminaire des phonèmes segmentaux et types de syllabes Ife
[2725]   Bofula, Lobebe (1977) : Étude des performatifs en kesengele approche: sémantique générative
[2727]   Bogers, Koen (1986) : A structural analysis of an Avokaya orphan tale: a preliminary investigation
[2726]   Bogers, Koen , Harry van der Hulst & Maarten Mous (Ed) (1986) : The phonological representation of suprasegmentals: studies in African languages offered to John Stewart on his 60th birthday
[26756]   Bogny Yapo Joseph (2009) : La structure de DP dans les langues Kwa
[2728]   Bogny, Yapo Joseph (1994) : Syntaxe du ngwla, langue kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[22607]   Bogny, Yapo Joseph (2005) : La réduplication des verbes monosyllabiques dans les langues kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[26758]   Bogny, Yapo Joseph (2008) : La Négation dans les Langues Kwa : Aspects Morphophonologiques et Syntaxiques
[23804]   Bohas, Georges (2006) : The organization of the lexicon in Arabic and other Semitic languages
[2730]   Bohas, Georges (Ed) (1993) : Développements récents en linguistique arabe et sémitique
[2729]   Bohas, Georges & J.-P. Guillaume (1984) : Études des théories des grammariens arabes
[3094]   Böhm, Gerhard (1983) : Zwei Typen “ergativsprachlicher” Prädikation in tschadischen Sprachen
[3095]   Böhm, Gerhard (1983) : Der Bau des Prädikats in den Agau-Sprachen
[3096]   Böhm, Gerhard (1984) : Grammatik der Kunama-Sprache
[3097]   Böhm, Gerhard (1985) : Khoe-Kowap: Einführung in die Sprache der Hottentotten, Nama-dialekt
[3098]   Böhm, Gerhard (1986) : Beobachtungen zur Frage meroitisch-omotischer Wortbeziehungen
[3099]   Böhm, Gerhard (1986) : Mimation und Nunation: eine grosserythräische Glosse
[3100]   Böhm, Gerhard (1987) : Präfixkonjugation und Suffixkonjugation in den omotischen Sprachen
[3101]   Böhm, Gerhard (1987) : Leo Reinisch: ‘Das persönliche Fürwort und die Verbalflexion in den chamito-semitischen Sprachen’
[3103]   Böhm, Gerhard (1987) : Diskussionsbeitrag zu Reinischs Werk über das Kunama: einige Beobachtungen zum Bau des Prädikats
[3104]   Böhm, Gerhard (1989) : Rekonstruktion des semitohamitischen Stativs in tschadischen Sprachen
[3105]   Böhm, Gerhard (1991) : Zur Deklination des Nomens in den omotischen Sprachen
[3106]   Böhm, Gerhard (1992) : Zur Urspachstammesgeschichte der Papua und Sudanneger
[3107]   Böhm, Gerhard (1996) : Das “gebrochene” Femininum des Semitohamitischen
[3108]   Böhm, Gerhard (2001) : “Schalzlautsprachen”? Boskop, Buschmann, Hottentott: Aspekte der Ursprachstammesgeschichte in Afrika
[3305]   Böhm, Gerhard (1996) : Sprache und Geschichte im kanarischen Archipel
[27453]   Bohnhoff, Lee & Mary Dalrymple (2018) : Applicatives in Ya̧g Dii: Morphological and syntactic implications
[27970]   Bohnhoff, Lee E. (compiler) ; Hedinger , Robert & Marlene Ferguson (Eds) (2019) : Dictionnaire dii (dourou) – français avec indexes français et anglais
[28955]   Bohnhoff, Lee E. (ed.) in collaboration with Kadia Mathieu and Asmaou Marthe (2018) : Dii (duru) dictionary
[2731]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1971) : An outline of Duru phonology and grammar
[2732]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1972) : Introduction à la phonologie et à la grammaire duru
[2733]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1976) : Vowel length in Duru
[2734]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1982) : Yag Dii (Duru) ideophones
[2735]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1986) : Yag Dii (Duru) pronouns and possessive adjectives
[24320]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1991) : Dictionnaire de la langue dii (duru)
[25379]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (2010) : A description of Dii - Phonology, Grammar and Discourse
[27304]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (2014) : Dictionnaire de la langue dii (duru)
[2736]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward & Raymond Boyd (2003) : Les marqueurs de proposition en langue dii (yag dii)
[24673]   Bohoussou, Amani (2008) : Lʼénoncé complexe du nànáfwɛ̂
[28169]   Boilat, David [Abbé] (1858) : Grammaire de la langue woloffe
[26160]   Bokamba, Eyamba G. (2012) : A Polylectal Grammar of Lingála and Its Theoretical Implications
[26191]   Bokamba, Eyamba G. (2011) : Ukolonia in African Language Policies and Practices
[2738]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1974) : A counter example to Bach’s “questions”
[2739]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1975) : Observations on the immediate dominance constraint, topicalization and relativization
[2740]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : Relativization in Bantu languages revisited
[2741]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : The authenticity and the choice of a national language: the case of Zaïre
[2742]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : Question formation in some Bantu languages
[2743]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : On the syntax and semantics of Wh-questions in Kikongo and Kiswahili
[2744]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : On the syntax and semantics of derivational verb suffixes in Bantu languages
[2746]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : Authenticity and the choice of a national language: the case of Zaire
[2748]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1977) : The impact of multilingualism on language structures: the case of central Africa
[2751]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1979) : Inversion as grammatical relation chaning rules in Bantu languages
[2752]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1979) : African linguistic research and publications from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1970-1979
[2753]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1981) : Language and national development in sub-Saharan Africa: a progress report
[2754]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1982) : The africanization of English
[2755]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1984) : Language and literacy in West Africa
[2756]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1984) : French colonial language policies in Africa and their legacies
[2758]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1985) : Verbal agreement as a noncyclic rule in Bantu
[2761]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1988) : Code-mixing, language variation and linguistic theory: evidence from Bantu languages
[2762]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1989) : Are there syntactic constraints on code-mixing?
[2764]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1990) : African languages and sociolinguistic theory
[2765]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1990) : The contribution of African linguistics to linguistic theory
[2766]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1991) : French colonial language policies in Africa and their legacies
[2767]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1991) : West Africa (overview article)
[2768]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1991) : The africanization of English
[2769]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1993) : Language variation and change in pervasively multilingual societies: Bantu languages
[2770]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1995) : The politics of language planning in Africa: critical choices for the 21st century
[2750]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (Ed) (1979) : Language policies in African education
[2757]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (Ed) (1984) : Language in African culture and society
[2759]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (Ed) (1985) : Language in African culture and society
[2763]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (Ed) (1989) : The contribution of African linguistics to linguistic theory: proceedings of the 20th annual conference on African linguistics, held at Urbana-Champaign, April 1989
[2745]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1976) : Papers on African linguistics
[2747]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Josiah Sijiee Tlou (1977) : The consequences of the language policies of African states vis-à-vis education
[2749]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Mallafe Dramé (1978) : Where do relative clauses come from in Mandingo?
[2760]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Nkonko Mudipanu Kamwangamalu (1987) : The significance of code-mixing to linguistic theory: evidence from Bantu languages
[2737]   Bokamba, G. D. (1971) : Specificity and definiteness in Dzamba
[2771]   Bokongo, Nzanga (1979) : Esquisse phonologique du lingombe
[2772]   Bokula, F.-X. (1966) : Eléments de grammaire et de vocabulaire de la langue bodo
[2773]   Bokula, F.-X. (1970) : La langue bodo: formes nominales
[2774]   Bokula, F.-X. (1971) : Formes nominales et pronominales en mba
[2775]   Bokula, F.-X. (1976) : La phrase mba: étude de sémantique générative
[2777]   Bokula, F.-X. (1980) : Les prédicates non-verbaux en mba
[2776]   Bokula, Moiso (1979) : Les langues de la région du Haut-Congo
[2778]   Bokula, Moiso (1982) : Étude comparée des langues ndunga et mba (Zaïre)
[2779]   Bokula, Moiso (1982) : A propos de l’application des règles transformationelles en kiswahili
[2780]   Bokula, Moiso (1983) : Formes pronominales comparées en ndunga et mba
[2781]   Bokula, Moiso (1983) : Thèses et travaux de fin d’études aux universités et I.S.P. du Zaïre concernant les langues de la région de l’Equateur (Zaïre 1971-1981)
[2782]   Bokula, Moiso (1983) : Le lingala au Zaire: défense et analyse grammaticale
[2783]   Bokula, Moiso (1984) : Le point des recherches sur la classification des langues Niger-Congo-Kordofaniennes
[2785]   Bokula, Moiso (1987) : Une siècle d’études sur les langues africaines
[2786]   Bokula, Moiso (1991) : Étude comparée du système de numérotation de 1 à 10 dans quelques langues non-bantu du Haut-Zaïre
[2787]   Bokula, Moiso (1991) : Recherches sur les langues du Soudan central parlées au Zaire
[2789]   Bokula, Moiso (1995) : A propos de l’atlas linguistique du Zaïre
[2788]   Bokula, Moiso & Agozia Kario Irumu (1994) : Bibliographie et matériaux lexicaux des langues moru-mangbetu (Soudan-Central, Zaïre)
[2784]   Bokula, Moiso & Litanga Ngandi (1985) : Numération cardinale dans les langues bantu du haut-Zaïre
[2790]   Bokungulu, Bonsao wa Yotsi (1973) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique: formes nominales et pronominales de la langue ndengese
[2791]   Bolados Carter, A. (1---) : Elementos de la gramatica pamue
[2792]   Bold, John D. (1949) : Fanagalo is becoming the lingua franca of southern Africa
[2793]   Bold, John D. (1951) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2794]   Bold, John D. (1952) : Fanagalo dictionary
[2795]   Bold, John D. (1953) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2796]   Bold, John D. (1955) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2797]   Bold, John D. (1958) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2798]   Bold, John D. (1964) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo, the lingua franca of southern Africa
[2799]   Bold, John D. (1968) : Fanagalo: phrase-book, grammar, dictionary
[2800]   Bold, John D. (1977) : Fanagalo: phrase-book, grammar, dictionary
[2801]   Bold, John D. (1990) : Fanagalo: phrasebook, grammar, dictionary
[2802]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1976) : Étude phonologique de la langue gen
[2803]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1978) : Problématique des séries verbales avec application au gen
[2804]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1981) : Une autre approche de l’harmonie vocalique: le mot phonologique en ega
[2805]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1983) : Systématique phonologique et grammaticale d’un parler ewe: le gen-mina du sud-Togo et sud-Bénin
[2807]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1983) : La classification nominale en ega
[2808]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1983) : L’ébrié
[2809]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1983) : L’éga
[2810]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1984) : Le nghwla, langue sans consonne nasale
[2811]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1985) : Hypothèse sur la genèse de la nasalité en Niger-Congo
[24137]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (2006) : Unité et diversité du wɛ de Côte d'Ivoire
[25290]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (2006) : Variations actancielles : la voix causative en Ega
[2806]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy & Philippe Lafage (1983) : Etude lexicostatistique des langues kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[2812]   Bolekia Boleka, Justo (1984) : Description du système phonético-phonologique de la langue bubi du nord-est (comparée à l’espagnol et au français)
[2813]   Bolekia Boleka, Justo (1987) : El aumento o actualizador definido en lengua bubi
[2814]   Bolekia Boleka, Justo (1991) : Curso de lengua bubi
[23891]   Bolima, Flora Ageko (1998) : The tonological outline of Ngishe
[28580]   Bollaert, Flore (2017) : The synchronic phonology and nominal morphology of Sagala (Bantu G39, Tanzania): A preliminary study
[28340]   Bollaert, Flore , Sara Pacchiarotti & Koen Bostoen (2021) : The Noun Class System of Bwala, an Undocumented Teke Language from the DRC (Bantu, B70z)
[2815]   Bollée, Annegret [Alsdorf] (1977) : Le créole français des Seychelles: esquisse d’un grammaire, textes, vocabulaire
[2816]   Bollée, Annegret [Alsdorf] (1977) : Zur Entstehung der französischen Kreolendialekte im Indischen Ozean: Kreolisierung ohne Pidginisierung
[2817]   Bollée, Annegret [Alsdorf] (1977?) : Le créole français des Seychelles: esquisse d’un grammaire, textes, vocabulaire
[2818]   Bollée, Annegret [Alsdorf] (1993) : Language policy in the Seychelles and its consequences
[2819]   Bollée, Annegret [Alsdorf] (1993) : Dictionnaire étymologique des créoles français de l’Océan Indien, II: mots d’origine non-française ou inconnue
[2822]   Bolli, Margrit (1975) : Étude prosodique du dan (blossé)
[23617]   Bolli, Margrit (1991) : Orthography difficulties to be overcome by Dan people literate in French
[2820]   Bolli, Margrit & Eva Flik (1971) : Inventaire préliminaire des langues et dialects en Côte d’Ivoire
[2821]   Bolli, Margrit & Eva Flik (1973) : Phonological statement: Dan (Blossé)
[22955]   Bolli, Margrit & Eva Flik (1978) : La phonologie du muan
[2823]   Bolouvi, Lébéné Philippe (1994) : Nouveau dictionnaire étymologique afro-brasilien: afro-brasilerismes d’origine ewe-fon et yoruba
[25266]   Bombay, Elaine (2007) : Enquête sociolinguistique sur les langues tama et assangori, parlers du Tchad et du Soudan
[28867]   Bombay, Elaine (2010) : Enquête sociolinguistique sur les parlers Bayo, Morbo, Morom, and Bolong du Tchad
[2824]   Bomhard, Allan R. (1984) : Toward proto-Nostratic: a new approach to the comparison of proto-Indo-European and proto-Afroasiatic
[25408]   Bomhard, Allan R. (2008) : A Sketch of Proto-Afrasian Phonology
[2825]   Bon, G. (1953) : Grammaire l’élé
[2826]   Bona-Baisi, Ignace J. (1960) : Ikani-Ngambo: Oruhaya
[2827]   Bona-Baisi, Ignace J. (1960) : Amateca g’oruhaya (gramatica)
[2828]   Bonalumi, João (196-) : Vocabulário makua-lomwe-portuguàs
[2829]   Bonalumi, João (1965) : Lingua makua-lomwe-portuguàs
[2830]   Bonato, Jasmin (1998) : Die Tempus-/Aspektsystem des Twi (Akan): eine Forschungsgeschichte
[23773]   Bond, Oliver (2006) : A broader perspective on Point of View: logophoricity in Ogonoid languages
[25746]   Bondarev, Dmitry (2010) : Complex clauses in Old Kanembu/LG
[28187]   Bondarev, Dmitry (2021) : Absolute-relative tense in Old Kanembu: foregrounding by posterior taxis
[28474]   Bondarev, Dmitry (2005) : In search of the Saharan inflectional verbal paradigms in Old Kanembu
[28750]   Bondarev, Dmitry (2022) : Affix ki in Old Kanembu verbs: A backgrounding progressive-completive category
[25647]   Bondarev, Dmitry , Philip J. Jaggar , Doris Löhr & Abba Isa Tijani (2011) : Differential subject marking in Kanuri. Agentivity, pragmatics, and split-intransitive
[2831]   Bonde, C. V. (1933) : Note on the Swahili names of certain fishes of Zanzibar
[25570]   Bondéelle, Olivier (2012) : Alternations of emotion verb-noun roots in Wolof – Analogy between verbs and nouns
[25952]   Bondéelle, Olivier (2011) : From Body to Emotion in Wolof: a Phraseology Process
[27911]   Bondéelle, Olivier (2020) : On the polysemy of cultural artifact nouns: An overview of Wolof
[26367]   Bong, Caesar Ongorwo , Paul Ahatar Gilbert , Valente Otwari Ladu , Achaha Samuel Nartisio , Philip Horiho Odingo & Timothy M. Stirtz (2014) : Lopit-English Dictionary
[2832]   Bongo, A. (1968) : Esquisse de phonologie et morphologie de la langue nkucu, dialecte ohendo
[2833]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1940) : Grammaire pounou ; partie 1
[2834]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1947) : Grammaire pounou ; partie 2
[2836]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1952) : Grammaire pounou ; partie 3
[2837]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1956) : Grammaire pounoue et lexique pounou-français
[2835]   Bonneau, L. R. P. Henri (1950) : Dictionnaire français-kirundi
[2838]   Bonnefoux, Benedicto M. (1940) : Dicionário olunyaneka-português
[2839]   Bonnet, Charles (Ed) (1992) : Études nubiennes: conférence de Genève - actes du 7ème congrès international d’études nubiennes, 3-8 septembre 1990
[2840]   Bontinck, Frans (1985) : L’étymologie du terme bosenji
[2841]   Bontinck, Frans (1989) : Toponymie kongo
[2842]   Bontinck, Frans (1991) : L’ethnonyme “mongo”
[2843]   Bontinck, Frans (1992) : L’étymologie des ethnonymes Yombe et Ndombe
[2844]   Bontinck, Frans (1993) : Le toponyme Ngiri-Ngiri reexaminé (avec la réponse de Motingea Mangulu)
[2845]   Bontinck, Frans (1994) : Marginalia “kuba”
[2846]   Bonvini, Emilio (1974) : Traits oppositionels et traits contrastifs en kàsim: essai d’analyse phonologique
[2847]   Bonvini, Emilio (1986) : De l’invariance à la variance: étude grammaticale du kàsim (Burkina Faso)
[2848]   Bonvini, Emilio (1987) : La bouche entre la parole et l‘insulte: l’exemple du kasem (Burkina Faso)
[2849]   Bonvini, Emilio (1988) : Prédication et énonciation en kàsim
[2850]   Bonvini, Emilio (1988) : Séquence de propositions en kasim
[2851]   Bonvini, Emilio (1990) : La négation en kasim: facettes d’une asymétrie
[2852]   Bonvini, Emilio (1992) : La construction sérielle: une structure cognitive? L’exemple du kasim (Burkina Faso)
[2853]   Bonvini, Emilio (1995) : A propos et en marge de “Greater Chadic”: le cas du voltaïque
[2854]   Bonvini, Emilio (1997) : A propos de l’adjectif en kasim
[25139]   Bonvini, Emilio (2009) : Revisiter, trois siècles après, Arte da lingua de Angola de Pedro Dias S.I. (1697), Première Grammaire du Kimbundu
[25976]   Bonvini, Emilio (2004) : Les noms individuels traditionnels chez les Kasina du Burkina Faso
[2855]   Boogert, Nico van den (1998) : La révélation des énigmes : lexiques arabo-berbères des XVII et XVIIIe siècles
[2856]   Boois, John (1996) : Khoekhoegowab as a medium of instruction in formal education
[26335]   Boone, Douglas W. (1995) : Bangba Survey Report
[22450]   Boone, Douglas W. & Kenneth S. Olson (2004) : Bwa bloc survey report
[2859]   Boone, Douglas W. & Richard L. Watson (Ed) (1992) : Moru-Ma’di survey report
[2860]   Boone, Douglas W. , David P. Bradley & Caroline A. Grant (1992) : Central Yambasa survey report
[2861]   Boone, Douglas W. , Silué Lamine & Mary Anne Augustin (2002) : L’utilisation du français et de l’adioukrou par les Aizi
[24272]   Boone, Douglas , Mike Boling , Lamine Silue & Mary Anne Augustin (1999) : Enquête sur les dialectes mandé nord de Côte d'Ivoire
[24145]   Boone, Douglas , Silué Lamine & Mary Anne Augustin (1998-99) : Lʼutilisation du francais et de lʼadioukrou par les Aïzi
[2857]   Boone, O. (1961) : Carte ethnique du Congo: quart sud-est
[2858]   Boone, O. (1973) : Carte ethnique du Congo: quart sud-ouest
[2862]   Boonzaier, S. (1975) : Die vertaling en voorlopige standaardisasie van die ‘Reynell verbal comprehension scale’ op ’n omskrewe groep Afrikaans-sprekende kinders
[2863]   Bootaan, Cabdulqaadir F. (2003) : Mahuraan: “lama huraan waa caxska jiilaall”
[2865]   Booysen, J. J. & Philippus Smit (1983) : Tsonga language centenary, 1883-1983: language maps
[2864]   Booysen, J. M. (1982) : Otjiherero: ’n volledige grammatika met oefeninge en sleutels in Afrikaans
[2866]   Booysen, J. M. & J. Muharupu (1987) : Otjiherero terminologielys/terminology
[25571]   Borchardt, Nadine (2012) : Agreement in Ikaan compound numerals
[25609]   Borchardt, Nadine (2011) : A morphosyntactic categorization of Ikaan numerals
[25967]   Borchardt, Nadine (2011) : The Numeral System of Ikaan,a Benue-Congo Language of Nigeria
[27745]   Borchardt, Nadine (2012) : The verbal system in Gyeli
[2867]   Borello, Mario (1939) : Grammatica di lingua galla, I: fonetica e morfologia
[2868]   Borello, Mario (1995) : Vocabulario galla-italiano, italiano-galla
[2869]   Borello, Mario (1995) : Dizionario oromo-italiano/Oromo-Italian dictionary
[2870]   Borer, Hagit & Y. Aoun (Ed) (1981) : Theoretical issues in the grammar of Semitic languages
[2871]   Borgne, [Capitaine] le (1953) : Vocabulaire technique du chameau en Mauritanie (dialecte hassanya)
[2872]   Boris, Gilbert (1951) : Documents linguistiques et ethnographiques sur une région du sud tunisien (Nefzaoua)
[2873]   Boris, Gilbert (1958) : Lexique du parler arabe des Marazig
[2874]   Borland, Colin H. (1970) : Eastern Shona: a comparative dialect study
[2875]   Borland, Colin H. (1972) : Some tone patterns of Shona
[2876]   Borland, Colin H. (1982) : How basic is “basic” vocabulary?
[2877]   Borland, Colin H. (1984) : Conflicting methodologies of Shona dialect classification
[2878]   Borland, Colin H. (1986) : Internal relationships in southern Bantu
[2879]   Borland, Colin H. (1986) : Problems in the linguistic reconstruction of Zimbabwean prehistory
[2880]   Borland, Colin H. (1986) : The linguistic reconstruction of prehistoric pastoralist vocabulary
[2881]   Borland, Colin H. (1992) : Computing African linguistic prehistory
[2882]   Borowsky, Toni (1983) : Geminate consonants in Luganda
[2883]   Borowsky, Toni (1983) : On glide insertion in Luganda
[2884]   Borowsky, Toni (1995) : Hausa plurals and optimality
[2892]   Bosch, Barbara (2000) : Ethnicity markers in Afrikaans
[2888]   Bosch, Barbara & Vivian de Klerk (1994) : Oor klokkies en sticks: byname in ’n Afrikaanssprekende gemeenskap
[2885]   Bosch, Johannes L. (1964) : Die Shambiu van die Okavango: ’n volkenkundige studie
[3109]   Bösch, P. Fridolin (19--) : Kinyamwezi-Deutsch, A-I
[2886]   Bosch, Sonja E. (1985) : Subject and object agreement in Zulu
[2889]   Bosch, Sonja E. (1995) : The nature of ‘possession’ in Zulu - a re-examination
[2891]   Bosch, Sonja E. (1997) : Possible origins of the possessive particle -ka- in Zulu
[2893]   Bosch, Sonja E. (2000) : On the conceptualization of possession in Zulu
[2894]   Bosch, Sonja E. (2001) : Project on computational morphology (with special reference to Zulu) within the framework of human language technologies
[2896]   Bosch, Sonja E. & Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo (2002) : ‘Abbreviated nouns’ in African languages: a morphological, semantic and lexicographic perspective
[2890]   Bosch, Sonja E. & George Poulos (1996) : The categorial status of the possessive in Zulu: a new perspective
[2895]   Bosch, Sonja E. & Laurette Pretorius (2002) : The significance of computational morphological analysis for Zulu lexicography
[2887]   Bosch, Sonja E. & P. C. Taljaard (1989) : Handbook of IsiZulu
[26111]   Bosch, Sonja E. , Laurette Pretorius & Axel Fleisch (2008) : Experimental Bootstrapping of Morphological Analysers for Nguni Languages
[26119]   Bosch, Sonja E. , Laurette Pretorius & Jackie Jones (2007) : Towards Machine-Readable Lexicons for South African Bantu languages
[27688]   Bose, Paulin Baraka & Nico Nassenstein (2016) : Morphosyntactic core features of Kivu Swahili: A synopsis
[2897]   Bosha, I. (1993) : Taathira za kiarabu katika kiswahili pamoja na kamusi thulathiya, kiswahili-kiarabu-kiingereza [The influence of Arabic language on Kiswahili with a trilingual dictionary, Swahili-Arabic-English]
[2898]   Boshoff, S. P. E. (1921) : Volk an taal van Suid-Afrika
[2899]   Boshoff, S. P. E. (1936) : Etimologiese woordeboek van Afrikaans
[2900]   Boshoff, S. P. E. (1950) : Abiekwasgeelhout: ’n etimologiese bydrae
[2901]   Boshoff, S. P. E. & Gabriel Stefanus Nienaber (1967) : Afrikaanse etimologieë
[24719]   Bosire, Mokaya (2006) : Hybrid Languages: The Case of Sheng
[26203]   Bosire, Mokaya (2009) : What Makes a Sheng Word Unique? Lexical Manipulation in Mixed Languages
[2902]   Bosman, D. B. (1923) : Oor die onstaan van Afrikaans
[2903]   Bosman, D. B. (1928) : Oor die onstaan van Afrikaans
[2904]   Bosman, D. B. (1976) : Oor die onstaan van Afrikaans
[2905]   Bosman, D. B. , I. W. van der Merwe & L. W. Hiemstra (1984) : Tweetalige woordeboek/Bilingual dictionary
[2906]   Boss, Georg (1934) : Aus dem Pflanzenleben Südwestafrikas
[28350]   Bossi, Madeline & Michael Diercks (2019) : V1 in Kipsigis: Head movement and discourse-based scrambling
[2907]   Bostock, Peter Geoffrey (1996) : A tentative short dictionary: English into Kidawida (or Kitaita)
[2908]   Bostock, Peter Geoffrey (1996) : A tentative short dictionary: Kidawida (or Kitaita) into English
[2909]   Bostoen, Koen (1997) : Het Shaba-Swahili: geschiedenis en bronne
[2910]   Bostoen, Koen (1999) : Aspects phonétiques et phonologiques de l’intonation en cilubà (L31A)
[2911]   Bostoen, Koen (1999) : Katanga Swahili: the particular history of a language reflected in her structure
[2912]   Bostoen, Koen (2001) : Osculance in Bantu reconstructions: a case study of the pair *-kádang-/*-káng- (‘fry’, ‘roast’) and its historical implications
[2913]   Bostoen, Koen (2003) : Introduction à l’intonation du cilubà
[2914]   Bostoen, Koen (2004) : Linguistics for the use of African history and the comparative study of Bantu pottery vocabulary
[2915]   Bostoen, Koen (2004) : Étude comparative et historique du vocabulaire relatif à la poterie en bantou
[2916]   Bostoen, Koen (2004) : The vocabulary of pottery fashioning techniques in Great Lakes Bantu: a comparative onomasiological study
[23244]   Bostoen, Koen (2005) : Comparative notes on Bantu agent noun spirantization
[24639]   Bostoen, Koen (2008) : Bantu Spirantization : Morphologization, lexicalization and historical classification
[24723]   Bostoen, Koen (2007) : Bantu Plant Names as Indicators of Linguistic Stratigraphy in the Western Province of Zambia
[25798]   Bostoen, Koen (2009) : Semantic Vagueness and Cross-Linguistic Lexical Fragmentation in Bantu: Impeding Factors for Linguistic Palaeontology
[26058]   Bostoen, Koen (2005) : A Diachronic Onomasiological Approach To Early Bantu Oil Palm Vocabulary
[26206]   Bostoen, Koen (2009) : Shanjo and Fwe as Part of Bantu Botatwe: A Diachronic Phonological Approach
[26667]   Bostoen, Koen (2006) : Des mots et des pots en bantou : Une approche linguistique de l’histoire de la céramique en Afrique
[27829]   Bostoen, Koen (2020) : Language and archaeology
[28565]   Bostoen, Koen (2019) : Reconstructing Proto-Bantu
[28888]   Bostoen, Koen (2022) : An introduction to Reconstructing Proto-Bantu Grammar
[26630]   Bostoen, Koen & Jean-Pierre Donzo Bunza (2013) : Bantu-Ubangi language contact and the origin of labial-velar stops in Lingombe (Bantu, C41, DRC)
[25546]   Bostoen, Koen & Bonny Sands (2012) : Clicks in south-western Bantu languages – Contact-induced vs. language internal lexical change
[28054]   Bostoen, Koen & Heidi Goes (2019) : Was Proto-Kikongo a 5 or 7-Vowel Language? Bantu Spirantization and Vowel Merger in the Kikongo Language Cluster
[22635]   Bostoen, Koen & Jacky Maniacky (Ed) (2005) : Studies in African comparative linguistics, with special focus on Bantu and Mande: essays in honour of Yvonne Bastin and Claire Grégoire
[25272]   Bostoen, Koen & Léon Mundeke (2011) : Passiveness and inversion in Mbuun (Bantu B87, DRC)
[26022]   Bostoen, Koen & Léon Mundeke (2011) : The causative/applicative syncretism in Mbuun (Bantu B87, DRC): Semantic split or phonemic merger?
[27238]   Bostoen, Koen & Léon Mundeke (2012) : Subject marking, object-verb order and focus in Mbuun (Bantu, B87)
[28556]   Bostoen, Koen & Mark Van de Velde (2019) : Introduction
[28896]   Bostoen, Koen & Rozenn Guérois (2022) : Reconstructing suffixal phrasemes in Bantu verbal derivation
[26088]   Bostoen, Koen & Yolande Nzang-Bie (2010) : On how “middle” plus “associative/reciprocal” became “passive” in the Bantu A70 languages
[26223]   Bostoen, Koen , Ferdinand Mberamihigo & Gilles‑Maurice De Schryver (2012) : Grammaticalization and subjectification in the semantic domain of possibility in Kirundi (Bantu, JD62)
[28887]   Bostoen, Koen , Gilles-Maurice de Schryver , Rozenn Guérois & Sara Pacchiarotti (eds.) (2022) : On reconstructing Proto-Bantu grammar
[27602]   Bostoen, Koen , Odjas Ndonda Tshiyayi & Gilles-Maurice De Schryver (2013) : On the Origin of the Royal Kongo Title ngangula
[26609]   Bostoen, Koen , Sebastian Dom & Guillaume Segerer (2015) : The antipassive in Bantu
[3110]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1962) : La description phonologique du basaá (mbene)
[3111]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1964) : Les tons en basa
[3112]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1966) : Le problème linguistique au Cameroun
[3113]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1970) : Nexus et nominaux en basaá
[3114]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1974) : La transcription moderne des langues africaines
[3115]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1977) : L’adjectif qualicatif dans trois langues bantu du nord-ouest: duala, basaa, bulu
[3116]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1981) : The transcription and harmonization of African languages
[3117]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1985) : Les classes nominales en douálá
[2917]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1997) : Structure syllabique et lois morphémiques du yasa
[2918]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1997) : La nominalisation en yasa
[2919]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1998) : Temps verbaux et aspects du yasa
[23847]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1986) : Les substituts ou representants en ba sa a
[26726]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (2011) : Les verbes dérivés du yasa
[26727]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (2011) : Le préfixe nominal yasa
[2921]   Botha, Colin Graham (1922) : The early history of the Cape Province, as illustrated by Dutch place names
[2923]   Botha, Colin Graham (1925) : The distribution of South African fauna in relation to place names
[2924]   Botha, Colin Graham (1926) : Place names in the Cape Province
[2934]   Botha, J. (1981) : Teaching Bantu languages for special purposes: an experiment with ‘Xhosa for factories’
[2930]   Botha, J. J. (1974) : Die kwalifikatief in Xhosa
[2931]   Botha, J. J. (1975) : Die saamgestelde onderwerp in Xhosa
[2929]   Botha, J. P. (1973) : Die adjektief as voorbepaling in Afrikaans
[2920]   Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1920) : Grammar of Afrikaans
[2922]   Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1923) : Afrikaanse grammatika
[2925]   Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1938) : Practical Afrikaans for English-speaking students
[2926]   Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1940) : Practical Afrikaans for English-speaking students
[2927]   Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1950) : Practical Afrikaans for English-speaking students
[2933]   Botha, Rudolf P. (1980) : Word-based morphology and synthetic compounding
[2937]   Botha, Rudolf P. (1988) : Form and meaning in word formation: a study of Afrikaans reduplication
[2938]   Botha, Rudolf P. (1988) : Semantic evidence against the autonomy of the lexicon
[2932]   Botha, T. J. R. (1977) : Watername in Natal
[2936]   Botha, T. J. R. (1985) : Probleme met die eienaamverbinding in die afrikaanse televisiediens
[2928]   Botha, T. J. R. (Ed) (1968) : Taal en teken: bundel opgedra aan prof. G. S. Nienaber op sy sestigste verjaarsdag
[2935]   Botha, Thereza (1981) : Generalizations about synthetic compounding in Afrikaans
[2939]   Botha, W. F. (1991) : Die lemmatisering van uitdrukkings in verklarende Afrikaanse woordeboeke
[2940]   Botha, Willem J. (1996) : Spatial deixis in Afrikaans dictionaries
[2941]   Botha, Willem J. (1997) : Mental contact: the category die ‘the’ in Afrikaans
[27247]   Botne Robert, & Adrien Pouille, in collaboration with Rokhaya Seck (2016) : A Saafi-Saafi (Sébikotane Variety) and English // French Dictionary
[26033]   Botne, Robert (2009) : The curious case of auxiliary –many’a in Lwitaxo
[26052]   Botne, Robert (2006) : Motion, time, and tense: on the grammaticization of come and go to future markers in Bantu
[26239]   Botne, Robert (2010) : Perfectives and perfects and pasts, oh my!: On the semantics of -ILE in Bantu
[28578]   Botne, Robert (2019) : Chimpoto N14
[28502]   Botne, Robert & Tiffany L. Kershner (2000) : Time, tense, and the perfect in Zulu
[2942]   Botne, Robert Dale (1980) : Phonological and morphological aspects of verbal structures in Kinyarwanda
[2943]   Botne, Robert Dale (1981) : On the nature of tense and aspect: studies in the semantics of temporal reference in English and Kinyarwanda
[2944]   Botne, Robert Dale (1982) : La sémantique du temps en kinyarwanda
[2945]   Botne, Robert Dale (1983) : The semantics of tense in Kinyarwanda
[2946]   Botne, Robert Dale (1983) : La sémantique du temps en kinyarwanda
[2947]   Botne, Robert Dale (1983) : On the notion “inchoative verb” in Kinyarwanda
[2948]   Botne, Robert Dale (1986) : The temporal role of eastern Bantu -ba and -li
[2949]   Botne, Robert Dale (1987) : Semantics and pragmatics of tense in Kikerebe and Kinyarwanda
[2950]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989) : The function of auxiliary -bá in Kinyarwanda
[2951]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989) : Reconstruction of a grammaticalized auxiliary in Bantu
[2952]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989) : Quelques remarques sur les roles du morpheme -ra-: une response a Y. Cadiou
[2953]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989/90) : The historical relation of Cigogo to Zone J languages
[2954]   Botne, Robert Dale (1990) : The origins of the remote future formatives in Kinyarwanda, Kirundi, Giha (J61)
[2955]   Botne, Robert Dale (1990/91) : Verbal prosody in Ciruri
[2956]   Botne, Robert Dale (1991) : Variation and word formation in Proto-Bantu: the case of *-yikad-
[2958]   Botne, Robert Dale (1992) : Double reflexes in eastern and southern Bantu
[2959]   Botne, Robert Dale (1992) : Phonemic split in Nen (A44): a case of tonal conditioning of glottalic Proto-Bantu consonants
[2960]   Botne, Robert Dale (1993) : Differenciating the auxiliaries -ti and -va in Tumbuka (N.21)
[2961]   Botne, Robert Dale (1993) : Noun incorporation into verbs: the curious case of “ground” in Bantu
[2964]   Botne, Robert Dale (1995) : The pronominal origin of an evidential
[2965]   Botne, Robert Dale (1998) : The evolution of future tenses from serial ‘say’ constructions in central eastern Bantu
[2967]   Botne, Robert Dale (1998) : Prosodically-conditioned vowel shortening in Chindali
[2968]   Botne, Robert Dale (1999) : Future and distal -ka-’s: Proto-Bantu or nascent form(s)?
[2969]   Botne, Robert Dale (2003) : Lega (Beya dialect) (D25)
[2970]   Botne, Robert Dale (2003) : Dissociation in tense, realis and location in Chindali verbs
[2971]   Botne, Robert Dale (2004) : Specificity in Lusaamia infinitives
[2972]   Botne, Robert Dale (2005) : Cognitive schemas and motion verbs: ‘coming’ and ‘going’ in Chindali (Eastern Bantu)
[22623]   Botne, Robert Dale (2002) : Towards a typology of die verbs in African languages
[26423]   Botne, Robert Dale (2014) : Resultatives, Remoteness, and Innovation in Eastern and Southern Bantu T/A Systems
[27056]   Botne, Robert Dale (2010) : Three properties of temporal organization in Bantu T/A systems
[27551]   Botne, Robert Dale (2006) : A Grammatical Sketch of the Lusaamia Verb
[27305]   Botne, Robert Dale (compiler) & Loveness Schafer (2008) : A Chindali and English Dictionary
[2957]   Botne, Robert Dale & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (1991) : A learner’s Chichewa-English, English-Chichewa dictionary
[2963]   Botne, Robert Dale & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (1995) : A learner’s Chichewa and English dictionary
[2966]   Botne, Robert Dale & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (1998) : Asymmetric corodination in Lega
[2962]   Botne, Robert Dale & Kisanga Salama-Gray (1994) : A Lega and English dictionary, with an index to Proto-Bantu roots
[22622]   Botne, Robert Dale & Rose Vondrasek (Ed) (2002) : Explorations in African linguistics: from Lamnso to Sesotho
[2973]   Boucher, Evelyn (1983) : Développement du swahili en Afrique noire et recule de l’anglais dans le sud-est asiatique
[23505]   Boucher, Karine & Suzanne Lafage (2000) : Le lexique français du Gabon
[25675]   Boucherit, Aziza (2011) : Arbitraire, motivation et référent dans des composés nominaux en berbère
[2974]   Boucneau, Jacques (1987) : A tentative linguistic bibliography of Swahili 1964-1984: basics, phonology & morphophonology, syntax, lexicography
[23910]   Bouh Ma Sitna, Charles Lwanga (2004) : Le syntagme nominal du yasa
[2976]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1994) : L’accord des adjectifs du protobantou en zone H
[22908]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1989) : Teke and its dialects in Congo: status of the research
[25260]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1995) : Structures phonologiques et structures prosodiques : le modèle bekwel
[25261]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1996) : Eléments de phonologie diachroinique du bekwel (bantou, A85b)
[25264]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi & Didier Demolin (1996) : Quelques changements phonétiques en bekwel
[2975]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi & Josué Ndamba (1991) : Essai de classification lexicostatistique des langues bantoues de Congo-Brazzaville
[2977]   Boukar-Selim, Laumagi ga B. (19--) : Linguistique contrastive et didactique des langues: étude de grammaire contrastive de l’anglais, du français, et du ngambay (Tchad)
[2978]   Boukar-Selim, Laumagi ga B. (1986) : ‘To be or not to be’, ‘to have or not to have’ and their expressions in English, French and Ngambay
[24636]   Boukari, Oumarou (2008) : Songhay-Zarma
[859]   Boukhris, Fatima (1989) : Le verbe en tamazight: lexique et morphologie (parlers des Zemmours)
[25759]   Boukhris, Fatima (2010) : La variation morphosyntaxique en amazighe – position et ordre des pronoms clitiques
[2979]   Boukous, Ahmed (1987) : Syllable et syllabation en berbère
[2980]   Boukous, Ahmed (1987) : Phonotactique et domaines prosodiques en berbère (parler tachelhit d’Agadir, Maroc)
[2981]   Boukous, Ahmed (1990) : Syllabification et domaine prosodique en berbère
[2982]   Boulinier, Georges (1976) : Bibliographie linguistiques comorienne
[2983]   Boum, Marie Anne (1980) : Le groupe menchum: morphologie nominale
[2984]   Boum, Marie Anne (1981) : Le syntagme nominal en modele
[2985]   Boum, Marie Anne (1983) : L’expression de la localisation en basaá
[14889]   Boumalk, Abdallah (2004) : Manuel de conjugaison du tachelhit (langue berbère du Maroc)
[25836]   Boumalk, Abdallah (2009) : Expressions et locutions figées en lexicographie : cas du berbère ...
[2986]   Bouman, A. C. (1926) : Onderzoekingen over Afrikaanse sintaksis
[2987]   Bounfour, Abdellah (1984) : Linguistique et littérature: études sur la littérature orale marocaine
[2988]   Boungou, Pierre (19--) : Étude morphologique du bembe
[2989]   Bouny, Paule (1978) : Un conte mandagué (parler kotoko)
[2990]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1962) : A propos de numération: l’emploi du système décimal et du système duodécimal dans la langue birom (Nigéria septentrional)
[2991]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1963) : Le parler birom de Du (Nigeria septentrional): phonologie et morphologie
[2992]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1964) : A wordlist of Aten (Ganawuri)
[2993]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1964) : A propos de la phonologie du sara
[2994]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1967) : Le système des classes nominales dans quelques languages (birom, ganawuri, anaguta, irigwe, kaje, rukuba) appartenant au groupe “Plateau” (Nigéria central) de la sous-famille Bénoué-Congo
[2995]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1967) : Some data for a comparative study of Birom (northern Nigeria) and Proto-Bantu
[2996]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1968) : Birom et bantou commun
[2997]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1970) : La langue birom (Nigéria septentrional): phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[2998]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1971/72) : Les noms de plantes chez les birom
[2999]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1973) : Quelques réflexions sur le système phonologique du rundi
[3000]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1976) : Théories et méthodes en linguistique africaine: communication au 11ème congrès de la Société Linguistique de l’Afrique de l’Ouest (SLAO), Yaoundé, avril, 1974
[3008]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1981) : Les langues bénoué-congo et leur classification
[3009]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1981) : Le birom
[26334]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1970) : Textes birom (Nigéria septentrional) avec traduction et commentaires
[28763]   Bouquiaux, Luc (2001) : Dictionnaire birom - I. birom - français - anglais ; II. lexiques ; III. thématique
[3003]   Bouquiaux, Luc (Ed) (1979) : Multilingualisme dans les domaines bantou du nord-ouest et tchadique: le point de la question en 1977
[3004]   Bouquiaux, Luc (Ed) (1980) : L’expansion bantoue: actes du colloque international du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Viviers 4-16 avril 1977
[3001]   Bouquiaux, Luc & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1976) : Une aire de génération de tons en Afrique centrale: problèmes tonals dans quelques langues oubanguiennes et bantoues périphériques
[3007]   Bouquiaux, Luc & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1980) : Le peuplement oubanguien, hypothèse de reconstruction des mouvements migratoires dans la région oubanguienne d’après des données linguistiques et de tradition orale
[3010]   Bouquiaux, Luc & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1992) : Studying and describing unwritten languages
[3011]   Bouquiaux, Luc & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1994) : Quelques problèmes comparatifs de langues bantoues C10 des confins oubanguiens: le cas du mbati, du ngando et de l’aka
[3005]   Bouquiaux, Luc , Gladys Guarisma & Gabriel Manessy (Ed) (1980) : Problèmes de comparatisme et de dialectologie dans les langues africaines
[3002]   Bouquiaux, Luc , Jean-Marie Kobozo , Marcel Diki-Kidiri , Jacqueline Vallet & Anne Behaghel (Ed) (1978) : Dictionnaire sango-français et lexique français-sango
[3006]   Bouquiaux, Luc , Larry Michael Hyman & Jan Voorhoeve (Ed) (1980) : Les classes nominales dans le bantou des Grassfields = L’expansion bantoue: actes du colloque international du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Viviers 4-16 avril 1977
[3013]   Bourdin, Jean-François (1983) : Bibliographie analytique des langues parlées en Afrique subsaharienne, 1970-1980
[3014]   Bourdonnec, P.-M. (1948) : La langue sanga
[3015]   Bourdonnec, P.-M. & André Coupez (1968) : Fichier du dictionnaire sanga
[3016]   Bourenane, Karima Radja Roudesli (1984) : English learning in Algeria: an analysis of errors and attitudes
[3017]   Bourguet, Pierre du (1971) : Grammaire égyptienne, moyen empire pharaonique: méthode progressive basée sur les armatures de cette langue
[3018]   Bourguet, Pierre du (1976) : Grammaire fonctionelle et progressive de l’Egyptien demotique
[3019]   Bourguet, Pierre du (1980) : Grammaire égyptienne, moyen empire pharaonique: méthode progressive basée sur les armatures de cette langue
[3020]   Bourquin, Walther (1922) : The prefix of the locative in Kafir
[3021]   Bourquin, Walther (1923) : Neue Ur-Bantu-Wortstämme, nebst einem Beitrag zur Erforschung der Bantu-Wurzeln
[3022]   Bourquin, Walther (1927) : Die Sprache der Phuthi
[3023]   Bourquin, Walther (1932/33) : Entstehung von Nasalen durch den Influss von i im Bantu
[3024]   Bourquin, Walther (1946) : The so-called article in Xhosa
[3025]   Bourquin, Walther (1949) : The use of the demonstrative pronoun in Xhosa
[3026]   Bourquin, Walther (1951) : Click-words which Xhosa, Zulu and Sotho have in common
[3027]   Bourquin, Walther (1951) : Schnalzwörter als geschichtliche Urkunden
[3028]   Bourquin, Walther (1952) : Notes on the concords in Xhosa, Zulu and Sotho, their differences and general aspects
[3029]   Bourquin, Walther (1953/54) : Weitere Ur-Bantu-Wortstämme
[3030]   Bourquin, Walther (1955) : Notes on the “close vowels” in Bantu
[3031]   Boursier, Daniel , Jean Mokoto & Ursula Wiesemann (1984) : Les verbes en bangando
[3032]   Bousacq, E. (1929) : Les langues du Congo
[28540]   Boutin, Akissi Béatrice (2006) : Adpositions locatives en français de Côte d’Ivoire, en dioula et en baoulé
[3033]   Boutin, Pierre (1981) : Éléments pour une systématique du fɔ́ndɔ́ndɔ́, parler “senoufo” du nord de la Côte d’Ivoire
[27280]   Boutin, Pierre (1982) : Relations de détermination en fodonon (parler sénoufo de la région de Dikodougou, Côte d'Ivoire)
[23984]   Boutrais, Jean (1994) : Pour une nouvelle cartographie des Peuls
[3034]   Boutrais, Jean & Catherine Baroin (Ed) (1999) : L’homme et l’animal dans le bassin du Lac Tchad: actes du colloque du réseau Méga-Tchad, Orléans, 15-17 octobre 1997
[22866]   Boutwell, Katrina (2001) : An assessment of the creolization of Cameroon Pidgin English
[27880]   Boutwell, Richard L. (2018) : Speaker attitude and demonstrative choice in Ncane (Beboid)
[27933]   Boutwell, Richard L. (2020) : A grammar of Nchane: A Bantoid (Beboid) language of Cameroon
[12883]   Boutwell, Richard L. & Katrina L. Boutwell (2014) : Nchane Phonology Sketch
[25884]   Bouylmani, Ahmadou (2008) : Berber at school. Some implications of Berber teaching in Morocco
[23285]   Bovin, M. (1972) : Ethno-terms for ethnic groups: examples from Azande and Kanuri
[22595]   Bow, Catherine (1997) : A description of Moloko phonology
[3035]   Bowcock, Dianne Carroll (1985) : Educational language planning in the Gambia
[3036]   Bowcock, Dianne Carroll (1985) : African language usage in the classroom, reported and observed
[3037]   Bowern, Claire & Victoria Lotridge (Ed) (2002) : Ndebele
[3038]   Bowers, Roger (1995) : You can never plan the future by the past: where do we go with English?
[23066]   Bowman, Heidi (1978) : A stratificational analysis of Hausa
[3039]   Boyce, William Binnington (1956) : Grammar of the Kafir language
[3058]   Boyd, Ginger (2000) : The role of tense and aspect in Mbodomo narrative discourse
[27929]   Boyd, Ginger (2020) : Variations phonologique dans les dialectes du bangubangu
[3040]   Boyd, Raymond (1974) : Étude comparative dans le groupe adamawa
[3042]   Boyd, Raymond (1978) : Etudes comparatives: a propos des ressemblances lexicales entre langues niger-congo et nilo-saharienne
[3043]   Boyd, Raymond (1980) : Étude zandé (langue oubanguienne, dialecte de la République Centrafricaine)
[3044]   Boyd, Raymond (1988) : Le kpatiri ou gbayi, une nouvelle langue du groupe ngbandi
[3046]   Boyd, Raymond (1988) : Le groupe zande
[3048]   Boyd, Raymond (1989) : Adamawa-Ubangi
[3049]   Boyd, Raymond (1989) : Tone feature analysis: applications to Grassfields Bantu languages
[3050]   Boyd, Raymond (1989) : Number systems in the Adamawa branch of Niger-Congo
[3051]   Boyd, Raymond (1994) : Historical perspectives on Chamba Daka
[3053]   Boyd, Raymond (1995) : Le zande
[3054]   Boyd, Raymond (1995) : De l’expression et de l’expressivité en morphologie: analyse comparée de la dérivation verbale en zande et en nzakala
[3055]   Boyd, Raymond (1996) : Congo-Saharan revisited
[3057]   Boyd, Raymond (1997) : Les harmonies vocaliques du zande
[23977]   Boyd, Raymond (1988) : Les langues Adamawa
[24458]   Boyd, Raymond (2004) : The syntax and semantics of the Chamba-Daka verbal noun
[24853]   Boyd, Raymond (2007) : Les emplois de certains morphèmes déictiques en bata (Tchadique centrale)
[24926]   Boyd, Raymond (1999) : A Linguistic Sketch of Tiba (Gà), Part 1
[24927]   Boyd, Raymond (1999) : A Linguistic Sketch of Tiba (Gà), Part 2
[24980]   Boyd, Raymond (1998) : Les voisins les plus proches : un aperçu de la dialectologie en Afrique
[25389]   Boyd, Raymond (1999) : A Linguistic Sketch of Tiba (Gà)
[25748]   Boyd, Raymond (2010) : Subordination from a Chamba-Daka perspective
[26277]   Boyd, Raymond (1996-7) : Chamba Daka and Bantoid: A further look at Chamba Daka classification
[3052]   Boyd, Raymond (Ed) (1995) : Le système verbal dans les langues oubanguiennes
[3059]   Boyd, Raymond (Ed) (2001) : Bata phonology: a reappraisal
[3045]   Boyd, Raymond & Helma Pasch (1988) : Le groupe sere-ngbaka-mba
[26746]   Boyd, Raymond & Isa Sa’ad (2010) : A Chamba-English Dictionary
[26348]   Boyd, Raymond & Pascal Boyeldieu (1997) : Lexique langba
[3047]   Boyd, Raymond & Pierre Nougayrol (1988) : Le gèmé ou jèmé, une nouvelle langue du groupe zande
[3056]   Boyd, Virginia L. (1997) : A phonology and grammar of Mbodomo
[23671]   Boyd, Virginia L. (1996) : Petit lexique gbaya mbódòmò - français, dialecte de Gandima Tongo
[23672]   Boyd, Virginia L. (2000) : Exposé de l’alphabet et de l’orthographe proposés pour le gbaya mbodomo
[28958]   Boyd, Virginia Lee (2016) : Elip – English Dictionary
[28935]   Boyd, Virginia Lee (ed.) (2016) : Baca – French Dictionary
[28966]   Boyd, Virginia Lee (Ed.) (2019) : Gunu – French – English Dictionary
[28993]   Boyd, Virginia Lee (ed.) (2016) : Mbule – French Dictionary
[28994]   Boyd, Virginia Lee (ed.) (2016) : Mmala – French Dictionary
[29025]   Boyd, Virginia Lee (ed.) (2016) : Tuki – French Dictionary
[29026]   Boyd, Virginia Lee (ed.) (2019) : Tunen – English Dictionary
[29031]   Boyd, Virginia Lee (ed.) (2016) : Yangben – French Dictionary
[26355]   Boyedieu, Pascal (1997) : Lexique ngbugu
[1824]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2004) : Les pronoms logophoriques dans les langues d’Afrique centrale
[3061]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1973) : Phonologie du yakoma
[3062]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1975) : Études yakoma, langue du groupe oubanguien (RCA): morphologie, synthématique
[3064]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1977) : Éléments pour une phonologie du laal de Gori (Moyen-Chari)
[3065]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1980) : Niellim et tula (langues ‘adamawa’): concordances morphologiques (pluriels nominaux)
[3066]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1982) : Deux études laal (Moyen-Chari, Tchad)
[3067]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1982) : Quelques questions portant sur la classification du laal (Tchad)
[3069]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1982) : Structures sociales et particularismes linguistiques en pays de langue ‘ngbandi’: eléments pour une étude
[3070]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1983) : Vestiges de suffixes de classes nominales dans les langues du groupe boua (Tchad - Adamawa 13 de J.-H. Greenberg)
[3071]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1985) : La langue lua (‘niellim’), groupe boua, Moyen-Chari, Tchad: phonologie, morphologie, dérivation verbale
[3072]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1986) : Présentation sommaire du groupe boua (Tchad)
[3075]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1987) : Les langues fer (“kara”) et yulu du nord Centrafricain: esquisses descriptives et lexiques
[3077]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1989) : Dictionnaire ngbugu, non-publié
[3079]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1989) : Comparative tonal systems: Yulu/Kara vs Sara group (Kenga/Ngambay/Mbay)
[3080]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1990) : Dictionnaire yulu, non-publié
[3081]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1990) : Furu et bagiro: l’extension oubanguienne des langues “sara”
[3082]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1991) : De deux a trois registres tonals: l’exemples des verbes sara-bongo-baguirmiens
[3083]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1992) : La langue bagiro (République Centrafricaine): systématique, textes, lexique
[3084]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1993) : Identité tonale et filiation des langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes (Afrique centrale)
[3085]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1995) : Modifications tonales et limites syntaxiques en bagiro (langue sara de la République Centrafricaine)
[3086]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1995) : Présentation d’une étude comparative des propriétés tonales des langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes
[3087]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1995) : Le yakoma
[3088]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1996) : Mutation et réflection dans l’expansion des registres tonals: l’exemple des langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes
[3089]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2000) : La langue bagiro (République Centrafricaine): systématique, textes, lexique
[3090]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2000) : Identité tonale et filiation des langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes (Afrique centrale)
[23981]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1988) : Présentation sommaire du groupe boua, Tchad (Adamawa 13 de J. H. Greenberg)
[24427]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2005) : La place des verbes composés dans un dictionnaire yulu-français
[24428]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2006) : Reflexes of a Labiovelar Series in Central Sudanic
[24429]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2007) : Compound Verbs and Modalities of Process in Yulu (Central Sudanic)
[24629]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2008) : Dadjo-Sila
[24638]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2008) : Yulu
[24905]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2008) : Logophorique et imminence/immédiateté en yakoma
[24981]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1998) : Comparaison et reconstruction dans le domaine tonal : les langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes
[26009]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2009) : Le quatrième ton du yulu
[26243]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2009) : Adjectifs et qualification en dadjo-Sila
[26954]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2016) : Stratigraphie lexicale et renouvellement du vocabulaire dans les langues SBB ‘occidentales’ (Afrique centrale)
[27531]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2019) : Lexique laal
[27583]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1998) : Lexique Pere
[27786]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2020) : Central Sudanic
[28749]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2022) : De l’origine des voyelles nasales dans les langues sara “centrales”
[3074]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (Ed) (1987) : La maison du chef et la tête du cabri: des degrés de la détermination nominale dans les langues d’Afrique centrale
[3073]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & France Cloarec-Heiss (1986) : Dialectométrie lexicale dans le domaine oubanguien
[3078]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & France Cloarec-Heiss (1989) : Les déterminations “directe” et “indirecte” du nom dans des langues d’Afrique centrale
[25073]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & France Cloarec-Heiss (2001) : Les choix vocaliques de deux parlers banda : correspondances ou ressemblances régulières ?
[3076]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & Marcel Diki-Kidiri (1988) : Le groupe ngbandi-sango-kpatiri
[3068]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & Marcel Diki-Kidiri (Ed) (1982) : Le domaine ngbandi
[7109]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & Pierre Nougayrol (2004) : Les marques personnelles des langues SBB : traits systématiques et perspectives historiques
[25811]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & Pierre Nougayrol (2009) : Les langues soudaniques centrales : essai d'evaluation
[3063]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & Pierre Palayer (1975) : Les langues du groupe boua (Tchad): études phonologiques
[3060]   Boyeldieu, Pascal , Luc Bouquiaux , Xavier Guinet & Judith Hedger (1973) : Problèmes de phonologie (yakoma, rundi, sungor, wolof)
[24871]   Boyeldieu, Pascal , Pierre Nougayrol & Pierre Palayer (2006) : Lexique comparatif historique des langues Sara-Bongo-Baguirmiennes
[27962]   Boyeldieu, Pascal , Raimund Kastenholz , Ulrich Kleinewillinghöfer & Florian Lionnet (2018) : The Bua Group languages (Chad, Adamawa 13) – A comparative perspective
[26857]   Boyer, One & Elizabeth Zsiga (2013) : Phonological Devoicing and Phonetic Voicing in Setswana
[3091]   Boyi, Jean (1977) : Description phonologique du munzombo
[3092]   Boyi, Jean (1983) : Le munzombo (langue oubanguienne): étude du nom
[3093]   Boys, William Earl (1979) : Ibibio phonology
[27419]   Bøegh, Kristoffer Friis , Aymeric Daval-Markussen & Peter Bakker (2016) : A phylogenetic analysis of stable structural features in West African languages
[28463]   Brack, Matthias & Marie-Goretti Musoni (2021) : Wörterbuch Kinyarwanda–Deutsch mit Einführung in Sprache und Grammatik.
[3119]   Braconnier, Cassian (1982/83) : Le systemè tonal du dioula d’Odienné
[3120]   Braconnier, Cassian (1983) : Phonologie du dioula d’Odienne
[3121]   Braconnier, Cassian (1986) : De l’existence de trois types de nasalité à support vocalique en dioula d’Odienné
[3122]   Braconnier, Cassian (1989) : Dioula d’Odienné (parler de Samatiguila): dictionnaire et études de linguistique descriptive
[3123]   Braconnier, Cassian (1989) : Un cas d’influence ds consonnes sur l’assignation tonale à l’intérieu du monème en dioula d’Odienné
[3124]   Braconnier, Cassian (1990) : Le ‘morphème tonal d’énoncé incomplet’ du dioula d’Odienné
[3125]   Braconnier, Cassian (1991) : La forme verbale en -rà du dioula d’Odienné
[3126]   Braconnier, Cassian (1991) : Éléments de syntaxe du verbe en dioula d’Odienné
[3127]   Braconnier, Cassian (1991) : Inaccompli neutre et infinitif en ká du dioula d’Odienné: constructions nominales ou constructions verbales?
[3128]   Braconnier, Cassian (1992) : Dernières nouvelles d’Odienné: ka ‘infinitival’ mandingue est bel et bien un C!
[3129]   Braconnier, Cassian (1992) : Encore le -rà d’Odienné
[3130]   Braconnier, Cassian (1993) : Quelques aspects du passif mandingue dans sa version d’Odienné
[3131]   Braconnier, Cassian (1999) : Dictionnaire du dioula d’Odienné
[24241]   Braconnier, Cassian (1987-88) : Ko/nko à Samatiguila
[24242]   Braconnier, Cassian (1983) : L'inaccompli neutre en Dioula d'Odienné : construction nominale ou verbale ?
[24243]   Braconnier, Cassian (1984) : Vocables d'Odienné non attestés en bambara standard
[24280]   Braconnier, Cassian (1982) : Note sur certaines indications tonales données dans l'article de M. J. Derive : variations dialectales de certaines marques prédicatives des parlers manding ivoiriens (Mandenkan 1 et 2)
[3118]   Braconnier, Cassian & Marie-José Derive (1978) : Petit dictionnaire dioula
[25045]   Braconnier, Cassian & N. Coulibaly (?) : Lexique numũ de Soko
[25046]   Braconnier, Cassian & N. Coulibaly (?) : Lexique ligbi de Sooko
[25047]   Braconnier, Cassian & N. Coulibaly (1986) : Lexique jɔ̄gɔ́
[24608]   Braconnier, Cassian & S. Diaby (1982) : Dioula d’Odienné (parler de Samatiguila): matériel lexical
[3132]   Bradfield, M. (1977) : It in Iraqw: an analysis of the object selector series of the Iraqw verb
[3133]   Bradford, N. H. G. (1962) : Bunyoro adult literacy campaign
[25275]   Bradley, David P. (1992) : Tibea Survey Report
[3134]   Bradley, V. M. (1971) : Jibu narrative discourse structure
[22872]   Bradley, Virginia (1995) : Limbum-English lexicon
[3135]   Bradlow, A. (1992) : On the representation of clicks
[3136]   Bradshaw, A. von S. (1965) : Vestiges of Portuguese in the languages of Sierra Leone
[3137]   Bradshaw, Mary M. (1994) : The independent development of mid tone in Suma
[3138]   Bradshaw, Mary M. (1995) : Tone on verbs in Suma
[3139]   Bradshaw, Mary M. (1996) : One-step raising in Gbanu
[3142]   Bradshaw, Mary M. (1998) : Tone alternations in the associative construction in Suma
[3143]   Bradshaw, Mary M. (1998) : One-step raising in Ali
[3144]   Bradshaw, Mary M. (1999) : Consonant-tone interaction in African languages
[3140]   Bradshaw, Richard & Joel Bombo-Konghozaud (1997) : The Sango language and Central African culture, 1: basic concepts, grammar and vocabulary
[3141]   Bradshaw, Richard & Joel Bradshaw (1998) : A basic Sango-French-English dictionary (Central African Republic)
[3145]   Braga, Maria Luiza (1982) : Left-dislocation and topicalization in Capeverdean Creole
[3146]   Braga, Maria Luiza (1987) : Deslocamentos para a esquerda e topicalizaçoes no crioulo caboverdiano
[3147]   Brain, James Lewton (1961) : Swahili slang
[3148]   Brain, James Lewton (1966) : Basic structures of Swahili
[3149]   Brain, James Lewton (1969) : Basic structures of Swahili, part II: a background to the Swahili language and advanced exercises
[3150]   Brain, James Lewton (1969) : A short dictionary of social science terms for Swahili speakers
[3151]   Brain, James Lewton (1976) : A comparison of Bantu terms in east and west Tanzania
[3152]   Brain, James Lewton (1980) : Luguru bird names
[3153]   Brakel, Anne van , Joyce Hoogeveen , Frank van Pelt , Katrijn Raaijmakers & Christian Rapold (1994) : Ejebele: a wordlist of culinary terminology in Ngombe
[3154]   Bram, G. N. & Mervyn Hiskett (Ed) (1975) : Conflicts and harmony in education in tropical Africa
[22873]   Bramlett, Lee (1996) : Lexique hdi-français-anglais
[28792]   Branan, Kenyon & Colin Davis (2022) : Edges and extraction: Evidence from Chichewa
[3156]   Brand, H. S. P. & J. C. le Roux (1990) : Devokalisasie in Xhosa: ’n herinterpretasie
[3155]   Brand, P. J. , J. H. Esterhuyse , Karl Friedrich Höflich , L. V. Postma & E. Sibeld (1955) : Report of the commission of enquiry into the language rights of the German-speaking section in South West Africa
[3157]   Brand, Roger (2000) : Ethnographie et vocabulaire religieux des cultes vodoun
[27190]   Brand, Roger (1999) : La langue wéménugbé
[3158]   Brandon, Frank Roberts (1974) : The structure of the verb in Swahili
[3159]   Brandon, Frank Roberts (1975) : A constraint on deletion in Swahili
[3161]   Branford, Jean (1978) : A dictionary of South African English
[3162]   Branford, Jean (1980) : A dictionary of South African English
[3164]   Branford, Jean (1987) : A dictionary of South African English
[3167]   Branford, Jean & William Branford (1991) : A dictionary of South African English
[3160]   Branford, William (1976) : A dictionary of South African English as a reflex of the English-speaking cultures of South Africa
[3163]   Branford, William (1983) : Khoisan peoples in the South African English vocabulary
[3165]   Branford, William (1987) : The South African pocket Oxford dictionary
[3166]   Branford, William (1990) : A dictionary of South African English on historical principles
[3168]   Branford, William (1994) : South African English
[3169]   Branford, William & John S. Claughton (2002) : Mutual lexical borrowings among some languages of southern Africa: Xhosa, Afrikaans and English
[3170]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1970) : French curriculum development in Anglophone Africa
[3171]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1972) : The new West African school certificate/G.C.E. advanced level French syllabus
[3172]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1975) : Standardisation des langues et éducation au Nigeria
[3173]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1977) : Language planning for education in Nigeria: some demographic and areal factors
[3174]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1977) : Educational language planning in Nigeria: problems and prospects
[3175]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1977) : The role of language in Nigeria’s educational policy: some comments and inferences
[3176]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1978) : Functions of world languages in West Africa
[3177]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1979) : A typology of language education in Nigeria
[3178]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1980) : Mother tongue, other tongue and further tongue
[3179]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1981) : The future of European languages in Africa
[3180]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1981) : Trilingualism in language planning for education in sub-Saharan Africa
[3181]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1984) : Afro-Saxons and Afro-Romans: language policies in sub-Saharan Africa
[3182]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1985) : Official and national languages in Africa: complementarity or conflict
[3183]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1985) : A sociolinguistic typology of language contact in Nigeria: the role of translation
[3184]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1985) : Language policy, planning and management in Nigeria: a bird’s eye view
[3185]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1988) : The de-lect-able field of socio-linguistic variety differentiation
[3186]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1990) : The role and function of languages in government: language policy issues in Nigeria
[3187]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1993) : The democratisation of language use in public domains in Nigeria
[3188]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1993) : The democratisation of language use in public domains in Nigeria
[3189]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1995) : Urban linguistics in Nigeria: the example of “Language Use in Maiduguri Metropolitan - LUMM”
[3190]   Brassil, Dan (2003) : Patterns in Kirundi reduplication
[3191]   Braun, Willie (1989) : Aspekte der Lexikographie des Swahili: die Wortverbindungen des Verbs piga
[3192]   Brauner, Siegmund (1964) : Bemerkungen zum entlehnten Wortschatz des Hausa (Yorubalehnwörter im Hausa)
[3196]   Brauner, Siegmund (1973) : Probleme der Wortartenklassifizierung im Bambara und ihre Nutzung für die Lehre der Sprache
[3197]   Brauner, Siegmund (1974) : Lehrbuch des Bambara
[3199]   Brauner, Siegmund (1979) : Aktuelle Tendenzen der Entwicklung der Konkordanzbeziehungen im Swahili
[3200]   Brauner, Siegmund (1980) : Urbanisierungsprozesse in Afrika und ihre Auswirkung auf die Entwicklung der sprachlichen Situation
[3202]   Brauner, Siegmund (1982) : Problèmes actuels du développement des langues nationales en République Populaire du Congo
[3204]   Brauner, Siegmund (1986) : Zum Verhältnis von Kultur- und Sprachgeschichte: chinesische Lehnwörter im Swahili
[3205]   Brauner, Siegmund (1986) : Der wissenschftlich-technische Fortschritt und seine Auswirkungen auf die sprachliche Situation und die Sprachen Afrikas: zu einigen Grund- und Ausgangspositionen
[3207]   Brauner, Siegmund (1990) : Zur Prosodik (Intensität) moderner Nominalkompositionen des Swahili
[3209]   Brauner, Siegmund (1993) : Innovationsprozesse im Verbalsystem des Shona
[3210]   Brauner, Siegmund (1995) : A grammatical sketch of Shona, with historical notes
[3211]   Brauner, Siegmund (1998) : Die Bantuperfekt und sein Schicksal im Schona
[3212]   Brauner, Siegmund (1999) : Afrikanistik in Leipzig (I): 1890-1945
[3213]   Brauner, Siegmund (2000) : Die Mande-Sprachen: Gliederung, Strukturen
[3203]   Brauner, Siegmund (Ed) (1985) : Verkehrs- und Nationalsprachen in Afrika
[3206]   Brauner, Siegmund & H. Ekkehard Wolff (Ed) (1988) : Progressive traditions in African and Oriental studies
[3198]   Brauner, Siegmund & Irmtraud Herms (1979) : Lehrbuch des modernes Swahili
[3193]   Brauner, Siegmund & Joseph Kasella Bantu (1964) : Lehrbuch des Swahili
[3194]   Brauner, Siegmund & Michael G. Ashiwaju (1965) : Lehrbuch der Hausa-Sprache
[3201]   Brauner, Siegmund & Natalya Veniaminovna Okhotina (Ed) (1982) : Studien zur nationalsprachlichen Entwicklung in Afrika: soziolinguistische und sprachpolitische Probleme
[3208]   Brauner, Siegmund & Samson Huni (1993) : Einführung ins Schona
[3195]   Brauner, Siegmund & Wolfgang Reuschel (Ed) (1973) : Beiträge zur Afrikanistik und Orientalistik
[3214]   Bravmann, M. M. (1977) : Studies in Semitic philology
[3215]   Breckwoldt, G. H. (1963) : Clicks and click symbols: an historico-phonetic investigation
[3216]   Breckwoldt, G. H. (1972) : A critical investigation of click symbolism
[3217]   Breckwoldt, G. H. (1978) : Critical review of early descriptions and symbols of click sounds
[3218]   Breedveld, Anneke (1985) : Reflexes of Proto-Bantu alveolar consonants (in Bamileke, A.40, A.50 and A.60)
[3219]   Breedveld, Anneke (1988) : Nasal-plosive sequences in Fulfulde
[3220]   Breedveld, J. O. (1995) : Form and meaning in Fulfulde: a morphonological study of Maasinankore
[24914]   Breedveld, J.O. (1995) : The semantic basis of noun class systems: the case of the Ki and Nge classes in Fulfulde
[3221]   Breeze, Mary J. (1986) : Personal pronouns in Gimira (Benchnon)
[3222]   Breeze, Mary J. (1988) : A comparison of phonological features of Gimira and Dizi
[3223]   Breeze, Mary J. (1990) : A sketch of the phonology and grammar of Gimira (Benchnon)
[22988]   Breeze, Mary J. (1988) : Phonological features of Gimira and Dizi
[3224]   Breitborde, Lawrence B. (1977) : The social structural basis of linguistic variation in an urban African neighbourhood
[3225]   Breitborde, Lawrence B. (1988) : The persistence of English in Liberia: sociolinguistic factors
[3226]   Breitborde, Lawrence B. (1998) : Speaking and social identity: English in the lives of urban Africans
[3227]   Bremicker, Ursula (1---) : Description systematique du waama (langue voltaïque du Benin): phonologie, grammaire
[3228]   Brenner, Louis & Murray Last (1985) : The role of language in West African Islam
[3229]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1987) : East-African beekeping vocabularies: KiZigua
[3230]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1987) : Die sprachliche und kulturelle Stellung der Mbugu (Ma’a)
[3235]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1992) : Lexical retention in language shift: Yaaku/Mukogodo-Maasai and Elmolo/Elmolo-Samburu
[3236]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1992) : Patterns of language shift in East Africa
[3237]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1993) : Minority languages, a cultural heritage
[3239]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1994) : Language loyalty and social environment
[3240]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1995) : The “islanders” of Lake Abbaya and Lake Ch’amo: Harro Ganjule, Gats’ame, and Bayso
[3241]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1998) : Moving to survive: Kxoe communities in arid lands
[3243]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1998) : Sprachwechsel afrikanischer Minoritäten aus soziolinguistischer Sicht
[3244]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1999) : Personal names of the Kxoe: the example of Tcóo-names
[25691]   Brenzinger, Matthias (2010) : The exodus of Khoisan speech communities from Angola
[25890]   Brenzinger, Matthias (2008) : Conceptual strategies of orientation among Khwe: From sunrise/sunset bisections to a left/right Opposition
[3234]   Brenzinger, Matthias (Ed) (1992) : Language death: factual and theoretical explorations with special reference to East Africa
[3242]   Brenzinger, Matthias (Ed) (1998) : Endangered languages in Africa
[25679]   Brenzinger, Matthias & Christa König (Eds) (2010) : Khoisan Languages and Linguistics. Proceedings of the 1st International Symposium, January 4-8, 2003, Riezlern/Kleinwalsertal
[3231]   Brenzinger, Matthias , Bernd Heine & Gabi [Gabriele] Sommer (1991) : Language death in Africa
[3232]   Brenzinger, Matthias , Bernd Heine & Gabi [Gabriele] Sommer (1991) : Mort des langues en Afrique
[3233]   Brenzinger, Matthias , Bernd Heine & Gabi [Gabriele] Sommer (1991) : Language death in Africa
[3238]   Brenzinger, Matthias , Bernd Heine & Ingo Heine (1994) : The Mukogodo Maasai: an ethnobotanical survey
[3253]   Bresnan, Joan (1990) : African languages and syntactic theories
[3254]   Bresnan, Joan (1991) : Locative case vs. locative gender
[3256]   Bresnan, Joan (1993) : Interaction between grammar and discourse in Chichewa (Bantu)
[3257]   Bresnan, Joan (1994) : Locative inversion and the architecture of universal grammar
[3259]   Bresnan, Joan (1995) : Category mismatches
[3260]   Bresnan, Joan (1997) : Mixed categories and head sharing constructions
[3261]   Bresnan, Joan & Adams B. Bodomo (1997) : A note on Dagaare action nominalization as mixed categories
[3251]   Bresnan, Joan & Jonni M. Kanerva (1989) : Locative inversion in Chichewa: a case study in factorization in grammar
[3255]   Bresnan, Joan & Jonni M. Kanerva (1992) : The thematic hierarchy and locative inversion in UG: a reply to Schachter’s comments
[3250]   Bresnan, Joan & Lioba [Priva] Moshi (1988) : Applicatives in Kivunjo (Chaga): implications for argument structure and syntax
[3252]   Bresnan, Joan & Lioba [Priva] Moshi (1990) : Object asymmetries in comparative Bantu syntax
[3245]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1985) : Verb agreement in Chichewa
[3246]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1986) : Grammatical and anaphoric agreement
[3247]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1987) : Topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3248]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1987) : Topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3249]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1987) : Topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3258]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1995) : The lexical integrity principle: evidence from Bantu
[23418]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1985) : On topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3262]   Breton, F. H. le (1936) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3263]   Breton, F. H. le (1937) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3264]   Breton, F. H. le (1940) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3265]   Breton, F. H. le (1941) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3266]   Breton, F. H. le (1948) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3267]   Breton, F. H. le (1951) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3268]   Breton, F. H. le (1958) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3269]   Breton, F. H. le (1968) : Up-country Swahili exercises (Swahili simplified), for the farmer, merchant, businessman and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country African
[3270]   Breton, Roland J. L. (1981) : Groupe A10: Lundu-Mbo, Oroko-Ngoe. Map of Oroko-Ngoe language group of SW Cameroon
[3271]   Breton, Roland J. L. (1991) : The handicaps of language planning in Africa
[3273]   Breton, Roland J. L. (1993) : Is there a Furu language group?
[23972]   Breton, Roland J. L. (1995) : Les Furu et leurs voisins: découvertes et essai de classification d’un groupe de langues en voie d’extinction au Cameroun
[3272]   Breton, Roland J. L. & Fohtung Bikia (1991) : Atlas administratif des langues nationales du Cameroun
[3274]   Briani, Gaetano (1953) : Dizzionario giur, italiano, inglese
[3275]   Bridges, R. C. (1968) : A manuscript Kinika vocabulary and a letter of J. L. Krapf
[3276]   Briggs, K. (1972) : An introductory description of the Bete language
[3277]   Bright, J. A. (1962) : The teaching of English in Uganda
[26293]   Brillman, Ruth (2013) : Second person agreement allomorphy in Masarak
[27156]   Brindle, Jonathan (2017) : A dictionary and grammatical outline of Chakali
[27690]   Brindle, Jonathan A. (2015) : Why is Chakali still spoken?
[24744]   Brindle, Jonathan Allen (2009) : On the Identification of Noun Class and Gender Systems in Chakali
[27378]   Brindle, Jonathan Allen (2015) : Waali plural formation: a preliminary study on variation in noun class realization
[27471]   Brindle, Jonathan Allen (2015) : The multiple senses of sɔ in Sigu
[27462]   Brindle, Jonathan Allen & Enoc Kra (2012) : Siti/Kyitu; an endangered language of Côte d' Ivoire
[26152]   Brindle, Jonathan Allen & Samuel Awinkene Atintono (2012) : A Comparative Study of Topological Relation Markers in Two Gur Languages: Gurenɛ and Chakali
[26998]   Brindle, Jonathan , Mary Esther Kropp Dakubu & Ọbádélé Kambon (2015) : Kiliji, an unrecorded spiritual language of eastern Ghana
[3278]   Brink, A. P. (1976) : English and the Afrikaans writer
[28986]   Brinneman, Carol & Neal Brinneman (eds.) (2015) : Lama – French – English Dictionary
[22916]   Brinneman, Carol G. (1983) : La dichotomie thème-rhème dans un texte non-narratif godié
[22965]   Brinneman, Carol G. (1983) : Prèmiers pas vers une grammaire sociale en godié
[3279]   Brinneman, R. Neal (1974) : La phonologie de lamba
[23119]   Brinneman, R. Neal (1983) : Rélations interpropositionelles temporelles dans le lama
[24555]   Brinneman, Richard Neal (1978) : Une grammaire du lamba
[3280]   Bris, Pierre le & [Révérend] [Père] André Prost (1981) : Dictionnaire bobo-français, précédé d’une introduction grammaticale et suivi d’un lexique français-bobo
[25027]   Brisard, Frank & Michael Meeuwis (2009) : Present and perfect in Bantu: The case of Lingála
[3281]   Brisson, Robert (19--) : Vocabulaire bira
[3283]   Brisson, Robert (1984) : Lexique français-baka
[28091]   Brisson, Robert (2010) : Petit dictionnaire baka-français - sud-Cameroun
[28092]   Brisson, Robert (2010) : Lexique français-baka - sud-Cameroun
[3282]   Brisson, Robert & Daniel Boursier (1979) : Petit dictionnaire baka-français
[26826]   Brito, José António , Gabriela Matos & Fernanda Pratas (2015) : Comitative Coordination in Capeverdean
[3284]   Britz, R. M. J. (1973) : ’n Strukturele ondersoek van die meerlettergrepige naamwordstamme in Xhosa
[3285]   Broadbent, P. B. (1930s/40s) : Unpublished materials on Masalit
[23140]   Brock-Utne, Birgit (2005) : The continued battle over KiSwahili as the language of instruction in Tanzania
[23620]   Brock-Utne, Birgit (1997) : The language question in Namibian schools
[23819]   Brock-Utne, Birgit & Halla B. Holmarsdottir (2001) : The choice of English as medium of instruction and its effects on the African languages in Namibia
[5043]   Brock-Utne, Birgit & Rodney Kofi Hopson (Ed) (2005) : Languages of instruction for African emancipation: focus on postcolonial contexts and considerations
[3287]   Brockelmann, Carl (1929) : Zur Kritik der traditionellen Aussprache des Äthiopischen
[3288]   Brockelmann, Carl (1950) : Abessinische Studien
[23286]   Brockelmann, Carl (1928) : Kurzgefasste vergleichende Grammatik der semitischen Sprachen: Elemente der Laut- und Formenlehre
[3289]   Brockett, A. A. (1985) : The spoken arabic of Khâbûra on the Bâtina of Oman
[3290]   Brockmann, Heinrich (1941) : Einführung in die Hererosprache
[3291]   Brockmann, Karin (1996) : Interner und externer Sprachwandel am Beispiel des Xhosa
[3292]   Broekman, Henry (1997) : African languages and syntactic generation
[3293]   Brokensha, David W. (Ed) (1972) : Akwapim handbook
[3294]   Bromber, Katrin (1991) : “Kujitegemea”: Versuch einer semantischen Beschreibung
[3295]   Bromber, Katrin & Birgit Smieja (Ed) (2004) : Globalisation and African languages: risks and benefits (Festschrift Karsten Legère)
[27484]   Broohm, Obed Nii (2017) : Noun Classification in Esahie
[28407]   Broohm, Obed Nii (2019) : Lexical and Clausal Nominalization in Esahie: A Descriptive Account
[23219]   Brookes, H. (2005) : What gestures do: some communicative functions of quotable gestures in conversations among Black urban South Africans
[3297]   Brooks, Bryan (1991) : Pluractional verbs in African languages
[3296]   Brooks, Kenneth (1976) : Literacy programmes in Ethiopia
[3298]   Broomfield, G. W. (1930) : The development of the Swahili language
[3299]   Broomfield, G. W. (1931) : The re-bantuization of the Swahili language
[3300]   Broomfield, G. W. (1931) : Sarufi ya kiswahili
[3301]   Broselow, Ellen I. (1976) : The phonology of Egyptian Arabic
[3302]   Broselow, Ellen I. (1984) : Default consonants in Amharic morphology
[3303]   Broselow, Ellen I. & Alice Niyondagara (1990) : Feature geometry of Kirundi palatalization
[3304]   Broselow, Ellen I. & Alice Niyondagara (1991) : Morphological structure in Kirundi palatalization: implications for feature geometry
[3306]   Brosnahan, L. F. (1958) : English in southern Nigeria
[3307]   Brosnahan, L. F. (1961) : Problems of linguistic inequivalence in communication (English-Nigerian)
[3308]   Brosnahan, L. F. (1963) : Some historical cases of language imposition
[3309]   Brosnahan, L. F. (1963) : Some aspects of the linguistic situation in tropical Africa
[3310]   Brosnahan, L. F. (1964) : Outlines of the phonology of the Gokana dialect of Ogoni
[3311]   Brosnahan, L. F. (1967) : A wordlist of the Gokana dialect of Ogoni
[3312]   Bross, Michael (1988) : Materialen zur Sprache der Ndam von Dik (Rep. Tchad): Untersuchungen zur Phonologie und Morphologie
[3315]   Bross, Michael (1997) : Some remarks on the history of extinct languages Auyo, Shira and Teshena
[24329]   Bross, Michael (2006) : Factors for the Distribution of the Definite Article - A corpus based study on L1 and L2 Hausa from Maiduguri
[3313]   Bross, Michael & Ahmad Tela Baba (1994) : Construction of a furnace among the Guddirawa: description and linguistic remarks
[3314]   Bross, Michael & Ahmad Tela Baba (1996) : Dictionary of Hausa crafts: a dialectal documentation/Kamus na sana’o’in hausa: bincike kan karin harshen Hausa
[3316]   Broughall Woods, R. E. (1924) : A short introductory dictionary of the Kaonde language, with English-Kaonde appendix
[3317]   Brousseau, Anne-Marie (1990) : Domaines et relations de gouvernement dans les processus tonals du fongbe
[3319]   Brousseau, Anne-Marie (1991) : Domaines et relations de gouvernement dans les processus tonals du fongbè
[3321]   Brousseau, Anne-Marie (1993) : L’interaction entre consonnes et tons en fongbè: pour une représentation “tonale” du voisement
[3322]   Brousseau, Anne-Marie (1993) : Réalisations syntaxiques et représentations sémantiques des instruments en fongbè
[3318]   Brousseau, Anne-Marie & J. Brillon (1990) : Le système tonal du fongbe
[3320]   Brousseau, Anne-Marie & John S. Lumsden (1992) : Nominal structures in Fongbe
[3342]   Brown-Edminston, A. B. (1932) : Grammar and dictionary of the Bushonga or Bukuba language
[3337]   Brown, D. Richard (1991) : Noteworthy features of Kresh phonology and orthography
[3338]   Brown, D. Richard (1991) : Information focus in Kresh
[3341]   Brown, D. Richard (1994) : Kresh
[23618]   Brown, D. Richard (1994) : Lessons learned from the Kresh Literacy Project
[3333]   Brown, David (1988) : The basements of Babylon: English literacy, and the division of labour on the South African gold mines
[3334]   Brown, David (1989) : Speaking in tongues: apartheid and language in South Africa
[3335]   Brown, David (1989) : Language and literacy on the South African mines
[3339]   Brown, David (1992) : Language and social history in South Africa: a task still to be undertaken
[27067]   Brown, E. K. (1975) : Towards a case grammar of Twi
[3336]   Brown, E. U. (1989) : The verbal system of the Emohua and the Igwarutura dialects of Ikwere: a comparative study
[3328]   Brown, Gillian (1968) : The dialect situation in Bugisu
[3329]   Brown, Gillian (1969) : Syllables and redundancy rules in generative phonology
[3330]   Brown, Gillian (1971) : On the function of redundancy rules
[3331]   Brown, Gillian (1972) : Phonological rules and dialect variation: a study of the phonology of Lumasaaba
[3323]   Brown, John Tom (1925) : Secwana dictionary: English-Secwana and Secwana-English
[3324]   Brown, John Tom (1925/65) : Secwana dictionary: English-Secwana and Secwana-English
[3340]   Brown, John Tom (1993) : Setswana-English-Setswana dictionary
[3332]   Brown, Lalage (1973) : Two centuries of African English
[3326]   Brown, P. P. (1949) : West Africa: learning a European language
[3325]   Brown, P. P. & T. Scragg (1948) : Common errors in Gold Coast English
[3327]   Brown, S. (1958) : A Mende grammar with tones
[3343]   Browne, Gerald M. (1981) : Griffith’s Old Nubian lectionary
[3344]   Browne, Gerald M. (1982) : Griffith’s Old Nubian lectionary
[3345]   Browne, Gerald M. (1988) : Studies in Old Nubian
[3346]   Browne, Gerald M. (1997) : Old Nubian dictionary
[3347]   Browne, Gerald M. (2002) : Grammar of Old Nubian
[22853]   Brückner, Kathrin (1987) : The particle of contrast maa in Waama
[3348]   Bruens, A. (1937) : A grammar of Lundu
[3349]   Bruens, A. (1942/45) : The structure of Nkom and its relations to Bantu and Sudanic
[3350]   Bruens, A. (1948) : Het Londo (Brits-Kameroen)
[28362]   Bruggeman, Anna , Timo B. Roettger & Martine Grice (2017) : Question Word Intonation in Tashlhiyt Berber: Is ‘high’ good enough?
[25354]   Brugger, [?] , [?] Dewilder , [?] Kocher , [?] Rolleri & [?] Wöhr (1912) : Vocabulaire français-abarambo et abarambo-français
[3351]   Brugnatelli, Vermondo (1987) : Deux notes sur l’état d’annexion en berbère
[3353]   Brugnatelli, Vermondo (1997) : L’état d’annexion en diachronie
[25671]   Brugnatelli, Vermondo (2011) : Négations, participes et figement en berbère: nouvelles hypothèses
[25837]   Brugnatelli, Vermondo (2009) : Notes historiques et comparatives de lexicologie berbère
[25906]   Brugnatelli, Vermondo (2008) : D’une langue de contact entre berbères ibadites
[3352]   Brugnatelli, Vermondo (Ed) (1994) : Sem Cam Iafet: atti della 7a giornata di studi camito-semitici e indoeuropei, Milano 1o giugno 1993
[3354]   Brumfit, Anne (1971) : The development of a language policy in German East Africa
[3355]   Brumfit, Anne (1980) : The rise and development of a language policy in German East Africa
[3357]   Brumfit, Christopher J. (1995) : English as a second language and English language teaching: retrospect and prospect
[3356]   Brumfit, Christopher J. (Ed) (1982) : English for international communication
[3358]   Brungard, [Révérend] [Père] Antoine (1937) : Grammaire et dictionnaire kabrè
[3359]   Brunner, Hellmut (1961) : Abriss der mittelägyptischen Grammatik zum Gebrauch in akademischen Vorlesungen
[3360]   Brunner, Hellmut (1965) : Hieroglyphische Chrestomathie
[3361]   Brunner, Hellmut (1967) : Abriss der mittelägyptischen Grammatik zum Gebrauch in akademischen Vorlesungen
[3363]   Brunner, Hellmut (1979) : An outline of Middle Egyptian grammar, for use in academic instruction
[3364]   Brunner, Hellmut (1992) : Hieroglyphische Chrestomathie
[3365]   Brunner, Hellmut & Boyo G. Ockinga (1998) : A concise grammar of Middle Egyptian: an outline of Middle Egyptian grammar
[3366]   Brunner, Hellmut & Boyo G. Ockinga (1998) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik: Abriss der mittelägyptischen Grammatik von Hellmut Brunner in Neubearbeitung
[3362]   Brunner, Linus (1969) : Die gemeinsamen Wurzeln des semitischen und indo-germanischen Wortschatzes: Versuch einer Etymologie
[3367]   Bruno, Biancamaria (1980) : La derivazione in somalo
[3368]   Bruno, Biancamaria (1984) : Notes on denominal verbal derivation in Somali
[3370]   Brunot, Louis (1950) : Introduction à l’arabe marocain
[3371]   Brunot, Louis (1952) : Textes arabes de Rabat, 2: glossaire
[3369]   Brunot, Louis & ɛ́lie Malka (1940) : Glossaire judéo-arabe de Fès
[3372]   Brustad, Kristen E. (2000) : The syntax of spoken Arabic: a comprehensive study if Moroccan, Egyptian, Syrian and Kuwaiti dialects
[3373]   Brutawit Fekade Selassie (1984) : A contrastive analysis of Kunama and Amharic segmental phonemes
[3374]   Brutel, E. (1921) : Vocabulaire français-kiswahili, kiswahili-français
[3375]   Brutel, E. (1930) : Vocabulaire français-kiswahili, kiswahili-français
[3376]   Bruto, H. F. de (1970) : Aspekte van die deverbatiewe naamwordomsetting in Afrikaans
[3377]   Bruto, H. F. de & D. P. Wissing (1974) : Aspekte van ’n afrikaanse TGG-fonologie
[3378]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1937) : The “archaic” perfect tense in old and modern Swahili
[3379]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1945) : A linguistic no-man’s land: the Sudan-Ethiopia border
[3380]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1947) : The distribution of the Semitic and Kushitic languages of Africa: an outline of available information
[3382]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1948) : Swahili pocket dictionary
[3385]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1955) : The verb in the Tama and Didinga groups
[3386]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1959) : The Bantu languages of Africa
[3387]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1959) : The T/K languages: a new substratum
[3388]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1968) : The *N/*K languages of Africa
[3389]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1971) : The verb classes in the East Saharan languages
[3390]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1975) : The I- and U-coloration syndrome: an excercise in morphotypology
[3381]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel & Archibald Norman Tucker (1948) : The distribution of the Nilotic and Nilo-Hamitic languages of Africa
[3391]   Bryant, Alfred T. (1958) : An abridged English-Zulu word-book
[3392]   Bryant, Alfred T. (1963) : Bantu origins: the people and their language
[24937]   Bryant, Michael (2007) : -Ni as a Marker of Discourse Resolution in Tirmaga
[22986]   Bryant, Michael Grayson (1999) : Aspects of Tirmaga grammar
[27191]   Bryant, Michael , Barari Siralugu , Kite Siralugu , Barlusa Olekurɔbhatɔ & Olerɛghɛ Munyagi (2011) : A Brief Grammar of the Suri Language
[3393]   Brye, Edward (2001) : Rapid appraisal socioinguistic research among the Babanki: ALCAM [824] (Mezam Division, Northwest Province)
[3394]   Brye, Edward (2001) : A rapid appraisal language survey of Tsuvan (Mayo-Tsanaga Division, Far North Province)
[3395]   Brye, Edward (2001) : Intelligibility testing and lexicostatistics of Buwal and Gavar (Mayo-Tsanaga Division, Far North Province)
[3397]   Brye, Edward (2002) : A rapid appraisal survey of Jimi, a language of Cameroon (Mayo-Tsanaga Division, Far North Province)
[3398]   Brye, Edward (2002) : Language survey of Gemzek and Gaduwa (Mayo-Tsanaga Division, Far North Province)
[3399]   Brye, Edward (2003) : A rapid appraisal language survey of the Baldemu language (Diamare Division, Far North Province)
[3400]   Brye, Edward (2003) : A rapid appraisal language survey of Sharwa, a language of Cameroon (Mayo-Tsanaga Division, Far North Province)
[3402]   Brye, Edward (2004) : Rapid appraisal of Beezen
[3405]   Brye, Edward (2005) : Rapid appraisal sociolinguistic survey of Beba
[3396]   Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2001) : Rapid appraisal and intelligibility testing surveys of the eastern Beboid group of languages (Northwest Province): ALCAM [871, 872, 873, 874, 875] of the Donga Mantung Division and unclassified ALCAM [885, 886] of the Menchum Division
[3401]   Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2004) : Rapid appraisal sociolinguistic research of Dugwor
[3403]   Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2004) : Intelligibility testing survey of Bebe and Kemezung, and synthesis of sociolinguistic research of the Eastern Beboid cluster
[23353]   Brye, Edward , Elizabeth Brye & Roseta Ade Swiri (2005) : A rapid appraisal sociolinguistic survey of Mundum
[3404]   Brye, Elizabeth (2005) : A rapid appraisal language survey of Ngwo
[23063]   Brye, Elizabeth (1991) : Feature marking peak in Hausa folk tales
[25377]   Brye, Elizabeth & Bolima Flora (2006) : A Rapid Appraisal Language Survey of Njen
[3406]   Bryson, S. M. (1940) : Nandi grammar with sentences showing the various parts of speech
[3407]   Bryson, S. M. (1951) : English-Nandi dictionary
[3408]   Brzuski, Witold K. (1967) : Les verbes amhariques en contexte guèze dans les chroniques royales éthiopiennes
[3410]   Buba, Malami (1997) : Deixis (demonstratives and adverbials) in Hausa
[3411]   Buba, Malami (1997) : The deictic particle DIN in Hausa
[3412]   Buba, Malami (2000) : The pragmatics of addressee-based Hausa demonstratives
[3413]   Buba, Malami (2000) : On the deictic features of speaker-based Hausa demonstratives
[3409]   Buba, Malami & Philip John Jaggar (1994) : The space and time adverbials NAN/CAN in Hausa: cracking the deictic code
[3415]   Buchanan, Patricia (1996/97) : The Munukutuba noun class system
[3414]   Buchanan, Patricia & Jeannine Wadlegger (1974) : Concord in Tswana locatives
[3416]   Bucher, Urs (1984) : Vocabulary of Modern Standard Arabic
[3041]   Büchner, H. (1964) : Vokabulare der Sprachen in und um Gava (Nordnigerien)
[3418]   Buck, Adriaan de (1944) : Egyptische grammatica
[3419]   Buck, Adriaan de (1952) : Grammaire elementaire du moyen egyptienne
[3417]   Buck, H. (1924) : A Mashona dictionary
[3420]   Buckley, Eugene (1993) : Edge-in association and OCP ‘violations’ in Tigrinya
[3421]   Buckley, Eugene (1994) : Tigrinya vowel features and vowel coalescence
[3422]   Buckley, Eugene (1996) : Bare root nodes in Basaa
[3423]   Buckley, Eugene (1997) : Against vowel length in Tigrinya
[3424]   Buckley, Eugene (1997) : Tigrinya root consonants and the OCP
[3425]   Buckley, Eugene (1999) : Alignment and weight in the Tigrinya verb stem
[3426]   Buckley, Eugene (2003) : Emergent vowels in Tigrinya templates
[3427]   Buckman, Allen R. (1972) : Cultural isoglosses: the Yala speaking people of Ogoja province
[3428]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1969) : Inter-Ethnische Namen in Südwestafrika
[3429]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1979) : Byname in Basterland
[3430]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1980) : Die Volker Südwestafrikas (5): die Vierfalt der Sprachen
[3431]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1985) : Inter-etniese name in SWA
[3432]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1986) : Die Klassifikation der Khwe-khwen (Naman) in Südwestafrika
[3433]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1987) : Inter-ethnic relations as expressed in name-giving and cultural mimicry
[3434]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1988) : Inter-ethnic names for white men in South West Africa
[3435]   Budge, Ernst Alfred Wallis (1920) : An Egyptian hieroglyphic dictionary, with an index of English words, king list and geographical list with indexes, list of hieroglyphic characters, Coptic and Semitic alphabets, etc.
[3436]   Budge, Ernst Alfred Wallis (1951) : Egyptian language: easy lessons in Egyptian hieorglyphics with sign list
[29052]   Budzani, Gabanamotse-Mogara (2023) : Orthography Challenges in Khoisan Literacy The Case of Gǀui and Gǁana Communities
[3437]   Buell, Leston (2000) : Swahili relative clauses
[3438]   Buell, Leston (2002) : Swahili amba-less relatives without head movement
[24751]   Buell, Leston (2009) : Evaluating the Immediate Postverbal Position as a Focus Position in Zulu
[25214]   Buell, Leston (2005) : Issues in Zulu Verbal Morphosyntax
[24693]   Buell, Leston & Mariame Sy (2006) : Affix Ordering in Wolof Applicatives and Causatives
[26026]   Buell, Leston Chandler (2012) : Class 17 as a non-locative noun class in Zulu
[26071]   Buell, Leston , Jenneke van der Wal & and Kristina Riedel (2011) : What the Bantu languages can tell us about word order and movement
[3439]   Bughwan, D. (1970) : An investigation into the use of English by the Indians in South Africa, with special reference to Natal
[3440]   Bughwan, D. (1973/74) : Indian South African: their language dilemma
[3441]   Bugingo, T. B. M. (1980) : Some dependency relations between verbs and nouns in Haya
[3442]   Bugingo, T. B. M. (1989) : The -an- morpheme in Swahili
[22857]   Bühler, Marlis & Magdalena Wichser (1994) : Dictionnaire karaboro-français et français-karaboro
[3542]   Bühlmann, P. Walbert (1950) : Die christliche Terminologie als Missions-methodisches Problem: dargestellt am Swahili und an andern Bantusprachen
[3543]   Bühlmann, P. Walbert (1953) : Principles of phonetic adaption in Swahili applied to Christian names
[24072]   Bühnen, Stefan (1988) : Lexique comparatif des dialectes Baɲun et de Kasanga et Cobiana
[3443]   Buis, Pierre (1990) : Essai sur la langue manjako de la zone de Bassarel
[3444]   Buisson, M. S. du (Ed) (1959) : Die wonder van Afrikaans: bydraes oor die ontstaan en groei van Afrikaans tot volwaardige wêreldtaal
[3445]   Bujra, J. (1974) : Pumwani: language usage in an urban Muslim community
[26922]   Bukenya, Augustin & Leonard Kamoga (2009) : Standard Luganda - English Dictionary
[25648]   Bulakarima, Shettima Umara (2011) : Settlement in a Kanuri community. A case study of a Bulama Bulabe and Imam Bulabe
[3446]   Bulakarima, Shettina Umara (1986) : Is Mobar a Kanuri dialect?
[3447]   Bulakarima, Shettina Umara (1987) : The phonological features of the major Kanuri dialects
[3448]   Bulakarima, Shettina Umara (1991) : Feature variation between Manga and the central dialect of Kanuri
[3449]   Bulakarima, Shettina Umara (1995) : Kanuri language studies: yesterday, today and tomorrow
[3451]   Bulakarima, Shettina Umara (1997) : A survey of Kanuri dialects
[3452]   Bulakarima, Shettina Umara (1998) : Linguistic and cultural background of the nomadic communities in the Lake Chad
[3450]   Bulakarima, Shettina Umara & Kwame Opoku-Agyeman (1995) : Mother tongue influence in spoken Kanuri English
[26533]   Bulakh, Maria (2014) : Multiple Exponence in the Long Prefix Conjugation of the Transversal South Ethio-Semitic Languages
[3454]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1940) : Début de vocabulaire de dialecte de pentaan
[3455]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1940) : Notions de grammaire: dialecte kinuni, parlé à bandundu
[3456]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1940) : Notions de grammaire et début de vocabulaire de kisaghata
[3457]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1948) : Les recherches linguistiques au Congo Belge: résultats acquis, nouvelles enquêtes à entreprendre
[3460]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1948) : Le problème bochiman et hottentot: les faits linguistiques
[3461]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1949) : Manuel de linguistique bantoue
[3463]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1950) : Classification des groupes de langues en Afrique selon Westermann
[3464]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1951) : Cinquante ans de bantouistique dans l’école de C. Meinhof
[3465]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1952) : Langues bantou
[3466]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1952) : Les langues khoin
[3470]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1952) : Les deux cartes linguistiques du Congo Belge
[3472]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van & Peter E. Hackett (1956) : Report of the eastern team: Oubangui to Great Lakes
[3453]   Bulck, V. van (1938) : Die Ubangi-Uele Sprachengruppe in nordlichen Belgisch Kongo
[3462]   Bulck, V. van (1949) : Existe-t-il un groupe de langues soudanaises équatoriales? Troisième congrès international des sciences éthnologiques et anthropologiques, Bruxelles 15 août 1948
[3467]   Bulck, V. van (1952) : International Bantu-Sudanese Team
[3468]   Bulck, V. van (1952) : Taalstudie op de Bantu-taalgrens, Juni 1949 - Jan. 1951 (International Bantu-Sudanese Team)
[3469]   Bulck, V. van (1952) : Existe-t-il une langue des Pygmées en Afrique centrale?
[3471]   Bulck, V. van (1954) : Orthographie des noms ethniques au Congo belge, suivi de la nomenclature des principales tribus et langues du Congo belge
[3473]   Bulkens, Annelies (19--) : Les réflexes du proto-bantou en nyamwezi (F22)
[3474]   Bulkens, Annelies (1999) : Linguistic indicators for the use of calabashes in the Bantu world
[3475]   Bulkens, Annelies (1999) : La reconstruction de quelques mots pour “mortier” en domaine bantou
[23611]   Bulkens, Annelies (1997) : Some nominal stems for ‘canoe’ in Bantu languages
[26244]   Bulkens, Annelies (2009) : Quelques thèmes pour ‘pirogue’ dans les langues bantoues
[3476]   Bulley, M. W. (1925) : A manual of Nyanja, as spoken on the shores of Lake Nyasa, for the use of beginners
[3477]   Bundo, Daisuke (2001) : Social relationship embodied in singing and dancing performances among the Baka
[3479]   Bunduki, K-Nzaaza (1975) : Essai de lexique linguistique français-ciluba
[3478]   Bunduki, P. (1965) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue pheende
[24395]   Bunkheti, Kifindi (1997) : Recherches en grammaire du suku, langue bantu (H.32) de la vallée du Kwango (Angola-Kongo (Zaïre))
[3480]   Bunkowske, Eugene Walter (1976) : Topics in Yala grammar
[3481]   Bunkowske, Eugene Walter (1976) : What’s a word?
[22753]   Bunkowske, Eugene Walter (1972) : Eliding boundaries in Ogoja Yala
[3482]   Bunkungu, J. B. (1971) : L’orthographe en moore
[3483]   Burbridge, A. (1938) : The use of the ideophone
[3484]   Buret, M.-T. (1944) : Cours gradué d’arabe marocain
[3485]   Buret, M.-T. (1952) : Cours gradué d’arabe marocain: grammaire, prononciation, vocabulaire, exercises
[3486]   Burger, J. P. (1960) : An English-Lozi vocabulary
[3487]   Burgers, M. P. O. (1963) : Teach yourself Afrikaans
[3488]   Burk, Ellen I. (1940) : A small handbook of the Kilega language
[22902]   Burke, Lawrence R. (1995) : An introduction to the verbal system of Central Dangaleat
[3489]   Burke, S. J. (19--) : A spectographic study of some tonal pairs in Chichewa
[27034]   Burkholder, Ross (2017) : The syntactic structure of negation in Ndebele
[3490]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1976) : A comparison of variable nouns in Anyi-Sanvi and Nzema
[3491]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1983) : L’abouré
[3492]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1983) : L’agni
[22913]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1983) : Volta-Bandama language structures
[22958]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1988) : Personal pronouns in Anyi and related languages
[22970]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1999) : Lexique agni sanvi-français
[26861]   Burns, Roslyn (2013) : Abo Optional Anti-Agreement
[3493]   Burns, S. J. (1947) : Unpublished notes towards a grammar of the Koma language
[3494]   Burquest, Donald A. (1971) : A preliminary study of Angas phonology
[3495]   Burquest, Donald A. (1972) : A grammar of Angas
[3496]   Burquest, Donald A. (1977) : Angas
[3497]   Burquest, Donald A. (1978) : Semantic parametres in Angas kinship terminology
[3498]   Burquest, Donald A. (1981) : Evidence for object-verb ordering in Chadic
[3499]   Burquest, Donald A. (1986) : The pronoun system of some Chadic languages
[3500]   Burquest, Donald A. (1989) : A note on Hausa plurals
[3501]   Burquest, Donald A. (1999) : Is there PRO in Hausa? Ganii yaa fi jiì
[23044]   Burquest, Donald A. (1992) : An introduction to the use of aspect in Hausa narratives
[3502]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1936) : Het tshiluba en de phonologische ‘Africa’ spelling
[3504]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het luba: het ‘hoofdtelwoord’
[3505]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Tonologisch onderzoek van de copula di in het tshiLuba
[3506]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Het partikel -A in het tshiLuba
[3507]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het aanwijzend woord in het tshiLuba
[3508]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het substitutieve pronomen in het tshiLuba
[3509]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Linguistisch onderzoek in Centraal-Katanga: het kiLuba als toontaal
[3510]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Le tšílúbà, langue à intonation
[3511]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Tonologische schets van het tshiluba (Kasayi, Belgisch Kongo)
[3512]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Le luba, langue à intonation, et le tambour-signal
[3513]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1946) : Manuel de tshiluba (Kasayi, Congo Belge)
[3514]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1950) : Vorm en tonen de infinitief in het amashi
[3515]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1952) : Le numéraux en amashi
[3516]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1953) : Tonologisch onderzoek van de possessief met nominale stam in het amashi
[3517]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1954) : Inleiding tot de studie van de Kongolese bantoetalen/Introduction à l’étude des langues bantoues du Congo Belge
[3518]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1969) : Problemen en inventarisatie van de verbale strukturen in het Dho Alur (Nordoost-Kongo)
[3519]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1969) : Die konnektieve konstruktie in het Swahili
[3520]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1971) : Die possessiefe konstruktie in het Swahili
[3521]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1972) : La notation des langues négro-africaines: signes typographiques à utiliser
[3503]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. & [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van Bulck (1937) : Accent in de kongoleesche talen
[3522]   Burssens, Nico (1990) : Bibliographie van het tijdschrift “Kongo-Overzee” 1934-1959
[3523]   Burssens, Nico (1991) : Noms des jumeaux dans la région de Bandundu
[3524]   Burssens, Nico (1993) : Lexique et texte wongo (Bandundu-Z)
[24414]   Burssens, Nico (1989) : Dictionnaire Français-Buma
[3525]   Burton, G. S. M. (1934) : Sudan Arabic notebook
[23225]   Burton, John William (1981) : Some observations on the social history of the Atuot dialect of Nilotic
[3526]   Burton, Michael & Lorraine Kirk (1976) : Semantic reality of Bantu noun classes: the Kikuyu case
[3527]   Burtt, B. D. (1936) : List of plant names in vernaculars
[3528]   Busane, M. (1990) : Lexicography in central Africa: the user perspective, with special reference to Egypt
[22732]   Bush, Austin (1999) : An acoustic analysis of Maasai vowels
[3529]   Busse, Joseph (19--) : Nyakyusa manuscript dictionary
[3530]   Busse, Joseph (1940/41) : Lautlehre des Inamwanga
[3531]   Busse, Joseph (1943) : Lautlehre und Grammatik des Nyiha (Deutsch-Ostafrika)
[3532]   Busse, Joseph (1960) : Die Sprache der Nyiha in Ostafrika
[3533]   Bussy, T. Roland de (1946) : L’idiome d’Alger ou dictionnaire français-arabe et arabe-français précédés des principes grammaticaux de cette langue
[3534]   Butavand, F. (1933) : Études de linguistique africaine et asiatique comparé
[3535]   Butaye, [Révérend] [Père] Réne (19--) : Dictionnaire français-kikongo (ntandu) et kikongo-français
[3536]   Butaye, [Révérend] [Père] Réne & P. Meulenijzer (1927) : Dictionnaire de poche kikongo-français et français-kikongo (ntandu), avec notions de grammaire
[3537]   Butcher, H. L. M. (1936) : Elementary dictionary of the Benin language
[3538]   Buth, Randall (1981) : The twenty vowels of Dhwe Luwo (Jur Luo, Sudan)
[3539]   Buth, Randall (1981) : Ergative word order: Luwo is OVS
[3540]   Buthelezi, Qedusizi Elizabeth (1995) : South African Black English: lexical and syntactic characteristics
[3541]   Butler, G. (1964) : The future of English in Africa
[3544]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre (1966) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue ngwii
[3545]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre (1970) : Esquisse de grammaire de lingala
[3547]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre (1972) : J’apprend de lingala tout seul en trois mois
[3546]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre & Achille Emiel Meeussen (1971) : Notes mbuum, non-publié
[3548]   Bwenge, Anthony (1977) : L’anglais au Rwanda: son utilisation et son utilité
[3549]   Bwenge, Charles M. T. (1989) : Lexicographical treatment of affixational morphology: a case study of four Swahili dictionaries
[3550]   Byandala, G. (19--) : The Lusoga orthography
[3551]   Byandala, G. (1947) : The Lusoga language
[3553]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa (1975) : An examination of the segmental phonology of Haya
[3556]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa (1976) : Strategies in loan phonology
[3558]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa (1977) : On the phonological status of p/h and d/l
[3559]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa (1977) : Word list
[3554]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa & Sarah Tenenbaum (1976) : Agreement and word order: a case for pragmatics in Haya
[3557]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa , Alessandro Duranti & Larry Michael Hyman (Ed) (1977) : Haya grammatical structure: phonology, grammar, discourse
[3555]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa , Larry Michael Hyman & Sarah Tenenbaum (1976) : Tone, accent and assertion in Haya
[3552]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa , U. A. Turuka & Saida Yahya-Othman (1973) : Some notes on force and instrument in Swahili and Haya: a comparative survey
[3560]   Bynoe-Andriolo, Esla Y. & Mohamed Sorie Yillah (1975) : Predicative clefting in Afro-European creoles
[3561]   Bynon, James (1966) : Riddle telling among the Berbers of central Morocco
[3562]   Bynon, James (1970) : A class of phonaesthetic words in Berber
[3565]   Bynon, James (Ed) (1984) : Current progress in Afro-Asiatic linguistics: papers of the 3rd international Hamito-Semitic congress, at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, from the 29th to the 31st of March, 1978
[3564]   Bynon, James & Theodora Bynon (Ed) (1975) : Hamito-Semitica: proceedings of a colloquium held by the historical section of the Linguistics Association (Great Britain) at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, on the 18th, 19th and 20th of March 1970
[3563]   Bynon, Theodora & Michael Mann (1973) : Papers on ‘Comparative Bantu’: an introduction
[23717]   Byrd, Steven (2005) : Calunga, an Afro-Brazilian speech of the Triângulo Mineiro: its grammar and history
[3566]   Cabdi Xuseen, Maxamed (1984) : Note su alcuni prestiti nel Somalo
[3567]   Cabral, António Augusto Pereira (1924) : Vocabulário português, shironga, shitsua, guitonga, shishope, shisena, shinhungue, shishuabo, kikua, shi-yao e kissuahili
[3568]   Cabral, António Augusto Pereira (1924/75) : Empréstimos linguísticos nas línguas moçambicanas
[3569]   Cabrera, Lydia (1957) : Anagó: vocabulario lucumi (el Yoruba que se habla en Cuba)
[3570]   Cabrera, Lydia (1992) : El monte. Igbo-finda, ewe orisha, vititi nfinda: notas sobre las religiones, la magia, las supersticiones y el folklore de los negros criollos y el pueblo de Cuba
[3571]   Cabrera, Lydia (2001) : Vocabulario congo, el bantú que se habla en Cuba: español-congo y congo-español
[3572]   Cachia, Pierre (1974) : Al-Arif: a dictionary of grammatical terms, Arabic-English, English-Arabic
[28301]   Cadd, Josh (2015) : A comparison of anger in Kenyan Sign Language and English
[3573]   Cadenat, J. (1947) : Noms vernaculaires des principales formes d’animaux marins des côtes de l’Afrique Occidentale Française
[3574]   Cadenat, J. & F. Paraiso (1951) : Noms vernaculaires des principales formes d’animaux marins des lagunes du Togo et du Dahomey
[3575]   Cadi, Kaddour (1987) : Système verbal rifain: forme et sens
[3576]   Cadiou, Yves (1983) : La structure du mot en kiyarwanda
[3577]   Cadiou, Yves (1985) : Sur un problème de syntaxe: la relation verbe-complément en kinyarwanda
[3578]   Cadiou, Yves (Ed) (1985) : Le kinyarwanda: études de morpho-syntaxe
[3579]   Cadora, F. J. (Ed) (1992) : Bedouin, village and urban Arabic: an ecolinguistic study
[3580]   Cadwell, R. (1955) : Chinyanja simplified
[3581]   Caeneghame, R. van (1943) : Het prefix ka-tu in Luba
[3582]   Caeneghame, R. van (1946) : Het prefix ku
[3583]   Caeneghame, R. van (1950) : Aanvullingen bij een tonologische studie
[26165]   Caesar, Regina Oforiwah (2012) : Negation in Dangme
[28825]   Caesar, Regina Oforiwah & Yvonne Akwele Amankwaa Ollennu (2018) : A morphosyntactic analysis of adjectives in two Kwa languages: Ga and Dangme
[3584]   Cagnat, René Louis Victor & Alfred Merlin (1923) : Inscriptions latines d’Afrique: Tripolitaine, Tunisie, Maroc
[26144]   Cahill, Michael (2012) : Polar Question Intonation in Kɔnni
[26827]   Cahill, Michael (2015) : Polar Question Intonation in Five Ghanaian Languages
[28843]   Cahill, Michael (2021) : Marking grammatical tone in orthographies: Issues and challenges
[3586]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1992) : A preliminary phonology of the Konni language
[3587]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1997) : The phonology of labio-velar stops
[3588]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1998) : Nasal assimilation and labial-velar geometry
[3589]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1998) : Tonal polarity in Konni nouns: an Optimal Theoretic account
[3590]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1999) : Vowel harmony in Konni
[3591]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1999) : Diphtongization in Konni: a feature geometry account
[3592]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1999) : Aspects of the morphology and phonology of Konni
[3593]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1999) : Aspects of the phonology of labial-velar stops
[3594]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1999) : Triple splits in Proto-Buli-Konni
[3595]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2000) : The phonology of Konni verbs
[3596]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2000) : Positional contrast and labial-velars
[3597]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2000) : Tonal associative morphemes in Optimality Theory
[3598]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2000/01) : Noun classes and phonology in Konni
[3599]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2001) : The value of historical and comparative linguistics
[3600]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2001) : Avoiding tone marks: a remnant of English education?
[3601]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2004) : Marked tones and texture: the necessity of high tones in Konni
[23006]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1985) : An autosegmental analysis of Akan nasality and tone
[23007]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1994) : Diphthongization and underspecification in Konni
[23018]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1996) : ATR harmony in Konni
[23549]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2003) : The phonology of /r/ in Konni
[23701]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2004) : Tone polarity in Konni nouns
[23955]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1992) : The case of the mising Konni ‘P’
[24700]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2006) : Perception of Yoruba Word-Initial [gb] and [b]
[24739]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2009) : Konni Vowel Feature Spread across Consonants
[25082]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2007) : Aspects of the Morphology and Phonology of Konni
[27023]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2017) : Intonation and emotions in Kɔnni: A preliminary study
[3585]   Cahill, W. (1970) : Kamusi ya kwanza Kiswahili-Kiingereza
[23067]   Cain, Bruce (1991) : A discourse analysis of the Hausa fable ‘The hyena and the drum’
[3602]   Caitucoli, Claude (1978) : Schèmes tonals et morphologie du verbe en masa
[3603]   Caitucoli, Claude (1983) : Lexique masa (Tchad et Cameroun)
[3604]   Caitucoli, Claude (1986) : Douze contes masa, avec une introduction grammaticale
[25019]   Caitucoli, Claude (1985) : La relative en masa
[3605]   Calabrese, A. (1987) : Focus structure in Berber: a comparative analysis with Italian
[3606]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1963) : Syntaxe des particules ‘subordinatives’ en dogon
[3607]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1965) : Ethnologie et langage: la parole chez les Dogon
[3608]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1967) : Essai d’étude stylistique d’un texte dogon
[3609]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1968) : Dictionnaire dogon (dialecte tòro): langue et civilisation
[3612]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1972) : L’expression du temps en dogon de Sanga
[24065]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1956) : Les dialectes dogon
[24066]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1963) : Le verbe dogon
[24514]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1980 [1974]) : Dogon
[3610]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (Ed) (1969) : Le thème de l’arbre dans les contes africaines, I
[3611]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (Ed) (1970) : Le thème de l’arbre dans les contes africaines, II
[3613]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (Ed) (1974) : Le thème de l’arbre dans les contes africaines, III
[3614]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (Ed) (1977) : Langage et cultures africaines: essais d’ethnolinguistique
[3615]   Calderola, E. (1---) : English-Madi handbook
[3616]   Calice, F. (1928) : Die Entstehung der koptischen Eigenschaftsverben
[3617]   Calice, F. (1928) : Zur Entwicklung des u-lautes im Ägyptischen und Koptischen
[3618]   Calice, F. (1936) : Grundlagen der ägyptisch-semitischen Wortvergleichung
[3619]   Callender, John B. (1975) : Afroasiatic cases and the formation of Ancient Egyptian constructions with possessive suffixes
[3620]   Callender, John B. (1975) : Middle Egyptian
[3621]   Callender, John B. (1984) : Studies in the nominal sentence in Egyptian and Coptic
[3622]   Calley, S. (1964) : Dictionnaire fang-français suivi d’une grammaire fang
[3623]   Callinan, Lynne (1981) : A preliminary study of Avokaya phonemes
[3624]   Callinan, Lynne (1986) : Sentence constructions in Avokaya
[3625]   Callow, John C. (1965) : Kasem nominals: a study in analysis
[3626]   Callow, John C. (1965) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Kasem
[3628]   Callow, John C. (1971) : Derivation in Kasem
[3627]   Callow, Kathleen (1966) : Preliminary notes on serial constructions in Kasem
[23014]   Callow, Kathleen (1968) : A hierarchical study of neutralization in Kasem
[24504]   Callow, Kathleen (1977 [1968]) : Kasem
[3629]   Calonne-Beaufaict, A. de (19--) : Les Ababua
[3630]   Calteaux, K. V. (1987) : Die demonstratief in Noord-Sotho
[3631]   Calteaux, K. V. (1989) : Study guide for Ndonga I: phonetics and phonology
[3632]   Calteaux, Karen (1994) : A sociolinguistic analysis of a multilingual community
[23699]   Calteaux, Karen (1996) : Standard and non-standard African language varieties in the urban areas of South Africa
[3633]   Calvet, Maurice (1964) : Étude phonétique des voyelles du wolof
[3634]   Calvet, Maurice (1965) : Étude phonétique des voyelles du wolof
[24380]   Calvet, Maurice (1968) : The elaboration of basic Wolof : first results, the most frequent one hundred words, the problems raised by the lexicological analysis of a great African language
[3636]   Camara, C. Katia (1983) : Tagbana-Deutsch Wörterbuch
[26379]   Camara, Dramane (1975) : Étude du système de conjugaison en maninka
[3635]   Camara, Joseph (1---) : Essai d’une description morphosyntaxique du constituant verbal en malinke de Guinée
[26380]   Camara, Sékou (1976) : Étude d'une variante dialectale du maninka : le sankarankan de Faranah
[3637]   Cambron, (1---) : Vocabulaire bamanga/bengamisa
[3638]   Camburn, Janet K. (1984) : A relational grammar approach to Kera syntax
[3640]   Cameron, Barbara & Janelle Iverson (1986) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Bullom language
[3641]   Cameron, Barbara & Janet Kunkel (2002) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Dhimba language
[3639]   Cameron, Donald Andreas (1979) : An Arabic-English dictionary
[3644]   Cammenga, Jelle (2002) : Phonology and morphology of Ekegusii, a Bantu language of Kenya
[23577]   Cammenga, Jelle (2002) : Igikuria phonology and morphology, a Bantu language of south-west Kenya and north-west Tanzania
[3642]   Cammenga, Jillert (1993) : Kuria vowel height and iterative local spreading
[3643]   Cammenga, Jillert (1994) : Kuria phonology and morphology
[26992]   Campbell, Akua A. (2014) : Motion expression in Gã narratives
[3645]   Campbell, Alec C. (1972) : 100 Tswana proverbs
[3646]   Campbell, Alec C. & Robert Karl Hitchcock (1985) : Some Setswana names of woody plants
[3647]   Campbell, Richard (1988) : Verbal inflection in Kwawu Akan
[3648]   Campbell, Richard (1992) : Serial verbs and unaccusativity
[3649]   Campbell, Richard (1998) : A note on subject clitics in Akan
[3650]   Cancel, Robert (1986) : Broadcasting oral traditions: the ‘logic’ of narrative variants - the problem of the ‘message’
[3651]   Cancella, Luíz (1920) : Elementos para o estudo do Kimbundu
[3652]   Candler, W. J. (1977) : Teaching English as a second dialect in Liberia
[3653]   Caney, John Charles (1984) : The modernisation of Somali vocabulary, with particular reference to the period from 1972 to the present
[3654]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1989) : Imisindo yesiZulu: a simple introduction to Zulu phonology
[3655]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1990) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[3656]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1990) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[3657]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1990) : Subclasses of Zulu nouns
[3658]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1991) : Xhosa and Zulu compared: a simple intrductin to Xhosa from a Zulu point of view
[3659]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1991) : A manual of comparative Bantu studies
[3660]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1992) : Swati and Zulu compared: Swati from a Zulu point of view
[3661]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1993) : A manual of comparative Bantu studies
[3662]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1993) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[3663]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1994) : The Nguni languages: a simple presentation and comparison of Zulu, Xhosa and Swati
[3664]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1994) : Elements of Zulu morpho-syntax
[3665]   Cansdale, G. S. (1971) : A list of scientific and vernacular names of the fauna of Ghana
[3666]   Cantineau, Jean (1940) : Les parlers arabes du département d’Oran
[3667]   Cantineau, Jean (1941) : Les parlers arabes des territoires du sud
[3668]   Cantineau, Jean (1946) : Les parlers arabes du Hôrân: notions générales, grammaire
[3669]   Cantineau, Jean (1955) : La dialectologie arabe
[3670]   Cantrell, J. V. (1946) : Some aspects of Mpondo and its relation to Xhosa and Zulu
[3671]   Cantrell, J. V. (1967) : The verbal root in Xhosa, its component radicals and extensions
[3672]   Cantrell, J. V. (1969) : The verbal root in Xhosa, its component radicals and extensions
[3673]   Cantrell, J. V. (1972) : The shape of the Xhosa root as it occurs in the verbal stem ; part 1
[3674]   Cantrell, J. V. (1973) : The shape of the Xhosa root as it occurs in the verbal stem ; part 2
[3675]   Cantrell, J. V. (1974) : Some characteristics of Mpondo
[3676]   Cantrell, J. V. (1975) : The relationship between Mpondo and Xesibe dialects
[3677]   Canu, Gaston (1967) : Les classes nominales en mò:re
[3678]   Canu, Gaston (1968) : Remarques sur quelques emprunts lexicaux en mò:ré (dialecte de Ouagadougou)
[3679]   Canu, Gaston (1971) : Gúrénnè et mò:re
[3680]   Canu, Gaston (1973) : Description synchronique de la langue mò:ré (dialecte de Ouagadougou)
[3681]   Canu, Gaston (1976) : La langue mò:re, dialecte de Ouagadougou, Haute-Volta: description synchronique
[3682]   Canu, Gaston (1981) : Le mò:re
[15684]   Canu, Gaston (1966) : Les systèmes phonologiques des principales langues du Sénégal: étude comparative
[23269]   Canu, Gaston , Laurent Duponchel & A. Lamy (1971) : Langue négro-africaines et enseignement du français: conférences et comptes rendus
[3683]   Canut, Cécile (1995) : Dynamique et imaginaire linguistiques dans les sociétés à tradition orale: le cas du Mali
[3684]   Canut, Cécile (2002) : Perceptions of languages in the Mandingo Region of Mali
[24278]   Canut, Cécile (1996) : Instabilité des usages et non fermeté du système manding au Mali
[24318]   Canut, Cécile (1992) : Dynamisme linguistique à Bamako: Les familles songoy en zone mandingue
[3685]   Capell, A. (1951) : Bantu and North Australian: a study in agglutination
[28954]   Capen, Carole A. (2019) : Dholuo – English Dictionary
[3686]   Capen, Carole Jamieson (1998) : Bilingual Dholuo-English dictionary, Kenya
[25291]   Capo, Hounkpati B. C. (1991) : De la portée de la "palatisation" en gbe et ses implications théoriques
[3687]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1977) : Étude phonologique comparée du wacígbe et du gengbe
[3688]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1979) : The codification of Nigerian languages
[3689]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1980) : Un regroupement des parles gbe
[3690]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1981) : Nasality in Gbe: a synchronic intrepretation
[3691]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1981) : A diachronic phonology of the ‘Gbe’ dialect cluster
[3692]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1981) : Sibilantization in Gbe
[3693]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1982) : Phonologie comparative du gbe
[3694]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1983) : Nasal vowels and nasalized consonants in Gbe
[3695]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1985) : On the high non-expanded vowels in Yoruboid
[3696]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1985) : Prelude to the relationship between Gbe and Yoruboid
[3697]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1986) : Vowel roundness in Gbe: a pandialectal approach
[3698]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1987) : Renaissance du gbe (une langue de l’Afrique occidentals): réflexions critiques et constructives sur l’eve, le fon, le gen, l’aja, le gun
[3699]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1987) : La labialité vocalique en gbe: une approche pandialectale
[3700]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1987) : ‘Palatalisation’ diachronique en gbe
[3701]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1989) : Defoid
[3702]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1989) : L’assimilation d’arrondissement dans le redoublement des formes verbales en Gbe
[3703]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1989) : Précis phonologique du gbe: une perspective comparative
[3704]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1990) : De l’harmonie vocalique (et consonantique) dans les formes redoublées des radicaux (verbaux) CV en gbe
[3705]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1990) : Systèmes numériques et hétérogénéité ethnique des communautes de parlers gbe
[3706]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1990) : Towards a viable orthography for Egungbe
[3707]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1991) : A comparative phonology of Gbe
[3708]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1992) : The bilabial fricatives in Ewe: innovation or retention?
[3709]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1994) : A propos du statut énigmatique de la sonante vélaire en gbe
[3710]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1995) : Terrain et théorie en linguistique: note expérience des parlers gbe
[22420]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (2003) : Langues africaines pour le dévelopement durable et la culture de la paix en Afrique
[22754]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1979) : Preliminary notes on the present tongues of the Nigerian Aja communitites
[24091]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1983) : Le Gbe est une langue unique
[3711]   Capon, M. (1953) : Les noms vernaculaires des principales essences forestières à yangambi (chez les turumbu)
[3712]   Caponigro, Ivano (2003) : Unbalanced coordination in Maasai
[3713]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1968) : Essai du phonologie du mbay: emprunts arabes en mbay
[3715]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1971) : Le mawer: une nouvelle langue du groupe “tchado-hamitiques”?
[3716]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1971) : La dénomination des couleurs chez les mbay de Moïssala (une ethnie sara du sud Tchad)
[3717]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1971) : Les langues du Tchad
[3718]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1972) : Études et documents sara-bongo-baguirmiens
[3720]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1975) : Lexique tumak-français (Tchad)
[3721]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1975) : La dénomination des “couleurs”: méthode d’enquête, avec application a ne langue tchad, le mbay de moïssala
[3723]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1977) : Quelques problèmes de phonologie en mbay de Moïssala
[3724]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1978) : Notes linguistiques sur le tobanga à parler d’un conte en cette langue
[3725]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1978) : Les langues maba
[3726]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1978) : La famille nilo-saharienne
[3728]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1978) : Le mots voyagers dans l’interfluve Bahr-Erguig/Chari/Logone
[3729]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1978) : Les langues du Soudan oriental
[3730]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1978) : Le groupe des langues du Soudan central
[3734]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1981) : Les langues sara bongo baguirmiennes et leur classification
[3735]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1981) : Le mbai-moïssala
[3737]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1984) : Unpublished materials on Maba collected in Paris (informant: Youssouf Adam of Barakala, Am Dam, 40, male, official)
[3722]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (Ed) (1977) : Études phonologiques tchadiennes
[3719]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1973) : Inventaire provisoire des langues “tchadiques” parlées sur le territoire de la République du Tchad
[3727]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (Ed) (1978) : Préalables à la reconstruction du proto-tchadique
[3738]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre & Irumu Agozia-Kario (1986) : Documents sur la numeration et les mesures en Logoti (Zaire)
[3714]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre & Jacques Fédry (1969) : Le groupe des langues “sara” (République du Tchad)
[3733]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre & others (Ed) (1979) : Contacts de langues et contacts de cultures, 3: la création lexicale spontanée en Afrique centrale par emprunt au français
[3732]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre , Francis Jouannet & Serge Goracci (Ed) (1978) : Contacts de langues et contacts de cultures, 2: la situation du Tchad: approche globale au niveau national
[3731]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre , Henri Guillaume & others (Ed) (1978) : Contacts de langues et contacts de cultures, 1: démographie linguistique: apporche quantitative
[3736]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre , Marcel Diki-Kidiri & others (Ed) (1982) : Contacts de langues et contacts de cultures, 4: l’expansion des langues Africaines: peul, sango, kikongo, ciluba, swahili
[3739]   Capron, Jean (1973) : Communautes villageoises Mali-Haute Volta Bwa
[27724]   Capus [père] (1901) : Dictionnaire shisumbwa-français
[3740]   Caquot, André & David Cohen (Ed) (1974) : Actes du 1e congrès internationale de la linguistique sémitique et chamito-sémitique, Paris, 16-19 juillet, 1969
[3741]   Caravaglios, Maria (Ed) (1983) : L’Africa a tempi di Daniele Comboni: congresso internazionale di studi africani, Roma 19-21 november 1981
[3742]   Carbou, Henri (1954) : Méthode pratique pour l’étude de l’arabe parlé en Ouaday et à l’est du Tchad
[3743]   Carden, Guy (1993) : The Mauritian Creole lekor reflexive: substrate influence on the target-location parameter
[3744]   Cardinall, Alan Wolsey (1920) : The natives of the northern territories of the Gold Coast
[3745]   Cardinall, Alan Wolsey (1924) : The division of the year among the Talansi of the Gold Coast
[3746]   Cardinall, Alan Wolsey (1931) : A survival
[3748]   Cardona, Giorgio Raimondo (1981) : Profilo fonologico del somalo
[3749]   Cardona, Giorgio Raimondo (1986) : Somalia and the Indian Ocean: cultural and linguistic contact
[24623]   Cardona, Giorgio Raimondo (1973) : Phonologie descriptive et comparaison historique, remarques sur les liens entre Nzéma et Agni
[24624]   Cardona, Giorgio Raimondo (1977) : Profilo della lingua nzema
[3747]   Cardona, Giorgio Raimondo & Francesco Agostini (Ed) (1981) : Fonologia e lessico
[22805]   Cardoso, Carlos Lopes (1967) : “Ovatjimba” em Angola
[22806]   Cardoso, Carlos Lopes (1966) : “Olumbali” do distrito de Moçâmedes: achegas para o seu estudo
[22807]   Cardoso, Carlos Lopes (1966) : “Olumbali” do distrito de Moçâmedes: achegas para o seu estudo
[3750]   Cardoso, Eduardo Augusto (1989) : O crioulo da Ilha de S. Nicolau de Cabo Verde
[27192]   Cardoso, Henrique Lopes (1902) : Pequeno vocabulário de dialecto pepel
[3751]   Caressa, Ferruccio (1936) : Manuale linguistica per l’Africa oriental: lingue araba, amarica, galla, tigrina
[3752]   Caressa, Ferruccio (1958) : Dizionario africano: italiano-amarico, tigrino, arabo, galla, migurtino, benadirese
[3753]   Caressa, Ferruccio (1986) : Manuale linguistica per l’Africa oriental: lingue - araba, amarica, galla, tigrina
[3754]   Carleton, Troi (1992) : The tonology of Asante verbs
[3755]   Carlin, Eithne B. (1993) : Das So: eine Kuliak-Sprache aus Uganda
[3756]   Carlin, Eithne B. (1993) : The So language
[3757]   Carlin, Eithne B. & Maarten Mous (1995) : The “back” in Iraqw: extensions of meaning in space
[3758]   Carlson, Robert J. (1983) : Downstep in Supyire
[3759]   Carlson, Robert J. (1991) : Grammaticalization of postpositions and word order in Senufo languages
[3760]   Carlson, Robert J. (1992) : Narrative, subjunctive and finiteness
[3761]   Carlson, Robert J. (1994) : A grammar of Supyire
[3762]   Carlson, Robert J. (1997) : The Senufo languages
[3763]   Carlson, Robert J. (2000) : Event-views and transitivity in the Supyire verbal system
[23032]   Carlson, Robert J. (1993) : A sketch of Jo: a Mande language with a feminine pronoun
[23034]   Carlson, Robert J. (1998) : Wuu supyire sem? Ecrivons le supyiré: orthographe er grammaire pratiques du supyiré de Kampolondougou
[23550]   Carlson, Robert J. (2003) : Reflexives and reciprocals in Supyire
[23956]   Carlson, Robert J. & Kafano Sanago (1992) : Dictionnaire supyire-français, avec index français-supyire
[22993]   Carlton, Elizabeth M. & Sharon R. Rand (1994) : Compilation de listes de mots Swadesh modifiées recueillis parmi les langues du groupe Diola, sud du Sénégal
[23075]   Carlton, Elizabeth M. & Sharon R. Rand (1993) : Enquête sociolinguistique sur les langues Diolas de basse Casamance
[3764]   Carmichael, Lesley (1999) : The morphosyntactic structure of NPs in Ronga
[3765]   Carnochan, Jack (1948) : A study in the phonology of an Igbo speaker
[3766]   Carnochan, Jack (1951) : A study of quantity in Hausa
[3767]   Carnochan, Jack (1952) : Glottalization in Hausa
[3768]   Carnochan, Jack (1957) : Gemination in Hausa
[3769]   Carnochan, Jack (1960) : Vowel harmony in Igbo
[3770]   Carnochan, Jack (1962) : The category of number in Igbo grammar
[3771]   Carnochan, Jack (1964) : Pitch, tone and intonation in Yoruba
[3772]   Carnochan, Jack (1970) : A study of quantity in Hausa
[3773]   Carnochan, Jack (1970) : Categories of the verbal piece in Bachama
[3774]   Carnochan, Jack (1975) : Bachama and Chadic
[3775]   Carnochan, Jack (1977) : Bachama and Semito-Hamitic
[3776]   Carnochan, Jack (1988) : The vowels of Hausa
[3777]   Carnochan, Jack (1992) : Hausa orthography and Abraham’s transcription
[25921]   Caroline Juillard (2010) : Analyse sociolinguistique du contact entre et groupes joola et mandinka, à Ziguinchor
[3778]   Caron, Bernard (1986) : Les accomplis I et II du haoussa et la subordination
[3779]   Caron, Bernard (1987) : Description d’un parler haoussa de l’Ader (République du Niger)
[3780]   Caron, Bernard (1987) : Classes verbales et extensions en haoussa de l’Ader
[3781]   Caron, Bernard (1987) : Quelques perspectives sur le causatif haoussa fournies par le dialecte de l’Ader
[3782]   Caron, Bernard (1988) : Passif et types de procès en haoussa
[3783]   Caron, Bernard (1989) : The verbal system of Ader Hausa
[3784]   Caron, Bernard (1989) : A propos de l’“accompli” haoussa et des perfecto-prèsents dans quelques langues d’Afrique de l’Ouest et d’ailleurs
[3785]   Caron, Bernard (1989) : Compte rendu: Working papers in Kiswahili
[3786]   Caron, Bernard (1990) : La négation en haoussa
[3787]   Caron, Bernard (1990) : Note sur le ba final de l’accompli négatif en haoussa
[3788]   Caron, Bernard (1991) : Le haoussa de l’Ader
[3790]   Caron, Bernard (1998) : La focalisation
[3792]   Caron, Bernard (2000) : Assertion et préconstruit: topicalisation et focalisation dans les langues africaines
[22414]   Caron, Bernard (2003) : A propos de Kal et de Sigidi: problèmes de dialectologie Zaar (tchadique sud Bauchi)
[24049]   Caron, Bernard (2001) : Guus, aka Sigidi (Chadic, West-B, South-Bauchi): Grammatical notes and vocabulary
[24050]   Caron, Bernard (2002) : Dott, aka ZoDi: Grammatical notes, vocabulary, text
[24430]   Caron, Bernard (2005) : Za:r (Dictionary, grammar, texts)
[24431]   Caron, Bernard (2006) : South-Bauchi West Pronominal and TAM Systems
[24459]   Caron, Bernard (2006) : Condition, topic and focus in African languages: why conditionals are not topics
[24553]   Caron, Bernard (2002) : Notes de terrains sur les langues sud-Bauchi
[25146]   Caron, Bernard (2009) : Depressor Consonants in Geji
[25391]   Caron, Bernard (2004) : Le luri : quelques notes sur une langue tchadique du Nigeria
[25409]   Caron, Bernard (2008) : Bu:, aka Zaranda (Chadic, South-Bauchi West): Wordlist and Grammatical Notes
[26426]   Caron, Bernard (2013) : Tonal Inversion in Geji and Pelu
[26436]   Caron, Bernard (2014) : Lexique haoussa de l'Ader
[26437]   Caron, Bernard (2014) : Geji Lexicon
[26438]   Caron, Bernard (2014) : Pelu Lexicon
[26797]   Caron, Bernard (2014) : Number in South-Bauchi West languages (Chadic, Nigeria)
[27781]   Caron, Bernard (2020) : Chadic
[28872]   Caron, Bernard (2020) : Methodological and technical challenges of a corpus-based study of Naija
[3791]   Caron, Bernard (Ed) (2000) : Topicalisation et focalisation dans les langues africaines
[3789]   Caron, Bernard & Ahmed H. Hamfani (1997) : Dictionnaire français-haoussa suivi d’un index haoussa-français
[24423]   Caron, Bernard & Petr Zima (2006) : Sprachbund in the West African Sahel
[3793]   Carpaneto, G. M. & F. P. Germi (1989) : The mammals in the zoological culture of the Mbuti pygmies in north-eastern Zaïre
[3794]   Carpenter, G. W. (1934) : The Kikongo language situation
[3795]   Carpooran, Arnaud (2002) : Le créole mauricien de poche
[22490]   Carpooran, Arnaud (2003) : Ile Maurice, des langues et des lois
[3796]   Carr-Hill, Roy A. & others (1991) : The functioning and effects of the Tanzanian literacy programme
[3798]   Carreira, António (1982) : The people of the Cape Verde Islands: exploitation and emigration
[3799]   Carreira, António (1983) : O crioulo de Cabo Verde: surto e expansão
[25012]   Carreira, António (1963) : Influência da língua Mandinga na Pajadinca
[3797]   Carreira, António & João Basso Marques (1947) : Subsídios para o estudo da língua Manjaca
[3800]   Carrell, Patricia L. (1970) : A transformational grammar of Igbo
[3802]   Carrington, John F. (1940) : The tonetics of the Lokele language
[3803]   Carrington, John F. (1942) : Coalescing and non-coalescing vowel roots in Lokele
[3804]   Carrington, John F. (1943) : The tonal structure of Kele (Lokele)
[3805]   Carrington, John F. (1944) : The drum language of the Lokele tribe
[3806]   Carrington, John F. (1947) : Notes sur la langue olombo (turumbu)
[3807]   Carrington, John F. (1947) : The iniatiation language: Lokeke tribe
[3808]   Carrington, John F. (1947) : Notes sur la langue Olombo
[3809]   Carrington, John F. (1947) : A comparative study of some central African gong-languages
[3810]   Carrington, John F. (1948) : Talking drums of Africa
[3811]   Carrington, John F. (1949) : Esquisse de la langue mba (kimanga)
[3812]   Carrington, John F. (1949) : A comparative study of some central African gong-languages
[3813]   Carrington, John F. (1954) : Lingala and tribal languages in the Belgian Congo
[3814]   Carrington, John F. (1959) : Notes on Dr Sim’s Yalulema vocabulary
[3815]   Carrington, John F. (1961) : An English-Lingala-French phrase book
[3816]   Carrington, John F. (1961) : Vocabulaire anglais-lingala-français
[3817]   Carrington, John F. (1972) : Coalescing and non-coalescing vowel roots in Lokele
[3818]   Carrington, John F. (1972) : Esquisse de grammaire lokele, non-publié
[3819]   Carrington, John F. (1976) : Wooden drums for inter-village telephony in central Africa
[3820]   Carrington, John F. (1977) : Esquisse morphologique de la langue likile (Haut-Zaïre)
[3821]   Carrol, Brendon J. (1961/62) : An English language survey in West Africa
[3823]   Carron, Gabriel (1990) : The functioning and effects of the Kenya literacy program
[3822]   Carron, Gabriel , K. Mwiriya & G. Righa (1989) : The functioning and effects of the Kenya literacy program
[3824]   Carstens, Vicky May (1985) : Wh-movement in Yoruba
[3825]   Carstens, Vicky May (1986) : Proper government in Yoruba
[3826]   Carstens, Vicky May (1986) : Proper government in Yoruba
[3827]   Carstens, Vicky May (1991) : The syntax and morphology of determiner phrases in Kiswahili
[3828]   Carstens, Vicky May (1993) : On nominal morphology and DP structure
[3829]   Carstens, Vicky May (1997) : Empty nouns in Bantu locatives
[3831]   Carstens, Vicky May (2005) : Agree and EPP in Bantu
[3830]   Carstens, Vicky May & Frederick Parkinson (Ed) (1999) : Advances in African linguistics: papers presented at the 28th annual conference on African linguistics, held July 18-22, 1977, Cornell University
[3832]   Carter, Hazel (19--) : An outline grammar of Tonga
[3833]   Carter, Hazel (19--) : Conversational Shona
[3834]   Carter, Hazel (1956) : Stabilization in the Manyika dialect of the Shona group
[3835]   Carter, Hazel (1962) : Notes on the tonal system of Northern Rhodesian Plateau Tonga
[3836]   Carter, Hazel (1963) : Coding, style and the initial vowel in Northern Plateau Tonga: a psycholinguistic study
[3837]   Carter, Hazel (1964) : Some problems of double prefix distribution in Northern Rhodesian Tonga
[3839]   Carter, Hazel (1970) : Consonant reinforcement and Kongo morphology
[3841]   Carter, Hazel (1971) : Morphotonology of Zambian Tonga: some developments of Meeussen’s system ; part 1
[3842]   Carter, Hazel (1972) : Morphotonology of Zambian Tonga: some developments of Meeussen’s system ; part 2
[3843]   Carter, Hazel (1973) : Syntax and tone in Kongo
[3844]   Carter, Hazel (1973) : Tonal data in ‘Comparative Bantu’
[3846]   Carter, Hazel (1974) : Negative structures in the tone-phrasing system of Kongo
[3847]   Carter, Hazel (1977) : Abstraction and precision in Kongo ethical terminology
[3848]   Carter, Hazel (1978) : Syntactic tone and Proto-Bantu
[3850]   Carter, Hazel (1980) : Consolidated Kongo-English vocabulary
[3851]   Carter, Hazel (1980) : The Kongo tonal system revisited
[3853]   Carter, Hazel (1984) : Geminates, nasals and sequence structure in Kongo
[3855]   Carter, Hazel (1987) : Kongo language course = Maloïngi makikongo: a course in the dialect of Zoombo, northern Angola
[25240]   Carter, Hazel (2002) : An Outline of Chitonga Grammar
[3845]   Carter, Hazel & George P. Kahari (1973) : A second Shona reader
[3849]   Carter, Hazel & George P. Kahari (1979) : Kuverenga chishóna: an introductory Shona reader with grammatical sketch
[3852]   Carter, Hazel & George P. Kahari (1981) : Shona language course
[3854]   Carter, Hazel & George P. Kahari (1986) : Kuverenga chishóna: an introductory Shona reader with grammatical sketch
[3840]   Carter, Hazel & João Makondekwa (1970) : Kongo course/Maloongi makikoongo (dialect of Zoombo, Angola)
[3838]   Carter, T. D. T. (1969) : The question of language in Barotse primary schools
[3856]   Carteron, Michel (1966) : Essai de grammaire de la langue baoulé
[3857]   Carteron, Michel (1972) : Étude de la langue baoulé
[3858]   Carteron, Michel (1975) : Étude de la langue baoulé
[3859]   Carton Dibeth, Catherine (1988) : Manuel de conversation, somali-français, suivi d’un guide de Djibouti
[3860]   Cartry, Michel (1968) : Bibliographie des gourmantché
[27693]   Carvalho, Fernando O. (2014) : Notes on Underspecification and Reversal in Kimbundu Tonology
[3861]   Carvalho, J. G. H. de (1962) : Sincronia e diacronia nos sistemas vocálicos do crioulo caboverdiano
[3862]   Casajus, D. (1987) : Parole retenue et parole dangereuse chez les Touaregs Kel Ferwan (Niger)
[3863]   Casali, Roderic F. (1990) : Contextual labialization in Nawuri
[3864]   Casali, Roderic F. (1995) : Nawuri phonology
[3865]   Casali, Roderic F. (1995) : On the reduction of vowel systems in Volta-Congo
[3866]   Casali, Roderic F. (1995) : NCs in Moghamo: prenasalized onsets or heterosyllabic clusters?
[3867]   Casali, Roderic F. (2002) : Nawuri ATR harmony in typological perspective
[3868]   Casali, Roderic F. (2003) : [ATR] value asymmetries and underlying vowel inventory structure in Niger-Congo and Nilo-Saharan
[22847]   Casali, Roderic F. (1994) : Nominal tone on Nawuri
[23008]   Casali, Roderic F. (1995) : Labial opacity and roundness harmony in Nawuri
[23015]   Casali, Roderic F. (1995) : An overview of the Nawuri verbal system
[23017]   Casali, Roderic F. (1999) : Nawuri-English word list
[23610]   Casali, Roderic F. (1995) : Patterns of glide formation in Niger-Congo: an optimality account
[23957]   Casali, Roderic F. (1988) : Some phonological processes in Nawuri
[24668]   Casali, Roderic F. (2008) : ATR Harmony in African Languages
[26958]   Casali, Roderic F. (2012) : [+ATR] dominance in Akan
[27418]   Casali, Roderic F. (2016) : Some inventory-related asymetries in the patterning of tongue root harmony systems
[27454]   Casali, Roderic F. (2018) : Markedness and dominance in the ATR harmony system of Diola-Fogny
[3870]   Casalis, [J.] Eugène (1930) : Sesuto and English exercises
[3872]   Casalis, [J.] Eugène (1938) : Sesuto and English exercises
[3869]   Casalis, A. (1925) : English-Sesuto vocabulary
[3871]   Casalis, A. (1937) : English-Sesuto vocabulary
[3873]   Casalis, A. (1945) : English-Sesuto vocabulary
[3874]   Casalis, A. (1955) : English-Sesuto vocabulary
[3875]   Casalis, A. (1972) : English-Sesuto vocabulary
[3876]   Casalis, A. (1989) : English Sotho vocabulary
[27877]   Casaretto, Antje , Gerrit J. Dimmendaal , Birgit Hellwig , Uta Reinöhl & Gertrud Schneider-Blum (2020) : Roots of Ergativity in Africa (and Beyond)
[23740]   Casimir, Katia Kamara (1988) : Lexicon der Tagbana-Sprache
[3877]   Cassels, D. A. (1984) : Vowel intrusion and change in Swahili words of Arabic origin
[3878]   Cassett, A. (192-) : Citonga grammar and vocabulary for use of settlers between Livingstone and Kafue
[28610]   Cassetta, Peter & Lydia Cassetta (1994) : The Ugare noun class system
[3879]   Cassidy, F. G. (1964) : Toward a recovery of early English-African pidgin
[3880]   Cassimjee, Farida (1983) : An autosegmental analysis of Venda nominal tonology
[3883]   Cassimjee, Farida (1986) : An autosegmental analysis of Venda tonology
[3885]   Cassimjee, Farida (1990) : OCP-effects in Venda tonology
[3886]   Cassimjee, Farida (1992) : Fundamental principles of Venda tonology
[3888]   Cassimjee, Farida (Ed) (1998) : Isixhosa tonology: an optimal domains theory analysis
[3881]   Cassimjee, Farida & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1984) : Downstep in Venda
[3882]   Cassimjee, Farida & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1985) : Three cases of downstep in Venda
[3884]   Cassimjee, Farida & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1989) : Shingazidja nominal accent
[3887]   Cassimjee, Farida & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1992) : The tonology of depressor consonants: evidence from Mijikenda and Nguni
[3889]   Cassimjee, Farida & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1998) : Optimal domains theory and Bantu tonology: a case study from Isixhosa and Shingazidja
[3890]   Cassimjee, Farida & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1999) : A conspiracy argument for optimality theory: Emakhuwa dialectology
[3891]   Cassimjee, Farida & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (2003) : Eerati tone: towards a tonal dialectology of Emakhuwa
[3892]   Castelain, J. (1952) : La langue guerzé
[3893]   Castellino, Giorgio (1975) : Gender in Cushitic
[3894]   Castellino, Giorgio (1978) : The case system of Cushitic in relation to Semitic
[3895]   Castex, [Dr] (1938) : Vocabulaire comparé des principaux dialectes avant actuellement cours en Haut-Ogoué
[3896]   Castro, [Padre] Francisco Manuel de (1933) : Apontamentos sobre a língua èmakua: gramática, vocabulário, contos e dialecto de Angoche
[3897]   Castro, [Padre] Francisco Manuel de (1934) : Apontamentos da língua emacua
[3898]   Castro, Yêda P. de (1967) : A sobrevivência das línguas africanas no Brasil: sua influência na linguagem popular da Bahia
[3899]   Catford, J. C. (1977) : Fundamentals problems in phonetics
[3900]   Catford, J. C. (1997) : The myth of the primordial click
[27894]   Catling, Amy & Maarten Mous (2019) : Using a discourse adverb to correct expectations an analysis of mak in Iraqw: an analysis of mak in Iraqw
[3901]   Caubet, Dominique (1986) : Les deux parfaits en arabe marocain
[3902]   Caubet, Dominique (1993) : L’arabe marocain
[3903]   Caumartin, P. B. (1---) : Runyoro grammar
[3904]   Cauvin, Jean (1980) : L’image, la langue et la pensée, 1: l’exemple des proverbes (Mali)
[3905]   Cauvin, Jean (1980) : L’image, la langue et la pensée, 2: recueil de proverbes de Karangasso
[3906]   Cavallera, Giovanni (1939) : Grammatica della lingua oromo
[3907]   Cavicchioni, A. C. (1923) : Vocabulario Italiana-Swahili
[3908]   Ceccaldi, Pierrette (1978) : Essai de nomenclature des populations, langues et dialectes de Côte d’Ivoire
[3909]   Ceccaldi, Pierrette (1979) : Essai de nomenclature des populations, langues et dialectes de la République populaire du Bénin
[3910]   Cele, John F. (1973) : Nasi-ke isiZulu/So this is Zulu! A basic Zulu grammar suitable for higher primary and junior secondary pupils
[3911]   Cellier, P. (1985) : Resumé des règles syntaxiques du creole réunionnais
[3912]   Centis, Gino (198-) : Dicionário macua-português
[3913]   Centis, Gino (1985) : Método macua
[3914]   Cernecov, S. B. (1980) : Zu den Veränderung der gesellschaftspolitischen Lexik in der modernen amharischen Sprache und der Sprachsituation im revolutionären Äthiopien
[3915]   Cernicenko, A. S. (1969) : Soglasovatel’nye modeli i sistema imenych klassov v jazyke Luganda [Congruence model and system of nominal classes in Luganda]
[3916]   Cernicenko, A. S. (1969) : Klassy v jazyke Luganda [Classes in the Luganda language]
[3917]   Cerny, Jaroslav (1950?) : On the origin of the Egyptian conjunctive
[3920]   Cerny, Jaroslav (1976) : Coptic etymological dictionary
[3919]   Cerny, Jaroslav , Sarah Israelit-Groll & Christopher Eyre (1975) : A late Egyptian grammar
[3921]   Cerny, Jaroslav , Sarah Israelit-Groll & Christopher Eyre (1978) : A late Egyptian grammar
[3922]   Cerny, Jaroslav , Sarah Israelit-Groll & Christopher Eyre (1984) : A late Egyptian grammar
[3923]   Cerny, Jaroslav , Sarah Israelit-Groll & Christopher Eyre (1993) : A late Egyptian grammar
[3918]   Cerny, V. & others (Ed) (1974) : Asian and African languages in social context
[3939]   Cerulli, E. (1945/48) : Quelques notes sur la phonologie du somali
[3924]   Cerulli, Enrico (1927) : Il gergo delle genti di bassa casta della Somali
[3925]   Cerulli, Enrico (1927/28) : Etiopia occidentale
[3926]   Cerulli, Enrico (1929/30) : Le stazioni lunari nelle nozioni astronomiche dei Somali e dei Danakil
[3927]   Cerulli, Enrico (1931/34) : Le bilitérisme en couchitique
[3928]   Cerulli, Enrico (1931/34) : Le mode relatif dans les langues couchitiques
[3929]   Cerulli, Enrico (1931/34) : Le traitement des labiovélaires en couchitiques
[3930]   Cerulli, Enrico (1932) : I risultati linguistici dei miei viaggi in Etiopia, dal 1926 al 1931
[3931]   Cerulli, Enrico (1933) : Etiopia occidentale
[3932]   Cerulli, Enrico (1934/37) : Le stabilité de la voyelle radicale en couchitique
[3934]   Cerulli, Enrico (1937/40) : La racine monosyllabique (C+V ou V seule) en couchitique
[3935]   Cerulli, Enrico (1938) : La lingua e la storia dei Sidamo
[3937]   Cerulli, Enrico (1942) : Il linguaggio degli Amar Cocchè e quello degli arbore nella zona del lago Stefania
[3938]   Cerulli, Enrico (1942) : Il linguaggio dei Tirma, popolazione della zona del Lago Rodolfo
[3940]   Cerulli, Enrico (1947) : Three Berta dialects in western Ethiopia
[3942]   Cerulli, Enrico (1948/51) : Sur la conjugaison en couchitique
[3943]   Cerulli, Enrico (1951) : La lingua caffina
[3944]   Cerulli, Enrico (1957-1964) : Somalia: scritti vari editi ed inediti
[3945]   Cerulli, Enrico (1971) : Note sul linguaggio cuscitico dei Kambatta
[3933]   Cerulli, Ernesta (1936) : La lingua e la storia di Harar
[3936]   Cerulli, Ernesta (1938) : Il linguaggio dei Giangerò ed alcune lingue sidama dell’Omo (Basketo, Ciara, Zaissè)
[3941]   Cerulli, Ernesta (1948) : Il linguaggio dei masongo nell’Etiopia occidentale
[3949]   Césard, [Révérend] [Père] Edmond (1934) : Dictionnaire kihaya-français
[3946]   Cesaro, Antonio (1939) : L’arabo parlato a Tripoli: grammatica, esercizi, testi vari
[3947]   Ceyssens, Rik & Jan van de Koppel (1972) : Les lubaphones nomment les oiseaux: essai de nomenclature de la faune ornitologique du Kasai Occidental (tshiluba, français, anglais, latin)
[3950]   Chaara, Fadoua (2003) : Die interaktion der Aspektsemantik mit dem Lexikon im Marokkanisch-Arabischen
[29055]   Chabata, Emmanuel (2023) : Reflections on the development of corpora for Zimbabwe’s understudied languages
[28205]   Chabiron, Clothilde , Silvia Gally & Didier Demolin (2013) : Les parlers pygmées du bassin équatorial du Congo
[3951]   Chabrelie, Louis (1935) : Notes sur la langue des Sara, avec un vocabulaire comparatif des différents dialectes
[3952]   Chabrelie, Louis (1935) : Notes sur quelques croyances des sara
[3953]   Chafi, Mohamed (1993) : Vocabulaire juridique et politique
[3954]   Chafulumira, E. W. (1966) : Grammar wa Chinyanja
[3955]   Chagas, Jeremy E. (1976) : The tonal structure of Olusamia
[3956]   Chagas, Jeremy E. (1977) : The preprefix
[3957]   Chaibou, Niandou (1998) : Identification et représentation de soi par le langage: case de ayneha “j’ai dit que...”
[3958]   Chaine, Marius (1933) : Éléments de grammaire dialectale copte
[3959]   Chaine, Marius (1934) : Les dialectes coptes assioutiques
[3960]   Chaine, Marius (1938) : Grammaire éthiopienne
[3961]   Chaine, Marius (1938/42) : Notions de langue égyptienne
[3962]   Chaker, Salem (1973/79) : Les racines berbères trilitères à 3ème radicale alternante
[3963]   Chaker, Salem (1975) : Les paramètres acoustiques de la tension consonantique en berbère (kabyle)
[3964]   Chaker, Salem (1978) : Un parler berbère d’Algerie (Kabylie): syntaxe
[3965]   Chaker, Salem (1983) : Un parler berbère d’Algerie (Kabylie): syntaxe
[3966]   Chaker, Salem (199-) : Une décennie d’études berbères (1980-1990)
[3967]   Chaker, Salem (1990) : Les bases de l’apparentement chamito-sémitique du berbère: un faisceau d’indices convergents
[3968]   Chaker, Salem (1995) : Linguistique berbère: études de syntaxe et de diachronie
[6785]   Chaker, Salem (2003) : La berbère
[7630]   Chaker, Salem (2004) : Les paradigmes personnels du berbère
[23136]   Chaker, Salem (1996) : Manuel de linguistique berbère II: syntaxe et diachronie
[23176]   Chaker, Salem (1997) : La langue berbère en France: situation actuelle et perspectives de dévelopement
[23177]   Chaker, Salem (1995) : Données exploratoires en prosodie berbère, 1: l’accent kabyle
[23178]   Chaker, Salem (1995) : Données exploratoires en prosodie berbère, 2: intonation et syntaxe en kabyle
[23179]   Chaker, Salem (1997) : Quelques faits de grammaticalisation dans le système verbal berbère
[23180]   Chaker, Salem (1996) : Remarques préliminaires sur le négation en berbère
[23182]   Chaker, Salem (2003) : Résistance et ouverture à l’autre: le berbère, une langue vivante à la croisée des échanges médierranéens
[23135]   Chaker, Salem (Ed) (1998) : Langues et pouvoir, de l’Afrique du nord à l’extrême-Orient
[23134]   Chaker, Salem & Abdellah Bounfour (1990) : Langues et littératures berbères: chroniques des études XIII (1994 et 1995)
[3970]   Chaker, Salem & Andrzej Zaborski (Ed) (2000) : Études berbères et chamito-sémitiques: mélanges offerts à Karl-G. Prasse
[3969]   Chaker, Salem & Dominique Caubet (Ed) (1996) : La négation en berbère et en arabe maghrébin
[23181]   Chaker, Salem & Slimane Hachi (2000) : A propos de l’origine et de l’âge de l’écriture libyco-berbère
[25760]   Chakiri, Malika (2010) : La locution nominale en tamazighte, aspects morphologique et syntaxique
[25663]   Chalah, Seidh (2011) : Contribution à l’étude du schwa kabyle sur le plan phonologique
[3973]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (1986) : L’accentuation du verbal en shindzuani (anjouanais, Iles Comores)
[3975]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (1992) : Lexique comorien (shindzuani)-français
[3976]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (199-) : Comorien
[3977]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (1991) : Le shindzuani (Comores): phonologie, morphologie, lexique
[22454]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (199-) : Dictionnaire français-comorien
[3971]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed & Noël-Jacques Gueunier (1977) : Recherches sur l’instrumentalisation du comorien: les problèmes de graphie d’après la version comorienne de la loi du 23 novembre 1974
[3972]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed & Noël-Jacques Gueunier (1979) : Le dictionnaire comorien-français et comorien-français du R. P. Sacleux
[3974]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed , Michel Lafon & Jean-Luc Sibertin-Blanc (1988) : Projet d’orthographe pratique du comorien
[3978]   Chamberlain, G. D. (1930) : A brief account of the Brissa language
[3979]   Chamora, Berhanu & Robert Hetzron (2000) : Inor
[3981]   Champion, Ernest A. (1974) : The contribution of English language and West African literature to the rise of a national consciousness in West Africa
[3980]   Champion, Jacques (1974) : Les language africaines et la francophonie
[3982]   Chanakira, Elijah J. (196-) : Shona grammar for junior secondary schools
[3985]   Chanda Chibila, Musamba (1973) : Essai sur l’aspect phonétique des substantifs bemba d’origine anglaise
[3986]   Chanda Chibila, Musamba (1974) : Du proto-bantu au nkore
[3987]   Chanda Chibila, Musamba (1975) : Éléments de grammaire générative et transformationnelle de la langue nkore
[3983]   Chanda, Musamba V. (1986) : Notes on Wongo phonology and morphology
[3984]   Chanda, Vincent M. (1998) : Zambia
[3988]   Chandler, L. (1975) : Language contact and interference in South Africa
[3989]   Chanfi, Djae Ahamada (1990) : Le syntagme nominal en comorien
[3990]   Chanfi, Djae Ahamada (1991) : Les formes verbales fléchies du comorien
[3991]   Chantoux, R. P. A. (1954) : Essai de grammaire gourmantché
[3992]   Chantoux, R. P. A. (1954) : Dictionnaire gourmantché-français, non-publié
[3993]   Chantoux, R. P. A. , A. Gontier & [Révérend] [Père] André Prost (1968) : Grammaire gourmantché
[3994]   Chaphole, S. R. (1988) : A study of the auxiliary in Sesotho
[3995]   Chaphole, S. R. (1992) : The tense system of Southern Sotho
[3996]   Chaphole, S. R. (1997) : New South Sotho dictionary
[3997]   Charette, Monik (1982) : La construction associative en bété de Gbadi
[3998]   Charette, Monik (1982) : Les traits morpho-syntaxiques (des dialectes dida)
[3999]   Charette, Monik (1985) : The appendix in parametric phonology
[25292]   Charette, Monik (1984) : Analyse phonologique des emprunts en dida de Niakassé
[4000]   Charles-Luce, Jan (1986) : Comparison in Bambara: an infinitival verb phrase
[27299]   Chata, Nangone Jacob , Simeon Mbayrem Djimadoum & John M. Keegan (2015) : Petit Dictionnaire de la Langue Ngambaye
[4001]   Chataignier, A. (1951) : La conception malinké de la personnalité humaine révélée par l’usage des possessifs
[4002]   Chataignier, A. (1963) : Le créole portuguais de Sénégal
[4003]   Chatelain, Ch. W. (1923) : Pocket dictionary Thonga (Shangaan)-English, English-Thonga (Shangaan)
[4004]   Chatelain, Ch. W. (1933) : Pocket dictionary Thonga (Shangaan)-English, English-Thonga (Shangaan)
[4005]   Chatelain, Ch. W. (1952) : Pocket dictionary Tsonga-English, English-Tsonga
[4006]   Chatterji, Suniti Kumar (1939) : Evolution in speech sounds
[4007]   Chaudenson, Robert (1974) : Le lexique du parler créole de la Réunion
[4008]   Chaudenson, Robert (1979) : Les créoles français
[4009]   Chaudenson, Robert (1989) : Créoles et enseignement du français
[4010]   Chauke, Osborn Risimati (2004) : The Xitsonga songs: a sociolinguistic study
[4011]   Chaula, Edigio Hangaika Yamligile (1989) : Aspects of Ki-Bena phonology: the case of Ki-Mavemba variety
[4012]   Chauma, Amos M. , Moira [Primula] [Frances] Chimombo & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1997) : Problems and prospects for the introduction of vernacular languages in primary education: the Malawi experience
[27527]   Chavula, Jean (2018) : The polysemy of the neuter extension -ik in Citumbuka (N21) and Citonga (N15)
[26930]   Chavula, Jean Josephine (2016) : Verbal derivation and valency in Citumbuka
[27919]   Chavula, Jean Josephine (2020) : The polysemy of the reciprocal extension -an- in Citumbuka (N21)
[4013]   Chawner, C. A. (1938) : Step by step Thonga: a series of lessons in the Thonga language
[4014]   Chazal, R. P. (1951) : Dictionnaire français-gourma
[4026]   Chebanne, Andrew (2002) : Shifting identities in eastern Khoe: ethnic and language endangerment
[25690]   Chebanne, Andrew (2010) : Convergence, identity shifting and language loss in Eastern Khoe
[25891]   Chebanne, Andrew (2008) : Person, gender and number markings in Eastern Kalahari Khoe: Existence or traces?
[29048]   Chebanne, Andy (2023) : A Note on Setswana Onomatopoeia
[4015]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1991) : Étude contrastive des constructions verbales en tswana et en français
[4016]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1993) : A Kalanga summary grammar
[4017]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1994) : The history of the Kalanga alphabet
[4018]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1994) : Review of the tentative Kalanga sound system of the 1989 first Kalanga orthography conference
[4021]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1996) : Intersuffixing in Setswana
[4022]   Chebanne, Andy M. (2000) : The phonological system of the Cuaa language
[4024]   Chebanne, Andy M. (2000) : The Sebirwa language: a synchronic and diachronic account
[4025]   Chebanne, Andy M. (2002) : Glides in Setswana
[23605]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1992) : The Setswana i(n) verbal prefix
[23606]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1993) : The imbrication of suffixes in Setswana
[27586]   Chebanne, Andy M. (2019) : Kalanga Dictionary
[4019]   Chebanne, Andy M. & Michael K. Rodewald (1994) : Kalanga tone and word division
[4023]   Chebanne, Andy M. & Moemedi Nthapelelang (2000) : The sociolinguistic survey of the Eastern Khoe in the Boteti and Makgadikgadi Pans areas of Botswana
[4020]   Chebanne, Andy M. , Michael K. Rodewald & Klaus W. Pahlen (1995) : Ngatikwaleni Ikalanga: a manual for writing Kalanga (as spoken in Botswana)
[4027]   Chedeville, Edouard (1951/54) : Noms de parenté en afar-saho
[4028]   Chedeville, Edouard (1954/57) : La formation des noms propres en afar
[4029]   Chedeville, Edouard (1966) : La transcription des noms propres locaux et sa réalisation en Côte Française des Somalis
[4030]   Chefena Hailemariam, Sjaak Kroon & Joel Walters (1999) : Multilingualism and nation building: language and education in Eritrea
[4031]   Chelo, Lotsima (1973) : Phonologie et morphologie de la langue olombo (turumbu)
[4032]   Chen Su-I, & Gloria B. Malambe (1998) : Palatalization in SiSwati: an optimality theoretical approach
[4033]   Cheng Chin-Chuan, & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1979) : Ikorovere Makua tonology ; part 1
[4034]   Cheng Chin-Chuan, & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1980) : Ikorovere Makua tonology ; part 2
[4035]   Cheng Chin-Chuan, & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1981) : High tone doubling in two Makua dialects
[4036]   Cheng Chin-Chuan, & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1981) : Ikorovere Makua tonology ; part 3
[4037]   Cheng Chin-Chuan, & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1982) : Tone-bearing nasals in Makua
[27176]   Cheng Chin-Chuan, & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1979) : Ikorovere Makua tonology ; part 1
[4038]   Cherbonneau, Auguste (1973) : Arabic-French dictionary
[4045]   Chéron, Georges (1925) : Le dialecte sénoufo du Minianka: grammaire, textes et lexiques
[4039]   Chesley, William & David Faris (1994) : Une enquête sociolinguistique parmi les Sokoro du Guera
[4040]   Chesley, William , Stephen Bagwell & Rosalind Bebb (2001) : Enquête sociolinguistique: dangaléat
[4041]   Chesswas, John Douglas (1954) : The essentials of Luganda
[4042]   Chesswas, John Douglas (1959) : The essentials of Luganda
[4043]   Chesswas, John Douglas (1963) : The essentials of Luganda
[4044]   Chesswas, John Douglas (1967) : The essentials of Luganda
[3383]   Chia, Emmanuel L. (1983) : The expression of location in Kom
[3384]   Chia, Emmanuel L. (1984) : Guide to the Kom alphabet
[4046]   Chia, Emmanuel L. & Jeannine Gerbault (1992) : Les nouveaux parlers urbains: le cas de Yaoundé
[27439]   Chia, Emmanuel N. , Vincent A. Tanda & Ayu’nwi N. Neba (eds) (2011) : The Bafaw language (Bantu A10)
[4047]   Chiamo, G. (1938) : Brevi appunti di lingua uollamo
[25727]   Chibaka, Evelyn Fogwe (2010) : The Invisible Perception Verbs Comparison in Mankon and Metaʔ Succession-Induction Traditional Rites
[26493]   Chibaka, Evelyn Fogwe (2014) : Akum, Ala’atening and Mankon: Dialects or Languages? A Scientific Contribution to the Language-Dialect Problem.
[26934]   Chibaka, Evelyn Fogwe (2006) : A Grammatical Description of Metta (Cameroon) in Relation to Focus Parametric Variation: Evident in Focalisation and wh-fronted Questions
[26935]   Chibaka, Evelyn Fogwe (1998) : The noun class system of Metaʔ
[24316]   Chiche, Michèle & Emilio Bonvini (1987-88) : Bibliographie de Maurice Houis
[4048]   Chick, J. Keith (1985) : The interactional accomplishment of discrimination in South Africa
[4050]   Chick, J. Keith (1989) : Intercultural miscommunication as a source of friction in the workplace and in educational settings in South Africa
[4052]   Chick, J. Keith (1991) : Sources and consequences of miscommunication in Afrikaans English - South African English encounters
[4053]   Chick, J. Keith (1992) : Exploring the relationship between interaction and social structure: an ethnographic study of a desegregating institution
[4054]   Chick, J. Keith (1992) : English as a medium and as a subject in a post-apartheid South Africa
[4055]   Chick, J. Keith (1996) : Status and the use of English in KZN-English in Education: English as a second language
[4056]   Chick, J. Keith (1997) : ‘One settler, one bullet’ and other provocations: exploring the relationships between language use and democratic values
[4057]   Chick, J. Keith (2002) : Constructing a multicultural national identity: South African classrooms as sites of struggle between competing discourses
[4058]   Chick, J. Keith (2002) : Intercultural miscommunication in South Africa
[4051]   Chick, J. Keith (Ed) (1990) : Searching for relevance: contextual issues in applied linguistics in southern Africa
[4049]   Chick, J. Keith & M. Seneque (1987) : The role of the applied linguist in language planning: the medium of instruction problem in Kwazulu, Natal
[28019]   Chie, Esther P. (2019) : Evidence for the existence of a phonological and an intonational domain in Babanki
[23831]   Chie, Esther Phubon (2002) : Phonology of the Babanki verb
[4059]   Chifundera, Kusamba & Ngandu-Myango Malasi (1989/90) : La connaissance des ophidiens dans le bulega (Kivu, est du Zaïre)
[4060]   Chikalanga, I. W. (1983) : Teaching primary English in Zambia
[4061]   Chikanza, Juliet (1986) : Borrowing on Shona
[25779]   Childs, G. Tucker (2009) : Focus in Mani and Kisi
[25920]   Childs, G. Tucker (2010) : The Mande and Atlantic groups of Niger-Congo: prolonged contact with asymmetrical consequences
[25949]   Childs, G. Tucker (2011) : A Grammar of Mani
[26034]   Childs, G. Tucker (2009) : What happens to class when a language dies? Language change vs. language death
[26061]   Childs, G. Tucker (2005) : The S-Aux-O-V-Other Syntagm In Atlantic
[27366]   Childs, G. Tucker (2017) : A Dictionary of the Sherbro Language
[27789]   Childs, G. Tucker (2020) : Bom-Kim
[27841]   Childs, G. Tucker , Margarida Petter , Shigeki Kaji , Sun Xiaomeng , Yang Chul-Joon & John Hajek (2019) : African Linguistics in the Americas, Asia, and Australia
[4063]   Childs, George Tucker (1982) : The evolution of noun class markers in southern West Atlantic languages
[4064]   Childs, George Tucker (1983) : Noun class affix renewal in south West Atlantic
[4065]   Childs, George Tucker (1985) : An autosegmental analysis of Kisi noun class morphophonemics
[4066]   Childs, George Tucker (1988) : The phonology of Kisi ideophones
[4067]   Childs, George Tucker (1988) : The phonology and morphology of Kisi
[4068]   Childs, George Tucker (1989) : Where do ideophones come from?
[4069]   Childs, George Tucker (1992/94) : Language typology and reconstruction: the pre-nasalized stops of Kisi
[4070]   Childs, George Tucker (1994) : Expressiveness in contact situations: the fate of African ideophones
[4071]   Childs, George Tucker (1994) : Notes on Flaaitaal: an ageing sociolect, erstwhile pidgin?
[4072]   Childs, George Tucker (1994) : The status of Isicamtho, an Nguni-based urban variety of Soweto
[4073]   Childs, George Tucker (1994) : African ideophones
[4074]   Childs, George Tucker (1995) : Tone and accent in Atlantic
[4075]   Childs, George Tucker (1995) : A grammar of Kissi, a southern Atlantic language
[4076]   Childs, George Tucker (1996) : Where have all the ideophones gone? The death of a word category in Zulu
[4077]   Childs, George Tucker (1997) : The status of Isicamtho, an Nguni-based urban variety of Soweto
[4078]   Childs, George Tucker (2000) : A dictionary of the Kisi language, with an English-Kisi index
[4079]   Childs, George Tucker (2004) : An introduction to African linguistics
[22421]   Childs, George Tucker (2003) : The African substrate in an African pidgin: the case of Guinea French
[24063]   Childs, George Tucker (1991) : Nasality in Kisi
[24105]   Childs, George Tucker (2002) : Borrowings into Kisi as Evidence of Mande Expansionism and Influence
[24162]   Childs, George Tucker (2003) : The Atlantic and Mande groups of Niger-Congo: A study in contrasts, a study in interaction
[26270]   Childs, George Tucker (2012) : Kim Lexicon
[26271]   Childs, George Tucker (2012) : Bom Lexicon
[26272]   Childs, George Tucker (2012) : Mani Lexicon
[4062]   Childs, Gladwyn Murray (19--) : Lições de mbundu
[4080]   Chileshe, John (1982) : Literacy, dependence and ideological formation: the Zambian experience
[4081]   Chilipaine, Francis Aliponse (1992) : Expressions of tense and aspect in Chichewa
[4082]   Chilipaine, Francis Aliponse (1994) : Morpho-syntaxe contrastive du verbe français-chichewa (Malawi)
[4083]   Chilver, E. M. & Phyllis M. Kaberry (1971) : The Tikar problem: a non-problem
[28402]   Chima, Ochu Michael (2019) : A Corpus-Driven Study of Multiword Expressions in Igbo
[4085]   Chimbutane, Feliciano S. , Alfredo Chamusso , Bento Sitoe , Gabriel Simbine , Jorge Maiela Gujamo & Karl Erland Gadelii (2000) : Proposta da ortografia do Citshwa
[4086]   Chimbutane, Feliciano S. , Almeida Magaia , Bento Sitoe , Carlos Luís dos Santos Honwana , Gosnell L. Yorke , Samina Patel & Vieira Manala (2000) : Proposta da ortografia do Xirhonga
[4084]   Chimbutane, Feliciano S. , Almeida Magaia , Bento Sitoe , Celeste Joaquim Matavele , Félix dos Santos Viana Khosa & Sozinho Francisco Matsinhe (2000) : Proposta da ortografia do Xichangana
[4087]   Chimerah, Rocha (1998) : Kiswahili: past, present and future horizons
[4088]   Chimhundu, Herbert (1979) : Some problems relating to the incorporation of loanwords in the lexicon
[4089]   Chimhundu, Herbert (1983) : Adoption and adaption in Shona
[4090]   Chimhundu, Herbert (1987) : Pragmatic translation and language elaboration
[4091]   Chimhundu, Herbert (1992) : Standard Shona: myth and reality
[4093]   Chimhundu, Herbert (1992) : The vernacularization of African languages after independence
[4094]   Chimhundu, Herbert (1992) : Translation, media and communication
[4097]   Chimhundu, Herbert (1993) : The vernacularization of African languages after independence
[4092]   Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1992) : Report on the African Languages Lexicon Project (ALLEX): planning and training workshop, Harare, 21-25 September 1992
[4095]   Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1993) : The ALLEX project: first progress report
[4096]   Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1993) : Report on the second ALLEX project: planning and training workshop, Harare, 20-24 September, 1993
[4098]   Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1994) : The ALLEX project: second progress report (October 1993 - September 1994)
[4099]   Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1995) : Report on the third ALLEX project: planning and training workshop, Harare, 19-24 September, 1994
[4101]   Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1997) : Report on the formulation of a national language policy
[4100]   Chimhundu, Herbert & others (Ed) (1996) : Duramazwi rechishona
[4102]   Chimombo, Moira [Primula] [Frances] (1987) : Early stages in the acquisition of Chichewa negation
[4104]   Chimombo, Moira [Primula] [Frances] (1992) : Lessons from psychology and language teaching for development workers
[4105]   Chimombo, Moira [Primula] [Frances] (1994) : The language of politics in Malawi: influences on the Chichewa vocabulary of democracy
[4103]   Chimombo, Moira [Primula] [Frances] & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1989) : Interaction of tone, syntax and semantics in the acquisition of Chichewa negation
[4106]   Chimuka, S. S. (1976) : The teaching and learning of Zambian languages in secondary schools and teacher training colleges
[4107]   Chimuka, S. S. (1977) : Zambian languages: orthography approved by the Ministry of Education
[4108]   Chimuka, S. S. , Mubanga E. Kashoki , Hugh P. Africa & Robert Serpell (Ed) (1978) : Language and education in Zambia
[4109]   Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1963) : The category number in Nzema
[4110]   Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1969) : The examining of Ghanaian languages
[4111]   Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1970) : Consonant mutation in Nzema
[4112]   Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1970) : The education review report and the study of Ghanaian languages
[4113]   Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1971) : Variable nouns in Nzema
[4114]   Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1976) : Reciprocal clauses in Nzema
[24175]   Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1973) : The aspects of causativity in Nzema
[28434]   Chinedu, Ezebube Chinedu , Chukwuneke Ogechukwu Felicia Uchenna & Okeke Chukwuma Onyebuchi (2021) : Conceptualization of Women in Igbo Riddles
[4115]   Chingo, N. K. (1993) : Development of Zambian language policy
[4116]   Chinjavata, James C. (1958) : Luvale note book
[4117]   Chiomio, Giovanni (1938) : Brevi appunti di lingua uollamo (A.O.I.): grammatica e dizionario
[4118]   Chiomio, Giovanni (1941) : I Magi (Masi) nell’Etiopia del sud-ovest
[4119]   Chiomio, Giovanni (1948) : L’articolo determinativo proclitico in alcune lingue e dialetti bantu
[4120]   Chisala, Laston (1954) : English-Bisa dictionary
[4121]   Chisanga, Teresa (1987) : An investigation into the form and function of educated English in Zambia as a possible indigenized non-native variety
[4122]   Chisanga, Teresa & Nkonko Mudipanu Kamwangamalu (1997) : Owning the Other Tongue: the English language in southern Africa
[23712]   Chishimba, Chanda Peter (1979) : A study of the Zambia primary English course
[4123]   Chishimba, Maurice Mulenga (1982) : Language teaching and literacy: East Africa
[4124]   Chishimba, Maurice Mulenga (1984) : African varieties of English: text in context
[4125]   Chishimba, Maurice Mulenga (1984) : Language policy and education in Zambia
[4126]   Chisowa, N. N. (1975) : Medium of instruction in Zambian primary schools: theory and practice (implications for rural schools)
[4127]   Chitiga, Miriam (1995) : Prizing Shona lightly
[4128]   Chitiga, Miriam (1996) : Behind the multilingual mask
[28880]   Chivir Adzer, Vanessa (2020) : Tiv compounds and compouding
[4129]   Chiwome, Emmanuel (1992) : Term creation: the case of Shona
[4131]   Chiwome, Emmanuel (1992) : The role of a language in translation in the development of literature: the case of Cishona
[4130]   Chiwome, Emmanuel & Juliet Thondhlana (1992) : Sociolinguistics and education: a survey concerning attitudes on the teaching of Shona through the media of Shona and English
[4132]   Cho Eun, & Kunio Nishiyama (1999) : Yoruba predicate clefts from a comparative perspective
[4133]   Cho Taehong, & Peter Ladefoged (1997) : Variations and universals in VOT: evidence from 17 endangered languages
[4134]   Cho Taehong, & Peter Ladefoged (1999) : Variations and universals in VOT: evidence from 18 languages
[4135]   Choe, H.-S. (1987) : An SVO analysis of VSO languages and parametrization: a study of Berber
[4136]   Chokoe, Sekgaila (2001) : The quest for meaning: the role of meaning dominance in Northern Sotho ambiguity
[4138]   Chomba, D. S. (1975) : The verbal morphology of Pimbwe
[4137]   Chomba, Simon R. (1975) : English as medium of instruction: the problem of culture
[4139]   Chomsky, [Avram] Noam & Morris Halle (1968) : Manner of articulation features
[4140]   Chorier, Benedicte & Nicholas G. Faraclas (1981) : A closer look at short high vowels in Hausa
[26828]   Choti, Jonathan (2015) : Phonological Asymmetries of Bantu Nasal Prefixes
[28788]   Choti, Jonathan (2022) : The augment in Haya and Ekegusii
[4141]   Christaller, Johann Gottlieb (1933) : Dictionary of the Asante and Fante language called Tshi (Twi)
[4142]   Christeller, Suzanne (1960) : English-Sotho, Sotho-English pocket dictionary
[4143]   Christeller, Suzanne (1961) : English-Sotho, Sotho-English pocket dictionary
[23126]   Christensen, Dag H. (1978) : Afrika: språk
[4144]   Christensen, James Boyd (1963) : Utani: joking, sexual license and social obligations among the Luguru
[4145]   Christensen, James Boyd (1983) : Luguru verbal art
[25693]   Christiansen-Bolli, Regula (2010) : A Grammar of Tadaksahak. A Berberised Songhay Language of Mali
[25838]   Christiansen-Bolli, Regula (2009) : Une petite étude lexicologique du tadaksahak, langue songhay septentrional (Mali)
[4146]   Christiansen, Christiane (2000) : Gibt es ein ideale Orthographie? Kritische Betrachtung von Prinzipien zur Erstellung von Orthographien für afrikanische Sprachen
[4147]   Christiansen, Niels & Regula Christiansen (2002) : Some verb morphology features of Tadaksahak, or: Berber or Songhay, this is the question
[24938]   Christiansen, Niels & Regula Christiansen (2007) : Tadaksahak Verb Morphology with Reference to Berber and Songhay Origins
[4148]   Christiansen, Regula & Stephen H. Levinsohn (2003) : Relative clauses in Tadaksahak
[4150]   Christie jnr, William M. (1983) : A note on the kinship system of Kenya Luo
[4149]   Christie, J. J. (1970) : Locative, possessive and existential in Swahili
[4151]   Christophersen, Paul (1953) : Some special West African English words
[4152]   Christophersen, Paul (1959) : A note on the words dash and ju-ju in West African English
[4153]   Christophersen, Paul (1973) : English in West Africa
[4155]   Chum, Haji (1994) : Msamiati wa pekee wa Kikae/Kae specific vocabulary
[4154]   Chum, Haji & H. E. Lambert (1962/63) : A vocabulary of the Kikae dialect
[26674]   Chumbow, B.S. & Pius W. Akumbu (2007) : Upstep of low tone in Njyem and Register Tier Theory
[4156]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy (1978) : Pidgin English and the role of simplification and restructuring in pidginization and creolization
[4157]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy (1980) : Language and language policy in Cameroon
[4158]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy (1984) : Foreign language in a multilingual setting: the predictability of the “mother tongue effect”
[4159]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy (1987) : Towards a language planning model for Africa
[4162]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy (1997) : Thematic glossaries and language development
[13539]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy (1982) : Contraction and tone polarisation in Ogori
[4163]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy & Augustin Simo Bobda (1997) : LICCA Cameroon: state-of-the-art-report
[4164]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy & Augustin Simo Bobda (2000) : French in West Africa: a sociolinguistic perspective
[26019]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy & Ayu'nwi N. Neba (2011) : Tone raising and tone lowering in Bafut
[4160]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy & Emile-Gille Nguendjio (1991) : Floating tones in Bangwa
[4161]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy & Pius Ngwa Tamanji (1994) : Bafut
[4165]   Church, E. D. (1981) : Le système verbal du wolof
[4166]   Church, E. D. (1983) : Le système verbal du wolof
[4167]   Churma, Donald G. (1975) : Is Hausa a suprasegmental language?
[4168]   Churma, Donald G. (1982) : Rule inversion in Chadic: a closer look
[4169]   Churma, Donald G. (1984) : Necessarily simultaneous rule application in Igbo tonology
[4170]   Churma, Donald G. (1985) : Semisegmental phonology
[4171]   Churma, Donald G. (1988) : In defense of morpheme structure rules: evidence from vowel harmony
[4172]   Churma, Donald G. (1988) : Consonant gradation in Fula suffixes: the ugly truth
[4173]   Chuwa, A. R. (1988) : Foreign loan words in Kiswahili
[4174]   Chuwa, A. R. (Ed) (2001) : Junior English-Swahili dictionary
[4175]   Cichon, Peter (Ed) (1996) : Das sprachliche Erbe des Kolonialismus in Afrika und Lateinamerika: Bestandsaufnahme und Perspektiven aus romanistischer Sicht
[27354]   Cien, Mark Akec, Andrew Agok Igai Piiny, David Mabor Angong, John Malak Balang Kerjok, Daniel Majier Johou, David Kuacreng Nhial, with Tim Stirtz (2015) : Reel-English Dictionary
[4176]   Cifoletti, Guido (1987) : Terminologia maritima araba e begia in Sudan
[25554]   Cissé, Ibrahima A.H. & Nathalie Vallée (2012) : Fulfulde and Bambara syllables in typological and universal perspectives – Interactions between tautosyllabic segments and the effects of consonants
[4179]   Cissé, Mamadou (1998) : Dictionnaire français-wolof
[26735]   Cissé, Mamadou (2015) : Grammaire bilingue wolof-français - Une approche intersystémique
[4177]   Cisse, Momar (1987) : Expression du temps et de l’aspect dans la communication linguistique: analyse de quelques enonces du français, langue dite a temps et du wolof, langue dite a aspects dans le cadre de la de la theorie generale de l’enonciation
[26763]   Cissé, Momar (2011) : L’aspect verbal en wolof et en français : proposition d’une grille d’analyse sémantico-référentielle dans une perspective comparative
[4178]   Cisse, O. A. (1974) : Étude phonologique et morphologique de la langue khassonke
[4180]   Claassen, George & Christo van Rensburg (Ed) (1983) : Taalverskeidenheid: ’n blik op die spektrum van taalvariasie in Afrikaans
[4181]   Claessen, A. (1985) : An investigation into the patterns of non-verbal communication behaviour related to conversational interaction between mother tongue speakers of Swahili
[4182]   Clamons, Cynthia Robb (1989) : Modification of the gender system in the Wollegan dialect of Oromo
[4184]   Clamons, Cynthia Robb (1993) : Gender assignment in Oromo
[4185]   Clamons, Robbin (1995) : How recent contact erased ancient traces in the gender systems of the Oromo dialects
[4183]   Clamons, Robbin , Ann E. Mulkern & Gerald Sanders (1993) : Salience signalling in Oromo
[4186]   Clamons, Robbin , Ann E. Mulkern , Gerald Sanders & Nancy Stenson (1999) : The limits of formal analysis: pragmatic motivation in Oromo grammar
[4187]   Clark, D. (1---) : Akarimojong manuscript grammar
[4188]   Clark, David J. (1969) : A grammatical study of Ekpeye
[4190]   Clark, David J. (1972) : A four-term person system and its ramifications
[22755]   Clark, David J. (1974) : The classification of verbal suffixes in Ekpeye
[22756]   Clark, David J. (1971) : Three ‘Kwa’ languages of eastern Nigeria
[23766]   Clark, David J. (1971) : The vowel harmony system in Ekpeye
[24491]   Clark, David J. (1977) : Ekpeye
[4189]   Clark, John Desmond (1970) : African prehistory: opportunities for collaboration between archaeologists, ethnographers and linguists
[4191]   Clark, Mary Morris (1978) : A dynamic treatment of tone, with special attention to the tonal system of Igbo
[4192]   Clark, Mary Morris (1980) : On the treatment of syntactically distributed downstep
[4193]   Clark, Mary Morris (1988) : An accentual analysis of the Zulu noun
[4194]   Clark, Mary Morris (1990) : The tonal system of Igbo
[4195]   Clark, Mary Morris (1993) : Representation of downstep in Dschang Bamileke
[23593]   Clark, Raymond C. & Ann Katherine Hawkinson (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: teacher’s handbook
[23586]   Clark, Raymond C. & David B. Hopkins (1979) : Setswana: teacher’s handbook
[23688]   Clark, Raymond C. & others (1979) : Mauritanian Arabic: teacher’s handbook
[4196]   Clarke, G. (1---) : Luo-English dictionary
[4198]   Clarke, J. D. (1929) : The language question in West Africa
[4197]   Clarke, Mary Lane (1922) : A Limba-English dictionary, or: Tampen ta ka talun ta ka hulimba in huinkilisi ha
[4199]   Clarke, Mary Lane (1929) : A Limba-English (English-Limba) dictionary, or: Tampen ta ka talun ta ka hulimba in huinkilisi ha
[4201]   Clarke, P. H. C. (1962) : A note on school slang
[4200]   Clarke, W. R. E. (1941) : Mende phrase book
[4202]   Claudi, Ulrike (1985) : Zur Enstehung von Genussystemen: Überlegungen zu einigen theoretischen Aspekten, verbunden mit einer Fallstudie des Zande
[4205]   Claudi, Ulrike (1985) : How to explain an alleged, disproved, but nevertheless existing gender distinction in Dizi
[4206]   Claudi, Ulrike (1988) : The development of tense/aspect marking in Kru languages
[4208]   Claudi, Ulrike (1993) : Die Stellung von Verb und Objekt in Niger-Kongo-Sprachen: ein Beitrag zur Rekonstruktion historischer Syntax
[4209]   Claudi, Ulrike (1994) : Word order change as category change: the Mande case
[4210]   Claudi, Ulrike (1995) : Die Beziehung zwischen Relativsatz und Genitivattribut im Amharischen
[4211]   Claudi, Ulrike (1997) : Some thoughts on the origin of gender marking (or, Wings were not developed for flying)
[25523]   Claudi, Ulrike (2012) : Who moves, and why? Somali deictic particles
[4203]   Claudi, Ulrike & Bernd Heine (1985) : From metaphor to grammar: some examples from Ewe
[4207]   Claudi, Ulrike & Bernd Heine (1989) : On the nominal morphology of ‘alienability’ in some African languages
[4204]   Claudi, Ulrike & Fritz Serzisko (1985) : Possession in Dizi: inalienable or not?
[26495]   Claudi, Ulrike & Johannes Ayao Ossey (2013) : Basic Ewe for Foreign Students
[4212]   Claughton, John S. (1983) : The tones of Xhosa inflections
[4213]   Claughton, John S. (1992) : The tonology of Xhosa
[4214]   Clawson, Donna Marie (1996) : The morphosyntax and morphophonology of the Wolaitta verb voice
[4215]   Cleal, Alizon M. (1972) : A comparative study of three Guan languages: Ncumuru, Acode and Anyanga
[24496]   Cleal, Alizon M. (1977 [1973]) : Gechode
[24497]   Cleal, Alizon M. (1977 [1973]) : Genyanga
[24509]   Cleal, Alizon M. (1977 [1973]) : Krachi
[24528]   Cleal, Alizon M. & Norman Price (1980 [1975]) : Nchumuru
[4216]   Cleghorn, Ailie , Marilyn Merritt & Jared O. Abagi (1989) : Language policy and science instruction in Kenyan primary schools
[4217]   Cleire, R. (1941) : Le sens des préfixes nominaux en mashi
[4218]   Cleire, R. (1942) : Talen rond het Kivu-Meer
[4219]   Cleire, R. (1955) : Grammaire mashi
[4220]   Clemens, G. (1952) : Essai de grammaire sénoufo-tagwana (Côte d’Ivoire)
[4221]   Clements, George N. (1972) : The verbal syntax of Ewe
[4222]   Clements, George N. (1974) : Vowel harmony in Ewe
[4223]   Clements, George N. (1975) : The logophoric pronoun in Ewe: its role in discourse
[4224]   Clements, George N. (1978) : Syllable and mora in Luganda
[4227]   Clements, George N. (1981) : An outline of Luganda syllable structure
[4229]   Clements, George N. (1984) : Vowel harmony in Akan: a consideration of Stewart’s word structure conditions
[4230]   Clements, George N. (1984) : Binding domains in Kikuyu
[4231]   Clements, George N. (1984) : Principles of tone assignement in Kikuyu
[4232]   Clements, George N. (1985) : Akan vowel harmony: a nonlinear analysis
[4233]   Clements, George N. (1986) : Compensatory lengthening and consonant gemination in Luganda
[4234]   Clements, George N. (1989) : African linguistics and its contributions to linguistic theory
[4236]   Clements, George N. (1991) : Vowel height assimilation in Bantu languages
[4237]   Clements, George N. (1992) : Vowel height assimilation in Bantu languages
[4238]   Clements, George N. (1993) : Un modèle hiérarchique de l’aperture vocalique: le cas bantou
[4239]   Clements, George N. (1997) : Berber syllabification: derivations or constraints?
[23624]   Clements, George N. (1991) : Downdrift in a tone language with four tone levels
[23958]   Clements, George N. (1981) : Akan vowel harmony: a nonlinear analysis
[25496]   Clements, George N. & Annie Rialland (2007) : Africa as a phonological area
[4226]   Clements, George N. & John Anton Goldsmith (1980) : What is downstep? A reply to Clark
[4228]   Clements, George N. & John Anton Goldsmith (Ed) (1984) : Autosegmental studies in Bantu tone
[4225]   Clements, George N. & Kevin C. Ford (1979) : Kikuyu tone shift and its synchronic consequences
[14068]   Clements, George N. & Kevin C. Ford (1977) : On the phonological status of downstep in Kikuyu
[4235]   Clements, George N. & Remi Sonaiya (1990) : Underlying feature representation in Yoruba
[23512]   Clements, George N. & Sylvester Nhneanothu Osu (2005) : Nasal harmony in Ikwere, a language with no phonemic nasal consonants
[4240]   Clements, Nick (2000) : Phonology
[4241]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1920) : Supplément à la grammaire pratique de la langue luba
[4244]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1925) : Le verbe en langue luba
[4245]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1929) : Nouvelle grammaire luba
[4246]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1931) : Rytme et parallélisme en langue luba
[4247]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1934/35) : Lubataal-Studie ; deele 1-3
[4248]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1935/36) : Lubataal-Studie ; deel 4
[4249]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1936) : Dictionnaire luba, I: luba-français
[4250]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1936) : Dictionnaire luba: luba-français, français-luba
[4251]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1937) : Dictionnaire luba, II: français-luba
[4254]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1960) : Dictionnaire tshilubà-français
[4252]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de & Amaat F. S. Burssens (1946/47) : Langage luba
[4253]   Clercq, J. C. de (1958) : Die kopulatief of nie-verbale predikaat in Nguni en Sotho: met besondere verwysing na Zulu en Suid-Sotho
[4255]   Clercq, J. C. de (1961) : Verledetyd, subjunktief en konsekutief in Zoeloe
[4256]   Clercq, J. C. de (1968) : Die fonologie van die woordgroep en die sin in Zoeloe
[4242]   Clercq, L. de (1921) : Grammaire du kiyombe
[4243]   Clercq, L. de (1921) : Le verbe kikongo
[4257]   Clermont, J. (1948) : Manuel de conversation franco-arabe: dialecte tunisien avec pronociation figurée en français
[4258]   Clézio, Yves M. L. le (1975) : Writing Shilluk with an Arabic script
[4259]   Clézio, Yves M. L. le (1990) : The phonetic impact of Arabic on Shilluk
[4260]   Clézio, Yves M. L. le (1995) : The English accent of the Shilluk speaker
[4261]   Clifton, John M. (1975) : Nonsegmental tone in Lango
[4262]   Clifton, John M. (1976) : Downdrift and rule ordering
[22375]   CLNK (1999) : Tɔm kpou kabɩyɛ-fransɩɩ - Dictionnaire kabiyè-français (avec lexique français-kabiyè et esquisse de gramaire kabiyè)
[4263]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1967) : Essai de phonologie du parler banda-linda de Ippy
[4264]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1969) : Banda-linda de Ippy. I: phonologie, dérivation et composition; II: les modalités personnelles dans quelques langues oubanguiennes (discours direct, discours indirect)
[4265]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1972) : Le verbe banda
[4266]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1978) : Etudes comparatives: étude préliminaire à une dialectologie banda
[4268]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1981) : Le banda
[4269]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1982) : Emphase et condition en banda-linda
[4270]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1986) : Dynamique et équilibre d’une syntaxe: le banda-linda de Centrafricaine
[4271]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1988) : Le groupe banda
[4272]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1995) : Emprunts ou substrat? Analyse des convergences entre le groupe banda et les langues du Soudan Central
[4273]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1995) : Le banda-linda
[4274]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1998) : Entre oubanguien et soudan central: les langues banda
[4275]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (2000) : Focalisation et topicalisation en banda-linda
[4276]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (2003) : Les modeles de dérivation en banda: regard diachronique
[26330]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1996) : Lexique banda linda
[26342]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1997) : Lexique buka
[26344]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1997) : Lexique gbaga sud
[26346]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1997) : Lexique gbi
[26349]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1997) : Lexique langbasi
[26350]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1997) : Lexique dakpa
[26351]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1997) : Lexique mbanza
[26352]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1997) : Lexique mbere
[26358]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1997) : Lexique sabanga
[26359]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1997) : Lexique linda
[26360]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1997) : Lexique vara
[26362]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1997) : Lexique yakpa
[27592]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1985) : Classes verbales et coalescence en banda-linda
[4267]   Cloarec-Heiss, France & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1978) : L’aka, langue bantoue des pygmées de Mongoumba (Centrafrique). Introduction à l’étude linguistique: phonologie
[26356]   Cloarec-Heiss, France & Luc Bouquiaux (1997) : Lexique ngbundu
[26357]   Cloarec-Heiss, France & Luc Bouquiaux (1997) : Lexique ngundu
[22621]   Clopper, Cynthia G. (2001) : The Nzema verbal phrase: an optimality theoretic account
[4277]   Closs Traugott, Elizabeth (1967) : Some copula constructions in Swahili
[4278]   Closs Traugott, Elizabeth , Ali Kondo & Salma Mbaye (1967) : Some copula patterns in standard Swahili
[4279]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1968) : ’n Ondersoek na die variante van die deverbale suffiks [er] in Afrikaans
[4280]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1975) : Die aard en ontwikelling van Afrikaans as vaktaal
[4281]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1980) : The development of a terminological theory in South Africa
[4282]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1989) : Variables determining a language plan for Namibia
[4283]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1990) : A systems approach to language planning: the case of Namibia
[4284]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1990) : Namibia’s new language policy
[4285]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1990) : Bibliography: the codification and elaboration of Namibian languages
[4286]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1991) : Languages in contact and conflict in Africa: an ethnolinguistic survey of the languages of Namibia
[4287]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1991) : Lexicography as a record of a nation’s culture and as an entrance requirement for membership of the information society
[4288]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1992) : Language planning in Namibia: the selection of an official language
[4289]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1992) : Language planning in Namibia: is there life after Afrikaans?
[4290]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1993) : Namibians: linguistic foreigners in their own country
[4291]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1993) : Towards a democratic language policy for South Africa
[4292]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1996) : Language development in South Africa
[4293]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (2000) : Changing language attitudes: the stigmatisation of Khoekhoegowap in Namibia
[4294]   Coangae, Simon , Kebasenya Letsididi & Lydia [M.] [B.] Nyati-Ramahobo (1987) : English for special purposes: the case of Botswana
[4295]   Coates, Heather (1985) : Otuho phonology and orthography
[4296]   Coates, Nick (1996) : Publishing in Namibian languages
[4297]   Cobb, Margaret (1995) : Vowel harmony in Zulu and Basque: the interaction of licensing constraints, h-licensing and constituent structure
[25927]   Cobbinah, Alexander (2010) : The Casamance as an area of intense language contact: The case of Baïnounk Gubaher
[26794]   Cobbinah, Alexander & Friederike Lüpke (2014) : When number meets classification ; The linguistic expression of number in Baïnounk languages
[26220]   Cobbinah, Alexander Yao (2012) : Nominal classification and verbal nouns in Baïnounk Gubëeher
[26268]   Cobbinah, Alexander Yao (2013) : Lexique gubaher
[27393]   Cobbinah, Alexander Yao (2017) : Suffixed plurals in Baïnounk languages: Agreement patterns and diachronic development
[25385]   Cocchi, Gloria (2008) : Verbal Extensions in Tshiluba
[26301]   Cocchi, Gloria (2000) : Locative constructions in Bantu
[26302]   Cocchi, Gloria (2003) : copulas in bantu: hints for verb movement
[26303]   Cocchi, Gloria (2004) : Relative clauses in Bantu: affixes as relative markers
[26305]   Cocchi, Gloria (1998) : On true double object constructions in Tshiluba
[26306]   Cocchi, Gloria (1992) : Lingue che ammettono due veri accusativi: il caso del tshiluba
[4298]   Cockcroft, Kate , Yvonne Broom & Kurston Greenop (1999) : The development of phonological awareness in children at an English-medium school: a cross-sectional study
[4299]   Cockcroft, Kate , Yvonne Broom , Kurston Greenop & Peter Fridjhon (2001) : Phonological awareness and learning to read in Afrikaans
[4300]   Cockin, George (1954) : Zik’s orthography
[4302]   Coertze, Pieter Johannes (1936) : Die betekenis en funksie van die voorvoegsel van die sewende klas van selfstandige naamwoorde in die Sotho-Tswana groep van bantoetale
[4303]   Coetser, Attie (1999) : Die invloed van Afrikaans op Phuti
[4304]   Coetzee, Abel J. (1939) : Leengoed: gedagtes oor taal, volksgeloof, kultuur
[4305]   Coetzee, Abel J. (1951) : Taalgeografiese studies, 1: die onwikkeling van vormvastheid in enkele afrikaanse woorde met a/e wisseling
[4307]   Coetzee, Abel J. (1958) : Teenstellings in die taal
[4306]   Coetzee, Abel J. (Ed) (1953) : Afrikaans-English/Engels-Afrikaans woordeboek
[4308]   Coetzee, Abel J. (Ed) (1969) : Woordeboek/dictionary: Afrikaans-English/Engels-Afrikaans
[4309]   Coetzee, C. G. & A. Christel Stern (1985) : Die beleid wat gevolg is by amptelike pleknaamgewing in Duits-Suidwes-Afrika
[4310]   Coeur, Charles le (1950) : Dictionnaire ethnographique téda, précédé d’un lexique français-téda
[4311]   Coeur, Charles le (1956) : Grammaire et textes teda-daza
[4332]   Cohen, David (1963) : Le dialecte arabe hassaniya de Mauritanie (parler de la Gebla)
[4333]   Cohen, David (1964) : Le parler arabe des Juifs de Tunis, I: textes et documents linguistiques et ethnographiques
[4334]   Cohen, David (1968) : Les langues chamito-sémitiques
[4335]   Cohen, David (1969/70) : L’inaccompli en -n- du bedja et le système verbale chamito-sémitique
[4338]   Cohen, David (1972) : Problèmes de linguistique chamito-sémitique
[4339]   Cohen, David (1972) : La mutation aspective-temporelle dans quelques langues couchitiques et le système verbal chamito-sémitique
[4340]   Cohen, David (1973/79) : Qu’est-ce qu’une langue sémitique?
[4341]   Cohen, David (1974) : Alternances vocaliques dans le système verbal couchitique et chamito-sèmitique
[4342]   Cohen, David (1975) : Le parler arabe des Juifs de Tunis, II: étude linguistique
[4344]   Cohen, David (1984) : La phrase nominale et l’évolution du système verbal en sémitique
[4345]   Cohen, David (1988) : Couchitique - Omotique
[4346]   Cohen, David (1988) : Le bédja
[4347]   Cohen, David (1988) : L’oromo
[4348]   Cohen, David (1988) : Le kafa
[4350]   Cohen, David & Catherine Taine-Cheikh (2000) : A propos du zénaga, vocalisme et morphologie verbale en berbère
[4343]   Cohen, David William (1983) : The face of contact: a model of a cultural and linguistic frontier in early eastern Uganda
[4352]   Cohen, David , Marie-Claude Simeone-Senelle & Martine Vanhove (2002) : The grammaticalization of “say” and “do”: an areal phenomenon in East Africa
[4351]   Cohen, Gideon (2000) : Identity and opportunity: the implications of using local language in the primary education systems of the Southern Nations, Nationalties and Peoples Region (SNNPR), Ethiopia
[4349]   Cohen, Kevin Bretonnel (2000) : Aspects of the grammar of Kukú
[4312]   Cohen, Marcel (1921) : La prononciation traditionelle du guèze (éthiopien classique)
[4313]   Cohen, Marcel (1921) : La forme verbale égyptienne dite pseudo-participe
[4314]   Cohen, Marcel (1924) : Langues éthiopiennes
[4315]   Cohen, Marcel (1924) : Le système verbale sémitique et l’expression du temps
[4316]   Cohen, Marcel (1924) : Couchitique
[4317]   Cohen, Marcel (1926/27) : Du verbe sidama dans le groupe couchitique
[4318]   Cohen, Marcel (1927) : Consonnes laryngales et voyelles en éthiopien
[4319]   Cohen, Marcel (1927) : La gémination dans les formes verbales et dans les pronoms suffixes du verbe en tigrigna et autres langues modernes de l’Abyssinie
[4320]   Cohen, Marcel (1931) : Études d’éthiopien méridional
[4321]   Cohen, Marcel (1933) : Les résultats acquis de la grammaire comparée chamito-sémitique
[4322]   Cohen, Marcel (1934) : Sur l’affixe N dans les verbes expressifs de diverses langues chamito-sémitiques
[4323]   Cohen, Marcel (1934/37) : La question de la parente du haoussa (Soudan Français)
[4324]   Cohen, Marcel (1995 [1936, 1970]) : Traité de langue amharique (Abyssinie)
[4325]   Cohen, Marcel (1939) : Nouvelles études d’éthiopien méridional
[4326]   Cohen, Marcel (1945/48) : À propos du classement de la forme d’habitude dans la grammaire berbère
[4327]   Cohen, Marcel (1947) : Essai comparatif sur le vocabulaire et la phonétique du chamito-sémitique
[4328]   Cohen, Marcel (1951) : Langues chamito-sémitiques et linguistique historique
[4329]   Cohen, Marcel (1952) : Langues couchitiques
[4330]   Cohen, Marcel (1952) : Langues éthiopiennes
[4331]   Cohen, Marcel (1953) : Sémitique, égyptien, libyco-berbère, couchitique et méthode comparative
[4336]   Cohen, Marcel (1970) : Traité de langue amharique (Abyssinie)
[4337]   Cohen, Marcel (1970/76) : Dictionnaire des racines sémitiques ou attestées dans les langues sémitiques
[4353]   Coillie, G. van (1948) : Korte Mbagani-spraakkunst de taal van de “Babindji” ; deel 1
[4354]   Coillie, G. van (1949) : Korte Mbagani-spraakkunst de taal van de “Babindji” ; deel 2
[4355]   Coker, Increase H. E. (1954) : Grammar of African names: an outline guide to the study and appreciation of African names selected from the Akan (Gold Coast), Yoruba, Ibo, Ijaw and Efik-Ibibio language groups
[4356]   Colby, James (1961) : Danakil grammar (Lessons 1-16)
[4358]   Colby, James (1970) : Notes on the northern dialect of the ‘Afar language
[4357]   Colby, James & Enid M. Parker (1967) : Afar pedagogical grammar (lessons 1-16)
[4359]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1949) : Notes on the phonological relationships of Tswana vowels
[4360]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1949) : South Africans are taking more and more interest in Bantu languages
[4361]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1951) : Classified catalogue of Bantu languages
[4362]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1952) : Introductory notes on the Tswana language
[4363]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1953) : Fanagalo en die Bantoe-tale van Suid-Afrika
[4364]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1953) : Fanagalo and the Bantu languages in South Africa
[4365]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1955) : Notes on Mokwena
[4366]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1955) : An introduction to Tswana grammar
[4367]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1955/75) : An introduction to Tswana grammar
[4368]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1957) : Bantu linguistic studies in South Africa
[4369]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1959) : The grammatical structure of Zulu - Notes and news
[4370]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1959) : Doke’s classification of Bantu languages
[4372]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1960) : African linguistic studies, 1943-1960
[4373]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1961) : Doke’s classification of Bantu languages
[4374]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1961) : African linguistic studies, 1943-1960
[4376]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1963) : Bushman languages
[4377]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1964) : Fanagalo and the Bantu languages of South Africa
[4378]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1964) : Some features of Ganda linguistic structure
[4379]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1965) : Some features of Ganda linguistic structure
[4380]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1967) : The prefix of Bantu noun class 10
[4381]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1967) : Some features of Ganda linguistic structure
[4382]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1969) : Tonal morphology in Tswana
[4383]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1969) : Bantu linguistic studies in South Africa
[4384]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1971) : Fredoux’s sketch of Tswana grammar
[4385]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1971) : The history of Bantu linguistics to 1945
[4386]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1972) : Bushman languages
[4388]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1990) : Old Tswana and New Latin
[4389]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1991) : Old Tswana and New Latin
[4390]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1995) : Setswana - animals and plants (Setswana - ditshedi le dithlare)
[4371]   Cole, Desmond Thorne & Dingaan Mpho Mokaila (1960) : Tswana vocabulary list
[4375]   Cole, Desmond Thorne & Dingaan Mpho Mokaila (1962) : A course in Tswana
[4387]   Cole, J. & C. Tenny (1987) : Coordination in Berber
[4391]   Coleman, John (1996) : Declarative syllabification in Talshit Berber
[27430]   Coleman, Karen & Arnie Coleman (nd) : Esimbi dictionary
[24344]   Coleman, William L. & Panda Kamara (1967) : Temne Short Basic Course
[4392]   Colin, G. S. (1924) : Notes de dialectologie arabe, observations sur un ‘vocabulaire maritime berbère’
[4393]   Colin, G. S. (1926) : Etymologies magribines ; partie 1
[4394]   Colin, G. S. (1927) : Etymologies magribines ; partie 2
[4395]   Colin, G. S. (1929) : Le parler berbère des Gmara
[4396]   Colin, G. S. (1930) : Mauritanica’
[4397]   Colin, G. S. (1935/45) : Observations étymologiques sur le vocabulaire kabyle
[4398]   Collard, H. J. (1920) : Petite grammaire du lala-lamba, tel qu’il se parle de Sakania à Elisabethville
[4399]   Colldén, D. & Lisa Colldén (197-) : Kisakata, grammatik
[4400]   Colldén, D. & Lisa Colldén (197-) : Ordbok kisakata-svenska, svenska-kisakata
[4401]   Colle, [Révérend] [Père] (19--) : Éléments de grammaire et de vocabulaire du mahavu
[4402]   Colle, P. (1928) : Inleiding tot de Samenspraak in de Swahilische taal, voorafgegaan door een korten inhoud der Swahilische spraakleer
[4403]   Collett, P. (1983) : Mossi salutations
[4404]   Colley, Ebrima (1995) : Mandinka-English dictionary
[4405]   Colley, Ebrima (1995) : Mandinka grammar manual
[4406]   Colliet, J. (1965) : Problèmes que pose lʼétablissement des systèmes graphiques pour les langues africaines
[23315]   Collinge, N. E. (1985) : Appendix IV: Dahl’s Law in Bantu
[4408]   Collins, B. (1958) : Elementary Tonga grammar with exercises and key
[4409]   Collins, B. (1958) : Tonga-English vocabulary
[4410]   Collins, B. (1962) : Tonga grammar
[26932]   Collins, Chris & Jeffrey S. Gruber (2014) : A Grammar of ǂHòã
[24737]   Collins, Chris & Komlan E. Essizewa (2007) : The Syntax of Verb Focus in Kabiye
[4413]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (1992) : Case in Ewe and Yoruba
[4414]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (1993) : Topics in Ewe syntax
[4415]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (1998) : Plurality in Hoan
[4416]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2001) : Aspects of plurality in €Hoan
[4417]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2001) : The internal structure of verbs in Ju|’hoan and €Hoan
[4418]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2002) : Multiple verb movement in €Hoan
[4419]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2003) : The internal structure of vP in Ju|’hoansi and €Hoan
[23412]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2001) : Multiple verb movement in €Hoan
[26063]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2004) : The Absence Of The Linker In Double Object Constructions In N|uu
[2020]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] & Arthur Bell (2001) : €Hoan and the typology of click accompaniments in Khoisan
[25603]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] & Levi Namaseb (2011) : A Grammatical Sketch of N|uuki with Stories
[4412]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] & Victor B. Manfredi (Ed) (1992) : Proceedings of the Kwa comparative syntax workshop
[4411]   Collins, H. R. (1968) : The new English of Onitsha chapbooks
[4407]   Collins, T. (1---) : Unpublished Suk-English vocabulary
[4420]   Collison, George Omani (1973) : Language and concept development in Ghanaian elementary schoolchildren
[4421]   Colombel, Véronique de (19--) : Comparaison des noms et usages de six cents plantes dans les groupes tchadiques des monts du Mandara (Cameroun): synchronie dynamique et diachronie linguistique et ethnolinguistique
[4422]   Colombel, Véronique de (1982) : Esquisse d’une classification de dis-huit langues tchadiques du nord-Cameroun
[4423]   Colombel, Véronique de (1986) : Sociolinguistique et parenté linguistique: la notion d’osmose
[4424]   Colombel, Véronique de (1986) : Phonologie quantitative et synthématique: proposition méthodologiques et théoriques avec application à l’ouldémé (langue tchadique du Nord-Cameroun)
[4425]   Colombel, Véronique de (1987) : Traits chamito-sémitique de l’Uldeme et expansion vocalique
[4426]   Colombel, Véronique de (1987) : Classes verbales en ouldémé?
[4427]   Colombel, Véronique de (1987) : Les extensions verbales productives, mifigées ou fossilisées en langue ouldémé
[4428]   Colombel, Véronique de (1988) : La transitivité en ouldémé: dynamique structurelle et diachronie
[4429]   Colombel, Véronique de (1990) : Inventaire des morphèmes et racines verbales en tchadique central: des verbes monoradicaux aux polyradicaux
[4430]   Colombel, Véronique de (1995) : Noms de plants: classification, reconstruction et histoire à partir des noms de six cents plantes en dix langues tchadiques des monts du Mandara
[4431]   Colombel, Véronique de (1997) : La langue ouldémé, nord-Cameroun: précis de grammaire, texte, lexique
[4432]   Colombel, Véronique de (1998) : Les pronoms dans une dizaine de langues des monts du Mandara (avec tableaux comparatifs des pronoms)
[4433]   Colombel, Véronique de (2000) : La pluralité verbale dans une dizaine de langues des monts du Mandara
[4434]   Colombel, Véronique de (2003) : Localisation et mouvement dans le sytagme verbal du groupe tchadique central
[24330]   Colombel, Véronique de (2006) : Lexique naturaliste du tchadique central et dynamique des contacts entre les populations
[24859]   Colombel, Véronique de (2003) : Grammaticalisation et ordre des unités dans dix langues du groupe tchadique-central
[24979]   Colombel, Véronique de (2005) : La langue ouldémé, nord-Cameroun: grammaire, texte, dictionnaire
[4435]   Colomer, Gilbert (1983) : Lexique français-arabe: le parler maghrebin
[26601]   Coly, Jacob , El Hadj Bakary Coly , Atab Goudiaby , Alassane Diédhiou Thiobon & Gaston Sambou (2008) : Dictionnaire bilingue diola fogny - français
[24807]   Coly, Jules Jacques Georges (2007) : L'encodage de la localisation, de la direction et de la manière en kuwaataay
[25243]   Coly, Jules Jacques Georges (2010) : Morphosyntaxe du kuwaataay (Sénégal)
[26084]   Coly, Jules Jacques Georges (2012) : Morphosyntaxe du kuwaataay (Sénégal)
[27271]   Coly, Jules-Jacques (2014) : Noun formation strategies in Maaka
[27251]   Coly, Jules-Jacques & Anne Storch (2017) : Semantics of number marking in Maaka
[4436]   Comaroff, John L. (1975) : Talking politics: oratory and authority in a Tswana chiefdom
[4437]   Combrink, Johan G. H. (1968) : Afrikaanse semantiek
[4438]   Combrink, Johan G. H. (1968) : Taaltrots
[4439]   Combrink, Johan G. H. (1974) : Watsenaam
[4440]   Combrink, Johan G. H. (1974) : Soek: Afrikaans se fleksie
[4441]   Combrink, Johan G. H. (1977) : Afrikaanse persoonsnaamskunde as studiegebied
[4442]   Combrink, Johan G. H. (1978) : Afrikaans: its origin and development
[4443]   Combrink, Johan G. H. (1984) : Afrikaans in Afrika
[4444]   Combrink, Johan G. H. (1985) : Toename van plekke in die groter RSA
[26560]   Comfort, Jade (2013) : Converbs in Uncunwee (Kordofan Nubian)
[26572]   Comfort, Jade (2014) : Verbal Number in the Uncu Language (Kordofan Nubian)
[25610]   Comfort, Jade & Angelika Jakobi (2011) : The verb ‘to give’ as a verbal extension in Uncunwee (Kordofan Nubian)
[24755]   Comfort, Jade & Mary Paster (2009) : Notes on Lower Jubba Maay
[28910]   Commission Nationale de Linguistique du Togo (1983) : Listes lexicales du Togo
[28452]   Compes, Isabel (2021) : The morphology of argument marking in Zaghawa-Wagi
[24169]   Comrie, Bernard (2003) : West African logophorics and the typology of reference-tracking
[4445]   Comrie, Bernard (Ed) (1990) : The major languages of South Asia, the Middle East and Africa
[4447]   Conceição, Manuel da & Susan McBurney (1999) : A brief look at the sociolinguistics of Ronga and other languages spoken in Mozambique
[26381]   Condé, Sarangbé (1973) : Étude phonologique du maninka
[4448]   Conduah, Aloysius N. (2003) : Introducing an African language for teaching and learning at Wits University
[28793]   Cong, Yan & Deo Ngonyani (2022) : A syntactic analysis of the co-occurrence of stative and passive in Kiswahili
[24165]   Connell, Bruce (1998-99) : Feature Geometry and the Formation of Labial-velars: A Reply to Mutaka and Ebobissé
[26253]   Connell, Bruce (2007) : Mambila fricative vowels and Bantu spirantisation
[27130]   Connell, Bruce & Hannah Im (2017) : Question Prosody in Mambila
[27897]   Connell, Bruce & Roger M. Blench (2014) : A preliminary assessment of Ndoola (Ndoro)
[4449]   Connell, Bruce A. (1985) : A comparative study of the Lower Cross language group
[4450]   Connell, Bruce A. (1987) : Noun classification in Lower Cross
[4451]   Connell, Bruce A. (1987) : Temporal aspects of labiovelar stops
[4453]   Connell, Bruce A. (1991) : Phonetic aspects of the Lower-Cross languages and their implications for sound change
[4455]   Connell, Bruce A. (1995) : The historical development of Lower Cross consonants
[4457]   Connell, Bruce A. (1998) : Classifying Cross River
[4458]   Connell, Bruce A. (1998) : Moribund languages of the Nigeria-Cameroon borderland
[4459]   Connell, Bruce A. (1998) : Linguistic evidence for the development of yam and palm culture among the Delta Cross River peoples of southeastern Nigeria
[4460]   Connell, Bruce A. (1999) : Four tones and downtrend: a preliminary report on pitch realization in Mambila
[4461]   Connell, Bruce A. (1999) : Mambila fricative vowel
[4464]   Connell, Bruce A. (2001) : The role of language contact in the development of Usaghade
[4465]   Connell, Bruce A. (2001) : An introduction to the Mambiloid languages
[4466]   Connell, Bruce A. (2002) : Tone languages and the universality of intrinsic F0: evidence from Africa
[4468]   Connell, Bruce A. (2002) : From the edge: aspects of the phonetics of Cambap
[4469]   Connell, Bruce A. (2004) : Pitch realization of questions and statements in Mambila
[22589]   Connell, Bruce A. (2000) : The integrity of Mambiloid
[22590]   Connell, Bruce A. (2000) : The perception of lexical tone in Mambila
[4456]   Connell, Bruce A. (Ed) (1997) : Mòkpè (Bakweri) - English dictionary
[4452]   Connell, Bruce A. & D. R. Ladd (1990) : Aspects of pitch realization in Yoruba
[4463]   Connell, Bruce A. & David Zeitlyn (2000) : Njerep: a postcard from the edge
[4454]   Connell, Bruce A. & Kojo B. Maison (1994) : A Cameroun homeland for the Lower Cross languages?
[4467]   Connell, Bruce A. , Firmin Ahoua & Dafydd Gibbon (2002) : Ega
[4462]   Connell, Bruce A. , Richard J. Hayward & John Abraha Ashkaba (2000) : Observations of Kunama tone (Barka dialect)
[25548]   Connell, Bruce , William Bennett , Inoma Essien , Ebitare Obikudo , Akin Akinlabi & Ozo-mekuri Ndimele (2012) : Defaka and Ịjọ – A reassessment of the Ijoid relationship
[4470]   Connelly, Michael J. (1984) : Basotho children’s acquisition of noun morphology
[4471]   Connelly, Michael J. (1987) : Basotho children’s early development of speech
[4472]   Conradie, C. J. (1997) : Preterite loss in early Afrikaans
[4473]   Conradie, Simone (2002) : Parameter resetting in the second language acquisition of Afrikaans: the SIP and the V2 parameter
[4474]   Constable, D. (1974) : Bilingualism in the United Republic of Cameroon: proficiency and distribution
[4475]   Constable, D. (1976) : Investigating language attitudes: Cameroon
[4476]   Constable, D. (1977) : Bilingualism in the United Republic of Cameroon
[4477]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1920) : La tribu ed il linguaggio dei Gamila sul fiume Dabus
[4478]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1925) : Sui linguaggi dei Naa e dei Ghimirra (Sce) nell’Etiopia meridionale
[4479]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1926/28) : Lingua nilotiche
[4480]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1927) : Etiopia
[4481]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1927) : Sui linguaggi parlati a nord dei laghi Rodolfo e Stefania
[4482]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1936) : Bibliografica etiopica, 1927-1936
[4483]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1936) : Contributi per la conoscenza della lingua haruro (isole del Lago Margherita)
[4484]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1937) : Il popolo dei Magi nell’Etiopia meridionale e il suo linguaggio
[4485]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1940) : Lingua tigrina, I: elementi grammaticali ed esercizi
[4486]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1941) : Grammatica elementare della lingua etiopica
[24660]   Contini-Morava, Ellen (2008) : Human relationship terms, discourse prominence, and asymmetrical animacy in Swahili
[4487]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1974) : Semantics of the Swahili locative system
[4488]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1976) : Statistical demonstration of a meaning: the Swahili locatives in existential assertions
[4489]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1977) : What is a “negative equivalent”? Data from the Swahili tenses
[4490]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1983) : Tense and non-tense in Swahili grammar: semantic asymmetry between affirmative and negative
[4491]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1983) : Relative sense in discourse: the inference of time orientation in Swahili
[4492]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1989) : Discourse pragmatics and semantic categorization: the case of negation and tense-aspect with special reference to Swahili
[4493]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1991) : Negation, probability and temporal boundedness: discourse functions of negative tenses in Swahili narrative
[4494]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1996) : ‘Things’ in a noun class language: semantic functions of agreement in Swahili
[4495]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1997) : Noun classification in Swahili: a cognitive-semantic analysis using a computer database
[4496]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1997) : Swahili phonology
[4497]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (2000) : Noun class as number in Swahili
[22636]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (2002) : (What) do noun class markers mean?
[4498]   Cook, Albert R. (1921) : A medical vocabulary in Luganda
[4513]   Cook, Clare (2004) : Extraction marking vs scope-marking in Nêhiyawêwin and Yorùbá
[4499]   Cook, P. A. W. (1953) : The place of African languages and English both in school education and in education out of school
[4501]   Cook, Thomas Louis (1969) : The Efik consonant system
[4502]   Cook, Thomas Louis (1969) : Efik
[4503]   Cook, Thomas Louis (1969) : Some tentative notes on the Kohumono language
[4504]   Cook, Thomas Louis (1969) : Suggested names for some sub-groupings of Cross River languages
[4505]   Cook, Thomas Louis (1969) : A brief note on Efik noun and adjective prefixes
[4506]   Cook, Thomas Louis (1976) : Doko, Uyaŋga, Basaŋga: a brief note
[4507]   Cook, Thomas Louis (1971) : Report of the Benue-Congo Working Group of the West African Linguistic Society
[4508]   Cook, Thomas Louis (1975) : Language names in the Cross River area
[4509]   Cook, Thomas Louis (1977) : Efik
[4510]   Cook, Thomas Louis (1977) : Kohumono
[4511]   Cook, Thomas Louis (1985) : An integrated phonology of Efik, 1: the earlier stages of the phonological derivation, with particular attention to the vowel and tone systems
[4512]   Cook, Thomas Louis (2002) : Focus in Efik
[4500]   Cook, Thomas Louis & K. E. Ita (1967) : The pronunciation of Efik for speakers of English
[27881]   Cook, Toni (2018) : The inclusion of prefixal material in Zulu reduplication
[4515]   Coomber, Ajayi (1992) : The new Krio orthography and some unresolved problems
[4514]   Coomber, M. E. A. & Abdul Karim Turay (Ed) (1981) : A Krio-orthography workshop
[4530]   Cooper, K. N. (1984) : Lexique zime-français - Vun tàrí
[4516]   Cooper, Paul V. & Oliver Rice (1965) : Tumbuka basic course: lessons 1-30 with pre-recorded tapes
[23643]   Cooper, Paul V. & Oliver Rice (1966) : Djerma basic course
[4522]   Cooper, Robert L. (1976) : The study of language use
[4523]   Cooper, Robert L. (1976) : Government language policy
[4529]   Cooper, Robert L. (1976) : The spread of Amharic
[4527]   Cooper, Robert L. & B. N. Singh (1976) : Language and factory workers
[4526]   Cooper, Robert L. & Fasil Nahum (1976) : Language in the court
[4528]   Cooper, Robert L. & Michael King (1976) : Language and university students
[4518]   Cooper, Robert L. & Ronald J. Horvath (1973) : Language, migration and urbanization in Ethiopia
[4524]   Cooper, Robert L. & Ronald J. Horvath (1976) : Language, migration and urbanization
[4517]   Cooper, Robert L. & Susan Carpenter (1969) : Linguistic diversity in the Ethiopian market
[4525]   Cooper, Robert L. & Susan Carpenter (1976) : Language in the market
[4521]   Cooper, Robert L. , B. N. Singh & Abraha Ghermazion (1976) : Mother tongue and other tongue in Kefa and Arusi
[4519]   Cooper, Robin (1974) : Some problems for a higher clause
[4520]   Cooper, Robin (1976) : Lexical and nonlexical causatives in Bantu
[4531]   Coopmans, Peter (1994) : Comments on the paper by Ouhalla
[4532]   Cope, Anthony T. (1956) : An investigation into the tonal system of Zulu, with special reference to nouns
[4533]   Cope, Anthony T. (1957) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[4534]   Cope, Anthony T. (1959) : The grammatical structure of Zulu - Notes and news
[4535]   Cope, Anthony T. (1959/60) : Zulu tonology
[4536]   Cope, Anthony T. (1963) : Nomino-verbal constructions in Zulu
[4537]   Cope, Anthony T. (1966) : Zulu phonology, tonology and tonal grammar
[4538]   Cope, Anthony T. (1970) : Zulu tonal morphology
[4539]   Cope, Anthony T. (1971) : A consolidated classification of the Bantu languages
[4540]   Cope, Anthony T. (1982) : Zulu: a comprehensive course in the Zulu language
[4541]   Cope, Anthony T. (1983) : Zulu: a comprehensive course in the Zulu language
[4542]   Cope, Anthony T. (1984) : An outline of Zulu grammar
[4543]   Cope, Anthony T. (1984) : Zulu: a comprehensive course in the Zulu language
[22903]   Cope, Pamela S. (1993) : The plural in Lele
[4544]   Copland, B. D. (1934) : Some Swahili nautical terms
[4545]   Copland, B. D. (1938) : Notes on the phonetics of Sandawe
[4548]   Corbett, Greville G. (1991) : Gender
[4546]   Corbett, Greville G. & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1987) : Gender agreement in Chichewa
[4547]   Corbett, Greville G. & Richard J. Hayward (1987) : Gender and number in Bayso
[4550]   Cordell, E. A. (1963) : Course in Shona
[4549]   Cordell, O. T. (1941) : Gogo grammar, exercises, etc.
[4551]   Cordemans, A.-T. (19--) : Vocabulaire “basakata”, non-publié
[4552]   Cordemans, A.-T. (19--) : Vocabulaire “bobaie”/mushie, non-publié
[4553]   Cordoba, Federico (1986) : Diccionario español-arabe
[4554]   Corfield, F. D. (1938) : The Koma
[4555]   Cork, [Miss] (1---) : Manuscript work on Ngombe
[4556]   Corne, Chris (1970) : Essai de grammaire du créole mauricien
[4557]   Corne, Chris (1973) : Tense and aspect in Mauritian Creole
[4558]   Corne, Chris (1974/75) : Tense, aspect and the mysterious i in Seychelles and Reunion Creole
[4559]   Corne, Chris (1977) : Seychelles Creole grammar: elements for Indian Ocean proto-Creole reconstruction
[4560]   Corne, Chris (1982) : A constrastive analysis of Reunion and Isle de France Creole French: two typologically diverse languages
[4561]   Corne, Chris (1988) : Mauritian Creole reflexives
[4562]   Corne, Chris (1995) : Nana k nana, nana k napa: the paratactic and hypotactic relative clauses of Reunion Creole
[4563]   Cornelius, D. (1965) : Speech therapy in Coloured schools
[4564]   Cornevin, Robert (1968) : Note au sujet de la carte linguistique du Togo
[4565]   Cornevin, Robert (1984) : The standardization of the spelling of African names: toponyms and ethnonyms
[4567]   Corré, A. D. (1975) : A suprasegmental feature of length in Semitic
[4566]   Correia, J. Alves (1924) : Vocables religieux et philosophiques des peuples Ibos
[4568]   Cortade, Jean-Marie (1969) : Essai de grammaire touareg (dialecte de l’Ahaggar)
[4569]   Corum, Claudia (1991) : An introduction to the siSwati language: lessons and glossary
[23691]   Corum, Claudia (1980) : SiSwati special skills handbook
[23685]   Corum, Claudia & Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle Kunene (1980) : SiSwati communication and culture handbook
[4570]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Essay in etymological derivations
[4571]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Sukuma family relationship terms
[4572]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Sukuma place names
[4573]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : The Zigula verb
[4574]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Luguru check-list of trees etc.: native names - botanical names
[4575]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Native plant names
[4576]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Vocabulary of English words translated into Kiswahili and Kinguu
[4577]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Upublished English-Haya vocabulary
[4578]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Etymology of Nyamwezi personal names
[4579]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Sukuma-Nyamwezi language group
[4580]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Unpublished/incomplete Haya-English glossaries
[4581]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Plant names in Sukuma, Nyamwezi, Nyiramba, Nyaturu, Taturu, Gogo, Masai, Shambala, Swahili, Nyambo, Luguru, and their use
[4582]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Species [of trees and shrubs with] Wasukuma names
[4583]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (1939) : Glossary of Haya medical terms, Bukoba 1939: English-Haya & Kihaya-English
[4584]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (1951) : Place names in the Lake Province
[4585]   Cosper, Ronald (1998) : Polci
[4586]   Cosper, Ronald (1999) : Barawa lexicon: a wordlist of eight South Bauchi (West Chadic) languages - Boghom, Buli, Dott, Geji, Jimi, Polci, Sayanci and Zul
[25410]   Cosper, Ronald (2008) : Cross-Validation of Lexical Data in Chadic: A Comnparison of Sources in South Bauchi
[4587]   Costermans, B. J. (1955) : Logo-Avokaya als taalgroep
[10217]   Cottevielle-Giraudet, R. (1936) : L’ancién egyptien et les langues africaines
[4588]   Coulibali, Diokolo Adama (1992) : [Reflexive constructions in Bambara: morphological, syntactical and semantical classification of the reflexive verbs]
[4590]   Coulibaly, B. (1984) : Le jula véhiculaire de Haute-Volta: phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe et règles de transcription
[24255]   Coulibaly, Bakary (1987-88) : Séquences médiates et immédiates dans le syntagme complétif du jula
[24257]   Coulibaly, Bakary (1990) : L'harmonie syllabique en jula
[24260]   Coulibaly, Bakary (1983) : Le phénomène du rehaussement tonal en Jula
[4589]   Coulibaly, Pannan (1979) : Enquête sur les jeunes acculturés en pays tyembara du nord de la Côte d’Ivoire
[28316]   Coulibaly, Sékou (2021) : Le système de classes nominales du minyanka
[4591]   Coupez, André (1954) : Études sur la langue luba
[4592]   Coupez, André (1954) : Les phonèmes bantous g et j non précédés de nasale
[4593]   Coupez, André (1955) : Esquisse de la langue holoholo
[4594]   Coupez, André (1956) : Application de la lexicostatistique au mongo et au rwanda
[4598]   Coupez, André (1961) : Grammaire rwanda simplifiée
[4600]   Coupez, André (1967) : Notes rwanda
[4601]   Coupez, André (1968) : Fichier du dictionnaire rwanda
[4602]   Coupez, André (1969) : Une leçon de linguistique
[4603]   Coupez, André (1970) : Notes sanga, non-publié
[4605]   Coupez, André (1975) : La variabilité lexicale en bantou
[4606]   Coupez, André (1977) : Note sur la morphèmes prédicatifs en protobantou
[4607]   Coupez, André (1978) : Manuel de grammaire rwanda
[4608]   Coupez, André (1978) : Langues bantoues
[4609]   Coupez, André (1978) : Linguistic taboo concerning cattle among the interlacustrine Bantu
[4610]   Coupez, André (1980) : Abrégé de grammaire rwanda
[4611]   Coupez, André (1980) : Traces de dix voyelles en protobantou
[4612]   Coupez, André (1980) : L’expressivité dans la reconstruction du proto-bantou
[4613]   Coupez, André (1980) : Le lexique proto-bantou: acquis et perspectives
[4614]   Coupez, André (1980) : Aspects de la phonologie historique rwanda
[4615]   Coupez, André (1983) : Le rwandais, langue piégée
[4616]   Coupez, André (1983) : La tonalité du proto-bantou
[4617]   Coupez, André (1984) : Substantif, adjectif et mixte trois types de noms en rwanda (Bantou J61)
[4618]   Coupez, André (1985) : La dérivation verbale en rwanda (bantou J.61)
[4619]   Coupez, André (1987) : Lexicostatistique bantu: etat de la question
[4620]   Coupez, André (1987) : Traces d’harmonie vocalique à croisement de hauteur en nande (bantou D42)
[4622]   Coupez, André (1997) : Les variantes du suffixe causatif en rwanda
[4597]   Coupez, André & Achille Emiel Meeussen (1961) : Notation pratique de la quantité et de la tonalité en rundi en rwanda
[4621]   Coupez, André & Simon Bizimana (1988) : Les évitements verbaux en rwanda
[4595]   Coupez, André & Thomas Kamanzi (1957) : Rhytmes quantitatifs en poésie rwaanda
[4596]   Coupez, André & Thomas Kamanzi (1959) : Quelques noms géographiques rwanda
[4604]   Coupez, André , E. Evrard & Jan Vansina (1975) : Classification d’un énchantillon de langues bantoues d’apres la lexicostatistique
[4599]   Coupez, André , Thomas Kamanzi & Firmin M. Rodegem (1961) : Méthode rwanda à l’usage des européens
[23220]   Coupez, André , Thomas Kamanzi , Simon Bizimana , G. Sematama , G. Rwabukumba & Charles Ntazinda (2005) : Dictionnaire rwanda-français et français-rwanda/Inkoranya y’ikinyarwaanda mu kinyarwaanda nó mu gifaraansá
[4623]   Coupez, André , Yvonne [Angenot] Bastin & Kankawa Evariste Mumba (1998) : Reconstructions lexicales bantoues 2/Bantu lexical reconstructions 2
[25123]   Courboin, Albert (1908) : ‘Bangalaʼ, langue commerciale du haute-Congo: éléments et manuel de conversation; lexique
[4624]   Courtecuisse, Regis (1995) : Taxonomy of some fungi used by the Songola people (Zaire)
[4625]   Courtenay, Karen R. (1968) : A generative phonology of Yoruba
[4626]   Courtenay, Karen R. (1971) : Yoruba: a ‘terraced-level’ language with three tonemes
[4627]   Courtenay, Karen R. (1974) : On the nature of Bambara tone system
[4628]   Courtenay, Karen R. (1976) : Ideophones defined as a phonological class: the case of Yoruba
[28692]   Courtois, Victor José (1900) : Elementos de gramática tetense, lingua chi-nyungue, idioma fallado no districto de Tete e em toda a vasta região do Zambeze inferior
[4629]   Coussa, Zaki (1986) : Dictionnaire pratique arabe-français
[4630]   Coustenoble, H. (1929) : Quelques observations sur la prononciation de la langue wolof (Sénégal)
[4631]   Couto, Hildo Honório do (1991) : A situação da língua portuguesa na Guiné Bissau
[4632]   Couto, Hildo Honório do (1994) : O crioulo português da Guiné-Bissau
[4633]   Couto, Hildo Honório do (1994) : As partículas exclusivas no crioulo guineense
[4634]   Couto, Hildo Honório do (1995) : Exclusive particles (ideophones) in Guinea-Bissau Creole
[4635]   Couvert, Cl. (1983) : La langue française en République Unie du Cameroun
[25203]   Cover, Rebecca Tamar (2010) : Aspect, Modality, and Tense in Badiaranke
[26774]   Cover, Rebecca Tamar (2015) : Semantic fieldwork on TAM
[4639]   Cowan, J. Ronayne (1981) : The syntax of Baka and Kresh
[4640]   Cowan, J. Ronayne (1984) : Evidence for the AUX cliticization hypothesis from Nuer
[4641]   Cowan, J. Ronayne (1984) : Literacy in southern Sudan: a case of variables affecting literacy programs
[4638]   Cowan, J. Ronayne & Russell Galen Schuh (1976) : Spoken Hausa
[4636]   Cowan, L. Gray (1964) : Conference on the teaching of African languages
[4637]   Cowan, William (1965) : A note on the phonemes of /Moro/
[4642]   Cowley, Roger (1969) : A and B verbal stem type in Amharic
[4643]   Cowley, Roger , Marvin Lionel Bender & Charles A. Ferguson (1976) : The Amharic language: description
[4644]   Cowper, Elizabeth & Keren Rice (1985) : The destruction of tonal structure in Mende
[26748]   Cox, Bruce (2005) : Notes on the Phonology of Kemezung
[4645]   Cox, Elizabeth E. (1969) : Dictionary: Kirundi-English, English-Kirundi
[4646]   Cox, Elizabeth E. (1970) : Kirundi grammar
[4647]   Cox, Monica E. (1974) : La phonologie du bassari
[4648]   Cox, Monica E. (1978) : Le système des classes nominales en n’tcham
[4649]   Cox, Monica E. (1986) : Esquisse de la grammaire du ntcham
[4650]   Cox, Monica E. (1998) : Description grammaticale du ncam (bassar), langue gurma du Togo et du Ghana
[24482]   Cox, Monica E. (1977 [1973]) : Bassari
[4651]   Crabb, David Wendell (1962) : Nasals and nasalized roots in proto-Southwest Bantu
[4652]   Crabb, David Wendell (1965) : Ekoid Bantu languages of Ogoja, eastern Nigeria. Part 1: introduction, phonology and comparative vocabulary
[4653]   Crabb, David Wendell (1967) : Noun classes in Cross River I (bè-ndì) languages
[4654]   Crabb, David Wendell (1967/68) : Ekoid Bantu languages of Ogoja, eastern Ogoja ; part 2
[4655]   Crabb, David Wendell (1970) : Emergent diphtongs in three Ekoid Bantu languages
[4656]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1921) : A manual of Lu-Ganda
[4657]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1922) : Primitive speech. Part I: a study in African phonetics
[4658]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1922) : Primitive speech
[4659]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1923) : Elements of Luganda grammar, together with exercises and vocabulary
[4660]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1925) : The origin of the Bahima: supplementary note
[4661]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1927) : Consonant change in Bantu speech
[4662]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1931) : The N sound in Lu-Ganda
[4663]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1931) : Kavirondo - Correspondence to the editor
[4664]   Craene, Robert de (1986) : Le verbe conjugué en tem
[4665]   Cramer, Maria (1957) : Archäologische und epigraphische Klassifikation koptischer Denkmäler des Metropolitan Museum of Art
[4666]   Cramer, Maria (1964) : Koptische Paläographie
[4667]   Crampton, Diana (1986) : Language policy in Kenya
[28577]   Crane, Thera (2019) : Totela K41
[25437]   Crane, Thera M. , Larry M. Hyman & Simon Nsielanga Tukumu (2011) : A Grammar of Nzadi [B865] : A Bantu Language of Democratic Republic of Congo
[15558]   Crane, Thera Marie (2011) : Beyond Time: Temporal and Extra-temporal Functions of Tense and Aspect Marking in Totela, a Bantu Language of Zambia
[26153]   Crane, Thera Marie (2012) : Completion and Dissociation in Totela Tense and Aspect
[26224]   Crane, Thera Marie (2012) : -ile and the pragmatic pathways of the resultative in Bantu Botatwe
[27623]   Crane, Thera Marie (2014) : Melodic Tone in Totela TAM
[28918]   Crane, Thera Marie (2015) : The roles of Dissociative and (Non-)Completive morphology in structuring Totela (Bantu) narratives
[27738]   Crane, Thera Marie & Axel Fleisch (2019) : Towards a fieldwork methodology for eliciting distinctions in lexical aspect in Bantu
[27664]   Crane, Thera Marie & Bastian Persohn (2019) : A Model-Theoretic Discussion of Bantu Actionality
[28453]   Crane, Thera Marie & Bastian Persohn (2021) : Actionality and aspect in Southern Ndebele and Xhosa, two Nguni languages of South Africa
[4669]   Crass, Joachim (2001) : The position of K’abeena within Highlands East Cushitic
[4670]   Crass, Joachim (2002) : Die Grammatikalisierung des Verbes ‘sagen’ im Beria
[24058]   Crass, Joachim (2005) : Hadiyya
[24064]   Crass, Joachim (2007) : Copula constructions in Kʼabeena and Libido
[24076]   Crass, Joachim (2007) : Grammatical borrowing in Kʼabeena
[24081]   Crass, Joachim (2007) : Highland East Cushitic
[24820]   Crass, Joachim (2007) : Libido
[26534]   Crass, Joachim (2014) : The Asymmetry of Verbal Markedness in Libido
[26573]   Crass, Joachim (2013) : Some remarks about the compound suffix conjugation in Highland East Cushitic languages
[28161]   Crass, Joachim (2005) : Das K'abeena. Deskriptive Grammatik einer hochlandostkuschitischen Sprache
[28475]   Crass, Joachim (2005) : The copulas of K'abeena: form, function and origin
[4668]   Crass, Joachim & Angelika Jakobi (2000) : Der Kube-Dialekt des Beria (Zaghawa) im Tschad – Eine erste Skizze
[4671]   Crass, Joachim & Angelika Jakobi (2004) : Grammaire descriptive du beria: le dialecte kube
[25500]   Crass, Joachim & Ronny Meyer (2007) : Ethiopia
[22023]   Crass, Joachim & Ronny Meyer (Eds) (2007) : Deictics, Copula and Focus in the Ethiopian Convergence Area
[24821]   Crass, Joachim, Girma A. Demeke, Ronny Meyer, and Andreas Wetter (2005) : Copula and focus constructions in selected Ethiopian languages
[4672]   Crawford, Athalie (1999) : “We can’t all understand the whites’ language”: an analysis of monolingual health services in a multilingual society
[22711]   Crawford, Karyn (2005) : Lexicostatistics and intelligibility testing survey with simplified SLOPE of the Mefele language
[4674]   Crawhall, Nigel T. (1999) : Going to a better life: perspectives on the future of language in education for San and Khoe South Africans
[4675]   Crawhall, Nigel T. (2004) : Rediscovery of the N|u and the €Khomani land claim process, South Africa
[4673]   Crawhall, Nigel T. (Ed) (1992) : Democratically speaking: international perspectives on language planning
[4676]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1933) : Outlines of a Nuer grammar
[4677]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1938) : A study of the Acooli language: grammar and vocabulary
[4678]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1955) : A study of the Acooli language: grammar and vocabulary
[4679]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1960) : Notes on the Lango-Miru and on the Labwoor and Nyakwai
[4680]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1960) : A study of the Logbara (Ma’di) language: grammar and vocabulary
[4681]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1960) : Logbara grammar
[4682]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1967) : General sketch grammar and vocabulary of the language of the Ik (alias Teuso): Kang’ole
[4683]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1978) : A study of the Pokot (Suk) language: grammar and vocabulary
[4684]   Creider, Chet A. (1973) : Systems of conversational interaction: a study of three East African tribes
[4685]   Creider, Chet A. (1975) : The semantic system of noun classes in Proto-Bantu
[4687]   Creider, Chet A. (1975) : Tone groups, body motion and conversation in Luo
[4688]   Creider, Chet A. (1976) : The verb in Kipsigis
[4690]   Creider, Chet A. (1977) : Functional sentence perspective in a verb-initial language
[4691]   Creider, Chet A. (1978) : A function of outlining movements in Luo
[4692]   Creider, Chet A. (1981) : The tonal system of proto-Kalenjin
[4693]   Creider, Chet A. (1982) : Studies in Kalenjin tonology
[4695]   Creider, Chet A. (1984) : Language differences in strategies for the interactional management of conversation
[4696]   Creider, Chet A. (1985) : One father or two? Polysemy in kinship terms
[4697]   Creider, Chet A. (1986) : Aspects of the comparative tonology of southern Luo
[4698]   Creider, Chet A. (1986) : Binary vs n-ary features
[4699]   Creider, Chet A. (1986) : Interlanguage comparisons in the study of the interactional use of gesture: progress and prospects
[4701]   Creider, Chet A. (1989) : The syntax of the Nilotic languages: theme and variations
[4702]   Creider, Chet A. (1991) : Acoustic correlates of the feature “advanced tongue root” in Dholuo
[4703]   Creider, Chet A. (1996) : Morphological parsers for Nilotic languages: problems and solutions
[23664]   Creider, Chet A. (2002) : The semantics of participant types in derived verbs in Nandi
[4704]   Creider, Chet A. & Franz Rottland (1996) : Datooga nominals: the morphologization of vowel harmony
[4705]   Creider, Chet A. & Franz Rottland (1997) : Noun classification in southern Nilotic: Datooga
[4686]   Creider, Chet A. & J. Peter Denny (1975) : The semantics of noun classes in Proto-Bantu
[4694]   Creider, Chet A. & Jane Tapsubei Creider (1983) : Topic-comment relations in a verb-initial language
[4700]   Creider, Chet A. & Jane Tapsubei Creider (1989) : A grammar of Nandi
[4689]   Creider, Chet A. , G. F. Linn & S. G. Ongʼor (1977) : Luo-lexicon
[4706]   Creider, Jane Tapsubei & Chet A. Creider (2001) : A dictionary of the Nandi language
[4708]   Creissels, Denis (1978) : A propos de la tonologie du bambara: réalisations tonales, système tonal et la modalité nominale “défini”
[4710]   Creissels, Denis (1979) : Le comitatif, la coordination et les constructions dites ‘possessives’ dans quelques langues africaines
[4711]   Creissels, Denis (1980) : Variations dialectales dans les systèmes de marques predicatives des parlers manding
[4712]   Creissels, Denis (1981) : De la possibilité de rapprochements entre le songhai et les langues niger-congo (en particulier mandé)
[4713]   Creissels, Denis (1982) : Contacts de peuples et contacts de langues, différenciation ethnique et différenciation dialectale: le cas du xasonga
[4714]   Creissels, Denis (1983) : Eléments de grammaire de la langue mandinka
[4715]   Creissels, Denis (1983) : Réflexions sur le système prédicatif du bambara
[4716]   Creissels, Denis (1986) : Le système prédicatif du kagoro
[4717]   Creissels, Denis (1988) : Le système tonal du bambara standard
[4718]   Creissels, Denis (1989) : Aperçu sur les structures phonologiques des langues négro-africaines
[4719]   Creissels, Denis (1991) : Description des langues négro-africaines et théorie syntaxique
[4720]   Creissels, Denis (1991) : Remarques sur le système tonal du soninké
[4721]   Creissels, Denis (1992) : Quelques précisions sur la tonalité du verbe soninké
[4723]   Creissels, Denis (1994) : Aperçu sur les structures phonologiques des langues négro-africaines
[4724]   Creissels, Denis (1994) : La tonalité des finales verbales et la distinction entre formes verbales conjointes et formes verbales disjointes en tswana
[4725]   Creissels, Denis (1995) : Lexique tswana-français
[4726]   Creissels, Denis (1996) : Conjunctive and disjunctive verb forms in Setswana
[4728]   Creissels, Denis (1997) : Postpositions as a possible origin of certain predicative markers in Mande
[4729]   Creissels, Denis (1998) : Expansion and retraction of H domains in Setswana
[4730]   Creissels, Denis (1998) : Auxiliaries et auxiliarisation: l’exemple du tswana
[4732]   Creissels, Denis (1999) : Remarks on the sound correspondences between Proto-Bantu and Tswana (S.31), with particular attention to problems involving *j (or *y), *i and sequences *NC
[4733]   Creissels, Denis (1999) : The role of tone in teh conjugation of Setswana
[4734]   Creissels, Denis (1999) : Bimoriac syllables in a language without length contrast and without consonants in coda position: the case of Siswati
[4735]   Creissels, Denis (2000) : Typology
[4736]   Creissels, Denis (2000) : A domain-based approach to Setswana tones
[4738]   Creissels, Denis (2002) : Valence verbale et voix en tswana
[22677]   Creissels, Denis (2001) : Setswana ideophones, whither hence? The need for a social theory of ideophones
[23241]   Creissels, Denis (2005) : L’émergence de systèmes à neuf voyelles en bantou S30
[24186]   Creissels, Denis (1981) : L'étymologie des prédicatifs d'identification des parlers bambara et jula : yé et dòn-dò-lò
[24200]   Creissels, Denis (1989) : La nasalité en bambara du Beledugu (parler de Daban)
[24208]   Creissels, Denis (1992) : Tonologie du bambara: bilan et perspectives
[24239]   Creissels, Denis (1989) : Structures syllabiques du dialonké de Faleya
[24259]   Creissels, Denis (1982) : Note de lecture : Une contribution à l'étude du jula de Côte d'Ivoire
[24262]   Creissels, Denis (1987-88) : Esquisse du système tonal du korokan
[24263]   Creissels, Denis (1984) : Le système des marques prédicatives eu korokan
[24264]   Creissels, Denis (1988) : Elements de phonologie du koyaga de Mankono (Côte-d'Ivoire)
[24273]   Creissels, Denis (1990) : Le pronom N! et l'article N! dans les langues mandé-nord
[24276]   Creissels, Denis (1985) : Les verbes statifs dans les parlers manding
[24282]   Creissels, Denis (1997) : Une tentative d'explication de particularités typologiques de la négation en mandingue
[24283]   Creissels, Denis (2004) : L'occlusive vélaire sonore g et les labio-vélaires (w, gw, kw, gb, kp) en mandingue
[24288]   Creissels, Denis (1982) : A propos de defauts de mémorisation de signifiants par les locuteurs mandinka
[24293]   Creissels, Denis (1982) : Note sur les prédicatifs du maukakan
[24309]   Creissels, Denis (1992) : La voix en soninké
[25043]   Creissels, Denis (1982) : Document lexical Maukakan (parler manding du Maou)
[25055]   Creissels, Denis (2009) : Le malinké de Kita. Un parler mandingue de l’ouest du Mali
[25079]   Creissels, Denis (2001) : Catégorisation et grammaticalisation : la relation génitivale en mandingue
[25208]   Creissels, Denis (1979) : Etude comparative du consonantisme de deux parlers manding (mandinka - bambara)
[25392]   Creissels, Denis (2011) : Lexique mandinka-français (état provisoire, mars 2011)
[25484]   Creissels, Denis (2010) : Liste lexicale du diallonké de Faléya
[26235]   Creissels, Denis (2011) : Tswana Locatives and their Status in the Inversion Construction
[26254]   Creissels, Denis (2007) : L’influence des voyelles sur les évolutions des consonnes en tswana (S31)
[26261]   Creissels, Denis (2013) : Le maninka du Niokolo (Sénégal oriental), esquisse phonologique et morphosyntaxique, liste lexicale, textes glosés
[26878]   Creissels, Denis (2015) : Typologie des classes nominales dans les langues atlantiques
[26913]   Creissels, Denis (2016) : Phonologie segmentale et tonale du soninké (parler du Kingi)
[27168]   Creissels, Denis (2016) : The conjoint/disjoint distinction in the tonal morphology of Tswana
[27499]   Creissels, Denis (2018) : La catégorie des verbes statifs dans le système morphosyntaxique du soninké
[27582]   Creissels, Denis (2010) : Lexique Pere
[27681]   Creissels, Denis (2019) : Existential predication in the languages of the Sudanic belt
[28039]   Creissels, Denis (2016) : Additive Coordination, Comitative Adjunction, and Associative Plural in Tswana
[28178]   Creissels, Denis (2021) : The detransitivizing suffi x -i and the reconstruction of Pre-Proto-Mande constituent order
[28367]   Creissels, Denis (2017) : Atypical objects in Soninke (West Mande)
[29056]   Creissels, Denis (2023) : The circumstantial forms of Tswana verbs and the notion of participle
[28740]   Creissels, Denis & Alain Christian Bassène (2022) : The emergence of an alternative set of prefixes in the class inflection of adnominals and pronouns in Jóola Fóoñi (Atlantic)
[27695]   Creissels, Denis & Alain-Christian Bassène (2013) : Valency patterns for bivalent verbs in two West African languages: Mandinka (Mande) and Jóola Banjal (Atlantic)
[4737]   Creissels, Denis & Andy M. Chebanne (2000) : Dictionnaire français-setswana, setswana-français
[26778]   Creissels, Denis & Anna Marie Diagne (2013) : Transitivity in Bakel Soninke
[23959]   Creissels, Denis & Claire Grégoire (1993) : La notion de ton marqué dans l’analyse d’une opposition tonale binaire: le cas du mandingue
[4707]   Creissels, Denis & Jérémie Kouadio NʼGuessan (1977) : Description phonologique et grammaticale d’un parler baoulé
[4709]   Creissels, Denis & Jérémie Kouadio NʼGuessan (1979) : Les tons du baoulé (parler de la région de Toumodi)
[26877]   Creissels, Denis & Konstantin Pozdniakov (2015) : Les classes nominales dans les langues atlantiques
[26596]   Creissels, Denis & Pierre Sambou (2013) : Le mandinka (mandiŋkakáŋo): phonologie, grammaire, textes
[26594]   Creissels, Denis & Séckou Biaye (2016) : Le balant ganja : Phonologie, morphosyntaxe, liste lexicale, textes
[24286]   Creissels, Denis & Sidia Jatta (1981) : La composition verbale en mandinka
[4731]   Creissels, Denis & Stéphane Robert (1998) : Morphologie verbale et organisation discursive de lʼénoncé : lʼexemple du tswana et du wolof
[24386]   Creissels, Denis & Sylvie Voisin-Nouguier (2008) : The verbal suffixes of Wolof coding valency changes and the notion of co-participation
[27725]   Creissels, Denis & Yaya Dramé (2019) : Tonologie du mandinka du Pakaawu
[4727]   Creissels, Denis , Andy M. Chebanne & H. W. Nkhwa (1997) : Tonal morphology of the Setswana verb
[4722]   Creissels, Denis , Claire Grégoire & Léonce Yembi Bouka (1992) : Place des parlers bozo dans la classification des langues mandé
[25497]   Creissels, Denis , Gerrit Jan Dimmendaal , Zygmunt Frajzyngier & Christa König (2007) : Africa as a morphosyntactic area
[24287]   Creissels, Denis , Sidia Jatta & Kalifa Jobarteh (1982) : Lexique mandinka-français
[26894]   Creissels, Denis , Sokhna Bao Diop , Alain‑Christian Bassène , Mame Thierno Cissé , Alexander Cobbinah , El Hadji Dieye , Dame Ndao , Sylvie Nouguier‑Voisin , Nicolas Quint , Marie Renaudier , Adjaratou Sall & Guillaume Segerer (2015) : L'impersonnalité dans les langues de la région sénégambienne
[4739]   Crema [Chogatambule], Egidio (1987) : Sarufi ya lugha ya Kihehe [Grammar of the Hehe language]
[4740]   Cremer, Jean (1923) : Dictionnaire francais-peul (dialecte de la Haute-Volta)
[4741]   Cremer, Jean (1923/27) : Matériaux d’ethnographie et de linguistique soudanaises
[4742]   Cremer, Jean (1924) : Grammaire de la langue kasséna ou kassené, parlée au pays des gourounsi
[22757]   Cressmann, E. & Donna Skitch (1980) : Duka
[4744]   Crétois, Léonce (1973/77) : Dictionnaire sereer-français
[4743]   Crewe, W. J. (1975) : The phonological features of the Ingessana language
[4745]   Cribb, P. J. & G. P. Leedal (1982) : The mountain flowers of southern Tanzania: a field guide to the common flowers
[4746]   Cridel, Bernard (1968?) : Légendes, proverbes et devinettes kabrè
[23627]   Criper-Friedman, Lindsay (1990) : The tone system of West African coastal English
[4750]   Criper, Clive (1992) : Language policy and education: some reflections from East Africa
[4748]   Criper, Clive & Peter Ladefoged (1971) : Linguistic complexity in Uganda
[4749]   Criper, Clive & W. Dodd (1984) : Report on the teaching of the English language and its use as a medium of education in Tanzania
[4747]   Criper, L. (1971) : A classification of types of English in Ghana
[4751]   Cripps, A. S. (1934) : Language-making in Mashonaland
[4752]   Cripwell, Kenneth R. (1974) : L’anglais en Afrique: guide pour l’enseignement de l’anglais comme langue étrangère
[4753]   Cripwell, Kenneth R. (1975) : Governmental writers and African readers in Rhodesia
[4754]   Crisp, William (1924) : Notes towards a Secoana grammar with a series of exercises
[4755]   Cristini, Giovanni (2000) : Nouvelle grammaire kirundi/Indimburo y-ikirundi
[27862]   Crocker, Ellen M. (1984) : The Phonology of Masakin Tuwal
[27863]   Crocker, Ellen M. (1984) : Some Vocabulary from Masakin Tuwal
[4756]   Cronjé, A. P. J. (1955) : Die Sotho-tale in die Bantu-lokasie van Pretoria: ’n studie van fonologiese aanpassing
[4760]   Crosby, J. (1966) : The morphology of the substantive in Ncheu
[4758]   Crosby, K. H. (1939) : A study of the Mende language
[4759]   Crosby, K. H. (1944) : An introduction to the study of Mende
[4757]   Crosby, Oscar T. (1931) : Notes on Bushmen and Ovambo in South West Africa
[4761]   Cross-Upcott, A. R. W. (19--) : A comparative word-list of Ngindo dialects
[23012]   Crouch, Marjorie (1985) : A note on syllable and tone in Vagla verbs
[4764]   Crouch, Marjorie & Anthony Joshua Naden (Ed) (1998) : A semantically-based grammar of Vagla
[4762]   Crouch, Marjorie & Nancy Smiles (1966) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Vagala
[4763]   Crouch, Marjorie & Patricia Herbert (Ed) (1981) : Vagla-English/English-Vagla dictionary
[4765]   Crowther, Samuel Ajayi , [Reverend] E. J. Sowande , Mrs E. Fry & [Reverend] T. A. J. Ogunbiyi (1937) : A dictionary of the Yoruba language
[25517]   Crozier, David (2012) : From verb morphology to discourse in Central Kambari
[22758]   Crozier, David Henry (1984) : A study of the discourse grammar of Cishingini
[4766]   Crozier, David Henry & Roger M. Blench (1992) : An index of Nigerian languages
[4767]   Crozon, Ariel (1992) : Parlons swahili: langue et culture
[4768]   Crum, Walter Ewing (1929) : A Coptic dictionary
[4769]   Crum, Walter Ewing (1930) : Ein neues Verbalpräfix im Koptischen
[4770]   Crum, Walter Ewing (1930) : A Coptic dictionary
[4771]   Crum, Walter Ewing (1932) : A Coptic dictionary
[4772]   Crum, Walter Ewing (1934) : A Coptic dictionary
[4773]   Crum, Walter Ewing (1939) : A Coptic dictionary
[23110]   Crunden, Sheila M. (1984) : An initial study of prominence in Bassar discourse
[4774]   Cruttenden, Alan (1992) : Clicks and syllables in the phonology of Dama
[4775]   Cruz, Clément da (1954) : Essai de petit vocabulaire française-fongbé; la notation phonétique adopté par l’Institut Français de l’Afrique Noire
[4776]   Cruz, Clément da (1956) : Petit recueil des pseudonyms (population fon, région d’Abomey)
[4777]   Cruz, Maxime S. C. da (1992) : Semantic restrictions on serial verb constructions with ‘take’ and ‘hold’ in Fon
[4779]   Cruz, Maxime S. C. da (1993) : Contribution à l’étude de la négation en fongbé
[4778]   Cruz, Maxime S. C. da & Aimé B. Avolonto (1993) : Un cas d’harmonie vocalique en fongbè
[23994]   Cruz, Maxime S. C. da , Zéphirin Tossa Comlan , Séverin-Marie Kinhou , A. Iréné Fandohan , Henri Dah-Gbeto & M. Justin Hountondji (Ed) (1997) : Vocabulaire des élections fon-français
[26162]   Crysmann, Berthold (2012) : HaG — A Computational Grammar of Hausa
[26166]   Crysmann, Berthold (2012) : On the Categorial Status of Hausa Genitive Prepositions
[4781]   Cuénod, R. (1967) : Tsonga-English dictionary
[4780]   Cuenot, J. (1952) : Essai de grammaire bobo-oulé (dialecte de Massala)
[4782]   Cullen, Wendy Ruth (1999) : Tense and aspect in Lubwisi narrative discourse
[4784]   Culy, Christopher (1991) : Command and Fula dum pronominals
[4786]   Culy, Christopher (1996) : Agreement in Fula pronouns
[4788]   Culy, Christopher (2002) : The logophoric hierarchy and variation in Dogon
[26463]   Culy, Christopher (1990) : The Syntax and Semantics of Internally Headed Relative Clauses
[26464]   Culy, Christopher (1990) : Grammatical Relations and Verb Forms in Internally Headed Relative Clauses
[26465]   Culy, Christopher (1994) : A Note on Logophoricity in Dogon
[26466]   Culy, Christopher (1995) : Ambiguity and Case Marking in Donno so (Dogon)
[26467]   Culy, Christopher (1997) : Logophoric Pronouns and Point of View
[26468]   Culy, Christopher (2002) : The Logophoric Hierarchy and Variation in Dogon
[4783]   Culy, Christopher & B. Gnalibouly Dicko (1988) : Fula makko and theories of anaphora
[4787]   Culy, Christopher & Sarah M. B. Fagan (2001) : The history of the middle in Dogon
[4785]   Culy, Christopher , Koungarma Kodio & Patrice Togo (1992/94) : Dogon pronominal systems: their nature and evolution
[25153]   Cumbane, Rui Marcelino Matsimbe (2009) : Introducing Double Object Construction in Xitshwa and in Portuguese as Second Language
[4789]   Cuny, Albert (1930) : La catégorie de duel dans les langues indo-européennes et chamito-sémitiques
[4790]   Cuny, Albert (1946) : Invitation è l’étude comparative des langues indo-européennes et langues chamito-sémitiques
[26584]   Cupi, Loredana , Sara Petrollino , Graziano Savà & Mauro Tosco (2013) : Preliminary notes on the Hamer verb
[4791]   Curley, Richard T. & Ben G. Blount (1971) : The origins of the Langi: a lexicostatistical analysis
[4792]   Curnow, Thomas Jowan (2002) : Three types of verbal logophoricity in African languages
[4793]   Curry, N. (1990) : Futures research and its implications for the curriculum in Namibia
[4794]   Curtis, Emily (2002) : Consonant-count and a Hausa plural
[4795]   Cutler, Sue A. & Abu Varflai Talawoley (1981) : A learner directed approach to Maniyaka: a handbook on communication and culture with dialogs, texts, cultural notes, exercises, drills, and instructions
[23625]   Cutler, Sue A. & David J. Dwyer (1981) : Maniyaka: a reference handbook of phonetics, grammar, lexicon and learning procedures
[4796]   Cuypers, Wim A. M. (1975) : Sebei-English word list
[4797]   Cyffer, Norbert (1971) : Versuch einer Beschreibung der tonalen Verhältnisse im Kanuri von Maiduguri
[4798]   Cyffer, Norbert (1974) : Syntax des Kanuri, Dialekt von Yerwa (Maiduguri)
[4799]   Cyffer, Norbert (1977) : Language planning and universal free primary education: a Kanuri example
[4800]   Cyffer, Norbert (1977) : Sprachplanung in Nigeria
[4801]   Cyffer, Norbert (1977) : The syntactic behaviour of verbal nouns in Kanuri (Nigeria)
[4802]   Cyffer, Norbert (1978) : Die Verbalstruktur im Kanuri
[4804]   Cyffer, Norbert (1981) : The person elements in Saharan languages: a step towards the creation of proto-Saharan
[4805]   Cyffer, Norbert (1981) : Pluralisation in Saharan languages
[4806]   Cyffer, Norbert (1983) : The origin of Y in Kanuri
[4807]   Cyffer, Norbert (1985) : The story of Kanuri language studies
[4808]   Cyffer, Norbert (1989) : Sprachwandel und idiolektale Variation im Kanuri
[4810]   Cyffer, Norbert (1990) : Linguistische Beobachtungen zur Verwandtschaftsterminologie im Kanuri
[4813]   Cyffer, Norbert (1991) : The Zaghawa verb structure and its relation to other Saharan languages
[4814]   Cyffer, Norbert (1994) : English-Kanuri dictionary
[4816]   Cyffer, Norbert (1995) : Die Saharanischen Sprachen: innere und äussere Beziehungen
[4817]   Cyffer, Norbert (1995) : The concept of space and the TAM system in Saharan languages
[4818]   Cyffer, Norbert (1996) : Who are the ancestors of the Saharan family?
[4819]   Cyffer, Norbert (1996) : Spatial relations in Kanuri
[4820]   Cyffer, Norbert (1996) : Adaptation and delimitation: some thoughts about the Kanurization of the Gamergu
[4822]   Cyffer, Norbert (1997) : A survey of the Kanuri language
[4823]   Cyffer, Norbert (1997) : Basic structures of the Kanuri language
[4824]   Cyffer, Norbert (1997) : Nilo-Saharan languages
[4825]   Cyffer, Norbert (1998) : A sketch of Kanuri
[4827]   Cyffer, Norbert (2000) : Linguistic properties of the Saharan languages
[4828]   Cyffer, Norbert (2000) : Areale Merkmale im TAM-System und in der Syntax der saharanischen Sprachen
[25178]   Cyffer, Norbert (2009) : Negation patterns in Kanuri
[25611]   Cyffer, Norbert (2011) : Konzepte von Richtung, Raum und Referenz: Prozesse der Grammatikalisierung im Kanuri
[25745]   Cyffer, Norbert (2010) : GA, RO & Co: Strategies of complementation and subordination in Kanuri
[25787]   Cyffer, Norbert (2009) : Cause and reason in Kanuri: The impact of areality on linguistic change
[27253]   Cyffer, Norbert (2017) : Plurality and pluractionality in Kanuri
[27269]   Cyffer, Norbert (2014) : Kanuri as a language of wider communication – expansion and retreat
[27784]   Cyffer, Norbert (2020) : Saharan
[4826]   Cyffer, Norbert (Ed) (200-) : Trends in Nilo-Saharan linguistics: proceedings of the 7th Nilo-Saharan linguistics conference, Vienna, Austria, 2-6 September, 1998
[4803]   Cyffer, Norbert & John Priestley Hutchison (1979) : The standard Kanuri orthography
[4809]   Cyffer, Norbert & John Priestley Hutchison (Ed) (1990) : Dictionary of the Kanuri language
[4821]   Cyffer, Norbert & Thomas Geider (Ed) (1997) : Advances in Kanuri scholarship
[4815]   Cyffer, Norbert , Herrmann Jungraithmayr , E. Platte & R. Vogels (1994) : Auf den Spuren vergangener Kulturen: Dynamik ethnischer und sprachlicher Prozesse im Mega-Tschad-Raum
[4811]   Cyffer, Norbert , Klaus Schubert , Hans-Ingolf Weier & H. Ekkehard Wolff (Ed) (1991) : Language standardization in Africa/Sprachstandardisierung in Afrika/Standardisation en langues en Afrique
[4812]   Cyffer, Norbert , Shettina Umara Bulakarima & Yaganami Karta (1991) : We learn Kanuri
[25694]   Cyffer, Norbert , Shettina Umara Bulakarima & Yaganami Karta (2010) : We learn Kanuri. Dialogues and Translations
[4829]   Czekanowski, Jan (1924) : Forshungen im Nil-Kongo-Zwischengebiet, Bd 2: Ethnographie Uele/Ituri/Nil-lander
[4830]   Czermak, Wilhelm (1924) : Zur Sprache der Ewe-Neger: ein Beitrag zur Seelenkunde
[4831]   Czermak, Wilhelm (1924) : Zur Phonetik des Somali
[4832]   Czermak, Wilhelm (1928) : Zum konsonantischen Anlautwechsel in den Sprachen des Sudan
[4833]   Czermak, Wilhelm (1929) : Zum Gebrauch des Infinitivs als ‘Futurum’ im Somali
[4834]   Czermak, Wilhelm (1931) : Der Rytmus der koptischen Sprache und seine Bedeutung in der Sprachgestaltung
[4835]   Czermak, Wilhelm (1931) : Die Laute der ägyptischen Sprache: eine phonetische Untersuchung, I: die Laute des Alt- und Mittelägyptischen
[4836]   Czermak, Wilhelm (1932) : Die Laute der ägyptischen Sprache: eine phonetische Untersuchung, II
[4837]   Czermak, Wilhelm (1951) : Sprachgeist und tieferer Wortsinn in Afrika
[4838]   Cziko, Gary & Adedibu Ojerinde (1976) : Yoruba six-year project: the 1976 evaluation
[27851]   D’hondt, Sigurd (2019) : Situated Language Use in Africa
[27226]   da Costa Chapouto, Sandra Marisa (2014) : Contributo para a descrição de aspects fonológicos e prosódicos do Crioulo Guineense
[4841]   Daba, Habib Ahmed (1987) : Sociolinguistic study of address terms in Hausa
[27288]   Dabo, Mamadou (2013) : La morphosyntaxe de l'édammé (langue atlantique jóola du nord-ouest de la Guinée-Bissau)
[24408]   Dacko, Bruno (1978?) : Le Ngbaka Bobangui : Esquisse phonologique - Etude de lʼénoncé minimal et des nominaux
[4843]   Dada, Ayorinde (1985) : The new language policy in Nigeria: its problems and its chances of success
[4842]   Dada, J. L. (1976) : The phonology and noun classes of Agoi
[26717]   Dada, Samuel Ayodele (2011) : Language contact and language alternation in a Yoruba suburban town
[26976]   Dada, Samuel Ayodele (2013) : Language contact and lexical hybridization: the Yoruba-English example
[27004]   Dada, Samuel Ayodele (2015) : Aspects of Compounding in Yoruba
[28310]   Dadak, Ndokobai (2021) : Grammaire cuvok : langue tchadique centrale du Cameroun
[4844]   Dadzie, A. B. K. (1986) : The place of Pidgin English in the Nigerian milieu
[4845]   Daeleman, Jan (1956) : Vergelijkende studie van enkele noordwestelijke bantoetalen
[4846]   Daeleman, Jan (1958) : Dag- en jaarverdeling bij de Bakoongo
[4847]   Daeleman, Jan (1959) : Verkorting en “viermoren-wet” in het Kikoongo
[4848]   Daeleman, Jan (1961) : Kiholu (notes provisoires)
[4849]   Daeleman, Jan (1966) : Morfologie van naamwoord en werkwoord in het Kongo (Ntandu) met ontleding van het foneemsystem
[4850]   Daeleman, Jan (1971) : Kongo words in Saramacca Tongo
[4851]   Daeleman, Jan (1972) : Kongo elements in Saramaccan Tongo
[4852]   Daeleman, Jan (1977) : A comparison of some zone B languages in Bantu
[4853]   Daeleman, Jan (1980) : Fréquence des préfixes dans les anthroponymes et des toponymes bantu
[4854]   Daeleman, Jan (1980) : Les étymologies africaines du FEW
[4855]   Daeleman, Jan (1982) : African origins of Brazilian black slaves: linguistic criteria
[4856]   Daeleman, Jan (1982) : Durée consonantique en tetela
[4859]   Daeleman, Jan (1983) : Les réflexes du proto-bantu en ntandu (dialecte koongo)
[4860]   Daeleman, Jan (1983) : Tone-groups and tone-cases in a Bantu tone-language
[4861]   Daeleman, Jan (2004) : Notes grammaticales et lexique du kiholu
[4857]   Daeleman, Jan & Achille Emiel Meeussen (1983) : The tonology of the noun in Kongo (Ntandu)
[4858]   Daeleman, Jan & J. L. Pauwels (1983) : Notes d’ethnobotanique ntandu (Kongo). Principales plantes de la région de Kisaantu: nomes ntandu et noms scientifique
[4862]   Dafalla, Rihab Yahia (2000) : A phonological comparison of the Katcha Kadugli language groups in the Nuba Mountains
[24962]   Dafalla, Rihab Yahia (2006) : A Phonological Comparison in the Katcha-Kadugli Language Group of the Nuba Mountains
[4863]   Dafinger, Andreas (1999) : Spatial order and social navigation
[4864]   Daget, Jacques , M. Konipo & M. Sanankoua (1953) : La langue bozo
[4865]   Dagnac, Anne (1---) : Français d’Afrique, norme, variation: le cas de la presse ecrite en Cote d’Ivoire et au Mali
[27292]   Dagona, Bala Wakili (2009) : Bade-English-Hausa Dictionary (Western Dialect)
[22901]   Dahab, Ali Abdoullay & others (2003) : Lexique maba-français
[4866]   Dahda, Antoine al (1982) : Dictionary of universal Arabic grammar, in charts and tables
[4867]   Dahda, Antoine al (1988) : Dictionary of terms of declension and structure in universal Arabic grammar: English-Arabic and Arabic-English
[4874]   Dahl, Östen (1984) : Sketch of the TMA system of Beja
[4868]   Dahl, Otto Christian (1938) : Le système phonologique du proto-malgache
[4869]   Dahl, Otto Christian (1951) : Malgache et maanjan: une comparison linguistique
[4870]   Dahl, Otto Christian (1952) : Étude de phonologie et de phonétique malgaches
[4871]   Dahl, Otto Christian (1954) : Le substrat bantou en malgache
[4872]   Dahl, Otto Christian (1971) : Un cockney parlant malgache vers 1710
[4873]   Dahl, Otto Christian (1983) : Sorabe revelant l’évolution du dialecte antemoro
[4875]   Dahl, Otto Christian (1989) : Bantu substratum in Malagasy
[4876]   Dahlgren, Sven-Olof (1998) : Word order in Arabic
[4877]   Daka, K. (2003) : Ghanaianisms: a glossary
[4878]   Dakay, T. (1973) : Grammaire pratique de bamileke-fe’efe’e
[4879]   Dakay, T. (1974) : Les langues africaines et la pensée scientifique
[4880]   Dakin, J. C. (1---) : Vocabulary of about sixty [So] words
[4881]   Dakin, J. C. (1---) : A vocabulary of Karamojong
[4882]   Dakin, Julian , Brian W. Tiffen & H. G. Widdowson (1968) : Language in education: the problem of Commonwealth Africa and the Indo-Pakistan sub-continent
[4883]   Dako, Kari (2001) : Ghanaianisms: towards a semantic and a formal classification
[4884]   Dako, Kari (2002) : Code-switching and lexical borrowing: which is what in Ghanaian English?
[4885]   Dako, Kari (2003) : Ghanaianisms: a glossary
[28399]   Dako, Kari , Kwaku O. A. Osei-Tutu , Elizabeth Orfson-Offei , Richard Bonnie , Millicent Quarcoo & Alfred Ben Baiden (2019) : Transfer features from local language contact in Ghanaian Student Pidgin (SP)
[4886]   Dakouli, Padeu , Antje Maass & David Toomey (1996) : Sociolinguistic survey report: rapid appraisal of the Saba language of the Guera, Chad, November 25-26, 1995
[27262]   Dakubu, Mary Esther Kropp (2017) : Sub-classifying the languages of the Lower Volta Valley: Towards redefining Kwa
[4887]   Dalby, David (1962) : Language distribution in Sierra Leone, 1961-1962
[4888]   Dalby, David (1963) : Banta and Mabanta
[4889]   Dalby, David (1963) : The extinct language Dama
[4890]   Dalby, David (1964) : The noun garii in Hausa: a semantic study
[4892]   Dalby, David (1965) : The Mel languages: a reclassification of southern ‘West Atlantic’
[4893]   Dalby, David (1966) : Levels of relationship in the comparative study of African languages
[4894]   Dalby, David (1967) : A survey of the indigenous scripts of Liberia and Sierra Leone: Vai, Mende, Loma, Kpelle and Bassa
[4896]   Dalby, David (1968) : The indigenous scripts of West Africa and Surinam: their inspiration and design
[4898]   Dalby, David (1969) : Further indigenous scripts of West Africa: Manding, Wolof and Fula alphabets and Yoruba ‘holy’ writing
[4900]   Dalby, David (1970) : Reflections on the classification of African languages, with special reference to the work of Sigismund Wilhelm Koelle and Malcolm Guthrie
[4901]   Dalby, David (1970) : The place of Africa and Afro-America in the history of the English languages
[4902]   Dalby, David (1971) : Priorities for a linguist in the study of African history
[4903]   Dalby, David (1971) : A referential approach to the classification of African languages
[4904]   Dalby, David (1971) : Ashanti survivals in the language and traditions of the windward maroons of Jamaica
[4905]   Dalby, David (1972) : The African element in American English
[4906]   Dalby, David (1975) : The prehistorical implications of Guthrie’s ‘Comparative Bantu’. Part 1: problems of internal relationship
[4907]   Dalby, David (1976) : The prehistorical implications of Guthrie’s ‘Comparative Bantu’. Part 2: interpretation of cultural vocabulary
[4908]   Dalby, David (1976) : Language map of Africa and adjacent islands
[4909]   Dalby, David (1978) : The liberation of African languages
[4910]   Dalby, David (1980) : Draft recommendation to the Sierra Leone Ministry of Education on the use of national languages in education
[4911]   Dalby, David (1984) : The transcription of ethnonyms and toponyms in Africa in relation to their historical study
[4912]   Dalby, David (1985) : The life and vitality of African languages: a charter for the future/La vie et la vitalite des langues africaines: une charte pour l’avenir
[4913]   Dalby, David (2000) : “Inner”-Bantu
[23561]   Dalby, David (1965) : The Mel languages in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’, 1: Baga, Landuma, and Temne
[23562]   Dalby, David (1966) : The Mel languages in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’, 2: Bullom, Kisi, and Gola
[24070]   Dalby, David (1966) : Lexical analysis in Temne with an illustrative word list
[4899]   Dalby, David (Ed) (1970) : Language and history in Africa: a volume of collected papers presented to the London seminar on language and history in Africa (held at the School of Oritneal and African Studies, 1967-69)
[4891]   Dalby, David & Paul Edward Hedley Hair (1964) : “Le langage de Guynee”: a sixteenth-century vocabulary from the Pepper Coast
[4895]   Dalby, David & Paul Edward Hedley Hair (1967) : A West African word of 1456
[4897]   Dalby, David & Paul Edward Hedley Hair (1968) : A further note on the Mina vocabulary of 1479-80
[4914]   Dale, Desmond (1968) : Shona companion
[4915]   Dale, Desmond (1972) : Shona companion
[4916]   Dale, Desmond (1975) : A basic English-Shona dictionary
[4917]   Dale, Desmond (1981) : Shona mini companion: a guide to beginners
[4918]   Dale, Desmond (1981) : Duramazwi: a basic Shona-English dictionary
[4919]   Dalee, Mohamed Saleh el (1984) : The feature retraction in Arabic
[4920]   Daleman, Jan (1966) : Morfologie van naamword en werkwoord in het Kongo (Ntandu)
[4921]   Dalfovo, Albert Titus (1988) : A bibliography of Lugbara studies and literature
[4922]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1974) : Arguments for a unified treatment of y-initial and vowel-initial roots in Olutsootso
[4923]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1975) : Nasal interactions and Bantu vowel-initial roots: the morphological or phonological solution?
[4924]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1975) : The diachronic development of nasal deletion in OluTsootso
[4925]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1975) : On underlying and superficial constraints in OluTsootso
[4926]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1976) : The morphophonemics of the OluTsootso dialect of (Olu)Luyia: issues and implications
[4927]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1976) : Passivizing locatives in OluTsootso
[4928]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1976) : Locative NPs, locative suffixes and grammatical relations
[4930]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1977) : Towards an explanation of diachronic and synchronic exceptions on OluTsootso and Kyamutwara (Haya)
[4931]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1977) : Past tense formation on (Oru)Haya
[4933]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1977) : Personal pronouns, object markers and syntactic evidence in Dho-Luo
[4934]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1978) : Inaccessibility and denotional nominal marking in Iraqw
[4935]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1978) : The syntax and semantics of the morpheme ni in Ki Vunjo (Chaga)
[4936]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1979) : Subject identification strategies and free word order in Sandawe
[4937]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1979) : The syntax and semantics of the morpheme ni in Kivunjo (Chaga)
[4938]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1982) : A dictionary of Africanisms: contributions of sub-Saharan Africa to the English language
[4939]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1986) : /-a/ reduction phenomena in Luyia
[4929]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew & Gloria Sheintuch (1976) : On the justification for language-specific sub-grammatical relations
[4932]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew & Gloria Sheintuch (1977) : On the justification for language-specific sub-grammatical relations
[4940]   Dalle, Emile-Lesage (1981) : Origine ethnique et attitude à l’égard de l’enseignement de la langue Duala
[4941]   Dallet, Jean-Marie (1982) : Dictionnaire kabyle-français (parler des At Mangelat, Algérie)
[26080]   Dallet, Jean-Marie (1985) : Dictionnaire français-kabyle (parler des At Mangelat, Algérie)
[4942]   Dalphinis, Morgan (1986) : Caribbean and African languages: social history, language, literature and education
[4943]   Dalrymple, Mary , Sam A. Mchombo & Stanley Peters (1994) : Semantic similarities and syntactic contrasts between Chichewa and English reciprocals
[4944]   Dalton, R. M. F. (1961) : The position of English as a medium of instruction in emergent territories in tropical Africa
[4945]   Dalvit, Lorenzo (2004) : Attitudes of isiXhosa-speaking students at the University of Fort Hare towards the use of isiXhosa as a language of learning and teaching (LOLT)
[4946]   Dalvit, Lorenzo & Vivian de Klerk (2005) : Attitudes of Xhosa-speaking students at the University of Fort Hare towards the use of Xhosa as a language of learning and teaching (LOLT)
[4947]   Dames, J. J. (1967) : Ekegusii spelling
[4948]   Dammann, Ernst (1934/35) : Zur Kenntnis der Zaramo
[4949]   Dammann, Ernst (1945/50) : Einige Notizen über die Sprache der Sanye (Kenya)
[4950]   Dammann, Ernst (1950/51) : Das Demonstrativ in Bantu-Sprachen
[4951]   Dammann, Ernst (1951/52) : Die Präformativa der Demonstrativpronomina in den Bantusprachen
[4952]   Dammann, Ernst (1952) : Zur Bedeutung der Demonstrativa in Bantu-Sprachen
[4953]   Dammann, Ernst (1952/53) : Die Suffixe der Demonstrativa in Bantusprachen
[4954]   Dammann, Ernst (1953) : Phasen in der Erforschung der Bantusprachen
[4955]   Dammann, Ernst (1954) : Reziprok und Assoziativ in Bantusprachen
[4956]   Dammann, Ernst (1954/56) : Verwendung und Bedeutung von B. gi
[4957]   Dammann, Ernst (1956) : Das situative Formans ki in einigen Bantusprachen
[4958]   Dammann, Ernst (1956/57) : Die Sprache als Ausdruck des Denkens, erläutert an südwestafrikanischen Sprachen
[4959]   Dammann, Ernst (1957) : Stimmlose Nasale im Ndonga
[4960]   Dammann, Ernst (1957) : Studien zum Kwangali: Grammatik, Texte, Glossar
[4961]   Dammann, Ernst (1957/58) : Stimmlose Nasale im Kwangali
[4962]   Dammann, Ernst (1958/59) : Die sogenannten Kausativa auf -eka in Bantusprachen
[4963]   Dammann, Ernst (1959) : Inversiva und Repetitiva in Bantusprachen
[4965]   Dammann, Ernst (1961) : Die sprachliche Verhältnisse in Ghana (les relations linguistiques au Ghana)
[4966]   Dammann, Ernst (1961) : Das Applikativum in den Bantusprachen
[4967]   Dammann, Ernst (1962) : Erwägungen zur Bezeichnung des höchsten Wesens in einigen Bantusprachen
[4968]   Dammann, Ernst (1962/63) : Kontaktiva in Bantusprachen
[4969]   Dammann, Ernst (1962/63) : Zur Kenntnis des Kwambi
[4970]   Dammann, Ernst (1963/64) : Tierbezeichungen in der 3/4 Nominalklasse der Bantusprachen
[4971]   Dammann, Ernst (1966) : Das Determinativum im Swahili
[4972]   Dammann, Ernst (1967) : Der ‘inhumane Akkusativ’ und das Applikativum der Bantusprachen
[4973]   Dammann, Ernst (1968) : Die Afrikanistik an der Philipps-Universität zu Marburg
[4974]   Dammann, Ernst (1969) : Der sog. Artikel im Zaramo
[4975]   Dammann, Ernst (1970) : A tentative philological typology of some African high dieties
[4976]   Dammann, Ernst (1970) : Die Entwicklung des Suaheli zu einer modernen Sprache
[4977]   Dammann, Ernst (1970) : Zur Geschichte der deutschen Bantuistik
[4978]   Dammann, Ernst (1970) : Urbantu lîmu “Geist” und seine Derivate
[4979]   Dammann, Ernst (1971) : Deutsche Missionare als Erforscher der Sprachen im südlichen Afrika
[4980]   Dammann, Ernst (1971) : Zur sogenannten freien Nasalierung in Bantusprachen
[4981]   Dammann, Ernst (1971) : Suaheli als Verkehrssprache
[4982]   Dammann, Ernst (1971) : Vom Satz zum Wort in Bantusprachen
[4983]   Dammann, Ernst (1971/72) : Die Meinhofsche Gesetz
[4984]   Dammann, Ernst (1972) : Die religiöse Bedeutung des Bantuwortstammes -lungu
[4985]   Dammann, Ernst (1976) : Die Übersetzung der Bibel in afrikanische Sprachen
[4986]   Dammann, Ernst (1977) : Bantu thinking as reflected in their languages
[4987]   Dammann, Ernst (1977) : Das ‘-o of reference’ in Bantusprachen
[4988]   Dammann, Ernst (1977) : Some problems of the translation of the Bible into African languages
[4989]   Dammann, Ernst (1978) : Das Futurum in einigen Bantusprachen
[4990]   Dammann, Ernst (1982) : Zur Ortographie des Nama
[4991]   Dammann, Ernst (1983) : Extensiva in Bantusprachen
[4992]   Dammann, Ernst (1992) : Baraloni als Name für Lamu
[4993]   Dammann, Ernst (1996) : Einigs über omitandu
[4964]   Dammann, Ernst & Toivo Emil Tirronen (196-) : Sprichwörter
[4994]   Damtew Daniel (2000) : Compounding in Konso
[4995]   Danay, K. , M. Makode & autres (1986) : Dictionnaire sara kaba na-francais, Kyabe (Tchad)
[4996]   Dancy, Paul (1983) : Learn to read and write Buli - for those who already know how to read English and want to learn to read Buli
[4997]   Dangel, R. (1929) : Grammatische Skizze der Yergum-Sprache
[4998]   Daniels, Peter T. (1997) : Scripts of Semitic languages
[23499]   Daniels, Robert E. , Mari H. Clark & Timothy J. McMillan (1987) : A bibliography of the Kalenjin peoples of East Africa
[26138]   Danis, Nick , Jonathan Barnes & Catherine O'Connor (2012) : Downstep and Contour Formation in Medumba: A Prosodic Account
[4999]   Danon-Boileau, Laurent & Aliou Mohamadou (1994) : Façons de penser, façons de parler: les classes nominales du peul
[5000]   Danquah, J. B. (1956) : Notes on ‘Oburoni’ and ‘Buronya’
[29028]   Dansieh, Solomon A. (2017) : English – Waalii Dictionary
[26107]   Dansieh, Solomon Ali (2008) : Relevance and Linguistic Markers: Implications for Translating from English into a Gur Language
[5001]   Danti, Alexis Lagivoro (2001) : Kasem word-formation processes
[22657]   Dantioko, Oudiary Makan (2003) : Dictionnaire soninke-français
[5002]   Daoud, Mohamed (2001) : The language situation in Tunisia
[5003]   Daramola, Samuel (1984) : Aspects of the phonology of Akunnu
[28170]   Dard, Jean (1826) : Grammaire wolofe: méthode pour étudier la langue des noirs qui habitent les royaumes de Bourba-Yolof, de Walo, de Damel, de Bour-Sine, de Saloume, de Baole, en Sénégambie
[26946]   Dard, M. J. (1825) : Dictionnaire français-wolof et français-bambara suivi du dictionnaire wolof-français
[5004]   Darden, Bill (1992) : The Cairene Arabic verb without form classes
[26151]   Darmon, Chloé (2012) : Light Verb Constructions in Xamtanga and in the Ethiopian Linguistic Area
[26532]   Darmon, Chloé (2014) : Benefactive Applicative Periphrases with yiw- ‘give’ in Xamtanga
[27367]   Darmon, Chloé (2015) : A morphosyntactic description of Xamtanga - An Agaw (Central Cushitic) language of the northern Ethiopian highlands
[5005]   Dart, Sarah (1991) : Articulatory and acoustic properties of apical and laminal articulations
[5006]   Dash, Linda el & G. Richard Tucker (1975) : Subjective reactions to various speech styles in Egypt
[5007]   Datchoua Soupa, Camisir (1974) : Les langues locales et le developement de la nation
[5008]   Datta, Ansu K. (1978) : Languages used by Zambian Asians
[5009]   Dauer, Sheila A. (1977) : Greetings
[5010]   Dauer, Sheila A. (1984) : Haya greetings: the negotiation of relative status
[5011]   Davey, Anthony S. (1965) : Morphology of the substantive in Subiya
[5012]   Davey, Anthony S. (1973) : The moods and tenses of the verb in Xhosa
[5013]   Davey, Anthony S. (1979) : Some remarks on tonal realization in Nama: a preliminary survey
[5014]   Davey, Anthony S. (1984) : Adjectives and relatives in Zulu
[5015]   Davey, Anthony S. (1988) : The tone of the past subjunctive negative in Zulu
[5017]   Davey, Anthony S. & Adrian Koopman (2000) : Adulphe Delegorgue’s ‘Vocabulaire de la langue zoulouse’
[5016]   Davey, Lydia & Christo van Rensburg (1993) : Afrikaans: sy ondergang in Tlhabane
[27082]   David Turton, Moges Yigezu & Olisarali Olibui (2008) : Mursi-English-Amharic Dictionary
[5018]   David, Nicholas (1982) : Prehistory and historical linguistics in central Africa: points of contact
[28147]   David, Oana (2015) : Metaphor, metonymy, and category structure in Sereer-Saloum noun classes
[5019]   Davids, Achmat (1996) : Laying the lie of the ‘Boer’ language: an alternative view of the genesis of Afrikaans
[5020]   Davids, Laurentius S. (2001) : Empowering African languages in the Namibian education system
[5021]   Davidson, J. (19--) : Dictionnaire ngombe, non-publié
[5022]   Davidson, J. (1939) : La langue lingombe
[5023]   Davidson, J. (1953) : Les verbs défectives dans la langue ngombe
[5026]   Davies, A. (Ed) (1985) : Language and education in Africa
[5025]   Davies, Humphrey Taman (1981) : Seventeenth-century Egyptian Arabic: a profile of the colloquial material in Yusuf al-Sirbini’s Hazz al-Quhuf fi Sarh Qasid abi Saduf
[5029]   Davies, Ian R. L. & Greville G. Corbett (1994) : A statistical approach to determining basic color terms: an account of Xhosa
[5030]   Davies, Ian R. L. & Greville G. Corbett (1997) : Colour categorization in African languages: a test of the Berlin & Kay theory of colour universals
[5027]   Davies, Ian R. L. , C. MacDermid , Greville G. Corbett , H. McCurk , D. Jerrett , T. Jerrett & P. Sowden (1992) : Color terms in Setswana: a linguistic and perceptual approach
[5028]   Davies, Ian R. L. , Christina Davies & Greville G. Corbett (1994) : The basic colour terms of Ndebele
[5032]   Davies, Ian R. L. , Polly Roling , Greville G. Corbett , Fritz Xoagub & Jomo Xoagub (1998) : Color terms and color term acquisition in Damara
[5024]   Davies, Reginald (1920s) : Unpublished materials on Masalit
[5031]   Davies, William D. (1997) : Relational succession in Kinyarwanda possessorm ascension
[23419]   Davies, William D. (1994) : Resuscitating the relational succession law in Kinyarwanda
[5035]   Davis, Anthony R. (1985) : Syntactic binding and relative aspect markers in Hausa
[22882]   Davis, Leslie K. (1992) : A segmental phonology of the Oku language
[26133]   Davis, Leslie K. (1997) : Tone in the Oku Noun and Verb
[5033]   Davis, Margaret Beatrice (1938) : A Lunyoro-Lunyankole-English and English-Lunyoro-Lunyankole dictionary
[5034]   Davis, Margaret Beatrice (1952) : A Lunyoro-Lunyankole-English and English-Lunyoro-Lunyankole dictionary
[5036]   Davy, James I. M. & Derek Nurse (1982) : Synchronic versions of Dahl’s law: the multiple applications of a phonological dissimilation rule
[25460]   Davydov, Artem (2010) : Historical Morpholog'j of Personal Pronouns in Manding
[25490]   Davydov, Artem (2012) : On Souleymane Kanté’s translation of the Quran into the Maninka language
[5037]   Dawd, Abushush & Richard J. Hayward (2002) : Nara (research article)
[5038]   Dawili, Nabina (1997) : Premier essai bibliographique des ngbaka
[5039]   Dawkins, C. H. (1969) : The fundamentals of Amharic
[24345]   Dawson, J. L. (1963) : Temne Witchcraft Vocabulary
[5040]   Dawson, Keith (1975) : L’accord vocalique en tépo
[22941]   Dawson, Keith (1982) : Remarks on negation in Tepo Krou
[24511]   Dawson, Keith (1977 [1973]) : Kruman
[23599]   Day, Richard R. & Albert B. Saraka (1968) : An introduction to spoken Baoule: preliminary text
[28701]   de Boeck, Egide (1904) : Grammaire et vocabulaire du lingala, ou langue du haut-Congo
[26977]   de Carvalho, Fernando O. (2013) : Vowel elision and glide formation in Ivie: An Optimality-theoretic approach
[24777]   De Cat, Cécile & Katherine Demuth (2008) : The Bantu-Romance Connection; A comparative investigation of verbal agreement, DPs, and information structure
[25372]   De Dominicis, Amedeo (2003) : Tone or Pitch Accent in Masa?
[25905]   de Felipe, Helena (2008) : Medieval linguistic contacts – Berber language through Arab eyes
[25587]   de Féral, Carole (2012) : Urban practices and new identities – Pidgin and Françanglais in Cameroon
[28083]   de Foucauld, Charles (2005) : Dictionnaire touareg-français (4 volumes) - dialecte de l'Ahaggar
[25259]   De Grauwe, Jan (2009) : Lexique yoómbe-français, avec index français-yoómbe (bantu H16c)
[24967]   De Jong, Nicky (2006) : The Verbal Matrix in Didinga
[27240]   de Lima Santiago, Joane (2013) : Zoonimia histórico-comparativa bantu: Os Cinco Grandes Herbívoros Africanos
[28172]   de Lima Santiago, Joane (2020) : Zoonímia Histórico-comparativa : Denominações dos antílopes em bantu
[27242]   de Lima Vitor Angenot, Geralda (2013) : Inventário dos étimos nominais Proto-bantu: 1.550 reconstruções
[26240]   De Luna, Kathryn M. (2010) : Classifying Botatwe: M60 languages and the settlement chronology of south central Africa
[25993]   De Pauw, Guy , Peter Waiganjo Wagacha & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2009) : The SAWA Corpus: A Parallel Corpus English - Swahili
[27629]   De Schryver, Gilles-Maurice , Rebecca Grollemund , Simon Branford & Koen Bostoen (2015) : Introducing a State-of-the-Art Phylogenetic Classification of the Kikongo Language Cluster
[26241]   De Schryver, Gilles‑Maurice & Minah Nabirye (2010) : A quantitative analysis of the morphology, morphophonology and semantic import of the Lusoga noun
[28358]   De Veaugh-Geiss, Joseph P. (2021) : nà-Cleft (non-)exhaustivity: Variability in Akan
[26038]   de Voogt, Alex (2009) : A sketch of Afitti phonology
[29039]   de Voogt, Alex & Timothy K. Mathes (2023) : Nasal clicks and glottalized clicks with syllabic velar nasals in Ju|’hoan
[26895]   de Wit, Gerrit (2015) : Liko Phonology and Grammar - A Bantu language of the Democratic Republic of the Congo
[5041]   Deacon, Janette (1986) : ‘My place is the Bitterspits’: the home territory of Bleek and Lloyd’s |Xam San informants
[5044]   Deacon, Janette (1996) : A short note on Lloyd’s !Kung informants
[5045]   DeBose, Charles E. (1974) : Papiamento plurals
[5046]   Deboudaud, J. & Chombart de Lauwe (1939) : Carte schématique des populations du Cameroun
[5047]   DeCamp, David (1967) : African day-names in Jamaica
[5048]   Decapmaker, J. (1954) : L’emploi du passif dans le langage des Bakongo
[5049]   Decary, R. (1928) : Lexique français-antandroy
[5254]   Déchaine, Rose-Marie (1992) : Inflection in Ìgbo and Yorùbá
[5256]   Déchaine, Rose-Marie (2001) : On the left edge of Yorùbá complements
[5255]   Déchaine, Rose-Marie & Victor B. Manfredi (Ed) (1997) : Object positions in Benue-Kwa: papers from a workshop at Leiden University, June 1994
[5257]   Déchamps-Wenezoui, Martine (1981) : Le français, le sango et les autres langues centrafricaines: enquête sociolinguistique au quartier Boy-Race (Bangui, Centrafrique)
[28905]   Decker, Ken , Adedamola Aregbesola & Thelma Araokanmi (2023) : A Sociolinguistic Profile of Legboic Languages of Cross River State, Nigeria
[28904]   Decker, Ken , Fittokka Gobak , Benard Abraham , Christina Riepe & Longdi Sylvanus (2022) : A Sociolinguistic Profile of the Rjili (Tanjijili) [uji] Language of Niger State, Nigeria
[28694]   Declercq, Auguste (1900) : Eléments de la langue kanioka
[5050]   Decorse, Dr. & Maurice Gaudefroy-Demombynes (1920?) : Rahab et les Arabes du Chari: documents arabes et vocabulaire
[5051]   Deed, Florence Instone (1939) : Ideophones and onomatopoetics in Swahili
[5052]   Deed, Florence Instone (194-) : Giryama exercises
[5053]   Deed, Florence Instone (1964) : Giryama-English dictionary
[5055]   Deen, Kamil Ud (2003) : Agreement-less declaratives in Nairobi Swahili
[23317]   Deen, Kamil Ud (2004) : The acquisition of inflectional prefixes in Nairobi Swahili
[23805]   Deen, Kamil Ud (2005) : The acquisition of Swahili
[23986]   Deen, Kamil Ud (2006) : Subject agreement in Nairobi Swahili
[5056]   Deetz, Patricia E. Scott (1977) : South African Bantu language theses 1919-1976: a preliminary bibliography
[25598]   Defina, Rebecca (2012) : Aspect and Modality in Avatime
[5057]   Dehnhard, Barbara (2002) : Zur Beziehung von Kanem und Borno: sprachliche und historische Einflüsse des Kanuri im Kanembu von Mao
[5058]   Dejeneie Leta (1975) : Oromo for beginners: language materials
[5059]   Dejeneie Leta (1980) : Verbs in Oromo sentence patterns
[5060]   Dekker, A. M. & J. H. Ries (1958) : Woordeboek: Afrikaans-Zoeloe, Zoeloe-Afrikaans
[5061]   Dekydtspotter, L. (1992) : The syntax of predicate clefts
[5062]   Delaforge, M. (1947) : Grammaire et méthode bambara
[5063]   Delafosse, Maurice (1920) : Sur l’unité des langues négro-africaines
[5064]   Delafosse, Maurice (1922) : L’études langues négro-africaines de 1882 à 1922
[5065]   Delafosse, Maurice (1922) : Langage secret et langage conventionel dans l’Afrique noire
[5066]   Delafosse, Maurice (1924) : Groupe sénégalo-guinéen
[5067]   Delafosse, Maurice (1927) : Classes nominales en wolof
[5068]   Delafosse, Maurice (1928) : La numération chez les Nègres
[5069]   Delafosse, Maurice (1929) : La langue mandingue et ses dialectes (malinké, bambara, dioula), I: introduction, grammaire, lexique français-mandingue
[5073]   Delafosse, Maurice (1955) : La langue mandingue et ses dialectes (malinké, bambara, dioula)
[23563]   Delafosse, Maurice (1924) : Les langues du Soudan et de la Guinée
[24558]   Delafosse, Maurice (1904) : Vocabulaires comparatifs de plus de soixante langues ou dialectes africains, parlés à la Côte dʼIvoire et dans les régions limitrophes, avec des notes linguistiques et ethnologiques, une bibliographie, et une carte
[5072]   Delafosse, Maurice & André Caquot (1952) : Les langues du Soudan et de la Guinée
[23132]   Delafosse, Maurice & Leon Poutrin (1930) : Enquête coloniale dans l’Afrique française, occidentale et équatoriale, sur l’organisation de la famille indigène, les fiançailles, le mariage, avec une esquisse générale des langues de l’Afrique; et une esquisse ethnologique des principales populations de l’Afrique français équatoriale
[5074]   Delanaye, P. (1955) : Position des missions congolaises en matière de langues indigènes
[5075]   Delano, Isaac O. (1958) : Atúmò ede Yoruba (A short Yoruba grammar and dictionary)
[5076]   Delano, Isaac O. (1960) : Àgbékà oro Yoruba (Appropriate words and expressions in Yoruba)
[5077]   Delano, Isaac O. (1965) : A modern Yoruba grammar
[5078]   Delano, Isaac O. (1969) : A dictionary of Yoruba monosyllabic verbs
[5079]   Delany, M. (1967) : A phonological contrastive analysis North American English - Standard Kiswahili
[25107]   Delaporte, Pacifique-Henri (1845) : Vocabulaire de la langue pongua, parlée au Gabon, en Afrique
[5080]   Deleu, (1934) : Essai de grammaire kilendu
[5081]   Delgado, Juan Alvarez (1941) : Puesto de Canarias en la investigacion linguistica
[5082]   Delgado, Juan Alvarez (1949) : Sistema de numeración norteafricano: estudio de linguística comparada
[5083]   Delgado, Juan Alvarez (1964) : Inscriptiones libicas de Canarias: ensayo de interpretacion libica
[5084]   Delheure, Jean (1984) : Agraw n yiwalen tumzabt t-tfrancist/Dictionnaire mozabite-français
[5085]   Delheure, Jean (1987) : Agerraw n iwalen teggargrent-tarumit/Dictionnaire ouargli-français
[5086]   Delille, A. (1935) : Inleiding tot de Chichoksche spraakleer
[5087]   Delisle, Gilles L. (1975) : Non-standard concord and the marking hypothesis
[5088]   Delius, Siegfried (1927) : Grammatik der Suaheli-Sprache
[5089]   Delius, Siegfried (1939) : Wegweiser in die Suaheli-Sprache
[5094]   Dell, François & Abdelkrim Jebbour (1991) : Phonotactique des noms à voyelle initiale en berbère (chleuh de Tiznit, Maroc)
[5090]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1985) : Syllabic consonants and syllabification in Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber
[5091]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1988) : Syllabic consonants in Berber: some new evidence
[5092]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1989) : Clitic ordering, morphology and phonology in the verbal complex of Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber ; part 1
[5093]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1991) : Clitic ordering, morphology and phonology in the verbal complex of Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber ; part 2
[5095]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1992) : Quantitative transfer in the nonconcatenative morphology of Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber
[5098]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1996) : On consonant releases in Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber
[5099]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1996) : Nonsyllabic transitional vocoids in Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber
[5100]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1997) : Les géminées en berbère
[5101]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (2002) : Syllables in Tashlhiyt Berber and in Moroccan Arabic
[24778]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (2008) : Poetic Meter and Musical Form in Tashlhiyt Berber Songs
[5096]   Dell, François & Oufae Tangi (1992) : Syllabification and empty nuclei in Ath-Sidhar Rifian Berber
[5097]   Dell, François & Oufae Tangi (1993) : On the vocalization of /r/ in Ath-Sidhar Rifian Berber
[5102]   Dello, Jean & Bernard Seret (1994) : Glossaire de noms de poissons de mer en langue vili (Congo)
[5103]   Delord, Jacques (19--) : Grammaire abrégée du kabiye
[5104]   Delord, Jacques (1962) : Dictionnaire kabrè-français
[5105]   Delord, Jacques (1963) : Morphologie abrégée du kabrè
[5106]   Delord, Jacques (1968) : Le kaure de la ‘Polyglotta Africana’ et le kabrè d’aujourd’hui
[5107]   Delord, Jacques (1968) : Sur le kabrè du Togo, jeux des tons
[5108]   Delord, Jacques (1968) : La transcription du kabrè
[5109]   Delord, Jacques (1976) : La kabiye
[5110]   Delord, Jacques (1988) : Les dialectes kabiye: études synoptique et comparative
[5111]   Delord, Jacques (2000) : La langue kabiye et ses divers aspects: correspondance avec le Comité de Langue Nationale Kabiye (CLNK)
[5113]   Delplanque, Alain (1983) : Phonologie transformationelle du dagara, langue voltaïque du Burkina-Faso
[5114]   Delplanque, Alain (1986) : La langue dagara: essai de sémiologie linguistique
[5115]   Delplanque, Alain (1986) : Le syntagme verbal en dagara
[5116]   Delplanque, Alain (1987) : Les verbes de jugement en dagara (Burkina Faso)
[5117]   Delplanque, Alain (1990) : Assertion et mode en dagara
[5118]   Delplanque, Alain (1995) : Que signifient les classes nominales: l’exemple du mooré, langue gur
[5119]   Delplanque, Alain (1997) : L’adjectif et l’expression de la qualité en dagara
[5120]   Delplanque, Alain (1998) : Focalisation et identification en dagara
[5121]   Delplanque, Alain (2000) : Perspective temporelle et valeurs modales des marques de conjugaison: le cas de wa et ti en dagara
[5122]   Delplanque, Alain (2000) : La place du contexte dans une théorie de lʼénoncé: topicalisation et focalisation en dagara
[24317]   Delplanque, Alain (1987-88) : A propos du plan de description grammaticale de M. Houis
[24989]   Delplanque, Alain (1998) : Le mythe des “séries verbales”
[27157]   Delplanque, Alain (2012) : Le dagara-lobr
[5112]   Delplanque, Alain & Bendi Benoît Ouoba (1979) : Les classes nominales en gulimancema
[5123]   Deltel, J.-R. (1968) : Le créole de la Réunion
[5124]   Dem, Sierra (1995) : Wollof-English dictionary
[5125]   Dem, Sierra (1995) : Wollof grammar manual
[5126]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1969) : Verbal constructions in the Korekore dialect
[5127]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1974) : Three Korekore dialects
[5128]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1978) : Reduplication in Shona and its semantic effect
[5129]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1979) : A syntactic classification of non-auxiliary verbs in Shona
[5130]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1979) : The syntax of sentential complements in Shona
[5131]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1981) : Remarks on some syntactic noun features in Shona
[5132]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1987) : The structure and function of the noun phrase in Shona
[5133]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1987) : A linguistic study of the verb in Korekore
[5134]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1989) : A elaboração de uma língua escrita: o contraste entre alfabeto e ortografia
[5135]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1993) : C. M. Doke’s contribution to Shona linguistic studies
[5136]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1995) : Secondary noun prefixes taken further with special reference to Shona
[23788]   Demeke, Girma A. (2002) : The syntax of DPs
[24650]   Demeke, Girma A. & Ronny Meyer (2007) : Topics and topicalization in Amharic
[5138]   Demolin, Didier (1988) : Some problems of phonological reconstruction in Central Sudanic
[5139]   Demolin, Didier (1989) : Production et perception des voyelles en mangbetu
[5140]   Demolin, Didier (1991) : Les consonnes labio-vélaires du mangbetu
[5141]   Demolin, Didier (1991) : L’analyse des segments, de la syllabe et des tons dans un jeu de langage mangbetu
[5142]   Demolin, Didier (1992) : Le mangbetu: étude phonétique et phonologie
[5145]   Demolin, Didier (1995) : The phonetics and phonology of glottalized consonants in Lendu
[5148]   Demolin, Didier (1999) : Tone in Central Sudanic languages
[22708]   Demolin, Didier (1990) : Les trilles bilabiales du mangbetu
[27417]   Demolin, Didier (2016) : Clicks, stop bursts, vocoids and the timing of articulatory gestures in Kinyarwanda
[5147]   Demolin, Didier & Alain Soquet (1999) : Double articulations in some Mangbutu-Efe languages
[5146]   Demolin, Didier & Bernard Teston (1996) : Labiodental flaps in Mangbetu
[5143]   Demolin, Didier & Christoph Segebarth (1992) : Analyse de la production des voyelles de quelques langues Soudan Central par IRM
[5137]   Demolin, Didier & Didiers L. Goyvaerts (1986) : Some aspects of Madi phonology and morphology
[5149]   Demolin, Didier , Hubert Ngonga-Ke-Mbembe & Alain Soquet (2002) : Phonetic characteristics of an unexploded palatal implosive in Hendo
[5144]   Demolin, Didier , Jean-Marie Hombert , Pierre Ondo & Christoph Segebarth (1992) : Étude du système vocalique fang par résonance magnétique
[5150]   Demoz, Abraham (1963) : European loanwords in an Amharic daily newspaper
[5151]   Demoz, Abraham (1977) : Language and law in Africa
[5152]   Dempwolff, Otto (1927) : Die Hervorhebung von Satzteilen als Anlass zur Verwendung besonderer Wortformen
[5153]   Dempwolff, Otto (1931/98) : Induktiver Aufbau des Urbantu
[5154]   Dempwolff, Otto (1934/35) : Einführung in die Sprache der Nama-Hottentotten
[5156]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1983) : Aspects of Sesotho language acquisition
[5159]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1986) : Prompting routines in the language socialization of Basotho children
[5160]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1987) : Pragmatic functions of word order in Sesotho acquisition
[5161]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1988) : Noun classes and agreement in Sesotho acquisition
[5163]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1989) : Discourse functions of independent pronouns in Setswana
[5164]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1989) : Maturation and the acquisition of Sesotho passives
[5166]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1989) : Unificação dos princípios organizacionais no desenvolvimento das convenções ortográficas
[5167]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1990) : Locatives, impersonals and expletives in Sesotho
[5168]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1991) : Acquisition of the Sesotho tonal system
[5169]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1992) : The acquisition of Sesotho
[5174]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1998) : Argument structure and the acquisition of Sesotho applicatives
[5177]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (2000) : Bantu noun class systems: loan word and acquisition evidence of semantic productivity
[5178]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (2003) : The acquisition of Bantu languages
[5172]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Carolyn Harford [Perez] (1996) : Verb raising and subject inversion in Bantu relatives
[5175]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Carolyn Harford [Perez] (1999) : Verb raising and subject inversion in Bantu relatives
[22624]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Christopher Odato (2002) : The acquisition of Sesotho double object constructions
[5171]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Jeffrey S. Gruber (1995) : Constraining XP-sequences
[5162]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Mark Johnson (1989) : Interaction between discourse functions and agreement in Setswana
[5165]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Mark Johnson (1989) : Discourse functions of agreement in Setswana
[5173]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Sheila Onkaetse Mmusi (1997) : Presentational focus and thematic structure in comparative Bantu
[5155]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Tholoana Sekhesa (1978/79) : Basic Sesotho: an oral approach - lessons and glossary
[5157]   Demuth, Katherine Alison , Nicholas G. Faraclas & Lynell Marchese (1985) : Niger-Congo noun class and agreement systems in historical and acquisition perspective
[5158]   Demuth, Katherine Alison , Nicholas G. Faraclas & Lynell Marchese (1986) : Niger-Congo noun classes and agreement systems in language acquisition and historical change
[5179]   Demuth, Katherine Alison , ʼMalillo Matshepo Machobane , Francina L. Moloi & Christopher Odato (2005) : Learning animacy hierarchy effects in Sesotho double object constructions
[5180]   Denais, Michel (1990) : Éléments de phonologie et de morphologie tigrina (éthiopien septentrional)
[5181]   Denais, Michel (1994) : “Éléments” pour une réinterprétation de la suffixation en tigrigna
[5182]   Denbow, James Raymond (1986) : After the flood: a preliminary account of recent geological, archaeological and linguistic investigations in the Okavango region of northern Botswana
[5183]   Denbow, James Raymond & Alec C. Campbell (1986) : The early stages of food production in southern Africa and some potential linguistic correlations
[5184]   Denguika, Paul (1980) : Le phenomene de la derivation dans le conte kamba
[5185]   Denis, [Révérend] [Père] J. (19--) : Vocabulaire “babai”/bokoro, non-publié
[5186]   Denis, [Révérend] [Père] J. (19--) : Vocabulaire “kidia”/bokoro, non-publié
[5187]   Denis, [Révérend] [Père] J. (19--) : Vocabulaire “basa”/bokoro, non-publié
[5188]   Denning, Keith (1989) : The diachronic development of phonological voice quality, with special reference to Dinka and other Nilotic languages
[5192]   Dennis, James Peter Lindsay (1984) : A semantic study of aspect in Krio
[5189]   Dennis, Thomas John (19--) : Ibo dictionary
[5190]   Dennis, Thomas John (1920) : Akwukwo-Ogugu Ibo: Ibo-English vocabulary to the Akwukwo-Ogugu Ibo or Union Ibo Reader
[5191]   Dennis, Thomas John (1923) : Dictionary of the Ibo language: English-Ibo
[5194]   Denny, J. Peter & Chet A. Creider (1976) : The semantics of noun classes in Proto-Bantu
[5195]   Denny, J. Peter & Chet A. Creider (1986) : The semantics of noun classes in Proto Bantu
[5193]   Denny, Neville (1963) : Languages and education in Africa
[5196]   Denolf, P. (1932) : Lukuba, taal der Bakuba, in ’t bizonder de gewesttaal der Mpianga
[5197]   Dent, George Robinson (1959) : Compact Zulu dictionary: English-Zulu, Zulu-English
[5198]   Dent, George Robinson (1961) : Compact Zulu dictionary: English-Zulu, Zulu-English
[5199]   Dent, George Robinson (1964) : Compact Zulu dictionary: English-Zulu, Zulu-English
[5201]   Dent, George Robinson (1975) : Zulu dictionary: English-Zulu, Zulu-English
[5203]   Dent, George Robinson (1996) : Kompakte Zoeloe woordeboek/Isichazimazwi sesibhunu nasesizulu: Afrikaans-Zoeloe, Zoeloe-Afrikaans
[5200]   Dent, George Robinson & C. L. Sibusiso Nyembezi (1969) : Scholar’s Zulu dictionary
[5202]   Dent, George Robinson & C. L. Sibusiso Nyembezi (1988) : Scholar’s Zulu dictionary: English-Zulu, Zulu-English
[23540]   Dent, George Robinson & C. L. Sibusiso Nyembezi (1995) : Scholar’s Zulu dictionary: English-Zulu, Zulu-English
[23647]   Denteh, A. Crakye (1974) : Spoken Twi for non-Twi speakers
[23649]   Denteh, A. Crakye & Abudulai al Hassan (1974) : Spoken Dagbani for non-Dagbani speakers
[23648]   Denteh, A. Crakye & K. K. Keelson (1974) : Spoken Fante for non-Fante speakers
[24086]   Denteh., A. C. (1982) : Some Genitive Constructions in Akyem/Asante Twi
[5204]   Denton, Johnnie Mae (1976) : Towards a model of ESL for Krio speakers in Sierra Leone
[5205]   Depuydt, Leo (1993) : Conjunction, contiguity, contingency: on relationships between events in the Egyptian and Coptic verbal systems
[5207]   Depuydt, Leo (1999) : Fundamentals of Egyptian grammar
[5206]   Depuydt, Leo (Ed) (1996) : Catalogue of coordinates and satellites of the Middle Egyptian verb: material for Egyptian grammar
[5208]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1968) : Linguistic assimilation of an urban center on the Kenya Coast
[5209]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1970) : The identity of nominal, verbal and adjective roots in Swahili
[5210]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1971) : Educated urban Swahili
[5211]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1972) : A bibliography of African linguistics
[5212]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1972) : The evidence for a Niger-Congo hypothesis
[5213]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1974) : The semantic content of class in Bantu and its syntactic significance
[5214]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1980) : Tem special skills handbook
[5215]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1980) : Tem grammar handbook
[5258]   Déreau, Léon (1955) : Cours de kikongo
[5259]   Déreau, Léon (1957) : Lexique kikongo-français, français-kikongo, d’après le dictionnaire de K. E. Laman
[25300]   Dereau, Léon (1957) : Lexique Kikôngo-Français - Français-Kikôngo, d'après le dictionnaire de K. E. Laman
[25301]   Dereau, Léon (1955) : Cours de kikôngo
[5216]   Dereje Sebsibie (2001) : Noun morphology of Shekka
[5219]   Derive, Jean (1987) : Parole et pouvoir chez les Dioula de Kong
[5220]   Derive, Marie-José (1990) : Étude dialectologique de l’aire manding de Côte-d’Ivoire
[5217]   Derive, Marie-José & K. Atin (1977) : Éléments de bibliographie pour un inventaire des études linguistiques sur les langues mandé
[5218]   Derive, Marie-José & K. Atin (1980) : Correspondences phonétiques dans les parlers manding de Côte d’Ivoire
[24277]   Derive, Marie-Joseph (1985) : Etude comparée des parlers manding de Côte-d'Ivoire
[24275]   Derive, Marie-Josephe (1981) : Variations dialectales de certaines marques prédicatives des parlers manding ivoiriens
[5221]   Derman, Tankaré (1983) : Dictionnaire tem-français-allemand, tem-französisch-deutsch-Wörterbuch
[5222]   Derradji, Abdelhamid (1985) : Lexique du vocabulaire politique et social: français-arabe
[5223]   Deschamps, Hubert Jules (1936) : Le dialecte antaisaka (langue malgache)
[5224]   Deska, Dagmara (2001) : The Amharic version of semantic indefinibilia
[5225]   Desta Tito (1989) : Nominalisation patterns in Hadiyya
[5226]   Destaing, Edmond (1920) : Étude sur le dialecte berbère des Aït Seghrouchen (moyen Atlas marocain)
[5227]   Destaing, Edmond (1920) : Étude dur la tachelhît du Soûs, I: vocabulaire français-berbère
[5228]   Destaing, Edmond (1921) : Note sur l’élément démonstratif en berbère
[5229]   Destaing, Edmond (1925) : Interdictions de vocabulaire en berbère
[5230]   Destaing, Edmond (1934/37) : Sur les pronoms walli, wanna
[5231]   Destaing, Edmond (1934/37) : Note sur le verbe passif
[5232]   Destaing, Edmond (1934/37) : Les particules d et n en berbère
[5233]   Destaing, Edmond (1937) : Textes arabes en parler des Chleuhs du Sous (Maroc): transcriptions, traduction, glossaire
[5234]   Destaing, Edmond (1937/40) : Entretien sur la question des labio-vélaires en chamito-sémitique: berbère
[5235]   Destaing, Edmond (1937/40) : Remarques sur la qualification en Tachelhait du Sous (Maroc)
[28100]   Destaing, Edmond (2007) : Dictionnaire français-berbère - dialecte des Beni-Snous
[28101]   Destaing, Edmond (2007) : Etude sur le dialecte berbère des Beni-Snous - volume 1
[28102]   Destaing, Edmond (2007) : Etude sur le dialecte berbère des Beni-Snous - volume 2
[5236]   Detienne, P. (1956) : Dialectes du maindombe: essai de géographie linguistique
[28844]   Dettweiler, Stephen (2021) : Subordinate clauses in Dadiya: Field research on the use of enclitic -I
[5237]   Dettweiler, Stephen H. (2000/01) : Vowel harmony and neutral vowels in c’Lela
[25514]   Dettweiler, Stephen H. (2012) : The case for writing vowel length in C’Lela
[5238]   Dettweiler, Stephen H. & Sonia G. Dettweiler (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey of the Pongu people
[5239]   Dettweiler, Stephen H. & Sonia G. Dettweiler (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey (level one) of the Reshe people
[5240]   Dettweiler, Stephen H. & Sonia G. Dettweiler (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey (level one) of the Kamuku language cluster
[5241]   Dettweiler, Stephen H. & Sonia G. Dettweiler (2003) : Sociolinguistic survey of the Duka (Hun-Saare) people
[22710]   Dettweiler, Stephen H. & Sonia G. Dettweiler (2005) : Sociolinguistic survey (level one) of the Lela people
[5243]   Deumert, Ana (2005) : The unbearable lightness of being bilingual: English-Afrikaans language contact in South Africa
[5244]   Deumert, Ana (2005) : Praatjies and boerenbrieven: popular literature in the history of Afrikaans
[27854]   Deumert, Ana , Ivan Panović , Dorothy Agyepong & David Barasa (2019) : African Languages and Mobile Communication: Between Constraint and Creativity
[5242]   Deumert, Andrea (1999) : Language planning in South Africa (review article)
[5262]   Dévaud, E. (1921) : Etymologies coptes
[5263]   Dévaud, E. (1922) : Études d’étymologie copte
[5264]   Dévaud, E. (1923) : Études d’étymologie copte
[5265]   Dévaud, E. (1923) : Notes de lexicologie copte
[5266]   Dévaud, E. (1928) : Études et notes de grammaire, de lexicologie, de paléographie égyptienne et coptes
[5267]   Dévaud, E. (1929) : Études de lexicologie égyptienne et copte
[5245]   Devlieger, P. J. (1998) : Physical ‘disability’ in Bantu languages: understanding the relativity of classification and meaning
[28845]   Devlin, Kerri , Blake Lehman , Travis Major & Harold Torrence (2021) : A note on wh-questions in Avatime
[5246]   Devonish, Hubert (2002) : Talking rhythm, stressing tone: the role of prominence in Anglo-West-African Creole languages
[24763]   Devos, Maud (2007) : A Grammar of Makwe
[26246]   Devos, Maud (2008) : The expression of modality in Shangaci
[27165]   Devos, Maud (2016) : Shangaji paired tenses: Emergence of a cj/dj system?
[27603]   Devos, Maud (2013) : Vowel Length in Shangaci - When Lexical Vowel Length and Penultimate Lengthening Co-occur
[27624]   Devos, Maud (2014) : Melodic H in Makwe
[27923]   Devos, Maud (2020) : Plural number in Shangaji nominal morphology
[26308]   Devos, Maud & Johan van der Auwera (2013) : Jespersen cycles in Bantu: double and triple negation
[26225]   Devos, Maud & Koen Bostoen (2012) : Bantu do/say polysemy and the origins of a quotative in Shangaci
[28902]   Devos, Maud & Rasmus Bernander (2022) : Proto-Bantu existential locational construction(s)
[27639]   Devos, Maud & Salimo Calawia (2017) : Mwani Verb Tone
[27641]   Devos, Maud , Manoah-Joël Misago & Koen Bostoen (2017) : A Corpus-based Description of Locative and Non-locative Reference in Kirundi Locative Enclitics
[26242]   Devos, Maud , Michael Kasombo & Johan Van Der Auwera (2010) : Jespersen cycles in Kanincin: double, triple and maybe even quadruple negation
[5247]   Dewees, John W. (1971) : The role of syntax in the occurence of the initial vowel in Luganda and some other Bantu languages
[5248]   Dewees, John W. (1977) : Orthography and identity: movement toward inertia
[5249]   Dez, Jacques (1963) : La linguistique et les origines de la civilisation malgache
[5250]   Dez, Jacques (1977) : La syntaxe du malgache
[5251]   Dez, Jacques (1980) : Structure de la langue malgache
[5252]   Dezeeuw, Peter [Howard] (1979) : Western Mande compound tone rules
[5253]   Dezeeuw, Peter [Howard] & Rexanna Kruah (1981) : A learner directed approach to Mano: a handbook on communication and culture with dialogs, texts, cultural notes, exercises, drills, and instructions
[5268]   Dhejju, L. (1978) : Documents sur la langue lendu (dialect tadha)
[5269]   Dhejju, L. (1979) : Systématique grammaticale du lendu (Zaïre)
[5270]   Dhoorre, Cabdulqaadir Salaad & Mauro Tosco (1998) : 111 Somali ideophones
[28085]   Di Bula, Gampoko Duma (2019) : Dictionnaire étymologique lingala-français / français-lingala
[26236]   Di Carlo, Pierpaolo (2011) : Lower Fungom Linguistic Diversity and its Historical Development: Proposals from a Multidisciplinary Perspective
[26432]   Di Garbo, Francesca (2014) : Gender and its interaction with number and evaluative morphology: An intra- and intergenealogical typological survey of Africa
[25839]   Di Tolla, Anna Maria (2009) : Représentations et métaphores dans le lexique berbère du corps ....
[5272]   Dia, Mohamadou I. (1997) : Contribution à l’étude phonologique du saafi-saafi
[5271]   Dia, Papa Amadou (19--) : Elaboration d’une terminologie grammaticale en wolof: metalangage en langue maternelle, manuel de grammaire pour les lycees
[5273]   Diabaté, Mansa Makan (1990) : Transcription et analyse de textes de tradition orale malinke
[5274]   Diadie, B. (1994) : Bilingualism, a cultural treasure?/Le bilinguisme, une richesse culturelle?
[24310]   Diagana, Ousmane (1987) : Integration phonique des emprunts français en soninké de Kaëdi (Mauritanie)
[5276]   Diagana, Ousmane Moussa (1980) : Approche phonologiques et morphologique du parler soninké de Kaédi (Mauritanie)
[5277]   Diagana, Ousmane Moussa (1984) : Le parler soninké de Kaédi (Mauritanie): syntaxe et sens
[22497]   Diagana, Ousmane Moussa (1995) : La langue soninké: morphosyntaxe et sens
[28290]   Diagana, Ousmane Moussa (2013) : Dictionnaire soninké-français (Mauritanie). Nouvelle édition revue et augmentée
[5275]   Diagana, Seydina Dusmana (19--) : Contact de langues: approche sociolinguistique des emprunts du soninke au français, a l’arabe et au pulaar
[5278]   Diagana, Yacouba (1985) : Phonologie du soninké
[5279]   Diagana, Yacouba (1994) : Eléments de grammaire du soninké
[24305]   Diagana, Yacouba (1987) : La focalisation en soninké
[24307]   Diagana, Yacouba (1990) : La tonalité du constituant nominal en soninké
[24311]   Diagana, Yacouba (1985) : Eléments de phonologie du sooninke
[6458]   Diagne, Anna Marie (2006) : Phonologie et morphologie du soninke : une analyse non linéaire
[24838]   Diagne, Anna Marie (2008) : Le marquage de la focalisation en soninké
[24844]   Diagne, Anna Marie (2008) : Phonologie et morphologie du soninke : une analyse non linéaire
[26885]   Diagne, Anna Marie (2015) : Le palor et le ndut – deux langues atlantiques sans classes nominales
[24931]   Diagne, Mbacké (2009) : Le Bayot : Langue Atlantique Nord, groupe bak, sous groupe jóola
[25062]   Diagne, Mbacké (2009) : Bref aperçu grammatical et lexical du bayot-kugere
[26881]   Diagne, Mbacké (2015) : Classes nominales en bayot kugere
[5280]   Diagne, Pathé (1963) : Linguistique et culture en Afrique
[5281]   Diagne, Pathé (1971) : Grammaire du wolof moderne
[5282]   Diagne, Pathé (1978) : Manuel de conversation/Conversation hand-book. Wolof: Francais, English; Mandeng: Français, English; Pulaar: Français, English
[5283]   Diakifukila, Nl. (1981) : Quelques considérations morpho-sémantiques des formes pronominales en kimanyanga
[26382]   Diakité, Alhassane & Ibrahim Diakité (1974) : Étude descriptive du pular
[28337]   Diakite, Boubakar (2018) : Some aspects of Nko tonal phonology
[24187]   Diakité, Drissa (1981) : A propos du terme bambara tánnifila
[5284]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich (1965) : Semito-khamitskie yazyki: opyt klassifikatsii
[5285]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich (1975) : On root structure in proto-Semitic
[5286]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich (1988) : Afrasian languages
[5287]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich , Alexander Jurievich Militarev , Viktor Jakovlevich Porkhomovsky & Olga Valerievna Stolbova (1993) : On the principles of Afrasian phonological reconstruction
[5290]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich , Anna Grigorievna Belova , Alexander Jurievich Militarev & Viktor Jakovlevich Porkhomovsky (1995) : Historical comparative vocabulary of Afrasian ; part 3
[5291]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich , Anna Grigorievna Belova , Alexander Jurievich Militarev & Viktor Jakovlevich Porkhomovsky (1996) : Historical comparative vocabulary of Afrasian ; part 4
[5292]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich , Anna Grigorievna Belova , Alexander Jurievich Militarev & Viktor Jakovlevich Porkhomovsky (1997) : Historical comparative vocabulary of Afrasian ; part 5
[5288]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich , Anna Grigorievna Belova , Alexander Serafimovich Chetverukhin , Alexander Jurievich Militarev , Viktor Jakovlevich Porkhomovsky & Olga Valerievna Stolbova (1994) : Historical comparative vocabulary of Afrasian ; part 1
[5289]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich , Anna Grigorievna Belova , Alexander Serafimovich Chetverukhin , Alexander Jurievich Militarev , Viktor Jakovlevich Porkhomovsky & Olga Valerievna Stolbova (1994) : Historical comparative vocabulary of Afrasian ; part 2
[5293]   Dial, Abdoulaye (1994) : Apprentissage rapide du wolof (jàng wolof)
[5294]   Dial, Abdoulaye (1994) : Grammaire wolof (roofoo-gi-baat wolof)
[5295]   Dial, Abdoulaye (1998) : Apprentissage rapide de la transcription du wolof (mbindum wolof)
[5296]   Diale, Makhanese Pienaar (2004) : The application of suffixes to Northern Sotho words: a morphological and semantic study
[5297]   Diall, Gouro Hamsamba (199-) : Paradigmatika i funksionirovanije pronominalnoj sistemy: na materiale fulfulde
[10317]   Diall, Gouro Hamsamba & Bory Traoré (1997) : Lexique des élections français-fulfude
[5300]   Diallo, Abdourahmane (1989) : Les constraintes phonotactiques en pular: compte-rendu critique de ‘Phonologie et morphologie lexicales: les classes nominales en peul (fula)’ de Carole Paradis
[5302]   Diallo, Abdourahmane (1992) : Étude de l’intégration phonologique et morphologique des emprunts linguistiques arabes en pular de Guinée
[5304]   Diallo, Abdourahmane (1999) : Grammaire descriptive du pular du Fuuta Jaloo (Guinée)
[5305]   Diallo, Abdourahmane (2001) : Phonologie et morphologie des emprunts arabes en pular de Guinée
[25922]   Diallo, Abdourahmane (2010) : Morphological consequences of Mande borrowings in Fula: the case of Pular, Fuuta-Jaloo
[26928]   Diallo, Abdourahmane (2014) : Constructions copulatives en peul
[27193]   Diallo, Abdourahmane (2015) : Précis de grammaire et de lexique du peul du Fouta Djallon
[28321]   Diallo, Abdourahmane (2020) : Position et location en peul, l’usage de ka au Fouta Djallon
[5298]   Diallo, Darsalam & Moïse Lankoande (1969) : Commission nationale des langues voltaïques
[26383]   Diallo, Kadidiatou (1974) : Réflexions sur les rapports entre classes nominales et catégorie sémantique en pular
[5301]   Diallo, M. S. (1989) : Le système vocalique et le système consonantique du peul (pulaar): compte-rendu critique de ‘Phonologie et morphologie lexicales: les classes nominales en peul (fula)’ de Carole Paradis
[5303]   Diallo, M. S. (1992) : La suffixation verbale en pulaar (peul): phonologie et morphologie des suffixes verbaux dans le P.F-D. (Guinée)
[26384]   Diallo, Mamadou Alpha (1972) : Étude phonologique de la langue dyalunka
[26385]   Diallo, Mamadou Fadia (1978) : Étude lexicologique du wamey
[26386]   Diallo, Mamadou Saliou (1976) : Étude comparative des systèmes nominaux pular et kisiei
[26387]   Diallo, Mamadou Sanoussi (1974) : Les substituts nominaux du pular
[5299]   Diallo, Mohamadou (1988) : Eléments de systématique et de dialectologie du marka-kan (Burkina-Faso)
[24240]   Diallo, Mohamadou (2001) : Le noyau du code orthographique du dioula au Burkina Faso
[24292]   Diallo, Mohamadou (2000) : Les parlers marka au Burkina Faso: contrastes au niveau grammatical
[24184]   Diallo, Mohamed Larabi (2003) : L'assimilation en bamanankan
[24185]   Diallo, Mohamed Larabi (2004) : L'assimilation vocalique régressive en bamanankan
[26388]   Diallo, Saliou (1978) : Étude du système nominal landuma
[26389]   Diallo, Yaya Pellel (1974) : L'expressivité du pular
[5306]   Dialo, A. (1981) : Structures verbales du wolof contemporain
[5307]   Dialo, A. (1983) : Éléments systématiques du wolof contemporain
[25022]   Dialo, Amadou (1985) : Les propositions subordonnées relatives du wolof contemporain
[24019]   Dialo, Amadou , Chérif MʼBodj , Aliou Ngoné Seck & Ndiassé Thiam (1997) : Vocabulaire des élections wolof-français, suivi d’un index français-wolof
[26390]   Diané, C. Oumar (1975) : L'expressivité en maninka
[25491]   Diané, Mamadi (2012) : L’expression des couleurs en maninka de Kanakan
[26791]   Diané, Mamadi & Valentin Vydrine (2014) : Propositions pour l’orthographe du maninka (Guinée)
[26764]   Diane, Oscar Ambemou (2012) : Les noms complexes de l’akyé, langue kwa de côte d’ivoire : composés ou syntagmes ?
[26391]   Diané, Sidafa (1974) : Étude synchronique du substantif maninka par la méthode structurale
[5308]   Diankenda, N. (1980) : Étude contrastive français-kimanyanga
[5309]   Dianoux, H. J. (1961) : Les mots d’emprunt d’origine arabe dans la langue songhay
[5342]   Diarra, Boubacar (1988?) : Gramática kimbundu
[5343]   Diarra, Boubacar (1989) : Gramática kikongo
[5345]   Diarra, Boubacar (1988) : Gramática cokwe
[5346]   Diarra, Boubacar (1990) : Gramática oxikwanyama
[24224]   Diarra, Boubacar (1984) : Où en est l'orthographe des tons du bambara à la DNAFLA ?
[5311]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1985) : Esboço fonológico [e] alfabeto: kikoongo
[5312]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1985) : Esboço fonológico [e] alfabeto: kimbundu
[5313]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1985) : Esboço fonológico [e] alfabeto: cokwe
[5314]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1985) : Esboço fonológico [e] alfabeto: mbunda
[5315]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1985) : Esboço fonológico [e] alfabeto: umbundu
[5316]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1985) : Esboço fonológico [e] alfabeto: kwanyama
[5317]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Alfabetos das línguas kikoongo, kimbundu, umbundu, cokwe, mbunda, oxikwanyama
[5318]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxicos temáticos de agricultura, pesca, pecuária português-kikoongo
[5319]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de administração português-kikoongo
[5320]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de matemática português-kikoongo
[5321]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxicos temáticos de agricultura, pesca, pecuária português-kimbundu
[5322]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de administração português-kimbundu
[5323]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de saúde português-kimbundu
[5324]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de vida económica português-kimbundu
[5325]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de vida económica português-cokwe
[5326]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de saúde português-cokwe
[5327]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxicos temáticos de agricultura, pesca, pecuária português-cokwe
[5328]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de matemática português-cokwe
[5329]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxicos temáticos de agricultura, pesca, pecuária português-mbunda
[5330]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de matemática português-mbunda
[5331]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de saúde português-mbunda
[5332]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de administração português-mbunda
[5333]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de vida económica português-mbunda
[5334]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxicos temáticos de agricultura, pesca, pecuária português-umbundu
[5335]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de administração português-umbundu
[5336]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de matemática português-umbundu
[5337]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de saúde português-umbundu
[5338]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de vida económica português-umbundu
[5339]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de saúde português-oxikwanyama
[5340]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de matemática português-oxikwanyama
[5341]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1988) : Léxico temático de matemática português-kimbundu
[5344]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1989) : Léxico temático de vida económica português-kikoongo
[5310]   Diarra, Florentin & Fr. M. Traore (1970) : Un peu de bambara sans beaucoup de peine
[5347]   Diarra, Sékou Oumar (1992) : Eléments de description du fuladugukakan de sébékoro (parler manding du Mali)
[24245]   Diarra, Sékou Oumar (1992) : Le système tonal du fuladugukakan
[5348]   Dias, Manuel Lázaro (1949) : O Quimbundo na escala evolutiva das línguas
[26392]   Diassi, Thomas (1974) : Étude phonologique du baga
[5350]   Diata, M. (1981) : Étude descripto-comparative des démonstratifs soonde (H56), suku (H32) et mbala (H41)
[22495]   Diatta, Christian Sina (1999) : Parlons jola: langue et culture des Diolas (Sénégal)
[27557]   Diatta, Ibrahima & David Wilkinson (2018) : Múpajulum gusiilaay - Lexique de mots et phrases en langue gusiilay de Thionck-Essyl
[25125]   Diatta, Marie Michèle (2006) : La détermination nominale du diola Bliss, parler de Niomoune
[25126]   Diatta, Marie Michèle (2007) : Les pronoms en jóola bliss (parler de Niomoune)
[5351]   Diaw, Abdoul Aziz (1976) : Un vocabulaire wolof de la faune au Senegal
[5352]   Diaw, Abdoul Aziz (1981) : Un vocabulaire wolof de la flore au Senegal
[5353]   Dichabe, Soipati Bernice (1997) : Advanced tongue root harmony in Setswana
[5354]   Dick, J. Finlay (1978) : Owambo, South West Africa
[5355]   Dickens, K. J. (1930) : The new script and its relation to the languages of the Gold Coast
[5356]   Dickens, K. J. (1933) : Orthography in the Gold Coast
[5357]   Dickens, K. J. (1934) : Twi spelling
[5358]   Dickens, Patrick John (1977) : Grammar simplification via rule inversion: the effect of historical deletion of nasals on modern Sotho
[5359]   Dickens, Patrick John (1977) : Source and goal in !Xõ
[5361]   Dickens, Patrick John (1978) : A preliminary report on Kgalakgadi vowels
[5362]   Dickens, Patrick John (1984) : Qhalaxari verb tone classes
[5363]   Dickens, Patrick John (1984) : The history of so-called strengthening in Tswana
[5365]   Dickens, Patrick John (1986) : Tone in Qhalaxarzi main verb constructions
[5366]   Dickens, Patrick John (1986) : Qhalaxarzi phonology
[5367]   Dickens, Patrick John (1987) : Qhalaxarzi consonants
[5368]   Dickens, Patrick John (1991) : Ju|’hoan orthography in practice
[5369]   Dickens, Patrick John (1992) : Ju|’hoan manuscript grammar
[5370]   Dickens, Patrick John (1994) : English-Ju|’hoan, Ju|’hoan-English dictionary
[5371]   Dickens, Patrick John (1995) : Why anthropologists need linguistics: the case of the !Kung
[5372]   Dickens, Patrick John (1997) : Relative clauses in Ju|’hoan
[25770]   Dickens, Patrick John (2009) : English-Ju/’hoan. Ju/’hoan-English Dictionary
[26427]   Dickens, Patrick John (2005) : A Concise Grammar of Ju/’hoan ; With a Ju/’hoan-English Glossary and a Subject Index
[5360]   Dickens, Patrick John & Anthony Traill (1977) : Collective and distributive in !Xõo
[5364]   Dickens, S. M. (1985) : Western influences on the Zulu system of personal naming
[24939]   Diehl, Achim (2007) : The Effect of a Floating Stress Feature with Certain Toneless Morphemes in Meʼen
[5373]   Diem, Werner (1986) : Alienable und inalienable Possession im Semitischen
[5374]   Diem, Werner (1987) : Alienable und inalienable Relation in Semitischen
[27521]   Diemer, Maxine , Kristin van der Merwe & Mark de Vos (2015) : The development of phonological awareness literacy measures for isiXhosa
[23662]   Dienst, Stefan (2004) : Nominalmorphologie und Numerus im Bobo (Mande)
[26185]   Diercks, Michael (2011) : Incorporating Location in Argument Structure: The Lubukusu Locative Clitic
[28338]   Diercks, Michael (2010) : Agreements with subjects in Lubukusu
[28256]   Diercks, Michael & Meghana Rao (2019) : Upward-oriented complementizer agreement with subjects and objects in Kipsigis
[26829]   Diercks, Michael , Rodrigo Ranero & Mary Paster (2015) : Evidence for a Clitic Analysis of Object Markers in Kuria
[27425]   Diercks, Michael , Rodrigo Ranero & Mary Paster (2015) : Agreement with conjoined arguments in Kuria
[5375]   Dierks, F. A. J. (1969) : Die bydrae tot die Bantoetaalkunde wat deur Lichenstein, Appleyard and Bleek gelewer is
[5376]   Dieterlen, G. (1940) : Notes sur les Kourouma du Yatenga et de l’Empire de Wagadugu
[5377]   Dietsch, M. (1988) : Zum Kausativ amharischer Simplexverben
[5379]   Dieu, Michel (1976) : Les consonnes du ngumba: recherche en phonologie générative
[5382]   Dieu, Michel & autres (Ed) (1983) : Atlas linguistique de l’Afrique centrale (ALAC): structures et methodes
[27445]   Dieu, Michel & Louis Perrois - avec la collaboration d'Henry Tourneux (2016) : Dictionnaire encyclopédique koma gɨ́mbē / français (Monts Alantika, Nord-Cameroun)
[5380]   Dieu, Michel & Patrick Renaud (1979) : A propos d’une étude statistique du multilinguisme au Cameroun: quelques problèmes méthodologiques
[5381]   Dieu, Michel & Patrick Renaud (Ed) (1983) : Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale - inventaire préliminaire: le Cameroun
[5378]   Dieu, Michel , Patrick Renaud & Michka Sachnine (1976) : L’atlas linguistique du Cameroun
[25156]   Dièye, El Hadji (2009) : Morphologie Verbale Du Lehar
[25355]   Dièye, El Hadji (2011) : Description d’une langue Cangin du Sénégal : le laalaa (léhar)
[26886]   Dieye, El Hadji (2015) : Les classes nominales en laalaa (léhar)
[24399]   Dieye, Modou (1987) : Essai de description dʼune variante dialectale du soninke
[5383]   Diffabachew Demissie (1971) : Mutual word borrowing between Amharic and Galligna
[5384]   Dihoff, Ivan R. (1971) : The Hausa noun plural: a preliminary classification
[5385]   Dihoff, Ivan R. (1976) : Aspects of tonal structure of Chori
[5386]   Dihoff, Ivan R. (Ed) (1983) : Current approaches to African linguistics I: selection of papers read at the 11th annual conference on African linguistics, April 11-12, 1980, Boston University
[5387]   Dijkmans, Joseph J. M. (1965) : Zande-woordkunst
[5388]   Dijkmans, Joseph J. M. (1974) : Kare-taal: lijst van woorden gangbaar bij het restvolk Kare
[25941]   Dijkstra, Hillebrand (2012) : Reduplication in Saafi-Saafi
[5389]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1975) : Développement du sango pour l’expression du monde moderne: obstacles et possibilités
[5390]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1977) : Le sango s’écrit aussi: esquisse linguistique du sango, langue nationale de l’Empire centrafricain
[5391]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1978) : Grammaire sango: phonologie et syntaxe
[5392]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1981) : Mesure de variations libres entre phonèmes en sango
[5393]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1982) : Kua tî ködörö/Le devoir national: introduction à l’instruction civique (République Centrafricaine)
[5394]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1982) : L’expansion du sango en centrafrique
[5395]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1982) : Variations libres entre phonèmes en sango, langue nationale de RCA
[5396]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1988) : Aspects, modes et temps en sango
[5397]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1988) : Elicitation of orthography choices in writing Sango language
[5399]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1994) : Développer le Sango en tant que langue officielle
[5400]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1995) : Le sango
[22405]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (2003) : Ostension, topicalisation et focalisation en sängö
[26353]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1997) : Lexique moruba
[23987]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel , Chérif MʼBodj & Atibakwa Baboya Edema (1997) : Des lexiques en langues africaines (sängö, wolof, lingála) pour l’utilisateur de l’ordinateur
[5401]   Dikwa, K. A. (1988) : Arabic loanwords in Kanuri
[5402]   Diller, Jason & Kari Jordan-Diller (2002) : A rapid appraisal survey of Gbete, Bertoua Division, East Province
[5403]   Diller, Jason , Kari Jordan-Diller & Cameron Hamm (2002) : Sentence repetition testing (SRT) and language shift survey of the Tuki language
[22629]   Dillon, Caitlin (2003) : Verbs of motion in Nigerian Pidgin English: manner, direction and serial verb constructions
[5404]   Dimkowsky, Detlef (1997) : Sprache - Wörterbuch - Benutzer: zur Darstellung zentraler Kriterien der Evaluation zweisprachiger Wörterbücher afrikanischer Spachen, am Beispiel des Iraqw
[25812]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (2009) : Reconstructing the Historical Development of Nilotic: A Testcase for Cladistic and Rhizotic Models of Genetic Affinity
[26012]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (2010) : Differential Object Marking in Nilo-Saharan
[27194]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (2017) : Areal Contact in Nilo-Saharan
[27701]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (2009) : Datives in Nilotic in a typological perspective
[27783]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (2020) : Nilo-Saharan and its limits
[27788]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (2020) : Linguistic isolates
[27802]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (2020) : Baale
[27842]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (2019) : Comparative African Linguistics
[27991]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (2018) : Reconstructing Katloid and deconstructing Kordofanian
[27785]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. & Angelika Jakobi (2020) : Eastern Sudanic
[27756]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. & Rainer Vossen (2020) : Introduction
[27755]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. & Rainer Vossen (eds) (2020) : The Oxford Handbook of African Languages
[27846]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. , Colleen Ahland , Angelika Jakobi & Constance Kutsch Lojenga (2019) : Linguistic Features and Typologies in Languages Commonly Referred to as ‘Nilo-Saharan’
[5405]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1976) : Aspekt van het Basaá
[5406]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1978) : The consonants of proto-Upper Cross and their implications for the classification of the Upper Cross languages
[5407]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1981) : On verbal derivation in Nilotic: the case of Turkana
[5408]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1982) : Contacts between eastern Nilotic and Surma groups: linguistic evidence
[5409]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1982) : Non-voiced vowels in Turkana: a Nilo-Saharan feature?
[5410]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1983) : The Turkana language
[5411]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1983) : The two morphological classes in Nilotic
[5412]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1983) : Topics in the grammar of Turkana
[5413]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1983) : Turkana as a verb-initial language
[5414]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1983) : Tenet (Surma): ein Fall partiellen Sprachwechsels
[5416]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1985) : Prominence hierarchies and Turkana syntax
[5417]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1986) : Syllabische consonanten in het Lendu en het Standaard Chinees: wee gevallen van compensatoire verlenging
[5418]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1986) : Notes on Avokaya
[5419]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1986) : Language typology, comparative linguistics and injective consonants in Lendu
[5421]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1987) : Drift and selective mechanisms in morphological changes: the Eastern Nilotic case
[5422]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1987) : Krongo: between universal, areal and genetic norms [= book review: ‘Die Krongo-Sprache’ by Mechthild Reh]
[5423]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1988) : The lexical reconstruction of proto-Nilotic: a first reconnaissance
[5424]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1988) : Aspects du Basaa (bantou Zone A. Cameroun)
[5425]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1989) : On language death in eastern Africa
[5426]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1991) : The geometry of verb paradigms in Teso-Turkana
[5427]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2011) : Historical Linguistics and the Comparative Study of African Languages
[5428]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1992) : Reduction in Kore reconsidered
[5429]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1992) : Nilo-Saharan
[5430]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1993) : On Tirma, Chai, Baale and Mursi
[5431]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1993) : Conversational implicatures, metonymy and attitude markers in Turkana speech acts
[5432]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1995) : Studying lexical-semantic fields in languages: nature vs nurture, or Where does culture come in these days?
[5433]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1995) : Vowels as complex segments in Nilotic
[5434]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1995) : Do some languages have a multi-genetic or non-genetic origin? An exercise in taxonomy
[5435]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1995) : Metatony in Benue-Congo: some further evidence for an original augment
[5436]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1995) : The emergence of tense marking in the Nilotic-Bantu borderland as an instance of areal adaptation
[5437]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1995) : The role of bilingualism in Nilotic sound change
[5439]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1996) : Attitude markers and conversational implicatures in Turkana speech acts
[5441]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1998) : Language contraction versus other types of contact-induced change
[5442]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1998) : A syntactic typology of the Surmic family from an areal and historical-comparative point of view
[5443]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2000) : Morphology
[5444]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2000) : Number marking and noun categorization in Nilo-Saharan languages
[5445]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2000) : Noun classification in Baale
[5446]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2001) : Language shift and morphological convergence in the Nilotic area
[5447]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2001) : Logophoric marking and represented speech in African languages as evidential hedging strategies
[5448]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2002) : Constraining disharmony in Nilotic: what does an optimal system look like?
[5449]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of Tirma, Chai, Baale and Mursi
[5450]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2002) : Colourful psi’s sleep furiously: depicting emotional states in some African languages
[5451]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2003) : Locatives as core constituents
[17051]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2006) : Areal diffusion versus genetic inheritance: an African perspective
[23522]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2005) : Secondary predicates and adverbials in Nilotic and Omotic: a typological comparison
[25502]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2007) : Africa's verb-final languages
[5415]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (Ed) (1985) : Current approaches to African linguistics III: proceedings of the 14th annual conference on African linguistics, University of Wisconsin, Madison
[5420]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan & Anneke Breedveld (1986) : Tonal influence on vocalic quality
[5438]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan & Franz Rottland (1996) : Projective space and spatial orientation in some Nilotic and Surmic languages
[5440]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan & Marco Last (Ed) (1998) : Surmic languages and cultures
[25353]   Dingemanse, Mark (2011) : The Meaning and Use of Ideophones in Siwu
[27265]   Dingemanse, Mark (2017) : Expressiveness and system integration: On the typology of ideophones, with special reference to Siwu
[5452]   Diniz, M. J. (1989) : O ensino do português em Moçambique [Boletim informativo
[5454]   Dinote Kusia (1994) : [Something on Gawwada and Konso]
[5453]   Dinote Kusia, & Ralph Siebert (1994) : Second survey of languages of the Gawwada, Tsamaya and Diraasha areas with excursions to Birayle (Ongota) and Arbore (Irbore)
[19388]   Dinote Kusia, Zewde Cheru , Klaus Wedekind , Yegzaw Bekele & Tanaba Wolde-Gebriel (1994) : Second survey of languages of the Gawwada, Tsamay and Diraasha areas, with excursions to Birayle (Ongota) and Arbore (Irbore) - part 1
[5455]   Dinslage, S. & Rudolf Leger (1996) : Language and migration: the impact of the Jukun on Chadic speaking groups in the Benue-Gongola Basin
[5456]   Dinslage, Sabine & Anne Storch (1996) : “In dieser Welt verstehen unsere Kinder unsere Sprache nicht mehr” - Die Hone-Jukun in Pindiga
[5457]   Dinslage, Sabine & Anne Storch (2000) : Magic and gender: a thesaurus of the Jibe of Kona (northeastern Nigeria)
[5458]   Dion, Paul E. (1973) : La langue de Ya’udi: description et classement de l’ancien parler de Zencirli dans le cadre des langues sémitiques de nord-ouest
[5464]   Diop Diagne, Marie (1989) : Aperçu comparatif et synchronique des systèmes phonologiques et nominaux des langues cangin
[24379]   Diop, Abdou Kounta (2001) : Dialectologie wolof : étude comparée du lebou de Ouakam et du wolof dit standard
[27289]   Diop, Abdou Kounta (1994) : Contribution à l'étude dialectologique du wolof : le lebou de Ouakam
[5465]   Diop, Abdul Aziz (1993) : Language planning across political boundaries: a case study of Pulaar
[5466]   Diop, Abdul Aziz (1993/96) : Vowel deletion in Pulaar: rime and nuclear mergers and the issue of the syntax-phonology interface
[5459]   Diop, Amadou Moustapha (19--) : Les classificateurs et quelques operateurs de groupe nominal en wolof: étude metaoperationelle contrastive (wolof, anglais, francais)
[24373]   Diop, Arame (1966) : Test dʼaudiométrie vocale du wolof
[24376]   Diop, Arame , Maurice Calvet & Jean Léonce Doneux (1974) : La morphologie du wolof fondamental. Evaluation dʼune méthode statistique
[24374]   Diop, Arame , Maurice Calvet & Oumar Dia (1971) : Les cent et les quinze cents mots les plus fréquents de la langue wolof
[24375]   Diop, Arame , Maurice Calvet & Oumar Dia (1971) : Le wolof fondamental
[24377]   Diop, Arame , Oumar Dia , M. Gueye & Jean Léonce Doneux (1975) : Lexique analytique du wolof fondamental
[5460]   Diop, Cheikh Anta (1948) : Études de linguistique ouolove
[5461]   Diop, Cheikh Anta (1977) : Parenté génétique de l’égyptien pharaonique et des langues négro-africaines: processus de sémitisation
[5462]   Diop, Cheikh Anta (1984) : A methodology for the study of migrations
[5463]   Diop, Cheikh Anta (1988) : Nouvelles recherches sur l’égyptien ancien et les langues négro-africaines modernes
[5467]   Dioubaté, S. (1976) : Essai de phonétique historique du pular
[5468]   Dioubaté, S. (1988) : Les constructions thématiques en pular, vers une analyse fonctionelle
[26393]   Dioubaté, Seydou (1976) : Essai de phonétique historique du pular
[5470]   Diouf, Jean-Léopold (1994) : Une approche du passif en wolof par la relation prédicative
[5471]   Diouf, Jean-Léopold (1998) : Précis de grammaire wolof
[5472]   Diouf, Jean-Léopold (2001) : Dictionnaire wolof-français
[5473]   Diouf, Jean-Léopold (2001) : Grammaire du wolof contemporain
[22502]   Diouf, Jean-Léopold (2003) : Dictionnaire wolof-français et français-wolof
[28168]   Diouf, Jean-Léopold (2009) : Grammaire du wolof contemporain
[5469]   Diouf, M. J.-B. (1985) : Das Verbalsystem des Wolof
[28990]   Diprose, Martin & Richard Nzogi (eds.) (2012) : Lugwere – English Dictionary
[5474]   Dirive, L. (1981) : Eléments de la morphologie lendu
[5475]   Dirven, René (1990) : Attitudes towards English and Afrikaans in South Africa
[5476]   Dirven, René (1993) : The use of languages and language policies in Africa: goals of the LiCCA program
[5478]   Dirven, René & Jan Blommaert (1997) : The Africanisation of LICCA
[5477]   Dirven, René & Victor [N.] [C.] Webb (1993) : Introduction to the LiCCA (Languages in contact and conflict in Africa) research and development programme: information broschure
[5479]   Disner, Sandra Ferrari (1984) : Insights on vowel spacing
[5480]   Distefano, John Albert (1985) : The precolonial history of the Kalenjin of Kenya: a methodological comparison of linguistic and oral traditional evidence
[8210]   Dittemer, Clarissa , Dimytr Ibriszimow & Karsten Brunk (2004) : Les pronoms en tchadique : vue d’ensemble
[5481]   Ditters, E. (1992) : A formal approach to Arabic syntax
[5482]   Divage, P. (2002) : Fonologia da causativização em Gitonga
[26666]   Dixon-Fyle, Mac / Cole, Gibril (eds.) (2006) : New Perspectives on the Sierra Leone Krio
[5483]   Dixon, David Norman (2000) : Inventing the African nation: the influence of missionary publishing on language, literacy and identity in colonial Kenya, 1895-1963
[5484]   Djamba, Ndjeka (1983) : Idéophones en otetela (C.71): essai d’analyse
[5485]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (19--) : Description phonologique et grammaticale du bedjond, parler Sara de Bediondo/Tchad
[5486]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (1988) : Le système tonal du bedjonde (sara/Tchad)
[5487]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (1989) : Description phonologique et grammaticale de bédjonde, parler sara de Bédiondo, Tchad
[5488]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (1991) : Analyse acoustique et interprétation des voyelles centrales du mbay (Tchad)
[5489]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (1991) : Étude acoustique du système vocalique du sar (sara/Tchad)
[5490]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (1991) : Some Sara vowel inventories and vowel system predictions
[5491]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (1992) : De la dispersion des voyelles dans l’espace linguistique sara
[5492]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (2000) : Essai de classification des langues sara
[27543]   Djataou, Pascal (2012) : Dictionnaire Doyayo-Français
[5493]   Djemadjioudjiel, Noël le Mbaïndo & Jacques Fédry (1979) : Lexique ngambay-français, français-ngambay
[23882]   Djiafeua, Prosper (1989) : Esquisse phonologique du mpumpung, parler de Yokadouma
[5494]   Djibrine, B. A. Z. , P. de Montgolfier & autres (1973) : Vocabulaire dangaléat - Kawo dangla
[5495]   Djilla, Mama , Bart Eenkhoorn & Jacqueline Eenkhoorn-Pilon (2004) : Phonologie du jôwulu (“samogho”): langue mandé du Mali et du Burkina Faso
[23952]   Djiobie, Léopold (2001) : Morphologie nominale du ngombale
[5496]   Djité, Paulin Goupognon (1985) : Language attitudes in Abidjan: implications for language planning in the Ivory Coast
[5497]   Djité, Paulin Goupognon (1990) : Langues et développement en Afrique
[5498]   Djité, Paulin Goupognon (1990) : The place of African languages in the revival of the Francophonie movement
[5499]   Djité, Paulin Goupognon (1991) : Les langues en Afrique dans la nouvelle francophonie
[5500]   Djité, Paulin Goupognon (1993) : Language and development in Africa
[25943]   Djomeni, Gabriel Delmon (2012) : A morpho-syntactic account of reduplication in Béèmbéléè
[26739]   Djomeni, Gabriel Delmon (2014) : A Descriptive Grammar of Bə̀mbələ̀
[5501]   Djongakodi Yoto, Joseph (1996) : Phonologie segmentale et phonologie syllabique du tetela: une approche paramétrique
[5502]   Djoumessi, Mathias (1970) : Syllabaire bamiléké, à l’usage de l’école populaire du Kumzse
[23905]   Djouonzo, Bernadette Florette (2005) : Nom en tèbèyà: morphologie et syntaxe
[23953]   Djouonzo, Bernadette Florette (2003) : Phonologie de tabeya
[23834]   Djoupée, Bertille (2002) : Morphologie nominale du baka
[24152]   Djoupée, Bertille (2005) : Les nominaux à expansion en baka
[27137]   Djoupée, Bertille (2017) : La prédication nominale en ɓaka
[5504]   Dlali, Mawande (2001) : Negative politeness and requests in isiXhosa
[5505]   Dlali, Mawande (2003) : The speech act of complaint in IsiXhosa
[5506]   Dlamini, S. Nombuso (1990) : Critical teaching under the Bantu education system
[5507]   Dlayedwa, Ntombizodwa Cynthia (2002) : Valency-reducing processes in Xhosa
[5508]   Dlouhy, Robert John (1981) : A tagmemic analysis of conversational exchanges in a Swahili folktale
[5509]   Dobashi, Yoshihito (2004) : Phonological phrasing in Sandawe
[23411]   Dobashi, Yoshihito (2001) : Agrement and word order in Sandawe
[23422]   Dobashi, Yoshihito (2002) : Downstep and phonological phrasing in Sandawe
[5510]   Dobronravin, Nikolai (2000) : Hausa, Songhay and Mande Languages in Nigeria: multilingualism in Kebbi and Sokoto
[5511]   Dodo-Bounguendza, Eric (1988) : Le koko de Sogeland, langue bantou (A43) du Cameroun
[5512]   Dodo-Bounguendza, Eric (1992) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique du gisira, langue bantoue (B.41) du Gabon
[5513]   Dodt, Wolfgang (1986) : Zu einigen Problemen bei der Schaffung, Standardisierung und Verbreitung neuer Lexik des Swahili in Tansania
[5514]   Dodt, Wolfgang (1994) : Der Relativsatz
[5515]   Doerfer, Gerhard (1974) : Ist das Japanische mit den altaischen Sprachen verwandt?
[5517]   Dogil, Grzegorz & Jörg Mayer (1998) : Selective phonoilogical impairment: a case of apraxia of speech
[5516]   Dogil, Grzegorz , Jörg Mayer & Justus Christiaan Roux (1997) : Syllables and unencoded speech: clicks and their accompaniments in Xhosa
[5518]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1921) : Some notes on the infinitive in Bantu
[5519]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1922) : The grammar of the Lamba language
[5520]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1923) : A dissertation on the phonetics of the Zulu language
[5521]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1923) : Notes on a problem in the mechanism of the Zulu clicks
[5522]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1924) : The phonetics of the Zulu language
[5523]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1925) : An outline of the phonetics of the language of the Chû: Bushmen of north-west Kalahari
[5524]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1925) : Die Bantoetale
[5525]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1925) : Bantu filologiese navorsing
[5526]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1926) : The phonetics of the Zulu language
[5527]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1926) : A call to philological study and research in South Africa
[5528]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1927) : A study in Lamba phonetics
[5529]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1927) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5530]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1927) : The significance of class 1a of Bantu nouns
[5531]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1928) : An outline of Ila phonetics
[5532]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1928) : The linguistic situation of South Africa
[5533]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1928) : The orthography of South African native languages
[5534]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1928) : The need for a Bantu classification in Bantu grammar
[5535]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1929) : The problem of word-division in Bantu, with special reference to the language of Mashonaland
[5536]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1930) : Twenty-five years of Bantu development
[5537]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1931) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5538]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1931) : A comparative study of Shona phonetics
[5539]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1931) : Report on the unification of the Shona dialects, carried out under the auspices of the Government of Southern Rhodesia and the Carnegie Corporation
[5541]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1932) : The standardization of Bantu dialects and the development of literature in the vernacular
[5542]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1933) : A short Aushi vocabulary
[5543]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1933) : English-Lamba vocabulary
[5544]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1933) : A preliminary investigation into the state of the native languages in South Africa, with suggestions as to research and the development of literature
[5545]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1934) : The earliest vocabulary from Mashonaland
[5546]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1935) : Bantu linguistic terminology
[5547]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1935) : Early Bantu literature: the age of Brusciotto
[5548]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1936) : An outline of €Khomani Bushman phonetics
[5549]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1936) : Word division and grammatical classification in Swahili
[5550]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1937) : Lamba-English dictionary
[5551]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1937) : Language
[5552]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1937) : Two Zulu language pioneers
[5553]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1938) : Textbook of Lamba grammar
[5554]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1938) : The earliest records of Bantu
[5555]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1939) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5556]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1939) : European and Bantu languages in South Africa
[5557]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1940) : Some principles of Bantu lexicography
[5558]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1940) : Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century
[5559]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1942) : The native languages of South Africa: a report on their present position with special reference to research and the development of literature
[5560]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1943) : Text book of Lamba grammar
[5561]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1943) : The growth of comparative Bantu philology
[5562]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1943) : Outline grammar of Bantu
[5563]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1944) : Conjunctive writing for Bantu languages
[5564]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1944) : Études relative aux langues bantoues en Afrique du sud
[5565]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1947) : Text-book of Zulu grammar
[5566]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1945) : Bantu: modern grammatical, phonetical, and lexicological studies
[5569]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1948) : Bantu, a family of languages
[5570]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1948) : Suggestions for a programme of linguistic research in Bantu and other native languages of South Africa
[5571]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1950) : Bantu
[5572]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1950) : Bantu languages, inflexional with a tendency towards agglutination
[5574]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1954) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5575]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1954) : The Southern Bantu languages
[5576]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1954) : The concept of hope among the Bantu
[5577]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1955) : Zulu syntax and idiom
[5578]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1956) : The points of the compass in Bantu languages
[5583]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1959) : Ukuwulisisiwa kwamasiwi ambi amwibuku lyawalesa
[5584]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1959) : Early Bantu literature: the age of Brusciotto
[5585]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1959) : Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century
[5586]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1960) : The growth of comparative Bantu philology
[5587]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1960) : The earliest records of Bantu
[5589]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1963) : English-Lamba dictionary
[5590]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1963) : Graded Lamba grammar and exercises
[5591]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1963) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5568]   Doke, Clement Martyn & B. W. Vilakazi (1948) : Zulu-English dictionary
[5573]   Doke, Clement Martyn & B. W. Vilakazi (1953) : Zulu-English dictionary
[5580]   Doke, Clement Martyn & B. W. Vilakazi (1958) : Zulu-English vocabulary
[5592]   Doke, Clement Martyn & B. W. Vilakazi (1964) : Zulu-English dictionary
[5588]   Doke, Clement Martyn & Desmond Thorne Cole (Ed) (1961) : Contributions to the history of Bantu linguistics
[5540]   Doke, Clement Martyn & E. W. Grant (1932) : Graded Zulu exercises
[5567]   Doke, Clement Martyn & E. W. Grant (1946) : Graded Zulu exercises
[5579]   Doke, Clement Martyn & S. M. Mofokeng (1957) : Textbook of Southern Sotho Grammar
[5593]   Doke, Clement Martyn & S. M. Mofokeng (1985) : Textbook of Southern Sotho Grammar
[5581]   Doke, Clement Martyn , Daniel McKenzie Malcolm & J. M. A. Sikakana (1958) : English and Zulu dictionary: English-Zulu
[5582]   Doke, Clement Martyn , Daniel McKenzie Malcolm & J. M. A. Sikakana (1958) : English and Zulu dictionary
[5594]   Doke, Clement Martyn , Daniel McKenzie Malcolm , J. M. A. Sikakana & B. W. Vilakazi (1990) : English-Zulu, Zulu-English dictionary
[27314]   Dole, Jibir Audu Janga , Umaru Mamu Goge & Isa Adamu Gashinge (2009) : Ngamo-English-Hausa dictionary
[5595]   Dolezal, Emmi (1949) : Sprache und Kultur eines Volkes an der Elfenbeinküste Afrikas
[5596]   Dolezal, Emmi (1958) : Baule, Sprache eines Negervolkes an der Elfenbeinküste
[5597]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1966) : Materialy po sravniteljno-istoriceskoj fonetike kusitskix jazykov: gubnyje i dentaljnyje smycnyje v nacaljnom polozenii
[5598]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1972) : Materiali po sravnitel’no-istoricheshkoy fonetike kushitskikh yazikov: velarniy zvonkiy v anlaute
[5599]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1972) : Le permutation des *M et *B initiaux dans les racines couchitiques
[5600]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1972) : O proisxozdenii licnyx okoncanij glagolov v vostocnosidamskix i irakvskix jazykax
[5601]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1973) : Materiali po leksike yazika hadiya [Lexical materials of Hadiyya]
[5602]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1973) : Sravnitel’no-istoriceskaja fonetika kusitskich jazykov [Comparative historical phonetics of the Cushitic languages]
[5603]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1973) : Glagolnye okonchaniia v vostochno-sidamskikh i irakvskikh iazykakh [Verb endings in the East Sidamo and Iraqw languages]
[5604]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1975) : Contributions to the Afroasiatic comparative word list (abstract)
[5605]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1978) : On phonemic stress in proto-Semitic
[5606]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1983) : Semitic and East Cushitic: sound correspondences and cognate sets
[5607]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1986) : Semitic nomina segolata in Ethiopian
[5608]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1987) : South Cushitic lateral consonants as compared to Semitic and East Cushitic
[5609]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1988) : East Cushitic and Semitic: word-initial laryngeals
[5610]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1988) : On etymology of pronouns and classification of the Chadic languages
[5611]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1999) : On the origin of the Hebrew nota accusativi ?et-?Et and the t-accusative in Akkadian, Agaw and Saho
[5612]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1965) : Phonetics and phonology of the verbal piece in the Asante dialect of Twi
[5613]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1967) : A phonological analysis of Twi vowels
[5614]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1971) : A classification of Akan verb stems
[5615]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1976) : Delafosse’s Abron wordlist in the light of a Brong dialect survey
[5616]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1976) : Dialect differences and historical process in Akan
[5617]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1977) : Language use in upper region: a pilot study
[5618]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1979) : The Brong (Bono) dialect of Akan
[5619]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1986) : Tone and grammar in Akan: the tone of possessive constructions in the Asante dialect
[5620]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1987) : On negating the consecutive verb in Akan
[5621]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1988) : The Akan (Twi-Fante) language: its sound system and tonal structure
[5622]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1995) : A note on the English language in Ghana
[5623]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1996) : A comprehensive course in Twi (Asante), for the non-Twi learner
[24088]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1986) : The languages of the Akan peoples
[27626]   Dom, Sebastian & Koen Bostoen (2015) : Examining Variation in the Expression of Tense/Aspect to Classify the Kikongo Language Cluster
[26655]   Dom, Sebastian , Guillaume Segerer & Koen Bostoen (2015) : Antipassive/associative polysemy in Cilubà (Bantu, L31a) - A plurality of relations analysis
[27525]   Dom, Sebastian , Leonid Kulikov & Koen Bostoen (2018) : Valency-decreasing derivations and quasi-middles in Bantu: A typological perspective
[28874]   Dombrovsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2020) : Categorization of phasal polarity items in Bambara (Mande)
[5624]   Dombrowski, Franz Amadeus (1984) : Einige Beobachtungen zur Bildung von Verbalstämmen im Bilin
[5625]   Dombrowski, Franz Amadeus (1987) : Leo Reinischs materieller Beitrag zur Bedeutung des Agau, insbesondere des Bilin, für Erforschung der hamitischen und semitischen Sprachen
[5626]   Dombrowski, Franz Amadeus (1988) : Bilin and Awngi verbal systems: a critical evaluation of passive extensions
[5627]   Dombrowski, Franz Amadeus (1992) : Die Zahlen in kushitischen Sprachen: System und Analyze
[5629]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (1998) : Kontakt zwischen Minyanka und Bambara
[5630]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (1998) : Contact minyanka-bambara: l’exemple de la relativisation
[5631]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (1999) : Phénomènes de contact entre les langues minyanka et bambara (sud du Mali)
[24647]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2006) : La négation dans les énoncés simples et complexes en kar (Senufo)
[24808]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2007) : Motion events in Kar
[25524]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2012) : Grammaticalization of the deictic verbs ‘come’ and ‘go’ in Syer
[25924]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2010) : Some methodological problems in the study of language contact: the case of Senufo and Manding (Mali)
[26027]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2012) : Motion events in Bambara (Mande)
[27397]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2015) : A grammar of Syer (Western Karaboro, Senufo); phonology, morphology, argument realization
[27678]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2020) : Conditional-Relatives in Senufo and Manding
[27963]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2018) : Relative clauses in Syer (Western Karaboro, Senufo, Gur)
[28476]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2004) : Koinéisierung oder Sprachwechsel? - Das Kar in Banfora (Burkina Faso)
[28656]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2012) : J1. Syer
[28674]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2007) : G1. Minyanka
[28675]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2007) : G2. Supyire
[28676]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2007) : G3. Secete (Tagba)
[28677]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2007) : G4. Kar
[28678]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2007) : G5. Tenyer
[5628]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia , Gérard Dumestre & Francis Simonis (1993) : L’alphabétisation fonctionelle en bambara dans une dynamique de développement: le cas de la zone cotonnière, Mali-Sud
[5632]   Domche Teko, Engelbert (1984) : Du dialecte à la langue dans le bamiléké: un essai de dialectologie appliquée
[24109]   Domché-Téko, Engelbert (2000-01) : Le locatif en ghomalaʼ
[5633]   Domenichini-Ramiaramanana, Bakoly (1976) : Le malgache: essai de description sommaire
[5634]   Domingue, N. (1984) : Syntactic innovations in Mauritian Bhojpuri
[5635]   Donald, W. O. , D. D. David & J. I. David jnr (1993) : Lexique fulfulde-anglais-français
[5636]   Donaldson, Bruce C. (1988) : The influence of English on Afrikaans
[5637]   Donaldson, Bruce C. (1993) : A grammar of Afrikaans
[5638]   Donaldson, Bruce C. (2000) : Colloquial Afrikaans: the complete course for beginners
[27491]   Donaldson,Coleman (2016) : Manding reflexive verb constructions and registers in Jula of Burkina Faso
[5639]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1965) : Bibliographie du programme Lolemi
[5640]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1967) : Données sur la classe 15 nominale en bantou
[5641]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1967) : Le manjaku: classes nominales et questions sur l’alternance consonantique
[5642]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1967) : Situation de la linguistique africaine aujourd'hui
[5643]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1968) : Esquisse grammaticale du dan
[5644]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1968) : Notes de travail sur quelques langues de l’ouest ivoirien
[5645]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1971) : Deux études sur les interrogatifs en zone J du bantu
[5646]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1974) : Approche morphophonologique de deux points limités dans les langues africaines du groupe atlantique
[5647]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1975) : Hypothèses pour la comparative des langues atlantiques
[5648]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1975) : Lexique manjaku
[5650]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1978) : Les liens historiques entre les langues du Sénégal
[5652]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1997) : Pour construire les étapes de la différenciation des langues bantoues, on peut tout aussi bien s’installer aux îles de l’ocean indien
[23733]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1969) : Le Gio dans la Polyglotta Africana
[24035]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1993) : Syllabus du cours de description du manjaku
[24042]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1984) : Eléments de grammaire balante
[24045]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1976) : Lʼensemble joola : 1. le kwatay.
[24046]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1991) : La place de la langue buy dans le groupe atlantique de la famille kongo-kordofan
[24348]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1969) : Les systèmes phonologiques des langues de Casamance
[24349]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1969) : La langue manjaku et lʼalternance consonantique initiale
[24350]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1965) : quelle phonologie pour le wolof ?
[24389]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1975) : Etat des études sur les langues du Sénégal
[25071]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (2001) : Voltaïque, Atlantique : quʼen dire maintenant ?
[5649]   Doneux, Jean Léonce & Claire Grégoire (1977) : Une séquence vocalique à la finale de quelques thèmes en protobantou
[5651]   Doneux, Jean Léonce & Jean-Louise Rougé (1988) : En apprenant le créole à Bissau ou Ziguinchor
[24048]   Doneux, Jean Léonce , Albano Mendes & Armando Tchoba dos Santos Pereira (1984) : Lexique balante-français
[25117]   Doneux, Jean-Léonce (2003) : Histoire de la linguistique africaine
[27530]   Doneux, Jean-Léonce (sd) : Lexique comparatif buy et jaaxet
[5653]   Dong, D. A. (1981) : The verb phrase in Dagaare
[5654]   Doniach, N. S. (1982) : The concise Oxford English-Arabic dictionary of current usage
[28963]   Donkor, Philip (ed.) (2020) : Gikyode – English Dictionary
[5655]   Donne, A. C. (1929) : A guide and aid to Swahili examinations
[5656]   Donnelly, Kevin G. (1981) : Shona verbal tones
[5657]   Donnelly, Simon Scurr (1991) : Phonology and morphology of the noun in Yeeyi
[5658]   Donnelly, Simon Scurr (1999) : Southern Tekela Nguni is alive: reintroducing the Phuthi language
[25202]   Donnelly, Simon Scurr (2009) : Aspects of tone and voice in Phuthi
[5659]   Donwa-Ifode, Shirley O. (1982) : The sound system of Isoko
[5660]   Donwa-Ifode, Shirley O. (1976) : The phonology and noun class system of Agoi
[5661]   Donwa-Ifode, Shirley O. (1983) : Is Nigerian Pidgin English creolizing?
[5662]   Donwa-Ifode, Shirley O. (1985) : The intonation system of Isoko
[5663]   Donwa-Ifode, Shirley O. (1986) : Phonetic variation in consonants (Isoko)
[5664]   Donwa-Ifode, Shirley O. (1995) : Preliminary historical inferences from Ijo loan words in Delta Edoid languages
[22760]   Donwa-Ifode, Shirley O. (1986) : Isoko orthoghraphy
[26479]   Donzo Bunza, Jean-Pierre (2014) : L'idéophone en Ebwela, language Bantoue du nord-ouest de la RD Congo
[26631]   Donzo Bunza, Jean-Pierre (2015) : Langues bantoues de l’entre Congo-Ubangi (RD Congo) : Documentation, reconstruction, classification et contacts avec les langues oubanguiennes
[5665]   Doornbos, Paul (1979-1981) : Unpublished materials on Kodoi/Marfa collected at Beida (informant: Faki Mahmuud, 45, male), Maba collected at Foro Boranga (informants: Faki Muhmadi, 45, male, trader & fakir; Juma Ali, 20, male, tailor), Masalit collected at Foro Boranga (informants: Ibrahim Yahya Abdarraham, 33, male, linguistics graduate; Abu Kora Adam, 45, male, official), Aiki collected at Foro Boranga (informant: Al-Tahir Abakr), and Kibet collected at Foro Boranga (informant: Ahmad Xamiis of Am Timam, 32, male, unemployed)
[5666]   Doornbos, Paul & Marvin Lionel Bender (1983) : Languages of Wadai-Darfur
[5667]   Dore, Wendy , Dorothea Mantzel , Colin Muller & Madeleine Wright (1996) : A dictionary of South African English on historical principles
[5668]   Doret, Eric (1981) : Old and Middle Egyptian narrative verbal system
[5669]   Dorier-Apprill, E. & Cecile van den Avenne (2002) : Toponymic usages and practices of the urban space in Mopti (Mali)
[5670]   Dornan, Samuel Shaw (1921) : Tati Bushmen
[5671]   Dornan, Samuel Shaw (1925) : The Kalahari languages
[24745]   Dorvlo, Kofi (2009) : Does Logba Have an Adjective Class?
[24920]   Dorvlo, Kofi (2008) : A Grammar of Logba (Ikpana)
[25103]   Dorvlo, Kofi (2009) : Noun class system and agreement patterns in Logba (Ikpana)
[26696]   Dorvlo, Kofi (2009) : Focus in Logba
[27908]   Dorvlo, Kofi (2020) : Language of reconciliation: Airing grievances during the Hogbetsotso
[26394]   Doualamou, Germain (sd.) : Étude phonologique du kpelewo
[25399]   Dougère, Lucie (2010) : Lexique shiwa
[5672]   Doumbia, Amadou T. (2000) : L’enseignement du bambara selon la pédagogie convergente au Mali: théorie et pratiques
[28511]   Dow Smith Paterson, Rebecca (2019) : Nominalization and Predication in U̠t-Ma'in
[5673]   Dowling, Tessa (1988) : Isihlonipho sabafazi: the Xhosa women’s language of respect - a sociolinguistic exploration
[5674]   Dowling, Tessa (1992) : Isihlonipho sabafazi and the Xhosa-speaking speech community
[5675]   Dowling, Tessa (1998) : Speak Xhosa with us
[5676]   Downey, [Miss] (1---) : KiSukuma grammar, with a suggested seven-vowel orthography for kiSukuma
[27605]   Downing, Laura (2014) : Melodic Verb Tone Patterns in Jita
[5677]   Downing, Laura J. (1988) : Tonology of noun-modifier phrases in Jita
[5678]   Downing, Laura J. (1989) : Tone in Jita questions
[5679]   Downing, Laura J. (1989) : A bibliography of East African languages and linguistics, 1880-1980 (excluding Somali and Swahili): based on the holdings of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
[5680]   Downing, Laura J. (1990) : Problems in Jita tonology
[5681]   Downing, Laura J. (1990) : Local and metrical tone shift in Nguni
[5682]   Downing, Laura J. (1991) : The moraic representation of nasal-consonant clusters in Jita
[5683]   Downing, Laura J. (1991) : Jita glide epenthesis and the Maximality Principle
[5684]   Downing, Laura J. (1995) : The metrical domain of register raising in Jita: an optimality approach
[5685]   Downing, Laura J. (1995/97) : Correspondence effects in Siswati reduplication
[5686]   Downing, Laura J. (1996) : The tonal phonology of Jita
[5687]   Downing, Laura J. (1999) : Verbal reduplication in three Bantu languages
[5688]   Downing, Laura J. (1999) : Prosodic stem € prosodic word in Bantu
[5689]   Downing, Laura J. (2000) : Morphological and prosodic constraints on Kinande verbal reduplication
[5690]   Downing, Laura J. (2001) : How ambiguity of analysis motivates stem tone change in Durban Zulu
[5691]   Downing, Laura J. (2001) : Ungeneralizable minimality in Ndebele
[5692]   Downing, Laura J. (2001) : Liquid spirantisation in Jita
[5694]   Downing, Laura J. (2003) : Compounding and tonal non-transfer in Bantu languages
[5695]   Downing, Laura J. (2003) : Stress, tone and focus in Chichewa and Xhosa
[5696]   Downing, Laura J. (2004) : Bukusu reduplication
[5697]   Downing, Laura J. (2004) : What African languages tell us about accent typology
[5698]   Downing, Laura J. (2004) : Constraint and complexity in subsegmental representations
[23229]   Downing, Laura J. (2005) : On the ambiguous segmental status of nasals in homorganic NC sequences
[23230]   Downing, Laura J. (2005) : Morphology conditions minimality in Bantu languages
[23231]   Downing, Laura J. (2005) : The emergence of the marked: tone in some African reduplicative systems
[23232]   Downing, Laura J. (2005) : Jita causative doubling and paradigm uniformity
[23444]   Downing, Laura J. (2000) : Satisfying minimality in Ndebele
[24738]   Downing, Laura J. (2009) : Optimality Theory and African Language Phonology
[25699]   Downing, Laura J. (2010) : Prosodic Phrasing in Relative Clauses – A Comparative Look at Zulu, Chewa and Tumbuka
[26147]   Downing, Laura J. (2012) : On the (Non-)congruence of Focus and Prominence in Tumbuka
[26255]   Downing, Laura J. (2007) : Explaining the role of the morphological continuum in Bantu spirantisation
[26852]   Downing, Laura J. (2013) : Issues in the Phonology-Syntax Interface in African Languages
[28241]   Downing, Laura J. (2019) : Tumbuka prosody: Between tone and stress
[26020]   Downing, Laura J. & Al Mtenje (2011) : Prosodic phrasing of Chichewa relative clauses
[5693]   Downing, Laura J. & Bryan Gick (2001) : Voiceless tone depressors in Nambya and Botswana Kalang’a
[28564]   Downing, Laura J. & Lutz Marten (2019) : Clausal morphosyntax and information structure
[27519]   Downing, Laura J. & Maxwell Kadenge (2015) : Prosodic stems in Zezuru Shona
[28222]   Downing, Laura J. & Morgan Nilsson (2019) : Prosodic restructuring in Somali nominals
[5699]   Downing, Laura J. , Al[fred] D. Mtenje & Bernd Pompino-Marshall (2004) : Prosody and information structure in Chichewa
[5700]   Doyle, M. V. (1979) : Adult literacy education in Namibia
[27497]   Dramé, Djibril (2017) : Contribution à la dialectologie du soninké : Correspondances phonologiques entre le parler du Kíngí et le parler du Jàahúnú
[26395]   Dramé, Malamine (1976) : Description générale du diakanké de Guinée
[5701]   Dramé, Mallafe (1981) : Aspects of Mandingo grammar
[25014]   Dramé, Mallafé (1985) : Les propositions relatives en mandinka
[27324]   Dramé, Mamour (2012) : Phonologie et morphosyntaxe comparees de trois dialectes wolof
[5702]   Dramé, Man Lafi (Ed) (2003) : Parlons mandinka
[22471]   Dray, Maurice (2001) : Dictionnaire berbère-français, dialecte de Ntifa
[22472]   Dray, Maurice (1999) : Dictionnaire français-berbère, dialecte de Ntifa
[5703]   Dresel, Linda (1977) : Some phonological aspects of the acquisition of Hausa
[5704]   Dresel, Linda (1977) : An experimental study of Hausa tone
[5705]   Dressler, W. (1968) : Studien zur verbalen Pluralität
[5706]   Drewes, A. J. (1956) : Nouvelles inscriptions de l’Éthiopie
[5707]   Drewes, A. J. (1960) : Le type verbal k’atala en gurage oriental
[5708]   Drexel, Albert (1921/22) : Gliederung der afrikanischen Sprachen ; Teil 1
[5709]   Drexel, Albert (1923/24) : Gliederung der afrikanischen Sprachen ; Teil 2
[5710]   Drexel, Albert (1924) : Der semitische Triliteralismus und die afrikanische Sprachforshung ; Teile 1
[5711]   Drexel, Albert (1924) : Parallèlles soudanais
[5712]   Drexel, Albert (1924) : Eine bedeutsame sprachliche Parallele
[5713]   Drexel, Albert (1925) : Gliederung der afrikanischen Sprachen ; Teile 3-4
[5714]   Drexel, Albert (1925) : Der semitische Triliteralismus und die afrikanische Sprachforshung ; Teile 2
[5715]   Drexel, Albert (1925) : Haussa-Probleme
[5716]   Drexel, Albert (1928) : Kann das Ful als hamitische Sprache gelten?
[5717]   Drexel, Albert (1929) : Das grammatische Geschlecht im Nama und Sandawe
[5718]   Drexel, Albert (1929) : Von Entstehungswert der grammatischen Genuswörter
[5719]   Drexel, Albert (1929?) : Psychologische Erwägungen zum fulschen Anlautswechsel
[5721]   Drexel, Albert (1931) : Der Ewe-Typus in seiner systematischen Eigenart und in seiner sprachgeschlichtigen Stellung
[5720]   Drexel, Albert & P. Daniel Kauczor (1930/31) : Die Daier-Sprache in Kordofan
[22509]   Dreyfus, Martine & Caroline Juillard (2005) : Le plurilinguisme au Sénégal: langues et identités en devenir
[5722]   Driberg, Jack H. (1923) : The Lango: a Nilotic tribe of Uganda
[5723]   Driberg, Jack H. (1931) : The Didinga language (Sudan)
[5724]   Driberg, Jack H. (1932) : Lotuko dialects
[5725]   Driever, Dorothea (1972) : Überlegungen zur Rollenstruktur deverbativer Verben im Swahili
[5726]   Driever, Dorothea (1976) : Aspects of a case grammar of Mombasa Swahili, with special reference to the relationship between informant variation and some sociological features
[5728]   Drinka, Bridget (Ed) (2000) : Studies in memory of Edgar C. Polomé
[5727]   Drinka, Bridget & Derek Nurse (1998) : African language and culture in historical perspective: essays in memory of Edgar C. Polomé
[5729]   Drolc, Ursula (1991) : Zum Perfekt im Swahili: theoretische Grundlagen und Corpusanalyse
[5730]   Drolc, Ursula (1992) : On the perfect in Swahili
[5731]   Drolc, Ursula (1998) : Language use in Monduli, Tanzania
[5732]   Drolc, Ursula (1999) : Swahili among the Maasai: on the interlanguage Swahili by Maa speakers
[23702]   Drolc, Ursula (2004) : A diachronic analysis of Ndut vowel harmony
[24365]   Drolc, Ursula (2003) : On the emergence of bidirectional vowel harmony in Ndut
[24809]   Drolc, Ursula (2007) : Motion verbs in Ki-Laala
[27072]   Drolc, Ursula (2006) : L'évolution du système consonantique des langues cangin
[28477]   Drolc, Ursula (2005) : Gibt es Ansätze von Anlautpermutation in den Cangin-Sprachen?
[5733]   Drolc, Ursula , Caroline Frank & Franz Rottland (1999) : A linguistic bibliography of Uganda
[5734]   Drouin, J. (1987) : De quelques conceptions esthétiques de la parole dans la société touarègue
[5735]   Dryer, Matthew S. (1983) : Indirect objects in Kinyarwanda revisited
[25188]   Dryer, Matthew S. (2009) : Verb-object-negative order in central Africa
[5736]   Drysdale, J. G. S. (1953) : Some notes on the Somali language for beginners
[5737]   Drysdale, J. G. S. (1959) : Somali primer
[29047]   du Plessis, Menan (2023) : Words of apparent Arabic, Persian, Hindi or Malay origin in KHOE How did they get there, and what are the implications?
[28076]   Du Preez, Petronella Maria (1997) : Deiksis in Noord-Sotho
[28419]   Duah, Reginald Akuoko & Obadele Kambon (2020) : On the Structure of Causatives in Akan
[5738]   Duarte, D. A. (1994) : Crioulo caboverdiano e diglossia
[26186]   Duarte, Fábio Bonfim (2011) : Tense Encoding, Agreement Patterns, Definiteness and Relativization Strategies in Changana
[5739]   Dube, Sibusisiwe (2000) : An investigation of the current Shona orthography: effects of its limitations and suggested solutions
[23429]   Dube, Sibusisiwe (2000) : The nature of the initial state Zulu L2 grammar and subsequent interlanguage development
[5741]   Dubinsky, Stanley & Mazemba Nzwanga (1994) : A challenge to Burzio’s generalization: impersonal transitives in Western Bantu
[5742]   Dubinsky, Stanley & Silvester Ron Simango (1996) : Passive and stative in Chichewa: evidence for modular distinctions in grammar
[5740]   Dubinsky, Stanley , Maria-Rosa Lloret-Romañach & Paul Newman (1988) : Lexical and syntactic causatives in Oromo
[5743]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1970) : [Grammatical description of Bantu languages]
[5745]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1974) : [Systems of verbal tenses in the Rwanda language]
[5746]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1975) : [Verbal categories of mood and tense the Rwanda language]
[5747]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1975) : [On the vowels and suprasegmental phonemes of the Rwanda language]
[5748]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1976) : [Grammatical and phonetic essay on the Rwanda language]
[5749]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1976) : [Deixis systems of Ganda and Rwanda languages (towards a typology of demonstrative pronouns in Bantu languages)]
[5750]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1979) : Yazyk ruanda
[5751]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1979) : [The main word-building means in the Rwanda language]
[5752]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1984) : The Rwanda language
[5753]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1988) : [Forms and functions of the article in the Somali language]
[5754]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1988) : [Attributive verbs as a special word class in the Somali languages]
[5755]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1988) : Peculiarities of noun word-building in the Somali language
[5756]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1990) : Sovremennyi somaliiskii iazyk [Modern Somali language]
[5758]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1991) : [Arabic words in the Somali language and types of its conversion]
[5759]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (2003) : A grammatical sketch of Somali
[5757]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna & Elena Alekseevna Osnitskaya (1990) : [Saharanian languages]
[5744]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna & T. E. Reutt (1973) : [Materials on the lexicon of Margi and Bura languages]
[5760]   Ducati, Bruno (1935) : L’amharico, il suaheli, il galla: dizionnaretto delle tre principali lingue parlate in Abissinia
[5761]   Ducati, Bruno (1936) : Corso di lingua galla in dodici lezioni
[5762]   Ducati, Bruno (1937) : Dizionario galla-italiano e italiano-galla
[24351]   Ducos, Gisèle (1970/71) : Les Badiaranké et leur environnement linguistique
[24385]   Ducos, Gisèle (1979) : Intégration dʼemprunts malinké (groupe mandé), au badiaranké (groupe ouest-atlantique) du Sénégal et de Guinée
[24533]   Ducos, Gisèle (1980 [1974]) : Pajade
[26073]   Ducos, Gisèle (1979) : Évolution d'une langue à classes nominales
[5763]   Ducos, Gisèle E. (1971) : La structure du badiaranké de Guinée et du Sénégal: phonologie et syntaxe
[5764]   Ducroz, J. M. & M. C. Charles (1978) : Lexique soŋej (songhay) français: parler kaado du Gorouol
[5765]   Ducroz, J. M. & M. C. Charles (1979) : Recherches sur la prosodie soney (parler kaado du Gorouol, Niger)
[5766]   Duerksen, John (1989) : Syllable initial ‘h’ in Dinka
[5767]   Duerksen, John (1997) : Dinka dialects: a preliminary report
[23083]   Duerksen, John (1996) : Two methods for modelling morphological fusion
[23086]   Duerksen, John (2004) : Dinka-Nuer orthographies
[5769]   Dufberg, Mats (1984) : Labialiserade konsonanter i setswana: en akustisk analysis [Labialized consonants in Setswana: an acoustic analysis]
[5770]   Dufberg, Mats (1987) : Why two labialization strategies in Setswana?
[5771]   Duff, Frederico (1935) : Breve método de ensino nyaneka-português para os catequistas
[5773]   Dugast, Idelette (1949) : Inventaire ethnique du sud-Cameroun
[5774]   Dugast, Idelette (1950) : La langue secrète du Sultan Njoya
[5775]   Dugast, Idelette (1951) : Petit vocabulaire bandem
[5776]   Dugast, Idelette (1967) : Lexique de la langue tùnen
[5777]   Dugast, Idelette (1971) : Grammaire du tùnen
[5772]   Dugast, R. (1948) : L’anatomie du corps humain et les causes de maladies (vocabulaire ndiki)
[5778]   Duggal, N. K. (Ed) (1984) : Education policy for independent Namibia: some fundamental considerations
[5850]   Dühring, F. K. (1925) : Zusammenstellung meiner Sprachaufnahmen des Pani-Dui im Tscholere-Gebirge und des Lakka im Logone-Gebiet mit den Sprachaufnahmen des Lakka im Mayo Nakana von Strümpel
[5779]   Duisburg, A. von (1925) : Untersuchungen über die Mbum-Sprache in Adamaua
[5780]   Duisburg, A. von (1931) : Untersuchungen über die Bedeutung einiger Bornu-Namen
[23019]   Duitsman, John (1986) : Testing two systems for marking tone in Western Krahn
[23026]   Duitsman, John (1981) : A plus for plurals in writing Liberian Krahn
[23027]   Duitsman, John (1981) : Liberian Krahn: some notes on vowel harmony
[5782]   Duitsman, John , Jana S. Bertkau & James Laesch (1975) : A survey of Kru dialects
[5781]   Duitsman, John , N. Campbell & J. Kwejige (1972) : A survey of Kru dialects
[5783]   Duke, Daniel [Joseph] (1996) : Rapport d’enquête sociolinguistique parmi les mpiemo
[5784]   Duke, Daniel [Joseph] (2001) : Aka as a contact language: sociolinguistic and grammatical evidence
[25555]   Duke, Daniel & Marieke Martin (2012) : Introducing Kwasio pharyngealized vowels
[5785]   Duma, Pius Ludoviki (19--) : Maandishi ya ligha ya Kisandawe: historia yake
[5786]   Dumestre, Gérard (1971) : Cours de dioula à l’usage des volontaires du corps de la paix
[5787]   Dumestre, Gérard (1971) : Atlas linguistique de Côte-d’Ivoire: les langues de la région lagunaire
[5788]   Dumestre, Gérard (1971) : Les langues de la région lagunaire
[5790]   Dumestre, Gérard (1974) : Lexique fondamental du dioula de Côte-d’Ivoire
[5792]   Dumestre, Gérard (1981) : Dictionnaire bambara-français, 1: a-b
[5794]   Dumestre, Gérard (1983) : Dictionnaire bambara-français, 2
[5795]   Dumestre, Gérard (1984) : Dictionnaire bambara-français, 3
[5796]   Dumestre, Gérard (1985) : Dictionnaire bambara-français, 4: fi-i
[5797]   Dumestre, Gérard (1987) : Dictionnaire bambara-français, 5: k-ko
[5798]   Dumestre, Gérard (1987/94) : Le bambara du Mali: essais de déscription linguistique
[5799]   Dumestre, Gérard (1988) : Dictionnaire bambara-français, 6: ko-ku
[5800]   Dumestre, Gérard (1989) : Dictionnaire bambara-français, 7
[5801]   Dumestre, Gérard (1991) : Dictionnaire bambara-français, 8
[5802]   Dumestre, Gérard (1992) : Dictionnaire bambara-français, 9: ?-n
[5803]   Dumestre, Gérard (1994) : Stratégies communicatives au Mali: langues régionales, bambara, français
[5804]   Dumestre, Gérard (1998/99) : Cours de grammaire bambara
[5805]   Dumestre, Gérard (2003) : Grammaire fondamentale du bambara
[24188]   Dumestre, Gérard (1981) : ŋ / w en bambara
[24190]   Dumestre, Gérard (1985) : L'argot bambara: une première approche
[24193]   Dumestre, Gérard (1986) : Les syntagmes à formants permutables du bambara
[24198]   Dumestre, Gérard (1987-88) : Remarques sur la construction attributive en bambara
[24201]   Dumestre, Gérard (1989) : Quelques observations à propos des circonstants et des postpositions en bambara
[24202]   Dumestre, Gérard (1989) : A propos de l'ordre des compléments en bambara
[24203]   Dumestre, Gérard (1981) : Binba, une chanson coquine de Bamako
[24204]   Dumestre, Gérard (1981) : La morphologie verbale en bambara
[24205]   Dumestre, Gérard (1990) : Note sur le morphème de l'hypothétique négatif bìlen en bambara
[24209]   Dumestre, Gérard (1993) : Bibliographie des ouvrages parus en bambara
[24213]   Dumestre, Gérard (1997) : A propos d'éléments transcatégoriels en bambara
[24214]   Dumestre, Gérard (1999) : Des auxiliaires en bambara
[24218]   Dumestre, Gérard (2001) : Les locutions postpositives du bambara
[24219]   Dumestre, Gérard (2004) : Note sur un tropisme móri bámanan en bambara
[24220]   Dumestre, Gérard (1982) : Relations entre propositions dans l'énoncé complexe en bambara
[24222]   Dumestre, Gérard (1983) : Les conglomérés en bambara
[24225]   Dumestre, Gérard (1984) : Contribution à l'étude des tons du bambara
[24289]   Dumestre, Gérard (1982) : Note sur les adverbes idéophoniques du mandinka
[24433]   Dumestre, Gérard (2006) : Bamanankan Mab?n [grammaire du bambara, en bambara, rédigée avec un groupe de linguistes et pédagogues maliens]
[24903]   Dumestre, Gérard (2008) : Typologie des énoncés complexes en bambara : traits généraux
[24934]   Dumestre, Gérard (1970) : Contribution à lʼétude phonologique de lʼébrié (Basse Côte dʼIvoire)
[24983]   Dumestre, Gérard (1998) : Le bambara véhiculaire du Mali
[24992]   Dumestre, Gérard (1998) : Les idéophones : le cas du bambara
[25486]   Dumestre, Gérard (2011) : A propos des adverbes du bambara, ou de l’art d’accommoder les restes.
[26470]   Dumestre, Gérard (2011) : Dictionnaire bambara-français - suivi d'un index abrégé français-bambara
[26790]   Dumestre, Gérard (2014) : Remarques à propos des « Propositions pour l’orthographe du bambara »
[28173]   Dumestre, Gérard (2021) : Emprunts syntaxiques du bambara au français: un premier repérage
[5791]   Dumestre, Gérard (Ed) (1978) : Journées d’études, langue et linguistique Manding, Orcemont, 5-7 juillet, 1978
[5789]   Dumestre, Gérard & Georges L. A. Retord (1974) : Kó dì? Cours de dioula
[5793]   Dumestre, Gérard & Georges L. A. Retord (1981) : Kó dì? Cours de dioula
[24229]   Dumestre, Gérard & Michiyo Hosaka (2000) : Observations sur le parler bambara de Kolona (sud Mali)
[5806]   Duminy, P. A. (1972) : Language as medium of instruction, with reference to the situation in a number of Ciskeian secondary schools
[5807]   Duminy, P. A. , A. H. MacHarty & E. D. Gasa (1980) : The introduction of Afrikaans and English to Zulu pupils in the primary school
[5808]   Dumont, B. (1973) : Functional literacy in Mali: training for development
[5809]   Dumont, Pierre (1983) : Les français et les langues africaines au Senegal
[5810]   Dumont, Pierre (1986) : L’Afrique noire peut-elle encore parler francais?
[5811]   Dumont, Pierre (1990) : Le français langue africaine
[28258]   Duncan, Philip T. , Travis Major & Mfon Udoinyang (2019) : Verb and predicate coordination in Ibibio
[28832]   Duncan, Philip T. , Travis Major & Mfon Udoinyang (2018) : Searching high and low for focus in Ibibio
[27195]   Dundaa, Mark Gandaa (2013) : Aspects of Birfor phonology
[5812]   Dunham, Margaret (1994) : Première approche des sons du tshitshopi, langue bantu S61 du Mozambique
[5813]   Dunham, Margaret (1995) : Esquisse syntaxique du cicopi, langue bantu S61 du Mozambique
[5814]   Dunham, Margaret (1996) : Acoustique des voyelles du kilangi, langue bantu F33 de Tanzanie
[5815]   Dunham, Margaret (2001) : Description ethno-linguistique des Valangi de Tanzanie
[5816]   Dunham, Margaret (2005) : Éléments de description du langi, langue bantu F.33 de Tanzanie
[5817]   Dunham, Margaret (2004) : On The Verbal System In Langi, A Bantu Language Of Tanzania (F.33)
[24473]   Dunham, Margaret (2007) : Le langi et la Vallée du Rift Tanzanien
[5818]   Dunigan, M. (1994) : The clausal structure of Wolof: a study of focus and cliticization
[5819]   Dunjwa-Blajberg, Jennifer (1980) : Sprache und Politik in Südafrika: Stellung und Funktion der Sprachen unter dem Apartheidssystem
[5821]   Dunn, Andrea S. (1985) : Swahili policy implementation in Tanzania: the role of the National Swahili Council (BAKITA)
[5822]   Dunn, Christian (1989) : Gouvernement harmonique en pular
[5820]   Dunn, E. N. (1974) : Hausa plurals: a stratificational restatement
[5823]   Dunstan, Elizabeth (1963) : Conjugation in Ngwe
[5824]   Dunstan, Elizabeth (1964) : Towards a phonology of Ngwe
[5825]   Dunstan, Elizabeth (1966) : Tone in disyllabic nouns in Ngwe
[5826]   Dunstan, Elizabeth (1966) : Tone and concord systems in Ngwe nominals
[5830]   Dunstan, Elizabeth (1971) : Language teaching
[5831]   Dunstan, Elizabeth (1971) : Noun class systems in Mbam-Nkam
[5828]   Dunstan, Elizabeth (Ed) (1966) : The sound systems of twelve Nigerian languages and English
[5829]   Dunstan, Elizabeth (Ed) (1969) : Twelve Nigerian languages: a handbook on their sound systems for teachers of English
[5827]   Dunstan, Elizabeth & G. Egemba Igwe (1966) : Two views of the phonology of the Ohuhu dialect of Igbo
[5832]   Duperray, Bernard (1953) : Grammaire ngambay elementaire
[5833]   Dupigny, E. G. M. (1920) : Gazetteer of Nupe Province
[5834]   Duponchel, Laurent (1970) : Contacts de culture et création lexicale en alladian: études des faits de néologie dans une langue de Côte d’Ivoire
[5835]   Duponchel, Laurent (1972) : Contribution à l’étude lexicale du français de Côte d’Ivoire: problèmes de néologie et ensignement du vocabulaire
[5836]   Duponchel, Laurent (1974) : L’alladian (Côte d’Ivoire): phonologie et enquête lexicale
[5837]   Duponchel, Laurent (1975) : Dictionnaire du français de Côte d’Ivoire
[5838]   Duponchel, Laurent (1976) : L’enseignement des langues étrangères en Côte d’Ivoire
[5839]   Duponchel, Laurent & Gnamba Bertin Mel (1983) : L’alladian
[5840]   Duran, James Joseph (1975) : The role of Swahili in a multilingual rural community in Kenya
[5841]   Duran, James Joseph (1979) : Non-standard forms in Swahili in west-central Kenya
[21776]   Durand, Olivier (1998) : Lineamenti di lingua berbera: varietà tamazight del Marocco centrale
[5843]   Duranti, Alessandro (1977) : Relative clauses
[5844]   Duranti, Alessandro (1977) : Contributi delle lingue bantu alla teoria della grammatica relazionale
[5845]   Duranti, Alessandro (1979) : Object clitic pronouns in Bantu and the topicality hierarchy
[5842]   Duranti, Alessandro & Ernest Rugwa Byarushengo (1977) : On the notion of ‘direct object’
[5846]   Durojaiye, Susan M. (1978) : The English language in Nigeria
[5847]   Duru, Malachy (19--) : La langue igbo dans la culture de l’ecole et de la société: une reflexion sociolinguistique sur l‚attitude des Igbos vis-a-vis de leur langue
[5848]   Duthie, Alan S. (1988) : Ewe
[5849]   Duthie, Alan S. (1996) : Introducing Ewe linguistic patterns: a textbook of phonology, grammar and semantics
[23794]   Duthie, Alan S. (2006) : English sounds and spellings: solving the initial reading problem in Ghana
[23321]   Duthie, Alan S. & R. K. Vlaardingerbroek (1981) : Bibliography of Gbe (Ewe, Gen, Aja, Xwla, Fon, Gun, etc.): publications on and in the language
[5851]   Dwamina, Wingrove Charles (1972) : English literature and language planning in West Africa
[5853]   Dwyer, David J. (1968) : An introduction to West African Pidgin English
[5854]   Dwyer, David J. (1971) : Mende tone
[5855]   Dwyer, David J. (1973) : The comparative tonology of southwestern Mande nominals
[5856]   Dwyer, David J. (1974) : The historical development of southwestern Mande consonants
[5857]   Dwyer, David J. (1976) : The analysis of Bambara polarization
[5858]   Dwyer, David J. (1978) : What sort of tone language is Mende?
[5859]   Dwyer, David J. (1978) : Idiosyncratic suprasegmental processes in Mende
[5861]   Dwyer, David J. (1981) : Lorma: a reference handbook of phonetics, grammar, lexicon and learning procedures
[5863]   Dwyer, David J. (1983) : The analysis of tone in Acholi, Luo and Lango
[5864]   Dwyer, David J. (1985) : The evolutionary morphology of southwestern Mande definite articles
[5865]   Dwyer, David J. (1985) : A segmental, automelodic view of Mende tone
[5866]   Dwyer, David J. (1987/88) : Towards proto-Mande phonology
[5867]   Dwyer, David J. (1989) : Mande
[5868]   Dwyer, David J. (1998) : The place of Mande in Niger-Congo
[5869]   Dwyer, David J. (1999) : Developing a language learning rationale for African language tutorials
[23234]   Dwyer, David J. (2005) : The Mende problem
[5852]   Dwyer, David J. & David Smith (1966) : An introduction to West African Pidgin-English
[5862]   Dwyer, David J. & Kay Irish (1982) : Language resource project
[5860]   Dwyer, David J. , P. Bodegie & J. D. Bague (1981) : A learner directed approach to Lorma: a handbook on communication and culture with dialogs, texts, cultural notes, exercises, drills, and instructions
[28150]   Dyachkov, Vadim (2019) : A grammar of Tomo Kan Dogon
[28716]   Dyachkov, Vadim (2021) : When Gur class markers are absent: suffix omission in Natioro
[28875]   Dyachkov, Vadim (2020) : Ma-causatives in Tomo Kan Dogon: between causatives and passives
[26396]   Dyallo, Ibrahima Sory (1973) : La dérivation en pular du Futa Dyalo et recherche d'une méthode de création de nouveaux mots
[26397]   Dyallo, Mustapha (1973) : La lénition en pular
[5870]   Dyamini, Petronella (1975) : English as the medium of instruction in Zambian primary schools: theory and practice (implications for urban schools)
[5871]   Dybo, Vladimir A. (1994) : Accentuation processes in the languages of Teda-Kanuri group and problem of origin of paradigmatic accent systems
[5872]   Dyers, Charlyn (1996) : Language attitudes among first year students at the University of the Western Cape
[5873]   Dyers, Charlyn (1996) : An investigation into current attitudes towards English at the University of the Western Cape
[5874]   Dyers, Charlyn (1999) : Xhosa students’ attitudes towards Black South African languages at the University of the Western Cape
[5875]   Dyk, P. R. van (1960) : ’n Studie van Lala: sy fonologie, morfologie en sintaksis
[5876]   Dyken, Julia van (1990) : The role of languages of minority groups for literacy and education in Africa
[5877]   Dyonga, B. (1976) : La syllabation et la ponctuation en yoombe
[5878]   Dysart, J. P. (1---) : Chindau lessons
[5879]   Dyson-Hudson, Rada (1962) : An Akarimojong-English check list of the trees of southern Karamojong
[27459]   Dzahene-Quarshie, Josephine (2012) : English loans in Swahili newspaper football language
[5882]   Dzameshie, Alex K. (2001) : Toward a global explanation of unmarked codeswitching: evidence from Ewe-English bilingual codeswitching
[24141]   Dzameshie, Alex K. (1998-99) : Structures of Coordination in Ewe
[5883]   Dzokanga, Adolphe (1979) : Dictionnaire lingala-français suivi d’une grammaire
[5885]   Dzokanga, Adolphe (1988) : Adaptation de la langue lingala au contact socio-économique contemporain
[5886]   Dzokanga, Adolphe (1993) : Nouveau dictionnaire illustré français-lingala
[5887]   Dzokanga, Adolphe (1995) : Grammaire pratique du lingala illustrée
[5888]   Dzokanga, Adolphe (1995) : Dictionnaire sémantique français-lingala, illustrée de la faune africaine, de l’autonomie humaine, animaux, possoins, oiseaux et l’art artisanal africaine
[25025]   Dzokanga, Adolphe (2003) : Grammaire pratique du lingala
[5884]   Dzokanga, Mwana-mboka (1979) : Dictionnaire sémantique illustré lingala-français
[5880]   Dzʼba, Dheli Susa (1972) : Esquisse grammaticale du bira
[5881]   Dzʼve, D. (1982) : Essai d’onomastique lendu: étude toponymique
[4839]   Dʼhondt, E. (1959) : Le lingala pour tous
[4840]   Dʼhondt, Sigurd (1998) : Institutionalized identities in informal Kiswahili speech: analysis of a dispute between two adolescents
[5889]   E-Rramdani, Yahya (2001) : Developing a language proficiency test for Tarifit Berber: from theory to practice
[5890]   Eans, Jack E. (1991) : Summary of the Kalanga orthography debate proceedings
[5891]   East, R. M. (1937) : Modern tendencies in the languages of northern Nigeria: the problem of European words
[5892]   East, R. M. (1938) : Language examinations in the northern provinces of Nigeria
[5894]   East, R. M. (1953) : Hausa spelling
[5893]   East, R. M. (Ed) (1941) : Vernacular bibliography for the languages of Nigeria
[5895]   Eastlack, Charles (1968) : The noun classes in Ngemba
[5896]   Eastlack, Charles (1972) : The personal pronouns of Ngemba
[5898]   Eastman, Carol M. (1967) : An investigation of verbal extension in Kenya coastal dialects of Swahili, with special emphasis on KiMwita
[5899]   Eastman, Carol M. (1969) : A descriptive statement of the operative verbal extensions in Swahili
[5900]   Eastman, Carol M. (1969) : The status of the reversive extension in modern Kenya coastal Swahili
[5901]   Eastman, Carol M. (1969) : Some lexical differences among verbs in Kenya coastal Swahili dialects
[5902]   Eastman, Carol M. (1972) : Lunyole of the Bamenya
[5903]   Eastman, Carol M. (1975) : Ethnicity and the social scientist: phonemes and distinctive features
[5904]   Eastman, Carol M. (1980) : Concordial agreement in Lamnso
[5905]   Eastman, Carol M. (1981) : Kiswahili diglossia in Kenya: implications for language policy
[5906]   Eastman, Carol M. (1983) : Exclamations in Standard Swahili as cultural communication
[5908]   Eastman, Carol M. (1985) : Modern Swahili: is there a generation gap?
[5910]   Eastman, Carol M. (1988) : Aspects of an African constructed environment: language use and the nomadic process
[5911]   Eastman, Carol M. (1990) : Language planning in post-apartheid South Africa
[5912]   Eastman, Carol M. (1991) : Loanwords in Swahili nominal inflection
[5913]   Eastman, Carol M. (1991) : The political and sociolinguistics of status planning in Africa
[5914]   Eastman, Carol M. (1991) : The language of housebuilding among Turkana women
[5915]   Eastman, Carol M. (1992) : Sociolinguistics in Africa: language planning
[5916]   Eastman, Carol M. (1994) : Service, slavery (‘utumwa’) and Swahili social reality
[5897]   Eastman, Carol M. & Farouk M. Topan (1966) : The Siu: notes on the people and their language
[5907]   Eastman, Carol M. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1985) : Swahili gestures: comments (vielezi) and exclamations (viingizi)
[5909]   Eastman, Carol M. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1985) : Swahili gestures: comments (“vielezi”) and exclamations (“viingizi”)
[25160]   Eaton, Helen (2010) : Information structure in Sandawe texts
[25892]   Eaton, Helen (2008) : Object marking and aspect in Sandawe
[27806]   Eaton, Helen (2020) : Sandawe
[28576]   Eaton, Helen (2019) : Vwanji G66
[28915]   Eaton, Helen (2015) : Main event line structure and aspect in Sandawe narratives
[5917]   Eaton, Helen Catherine (1997) : The Barabaig noun
[5918]   Eaton, Helen Catherine (2001) : Word order and focus in the Sandawe irrealis
[5919]   Eaton, Helen Catherine (2002) : The grammar of focus in Sandawe
[23866]   Ebah, Lydia Ebude (1990) : The noun class system of Lefo’
[5922]   Ebanda II, Samuel (1962-1982) : Lexique élémentaire duálá-français
[5920]   Ebanda, wa Kalema (1990) : Esquisse phonologique du nzakara, un parler oubanguien
[5921]   Ebanda, wa Kalema (1991) : Le kpala, un parler oubanguien
[27536]   Ebarb, Kristopher (2018) : Itakho wordlist
[27537]   Ebarb, Kristopher (2018) : Nyore wordlist
[27058]   Ebarb, Kristopher & Michael R. Marlo (2010) : Conditioning factors in the realization of tone: LuNyala verbs
[27524]   Ebarb, Kristopher J. & Michael R Marlo (2015) : Vowel length (in)sensitivity in Luyia morphophonology
[27606]   Ebarb, Kristopher J. , Christopher R. Green & Michael R. Marlo (2014) : Luyia Tone Melodies
[5923]   Eberl-Elber, R. (1937) : Zum konsonantischen Anlautwechsel in der Sprachengruppe Gbande-Loma-Mende
[5924]   Eberl-Elber, R. (1937) : Zum konsonantischen Anlautwechsel in der Sprachengruppe Gbande-Loma-Mende
[5925]   Eberle, [P.] Erich (1953) : Kiswahili: ein Führer in die Anfangsgründe
[5926]   Eberle, [P.] Erich & [Kapitän] Hilmar Pfenniger (1961) : Kiswahili: ein systematischer Lehrgang
[23351]   Eberle, Andrea & Regina Schulz (2004) : Koptisch: ein Leitfaden durch das Saïdische
[5927]   Eberle, Eva-Maria (2001) : Zur Grammatikalisierung von Adpositionen in den Mande-Sprachen: ein Vergleich
[5928]   Ebermann, Erwin (1986) : Kleines Wörterbuch der Bambara-Sprache: Deutsch-Bambara/Bambara-Deutsch
[5929]   Ebermann, Erwin (1990) : Possessivsätze im Samo von Bangasoko (Burkina Faso)
[5931]   Ebermann, Erwin (1993) : Zur Entstehung des Kausativpräfixes ‘la-’ im Manding
[25186]   Ebermann, Erwin (2009) : From double negation to portmanteau: Comparative sentence negation in Northern Samo
[5930]   Ebermann, Erwin , E. R. Sommerauer & K. E. Thomanek (Ed) (1992) : Komparative Afrikanistik: sprach-, geschicht- und literaturwissenschaftliche Aufsätze zu Ehren von Hans G. Mukarovsky anlasslich seines 70. Geburtstages
[5938]   Ebert, James I. (1978) : Lexical root and affixes in Kera
[5932]   Ebert, Karen H. (1974) : ‘Tuburi’ und Kera: Identifikation und Korrectur der Lukas’schen ‘Tuburi’-Wortlisten
[5933]   Ebert, Karen H. (1974) : Partial vowel harmony in Kera
[5934]   Ebert, Karen H. (1975) : Sprache und tradition der Kera (Tschad). Teil I: Texte
[5935]   Ebert, Karen H. (1976) : Sprache und tradition der Kera (Tschad). Teil II: Lexicon/Lexique
[5936]   Ebert, Karen H. (1977) : Definiteness in Kera
[5937]   Ebert, Karen H. (1977) : Some aspects of the Kera verbal system
[5939]   Ebert, Karen H. (1979) : Sprache und tradition der Kera (Tschad). Teil III: Grammatik
[5940]   Ebert, Karen H. (1987) : Discourse function of motion verbs in Chadic
[5941]   Ebert, Karen H. (2003) : ‘Come’ and ‘go’ as discourse connectors in Kera and other Chadic languages
[5942]   Ebner, Fr. Elzear P. (1951) : Grammatik des Neu-Kingoni
[5943]   Ebner, Fr. Elzear P. (1953) : Wörterbuch der Sprache des Neu-Kingoni
[5944]   Ebner, Fr. Elzear P. (1957) : Grammatik der kiMatengo-Sprache
[5945]   Ebobissé, Carl (1976) : Die Phoneme des Duala in ihrem Verhältnis zu Urbantu und Proto-Bantu
[5946]   Ebobissé, Carl (1979) : Die Morphologie des Verbs im Ost-Dangaleat (Gurea, Tschad)
[5947]   Ebobissé, Carl (1985) : Les classes nominales de la langue oli
[5948]   Ebobissé, Carl (1987) : Les verbaux de dangaleat de l’est (Guera, Tchad): lexique français-dangaléat et allemand-dangaléat
[5949]   Eboué, Felix (1933) : Les peuples de l’Oubangui-Chari: essai d’ethnographie, de linguistique et d’économie sociale
[24420]   Eboué, Félix (1918) : Langues sango, banda, baya, mandjia. Notes grammaticales
[5950]   Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez (1953) : Bibliografía linguística de los territorios españoles de Guinea
[5951]   Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez (1959) : Estudos guineos
[5952]   Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez (1960) : Morfologia y sintaxis de la lengua bujeba
[5953]   Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez (1961) : La clasificación decimal y las lenguas africanas
[5954]   Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez (1967) : Evolución de la clasificación nominal en las lenguas bantúes de la zona norte-oeste
[5955]   Echeruo, Michael J. C. (1995) : The case-tone factor in Igbo nouns, with special reference to the Igbo associative construction
[5956]   Echeruo, Michael J. C. (1998) : Igbo-English dictionary: a comprehensive dictionary of the Igbo language, with an English-Igbo index
[5957]   Echeruo, Michael J. C. (1998) : The case-tone factor in Igbo nouns, with special reference to the Igbo associative construction
[22833]   Echessa, P. G. (1990) : A study of the word structure and processes involved in word formation in Sheng: a case study of the Eastlands area in Nairobi
[5958]   Echu, George (2003) : Coping with multilingualism: trends in the evolution of language policy in Cameroon
[5959]   Echu, George (2004) : The language question in Cameroon
[6419]   Echu, George (2002) : Multilingualism as a resource: the lexical appropriation of Cameroon indigenous languages by English and French
[22628]   Echu, George (2003) : Influence of Cameroon Pidgin English on the linguistic and cultural development of the French language
[23726]   Echu, George (1999) : Colonialism and linguistic dilemmas in Africa: Cameroon as a paradigm (revisited)
[5960]   Eckl, Andreas (1997) : Kognition und Konzeptualisierung am Beispiel der Bezeichnungen für Farben und Musterungen von Rinderfellen im Herero
[5961]   Ecsedy, Csaba E. (1973) : An unknown people of the Sudan
[5962]   Edegbe, J. U. (1936) : Benin English grammar
[5963]   Edel, Elmar (1955/64) : Altägyptische Grammatik
[5964]   Edel, Elmar (1981) : Hieroglyphische Inschriften des Alten Reiches
[25252]   Edelsten, Peter & Chiku Lijongwa (2010) : A Grammatical Sketch of Chindamba. A Bantu language (G52) of Tanzania
[5965]   Edema, Atibakwa Baboya (19--) : Étude lexico-semantique des particularismes francais du Zaïre
[5966]   Edema, Atibakwa Baboya (1994) : Dictionnaire bangála-français-lingála suivi d’un lexique lingála-bangála-français et d’un index français-bangála-lingála
[5967]   Edenmyr, Niklas (2000) : Locative nouns in four Bantu languages
[5968]   Edenmyr, Niklas (2001) : Focus control in Kirundi
[5969]   Edenmyr, Niklas (2004) : The semantics of Hadza gender assignment: a few notes from the field
[5970]   Edgar, John T. (1979-1983) : Unpublished materials on Maba collected from Borgu high school students at Geneina
[5971]   Edgar, John T. (1989) : A Masalit grammar, with notes on other languages of Darfur and Wadai
[5972]   Edgar, John T. (1989) : Unpublished materials on Masalit collected from multiple informants
[5973]   Edgar, John T. (1991) : Maba group lexicon
[5974]   Edgar, John T. (1991) : Allomorphy of the second person singular prefix in Maba group verbs
[5976]   Edgar, John T. (1991) : First steps toward Proto-Tama
[25267]   Edgar, John T. (1990) : Tama group lexicon
[5975]   Edgar, John T. & John E. Lavers (1991) : First steps toward Proto-Maba [with a historical note by John E. Lavers]
[5977]   Edgerton, William F. (1935) : On the origin of certain Coptic verbal forms
[5978]   Edgerton, William F. (1940) : Egyptian phonetic writing, from its invention to the close of the nineteenth dynasty
[23835]   Edika, E. Solange Félicité (1990) : Esquisse phonologique du bakoko, parler de Dibombari
[5979]   Edmiston, Althea Brown (1940) : Grammar and dictionary of the Bushonga or Bukuba language, as spoken by the Bushonga or Bukuba tribe who dwell in the Upper Kasai District, Belgian Congo, Central Africa
[5982]   Edmondson, Eileen (1966) : Nouns of Etung classified by their singular-plural prefix pairs
[23064]   Edmondson, Eileen & Kenneth Lee Pike (1970) : Ranking in singular-plural prefix pairs
[5981]   Edmondson, Tom (1966) : Preliminary description of some verb structures in Etung
[5983]   Edmondson, Tom (1969) : Ejagham orthography
[5984]   Edmondson, Tom & Eileen Edmondson (1971) : Some dialect shifts in Ejagham
[5985]   Edmondson, Tom & Eileen Edmondson (1977) : Preliminary notes towards a phonological description of Etung (Ejagham)
[5980]   Edmondson, Tom & John Theodor Bendor-Samuel (1966) : Tone patterns of Etung
[5986]   Edorh, Victor (1977) : Ge-Deutsch Wörterbuch
[5987]   Edwards, Betsy & Helen Wilson (Ed) (1984) : Guide de l’alphabétiseur pour le syllabaire niaboua
[26535]   Edzard, Lutz (2014) : The Finite / Infinite Dichotomy in a Comparative Semitic Perspective
[5988]   Eeden, B. I. C. van (1935/36) : The phonology of Soli spoken in north-west Rhodesia
[5989]   Eeden, B. I. C. van (1936) : The grammar of Soli
[5990]   Eeden, B. I. C. van (1941) : Inleiding tot die studie van Suid-Sotho
[5991]   Eeden, B. I. C. van (1943) : Praktiese Suid-Sotho-lesse
[5992]   Eeden, B. I. C. van (1956) : Zoeloe-grammatika
[5993]   Efebo, L. A. (1967) : Nembe language made easy: Mie lokomote nembe bibi
[5994]   Efere, Emmanuel Efereala (1981) : Pitch accent in the Bumo and Nembe dialects of Ijo
[5995]   Efere, Emmanuel Efereala (1984) : Reduction trends in a vowel harmony system: evidence from the comparative analysis of three Izon dialects
[5997]   Efere, Emmanuel Efereala (1994) : The pitch system of the Bumo dialects of Izon
[5998]   Efere, Emmanuel Efereala (1995) : Some phonological inferences from an Izon word game
[5999]   Efere, Emmanuel Efereala (2001) : The pitch system of the Bumo dialect of Izon
[5996]   Efere, Emmanuel Efereala & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1989) : Languages
[6000]   Egbe, Daniel I. (1979) : Spoken and written English in Nigeria
[6001]   Egbe, Daniel I. (1981) : Aspects of English grammar and usage
[6002]   Egberipou, O. A. & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1994) : Izon tolumo/Learn Izon
[6003]   Egbo, Benedicta (2000) : Gender, literacy and life changes in sub-Saharan Africa
[6004]   Egbokhare, Oisaghaede Francis (1990) : Nasality in Emai
[6005]   Egbokhare, Oisaghaede Francis (1990) : A phonology of Emai
[6006]   Egbokhare, Oisaghaede Francis (1995) : Socio-economic dynamics and the development of Emai counting system
[6007]   Egbokhare, Oisaghaede Francis (1998) : Vowel meanings in Emai attributive ideophones
[6008]   Egbokhare, Oisaghaede Francis (2000) : Consonant meanings in Emai ideophones
[22676]   Egbokhare, Oisaghaede Francis (2001) : Phonosemantic correspondences in Emai attributive ideophones
[6009]   Eggert, Manfred K. H. (1981) : Historical linguistics and prehistoric archaeology: trends and patterns in early iron age research in sub-Saharan Africa
[28478]   Egner, Inge (2005) : Applicative marking in Kru
[6011]   Egner, Ingeborg (1980) : Prolongation du radical verbal et changement de la valence du verbe en wobé
[6012]   Egner, Ingeborg (1988) : Analyse conversationelle de l’échange réparateur en wobé: parler wee de Côte d’Ivoire
[6013]   Egner, Ingeborg (1989) : Précis de grammaire wobé
[22917]   Egner, Ingeborg (1983) : Constraintes sociolinguistiques portant sur le discours d’instruction en wobé
[22929]   Egner, Ingeborg (1995) : Le rôle de l’intermédiaire dans l’échange de nouvelles en godié (langue kru de Côte d’Ivoire)
[22947]   Egner, Ingeborg (1989) : The role of topos in the use oif a Wobe particle
[22948]   Egner, Ingeborg (1993) : The role of contextual assumptions in WH-questions containing the particle m in Wee (Kru)
[22949]   Egner, Ingeborg (Ed) (1992) : Esquisses phonologiques de trois langues ivoriennes: beng, dida, yaouré
[6010]   Egner, Ingeborg & Verena Hofer (1978) : Information marquée dans la proposition wobé
[6014]   Eguchi, Paul Kazuhisa (1971) : Esquisse de la langue mambai
[22769]   Eguchi, Paul Kazuhisa (1969) : Memoranda on some languages of the Mandara mountain area in the northern Cameroons
[24870]   Eguchi, Paul Kazuhisa (1973) : A first look at the Hombori dialect of the Songhay language
[6015]   Eguchi, Paul Kazuhisa (Ed) (1974) : Fulfulde (West Africa, northern Camerounian dialect)
[6016]   Eguchi, Paul Kazuhisa (Ed) (1986) : An English-Fulfulde dictionary
[6017]   Egziʼabher, Yohannes Gabra (1947) : Ethiopian dictionary: Tigrigna-Amharic
[28318]   Ehineni, Taiwo O. (2021) : Construction schemas in Yoruba compounding: focus on personal names
[26915]   Ehiré, Laurent (2006) : Lexique agni Afema
[6018]   Ehite Wolde Gebrel (1988) : Variations in Amharic
[6019]   Ehret, Christopher (1964) : A lexicostatistic classification of Bantu, using Guthrie’s test languages
[6020]   Ehret, Christopher (1967) : Cattle-keeping and milking in eastern and southern African history: the linguistic evidence
[6021]   Ehret, Christopher (1971) : Southern Nilotic history: linguistic approaches to the study of the past
[6023]   Ehret, Christopher (1972) : Bantu origins and history: critique and interpretation
[6024]   Ehret, Christopher (1973) : Patterns of Bantu and central Sudanic settlement in central and southern Africa (ca. 1000 BC - 500 AD)
[6025]   Ehret, Christopher (1974) : Ethiopians and East Africans: the problem of contacts
[6026]   Ehret, Christopher (1974?) : Kw’adza vocabulary
[6027]   Ehret, Christopher (1976) : Linguistic evidence and its correlation with archaeology
[6028]   Ehret, Christopher (1979) : Omotic and the subgrouping of the Afroasiatic language family
[6029]   Ehret, Christopher (1980) : Historical inference from transformations in culture vocabularies
[6030]   Ehret, Christopher (1980) : The Nilotic languages of Tanzania
[6031]   Ehret, Christopher (1980) : The historical reconstruction of southern Cushitic phonology and vocabulary
[6034]   Ehret, Christopher (1981) : The classification of Kuliak
[6035]   Ehret, Christopher (1981) : Revising proto-Kuliak
[6036]   Ehret, Christopher (1981) : The demographic implications of linguistic change and language shift
[6037]   Ehret, Christopher (1982) : Linguistic inferences about early Bantu history
[6039]   Ehret, Christopher (1982) : The first spread of food production to southern Africa
[6040]   Ehret, Christopher (1982) : Population movement and culture contact in the southern Sudan, c.3000 BC to AD 1000: a preliminary linguistic overview
[6041]   Ehret, Christopher (1983) : Nilotic and the limits of eastern Sudanic
[6043]   Ehret, Christopher (1986) : Proposals on Khoisan reconstruction
[6044]   Ehret, Christopher (1987) : Proto-Cushitic reconstruction
[6045]   Ehret, Christopher (1988) : Language change and the material correlates of language and ethnic shift
[6046]   Ehret, Christopher (1988) : Social transformation in the early history of the Horn of Africa: linguistic clues to developments of the period 500 BC to AD 500
[6047]   Ehret, Christopher (1989) : Subclassification of Nilo-Saharan: a proposal
[6049]   Ehret, Christopher (1991) : The consonant inventory of Proto-Eastern Cushitic
[6050]   Ehret, Christopher (1993) : Nilo-Saharans and the Saharo-Sudanese neolithic
[6051]   Ehret, Christopher (1995) : Reconstructing Proto-Afroasiatic (Proto-Afrasian): vowels, tone, consonants and vocabulary
[6052]   Ehret, Christopher (1995) : Do Krongo and Sjabo belong in Nilo-Saharan?
[6053]   Ehret, Christopher (1999) : An African classical age: eastern and southern Africa in world history, 1000 BC to 400 AD
[6054]   Ehret, Christopher (1999) : Subclassifying Bantu: the evidence of stem morpheme innovations
[6055]   Ehret, Christopher (1999) : Nostratic - or proto-human?
[6056]   Ehret, Christopher (2000) : Language and history
[6057]   Ehret, Christopher (2000) : Testing the expectations of glottochronology against the correlations of language and archaeology in Africa
[6058]   Ehret, Christopher (2000) : Is Krongo after all a Niger-Congo language?
[6059]   Ehret, Christopher (2001) : A historical-comparative reconstruction of Nilo-Saharan
[6060]   Ehret, Christopher (2001) : Bantu expansions: re-envisioning a central problem of early African history
[6061]   Ehret, Christopher (2001) : The establishment of iron-working in eastern, central and southern Africa: linguistic inferences on technological history
[6062]   Ehret, Christopher (2003) : Stratigraphy in African historical linguistics
[6063]   Ehret, Christopher (2003) : Language contacts in Nilo-Saharan prehistory
[6064]   Ehret, Christopher (2003) : Third consonant in Chadic verbal roots
[22582]   Ehret, Christopher (1997) : African languages: an historical introduction
[22720]   Ehret, Christopher (2002) : Language family expansions: broadening our understanding of cause from an African perspective
[22761]   Ehret, Christopher (1984) : Historical linguistic evidence on early African agriculture
[25411]   Ehret, Christopher (2008) : Yaakuan and Eastern Cushitic: A Historical Linguistic Overview
[6033]   Ehret, Christopher & Derek Nurse (1981) : The Taita Cushites
[6032]   Ehret, Christopher & Margaret R. Kinsman (1981) : Shona dialect classification and its implications for iron age history in southern Africa
[6038]   Ehret, Christopher & Merrick Posnansky (Ed) (1982) : The archaeological and linguistic reconstruction of African history
[6042]   Ehret, Christopher & Mohamed Nuuh Ali (1984) : Somali classification
[6022]   Ehret, Christopher & others (1971) : Outlining southern African history: a re-evaluation AC 100-1500
[26591]   Ehret, Christopher & Patricia Ehret (Eds) (2012) : A Dictionary of Sandawe - compiled from the field collections of Eric Ten Raa
[6048]   Ehret, Christopher , Edward Derek Elderkin & Derek Nurse (1989) : Dahalo lexis and its sources
[25349]   Eichholzer, Erika (Ed) (2002) : Version préliminaire d’un Dictionnaire Ghomala’ - Français / Français - Ghomala’
[6067]   Eilers, W. (1987) : Die zweiradikalige Basis der semitischen Wurzel
[6068]   Einarsson, Lasse (2001) : The choice of language of instruction and democratic autonomy in Zanzibar/Tanzania
[6069]   Einhorn, E. & L. Siyengo (1990) : Xhosa: a concise manual
[6070]   Eiseb, Eliphas , Wilhelm Giess & Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] Haacke (1991) : A preliminary list of Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara) plant names
[6071]   Eisele, John C. (1990) : Time reference, tense and formal aspect in Cairene Arabic
[6072]   Eisele, John C. (1992) : Cairene Arabic auxiliaries and the category AUX
[6073]   Eisele, John C. (1997) : Artificial punning in the Egyptian Arabic ballad: a reinterpretation of structuralist poetics
[6074]   Eisele, John C. (1999) : Arabic verbs in time: tense and aspect in Cairene Arabic
[22638]   Eisele, John C. (1990) : Aspectual classification of verbs in Cairene Arabic
[6075]   Eiselen, W. W. M. (1923/24) : Die Veränderung der Konsonanten durch ein vorgehendes “i” in den Bantusprachen
[6076]   Eiselen, W. W. M. (1927) : Nasalverbindungen im Thonga
[6077]   Eiselen, W. W. M. (1928/29) : Zur Erforschung des Lovelu-Dialektes
[6078]   Eisemon, T. O. , R. Prouty & J. Schwille (1989) : What language should be used for teaching? Language policy and school reform in Burundi
[29068]   Ejeba, Salem Ochala (2023) : Ígálâ Concord System
[6079]   Ejele, P. E. (1986) : Transitivity, tense and aspect in Esan
[6080]   Ejele, P. E. (1990) : Morphological characterizations relevant for syntactic constructions: the case in Esan
[6081]   Ejele, P. E. (1995) : The semantics of negation
[6082]   Ejele, P. E. (2000/01) : The syntax and semantics of tense markers in Esan
[22770]   Ejele, P. E. (1982) : Towards a phonology of Esan
[24127]   Ejele, P. E. (2000-01) : Durativity, Punctuality, and the Imperfective Paradox: The Case in Esan
[24128]   Ejele, P. E. (2002) : Temporal Distinctions as Bases for the Semantic Classification of Verbs: Insights from Esan
[24129]   Ejele, P. E. (2003) : Aspectual Contrasts in Esan
[6083]   Ejimatswa, E. W. (1983) : Aspects of the Bassa-Nge phonology
[23895]   Ekambi, Aline Etondi Boumda (1990) : Esquisse phonologique du nulibie, dialecte yambassa
[26684]   Ekanjume, Beatrice (2008) : The Phonological Phrase as a prosodic domain in Akóóse
[6084]   Eke, U. K. (1985) : Eléments de description de l’igbo d’Ohafia
[6085]   Ekere, Michael (1987) : The ideophone in Ibibio
[6086]   Ekere, Michael (1991) : The tense system of English
[26278]   Ekere, Michael Edoabasi (1996-7) : Tone patterns in Ibibio noun phrase structures
[28056]   Ekiugbo, Philip Oghenesuowho & Christian Ugo Chukwunonye Ugorji (2019) : A Descriptive Phonology of the Vowel System of Uvwiẹ
[6087]   Eklo, Alubue Amavi (1987) : Le kposso de tomégbé (Togo): phonologie, grammaire, textes, lexiques kposso-français
[23858]   Eko, Jean Emile (1974) : Description phonologique du fang
[6088]   Ekombe, Ekofo (1991) : Les anthroponymes mongo dan l’épopée Nsong’a Lianja
[6089]   Ekong, Pamela A. (1978) : On describing the vowel system of a standrad variety of Nigerian spoken English
[6090]   Ekong, Pamela A. (1982) : On the use of an indigenous model for teaching English in Nigeria
[6091]   Ekpenyong, J. O. (1965) : The use of English in Nigeria
[6092]   Eksell Harning, Kerstin (1980) : The analytic genitive in the modern Arabic dialects
[6093]   Eksteen, L. C. (1966) : Die leksikale definisie: ’n leksikografiese ondersoek
[6094]   Eksteen, L. C. (1967) : The diachronics of Afrikaans I
[6095]   Eksteen, L. C. (1967) : The diachronics of Afrikaans II
[6096]   Eksteen, L. C. (1984) : Die rol van die Akademie in die standaardisering van Afrikaans
[6097]   Ekúndayò, S. Ayotunde (1976) : An alternative to lexical insertion for Yorùbá complex nouns
[6098]   Ekúndayò, S. Ayotunde (1977) : Lexical nominalizability restriction in Yorùbá
[6099]   Ekúndayò, S. Ayotunde (1981) : Yoruba serial verb string commutability constraint
[23753]   Ekúndayò, S. Ayotunde (1993) : Political linguistics: uses of Yorùbá suggestive puns and graded insults
[6100]   Ekúndayò, S. Ayotunde & Festus Niyi Akinnaso (1983) : Yoruba serial verb string commutability constraints
[6101]   Ekwelie, Sylvanus A. (1971) : Swahili as a lingua franca: a study in language development
[25840]   El Adak, Mustapha (2009) : Du corps à la construction du sens dans les expressions idiomatiques rifaines
[353]   El Aissati, Abderrahman (2001) : Word order change in Berber
[25882]   El Aissati, Abderrahman (2008) : Status planning and corpus planning of Amazigh (Berber) in Morocco
[25917]   El Aissati, Abderrahman (2008) : Amazigh, Arabic and Dutch in contact on an Internet forum
[24877]   El Aissati, Abderrahman (ed) (2008) : The Amazigh Language at Home and at School. Perspectives on Oral Discourse Structure and Academic Language Skills
[25880]   El Aissati, Abderrahman (Ed) (2008) : The Amazigh Language at Home and at School. Perspectives on Oral Discourse Structure and Academic Language Skills
[27838]   el Aissati, Abderrahman , Yamina El Kirat El Allame & Philip Ngessimo Mathe Mutaka (2019) : African Linguistics in North and in So-Called Francophone Africa
[25556]   El Kirat El Allame, Yamina (2012) : A diachronic and comparative analysis of spirantization in Amazigh – The case of the Beni Iznassen variety
[25841]   El Mountassir, Abdallah (2009) : Les sources du savoir et leurs marques linguistiques en berbère
[25913]   El Mountassir, Abdallah (2008) : Le berbère dans un milieu urbain plurilingue, un difficile équilibre – Exemple de la ville d’Agadir
[26644]   El-Guzuuli, El-Shafie (2015) : The Uses and Orthography of the Verb “Say” in Andaandi (Nile Nubian)
[22442]   El-Mouloudi, Aziz Bensmaali (1986) : Arabic language planning: the case of lexical modernization
[6102]   Elaka, E. (1979) : La phonologie comparée entre le français et le ngombe
[22440]   Elbiad, Mohamed (1985) : A sociolinguistic study of the Arabization process and its conditioning factors in Morocco
[25893]   Elderkin, Edward D. (2008) : Proto-Khoe tones in Western Kalahari
[6103]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1972) : The verb in Dahalo
[6104]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1973) : Dahalo wordlist
[6105]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1974) : The phonology of the syllable and the morphology of the word in Dahalo
[6106]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1976) : Southern Cushitic
[6107]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1978) : Loans in Hadza: internal evidence from consonants
[6108]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1982) : On the classification of Hadza
[6109]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1983) : Tanzanian and Ugandan isolates
[6110]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1986) : Diachronic inferences from basic sentence and noun structure in central Khoisan and Sandawe
[6111]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1986) : Kxoe tone and Kxoe ‘jonctures’
[6112]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1988) : Patterns of sound in northern Khoisan
[6113]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1988) : A note on ? as a plural marker in Iraqw nouns
[6114]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1988) : Person and number markers in Iraqw verbs
[6115]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1989) : The significance and origin of the use of pitch in Sandawe
[6116]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1991) : Clause structure and tone in Sandawe
[6117]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1992) : Predictable nasality before East African clicks
[6119]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1996) : Ju|’hoan orthography and its uses
[6120]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1998) : Silozi in Namibia
[6121]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1998) : Sandawe stems
[6122]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1999) : Word keys in Herero
[6123]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (2001) : Herero and Common Bantu
[6124]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (2003) : Herero (R31)
[28479]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (2004) : The starred tones of Central Khoisan
[6118]   Elderkin, Edward Derek & Josephat B. Maghway (1992) : Some West Rift roots
[6125]   Elders, Stefan (1989) : Jabeessituu: focus in het Wellegga Oromo
[6127]   Elders, Stefan (2000) : Grammaire mundang
[6128]   Elders, Stefan (2004) : Distributed predicative syntax in Doyayo: constituent order alternations and cliticization
[22678]   Elders, Stefan (2001) : Defining ideophones in Mundang
[23551]   Elders, Stefan (2003) : L’état d’annexion en kulango
[24878]   Elders, Stefan (2008) : Grammaire kulango (parler de Bouna, Côte dʼIvoire)
[24917]   Elders, Stefan (2006) : Issues in comparative Kebi-Benue (Adamawa)
[26627]   Elders, Stefan (2012) : A wordlist of Mono, a highly endangered Adamawa language of Cameroun
[28673]   Elders, Stefan (2007) : F. Kulango
[6126]   Elders, Stefan & Maarten Mous (1991) : The adverbial qo in Iraqw
[23813]   Elegbeleye, O. S. (2005) : Value assessment of greeting scripts in the interpersonal disposition of the yoruba and the Igbo cultures of Nigeria
[12228]   Elfitoury, Abubaker Abdalla (1976) : A descriptive grammar of Libyan Arabic
[22430]   Elgadi, Abdalla Salem (1986) : Tripolitanean Arabic phonology and morphology: a generative approach
[6129]   Elge, C. (19--) : Eenige begrippen van Lingala, met woordenlijst en gebruikelijke volzinnen
[6130]   Elge, C. (1926) : Dictionnaire bangala-français-flamand
[6131]   Elgibali, Alaa Abdelmoneim (1985) : Towards a sociolinguistic analysis of language variation in Arabic: Cairene and Kuwaiti dialects
[24575]   Elias, David Lyndon (2005) : Tigre of Habab: Short Grammar and Texts From the Rigbat People
[26933]   Elias, David Lyndon (2014) : The Tigre Language of Gindaˁ, Eritrea
[6137]   Elias, Edward Elias (1982) : Dictionnaire arabe-français-arabe
[6133]   Elias, Elias Antoon (1922) : Arabic-English dictionary
[6134]   Elias, Elias Antoon (1974) : Elias’ modern dictionary: Arabic-English
[6139]   Elias, Elias Antoon (1988) : Elias’ modern dictionary: Arabic-English
[6135]   Elias, Philip (1979) : The paradigm of the noun in Oromo (Wollega)
[6136]   Elias, Philip & Jan Voorhoeve (1981) : How arbitrary are Mbam-Nkam correspondences? Alveolar reflexes of initial *B in Mbam-Nkam
[6138]   Elias, Philip , Jacqueline [Warnier] Leroy & Jan Voorhoeve (1984) : Mbam-Nkam or Eastern Grassfields
[6140]   Eliet, Edouard (1953) : Les langues spontanées, dites commerciales, du Congo : le monokotuba comparé au lingala et au lari de la région du Pool
[6141]   Eliet, Edouard (1953) : Le triple problème pratique, culturel et social des langues africaines dans les possessions européennes de l’Afrique bantoue
[6142]   Elimelech, Baruch (1976) : Noun tonology in Kombe
[6143]   Elimelech, Baruch (1976) : A tonal grammar of Etsako
[6144]   Elimelech, Baruch (1976) : Pluralization and noun-class remnants in Etsako
[6145]   Elimelech, Baruch (1978) : A tonal grammar of Etsako
[6146]   Elimelech, Baruch (1982) : Syllable counting in Yoruba
[24576]   Elimelech, Baruch (1976) : A Tonal Grammar of Etsako
[27014]   Ella, Régis Ollomo (2013) : Description linguistique du shiwa, langue bantu du Gabon. : phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe, lexique.
[28537]   Ella, Régis Ollomo (2012) : Le pluriel en fang ntumu
[23127]   Ellgɮrd, Alvar (1989) : Afrika: språk
[6147]   Ellington, John Ernest (1970/71) : Tone and segmental sound change in a Bantu language
[6148]   Ellington, John Ernest (1977) : Aspects of the Tiene language
[6149]   Ellington, John Ernest (1982) : English-Lingala dictionary
[6150]   Ellis, Jeffrey & Lawrence A. Boadi (1968) : “To be” in Twi
[6151]   Ellison, Randall Erskine (1937) : An English-Kanuri sentence book
[6152]   Elmedlaoui, Mohamed (1985) : La parler berbère chleuh d’Imdlawn (Maroc): segments et syllabation
[6153]   Elmedlaoui, Mohamed (1992) : Aspects des représentations phonologiques dans certaines langues chamito-semitiques
[6154]   Elmedlaoui, Mohamed (1993) : Gemination and spirantization in Hebrew, Berber and Tigrinya
[6155]   Elmedlaoui, Mohamed (1994) : Extension de la racine en chamito-sémitique
[6156]   Elmedlaoui, Mohamed (1995) : Aspects des représentations phonologiques dans certaines langues chamito-sémitiques
[6157]   Elmslie, Walter Angus (1923) : Introductory grammar of the Tumbuka language
[6158]   Elokey, Emadiba (1986) : Formes verbales et pronominales comparées des dialectes ngombe de Dianga et de Bonjale
[22648]   Elomari, Abdessalam (1998) : The unoptionality of resumptive pronouns: the case of Moroccan Arabic
[6159]   Elphick, Richard H. (1974) : Comment on Boëseken’s “The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan”
[6160]   Elphick, Richard H. (1975) : Final comment on Boëseken’s “The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan”
[6161]   Elphinstone, [Sir] Howard (1946) : Road to Swahili
[6162]   Elphinstone, [Sir] Howard (1949) : The standard Swahili examination
[6163]   Elphinstone, [Sir] Howard (1951) : Road to Swahili
[6164]   Elson, Benjamin F. (Ed) (1986) : Language in global perspective: papers in honor of the 50th anniversary of the Summer Institute of Linguistics 1935-1985
[6165]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1969) : Ìká phonemic statement
[6166]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1971) : The Edo languages of Akoko division
[6167]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1973) : A comparative Edo phonology
[6168]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1976) : Edo (Bini) in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[6171]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1977) : Some implications of low tone raising in southwestern Edo
[6172]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1979) : Some tentative historical inferences from comparative Edoid studies
[6173]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1980) : Reconstructing the lenis feature in proto-Edoid
[6174]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1983) : The vowels of proto-Edoid
[6175]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1983) : Noun class prefixes in proto-Edoid
[6176]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1984) : Morphology of the gerund in Degema and its reconstruction in proto-Edoid
[6179]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1985) : The tonal system of Ghotuo
[6180]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1987) : Comparative Edoid: phonology and lexicon
[6181]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1989) : Edoid
[6183]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1995) : Nigerian Pidgin: problems and prospects
[6184]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1995) : The ‘assimilated low tone’ in Ghotuo
[6185]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1996) : The use of African languages in basic education in Nigeria with particular reference to lower primary and functional literacy
[6186]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1997) : Literacy and language development in Nigeria
[6187]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1998) : Cross-border and major languages of Africa
[24531]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1980) : Ogori
[24532]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1980) : Okpamberi
[24664]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1976) : Noun class vestiges in Dẹgẹma
[6182]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] & Augusta Phil [E.] Omamor (1991) : Nigerian Pidgin: background and prospects
[6170]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1977) : Reconstructing nasals in proto-Benue-Kwa
[6177]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1984) : Loss of the fortis-lenis contrast in Abuan languages
[6169]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] & Klaus Schubert (1976) : Noun class and concord in Oloma
[6188]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] & Tayo Bankale (2004) : Cognation percentages in Benue-Congo: implications for internal classification
[6178]   Elugbe, Stella A. S. (1984) : Phonological problems in teaching English to Ebira speakers
[6189]   Emanatian, Michele (1990) : The Chaga consecutive construction
[6190]   Emanatian, Michele (1991) : Point of view and prospective aspect
[6191]   Emanatian, Michele (1992) : Chagga ‘come’ and ‘go’: metaphor and the development of tense-aspect
[6192]   Emanatian, Michele (1992) : Point of view and prospective aspect (corrected version)
[28204]   Embanga Aborobongui, Georges Martial (2013) : Processus segmentaux et tonals en Mbondzi ― (variété de la langue ɛmbɔ́sí C25)
[26685]   Eme, Cecilia A. & Davidson U. Mbagwu (2008) : Igbo na + participle: a semantic examination
[29064]   Eme, Cecilia Amaoge , Ebele Deborah Uba & Aghaegbuna Haroldson Uwaezuoke (2023) : A Review of Vowel Elision and Assimilation in Igbo: Clarification through Acoustic, Perceptual and Theoretical Analysis
[22810]   Emejulu, James D. (2001) : Éléments de lexicographie gabonaise
[6193]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1974) : Igbo orthography: lessons for Edo orthographers
[6194]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1975) : Central Igbo: an objective appraisal
[6195]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1975) : Aspects of the Igbo verb
[6196]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1978) : Elements of modern Igbo grammar: a descriptive approach
[6197]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1979?) : How do the Igbo understand themselves: a preliminary study of mutual intelligibility in the Igbo culture area
[6198]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1982) : Towards neo-Central Igbo
[6199]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1983) : Verb derivational inflection
[6200]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1983) : Creative literature in African languages: the case of Igbo
[6201]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1985) : The language of creative literature: the situation in Igbo
[6202]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1985) : Auxiliaries in Igbo syntax: a comparative study
[6203]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1986) : A prolegomena to government and missionary enterprise in language: the Igbo experience (1841-1984)
[6204]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1989) : Planned and spontaneous modernization of modern Igbo vocabulary
[6207]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1991) : The study of Nigerian languages in Nigerian universities: the past, the present and the future
[6208]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1991) : The tense system of Igbo
[6210]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1995) : Beyond the Rivers Readers’ Project
[6211]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1995) : Issues in the establishment of Standard Igbo
[6205]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (Ed) (1990) : Multilingualism, minority languages and language policy in Nigeria
[22767]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (Ed) (1990) : Orthographies of Nigerian languages
[6209]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue & Ozo-mekuri Ndimele (Ed) (1995) : Issues in African languages and linguistics: essays in honour of Kay Williamson
[6206]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue , J. U. Ugoji , I. A. O. Umeh & others (Ed) (1990) : Igbo metalanguage
[6212]   Emenyonu, Ernest (1988) : Preserving the Igbo language for the 21st century
[6213]   Emongo, Osomba (1980) : Étude sémantique et pragmatique des termes de parenté tetele
[6214]   Empaako, (1991) : An agent of social harmony in Runyoro/Rutooro
[6215]   Emuekpere-Masagbor, Grace (2000/01) : Functional categories and verb movement in Ivie
[25101]   Emuekpere-Masagbor, Grace (1997) : Preverbal subject markers in Ivie
[6216]   Endemann, Ch. (1---) : Versuch einer Venda-Grammatik
[6217]   Endemann, Ch. (1923) : Über den Tonfall im Sesotho ; Teil 1
[6218]   Endemann, Ch. (1924) : Über den Tonfall im Sesotho ; Teil 2
[6219]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1939) : Handleiding by die aanleer van Transvaal-Sotho (Sepedi)
[6220]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1939) : Sotho-woordelys, met die Afrikaanse ekwivalente versamel uit bestaande Sotho-literatuur
[6222]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1943) : Palatalisering en labialisering in Sepedi
[6223]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1952) : Die intonasie van Tsonga: ’n sinkroniese studie van Tsongaspreektone
[6224]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1960) : Die gebied en taak van die Bantoe-taalkunde
[6225]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1961) : Die affrikate van Nord-Sotho: ’n bydrae tot die vraagstuk rakende die fonematiese saamgesteldheid van die affrikate in Sotho
[6226]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1964) : Some morpho-phonological changes incident with the phoneme combination CVV, as observed in Northern Sotho
[6227]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1966) : ’n Voorlopige ondersoek na aspekverskynsels in Noord-Sotho
[6228]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1966) : Die junktuurverskynsel as foneem: ’n bydrae tot die identifisering van die foneme in Noord-Sotho
[6229]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1969) : ‘n Poging om die onderskeidingskenmerke van enkele vendafoneme tot ‘n patroon van klankopposisies
[6221]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth & E. F. N. Mudau (1941) : Phenda-luambo ya zwikolo zwa Venda
[6240]   Endress, Gerhard & Dimitri Gutas (1993) : A Greek and Arabic lexicon: materials for a dictionary of the mediaeval translations from Greek into Arabic
[6241]   Engda Wolde-Semayat (1992) : The structure of the noun phrase in Ari
[6242]   Engelbert, Domche Teko (2001) : Problematique de l’enseignement des langues au Cameroun: approches et methodes
[6248]   Engelbrecht, H. J. M. (1968) : Die invloed van vreemde tale op Xhosa
[6249]   Engelbrecht, J. T. (1978) : The teaching of Bantu languages to white children in primary schools
[6243]   Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie (1925) : Suffixbildung in den südafrikanischen Bantusprachen mit besonderen Berücksichtigung hottentottischer Einflüsse
[6245]   Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie (1928) : Studies oor die Korannataal
[6246]   Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie (1943) : Zoeloe-leerboek
[6247]   Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie (1957) : Notes on the imperative in Zulu
[26875]   Engelbrecht, Rolf (compiler) (2004) : Susu Dictionary and English-Susu Word List - English-Susu Bible Names
[26911]   Engelbrecht, Rolf (compiler) (2004) : Nalu Dictionary
[6244]   Engelbrecht, S. J. (1925) : Die Hottentotsinvloed op Afrikaans in die distrik Gordonia
[6250]   Engelmann, Gudrun (1966) : Umtersuchungen zum Verbsystem des Altsuaheli
[6251]   Engelmann, Gudrun (1967) : Some problems in connection with the compilation of a German-Swahili dictionary
[6252]   Engholm, Eva (1965) : Education through English: the use of English in African schools
[6253]   England, Nora C. & William A. Ladusaw (1985) : Question formation in Kusaal
[27196]   Englebretson, Robert & Wambũi Mũringo Wa-Ngatho (2015) : A Basic Sketch Grammar of Gĩkũyũ
[6254]   Englert, Birgit (2003) : Bongo flava: hiphop from Tanzania
[6255]   Englert, Birgit (2003) : Bongo flava (still) hidden: “underground” rap from Morogoro, Tanzania
[6256]   Englert, Birgit (2004) : Africa raps back: reflections on hiphop from Tanzania and South Africa
[6257]   Englund, Gertie (1988) : Middle Egyptian, an introduction
[6258]   Englund, Gertie (1995) : Middle Egyptian, an introduction
[6259]   Englund, Harri (2001) : Chinyanja and language rights
[6262]   Engstrand, Olle (1997) : Why are clicks so exclusive?
[6260]   Engstrand, Olle & Abdulaziz Yusuf Lodhi (1985) : On aspiration in Swahili: hypotheses, field observations and an instrumental analysis
[6261]   Engstrand, Olle & Abdulaziz Yusuf Lodhi (1985) : On aspiration in Swahili
[26003]   Enguehard, Chantal & Issouf Modi (2009) : Towards an Electronic Dictionary of Tamajaq Language in Niger
[6263]   Ennaji, Moha (1985) : Contrastive syntax: English, Moroccan Arabic and Berber complex sentences
[6264]   Ennaji, Moha (1999) : The Arab world (Maghreb and Near East)
[6265]   Ennaji, Moha (2001) : The construct state in Berber
[6267]   Ennaji, Moha (2003) : The structure of clitic constructions in Berber
[23188]   Ennaji, Moha (2005) : Multilingualism, cultural identity and education in Morocco
[25666]   Ennaji, Moha (2011) : Le causatif en amazighe
[6266]   Ennaji, Moha & Fatima Sadiqi (2003) : Subject, accusative and dative clitics in Berber
[6268]   Ennis, Elizabeth Logan (1945) : Women’s names among the Ovimbundu of Angola
[22898]   Ennulat, Juergen (1977) : Fali
[6269]   Ennulat, Jürgen & Hélène Ennulat (1971) : Description phonologique du parler fali de ram, langue du Cameroun septentrional
[6270]   Ennulat, Jürgen & Hélène Ennulat (1971) : Outline grammar of Fali
[6271]   Epale, S. J. (1973) : Essentials in Douala grammar
[6272]   Epanga, Pombo (1981) : Les codes dialogiques en lingala de la zone de Bumba
[6273]   Epée, Roger (1973) : Notes on deverbal derivational morphology in Duala
[6274]   Epée, Roger (1975) : The case for a focus position in Duala
[6275]   Epée, Roger (1976) : On some rules that are not successive cyclic in Duala
[6276]   Epée, Roger (1976) : Generative syntactic studies in Duala
[6277]   Epstein, A. L. (1959) : Linguistic innovation and culture on the Copperbelt, Northern Rhodesia
[6278]   Erasmus, J. S. & Kenneth L. Baucom (1976) : Fanakalo through the medium of English: a language laboratory course
[6279]   Erichsen, W. (1954) : Demotische Glossar
[6283]   Erickson, D. H. (1988) : The morphology and syntax of Shona: a lexical approach
[6280]   Erickson, Helen L. & Marianne Gustafsson (198-) : Kiswahili 1
[6281]   Erickson, Helen L. & Marianne Gustafsson (198-) : Kiswahili 2
[6282]   Erickson, Helen L. & Marianne Gustafsson (198-) : Kiswahili grammar notes
[24234]   Erman, Anna (2005) : Le grammaticalisateur -ga en dan-blo
[6285]   Ermann, Adolf (1922) : Das Wörterbuch der ägyptischen Sprache
[6287]   Ermann, Adolf (1928) : Ägyptische Grammatik
[6288]   Ermann, Adolf (1933) : Neuägyptische Grammatik
[6284]   Ermann, Adolf & Hermann Grapow (1921) : Ägyptisches Handwörterbuch
[6286]   Ermann, Adolf & Hermann Grapow (1925-1963) : Wörterbuch der ägyptischen Sprache: die Belegstelle
[25780]   Ermisch, Sonja (2009) : Focus and topic constructions in Akan
[24879]   Ermisch, Sonja (ed) (2008) : Khoisan Languages and Linguistics. Proceedings of the 2nd International Symposium January 8-12, 2006, Riezlern/Kleinwalsertal
[25054]   Ermisch, Sonja (Ed) (2009) : Focus and Topic in African Languages
[6289]   Ernst, Urs (1985) : Les dialectes kako
[6290]   Ernst, Urs (1985) : Phonologie du kako
[6291]   Ernst, Urs (1989) : Lexique kako-français, français-kako, avec tableaux de conjugaisons
[6292]   Ernst, Urs (1991) : Temps et aspects en kako
[6293]   Ernst, Urs (1991) : Description tonologique de l’énoncé nominal associatif en kako
[6294]   Ernst, Urs (1992) : Esquisse grammaticale du kako
[6295]   Ernst, Urs (1995) : Les formes verbales du kako
[6296]   Ernst, Urs (1996) : Alphabet et orthographe du kako (kako-est)
[6297]   Ernst, Urs (1996) : Marquage du ton en kako
[6298]   Ernst, Urs (1996) : Tone orthography in Kako
[23569]   Ernst, Urs (1996) : Alphabet et orthographe du mbonjoo (kako-ouest)
[25248]   Ernst, Urs (1998) : Le groupe verbal et ses éléments en kakɔ (1ère partie)
[25249]   Ernst, Urs (1994) : Impératif et injonctif en kakɔ
[25250]   Ernst, Urs (1995) : Les formes verbales du kakɔ
[25525]   Ernszt, Martina (2012) : On the different uses of the deictic directional verbs ‘go’ and ‘come’ in N||ng
[6299]   Eshetu Alem (1974) : The pre-war attempts to promote the use of the English language in the educational system of Ethiopia in place of French
[6300]   Eshetu Alem (1998) : Amharic for foreign beginners
[6301]   Eshetu Kebede (1981) : The verb ‘to be’ in Oromo
[6302]   Esono, Salvador Ndongo (1956) : Gramática pamue
[6303]   Ess, John van (1920) : An aid to practical written Arabic
[23901]   Essamba, Michelle (2002) : Le syntagme nominal du sámbá
[26167]   Essegbey, James (2012) : Aspectual Contrasts in Tutrugbu (Nyagbo)
[26693]   Essegbey, James (2009) : Noun classes in Tutrugbu
[26712]   Essegbey, James (2010) : Locative expression in Tutrugbu: Losing typological characteristics due to contact
[26870]   Essegbey, James (2013) : Touch Ideophones in Nyagbo
[27817]   Essegbey, James (2020) : Language endangerment, documentation, and revitalization
[28201]   Essegbey, James (2019) : Tutrugbu (Nyangbo) Language and Culture
[6304]   Essegbey, James A. B. K. (1993) : The X-bar theory and the Ewe noun phrase
[6305]   Essegbey, James A. B. K. (1994) : Towards a multi-faceted account for the binding of the logophor ‘ye’ in Ewe
[6306]   Essegbey, James A. B. K. (1994) : The anaphoric phenomena of Ewe
[6307]   Essegbey, James A. B. K. (2004) : Auxiliaries in serialising languages: on COME and GO verbs in Sranan and Ewe
[22406]   Essegbey, James A. B. K. (2003) : On definiteness asymmetry in double object constructions
[25225]   Essegbey, James A. B. K. (2008) : The potential morpheme in Ewe
[25238]   Essegbey, James A. B. K. (2010) : Inherent Complement Verbs and the Basic Double Object Construction in Gbe
[6308]   Essen, Otto von (1935/36) : Stimmhafte Implosive im Vai
[6309]   Essen, Otto von (1955) : Über wortdifferenzierende Tonhöhen der Namasprache
[6310]   Essen, Otto von (1957) : Das Phonemsystem des Nama-Hottentottischen
[6311]   Essen, Otto von (1961/62) : Implosive Verschlusslaute im Hausa
[6312]   Essen, Otto von (1962) : Sprachliche Ermittlungen im Nama-Hottentottischen nach einer Tonbandaufnahme
[6313]   Essen, Otto von (1965/66) : Über die Anschlussarten Schnalz-Vokal im Namahottentottischen
[6314]   Essen, Otto von (1966) : Zur Intonation der Frage im Nama-Hottentottischen
[6315]   Essen, Otto von (1967) : Einfache und gelängte Konsonanten in der Sprechweise einer Gewährsperson für das Amharische
[6317]   Essen, Otto von (1971) : Bedeutungsbestimmende Silbentonhöhen in der Sprache der Herero
[6316]   Essen, Otto von & Emmi Kähler-Meyer (1969) : Prosodische Wortmerkmale im Nyakyusa
[6320]   Essien, Okon E. (1972) : The reflexive in Efik
[6321]   Essien, Okon E. (1974) : Pronominalization in Efik
[6322]   Essien, Okon E. (1975) : Personal pronouns in indirect discourse in Efik
[6323]   Essien, Okon E. (1978) : Possessive pronominalization and the so-called picture nouns in Efik
[6324]   Essien, Okon E. (1979) : Efik-Ibibio counting system
[6325]   Essien, Okon E. (1979) : Length and nasalization in Ibibio
[6326]   Essien, Okon E. (1982) : Efik orthography
[6328]   Essien, Okon E. (1982) : The so-called reflexive pronouns and reflexivization in Ibibio
[6329]   Essien, Okon E. (1982) : Languages of the Cross River State
[6331]   Essien, Okon E. (1983) : Verbal derivation in Ibibio
[6332]   Essien, Okon E. (1983) : The tense system of Ibibio
[6333]   Essien, Okon E. (1984) : Towards an Ibibio orthography ; part 1
[6334]   Essien, Okon E. (1985) : Towards an Ibibio orthography ; part 2
[6335]   Essien, Okon E. (1985) : Ibibio orthography
[6336]   Essien, Okon E. (1985) : Negation in Ibibio: a syntactic-phonological process
[6337]   Essien, Okon E. (1990) : A grammar of the Ibibio language
[6338]   Essien, Okon E. (1990) : La construction syntaxique avec l’opérateur ’kè en ibibio
[6340]   Essien, Okon E. (1991) : The tense system of Ibibio revisited
[6341]   Essien, Okon E. (1993) : Language development: the Ibibio experience
[6342]   Essien, Okon E. (1995) : The English language and code-mixing: a case study of the phenomenon in Ibibio
[6343]   Essien, Okon E. (1995) : The phonemes of Ibibio revisited
[6330]   Essien, Okon E. (Ed) (1983) : The orthography of the Ibibio language
[6339]   Essien, Okon E. (Ed) (1991) : The tense systems of Nigerian languages and English
[6318]   Essien, Udo [Ekanem] (1970) : Anang and the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[6319]   Essien, Udo [Ekanem] (1970) : The vowel system of Efik
[6327]   Essien, Udo [Ekanem] & Thomas Louis Cook (1982) : A brief introduction to Efik
[6344]   Essilfie, Thomas (1989) : The African linguist and his chores: language teaching programmes in SADCC universities and the philosophy behind them
[6345]   Essilfie, Thomas (1999) : Space, time and agency in Akan: syntactic and semantic interconnections in locative sentences
[24724]   Essizewa, Komlan E. (2007) : Language Contact Phenomena in Togo: A Case Study of Kabiye-Ewe Code-switching
[26681]   Essizewa, Komlan E. (2008) : Sociolinguistic aspects of language change among Kabiye-French bilinguals
[6346]   Essizewa, Komlan Essowe (2003) : Aspect of Kabye tonal phonology and implications for the correspondence theory of faithfullness
[24154]   Essizewa, Komlan Essowe (2006) : A sociolinguistic survey of language contact in Togo: A case study of Kabiye and Ewe
[6347]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (1972) : L’ewondo par la grammaire et l’exercice
[6348]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (1974) : Description phonologique du tuki (ati), langue Sanaga
[6349]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (1980) : Morphologie nominale du tuki (langue sanaga)
[6351]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (1993) : Description synchronique de l’ewondo (bantou A 72a du Cameroun): phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[6352]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (2000) : L’ewondo, langue bantu du Cameroun: phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[6350]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] & Beban Sammy Chumbow (1989) : Dévelopement et modernisation de l’ewondo
[6353]   Essuah, J. Amihere (1960) : Nzema spelling book
[6354]   Essuah, J. Amihere (1965) : Nzema grammar
[6355]   Esterhuyse, C. J. (1974) : Die ontwikkeling van die Noord-Sothoskryftaal
[6356]   Esterhuyse, C. J. (1975) : Die ontwikkeling van die skryftekenstelsel van Noord-Sotho
[6357]   Estermann, [Padre] Carlos (1962) : Confusões toponímicas e topográficas (Caconda, Cafima, Capangombe)
[6358]   Estermann, [Padre] Carlos (1963) : Aculturação linguística no sul de Angola
[6359]   Estermann, [Padre] Carlos (1970) : Valiosa contribuição para a linguistica banta em Angola: o dicionário português-nhaneca do António Joaquim da Silva
[6362]   Eteffa Mulugeta (1988) : Issues in language policy and planning in present-day Ethiopia (a glance at multilingualism)
[6363]   Eteffa Mulugeta (1989) : Issues in language policy and planning in present-day Ethiopia (a glance at multilingualism)
[25947]   Ethe, Julia Ndibnu Messina (2012) : Processus phonologiques et sémantique de la réduplication en Beti-Fang : Le cas de la variante mengisa
[6364]   Etia, Isaac Moume (1928) : Dictionnaire du langage francoduala contenant tous les mots usuels
[6365]   Etim, J. S. (1985) : The attitude of primary school teachers and headmasters towards the use of some mother tongues as the medium of instruction in primary schools in Plateau State, Nigeria
[23851]   Eto, Roger Abessolo (1990) : Esquisse phonologique du bongo
[6366]   Etsio, Edouard (2003) : Parlons lingala: tobala lingala
[22494]   Etsio, Edouard (1999) : Parlons teke: langue et culture Congo et Gabon
[27197]   Etter, Marlene (1988) : Language assessment survey among the Byep (Northern Mekaa)
[6367]   Etuembo, N. (1981) : Essai d’une analyse descriptivo-comparative des démonstratifs en bolia (C35b), sengele (C33) et ngombe (C41)
[6369]   Eulenberg, John Bryson (1971) : A new look at the predication particles in Hausa
[6370]   Eulenberg, John Bryson (1971) : Conjunction reduction and reduplication in African languages
[6371]   Eulenberg, John Bryson (1972) : Complementation phenomena in Hausa
[6368]   Eulenberg, John Bryson & J. T. Ritter (197-) : A generative characterisation of the subjunctive in Hausa
[6403]   Éva, Hompó (1990) : Grammatical relations in Gamo: a pilot sketch
[6374]   Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (19--) : Unpublished notes on the Anuak language
[6375]   Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (1929) : Some collective expressions of obscenity in Africa
[6376]   Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (1932) : Ethnological observations in Dar Fung
[6377]   Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (1934) : Imagery in Ngok Dinka cattle-names
[6378]   Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (1948) : Nuer modes of address
[6379]   Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (1954) : A Zande slang language
[6380]   Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (1961) : A note on bird cries and others sounds in Zande
[6381]   Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (1962) : Ideophones in Zande
[6382]   Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (1963) : Meaning on Zande proverbs
[6383]   Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (1965) : An Efik grammar
[6372]   Evans, H. G. J. (1972) : Does everybody need French?
[6373]   Evans, M. S. (1980) : A surface word-order typology of Tswana
[6384]   Everbroeck, N. van (19--) : Schets van spraakkunst van het lokonda
[6385]   Everbroecke, René V. van (1956) : Lingala woordenboek: Lingala-Nederlands, Nederlands-Lingala
[6386]   Everbroecke, René V. van (1958) : Grammaire et exercises lingala
[6387]   Everbroecke, René V. van (1969) : Le lingala: parlé et écrit
[23914]   Everbroecke, René V. van (1985) : Maloba ma lokóta lingála / Dictionnaire lingala: lingála-français, français-lingála
[28549]   Evouna, Jacques (2017) : La morphologie nominale en èwòndò : la double préfixation
[6388]   Evrard, E. (1966) : Étude statistique sur les affinités de cinquant-huit dialectes bantous
[25448]   Ewane Etame, Jeaṅ (1995) : Lexique mkaa’-français et français-mkaa’
[28938]   Ewane Etame, Jean (ed.) (2018) : Mkaaʼ – French lexicon and French – Mkaaʼ index
[6389]   Ewayi, Alou (1983) : Classification et conjugaison des verbes kabiye
[23930]   Ewota, James (1973) : The phonology of Kole
[25881]   Extra, Guus (2008) : Crossnational and crosslinguistic perspectives on the Status of Berber in European cities, with a focus on The Hague
[6390]   Extra, Guus & Jeanne Maartens (1998) : Constitutionally enshrined multilingualism: challenges and responses. Proceedings of the 15th annual conference of the South African Applied Linguistics Association, University of Stellenbosch
[6391]   Eyassu Nega (2003) : The morphology of Endegegne
[6392]   Eyasu Haylu (2001) : The structure of noun phrases and dependent clauses in Tenaro
[6393]   Eyindanga, E. J. (1989) : Les langues du marché à Libreville: éléments pour une étude du plurilinguisme au Gabon
[6394]   Eynde, F. van der (1944) : Grammaire swahili, suive d’un vocabulaire
[6395]   Eynde, F. van der (1949) : Swahili spraakkunst
[22551]   Eynde, J. van den (1955) : Grammatikale studie van het Tshishokwe met een proeve van vergelijkende klankleer van het Tshishokwe
[6396]   Eynde, Karel van den (1960) : Fonologie en morfologie van het Cokwe
[6397]   Eynde, Karel van den (1968) : Éléments de grammaire yaka: phonologie et morphologie flexionelle
[24822]   Eyob Kelemework (2006) : Word formation in Gedeo
[28160]   Eyob Kelemework Wolde (2016) : A grammar of Gedeo: A Cushitic language of Ethiopia
[25331]   Eyoh, Julius A. (2011) : Engwo Lexicon - Engwo-English, English-Engwo
[28960]   Eyoh, Julius A. (2018) : Engwo – English Dictionary
[26082]   Eyoh, Julius A. (compiled by) (2010) : Mbembe Lexicon
[6399]   Eze, Ejike (1997) : Aspects of language contact: a variationist perspective on code-switching and borrowing in Igbo-English bilingual discourse
[6398]   Eze, Smart N. (1980) : Nigerian Pidgin English sentence complexity
[24132]   Ezeani, Emmanuel O. (2002) : Learning the Sciences in the Igbo Language
[24135]   Ezejideaku, Emmanuel (2006) : The language of Igbo satiric poetry
[26716]   Ezejideaku, Emmanuel & Joy O. Louis (2011) : On the so-called mutual intelligibility among Etsako dialects
[28151]   Ezenwafor, Chikelu Ihunanya (2017) : A Grammatical Sketch of Etulo
[6400]   Ezikeojiaku, P. A. (1981) : The Igbo lexicographer and dictionary complication
[6401]   Ezra Ayele (1987) : Object language used in Arssie Oromo society
[6402]   ɛ́chard, Nicole (Ed) (1991) : Actes du IVe colloque Méga-Tchad
[22473]   Faarax, Cabdulqani Guure (1999) : Dictionnaire somali-français
[28099]   Faarax, Cabdulqani Guure (2008) : Dictionnaire français-somali - qaamuus faransiis - af soomaali
[6404]   Faarax, Jawaahir Cabdala (1992) : Somali learner’s dictionary/Qaamuuska barashada ingiriis-soomaali
[25997]   Faaß, Gertrud , Ulrich Heid , Elsabe Taljard & Danie Prinsloo (2009) : Part-of-Speech Tagging of Northern Sotho: Disambiguating Polysemous Function Words
[6405]   Fabb, Nigel (1992) : The licensing of Fon verbs
[6406]   Fabb, Nigel (1992) : Reduplication and object movement in Ewe and Fon
[6407]   Faber, Alice (1980) : Genetic subgroupings of the Semitic languages
[6408]   Faber, Alice (1985) : Akkadian evidence for proto-Semitic affricates
[6409]   Faber, Alice (1989) : On the nature of proto-Semitic *l
[6410]   Faber, Alice (1991) : The diachronic relationship between negative and interrogative markers in Semitic
[6411]   Faber, Alice (1997) : Genetic subgrouping of the Semitic languages
[6412]   Fabian, Johannes (1982) : Schratching the surface: observations on the poetics of lexical borrowing in Shaba Swahili
[6413]   Fabian, Johannes (1985) : Language on the road: notes on Swahili in two nineteenth century travelogues
[6414]   Fabian, Johannes (1986) : Simplicity on command: on pidginization of Swahili in Shaba (Zaire)
[6415]   Fabian, Johannes (1986) : Language and colonial power: the appropriation of Swahili in the former Belgian Congo 1880-1983
[6416]   Fabian, Johannes (1990) : History from below: the “vocabulary of Elisabethville” by André Tav - text, translations and interpretive essay
[6417]   Fabian, Johannes (1990) : Power and performance: ethnographic explorations through proverbal wisdom and theatre in Shaba, Zaïre
[6418]   Fabian, Johannes (1991) : Potopot: problems of documenting the history of spoken Swahili in Shaba
[6420]   Fabre, Anne Gwenaëlle (2003) : Étude du samba leko parler d’Allani (Cameroun du Nord, famille Adamawa)
[25350]   Fabre, Anne Gwenaëlle (2001) : Étude du samba leko - parler, d’Allani (Nord du Cameroun, famille Adamawa)
[26010]   Fabre, Gwenaëlle (2009) : Sérialisation et hiérarchisation dans le système verbal du samba leko, langue adamawa du nord-cameroun
[26345]   Fabre, Gwenaëlle (1997) : Lexique gbambiya
[28141]   Fabre, Gwenaëlle (2020) : The control marker na᷆ ~ na᷄w in Samba Leko, a language spoken in Cameroon - Nigeria
[28325]   Fabre, Gwenaëlle (2020) : La main abstraite, analyse d’un élément polyfonctionnel en samba leko, langue Adamawa du Cameroun
[6421]   Fabrio, R. del & F. Petterlini (1977) : Gramática kikongo
[6518]   Fábùnmi, Felix Abídèmí (2001) : Notes on tense and aspect in the Ijesa dialect of Yoruba
[6519]   Fábùnmi, Felix Abídèmí (2003) : A GPSG appraisal of sequential distribution of auxiliary verbs in Ìjesà dialect of Yorùbá
[26101]   Fábùnmi, Felix Abídèmí (2009) : A GPSG Structure of Aspect in Yorùbá Àkókó
[22831]   Fábùnmi, Felix Abídèmí & Akeem Segun Sàláwù (2005) : Is Yoruba an endangered language?
[6422]   Fachner, Regine Koroma (1988) : Das Nominalsyntagma im Gola
[6423]   Fachner, Regine Koroma (1990) : The noun phrase in Gola
[6424]   Fachner, Regine Koroma (1994) : Die Morphosyntax des Gola
[22491]   Fadaïro, Dominique (2001) : Parlons fon: langue et culture ddu Bénin, bilingue français-fon
[28971]   Fadul, Yousif Aljuzuli , Terafi Mohadin Chol , Muusa Nuer Teebu , Bal Douwash Yousif , Abrahama Kidir Blang , Abdalmajid Juma Anur , Tim Stirtz & David Graves (2020) : Jumjum – English Dictionary
[6425]   Fafowora, O. F. (1995) : The need for medical vocabulary in Nigerian languages
[6426]   Fafunwa, A. B. (1974) : A history of education in Nigeria
[6427]   Fafunwa, A. B. , J. I. Macauley & J. A. F. Sokoya (1989) : Education in mother tongue: the Ife primary education research project
[6428]   Fagan, Brian M. & Roland Anthony Oliver (1968) : Wenner-Gren Research Conference on Bantu origins in sub-Saharan Africa
[6429]   Fagan, Brian M. , Roland Anthony Oliver & Tulli Grundemann (1968) : Wenner-Gren Research Conference on Bantu origins in sub-Saharan Africa, Chicago, March 24-29, 1968: summary report and recommendations
[6430]   Fagan, E. (1984) : An examination of prison gang language: analysis of a letter
[6431]   Fagborun, J. Gbenga (1990) : Yoruba counting verse: a linguistic approach to oral tradition
[6433]   Fagborun, J. Gbenga (1993) : Concession and atemporal nígbàtí in Yoruba
[6434]   Fagborun, J. Gbenga (1994) : The Yoruba koiné: its history and linguistic innovations
[6435]   Fagborun, J. Gbenga (1994) : Yorùbá verbs and their usage: an introductory handbook for learners
[6436]   Fagerberg-Diallo, Sonja Marie (1978/79) : A brief survey of Pulaar/Fulfulde dialects in West Africa
[6437]   Fagerberg-Diallo, Sonja Marie (1982) : Syntactic expansions in text: beyond SVO in Pulaar oral narrative performance
[6438]   Fagerberg-Diallo, Sonja Marie (1983) : Discourse strategies in Pulaar: the use of focus
[6439]   Fagerberg-Diallo, Sonja Marie (1984) : A practical guide and reference grammar to the Fulfulde of Maasina
[6440]   Fagerberg-Diallo, Sonja Marie (1987) : Pular: a guide for the dialect of Fuuta Djalon (Guinea)
[6441]   Fagerberg-Diallo, Sonja Marie (2001) : Constructive interdependence: the response of a Senegalese community to the question of why become literate
[6442]   Fagerli, Ole T. (1993) : Affix order in Fulfulde and the scope in interpretation
[6443]   Fagerli, Ole T. (1994) : Verbal derivations in Fulfulde
[6444]   Fagerli, Ole T. (1995) : Benefactive constructions: a typological study
[6446]   Faïk-Nzuji Madiya, Clémentine (1970) : Enigmas lubas-nshinga: étude structurale
[6447]   Faïk-Nzuji Madiya, Clémentine (1976) : Devinettes tonales luba: tusumwinu
[6449]   Faïk-Nzuji Madiya, Clémentine (1991) : Système anthroponymique luba
[6448]   Faïk-Nzuji Madiya, Clémentine & Erika Sulzmann (Ed) (1983) : Mélanges de culture et de linguistique africaines publiés à la mémoire de Leo Stappers
[6445]   Faiq, Said (1999) : The status of Berber: a permanent challenge to language policy in Morocco
[6450]   Fajen, J. (1970) : A manual of Kukele
[23775]   Fakinlede, Kayode J. (2003) : English-Yoruba, Yoruba-English modern practical dictionary
[24706]   Fakoya, Adeleke A. (2006) : Response-Comment Elements in Yorùbá Conversational Discourse
[26125]   Fakoya, Adeleke A. (2006) : Response-Comment Elements in Yorùbá Conversational Discourse
[1425]   Fakoyo, G. A. (1986) : Igasi phonology
[6451]   Fakuade, Gbenga (1989) : The three-language formula for Nigeria: problems of implementation
[6452]   Fakuade, Gbenga (1994) : Lingua franca from African sources in Nigeria: the journey so far
[6453]   Fakuade, Gbenga , Matudi Gambo & Abdullahi Bashir (2003) : Language shift from mother tongue towards Fulfulde in Adamawa State, Nigeria: causes and consequences
[6455]   Fal, Arame (1995) : Education pour le Santé: vocabulaire de base français-wolof
[6456]   Fal, Arame (1999) : Précis de grammaire fonctionnelle de la langue wolof
[24347]   Fal, Arame (1980) : Les nominaux en serer-siin (parler de Jaxaaw)
[6454]   Fal, Arame , Rosine Santos & Jean Léonce Doneux (1990) : Dictionnaire wolof-français suivi dʼun index français-wolof
[6457]   Fall, Khadiyatoulah (1977) : L’univers culturel de l’enfant wolophone de Dakar d’après la disponibilité des concepts dans la langue maternelle et la langue d’enseignement: cas du wolof et du français
[24475]   Fall, Papa Oumar (2005) : Contribution à la phonologie laalaa (Parler de Bargaro)
[24476]   Fall, Papa Oumar (2006) : Les pronoms laalaa
[6459]   Fallon, Paul D. (2004) : The best is not good enough: scouring a previously documented language for more
[24684]   Fallon, Paul D. (2006) : Consonant Mutation and Reduplication in Blin Singulars and Plurals
[24707]   Fallon, Paul D. (2006) : Blin Orthography: A History and an Assessment
[26198]   Fallon, Paul D. (2009) : The Velar Ejective in Proto-Agaw
[26830]   Fallon, Paul D. (2015) : Coronal Ejectives and EthioSemitic Borrowing in Proto-Agaw
[6460]   Fanaroff, D. (1972) : South African English dialect: a literature survey
[6461]   Fandohan, A. Iréné (1985) : Nuwlansen yoyo fonme ton le [New principles for writing Fon]
[6462]   Fandrych, Ingrid (2003) : Socio-pragmatic and cultural aspects of teaching English for acadmic purposes in Lesotho
[6463]   Fanha, D. (1987) : Aspectos do contacto entre o português e o crioulo de Cabo Verde
[25933]   Fannami, Muhammad & Mohammed Aminu Mu'azu (2012) : An introduction to morphology and syntax of the Kanuri language
[6464]   Fanshawe, D. B. & J. M. Mutimushi (1971) : A check list of plant names in the Lozi languages
[6465]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1982) : Elision and other morpheme boundary phenomena in the western dialects of Obolo
[6466]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1984) : Tone and phrase stress: the extra high tone in Obolo
[6467]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1984) : Tone, stress and the Obolo verb focus system
[6469]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1984) : A grammar of Obolo
[6471]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1984) : Rivers Pidgin English: tone, stress or pitch-accent language?
[6473]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1985) : Rivers Pidgin English: tone, stress or pitch-accent language?
[6474]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1985) : River Pidgin (Creole) English: tone, stress or pitch-accent language?
[6475]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1986) : Cross River as a model for the evolution of Benue-Congo nominal class/concord systems
[6476]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1986) : Pronouns, creolization and decreolization in Nigerian Pidgin
[6477]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1986) : Reading and writing Nigerian Pidgin
[6478]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1987) : Creolization and the tense-aspect-modality system of Nigerian Pidgin
[6479]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1988) : Nigerian Pidgin and the languages of southern Nigeria
[6480]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1989) : Cross River
[6481]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1990) : From old Guinea to Papua New Guinea: a comparative study of Nigerian Pidgin and Tok Pisin
[6482]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1991) : The pronoun system in Nigerian Pidgin: a preliminary study
[6483]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1996) : Nigerian Pidgin
[23133]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (2005) : Globalisation and the future of Creole languages
[6468]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1984) : Assimilation, dissimilation and fusion: vowel quality and verbal reduplication in Lower Cross
[6470]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. , O. Ibim , Glory Worukwo , A. Minah & A. Tariah (1984) : Rivers State Pidgin English
[24577]   Faraclas, Nicholas Gregory (1989) : A Grammar of Nigerian Pidgin
[6484]   Farah, Mohammed Ali & Dietmar Heck (1990/93) : Somali Wörterbuch: Deutsch-Somali, Somali-Englisch-Deutsch
[6485]   Fardon, Richard & Graham Furniss (Ed) (1994) : African languages, development and the state
[6486]   Farghaly, Ali Ahmed Sabry (1981) : Topics in the syntax of Egyptian Arabic
[6487]   Farias, P. de Moraes (1990) : The oldest extant writing of West Africa: medieval epigraphs from Essuk, Saney and Egef-n-Tawaqqast (Mali)
[6488]   Farina, Felice (19--) : Karimojong grammar and dictionary
[6491]   Farina, Felice (1964) : Karimojong grammar
[6492]   Farina, Felice (1973) : Dizionario karimojong-italiano
[6493]   Farina, Felice (1986) : Nakarimojon-English and English-Nakarimojon dictionary
[6489]   Farina, J. (1927) : Grammaire de l’ancien égyptien
[6490]   Farina, J. (1934) : Le vocali dell’antico egiziano
[6494]   Farine, A. (1968) : Le bilingualisme au Cameroun
[6495]   Farinha, António Lourenço (1946) : Elementos de gramática landina
[6496]   Faris, David (1994) : Une étude sociolinguistique de la langue baraïn du Guerá au Tchad
[28598]   Faris, James C. (1978) : Nominal classes of the Southeastern Nuba: Implications for linguistic science
[6497]   Farnetani, Edda (1981) : Dai tratti ai parametri: introduzione all’analisi strumentale della lingua somala
[6498]   Farnsworth, E. M. (1952) : A Kamba grammar
[6499]   Farnsworth, E. M. (1957) : A Kamba grammar
[6500]   Farquhar, J. (1946) : A mass literacy campaign for Southern Rhodesia
[6501]   Farsi, A. A. (1965/66) : Some pronunciation problems of Swahili speaking students
[6502]   Farsi, Shaaban Saleh (1973) : Swahili idioms
[6503]   Fashola, J. B. (1976) : Oral competence at the university: a critical appraisal of the Nigerian situation
[6504]   Fasi, Mohammed El (1984) : Toponymy and ethnonymy as scientific aids to history
[6505]   Fasold, Ralph W. (1997) : Motivations and attitudes influencing vernacular literacy: four African assesments
[6506]   Faublée, Jacques (1966) : Un problème de lexicologie malgache: le mot andramo
[6507]   Faulkner, Raymond Oliver (1929) : The plural and dual in old Egyptian
[6509]   Faulkner, Raymond Oliver (1962) : A concise dictionary of Middle Egyptian
[6510]   Faure, P. (1969) : Introduction au parler arabe de l’est du Tchad
[27390]   Faust, Noam (2017) : How low can you go? A note on vowel mutation in Nuer
[28055]   Faust, Noam (2019) : Minding the Gaps in the Wolane Verbal System
[28347]   Faust, Noam (2017) : Get that into your head: Tigre vowel harmonies as templatic
[26059]   Fauvelle-Aymar, François-Xavier (2005) : Four Wordlists Of Extinct Cape Khoekhoe From The 18th Century
[6511]   Fawcett, R. P. (1970) : The medium of education in the lower primary school in Africa with special reference to Kenya
[6512]   Faye, Carl U. (1925) : The influence of “hlonipha” on the Zulu clicks
[6515]   Faye, Souleymane (1996) : Micro dico français-wolof
[24355]   Faye, Souleymane (1982) : Morphologie du verbe sérère
[26281]   Faye, Souleymane (2013) : Grammaire dialectale du seereer
[28588]   Faye, Souleymane (1985) : Morphologie du nom sérère
[26215]   Faye, Souleymane & Hillebrand Dijkstra (2005) : Glottalisées du sereer-siin, du saafi-saafi et du noon du Sénégal
[24918]   Faye, Souleymane & Maarten Mous (2006) : Verbal system and diathesis derivations in Seereer
[6514]   Faye, W. (1983) : Quelques aspects syntaxiques du wolof et du sérère
[6513]   Faye, Waly Coly (1979) : Etude morphosyntaxique du sereer singandum (région de Jaxaaw-Ñaaxar)
[24356]   Faye, Waly Coly (1981) : Précis grammatical de sérère
[25015]   Faye, Waly Coly (1985) : La relative dans les langues du groupe ouest-atlantique : Le cas du sereer et wolof
[26213]   Faye, Waly Coly (1993) : Les pronoms personnels en sereer siingandum
[26214]   Faye, Waly Coly (2005) : La classification nominale en sereer singadum
[28589]   Faye, Yacine (2010) : Le nom et ses déterminants en sereer a sex : parler du Joobaas
[6516]   Fayer, Joan M. (1982) : Written Pidgin English in Old Calabar in the 18th and 19th centuries
[6517]   Fayer, Joan M. (1986) : Pidgins as written languages: evidence from 18th century Old Calabar
[6520]   Feagin, L. C. (1966) : The phonology of the word in Dakar Wolof
[6583]   Fédry, Jacques (1969) : Syntagmes de détermination en dangaléat
[6585]   Fédry, Jacques (1971) : Quelques informations sur les langues du groupe ‘sokoro-mubi’
[6586]   Fédry, Jacques (1971) : Phonologie du dangaléat (Tchad)
[6587]   Fédry, Jacques (1971) : Masculine, féminin et collectif en dangaléat
[6588]   Fédry, Jacques (1977) : Aperçu sur la phonologie et la tonologie de quatre langues du groupe “Mubi-Karbo” (Guéra): dangaléat est, dangaléat ouest, bidiyo, dyongor
[6589]   Fédry, Jacques (1980) : Un précieux instrument de référence: le dictionnaire sango
[6590]   Fédry, Jacques (1981) : Le dangaléat
[6592]   Fédry, Jacques (1990) : Verbes monosyllabiques en dangaléat
[6584]   Fédry, Jacques , Jonas Khamis & Moussa Nedjei (1971) : Dictionnaire dangaléat (Tchad)
[6591]   Fédry, Jacques , K. Danay , M. N. Makodé & Tondo (1981) : Jì-ndóò ká tàjéy (kíyobe)/Initiation à la langue kaba (kyabé)
[6521]   Fee, Dan & Jacko Moga (1997) : Dictionary ya Sheng
[6522]   Feeley, Gerald (1991) : Modern Swahili-English dictionary
[23281]   Feeley, Gerald (1994) : Modern Swahili/Modern English: the friendly Swahili-English dictionary
[6523]   Fehderau, W. Harold (19--) : The place of the Kituba language in Congo
[6524]   Fehderau, W. Harold (1962) : Descriptive grammar of the Kituba language: a dialectal survey
[6525]   Fehderau, W. Harold (1967) : The origin and development of Kituba, lingua franca kikongo
[6526]   Fehderau, W. Harold (1969) : Dictionnaire kikongo (ya leta)-anglais-français
[25736]   Fehn, Anne-Maria (2011) : Some Notes on Traditional Ts'ixa Gesture Inventories
[27643]   Fehn, Anne-Maria (2018) : New Data on Northeastern Kalahari Khoe Phoneme Inventories: A Comparative Survey
[28335]   Fehn, Anne-Maria (2021) : Kuvale: A Bantu language of southwestern Angola
[29045]   Fehn, Anne-Maria (2023) : Is Ts’ixa (Kalahari Khoe) a dialect of Shua? A comparative take on nominal gender marking and alignment patterns
[27840]   Fehn, Anne-Maria , Sonja Bosch & Inge Kosch (2019) : African Linguistics in So-Called Lusophone and Hispanophone Africa and in Southern Africa
[6527]   Fehri, Abdelkader Fassi (1981) : La linguistique arabe: forme et interpretation
[6528]   Fehri, Abdelkader Fassi (1993) : Issues in the structure of Arabic words and clauses
[23998]   Fehri, Abdelkader Fassi (Ed) (1997) : Lexique d’informatique: français-anglais-arabe
[23999]   Fehri, Abdelkader Fassi (Ed) (1999) : Lexique de botanique: français-anglais-arabe
[24000]   Fehri, Abdelkader Fassi (Ed) (2000) : Lexique de d’urbanisme: français-arabe
[24421]   Feikere, Séraphin (1988) : Etude des emprunts du gbaya en sängö
[6529]   Feindt, Regina (1997) : Wissenschaftliche Fachsprache im Swahili: unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der medizinischen Terminologie
[6530]   Fekadie Baye (1988) : Shinasha noun and verb morphology
[6531]   Fekede Menuta (1989) : Noun morphology of K’ebena
[6532]   Fekede Menuta (2001) : Morphology of Eza
[24824]   Fekede Menuta (2007) : An overview of Qebena noun morphology
[6533]   Felberg, Knut (1996) : Nyakyusa-English-Swahili & English-Nyakyusa dictionary
[6534]   Felgas, Hélio Esteves (1960) : Grupos etnico-linguisticos do Congo portugues: sua origem, distribuicao e estabelecimento
[6535]   Fell, J. R. (1928) : Second Tonga primer: buku diabili dia ku bala
[28616]   Fell, J.R. (1918) : Tonga Grammar
[6536]   Fellman, Jack (1978) : The beginnings of African linguistics
[6537]   Fellman, Jack (1978) : Afro-Asia: a cultural-linguistic area
[6538]   Fellman, Jack (1996) : Lines of classification in Ehtiopian-Semitic
[6593]   Féral, Carole de (1977) : Le pidgin english au Cameroun: présentation sociolinguistique
[6594]   Féral, Carole de (1977) : Le cas du pidgin camérounaises
[6595]   Féral, Carole de (1979) : Ce que pidgin veut dire: essai de définition linguistique et sociolinguistique du Pidgin English camerounaises
[6596]   Féral, Carole de (1980) : Le Pidgin-English camerounaises: essai de definition linguistique et sociolinguistique
[6597]   Féral, Carole de (1989) : Pidgin English du Cameroun: description linguistique et sociolinguistique
[6539]   Feral, G. (1951) : Morphologie du verbe dans le dialecte hassane
[6540]   Ferguson, Charles A. (1970) : The Ethiopian language area
[6541]   Ferguson, Charles A. (1970) : The role of Arabic in Ethiopia
[6542]   Ferguson, Gibson (2004) : Classroom code-switching in post-colonial contexts: functions, attitudes and policies
[6543]   Fermo, Giuseppe da (1938) : Grammatica della lingua cunama
[6544]   Fermo, Giuseppe da (1950) : Cunama àura-bucià
[27627]   Fernandes, Gonçalo (2015) : The First Known Grammar of (Kahenda-Mbaka) Kimbundu (Lisbon 1697) and Álvares' ars minor (Lisbon 1573)
[6545]   Fernández, Galilea Leonicio (1951) : Diccionario español-kômbé
[6556]   Ferrão, Domingos (1970) : Grammatica cinyungwe
[6557]   Ferrão, Domingos (1970) : Curso de cinyungwe - ‘Método progressivo’
[26039]   Ferrari-Bridgers, Franca (2009) : Luganda verb morphology: a new analysis of the suffixes [-YE] and [-A] and their distribution across the indicative, subjunctive and imperative moods
[26199]   Ferrari-Bridgers, Franca (2009) : A Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis of the Final Vowels [i] and [a] in Luganda Deverbal Nouns
[6546]   Ferrari, Aurélia (2004) : Le sheng: expansion et vernacularisation d’une variété urbaine hybride à Nairobi
[27544]   Ferrari, Aurélia , Marcel Kalunga & Georges Mulumbwa (2014) : Le swahili de Lubumbashi : Grammaire, Textes, Lexique
[6547]   Ferrario, Benigno (1923) : La conjugazione cuscitica ed il problema della affinità e delle origini
[6548]   Ferrario, Benigno (1929) : Circa la questione “cushitica”
[6549]   Ferrario, Benigno (1940) : Il pronome personale cuscitico
[6551]   Ferraz, Luiz Ivens (1978) : The creole of São Tomé
[6552]   Ferraz, Luiz Ivens (1979) : The creole of São Tomé
[6553]   Ferraz, Luiz Ivens (1980) : Notes on a pidgin dialect
[6554]   Ferraz, Luiz Ivens (1983) : Communication on the mines of southern Africa, with special reference to Namibia
[6555]   Ferraz, Luiz Ivens (1984) : Fanakalo: a pidgin caught in a crisis
[6550]   Ferraz, Luiz Ivens & Marius F. Valkhoff (1975) : A comparative study of São-tomense and Cabo-verdiano creole
[22696]   Ferreira, Antonio L. Cubillo (1980) : Nuevo analisis de algunas palabras guanches: estudio critico
[6558]   Ferreira, F. H. (1929) : Sethlapiñ nomenclature and uses of the indigenous trees of Griqualand West
[6560]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1948) : Klank- en vormleer van Lovedu
[6562]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1961) : Die gesnedenheid van foneemverbindings in Sotho
[6563]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1961) : Die fonemiese struktuur van die Sothotale: ’n sinchronies-vergelykende ontleding
[6564]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1964) : ’n Leerboek vir suid-Sesotho
[6566]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1968) : Morfofonemiese aanpassings in die Sothotale
[6567]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1969) : Beskrywingsprobleme in die Bantoetaalstudie
[6568]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1973) : Order-prioriteite vir die kwalifikatiewe in Suid-Sotho
[6569]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1973) : Uitbouing van bantoetaalstudie
[6571]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1977) : Morfologie van die voornaamwoorde in die Sothotale
[6565]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham & Adam Tsele Malepe (1968) : Tswana-leerboek
[6570]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham & Adam Tsele Malepe (1977) : Tswana-leerboek
[6559]   Ferreira, M. (1937) : Cinyanja hulpboekie
[6561]   Ferreira, Manuel (1959) : Comentarios em torno do bilinguismo caboverdiano
[6572]   Ferreira, Manuel (1994) : Mother tongue interference in African literary texts in Portuguese
[22612]   Ferreira, Marcelo & Heejeong Ko (2003) : Questions in Buli
[6573]   Ferry, Marie-Paule (1968) : Deux langues tenda du Sénégal oriental, basari et bedik
[6574]   Ferry, Marie-Paule (1968) : L’alternance consonantique en bedik
[6575]   Ferry, Marie-Paule (1971) : Les affixes nominaux et leur rôle grammatical dans la phrase basari
[6576]   Ferry, Marie-Paule (1972) : L’expression du temps chez les bedik et les basari du Sénégal oriental
[6577]   Ferry, Marie-Paule (1981) : Le basari
[6578]   Ferry, Marie-Paule (1991) : Thesaurus tenda: dictionnaire ethnolinguistique de langues sénégalo-guinnéennes (bassari, bedik, konyagi)
[6579]   Ferry, Marie-Paule (1995) : La parenté des lexiques calculée suivant les méthodes de la génétique des populations: un exemple atlantique
[25308]   Ferry, Marie-Paule (2006) : Documents Bapen
[26589]   Ferry, Marie-Paule (s.d.) : Lexique baga Mboteni
[24082]   Ferry, Marie-Paule & Konstantin Pozdniakov (2001) : Dialectique du régulier et de lʼirrégulier : le système des classes nominales dans le groupe tenda des langues atlantiques
[25090]   Ferry, Marie-Paule , M. Gessain & R. Gessain (1974) : Ethno-botanique Tenda
[25613]   Fessler, Frank & Gabriele Sommer (2011) : Zur Konzeptualisierung von Vergangenheit im Bantu: Areallinguistische Vergleiche im südlichen Afrika
[28997]   Festen, Bradley & Paul Murrell (2020) : Mpyemo – French Dictionary
[6580]   Fetlework Tsigie (1984) : A contrastive analysis of Wolayitta and Amharic segmental phonemes
[6581]   Fetters, Emma Lou (1983) : A contrastive analysis of the simple locative construction in Siswati and English
[6582]   Feyer, Ursula (1947) : Haussa als Verkehrssprache
[27572]   Fidele, Dodom Ndildongar , Loubeta Miclo , Gaston Altoloum & John M. Keegan (2013) : Lexique Mango
[6598]   Fiedler, Ines (1994) : Zur Bildung des progressivs im Aja
[6600]   Fiedler, Ines (1998) : Fokus im Aja
[24925]   Fiedler, Ines (2007) : Focus Expressions in Foodo
[25572]   Fiedler, Ines (2012) : Predicate-centered focus in Gbe
[25615]   Fiedler, Ines (2011) : Attributive possession and the alienability split in Gbe
[26564]   Fiedler, Ines (2013) : Complex predicates in Ama
[27167]   Fiedler, Ines (2016) : Conjoint and disjoint verb forms in Gur? Evidence from Yom
[27999]   Fiedler, Ines (2017) : The structuring of information in natural discourse in Ama (Nyimang)
[28649]   Fiedler, Ines (2012) : E1. Yom
[28650]   Fiedler, Ines (2012) : E2. Nawdm
[28651]   Fiedler, Ines (2012) : E3. Yom-Nawdm: Comparative notes
[23559]   Fiedler, Ines & Anne Schwarz (2005) : Out-of-focus encoding in Gur and Kwa
[26694]   Fiedler, Ines & Anne Schwarz (2009) : Focal aspects in the Lelemi verb system
[26310]   Fiedler, Ines & Stefanie Jannedy (2013) : Prosody of focus marking in Ewe
[6599]   Fiedler, Ines , Catherine Griefenow-Mewis & Brigitte Reineke (Ed) (1998) : Afrikanische Sprachen im Brennpunkt der Forschung: linguistische Beiträge zum 12. Afrikanistentag, Berlin, 3.-6. Oktober 1996
[6601]   Fiedorova, N. G (1963) : [A Swahili textbook]
[6602]   Figge, Horst H. (1998) : Tupi: zum westafrikanischen Ursprung einer südamerikanischen Sprache
[6603]   Fikhman, B. S. (1963) : Materialy po izucheniyi glagola v yazyke Khausa [Materials on the analysis of the verb in the Hausa language]
[6604]   Fikhman, B. S. (1965) : Vydelenie pervogo morfologicheskogo tipa v yazyke Hausa po algoritmu statistiko-kombinatornogo modelirovaniya
[6605]   Fikhman, B. S. (1965) : Vydelenie vtorogo morfologicheskogo tipa v yazyke Hausa po algoritmu statistiko-kombinatornogo modeliroveniya
[6606]   Filali, Abdelhadi (19--) : Notions, predication, enonciation en arabe marocain: parler fassi
[6607]   Filankembo, H. (1957) : Petit vocabulaire lari-français
[6608]   Filimão, Estevão & John H. Heins (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cinyanja
[6609]   Filimão, Estevão & John H. Heins (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cinyungwe
[6610]   Filimão, Estevão & John H. Heins (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cisena
[6611]   Filimão, Estevão & John H. Heins (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cibalke
[26862]   Finer, Daniel (2013) : Deriving Turkana Word Order: Head-Movement and Topicality
[23487]   Fink, Teresa Kathleen (2005) : Attitudes towards languages in Nairobi
[25995]   Finkel, Raphael & Odetunji Ajadi Odejobi (2009) : A Computational Approach to Yorùbá Morphology
[6612]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1976) : Examples of arithmetical computations in a comparative study of Bantu languages
[6613]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1978) : A preliminary survey of hlonipha among the Xhosa
[6614]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1981) : Hlonipha: the women’s language of avoidance among the Xhosa
[6615]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1982) : Hlonipha: the women’s language of avoidance among the Xhosa
[6616]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1984) : The changing nature of isihlonipho sabafazi
[6617]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1986) : The Zulu dialect cluster
[6618]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1987) : Southern Bantu origins
[6620]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1992) : From past to present dynamics in Xhosa
[6621]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1993) : The changing face of Xhosa
[6622]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1995) : Women’s language of respect: isihlonipha sabafazi
[6627]   Finlayson, Rosalie (2002) : Women’s language of respect: isihlonipho sabafazi
[6626]   Finlayson, Rosalie (Ed) (1999) : African mosaic: festschrift for J. D. Louw
[6619]   Finlayson, Rosalie & others (1990) : Introduction to Xhosa phonetics
[6623]   Finlayson, Rosalie & Sarah Slabbert (1997) : “I’ll meet you halfway with language”: code-switching within a South African urban context
[6624]   Finlayson, Rosalie & Sarah Slabbert (1997) : “We just mix”: code switching in a South African township
[6628]   Finlayson, Rosalie & Sarah Slabbert (2004) : ‘What turns you on!’: an exploration of urban South African Xhosa and Zulu youth texts
[6625]   Finlayson, Rosalie , Karen Calteaux & Carol Myers-Scotton (1998) : Orderly mixing: codeswitching and accommodation in South Africa
[6629]   Finney, Malcolm Awadajin (1991) : Verb serialization and theta role assignment in Krio
[6630]   Finney, Malcolm Awadajin (1993) : Tone assigment and compound formation in Krio
[6631]   Finney, Malcolm Awadajin (2003) : Substratal influence on the morphosyntactic properties of Krio
[24160]   Finney, Malcolm Awadajin (2002) : Compounding and Reduplication in Krio
[6632]   Fiore, Lynne Ellen (1977) : A phonology of Limbum (Nsungli)
[6633]   Fiore, Lynne Ellen & Patricia Peck (1980) : Limbum
[6634]   Firchow, O. (1953) : Grundzüge der Stilistik in den alt-ägyptischen Pyramidentexten
[6635]   Firehiwat Takele (2001) : The noun phrase in Nayi
[28158]   Firew Girma Worku (2020) : A Grammar of Mursi, a Nilo-Saharan Language
[28202]   Firew Girma Worku (2021) : A Grammar of Mursi, a Nilo-Saharan Language
[6636]   Firmino, Gregório (1987) : Alguns problemas de normatização do português em Moçambique
[6639]   Firmino, Gregório (1994) : O caso do português e das línguas indígenas de Moçambique (subsídios para uma política linguística)
[6642]   Firmino, Gregório (2000) : Situação linguistiqica de Moçambique
[6641]   Firmino, Gregório , Albino Maheche , António José da Fonseca Maheme , Gosnell L. Yorke , Raimundo Garrine & Ruquia Fluce Abdula (2000) : Proposta da ortografia do Cicopi
[6640]   Firmino, Gregório , Anchura Urcy , Gosnell L. Yorke & Raimundo Garrine (2000) : Proposta da ortografia do Gitonga
[6637]   Firmino, Gregório , Mateus Pequenino jnr & Katherine Alison Demuth (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Gitonga
[6638]   Firmino, Gregório , Mateus Pequenino jnr & Katherine Alison Demuth (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cicopi
[6643]   Firoo, Londoo (2003) : Mandinka kango taamañaa
[6644]   Fisch, Maria (1977) : Einführung in die Sprache der Mbukushu, Ost Kavango, Namibia
[6645]   Fisch, Maria (1978) : Was ist eine Bantusprache?
[6646]   Fisch, Maria (1979/81) : Personennamen und Namensgebung: eine ethnologisch-etymologische Studie bei den Kavangostämme
[6647]   Fisch, Maria (1984) : Die Kavangofischer
[6648]   Fisch, Maria (1985/87) : Ursprung und Bedeutung des Namens Okavango
[6649]   Fisch, Maria (1998) : Thimbukushu grammar
[24559]   Fisch, Rudolf (1912) : Grammatik der Dagomba-Sprache
[6650]   Fischer, [Père] François (1949) : Grammaire-dictionnaire comorien
[6658]   Fischer, Allestree (2000) : English for Uganda in the next millenium
[6654]   Fischer, Arnold , Elisabeth Weiss , Sonwabo Tshabe & Ernest Mdala (1985) : English-Xhosa dictionary
[6656]   Fischer, Arnold , Elisabeth Weiss , Sonwabo Tshabe & Ernest Mdala (1992) : English-Xhosa dictionary
[6651]   Fischer, Henry George (1979) : Ancient Egyptian calligraphy: beginner’s guide to writing hieroglyphs
[6653]   Fischer, Henry George (1983) : Ancient Egyptian calligraphy: beginner’s guide to writing hieroglyphs
[6655]   Fischer, Henry George (1988) : Ancient Egyptian calligraphy: beginner’s guide to writing hieroglyphs
[6657]   Fischer, Henry George (1999) : Ancient Egyptian calligraphy: beginner’s guide to writing hieroglyphs
[6652]   Fischer, Wolfdietrich & Otto Jastrow (Ed) (1980) : Handbuch der arabischen Dialekte
[28294]   Fish, Roderick (2020) : Swahili Conditional Constructions in Embodied Frames of Reference: Modeling Semantics, Pragmatics, and Context-sensitivity in UML Mental Spaces
[6659]   Fisher, Alan (1976) : Phonologie guéré
[22968]   Fisher, Alan (1980) : La marque du déclaratif en guéré
[24416]   Fisher, M.K. (1963) : Lunda-Ndembu handbook
[6660]   Fisseha Hailu (1984) : Noun morphology of Yamsa
[6661]   Fivaz, Derek (1963) : Some aspects of the ideophone in Zulu
[6663]   Fivaz, Derek (1970) : Shona morphophonemics and morphosyntax
[6664]   Fivaz, Derek (1973) : Bantu classificatory criteria towards a critical examination and comparison of the language taxonomies of Doke and Guthrie
[6665]   Fivaz, Derek (1974) : Towards explanation in African linguistics
[6667]   Fivaz, Derek (1984) : Predication in Ndonga
[6668]   Fivaz, Derek (1986) : A reference grammar of Oshindonga
[6669]   Fivaz, Derek (2003) : A reference grammar of Oshindonga
[6662]   Fivaz, Derek & Jeanette Ratzlaff (1969) : Shona language lessons
[6666]   Fivaz, Derek & Patricia Elena Scott (1977) : African languages: a genetic and decimalised classification for bibliographic and general reference
[23437]   Flaherty, F. (1974) : The N-prefix in Swahili
[6672]   Fleisch, Axel (1993) : Die Sprachenkarte Angolas
[6673]   Fleisch, Axel (1994) : Die ethnographische und linguistische Situation in Angola
[6675]   Fleisch, Axel (1995) : Tempusaspekt und Modalität im Herero anhand von fiktiven und dokumentarischen erzähltexten
[6676]   Fleisch, Axel (2000) : Lucazi grammar: a morphosemantic analysis
[23401]   Fleisch, Axel (2005) : A cognitive semantic approach to the linguistic construal of UPPER SPACE in Southern Ndebele
[24810]   Fleisch, Axel (2007) : Orientational clitics and the expression of path in Tashelhit Berber (Shilha)
[25526]   Fleisch, Axel (2012) : Directionality in Berber – Orientational clitics in Tashelhiyt and related varieties
[25669]   Fleisch, Axel (2011) : Construing motion in Berber
[25801]   Fleisch, Axel (2009) : Language History in SE Angola: The Ngangela-Nyemba Dialect Cluster
[25813]   Fleisch, Axel (2009) : The Reconstruction of Lexical Semantics in Bantu
[25842]   Fleisch, Axel (2009) : Structure de l'information : une comparaison du tachelhit avec le taqbaylit
[27813]   Fleisch, Axel (2020) : Cognition and language
[6674]   Fleisch, Axel & Dirk Otten (Ed) (1995) : Sprachkulturelle und historische Forshungen in Afrika: 11. Afrikanistentage, Köln, 19.-21. Sept. 1994
[6670]   Fleisch, Henri (1944) : Les verbes à allongement vocalique interne en sémitique
[6671]   Fleisch, Henri (1974) : Études d’arabe dialectal
[6677]   Fleischer, C. F. (1924) : A new English-Ga method
[6678]   Fleischmann, U. (1984) : Sprache und Politik auf den Kapverdischen Inseln
[22933]   Fleming, Caroline Brevard (1995) : An introduction to Mona grammar
[6679]   Fleming, Harold C. (1964) : Baiso and Rendille: Somali outliers
[6680]   Fleming, Harold C. (1968) : Ethiopic language history: testing linguistic hypotheses in an archaeological and documentary context
[6681]   Fleming, Harold C. (1969) : The classification of West Cushitic within Hamito-Semitic
[6682]   Fleming, Harold C. (1973) : Sub-classification in Hamito-Semitic
[6683]   Fleming, Harold C. (1974) : Omotic as an Afroasiatic family
[6684]   Fleming, Harold C. (1975) : Recent research in Omotic-speaking areas
[6685]   Fleming, Harold C. (1976) : Omotic overview
[6686]   Fleming, Harold C. (1976) : Kefa (Gonga) languages
[6687]   Fleming, Harold C. (1976) : Non-Semitic languages: Cushitic and Omotic
[6688]   Fleming, Harold C. (1979) : Microtaxonomy: language and blood groups in the African Horn
[6689]   Fleming, Harold C. (1983) : Chadic external relations
[6690]   Fleming, Harold C. (1983) : Surma etymologies
[6691]   Fleming, Harold C. (1983) : Kuliak external relations: step one
[6692]   Fleming, Harold C. (1986) : Hadza and Sandawe genetic relations
[6693]   Fleming, Harold C. (1987) : Proto-Gongan consonant phonemes: stage one
[6694]   Fleming, Harold C. (1988) : Mao’s ancestor: consonant phonemes of proto-Mao
[6695]   Fleming, Harold C. (1988) : Proto-South-Omotic or Proto-Somotic consonant phonemes: stage one
[6696]   Fleming, Harold C. (1990) : A grammatical sketch of Dime (Dim-Af) of the lower Omo
[6697]   Fleming, Harold C. (1990) : Omotica, Afrosiana and more: Ethiopia as a the ever-flowing vase
[6698]   Fleming, Harold C. (1991) : Shabo: presentation of data and preliminary classification
[6699]   Fleming, Harold C. (1992) : Omotic and Cushitic: a reply to Lamberti
[23463]   Fleming, Harold C. (2002) : Omgota lexicon: English-Ongota
[6700]   Fleming, Harold C. , Aklilu Yilma , Ayalew Mitiku Birru , Richard J. Hayward , Yukio Miyawaki , Pavel Mikesh & J. Michael Seelig (1992) : Ongota or Birale: a moribund language of Gemu-Gofa (Ethiopia)
[6701]   Fligelman, Frieda (1932) : Moral vocabulary of an unwritten language (Fulani)
[6702]   Fligelman, Frieda (1932) : The richness of African negro languages (Fulani as a type)
[6703]   Flight, Colin (1980) : Malcolm Guthrie and the reconstruction of Bantu prehistory
[6704]   Flight, Colin (1981) : Trees and traps: strategies for the classification of African languages and their historical significance
[6705]   Flight, Colin (1988) : Bantu trees and some wider ramifications
[6706]   Flight, Colin (1988) : The Bantu expansion and the SOAS network
[22910]   Flik, Eva (1977) : Tone glides and registers in five Dan dialects
[22918]   Flik, Eva (1978) : Dan tense-aspect and discourse
[24545]   Flik, Eva & Margrit Bolli (1980 [1973]) : Yacouba
[6707]   Floor, Sebastian (1997) : Guia de ortografia de kimwani
[6708]   Floor, Sebastian (1998) : Vocabulário mwani-português
[6709]   Floor, Sebastian (1999) : The spirit world and spiritual beings in Mwani culture and language: perspectives on the worldview of an African Islam-animistic people
[6710]   Floor, Sebastian (1999) : Confirmative demonstratives
[23036]   Floor, Sebastian (2000) : Mwani grammatical sketch
[23039]   Floor, Sebastian (2004) : Tense-aspect switching in Mwani: the consecutive -ki- and the perfect verbs in narratives
[6711]   Florez, Fr. J. (1---) : An introduction to the Pokot grammar
[27547]   Fløttum, Sverre (1974) : Dictionnaire français - mbum
[23616]   Fluckiger, Cheryl A. (1989) : The Kuo communities of Cameroon and Chad
[24619]   Fluckiger, Cheryl A. (1987) : Phonological sketch: Kuo
[6712]   Fluckiger, Cheryl A. & Annie H. Whaley (1981) : A proposed writing system for the Mandara language
[6713]   Fluckiger, Cheryl A. & Annie H. Whaley (1981) : The uses of three prepositions in Mandara
[6714]   Fluckiger, Cheryl A. & Annie H. Whaley (1983) : Four discourse particles in Mandara
[6715]   Fobih, Dominic Kwaku (1979) : The influence of different educational experiences on classification and verbal reasoning behaviour of children in Ghana
[6716]   Foday, J. E. B. (1941) : Names of the twelve months of the year in Temne, with notes and translations
[6717]   Fodor, István (1965) : Az afrikai nyelvek osztalyozasanak problemai [Problems of classification of African languages]
[6718]   Fodor, István (1966) : The problems in the classification of the African languages: methodological and theoretical conclusions concerning the classification system of Joseph H. Greenberg
[6719]   Fodor, István (1966) : Linguistic problems and “language planning” in Africa
[6720]   Fodor, István (1968) : La classification des langues négro-africaines et le théorie de J. H. Greenberg
[6721]   Fodor, István (1975) : Pallas und andere afrikanische Vokabularien vor dem 19. Jahrhundert: ein Beitrag zur Forschungsgeschichte
[6722]   Fodor, István (1977) : The use of L. Magyar’s records (1859) for the history of Umbundu
[6723]   Fodor, István (1980) : H. E. Hale and his African vocabularies (1846)
[6724]   Fodor, István (1981) : A fallacy of contemporary linguistics: J. H. Greenberg’s classification of the African languages and his ‘comparative method’
[6725]   Fodor, István (1983) : Introduction to the history of Umbundu: L. Magyar’s records and the later sources
[26398]   Fofana, Mori Saïdou (1977) : Description générale d'une variante du soso : le soso de Möriya
[6726]   Fofana, Mori-Seyidou (1993) : [Syntax of a simple sentence in an analytical language]
[23856]   Fointein, Jacenta Nsang (1986) : Phonology of Esimbi
[28703]   Fokken, A. (1905) : Das Kisiha
[6727]   Fokken, Hermann A. (19--) : English-Masai vocabulary
[23908]   Fokou Tamofo, Félix (2002) : Esquisse phonologique et principes orthographiques du wumboko
[6728]   Folarin, Antonia Yetunde (1967) : Preliminary notes on the phonology of the Ondo dialect of Yoruba
[6730]   Folarin, Antonia Yetunde (1987) : Lexical phonology of Yoruba nouns and verbs
[6731]   Folarin, Antonia Yetunde (1987) : Lexical and phrasal phonology of Yoruba nouns
[6732]   Folarin, Antonia Yetunde (1988) : Prefix oni in Yoruba
[6729]   Folarin, B. (1979) : Context, register and language varieties: a proposed model for the discusson of varieties of English in Nigeria
[23056]   Follingstad, Carl M. (1994) : Thematic development and prominence in Tyap discourse
[23057]   Follingstad, Carl M. (1995) : ‘hinneh’ and focus function with application to Tyap
[23068]   Follingstad, Carl M. (1991) : Aspects of Tyap syntax
[6733]   Folorunso, Abayomi Kizito (19--) : Pronoms et reprises dans le discours ecrit en français et en yoruba
[6832]   Fölscher, S. (1990) : Die adjektief in Zulu
[6734]   Fombo, A. (1975) : Ibani bibi dawo diri: studies in the Ibani dialects of Ijo
[28366]   Fominyam, Henry Z. (2018) : Inverting the subject in Awing
[28448]   Fominyam, Henry Zamchang & Doreen Georgi (2021) : Subject marking in Awing
[28364]   Fongang, Leonel Tadjo (2020) : Polar Questions in Ŋgə̂mbà (Grassfields Bantu): A Cartographic Approach
[6735]   Fonlon, Bernard (1969) : The language problem in Cameroon (an historical perspective)
[6736]   Fontan, Françoise (19--) : Modes de diffusion de la langue française en Afrique noire francophone depuis le debut de la colonisation
[6737]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1980) : Le verbe lexical
[6738]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1980) : Le verbe
[6739]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1984) : Notes towards a description of Teke (Gabon)
[6740]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1988) : Mboshi: steps towards a grammar ; part 1
[6741]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1989) : Mboshi: steps towards a grammar ; part 2
[6742]   Fontoynont, Antoine Maurice & Emmanuel Raomandahy (1937) : La Grande Comore
[6749]   Ford, Carolyn M. (1986) : Dialect survey report of Aari
[6751]   Ford, Carolyn M. (1990) : Notes on Ko:rete phonology
[6752]   Ford, Carolyn M. (1991) : Notes on the phonology and grammar of Chaha Gurage
[28944]   Ford, David (ed.) (2020) : Borna – Amharic – English Dictionary
[6743]   Ford, Kevin C. (1971) : Aspects of Avatime syntax
[6744]   Ford, Kevin C. (1971) : Remarks on distinctive features of tone in light of data from a Ghanaian language with five distinctive phonetic tone levels (Avatime)
[6745]   Ford, Kevin C. (1973) : On the loss of cross-height vowel harmony
[6746]   Ford, Kevin C. (1975) : The tones of nouns in Kikuyu
[6747]   Ford, Kevin C. (1976) : Tone in Kikamba and the Central Kenya Bantu languages
[6750]   Ford, Kevin C. (1986) : The tonal phonology of Siya (a central-Togo language) and the historical significance of its major functions
[28597]   Ford, Kevin C. (1971) : Noun classes, concord and markedness in Avatime
[6748]   Ford, Kevin C. & George N. Clements (1978) : Downstep displacement in Kikuyu (abstract)
[27264]   Ford, Kevin C. & Robert Komra Iddah (2017) : The non-terracing tone system of Lolobi-Siwu
[6753]   Fordyce, James F. (1978) : Grammatical parameters of the idiophone in Yoruba
[6754]   Fordyce, James F. (1983) : The ideophone as a phonosemantic class: the case of Yoruba
[6755]   Forgar, H. & J. de Fruyt (196-) : Tswana for English-speaking students
[6756]   Forgar, H. & J. de Fruyt (1968) : Tswana for English-speaking students
[6757]   Forges, Germaine (1977) : Le kela, langue bantoue du Zaïre (zone C): esquisse phonologique et morphologique
[6758]   Forges, Germaine (1978) : Phonologie et morphologie du kwezo
[6759]   Forges, Germaine (1983) : La classe de l’infinitif en bantou
[6760]   Forges, Germaine (1983) : Phonologie et morphologie du kwezo
[23871]   Forku, Doris Tsafack (2000) : A sketch of the phonology of Mamenyan and standardization perspectives
[6761]   Fornasa, G. B. (1---) : Essential vocabulary: English-Italian-Acholi
[6762]   Forson, Barnabas K. (1968) : A description of language situations classified in a corpus representing a bilingual register range (Akan varieties and English)
[6763]   Forson, Barnabas K. (1979) : Code-switching in Akan-English bilingualism
[6764]   Forson, Barnabas K. (1981) : Phonological regularities in Akan-English code-switching
[24490]   Forson, Barnabas K. & P. Gingiss (1977 [1967]) : Efutu
[6765]   Forson, D. (1990) : The implementation of English by the Roman Catholic Vicariate of Windhoek, Namibia
[6766]   Fortier, Joseph (1961) : Dictionnaire mbay-français
[6767]   Fortier, Joseph (1971) : Grammaire mbaye-moïssala
[6768]   Fortman, Clasina de Gaay (1978) : Oral competence in Nyanja among Lusaka schoolchildren
[6769]   Fortune, George (1949) : The conjugation of inchoative verbs in Shona
[6770]   Fortune, George (1950) : “To be” and “to have” in Shona
[6771]   Fortune, George (1950) : The morphology of central Shona
[6772]   Fortune, George (1955) : An analytical grammar of Shona
[6773]   Fortune, George (1957) : Elements of Shona (Zezuru dialect)
[6774]   Fortune, George (1959) : The Bantu languages of the Federation: a preliminary survey
[6775]   Fortune, George (1962) : Ideophones in Shona: an inaugural lecture
[6776]   Fortune, George (1963) : A note on the languages of Barotseland
[6777]   Fortune, George (1963) : Some possible contributions of linguistics to vernacular language teaching in African schools
[6779]   Fortune, George (1968) : Predication of ‘being’ in Shona
[6780]   Fortune, George (1969) : Shona grammatical constructions I
[6781]   Fortune, George (1970) : The languages of the western province of Zambia
[6782]   Fortune, George (1970) : The references of primary and secondary noun prefixes in Zezuru
[6783]   Fortune, George (1970) : Some speech styles in Shona
[6784]   Fortune, George (1971) : Some notes on ideophones and ideophonic constructions in Shona
[6786]   Fortune, George (1972) : A guide to Shona spelling
[6787]   Fortune, George (1973) : Transitivity in Shona
[6788]   Fortune, George (1975/76) : Form and imagery in Shona proverbs
[6789]   Fortune, George (1977) : Shona grammatical constructions II
[6790]   Fortune, George (1977) : An outline of Lozi
[6791]   Fortune, George (1979) : Shona lexicography
[6792]   Fortune, George (1980) : Shona grammatical constructions I
[6793]   Fortune, George (1984) : Shona grammatical constructions II
[6794]   Fortune, George (1985) : Shona grammatical constructions I
[6778]   Fortune, George (Ed) (1964) : African languages in schools: selected papers from the 1962 and 1963 conference on the teaching of African languages in schools, University College of Rhodesia and Nyasaland
[6796]   Fosbrooke, Henry Albert (19--) : English-Masai vocabulary
[6797]   Fosbrooke, Jane (1945) : Masai place names
[6798]   Foster, C. S. (1960) : Lessons in Kikaonde
[6800]   Foster, Deborah Dene (1984) : Structure and performance of Swahili oral narrative
[6799]   Foster, Philip J. (1971) : Problems of literacy in sub-Saharan Africa
[6801]   Fotius, G. & A. Gaston (1971) : Lexique des noms vernaculaires des plantes du Tchad
[28020]   Fotso, Hugues Carlos Gueche (2019) : Multiverb constructions and the homorganic nasal in Ndaʔndaʔ
[28715]   Fotso, Hugues Carlos Gueche (2021) : Noun formation processes in Nda’nda’
[6802]   Foucauld, [Frère] Charles de (1920) : Notes pour servir à un essai de grammaire touarègue, dialecte de l’Ahaggar
[6803]   Foucauld, [Frère] Charles de (1940) : Dictionnaire abrégé touareg-français de noms propres (dialecte de l’Ahaggar)
[6804]   Foucauld, [Frère] Charles de (1951/52) : Dictionnaire touareg-français (dialecte de l’Ahaggar)
[23516]   Fouda, Henri (1991) : An analysis of some European loans in Ewondo
[22505]   Fouda, Mercédès (2001) : Je parle camerounais: pour un renouveau francofaune
[28996]   Foulds, Sylvia , Bedouma Joseph Koabike , Jann Russell , Pouguinipo Victor Kondjan & Sarah Prestwich (eds.) (2016) : Moba – French Dictionary
[6806]   Fourie, David J. (1989) : Modality in Isizulu
[6807]   Fourie, David J. (1990) : Die hulpwerkwoord in Zulu
[6808]   Fourie, David J. (1990) : Comments on the future of Oshiwambo
[6809]   Fourie, David J. (1991) : The noun classes and nominal extensions of Mbalanhu
[6810]   Fourie, David J. (1991) : On the modal system of Ndonga
[6811]   Fourie, David J. (1991) : Sociolinguistic trends in Owamboland
[6812]   Fourie, David J. (1991) : Cardinal directions in Ndonga, Kwanyama, Herero and Nama: a cognitive linguistic analysis
[6813]   Fourie, David J. (1992) : Nominal qualifiers in Mbalanhu: quantitatives and enumeratives
[6815]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : Mbalanhu absolute and demonstrative “pronouns”
[6816]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : Mbalanhu
[6817]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : The subject-, object- and possessive concords of Mbalanhu
[6818]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : The nominal classes of Ngandjera
[6819]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : Reflections on African languages and technical translation theory
[6820]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : Basic conjugation of the Mbalanhu verb
[6821]   Fourie, David J. (1994) : Kwambi subject, object and possessive concords
[6823]   Fourie, David J. (1997) : The linguistic position of Oshimbalanhu within the Wambo group
[6824]   Fourie, David J. (1997) : Educational language policy and the indigenous languages of Namibia
[6805]   Fourie, J. J. (1986) : Aspekte van die Afrikaans van die Riemvasmakers
[6814]   Fourie, Kotie (1992) : Taalkommunikasie en taalbeplanning op die myne van Namibië
[6822]   Fourie, Kotie (1995) : Afrikaans - the unwanted lingua franca of Namibia
[6825]   Fournier, Maurice (1977) : Les consonnes du sar
[24415]   Fowler Dennis G. (2000) : A dictionary of Ila usage : 1860-1960
[6826]   Fowler, Dennis G. (2002) : The Ila speaking: records of a lost world
[6830]   Fox-Pitt, [Commander] Thomas Stanley Lane (1939) : Chibemba note book: a short list of words [...] with an elementary grammar of the language of the Awemba tribe of Northern Rhodesia
[6831]   Fox-Pitt, [Commander] Thomas Stanley Lane (1950) : Chibemba note book
[6827]   Fox, I. (1950) : Juta’s first Zulu manual with vocabulary
[6829]   Fox, Joshua (1997) : Handbook of Semitic languages
[6828]   Fox, Samuel E. (1982) : The structure of the morphology in Cairene Arabic
[6833]   Fraas, Pauline A. (1961) : A Nande-English and English-Nande dictionary
[28881]   Frąckiewicz, Olga (2020) : Nigerian Pidgin English phraseology in the context of areal influences
[6834]   Fraenkel, Merran (1970) : Zur Theorie der Lamed-He Stämme: gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur semitisch-indogermanischen Sprachwissenschaft
[25322]   Frajzyngier, Zygmund (2011) : Point of View of the Subject: Possessive Subject Pronouns in Wandala
[27541]   Frajzyngier, Zygmund (2008) : A grammar of Gidar
[6835]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1965) : An analysis of intensive forms in Hausa verbs
[6836]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1965) : An analysis of the Awutu verb
[6837]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1968) : An analysis of the Awutu verb
[6838]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1969) : Wstep do jezykoznawstwa afrykanskiego [Introduction to African linguistics]
[6839]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1976) : Rule inversion in Chadic: an explanation
[6840]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1977) : On the intransitive copy pronouns in Chadic
[6841]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1977) : The plural in Chadic
[6842]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1980) : The vowel system of Pero
[6843]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1981) : Some rules concerning vowels in Chadic
[6844]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1981) : Pre-pronominal markers in Chadic: problems and hypotheses
[6845]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1982) : Another look at West Chadic verb classes
[6846]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1982) : The underlying form of verb in proto-Chadic
[6847]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1983) : Marking syntactic relations in proto-Chadic
[6848]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1983) : On the form and function of pre-pronominal markers in Chadic
[6849]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1984) : On the proto-Chadic syntactic pattern
[6850]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1984) : Theory and method of syntactic reconstruction: implications from Chadic
[6851]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1984) : Ergativity and nominative-accusative features in Mandara
[6852]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1985) : Pero-English and English-Pero vocabulary
[6853]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1985) : ‘Causative’ and ‘benefactive’ in Chadic
[6854]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1985) : Interrogative sentences in Chadic
[6855]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1985) : Borrowed logophoricity?
[6856]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1986) : From preposition to copula
[6857]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1987) : Encoding locative in Chadic
[6858]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1987) : The relative clause in proto-Chadic
[6859]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1988) : Semantic determinants of syntactic frames in Mopun (Nigeria)
[6860]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1989) : A grammar of Pero
[6862]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1991) : Typology of complex sentence in Mupun
[6863]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1991) : A man and a woman, or gender marking in a nominal system
[6864]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1992) : A dictionary of Mupun
[6865]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1993) : A grammar of Mupun
[6866]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1995) : Two complementizers in Lele
[6867]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1996) : Grammaticalization of the complex sentence: a case study in Chadic
[6868]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1997) : Bidirectionality of grammaticalization
[6869]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2000) : Coding of the reciprocal function: two solutions
[6870]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2001) : A grammar of Lele
[6872]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2002) : Studies in Chadic morphology and syntax
[25541]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2012) : Coding relations between the verb and noun phrases in Afroasiatic – A sketch of typological explanations
[26290]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2013) : Indirect object and benefactive predications in Chadic: A typological sketch
[27800]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2020) : Wandala
[6861]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (Ed) (1989) : Current progress in Chadic linguistics: proceedings of the international symposium on Chadic linguistics, Boulder, Colorado, 1-2 May, 1987
[23488]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Eric Johnston (2005) : A grammar of Mina
[6871]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Erin Shay (2002) : A grammar of Hdi
[6873]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Muhammad M. Munkaila (2004) : Point of view of the subject as a grammatical category
[6874]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Muhammad M. Munkaila (2004) : Grammatical and semantic relations in Hausa: the categories ‘point of view’, ‘goal’ and ‘affected object’
[23687]   Francis, Timothy P. & Stephen Hanchey (1979) : Mauritanian Arabic: grammar handbook
[6875]   Francomaro, Maria-Rosaria (1991/92) : Some instrumental data on Hausa plosives
[26139]   Franich, Kathryn , Catherine O'Connor & Jonathan Barnes (2012) : Tonal Merger in Medumba (Bamileke) Nouns
[6876]   Frank, Vernon (19--) : Esquisse phonologique du yaouré
[6877]   Franke, Michael (2001) : Le Wolof du poche
[6878]   Franken, J. L. M. (1953) : Taalhistoriese bydraes
[6880]   Frankl, P. J. L. (1993) : Charles Sacleux (1856-1943): greatest of Swahili lexicographers
[6884]   Frankl, P. J. L. (2002) : Preliminary list of Swahili names for fishes of the western Indian Ocean together with related topics
[6879]   Frankl, P. J. L. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1993) : The indifference to gender in Swahili and other Bantu languages
[6881]   Frankl, P. J. L. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1994) : Diminutives and insignificance, augmentatives and “monstrosity”: examples of class re-assignment in Swahili
[6882]   Frankl, P. J. L. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1996) : Some monosyllabic words in Swahili
[6883]   Frankl, P. J. L. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1999) : The idea of ‘The Holy’ in Swahili
[6885]   Fransen, Margo A. E. (1995) : A grammar of Limbum, a Grassfields Bantu language spoken in the North-West Province of Cameroon
[6886]   Frantz, Donald G. (1983) : Advancements to direct object in Chi-Mwi:ni
[23031]   Frantz, Donald G. (1984) : A level-oriented constraint on agreement control in Chichewa
[6889]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich (1929) : An arithmetical terminology in the Sotho group of Bantu languages
[6890]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich (1931) : Thellenyane: ’n handleiding van Noord-Sotho vir beginners in Afrikaans
[6891]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich (1931) : Motsosha-lenyôra (seripa sa I, sa II): pukana ya thutô ya polêlô ya Sesotho e e lekanetshexo
[6892]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich (1933) : Sotho terminologies
[6887]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich & T. P. Mathabathe (1924) : A vocabulary of the more common words in the Transvaal-Sesotho language
[6888]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich & T. P. Mathabathe (1924?) : An outline of English-Transvaal-Sesotho grammar and composition
[6893]   Franz, Sharon (2005) : Women’s issues in literacy
[6894]   Fratkin, Elliot M. (1980) : Concepts of health and disease among the Ariaal Rendille: herbal medicine, ritual curing and modern health care in a pastoral community in northern Kenya
[6895]   Fratkin, Elliot M. (1993) : Maa-speakers of the northern desert: recent developments in Ariaal and Rendille identity
[6896]   Frazão, Serra (1956) : Flora angolense: alguns nomes gentílicos de plantas da provincia de Angola ; parte 1
[6897]   Frazão, Serra (1956) : Flora angolense: alguns nomes gentílicos de plantas da provincia de Angola ; parte 2
[6898]   Frazão, Serra (1957) : Flora angolense: alguns nomes gentílicos de plantas da provincia de Angola ; parte 3
[6899]   Frazier, Steven Douglas (1983) : Vàkpè reflexes of Proto-Bantu, with an overview of the position of Vàkpè in Bantu classificatory systems
[6900]   Frazier, Steven Douglas (1991) : Bantu reflexes of Proto-Benue-Congo: implications for Proto-Bantu and the Bantu dispersion
[6901]   Fredman, M. (1970) : The effect of therapy, given in another language on the home language of the bilingual or polyglot adult aphasic
[6902]   Fredriksson, Pontus (1998) : Practically Kiswahili sanifu (Practically pure Swahili): a study on Swahili-English code-switching in Tanzania
[6903]   Fredriksson, Pontus (1998) : Notes on Ika verbs
[6905]   Freeman-Greenville, G. S. P. (1959) : Medieval evidence for Swahili
[6906]   Freeman-Greenville, G. S. P. (198-) : The Portuguese on the Swahili coast: buildings and language
[6904]   Freeman, Richard & Munzali Jibril (Ed) (1984) : English language studies in Nigerian higher education
[6907]   Frend, W. H. C. (1972) : Coptic, Greek and Nubian at Q’asr Ibrim
[6908]   Fresco, Edward M. (1971) : Two dialects of Igala and Yoruba: some comparisons
[6909]   Fresco, Edward M. (1969) : The tones of the Yoruba and Igala disyllabic noun prefix
[6910]   Fresco, Edward M. (1970) : Topics in Yoruba dialect phonology
[23711]   Fretz, Rachel Irene (1987) : Storytelling among the Chokwe of Zaire: narrating skills and listener responses
[6912]   Frick, Esther (1978) : The verbal system in Dghwede
[6913]   Frick, Esther (1978) : The phonology of Dghwede
[24488]   Frick, Esther (1977 [1973]) : Dghwede
[6911]   Frick, Esther & Margrit Bolli (1971) : Inventaire préliminaire des langues et dialectes de Côte d’Ivoire
[6914]   Friedländer, Marianne (1974) : Lehrbuch des Susu
[6915]   Friedländer, Marianne (1975) : Zur Sprachpolitik in Dahomey und Guinea
[6916]   Friedländer, Marianne (1992) : Lehrbuch des Malinke
[6917]   Friedman, Florence Margaret Dunn (1981) : On the meaning of akh (3h) in Egyptian mortuary texts
[25461]   Friedman, Harold (2010) : Quelques remarques sur les marques personnelles de l'Ebira
[25405]   Friedrich E. Beyhl, & Bruno A. Mies (2008) : Vernacular Names of Soqotran Plants
[6918]   Friedrich, Johannes (1938) : Die Silbenschrift des Mende-Nejus Kisami Kamara
[27811]   Friedrich, Patricia (2020) : Distinctive languages
[25247]   Frieke-Kapper, Claertje (2007) : The Creative Use of Genre Features: Continuity and Change in Patterns of Language Use in Budu, a Bantu Language of Congo (Kinshasa)
[6920]   Friesen, Dan & Lisa Friesen (2001) : Extendibility survey of Oroko
[6921]   Friesen, Dan , Rebecca Scott & Michael Scott (2001) : Tone description of Mbonge
[27198]   Friesen, Dianne & Megan Mamalis (2017) : A grammar of Moloko
[6919]   Friesen, Lisa (2000) : Discourse features of Oroko
[6922]   Friesen, Lisa (2002) : Valence change and Oroko verb morphology (Mbonge dialect)
[6923]   Frizzi, Giuseppe (1982) : Dicionário de emakhuwa-português e português-emakhuwa
[6924]   Froelich, Jean-Claude (1963) : Les Kabrè, les Lamba, les Naoudemba
[6925]   Froger, Fernand (1923) : Manuel pratique de langue môré (mossi du cercle de Ougadougou, colonie de la Haute-Volta, A.O.F.)
[6926]   Fromkin, Victoria (1971) : In defence of systemic phonemics
[6927]   Fromkin, Victoria (1972) : Tone features and tone rules
[6928]   Fromkin, Victoria (1976) : A note on tone and the abstractness of controversy
[6929]   Fronzaroli, Pelio (1964) : Studi sul lessico comune semitico ; partes 1-2
[6930]   Fronzaroli, Pelio (1965) : Studi sul lessico comune semitico ; partes 3-4
[6931]   Fronzaroli, Pelio (1968) : Studi sul lessico comune semitico ; parte 5
[6932]   Fronzaroli, Pelio (1969) : Studi sul lessico comune semitico ; parte 6
[6933]   Fronzaroli, Pelio (1971) : Studi sul lessico comune semitico ; parte 7
[6934]   Fronzaroli, Pelio (Ed) (1973) : Studies in Semitic lexicography
[6935]   Fronzaroli, Pelio (Ed) (1978) : Atti di secondo congresso internazionale di linguistica camito-semitica, Firenze, 16-19 aprile 1974
[6936]   Fry, Danby Palmer , Hensleigh Wedgwood & Egidius Benedictus Watermeyer (1971) : The word “Hottentot”: articles extracted from Transactions of the Philological Society 1866
[6937]   Frydenlund, M. & K. Svensen (1967) : Amharic for beginners
[6938]   Fudeman, Kirsten A. (2000/01) : Contrastive focus in the Ganja dialect of Balanta
[6939]   Fudeman, Kirsten A. (2004) : Adjectival agreement vs adverbial inflection in Balanta
[23417]   Fudeman, Kirsten A. (1999) : Topics in the morphology and syntax of Balanta, an Atlantic language of Senegal
[27917]   Fufa, Tolemariam (2020) : Types of impersonal causative in Afan Oromo
[6940]   Fujii, S. (Ed) (1989) : Egyptian Arabic
[6941]   Fukazawa, Hideo (2001) : Discourse of domestic domain and public domain: on an analysis of the conversational data of the community meetings among the Tsimihety people of north-western Madagascar [in Japanese]
[6942]   Fukui, Katsuyoshi (1977) : Folk classification of color and cattle among the Bodi
[6943]   Fukui, Katsuyoshi (1977) : The world through colour pattern: the Bodi in southwest Ethiopia
[6944]   Fukui, Katsuyoshi (1978) : [Symbolic world of colour pattern in a pastoral society: the Bodi of southwest Ethiopia]
[6945]   Fukui, Katsuyoshi (1986) : The cognition of nature through colours and patterns: from the cases of the Narim in southern Sudan
[6946]   Fukui, Katsuyoshi (1988) : [Cultural device for the diversified selection of naimal coat-colour: folk genetics among the Bodi of southwest Ethiopia]
[6947]   Fulass Hailu (1968) : Notes on the verbal noun and possession markers
[6948]   Fulass Hailu (1972) : On Amharic relative clauses
[6949]   Fulass Hailu, Getatchew Haile & Roger Cowley (1976) : The Amharic language: dialect variation
[24667]   Fulop, Sean A., Ethelbert E. Kari, Peter Ladefoged (1998) : An Acoustic Study of the Tongue Root Contrast in Degema Vowels
[6950]   Fulop, Sean A. , Peter Ladefoged , Fang Liu & Rainer Vossen (2003) : Yeyi clicks: acoustic description and analysis
[6951]   Fultz, Jim & David J. Morgan (1986) : Enquête dialectale de l’Ubangi et de la Mongala, région de l’Equateur, République du Zaïre, 2: les langues banda, ngbaka mabo et furu dans les zones de Bosobolo et de Libenge
[22727]   Funck, Angelica von (1986) : Fur, a Nilo-Saharan language of the Sudan Republic: phonology and morphology
[22740]   Funnell, Barry John (2004) : A contrastive analysis of two standardised varieties of Sena
[6952]   Furere, M. (1967) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue nande
[6953]   Furere, Rutinywa & Annie Rialland (1983) : Accent tonal en kinyarwanda
[6954]   Furere, Rutinywa & Annie Rialland (1985) : Tons et accents en kinyarwanda
[6955]   Furniss, Graham (1981) : Hausa disyllabic verbs: comments on base forms and extensions
[6956]   Furniss, Graham (1983) : The 4th grade of the verb in Hausa
[6957]   Furniss, Graham (1983) : Aspects of style and meaning in the analysis of a Hausa poem
[6959]   Furniss, Graham (1991) : Second level Hausa: grammar in action
[6960]   Furniss, Graham (1992) : A note on Hausa literature and R. C. Abraham
[25649]   Furniss, Graham (2011) : Analysing imagery. Comments from short-form verbal art in Hausa
[6958]   Furniss, Graham & Philip John Jaggar (Ed) (1988) : Studies in Hausa language and linguistics (in honour of F. Parsons)
[25980]   Furniss, Susanne & Gladys Guarisma (2004) : Des hauts et des bas : les tons dans les chantefables bafia
[28770]   Furomoto, Makoto (2020) : Come to the future, come to the past: Grammaticalisation of Kimakunduchi COME
[28765]   Furumoto, Makoto & Hannah Gibson (2022) : Variation in Kimakunduchi and Standard Swahili: Insights from verbal morphosyntax
[6961]   Fusella, L. & A. Girace (1937) : Dizionario pratico e frasario per conversazione italiano-amarica (con elementi di grammatica)
[6962]   Fyle, Clifford N. (1975) : A national language policy and the teacher of English in Sierra Leone
[6964]   Fyle, Clifford N. (2000) : Language and literacy in West Africa
[6963]   Fyle, Clifford N. & Eldred D. Jones (1980) : A Krio-English dictionary
[6965]   Fyodorova, N. G. (1965) : Osnovnye sposoby imennogo slovoobrazovaniya v yazyke suahili
[6966]   Gabel, Creighton (1965) : Stone age hunters of the Kafue
[6967]   Gabriels, B. , A. Cloete & W. Botha (1998) : Bureau of the WAT
[6968]   Gac, David le (1997) : Étude phonétique et phonologie de l’intonation du GN en somali standard
[6969]   Gac, David le (2003) : Tonal alternations in Somali
[6970]   Gachanja, Muigai wa (1987) : The Gikuyu folk story: its structure and aesthetics
[6971]   Gachathi, Francis Norman (1989) : Kikuyu botanical dictionary of plant names and uses
[6972]   Gadalla, Hassan A. H. (2000?) : Comparative morphology of Standard Egyptian Arabic
[6973]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1997) : Languages of Mozambique and Zimbabwe
[6974]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1997) : Languages - Appendix I
[6975]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1998) : Moçambiques språkliga kalejdoskop [The linguistic kaleidoscope of Mozambique]
[6976]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1998) : A sketch of Xitshwa grammar
[6977]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1998) : A typological comparison between West African and Bantu languages
[6978]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1998/99) : Collected working notes on Ìká: grammar; clause structure; argument structure; more on clause structure
[6979]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1999) : Comparação entre variedades de língua emákhuwa faladas no província de Nampula, Moçambique
[6980]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (2001) : Languages in Mozambique
[6981]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (2002) : Pronominal syntax in Maputo Portuguese from a comparative Creole and Bantu perspective
[6982]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (2003) : Annotated statistics on language polices and practices in Africa
[22407]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (2003) : Why are Chomskyan linguists not interested in Bantu languages?
[6983]   Gaden, [Le Commandant] Henri (1935) : Mohammadou Aliou Tyam. La vie d’el Hadj Omar, qacida en poular: transcription, traduction, notes et glossarie
[6984]   Gaden, [Le Commandant] Henri (1969/72) : Dictionnaire peul-français
[24327]   Gaden, [Le Commandant] Henri (1908) : Essai de grammaire de la langue baguirmienne (territoire du Tchad), suivi de dialogues et de vocabulaires baguirmien-français et français-baguirmien
[6985]   Gadou, Henri (1992) : Quelques aspects des processus phonologiques, morphologiques et énonciatifs de la langue yaouré
[6986]   Gaerdes, Jan (1970) : Farmnamen und Ortsbezeichnungen
[22625]   Gaines, Richard (2002) : On the typology of directional verbs in Bantu
[6987]   Gaisie, G. H. F. (19--) : Provisional table of uses of trees and shrubs in the northern territories
[6988]   Gajdos, Martina (2004) : Fulfulde: Lehrbuch einer westafrikanischen Sprache
[26329]   Gajdos, Martina (2000) : Praktisches Wörterbuch Deutsch-Fulfulde, Fulfulde-Deutsch
[6989]   Gakinabay, Mayange & Ursula Wiesemann (1986) : Les styles de discours en sar et leur mode d’emploi
[6990]   Galadanci, Muhammad Kabir Mahmud (1969) : The simple Hausa nominal phrase
[6991]   Galadanci, Muhammad Kabir Mahmud (1971) : Ideophones in Hausa
[6992]   Galadanci, Muhammad Kabir Mahmud (1972) : The structure and syntactic function of compound nouns in Hausa
[6993]   Galadanci, Muhammad Kabir Mahmud (1976) : An introduction to Hausa grammar
[7011]   Galand-Pernet, Paulette (1984) : Sur quelques bases radicales et champs morpho-sémantiques en berbère
[7012]   Galand-Pernet, Paulette (1987) : S berbère, phonème, morphème
[6994]   Galand, Lionel (1948) : Baquates et Barghwawâta
[6995]   Galand, Lionel (1953) : La phonétique en dialectologie berbère
[6996]   Galand, Lionel (1960) : Berbère: la langue
[6997]   Galand, Lionel (1966) : Les pronoms personnels en berbère
[6998]   Galand, Lionel (1973/79) : Berbère et traits sémitiques communs
[6999]   Galand, Lionel (1975) : Libyque et berbère
[7001]   Galand, Lionel (1985) : La langue berbère existe-t-elle?
[7002]   Galand, Lionel (1987) : Les emplois de l’aoriste sans particule en berbère
[7003]   Galand, Lionel (1988) : Le berbère
[7004]   Galand, Lionel (1989) : Comparaison et description dans l’étude du berbère
[7005]   Galand, Lionel (1989) : Les langues berbères
[7006]   Galand, Lionel (1992) : Le problème du mot en berbère
[7007]   Galand, Lionel (1994) : La négation en berbère
[7008]   Galand, Lionel (1997) : Les consonnes tendues du berbère et leur notation
[7009]   Galand, Lionel (1997) : Les consonnes tendues du berbère et leur notation
[7010]   Galand, Lionel (2002) : Études de linguistique berbère
[25412]   Galand, Lionel (2008) : Sur la finale instable -u de certains parlers touaregs méridionaux
[27593]   Galand, Lionel (1985) : Exemples berbères de la variation d'actance
[27594]   Galand, Lionel (1987) : Redistribution des rôles dans l'énoncé verbal en berbère
[7000]   Galand, Lionel (Ed) (1979) : Langue et littérature bèrberes: vingt cinq ans d’études
[7013]   Galbané, Adama (1985) : Éléments de phonologie et de grammaire du bisa (étude synchronique du bisa barka)
[7014]   Gallagher, Charles F. (1968) : North African problems or prospects: language and identity
[7015]   Galley, Samuel (1964) : Dictionnaire fang-français et français-fang, suivi d’une grammaire fang
[7016]   Galtier, Gérard (1972) : Correspondances phonétiques et lexicales dans les langues mandé-nord
[7017]   Galtier, Gérard (1978) : Classification révisée des langues du groupe mandé
[7018]   Galtier, Gérard (1980) : Problèmes dialectologiques et phonographématiques des parlers mandingues
[7019]   Galtier, Gérard (1987) : Un exemple d’écriture traditionelle mandingue: le masaba des Bambara-Masasi du Mali
[24228]   Galtier, Gérard (1987-88) : La notation graphique du son [ŋ] dans quelques langues du Mali (bambara, songhaï, dogon, bozo)
[24281]   Galtier, Gérard (1981) : Problèmes dialectologiques et phonographématiques des parlers mandingues
[24319]   Galtier, Gérard (1995) : La dynamique des langues africaines dans la communauté malienne de Paris
[26779]   Galtier, Gérard (2013) : Les nouveaux sites Internet de la communauté soninké et la standardisation de la langue
[24384]   Galvagny, Marie-Hélène (1984) : Lʼorganisation syntaxique et énonciative de la phrase en diola karon
[7020]   Gamal-Eldin, Saad M. (1967) : A syntactic study of Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[26864]   Gambarage, Joash Johannes (2013) : The Pre-prefix in Nata: An Interface Account
[7021]   Gamble, David Percy (1958) : Wolof-English dictionary
[7022]   Gamble, David Percy (1949) : Mandinka grammar
[7023]   Gamble, David Percy (1949) : Notes on Mandinka
[7024]   Gamble, David Percy (1958) : Elementary Wolof grammar
[7025]   Gamble, David Percy (1976) : Medical Mandinka (useful phrases and vocabulary)
[7028]   Gamble, David Percy (1987) : Intermediate Gambian Mandinka-English dictionary
[7029]   Gamble, David Percy (1987) : Elementary Mandinka
[7030]   Gamble, David Percy (1987) : Mandinka-English dictionary
[7031]   Gamble, David Percy (1991) : Elementary Gambian Wolof grammar
[7033]   Gamble, David Percy (1991) : Gambian Wolof-English dictionary
[22714]   Gamble, David Percy (1992) : Early published vocabularies of the Wolof language
[22715]   Gamble, David Percy (1989) : Verbal and visual expressions of Wolof culture
[27440]   Gamble, David Percy (1957) : The Wolof of Senegambia - Together with Notes on the Lebu and the Serer
[7026]   Gamble, David Percy & Mary Umah Baldeh (1981) : Gambian Fula-English dictionary
[7027]   Gamble, David Percy , Linda K. Salmon & Mary Umah Baldeh (1982) : Firdu-Fula grammar (Gambian dialect)
[7032]   Gamble, David Percy , Linda K. Salmon & Mary Umah Baldeh (1993) : Firdu-Fula grammar (Gambian dialect)
[27123]   Gamille, Lea Ghislaine (2013) : Elements de description phonologique et morphologique du Lumbu, langue bantu (B44) du Gabon parlée à Mayumba
[7034]   Gamst, Frederick C. (1965) : Travel and research in northwestern Ethiopia
[7035]   Gamta Tilahun (1988) : Oromo English dictionary: problems of indicating pronunciation using the Amharic syllabary
[7036]   Gamta Tilahun (1989) : Oromo-English dictionary
[7037]   Gamta Tilahun (1999) : Structural and word stress patterns in Afaan Oromo
[7038]   Gamta Tilahun (2000) : The politicization of my Oromo-English dictionary: the writer’s reflections
[24578]   Ganga, Celestin (1992) : The Sound Structure of Lari
[7039]   Gani-Ikilama, T. O. (1990) : Use of Nigerian Pidgin in education: why not?
[7041]   Gankin, E. B. (1969) : Amcharsko-russkij slovar’
[7040]   Gankin, E. B. & Kebbede Desta (1965) : Russko-amcharskij slovar’
[24047]   Ganong, Tina Weller (1998) : Features of Baga Morphology, Syntax and Narrative Discourse
[7042]   Gantsa, H. B. (1981) : The spread of the Hausa language in Maiduguri
[7043]   Ganzania, R. (1972) : Aspects phonologiques et morphologiques du koyo
[25357]   Garad, Abdurahman & Ewald Wagner (1998) : Harari -Studien. Texte mit Übersetzung, grammatischen Skizzen und Glossar
[7046]   Garba, Abubakar (1995) : The language shift of the Bolewa from the centre of Bornu to the periphery
[7045]   Garba, Calvin Y. (1978/84) : Sociolinguistic implications of the oral transmission of Hausa culture
[7048]   Garber, Anne Elizabeth (1980) : Word order change and the Senufo languages
[7049]   Garber, Anne Elizabeth (1987) : A tonal analysis of Senufo: Sucite dialect
[7050]   Garber, Anne Elizabeth (1998) : Participant reference in Sicite (Tagba Senufo): the role of the emphatic pronoun in narrative discourse
[7051]   Garbini, Giovanni (1960) : Il semitico do nord-ovest
[7052]   Garbini, Giovanni (1972) : Le lingue semitiche: studi di storia linguistica
[7053]   Garbini, Giovanni (1972) : La semitistica: definizione e prospettive di una disciplina
[7054]   Garbini, Giovanni (1984) : Le lingue semitiche: studi di storia linguistica
[7055]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1921) : The relative form in Egyptian in the light of comparative syntax
[7056]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1921) : On certain participial formations in Egyptian
[7057]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1923) : Der ägyptische Ursprung des semitischen Alphabets [von dem englischen übersetzt]
[7058]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1923) : A hitherto unnoticed negative in Middle Egyptian
[7059]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1924) : The term pr-n-st’ in Pap. Mayer
[7060]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1927) : Egyptian grammar, being an introduction to the study of hieroglyphs
[7061]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1928) : The Egyptian split infinitive and the origin of the Coptic conjunctive tense
[7062]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1929) : The transcription of New Kingdom hieratic
[7063]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1930) : Two hieroglyphic signs and the Egyptian words for ‘alabaster’ and ‘linen’
[7064]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1930) : The origin of certain Coptic grammatical elements
[7065]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1933) : The supposed particle n
[7066]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1934) : Two employments of the independent pronoun
[7068]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1936) : The Egyptian origin of some English personal names
[7069]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1937) : Late writings of d’d’t ‘magistrates’
[7070]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1937) : Some aspects of the of the Egyptian language
[7071]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1938) : The reading of the Egyptian word for ‘Necropolis’
[7072]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1938) : The Egyptian for ‘in other words’, ‘in short’
[7073]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1938) : The idiom it in
[7074]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1940) : The word m‘d’ and its various uses
[7075]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1943) : The word hm in ‘His Majesty’ and the like
[7076]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1945) : The origin of Coptic ‘see’
[7077]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1946) : Second thoughts on the origin of Coptic epe-
[7078]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1947) : Ancient Egyptian onomastica
[7079]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1948) : Adversaria grammatica, I: the negative relative adjective
[7080]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1950) : Egyptian grammar: being an introduction to the study of hieroglyphs
[7081]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1957) : Egyptian grammar: being an introduction to the study of hieroglyphs
[7082]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1966) : Egyptian grammar: being an introduction to the study of hieroglyphs
[7067]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson & [Mme] Gauthier-Laurent (1935) : Supplement to Gardiner’s Egyptian grammar
[7083]   Gardner, Ian (1980) : Abuan-English/English-Abuan dictionary
[23045]   Gardner, Ian (1975) : Odual-English word list
[24479]   Gardner, Ian (1977 [1966-67]) : Abua
[28969]   Gardner, Mary & Elizabeth Graveling (eds.) (2016) : Ife – French – English Dictionary
[7084]   Gardner, Sheena F. (1999) : From Molelowakgotla through Michael to Mpho: the role of English from an onomastic perspective
[7085]   Gardner, Simon & Ralph Siebert (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Zay language area
[7280]   Gardner, Simon & Ralph Siebert (1994) : Second S.L.L.E. survey of the Zay language area
[7086]   Gardner, William (2001) : Orthography challenges in Bantu languages
[28303]   Gardner, William (2016) : Morphophonemic alternations in the initial consonants of stems in Olunyole, a Luyia Bantu language
[7087]   Garmadi, S. (1968) : La situation linguistique actuelle en Tunisie
[7089]   Garmadi, S. (Ed) (1969) : Travaux de phonologie, parlers de Djemmal, Gabès, Mahdia (Tunisie), Tréviso (Italie)
[7088]   Garmadi, S. , A. el Ayeb , A. Attia & A. Mʼhiri (1968) : Étude linguistique des deux premiers livres de lecture arabe en usage en Tunisie
[7090]   Garnes, Sara (1975) : An acoustic analysis of double articulations in Ibibio
[7091]   Garrett, Andrew (1990) : Applicatives and preposition incorporation
[7092]   Garry, Jane & Carl Rubino (Ed) (2001) : Facts about the world’s languages: an encyclopedia of the world’s major languages, past and present
[7096]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt (1977) : Object formation rules in several Bantu languages
[7097]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt (1977) : Implications for universal grammar of object-creating rules in Luyia and Mashi
[7098]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt (1978) : Objectivization in Bantu languages: a comparative analysis of Kinyarwanda, Mashi and Luyia
[7093]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt & Edward L. Keenan (1976) : Grammatical relations in Kinyarwanda and universal grammar
[7094]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt & Edward L. Keenan (1977) : Grammatical relations in Kinyarwanda and universal grammar
[7095]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt & Edward L. Keenan (1977) : On collapsing grammatical relations in Kinyarwanda
[7099]   Gasana, Anastase (1981) : Dérivation verbale et nominale en kinyarwanda, langue bantoue du Rwanda
[7100]   Gasana, Anastase (1983) : Détermination de catégories grammaticales du kinyarwanda
[7101]   Gasim, A. (1965) : Some aspects of Sudanese colloquial Arabic
[7102]   Gaskin, E. A. L. (1928) : Outline of Duala grammar
[7103]   Gaskin, E. A. L. (1933) : Akpa ngwed Ke Iko Efik (First Efik primer)
[7104]   Gaskins, Leanne Jean (1980) : The syntax of Middle Egyptian relative clauses
[7105]   Gasparini, Armido (1978) : Grammatica pratica della lingua sidamo
[7106]   Gasparini, Armido (1983) : Sidamo-English dictionary
[7107]   Gasparini, Armido (1994) : Grammatica gede’o
[22729]   Gasparini, Armido (1947) : Elementi di grammatica Gumus con frasi, testo e dizionario
[22672]   Gasser, Marcel (1983) : Topic continuity in written Amharic narrative
[23098]   Gasser, Marcel (1988) : The use of completive and incompletive aspect in Nawdm narrative discourse
[23108]   Gasser, Marcel (1984) : Manuel pour apprendre la langue nawdm
[7108]   Gasso, Beatrice G. (1986) : Relation entre les attitudes des parents et des enseignantes evers le français et les langues nationales ivoiriennes, et la compétence en français des enfants d’âge préscolaire en Côte d’Ivoire
[28794]   Gatchalian, Terrance , Rachel Lee & Carolin Tyrchan (2022) : Propositional attitude verbs and complementizers in Medumba
[7110]   Gaudefroy-Demombynes, Maurice & Gabriel M. Ferrand (1923/25) : Mélanges René Basset: études nord-africaines et orientales
[7111]   Gaudiche, [Capitaine] (1938) : La langue boudouma
[24059]   Gauthier, B. (1971) : Analyse phonologique de l’abouré
[23121]   Gautier-Béguin, Denise (1992) : Étude ethnobotanique des plantes de cueillette à utilisation alimentaire dans un village du sud du Baoulé, Côte d’Ivoire centrale
[7112]   Gauton, Rachélle (1990) : Adjektiewe en relatiewe in Zulu
[7113]   Gauton, Rachélle (1994) : Towards a recognition of a word class ‘adjective’ for Zulu
[7114]   Gauton, Rachélle (1999) : Locative prefix stacking as an earlier viable locatising strategy in Bantu
[7115]   Gauton, Rachélle (2000) : Locative classes in Bantu: the case for recognizing two additional locative noun class prefixes
[22519]   Gauton, Rachélle & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2004) : Translating technical texts into Zulu with the aid of multilingual and/or parallel corpora
[7116]   Gauton, Rachélle , Gilles-Maurice de Schryver & Linkie Mohlala (2004) : A corpus-based investigation of the Zulu nominal suffix -kazi: a preliminary study
[7117]   Gauvin, Axel (1977) : Du créole opprimé au créole libéré: défense da la langue réunionnaise
[25198]   Gaved, Tim & Jon Stammers (2004) : Petit lexique mancagne-français, suivi d'un index français-mancagne
[28171]   Gaved, Timothy J. D. (2020) : Grammar of Mankanya - An Atlantic language of Guinea-Bissau, Senegal and the Gambia
[7118]   Gaye, Jules A. de & W. S. Beecroft (1923) : Yoruba grammar
[7119]   Gaye, Jules A. de & W. S. Beecroft (1923) : Yoruba composition
[7120]   Gaye, Pape-Amadou (1980) : Practical course in Wolof: an audio-aural approach, student’s manual
[24340]   Gaynor, Lili (sd) : Structure and function of Papel
[26226]   Gbegble, Nada & Jan Nuyts (2012) : The expression of epistemic modality in Ewe
[7121]   Gbenedio, U. B. (1990?) : Problems of implementing the Nigeria national language policy: the case of instruction through mother tongue at the lower primary classes
[28190]   Gbery, Eddy Aime (2002) : Ega lexicon
[7122]   Gbéto, Flavien (1994) : Tons flottants et ton flottant-déprimant B0 en gbe: examen d’un cas d’influence du ton de la consonne sur l’unité Y de la phrase maxi Y#Z
[7123]   Gbéto, Flavien (1995) : Le trait voisé et son fonctionnement dans un cas spécifique de redoublement en maxi, dialecte gbe
[7124]   Gbéto, Flavien (1997) : Le maxi du centre-Bénin et du centre-Togo: une approche autosegmentale et dialectologique d’un parler gbé de la section fon
[7125]   Gbéto, Flavien (1997) : Assimilation du pronom substitutif en gbe et phénomènes apparentés revisités
[7126]   Gbéto, Flavien (1997) : Morphophonologische Untersuchung des Maxi, Dialekt des Gbe: ein Abriss
[7127]   Gbéto, Flavien (1998) : Die tabuisierenden Wörter bei den Maxi: empirische Untersuchung und theoretische Konsequenzen
[7128]   Gbéto, Flavien (2000) : Les emprunts linguistiques d’origine européenne en fon (nouveau Kwa, Gbe: Bénin): une étude de leur intégration au plan phonético-phonologique
[23703]   Gbéto, Flavien (2004) : Esquisse de la tonologie synchronique de wemegbe, dialecte gbe du sud-Benin
[24099]   Gbéto, Flavien (1998-99) : Description et hypothèses sur la nature de lʼUPT: Lʼexemple des langues gbe
[24138]   Gbéto, Flavien (2004) : Tonologie synchronique du tofingbe du village lacustre de ganvie, dialecte gbe du Sud-Bénin
[24139]   Gbéto, Flavien (2004) : Lʼexpression de la minimalité prosodique dans les emprunts européens en fon
[24140]   Gbéto, Flavien (2006) : La participation des consonnes comme unités porteuses de ton en kotafon, dialecte gbe du Sud-Bénin
[24644]   Gbeto, Flavien (2006) : Esquisse de la tonologie synchronique du Ayizɔ dʼAllada, dialecte gbe du Sud-Bénin
[25872]   Gbéto, Flavien (2009) : Les emprunts linguistiques en tant que fait historique: cas du fongbe (Nouveau Kwa, Gbe: Bénin)
[26676]   Gbéto, Flavien (2007) : La participation des consonnes comme unites porteuses de ton en kotafon, dialecte gbe du Sud-Benin
[28480]   Gbéto, Flavien (2004) : Assimilation des pronoms objets des trois personnes du singulier en xwela, dialecte gbe du Bénin
[22841]   Gbile, Z. O. (1980) : Vernavular names of Nigerian plants: Yoruba
[7129]   Gblem [Poidi], Honorine Massanvi (1995) : Description systématique de l’igo, langue du sud-ouest du Togo
[23107]   Gblem [Poidi], Honorine Massanvi (1989) : Le système nominal de l’igo-ahlo: étude preliminaire
[27199]   Gborsi, Divine Korml (2015) : Aspects of Tùtrùgbù (Nyagbo) phonology
[7131]   Gebert, Lucyna (1984) : Absolute constructions in Somali
[7132]   Gebert, Lucyna (1986) : Focus and word order in Somali
[7133]   Gebert, Lucyna (1988) : Universal hierarchy of topicality and Somali syntax
[7130]   Gebert, Lucyna & Mansuur Cabdallah Cumar (1984) : Struttura del focus in dabarre
[7134]   Gebhart, Ute (1991) : Vergleichende Untersuchungen zu seriellen Verbalkonstruktionen im West African Pidgin English and Krio
[7135]   Gebre Bizuneh (1986) : The phonology of Shinasha: a generative approach
[7136]   Gebre Bizuneh (1994) : The phonology of Anfillo
[68]   Gebre-Tsadik, Abebe , Margaret Sim , Ronald J. Sim , Charlotte Wedekind & Klaus Wedekind (Ed) (1985) : The verb morphophonemics of five Highland East Cushitic languages, including Burji
[26150]   Gebregziabher, Keffyalew (2012) : The Alienable-Inalienable Asymmetry: Evidence from Tigrinya
[28846]   Gebregziabher, Keffyalew (2021) : Clitics or agreement markers: A view from Tigrinya clausal possession and modal necessity
[7137]   Gebrew Tulu (2003) : The morphology of Gawwada
[7138]   Gecaga, Bethuel Mareka & William Hay Kirkaldy-Willis (1953) : A short Kikuyu grammar
[7139]   Gecaga, Bethuel Mareka & William Hay Kirkaldy-Willis (1953) : English-Kikuyu, Kikuyu-English dictionary
[7140]   Gecaga, Bethuel Mareka & William Hay Kirkaldy-Willis (1955) : A short Kikuyu grammar
[7141]   Geel, Aase (1989) : Language policy implementation, some realities: English as a working language
[7142]   Geelan, P. J. M. (1967) : Habits of names and naming: a questionnaire on African place-names
[7143]   Geider, Thomas (1980) : Untersuchungen zu magischen und sozialen Vorstellungen der oberen Pokomo: Analyse und Interpretation von sechs Volkserzählungen und dazu geführten Interviews
[7144]   Geider, Thomas (1985) : Pokomo lexical data on trees and their uses
[7145]   Geider, Thomas (1989) : Beekeeping and honeywine in Pokomo culture, history and lexicography
[7146]   Geider, Thomas (1994) : Lehnwort- und Neologismenforschung im Swahili
[7147]   Geider, Thomas & Raimund Kastenholz (Ed) (1994) : Sprachen und Sprachzeugnisse in Afrika: eine Sammlung philologischer Beiträge Wilhelm J. G. Möhlig zum 60. Geburtstag zugeeignet
[7148]   Geingob, Hage G. (1993) : An informal opening address
[7149]   Geingob, Hage G. (1995) : “Our official language shall be English”: the Namibian Prime Minister’s perspective (an informal opening address)
[7150]   Gelderen, Elly van (1996) : Parametrizing agreement features in Arabic, Bantu languages and varieties of English
[7151]   Genet, E. (1971) : Une double nasalisation en mö:ré?
[7152]   Genevray, J. (1952) : Éléments d’une monographie d’une division administrative libérienne (Grand Bassa County)
[28000]   Gensler, Orin (2017) : Against the “revisionist” view of Ethiosemitic prehistory – A methodological counter-critique
[28505]   Gensler, Orin D. (2020) : Grammaticalization of qәl ‘gourd’ in Amharic
[7153]   Gensler, Orin David (1980) : Verbal morphotonemics of Bakweri
[7154]   Gensler, Orin David (1981) : The representation of vocalic object-affixes and tense-affixes in the Bakweri verb
[7155]   Gensler, Orin David (1994) : On reconstructing the syntagm S-Aux-O-V-Other to Proto-Niger-Congo
[7156]   Gensler, Orin David (1997) : Grammaticalization, typology and Niger-Congo word order: progress on a still-unsolved problem
[26948]   Geoffroy de Villeneuve, René Claude (1814) : Le Sénégal
[12660]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1970) : Nupe phonology
[12661]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1971) : The a construction in Nupe: perfective, stative, causative or instrumental
[12662]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1975) : A grammar of Kwa-type verb specialization: its nature and significance in current generative theory
[12663]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1976) : Dictionary in the Nupe language (review article)
[12664]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1976) : Verb serialization and lexical decomposition
[12665]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1979) : Auxiliary verbs in Nupe and diachrony
[12666]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1979) : The Nupe verb and diachrony
[12667]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1982) : The na...na construction in Nupe
[12668]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1982) : The Yoruba ní-object construction in pragmatic perspective
[12669]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1984) : Quantifiers and negation in Nupe
[12670]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1985) : Complex verbs in Nupe and Yoruba
[12671]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1995) : Category incorporation in West African languages
[22762]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1985) : Nupe orthography
[23769]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1973) : Vowel harmony: why so restricted in Yoruba
[7158]   George, Ebrima & Lisbeth George (1974) : Språk i Gambia och Senegal/Sprog i Gambia og Senegal/Languages in Gambia and Senegal: Wollof-Svenska-Dansk-English, Mandinko-Svenska-English-Deutsch
[7157]   George, M. H. (1959/60) : English? Vernaculars? Both?
[7159]   George, Raymond E. De-Souza (1992) : Problems relating to reading from a script (with special reference to broadcasters, actors and other related readers)
[7160]   Georgi, C. (1934) : Kisuaheli
[7230]   Gérard, [Révérend] [Père] (1924) : La langue lebéo, grammaire et vocabulaire
[7161]   Gerard, M. (1930) : Sango langue commerciale de l’Oubangui-Chari
[7162]   Gerbault, Jeannine (1987) : Utilisation des langues et attitudes: la montée du sango
[7163]   Gerbault, Jeannine (1988) : Language use and attitudes: the rise of Sango
[7164]   Gerbault, Jeannine (1988) : Attitudes and problems regarding the development of literacy in Sango
[7165]   Gerbault, Jeannine (1989) : Modes d’appropriation langagière en République Centrafricaine
[7166]   Gerbault, Jeannine (1990) : Conflicting forces in the standardization of Sango and the development of vernacular literacy in the Central African Republic
[7167]   Gerbault, Jeannine (1994) : The development of Sango literacy in Central African Republic
[7168]   Gerber, C. (1955) : Die relatiefkonstruktie in Suid-Sotho
[7169]   Gerber, Hendri H. (2000) : Woordeboek Afrikaans - Noord-Sotho/Pukuntshu Seburu - Sesotho sa Leboa
[7170]   Gerbinis, M. L. (Ed) (1964) : La langue malgache enseignée suivant la méthode directe
[7171]   Gerdes, Paulus (Ed) (1993) : A numeração em Moçambique: contribução para uma reflexão sobre cultura, língua e educação matemática
[7172]   Gerdts, Donna B. & Lindsay J. Whaley (1991) : Locatives vs. instrumentals in Kinyarwanda
[7173]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1967) : Analytische und vergleichende Untersuchungen zu einigen zentralnigerianischen Klassensprachen
[7174]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1967/68) : Analytische und vergleichende Untersuchungen zu einigen zentralnigerianischen Klassensprachen ; Teil 1
[7175]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1968/69) : Analytische und vergleichende Untersuchungen zu einigen zentralnigerianischen Klassensprachen ; Teile 2-4
[7176]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1969) : Über sprachliche Beziehungen auf dem zentralnigerianischen Plateau
[7177]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1969/70) : Analytische und vergleichende Untersuchungen zu einigen zentralnigerianischen Klassensprachen ; Teil 5
[7178]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1971) : Stammerweiterungen in den Verben einiger zentralnigerianischer Klassensprachen
[7179]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1972/73) : Das Nominalsystem der Plateau-4-Sprachen: Versuch einer Rekonstruktion
[7180]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1972/73) : Abriss der Nominalenklassen im Koro, North-Central State, Nigeria
[7181]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1973/74) : Proto-Benue-Congo und Kagoma
[7182]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1974) : Pi-, hi-, fi-, bi- und bu- in den Plateausprachen Nordnigerias: Klasse neun/zehn oder Klasse neunzehn?
[7183]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1975/76) : Die Integration von Fremdwörtern in das amharische Verbalsystem
[7184]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1977) : Swahili: eine Sprache als Faktor der politischen Integration
[7185]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1978) : Die Beziehungen des Mbe (Cross River State, Nigeria) zum Bantu
[7186]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1978) : Benue-Kongo oder Kwa?
[7187]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1980) : An attempt at a lexicostatistic classification of some Bantu and some not-so-Bantu languages
[7188]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1980) : The fortis-lenis contrast in West African languages
[7189]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1980) : Swahili: a language as a factor in political integration
[7190]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1981) : Genetische Gliederung und Rekonstruktion
[7192]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1982) : Jarawan Bantu: the mistaken identity of the Bantu who turned North
[7193]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1983) : Lexical interferences in the Chadic/Benue-Congo border-area
[7194]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1983) : Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Sprachen des Nigerianischen Plateaus
[7195]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1983) : The classification of Eggon: Plateau or Benue group?
[7196]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1984) : More on the verbal system of Zarek (northern Nigeria)
[7197]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1985) : “Kolonialdeutsch” und “Newspeak”: sprachpolitische Utopien zwischen Phantasie und Terror
[7198]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1986) : The lenis/fortis contrast in pre-Bantu? Some north-western Bantu evidence
[7199]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1986) : Die Khoi-San Sprachen
[7200]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1986) : Die Niger-Kongo-Sprachen
[7203]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1987) : Some remarks on the numeral systems of Plateau languages
[7204]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1988) : A note on verbal extensions in Jarawan Bantu
[7205]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1988) : Auf- und Abbau von nominalen Klassensystemen
[7206]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1988) : Bemerkungen zur Morpho(no)logie des Kwoi
[7207]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1989) : Kainji and Platoid
[7209]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1990) : Was heisst “Computer” auf Swahili? Oder: Sind afrikanische Sprachen ein Entwicklungs-hemmnis?
[7210]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1992) : Zwei alte Quellen zum Hyam (Nord-Nigeria) näher betrachtet
[7211]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1994) : Serialverbkonstruktionen in den Plateausprachen Nordnigerias
[7212]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1994) : Western Plateau as a model for the evolution of Benue-Congo nominal class systems
[7213]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1997) : Die Jarawan-Bantu-Sprachen und ihr linguistisches und kulturelles Umfeld
[7214]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1998) : Die Stellung des Mungaka zu den Bantusprachen: Bemerkungen zu einem Bali-Lexikon
[7215]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (2002) : Pluraktionale Verben in einigen Benue-Congo-Sprachen des nigerianischen Plateaus, I: allgemeines, das suffix *S, seine Varianten, seine Kombinationen
[23328]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (2005) : Some notes on Yeskwa (North-Western Plateau, Nigeria), with comments on Koelle’s ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[25104]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (2005) : Bemerkungen zum Ayu (Südwest-Plateau, Nigeria)
[27763]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (2020) : Reflections on the history of African language classification
[28503]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (2020) : Verbal pluralization strategies in Plateau
[7191]   Gerhardt, Ludwig & Heinz Jockers (1981) : Lexikostatistische Klassifikation von Plateausprachen
[7201]   Gerhardt, Ludwig & Sheikh Sauda (1987) : Arbeitsvokabular Swahili-Deutsch
[7202]   Gerhardt, Phyllis (1987) : Aspect in Nugunu
[7208]   Gerhardt, Phyllis (1989) : Les temps en nugunu
[28599]   Gerhardt, Phyllis (1984) : Les classes nominales en gunu
[27646]   Gerlach, Linda (2018) : Palatization in ǂ'Amkoe
[27699]   Gerlach, Linda & Falko Berthold (2011) : The sociolinguistic situation of ǂHoan, a moribund 'Khoisan' language of Botswana
[23078]   Gero, Marcia L. & Stephen H. Levinsohn (1993) : The -mi and -e morphemes in Joola-Fogny
[26807]   Gerrit, Dimmendaal (2012) : Metrical structures: A neglected property of Nilotic (and other African language families)
[7216]   Gerstner, Jonathan [Neill] (1938) : Preliminary check list of Zulu names of plants ; parts 1-2
[7217]   Gerstner, Jonathan [Neill] (1939) : Preliminary check list of Zulu names of plants ; parts 3-5
[7218]   Gerstner, Jonathan [Neill] (1941) : Preliminary check list of Zulu names of plants ; part 6
[7219]   Geshekter, Charles L. (1978) : Language, politics and university teaching in Somalia
[7220]   Geshekter, Charles L. & Said Ahmed Warsama (1996) : An introduction to humour and jokes in Somali culture
[7221]   Gessain, M. (1973) : Vocabulaires coniagui et bassari recueillis par L. Tauxier entre 1925 et 1935
[7222]   Gessner, Suzanne , S. Oh & K. Shiobara (Ed) (2001) : Current research on African languages and linguistics
[7223]   Gestwicki, [Reverend] Ronald & Mrs Ronald Gestwicki (1966) : An English-Herero/Herero-English dictionary
[27119]   Getachew Gebru, & Hiroshi Yoshino (2015) : Survey on the Noun Morphology of ʻAle
[7224]   Getahun Amare (1983) : The dialect of Wollo, with special reference to Ambassel Awrajja
[7225]   Getahun Amare (1991) : The noun phrase structure in Hamer
[27452]   Getahun, Amare (2018) : The structure of Argobba nominal phrase
[17223]   Getahun, Girma Y. (2003) : Advanced Amharic lexicon: a supplement to concise Amharic-English dictionaries
[7226]   Getatchew Haile (1967) : Demonstrative pronouns in Amharic
[7227]   Getatchew Haile (1971) : The suffix pronouns in Amharic
[7228]   Getatchew Haile (1996) : Ethiopic writing
[7229]   Geunier, Noël-J. (1989) : Le swahili à Madagascar
[28758]   Gewta, Fekede Menuta (2022) : Verbal Extension and Valence in Gumer Variety of Gurage
[7231]   Gfeller, Elisabeth (1997) : La société et l’école face au multilingualisme: l’intergration du trilingualisme extensif dans les systèmes scolaires du Cameroun
[7232]   Ghanayem, Mohamed Farid (1986) : Arabic computer dictionary
[7233]   Ghattas, Nabih (1982) : A dictionary of economics, business and finance: English-Arabic, with an Arabic glossary
[7234]   Gheel, J. de (1928) : Le plus ancien dictionnaire bantu/Het oudste Bantu-woordenboek
[7235]   Ghowall, Thanaa Ibrahim (1987) : The acoustic phonetic study of the two pharyngeals /h;?/ and the two laryngeals /?;h/ in Arabic
[7236]   Giannini, A. , M. Pettorino & Maddalena Toscano (1988) : Some remarks on Zulu stops
[24746]   Gibbard, George , Hannah Rohde & Sharon Rose (2009) : Moro Noun Class Morphology
[7237]   Gibbe, A. G. (1977) : Homonymy, synonymy and antonymy: a lexical study in Kiswahili
[7238]   Gibbe, A. G. (1981) : The development of Kiswhahili technical terms/L’évolution des termes techniques en Swahili
[7239]   Gibbe, A. G. (1983) : Tanzania’s language policy with special reference to Kiswahili as an educational medium
[7240]   Gibson, Gordon D. (1953) : Unpublished notes ethnographic and linguistic field notes on the Gciriku, recorded in Shakawe, Ngamiland, Bechuanaland Protectorate
[7241]   Gibson, Gordon D. , Thomas John Larson & Cecilia R. McGurk (1981) : The Kavango peoples
[27887]   Gibson, Hannah & Lutz Marten (2019) : Probing the interaction of language contact and internal innovation : four case studies of morphosyntactic change in Rangi
[27628]   Gibson, Hannah & Vera Wilhelmsen (2015) : Cycles of Negation in Rangi and Mbugwe
[27163]   Gibson, Hannah , Andriana Koumbarou , Lutz Marten & Jenneke van der Wal (2016) : Locating the Bantu conjoint/disjoint alternation in a typology of focus marking
[25588]   Gibson, Maik (2012) : Language shift in Nairobi
[7242]   Gibson, Maik L. (1998) : Dialect contact in Tunisian Arabic: sociolinguistic and structural aspects
[27549]   GIE CLOA et SIL Sénégal (2018) : Lexique gusiilaay
[4446]   Giese, Wilhelm (1952) : Los estudios de las lenguas canarias de E. Zyhlarz
[7243]   Giess, Wilhelm & Jan Winston Snyman (1970) : Eingeborenennamen und Gebräuche von Pflanzen des Kau-Kauveldes
[7244]   Giess, Wilhelm & Jan Winston Snyman (1986) : The naming and utilization of plantlife by the Zhu|’hõasi Bushmen of the Kau-Kauveld
[7246]   Gilbert, Glenn G. (1985) : Hugo Schuchardt and the Atlantic creoles: a newly discovered manuscript “On the Negro English of West Africa”
[7245]   Gilbert, Glenn G. & K. Dennis Papi Makhudu (1984) : Ian Hancock’s 50 sentences (for comparative study of the English-based Atlantic creoles) translated into Standard European Afrikaans (SEA), Coloured Afrikaans (CA) and Fly-Taal (FT)
[7247]   Gilbert, Glenn G. & K. Dennis Papi Makhudu (1987) : Le continuum créole en afrikaans: une perspective non-eurocentrique
[7248]   Gill, J. Withers (1920) : Hausa speech, its wit and wisdom
[26568]   Gilley, Leoma (2013) : Katcha noun morphology
[7250]   Gilley, Leoma G. (1991) : Underlying representations in Shilluk: is one enough?
[7251]   Gilley, Leoma G. (1992) : An autosegmental approach to Shilluk phonology
[7252]   Gilley, Leoma G. (1999) : Facilitating orthography development with mother-tongue speakers
[7253]   Gilley, Leoma G. (2000) : Singulars and plurals in Shilluk: a search for order
[7254]   Gilley, Leoma G. (2004) : Morphophonemic orthographies in fusional languages: the cases of Dinka and Shilluk
[7255]   Gilliard, L. (1924) : La numérotation des Ntomba, riverains du Lac Léopold II
[7256]   Gilliard, L. (1928) : Grammaire synthétique de lontomba, suivie d’un vocabulaire
[7257]   Gilliard, L. (1928) : Grammaire pratique lontomba
[7258]   Gilligan, Gary M. (1985) : Autosegmental Babanki
[7259]   Gillis, A. (1973) : Mwendela Kiluba: grammaire pour debutants
[7260]   Gillis, Adalbertus (1981) : Dictionnaire français-kiluba
[7261]   Gilman, Charles (1979) : Convergence in Lingala and Zairian Swahili
[7262]   Gilman, Charles (1979) : Cameroonian Pidgin English: a neo-African language
[7263]   Gilman, Charles (1980) : The origin of Cameroonian pidgin dialects
[7264]   Gilman, Charles (1986) : African areal characteristics: Sprachbund, not substrate?
[7265]   Gilmore, Theopolis L. & Shadrack O. Kwasa (1963) : Swahili phrase book for students and travellers
[24758]   Gilmour, Rachael (2006) : Grammars of Colonialism, Representing Languages in Colonial South Africa
[7266]   Gilse, P. H. G. van (1939) : Niederländisch als Schnalz-Sprache
[7267]   Gimba, Alhaji Maina (1990) : A study of Bole dialects
[7268]   Gimba, Alhaji Maina (1995) : Pluractionals in Bole
[7269]   Gimba, Alhaji Maina (2000) : Downdrift in Bole
[7270]   Gimba, Alhaji Maina (2001) : Verbal pluractionality in Bole
[24547]   Gimba, Alhaji Maina (2000) : Bole verb morphology
[27295]   Gimba, Alhaji Maina , Malam Baba Ali & Madu Bah (2009) : Bole-English-Hausa Dictionary
[7271]   Gingiss, P. (1973) : Worodugukan: a comparative and descriptive study
[7272]   Ginneken, [Père] Jacques van (1938) : L’importance des latérales caucasiennes pour l’étude des langues africaines, indoeuropéennes et chamito-sémitiques: contribution à la grammaire comparée des langues du Caucase
[7273]   Ginneken, [Père] Jacques van (1939) : Les clicks, les consonnes et les voyelles dans l’historiede l’humanité
[7274]   Girard, Tim (199-) : [On Dullay]
[7275]   Girard, Tim (1992) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Werizoid dialect chain
[7276]   Girard, Tim (1993) : Lexico-phonostatistical analysis of Alemayehu Abebe’s Ometo wordlists
[7281]   Girard, Tim (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of abortive Suri
[7282]   Girard, Tim (2002) : A sociolinguistic survey report of the Werizoid dialect chain
[22990]   Girard, Tim (2002) : Lexico-phonostatistical analysis of Alemayehu Abebe’s Ometo word lists
[7277]   Girard, Tim & Klaus Wedekind (1993) :
[7278]   Girard, Tim & M. Middleton (1993) : Report of abortive Suri survey
[7279]   Girard, Tim , Simon Gardner , Ralph Siebert & Klaus Wedekind (1994) : [Survey of the Zay language area]
[7283]   Girault, L. (1963) : Le verbe en dagara et les familles de verbes dérivés
[25793]   Girei, Abubakar Umar (2009) : Hausa loanwords in Adamawa Fulfulde: A question of prestige or sociolinguistic necessity
[7284]   Girgis, Savet (1948) : A list of common fish of the Upper Nile with their Shilluk, Dinka and Nuer names
[7285]   Girma Halefom (1981) : Tigrigna cases and functions
[7286]   Girma Mammo (1986) : Yemba verb morphology: some inflections and derivations
[7287]   Girmay Berhane (1983) : The phonology of Tigrigna (generative approach)
[7288]   Girmay Berhane (1991) : Issues in the phonology and morphology of Tigrigna
[7289]   Gital, Garba Mohammed (1987) : Typology of dative ordering: a case study of Bausanci dative movement in Hausa dialectology
[26113]   Githinji, Peter (2008) : Ambivalent Attitudes: Perception of Sheng and its Speakers
[26124]   Githinji, Peter (2006) : Bazes and Their Shibboleths: Lexical Variation and Sheng Speakers’ Identity in Nairobi
[7290]   Githiora, Chege (2004) : Diccionario Swahili-Español
[7291]   Githiora, Chege (2002) : Sheng: peer language, Swahili dialect or emerging creole?
[23491]   Githiora, Chege (2004) : Gikuyu orthography: past and future perspectives
[23583]   Githiora, Chege (2001) : Some problems and insights in the lexicography of two non-kindred languages: Spanish and Swahili
[24579]   Githiora, Chege John (1993) : Word Frequency Study and Morphological Analysis of Two Bantu Languages (Kiswahili, Gikuyu)
[23489]   Githiora, Chege , Heather Littlefield & Victor B. Manfredi (Ed) (2004) : Kinyira njira! Step firmly on the pathway
[7292]   Giuseppe, Frizzi (1982) : Dicionário emakhuwa-português e português-emakhuwa
[7293]   Givón, Talmy (1969) : Studies in ChiBemba and Bantu grammar
[7294]   Givón, Talmy (1970) : The resolution of gender conflict in Bantu conjunction: when syntax and semantics clash
[7295]   Givón, Talmy (1970) : On ordered rules and the modified base of ChiBemba verbs
[7296]   Givón, Talmy (1970) : The magical number two, Bantu pronouns and the theory of pronominalization
[7297]   Givón, Talmy (1970) : The SiLuyana language: a preliminary linguistic description
[7298]   Givón, Talmy (1971) : On the verbal origin of the Bantu verb suffixes
[7299]   Givón, Talmy (1971) : Some historical changes in the noun-class system of Bantu, their possible causes and wider applications
[7300]   Givón, Talmy (1971) : Dependent modals, performatives, factivity, Bantu subjunctives and what not
[7301]   Givón, Talmy (1971) : Linguistic colonialism and de-colonisation: the school system as a tool of oppression
[7303]   Givón, Talmy (1971) : Historical syntax and synchronic morphology: an archaeologist’s field trip
[7304]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : Studies in ChiBemba and Bantu grammar
[7305]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : On cost accounting in lexical structure: a reply to Frank Heny
[7306]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : Pronoun attraction and subject postposing in Bantu
[7307]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : The white linguist in Africa
[7308]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : The magical number two: Bantu pronouns and the theory of nominalization
[7309]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : A note on subject postposing
[7310]   Givón, Talmy (1974) : Syntactic change in Lake Bantu: a rejoinder
[7312]   Givón, Talmy (1975) : Serial verbs and syntactic change: Niger-Congo
[7313]   Givón, Talmy (1975) : Focus and scope of assertion: some Bantu evidence
[7314]   Givón, Talmy (1976) : On the SOV reconstruction of southern Nilotic: internal evidence from Toposa
[7315]   Givón, Talmy (1976) : Some constraints on Bantu causativization
[7316]   Givón, Talmy (1976) : Topic, pronoun and grammatical agreement
[7317]   Givón, Talmy (1979) : Language typology in Africa: a critical review
[7318]   Givón, Talmy (1984) : The Krio numeral ‘one’ and the pragmatics of reference
[7311]   Givón, Talmy & Alexandre Kimenyi (1974) : Truth, belief and doubt in Kinyarwanda
[7319]   Givón, Talmy & Boniface Kaumba Kawasha (2001?) : Indiscrete grammatical relations: the Lunda passive
[7302]   Givón, Talmy & Russell Galen Schuh (Ed) (1971) : Papers from the 2nd conference on African linguistics
[7320]   Gjerlow-Johnson, Kristine C. & Edward B. G. Ayom (1985) : The passive in Bor Dinka
[28242]   Gjersøe, Siri , Jude Nformi & Ludger Paschen (2019) : Hybrid falling tones in Limbum
[7321]   Glaesel, Heidi (1997) : They’re not just ‘samaki’: towards an understanding of fisher vocabulary on the Kenya coast
[7322]   Glauser, Beat , Edgar W. Schneider & Manfred Görlach (1993) : A new bibliography of writings on varieties of English, 1984-1992/1993
[7323]   Gleason jnr, Henry Allan (1960) : Bantu classes 1a and 2a
[7324]   Gleeson, Joseph , Omer Awad & David Rorick (1968) : Is ka wahh u qabso: wahaa dhigey
[28219]   Glewwe, Eleanor (2019) : Efik nominal tonal alternations as phrasal morphology
[27030]   Glewwe, Eleanor & Ann M. Aly (2017) : Coronal palatalization in Logoori
[7325]   Glick, Ruth Moser (1969) : The relationship between selected sociolinguistic variables and the ability to read English among Ugandan children
[22905]   Glidden, Suellyn (1984) : The Koh verbal system
[7326]   Glover, Phillip Earle (1947) : Provisional check-list of British and Italian Somaliland trees, shrubs and herbs, including the reserved areas adjacent to Abyssinia
[7327]   Glover, Phillip Earle , F. C. Magogo & Ali Bandari Hamisi (1969) : A Digo-botanical-Digo glossary from the Shimba Hills, Kenya: a list of Digo plant names with their botanical equivalent
[28326]   Gluckman, John & Margit Bowler (2020) : The expression of modality in Logoori
[7328]   Gluckman, Max (1942) : Prefix concordance in Lozi, lingua franca of Barotseland
[7329]   Gluckman, Max (1959) : The technical vocabulary of Bartose jurisprudence
[27036]   Gluckmann, John & Margit Bowler (2017) : The anticausative alternation in Luragooli
[28809]   Gnahore, Dalile Inés Laure (2006) : Essai sur le système verbal du gaɓʊgbʊ
[7330]   Gnalibouly, Boureïma A. & Antonina Ivanovna Koval (1982) : Les questions controversées de la conjugaison verbale en peul
[7331]   Gnamba, Bertin Mel (1994) : Le móbù-mri, langue aïzi d’Abra, sous-préfecture de Jacqueville: étude phonologique et grammaticale
[7507]   Göbelsmann, Claus (1988) : Textanalyse zu Tempus (T), Aspekt (A) und Modalität (M) im Swahili: das TAM-System in der Prosasprache des Shabaan bin Robert
[7508]   Göbelsmann, Claus (1990) : Zur Darstellung dialektometrischer Ergebnisse
[7509]   Göbelsmann, Claus (1991) : Towards a structural analysis of the Swahili TAM-formatives
[7510]   Göbelsmann, Claus (1994) : Tempus, Aspekt und Modalität
[25007]   Godé, Gohi Victor (2006) : Le dādɟlìwàlɩ̄ «dadjriwalé», un dialecte du godié, langue kru de la Côte d'Ivoire : phonologie, grammaire, lexique
[25008]   Godé, Gohi Victor (2008) : Le dadjriwalé: langue kru de la Côte d'Ivoire
[7332]   Godi, Patricia Sizani (2002) : Focus constructions in Xitsonga
[7333]   Godman, Arthur (1982) : Illustrated dictionary of chemistry in English, with English-Arabic and Arabic-English glossaries
[7334]   Godon, E. (1998) : Aspects de la morphologie nominale du somali: la formation du pluriel
[23797]   Godwyll, Ebenezer Francis (2006) : Using the mother tongue (L1) as a medium for early identification and diagnosis for communication disorders: a look at Ghana
[7335]   Goellnitz, W. (1945) : Wörterbuch Deutsch-Osikuanjama
[7336]   Goemaere, A. (19--) : Spraakleer van het londengese
[7337]   Goemaere, A. (1941) : Taaleenmaking
[7338]   Goemaere, A. (1942) : Woordenlijst londengese-vlaams
[7339]   Goemaere, A. (1984) : Grammaire du londengese
[22919]   Goerling, Fritz (1985) : Marqueurs initiaux et finaux dans les contes dioula
[22920]   Goerling, Fritz (1986) : Le discours exhortatif en dioula
[22921]   Goerling, Fritz (1988) : Contrast in Jula discourse
[7340]   Goerner, M. , Y. Salman & P. Armitage (1966) : Two essays on Arabic loanwods in Hausa
[28330]   Goes, Heidi & Koen Bostoen (2021) : Progressive vowel height harmony in Proto-Kikongo and Proto-Bantu
[7341]   Goetting, Helmut (1984) : Determination list of plants collected from Rift Valley
[7342]   Goetze, Albrecht (1942) : The so-called intensive of the Semitic languages
[7343]   Goke-Pariola, Abiodun (1978) : Language transfer and the Nigerian writer of English
[7344]   Goke-Pariola, Abiodun (1982) : A socio-political perspective of English language pedagogy in Nigerian High Schools
[27200]   Goldberg, Joelle (2015) : A Brief Grammar of the Af-Somali Language
[28967]   Goldberg, Justin , Asadik Habte , Bekama Jiregna & Mengistu Mulat (eds.) (2016) : Gwama – English Dictionary
[7345]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1964) : On the Amharic tense-system
[7346]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1965) : Studies in Amharic syntax
[7347]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1966) : [The Amharic tense-system]
[7348]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1967/68) : [On new texts in the language of Harar = review article: Ethiopians speak, 1: Harari, by Wolf Leslau]
[7349]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1969) : Kestaneñña: studies in a northern Gurage language of Christians
[7350]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1974) : L’étude du gouragué et la comparaison chamito-sémitique
[7351]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1976) : A copula tê in Old Amharic
[7352]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1977) : The Semitic languages of Ethiopia and their classification
[7353]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1981) : Les mémoires d’Aläqa Lämma et l’étude de l’amharique parlé
[7354]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1983) : Nominalization in Amharic and Harari: adjectivization
[7355]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1987) : Linguistic interest in Gurage and the Gurage etymological dictionary [= review article based on ‘Etymological dictionary of Gurage’ by Wolf Leslau]
[7356]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1991) : “Oneself”, “one’s own” and “one another” in Amharic
[7358]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1998) : Studies in Semitic linguistics: selected writings
[22513]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1968/98) : Notes on Harari (English summary)
[7357]   Goldenberg, Gideon & Shlomo Raz (Ed) (1994) : Semitic and Cushitic studies
[7360]   Goldklang, H. A. (1967) : Current Swahili newspaper terminology
[26832]   Goldman, Nora , Will Orman , Elodie Paquette , Kathryn Franich , Rachel Hawkes , Ariane Ngabeu & Catherine O'Connor (2015) : Interspeaker Variation in Noun Class Realization in Medumba, a Grassfields Language
[28789]   Goldsmith, John & Fidèle Mpiranya (2022) : Learning Swahili morphology
[7361]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1975) : Tone melodies and the autosegment
[7362]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1976) : Autosegmental phonology
[7363]   Goldsmith, John Anton (198-) : Comparing extratonality and extrametricality in Kikongo-type tonal systems
[7364]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1981) : Towards an autosegmental theory of accent: the case of Tonga
[7365]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1981) : The structure of wh-questions in Igbo
[7366]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1983) : Accent in Tonga: an autosegmental analysis
[7367]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1984) : Meeussen’s rule
[7368]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1984) : Tone and accent in Tonga
[7369]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1985) : On tone in Sukuma
[7371]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1985) : Tone in CiRuri present continuous
[7372]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1985) : Bantu -a-: the far past in the far past
[7373]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1985) : Tone in KiHunde
[7374]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1987) : Stem tone patterns of the Lacustrine Bantu languages
[7375]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1988) : Prosodic trends in the Bantu languages
[7377]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1990) : Phonological theory and African language phonology
[7378]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1991) : Tone and accent in Llogori
[7379]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1992) : Tone and accent in Llogoori
[7370]   Goldsmith, John Anton & Firmard Sabimana (1985) : The Kirundi verb
[22523]   Goldsmith, John Anton & Firmard Sabimana (1989) : The Kirundi verb
[7376]   Goldsmith, John Anton , Karen Peterson & Joseph Drogo (1989) : Tone and accent in the Xhosa verbal system
[7380]   Goldstein, Louis (1995) : Lendu consonants and the role of overlapping gestures in sound change: comments on Demolin
[7381]   Golele, N. C. P. (1993) : Xitsonga in a multilingual society: a South African “minority” language
[7382]   Golele, N. C. P. (1998) : The role of PANSALB in the establishment of lexicographic units for the official languages of South Africa
[25059]   Gomes, Cleonice Candida (2008) : O sistema verbal do Balanta : Um estudo dos morfemas de tempo
[7383]   Gonçalves, Perpétua (1985) : A situação da língua portuguesa em Moçambique
[7385]   Gonçalves, Perpétua (1989) : A fixação do sistema de marcação casual do português em Moçambique
[7386]   Gonçalves, Perpétua (1989) : A situação linguística em Moçambique: opções de escrita
[7387]   Gonçalves, Perpétua (1990) : A construção de uma gramática de português em Moçambique: aspectos da estrutura argumental dos verbos
[7388]   Gonçalves, Perpétua (1996) : Português de Moçambique: uma variedade em formação
[7389]   Gonçalves, Perpétua (2004) : Toward a unified vision of classes of language acquisition and change: arguments from the genesis of Mozambican African Portuguese
[7384]   Gonçalves, Perpétua , N. Carlos & Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga (1986) : O português em Moçambique: análise de erros em construções de subordinação
[27081]   Gonza, Fr. Richard Kayaga (2007) : Lusoga-English dictionary and English-Lusoga dictionary
[26209]   Gonzales, Ashleigh (2009) : Intrinsic F0 in Shona Vowels: A Descriptive Study
[7391]   Good, A. I. (1936) : Bulu handbook supplement
[25161]   Good, Jeff (2010) : Topic and focus fields in Naki
[27201]   Good, Jeff (2017) : Niger-Congo languages
[27764]   Good, Jeff (2020) : Niger-Congo, with a special focus on Benue-Congo
[28603]   Good, Jeff (2018) : East Benue-Congo noun classes, with a focus on morphological behavior
[28892]   Good, Jeff (2022) : Reconstructing the development of the Bantu final vowels
[28001]   Good, Jeff & Jesse Lovegren (2017) : Remarks on the nasal classes in Mungbam and Naki
[7392]   Good, Jeff Craig (2003) : Strong linearity: three case studies towards a theory of morphosyntactic templatic constructions
[22603]   Good, Jeff Craig (2005) : Reconstructing morpheme order in Bantu: the case of causativization and applicativization
[22604]   Good, Jeff Craig (200-) : Whe arguments become adjuncts: negation and object preposing in Leggbó
[26237]   Good, Jeff , Jesse Lovegren , Jean Patrick Mve , Carine Nganguep Tchiemouo , Rebecca Voll & Pierpaolo Di Carlo (2011) : The Languages of the Lower Fungom Region of Cameroon: Grammatical Overview
[7390]   Good, R. A. (1932) : English-Bulu vocabulary
[7393]   Goodall, Edward Basil Herbert (1921) : Some Wemba words: some meanings and explanations
[7394]   Goodman, Morris F. (1964) : A comparative study of Creole French dialects
[7395]   Goodman, Morris F. (1967) : Prosodic features of Bravanese, a Swahili dialect
[7396]   Goodman, Morris F. (1970) : Some questions on the classification of African languages
[7397]   Goodman, Morris F. (1971) : The strange case of Mbugu
[7398]   Goodman, Morris F. (1971) : Languages in contact
[7399]   Goodman, Morris F. & David Wendell Crabb (1987) : African languages
[27134]   Goodness, Devet (2017) : The Morphosyntax of Shinyiha Adjective
[7400]   Goodwill, J. , A. Kotzé , Levi Namaseb , Angelika Tjoutuku , E. Kaura , Paavo Hasheela , L. Mbenzi , D. Nakare , M.!Goraseb & V. =Eiases (1991) : A first school dictionary for Namibia with Nama-Damara, Herero, Kwangali, Oshiwambo and Afrikaans words
[7401]   Goodwin, C. (1987) : English in SWA/Namibia: attitudes towards and standards of English amongst teacher trainee students
[7403]   Goody, Esther N. & JoAnne Bennett (2001) : Literacy for Gonja and Birifor children in northern Ghana
[7402]   Goody, Jack (1963) : Ethnological notes on the distribution of the Guang languages
[27657]   Goprou, Djaki Carlos (2010) : Etude phonétique et phonologique du kpɔkolo, parler bété de Gagnoa
[7405]   Gordon, Andrew Hunt (1983) : The context and meaning of the ancient Egyptian word “inw” from the proto-dynastic period to the end of the New Kingdom
[7404]   Gordon, Robert James (1972) : Some sociological aspects of verbal communication in Okombahe, SWA: a community study
[7407]   Gore, [Reverend] [Canon] E. C. (1926) : A Zande grammar
[7408]   Gore, [Reverend] [Canon] E. C. & Mrs E. C. Gore (1931) : Zande and English dictionary
[7409]   Gore, [Reverend] [Canon] E. C. & Mrs E. C. Gore (1952) : Zande and English dictionary
[7410]   Gorecka, Alicja (1990) : Palatalization of labials in Tswana
[7511]   Görlach, Manfred (1984) : English in Africa - African English
[7512]   Görlach, Manfred (1990) : Lexical problems of English in Africa
[7513]   Görlach, Manfred (1991) : Englishes: studies in varieties of English 1984-1988
[7412]   Gorman, Thomas Patrick (1968) : Bilingualism in the educational system of Kenya
[7414]   Gorman, Thomas Patrick (1971) : A survey of educational language policies, and an enquiry into patterns of language use and levels of language attainment among secondary school entrants in Kenya
[7415]   Gorman, Thomas Patrick (1972) : A glossary in English, Kiswahili, Kikuyu and Dholuo/Kamusi ya lugha ya Kiingereza, Kiswahili, Kikuyu na Kijaluo/Mutaratara wa ciugo cia Githungu, Githweri, Gikuyu na Kijaluu/Cheno mar weche ma olok e Dhowasungu, Swahili, Kikuyuy gi Dholuo
[7416]   Gorman, Thomas Patrick (1974) : The development of language policy in Kenya with particular reference to the educational system
[7417]   Gorman, Thomas Patrick (1974) : Sociolinguistic research in Kenya: an inquiry into problems involved in the teaching of Swahili
[7413]   Gorman, Thomas Patrick (Ed) (1970) : Language in education in eastern Africa
[7411]   Gorman, W. A. R. (1950) : Simple Silozi: a guide for beginners
[7418]   Gorshkova, N. N. (1966) : Formanty ukazatel’nosti v yazyke Hausa
[28481]   Goshu, Dabala & Ronny Meyer (2005) : Focus phenomena in Wellega Oromo
[24811]   Goshu, Debela (2007) : Path in Oromo motion construction
[24803]   Goshu, Debela & Ronny Meyer (2006) : Conditional expressions in Oromo
[7419]   Goslin, B. du P. (1980) : The major differences between Zulu and Swazi
[7420]   Goslin, B. du P. (1983) : ’n Vakdidaktiek Noord-Sotho vir die sekondêre skool
[7421]   Goslin, B. du P. (1987) : History of African languages in Transvaal schools
[7422]   Gosori, K. , L. A. Noronha & Walter Schicho (1981) : Kiswahili cha kisasa [Modern Swahili]
[7423]   Goss, Nisha Merchant & Amanda R. Doran (2003) : Voicing of stops in Kabiye
[7424]   Gossweiler, John (1950) : Flora exótica de Angola: nomes vulgares e origem das plantas cultivadas ou subexpontâneas
[7425]   Gossweiler, John (1953) : Nomes indígenas de plantas de Angola
[27297]   Gotengaye, Constant & John M. Keegan (2016) : Dictionnaire Sar
[7426]   Goto, Tadahisa (1968) : [The development of Swahili dictionaries]
[7427]   Gottlieb, Alma & M. Lynne Murphy (1995) : Beng-English dictionary, with English-Beng index
[7428]   Gottschligg, Peter (1992) : Verbale Valenz und Kasus in Ful
[7429]   Gottschligg, Peter (1995) : Determination und Referenz in der Entwicklung der Nominalklassensysteme des Ful und anderer atlantischer Sprachen
[7430]   Gottschligg, Peter (1995) : Sprachwandel und Dialektologie des Anlautwechsels im Ful
[7431]   Gottschligg, Peter (1997) : Zur Spezialisierung pronominaler Reliktformen im Ful
[7432]   Gottschligg, Peter (1997) : Nominale Morphophonologie des Ful von Klingenheben bis Paradis: keine Rezeptionsgeschichte
[7433]   Gottschligg, Peter (1998) : Nominale Formen im Adamawa-Ful
[7434]   Gottschligg, Peter (1999) : Senegal language deixis and its development in Fula dialects
[7435]   Gottschligg, Peter (2000) : La morphologie nominale peule dans le cadre dialectal et nord-(ouest)-atlantique
[22400]   Gottschligg, Peter (2003) : A non-rhotic Fula dialect from Kouandé (northern Bénin)
[25855]   Gottschligg, Peter (2009) : Dialectal variance, standardization and the development of a written language: the case of Fula
[7436]   Gouala, Pierre Macaire (1981) : Problems of learning English in the Congo due to mother-tongue interference
[27401]   Goudiaby, Arame (2016) : Eléments de grammaire du gújááhár, parler baïnounck de Niaguis (Casamance)
[7437]   Gouffé, Claude (1962) : Observations sur le degré causatif dans un parler haoussa du Niger
[7438]   Gouffé, Claude (1964/66) : Noms d’objects ‘ronds’ en haoussa
[7439]   Gouffé, Claude (1964/66) : A propos de la phrase relative et de la phrase nominale en berbère et en haoussa
[7440]   Gouffé, Claude (1964/66) : Les problèmes de l’aspect en haoussa, 1: introduction; le problème de l’aorist et de accompli
[7441]   Gouffé, Claude (1965) : La lexicographie du haoussa et le préalable phonologique
[7442]   Gouffé, Claude (1966) : ‘Manger’ et ‘boire’ en haoussa
[7443]   Gouffé, Claude (1966/67) : Les problèmes de l’aspect en haoussa, 2: le problème de l’inaccompli I et II
[7444]   Gouffé, Claude (1967) : A propos de la notation des tons en haoussa
[7445]   Gouffé, Claude (1967) : Problèmes de toponymie haoussa: les noms de villages de la région de Maradi (République du Niger)
[7446]   Gouffé, Claude (1967/69) : Les problèmes de l’aspect en haoussa, 3: l’inaccompli négatif et l’ingressif
[7447]   Gouffé, Claude (1968/69) : Deux notes grammaticales sur le parler haoussa de Dogodoutchi (République du Niger)
[7448]   Gouffé, Claude (1969) : A propos de haoussa [’y]
[7449]   Gouffé, Claude (1969/70) : Compléments et précisions concernant le haoussa dans le cadre de l’essai comparatif de M. Marcel Cohen
[7450]   Gouffé, Claude (1970/71) : Notes de lexicologie et d’étymologie soudanaises, I: a propos du nom du “moustique” et de la “moustiquaire”
[7451]   Gouffé, Claude (1970/71) : Une corrélation typologique dans quatre langues de l’Afrique occidentale: les fonctions de “N-”
[7452]   Gouffé, Claude (1970/71) : Sur les emplois grammaticalisés du verbe ‘dire’ en haoussa
[7453]   Gouffé, Claude (1971) : Remarques sur le syntagme démonstratif en haoussa
[7454]   Gouffé, Claude (1971) : Observations sur les emprunts au français dans les parlers haoussa du Niger
[7455]   Gouffé, Claude (1971/72) : Notes de lexicologie et d’étymologie soudanaises, III: contacts de vocabulaire entre le haoussa et le berbère
[7456]   Gouffé, Claude (1974) : Contacts de vocabulaire entre le haoussa et touareg
[7457]   Gouffé, Claude (1975) : Redoublement et réduplication en haoussa: formes et fonctions
[7458]   Gouffé, Claude (1978) : Linguistique tchadique
[7459]   Gouffé, Claude (1981) : Remarques sur quelques propositions récentes concernant l’orthographe du haoussa
[7460]   Gouffé, Claude (1981) : La langue haoussa
[7461]   Gouffé, Claude (1988) : Fonction de la diathèse dans le verbe haoussa
[7462]   Gough, David H. (1986) : Xhosa narrative: an analysis of the production and linguistic properties of discourse with particular reference to Iintsomi texts
[7463]   Gough, David H. (1992) : Demonstratives and word order: aspects of discourse reference in Xhosa narrative
[7464]   Gough, David H. (1993) : A change of mood: towards a re-analysis of the Dokean classification
[7465]   Gough, David H. (1995) : Some problems for politeness theory: deference and directness in Xhosa performative requests
[7466]   Gough, David H. (1995) : Xhosa beyond the textbook: an analysis of grammatical variation of selected Xhosa constructions
[7467]   Gough, David H. & Zannie Bock (2001) : Alternative perspectives on orality, literacy and education: a view from South Africa
[26168]   Gould, Isaac (2012) : Spatial Absence in Lamnso': A Preliminary Description of the Absentive Morpheme siiy
[28259]   Gould, Isaac & Tessa Scott (2019) : On the derivation of Swahili amba relative clauses: Evidence for movement
[7468]   Gould, Laurie J. (19--) : The grammar of Ikikuria
[7469]   Gould, Laurie J. (1987) : Evidence for ambiguous targets in Kuria advancement strategies
[7470]   Gould, Laurie J. (1988) : Liberation and Kikuria relative clauses
[7471]   Goungaye Wanfiyo, Nganatouwa (1982) : Éléments de description grammaticale du gbeya
[7472]   Goungaye Wanfiyo, Nganatouwa (1986) : Étude descriptive du gbeya, parler gbaya de la région de Bossangoa en République centrafricaine
[7473]   Gouws, R. H. (1990) : Information categories in dictionaries, with special reference to southern Africa
[7474]   Gouws, R. H. (1990) : Vaste uitdrukkings as multileksikale lemmas in verklarende Afrikaanse woordeboeke
[7475]   Gouws, R. H. (1992) : Aspekte van die Suid-Afrikaanse leksikografiepraktyk
[7476]   Gouws, R. H. & F. A. Ponelis (1992) : The development of Afrikaans and the lexicographical tradition
[23214]   Gouws, R. H. , Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2004) : Friends will be friends: true or false - lexicographic approaches to the treatment of false friends
[7477]   Gower, R. H. (1952) : Swahili borrowings from English
[7478]   Gower, R. H. (1958) : Swahili slang
[7479]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1964) : Morphology of the substantive in Lozi
[7480]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1967) : Morphology of the verb in Lozi
[7481]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1968) : Some secret languages of children of South Africa
[7482]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1970) : Verbal extensions in Mbuunda
[7483]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1979) : Weltanschauung, psycho-social salience and word sense as reflected in a Southern Sotho word-frequency count
[7485]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1984) : Stabilization in Bantu
[7487]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1992) : Yeyi reflexes of Proto-Bantu
[7488]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1997) : Aspects of Yeyi diachronic phonology
[7489]   Gowlett, Derek F. (2003) : Zone S
[7486]   Gowlett, Derek F. (Ed) (1992) : African linguistic contributions presented in honour of Ernst Westphal
[7484]   Gowlett, Derek F. & Estelle Rassmann (1979) : A word-frequency count for Southern Sotho prose literature
[7490]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1975) : Swahili morphophonemics
[7491]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1981) : Counting in Logo
[7492]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1983) : Some aspects of Logo phonology and morphology
[7494]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1986) : Some aspects of Kaliko phonology and morphology
[7496]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1986) : Kaliko: a first encounter
[7497]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1986) : Markedness, language acquisition and the verbal system of Logo
[7498]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1986) : Le contexte historique de la naissance et de la diffusion du kingwana
[7499]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1986) : On strength hierarchies in Swahili
[7500]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1986) : A Kaliko text with grammatical notes and comments
[7501]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1986) : Glottalized consonants: a new dimension
[7502]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1988) : Indoubil: a Swahili hybrid in Bukavu [with comments in Indu Bill by K. Kabongo-Mianda]
[7503]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1988) : Glottalized consonants: a new dimension
[7505]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1995) : The emergence of Lingala in Bukavu
[7506]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (200-) : Bukavu Swahili
[23438]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1972) : Ordered rules and the morphophonemics of the N-class in Swahili
[7493]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (Ed) (1985) : African linguistics: essays in memory of M. W. K. Semikenke
[7495]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (Ed) (1986) : Language and history in Central Africa
[7504]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. & Tembue Zembele (1992) : Codeswitching in Bukavu
[7514]   Grabenhorst, Ulrike (1990) : Bibliographical update: addenda to ‘A tentative bibliography of Swahili 1964-1984’
[7515]   Graefe, Erhart (1987) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7516]   Graefe, Erhart (1988) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7517]   Graefe, Erhart (1990) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7518]   Graefe, Erhart (1994) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7519]   Graefe, Erhart (1997) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7520]   Graefe, Erhart (2001) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7521]   Graffin, R. & François Pichon (1930) : Grammaire éwondo
[26574]   Gragg, Gene (2013) : Cushitic verb classes revisited
[7522]   Gragg, Gene B. (1972) : Sumerian and selected Afro-Asiatic languages
[7523]   Gragg, Gene B. (1976) : Oromo of Wellega
[7524]   Gragg, Gene B. (1980) : Lexical aspects of Oromo-Amharic language contact: Amharic loanwords in western Oromo
[7525]   Gragg, Gene B. (1982) : Oromo dictionary
[7526]   Gragg, Gene B. (1988) : Estimating convergence and conflict among cognate sets in a Cushitic etymological index
[7527]   Gragg, Gene B. (1996) : CUSHLEX: a Cushitic etymological index
[7528]   Gragg, Gene B. (1997) : Ge‘ez (Ethiopic)
[7529]   Gragg, Gene B. (1997) : Ge‘ez phonology
[7530]   Grah, Claire (1983) : Approche systèmatique du nɩ́wɔ̄lɩ̄
[23077]   Graham, Steve (1995) : A case study: language development strategies among the Diola people of southern Senegal
[22449]   Graham, Steve & Trina Graham (2004) : West Africa lusolexed creoles word list file documentation
[7531]   Gramly, Richard Michael (1978) : Expansion of Bantu-speakers versus development of Bantu language in situ: an archaeologist’s perspective
[7536]   Granda, German de (1970) : Un temprano testimonio sobre las hablas ‘criollas’ en Africa y America (P. Alonso de Sandoval, De instauranda Aethiopum Salute, 1627)
[24622]   Grandet, E. (1973) : La numération cardinale dans quelques langues de Côte dʼIvoire
[7532]   GrandʼEury, Sylvie (1994) : Le Sango au service de l’animation des structure communautaires rurales et urbaines
[22408]   GrandʼEury, Sylvie (2003) : Un dictionnaire bilingue unidirectionnel et bivalent “réduit”
[24406]   Grandʼeury, Sylvie (1991) : Le Parler ngbaka minagende, langue oubanguienne du Zaïre : Unités de base, prédication et énonciation
[7533]   GrandʼHenry, Jacques (1971) : Observations sur la phonétique des parlers arabes de Ténès (Algérie occidentale)
[7534]   GrandʼHenry, Jacques (1972) : Le parler arabe de Cherchell (Algérie)
[7535]   GrandʼHenry, Jacques (1976) : Les parlers arabes de la région du Mzab (Sahara algérien)
[7537]   Grannis, Oliver Culver (1970) : Relative constructions in Acholi
[28232]   Grano, Thomas & Samson Lotven (2019) : Control of logophoric pronouns in Gengbe
[23935]   Grant, C. P. Griffin & L. Seguin (1993) : A rapid appraisal survey of languages in the ‘Aghem Group’ (ALCAM 810), Menchum Division, N.W. Province
[7539]   Grant, Neville (1987) : Swahili speakers
[7538]   Grant, Sandy (1970) : Place names in the Kgatleng
[7540]   Granville, Stella (2003) : Contests over meaning in a South African classroom: introducing critical language awareness in a climate of social change and cultural diversity
[7541]   Grapow, Hermann (1920) : Vergleiche und andere bildliche Ausdrücke im Ägypten
[7542]   Grapow, Hermann (1936) : Sprachliche und schriftliche Formung ägyptischer Texte
[7543]   Grapow, Hermann (1937) : Zur Erforschungsgeschichte des Demotischen
[7544]   Grapow, Hermann (1938) : Untersuchungen über Stil und Sprache des koptischen Kambysesromans
[7545]   Grapow, Hermann (1938) : Von hieroglyphisch Demotischen zum Koptischen
[7546]   Grapow, Hermann (1939) : Wie den alten Ägypter sich anredeten, wie sie sich grüssten und wie sie miteinander sprachen
[7547]   Grapow, Hermann (1940) : Wie den alten Ägypter sich anredeten, wie sie sich grüssten und wie sie miteinander sprachen
[7548]   Grapow, Hermann (1941) : Wie den alten Ägypter sich anredeten, wie sie sich grüssten und wie sie miteinander sprachen
[7549]   Grapow, Hermann (1942) : Ägyptisch: vom Lebenslauf einer alt-afrikanischen Sprache
[7550]   Grapow, Hermann (1942) : Wie den alten Ägypter sich anredeten, wie sie sich grüssten und wie sie miteinander sprachen
[7551]   Grapow, Hermann (1950) : Zur Wortbildung des Ägyptischen
[7552]   Grapow, Hermann (1952) : Untersuchungen zur ägyptischen Stilistik, I: der stilistische Bau der Geschichte des Sinuhe
[7553]   Grassias, Alain & Rémy Bôle-Richard (1983) : Le m’batto (ngula)
[7554]   Gratrix, Carol (1975) : Morphotonologie du godié
[12998]   Gravel, Louis-Andre (1979) : A sociolinguistic investigation of mutlilingualism in Morocco
[7557]   Gravina, Richard (2001) : Features of a Chadic language: the case of Mbuko phonology
[11983]   Gravina, Richard (1999) : Phonology of Mbuko
[24847]   Gravina, Richard (2007) : Classification and Reconstruction in Chadic Biu-Mandara A
[25558]   Gravina, Richard (2012) : Vowels, consonants and prosody in two Central Chadic languages
[25633]   Gravina, Richard (2011) : The internal classification of Chadic Biu-Mandara
[26444]   Gravina, Richard (2014) : The Phonology of Proto-Central Chadic
[26515]   Gravina, Richard (2013) : The history of vowels and prosodies in Central Chadic
[28945]   Gravina, Richard (2015) : Proto-Central Chadic Reconstructions
[28946]   Gravina, Richard (2015) : Proto-Central Chadic Dictionary
[7555]   Gravina, Richard & Robert Nelezek (1999) : Avinde ’am sembuko/Guide d l’orthographe de la langue mbuko
[28992]   Gravina, Richard & Sue Gravina (eds.) (2016) : Mbuko – French Dictionary
[26947]   Gravina, Richard , Robert Nelezek & Robert Tchalalao (1999) : Mbuko Lexicon
[7556]   Gravina, Susan (2000) : Adaptation of the multi-strategy method for the far north of Cameroon
[7561]   Gray, G. P. (1966) : The morphology of the substantive in Herero
[28755]   Gray, Hazel & Steve Nicolle (2022) : Diagramming Grammatical and Lexical Aspect The case of the Progressive, Anterior, and Resultative in Bungu (Bantu, F25)
[7563]   Gray, Ian R. (1978) : Buli noun classes
[7564]   Gray, Ian R. (1978) : Buli concords
[7558]   Gray, J. M. (1936) : The Basoga
[7560]   Gray, J. M. (1958) : Burton on Kiswahili
[7562]   Gray, Louis H. (1971) : Introduction to Semitic comparative linguistics: a basical grammar of the Semitic languages
[7565]   Gray, Peter (2002) : Hadza bibliography
[7559]   Gray, Robert F. (1951) : A short word-list and grammatical sketch [of Mbugwe]
[7677]   Grébaut, S. (1945) : Cahiers pour l’enseignement de la langue éthiopienne, I: le verbe fort trilittère qatala (schèmes et flexions)
[7678]   Grébaut, S. (1952) : Supplément au lexicon linguae aethiopicae de A. Dillmann et édition lexique juste d’Urbin
[7569]   Grebe, Justus (1989) : Language policy for Namibia: ACN
[27971]   Grebe, Karl & Patrick Siiyatan (2015) : Lamnso’-English Dictionary - Ŋgwà’ Nsàv
[7568]   Grebe, Karl H. (1984) : The domain of noun tone rules in Lam Nso
[22875]   Grebe, Karl H. (1975) : Verb clusters in Lamnsok
[22889]   Grebe, Karl H. (1976) : Relational grammar applied to Nsoq
[7566]   Grebe, Karl H. & Winifred Grebe (1975) : Verb tone patterns in Lamnsok
[7567]   Grebe, Karl H. & Winifred Grebe (1980) : Lamnso’
[7570]   Greef, M. M. (1980) : The passive in Xhosa
[25573]   Green, Christopher R. (2012) : Paradigm uniformity in Luwanga derived nouns
[26858]   Green, Christopher R. (2013) : On the Role of Prosodic Structure in French Loanword Incorporation into Bambara
[26967]   Green, Christopher R. (2013) : Formalizing the prosodic word domain in Bambara tonology
[27502]   Green, Christopher R. (2018) : A survey of word-level replacive tonal patterns in Western Mande
[27504]   Green, Christopher R. (2018) : Moving ahead with replacive tone in Mande: A brief response to Konoshenko
[28726]   Green, Christopher R. (2020) : Harmony and disharmony in Mbat (Jarawan Bantu) verbs
[28351]   Green, Christopher R. & Abbie E. Hantgan (2019) : A feature geometric approach to Bondu-so vowel harmony
[26065]   Green, Christopher R. & Ashley Farris-Trimble (2010) : Voice contrast and cumulative faithfulness in Luwanga Nouns
[26683]   Green, Christopher R. & Boubacar Diakite (2008) : Emergent syllable complexity in colloquial Bamana
[28243]   Green, Christopher R. & Evan Jones (2019) : Notes on the morphology of Marka (Af-Ashraaf)
[27490]   Green, Christopher R. & Jennifer Hill Boutz (2016) : A prosodic perspective on the assignment of tonal melodies to Arabic loanwords in Bambara
[27951]   Green, Christopher R. & Michael C. Dow (2017) : The morphophonology of nouns in Najamba (Dogon)
[26780]   Green, Christopher R. , Jonathan C. Anderson & Samuel G. Obeng (2013) : Interacting tonal processes in Susu
[26163]   Green, Christopher R. , Stuart Davis , Boubacar Diakite & Karen Baertsch (2012) : Domain-Restricted Reduction: A Proposal for Segmental Feet in Bamana
[27059]   Green, Christopher , Suart Davis , Boubakar Diakite & Karen Baertsch (2010) : Syncope and the drive towards minimization in Colloquial Bamana
[7575]   Green, E. Clive (1956) : An introduction to Shambala grammar
[7577]   Green, E. Clive (1964) : The Wambugu of Usambara (with notes on Kimbugu)
[23666]   Green, Eldred I. Ibibiem T. , Abe Brown & Adadonye Fombo (2005) : A dictionary of Ibani, an Ijoid language of the Niger Delta
[7571]   Green, Margret Mackeson (1936) : The present linguistic situation in Igbo country
[7572]   Green, Margret Mackeson (1937-1974) : Linguistic papers, chiefly concerning the Igbo language
[7573]   Green, Margret Mackeson (1949) : The classification of West African tone languages: Igbo and Efik
[7574]   Green, Margret Mackeson (1949) : Igbo spelling: an exploratory statement
[7578]   Green, Margret Mackeson (1967) : Igbo dialects in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[7579]   Green, Margret Mackeson (1974) : Figurative language in Igbo
[7576]   Green, Margret Mackeson & G. Egemba Igwe (1963) : A descriptive grammar of Igbo
[7581]   Green, Melanie (1997) : Focus and copular constructions in Hausa
[24764]   Green, Melanie (2007) : Focus in Hausa
[7582]   Green, Melanie & Philip John Jaggar (2003) : Ex-situ and in-situ focus in Hausa: syntax, semantics and discourse
[7580]   Green, Michael (1987) : Coptic share pattern and its ancient Egyptian ancestors: a reassessment of the aorist pattern in the Egyptian language
[5071]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1962) : The interpretation of the Coptic vowel system
[7583]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1941) : Some problems in Hausa phonology
[7584]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1942) : Premières applications de la géographie linguistique appliquée aux langues bantus
[7585]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1947) : Swahili prosody
[7586]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1947) : Arabic loan-words in Hausa
[7587]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1948) : The tonal system of Proto-Bantu
[7588]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1948) : The classification of African languages
[7589]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1949) : Studies in African linguistic classification. Part 1: introduction; the Niger-Congo family
[7590]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1949) : Studies in African linguistic classification. Part 2: the classification of Fulani
[7591]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1949) : Studies in African linguistic classification. Part 3: the position of Bantu
[7592]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1949) : Hausa verse prosody
[7593]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1950) : Studies in African linguistic classification. Part 4: Hamito-Semitic
[7594]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1950) : Studies in African linguistic classification. Part 5: the Eastern Sudanic family
[7595]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1950) : Studies in African linguistic classification. Part 6: the Click languages
[7596]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1950) : Studies in African linguistic classification. Part 7: the smaller families; index of languages
[7597]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1950) : The patterning of root morphemes in Semitic
[7598]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1951) : Vowel and nasal harmony in Bantu languages
[7599]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1952) : The Afro-Asiatic (Hamito-Semitic) present
[7600]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1953) : An application of New World evidence to an African linguistic problem (Hausa)
[7601]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1954) : Studies in African linguistic classification. Part 8: further remarks on method; revisions and corrections
[7602]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1954) : Études sur la classification des langues africaines ; partie 1
[7603]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1955) : Studies in African linguistic classification
[7604]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1955) : Études sur la classification des langues africaines ; partie 2
[7605]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1955) : Internal a-plurals in Afroasiatic (Hamito-Semitic)
[7606]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1957) : Nilotic, ‘Nilo-Hamitic’, Hamito-Semitic: a reply
[7607]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1958) : The labial consonants of proto-Afro-Asiatic
[7608]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1959) : The origin of the Masai passive
[7609]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1959) : Africa as a linguistic area
[7610]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1960) : A method of measuring functional yield as applied to tone in African languages
[7611]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1960) : A survey of African prosodic systems
[7612]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1960) : African tongues and tribes
[7613]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1960) : An Afro-Asiatic pattern of gender and number agreement
[7614]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1960) : Linguistic evidence for the influence of the Kanuri on the Hausa
[7615]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1962) : Africa. IV: languages
[7616]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1963) : Vowel harmony in African languages
[7617]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1963) : History and present status of the Kwa problem
[7618]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1963) : Langues et histoire en Afrique
[7619]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1963) : The languages of Africa
[7620]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1963) : Third West African languages congress, 1963
[7621]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1964) : Historical inferences from linguistic research in sub-Saharan Africa
[7622]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1964) : The study of language contact in Africa
[7623]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1965) : Urbanism, migration and language
[7624]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1965) : The evidence for */mb/ as a proto-Afro-Asiatic phoneme
[7625]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1965) : Linguistics
[7626]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1965) : The history and present status of African linguistic studies
[7627]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1966) : The languages of Africa
[7628]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1966) : Interdisciplinary perspectives in African linguistic research
[7629]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1969) : African languages
[7631]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1970) : Chadic languages
[7632]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1970) : Some generalizations concerning glottalic consonants, especially implosives
[7633]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1970) : Click languages
[7634]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1970) : Cushitic languages
[7635]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1970) : The languages of Africa
[7636]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1971) : Language, culture and communication: essays by Joseph H. Greenberg
[7637]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1971) : Nilosaharan and Meroitic
[7638]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1972) : Linguistic evidence regarding Bantu origin
[7639]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1972) : On the identity of Jungraithmayr’s Mimi
[7640]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1974) : Bantu and its closest relatives
[7641]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1974) : Reply to Meeussen on “Bantu and its closest relatives”
[7642]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1977) : Niger-Congo noun class markers: prefixes, suffixes, both or neither
[7643]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1978) : How does a language acquire gender markers?
[7644]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1981) : African linguistic classification
[7645]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1981) : Nilo-Saharan movable k- as a stage III article
[7646]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1981) : Nilo-Saharan movable k- as a stage III article (with a Penutian typological parallel)
[7647]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1983) : Some areal characteristics of African languages
[12735]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1966) : Polyglotta Evidence for Consonant Mutation in the Mandyak Languages
[22565]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1968) : Hausa
[22578]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1963) : The Mogogodo, a forgotten Cushitic people
[22579]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1968) : Nubian language and writing
[24641]   Greenberg, Steven & J. David Sapir (1978) : Acoustic Correlates of ‘Big’ and ‘Thin’ in Kujamutay
[7648]   Greenfield, P. M. (1972) : Oral or written language: the consequences for cognitive development in Africa, the United States and England
[7649]   Greenway, P. J. (1937) : A Swahili dictionary of plant names
[7650]   Greenway, P. J. (1947) : A veterinary glossary of some tribal languages of Tanganyika Territory
[25091]   Greffier [P. S. Sp.] (1960) : Dictionnaire sérère-français, dʼaprès le manuscrit du Père Ezzano S. Sp. ; Précédé dʼun abrégé de grammaire Sérère par le P. Greffier S. Sp.
[7652]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1961) : Luo: a grammar
[7653]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1967) : Prefix and pronoun in Bantu
[7654]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1967) : Some competing analysis in Haussa
[7655]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1967) : The palatal consonants in Hausa: internal reconstruction and historical inference
[7656]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1967) : Linguistic seriation as a dating device for loanwords with special reference to West Africa
[7657]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1968) : Words and things in African prehistory
[7658]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1972) : Kongo-Saharan
[7659]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1974) : The signalling of social distance in African languages
[7660]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1974) : Consonant polarity in Nilotic
[7661]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1974) : Nilotic nasal-stop clusters
[7662]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1976) : The glottochronological performance of African languages
[7663]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1977) : Language in Africa: an introductory survey
[7664]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1977) : Successes and failures in the modernization of Hausa spelling
[7665]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1997) : The pragmatics of verbal abuse in African languages: prolegomenon
[23447]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1999) : Noun class systems in African and Pacific languages
[7651]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup & A. L. Muhammed (19--) : The structural status of Hausa R sounds
[7666]   Gregg, George W. (2002) : A sociolinguistic survey (RA/RTT) of Ngie and Ngishe (Mono Division, North West Province, Republic of Cameroon)
[7680]   Grégoire, Claire (1975) : Les locatifs en bantou
[7684]   Grégoire, Claire (1976) : Les suffixes verbaux et les finales de la conjugaison simple en laadi
[7685]   Grégoire, Claire (1976) : Le champ sémantique du thème *-bánjá
[7686]   Grégoire, Claire (1979) : Les voyelles finales alternantes dans la conjugaison affirmative des langues bantoues centrales
[7688]   Grégoire, Claire (1980) : Les structures relative en mandé: tentative de comparaison
[7689]   Grégoire, Claire (1980) : Les structure sous-jacente des relatives en mandé-nord
[7690]   Grégoire, Claire (1980) : Les locatifs en bantou: reconstruction et évolution régionales
[7691]   Grégoire, Claire (1983) : Quelques hypothèses comparatives sur les locatifs dans les langues bantoues du Cameroun
[7692]   Grégoire, Claire (1985) : L’expression du passif en maninka
[7693]   Grégoire, Claire (1986) : Le maninka de Kankan: éléments de description phonologique
[7695]   Grégoire, Claire (1988) : An attempt to reconstruct labial consonants in Mande
[7697]   Grégoire, Claire (1991) : Premières observations sur le système tonale du myènè-nkomi, langue bantou du Gabon (B11e)
[7698]   Grégoire, Claire (1994) : A Diachronic Approach to Classes 10 and 11 in Bantu With Special Reference to North-Western Languages
[7700]   Grégoire, Claire (1998) : Lʼexpression du lieu dans les langues africaines
[7702]   Grégoire, Claire (2003) : The Bantu languages of the forest
[24303]   Grégoire, Claire (1981) : Morphologie de l'opposition accompli/inaccompli dans le verbe soninké
[24306]   Grégoire, Claire (1987) : Morphophonologie et morphologie nominales en soninké
[7701]   Grégoire, Claire & Baudoin Janssens (1999) : L’augment en bantou du nord-ouest
[7699]   Grégoire, Claire & Jean-Paul Rekanga (1994) : Nouvelles hypothèses diachronique sur la cl. 10b du myènè-nkomi (B11e)
[7694]   Grégoire, H. Claire (1987/88) : Quelques hypothèses concernant l’alternance consonantique initiale dans les langues mandé
[7696]   Grégoire, H. Claire (1990) : Étude comparative des items pour “boire” et “manger” dans les langues mande
[7681]   Grégoire, Henri Claude (1975) : Étude de la langue gouro (région de Zuénoula): lexique
[7682]   Grégoire, Henri Claude (1975) : Étude de la langue juro: phonetique, phonologie, enquête lexicale
[7683]   Grégoire, Henri Claude (1976) : Étude de la langue gouro (Côte d’Ivoire). Tome 2: enquête lexicale, annexes
[7687]   Grégoire, Henri Claude (1979) : Étude de la langue gouro (Côte d’Ivoire): phonetique, phonologie
[7679]   Grégoire, Henri Claude & Joseph le Saout (1973) : Étude de la langue gouro (région de Zuénoula). Tome 1: esquisse phonologique
[7667]   Gregoire, Henri-Claude (1990) : Tonétique et tonologie d’un groupe de langues mandé: étude théorique et expérimentale
[24603]   Grégoire, Henri-Claude (1972) : Etude acoustique du système vocalique du bété (région de Guibéroua)
[7668]   Gregorio, Giacomo de (1926) : Il Suahili nella Somalia italiana e i suoi elementi arabici
[7669]   Greis, Naguib Amin Fahmy (1963) : The pedagogical implications of a contrastive analysis of cultivated Cairene Arabic and the English language
[7670]   Grennec, Gregoire (19--) : Dicionário português-umbundu
[26833]   Grenoble, Lenore A. , Martina Martinović & Rebekah Baglini (2015) : Verbal Gestures in Wolof
[7671]   Greschat, Hans-Jürgen & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (Ed) (1969) : Wort und Religion, Kalima na dini: Studien zur Afrikanistik, Missionswissenschaft, Religionswissenschaft, Ernst Dammann zum 65. Geburtstag
[7672]   Gretschel, Hans-Volker (1984) : Südwesterdeutsch: eine kritische Bilanz
[7673]   Gretschel, Hans-Volker (1990) : German in independent Namibia
[7674]   Gretschel, Hans-Volker (1993) : The lost “Umlaut”: the German language in Namibia 1915-1939 - a suppressed language?
[7675]   Gretschel, Hans-Volker (1995) : The status and use of the German language in independent Namibia: can German survive the transition?
[7676]   Gretschel, Hans-Volker & Christoph Ludszuweit (2001) : The German language in Namibia 1939-1998: a suppressed language?
[7703]   Griaule, Marcel (1941) : Vocabulaires papé, woko, koutinn, namtchi et séwé du Cameroun septentrional
[7704]   Griaule, Marcel (1961) : Classification des insectes chez les Dogon
[7705]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1992) : Status change of languages in sub-Saharan Africa
[7707]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1994) : Die Entwicklung des Oromo zur Schriftsprache
[7710]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1996) : The rise of new terms in Oromo: means and problems
[7712]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1997) : The development of Somali as an official language and a medium of instruction up to university level: an achievement without example in sub-Saharian Africa
[7713]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1997) : Swahili-loanwords in Oromo
[7714]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1998) : Fokusmarker im Oromo
[7715]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1999) : The formation of questions in Oromo and Somali: a comparative analysis
[7716]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (2001) : A grammatical sketch of written Oromo
[7717]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (2004) : Lehrbuch des Somali: eine praktische Einführung
[7709]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine & Rainer Maria Voigt (Ed) (1996) : Cushitic and Omotic languages: proceedings of the 3rd international symposium, Berlin, March 17-19, 1994
[7706]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine & Tamene Bitima (1994) : Lehrbuch des Oromo: eine praktische Einführung
[7708]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine & Tamene Bitima (1995) : Übungsbuch Oromo
[7718]   Griesel, G. J. (1982) : Zoeloe vir beginners
[7719]   Griesel, G. J. (2001) : Irregular forms of the Zulu locativised noun
[7720]   Grieshaber, N. (1983) : Oor die skryfwyse van handelsnaamverbindinge in Afrikaans
[7721]   Grieve, D. W. & A. Taylor (1952) : Media of instruction: a preliminary study of relative merits of English and an African vernacular as teaching media
[24505]   Grieve, Jerry A. (1977 [1973]) : Kilba
[7722]   Griffin, A. W. (1937) : Dictionary of the Pende language
[7723]   Griffin, A. W. (1937) : Grammar and exercise-book of the Kipende language
[7724]   Griffin, R. K. (1991) : The “burden of comprehension”: classroom discourse in Tanzanian secondary schools
[7725]   Griffini, E. (1936) : L’arabo parlato della Libia: cenni grammaticali e repertorio di oltre 10.000 vocaboli, frasi e modi di dire raccolti in Tripolitania; con appendice: primo saggio di un elenco alfabetico di tribù della Libia italiana
[7726]   Griffiths, J. G. (1955) : Bilingualism among the Mahass
[7727]   Grigorieva, Tamara (1966) : Swahili studies in the Soviet Union in 1965
[7733]   Grimes, Joseph E. & others (1960) : Several Kru orthographies
[27746]   Grimm [Borchardt], Nadine (2015) : A Grammar of Gyeli
[27926]   Grimm, Nadine (2020) : Descriptive and documentary dimensions of Gyeli numerals
[28244]   Grimm, Nadine (2019) : Implosives in Bantu A80? The case of Gyeli
[7749]   Grinevald, Colette & Frank Seifart (2004) : Noun classes in African and Amazonian languages: towards a comparison
[28513]   Griscom, Richard (2019) : Topics in Asimjeeg Datooga Verbal Morphosyntax
[7750]   Grobbelaar, J. C. (1952) : Junior Sepedi: ’n handleiding met oefeninge vir die aanleer van Noord-Sotho vir standerd 7 en standerd 8
[7751]   Grobbelaar, P. (1987) : Afrikaans-Engelse woordeboek/English-Afrikaans dictionary
[7752]   Grobler, G. M. M. (1978) : Is hierdie p ’n b of ’n p?
[7753]   Grobler, G. M. M. (1991) : Die kort drietalige sakwoordeboek/The concise trilingual pocket dictionary: Afrikaans-Northern Sotho-English/English-Northern Sotho-Afrikaans
[7754]   Grobler, Isabella Johanna , Anita van der Merwe & Emily Groenewald (2002) : Voice onset time of Afrikaans speaking children aged four to seven years
[25996]   Groenewald, Hendrik Johannes (2009) : Using Technology Transfer to Advance Automatic Lemmatisation for Setswana
[7755]   Groenewald, P. S. (1960) : Morfologiese verdubbeling in Noord-Sotho
[7756]   Groenewald, P. S. (1969) : Senwabarwana: ontlening en vokaalvervanging
[7757]   Groenewald, P. S. (1983) : Verslag: die onderrig van Bantoetale aan Blanke studente
[7758]   Groenewald, P. S. (2002) : Sepedi versleer: funksies van herhaling en segmentele rym
[25265]   Grollemund, Rebecca (2006) : Les Okandé du Gabon, locuteurs d’une langue en danger (langue bantoue du groupe B 30) - Langue et culture
[25965]   Grollemund, Rebecca (2012) : Nouvelles approches en classification : application aux langues Bantu du nord-ouest
[28130]   Gromova, Nelli V. & Monika R. Urb [Громова, Н.В. (2020) : The morphemic structure of the Ndonde verb [Морфемная структура глагола в языке ндонде]
[7759]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1965) : O printsipakh vydeleniya imeni sushchestvitel’nogo v yazyke suahili [On the principles of definition of the noun as a part of speech in Swahili]
[7760]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1966) : Chasti rechi v iazykakh bantu i printsipy ikh razgranicheniia
[7761]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1975) : The syntax of the ‘infinitive’ in Swahili (abstract)
[7764]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1983) : On correlation of the categories of class and number in some Bantu languages
[7765]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1988) : Die Erweiterung der Funktion einiger Nominalklassenpräfixe in den Bantusprachen
[7766]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1988) : Leksikologiia i slovobrazovanie afrikanskikh iazykov
[7767]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1990) : Vitenzi vipya katika Swahili [New verbs in Swahili]
[7770]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (2000) : Borrowings from local Bantu languages in Swahili
[7771]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (2004) : The infinitive as a part of speech in Swahili
[7762]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna & N. G. Fyodorova (1978) : Russko-Suahili uchebny slovar
[7763]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna & Natalya Veniaminovna Okhotina (1978) : Osobennosti relytivnykh konstruktsii v suahili
[7768]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna & Natalya Veniaminovna Okhotina (1995) : Teoreticheskaja grammatika jazyka suakheli [Swahili theoretical grammar]
[7769]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna , A. I. Dovzhenko , B. B. Karpovich & E. N. Mʼachina (1996) : [Russian and Swahili dictionary]
[7772]   Groot, Martien de (1988) : Description of the Digo verb system
[7773]   Groot, Martien de (1990) : Printout of the dictionary database of Digo
[7774]   Grootaers, M. J. (1945) : La méthode géographique appliqué aux langues africaines
[7775]   Gross, Marcel (1967) : Essai pour une phonologie du baule
[7776]   Grosserhode, Ralf (1998) : Ton und Druck im Gogo
[7777]   Grosserhode, Ralf (2000) : Stimmlose Nasale im Gogo
[24581]   Grossmann, Rebecca Suzanne (1992) : Discourse Grammar of Bandi
[25131]   Grossmann, Rebecca Suzanne (1991) : Bandi dictionary
[7778]   Grottanelli, Vinigi L. (1941) : I Niloti dell‚ Etiopia allo stato attuale delle nostre conoscenze
[7779]   Grottanelli, Vinigi L. (1941) : Gli scinacia del Nilo azzuro ed alcuni lessico poco noti e della loro lingua
[7781]   Grottanelli, Vinigi L. (1945) : Acconciatura e vestiario dei koma al confine etiopico-sudanese
[7782]   Grottanelli, Vinigi L. (1946) : Materiali di lingua coma
[7780]   Grottanelli, Vinigi L. & Claudia Massari (1943) : Missione di studio al lago Tana, 6: i Baria, i Cunama e i Beni Amer
[7783]   Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1973) : €Hòã kinship terms
[7784]   Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1973) : A story in |Gwi with some linguistic descriptions
[7785]   Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1975) : Plural predicates in €Hòã
[7786]   Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1975) : Bushman languages of the Kalahari: €Hòã - vocabulary stems, €Hòã - vocabulary - recorded utterances
[7787]   Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1992) : Proper argument projection in Igbo and Yoruba
[7788]   Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1995) : Thematic configurationality and serial verb constructions
[27753]   Grubic, Mira , Agata Renans & Reginald Akuoko Duah (2019) : Focus, exhaustivity and existence in Akan, Ga and Ngamo
[7789]   Grundfest, Y. D. (1974) : The problem of classifying southern Semitic languages
[7790]   Grünebaum-Ralph, H. (1996) : Saying the unspeakable: language and identity after Auschwitz as a narrative model for articulating memory in South Africa
[7791]   Grüner, Rolf W. (1982) : Die invloed van Duits op vroeë Afrikaans: ’n sosiohistoriese perspektief
[7792]   Grüner, Rolf W. (1985) : Onomastic attitudes of German settlers in South Africa: past and present
[7793]   Grünwaldt, Sylvia (1994) : La herencia léxica de África en la región caribeña de Colombia
[7794]   Grünwaldt, Sylvia (1996) : Lexikalisches Erbe Afrikas im heutigen Spanischen der Karibikküste Kolumbiens
[7795]   Gualandi, (1---) : Vocabolario italiano-madi
[7796]   Guarisma, Gladys (1967) : Esquisse phonologique du bafia
[7797]   Guarisma, Gladys (1969) : Études bafia: phonologie, classes d’accord et lexique bafia-français
[7798]   Guarisma, Gladys (1972) : Notes sur la phonologie du vuté
[7799]   Guarisma, Gladys (1972) : A propos de la détermination des catégories grammaticales en bafia par la méthode de l’énoncé minimal
[7800]   Guarisma, Gladys (1973) : Le nom en bafia: étude syntagme nominal d’une langue bantoue du Cameroun
[7801]   Guarisma, Gladys (1976) : Le phénomène de terrasses ou de failles tonales dans quelques langues bantoues du Cameroun
[7802]   Guarisma, Gladys (1978) : Le langues bantoïdes non bantoues
[7803]   Guarisma, Gladys (1978) : Études vouté (langue bantoïde du Cameroun): phonologie et alphabet pratique, synthématique, et lexique vouté-français
[7804]   Guarisma, Gladys (1980) : Les voyelles centrales en bafia et dans d’autres parlers du groupe A.50
[7807]   Guarisma, Gladys (1981) : Le prédicat en bafia
[7809]   Guarisma, Gladys (1982) : Le syntagme verbal à modalité de temps et à modalité d’aspect en bafia
[7810]   Guarisma, Gladys (1983) : Pour un traitement synchronique de la faille tonale
[7811]   Guarisma, Gladys (1985) : Types d’énoncés, classes de verbes et nombre de participants au procès en bafia
[7813]   Guarisma, Gladys (1986) : Dialectométrie lexicale de quelques parlers bantôides non bantous du Cameroun
[7815]   Guarisma, Gladys (1990) : La negation en bafia: langue bantoue A53 du Cameroun
[7816]   Guarisma, Gladys (1992) : Le bafia (rì-kpa?), langue bantoue (A53) du Cameroun
[7817]   Guarisma, Gladys (1994) : Le bafia, une langue bantoue à prosodie riche
[7818]   Guarisma, Gladys (1997) : La qualification en bafia
[7819]   Guarisma, Gladys (2003) : Kpa? (A53)
[25971]   Guarisma, Gladys (2004) : Les indices d'accord en bantou : le cas du bafia
[27596]   Guarisma, Gladys (1993) : Les compléments immédiats non-circonstanciels en bafia (rì̵-kpɑʔ, langue bantoue A50 du Cameroun)
[27597]   Guarisma, Gladys (1994) : Le sujet en bafia (langue bantoue du Cameroun)
[7806]   Guarisma, Gladys (Ed) (1981) : Tons et accents dans les langues africaines
[7814]   Guarisma, Gladys & Christiane Paulian (1986) : Dialectometrie lexicale de quelques parlers bantous de la zone A
[7805]   Guarisma, Gladys & Susanne Platiel (Ed) (1980) : Dialectologie et comparatisme en Afrique noire: actes des journées d’étude tenue au Centre de Recherche Pluridisciplinaire du CNRS, Ivry (France), 2-5 juin 1980
[7812]   Guarisma, Gladys & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (Ed) (1986) : La méthode dialectométrique appliquée aux langues africaines
[7808]   Guarisma, Gladys , Gabriel M. Nissim & Jan Voorhoeve (Ed) (1982) : Le verbe bantoue: actes de journées d’étude tenues à l’Université de Leyde (Pays-Bas), 19-21 janvier 1981, et au Centre de Recherche Pluridisciplinaire du CNRS, Ivry (France), 27 février et le 26 juin 1981
[16410]   Gudahi, Wilson Kaiga G. (2003) : The phonology of a Bantu dialect: Logoli language
[7820]   Gudeta, Mulugeta (1996) : English-Amharic dictionary
[7821]   Gudeta, Mulugeta (1997) : English Amharic idioms dictionary
[28409]   Gueche Fotso, Hugues Carlos (2019) : Morphosyntactic and Semantic Curiosities in the Naming Practices of the Nsᴐ́ʔ People
[23848]   Gueche, Fotso Hugues Carlos (2004) : Noun morphology of Befang
[7837]   Guédou, Georges A. G. (1976) : Xó et gbè: langage et culture chez les Fon du Dahomey
[7838]   Guédou, Georges A. G. (1977) : Recherches phonologiques et outils d’alphabétisation en République Populaire du Bénin: le cas du fongbe
[7839]   Guédou, Georges A. G. (1983) : La triple corrélation consonantique: une hypothèse d’interprétation phonologique de quelques segments phoniques complexes en fòngbè
[7840]   Guédou, Georges A. G. (1985) : Xó et gbè: langage et culture chez les fon (Bénin)
[7841]   Guéhoun, N. Augustin (1993) : Description systématique du dida de lakota (langue kru de Côte d’Ivoire)
[7822]   Guennec, Grégoire le & José Francisco Valente (1972) : Dicionário português-umbundu
[7823]   Guenther, Mathias [Georg] (1977) : More on Khoisan classification
[7824]   Guenther, Mathias [Georg] (1986) : “San” or “Bushmen”?
[28532]   Guérin, Maximilien (2015) : Analyse typologique et syntaxique du génitif wolof
[28739]   Guérin, Maximilien (2022) : Non-finite constructions in Wolof
[26775]   Guérois, Rozen (2015) : A grammar of Cuwabo (Mozambique, Bantu P34)
[27749]   Guérois, Rozen & Denis Creissels (2020) : The relative verb forms of Cuwabo (Bantu P34) as contextually oriented participles
[27414]   Guérois, Rozenn (2017) : Conditional constructions in Cuwabo
[27642]   Guérois, Rozenn (2017) : Locative Enclitics in Cuwabo
[28040]   Guérois, Rozenn (2016) : The Locative System in Cuwabo and Makhuwa (P30 Bantu Languages)
[28579]   Guérois, Rozenn (2019) : Cuwabo P34
[27528]   Guérois, Rozenn & Koen Bostoen (2018) : On the origins of passive allomorphy in Cuwabo (Bantu P34)
[7825]   Guerreiro, Manuel Viegas (1963) : Rudimentos de língua maconde
[7826]   Guerreiro, Manuel Viegas (1966) : Os Macondes de Moçambique IV
[7827]   Guerssel, Mohamed (1977) : Issues in Berber phonology
[7828]   Guerssel, Mohamed (1983) : A phonological analysis of construct state in Berber
[7829]   Guerssel, Mohamed (1985) : The role of sonority in Berber syllabification
[7830]   Guerssel, Mohamed (1986) : Glides in Berber and syllabicity
[7831]   Guerssel, Mohamed (1986) : On Berber verbs of change: a study in transitivity alternations
[7833]   Guerssel, Mohamed (1987) : The status of the lexical category preposition in Berber: implications for the nature of the construct state
[7834]   Guerssel, Mohamed (1992) : The phonology of Berber derivational morphology by affixation
[7832]   Guerssel, Mohamed & Ken Hale (Ed) (1987) : Studies in Berber syntax
[28592]   Guest, Elizabeth (1997) : Cwaya Noun Classes
[28594]   Guest, Elizabeth (1998) : Cwaya Pronouns
[7835]   Gueunier, Noël-Jacques (1976) : Notes sur le dialecte malgache de l’île de Mayotte
[7836]   Gueunier, Noël-Jacques (1986) : Lexique du dialecte malgache de mayotte (Comores)
[23761]   Guèye, Gabriel (1980) : Contribution à l’étude phonologique du ndut
[23762]   Guèye, Gabriel (1980) : L’harmonie vocalique en ndut
[23763]   Guèye, Gabriel (1984) : Contribution à l’étude phonétique du vocalisme du ndut
[10812]   Gugelchuk, Gary Michael (1985) : A generative-transformational analysis of the plots of Limba (West Africa) dilemma tales
[7842]   Gugushe, R. N. (1978) : The teaching of Bantu languages in black schools
[7843]   Guidi, Ignazio (1924) : Elementa linguae copticae
[7844]   Guidi, Ignazio (1932) : Breve storia della letteratura etiopica
[7845]   Guidi, Ignazio (1936) : Grammatica elementare della lingua amarica, con esercizi di traduzione e glossario
[7846]   Guidi, Ignazio (1940) : Supplemento al vocabolario amarico-italiano
[26399]   Guilavogui, André Gouma (1975) : Étude morphosyntaxique du loghomagoi
[26400]   Guilavogui, Catherine Koly (1976) : Étude du système nominal du loma
[26401]   Guilavogui, Dominique Koly (1970) : Étude phonologique du loma avec application au parler du sud de Macenta
[7847]   Guillerme, L. (1920) : Dictionnaire français-kikemba
[7848]   Guillet, Gérard (1972) : Initiation à la tonalité met à la grammaire de la langue fon
[7849]   Guillet, Gérard & Michel Dujarier (1978?) : Eléments de grammaire fongbe
[7850]   Guillot, R. (19--) : Petite grammaire de l’usalampasu
[7851]   Guilmin, M. (1925) : Grammaire lingombe
[7852]   Guindo, Paul & Gérard Galtier (1976) : Rapport sur le choix d’une langue standard pour l’ensemble des parlers dogon
[7853]   Guinet, Xavier (1973) : Esquisse d’une phonologie du sungor
[7854]   Guion, Susan G. , Mark W. Post & Doris L. Payne (2004) : Phonetic correlates of tongue root vowel contrasts in Maa
[28021]   Guitang, Guillaume (2019) : Personal pronoun encliticization in Masa
[7917]   Güldemann, Tom (1992) : Ist Swahili eine monogenetische Einheit? Betrachtungen aus der Sicht peripherer Varietäten unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Verbmorphologie
[7918]   Güldemann, Tom (1996) : Verbalmorphologie und Nebenprädikationen im Bantu: eine Studie zur funktional motivierten Genese eines konjugationalen Subsystem
[7919]   Güldemann, Tom (1997) : Prosodic subordination as a strategy for complex sentence construction in Shona: Bantu moods revisited
[7920]   Güldemann, Tom (1997) : The Kalahari Basin as an object of areal typology: a first approach
[7921]   Güldemann, Tom (1997) : Prosodische Markierung als sprachliche Strategie zur Hierarchisierung verknüpfter Prädikationen am Beispiel des Shona
[7922]   Güldemann, Tom (1998) : San languages for education: a linguistic short survey and proposal
[7923]   Güldemann, Tom (1998) : The relation between imperfective and simultaneous taxis in Bantu: late stages of grammaticalization
[7924]   Güldemann, Tom (1998) : The Kalahari Basin as an object of areal typology: a first approach
[7925]   Güldemann, Tom (1999) : The genesis of verbal negation in Bantu and its dependency on functional features of clause types
[7926]   Güldemann, Tom (1999) : Toward a grammaticalization and typological account of the ka-possessive in southern Nguni
[7927]   Güldemann, Tom (1999) : Head-initial meets head-final: nominal suffixes in eastern and southern Bantu from a historical perspective
[7929]   Güldemann, Tom (2000) : The //N!ke or Bushmen of Griqualand West, Notes on the language of the //N!ke or Bushmen of Griqualand West [by Dorothea Bleek]: editor’s introduction
[7930]   Güldemann, Tom (2000) : Noun categorization systems in non-Khoe lineages of Khoisan
[7931]   Güldemann, Tom (2001) : Phonological regularities of consonant systems across linguistic lineages
[7932]   Güldemann, Tom (2002) : When “say” is not say: the functional versatility of the Bantu quotative marker ti with special reference to Shona
[7933]   Güldemann, Tom (2002) : Die Entlehnung pronominaler Elemente des Khoekhoe aus dem !Ui-Taa
[7934]   Güldemann, Tom (2002) : Using older Khoisan sources: quantifier expressions in Lower Nossop varieties of Tuu
[7935]   Güldemann, Tom (2003) : Grammaticalization
[7936]   Güldemann, Tom (2003) : Present progressive vis-à-vis predication focus in Bantu: a verbal category between semantics and pragmatics
[7937]   Güldemann, Tom (2004) : Reconstruction through ‘de-construction’: the marking of person, gender and number in the Khoe family and Kwadi
[22580]   Güldemann, Tom (2003) : Khoisan languages
[23453]   Güldemann, Tom (2001) : Phonological regularities of consonant systems across Khoisan lineages
[23457]   Güldemann, Tom (200-) : Studies in Tuu (Southern Khoisan)
[23523]   Güldemann, Tom (2005) : Asyndetic subordination and deverbal depictive expressions in Shona
[24779]   Güldemann, Tom (2008) : Quotative Indexes in African Languages: A Synchronic and Diachronic Survey
[25162]   Güldemann, Tom (2010) : The relation between focus and theticity in the Tuu family
[25498]   Güldemann, Tom (2007) : The Macro-Sudan belt: towards identifying a linguistic area in northern sub-Saharan Africa
[25815]   Güldemann, Tom (2009) : Greenberg's “Case” for Khoisan: The Morphological Evidence
[28482]   Güldemann, Tom (2004) : Welche Evidenz gibt es für eine !Ui-Sprache namens !Khuai?
[28483]   Güldemann, Tom (2004) : Complex pronominals in Tuu and Ju, with special reference to their historical significance
[28897]   Güldemann, Tom (2022) : Predicate structure and argument indexing in early Bantu
[25680]   Güldemann, Tom & Edward D. Elderkin (2010) : On external genealogical relationships of the Khoe family
[27647]   Güldemann, Tom & Hirosi Nakagawa (2018) : Anthony Traill and the Holistic Approach to Kalahari Basin Sound Design
[28901]   Güldemann, Tom & Ines Fiedler (2022) : Predicate partition for predicate-centred focus and Meeussen’s Proto-Bantu “advance verb construction”
[7928]   Güldemann, Tom & Rainer Vossen (2000) : Khoisan
[26559]   Gulfan, Gumma Ibrahim (2013) : Converbs in Taglennaa (Kordofan Nubian)
[26648]   Gulfan, Gumma Ibrahim (2015) : Possessor Ascension in Taglennaa (Kordofan Nubian)
[7855]   Gulliver, Pamela (19--) : Turkana-English manuscript dictionary
[7856]   Gulliver, Philip Hugh (1951) : The name ‘Lango’ as a title for the Nilo-Hamites
[7857]   Gulliver, Philip Hugh (1952) : Bell-oxen and ox-names among the Jie
[7860]   Guma, Mthobeli (2001) : The cultural meaning of names among Basotho in South Africa: a historical and linguistics analysis
[7858]   Guma, Samson Mbizo (1951) : A comparative study of the ideophone in Suthu
[7859]   Guma, Samson Mbizo (1971) : An outline structure of Southern Sotho
[28078]   Gumbo, Lettiah (2016) : Term creation : an analysis of the strategies used in some selected Shona specialised terms dictionaries
[7861]   Gunn, B. (1924) : Studies in Egyptian syntax
[27457]   Gunnink, Hilde (2018) : A grammar of Fwe : A Bantu language of Zambia and Namibia
[27636]   Gunnink, Hilde (2017) : Locative Clitics in Fwe
[27665]   Gunnink, Hilde (2019) : The Fronted-Infinitive Construction in Fwe
[28756]   Gunnink, Hilde (2022) : A grammar sketch of the Shetjhauba variety of Shekgalagadi
[29043]   Gunnink, Hilde (2023) : Vowel harmony in Yeyi
[27379]   Gunnink, Hilde , Bonny Sands , Brigitte Pakendorf & Koen Bostoen (2015) : Prehistoric language contact in the Kavango-Zambezi transfrontier area: Khoisan influence on southwestern Bantu languages
[7939]   Günther, Theophilus (1969) : Die Pronomina im Hottentottischen
[7938]   Günther, Wilfried (1968) : A Fula word-list of the early 19th century
[7940]   Günther, Wilfried (1973) : Das portugiesische Kreolisch der Ilha do Príncipe
[7941]   Günther, Wilfried (1978) : Reflections on sound-law and statistics, applied to the phenomenon of palatalisation in Hausa
[7862]   Gusimana, Barthelemey (1955) : Dictionnaire français-kimbala
[7863]   Gusimana, Barthelemey (1972) : Dictionnaire pende-français
[7864]   Guth, W. (1937) : Die “Mutter” im Sprachgebrauch der Asu
[7865]   Guth, W. (1939/40) : Der Asu-Gruss
[7866]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1918-1972) : Unpublished field data, grammar and vocabulary notes for over 180 Bantu languages
[7868]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1939) : Grammaire et dictionnaire de lingala: la langue universelle actuellement parlée sur la partie centrale du fleuve Congo, avec un manuel de conversation français-lingala
[7869]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1940) : Tone ranges in a two-tone language (Lingala)
[7870]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1943) : The lingua franca of Middle Congo
[7871]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1945) : The tonal structure of Bemba
[7872]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1948) : Gender, number and person in Bantu languages
[7873]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1948) : Bantu word division: a new study of an old problem
[7874]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1948) : The classification of the Bantu languages
[7875]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1951) : Grammaire et dictionnaire de lingala
[7876]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1953) : The Bantu languages of western equatorial Africa
[7877]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1956) : Observations on nominal classes in Bantu languages
[7878]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1956) : Some features of the Mfinu verbal system
[7880]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1959) : Problèmes de génétique linguistique: la question du bantu commun
[7881]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1959) : La classification des langues bantus: approche synchronique, méthodes et résultats
[7882]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1960) : Teke radical structure and Common Bantu
[7883]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1961) : Bantu sentence structure
[7884]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1962) : Bantu origins: a tentative new hypothesis
[7885]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1962) : A two-stage method of comparative Bantu study
[7886]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1962) : Some developments in the prehistory of the Bantu languages
[7887]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1962) : The status of radical extensions in Bantu languages
[7888]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1963) : African languages
[7889]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1964) : Some uses of arithmetical computation in comparative Bantu studies
[7890]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1964) : Bantu languages in ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[7891]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1965) : Comparative Bantu: a preview
[7892]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1965) : Language classification and African studies
[7893]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1967) : Variations in the range of classes in the Bantu languages
[7894]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1967) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 1: the comparative linguistics of the Bantu languages
[7895]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1967/71) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages
[7896]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1968) : Notes on Nzebi (Gabon)
[7897]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1969) : Features of verbal structure in S. W. Fang
[7898]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1970) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 3: a catalogue of Common Bantu with commentary
[7899]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1970) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 4: a catalogue of Common Bantu with commentary
[7900]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1970) : Collected papers on Bantu linguistics
[7901]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1970) : Contributions from comparative Bantu studies to the prehistory of Africa
[7902]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1971) : The western Bantu languages
[7903]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1971) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 2: Bantu prehistory, inventory and indexes
[7905]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1995) : A vocabulary of Icibemba
[7867]   Guthrie, Malcolm (Ed) (1935) : Lingala grammar and dictionary
[7879]   Guthrie, Malcolm & Archibald Norman Tucker (Ed) (1956) : Linguistic survey of the northern Bantu borderland
[7904]   Guthrie, Malcolm & John F. Carrington (1988) : Lingala: grammar and dictionary
[7909]   Gutt, Eeva H. M. & Hussein Mohammed (1994) : [Something on Silt’e (Gurage)]
[7910]   Gutt, Eeva H. M. , Hussein Mohammed & Ernst-August Gutt (1996) : Silt’e-Amharic-English dictionary
[7906]   Gutt, Ernst-August (1983) : Studies in the phonology of Silte
[7907]   Gutt, Ernst-August (1985) : A multi-tiered approach to Silt’i verb morphology
[7908]   Gutt, Ernst-August (1988) : Toward an analysis of pragmatic connectives in Silt’i
[7911]   Gutt, Ernst-August (1997) : The Silte group (East Gurage)
[7913]   Guy-Grand, V.-J. (1923) : Dictionnaire français-volof, précédé d’un abrégé de la grammaire volofe
[7912]   Guy, B. (1964) : The future of English in Africa
[7914]   Guye, H. (1920) : Des noms propres chez les ba-Ronga
[7915]   Guye, H. (1945) : Le choix des noms chez les Thongas
[27711]   Guyindula, Gam Mukoba (1983) : Etude morphologique des formes verbales pende (Parler de Gitoto)
[7916]   Guzman, Videa P. de (1987) : Indirect objects in Siswati
[7942]   Gxilishe, D. S. (1992) : Conversational code switching
[25511]   Gya, Daniel (2012) : Focus in Rigwe syntax
[7943]   Gyasi, Ibrahim K. (1990) : The state of English in Ghana
[7944]   Gyekye, Kwame (1987) : An essay on African philosophical thought: the Akan conceptual scheme
[7945]   Gysels, Marjolein (1992) : French in urban Lubumbashi Swahili: codeswitching, borrowing or both?
[7946]   Haacke, Catherine (1967) : Zur Wahl des Endvokals bei der Aufnahme amharischer Lehnwörter in das Galla
[7947]   Haacke, Catherine (1970) : Die Konjunktionen im Galla: eine syntaktisch-semantische Analyse
[27893]   Haacke, Wilfred H.G & Jan W Snyman (2019) : Lexical proximity of a Xri corpus to Khoekhoegowab
[25686]   Haacke, Wilfrid (2010) : Naro Syntax from the perspective of the desentential hypothesis – The minimal sentence
[7949]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1976) : A Nama grammar: the noun-phrase
[7950]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1977) : The so-called “personal pronoun” in Nama
[7951]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1978) : Subject deposition in Nama
[7952]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1980) : Nama “coreferential copulative sentences” reassessed
[7953]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1982) : Traditional hut-building technique of the Nama (with some related terminology)
[7954]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1983) : The tone of the conditional particle ka in Nama
[7955]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1983) : Nama-English dictionary project
[7956]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1985) : Noun phrase accessibility to relativization in Herero and Nama
[7957]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1986) : Preliminary observations on a dialect of the Sesfontein Damara
[7958]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1986) : Lenguas minoritarias en el sistema educativo de Namibia
[7959]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1987) : Minority languages in the educational system of Namibia: fragmentation or unification?
[7960]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1987) : A typological survey of Nama/Damara
[7961]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1988) : How to perpertuate misconceptions of a language [= review article based on ‘Khoe-Kowap’ by Gerhard Böhm]
[7962]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (199-) : Khoekhoe
[7963]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1990) : Nama: survival through standardization?
[7964]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1992) : Compound noun phrases in Nama
[7965]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1992) : Die Sprache der Nama und Damara
[7966]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1992) : Dislocated noun phrases in Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara): further evidence for the sentential hypothesis
[7967]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1992) : The tonology of Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara)
[7968]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1993/94) : Language policy and planning in independent Namibia
[7969]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1995) : Instances of incorporation and compounding in Khoekhoegowab (Nama/Damara)
[7972]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1998) : A Khoekhoe dictionary in the making: some lexicographic considerations
[7973]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1999) : Phonological gleanings from the dialects of Khoekhoegowab (Nama/Damara): towards internal reconstruction
[7974]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1999) : The tonology of Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara)
[7975]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1999) : Tonogenesis in Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara)
[7978]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (2002) : Linguistic evidence in the study of origins: the case of the Namibian Khoekhoe-spreakers
[25895]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (2008) : Tonogenesis in flagrante – Tonal depression in Khoekhoegowab, Hai||om, #Akhoe and Naro
[7971]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] & Edward Derek Elderkin (Ed) (1997) : Namibian languages: reports and papers
[7976]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] & Eliphas Eiseb (1999) : Khoekhoegowab-English, English-Khoekhoegowab glossary
[7977]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] & Eliphas Eiseb (2002) : Khoekhoegowab dictionary, with an English-Khoekhoe index
[7948]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] & John Boois (1975-1984) : //Khaa//khaasen da ge ra Namagowaba II-V [Nama school grammars]
[7970]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] , Eliphas Eiseb & Levi Namaseb (1997) : Internal and external relations of Khoekhoe dialects: a preliminary survey
[25802]   Haacke, Wilfrid H. G. (2009) : Crossing the Linguistic Divide between Namibian Khoekhoe and Kalahari Khoe: Possible Directions for Future Research
[7979]   Haaland, Gúnnar (1978) : Ethnic groups and language use in Darfur
[7980]   Haapanen, Helmi (1958) : Omayeletumbulo gaawambo
[7981]   Haasen, Bettina (1996) : Vom Zeichen zur Schrift: Entwicklung und Bedeutung westafrikanischer Schriftsysteme unter bes. Berücksichtigung der Bete-Schrift
[7982]   Haberland, Eike (1960) : Bemerkungen zur Kultur und Sprache der ‘Galila’ im Wonci-See (Mittel-Äthiopien)
[7983]   Haberland, Eike (1966) : Zur Sprache der Bodi, Mursi und Yidenic in Südwest-Äthiopien
[7984]   Haberland, Eike (1988) : Remarks on the cultural history and the languages of southwestern Ethiopia
[7986]   Haberland, Eike (1989) : Institutnachrichten: Der Sonderforschungsbereich 268 der Johann Wolfgang Goethe-Universität Frankfurt/Main: “Naturraum, Kulturentwicklung und Sprachgeschichte in der westafrikanischen Savanne”
[7985]   Haberland, Eike & Marcello Lamberti (1988) : Ibaaddo ka-Bai’so: culture and language of the Bai’so
[7987]   Habimana, J. (1981) : La toponymie rwandaise, étude linguistique et thématique
[7988]   Habraszewski, Tomasz (1967) : Kanuri - language and people - in the ‘travel-book’ (Siyahetname) of Evliya Çelebi
[7989]   Habte Bulti (2003) : Analysis of tone in Oromo
[28978]   Habumuremyi, Emmanuel (2013-2020) : Kinyarwanda – English Dictionary
[7990]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1987) : Stop and continuant alternation in Tonga
[7991]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1991) : A historico-comparative study of Zambian Plateau Tonga and seven related lects
[7992]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1993) : Minority languages project: progress report (September 1992 - October 1993)
[7993]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1996) : Language policy in Zimbabwe: implications for “minority” languages
[7994]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1996) : Survey of the minority languages of Zimbabwe: a research report
[7995]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1997) : Language conflict in a coal mining town in Zimbabwe
[7997]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1998) : Survey of the minority languages of Zimbabwe
[7996]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome & Juliet Thondhlana (1998) : Zimbabwe
[7998]   Hackett, Peter E. (1949) : Field notes
[7999]   Hadaya Yohannes, & Gedemo Gemechu (1996) : Konso-English-Amharic agricultural dictionary
[8000]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1935) : Notes on Swahili grammar
[8001]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1937) : The perfect tense in the eastern Bantu languages
[8002]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1951) : The locative in Bantu (Baganda)
[8004]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1955) : Swahili lessons
[8005]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1955) : Note on the verbal -e stem in East African Bantu
[8006]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1955) : The verbal -e stem in eastern Bantu
[8007]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1956) : Some notes on the initial vowel pre-prefix
[8003]   Haddon, Ernest B. & H. E. Lambert (1954) : Notes and queries - continued
[8008]   Haddow, A. J. (1952) : Whistled signals among the Bakonjo
[2124]   Hadelin, R. Dom (1938) : Vocabulaire français-kisanga
[8009]   Hadermann, Pascale (1994) : Les marques -yo- et -to- dans la conjugasion de quelques langues bantoues de zone C
[8010]   Hadermann, Pascale (1994) : Aspects morphologiques et syntaxiques de l’infinitif dans les langues bantoues
[8011]   Hadermann, Pascale (1996) : Formes verbales complexes et grammaticalisation de la structure infinitif+verbe(conjugués) dans quelques langues bantues de zone B et H
[8012]   Hadermann, Pascale (1996) : Grammaticalisation de la structure infinitif+verbe conjugué dans quelques langues bantoues
[8013]   Hadermann, Pascale (1997) : L’infinitif et la fonction sujet dans quelques langues bantoues
[8014]   Hadermann, Pascale (1999) : Les formes nomino-verbales de classes 5 et 15 dans les langues bantoues du Nord-Ouest
[23249]   Hadermann, Pascale (2005) : Eléments segmentaux et supra-segmentaux pour marquer la fonction ‘object’ dans quelques langues bantoues
[23122]   Haerdi, Fritz (1964) : Die Eingeborenen-Heilpflanzen des Ulanga-Distriktes Tanganjikas (Ostafrika)
[22639]   Haeri, Niloofar (1992) : How different are men and women: palatilization in Cairo
[8015]   Hafez, Nermine Kamel (1983) : Illiteracy in Egypt: a problem study and a language analysis of literacy primers used by radio and television
[26742]   Häflinger, P. Johannes (2011) : Kimatengo-Wörterbuch
[8016]   Hagan, George Panyi (1968) : An analytical study of Fanti kinship
[8022]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1967) : Description phonologique du parler wori (sud-ouest du Cameroun)
[8023]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1968) : Description phonologique du mbum: informations
[8024]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1968) : La traduction des écritures en langue mbum
[8025]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1968) : A propos du français d’Adamaoua
[8026]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1969) : Esquisse linguistique du tikar, Cameroun
[8027]   Hagège, Claude [André] (197-) : Étude comparative de deux langues adamaoua
[8028]   Hagège, Claude [André] (197-) : Esquisse de présentation du guidar, langue tchadique
[8029]   Hagège, Claude [André] (197-) : About system constraints in the presentation of phonemes in Mundang
[8030]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1970) : La langue mbum de Nganha (Cameroun): phonologie, grammaire
[8031]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1973) : Profil d’un parler arabe du Tchad
[8032]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1974) : The “adjective” in some African languages
[8033]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1975) : Some contributions of central African languages to African linguistics, linguistic theory and language universals
[8034]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1981) : Les langues de l’Adamawa et leur classification
[8035]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1981) : Le mbum
[8036]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1982) : The significance of central African languages for linguistic theory and universals
[23186]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1972) : Aires de phonèmes et aires de tons dans les langues d’Afrique Centrale
[23187]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1973) : Note sur la situation linguistique dans le Cameroun central
[25182]   Hagemeijer, Tjerk (2009) : Aspects of discontinuous negation in Santome
[8018]   Hagen, Eva (1981) : Das Kagoma: Untersuchungen zu einer zentralnigerianischen Klassensprache
[28600]   Hagen, Eva (1988) : Die Gong. Monographische Studie zur Kultur und Sprache der Gong (Kagoma)
[8017]   Hagen, Gunther Tronje von (1940) : Lehrbuch der Bulu Sprache
[8019]   Hagendorens, J. (1956) : Dictionnaire français-otetela
[8020]   Hagendorens, J. (1957) : Dictionnaire otetela-français
[8021]   Hagendorens, J. (1975) : Dictionnaire otetela-français
[8037]   Haggis, Bernard Murray (1975) : La phonie du français chez les trilingues twi
[8038]   Hagman, Roy Stephen (1973) : Nama Hottentot grammar
[8039]   Hagman, Roy Stephen (1977) : Nama Hottentot grammar
[27306]   Hagman, Roy Stephen (2002) : On the Superiority of Tonetic Over Segmental Phonetic Evidence: An Original Reanalysis of Khoekhoe Tone
[8093]   Haïdara, Mamadou L. (2000) : Introduction des langues nationales dans l’enseignement: attitude des maîtres de Bamako
[8091]   Haïdara, Youssouf Mohammed (199-) : Grammaticeskaja struktura jazyka mezetniceskogo obscenija: na materiale jazyka songaï
[8092]   Haïdara, Youssouf Mohammed , Youssouf B. Maiga , Mohamed B. Maiga & John Priestley Hutchison (1995) : Lexique songay-français
[8094]   Haïk, Isabelle & Laurice Truller (Ed) (1989) : Current approaches to African linguistics VI: proceedings of the 18th annual conference on African linguistics, Montréal
[8041]   Haile Eyesus Engdashet (1981) : A phonetic and phonemic study of Dorze
[8042]   Haile Leul Yigebru (1991) : VP-complementation in Awngi
[8043]   Haile Woldemikael (1976) : Government schools in Ethiopia
[8044]   Haile Yesus Bala (1988) : Masketo phonology
[8040]   Haile, G. Dagne (1976) : Non-government schools in Ethiopia
[8046]   Hailu Daniel (1988) : The verb morphology of Zayse
[8047]   Hailu Kassaye (1988) : Gidole verb morphology
[8045]   Hailu, H. F. (1985) : Cleft constructions
[8048]   Hainzl, Gerald (1996) : Grammatische Strukturen südafrikanischer Nicht-Bantu-Clicksprachen
[8049]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1959) : Freetown and the study of West African languages, 1800-1875
[8051]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1961) : A note on earlier knowledge of the Yalunka and Koranko tongues
[8052]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1961) : Notes on the early study of some West African languages (Susu, Bullom/Sherbro, Temne, Mende, Vai and Yoruba)
[8053]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1962) : The contribution of Freetown and Fourah Bay College to the study of West African languages
[8054]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1962) : A bibliography of the Mende language
[8055]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1963) : Notes on the discovery of the Vai script, with a bibliography
[8056]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1963) : The Sierra Leone settlement: the earliest attempts to study African languages
[8057]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1963) : The languages of western Africa c.1770: a note and a query
[8058]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1964) : An early seventeenth-century vocabulary of Vai
[8059]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1965) : Temne and African language classification before 1864
[8060]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1965) : Sierra Leone items in the Gullah dialect of American English
[8062]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1965) : The enslavement of Koelle’s informants
[8063]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1965) : Susu studies and literature 1799-1900
[8064]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1966) : Collections of vocabularies of western Africa before the Polyglotta: a key
[8065]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1966) : A nineteenth century link between Chinese and African language studies
[8066]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1966) : The use of African languages in Afro-European contacts in Guinea 1440-1560
[8067]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1966) : The spelling and connotation of the toponym “Sierra Leone” since 1461
[8068]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1966) : Nigerian languages and Sierra Leonean missionary-linguists, 1840-1890
[8069]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1966) : A layman’s guide to the languages of the Sudan Republic
[8070]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1966) : A note on De La Fosse’s “Mina” vocabulary of 1479-80
[8071]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1967) : Ethnolinguistic continuity on the Guinea coast
[8072]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1967) : An ethnolinguistic inventory of the Upper Guinea coast before 1700
[8073]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1967) : Africanism: the Freetown contribution
[8074]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1967) : The early study of Nigerian languages: essays and bibliographies
[8075]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1968) : An ethnolinguistic inventory of the Lower Guinea coast before 1700 ; part 1
[8076]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1969) : The earliest vocabularies of Cameroons Bantu
[8077]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1969) : An ethnolinguistic inventory of the Lower Guinea coast before 1700 ; part 2
[8078]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1969) : Early Kanuri vocabularies
[8079]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1969) : The brothers Tutschek and their Sudanese informants
[8080]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1970) : The contribution of early linguistic material to the history of West Africa
[8081]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1970) : Early Gold Coast vocabularies
[8084]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1975) : From language to culture: some problems in the systematic analysis of the ethnohistorical records of Sierra Leone region
[8085]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1977) : A few more words in “Eregba”
[8086]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1977) : A note on early references to “Calabar”
[8087]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1981) : The earliest extant wordlist of Swahili, 1613
[8088]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1987) : Colonial Freetown and the study of African languages
[8089]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1987) : John Barbot’s alleged Manding vocabulary
[26949]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1992) : Barbot's West African Vocabularies of c. 1680
[8082]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley & P. K. Mitchell (1970) : Historical toponymy of the Scarcies area
[8083]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley & Roland C. Stevenson (1970) : Unpublished literary and linguistic material in Khartoum University Library
[8095]   Hajje, Hassan el (1954) : Le parler arabe de Tripoli (Liban)
[8096]   Hakimah, Jumah Abd af-Fattah Abu (1988) : Dictionary of English-Arabic commercial-international trade and shipping
[24157]   Halaoui, Nazam (2003) : Les syntagmes nominaux en soninké
[24158]   Halaoui, Nazam (2006) : Singulier et pluriel dans le nom en soninke
[24308]   Halaouï, Nazam (1990) : La morphologie du numéral en soninké
[8097]   Halaoui, Nazam , N. Tear & M. Trabi (1983) : Atlas des langues mandé-sud de Côte d’Ivoire
[8098]   Haldane, L. A. (1946) : Notes on some birds of the Rufiji District with native names
[8099]   Haldane, L. A. (1956) : Birds of the Njombe District
[8101]   Hale, Ken , Peter Uzodinma Ihìónú & Victor B. Manfredi (1995) : Igbo bipositional verbs in a syntactic theory of argument structure
[8100]   Hale, Thomas A. (1990) : Scribe, griot and novelist: narrative interpreters of the Songhay Empire
[8102]   Halemba, Andrzej (1994) : Mambwe-English dictionary
[8103]   Halila, Hafedh (1985) : Some syllable structure based rules of Tunisian Arabic
[8116]   Hall-Alleyne, Beverley (1990) : The social context of African language continuities in Jamaica
[8104]   Hall, B. (19--) : Unpublished field notes on Anywak
[8106]   Hall, Beatrice L. & Eluzai Moga Yokwe (1962) : Bari vowel harmony: the evolution of a cross-height vowel harmony system
[8110]   Hall, Beatrice L. & Eluzai Moga Yokwe (1978) : Bari vowel harmony: the evolution of a cross-height vowel harmony system
[8111]   Hall, Beatrice L. & Eluzai Moga Yokwe (1981) : Bari vowel harmony: the evolution of a cross-height vowel harmony system
[8113]   Hall, Beatrice L. & R. M. R. Hall (1996) : From cognate set to etymology in the reconstruction of proto-Nilotic
[8107]   Hall, Beatrice L. , R. M. R. Hall , Martin D. Pam , Amy Myers , Stephen A. Antell & Godfrey K. Cherono (1973/74) : African vowel harmony systems from the vantage point of Kalenjin
[8108]   Hall, Beatrice L. , R. M. R. Hall , Martin D. Pam , Amy Myers , Stephen A. Antell & Godfrey K. Cherono (1973/74) : Nilo-Saharan vowel harmony from the vantage point of Kalenjin
[24485]   Hall, E. (1977 [1973]) : Dagaare
[8115]   Hall, Ed. & Marian Hall (2004) : Kadugli-Krongo
[8112]   Hall, Edward (1983) : Ghanaian languages
[24963]   Hall, Edward (2006) : The Tonal Behaviour of One Class of Singular-forming Nouns in the Kamda Language
[8105]   Hall, G. R. (1928) : Talking by ear: Kru-boy English
[8114]   Hall, R. M. R. & Chet A. Creider (1998) : The fates of [+ATR] /a/ in Nilotic
[8109]   Hall, R. M. R. , Beatrice L. Hall , Stephen A. Antell , Amy Myers & Lawrence P. Sheerin (1975) : Toward a reconstruction of proto-Nilotic vocalism
[8117]   Hallaire, Jacques & Jean Robinne (1959) : Dictionnaire sara-français
[8118]   Haller, Beat (1980) : Phonology of Zulgo
[8121]   Haller, Beat (1986) : Wàkítà máyàhà gér gà bázlam zùlgwa, nàsárá, péltà/Lexique zulgo-français-foulfouldé
[8122]   Haller, Beat (1989) : La relative en zulgo
[29032]   Haller, Beat (ed.) (2018) : Zulgo – French – Fulfulde Dictionary
[8120]   Haller, Beat & John Robert Watters (1984) : Topic in Zulgo
[8119]   Haller, Beat , Sylvia Hedinger & Ursula Weisemann (1981) : The verbal complex in Zulgo
[8123]   Hallowes, D. P. (1942) : A grammar of Baca
[8124]   Hallowes, D. P. (1969) : Botswana needs English
[27607]   Halme-Berneking, Riikka (2014) : Melodic High in Mbadja and Kwanyama
[27637]   Halme-Berneking, Riikka (2017) : Oshikwanyama Locative Enclitics (and their Non-locative Functions)
[8125]   Halme, Riikka (1998) : Tone in Kwanyama nouns
[8126]   Halme, Riikka (2001) : Research on Kwanyama tone
[8127]   Halme, Riikka (2004) : A tonal grammar of Kwanyama
[27172]   Halpert, Claire (2016) : Prosody/syntax mismatches in the Zulu conjoint/disjoint alternation
[28795]   Halpert, Claire (2022) : Overt subjects and agreement in Zulu infinitives
[28833]   Halpert, Claire & Michael Diercks (2018) : More on have and need
[8128]   Halwa, Lawan Danladi (1995) : Issues in the syntax of Hausa complementation
[24405]   Hamani, Abdou (sd) : La Structure grammaticale du zarma : essai de systématisation.
[8129]   Hamaya, Mitsuyo (1993) : Maasai auxiliaries and infinitival constructions
[8130]   Hamaya, Mitsuyo (1996) : Non-embedded complement clauses in Maasai
[8131]   Hambally, Mohammadu (1966) : [Description comparative de la langue littéraire haoussa et ses dialectes]
[8132]   Hamel, L. (1965) : English-Southern Sesotho dictionary
[27266]   Hamibanga, Shamavu (1982) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique du tembo
[26583]   Hamid Ahmed, Mohammed-Tahir (2013) : Les articles définis en bedja, dialecte du Gash
[8133]   Hamid, Abdel Halim M. (1984) : A descriptive analysis of Sudanese colloquial Arabic phonology
[8134]   Hamilton, (1---) : An English-Masai vocabulary
[8135]   Hamilton, Mark R. (1982) : Verbal marking systems in Chadic
[22463]   Hamimi, Gaya (1997) : Grammaire et conjugaison amazigh
[28900]   Hamlaoui, Fatima (2022) : On subject inversion in Proto-Bantu relative clauses
[28245]   Hamlaoui, Fatima & Emmanuel-Moselly Makasso (2019) : Downstep and recursive phonological phrases in Bàsàá (Bantu A43)
[8136]   Hamlyn, William Temple (1935) : A short study of the western Mandinka language
[8137]   Hamm, Cameron (1999) : Beboid language family of Cameroon and Nigeria: location and genetic classification
[8138]   Hamm, Cameron (2000) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Gvoko and Guduf languages of Cameroon and Nigeria
[8140]   Hamm, Cameron (2002) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Mambay language of Chad and Cameroon
[8141]   Hamm, Cameron (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey of the Kabalay language of Chad
[28711]   Hamm, Cameron (2013) : The Bafanji Noun Phrase
[28937]   Hamm, Cameron & Valerie Hamm (eds.) (2016) : Bafanji – English Dictionary
[28152]   Hamm, Cameron , Clifford Africa Tiemindeng & al. (2012) : Chufie’ Lexicon (Bafanji)
[8139]   Hamm, Cameron , Jason Diller , Kari Jordan-Diller & Ferdinand Assako a Tiati (2001) : A rapid appraisal survey of western Beboid languages (Menchum Division, Northwest Province) ALCAM [876, 877, 878, 879]
[8142]   Hammad, Alam E. (1994) : Encyclopedia of computer terms: English-Arabic
[26570]   Hammarström, Harald (2013) : Noun class parallels in Kordofanian and Niger-Congo – evidence of genealogical inheritance?
[28557]   Hammarström, Harald (2019) : An inventory of Bantu languages
[8143]   Hammond, Michael (1988) : Templaic transfer in Arabic broken plurals
[22438]   Hammoud, Mohamed Salah-Dine (1982) : Arabicization in Morocco: a case study in planning and language policy attitudes
[8144]   Hamouha, H. (1987) : Manuel de grammaire berbère (Kabyle)
[8145]   Hamp, Eric H. (1970) : On Bantu and comparison
[8146]   Hamutumua, M. (1996) : Oshikwanyama after Namibian independence: focus on the contribution of the Oshikwanyama Curriculum Committee
[8147]   Hanafiou, Hamidou Seydou (1995) : Éléments de description du kaado d’Ayorou-Goungokore (parler songhay du Niger)
[23690]   Hanchey, Stephen & Timothy P. Francis (1979) : Mauritanian Arabic: communication and culture handbook
[8148]   Hancock, Ian F. (1969) : A provisional comparison of the English-derived Atlantic creoles
[8149]   Hancock, Ian F. (1971) : Some aspects of English in Liberia
[8150]   Hancock, Ian F. (1971) : West Africa and the Atlantic creoles
[8151]   Hancock, Ian F. (1971) : A study of the sources and development of the lexicon of Sierra Leone Krio
[8152]   Hancock, Ian F. (1974) : English in Liberia
[8154]   Hancock, Ian F. (1976) : Nautical sources of Krio vocabulary
[8155]   Hancock, Ian F. (1981) : Répertoire des langues pidgins et créoles
[8157]   Hancock, Ian F. (1983) : Manding lexical behavior in Sierra Leone Krio
[8158]   Hancock, Ian F. (1983) : Aspects of standardization in West African creole English
[8159]   Hancock, Ian F. (1986) : The domestic hypothesis, diffusion and componentiality: an account of Atlantic Anglophone creole origins
[8153]   Hancock, Ian F. & P. Kobbah (1975) : Liberian English of Cape Palmas
[8156]   Hancock, Ian F. & Rachel Msimbi Angogo (1982) : English in East Africa
[8160]   Handekyn, E. (1927) : Spraakkunst der Wankutshu-taal
[8161]   Hands, Arthur L. (1952) : The elements of Runyarwanda for English-speaking students
[8162]   Hankievicz, S. (1928) : Praktyczna gramatyka jezyka Nianja
[8163]   Hanna, H. Morcos (1967) : The phrase structure of Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[8164]   Hannan, [Reverend] Michael (Ed) (1959) : Standard Shona dictionary
[8165]   Hannan, [Reverend] Michael (Ed) (1961) : Standard Shona dictionary
[8166]   Hannan, [Reverend] Michael (Ed) (1974) : Standard Shona dictionary
[8167]   Hannan, [Reverend] Michael (Ed) (1981) : Standard Shona dictionary
[8168]   Hannan, [Reverend] Michael (Ed) (1984) : Standard Shona dictionary
[22444]   Hannaoui, Abdelkhalek (1987) : Diglossia, medial Arabic, and language policy in Morocco
[8169]   Hannig, Rainer (1991) : Pseudopartizip und sd?m.n=f: der Kernbereich des mittelägyptischen Verbalsystems
[8170]   Hannig, Rainer (1995) : Grosses Handwörterbuch Ägyptisch-Deutsch (2800-950 v. Chr.)
[8171]   Hanouz, Saïd (1969) : Grammaire berbère: la langue, les origines du peuple berbère
[8172]   Hanse, Joseph (Ed) (1977) : Les relations entre les langues négro-africaines et la langue française. Dakar, 23-26 mars 1976
[8173]   Hansen, Mamdouh (1976) : English dictionary of economics and commerce with an English-Arabic glossary
[22995]   Hansford, Gillian (1989) : Chumburung-English, English-Chumburung dictionary: a bilingual dicitonary for the Chumburung language of Northern and Volta Regions, Ghana
[23001]   Hansford, Gillian (1990) : A grammar of Chumburung: a structure-function hierarchical description of the syntax of a Ghanaian languages
[24150]   Hansford, Gillian (2003) : Understanding Chumburung Proverbs
[24151]   Hansford, Gillian (2005) : My eyes are red: Body metaphor in Chumburung
[26713]   Hansford, Gillian F. (2010) : Red is a verb: the grammar of colour in Chumburung
[26721]   Hansford, Gillian F. (2011) : I have a certain child...Riddles in Chumburung
[8176]   Hansford, Keir & Gillian Hansford (1989) : Borrowed words in Chumburung
[26957]   Hansford, Keir L. (2012) : Widening the criteria for serial verb constructions - The case of Chumburung
[8175]   Hansford, Keir , John Theodor Bendor-Samuel & Ron[ald] Stanford (1976) : A provisional language map of Nigeria
[8174]   Hansford, Keir , John Theodor Bendor-Samuel & Ron[ald] Stanford (Ed) (1976) : An index of Nigerian languages
[8178]   Hanson, Kobena T. (2004) : Rethinking the Akan household: acknowledging the importance of culturally and linguistically meaningful images
[8177]   Hanson, Walter R. (1979) : Collected notes towards the phonology of the Sherbro language
[27950]   Hantgan-Sonko, Abbie E. (2017) : A weight-based analysis of Jóola Eegimaa lenition
[26282]   Hantgan, Abbie (2013) : Aspects of Bangime Phonology, Morphology, and Morphosyntax
[26472]   Hantgan, Abbie (2012) : Bangime Lexicon
[27057]   Hantgan, Abbie (2010) : Does tone polarity exist? Evidence from plural formation among Bangime nouns
[26286]   Hantgan, Abbie & Stuart Davis (2012) : Bondu-so vowel harmony: a descriptive analysis with theoretical implications
[28322]   Hantgan, Abbie , Serge Sagna & Stuart Davis (2020) : Moraic preservation and equivalence in Gújjolaay Eegimaa perfective reduplication
[23854]   Haoua, Yaya (1999) : Problematique des langues en contact: la langue dii dans un contexte multilingue
[8179]   Harding, D. A. (1966) : The phonology and morphology of Chinyanja
[8180]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1983) : Locative pseudo-subject in Shona
[8181]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1985) : The Shona passive and government-binding theory
[8182]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1986) : Aspects of complementation in three Bantu languages
[8183]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1990) : Locative inversion in Chishona
[8184]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1991) : Object asymmetries in Kitharaka
[8185]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1993) : The applicative in Chishona and lexical mapping theory
[8186]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1997) : Empty operator raising in Kitharaka
[8187]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1997) : When two vowels go walking: vowel coalescence in Shona
[8188]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1999) : Shona monosyllabication and the prosody-syntax interface in optimality theory
[8189]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (2003) : Perfective stems in Shona
[5176]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn & Katherine Alison Demuth (1999) : Prosody outranks syntax: an optimality approach to subject inversion in Bantu relatives
[27522]   Harford, Carolyn & Gloria B. Malambe (2015) : Optimal register variation: High vowel elision in siSwati
[8190]   Hargus, Sharon & Manuel da Conceição (1999) : Consonant labialization in Ronga
[8191]   Hargus, Sharon , Manuel da Conceição & Susan McBurney (1999) : Noun classes and agreement in Ronga
[8192]   Harjula, Lotta (1999) : Kiha phonology
[8193]   Harjula, Lotta (2001) : Research on the Ha language
[8194]   Harjula, Lotta (2004) : The Ha language of Tanzania: grammar, texts and vocabulary
[8195]   Harjula, Lotta (2004) : Handling tone in two-level morphology: the case of Ha
[23574]   Harjula, Lotta (2005) : Morphological parsing of tone: an experiment with two-level morphology on the Ha language
[23709]   Harjula, Lotta (2006) : The Ha noun class system revisited
[8196]   Harkness, Sara F. (1976) : Child language socialization in a Kipsigis community of Kenya
[8197]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1979) : Is there an African English?
[8198]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1982) : Language usage and preferences of a group of tertiary students
[8199]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1985) : An evaluation of assumptions underlying language in education in Namibia: language education in Africa
[8200]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1986) : Education in Namibia, 1920-1960: the relationship of the administration of South-West Africa with the mission churches
[8201]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1987) : Policy and implementation in bilingual education
[8202]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1987) : An evaluation of assumptions underlying language in education in Namibia
[8203]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1987) : A critique of language policy and practice in education in Namibia in the light of current research
[8204]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1987) : English in education in Namibia in relation to social perceptions
[8205]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1987) : Implementing language policy decisions in education: what do we know and what don’t we know?
[8206]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1988) : The implementation of English as medium of instruction in Namibia
[8207]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1989) : The national language question: English and multilingualism in independent Namibia
[8208]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1989) : Language policy in independent Namibia, with particular reference to Afrikaans
[8209]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1989) : Politics and policies: language planning in Namibia, with special reference to English
[8211]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1990) : English in Namibia
[8212]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1990) : Politics and policies: language planning in Namibia, with special reference to English
[8213]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1990) : Language and the constitution
[8214]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1990) : ‘You taught me language’: the implementation of English as medium of instruction in Namibia
[8215]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1991) : Socio-linguistic perspectives of cultural promotion and development in Namibia
[8217]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1992) : Centre and periphery: language and national unity in Namibia
[8218]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1993) : Conflict or resolution? Aspects of language politics in Namibia
[8219]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1995) : Language policy and language planning in Namibia
[8220]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1995) : The role of English in Namibia: a sociocultural and linguistic account
[8221]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1996) : Attitudes of teachers towards English and other Namibian languages: revisiting a survey
[8223]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (2001) : Language, nationalism and modernisation: reflections from Namibia
[8224]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (2001) : Some prevalent assumptions in language policy, with contextualisatiosn from Namibia
[8216]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (Ed) (1992) : Language and national unity
[8222]   Harlech-Jones, Brian , Ismael Mbise & Helen Vale (Ed) (2001) : Guardian of the word: literature, language and politics in SADC countries. Proceedings of the fifth general conference of the Association of University Teachers of Literature and Language (ATOLL), Windhoek, 16-20 August 1998
[25227]   Harley, Matthew (2008) : Tense, Aspect and Mood in Tuwuli
[27410]   Harley, Matthew (2017) : Conditionals in Tuwuli
[28146]   Harley, Matthew (2020) : Aspects of the phonology and morphosyntax of Kyak, an Adamawa language of Nigeria
[26695]   Harley, Matthew W. (2009) : Focus constructions in Tuwuli
[27065]   Harley, Matthew Whitelaw (2005) : A descriptive grammar of Tuwuli, a Kwa language of Ghana
[28297]   Harlow, Erika (2016) : Phonology of Mosiye
[8225]   Harman, F. J. N. & others (1981) : Pula 1: Noord-Sothotaalkunde/Northern Sotho grammar
[8226]   Harman, F. J. N. & others (1983) : Pula 2: Noord-Sothotaalkunde/Northern Sotho grammar
[8227]   Harms, Robert T. (1973) : How abstract is Nupe?
[27274]   Harnischfeger, Johannes (2014) : Remodeling themselves – language shift, Islamisation and ethnic conversion among the Maaka
[8228]   Harrell, Richard S. (1957) : The phonology of colloquial Egyptian Arabic
[8229]   Harrell, Richard S. (1960) : A linguistic analysis of Egyptian radio Arabic
[8230]   Harrell, Richard S. (1962) : A short reference grammar of Moroccan Arabic
[8231]   Harrell, Richard S. (1963) : A dictionary of Moroccan Arabic: English-Moroccan
[8232]   Harrell, Richard S. (1965) : A basic course in Moroccan Arabic
[8233]   Harrell, Richard S. (Ed) (1966) : A dictionary of Moroccan Arabic: Moroccan-English
[8258]   Harries, Jeanette (1971) : Verbless sentences and ‘verbs of being’ in Tamazight
[8260]   Harries, Jeanette (1974) : Tamazight basic course
[8234]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (19--) : Vocabularies of northern Makua
[8235]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1940) : An outline of Mawiha grammar
[8236]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1942) : Makua song-riddles from the initiation rites
[8237]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1942) : Some riddles of the Makua people
[8238]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1945) : Linguistic notes from the southern province
[8239]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1947) : Linguistic research in the church in Africa
[8240]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1950) : A grammar of Mwera, a Bantu language of the eastern zone, spoken in the south-eastern area of Tanganyika Territory
[8241]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1952) : Some tonal principles of the Kikuyu language
[8242]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1954) : Some tonal principles of the Kikuyu language
[8243]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1955) : Grammar of Gesogo
[8244]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1956) : Congo Swahili
[8245]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1958) : Kumu, a sub-Bantu language
[8246]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1958) : Supplementary vocabulary: Swahili-English ; part 1
[8247]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1959) : Nyali, a Bantoid language
[8248]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1959) : Supplementary vocabulary: Swahili-English ; part 2
[8249]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1961) : Some grammatical features of recent Swahili prose
[8250]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1965) : Locative agreements in Swahili
[8251]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1966) : Language and law in Tanzania
[8252]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1967) : Style in Swahili
[8253]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1968) : Swahili in modern East Africa
[8254]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1969) : Swahili sentence structure
[8255]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1964) : Language policy in Tanzania
[8256]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1970) : The phrasal predicate in Swahili
[8257]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1970/71) : Inalienable possession in Swahili
[8259]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1973) : Syntactic features of Swahili sentences
[8261]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1976) : The nationalization of Swahili in Kenya
[8262]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1977) : The syntax of Swahili locatives
[8263]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1983) : Grammar and lexicon in Swahili
[8264]   Harries, Patrick (1988) : The roots of ethnicity: discourse and the politics of language construction in South East Africa
[8265]   Harries, Patrick (1995) : Discovering languages: the historical origins of standard Tsonga in southern Africa
[8266]   Harris, J. S. (19--) : Grammar and vocabulary of Kiluguru
[8272]   Harris, John (1987) : Non-structure-preserving rules in lexical phonology: south-eastern Bantu harmony
[8273]   Harris, John (1987) : Mono-valency and opacity: Chichewa height harmony
[8267]   Harris, Percy G. (1931) : Some conventional Hausa names
[8270]   Harris, Percy G. (1946) : Notes on the Reshe language
[22771]   Harris, Percy G. (1930) : Notes on Yauri (Sokoto Province), Nigeria
[22772]   Harris, Percy G. (1930) : Notes on the Dakakari peoples of Sokoto Province, Nigeria
[8269]   Harris, Zellig Sabbetai (1942) : The phonemes of Moroccan Arabic
[8271]   Harris, Zellig Sabbetai (1951) : The phonemes of Swahili: a sample phonemic analysis prepared with the collaboration of Nathan Glazor - Appendix
[8268]   Harris, Zellig Sabbetai & F. Lukoff (1942) : The phonemes of Kingwana Swahili
[22846]   Harrison, Anette Renée (2004) : The use of proper nouns as an index of group identity in Fulfulde personal narratives
[8277]   Harrison, Anette Renée & Irene Tucker (2003) : Fulfulde language family report
[28868]   Harrison, Annette R. , Byron L. Harrison , Béatrice Tiendrébéogo Konfe & Stuart D. Showalter (2022) : Sociolinguistic Survey Report for the Bolon Language
[8275]   Harrison, Byron & Anette Renée Harrison (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Maraka-Jula ethnic group
[8276]   Harrison, Byron & Anette Renée Harrison (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Marka-Dafin language
[8274]   Harrison, Byron , Anette Renée Harrison & Michael J. Rueck (1997) : Southern Songhay speech varieties in Niger: a sociolinguistic survey of the Zarma, Songhay, Kurtey, Wogo, and Dendi peoples of Niger
[8280]   Harro, Gretchen (1989) : Extensions verbales en yemba (Bamileke-Dschang)
[8278]   Harro, Gretchen & Nancy Haynes (1985) : Leçons d’apprentissage de la langue yemba (dschang)
[8279]   Harro, Gretchen & Nancy Haynes (1988) : Manuel pour lire et écrire le yemba
[25102]   Harro, Gretchen & Nancy Haynes (1991) : Grammar sketch of Yemba
[8281]   Harry, Otelemate Gaibo (1995) : Pronouns in language classification: a case study of East Ijo
[8282]   Harry, Otelemate Gaibo (1998) : An autosegmental study of the lexical and phrasal tonology of Kalabari
[16036]   Harry, Otelemate Gaibo (2003) : Kalabari-Ijo (research article)
[22773]   Harry, Otelemate Gaibo (1989) : A comparative reconstruction of Proto-KOIN (Eastern Ijo and Nkoroo)
[23772]   Harry, Otelemate Gaibo (2004) : Aspects of the tonal system of Kalabari-Ijo
[8284]   Hart, David M. (1998) : Berber names and substrata in Mauritania and the Western Sahara: linguistic and ethno-historical guidelines for future research on a paradoxical problem
[8285]   Hartell, Rhonda L. (Ed) (1993) : Alphabets of Africa
[8286]   Hartering, J. & C. Tokindʼino (1---) : Les Bongando nous parlent
[8287]   Hartmann, H. (1930) : Die Sprache der Baja
[24765]   Hartmann, Katharina & Malte Zimmermann (2007) : Focus Strategies in African Languages; The Interaction of Focus and Grammar in Niger-Congo and Afro-Asiatic
[8288]   Hartmann, R. R. K. (Ed) (1990) : Lexicography in Africa: progress reports from the Dictionary Research Centre workshop at Exeter, 24-25 March 1989
[8289]   Hartshorne, Kenneth B. (1973) : The position of the official languages in the education of the Bantu
[8291]   Hartshorne, Kenneth B. (1987) : Language policy in African education in South Africa 1910-1985, with particular reference to the issue of medium of instruction
[8290]   Hartshorne, Kenneth B. , J. H. A. Swart & Edgar Posselt (1984) : Dictionary of Basic English - N. Sotho across the curriculum
[8292]   Haruna, Andrew (1981) : Some aspects of Guruntun phonology
[8293]   Haruna, Andrew (1989) : Field notes on Guruntum, Hausa, Bura and Margi
[8294]   Haruna, Andrew (1995) : On the glottalic consonants in Chadic
[8295]   Haruna, Andrew (1995) : Neighbours and lexical borrowing
[8296]   Haruna, Andrew (1996) : Towards a comparative analysis of some lexical items and an unexpected form-meaning correspondence: a case of Hausa and some southern Bauchi Area languages
[8297]   Haruna, Andrew (1997) : Separable aspect markers in Gùrdùn (Gùrùntùm)
[8298]   Haruna, Andrew (1998) : Language death: the case of Bubburè in southern Bauchi area, northern Nigeria
[8299]   Haruna, Andrew (2003) : A grammatical outline of Gùrdùn/Gùrùntùm (southern Bauchi, Nigeria)
[8300]   Haruna, Andrew (2003) : An endangered language: the Gùrdùng language of the southern Bauchi area, Nigeria
[8301]   Haruna, Andrew (2004) : An appraisal of British colonial language policy and the obstacles to the ascendancy of Hausa in education
[25589]   Haruna, Andrew (2012) : Language shift in Northern Nigeria – The precarious situation of the minority languages
[8302]   Hasheela, Paavo (1996) : The teaching of Oshikwanyama in lower primary schools
[8303]   Hasheela, Paavo & Wolfgang Zimmermann (1998) : Oshikwanyama grammar
[8304]   Hashi, Abdirashid Kh. (1997) : English-Somali idiom dictionary
[8306]   Hashim Orta, Saf Adin & Alawia Omer (1999) : Phonology write-up of Gaam/Ingessana
[8305]   Hashim, Kamal M. Z. (1980) : Sentential complements in Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[28124]   Hashim, Mona , Suzan Alamin & Gertrud Schneider-Blum (2020) : Arabic borrowings in Tima
[8308]   Hassan, A. (1988) : The orthography of the Karai-Karai
[8307]   Hassan, Bello Sodangi Yaro al (1983) : Intensivization: a study of the phonology and semantics of a category of Hausa reduplicants
[8310]   Hassan, Bello Sodangi Yaro al (1995) : CVC reduplication and the phonology and semantics of intensives in Hausa with implications for Chadic
[8311]   Hassan, Bello Sodangi Yaro al (1998) : Reduplication in the Chadic languages: a study of form and function
[8309]   Hassan, Mohamed Moallin (1994) : Aspects de la phonologie et de la morphologie du somali
[8312]   Hasselbring, Sue (1996) : A sociolinguistic survey of the languages of Gantsi District
[8313]   Hasselbring, Sue (1992) : Bilingualism and language choice among the Bullom people of Sierra Leone: a sociolinguistic survey
[8314]   Hasselbring, Sue (1994) : Words and letters which posed problems in a word division study
[8315]   Hasselbring, Sue (1994) : Kalanga word division readability study
[8316]   Hasselbring, Sue (1996) : The use of languages in Gantsi District: implications for churches and Christian organizations
[8317]   Hasselbring, Sue (2000) : A sociolinguistic survey of the languages of Botswana
[22388]   Hasselbring, Sue (2000) : Where are the Khoesan of Botswana?
[8320]   Hasselbring, Sue & Eric Johnson (2002) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Grebo language area in Liberia
[8318]   Hasselbring, Sue & Thabiso Segatlhe (2000) : Language choice in ten domains among Khoesan speakers in Botswana
[8319]   Hasselbring, Sue , Thabiso Segatlhe & Julie Munch (2001) : A sociolinguistic survey of the languages of Botswana
[8322]   Hassen, Mohammed (1996) : A brief glance at the history of the growth of written Oromo literature
[8321]   Hassen, Mohammed & Richard J. Hayward (1980) : Linguistic evidence in an aspect of Oromo history: some innovations involving glides
[23416]   Hastings, Rachel (2001) : Evidence for the genetic unity of southern Khoesan
[8324]   Hatfield, Deborah H. , Janneke VanderKooy & Marcia Bleeker (2002) : A sociolinguistic survey among the Bakossi
[8323]   Hatfield, V. (1950) : New emphasis on English in the Kenya African primary school
[8325]   Hattersley, Charles W. & Henry Wright Duta (1921) : Luganda phrases and idioms
[8326]   Hattiger, Jean-Louis (1981) : Morphosyntaxe du groupe nominal dans un corpus de français populaire d’Abidjan
[8328]   Hattiger, Jean-Louis (1984) : La série verbale en français populaire d’Abidjan
[8327]   Hattiger, Jean-Louis & Yves Simard (1983) : Deux examples de transformation du français contemporain: le francais populaire d’Abidjan et le français populaire de Montréal
[8329]   Haudricourt, André & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (Ed) (1967) : La notation des langues: phonétique et phonologie
[8330]   Hauenstein, Alfred (1962) : Noms accompagnés de proverbes, chez les Ovimbundu et les Humbi du sud de l’Angola
[8331]   Hauner, Magdalena (1975) : Relationships among six north-east African Bantu languages
[8332]   Hauner, Magdalena (1981) : Kiujamaa: notes on political language
[8333]   Hauner, Magdalena (1985) : Complex tenses and style in the novels of E. Kezilahabi
[8337]   Hauptfleisch, D. C. (1982) : Die woordeboek van die afrikaanse taal: verlede, hede, toekoms
[8334]   Hauptfleisch, Temple (1975) : Research into the position of the official language in the educational system of whites in South Africa: a literature survey
[8335]   Hauptfleisch, Temple (1978) : Language loyalty in South Africa
[8336]   Hauptfleisch, Temple (1979) : Language loyalty in South Africa
[8338]   Hauptfleisch, Temple (1983) : Language loyalty in South Africa
[8339]   Hauptfleisch, Temple (1989) : Citytalk, theatretalk: dialect, dialogue and multilingual theatre in South Africa
[8340]   Hause, Helen Engel (1948) : Terms for musical instruments in the Sudanic languages: a lexicostatistic inquiry
[8341]   Hauser, A. (1954) : La frontière linguistique bantou-oubanguienne entre le bas-Oubangui et ses affluents de droite
[8342]   Haust, Delia (1995) : Codeswitching in Gambia: eine soziolinguistische Untersuchung von Mandinka, Wolof und Englisch in Kontakt
[8343]   Haust, Delia (1998) : Alternance codique dans une “diglossie doublement chevauchante”. Le cas de contact linguistqiue synchronique dans le bisa: une variété “LL”
[8344]   Havenga, B. (1988) : Die samestelling van die Sotho-taalgroep
[8345]   Hawkes, C. Nicholas (1973) : The written English of Ghanaian primary 6 pupils in relation to their exposure to English as the medium of spoken instruction
[8346]   Hawkes, C. Nicholas (1976) : The medium of instruction in primary schools in Ghana
[26834]   Hawkes, Rachel , Elodie Paquette , Nora Goldman , Ariane Ngabeu & Catherine O'Connor (2015) : Animacy Constraints on Prepositional Objects in Medumba, a Grassfields Language
[8347]   Hawkins, Sean (2002) : Writing and colonialism in northern Ghana: the encounter between the LoDagaa and ‘the world on paper’
[8349]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1976) : A semantic characterization of verbal agreement and word order in several Bantu languages
[8350]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1978) : Bibliography
[8351]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Homonymy versus unity of form: the particle -a in Swahili
[8352]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1986) : Bakweri verb morphology
[23594]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: communication and culture handbook
[23595]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: special skills handbook
[23596]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: grammar handbook
[8348]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine & Larry Michael Hyman (1974) : Hierarchies of natural topic in Shona
[8353]   Haymanot Moges (1984) : Pronouns and pronominalization in Oromo
[8357]   Haynes, Nancy (1989) : Esquisse phonologique du yemba
[8355]   Haynes, Nancy & Gretchen Harro (1985) : Rapport de l’enquête linguistique menée dans la ménoua
[8356]   Haynes, Nancy & Gretchen Harro (1985) : Lexique provisoire de la langue yemba (dschang)
[8354]   Haynes, R. (1982) : The emergence of an English based creole in Zambia: possibilities and implications
[8386]   Hayward, K. M. , Sh. Yahya Ali Omar & M. Goesche (1989) : Dental and alveolar stops in Kimvita Swahili: an electropalatographic study
[8358]   Hayward, Richard J. (1974) : The segmental phonemes of ‘Afar
[8359]   Hayward, Richard J. (1975) : Middle voice verb forms in eastern Cushitic
[8360]   Hayward, Richard J. (1976) : A question in Oromo morphophonology
[8361]   Hayward, Richard J. (1976) : Categories of the predicator in Afar, with special reference to the grammar of radical extensions
[8362]   Hayward, Richard J. (1978) : The stative conjugation in ‘Afar
[8363]   Hayward, Richard J. (1978) : Bayso revisited: some preliminary linguistic observations ; part 1
[8364]   Hayward, Richard J. (1978) : The prefix conjugation in Afar
[8365]   Hayward, Richard J. (1978) : The Qawko dialects and Yaaku
[8366]   Hayward, Richard J. (1979) : Bayso revisited: some preliminary linguistic observations ; part 2
[8367]   Hayward, Richard J. (1979) : Some inferences from an irregular imperative form in Saho
[8368]   Hayward, Richard J. (1979) : The place of Bayso within eastern Cushitic
[8369]   Hayward, Richard J. (1980) : Participles in ‘Afar: evidence for the restructuring of verb suffixes
[8370]   Hayward, Richard J. (1981) : Nominal suffixes in Dirayta (Gidole)
[8372]   Hayward, Richard J. (1982) : Observations of a comparative nature on the language of the Saamakko
[8373]   Hayward, Richard J. (1982) : Notes on the Koyra language
[8374]   Hayward, Richard J. (1983) : Some aspects of the phonology of ultimate vowels in Saho-‘Afar
[8375]   Hayward, Richard J. (1984) : The proto-Omotic verb formative *d-
[8376]   Hayward, Richard J. (1984) : A reconstruction of some root extensions of the eastern Cushitic verb
[8378]   Hayward, Richard J. (1985) : The Arbore language: a first investigation (including a vocabulary)
[8379]   Hayward, Richard J. (1986) : Some observations on Dirayta (Gidole) pronouns
[8380]   Hayward, Richard J. (1987) : Terminal vowels in Ometo nominals
[8381]   Hayward, Richard J. (1988) : Is there a language with an indefinite nominative: Burji?
[8382]   Hayward, Richard J. (1988) : Remarks on Omotic sibilants
[8383]   Hayward, Richard J. (1988) : In defence of the skeletal tier
[8385]   Hayward, Richard J. (1989) : The notion of ‘default gender’: a key to interpreting the evolution of certain verb paradigms in East Ometo, and its implications for Omotic
[8387]   Hayward, Richard J. (1989) : Comparative notes on the language of the S’aamakko
[8389]   Hayward, Richard J. (1990) : Notes on the Aari language
[8390]   Hayward, Richard J. (1990) : Notes on the Zayse language
[8391]   Hayward, Richard J. (1991) : A propos patterns of lexicalization in the Ethiopian language area
[8392]   Hayward, Richard J. (1991) : Concerning a vocalic alternation in North Omotic verb paradigms
[8393]   Hayward, Richard J. (1991) : Tone and accent in the Qafar noun
[8395]   Hayward, Richard J. (1992) : On R. C. Abraham’s view on Amharic as a ‘tone language’
[8396]   Hayward, Richard J. (1992) : Underspecification theory in the analysis of the feminine genitive in Qafar
[8397]   Hayward, Richard J. (1994) : A preliminary analysis of the behaviour of pitch in Gamo
[8398]   Hayward, Richard J. (1995) : The challenge of Omotic: an inaugural lecture delivered on 17 February 1994
[8399]   Hayward, Richard J. (1996) : The velar stem alternation in Omotic
[8400]   Hayward, Richard J. (1996) : Compounding in Qafar
[8403]   Hayward, Richard J. (1997) : External sandhi in the Saho noun phrase
[8404]   Hayward, Richard J. (1998) : The origins of the North Ometo verb agreement systems
[8405]   Hayward, Richard J. (1998) : The endangered languages of Ethiopia: what’s at stake for the linguist?
[8407]   Hayward, Richard J. (1998) : Vowel reduction, tone and nominal declension in D’irayta
[8408]   Hayward, Richard J. (1999) : East Ometo verb paradigms: the grammaticalization of a syntactic pattern?
[8409]   Hayward, Richard J. (2000) : Afroasiatic
[8410]   Hayward, Richard J. (2000) : Observations on tone in the Higir dialect of Nara
[8411]   Hayward, Richard J. (2001) : A further consideration of terminal vowels in Ometo
[8412]   Hayward, Richard J. (2003) : Omotic: the ‘empty quarter’ of Afroasiatic linguistics
[8388]   Hayward, Richard J. (Ed) (1990) : Omotic language studies
[8401]   Hayward, Richard J. & Gemetchu Megerssa (1996) : Nominal tone in western Oromo
[8384]   Hayward, Richard J. & Greville G. Corbett (1988) : Resolution rules in Qafar
[8402]   Hayward, Richard J. & I. Lewis (Ed) (1996) : Voice and power: the culture of language in north-east Africa. Essays in honour of B. W. Andrzejewski
[8377]   Hayward, Richard J. & John Ibrahim Saeed (1984) : NP focus in Somali and Dirayta: a comparison of baa and p’a
[8394]   Hayward, Richard J. & Martin Orwin (1991) : The prefix conjugation in Qafar-Saho: the survival and revival of a paradigm ; part 1
[8371]   Hayward, Richard J. & Mohammed Hassen (1981) : The Oromo orthography of Shaykh Bakri Sapato
[8406]   Hayward, Richard J. & Yoichi Tsuge (1998) : Concerning case in Omotic
[8415]   Haywood, David (1970) : South African English pronunciation
[8413]   Haywood, J. (1959) : Arabic lexicography
[8414]   Haywood, J. (1965) : Arabic lexicography
[8417]   Hazaël-Massieux, Guy (1973) : Remarque sur des problèmes de langues en contact dans la région de Brazzaville (français et langues bantu)
[8418]   Hazaël-Massieux, Guy (1973) : Esquisse de présentation du “kriston”, créole portugais de Guinée Bissau
[8419]   Hazaël-Massieux, Guy (1973) : Éléments pour une lexique papiamento français
[8420]   Hazaël-Massieux, Guy (1993) : The African filter in the genesis of Guadeloupean Creole: at the confluence of genetics and typology
[8416]   Hazaël-Massieux, M. C. (1973) : Notes à propos du système des couleurs dans quelques langues de la République du Congo
[8421]   Heasty, J. A. (1937) : English-Shilluk/Shilluk-English dictionary
[8427]   Heath, Daniel (1989) : Lexique mekaá-francais (département du haut Nyong, province de l’est)
[8429]   Heath, Daniel (1991) : Tense and aspect in Makaa
[8430]   Heath, Daniel (1991) : Tone in the Makaa associative construction
[25397]   Heath, Daniel (1985) : Lexique provisoire de 2800 mots de la langue məkaa
[8422]   Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1982) : Notes on the Mekaa noun class system
[8423]   Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1982) : Relative clauses in Mekaa
[8424]   Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1982) : A phonology of the Makaá language
[8425]   Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1984) : Relative clauses in Makaa
[22877]   Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1994) : Preposed constituents and discontinuities in Makaa discourse
[28553]   Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1996) : A preliminary grammar sketch of the Mékaa noun and verb morphology
[29027]   Heath, David (ed.) (2018) : u̱t-Hun – English Dictionary
[8426]   Heath, Jeffrey (1987) : Ablaut and ambiguity: phonology of a Moroccan Arabic dialect
[8428]   Heath, Jeffrey (1989) : From code-switching to borrowing: a case study of Morroccan Arabic
[8431]   Heath, Jeffrey (1997) : Moroccan Arabic phonology
[8432]   Heath, Jeffrey (1998) : A grammar of Koyra Chiini: the Songhay of Timbuktu
[8433]   Heath, Jeffrey (1999) : A grammar of Koyraboro (Koroboro) Senni: the Songhay of Gao, Mali
[8434]   Heath, Jeffrey (1999) : Dictionnaire songhay-anglais-français. Tome I - Koyra chiini
[8435]   Heath, Jeffrey (2002) : Jewish and Muslim dialects of Moroccan Arabic
[22511]   Heath, Jeffrey (2005) : A grammar of Tamashek (Tuareg of Mali)
[24780]   Heath, Jeffrey (2008) : A Grammar of Jamsay
[24787]   Heath, Jeffrey (2005) : Tondi Songway Kiini (montane Songhay, Mali): Reference grammar and TSK-English-French Dictionary
[24788]   Heath, Jeffrey (1998) : Texts in Koyra Chiini, Songhay of Timbuktu, Mali
[24789]   Heath, Jeffrey (1998) : Texts in Koroboro Senni, Songhay of Gao, Mali
[24790]   Heath, Jeffrey (2004) : Hassaniya Arabic (Mali) - French - English Dictionary
[24791]   Heath, Jeffrey (2003) : Hassaniya Arabic (Mali) Poetic and Ethnographic Texts
[24792]   Heath, Jeffrey (2002) : Jewish and Muslim Dialects of Moroccan Arabic
[24793]   Heath, Jeffrey (2006) : Tamashek (Mali) - English - French Dictionary
[24794]   Heath, Jeffrey (2005) : Tamashek Texts from Timbuktu and Kidal
[25351]   Heath, Jeffrey (1999) : Dictionnaire songhay-anglais-français. Tome II - Djenné Chiini
[25352]   Heath, Jeffrey (1999) : Dictionnaire songhay-anglais-français. Tome III - Koroboro Senni
[26450]   Heath, Jeffrey (2013) : Yorno-So lexicon
[26451]   Heath, Jeffrey (2013) : Toro Tegu lexicon (Tabi)
[26452]   Heath, Jeffrey (2013) : Ben Tey lexicon (Beni)
[26453]   Heath, Jeffrey (2013) : Yanda Dom lexicon (Yanda)
[26454]   Heath, Jeffrey (2013) : Jamsay lexicon (Douentza)
[26455]   Heath, Jeffrey (2013) : Perge Tegu lexicon (Pergué)
[26456]   Heath, Jeffrey (2013) : Gourou lexicon (Kiri)
[26457]   Heath, Jeffrey (2013) : Nanga lexicon (Anda)
[26458]   Heath, Jeffrey (2013) : Bankan-Tey lexicon (Walo)
[26459]   Heath, Jeffrey (2013) : Najamba lexicon (Kubewel-Adia)
[26461]   Heath, Jeffrey (2013) : Togo-Kan lexicon (Koporo-pen)
[27202]   Heath, Jeffrey (2017) : A grammar of Jalkunan (Mande, Burkina Faso)
[27380]   Heath, Jeffrey (2015) : Dogon noncompositional constructional tonosyntax
[27434]   Heath, Jeffrey (2016) : Jalkunan-English-French Lexicon
[27580]   Heath, Jeffrey (2019) : Pere lexicon of flora and fauna
[27581]   Heath, Jeffrey (2019) : Pere lexicon [Data set]
[28291]   Heath, Jeffrey (2006) : Dictionnaire touareg du Mali. Tamachek-anglais-français
[28283]   Heath, Jeffrey & Aminata Ouattara (2021) : A Grammar of Tiefo-D of Daramandugu
[28284]   Heath, Jeffrey & Aminata Ouattara (2021) : Tiefo-D Texts from Daramandugu
[28285]   Heath, Jeffrey & Aminata Ouattara (2021) : Tiefo-D lexicon
[27579]   Heath, Jeffrey & Brahima Tioté (2019) : A grammar of Pere (Bere, Mbre) of Côte d'Ivoire
[28911]   Heath, Jeffrey , Abbie Hantgan, & Stefan Elders (2019) : Lexical spreadsheets Bangime language of Mali [Data set]
[8436]   Heath, Teresa (2003) : Makaa (A83)
[8437]   Hebo, P. Agostino (1955) : Grammatica amharica
[8438]   Heckler, Melissa (1995) : The whole village classroom: a portrait of linguist and a people
[8439]   Hedger, Judith (1973) : Justification pour trois séries d’occlusives non nasales en wolof
[8441]   Hedinger, Robert (1977) : The noun classes of Akoose (Bakossi)
[8442]   Hedinger, Robert (1980) : The noun classes of Akoose (Bakossi)
[8445]   Hedinger, Robert (1981) : Pronouns in Akoose
[8447]   Hedinger, Robert (1983) : Locatives in Akoose (Bakossi)
[8448]   Hedinger, Robert (1984) : A comparative-historical study of the Manenguba languages (Bantu A.15, Mbo cluster) of Cameroon
[8449]   Hedinger, Robert (1984) : Reported speech in Akoose
[8450]   Hedinger, Robert (1985) : The verb in Akoose
[8451]   Hedinger, Robert (1987) : The Manenguba languages (Bantu A.15, Mbo cluster) of Cameroon
[8452]   Hedinger, Robert (1989) : Northern Bantoid
[8453]   Hedinger, Robert (1992) : Verbal extensions in Akoose: their form, meaning and valency changes
[26076]   Hedinger, Robert (2008) : A Grammar of Akoose: A Northwest Bantu Language
[26075]   Hedinger, Robert (compiled by) (2020) : Akoose-English Dictionary
[8443]   Hedinger, Robert & Joseph Ekandjoum (1980) : Swadesh 200 word list of 27 varieties from the Mbo cluster or the Manenguba languages phonetic transcriptions
[8440]   Hedinger, Robert & Sylvia Hedinger (1977) : Phonology of Akóósé (Bakossi)
[8446]   Hedinger, Robert & Sylvia Hedinger (1982) : English-Akose wordlist
[8444]   Hedinger, Robert , Joseph Ekandjoum & Sylvia Hedinger (1981) : Petite grammaire de la langue mboó
[8454]   Heepe, Martin (1920) : Die Komorendialekte Ngazidja, Nzwani und Mwali
[8455]   Heepe, Martin (1920) : Probleme der Bantu-Forschung in geschichtlichem Überblick
[8456]   Heepe, Martin (1926) : Darstellung einer Bantusprache aus den Jahren 1821-1822 von Elliott, nach einer Handschrift der Grey Library in Kapstadt
[8457]   Heepe, Martin (1928) : Tutschekiana I: L. Tutschek, Fazoglo-Deutsch Vokabular
[8458]   Heepe, Martin (1929) : Tutschekiana II: L. Tutschek, Fazoglo Vokabular, Deutsch-Fazoglo; K. Tutschek, Aufzeichnungen; L. Tutschek, Fazoglo-Texte [herausgegeben von Martin Heepe]
[8460]   Heerden, P. W. van (1953) : Taalleerboeke en Noord-Sotho vir Transvaalse middelbare skole vir Blanke kinders tot 1951
[8459]   Heerden, T. van (1943) : Afrikaanse taalkunde: bibliografie
[8461]   Heiberg, L. R. (1957) : Afrikaanse visserstaal
[8462]   Heijboer, B. M. (1948) : kp en gb in noord-bantoe
[8463]   Heijboer, B. M. (1948) : Londo et lingombe
[8464]   Heikkinen, Terttu (19--) : !Xu grammar
[8465]   Heikkinen, Terttu (19--) : €Akhoe wordlist
[8466]   Heikkinen, Terttu (1986) : Outline of the phonology of the !Xû dialect spoken in Ovamboland and western Kavango
[8467]   Heikkinen, Terttu (1987) : An outline grammar of the !Xû language spoken in Ovamboland and West Kavango
[8468]   Heilmann, L. (1949) : Camito-semitico e indoeuropeo
[8469]   Heimbeck, Cora (1987) : Lokativkonstruktionen im Bemba
[23228]   Hein, Charles Theodore (1975) : Adult literacy and adult language preference for the language of instruction and mass media in selected adult populations of southern Togo
[28847]   Hein, Johannes (2021) : Subject encoding in Limbum
[22973]   Hein, Vern (1991) : Recommendations for standardization within the Logo dialect cluster
[8470]   Heine, Bernd (1968) : Die Verbreitung und Gliederung der Togorestsprachen
[8471]   Heine, Bernd (1968) : Afrikanische Verkehrssprachen
[8473]   Heine, Bernd (1969) : Zur Frage der Sprachmischung in Afrika
[8474]   Heine, Bernd (1970) : Eastern Sudanic subfamily: a linguistic relationship
[8475]   Heine, Bernd (1970) : Status and use of African lingua francas
[8476]   Heine, Bernd (1970) : Nilotic and Nilo-Hamitic: a linguistic review
[8477]   Heine, Bernd (1970) : Lingua franca und Familie in Afrika
[8478]   Heine, Bernd (1971) : Kalenjin glottochronology: preliminary hypotheses
[8479]   Heine, Bernd (1971) : Historical linguistics and the Kuliak languages of Uganda
[8480]   Heine, Bernd (1971) : Linguistic evidence on the history of the Kuliak in northwestern Uganda
[8481]   Heine, Bernd (1971) : On genetic relationship and the case of the ‘Nilo-Hamitic’ languages
[8482]   Heine, Bernd (1972) : Historical linguistics and lexicostatistics in Africa
[8483]   Heine, Bernd (1972) : Historical linguistics by a non-linguist
[8484]   Heine, Bernd (1972/73) : Vokabulare ostafrikanischer Restspachen, 1: Elmolo
[8485]   Heine, Bernd (1972/73) : Zur genetischen Gliederung der Bantu-Sprachen
[8486]   Heine, Bernd (1973) : Pidgin-Sprachen im Bantu-Bereich
[8487]   Heine, Bernd (1973) : A sketch of Turkana grammar
[8488]   Heine, Bernd (1973/74) : Vokabulare ostafrikanischer Restspachen, 2: Sogoo und Omotik
[8489]   Heine, Bernd (1974/75) : Notes on the Yaaku language (Kenya)
[8490]   Heine, Bernd (1974/75) : Tepes und Nyang’i: zwei ostafrikanische Restsprachen
[8491]   Heine, Bernd (1975) : Language typology and convergence areas in Africa
[8492]   Heine, Bernd (1975) : The study of word order in African languages
[8494]   Heine, Bernd (1975/76) : Notes on the Rendille language (Kenya)
[8495]   Heine, Bernd (1975/76) : Ik, eine ostafrikanische Restsprache: historische Entwicklung und Vokabular
[8496]   Heine, Bernd (1975/77) : Bemerkungen zur Elmolo-Sprache
[8497]   Heine, Bernd (1976) : A typology of African languages based on the order of meaningful elements
[8498]   Heine, Bernd (1976) : The Kuliak languages of eastern Uganda
[8499]   Heine, Bernd (1976) : Neue Beiträge der Sprachforschung für die afrikanische Geschichte
[8500]   Heine, Bernd (1976) : Knowledge and use of second languages in Musoma Region: a quantitative study
[8501]   Heine, Bernd (1976/77) : Bemerkungen zur Boni-Sprache (Kenia)
[8503]   Heine, Bernd (1977) : Vertical and horizontal communication in Africa
[8504]   Heine, Bernd (1978) : Some generalizations on African-based pidgin languages
[8506]   Heine, Bernd (1978) : The Sam languages: a history of Rendille, Boni and Somali
[8507]   Heine, Bernd (1979) : Sprache, Gesellschaft und Kommunikation in Afrika: zum Problem der Verständigung und sozio-ökonomischen Entwicklung im sub-saharischen Afrika
[8508]   Heine, Bernd (1979) : Some linguistic observations on the early history of Africa
[8509]   Heine, Bernd (1979) : Some linguistic characteristics of African-based pidgins
[8512]   Heine, Bernd (1980) : Methods in comparative Bantu linguistics (the problem of Bantu linguistic classification)
[8513]   Heine, Bernd (1980) : Language typology and linguistic reconstruction: the Niger-Congo case
[8516]   Heine, Bernd (1980) : Determination in some East African languages
[8517]   Heine, Bernd (1980) : Some recent developments in the classification of Bantoid: the problem of defining Bantu
[8518]   Heine, Bernd (1980) : Divergency, convergency and the case of Terik
[8520]   Heine, Bernd (1980) : Rendille
[8521]   Heine, Bernd (1980) : Elmolo
[8525]   Heine, Bernd (1981) : Langues résiduelles du Togo
[8527]   Heine, Bernd (1981) : Lorkoti Dorobo, a Maasai dialect
[8529]   Heine, Bernd (1982) : African noun class systems
[8530]   Heine, Bernd (1982) : Traditional fishing in the Rift Valley: a linguistic survey
[8535]   Heine, Bernd (1982) : Language and history of the Boni
[8536]   Heine, Bernd (1982) : Language and culture contact south of Lake Turkana
[8539]   Heine, Bernd (1983) : The Ik language
[8541]   Heine, Bernd (1983) : Eine Bemerkung zur Gliederung der Swahili-Dialekte
[8543]   Heine, Bernd (1985) : Concepts of plant taxonomy among the Samburu (Kenya): some preliminary observations
[8544]   Heine, Bernd (1986) : Bemerkungen zur Entwicklung der Verbaljunkturen im Kxoe und anderen Zentralkhoisan-Sprachen
[8546]   Heine, Bernd (1987) : Reinisch und das Erythräische: Sprachgeschichte und Evolution
[8554]   Heine, Bernd (1988) : Report on the Oromo working group on orthography
[8557]   Heine, Bernd (1988) : Zur Entstehung des Klassensprachentyps: August Klingenheben und die Nominalklassenforschung
[8558]   Heine, Bernd (1989) : Adpositions in African languages
[8559]   Heine, Bernd (1989) : A note on the historical classification of Mvita
[8560]   Heine, Bernd (1990) : Language policy in Africa
[8561]   Heine, Bernd (1990) : The dative in Ik and Kanuri
[8562]   Heine, Bernd (1991) : Kiswahili
[8563]   Heine, Bernd (1991) : The Hausa particle naa
[8564]   Heine, Bernd (1991) : On the development of Kenya Pidgin Swahili
[8565]   Heine, Bernd (1991) : Auxiliaries in African languages: the Lingala case
[8567]   Heine, Bernd (1992) : Language, language policy and national unity in Africa: an overview
[8568]   Heine, Bernd (1992) : Language policies in Africa
[8569]   Heine, Bernd (1992) : Dialect death: the case of Terik
[8570]   Heine, Bernd (1993) : Language as a tool in recapturing the African past
[8573]   Heine, Bernd (1994) : On the genesis of aspect in African languages: the proximative
[8575]   Heine, Bernd (1997) : Grammaticalization theory and its relevance to African linguistics
[8577]   Heine, Bernd (1999) : Ik dictionary
[8578]   Heine, Bernd (1999) : The //Ani: grammatical notes and texts
[8580]   Heine, Bernd (2000) : Polysemy involving reflexive and reciprocal markers in African languages
[8582]   Heine, Bernd (2000) : On the rise of new-event markers in Kxoe
[22645]   Heine, Bernd (2000) : Grammaticalization chains across languages: an example from Khoisan
[23129]   Heine, Bernd (1992) : African languages
[26805]   Heine, Bernd (2012) : A peculiar personal pronoun in Labwor
[27261]   Heine, Bernd (2017) : Some reflections on genetic relationship in a group of West African Niger-Congo languages
[27843]   Heine, Bernd (2019) : A Typological and Areal Perspective of African Languages
[8519]   Heine, Bernd (Ed) (1980) : The non-Bantu languages of Kenya
[8524]   Heine, Bernd (Ed) (1981) : The Waata dialect of Oromo: grammatical sketch and vocabulary
[8531]   Heine, Bernd (Ed) (1982) : The Nubi language of Kibera, an Arabic creole: grammatical sketch and vocabulary
[8532]   Heine, Bernd (Ed) (1982) : Boni dialects
[8533]   Heine, Bernd (Ed) (1982) : Recent German research on Africa: language and culture (projects of the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft))/Rapport sur la recherche africanistique allemande: langue et culture (projéts réalisés par la Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft)
[8572]   Heine, Bernd & Christa Kilian-Hatz (1994) : Polysemy in African languages: an example from Baka (Cameroon)
[8547]   Heine, Bernd & Christa König (1987) : On the taxonomic status of folk botanic categories among the Samburu
[8550]   Heine, Bernd & Christa König (1988) : Plant concepts and plant use: an ethnobotanical survey of the semi-arid and arid lands of East Africa, part II: plants of the So (Uganda)
[8584]   Heine, Bernd & Christa König (2004) : !Xun as a type B language
[22397]   Heine, Bernd & Christa König (2005) : Grammatical hybrids: between serialization, compounding and derivation in !Xun (North Khoisan)
[26816]   Heine, Bernd & Christa König (2010) : The Labwor language of Northeastern Uganda : a grammatical sketch
[26936]   Heine, Bernd & Christa König (2015) : The !Xun Language: A Dialect Grammar of Northern Khoisan
[24766]   Heine, Bernd & Derek Nurse (2007) : A Linguistic Geography of Africa
[8581]   Heine, Bernd & Derek Nurse (Ed) (2000) : African languages: an introduction
[22508]   Heine, Bernd & Derek Nurse (Ed) (2004) : Les langues africaines
[8538]   Heine, Bernd & Franz Rottland (1983) : On the origin of gender in eastern Nilotic
[8556]   Heine, Bernd & Friederike Hünnemeyer (1988) : On the fate of Ewe ví ‘child’: the development of a diminutive marker
[8549]   Heine, Bernd & Ingo Heine (1988) : Plant concepts and plant use: an ethnobotanical survey of the semi-arid and arid lands of East Africa, part I: plants of the Chamus (Kenya)
[8551]   Heine, Bernd & Ingo Heine (1988) : Plant concepts and plant use: an ethnobotanical survey of the semi-arid and arid lands of East Africa, part III: Rendille plants (Kenya)
[8574]   Heine, Bernd & Karsten Legère (1995) : Swahili plants: an ethnobotanical survey
[8576]   Heine, Bernd & Kézié Koyenzi Lébikaza (1997) : On attributive possession in Kabiye
[25700]   Heine, Bernd & Margaret Dunham (2010) : Grammaticalization in Bantu Languages with Special Reference to Swahili
[8552]   Heine, Bernd & Matthias Brenzinger (1988) : Plant concepts and plant use: an ethnobotanical survey of the semi-arid and arid lands of East Africa, part IV: plants of the Borana (Ethiopia and Kenya)
[8555]   Heine, Bernd & Matthias Brenzinger (1988) : Notes on the Mukogodo dialect of Maasai (Kenya)
[8540]   Heine, Bernd & Mechthild Reh (1983) : Diachronic observations on completive focus marking in some African languages
[8542]   Heine, Bernd & Mechthild Reh (1984) : Grammaticalization and reanalysis in African languages
[8505]   Heine, Bernd & Oswin R. A. Köhler (1978) : Afrika-Kartenwerk
[8526]   Heine, Bernd & Oswin R. A. Köhler (1981) : Linguistik - Ostafrika (Kenya, Uganda, Tanzania): Gliederung der Sprachen und Dialekte
[8493]   Heine, Bernd & Rainer Vossen (1975/76) : Zur Stellung der Ongamo-Sprache (Kilimandscharo)
[8510]   Heine, Bernd & Rainer Vossen (1979) : The Kore of Lamu: a contribution to Maa dialectology
[8515]   Heine, Bernd & Rainer Vossen (1980) : Language structures in Kenya
[8523]   Heine, Bernd & Rainer Vossen (1981) : Sprachtypologie
[8537]   Heine, Bernd & Rainer Vossen (1983) : Möglichkeiten und Grenzen linguistischer Chronologien in Afrika
[8579]   Heine, Bernd & Rainer Vossen (200-) : A survey of Maa dialects and history
[23806]   Heine, Bernd & Tania A. Kuteva (2006) : Convergence and divergence in the development of African languages
[8583]   Heine, Bernd & Tania A. Kuteva (Ed) (2001) : World lexicon of grammaticalization
[8545]   Heine, Bernd & Ulrike Claudi (1986) : On the rise of grammatical categories: some examples from Maa
[8548]   Heine, Bernd & Ulrike Claudi (1988) : On the use of the nominal strategy for coding complex complements in some African languages
[8472]   Heine, Bernd & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (1968) : Grundkursus des Swahili für den Unterricht im Sprachlabor
[8514]   Heine, Bernd & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (Ed) (1980) : Language and dialect atlas of Kenya, 1: geographical and historical introduction; language and society; selected bibliography
[27203]   Heine, Bernd , Christa König & Karsten Legère (2015) : Reacting to language endangerment: The Akie of north-central Tanzania
[28003]   Heine, Bernd , Christa König & Karsten Legère (2017) : A text study of discourse markers in Akie, a Southern Nilotic language of Tanzania
[8511]   Heine, Bernd , Franz Rottland & Rainer Vossen (1979) : Proto-Baz: some aspects of early Nilotic-Cushitic contacts
[8502]   Heine, Bernd , Hans Hoff & Rainer Vossen (1977) : Neuere Ergebnisse zur Territorialgeschichte des Bantu
[8553]   Heine, Bernd , Ingo Heine & Christa König (1988) : Plant concepts and plant use: an ethnobotanical survey of the semi-arid and arid lands of East Africa, part V: plants of the Samburu (Kenya)
[8534]   Heine, Bernd , Rainer Vossen , Marcello Lamberti & Mechthild Reh (1982) : A typology of African languages
[8522]   Heine, Bernd , Thilo C. Schadeberg & H. Ekkehard Wolff (Ed) (1981) : Die Sprachen Afrikas
[8528]   Heine, Bernd , Thilo C. Schadeberg & H. Ekkehard Wolff (Ed) (1981) : Die Sprachen Afrikas. Bd 3: Nilosaharanisch
[8571]   Heine, Bernd , Tom Güldemann , Christa Kilian-Hatz , Donald Andreas Lessau , Heinz Roberg , Mathias Schladt & Thomas Stolz (1993) : Conceptual shift: a lexicon of grammaticalization processes in African languages
[8566]   Heine, Ingo (1991) : Pflanztaxonomien bei den Maasai in Kenia
[23041]   Heins, Barbara (1999) : Preliminary observations on the Sena demonstrative system
[8585]   Heins, John H. (1992) : A study of lexicographic similarity as a preliminary step toward a language atlas of Mozambique
[23040]   Heins, John H. (1999) : How to translate proper names into Sena
[8586]   Heinz, Hans Joachim (19--) : The ethno-biology of the !Kõ Bushmen: reptiles and amphibians
[8587]   Heinz, Hans Joachim (19--) : The ethno-biology of the !Kõ Bushmen: entomological knowledge
[8588]   Heinz, Hans Joachim (1971) : The ethno-biology of the !Kõ Bushmen: the anatomical and physiological knowledge
[8590]   Heinz, Hans Joachim (1977) : The ethno-biology of the !Ko Bushmen: knowledge on behaviour of cloven-hoofed animals (antelopes and warthog)
[8591]   Heinz, Hans Joachim (1979) : The ethno-biology of the !Ko Bushmen: knowledge concerning medium and smaller mammals
[8589]   Heinz, Hans Joachim & Brian Maguire (1974) : The ethno-biology of the !Kõ Bushmen: their ethno-botanical knowledge and plant lore
[8592]   Heinz, Hans Joachim & O. Martiny (1980) : The ethno-biology of the !Xõ Bushmen: the ornithological knowledge
[8593]   Hellan, Lars , Eli Saetherɔ & Adams B. Bodomo (Ed) (1994) : Papers read at the 2nd Trondheim seminar on African linguistics
[24747]   Hellenthal, Anne-Christie (2009) : The Morphology of Adverbial Clauses in Sheko
[27918]   Hellenthal, Anne-Christie (2020) : Two verbal reduplication processes in Gwama
[26447]   Hellenthal, Anneke Christine (2010) : A grammar of Sheko
[8594]   Heller, Monica (1999) : Alternative ideologies of ‘la francophonie’
[8595]   Hellwig, Birgit (1997) : Sprachwandel durch Spachkontakt: Möglichkeiten der Rekonstruktion am Beispiel westtchadischer Sprachen
[23807]   Hellwig, Birgit (2005) : Serial verb constructions in Goemai
[25323]   Hellwig, Birgit (2011) : The Semantics of Copy Pronouns in Goemai
[25394]   Hellwig, Birgit (2011) : A grammar of Goemai
[25634]   Hellwig, Birgit (2011) : Lexical aspect classes in Goemai (West Chadic)
[26028]   Hellwig, Birgit (2012) : Lexicalization of property concepts: Evidence for language contact on the southern Jos Plateau (Central Nigeria)?
[26551]   Hellwig, Birgit (2013) : Verbal morphology in Katla
[26702]   Hellwig, Birgit (2010) : Different types of data: A case study of Goemai demonstratives
[27249]   Hellwig, Birgit (2017) : Verbal number in Goemai (West Chadic)
[27984]   Hellwig, Birgit (2018) : Verbal derivation in Katla: The comitative
[28004]   Hellwig, Birgit (2017) : The goe in Goemai – The development of modifiers in a Chadic language
[26633]   Hellwig, Birgit & Gertrud Schneider-Blum (2014) : Tabaq: In a State of Flux
[8596]   Hellwig, Birgit & Joseph A. McIntyre (2000) : Hausa plural systems:a diachronic presentation
[8597]   Helm, C. A. G. (1979) : Die moedertaal as onderrigmedium in die onderwys van die swart volke van Afrika en die Republiek van Suid-Afrika
[8598]   Helmlinger, Paul (1972) : Dictionnaire duala-français, suivi d’un lexique français-duala
[8756]   Héméry, A. (1---) : English-Kikuyu handbook
[8599]   Hemphill, R. J. (1974) : Language use and language teaching in the primary schools of Kenya
[24703]   Henderson, Brent (2006) : Multiple Agreement, Concord and Case Checking in Bantu
[24752]   Henderson, Brent (2009) : Anti-Agreement and [Person] in Bantu
[26181]   Henderson, Brent (2011) : African Languages and Syntactic Theory: Impacts and Directions
[26710]   Henderson, Brent (2010) : Chimwiini: Endangered status and syntactic distinctiveness
[28443]   Henderson, Brent (2020) : Review of Bantu applicative constructions
[8600]   Henderson, J. E. (1---) : Easy Gikuyu lessons
[8601]   Henderson, James & Anne Henderson (1979) : Essentials of Yele grammar
[8602]   Henderson, T. (1990) : English in Namibia
[8603]   Hendrickse, H. (1981) : The concepts ‘mood’ and ‘sentence type’ in a Herero grammar with theoretical aims
[8605]   Hendrikse, A. P. (1975) : Aspects of Xhosa sentential complementation: a grammatical inquiry within a framework of modern linguistic theory
[8606]   Hendrikse, A. P. (1978) : The explanatory power of the feature referential in a grammar of Xhosa
[8607]   Hendrikse, A. P. (1990) : Number as a categorizing parameter in Southern Bantu: an exploration in cognitive grammar
[8611]   Hendrikse, A. P. (2001) : Systemic polysemy in the southern Bantu noun class system
[8608]   Hendrikse, A. P. & George Poulos (1992) : A continuum interpretation of the Bantu noun class system
[8610]   Hendrikse, A. P. & George Poulos (1994) : Word categories: prototypes and continua in southern Bantu
[8609]   Hendrikse, A. P. & S. N. L. Mkhatshwa (1993) : The metaphorical basis of Zulu auxiliaries
[8604]   Hendrikse, A. P. & S. W. Zotwana (1975) : Topics in Xhosa relativization: some traditional analyses re-examined
[8612]   Hendriksen, Fr. A. W. (1927) : Teso notes, I: the copula ka
[8613]   Hendriksen, Fr. A. W. (1958) : Notes on the Teso verb
[8614]   Hendrix, Melvin K. (1982) : An international bibliography of African lexicons
[8615]   Henn, Petra (1997) : Sprachpolitik in Namibia: die Arbeit der Rheinischen Mission von 1842 bis 1914
[8616]   Hennin, R. (1---) : Kizimba--binja-sud
[8617]   Hennings, H. (1938) : Studien zur Bedeutungsbildung im Bantu
[8618]   Henrici, Alick (1973) : Numerical classification of Bantu languages
[8619]   Henriksen, Fr. (1---) : Grammar of Teso
[8620]   Henrix, Marcel (2000) : Dictionnaire ngbaka-français
[26736]   Henrix, Marcel, en collaboration avec Michael Meeuwis et Peter Vanhoutte (2015) : Dictionnaire Ngbaka-Français
[24767]   Henrix, Marcel , Karel van den Eynde & Michael Meeuwis (2007) : Description grammaticale de la langue Ngbaka; Phonologie, tonologie et morphosyntaxe
[28700]   Henry, George (1904) : Grammar of Chinyanja, a language spoken in British Central Africa, on and near the shores of Lake Nyasa
[25701]   Henson, Bonnie (2010) : Second Position Effects in Kol, a Bantu Language of Cameroon
[24748]   Henson, Bonnie J. (2009) : Defining the Word in Kol
[25081]   Henson, Bonnie J. (2007) : The Phonology and Morphosyntax of Kol
[26231]   Henson, Bonnie J. (2012) : The development of copulas in Kol
[24554]   Henstra, Heleen (1984) : Het Naamwoord In Het Mampruli
[8621]   Heny, Frank W. (1971) : Explanatory tone assignment rules in Bantu
[8622]   Heny, Frank W. (1972) : Bantu lexical classes and semantic universals (with some remarks on how not to write phonological rules)
[8623]   Heny, Frank W. (1972) : Cost accounting vs explanation: a reply to a reply
[8757]   Hérault, Georges (1967) : Quelques conjugaisons verbales en adioukrou
[8758]   Hérault, Georges (1969) : Étude phonétique et phonologique de l’Adioukrou
[8759]   Hérault, Georges (1970) : Éléments d’enquête lexicale en adioukrou
[8760]   Hérault, Georges (1971) : L’aïzi: esquiesse phonologique et enquête lexicale
[8761]   Hérault, Georges (1973) : Le tàkper (tagbana de Niakaramandougou): esquisse phonologique et corpus lexical
[8762]   Hérault, Georges (1976) : Quelques conjugaisons verbales en adioukrou (examples d’applications des règles tonales)
[8763]   Hérault, Georges (1978) : Eléments de grammaire adioukrou
[8764]   Hérault, Georges (1981) : Les langues kwa
[8765]   Hérault, Georges (1981) : L’information segmentale necessaire à l’élaboration des règles tonales de l’Adioukrou
[8767]   Hérault, Georges (1989) : Les rections syllabiques en soninké
[8768]   Hérault, Georges (1989) : A propos de l’harmonie vocalique en okpe
[8769]   Hérault, Georges (1991) : Spirantisation, charme et gouvernement: l’identité et les métamorphoses de /g/ en moore
[8770]   Hérault, Georges (1993) : Légitimation et gouvernement: fondements d’une théorie des expressions phonologiques
[8771]   Hérault, Georges (1997) : Syllabic genesis and Luganda phonology
[13107]   Hérault, Georges (1983) : Les termes de parenté dans onze langues Kwa de Côte dʼIvoire
[14213]   Hérault, Georges (1983) : Systèmes des pronoms personnels et comparaison lexicale dans les langues Kwa de Côte dʼIvoire
[23767]   Hérault, Georges (1986) : A propos de l’harmonie vocalique en okpe
[24093]   Hérault, Georges (1983) : L’avikam
[24094]   Hérault, Georges (1983) : L’adioukrou
[24095]   Hérault, Georges (1983) : Lʼéotilé
[24480]   Hérault, Georges (1977 [1973]) : Adioukrou
[5768]   Hérault, Georges (Ed) (1983) : Atlas des langues kwa de Côte dʼIvoire 2
[8766]   Hérault, Georges (Ed) (1983) : Atlas des langues kwa de Côte d’Ivoire 1
[8624]   Herbert, Robert K. (1974) : Selected topics in the phonology and acoustic structure of Luganda
[8625]   Herbert, Robert K. (1974) : ‘Seven will give you five’ - Luganda vowels
[8628]   Herbert, Robert K. (1975) : Reanalyzing prenasalized consonants
[8629]   Herbert, Robert K. (1975/76) : A reanalysis of Luganda vowels
[8630]   Herbert, Robert K. (1977) : Morphophonological palatalization in Southern Bantu: a reply to segmental fusion
[8631]   Herbert, Robert K. (1977) : Prefix restructuring, lexical representation and the Bantu noun
[8632]   Herbert, Robert K. (1977) : Phonetic analysis in phonological description: prenasalized consonants and Meinhof’s rule
[8633]   Herbert, Robert K. (1977) : The non-dissimilatory nature of nasal compound dissimilation in Bantu
[8634]   Herbert, Robert K. (1978) : Another look at meta-rules and “family universals”
[8635]   Herbert, Robert K. (1978) : Morphological re-analysis in the Bantu nasal class
[8636]   Herbert, Robert K. (1983) : Clicks in normal and delayed acquisition of Zulu (abstract)
[8637]   Herbert, Robert K. (1985) : Gender systems and semanticity: two case histories from Bantu
[8638]   Herbert, Robert K. (1987) : Articulatory modes and typological universals: the puzzle of Bantu ejectives and aspirates
[8639]   Herbert, Robert K. (1989) : Southern Bantu unity: myth or reality?
[8640]   Herbert, Robert K. (1990) : The sociohistory of clicks in southern Africa
[8641]   Herbert, Robert K. (1990) : Labial palatalization in Nguni and Sotho languages: internal and external evidence
[8642]   Herbert, Robert K. (1990) : The relative markedness of click sounds: evidence from language change, acquisition and avoidance
[8643]   Herbert, Robert K. (1990) : Hlonipha and the ambiguous women
[8645]   Herbert, Robert K. (1991) : Patterns in language change, acquisition and dissolution: noun prefixes and concords in Bantu
[8647]   Herbert, Robert K. (1992) : Introduction: language in a divided society
[8651]   Herbert, Robert K. (1995) : The sociolinguistics of personal names: two South African studies
[8652]   Herbert, Robert K. (1995) : Prenasalized consonants and Dahl’s Law: questions of representation and subclass
[8653]   Herbert, Robert K. (1995) : The sociohistory of clicks in southern Bantu
[8655]   Herbert, Robert K. (1997) : The meaning of language choices in South Africa: social and pragmatic factors
[8657]   Herbert, Robert K. (2002) : The sociohistory of clicks in southern Bantu
[8658]   Herbert, Robert K. (2002) : The political economy of language shift: language and gendered ethnicity in a Thonga community
[8626]   Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1975) : Proceedings of the 6th conference on African linguistics, held at the Ohio State University, Columbus, April 12-13, 1975
[8627]   Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1975) : Patterns in language, culture and society: sub-Saharan Africa. Proceedings of the symposium on African languages, culture and society, held at the Ohio State University, Columbus, April 11, 1975
[8646]   Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1992) : Language and society in Africa: the theory and practice of sociolinguistics
[8648]   Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1993) : Not with one mouth: continuity and change on southern African language studies (C. M. Doke centenary)
[8650]   Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1993) : Foundations in southern African linguistics
[8654]   Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1997) : African linguistics at the crossroads: papers from Kwaluseni, 1st World Congress of African Linguistics, Swaziland, 18-22. VII. 1994
[8656]   Herbert, Robert K. & Richard Bailey (2002) : The Bantu languages: sociohistorical perspectives
[8644]   Herbert, Robert K. & Senna Bogatsu (1990) : Changes in Northern Sotho and Tswana personal pronouns
[8649]   Herbert, Robert K. & Thomas N. Huffman (1993) : A new perspective on Bantu expansion and classification: linguistic and archaeological evidence fifty years after Doke
[8660]   Herman, H. Auguste (1939) : A short Twi grammar with English-Twi-French vocabulary
[8661]   Herman, H. Auguste (1939) : A short Ewe-grammar with English-Ewe-French vocabulary
[8659]   Herman, H. Auguste (Ed) (1930) : The new script and its relation to the languages of the Gold Coast
[8662]   Herman, Rebecca (1996) : Prosodic structure in SiSwati
[26743]   Hermann, C. (2015) : Lusiba, die Sprache der Länder Kisiba, Bugabu, Kjamtwara, Kjanja und Ihangiro, speziell der Dialekt der Bayossa im Lande Kjamtwara
[8663]   Hermans, Janet Gallagher (1995) : Awareness through the written word: the effect of Basarwa literature on policy decisions in Botswana
[8664]   Hermanson, Eric A. (1995) : Metaphor in Zulu: problems in the translation of biblical metaphor in the Book of Amos
[8665]   Hermanson, Eric A. (2001) : Hearing the Wonders of God in our own languages: functinal equivalent Bible translation in southern Africa, with special reference to Xhosa
[23363]   Hermanson, Eric A. & J. A. du Plessis (1997) : The conceptual metaphor “people are animals” in Zulu
[8666]   Herms, Irmtraud (1967) : Das linguistische Schaffen von Gottlob Adolf Krause
[8667]   Herms, Irmtraud (1975) : Gesprächsbuch Deutsch-Swahili
[8668]   Herms, Irmtraud (1980) : Zur Entwicklung des politischen Wortschatzes im Hausa
[8669]   Herms, Irmtraud (1986) : Die Kategorie der Belebtheit im Rahmen des Klassensystems des Swahili
[8670]   Herms, Irmtraud (1987) : Wörterbuch Hausa-Deutsch
[8671]   Herms, Irmtraud (1987) : Gesprächsbuch Deutsch-Swahili/Kituba cha mazungumzo Kijerumani-Kiswahili
[8672]   Herms, Irmtraud (1989) : Zur Bildung von Diminjtiv- und Augmentattivformen im Swahili
[8673]   Herms, Irmtraud (199-) : Wörterbuch Hausa-Deutsch
[8674]   Herms, Irmtraud (1994) : Diminutiva und Augmentativa
[8675]   Herms, Irmtraud (1994) : Unpersönliche Konstruktionen
[8676]   Herms, Irmtraud (1994) : Adjektiva
[8677]   Herms, Irmtraud (2000) : The new Swahili-German dictionary
[23461]   Herms, Irmtraud (1999) : Swahili lexicography: the German-Swahili dictionary
[8678]   Herroelen, P. (1957) : Quelques notes sur les noms d’oiseaux dans Nsong’a Lianja
[8679]   Herroelen, P. (1957) : Commentaires sur “Quelques noms vernaculaires d’animaux très communes au Congo belge en dialectes du groupe lingala et en kisuku” [von C. Lemmens et J. Pouchet]
[8680]   Hertsens, L. (1940) : Quelques notes sur la phonétique lendu
[23924]   Herzog, G. (1972) : Lexikon deutsch-lonkundo
[8681]   Herzog, Robert (1957/60) : Les compléments verbaux en somali
[8682]   Heselwood, Barry (1997) : A case of nasal clicks for target sonorants: a feature geometry account
[8683]   Hess, Charles (1---) : Notes on Sukuma
[8684]   Hess, Charles (1---) : Fragments of Kisukuma-English dictionary
[8685]   Hess, Richard Samuel (1984) : Amarna proper names
[8686]   Hess, Susan (1992) : Assimilatory effects in a vowel harmony system: an acoustic analysis of advanced tongue root in Akan
[8687]   Hesseling, Dirk Christiaan (1923) : Het Afrikaans: bijdrage tot de geschiedenis der nederlandsche taal in Zuid-Afrika
[8688]   Hesseling, Dirk Christiaan (1979) : Dutch in South Africa
[8689]   Hesseling, Gerti (1981) : Etat en langue en Afrique: esquisse d’une étude juridique comparative
[8690]   Hestermann, S. (1929) : Die deutsche Afrikanistik bis 1913
[8691]   Hetherwick, Alexander (1922) : A practical manual of the Nyanja language
[8692]   Hetherwick, Alexander (1932) : A practical manual of the Nyanja language
[26737]   Hetherwick, Alexander (2014) : Manual of the Nyanja Language
[8693]   Hetzron, Robert (1963) : Le rection du thème factitif en amharique
[8694]   Hetzron, Robert (1964) : La voyelle de sixième ordre en amharique
[8695]   Hetzron, Robert (1965) : The particle bàa in northern Somali
[8697]   Hetzron, Robert (1966) : Pronominalization in Amharic
[8698]   Hetzron, Robert (1967) : Agaw numerals and incongruence in Semitic
[8699]   Hetzron, Robert (1968) : Main verb-markers in northern Gurage
[8700]   Hetzron, Robert (1969) : Two notes on Semitic laryngeals in East Gurage
[8701]   Hetzron, Robert (1969) : Third person singular pronoun suffixes in proto-Semitic
[8702]   Hetzron, Robert (1969) : The evidence for perfect *y’aqtul and jussive *yaqt’ul in proto-Semitic
[8703]   Hetzron, Robert (1969) : The verbal system of southern Agaw
[8704]   Hetzron, Robert (1970) : Vocalic length and stress in Ennemor
[8705]   Hetzron, Robert (1970) : Toward an Amharic case-grammar
[8706]   Hetzron, Robert (1971) : Internal labialization in the tt-group of Outer South-Ethiopic
[8707]   Hetzron, Robert (1971) : Presentative function and presentative movement
[8708]   Hetzron, Robert (1972) : Ethiopian Semitic: studies in classification
[8709]   Hetzron, Robert (1972) : Phonology in syntax
[8710]   Hetzron, Robert (1973) : The element -mm in the Amharic verbal system
[8711]   Hetzron, Robert (1973/79) : Les affixes casuels couchito-sémitiques
[8712]   Hetzron, Robert (1974) : La division des langues sémitiques
[8713]   Hetzron, Robert (1974) : An archaism in the Cushitic verbal conjugation
[8714]   Hetzron, Robert (1975) : The t-converbs in western Gurage (the role of analogy in historical morphology)
[8715]   Hetzron, Robert (1975) : Genetic classification and Ethiopian Semitic
[8716]   Hetzron, Robert (1976) : The Agaw languages
[8718]   Hetzron, Robert (1976) : Bibliographical bulletin
[8719]   Hetzron, Robert (1977) : The Gunnän-Gurage languages
[8720]   Hetzron, Robert (1977) : Formal rules and historical reality
[8721]   Hetzron, Robert (1977) : Innovations in the Semitic numeral system
[8722]   Hetzron, Robert (1978) : The nominal system of Awngi (Southern Agaw)
[8723]   Hetzron, Robert (1979) : Bibliographical bulletin
[8724]   Hetzron, Robert (1980) : The limits of Cushitic
[8726]   Hetzron, Robert (1988) : The position of Omotic
[8727]   Hetzron, Robert (1988) : Le sud-agaw (awngi)
[8728]   Hetzron, Robert (1990) : Dialectal variation in Proto-Afroasiatic
[8729]   Hetzron, Robert (1994) : A note on genitival agreement in Awngi
[8730]   Hetzron, Robert (1996) : The two futures in Central and Peripheral Western Gurage
[8732]   Hetzron, Robert (1997) : Outer South Ethiopic
[8733]   Hetzron, Robert (1997) : Awngi phonology
[8731]   Hetzron, Robert (Ed) (1997) : The Semitic languages
[8696]   Hetzron, Robert & Marcos Habte-Mariam (1966) : Des traits pertinents superposés en ennemor
[8717]   Hetzron, Robert & Marvin Lionel Bender (1976) : The Ethio-Semitic languages
[8725]   Hetzron, Robert & Russell Galen Schuh (1982) : Bibliographical bulletin
[8734]   Heugh, Kathleen (1987) : Trends in language medium policy for a post-apartheid South Africa
[8736]   Heugh, Kathleen (1995) : Disabling and enabling: implications of language policy trends in South Africa
[8737]   Heugh, Kathleen (1995) : Language policy trends in South Africa
[8738]   Heugh, Kathleen (2002) : Recovering multilingualism: recent language-policy developments
[8735]   Heugh, Kathleen , Amanda Siegrühn & P. Pluddemann (Ed) (1995) : Multilingual education for South Africa
[27855]   Heugh; Kathleen (2019) : Multilingualism and Education in Africa
[8739]   Heusden, P. R. van (193-) : Grammaire et exercises pratiques chibemba-français
[8740]   Heusing, Gerald (1991) : Fokus und Wortstellung in tschadischen Sprachen
[8741]   Heusing, Gerald (1999) : Aspects of the morphology-syntax interface in four Nigerian languages
[8742]   Heusing, Gerald (2000) : Defective double object constructions in Lamang (Central Chadic)
[23451]   Heusing, Gerald (2000) : The classification of Kumam within Nilotic
[23458]   Heusing, Gerald (Ed) (2000) : Aspekte der linguistischen und kulturellen Komplexität Ugandas
[8743]   Hewer, Judy (1976) : Interrogative sentences in Kasem
[8744]   Hewer, Philip L. (1976) : A lexical approach to clause series in Kasem
[8745]   Hewer, Philip L. (1981) : A basic grammar of Kasem
[28975]   Hewer, Philip L. & Alexis L. Danti (eds.) (2020) : Kasem – English Dictionary
[8746]   Hewson, John & Derek Nurse (1998) : Chronogenetic staging in the Swahili verbal system
[23245]   Hewson, John & Derek Nurse (2005) : The relationship of tense and aspect in the Gikuyu verb
[8747]   Hewson, John , Derek Nurse & Henry R. T. Muzale (2000) : Chronogenetic staging of tense in Ruhaya
[8748]   Heyboer, B. (1948) : kp en gb en noord-bantoe
[8749]   Heydorn, R. von (1940/41) : Die Sprache der Bandi im nordwestlichen Liberia
[8750]   Heydorn, R. von (1943/44) : Das Manya, ein in Liberia gesprochener Mandingo-Dialekt ; Teil 1
[8751]   Heydorn, R. von (1945/50) : Das Manya, ein in Liberia gesprochener Mandingo-Dialekt ; Teil 2
[8752]   Heydorn, R. von (1970/71) : Grammar of the Loma language, with some Kono words in the vocabulary
[8753]   Heydorn, R. von (1970/71) : The Vai language in Liberia
[8754]   Heyler, André (1966/67) : ‘Articles’ méroitiques
[8755]   Heyworth-Dunne, J. & Thomas Muir Johnstone (1961) : Spoken Egyptian Arabic
[8772]   Hibbert, Liesel (1995) : Xhosa in the English tutorial: bridge or barrier?
[8773]   Hibbert, Liesel (2002) : English in South Africa: parallels with African American vernacular English
[8774]   Hibbert, Liesel (2003) : Changing language practices in parliament in South Africa
[8775]   Hibbert, Liesel (2004) : Globalization, the African Renaissance, and the role of English
[8776]   Hibir, Babiker Idriss el (1976) : Sources of common errors in written English of Sudanese secondary school students
[8777]   Hichens, William (1962/63) : Swahili prosody
[8778]   Hickey, Raymond (1985) : Peoples of pre-Kanuri Borno
[8779]   Hickey, Raymond (1987) : The ethno-linguistic pattern of Fika Emirate
[8780]   Hidden, Rudolf W. H. (1981) : Alphabet bisa
[8781]   Hidden, Rudolf W. H. (1982) : Guide d’orthographe pour la langue bissa, dialecte lébir
[8782]   Hidden, Rudolf W. H. (1986) : The tones of monosyllabic nouns in the associative construction in Bissa
[8783]   Hidden, Rudolf W. H. & Gérard Compaoré (1987) : Guide d’orthographe bisa
[8784]   Hide, R. H. (1943) : The Bini as a botanist: some notes on the Benin vernacular names of plants
[8785]   Hieda, Osamu (1982) : Consonant type and tone in Kipsikiis
[8786]   Hieda, Osamu (1983) : Some historical changes in nominal stems in Nilotic languages
[8787]   Hieda, Osamu (1990) : Proto-Western Nilotic *r and *l
[8788]   Hieda, Osamu (1990) : Koegu: a preliminary report
[8789]   Hieda, Osamu (1991) : Koegu vocabulary, with a reference to Kara
[8790]   Hieda, Osamu (1991) : Word order and word order change in western Nilotic
[8791]   Hieda, Osamu (1991) : Plural formation of nouns in western Nilotic
[8792]   Hieda, Osamu (1991) : Shakuyo kara mita gengo to bunka no kankei: koegu-gu (Nilo-Saharan) no naka no kara-gu (Afro-Asiatic) no yoso [Language and culture in borrowing: Kara (Afro-Asiatic) elements in Koegu (Nilo-Saharan)
[8793]   Hieda, Osamu (1992) : A grammaticval sketch of the Koegu language
[8794]   Hieda, Osamu (1993) : Language and culture in borrowing: Kara (Afroasiatic) elements in Koegu (Nilo-Saharan)
[8795]   Hieda, Osamu (1996) : Origin of a falling tone in Kipsikis
[8796]   Hieda, Osamu (1996) : Multilingualism in Koegu: interethnic relationships and language
[8797]   Hieda, Osamu (1998) : A sketch of Koegu grammar: towards reconstructing proto-southeastern Surmic
[8798]   Hieda, Osamu (2002) : [Tense and aspect in Saamia]
[24029]   Hieda, Osamu (1998) : [On consonants and vowels in Nilo-Saharan]
[25559]   Hieda, Osamu (2012) : Consonantal system of Datooga (Bajuuta dialect)
[26808]   Hieda, Osamu (2012) : Complementation and evidential strategy in Acooli
[26811]   Hieda, Osamu (2011) : Tonal System in Acooli: Double Down Step and Syntactic Functions of Tone
[26813]   Hieda, Osamu (2011) : Kuman Vocabulary with Grammatical Notes
[26817]   Hieda, Osamu (2010) : Complementation in Kumam
[27204]   Hieda, Osamu (2013) : A grammar of Kumam: the interaction between syntax and pragmatics
[27801]   Hieda, Osamu (2020) : Kumam
[26803]   Hieda, Osamu (ed.) (2010) : Descriptive Studies of Nilotic Morphosyntax
[26812]   Hieda, Osamu (ed.) (2011) : Descriptive studies of Nilotic languages
[8799]   Hiemstra, V. G. (1979) : Afrikaans in Bophuthatswana
[28757]   Hien, Alain N. (2022) : Number marking in Dagara and French A comparative study
[8800]   Hiernaux, Jean (1968) : Bantu expansion: the evidence from physical anthropology confronted with linguistic and archaeological evidence
[8801]   Hiernaux, Jean & Anne-Marie Gauthier (1977) : Comparaison des affinités linguistiques en biologiques de douze populations de langue bantu
[8802]   Higdon, Lee (1998) : The line of importance in Gangam narrative discourse
[8803]   Higdon, Lee (2001) : An overview of Gangam grammar
[23104]   Higdon, Lee (1996) : Tense, aspect, and modality in Gangam narrative and hortatory discourse
[27571]   Higgins, Holly Ann (2012) : Ikoma Vowel Harmony: Phonetics and Phonology
[8804]   Higgs, Peter Lawrence (1996) : The UNDP/UNESCO curriculum development and training for in-service teacher education project
[8805]   Hilaire, Jean-Charles (1995) : Analyse interdialectale de la détermination verbale en peul (parlers centraux du Nigéria)
[8806]   Hilberth, John (1934) : Kortfattad gbaya-grammatik
[8807]   Hilberth, John (1952) : Vocabulaire français-gbaya
[8808]   Hilberth, John (1952) : Vocabulaire gbaya-français
[8809]   Hilberth, John (1959) : Notes sur la grammaire gbaya
[8810]   Hilders, J. H. & J. C. D. Lawrance (1956) : An introduction to the Ateso language
[8811]   Hilders, J. H. & J. C. D. Lawrance (1957) : An introduction to the Ateso language
[8812]   Hilders, J. H. & J. C. D. Lawrance (1958) : An English-Ateso and Ateso-English vocabulary
[8820]   Hill, Charles Peter (1980) : Library users and their reading preferences
[8821]   Hill, Charles Peter (1980) : Some developments in language and education in Tanzania since 1969
[8822]   Hill, Charles Peter , J. S. W. Whitley , D. Constable & G. A. Mhina (1980) : Language teaching in higher education
[8817]   Hill, Clifford Alden (1974) : Spatial perception and linguistic encoding: a case study in Hausa and English
[8818]   Hill, Clifford Alden (1975) : Sex-based differences in cognitive processing of spatial relations in bilingual students in Niger
[8819]   Hill, Clifford Alden (1978/84) : Spatial relation: cognition, language and myth in Hausa culture
[8823]   Hill, Clifford Alden (1982) : Up/down, front/back, left/right: a contrastive analysis of Hausa and English
[22963]   Hill, Harriet (1995) : Pronouns and reported speech in Adioukrou
[29002]   Hill, Margaret (ed.) (2020) : Ngbaka – English Dictionary
[8813]   Hill, Peter (1965) : Some notes on structural differences between English and Swahili
[8814]   Hill, Peter (1965/66) : Some problems in the change-over from Swahili to English as the medium of instruction
[8815]   Hill, Trevor (1973) : The pronunciation of English stressed vowels in Tanzania
[8816]   Hill, Trevor (1973) : The primary dialects of Swahili: an approach to a linguistic-geographical survey
[8824]   Hillelson, S. (1925) : Sudan Arabic: English-Arabic vocabulary
[8825]   Hillelson, S. (1925) : Notes on the Dago
[8826]   Hillelson, S. (1935) : Sudan Arabic texts, with translation and glossary
[8827]   Hinderling, P. (1952) : Contribution à la question des Guan
[8828]   Hinds, Martin & Al-Said Badawi (1986) : A dictionary of Egyptian Arabic
[8829]   Hine, Sonia (19--) : Bimoba morphology
[8830]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1973) : Prefixes, sound changes and subgrouping in the coastal Kenyan Bantu languages
[8831]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1974) : Rule inversion and restructuring in Kikamba
[8832]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1975) : A reconstructed chronology of loss: Swahili class 9/10
[8833]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1976) : Swahili: genetic affiliations and evidence
[8834]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1976) : The Shungwaya hypothesis: a linguistic reappraisal
[8836]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1979) : Swahili
[8840]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1981) : Northeast coastal Bantu
[8841]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1989) : Bantu
[8842]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1996) : What kind of language is Swahili?
[8844]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1997) : Negotiating the TUKI English-Swahili dictionary: a critique from a pedagogical and scholarly perspective
[8845]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1999) : Contact and lexicostatistics in comparative Bantu studies
[23597]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (2001) : The Yale Kamusi Project: a Swahili-English, English-Swahili dictionary
[8839]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Derek Nurse (1981) : Spirantization in Chaga
[8837]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Robert S. Kirsner (1980) : On the inference of ‘inalienable possession’ in Swahili
[8835]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Sarah M. Mirza (1979) : Kiswahili, msingi wa kusema kusoma na kuandika = Swahili, a foundation for speaking, reading and writing
[8843]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Sarah M. Mirza (1997) : Kiswahili, msingi wa kusema kusoma na kuandika = Swahili, a foundation for speaking, reading and writing
[8838]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. , Derek Nurse & Martin [Joel] Mould (1981) : Studies in the classification of Eastern Bantu languages
[8846]   Hino, Shunʼya (1978) : The classified vocabulary of the Mbum language in Mbang Mboum, with ethnographical descriptions
[8848]   Hintze, F. (1948) : Zum konsonantischen Anlautwechsel in einigen westafrikanischen Sprachen
[8847]   Hintze, Fritz (1947) : Die Haupttendenzen der ägyptischen Sprachentwicklung
[8850]   Hintze, Fritz (1952) : Untersuchungen zu Stil und Sprache neuägyptischer Erzählungen
[8852]   Hintze, Fritz (1955) : Die sprachliche Stellung des Meroitischen
[8854]   Hintze, Fritz (1979) : Beiträge zur meroitischen Grammatik
[8849]   Hintze, Ursula (1949) : Untersuchungen zur sprachlichen Stellung des Nzema innerhalb der Akansprachen
[8851]   Hintze, Ursula (1953) : Die sprachliche Stellung des Anufo (Cokosi): ein Beitrag zur Gliederung der Akan-Sprachen
[8853]   Hintze, Ursula (1959) : Bibliographie der Kwa-Sprachen und der Sprachen der Togo-Restvölker
[22613]   Hiraiwa, Ken (2003) : Relativization in Buli
[28348]   Hiraiwa, Ken , George Akanlig-Pare , Samuel Atintono , Adams Bodomo , Komlan Essizewa & Fusheini Hudu (2017) : A comparative syntax of internally-headed relative clauses in Gur
[27146]   Hiroshi Yoshino (2017) : Event Integration Patterns in ’Ale (East Cushitic)
[8855]   Hirschfield, H. (1920) : An Ethiopic-Falasi glossary ; part 2
[8856]   Hirschfield, H. (1921) : An Ethiopic-Falasi glossary ; part 3
[8857]   Hirson, Baruch (1981) : Language in control and resistence in South Africa
[8858]   Hirut Mengiste (1988) : The phonology of Male (generative approach)
[8859]   Hirut Wolde-Mariam (1988) : The noun morphology of Zayse
[8860]   Hirut Wolde-Mariam (1993) : Word formation in Yam
[8861]   Hirut Wolde-Mariam (1994?) : Verb formation in Yam
[8862]   Hirut Wolde-Mariam (1996) : An autosegmental approach to the Geez-based Amharic nouns
[8863]   Hirut Wolde-Mariam (2000) : Number marking in Tirma
[8864]   Hirut Wolde-Mariam (2003) : Grammar of Haro, with comparative notes on the Ometo linguistic group
[27099]   Hirut Wolde-Mariam (2005) : Gamo: A Dialect Variant or a Group with its Own Dialects?
[27100]   Hirut Wolde-Mariam (2005) : Notes on the North Ometo Dialects: Mutual Intelligibility Tests and Structural Variations
[8865]   Hiskett, Mervyn (1965) : The historical background to the naturalization of Arabic loan-words in Hausa
[8866]   Hiskett, Mervyn (1978/84) : The imagery of light and associated ideas in Hausa Islamic verse
[8867]   Hiwot Tefera (1988) : Kollo verb morphology
[8868]   Hiwot Teffera (2001) : The verb phrase in Gofa
[8869]   Hlongwane, J. B. (1971) : The Zulu clause
[8870]   Hlongwane, J. B. (1983) : The clause in the Zulu sentence
[8871]   Hlongwane, J. B. (1995) : Growth of the Zulu language and its structural changes
[8872]   Hlongwane, J. B. (1996) : The narrative tense in Zulu
[8873]   Hoben, Susan Y. (1976) : The meaning of the second-person pronouns in Amharic
[8874]   Hoben, Susan Y. (1991) : Language use and literacy: lessons from eastern Africa
[23922]   Hobgood, H. C. (1----) : Lokundo English grammar
[8875]   Hobley, June (1964) : A preliminary analysis of the Bassa language
[8876]   Hobley, June (1965) : Bassa verbal formations
[8877]   Hobona, Boga (1994) : Ikalanga writing problems
[8878]   Hobson, Carol Bonnin (2000) : Morphological development in the interlanguage of English learners of Xhosa
[8879]   Hoch, Ernst (195-) : Bemba grammar notes for beginners
[8880]   Hoch, Ernst (1960) : Bemba pocket dictionary: Bemba-English and English-Bemba
[8881]   Hoch, Ernst (1963) : Bemba grammar with exercises
[8882]   Hoch, Ernst (1974) : Bemba pocket dictionary: Bemba-English and English-Bemba
[22392]   Hoch, Ernst (1964) : Bemba classified vocabulary
[8884]   Hoch, Ernst (Ed) (1998) : Bemba-English, English-Bemba concise dictionary
[8883]   Hoch, James E. (1994) : Semitic words in Egyptian texts of the New Kingdom and third intermediate period
[8885]   Hochegger, Herrmann (1972) : Dictionnaire buma-français, avec un aperçu grammatical
[8886]   Hochegger, Herrmann (1978) : Le langage gestuel en Afrique centrale
[8887]   Hochegger, Herrmann (1981) : Grammaire du kikongo ya leta
[8888]   Hochegger, Herrmann (1981/83) : Le langage des gestes rituels
[8889]   Hochegger, Herrmann (1983) : Dictionnaire français-kikongo ya leta
[8890]   Hochstetler, J. Lee (1994) : Enquete linguistique sur la langue duungoma: une langue samogo parlée au Mali et au Burkina Faso
[8891]   Hochstetler, J. Lee , J. A. Durieux & E. I. K. Durieux-Boon (2004) : Sociolinguistic survey of the Dogon language area
[24244]   Hochstetler, Lee (1996) : Enquête linguistique sur le duungoma : une langue samogo parlée au Burkina Faso et au Mali
[8892]   Hocking, B. D. W. (1974) : All what I was taught and other mistakes: a handbook of common errors in English
[8893]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1943) : Phonology and morphology of the noun and verb in Hausa
[8895]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1945) : Morpheme alternants and the noun phrase in Hausa
[8896]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1947) : An outline of Hausa grammar
[8897]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1958) : Non-native Hausa
[8899]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1966) : Hausa-Egyptian establishment
[8900]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1968) : Afroasiatic ‘67
[8901]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1968) : Some Afroasiatic etymologies
[8902]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1969) : Hausa naà- ‘to be’ or not ‘to be’?
[8903]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1969) : Afroasiatic pronoun problems
[8904]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1969) : Egyptian g amid Afroasiatic
[8905]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1970) : The linguistic cycle
[8906]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1970) : Afroasiatic: an overview
[8909]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1971) : Afroasiatic S-causatives
[8910]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1972) : Lisramic
[8911]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1975) : The nominal sentence in Semitic
[8912]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1975) : Egyptian and survival
[8913]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1975) : Lisramic II
[8914]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1976) : Lisramic (Afroasiatic): an overview
[8915]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1976) : An Egypto-Semitic comparison
[8916]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1978/84) : Hausa and English: related languages
[8917]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1981) : Comparative evidence for Egyptian phonology
[8918]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1983) : Relating Afroasiatic to Indo-European
[8919]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1983) : Afroasiatic: the horizon and beyond
[8920]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1987) : The status of Lisramic sound correspondences
[8921]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1987) : Leo Reinisch: Werk und Erbe
[8922]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1988) : Consonant ablaut in Lislakh
[8923]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1990) : The role of Egyptian within Afroasiatic(/Lislakh)
[8924]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1991) : Indo-European and Afroasiatic
[8925]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1992) : Consonant ablaut in Egyptian
[8926]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1996) : Omotic etyma and related forms
[8927]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1997) : An Egyptian etymology: Egypto-Coptic m3c
[8928]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (2001) : Afroasiatic
[8907]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (Ed) (1971) : Papers on the Manding
[8908]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (Ed) (1971) : Afroasiatic: a survey
[8894]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor & Helen Engel Hause (1944) : Hausa tone
[8898]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor & Ibrahim Umaru (1963) : Hausa basic course
[8929]   Hodges, Kathryn Speed (1976) : Object relations in Kimeru causatives
[8930]   Hodges, Kathryn Speed (1977) : Causatives, transitivity and objecthood in Kimeru
[8931]   Hodges, Kathryn Speed & Suzanne U. Stucky (1979) : On the inadequacy of a grammatical relation referring rule in Bantu
[28311]   Hodieb Jouego, Liliane (2021) : Description du wushi, langue Grassfields du Cameroun
[28317]   Hodieb Jouego, Liliane (2021) : On the aspectual system of Wushi (Babessi), a Ring Grassfields Bantu language of Cameroon
[8932]   Hodson, Arnold Wienholt & Crawen H. Walker (1922) : An elementary and practical grammar of the Galla or Oromo language
[8933]   Hodson, T. C. (1934) : Name giving among the WaSokile - Correspondence to the editor
[28981]   Hoeft, Lydia (ed.) (2018) : Koorete – Amharic Dictionary
[8934]   Hoerner, Elisabeth (1980) : Ninzam: Untersuchungen zu einer Klassensprache des zentralnigerianischen Plateaus
[8935]   Hoeth, Sabine (2001) : Comportement linguistique des locuteurs du samo du sud
[22922]   Hofer, Verena (1978) : Types et séquences de propositions en wobé
[24543]   Hofer, Verena & Christa Link (1980 [1973]) : Wobé
[8936]   Hofer, Verena & Thomas Bearth (1975) : Système vocalique et sandhi vocalique en wobé
[8937]   Hoff, Ansie (1983) : Die konsep geluk by die Nama
[25604]   Hoff, Ansie (2011) : The /Xam and the Rain. Views by a Group of Southern San
[8938]   Hoffman, Barbara (1990) : The power of speech: language and social status among Mande griots and nobles
[8939]   Hoffmann, C. (19--) : Grundriss zu einer Sotho-Grammatik
[24556]   Hoffmann, Carl (1970) : The personal pronoun in Musgum
[8940]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1952/53) : Zur Verbreiterung der Zahlwortstämme in Bantusprachen
[8941]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1955) : Untersuchungen zur Struktur und sprachlichen Stellung des Bura
[8942]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1955) : Zur Sprache der Chibak
[8943]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1957) : A grammar of Bura
[8944]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1963) : The noun-class system of central Kambari
[8945]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1963) : A grammar of the Margi language
[8946]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1965) : A wordlist of central Kambari
[8947]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1967) : An outline of the Dakarkari noun class systems and the relation between prefix and suffix noun class systems
[8950]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1970) : Ancient Benue-Congo loans in Chadic?
[8952]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1971) : On the classification of Nancere
[8953]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1971) : Provisional checklist of Chadic languages
[8954]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1972) : Masa und Kim
[8955]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1972) : A note on vowel contraction in Central Kambari
[8956]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1973) : Okpe: a nine vowel language with only seven vowels
[8957]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1974) : The languages of Nigeria by language families
[8958]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1975?) : Towards a comparative phonology of the Angas-Goemai group
[8959]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1976) : The languages of Nigeria by language family
[8960]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1976) : The phonemic system of Yoruba
[8961]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1987) : Where the labial alveolars and labial palatals in proto-Bura-Margi?
[23979]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1988) : Towards an internal classification of the languages of the Bura-Margyi group
[8949]   Hoffmann, Carl F. & Paul Schachter (1969) : Hausa
[8948]   Hoffmann, H. B. (1968) : Grammaire de la langue somalie
[8962]   Hoffmeier, James Karl (1985) : “Sacred” in the vocabulary of ancient Egypt: the term DSR, with special reference to dynasties I-XX
[9132]   Höflich, Karl Friedrich (1960) : Das deutsche Sprach- und Schulproblem in Südwestafrika
[9133]   Höflich, Karl Friedrich (1961) : Das deutsche Sprach- und Schulproblem in SWA
[24060]   Hofman, Inge (1983) : Einführung in den nubischen Kenzi Dialekt
[24582]   Hofmann, Erica (1990) : A Preliminary Phonology of Bana
[8963]   Hofmann, I. (1964/65) : Das Verhältnis der Langvokale zu den Kurzvokalen im Hausa
[8965]   Hofmann, Inge (1979) : Sprachkontakte in Nubien zur meroitischen Zeit
[8966]   Hofmann, Inge (1981) : Material für eine meroitische Grammatik
[8967]   Hofmann, Inge (1981) : Die ältesten Belege für das meoritische anhand von Personennamen
[8968]   Hofmann, Inge (1982) : Probleme der meroitischen Sprachforschung
[8969]   Hofmann, Inge (1983) : Der Vergleich des meroitischen mit anderen Sprachen
[8970]   Hofmann, Inge (1986) : Nubisches Wörterverzeichnis: nubisch-deutsches und deutsch-nubisches Wörterverzeichnis nach dem Kenzi-Material des Samuêl Alî Hisên (1863-1927)
[8971]   Hofmann, Inge (1987) : Leo Reinisch und das Nubische
[8964]   Hofmann, John E. (1977) : Language attitudes in Rhodesia
[8972]   Hoftmann, H. & Stephen Mhando (1963) : Suaheli-Deutsches Wörterbuch
[9134]   Höftmann, Hildegard (1961) : Untersuchung zur Eingliederung moderner Begriffe in Bantusprachen, dargestellt am Suaheli, Zulu und Herero
[9135]   Höftmann, Hildegard (1961) : Möglichkeiten zur Wiedergabe europäischer Begriffe im Ewe
[9137]   Höftmann, Hildegard (1963) : Untersuchung zur Eingliederung moderner Begriffe in Bantusprachen, dargestellt am Suaheli, Zulu und Herero
[9139]   Höftmann, Hildegard (1971) : The structure of Lelemi language, with text and glossary
[9143]   Höftmann, Hildegard (2003) : Dictionnaire fon-français, avec une esquisse grammaticale
[25002]   Höftmann, Hildegard (1993) : Grammatik des Fɔn
[9140]   Höftmann, Hildegard & Irmtraud Herms (1979) : Wörterbuch Swahili-Deutsch
[9141]   Höftmann, Hildegard & Irmtraud Herms (1989) : Wörterbuch Swahili-Deutsch
[9142]   Höftmann, Hildegard & Irmtraud Herms (2000) : Langenscheidts Handwörterbuch Swahili-Deutsch
[9144]   Höftmann, Hildegard & Irmtraud Herms (2005) : Wörterbuch Swahili-Deutsch
[25696]   Höftmann, Hildegard & Irmtraud Herms (2010) : Wörterbuch Swahili-Deutsch, 2nd, completely revised edition
[9136]   Höftmann, Hildegard & Stephen Mhando (1963) : Suaheli-deutsches Wörterbuch
[9138]   Höftmann, Hildegard & Stephen Mhando (1967) : Suaheli-deutsches Wörterbuch
[25597]   Höftmann, Hildegarde, en collaboration avec M. Ahohounkpanzon et C. Boko (2012) : Dictionnaire Français–Fon
[8973]   Hoge, J. (1932) : Ondersoekings oor die gebruik van die verkleinwoord in Afrikaans
[8974]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1929/30) : Zur Lautlehre und Grammatik des Asu
[8975]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1956) : Comparative Masai word list
[8976]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1958) : Semitisches und hamitisches Sprachgut im Masai, mit vergleichenden Wörterbuch: eine sprachvergleichende Untersuchung unter Berücksichtigung von rund 50 semitischen, hamitischen, nilo-hamitischen und anderen afrikanischen Sprachen
[8977]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1958) : Some notes on “Nilotic, ‘Nilo-Hamitic’ and Hamito-Semitic” by J. H. Greenberg
[8978]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1975) : The nominal and verbal affirmatives of Nilo-Hamitic and Hamito-Semitic
[8979]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1976) : Zur Pluralbildung mit Vokalwechsel im Saho-Afar und in der Nandi-Gruppe
[8980]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1978) : Lexikalische Gleichungen Nilo-Hamitisch-Kuschitisch-Semitisch
[8981]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1979) : Hamito-semitische Wortstämme im Bari und Lotuho, sowie in verwandten Sprachen
[8982]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1980) : Anmerkungen zu Rainer Vossen’s Besprechung meines Buches: The nominal and verbal affirmatives of Nilo-Hamitic and Hamito-Semitic
[8983]   Hohenwart-Gerlachstein, Anna (1979) : Nubienforshungen: Dorf- und Sprachstudien in der Fadídja-Zone
[8984]   Holden, Claire Janaki (2002) : Bantu language trees reflect the spread of farming across sub-Saharan Africa: a maximum-parsimony analysis
[23538]   Holden, Claire Janaki , Andrew Meade & Mark Pagel (200-) : Bantu language trees: a comparison of maximum parsimony and Bayesian methods
[8985]   Holes, Clive (1995) : Modern Arabic: structures, functions and varieties
[8986]   Holes, Clive (1996) : The passive in Omani Arabic
[25879]   Hollingsworth, Judith H. & Kenneth R. Hollingsworth (Eds) (2008) : Dictionnaire Mofu-Gudur – Français – Fulfulde. Mofu-Gudur – French – Fulfulde Dictionary
[22893]   Hollingsworth, Kenneth R. (1991) : Tense and aspect in Mofu-Gadar
[22896]   Hollingsworth, Kenneth R. (1986) : Modal categories in Mofu-Gadar
[8987]   Hollingsworth, L. W. & Yahya Alawi (1944) : Advanced Swahili exercises
[8988]   Hollingsworth, L. W. & Yahya Alawi (1953) : Advanced Swahili exercises
[27821]   Hollington, Andrea (2020) : African languages in the Diaspora
[27853]   Hollington, Andrea & Nico Nassenstein (2019) : African Languages in Urban Contexts
[8989]   Hollis, Alfred Claud (1943) : The Masai
[8990]   Holloway, Joseph E. & Winifred Kellersberger Vass (1993) : The African heritage of American English
[17814]   Holm, John A. (1988/89) : Pidgins and creoles
[23791]   Holmberg, Anders (2002) : Prepositions and PPs in Zina Kotoko
[8991]   Holscher, Dan , Monica Macaulay & Marnie Jo Petray (1991) : Tone metathesis in the Dangme imperative
[8992]   Holst, Friedemann (1992) : Lexicostatistics and history in Africa: attempt at a classification of some Bantu languages
[8993]   Holtzer, Gisèle (Ed) (2002) : Recherches sur le français en Guinée
[8994]   Holzer, P. (1991) : Der Stand der Kodifizierung des kapverdischen Kreolisch
[8995]   Hombert, A. T. (19--) : Vocabulaire des Bahavu, non-publié
[8996]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1973) : Speaking backwards in Bakwiri
[8997]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1974) : Universals of downdrift: their phonetic basis and significance for a theory of tone
[8998]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1976) : Noun classes and tone in Ngie
[8999]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1976) : Perception of tones in bisyllabic nouns in Yoruba
[9000]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1977) : Consonant types, vowel height anf tone in Yoruba
[9001]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1979) : Early Bantu population movements and iron metallurgy: the linguistic evidence
[9002]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1980) : Noun classes of the Beboid languages
[9003]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1980) : Le groupe noun
[9004]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1981) : From Proto-Benue-Congo to Proto-Bantu noun classes
[9008]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1986) : The developmnent of nasalized vowels in the Teke language group
[9009]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1987) : Phonetic conditioning for the development of nasalization in Teke
[9010]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1987) : Conditions d’apparation des voyelles nasales dans les langues bantu de la zone nord-ouest (résume)
[9011]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1988) : Tonper, un test de perception pour langues tonales: application au bulu (sud-Cameroun)
[9016]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1990) : Réalisations tonales et constraintes segmentales en fang
[9017]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1991) : Quelques critères de classification des parlers fang
[9019]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1992) : Terminologie des odeurs dans quelques langues du Gabon
[22534]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1984) : Les systèmes tonals des langues africaines: typologie et diachronie
[23928]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1980) : Etude acoustique et perceptuelle des systèmes vocaliques des langues de Grassfields
[9005]   Hombert, Jean-Marie & A.-M. Mortier (1984) : Bibliographie des langues du Gabon
[9006]   Hombert, Jean-Marie & Gilbert Puèch (1984) : Espace vocalique et structuration perceptuelle: application au swahili
[9020]   Hombert, Jean-Marie & Larry Michael Hyman (Ed) (1999) : Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and empirical perspectives
[9012]   Hombert, Jean-Marie & Médard Mwélé (1988) : Éléments de phonologie diachronique du wanzi (langue bantu du Gabon, groupe B50)
[22699]   Hombert, Jean-Marie & Rémy Point (1987) : Contribution à l’étude des systèmes vocaliques: le cas du viri (sud Soudan)
[9007]   Hombert, Jean-Marie , François Nsuka-Nkutsi & Gilbert Puèch (1984) : Pour l’application au swahili des techniques de traitement automatique de la parole
[9013]   Hombert, Jean-Marie , François Nsuka-Nkutsi & Gilbert Puèch (1989) : Pour l’application au swahili des techniques de traitement automatique de la parole
[22700]   Hombert, Jean-Marie , François Nsuka-Nkutsi & Gilbert Puèch (1987) : Quelques perspectives pour la linguistique historique bantu
[9014]   Hombert, Jean-Marie , Marcel Mamfoumbi & J.-L. Mbongo (1989) : Notes sur la phonologie diachronique du sake
[9018]   Hombert, Jean-Marie , Médard Mwélé & Lai-Won Seo (1991) : Outils informatiques pour la linguistique historiques bantu
[9015]   Hombert, Jean-Marie , Pither Medjo & Raymond Nguema (1989) : Les fang sont-ils bantu?
[9021]   Hombo, Mandjwandju (1979) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue ngbandi
[9022]   Homburger, Lilias (1924) : Les langues bochimanes et hottentotes
[9023]   Homburger, Lilias (1924) : Les langues bantoues
[9024]   Homburger, Lilias (1925) : Le groupe sud-ouest des langues bantoues
[9025]   Homburger, Lilias (1928) : Les nomes égyptiens des parties du corps dans les langues négro-africaines
[9026]   Homburger, Lilias (1929) : Noms des parties du corps dans les langues négro-africaines
[9027]   Homburger, Lilias (1929) : Les préfixes nominaux dans les parlers peuls, haoussa et bantou
[9028]   Homburger, Lilias (1929) : Les langues négro-africaines
[9029]   Homburger, Lilias (1929) : Les langues africaines modernes et l’égyptien ancien
[9030]   Homburger, Lilias (1929) : Notes sur les représentants modernes d’égyptien
[9031]   Homburger, Lilias (1930) : Les dialectes coptes et mandés
[9032]   Homburger, Lilias (1931) : La morphologie nubienne et l’égyptienne
[9033]   Homburger, Lilias (1932) : L’origine égyptienne des langues négro-africaines
[9034]   Homburger, Lilias (1935) : Le genre sexuel dans le sous-group Choli-Shillouk des langues nilotiques
[9035]   Homburger, Lilias (1936) : Le peul et les langues nilotiques
[9036]   Homburger, Lilias (1938) : Le genre dans les langues nilotiques
[9037]   Homburger, Lilias (1939) : Études de linguistique négro-africaine, I: les formes verbales
[9038]   Homburger, Lilias (1939) : Le sérère-peul
[9039]   Homburger, Lilias (1941) : Les langues négro-africaines et les peuples qui les parlent
[9040]   Homburger, Lilias (1948) : Éléments dravidiens en peul
[9041]   Homburger, Lilias (1949) : The Negro-African languages
[9042]   Homburger, Lilias (1951) : Les Télougous et les dialectes mandés
[9043]   Homburger, Lilias (1954) : Éléments dravidiens en somali
[9044]   Homburger, Lilias (1957) : Les langues négro-africaines et les peuples qui les parlent
[9045]   Homburger, Lilias (1960/63) : Sur l’origine de quelques langues couchitiques
[9046]   Hone, Ilse (1981) : The history of the development of Tsonga orthography
[9047]   Honken, Henry (1977) : Submerged features and proto-Khoisan
[9050]   Honken, Henry (1984) : Word groups in the click languages
[9051]   Honken, Henry (1988) : Phonetic correspondences among Khoisan affricates
[9052]   Honken, Henry (1995) : Types of phonetic correspondence rules in two San languages
[9053]   Honken, Henry (1997) : Alternations between ! and // in the Zhu languages
[9054]   Honken, Henry (1998) : Types of sound correspondence patterns in Khoisan languages
[25692]   Honken, Henry (2010) : A Khoekhoegowap dictionary
[25896]   Honken, Henry (2008) : The split tones in Central Khoesan
[27787]   Honken, Henry (2020) : Khoisan
[27805]   Honken, Henry (2020) : ǁX’egwi
[9048]   Honken, J. (1977) : Change of word order in Zhu|’hõasi
[9049]   Honken, J. (1979) : Internal reconstruction in Zhu|’hõasi
[9055]   Honorat, M. (1933) : Démonstration de la parenté de la langue chinoise avec les langues japhétiques, sémitiques et chamitiques
[9056]   Honwana, L. (1994) : Linguas moçambicanas e língua portuguesa
[9057]   Hooge, J. (1932) : Ondersoekings oor die gebruik van die verkleinwoord in Afrikaans
[9058]   Hoogenhout, Petrus Imker & Jacobus Johannes Albert Schoeman (1920) : Afrikaanse idiome, spreekworde en segswyse
[9059]   Hookoomsing, Vinesh Y. (2001) : Language, pluralism and development: the case of Mauritius
[9060]   Hoorweg, Jan C. (1977) : A short dictionary of Kikuyu names of foods, meals and drinks
[9061]   Hoover, J. J. (1975) : An uRuund-English dictionary (Lunda of Mwant Yav)
[25492]   Hoover, Joseph D. (2012) : Testing orthographies in the Nko and Roman scripts
[9062]   Hopgood, Cecil Robert (1940) : Tonga grammar, a practical introduction to the study of Citonga
[9063]   Hopgood, Cecil Robert (1953) : Tonga grammar: a practical introduction to Tonga
[9064]   Hopkin-Jenkins, K. (1947) : Basic Bantu
[9066]   Hopkins, Brad L. (1982) : Étude tonologique du yaouré
[22934]   Hopkins, Brad L. (1987) : Le système aspecto-modal du Yaouré
[22959]   Hopkins, Brad L. (1986) : Pronouns and pronoun fusions in Yaouré
[22960]   Hopkins, Brad L. (1987) : Aperçu sur le système pronominal du yaouré (Mandé sud): les pronoms personnels
[23071]   Hopkins, Brad L. (1990) : La phrase complexe en diola-fogny (ouest-atlantique): propositions relatives
[23074]   Hopkins, Brad L. (1995) : Contribution a une étude de la syntaxe diola-fogny
[23587]   Hopkins, David B. (1979) : Setswana: communication and culture handbook
[23588]   Hopkins, David B. (1979) : Setswana: special skills handbook
[23589]   Hopkins, David B. (1979) : Setswana: grammar handbook
[9065]   Hopkins, Tometro (1977) : The development and implementation of the national language policy in Kenya
[9067]   Hopkinson, E. (1924) : A vocabulary of the Mandingo language as spoken in the Gambia
[23141]   Hopson, Rodney Kofi (2005) : The paradox of English only in post-independent Namibia: toward whose education for all?
[9068]   Hopwood, D. (1928) : South African English pronunciation
[9069]   Horiuchi, Rika (2000) : Lexique tachelhit-japonais, dialecte berbere du sud-ouest marocain
[9070]   Horn, Jeanne (1974) : Bua Sesotho
[9071]   Horn, Uta (1994) : Zur Entstehung und Gebrauch des lokativsuffixes -o im Baatonum
[9072]   Horn, Uta (1998) : A propos de la morphologie verbale du baatonum
[9073]   Hornby, P. & S. H. O. Tomori (1978) : Oxford elementary dictionary for Nigeria
[9074]   Horsfall, S. (1981) : The verb in Nigerian Pidgin and in Standard English: a contrastive analysis
[9075]   Horton, Alonzo E. (1941) : A grammar of the Lwena language
[9076]   Horton, Alonzo E. (1949) : A grammar of Luvale
[9077]   Horton, Alonzo E. (1953) : A dictionary of Luvale
[9079]   Horton, Alonzo E. (1975) : A dictionary of Luvale
[9080]   Horton, Alonzo E. (1990) : A dictionary of Luvale
[17111]   Horton, Regina Mosena Frances (1985) : A study and analysis of mother tongue teaching during the primary years, with implications for Sierra Leone
[9081]   Horton, Robin (1995) : The Niger-Congo diaspora: language, geography and history
[9078]   Horton, Rose M. (1960) : Kamba Bible dictionary
[9082]   Hoskison, James Taylor (1974) : Prosodies and verb stems in Gude
[9083]   Hoskison, James Taylor (1975) : Notes on the phonology of Gude
[9084]   Hoskison, James Taylor (1975) : Focus and topic in Gude
[9085]   Hoskison, James Taylor (1983) : A grammar and dictionary of the Gude language
[9086]   Hospers, J. H. (Ed) (1978) : General linguistics and the teaching of dead Hamito-Semitic languages: proceedings of the symposium held in Groningen, 7th-8th November 1975, on the occasion of the 50th anniversary of the Institute of Semitic Studies and Near Eastern Archaeology of the State University at Groningen
[9091]   Houghton, S. M. (1960) : Borana grammar notes
[9092]   Houis, Maurice (1953) : Les Seidianké, un faux problème linguistique
[9093]   Houis, Maurice (1953) : Trois essais de classification des langues de l’Afrique noire occidentale
[9094]   Houis, Maurice (1954) : Notes lexicologiques sur les rapports du soso et des langues mandé-sud du groupe mana-busa
[9095]   Houis, Maurice (1956) : Schèmes et fonctions tonologiques
[9096]   Houis, Maurice (1956) : État des connaissances linguistiques dans l’ouest-africain et perspectives de recherches
[9097]   Houis, Maurice (1957/58) : Comment écrire les langues africaines? Nécessité d’un humanisme africain
[9098]   Houis, Maurice (1958) : Notes sur le songay
[9099]   Houis, Maurice (1959) : Le groupe linguistique mandé
[9100]   Houis, Maurice (1969) : Documents lexicaux en bambara
[9101]   Houis, Maurice (1960) : Principes d’orthographe du more
[9102]   Houis, Maurice (1963) : Étude descriptive de la langue susu
[9104]   Houis, Maurice (1963) : Rapport sur les langues du groupe mandé
[9105]   Houis, Maurice (1966) : Aperçu sur les structures grammaticales des langues négro-africaines
[9106]   Houis, Maurice (1967) : Les cátegories de noms dérivés dans un parler manding
[9107]   Houis, Maurice (1968) : Pour une typologie ds séquences de propositions
[9108]   Houis, Maurice (1970) : Phrases bambara: les types d’énoncés
[9109]   Houis, Maurice (1970) : Réflexion sur une double corrélation typologique
[9110]   Houis, Maurice (1971) : Anthropologie linguistique en Afrique noire
[9111]   Houis, Maurice (1971) : Les pronoms inclusifs
[9112]   Houis, Maurice (1971) : Actes du 8ème congrès international de linguistique africaine, Abidjan, 24-28 mars 1969
[9113]   Houis, Maurice (1972) : Présentation grammaticale élémentaire du bambara
[9114]   Houis, Maurice (1974) : A propos du phonème /p/
[9115]   Houis, Maurice (1974) : La description des langues négro-africaines
[9116]   Houis, Maurice (1975) : Langues africaines et langues creoles: interférences et économie
[9117]   Houis, Maurice (1976) : The problem of the choice of languages in Africa
[9118]   Houis, Maurice (1977) : Plan de description systématique des langues africaines
[9119]   Houis, Maurice (1980) : Propositions pour une typologie des langues négro-africaines
[9120]   Houis, Maurice (1981) : Les langues du groupe mandé
[9121]   Houis, Maurice (1981) : Le bambara
[9122]   Houis, Maurice (1981) : Les schèmes d’énoncés en bambara
[24068]   Houis, Maurice (1953) : Le système pronominal et les classes dans les dialectes baga
[24353]   Houis, Maurice (1953) : Le rapport dʼannexion en baga
[24897]   Houis, Maurice (1958) : Quelques données de toponymie ouest-africaine
[9103]   Houis, Maurice , Gabriel Manessy & Serge Sauvageot (Ed) (1963) : Actes du 2ème colloque internationale de linguistique negro-africaine, Dakar 12-16 avril 1962
[26755]   Houméga, Munseu Alida (2009) : Le verbe blossé: étude morphosyntaxique et sémantique
[26768]   Houméga, Munseu Alida (2014) : Prédication non verbale en dan de l'ouest
[9123]   Houngues, Désiré & John Priestley Hutchison (1999) : Tense-aspect and serialization in Mínà
[24584]   Houngues, Desire Mensanh Komi (1997) : Topics in the Syntax of Mina
[9124]   Hounkpatin, B. (1984/85) : Le verbal et le syntagme verbal du fon-gbe parlé à Massé
[9125]   Houpe, Donald Wilson (1978) : Loanwords in Baraza: a study of lexical origins in a Swahili-language newspaper
[27891]   Hout, Katherine (2019) : Dominance-as-markedness: evidence from Bari
[28601]   Hout, Katherine (2020) : Conspiratorial Exceptionality: A Case Study of Mushunguli
[9126]   Hovelmann, Wendy (2000) : African languages and their place in education in southern Africa (with special reference to Khoesan languages)
[9127]   Hovens, Mart (2002) : Bilingual education in West Africa: does it work?
[9128]   Howard, C. G. (1923) : Shuwa Arabic stories, with an introduction and vocabulary
[22923]   Howard, Olive M. (1978) : The paragraph in Gagou (Gban) narrative
[9129]   Howard, Sara J. (1993) : Articulatory constraints on a phonological system: a case study of cleft palate speech
[9130]   Howeidy, A. (1953) : Concise Hausa grammar
[9131]   Howse, Millicent (1955) : Umbundu lessons 1
[9146]   Hrbek, Ivan (1984) : A list of African ethnonyms
[9145]   Hrbek, Ivan & others (Ed) (1966) : Dejiny Afriky I
[9147]   Hromnik, Cyril Andrew (1981) : Indo-Africa: towards a new understanding of the history of sub-Saharan Africa
[22614]   Hsiao, Franny (2003) : Reduplication in Buli
[9148]   Hualde, José Ignacio (1989) : Double object constructions in KiRimi
[9149]   Hualde, José Ignacio (1989) : Double object constructions in Kinande and case theory
[9150]   Huang, C. T. J. (1985) : The autosegmental and metrial nature of tone terracing
[23427]   Huang, Yan (2003) : Switch-reference in Amele and logophoric verbal suffix in Gokana: a generalized neo-Gricean pragmatic analysis
[9152]   Hubbard, Kathleen (1993) : Mapping phonological structure to phonetic timing: moras and duration in two Bantu languages
[9153]   Hubbard, Kathleen (1995) : Towards a theory of phonological and phonetic timing: evidence from Bantu
[9154]   Hubbard, Kathleen (1995) : Prenasalized consonants and syllable timing: evidence from Runyambo and Luganda
[9155]   Hubbard, Kathleen (1995) : Morification and syllabification in Bantu languages
[9156]   Hubbard, Kathleen (1995) : Transmorphemic compensatory lengthening in Chichewa
[9151]   Hubbard, Kathleen (Ed) (1991) : Special session on African language structures
[9157]   Hubbertz, Andrew Paul (1991) : Subject clitics and subject extraction in Somali
[9158]   Huber, Magnus (1999) : Ghanaian Pidgin English in its West African context: a sociohistorical and structural analysis
[23774]   Huber, Magnus (1999) : Atlantic English Creoles and the Lower Guinea coast: a case against Afrogenesis
[9159]   Hubschmid, Johannes (1953) : Sardische Studien
[9160]   Hubschmid, Johannes (1960) : Meditterane Substrate
[9162]   Hudson, Grover (1969) : Towards a generative phonology of Sidamo
[9163]   Hudson, Grover (1972) : Why Amharic is not a VSO language
[9168]   Hudson, Grover (1976) : Highland East Cushitic
[9170]   Hudson, Grover (1976) : Paradigmatic initiation of a sound change in Hadiyya
[9172]   Hudson, Grover (1979) : The Ethiopian Semitic B-type
[9173]   Hudson, Grover (1980) : Automatic alternation in non-transformational phonology
[9174]   Hudson, Grover (1981) : The Highland East Cushitic family vine
[9175]   Hudson, Grover (1984) : On non-transformational rule extension in Kanakuru
[9176]   Hudson, Grover (1988) : The Highland Cushitic hypothesis
[9177]   Hudson, Grover (1989) : Highland East Cushitic dictionary
[9178]   Hudson, Grover (1991) : A and B-type verbs in Ethiopian and proto-Semitic
[9179]   Hudson, Grover (1994) : A neglected Ethiopian contribution to Semitic and Afroasiatic reconstruction
[9180]   Hudson, Grover (1994) : Agaw words in South Ethiopian Semitic?
[9181]   Hudson, Grover (1995) : Phonology of Ethiopian languages
[9183]   Hudson, Grover (1997) : Amharic and Argobba
[9184]   Hudson, Grover (1999) : Linguistic analyses of the 1994 Ethiopian census
[9185]   Hudson, Grover (2003) : Ethio-Semitic negative nonpast
[23464]   Hudson, Grover (2000) : Ethiopian Semitic overview
[24825]   Hudson, Grover (2005) : Highland East Cushitic languages
[24826]   Hudson, Grover (2007) : Highland East Cushitic morphology
[24827]   Hudson, Grover (2007) : Enset vocabulary in eight Ethiopian languages
[25413]   Hudson, Grover (2008) : Ethiopian Semitic Month-names
[9182]   Hudson, Grover (Ed) (1996) : Essays on Gurage language and culture, dedicated to Wolf Leslau on the occasion of his ninetieth birthday November 14th, 1996
[9161]   Hudson, Richard A. (1964) : A grammatical study of Beja
[9164]   Hudson, Richard A. (1973) : An ‘item-and-paradigm’ approach to Beja syntax and morphology
[9165]   Hudson, Richard A. (1973) : Syllables, moras and accents in Beja
[9166]   Hudson, Richard A. (1973) : Complex symbols dominating branching structures in Beja
[9167]   Hudson, Richard A. (1974) : A structural sketch of Beja
[9169]   Hudson, Richard A. (1976) : Beja
[9171]   Hudson, Richard A. (1977) : Rendille syntax
[26311]   Hudu, Fusheini (2013) : Dagbani tongue-root harmony: triggers, targets and blockers
[26961]   Hudu, Fusheini (2012) : Dagbani focus particles: a descriptive study
[27383]   Hudu, Fusheini (2016) : A phonetic inquiry into Dagbani vowel neutralisations
[27469]   Hudu, Fusheini (2014) : What is the Phonological Word in Dagbani? A Positional Faithfulness Account
[29063]   Hudu, Fusheini (2023) : The Vowels of West African Languages
[9186]   Huehnergard, John (1990) : Remarks on the classification of the northwest Semitic languages
[9193]   Huffman, Marie K. & Thomas J. Hinnebusch (1998) : The phonetic structure of ‘voiceless’ nasals in Pokomo: implications for sound change
[9187]   Huffman, P. Ray (19--) : English-Anuak vocabulary
[9188]   Huffman, P. Ray (1929) : Nuer-English dictionary
[9189]   Huffman, P. Ray (1931) : English-Nuer dictionary
[9190]   Huffman, Thomas N. (1970) : The early iron age and the spread of the Bantu
[9191]   Huffman, Thomas N. (1974) : The linguistic affinities of the iron age in Rhodesia
[9192]   Huffman, Thomas N. & Robert K. Herbert (1994/95) : New perspectives on Eastern Bantu
[9194]   Hug, Ulrike & Sabine Neumann (1998) : Une bibliographie bisa
[9196]   Hughes, Colleen (1979) : A checklist of names of indigenous mammals occuring in Zimbabwe Rhodesia
[9195]   Hughes, H. G. A. (1948) : Language problems and policies in Africa
[9197]   Hugot, P. (1953) : Cours élémentaire de hausa
[9198]   Hugot, P. (1957) : Cours élémentaire de hausa
[9199]   Huguet, Jean-Pierre (19--) : Phonetique et phonologie: études comparatives au sein du groupe Sara (Tchad)
[9200]   Hulley, D. M. (1923) : Vocabulary and grammar for use in Turkana, Karamoja and Tapossa
[9201]   Hullquist, C. G. (1988) : Simply Chichewa: a simple yet comprehensive approach to learning and mastering the Chichewa language
[9203]   Hulst, Harry van der & Maarten Mous (1992) : Transparent consonants
[9202]   Hulst, Harry van der , Maarten Mous & Norval Smith (1986) : The autosegmental analysis of reduced vowel harmony systems: the case of Tunen
[9204]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (19--) : Esquisse du parler des Nkole, non-publié
[9205]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (19--) : Esquisse du parler des Booli, non-publié
[9206]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1933) : Buku ea njekola eandola la ekotela
[9207]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1934) : Les tons en Lonkundo (Lomongo)
[9209]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1935) : Over de tonen in het Lonkundo
[9210]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1935) : Une rectification concernant mon article “Les tons en Lonkundo”
[9211]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1936) : Rectifications à apporter à l’article: Les tons en Lonkundo
[9212]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1936) : Lonkundo-nederlands woordenboek
[9213]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1936) : Kolonisatie en inheemsche taal
[9214]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1936/37) : Het talenvraagstuk in Belgisch-Kongo
[9215]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1937) : Bibliographie van het lonkundo-lomongo
[9216]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1937/38) : Considérations sur l’orthographe du lonkundo-lomongo
[9217]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1937/38) : Dialektale stromingen in het lomongo-lonkundo
[9218]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1937/38) : Woorden en uitdrukkingen in ons nieuw gebedenboek
[9219]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1938) : Praktische grammatica van het lonkundo (lomongo)
[9220]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1939) : Spraakleer van het Lonkundo
[9221]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1939) : Schets van het lontomba ; deel 1
[9222]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1939) : La langue véhiculaire de l’enseignement
[9223]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1939) : Vergelijkende taalstudie III
[9224]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1940) : Schets van het lontomba ; deel 2
[9225]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1940) : Taaleenmaking
[9226]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1940) : Lingala (mise au point)
[9229]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1940) : Ya-namen
[9230]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1941) : Art indigène et langue
[9231]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1941) : Nkundo et mongo
[9232]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1941) : Tonetiek van lomongo en tshiluba
[9233]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1941) : Nederlands-lonkundo woordenboek
[9234]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1941) : Over het dialekt der Boyela ; deel 1
[9236]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1942) : Over het dialekt der Boyela ; deele 2-3
[9239]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1945) : Buku ea njekola eandola la ekotela
[9240]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1945) : Etsifyelaka III
[9241]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1945) : Lomongo en Ngbandi ; partie 1
[9242]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1946) : Lomongo en Ngbandi ; partie 2
[9243]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1946) : Connectieve bijzinnen in het lomongo
[9244]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1946) : Les langues indigènes et les européens au Congo belge
[9245]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1946/49) : Quelques notes supplémentaires concernant la langue lonkundo
[9247]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1948) : Le dialecte des pygmoïdes Batswa de l’Equateur
[9248]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1949) : La négation dans les langues congolais
[9249]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1950) : Carte linguistique du Congo Belge
[9250]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1950) : La négation dans les langues congolaises
[9251]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1950) : Les langues indigènes peuvent-elles servir dans l’enseignement?
[9252]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1950) : Tonologie van het lomongo
[9253]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1950) : Taléénmaking in het mongo-gebied
[9254]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1951) : Les langues de la cuvette centrale congolaise
[9255]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1951) : Les langues indigènes dans l’enseignement
[9256]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1951/52) : Buku ea njekola eandola la ekotela
[9257]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1952) : Dictionnaire français-lomongo (lonkundo)
[9258]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1952) : La terminologie chrétienne dans les langues bantoues: un point de vue du Congo belge
[9259]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1952) : A propos d’onomastique
[9260]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1953) : Civilisation occidentale et langage au Congo belge
[9261]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1953) : Que signifie le nom Batswa?
[9262]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1953) : Étude d’une langue africaine
[9263]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1953) : Lingala-invloed op het lomongo
[9264]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1954) : Au sujet de deux cartes linguistiques du Congo belge
[9265]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1956) : Noms de personnez chez les Nkundo
[9266]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1957) : Dictionnaire lomongo-français
[9267]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1957) : La langue ntomba
[9268]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1960) : On the classification of Congo languages - Notes and news
[9269]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1961) : Grammaire du lomongo, I: la phonologie
[9270]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1961) : Sur le parler doko
[9271]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1961) : Sur quelques langues bantoues du Congo
[9272]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1961) : La persistance des tons en lomongo
[9273]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1962) : Les idéophones du lomongo
[9274]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1965) : Grammaire du lomongo, II: la morphologie
[9275]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1966) : Grammaire du lomongo, III: la syntaxe
[9276]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1970) : Notes sur la dérivation en mongo
[9277]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1970) : Esquisse du parler des Nkengo
[9278]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1974) : Sur les dialectes des Bakutu
[9279]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1974) : Gauche et droite dans les dialectes móngó
[9280]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1974) : Apropos de Bangala
[9281]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1977) : Esquisse du parler des Lwankamba
[9282]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1977) : Esquisse de sémantique mongo
[9283]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1978) : Témoignages pour la dialectologie móngo
[9284]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1978) : Notes sur la langue des Bafotó
[9285]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1980) : Esquisse du parler des Yenge
[9286]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1980) : Tables des matières de la syntaxe du lomongo
[9287]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1980) : Un cas de postposition chez les mongo
[9288]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1981) : Langue et philosophie
[9289]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1982) : Esquisse de la langue des Eleku
[9290]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1982) : Petite monographie des Bondombe
[9291]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1983) : Notes sur le dialecte des Bolandá
[9292]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1984) : La langue des Mpama
[9293]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1984) : Esquisse du parler des Emoma-Mpongo et Nkole
[9294]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1984) : Esquisse du parler des Losikongo
[9295]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1985) : Complement au dictionnaire lomongo-français: additions et corrections
[9296]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1985) : Les langues kuba et mongo
[9297]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1985) : Note sur l’origine du mot “salongo”
[9298]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1986) : La langue des Jofe
[9299]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1986) : Encore Bondombe
[9300]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1987) : Les parlers des Bongandó méridionaux
[9301]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1988) : Supplément à la grammaire lomongo
[9302]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1988) : Le parler des Lokalo orientaux
[9303]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1989) : L’origine du lingala
[9305]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1989) : Orientations pour la recherche future chez les Mongo
[9306]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1990) : Le dialecte des Elembe
[9307]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1991) : Le dialecte des Ngelewa
[9308]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1991) : Règle et exception en lomongo
[9310]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1992) : Onomastique mongo
[9311]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1992) : La linguistique et l’histoire des Mongo
[9312]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Études dialectologiques mongo
[9314]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 1: le dialecte des Losakani
[9315]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 2: un dialecte des Yongo
[9316]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 3: dialecte des Mpenge
[9317]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 4: esquisse du parler des Bosaka-Nkóle
[9318]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 5: le dialecte des Monye á Yafé
[9319]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 6: les dialectes des Ngome a Múna
[9320]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 7: les dialectes des Ntomb’a Nkó’e
[9321]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 8: le dialecte des Bosanga
[9322]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 9: le dialecte des Bamata
[9323]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 10: le dialecte des Mángilongó
[9324]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 11: le parler des Iyembe de la Lokolo
[9325]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 12: sur le parler des Bolóngó
[9327]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 1: les préfixes nominaux li- et bi- dans les dialectes móngo
[9328]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 2: le groupe présentatif en lomóngo
[9329]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 3: connectif et possessif dans les dialectes móngo
[9330]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 4: les interrogatifs dans les dialectes móngo
[9331]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Corrigenda du dictionnaire français-lomongo
[9332]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Liste et carte des dialectes mongo
[9333]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1994) : Encore des formules de salutation solennelle móngo (nsáko)
[9334]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1999) : Éléments pour la dialectologie móngo
[9335]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (2001) : Éléments pour la dialectologie móngo, III: lexique
[9309]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & Bosekonsombo Bakasa (1991) : Noms de Bondombe dans le langage tambouriné
[9227]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & D. Brown (1940) : Ntomba
[9235]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & G. de Boeck (1941) : Taaleenmaking
[9237]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & Leo Bittremieux (1943) : A propos de la langue unifiée
[9238]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & Leo Bittremieux (1943) : Over het taaleenmaking
[9246]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & Leo Bittremieux (1947) : Taaleenmaking en dialectenstudie
[9304]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & Mpongo Ilonga (1989) : Les verbes en lokonda
[9228]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf , Egide de Boeck & [Père] Basile Octave Tanghe (1940) : Tegenwoordige tijd in de congoleesche talen
[24419]   Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1966) : Notes dʼethnobotanique mongo
[28949]   Humber, Paul (ed.) (2020) : Vili – English Dictionary
[9336]   Hume, D. T. (1922) : Lwena grammar for beginners
[25928]   Humery, Marie-Ève (2010) : Multilinguisme et plurigraphie dans le Fuuta sénégalais : quelques outils d’analyse
[9337]   Humphreys, A. J. B. (1993) : The significance of place names in archaeological research, with particular reference to the northern Cape
[9338]   Hungwe, Kedmon (1994) : Educational policy in African colonial contexts: the case of instructional media in southern Rhodesia (1930-1980)
[9418]   Hünnemeyer, Friederike (1985) : Die serielle Verbkonstruktion im Ewe: eine Bestandsaufname und Beschreibung des Veränderungstendenzen funktional-spezialisierter Serialisierungen
[9419]   Hünnemeyer, Friederike (1990) : Beyond serial verbs, or: on the expression of causal meanings in Ewe
[28968]   Hunt, Geoffrey (2017) : Hanga – English Dictionary
[28277]   Hunt, Geoffrey and Collaborators (compiled by Tony Naden) (2020) : Dictionary of Hanga
[22998]   Hunt, Geoffrey R. (1978) : Paragraphing, identification, and discourse types in Hanga
[23960]   Hunt, Geoffrey R. (1981) : A phonology of the Hanga language
[24518]   Hunt, Geoffrey R. & Rosemary Hunt (1980 [1975]) : Hanga
[9339]   Hunt, Nancy Rose (1999) : A colonial lexicon of birth ritual, medicalization and mobility in Congo
[9341]   Hunter, Linda (1980) : Stress in Hausa: an experimental study
[9342]   Hunter, Linda & Chaibou Elhadji Oumarou (2001) : Aspects of aesthetics of Hausa verbal art
[23497]   Hunter, Linda & Matthew Joko Sengova (1979) : Spoken Mende: conversations and paradigms
[9340]   Hunter, W. F. (1959) : A manual of Congo Swahili grammar
[9343]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1920-1974) : Correspondence, seminar papers and reports
[9344]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1926) : Nandi-English dictionary
[9345]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1927) : Grammar and vocabulary of Orusyan of north-east Uganda
[9346]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1928) : Ghosts and devils in East Africa
[9347]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1928) : Note on the “Taturu” language
[9348]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1929) : Studies in Nandi etymology
[9349]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1930) : Tribal names in the Nyanza and Kerio provinces, Kenya Colony
[9350]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1931) : “Shouting” and “non-shouting” languages - Correspondence to the editor
[9351]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1931) : The Taturu, Mosiro and Aramanik dialects of Dorobo
[9352]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1931/58) : Manual of Nandi language
[9353]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1932) : Mósiro and Aramanic dialects of Dorobo - Correspondence to the editor
[9354]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1950) : A comparative study of the Nandi dialects of East Africa
[9355]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1951) : Language of the Barabaig
[9356]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1954) : Outline of Nandi grammar with short vocabulary (English-Nandi)
[9357]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1955) : Nandi-English vocabulary
[9358]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1956) : The ‘Nilo-Hamitic’ languages
[9359]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1959) : Elementary lessons in Dho-Luo (Acholi)
[9360]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1961) : Nandi place-names
[9361]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1962) : Ethiopian place-names
[9362]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1965) : The Orusyan language of Uganda
[9363]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1968) : Introduction to Kipsigis grammar
[9364]   Hunwick, John O. (1964) : The influence of Arabic in West Arabic
[9365]   Hunwick, John O. (1970) : The term ‘Zanj’ and its derivatives in a West African chronicle
[26475]   Hunwick, John O. (1970-71) : African Language Material in Arabic Sources - The Case of Songhay (Sonrai)
[9366]   Huppenbauer, Hans (1945) : Afrikamissionare im Dienst der Sprachforschung
[9367]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1920) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[9368]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1926) : Dictionnaire français-runyarwanda et runyarwanda-français
[9369]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1931) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[9370]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1934) : Dictionnaire français-runyarwanda et runyarwanda-français
[9371]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1948) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[9372]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1951) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[22967]   Hürlimann, Ruth & Eunice V. Pike (1985) : A note on tone and stress in Cerman
[22858]   Hürlimann, Ruth , Laura Dun & others (1988) : Lexique cerma-français
[9374]   Hurreiz, Sayyid Hamid & Herman Bell (1975) : Vernacular languages: an introduction
[9373]   Hurreiz, Sayyid Hamid & Herman Bell (Ed) (1975) : Directions in Sudanese linguistics and folklore
[9375]   Hurskainen, Arvi (199-) : African studies: from Ovamboland to the Swahili coast and overland to Nigeria and Senegal
[9376]   Hurskainen, Arvi (199-) : New evidence on the concept “Swahili” in eastern Africa
[9377]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1990) : African studies in the University of Helsinki
[9378]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1992) : A two-level computer formalism for the analysis of Bantu morphology
[9379]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1992) : Computer archives of Swahili language and folklore: what is it?
[9380]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1994) : Kamusi ya Kiswahili Sanifu in test: a computer system for analyzing dictionaries and for retrieving lexical data
[9381]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1994) : Quantitative analysis of Swahili noun classes
[9382]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1994) : Plant taxonomy of the Parakuyo (Tanzania)
[9383]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1995) : Information retrieval and two-directional word formation
[9384]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1995) : Computer archives of Swahili language and folklore: general description
[9385]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1995) : Affirmative and negative tense/aspect marking in Swahili
[9386]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1996) : Disambiguation of morphological analysis in Bantu languages
[9387]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1997) : A language sensitive approach to information management and retrieval: the case of Swahili
[9388]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1999) : SALAMA: Swahili language manager
[9389]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1999) : Suahilin peruskurssi
[9390]   Hurskainen, Arvi (2000) : Noun classification in African languages
[9391]   Hurskainen, Arvi (2000) : Swahilin peruskurssi
[9392]   Hurskainen, Arvi (2001) : Nordic countries in African linguistics: general sharing or special contribution?
[9394]   Hurskainen, Arvi (2004) : Loan words in Kiswahili
[23708]   Hurskainen, Arvi (2006) : Constraint grammar in unconventional use: handling complex Swahili idioms and proverbs
[9393]   Hurskainen, Arvi & Riikka Halme (2001) : Mapping between disjoining and conjoining writing systems in Bantu languages: implementation on Kwanyama
[23575]   Hurskainen, Arvi , Louis J. Louwrens & George Poulos (2005) : Computational description of verbs in disjoining writing systems
[27818]   Hurst, Ellen (2020) : Language birth: Youth/town language
[9395]   Hussey, E. R. J. (1932) : The languages of literature in Africa
[9396]   Hutchinson, Larry G. (1969) : Pronouns and agreement in Temne
[23925]   Hutchinson, Noelle & Eric Johnson (2006) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Ubi language of Chad
[9398]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1971) : Coreferent pronominalization in Dire Songhay
[9399]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1975) : Syntactic similarities across language families: a case from Hausa and Kanuri
[9400]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1976) : Aspects of Kanuri syntax
[9401]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1980) : The Kanuri associative postposition: a case for subordination
[9402]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1981) : The Kanuri language: a reference grammar
[9403]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1981) : Kanuri word formation and the structure of the lexicon
[9404]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1981) : The role of definitization in relative clause forming strategies
[9406]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1985) : Kanuri verbal nouns and the lexicon revisited
[9407]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1985) : Wh-movement and relativization in two creole languages: Cape Verdean (CV) and Haitian (H)
[9409]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1995) : Bivalent verb projections in Bamanankan
[9410]   Hutchison, John Priestley (2000) : Predicate focusing constructions in African and diaspora languages
[9405]   Hutchison, John Priestley & Shettina Umara Bulakarima (1983) : A bibliography of published and unpublished educational and literary materials in the Kanuri language
[9408]   Hutchison, John Priestley & Victor B. Manfredi (Ed) (1990) : Current approaches to African linguistics VII
[9411]   Huth, Karin (1994) : Language policy in Angola: results and problems
[9412]   Huttar, George L. (1981) : Some Kwa-like features of Djuka syntax
[9413]   Huttar, George L. (1986) : Kikongo, Saramaccan and Ndjuka
[9420]   Hüttenberger, Jens (1997) : Zur Beziehung zwischen Sprache und Kultur anhand der Jagdterminologie im Gciriku (Kavangosprache)
[9414]   Huyssteen, Linda van (1996) : The Zulu place name as a morphological exception
[9415]   Huyssteen, Linda van (1999) : Problems regarding term creation in the South African languages, with special reference to Zulu
[9416]   Huyssteen, Linda van (2003) : A practical approach to the standardization and elaboration of Zulu as a technical language
[9417]   Huzioka, Yosinaru (1973) : From data and names of animals in Tindiga (Hadzapi - northern Tanzania - hunting tribe): about the characteristics of perception
[9421]   Hvitfeldt, Robert Denier (1982) : The major syntactic structures of Xhosa: a partial transformational grammar
[9422]   Hyde, M. (1994) : The teaching of English in Morocco: the place of culture
[9423]   Hyden, M. (1966) : Swahili in the technical age
[9424]   Hyden, M. & Mohamed H. Mkilifi Abdulaziz (1977) : Kenya
[9425]   Hyltestam, Kenneth & Christopher Stroud (1993) : Final report and recommendations from the evaluation of teaching materials for lower primary education in Mozambique, II: language issues
[9426]   Hyltestam, Kenneth & Christopher Stroud (1997) : Relatório final e recomendações da avaliação de materiais de ensino para o 1° grau do ensino primário em Moçambique, II: questões linguísticas
[27609]   Hyman, Larry (2014) : Tonal Melodies in the Lulamogi Verb
[29036]   Hyman, Larry (2023) : The Anterior-Passive Portmanteau Suffix in Tiania
[29058]   Hyman, Larry (2022) : Deverbal nominalization in Runyankore
[26029]   Hyman, Larry M. (2012) : Post-Verbal subject in the Nzadi relative clause
[26851]   Hyman, Larry M. (2013) : Issues in the Phonology-Morphology Interface in African Languages
[27164]   Hyman, Larry M. (2016) : Disentangling conjoint, disjoint, metatony, tone cases, augments, prosody, and focus in Bantu
[27391]   Hyman, Larry M. (2017) : Prefixal vowel length in Lulamogi: A stratal account
[28022]   Hyman, Larry M. (2019) : Lusoga noun phrase tonology
[28116]   Hyman, Larry M. (2020) : A note on Nuba Mountain verb extensions
[28559]   Hyman, Larry M. (2019) : Segmental phonology
[28606]   Hyman, Larry M. (2018) : Common Bantoid verb extensions
[28607]   Hyman, Larry M. (2018) : Third person pronouns in Grassfields Bantu
[28608]   Hyman, Larry M. (2018) : More reflections on the nasal classes in Bantu
[28894]   Hyman, Larry M. (2022) : Causative and passive high tone in Bantu: Spurious or proto?
[26136]   Hyman, Larry M. & Florian Lionnet (2012) : Metatony in Abo (Bankon), A42
[28220]   Hyman, Larry M. , Florian Lionnet & Christophère Ngolele (2019) : Number and animacy in the Teke noun class system
[27844]   Hyman, Larry M. , Nicholas Rolle , Hannah Sande , Emily Clem , Peter S. E. Jenks , Florian Lionnet , John Merrill & Nicholas Baier (2019) : Niger-Congo Linguistic Features and Typology
[26863]   Hyman, Larry M. , Peter Jenks & Emmanuel-Moselly Makasso (2013) : Adjectives as Nominal Heads in Basaá
[9430]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1970) : The role of borrowing in the justification of phonological grammars
[9431]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1971) : Consecutivization in Fezfez
[9433]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1972) : Nasals and nasalization in Kwa
[9434]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1973) : Nupe three years later
[9435]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1973) : A phonological study of Fe’fe’-Bamiléké
[9436]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1973) : Notes on the history of southwestern Mande
[9438]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1974) : The great Igbo tone shift
[9439]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1975) : On the change from SOV to SVO: evidence from Niger-Congo
[9440]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1975) : Phonology: theory and analysis
[9444]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1976) : D’où vient le ton haut du Bamileke-Fe’fe’?
[9445]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1977) : Syntax of body parts
[9447]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1979) : Phonology and noun structure
[9448]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1979) : Tonology of the Babanki noun
[9449]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1979) : A reanalysis of tonal downstep
[9451]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Reflections on the nasal classes in Bantu
[9452]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Relative time reference in the Bamileke tense system
[9453]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Babanki and the Ring group
[9454]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Noni (Misaje group)
[9456]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Esquisse des classes nominales en tuki
[9457]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1981) : Noni grammatical structure, with special reference to verb morphology
[9459]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1981) : Tone and accent in Somali
[9460]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1981) : An autosegmental accentual account of Luganda tone
[9462]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1981) : L’accento tonale in somalo
[9464]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1982) : The representation of length in Gokana
[9465]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1982) : The representation of nasality in Gokana
[9466]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1982) : Globality and the accentual analysis of Luganda tone
[9467]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1983) : Are there syllables in Gokana?
[9471]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1985) : Word-domains and downstp in Bamileke-Dschang
[9472]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1985) : Dependency relations in syntax: the mysterious case of the empty determiner in Aghem
[9474]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1987) : Prosodic domains in Kukuya
[9475]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1988) : Underspecification and vowel height transfer in Esimbi
[9476]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1988) : Syllable structure constraints on tonal contours
[9477]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1989) : Accent in Bantu: an appraisal
[9480]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1990) : Accent in Bantu: an appraisal
[9484]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1992) : Velar palatalization in Cibemba: a “non-duplication problem”
[9485]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1992) : Moraic mismatches in Bantu
[9490]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1993) : Conceptual issues in the comparative study of the Bantu verb stem
[9491]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1993) : Register tone and tonal geometry
[9494]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1993) : Structure preservation and postlexical tonology in Dagbani
[9495]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1993) : Problems in rule ordering in phonology: two Bantu test cases
[9496]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1994) : Cyclic phonology and morphology in Cibemba
[9498]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1995) : Minimality and the prosodic morphology of Cibemba imbrication
[9499]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1995) : Nasal consonant harmony at a distance: the case of Yaka
[9505]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1998) : Positional prominence and the ‘prosodic trough’ in Yaka
[9506]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1998) : La morphologie et la ‘frication’ diachronique en bantou
[9509]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1999) : The historical interpretation of vowel harmony in Bantu
[9510]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1999) : The interaction between focus and tone in Bantu
[9511]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2001) : Vowel harmony in Gunu
[9513]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : Segmental phonology
[9514]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : Basaa (A43)
[9515]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : Sound change, misanalysis and analogy in the Bantu causative
[9516]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : The theory and a language (tTAAL): Larry M. Hyman on African languages and phonological theory
[9517]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : Suffix ordering in Bantu: a morphocentric approach
[9518]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2004) : Why describe African languages?
[23252]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2005) : Initial vowel and prefix tone in Kom: related to the Bantu augment?
[24101]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : How to become a ‘Kwaʼ verb
[24585]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1972) : A Phonological Study of FeʼFeʼ-Bamileke
[24671]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2008) : Directional asymmetries in the morphology and phonology of words, with special reference to Bantu
[24734]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2007) : Niger-Congo Verb Extensions: Overview and Discussion
[25163]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2010) : Focus marking in Aghem: Syntax or semantics?
[25463]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2010) : Pronoun Systems in Grassfields Bantu
[26259]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1970) : How concrete is phonology?
[9441]   Hyman, Larry Michael (Ed) (1976) : Studies in Bantu tonology
[9446]   Hyman, Larry Michael (Ed) (1979) : Aghem grammatical structure, with special reference to noun classes, tense-aspect and focus marking
[9450]   Hyman, Larry Michael (Ed) (1980) : Noun classes in the Grassfield Bantu borderland
[9493]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1993) : A preliminary report on Chichewa tone
[9507]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1999) : Non-etymological high tones in the Chichewa verb
[9508]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1999) : Prosodic morpholog and tone: the case of Chichewa
[9463]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Alessandro Duranti (1982) : On the object relation in Bantu
[9487]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga (1992) : On the non-universality of tonal association ‘conventions’: evidence from Ciyao
[9497]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga (1994) : On the non-universality of tonal association ‘conventions’: evidence from Ciyao
[9502]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga (1997) : Two kinds of moraic nasals in Ciyao
[9458]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Bernard Comrie (1981) : Logophoric reference in Gokana
[9461]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Bernard Comrie (1981) : Coreference and logophoricity in Gokana
[9503]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (Ed) (1998) : Theoretical aspects of Bantu tone
[9427]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Daniel J. Magaji (1970) : Essentials of Gwari grammar
[9488]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Edmond Biloa (1992) : Transparent low tone in Tuki
[9432]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Erhard Friedrich Karl Voeltz (1971) : The linguistic status of Bamileke
[9468]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Ernest Rugwa Byarushengo (1984) : A model of Haya tonology
[9478]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1990) : Spurious high-tone extension in Luganda
[9479]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1990) : Final vowel shortening in Luganda
[9481]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1990) : The augment in Luganda tonology
[9482]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1990/91) : The augment as an inflectional category in Luganda grammar
[9483]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1991) : Cyclicity and suffix doubling in the Bantu verb stem
[9489]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1993) : A new approach to tone in Luganda
[9492]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1993) : The augment in Luganda: syntax or pragmatics?
[9500]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Jeri Moxley (1996) : The morpheme in phonological change: velar palatalization in Bantu
[9469]   Hyman, Larry Michael & John Robert Watters (1984) : Auxiliary focus
[9504]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Joyce Thambole Mathangwane (1998) : Tonal domains and depressor consonants in Ikalanga
[9512]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Knut J. Olawsky (2002) : Dagbani verb tonology
[9442]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Maurice Tadadjeu (1976) : Floating tones in Mbam-Nkam
[9470]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Nzama [Kambale] Valinande (1985) : Globality in the Kinande tone system
[9437]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Russell Galen Schuh (1974) : Universals of tone rules: evidence from West Africa
[9486]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Sam A. Mchombo (1992) : Morphotactic constraints in the Chichewa verb stem
[9501]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Sharon Inkelas (1997) : Emergent templates: the unusual case of Tiene
[9455]   Hyman, Larry Michael , Alessandro Duranti & Malilo Morolong (1980) : Toward a typology of direct object in Bantu
[9428]   Hyman, Larry Michael , Danny Keith Alford & Elizabeth Akpati (1970) : Inalienable possession in Igbo
[9429]   Hyman, Larry Michael , Erhard Friedrich Karl Voeltz & G. Tchokokam (1970) : Noun class levelling in Bamileke
[9473]   Hyman, Larry Michael , Francis X. Katamba & Livingstone Walusimbi (1987) : Luganda and the strict layer hypothesis
[9443]   Hyman, Larry Michael , Leon Carl Jacobson & Russell Galen Schuh (Ed) (1976) : Papers in African linguistics in honour of William E. Welmers
[9519]   Ibalico, M. (1956) : Origine et sens des noms Batéké
[9520]   Ibáñez, Esteban (1944) : Diccionario español-rifeño
[9521]   Ibáñez, Esteban (1949) : Diccionario rifeño-español (etimologico)
[23565]   Ibáñez, Esteban (1942) : La lengua bereber y el dialecto rifeño
[9522]   Ibeh, (1996) : Antonymy in the Owere dialect of Igbo
[9525]   Ibrahim-Arirabiyi, Femi (1989) : A comparative reconstruction of Akpes lects (Akoro North, Ondo State)
[26558]   Ibrahim, Ali & Angelika Jakobi (2013) : Relative clauses in Taglennaa (Kordofan Nubian)
[26649]   Ibrahim, Ali & Angelika Jakobi (2015) : Attributive Modifiers in Taglennaa (Kordofan Nubian)
[22533]   Ibrahim, Amr Helmy (2005) : Light verbs in Standard and Egyptian Arabic
[24941]   Ibrahim, Gumma & Piet Huttenga (2007) : The Phoneme System of Tagle, a Kordofanian Nubian Language
[9523]   Ibrahim, Muhammad H. (1972) : Phonemicists and the vowels of spoken Arabic
[9524]   Ibrahim, Muhammadu Sani (1978/84) : Are-aren kalmomi cikin hausa
[24331]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr (2006) : On the Verb in Ngamo
[9529]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr (Ed) (1996) : Bole Language and Documentation Unit (BOLDU): report II
[25810]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr (Ed) (2009) : Problems of Linguistic-Historical Reconstruction in Africa
[9527]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr & Alhaji Maina Gimba (1994) : Glossary Bole-English
[9526]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr & Alhaji Maina Gimba (Ed) (1994) : Bole Language and Documentation Unit (BOLDU): report I
[25635]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr & Balarabe Zulyadaini (2011) : Fighting friends with the scent of a bride – Wives, ‘family’ and ‘relatives’ in Hausa from a cognitive semantic point of view
[25826]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr & Balarabe Zulyadaini (2009) : I think what you think: An evaluation of LI and L2 Hausa cognitive structures
[8061]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr & Guillaume Segerer (Ed) (2004) : Systèmes de marques personnelles en Afrique
[9530]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr & Rainer Vossen (Ed) (2001) : Etudes berbères: actes du “1. Bayreuth - Frankfurter Kolloquium zur Berberologie”
[9528]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr & Rudolf Leger (Ed) (1995) : Studia chadica et hamitosemitica: Akten des internationalen Symposions zur Tschadsprachenforschung Johann Wolfgang Goethe-Universität, Frankfurt am Main, 6.-8. Mai 1991
[25373]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr & Victor Porkhomovsky (2003) : Towards a Typology of Kinship Terms and Systems in Afro-Asiatic (Hamito-Semitic)
[28485]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr & Victor Porkhomovsky (2001) : Towards a typology of kinship terms and systems in Afro-Asiatic (Hamito-Semitic): I. West Chadic and Modern South Arabian
[25518]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr , Rainer Voßen & Harry Stroomer (Eds) (2012) : Études berbères VI. Etudes sur la syntaxe et autres articles. Actes du « 6. Bayreuth-Frankfurt-Leidener Kolloquium zur Berberologie », Bayreuth, 19–21 juillet 2010
[22716]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr , Rudolf Leger & Uwe Seibert (Ed) (2001) : Von Ägypten zu Tschadsee: eine linguistische Reise durch Afrika (Festschrift für Herrmann Jungraithmayr zum 65. Geburtstag)
[9531]   Ichikawa, Mitsuo (1987) : A preliminary report on the ethnobotany of the Suiei Dorobo in northern Kenya
[9532]   Ichikawa, Mitsuo (1998) : The birds as indicators of the invisible world: ethno-ornothology of the Mbuti hunter-gatherers
[24538]   Iddah, Robert Komra (1980 [1975]) : Siwu
[9533]   Iddo Aberra (2001) : The structure of simple declarative sentences
[9534]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1993) : Éléments de phonologie diachronique du isangu (B.42)
[9535]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1993) : Le isangu de Mimongo (B.42): éléments de phonologie diachronique du isangu, correspondence proto-bantu isangu et lexique spécialisés
[9536]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1994) : Perception de la maladie chez les Masangu (Gabon)
[9537]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1998) : Universaux versus spécificités linguistiques dans l’acquisition du langage chez l’enfant: le cas de la langue isangu (bantou, B42)
[9538]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1998) : Aperçu sur la morphosyntaxe de la langue isangu (bantou, B42)
[9539]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2000) : Quelques aspects de l’acquisition de la langue isangu par les infants
[9542]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Bantu verbal extensions: a historical perspective
[9543]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Voice through verbal extensions in the Isangu system
[9544]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Le systeme des extensions verbales en kinyarwanda
[9545]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2004) : Éléments de psycholinguistique bantu: la question du sémantisme des classes nominales du point de vue de l’acquisition du langage chez les enfants
[22809]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2005) : What Bantu child speech data tells us about the controversial semantics of Bantu noun class systems
[22811]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1998) : Développement de la morphologie verbale chez l’enfant: le cas extensions verbales en isangu
[22812]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1999) : La perception du temps dans la société traditionelle Masangu
[22813]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1999) : Stratégies linguistiques vs stratégies non linguistiques dans l’acquisition des expressions spatiales chez lmenfant: une analyse des données issues de la langue isangu (Bantu, Gabon)
[22814]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1999) : Topicalisation et perspective du patient chez l’enfant Musangu
[22815]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2000) : Classes nominales et catégories ontologiques: l’acquisition du système isangu par les enfants
[22816]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1998) : Quelques aspects de l’acquisition de la langue isangu pas les enfants
[22817]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2001) : Emphase et thématisation en isangu
[23467]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1998) : Quelques aspects de la morphosyntaxe de la langue isangu
[24108]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Evolution du système des classes nominales isangu (B42): Une lecture synchronique et diachronique des genres 5/2 et 9/10
[9541]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck & Gabriel Mba (Ed) (2003) : Studies on voice through verbal extensions in nine Bantu languages spoken in Cameroon, Gabon, DRC and Rwanda
[9540]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck , Myles Francis Leitch , Pierre Ondo-Mébiame & Jean-Paul Rekanga (2000) : Les classes nominales et leur semantisme dans les langues bantu du nord-ouest
[25861]   Idiata, Daniel Franck (2009) : Diversité ethnolinguistique et survie des langues gabonaises
[22608]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2005) : The exceptional morphology of Tura numerals and restrictors: endoclitics, infixes and pseudowords
[23257]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2003) : Verb structure in the Tura language (West Africa): the element |-laá|
[24216]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2000) : Le sémantisme des marqueurs aspecto-temporels du bambara: une tentative d'analyse
[24312]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2004) : Les participes adverbiaux de position en toura et la lexicalisation
[24313]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2005) : La détermination des limites de mots: l'exemple de l'orthographe toura
[25192]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2009) : A Bantu path towards lack of differentiation between 'who?' and 'what?'
[25193]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2008) : Dictionnaire toura-français
[25194]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2008) : Introduction au Dictionnaire toura-français
[26227]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2012) : Clause‑final negative markers in southeastern Bamana dialects: a contact‑induced evolution
[28126]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2020) : Perfective marking conditioned by transitivity status in Western Mande
[28903]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2022) : Diachronic typology and the reconstruction of non-selective interrogative pronominals in Proto-Bantu
[27903]   Idiatov, Dmitry & Mark L.O. Van de Velde (2020) : Nigeria as a linguistic terra incognita: The two languages of Lau
[27964]   Idiatov, Dmitry & Mark Van de Velde (2018) : The tone system of Bena-Yungur
[28137]   Idiatov, Dmitry & Mark van de Velde (2020) : The internal reconstruction of Bena-Yungur consonants and tone patterns
[9549]   Idris Nikodimos (1987) : The Kunama and their language
[9550]   Idris Nikodimos (1999) : Sentence structure of Kunama
[9546]   Idris, Hélène Fatima (2003) : Swedish contributions to African linguistics: a focus on Nilo-Saharan and Afro-Asiatic languages
[9547]   Idris, Hélène Fatima (2004) : Modern developments in the Dinka language
[9548]   Idris, Hélène Fatima (2004) : The status and use of African languages versus Arabic in Sudan: a sociolinguistic survey in Nyala, Darfur
[9552]   Idrissi, Abdeljalil el (2000) : Verbes supports et supports à lien en arabe marocain
[9553]   Idrissi, Abdeljalil el (2001) : Nominalisation et verbes de sentiment en arabe marocain
[9551]   Idrissi, Ali (2000) : On Berber plurals
[9554]   Idsardi, William J. & Thomas C. Purnell (1995) : Sukuma accent
[9555]   Ifwanga, wa Pindi (1979) : Grammaire et textes pour l’apprentissage du kikongo véhiculaire
[9556]   Iga, Paul Ongua (1999) : A simplified Lugbara-English dictionary
[9557]   Igboanusi, Herbert (2000) : Ethnic Englishes in Nigeria: the role of literature in the development of Igbo English
[9559]   Igboanusi, Herbert (2002) : A dictionary of Nigerian English usage
[9558]   Igboanusi, Herbert (Ed) (2001) : Language attitude and language conflict in West Africa
[9560]   Igboanusi, Herbert & Lothar Peter (2004) : Oppressing the oppressed: the threats of Hausa and English to Nigerias minority languages
[9561]   Igue, Akanni Mamoud (1994) : Les langues vehiculaires du Benin
[23993]   Igue, Akanni Mamoud , Ayelagbe Ade , Medard Dominique Bada , Olanpekun Oladele & Roger Tchala (Ed) (1997) : Vocabulaire des élections yorouba-français
[24478]   Igue, Akanni Mamoud , Toussaint Yauvi Tchitchi , S. J. Dindi & M. Djobosso (1993) : Dictionnaire monolingue baatɔnum suivi dʼun précis grammatical
[9565]   Igwe, G. Egemba (1974) : The role of affixation in the grammar of Igbo
[9566]   Igwe, G. Egemba (1999) : Igbo-English dictionary
[9562]   Igwe, G. Egemba & Margret Mackeson Green (1964) : Short Igbo grammar
[9563]   Igwe, G. Egemba & Margret Mackeson Green (1967) : Igbo language course, 1: Igbo language study
[9564]   Igwe, G. Egemba & Margret Mackeson Green (1967) : Igbo language course, 2: Igbo dialogues and stories
[9567]   Iha, Samson & Stephen Nzomo (Ed) (1999) : Kigiryama-Kiswahili-Kizungu: a basic Giryama-Kiswahili and English dictionary
[27048]   Ihemere, Kelechukwu (2017) : Igbo-English intrasentential codeswitching and the Matrix Language Frame model
[24720]   Ihemere, Kelechukwu Uchechukwu (2006) : An Integrated Approach to the Study of Language Attitudes and Change in Nigeria: The Case of the Ikwerre of Port Harcourt City
[26126]   Ihemere, Kelechukwu Uchechukwu (2006) : A Basic Description and Analytic Treatment of Noun Clauses in Nigerian Pidgin
[9568]   Ihìónú, Peter Uzodinma (1982) : Vowel harmony, assimilation and contraction in Ebira
[9569]   Ihìónú, Peter Uzodinma (1985) : On the syntax of the Igbo ‘dependent’ pronoun
[9570]   Ihìónú, Peter Uzodinma (1992) : Verb compounding in Igbo: an overview
[9571]   Ikamba, Monse (1987) : Éléments de grammaire sakata
[9572]   Ikara, Bashir (1976) : English as a factor in the process of Hausa language modernization
[9574]   Ikara, Bashir (1987) : Minority languages and lingua francas in Nigeria
[9573]   Ikara, Bashir (Ed) (1982) : Nigerian languages and cultural development
[24768]   Ikekeonwu, Clara (2007) : The Phonetics of Nigerian Languages
[9575]   Ikekeonwu, Clara J. (1982) : Borrowings and neologisms in Igbo
[28857]   Ikemou, Régina Patience (2017) : Elements of phonology of the Likwála, variety of Koyó Ngandza
[28052]   Ikemou, Régina Patience (2018) : Les processus tonals en koyó
[28858]   Ikemou, Régina Patience & Paul Nzete (2018) : La dérivation en likwála
[27712]   Ikiero, Tete Wer Seye K. (1975) : Eléments de grammaire Wóngo (Wónk) B.C.85 (Phonologie et Morphologie)
[9577]   Ikomé, (1988) : La négation en langue sengele, variété de mbelo
[9576]   Ikome, Otto (1993) : The cultural basis for vernacular usage in transplanted English: re-defining post-colonial Cameroonian English
[9578]   Ikoro, Suanu M. (1989) : Segmental phonology and lexicon of proto-Keggoid
[9579]   Ikoro, Suanu M. (1994) : The raised tone in Kana
[9580]   Ikoro, Suanu M. (1994) : Numeral classifiers in Kana
[9581]   Ikoro, Suanu M. (1995) : A new approach to tones in associative constructions: insights from Kana
[9582]   Ikoro, Suanu M. (1996) : The Kana language
[26701]   Ikotun, Reuben O. (2010) : A Sociolinguistic analysis of vowel lengthening in Yorùbá
[26718]   Ikotun, Reuben O. (2011) : The sociolinguistic criteria guiding invitation to meals among the Yorùbá of south-western Nigeria
[28398]   Ìkò̩tún, Reuben O. , Samuel O. Kó̩láwo̩lé & O̩mó̩bó̩lá A. Aládésanmí (2019) : Sustaining the Yorùbá language through writing: a case for the modification of Yorùbá NECO and WAEC marking guides
[28376]   Ikoyo-Eweto, E. O. & Philip O. Ekiugbo (2017) : A Phonetic analysis of Uvwie vowels
[9583]   Ikwue, Ikwuyatum O. (1984) : Effective educational language planning in Nigeria
[9584]   Ilesanmi, (1991) : A test case of folk-etymology among the Ijèsà-Yoruba
[26569]   Ille, Enrico (2013) : Some linguistic expressions related to agricultural annual cycles in the Nuba Mountains (Miri, Krongo, Moro, Tira, Abol)
[9585]   Illic-Svityc, V. M. (1966) : [On the history of Chadic consonantism: labial stops]
[26974]   Iloene, Modesta Ijeoma & George Okedinachi Iloene (2013) : Symmetric predicates in Igbo: A semantic analysis
[9586]   Iloka, Godwin (1979) : The role of teaching English as a national language: the case of Nigeria
[9587]   Ilonga, Bosenge (1991) : La finale de l’infinitif en kesengele
[9588]   Ilonga, Bosenge (1994) : Les titres de noblesse chez les Baséngele: une étude morpho-sémantique
[28370]   Ilọri, Fọlọrunṣọ (2017) : Interrogative Projections in Yoruboid Languages
[28542]   Ilọri, Fọlọrunṣọ (2010) : Nominal Constructions in Igala and Yoruba
[9589]   Imai, Ichori (1982) : Small stock management and goat naming systems of the pastoral Gabra
[25843]   Imarazene, Moussa (2009) : Le lexique berbère (kabyle) face à l'emprunt
[9590]   Imberg, Gösta (1973) : Till frågan om swahilispråkets arabiska element [On the issue of Arabic elements in the Swahili language]
[9591]   Imberg, Gösta (1975) : Handledning i den swahili-arabiska skriften [Guide to the Swahili-Arabic script]
[27478]   Imoh, Philip Manda , David Abraham Areo , Philip Daniel Moles & Isah Gambo (2017) : Verbal Extensions: Valency Decreasing Extensions in The Basà Language
[9592]   Impubi, Mukwa Mfum (1994) : Le syntagme nominal en yans B85b: parler de Mikingi Kiakia: collectivité de Nkara/Niadi
[23949]   Imrie, M. E. (1957) : The Basaa language: some helps and suggestions
[9593]   Indakwa, John (1978) : A ‘lingua franca’ for Africa
[23776]   Indakwa, John & Daudi Ballali (1996) : Beginner’s Swahili
[23592]   Indakwa, John & others (1966) : Swahili: an active introduction
[22731]   Infield, Mark , Patrick Rubagyema & Charles Muchunguzi (2003) : The names of Ankole cows
[9595]   Ingemann, Frances (1972) : Kruan languages in Liberia
[23658]   Ingemann, Frances (1978) : A bibliography of Liberian languages
[9597]   Ingemann, Frances & John Duitsman (1977) : A survey of Grebo dialects in Liberia
[9596]   Ingemann, Frances & Richard Thompson (1973) : A Kuwaa (Belle) wordlist
[9594]   Ingemann, Frances , John Duitsman & William Doe (1972) : A survey of Krahn dialects in Liberia
[28709]   Ingle, Jane (2013) : The Bamunka Noun Phrase
[9598]   Inglefield, P. L. , K. Ben-Hamza & T. Abida (1970) : Tunisian Arabic basic course
[9599]   Ingonga, Lilian Indira (1991) : A comparative study of Ekegusii, Lulogooli, and Lwitakko: the phonological, lexical and morphosyntactic structures
[9600]   Ingouacka, G.-C. & Eugène-Marie Shimamungu (1994) : Représentation du temps en bantu: système comparé du lingala et du kinyarwanda
[9601]   Ingrams, William Harold (1924) : The dialects of the Zanzibar Sultanate
[9603]   Inkelas, Sharon (1988) : Prosodic constraints on syntax: Hausa ‘fa’
[23573]   Inkelas, Sharon (1992) : The place of level-ordering in morphology
[9604]   Inkelas, Sharon & William Ronald Leben (1990) : Where phonology and phonetics intersect: the case of Hausa intonation
[9602]   Inkelas, Sharon , William Ronald Leben & Mark Cobler (1987) : The phonology of intonation in Hausa
[9605]   Innes, Gordon (1960) : An outline of the Grebo verbal system
[9606]   Innes, Gordon (1962) : A Mende grammar
[9607]   Innes, Gordon (1962) : Morphological units in Grebo
[9608]   Innes, Gordon (1963) : The structure of sentences in Mende
[9609]   Innes, Gordon (1964) : An outline grammar of Loko, with texts
[9610]   Innes, Gordon (1967) : A Grebo-English dictionary
[9611]   Innes, Gordon (1966) : A note on Mende and Kono personal names
[9612]   Innes, Gordon (1966) : An introduction to Grebo
[9613]   Innes, Gordon (1967) : A practical introduction to Mende
[9614]   Innes, Gordon (1967) : Genitival phrases in Mande languages
[9615]   Innes, Gordon (1967) : Mende in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[9616]   Innes, Gordon (1969) : A Mende-English dictionary
[9617]   Innes, Gordon (1981) : Les langues kru
[9618]   Innes, Gordon (1981) : Le grebo
[9619]   Innes, Gordon (1990) : Formulae in Mandinka epic: the problems of translation
[24525]   Innes, Gordon (1980 [1975]) : Mende
[25268]   Inouss Haggar, & K. Walters (2005) : Lexique tubu (dazaga) - français
[9620]   Inquai, Solomon (1969) : Adult literacy in Ethiopia: a profile
[26971]   Insaidoo Appah, Clement Kwamina (2013) : The case against A-N compounding in Akan
[28098]   Institut des langues locales au Kouilou (2008) : Dictionnaire vili-français
[24796]   Intumbo, Incanha (2008) : Estudo comparativo da morfossintaxe do crioulo guineense, do balanta e do português
[27140]   Inui, Hideyuki (2017) : Converbs in Basketo
[9621]   Inyang, P. E. B. (1964) : Language groups of eastern Nigeria
[9622]   Ioratim-Uba, G. A. (1995) : Attitudes towards Received Pronunciation among Nigerian undergraduates
[9623]   Iordan, Iorgu & others (Ed) (1957) : Mélanges linguistiques publiés à l’occasion du 8ème congrès international des linguistes à Oslo, du 5 au 9 août 1957
[9624]   Iordanidi, Y. G. (1967) : K voprosu o vydelenii imeni suschest-vitel’nogo v yazyke Hausa
[9625]   Iordanidi, Y. G. (1967) : Mestoimeniya v yazyke Hausa
[27205]   Iorio, David (2015) : Subject and object marking in Bembe
[9626]   Iraqui Sinaceur, Z. (Ed) (1993/94) : Le dictionnaire Colin d’arabe dialectal marocain
[28848]   Irimia, Monica Alexandrina & Patricia Schneider-Zioga (2021) : Differential marking in Kinande
[27774]   Irsay-Nagy, Balázs J. (2020) : Egyptian
[9627]   Irumu, Agozia Kario (1983) : Le système numéral logo face au système numéral “Bangala”: un cas d’emprunt linguistique
[9628]   Irumu, Agozia Kario (1983) : Description du logoti, langue soudanaise, centrale (Zaïre): phonologie et lexique
[9629]   Irumu, Agozia Kario (1986) : Description du logoti, langue soudanaise, centrale (Zaïre): phonologie, esquisse grammaticale et lexique logoti-français
[9630]   Irvine, F. R. (1930) : Plants of the Gold Coast
[9631]   Irvine, F. R. (1952) : West African botany
[9634]   Irvine, Janice Irene (1980) : Exploring the limits of structural semantics: analyses of the Buu kinship system and their social order
[9632]   Irvine, Judith T. (1974) : Strategies of status manipulation in the Wolof greeting
[9633]   Irvine, Judith T. (1978) : Wolof noun classification: the social setting of divergent change
[23698]   Irvine, Judith T. (1975) : Wolof speech styles and social status
[9635]   Irwin, Lee (1979) : A Saysay word list
[9636]   Isaac, Kendall & James Roberts (1999) : Sociolinguistic survey of the Besmé language of Chad
[9637]   Isaacs, R. H. (1970) : “Learning through language” - an intensive preparation course for pupils entering English medium secondary schools from Swahili medium primary schools in Tanzania
[9638]   Ishemoi, J. (1978) : Heroic recitations of the Bahaya of Bukoba
[9639]   Ishigaki, Yukio (1972) : Cushitic (Somalia & Ethiopia)
[9640]   Ishigaki, Yukio (1975) : A basic clause dictionary. Book 1: Geez, Tigrinya, Amharic, Somali, Swahili
[9641]   Ishigaki, Yukio (1975) : African
[9642]   Ishigaki, Yukio (1978) : Ethiopic (Ethiopia)
[9643]   Ishihara, Minako (1996) : Textual analysis of a poetic verse in a Muslim Oromo society in Jimma area, southwestern Ethiopia
[9644]   Isichei, Elizabeth (1976) : One African language?
[26149]   Isingoma, Bebwa (2012) : Triadic Constructions in Rutooro
[9645]   Ismaaʻiil Galaal, Muuse Haaji (1954) : Arabic script for Somali
[9646]   Ismaaʻiil Galaal, Muuse Haaji (1956) : Hikmad Soomaali
[9647]   Ismail, Joseph Hokororo (2000) : Aspects of Makua phonology: the case of the Meto variety
[26561]   Ismail, Khaleel (2013) : The noun in Tabag (Kordofan Nubian)
[26651]   Ismail, Khaleel (2015) : Tabaq Kinship Terms
[24942]   Ismail, Muhammed Abbaker (2007) : Noun Classes in Daju Lagawa and the Role of Stress
[9648]   Ismat, Shafiq (1980) : Police dictionary: English-Arabic dictionary
[9649]   Isolá, Akinwumi (1969) : Brief notes on the phonology of Ìkálè, a dialect of Yoruba
[23754]   Isolá, Akinwumi (1996) : The problem of presentation in teaching Yorùbá to non-speakers of the language
[9650]   Isolá, Akinwumi (Ed) (1992) : New findings in Yoruba studies
[9651]   Israelit-Groll, Sarah (1970) : The negative verbal system of Late Egyptian
[9652]   Issae, W. A. (1975?) : Tenses in Gweno
[26294]   Issah, Samuel Alhassan (2013) : The function of the post verbal la in Dagbani
[26720]   Issah, Samuel Alhassan (2011) : The phonology of Dagbani verbal reduplication
[26960]   Issah, Samuel Alhassan (2012) : Phrasal identificational and contrastive focus in Dagbani
[26997]   Issah, Samuel Alhassan (2015) : An analysis of interrogative constructions in Dagbani
[27465]   Issah, Samuel Alhassan (2013) : Focus and constituent question formation in Dagbani
[27472]   Issah, Samuel Alhassan (2015) : Conjoint and disjoint verb alternations in Dagbani
[9653]   Issak, Issak E. (1999) : Swahili-norsk ordbok
[9654]   Issoufi, Oumarou Alzouma (1998) : L’enquête sur les pratiques et les représentations linguistiques
[9655]   Isukul, Caroline (1995) : Nominal prefixes in Koló-Ogbia
[25438]   Isukul, Caroline (1986) : On the Morpheme -m- in Ọ́gbị́ạ́
[9656]   Ita, Nduntuei (1971) : Bibliography of Nigeria: a survey of anthropological and linguistics writings from the earliest times to 1966
[9657]   Itebete, P. A. N. (1974) : Language standardization in western Luyia
[9658]   Ittameier, E. (1922/23) : Abriss einer Lautlehre und Grammatik des Kinilamba
[9659]   Ittmann, Johannes (1933) : Ngusu a malea onyola tila la bwambo ba Duálá
[9660]   Ittmann, Johannes (1935/36) : Kenyan, die Sprache der Nyang
[9661]   Ittmann, Johannes (1939) : Grammatik des Duala (Kamerun)
[9662]   Ittmann, Johannes (1953) : Volkskundliche und religiöse Begriffe im nördlichen Waldland von Kamerun
[9663]   Ittmann, Johannes (1959/60) : Skizze der Sprache des Nixenkultbundes am Kamerunberg
[9664]   Ittmann, Johannes (1976) : Wörterbuch der Duala-Sprache (Kamerun)
[22601]   Ittmann, Johannes (1978) : Grammaire de duala
[25136]   Ittmann, Johannes (1971) : Sprichwörter der Kundu (Kamerun)
[28717]   Ivanova, Margarita (2021) : Акустические корреляты признака продвинутости/отодвинутости корня языка (±ATR) у гласных в языке игбо [Acoustic correlates of the advanced vs. retracted tongue root feature in Igbo]
[9665]   Iwaara, (1991) : The tense system of Lokaa
[9666]   Iwara, A. V. (1981) : Mother-tongue education: problems and perspectives in a post-colonial African state - Nigeria
[9668]   Iwara, Alexander U. (1990) : A phonemic analysis of long vocoids and phonetic diphtongs in Lokaa
[9669]   Iwara, Alexander U. (1995) : Some elements of Lokaa phonology revisited
[9670]   Iwara, Alexander U. (2004) : The grammatical functions of tone in Lokaa
[22774]   Iwara, Alexander U. (1982) : Phonology and grammar of Lokaa: a preliminary study
[23764]   Iwara, Alexander U. (1994) : The vowel harmony system of Lokaa
[27109]   Iwatsuki, Shinya (2012) : An Acoustic Analysis of Amharic Vowels
[9671]   Iweh, O. (1983) : La phonologie et le système nominal de l’urhobo
[9672]   Jaarsveld, Gerhardus J. van (1989) : Gesprekstaboes en misverstand: taalhandelinge oor kultuurgrense heen
[9673]   Jabavu, Davidson Don Tengo (1945) : The influence of English on Bantu language
[24964]   Jabr El-Dar, Khaliifa (2006) : Towards a General Orthography of the Ajang Languages
[9674]   Jackson, C. H. N. (1936) : Vernacular names of East African mammals [edited by C. F. M. Swynnerton]
[9677]   Jackson, Ellen Marie (1980) : Aspect, tense and time shifts in Tikar
[9678]   Jackson, Ellen Marie (1980) : Tikar word order and partial agreement strategies
[9680]   Jackson, Ellen Marie (1987) : Direct and indirect speech in Tikar
[9676]   Jackson, Ellen Marie & Carol Stanley (1977) : Description phonologique du tikar (parler de bankim)
[29024]   Jackson, Ellen , Jean Mgbatou & Jonas Tchiengou (eds.) (2018) : Tikar – French Dictionary
[9679]   Jackson, Michel Tah Tung (1986) : Kiswahili [o]-form clitics: a government-binding analysis
[23681]   Jackson, Muhirwe (2005) : Automatic speech recognition: human computer interface for Kinyarwanda language
[9675]   Jackson, S. K. (1967) : Shona lessons
[15922]   Jacob, H. J. (1999) : Translators and language engineering in Nigeria: a case study of Nupe language news translators
[25164]   Jacob, Peggy (2010) : On the obligatoriness of focus marking: Evidence from Tar Barma
[9681]   Jacobs, Alan H. (19--) : Maasai-English, English-Maasai dictionary
[26624]   Jacobs, Bart (2015) : Serial Verb Constructions in Papiamentu: Historical, Synchronic and Comparative Observations
[9691]   Jacobs, Gillian (1970) : Bimoba syntax: a syntagmatic approach
[23016]   Jacobs, Gillian (1966) : The structure of the verbal clause in Bimoba
[9682]   Jacobs, John (1957) : Long consonants and their tonal function in Tetela
[9683]   Jacobs, John (1959) : Principes géneraux de la nouvelle orthographe OTETELA-KIKUSU
[9684]   Jacobs, John (1961) : De taal van de Mbole
[9685]   Jacobs, John (1962) : De belangrijkste elementen van het tetela-toonsysteem
[9686]   Jacobs, John (1964) : Tetela-grammatika (Kasayi, Kongo), I: fonologie
[9687]   Jacobs, John (1964) : Morfologie van het Tetetela (Kasayi, Kongo)
[9688]   Jacobs, John (1965) : De reflexen van de oerbantoe-consonantfonemen in de talen van de zone C ; deel 1
[9689]   Jacobs, John (1966) : De reflexen van de oerbantoe-consonantfonemen in de talen van de zone C ; deel 2
[9692]   Jacobs, John (2000) : Classes nominales et radicaux verbaux en lombole (Katako-Kombe)
[9693]   Jacobs, John & Barthélémy Omeonga (2001) : Classes nominales et radicauxc verbaux en isiamba (Tulungu, Kindu)
[9694]   Jacobs, John & Barthélémy Omeonga (2002) : Texte et lexique indanga (Kolmonyi, Kole, Kasaï Oriental)
[23406]   Jacobs, John & Barthélémy Omeonga (2004) : Lonkucu: texte et lexique (Iwaji, Kole, Kasai Orientale, R. D. du Congo)
[9690]   Jacobs, Robert (1966) : English language teaching in Nigeria: an assessment of the situation with recommendations for action
[9699]   Jacobson-Widding, Anita (1999) : Colors and social order: symbolic classification in central Africa
[9695]   Jacobson, Leon Carl (1977) : Phonetic aspects of Dholuo vowels
[9696]   Jacobson, Leon Carl (1978) : DhoLuo vowel harmony: a phonetic investigation
[9697]   Jacobson, Leon Carl (1979) : Dholuo vowel harmony: a phonetic investigation
[9698]   Jacobson, Leon Carl (1980) : Vowel quality in western Nilotic languages
[9700]   Jacottet, Edouard (1926) : Grammar e nyenyane ea sesotho e etselitsoeng likolo tsa lesotho
[9702]   Jacottet, Edouard (1927) : Practical method to learn Sesuto with exercises and a short vocabulary
[9703]   Jacottet, Edouard (1928) : Practical method to learn Sesuto with exercises and a short vocabulary
[9704]   Jacottet, Edouard (1936) : Practical method to learn Sesuto with exercises and a short vocabulary
[28582]   Jacottet, Edouard (1896) : Etudes sur les langues du Haut-Zambèze - première partie : grammaires soubiya et louyi
[9701]   Jacottet, Edouard & Z. D. Mangoaela (1927) : A grammar of the Sesuto language
[9705]   Jacques, [Révérend] A. A. (19--) : Tsonga lectures, with a letter from the author’s widow
[9706]   Jacques, [Révérend] A. A. (1929) : Terms of kinship and corresponding patterns of behaviour among the Thonga
[9707]   Jacques, [Révérend] A. A. (1941) : Shangana-Thonga ideophones and their tones
[9709]   Jacquot, André (1959) : La langue des pygmées de la Sangha: essai d’identification
[9710]   Jacquot, André (1960) : Esquisse phonologique du sango urbain (Bangui)
[9711]   Jacquot, André (1960) : Les langues bantu du nord-ouest: etat des connaisances, persectives de la recherche
[9712]   Jacquot, André (1961) : Notes sur la situation du sango à Bangui, résultat d’un sondage
[9713]   Jacquot, André (1962) : Notes sur la phonologie du beembe (Congo)
[9714]   Jacquot, André (1964) : Lari ou Laadi? Une problème de transcription
[9715]   Jacquot, André (1965) : Précisions sur l’inventaire des langues teke du Congo
[9716]   Jacquot, André (1967) : La classification nominale comme système de dérivation en laadi (Congo)
[9717]   Jacquot, André (1967) : Forme du pronom objet de 2éme personne du singulier en ‘Kikongo’
[9718]   Jacquot, André (1970) : ‘Feu’ et ‘sommeil’ en laadi (groupe koongo)
[9720]   Jacquot, André (1971) : Les langues du Congo-Brazzaville: inventaire et classification
[9721]   Jacquot, André (1974) : Lexique laadi (koongo)
[9722]   Jacquot, André (1974) : Les noms personnels en laadi (koongo): répertoire onomastique
[9724]   Jacquot, André (1976) : Étude de phonologie et de morphologie myene
[9725]   Jacquot, André (1978) : Le Gabon
[9726]   Jacquot, André (1981) : Études beembe (Congo): études linguistique; devinettes et proverbes
[9727]   Jacquot, André (1982) : Lexique laadi (Koongo)
[9728]   Jacquot, André (1982) : Étude descriptive de la langue laadi
[9729]   Jacquot, André (1983) : Les classes nominales dans les langues bantoues des groupes B.10, B.20, B.30 (Gabon-Congo)
[9730]   Jacquot, André (1985) : Études linguistiques laadi (République Populaire du Congo)
[23975]   Jacquot, André (1991) : Le nom de la houe dans les langues bantoues du nord-ouest
[9708]   Jacquot, André & Irvine Richardson (1956) : Report of the western team: Atlantic coast to Oubangui
[9723]   Jacquot, André , Achille Emiel Meeussen & Claire Grégoire (1976) : Études bantoues II
[9719]   Jacquot, André , Christiane Paulian , Paulette Roulon-Doko & Yves Moñino (1971) : Études bantoues I
[9731]   Jaeger, C. F. de (1936) : Handleiding by die studie van sesoeto op ons skole
[24965]   Jaeger, Marcus (2006) : Discovering Linguistic Differences between Kenuzi and Dongolawi using Computational Linguistics and Lexicographical Methods
[26635]   Jaeger, Marcus (2014) : Coordination with goon and Bisyndetic =goon in Dongolawi and Kenzi Proverbs
[9732]   Jaffar, Ahmend Ben Saïd (1991) : Le shindzuwani, parler bantou de l’Île d’Anjouan, Comores: éléments de phonologie et relevé lexical
[23254]   Jaffar, Ahmend Ben Saïd (1992) : Le shindzuwani, parler bantou de l’Île d’Anjouan, Comores: éléments de description du système accentual
[9733]   Jaffre, C. (1924) : Méthode pratique de lari-français
[9734]   Jafta, Nompumelelo (1987) : The development of terminology in Xhosa: a case study
[9735]   Jager, C. F. de (1936) : Handleiding by die studie van Sesoeto op ons skole
[25740]   Jaggar, Philip J. (2010) : Relational DA as a preposition, coordinator, and subordinator in Hausa: Polysemy or homophony?
[28877]   Jaggar, Philip J. (2020) : Let’s tidy up the grammar of Hausa and analyse after/behind in after class/after he arrives/he’s behind etc. as prepositions
[9736]   Jaggar, Philip John (1973) : A Kano blacksmith’s vocabulary
[9737]   Jaggar, Philip John (1976) : Thematic emphasis in Hausa
[9738]   Jaggar, Philip John (1977) : The nature and function of auxiliary verbs in Hausa
[9739]   Jaggar, Philip John (1978) : ‘And what about...?’ - topicalisation in Hausa
[9740]   Jaggar, Philip John (1981) : Some unusual lexical passives in Hausa
[9741]   Jaggar, Philip John (1981) : Varieties of passive in Hausa
[9742]   Jaggar, Philip John (1982) : Monoverbal imperative formation in Hausa: a striking case of analogical realignment
[9743]   Jaggar, Philip John (1985) : Factors governing the morphological coding of referents in Hausa narrative discourse
[9744]   Jaggar, Philip John (1988) : Guruntum (gùrdùng) (West Chadic-B): linguistic notes and wordlist
[9745]   Jaggar, Philip John (1988) : Affected subject verbs in Hausa
[9747]   Jaggar, Philip John (1992) : An advanced Hausa reader, with grammatical notes and exercises
[9748]   Jaggar, Philip John (1992) : R. C. Abraham’s early insights into Hausa pre-datival verb forms
[9751]   Jaggar, Philip John (1998) : Restrictive vs nonrestrictive clauses in Hausa: where morphosyntax and semantics meet
[9752]   Jaggar, Philip John (2001) : Hausa
[22673]   Jaggar, Philip John (1983) : Some dimensions of topic-NP continuity in Hausa narrative
[24332]   Jaggar, Philip John (2006) : More on in situ wh- and Focus Constructions in Hausa
[25177]   Jaggar, Philip John (2009) : Quantification and polarity: Negative Adverbial Intensifiers (‘never ever’, ‘not at all’, etc.) in Hausa
[9746]   Jaggar, Philip John (Ed) (1992) : Papers in honour of R. C. Abraham (1890-1963)
[9749]   Jaggar, Philip John (Ed) (1994) : The blacksmiths of Kano City: a study in tradition, innovation and entrepreneurship in the twentieth century
[9750]   Jaggar, Philip John & Muhammad M. Munkaila (1995) : Evidence against the proposal that the Hausa pre-datival final -r verb = the “Grade 5” final -r/-s verb (and an alternative analysis)
[9753]   Jahadhmy, Ali Ahamed (1966) : The teaching of Swahili as a foreign language
[9754]   Jahadhmy, Ali Ahamed (1969) : Swahili: structures, drills and readings
[9755]   Jahadhmy, Ali Ahamed & Bob Huitfeldt (1969) : Swahili made easy: a grammatical text and basic vocabulary in usage
[9756]   Jahadhmy, Ali Ahamed & Bob Huitfeldt (1970) : Swahili made easy: a grammatical text and basic vocabulary in usage
[9758]   Jake, Janice L. (1980) : Object verb agreement in Tigre
[9759]   Jake, Janice L. (1985) : Raising in Fur
[9757]   Jake, Janice L. & David [Arnold] Odden (1979) : Raising in Kipsigis
[9760]   Jakobi, Angelika (1990) : A Fur grammar: phonology, morphophonology, and morphology
[9762]   Jakobi, Angelika (1993) : The state of research on Nubian languages and the contribution of linguists to the study of Nubian origins
[9763]   Jakobi, Angelika (2002) : Medium im Beria (Saharanisch)
[24813]   Jakobi, Angelika (2007) : Semantics and syntax of motion verbs in Beria (Saharan)
[24966]   Jakobi, Angelika (2006) : The Loss of Syllable-Final Proto-Nubian Consonants
[25651]   Jakobi, Angelika (2011) : Split-S in Beria
[26563]   Jakobi, Angelika (2013) : Nubian kinship terms
[27254]   Jakobi, Angelika (2017) : Verbal number and transitivity in Karko (Kordofan Nubian)
[26653]   Jakobi, Angelika & Ahmed Hamdan (2015) : Number Marking on Karko Nouns
[27980]   Jakobi, Angelika & Ali Ibrahim (2018) : Labile verbs in Tagle (Kordofan Nubian)
[26636]   Jakobi, Angelika & El-Shafie El-Guzuuli (2014) : Semantic Change and Heterosemy of Dongolawi ed
[26643]   Jakobi, Angelika & El-Shafie El-Guzuuli (2015) : Relative Clauses in Andaandi (Nile Nubian)
[27416]   Jakobi, Angelika & El-Shafie El-Guzuuli (2016) : Heterosemy of case markers and clause-linkers in Andaandi (Nile Nubian)
[9761]   Jakobi, Angelika & Tanja Kümmerle (1993) : The Nubian languages: an annotated bibliography
[28120]   Jakobi, Angelika , Ali Ibrahim & Gumma Ibrahim Gulfan (2020) : Verbal Number and Grammatical Relations in Tagle
[8050]   Jakobi, Angelika , Joachim Crass & Bakhit Seby Abdoulaye (2004) : Grammaire du beria (langue saharienne), avec un glossaire français-beria
[9764]   Jakobson, Roman [Osipovich] (1968) : Extra-pulmonic consonants (ejectives, implosives, clicks)
[9765]   Jalla, Adolphe (1936) : Dictionary of the Lozi language, 1: Lozi-English
[9766]   Jalla, Adolphe (1937) : Elementary grammar of the Lozi language, with graduated exercises
[9767]   Jama, Virginia (1982) : The English language in Somalia
[9768]   Jama, Z. (1995) : The study of transitivity in Xhosa
[9769]   James, A. Lloyd (1923) : The tones of Yoruba
[9771]   James, A. Lloyd (1928) : The practical orthography for African languages
[9772]   James, A. Lloyd (1928) : Phonetics and African languages
[9770]   James, A. Lloyd & George Percival Bargery (1925) : A note on the pronunciation of Hausa
[9773]   James, E. T. (1953) : The time of day in Ankole
[9667]   James, H. S. (1990) : A phonologial study of the Gwari lects
[9776]   James, S. L. (1979) : Regional variation of the English language in Nigeria
[9774]   James, T. G. S. (1962) : The Hekanakhte papers and other early Middle Egyptian kingdom documents
[9775]   James, Wendy R. (1978) : Ephemeral names: the Uduk case
[9777]   James, Wendy R. (1981) : Ethnic terms and ambiguities on the Sudan-Ethiopia border
[9778]   Jang, Tae-Sang (1994) : Balance and bi-partite structure in Hausa proverbs
[9779]   Jankuhn, Dieter (1974) : Bibliographie der hieratischen und hieroglyphischen Papyri
[9780]   Jansen, Pietro (1936) : Guida alla conoscenza dei dialetti de l’Africa orientale. Capitolo IV: lingue e dialetti della Somalia
[9781]   Janson, Tore (1982) : A bibliography of Setswana, Sepedi and Sesotho, 1945-1981
[9782]   Janson, Tore (1984) : A language of Sophiatown, Alexandra and Soweto
[9783]   Janson, Tore (1985) : Labialization in Setswana: phonetics and phonology
[9784]   Janson, Tore (1987) : What happens to Setswana?
[9785]   Janson, Tore (1989) : Afrikaans
[9786]   Janson, Tore (1990) : Setswana-English word list
[9787]   Janson, Tore (1990) : Language change and metalinguistic change: Latin to Romance and other cases
[9789]   Janson, Tore (1991/92) : Southern Bantu and Makua
[9790]   Janson, Tore (1995) : The status, history and future of Sekgalagadi
[9791]   Janson, Tore (1996) : Språkvård i Afrika och i Sverige [Language maintenance in Africa and Sweden]
[9792]   Janson, Tore (1997) : Spirantisation and the prehistory of Bantu groups
[9793]   Janson, Tore (1998) : Collected working notes on Ika: proposal for phonological analysis; Ika tones, first investigation
[9794]   Janson, Tore (1999) : Spirantisation as an area change
[9795]   Janson, Tore (1999) : Prenasalised voiced aspirated stops in Changana/Tsonga
[9796]   Janson, Tore (1999) : Södra Afrikas språk
[9797]   Janson, Tore (2000) : Afrikas språk i svenskt perspektiv
[9798]   Janson, Tore (2000) : The history of the minority-language speakers in Botswana
[9799]   Janson, Tore (2001) : Consonants in Changana/Tsonga
[9800]   Janson, Tore (2004) : Languages and language names in Mozambique, 150 years ago and now
[26256]   Janson, Tore (2007) : Bantu spirantisation as an areal change
[9788]   Janson, Tore & Joseph Tsonope (1991) : Birth of a national language: the history of Setswana
[23443]   Janson, Tore & Olle Engstrand (2001) : Some unusual sounds in Changana
[9803]   Janssens, Baudoin (1982) : Phonologie historique du basaa (bantou A43)
[9804]   Janssens, Baudoin (1986) : Éléments de phonologie et morphologie historique du basaa (bantou A43a)
[9805]   Janssens, Baudoin (1988) : Ton et élision vocalique en nen
[9806]   Janssens, Baudoin (1991) : Les langues du Cameroun hier et aujourd’hui (document de synthèse)
[9807]   Janssens, Baudoin (1991) : Doubles réflexes apparents en ewondo ou les chassés-croisés de la dérivation
[9808]   Janssens, Baudoin (1993) : Doubles réflexes consonantiques: quatre études sur le bantou de zone A (bubi, nen, bafia, ewondo)
[9809]   Janssens, Baudoin (1994) : Étude comparative du thème *-poko ‘un, autre’ dans le bantou de zone A et des Grassfields
[9801]   Janssens, G. (1972) : Contribution to the verbal system in Old Egyptian: a new approach
[9802]   Janssens, G. (1975) : The Semitic verbal tense system
[9810]   Jantunen, Tuulikki (1960) : Kwangalikielen opas [Guide to the Kwangali language]
[9811]   Jaouen, René (1990) : Exposé sommaire sur les verbes monoradicaux en giziga-sud
[9812]   Jaques, Alexandre (1929) : Terms of kinship and corresponding patterns of behaviour among the Thonga
[9813]   Jaques, Alexandre (1938) : Sivongo sa Matshangana
[9814]   Jaques, Alexandre (1941) : Shangana-Tsonga ideophones and their tones
[9815]   Jarceva, Viktorija Nikolaevna (Ed) (1977) : Kategorii bytija i obladanija v jazyke
[9816]   Jarosseau, Andre (1922) : Notions grammaticales sur la langue galla (ou oromo)
[25269]   Jarrett, Kevin (2007) : A dictionary of Manga, a Kanuri language of Eastern Niger and NE Nigeria
[9817]   Jarrett, Kevin A. (1978) : Vowel length in Kanuri
[9818]   Jarrett, Kevin A. (1981) : The development of the Kanuri aspect system within western Saharan
[9819]   Jarrett, Kevin A. (1988) : Dialectes et alphabétisation dans les ecoles: une étude explorative de l’intercomprehénsion des différents dialectes kanuri du Niger
[23069]   Jarrett, Kevin A. (1980) : Tense/aspect/mood in Kanuri verb forms
[9821]   Jarvis, Elizabeth (1981) : Some considerations in establishing the basic word order in Podoko
[9822]   Jarvis, Elizabeth (1983) : Podoko verbal directionals
[9823]   Jarvis, Elizabeth (1984) : Suffixes verbaux en podoko: abstraction et réalisation
[9824]   Jarvis, Elizabeth (1986) : Nominal and verbal pluralisation in Podoko
[9825]   Jarvis, Elizabeth (1986) : Wakita gwadi parekwa nare gwadi nasara nare gwadi pelata ta dzaka/Petit lexique podoko-français-foulfouldé
[9826]   Jarvis, Elizabeth (1989) : Esquisse grammaticale du podoko
[22897]   Jarvis, Elizabeth (1991) : Tense and aspect in Podoko narrative discourse
[29012]   Jarvis, Elizabeth (2018) : Podoko – French Dictionary
[9820]   Jarvis, J. F. & H. G. van Heerden (1967) : The acuity of hearing in the Kalahari Bushmen: a pilot survey
[9827]   Jaschke, Richard (1955) : English-Arabic conversational dictionary, with grammar, phrases and Arabic-English vocabulary, and a supplement of new words and new phrases
[9828]   Jeanjaquet, J. M. (1945) : The relative-locative clause or adverbial of place in Xhosa
[9829]   Jeanjaquet, J. M. (1945) : The relative clause in Xhosa
[9830]   Jeater, Diana (1995) : In the beginning was whose word?
[9831]   Jebbour, Abdelkrim (1995) : Mores et poids syllabique en berbère
[9832]   Jebbour, Abdelkrim (1996) : Morphologie et constraintes prosodiques en berbère (Tachelhit de Tiznit): analyse linguistique et traitement automatique
[9833]   Jefferies, Ann A. (1990) : Beyond tone: functions of pitch in Shona
[9850]   Jefferies, Ann A. (2000) : This is this, and here are some examples: verbalisers and extensions in Shona
[9834]   Jeffery, Chris (2003) : On compiling a corpus of South African English
[9836]   Jeffrey, Dorothea (1984) : Uses of quotations in Mündü narrative discourse
[9835]   Jeffrey, Dorothea & Linda Polley (1981) : Phonology and morphophonemics in Mündü
[9837]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1932) : Some West African language borrowings and lendings - Notes and news
[9838]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1935) : Old Calabar and notes on the Ibibio language (Calabar)
[9839]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1940) : Word borrowings (from West African languages)
[9840]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1942) : Some African tribal names
[9841]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1944) : Origin du nom Fulani
[9842]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1945) : Some historical notes on African tone languages
[9843]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1945/50) : A note on the Ekoi language
[9844]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1947) : The origin of the name Hottentot
[9845]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1947) : Speculative origins of the Fulani language
[9846]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1952) : Corsali 1515 on Bantu and Sudanic languages
[9848]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1968) : The Cabonas
[9849]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1970) : Letters to the editor [on Ökönyöñ words]
[9847]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave & G. Saunders (1957) : The origin of the Portuguese word zaburro as their name for maize
[9851]   Jeje, M. Adebayo (1972) : A contrastive analysis of Ìjèsà dialect and Standard Yoruba
[9852]   Jeje, Saeeda Nasser (1982) : Production of tone by Yoruba children
[9853]   Jelinek, Mary Eloise (1981) : On defining categories: aux and predicate in colloquial Egyptian Arabic
[9854]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1973) : Vowel harmony in Kalabari Ijo
[9855]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1976) : The identification of ethnolinguistic units in early European records: the case of Kalabari
[9856]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1977) : Studies in Kalabari syntax
[9857]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1980) : A linguistic guide to spoken Kalabari
[9858]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1983) : Defaka: Ijo’s closest linguistic relative
[9859]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1983) : Defaka: Ijo’s closest linguistic relative
[9860]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1985) : Kalabari orthography
[9861]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1989) : Ijoid
[24503]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1977 [1973]) : Kalabari
[28154]   Jenkins, Sue Goddard (2001) : Tone Analysis of Wameey
[28155]   Jenkins, Sue Goddard & Jay Jenkins (2000) : A Grammar of W̃eỹ
[28156]   Jenkins, Sue Goddard & Jay Jenkins (2003) : A Discourse Analysis of Wamey
[28157]   Jenkins, Susan Goddard & JoLynn Eller Amdahl (2007) : A survey of the Tenda languages in SE Senegal
[9862]   Jenkins, Trefor & Phillip Vallentine Tobias (1977) : Nomenclature of population groups in southern Africa
[26541]   Jenks, Peter (2013) : Noun phrases in Moro
[28121]   Jenks, Peter (2020) : Verbal and verbless copular clauses in Moro
[27907]   Jenneke van der Wal, Heleen Smits , Sara Petrollino , Victoria Nyst & Maarten Kossmann (eds.) (2020) : Essays on African languages and linguistics in honour of Maarten Mous
[27333]   Jenniges, J.-M. (2017) : Traité de Kiluba-Sanga - tel qu’il est parlé au Secteur du Haut-Luapula (Katanga) et régions limitrophes
[28621]   Jenniges, J.-M. (1908) : Traité de Kiluba-Sanga - tel qu’il est parlé au Secteur du Haut-Luapula (Katanga) et régions limitrophes
[9863]   Jennings, Lionel Edgar (1961) : The concise trilingual dictionary in English, Afrikaans, Xhosa
[9864]   Jennings, Lionel Edgar (1962) : The concise trilingual dictionary in English, Afrikaans, Xhosa/Die kort drietalige woordeboek in Afrikaans, Xhosa, Engels
[9865]   Jennings, Lionel Edgar (1972) : The concise trilingual dictionary/Die korte drietalige woordeboek: English, Xhosa, Afrikaans
[9866]   Jennings, Lionel Edgar (1988) : English-Xhosa-Afrikaans: the concise trilingual pocket dictionary
[9867]   Jennings, Lionel Edgar (Ed) (1995) : The concise multilingual dictionary/Die veeltelige woordeboek
[9868]   Jenny, Hans R. (1969) : Die letzten Giftpfeile
[9873]   Jensen, Adolf (1969) : Relativsätze de Gallasprache
[9871]   Jensen, Emil (1940-1943) : Osikuanjama
[9872]   Jensen, Emil (1942) : Otjiherero
[9869]   Jensen, Hans (1922/23) : Ausgewählte Kapitel aus der Syntax des Suaheli
[9870]   Jensen, Hans (1927) : Negationspartikeln im Suaheli und in einigen anderen Bantusprachen
[18510]   Jéquier, M. G. (1922) : Le système numérique en egyptien
[9874]   Jerab, N. (1988) : L’arabe des maghrébins: une langue, des langues
[27142]   Jeremiah Anene Nwankwegu (2017) : Auxiliaries and Auxiliary Verb Constructions in Ìzhi Dialect of Ìgbò Language
[9875]   Jernstedt, P. (1925) : Zum Gebrauch des koptischen Qualitativs
[9876]   Jernstedt, P. (1927) : Das koptische Präsens und die Anknüpfungsarten des näheren Objekts
[9887]   Jernudd, Björn H (1979) : [How people really talk]
[9877]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1968) : Linguistic integration and national development: a case study of the Jebel Marra area, Sudan
[9878]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1970) : For/Arabic bilingualism in the Zalingei area
[9879]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1975) : A preliminary list of people working on languages of Sudan
[9880]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1975) : Teachers and language in Sudan, a questionnaire survey of teachers in junior secondary schools
[9882]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1977) : Phonetic notes on tone and quantity in the For language
[9883]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1977) : A preliminary bibliography on the For language
[9884]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1977) : How new are sociolinguistic surveys
[9885]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1977) : Phonetic notes on tone and quantity in For
[9886]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1979) : The language survey of Sudan
[9888]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1982) : The phonological variables [qaf] and [tha] in Khartoum Arabic
[9889]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1983) : Phonetic notes on tone and quantity in the For language
[9881]   Jernudd, Björn H. & G. L. Garrison (1975) : Language treatment in Egypt
[9890]   Jernudd, Björn H. & G. White (1983) : The concept of basic color terms: variability in For and Arabic
[9891]   Jernudd, Björn H. & Muhammad H. Ibrahim (Ed) (1986) : Aspects of Arabic sociolinguistics
[9892]   Jernudd, Björn H. & Muhammad H. Ibrahim (Ed) (1987) : Issues in Arabic sociolinguistics
[26835]   Jerro, Kyle (2015) : Revisiting Object Symmetry in Bantu
[27037]   Jerro, Kyle (2017) : The locative applicative and the semantics of verb class in Kinyarwanda
[27529]   Jerro, Kyle (2018) : Change-of-state paradigms and the middle in Kinyarwanda
[28816]   Jerro, Kyle (2018) : Linguistic complexity: A case study from Swahili
[9893]   Jespersen, [Jens] Otto [Harry] (1922) : Bantu concord
[9900]   Jibril, Abdi Abdullahi (2000) : Mahuraan compact woordenboek nederlands-somalisch
[9894]   Jibril, Munzali (1982) : Phonological variation in Nigerian English
[9895]   Jibril, Munzali (1982) : Nigerian English: an introduction
[9896]   Jibril, Munzali (1986) : Sociolinguistic variation in Nigerian English
[9897]   Jibril, Munzali (1987) : Language in Nigerian education
[9898]   Jibril, Munzali (1991) : The sociolinguistics of prepositional usage in Nigerian English
[9899]   Jibril, Munzali (1995) : The elaboration of the functions of Nigeria Pidgin
[9901]   Jithoo, R. (1972) : Some aspects of the nature and incidence of stuttering among Indian primary school children
[9902]   Joabe-Mahemu wa Kaoma (1977) : Notes d’introduction à l’anthroponymie hunde
[9903]   Jockers, Heinz (1982) : Untersuchungen zum Kwoi-Dialekt des Hyam/Jaba (Plateau State, Nigeria)
[9904]   Jockers, Heinz (1992) : Linguistic studies on Tiv: before, by and after R. C. Abraham
[26669]   Jockers, Heinz (1991) : Studien zur Sprache der Tiv in Nigeria
[9905]   Joda, O. (1971) : A tentative phonology of Isanlu (Yagba)
[23707]   Johansen, Aimee (2003) : Why Kiswahili adopted the words for six, seven, and nine
[9936]   Johnson, Alex C. (1981) : Language and society in West African literature: a stylistic investigation into the linguistic resources of West African drama in English
[9937]   Johnson, Alex C. (1985) : National language policy and the Sierra Leonean languages in education
[9938]   Johnson, Alex C. (1986) : Multilingualism and language policy in Sierra Leone
[9941]   Johnson, Alex C. (1989) : The role of the languages of minority groups as languages of instruction and vectors of culture: case study of Sierra Leone
[9942]   Johnson, Alex C. (1992) : Varieties of Krio and Standard Krio
[9911]   Johnson, Amandus (1930ff) : Mbundu (Kimbundu) English-Portuguese dictionary, with grammar and syntax
[9939]   Johnson, Ann Elisabeth (1989) : Sociolinguistic survey among the Bekol (Bikele)
[9940]   Johnson, Ann Elisabeth & Keith H. Beavon (1989) : Sociolinguistic survey among the Mpompo and related peoples
[9922]   Johnson, Bruce C. (1973) : Language use at Larteh, Ghana
[9925]   Johnson, Bruce C. (1975) : Stable triglossia at Larteh, Ghana
[9930]   Johnson, Bruce C. (1977) : Language functions in Africa: a typological view
[9924]   Johnson, C. D. (1975) : Phonological channels in Chaha
[9928]   Johnson, D. E. & others (1977) : Languages of sub-Saharan Africa: a survey of materials for the study of the uncommonly taught languages
[9943]   Johnson, Eric (1992) : Problems relating to the publication of Krio material
[9945]   Johnson, Eric (2001) : Enquête sociolinguistique des variétés linguistiques de la région de Doba du Tchad: bebot, bedjong, gor et mango
[9946]   Johnson, Eric (2001) : Enquête sociolinguistique de la langue Zirenkel du Tchad
[23311]   Johnson, Eric (2005) : Étude sociolinguistique de la langue Zirenkel du Tchad
[9947]   Johnson, Eric & Cameron Hamm (2002) : Mabire: a dying language of Chad
[9907]   Johnson, Frederick (19--) : Unpublished notes on etymologies of Swahili words
[9908]   Johnson, Frederick (1922) : Notes on Kimakonde
[9909]   Johnson, Frederick (1925) : Notes on Kiniramba
[9910]   Johnson, Frederick (1926) : Notes on Kiniramba, II: Kiniramba-English and English-Kiniramba vocabulary
[9912]   Johnson, Frederick (1935) : Kamusi ya kiswahili yaani kitabu chamaneno ya kiswahili
[9913]   Johnson, Frederick (1939) : A standard English-Swahili dictionary (founded on Madan’s English-Swahili dictionary)
[9914]   Johnson, Frederick (1939) : A standard Swahili-English dictionary (founded on Madan’s Swahili-English dictionary)
[9906]   Johnson, G. A. K. (1---) : Vocabulaire français-gengbé
[9915]   Johnson, Gabriel Kwawovi (1950) : Sur la patronymie Ge ou Guin (Mina) et Ewe du bas-Togo
[9916]   Johnson, Gabriel Kwawovi (1965) : Un problème de terminologie: le mot ewe/eve du bas Togo dans la classification des langues négro-africaines
[9917]   Johnson, Gabriel Kwawovi (1965) : Morphologie des nominaux dans la langue gê ou gêgbe (minapopo) du bas Togo
[9918]   Johnson, Gabriel Kwawovi (1965) : ‘Mawu’ ou ‘Dieu’ chez les Gê-Mina du bas Togo par le patronyme
[9932]   Johnson, Janet H. (1978) : Remarks on Egyptian verbal sentences
[9920]   Johnson, John William (1967) : A bibliography of Somali language materials
[9921]   Johnson, John William (1969) : A bibliography of the Somali language and literature
[9934]   Johnson, John William (1979) : Somali prosodic systems
[9944]   Johnson, K. (1993) : Acoustic and auditory analyses of Xhosa clicks and pulmonics
[9927]   Johnson, Lawrence (1976) : Devoicing, tone and stress in Runyankore
[9923]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1974) : Abstract analysis and Bantu reconstruction: a Luganda example
[9926]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1976) : Toward a definition of the ideophone in Bantu
[9929]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1977) : A semantic analysis of Kikuyu tense and aspect
[9931]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1977) : A semantic description of temporal reference in the Kikuyu verb
[9933]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1979) : The natural history of Meinhof’s Law in Bantu
[9935]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1980) : A semantic description of temporal reference in the Kikuyu verb
[9919]   Johnson, Mary Jeanette (1966) : Syntactic structures of Tamazight
[9948]   Johnston, [Sir] Harry Hamilton (1920) : The Ki-shashi (Ki-sasi) language (S.E. Victoria Nyanza)
[9950]   Johnston, [Sir] Harry Hamilton (1921) : The semi-Bantu languages of eastern Nigeria
[9951]   Johnston, [Sir] Harry Hamilton (1921) : The Fulas and their language
[25338]   Johnston, [Sir] Harry Hamilton (1922 [1919]) : A comparative study of the Bantu and semi-Bantu languages
[9949]   Johnston, [Sir] Harry Hamilton & L. W. G. Malcolm (1921) : Short notes on the syllabic writing of the Egap, Central Cameroons
[9953]   Johnston, Marguerite Bradley (1976) : Dispute settlement among the Giryama of Kenya
[9952]   Johnston, Thomas F. (1973) : Speech-tone and other forces in Tsonga music
[9954]   Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson (1994) : Xhosa nominal tonology: a domain-based approach
[9955]   Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson (1995) : Aspects of IsiXhosa phrasal phonology
[9957]   Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson (1997) : Identifying, descriptive and associative copulatives in Xhosa: structure and function
[9958]   Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson (1998) : Parametric phonology and boundary tonology in Xhosa
[9959]   Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson (1999) : Deviating from identity: syntagmatic constraints in Xhosa nasal assimilation and palatalisation
[9956]   Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson & Henry M. Thipa (1996) : ATR harmony in Xhosa
[25912]   Jolivet, Remi (2008) : La fidélité au tamashek des berbérophones dans le contexte multilingue du Niger
[9960]   Jomier, Jacques (1976) : Lexique pratique français-arabe (parler du Caire)
[9989]   Jones-Phillipson, Rosalie (1972) : Affinities between Venda and other Southern Bantu languages
[9980]   Jones, Avis Theresa (1981) : French and Kinyarwanda usage in Rwanda: a study in bilingual introspective analysis
[9978]   Jones, Beatrice (1971) : In favor of a higher cause
[9987]   Jones, Caroline (2001) : Licit vs. illicit responses in Meinhof’s Rule phenomena
[9961]   Jones, Daniel (1927) : Words distinguished by tone in Sechuana
[9962]   Jones, Daniel (1928) : Principles of practical orthography for African languages ; part 2
[9963]   Jones, Daniel (1929) : The tones of Sechuana nouns
[9964]   Jones, Daniel (1934) : Somali [@] and [?]
[9984]   Jones, Dilwyn (1988) : A glossary of Ancient Egyptian nautical titles and terms
[9982]   Jones, E. M. K. (1985) : Dialect and other varieties of Sierra Leone Krio
[9979]   Jones, E. Q. (1976) : A phonological and noun class analysis of Agoi
[9966]   Jones, Eldred D. (1957) : The potentialities of Krio as a literary language
[9968]   Jones, Eldred D. (1959) : Some English fossils in Krio
[9970]   Jones, Eldred D. (1960) : Sierra Leone and the English language
[9974]   Jones, Eldred D. (1962) : Mid-nineteenth century evidences of a Sierra Leone patois
[9975]   Jones, Eldred D. (1964) : Krio in Sierra Leone journalism
[9976]   Jones, Eldred D. (1968) : Some tense, mode and aspects markers in Krio
[9977]   Jones, Eldred D. (1971) : Krio: an English-based language of Sierra Leone
[9986]   Jones, Eldred D. (1992) : The business of translating into Krio
[9985]   Jones, Eldred D. , Karl I. Sandred & Neville Shrimpton (Ed) (1992) : Reading and writing Krio: proceedings of a workshop held at the Institute of Public Administration and Management, University of Sierra Leone, Freetown, 29-31 January, 1990
[9981]   Jones, Frederick C. V. (1983) : English-derived words in Sierra Leone Krio
[23433]   Jones, Frederick C. V. (1984) : Aspects of the morphology of English-derived words in Sierra Leone Krio
[28246]   Jones, Patrick & Jake Fryer (2019) : Reconsidering tone and melodies in Kikamba
[26164]   Jones, Patrick Jackson (2012) : Glide Formation in Kinande Does Not Neutralize an Underlying [ATR] Contrast
[27052]   Jones, Patrick Jackson (2014) : Tonal interaction in Kinande : cyclicity, opacity, and morphosyntactic structure
[9983]   Jones, Peggy (1987) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Dilo
[9967]   Jones, R. (1958) : Africa bibliography series: West Africa
[9969]   Jones, R. (1959) : Africa bibliography series: North-East Africa
[9972]   Jones, R. (1960) : Africa bibliography series: East Africa
[9973]   Jones, R. (1961) : Africa bibliography series: South-East Central Africa and Madagascar
[9988]   Jones, Randy (2001) : Provisional Kom-English lexicon
[9971]   Jones, Ruth (1960) : East Africa: general, ethnography, sociology, linguistics
[9965]   Jones, Stanley (1952) : The French patois of the Seychelles
[22808]   Jong, Kenneth de & Samuel Gyasi Obeng (2000) : Labio-palatalization in Twi: contrastive, quantal, and organizational factors producing an uncommon sound
[22679]   Jong, Nicky de (2001) : The ideophone in Didinga
[23085]   Jong, Nicky de (2004) : Didinga orthography
[9990]   Jonghe, Edouard de (1933) : Les langues communes au Congo Belge
[9991]   Jonsson, Erland (1949) : Kinyang’wezi grammatik
[9992]   Jordaan, K. (1974) : The origins of the Afrikaners and their language, 1652-1720: a study in miscegenation and creole
[9994]   Jordan, (1934) : Dictionnaire berbère-français
[9993]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1956) : A phonological and grammatical study of literary Xhosa
[9995]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1953) : Some features on the phonetic and grammatical structure of Baca
[9996]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (195-) : Xhosa course: a first year Xhosa course
[9997]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1966) : A practical course in Xhosa
[9998]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1961) : Bantu languages of southern Africa
[9999]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1967) : The adjective in the Nguni languages of southern Africa with special reference to Xhosa
[23312]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1973) : Towards an African literature: the emergence of literary form in Xhosa
[22999]   Jordan, Dean L. (1978) : Nafaara tense-aspect in the folk tale
[23962]   Jordan, Dean L. (1980) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Nafaara
[24527]   Jordan, Dean L. & Carol Jordan (1980 [1975]) : Nafaara
[28999]   Jordan, Dean , Sampson Attah & James Anane (eds.) (2018) : Nafaanra – English Dictionary
[27448]   Jordan, Linda (2009) : A study of Shara and related Ometo speech varieties of Ethiopia
[10000]   Joshua, Adebayo A. (2002) : Language, national integration and Nigeria Federation
[10001]   Joswig, Andreas (1995) : Die semantischen Funktionen des direkten Objekts im Swahili
[10002]   Joswig, Andreas (1996) : Die grammatischen Rollen des Objekts im Swahili
[25560]   Joswig, Andreas (2012) : The vowels of Majang
[27556]   Joswig, Andreas (2019) : The Majang Language
[27206]   Joswig, Andreas , Fajio Mokonne , Tulua Amaro & Achim Diehl (2011) : A Brief Grammar of the Me’en Language
[10003]   Jouannet, Francis (1977) : Phonématique et prosodie du kanembou des Ngaldoukou
[10004]   Jouannet, Francis (1978) : Les langues sahariennes
[10005]   Jouannet, Francis (1979) : Prosodie du kanembou des Ngaldoukou
[10006]   Jouannet, Francis (1979) : Catégorie de phonemes vocaliques sur une base distributionelle
[10007]   Jouannet, Francis (1980) : Les apicales en kifuliru, langue bantoue (J.)
[10008]   Jouannet, Francis (1984) : Phonologie du kifuliru
[10009]   Jouannet, Francis (1981) : Les marques prosodiques de l’accompli et de l’inaccompli dans une langue saharienne: problèmes d’accentuation et de morphologie
[10010]   Jouannet, Francis (1982) : Le kanembou de Ngaldoukou, langue saharienne parlée sur les rives septentrionales du lac Tchad: phonématique et prosodie
[10012]   Jouannet, Francis (1983) : Phonétique et phonologie: le système consonantique du kinyarwanda
[10013]   Jouannet, Francis (1985) : Prosodologie et phonologie non linéaire
[10014]   Jouannet, Francis (1985) : La variation tonale en kinyarwanda
[10018]   Jouannet, Francis (1989) : La verbe rwandais: les formes affirmatives dans des phrases non dépendantes
[10011]   Jouannet, Francis (Ed) (1983) : Le kinyarwanda (langue bantu du Rwanda): études linguistiques
[10015]   Jouannet, Francis (Ed) (1987) : Modèle informatisé du traitement des tons (domaine bantou)
[10016]   Jouannet, Francis (Ed) (1989) : Modèles en tonologie (kirundi et kinyarwanda)
[10017]   Jouannet, Francis (Ed) (1989) : Des tons à l’accent: essai sur l’accentuation du comorien
[3012]   Jouannet, Francis & Joseph Nsengimana (Ed) (1983) : Notation et orthographe du kinyarwanda: actes du colloque organisé par le Groupe d‘Études et de Recherches de Linguistique Appliquée, Université du Rwanda à Butare du 3 au 5 juin 1981
[10019]   Jouannet, Francis & Michel Lafon (Ed) (199-) : Étude sur la phonologie du shingazidja
[10020]   Joubert, P. J. & T. S. Metsileng (19--) : Verklarende woordelys: Afrikaans-Engels-Tswana
[26318]   Jouitteau, Mélanie (2012) : Verb doubling in Breton and Gungbe: Obligatory exponence at the sentence level
[10022]   Jourdan, J. (1937) : Cours normal et pratique d’arabe vulgaire: vocabulaire, historiettes, proverbes, chants
[10023]   Jourdan, J. (1956) : Cours pratique d’arabe dialectal: grammaire et vocabulaire; exercices, versions, thèmes
[10024]   Jourdan, J. (1956) : Corrige des exercises, versions, thèmes
[23289]   Jourdan, J. (1929) : Cours pratique et complet d’arabe vulgare: grammaire et vocabulaire (dialecte tunisien)
[23290]   Jourdan, J. (1979) : Cours normal et pratique d’arabe vulgaire: vocabulaire, historiettes, proverbes, chants
[10021]   Jourdan, P. (1935) : Notes grammaticales et vocabulaire de la daza
[10025]   Jowitt, Harold (1991) : Nigerian English usage: an introduction
[10026]   Jowitt, Harold (1995) : Nigeria’s national language question: choices and constraints
[10027]   Judd, A. S. (1923) : Notes on the language of the Arago or Alago tribe of Nigeria
[10028]   Juilland, Alphonse (Ed) (1977) : Linguistic studies offered to Joseph H. Greenberg on the occasion of his 60th birthday
[10029]   Juillard, Caroline (1988) : Senegal: the situation today regarding literacy in the national languages
[10030]   Juillard, Caroline (1990) : A case study of literacy in vernacular languages in Ziguinchor, Senegal
[10031]   Juillard, Caroline (1995) : Sociolinguistique urbaine: la vie des langues à Ziguinchor (Sénégal)
[27143]   Julius J. Taji (2017) : Object Marking Strategies in Chiyao
[10032]   Junaidu, Ismail (1987) : Topicalization in Hausa
[10033]   Junaidu, Ismail (1990) : The relationship between topicalisation and left-dislocation in Hausa
[10034]   Junaidu, Ismail (1995) : Vowel neutralization in Hausa
[10035]   Jungbluth, Frank (1997) : Die Ortnamen Sansibars
[10036]   Junge, Friedrich (1978) : Syntaxe der mittelägyptischen Literatursprache: Grundlagen einer Strukturtheorie
[10037]   Junge, Friedrich (1989) : “Emphasis” and sentential meaning in Middle Egyptian
[10038]   Junge, Hergen , Gerhard Tötemeyer & Marianne Zappen-Thomson (Ed) (1993) : The identity and role of the German-speaking community in Namibia
[24781]   Jungraithmayr, Hermann (2008) : Der perfekte Ton; Zur Dreidimensionalität afrikanischer Sprachen
[10039]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1956) : Untersuchungen zur Sprache der Tangale in Nordostnigerien
[10040]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1960) : Bericht über eine Forschungsreise nach Darfur und Wadai
[10041]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1961/62) : Beobachtungen zur tschadohamitischen Sprache der Jegu (und Jonkor) von Aby telfan (République du Tchad)
[10042]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1963) : On the ambiguous position of Angas
[10043]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1963/64) : Die Sprache der Sura (Maghavul) in Nordnigerien
[10044]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1964/65) : Materialen zur Kenntnis der Chip, Montol, Gerka und Burrum (Südplateau, Nordnigerien)
[10045]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1965) : Die Sprache der Jegu im zentralen Sudan und ihre Stellung innerhalb der tschadohamitischen Sprachen
[10046]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1965) : Internal a in Ron plurals
[10047]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1966) : Zum Bau der Aspekte im Westtschadohamitischen
[10048]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1966/67) : Specimens of Pa’a (‘Afa’) and Warja languages
[10049]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1967) : A brief note on certain characteristics of ‘West Chadic’ languages
[10050]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1968) : A comparative word list of the Ron languages (Southern Plateau, N. Nigeria)
[10051]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1968) : Ancient Hamito-Semitic remnants in the Central Sudan
[10052]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1968) : Moderne Entwicklungstendenzen in afrikanischen Sprachen
[10053]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1968) : The Hamitosemitic present-habitative verb stem in Ron and Mubi
[10054]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1968/69) : Class languages of Tangale-Waja District (Bauchi Province, northern Nigeria)
[10055]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1968/69) : Hausa, Ron and Angas: a comparative analysis of the aspect systems
[10056]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1970) : Die Ron-Sprachen: tschadohamitische Studien in Nordnigerien
[10057]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1970) : On root augmentation in Hausa
[10058]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1971) : How many Mimi languages are there?
[10059]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1971) : Reflections on the root structure in Chadohamitic (Chadic)
[10060]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1972) : Studien zum Dera (Kanakuru). Teil I: Einleitung mit Verbreitungsskizze
[10061]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1972) : Sprachaufnahmen in Tchad 1971/1972
[10062]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1972) : Collecting language data in the Chad Republic, 1971-72
[10063]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1973) : Notes on the Ishe dialect of Ukaan (Akoko, Western State, Nigeria)
[10064]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1973) : Eine Wortliste des Oko, der Sprache von Ogori
[10065]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1973) : Recherches tchadiques dans la République du Tchad
[10066]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1974) : Perfektiv- (Kurz-) und Imperfektiv- (Lang-) Stamm im Aspektsystem osttschadohamitischer Sprachen
[10069]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1975) : A wordlist of Camerounian Boki, with comparative remarks on the Boki class system by G. Miehe
[10070]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1971) : The Tangale vowel harmony system reconsidered
[10071]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1975) : Die Imperfektivstamm im Migama
[10073]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1977) : Sprachhistorische Schichtstufen im Tschadraum
[10074]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1977) : ‘Essen’ und ‘Trinken’ in Sprachen des Tschadsee-Gebietes
[10075]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1977) : Zum Verb im “Mokulu”
[10078]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1978) : Présentation d’un conte en sibine (sumray) - texte, notes et vocabulaire
[10079]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1978) : A lexical comparison of Dafur and Wadai Daju
[10080]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1978) : A tentative four stage model for the development of the Chadic languages
[10081]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1978) : Gebrochene Plurale im Mubi (Ost-Chad)
[10082]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1978/84) : The locative case in Hausa and in other Chadic languages
[10083]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1980) : Kontakte zwischen Adamawa-Ubangi und Tschad-Sprachen: zur Übertragung grammatischer Systeme
[10087]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1981) : Langues du Soudan oriental du nord: tableau d’ensemble
[10088]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1981) : Le daju de dar Sila
[10089]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1981) : Les langues tchadiques: généralités
[10090]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1981) : Inventaire des langues tchadiques
[10091]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1981) : Le daffo (ron)
[10093]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1981) : Über die Mawa (Guera, Tchad): ethnographische und linguistische Notizen
[10097]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1983) : On mono- and triradicality in early and present-day Chadic: how reliable are reconstructions?
[10098]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1983) : The modernization of Hausa: spontaneous and planned development of a West African language
[10101]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1987) : Apocope et syncope dans l’histoire du développement des langues tchadiques
[10103]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1987) : La formation des classes verbales en mokilko et en mubi
[10104]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1987) : Quelques extensions verbales en mokilko
[10106]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1988) : Hausa and Chadic: a reappraisal
[10108]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1988) : L’intransitivité en tchadique
[10109]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1988) : Zur Negation in afrikanischen Sprachen
[10111]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1989) : Zur frühen Geschichte des Zentralsudan im Lichte der neueren Sprachforschung
[10112]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1990) : Lexique mokilko (Guéra, Tchad)
[10114]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1990) : Différents héritages culturels et non-culturels à l’ouest et à l’est du bassin du Tchad selon l’évidence linguistique
[10115]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1991) : A dictionary of the Tangale language (Kaltungo, northern Nigeria), with a grammatical introduction
[10116]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1991) : Centre and periphery: Chahic linguistic evidence and its possible historical significance
[10120]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1992) : Complexité et diversité du vocabulaire tchadique
[10121]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1992/93) : On vowel systems in Chadic: a typological overview
[10123]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1993) : The Benue-Gongola-Chad Basin: zone of ethnic and linguistic compression
[10124]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1994) : Minoritätensprachforschung in Afrika
[10128]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1994) : Über die Grenzen des Tschadischen
[10129]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1995) : Was ist am Tangale noch tschadisch/hamito-semitisch?
[10130]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1997) : Ablaut im Verbalsystem osttschadischer Sprachen
[10131]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2000) : Zum Genus im Tschadischen
[10132]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2000) : Chadic: a network of genetic and areal relationships
[10134]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2003) : Altrilocality in Tangale and Tuareg: a common heritage feature?
[10135]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2003) : Arabic D-stem in Chadic?
[23978]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1988) : Etymologie tchadique: vocabulaire fondamental et anciens emprunts
[25673]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2011) : La deuxième personne du pronom en tchadique
[25973]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2004) : L'idéophone en mokilko et en sibine. Différences morphologiques et sémantiques
[27273]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2014) : The historical position of Tangale within Chadic
[27940]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2013) : La langue mubi (République du Tchad). Précis de grammaire, Textes, Lexique.
[28486]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2005) : Notes sur le système verbal du Sokoro (République du Tchad)
[28487]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2020) : Préliminaires à une étude du saba, langue tchadique orientale du Tchad (région de Melfi)
[10076]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (Ed) (1978) : Struktur und Wandel afrikanischer Sprachen
[10084]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (Ed) (1980) : Études sur le subjonctif en tchadique
[10094]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (Ed) (1982) : The Chad languages in the Hamito-Semitic-Negritic border area: papers from the Marburg Symposium, 1979
[10105]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (Ed) (1987) : Contacts de langues et contacts de cultures, 5: langues tchadiques et langues non-tchadiques en contact en Afrique centrale. Actes de la table ronde franco-allemande, Ivry (France), 8-12 décembre 1978
[10110]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Al-Amin Abu-Manga (1989) : Einführung in die Ful-Sprache
[10119]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & andere (1992) : Lexique migama (Guéra, Tchad); migama-français et français-migama (Guera, Tchad), avec une introduction grammaticale
[10067]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Angelica von Funck (1975) : Amasi, Ambele und Asumbo: Klassensprachen aus dem nördlichen Westkamerun (‘Mamfe’-Bantu) ; Teil 1
[10068]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Angelica von Funck (1975) : Amasi, Ambele und Asumbo: Klassensprachen aus dem nördlichen Westkamerun (‘Mamfe’-Bantu) ; Teil 2: Wortlisten und Kommentar
[27944]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Carsten Peust (2019) : Notes on Gàlì (Miltu), a moribund Chadic language (Republic of Chad)
[10085]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & D. Miehe (Ed) (1981) : Berliner afrikanistische Vorträge: XXI. deutscher Orientalistentage, Berlin, 24.-29. März 1980
[10122]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Dymitr Ibriszimow (1993) : Chadic lexical roots: Wege zum Ur-Tschadischen
[10125]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Dymitr Ibriszimow (1994) : Chadic lexical roots, 1: tentative reconstruction, grading, distribution and comments
[10126]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Dymitr Ibriszimow (1994) : Chadic lexical roots, 2: documentation
[10133]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Gábor Takács (2000) : Altägyptisch zwr (swr) gleich berbero-tschadischem *sw-?
[10127]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Gudrun Miehe (Ed) (1994) : Mitteilungen des Sonderforshungsbereich 268 (Burkina Faso und Nordostnigeria)
[10095]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1982) : Fonctionnement du verbe dans trois langues tchadiques
[10102]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1987) : Études tchadiques: classes et extensions verbales
[10107]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1988) : Études tchadiques: transitivité et diathèse. Actes de la 11ème réunion du Groupe d’Ètudes Tchadiques
[10113]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1990) : Études tchadiques: verbes monoradicaux, suivis d’une note sur la negation en haoussa. Actes de la 12ème réunion du Groupe d’Ètudes Tchadiques
[10117]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1991) : Phrase complexe dans les langues tchadiques
[10118]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1991) : Études tchadiques: la phrase complexe
[10077]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Jean-Pierre Caprile (Ed) (1978) : Cinq textes tchadiques (Cameroun et Tchad): présentation linguistique
[10086]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Kiyoshi Shimizu (Ed) (1981) : Chadic lexical roots - a first evaluation of the Marburg Chadic Word Catalogue, 2: tentative reconstruction, grading and distribution
[27294]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Miroslava Holubová, in collaboration with Luka J. Jiwul and Sonja Ermisch (2016) : The Ngas language - Shik Ngas (Northern Nigeria) : Fundamentals of Grammar - Texts - Dictionary
[24782]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Philibus I. Diyakal (2008) : Lyang Lu: One Thousand and One Proverbs, Idioms and Sayings in Mushere (N. Nigeria) with a Grammatical Outline and Vocabulary
[10100]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Walter W. Müller (Ed) (1987) : Proceedings of the 4th international Hamito-Semitic congress, Marburg, 20-22 September, 1983
[10072]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (1976) : Einführung in die Hausa-Sprache: Kursus für Kolleg und Sprachlabor
[10092]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (1981) : Einführung in die Hausa-Sprache: Kursus für Kolleg und Sprachlabor
[10096]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (1983) : Lexikon der Afrikanistik: afrikanische Sprachen und ihre Erforschung
[10099]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (1985) : Einführung in die Hausa-Sprache: Kursus für Kolleg und Sprachlabor
[10136]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann , Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig & Anne Storch (2004) : Lehrbuch der Hausa-Sprache
[10140]   Junod, Henri Philippe (1933) : Éléments de grammaire tchopi
[10137]   Junod, Henri-Alexandre (1929) : Vuvulavuri bya ShiThonga: yi nga milawu ya mavulavulela ya shiThonga
[10138]   Junod, Henri-Alexandre (1932) : Elementary grammar of the Thonga-Shangaan language
[10139]   Junod, Henri-Alexandre (1932) : Le parler descriptif des bantous
[10141]   Junod, Henri-Alexandre (1967) : Vuvulavuri bya Shithonga [The laws of Shithonga speech]
[28546]   Junod, Henri-Alexandre (1896) : Grammaire ronga - suivie d'un manuel de conversation et d'un vocabulaire ronga-portugais-français-anglais
[10142]   Jushmanov, N. V. (1937) : Stroj jazyka hausa [The Hausa language structure]
[10143]   Justinard, L. V. (1926) : Manuel de berbère marocain (dialecte rifain)
[10144]   Justo, Bolekia Boleká (1991) : Curso de lengua Bubi
[10145]   Ka, Fari Silate (1977) : Description morphosyntaxique du jenngelle (parler peul du Sénégal)
[10148]   Ka, Fari Silate (1991) : Eléments de dialectologie peule: variations dialectales et problèmes de standardisation
[10146]   Ka, Omar (1985) : Syllable structure and suffixation in Wolof
[10147]   Ka, Omar (1990) : Reduplication and prosodic constituents in Wolof
[10149]   Ka, Omar (1994) : Wolof phonology and morphology
[24352]   Ka, Omar (1981) : La dérivation et la composition en wolof
[25844]   Kaaouas, Nadia (2009) : Les faits culturels dans les dictionnaires bilingues de la langue berbère
[10150]   Kaare, Bwire T. M. (1994) : The impact of modernization policies on the hunter-gatherer Hadzabe: the case o education and language policies of postindependence Tanzania
[23877]   Kaba, Elizabeth (1988) : Esquisse phonologique du mmaala, dialecte yambassa
[10151]   Kabamba, Mbikay (1979) : Stratigraphie des langues et communications à Lubumbashi
[10152]   Kabamba, Mp. M. (1981) : Phonologie comparée du ciluba et du kintandu
[27713]   Kabange, Mukala (2005) : Eléments de grammaire du Kizééla (L.33a) - Phonologie et Morphologie : Approiche structuraliste
[28787]   Kabasele, Philothé Mwamba (2022) : Phonological adaptation of the Belgian French vowels in Kinshasa Lingala
[10153]   Kabeya, K. (1977) : Le yaka et le luba-Kasaayi: essai de rapprochement morpho-sémantique des formes nominales et pronominales
[10154]   Kabore, O. (1987) : Paroles de femmes (Moore, Burkina Faso)
[10155]   Kaboré, Raphaël (1985) : Essai d’analyse de la langue mùuré (parler de Wàogdgó, Ouagadougou)
[10156]   Kaboré, Raphaël (1988) : La morphème ho du malgache
[10157]   Kaboré, Raphaël (1990) : La négation en moore
[10158]   Kaboré, Raphaël (1993) : Contribution à l’étude de l’ideophonie
[10159]   Kaboré, Raphaël (1994) : La nasalité en mòoré
[10160]   Kaboré, Raphaël (1997) : La qualification en moore
[10161]   Kaboré, Raphaël (1997) : White babies and root-vowel substitution in Muure: on the borders of linguistics and ethnology
[10162]   Kaboré, Raphaël (2000) : Repère constitutif et marqueurs énonciatifs en mòoré
[24994]   Kaboré, Raphaël (1998) : La réduplication
[27598]   Kabore, Raphaël (1994) : Organisation de l'énoncé en moore
[24999]   Kaboré, Raphaël & Zakari Tchagbalé (1998) : ATR, ouverture et arrondissement vocaliques dans quelques systèmes africains
[24988]   Kaboré, Raphaël , Suzanne Ruelland & Suzy Platiel (1998) : Réflexions sur la négation dans quelques langues africaines
[28834]   Kabsele, Philothé Mwamba (2018) : Structural transfer in third language acquisition: The case of Lingala-French speakers acquiring English
[10163]   Kabuje, L. (1995) : An investigation of Ndali phonology of relevance to the teaching of spoken English to Ndali speakers
[10164]   Kabungama, Yuka (1992) : Analyse des formes nominales en kisembombo
[10165]   Kabungama, Yuka (1994) : Les formes pronominales en kisémbómbo
[10166]   Kabuta, J. (1993) : Overzicht van de Lubà morfologie
[10167]   Kabuta, J. (1994) : Inleiding tot de fonologie van het Lubà
[10170]   Kabuta, J. (1998) : Loanwords in Cilubà
[10168]   Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1995) : De morfologie van het Lubà werkwoord
[10169]   Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1997) : Construction d’une formule: example du proverbe luba
[10171]   Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1998) : Het Cilubà werkwoord: morfologie
[10172]   Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1998) : Inleiding tot de structuur van het Cilubà
[10173]   Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1998) : Een praktische inleiding tot het Cilubà
[10174]   Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1998) : Naming tenses in African languages: the so-called subsecutive in Ciluba
[22680]   Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (2001) : Ideophones in Ciluba
[25455]   Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (2008) : Nkòngamyakù Cilubà-Mfwàlànsa (dictionnaire Luba-Français)
[10175]   Kabuyaya, Kalondero (1994?) : Éléments de phonologie nande (J42)
[23517]   Kachin, Brigitte (1990) : The phonological adaptation of English loan words in Medumba
[24968]   Kadanya, James Lokuuda (2006) : Nom Derivation System in Toposa
[10176]   Kadeghe, Michael Y. (1991) : Establishing educational bilingualism in Tanzania: an alternative option
[23316]   Kadenge, Maxwell (2006) : The phonology of Nambya
[24017]   Kadima, Batumona Adi , Muledi Katendje wa Ndaya & Ntita Nyembwe (1998) : Lexique des termes de l’hôtellerie et du tourisme: français-ciluba, ciluba-français
[24025]   Kadima, Batumona Adi , Muledi Katendje wa Ndaya & Ntita Nyembwe (1995) : Lexique de la signalisation routière: français-ciluba, ciluba-français
[24018]   Kadima, Batumona Adi , Muledi Katendje wa Ndaya , Mayele Nshimba wa Nshimba , Kanyanya Kabongo & Ntita Nyembwe (2000) : Lexique de l’information sanitaire: français-ciluba, ciluba-français
[24022]   Kadima, Batumona Adi , Tshalu-Tshalu Mukendi , Badinenganyi Mpoyi & Ntita Nyembwe (1995) : Terminologie grammaticale et pédagogique: lexique français-ciluba, ciluba-français
[10180]   Kadima, Kamuleta , Huta-Mukana Mutombo , Moiso Bokula , Kalondero Kabuyaya , P. Mbula & N. Thimbombo (1983) : Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale - inventaire préliminaire: le Zaïre
[10177]   Kadima, Marcel (1965) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue nyanga
[10178]   Kadima, Marcel (1967) : Le thème pour “autre” dans les langues bantoues
[10179]   Kadima, Marcel (1969) : Le système des classes en bantou
[10181]   Kadima, Mutamba (1984) : Hydronymes kányôk
[10182]   Kadt, Elizabeth de (1992) : Requests as speech acts in Zulu
[10183]   Kadt, Elizabeth de (1994) : Towards a model for politeness in Zulu
[10184]   Kadt, Elizabeth de (1995) : The cross-cultural study of directives: Zulu as a non-typical language
[10185]   Kadt, Elizabeth de (1998) : Keeping the kitchen clean: towards an analysis of English-medium interactions between black people and white people in post-apartheid South Africa
[10186]   Kadt, Elizabeth de (2000) : In with heart and soul: the German-speakers of Wartburg
[10187]   Kadt, Elizabeth de (2000) : English language proficiency in South Africa at the turn of the millenium
[10188]   Kadt, Elizabeth de (2002) : German speakers in South Africa
[10189]   Kadt, Elizabeth de (2005) : English, language shift and identities: a comparison between ‘Zulu-dominant’ and ‘multicultural’ students on a South African university campus
[10190]   Kagame, Alexis (1960) : La langue du Rwanda et du Burundi expliquée aux autochtones
[10191]   Kagame, Alexis (1962) : Introduction à la conjugaison du verbe rwandais
[10192]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1978) : Soundspectrographic analysis of Naron clicks: a preliminary report
[10193]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1978) : A phonetic sketch of Naron around Ghanzi
[10194]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1985) : [A tonal analysis of Tharaka nouns in four frames]
[10195]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : A classified vocabulary of the Lungu language
[10196]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : A classified vocabulary of the Lenje language
[10197]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : A tonal study of Cilungu nouns
[10198]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : A tonal study of Cilungu infinitives
[10199]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : Tonal patterns of Cilungu predicate terms
[10200]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : Tonal patterns of Cilungu imperatives
[10201]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1989) : A classified vocabulary of the Pare language
[10203]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1989) : A study of the tonal system of the Gonja verbs and nouns (a dialect of the southern Pare language)
[10204]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1989) : A study of the tonal system of the Mbaga dialect of the southern Pare language
[10205]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1990) : Jiyuu gojun gengo deno gojun seegen: Sandawe-go no baai / Restriction on word order in a free word order language: the case of the Sandawe language
[10206]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1992) : A classified vocabulary of the Bakueri language
[10207]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1992) : A tonal system of verbs of the Bakueri [part 1]
[10208]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1992) : A tonal system of nouns, possessives and adjectives of the Bakueri language (on two types of basic tones)
[10209]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1992) : [A tonal system of verbs of the Bakueri, 2: the case of reflexives]
[10210]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1993) : A classified vocabulary of the Sandawe language
[10211]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1994) : Sandawe-go no shinkou hyougen de no go no gruupu ni tsuite: syukaku setsuji no kousetsu ni kanshite / A word group in the progressive expression of the Sandawe language: concerning the suffixation of a subject marker
[10212]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1998) : Shona-go (Zezuru hougen) Fortune shiryou no onchou bunseki tosoreni moto zuku onchou shisutemu / Tonal analysis of Fortune’s data and the constructed Shona tonal system (the Zezuru dialect)
[10213]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1998) : [Tonal patterns of the contemporary Zezuru dialect of the Shona language and its diachronic changes: the high tone covering the next low tone and its shifting to the right]
[10214]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1998) : [Some acoustic characteristics of velarization in the Zezuru dialect of Shona]
[10215]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1998) : [An introduction to African languages]
[10216]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1999) : [Diachronic tonal changes of the Zezuru dialect of the Shona language: in the case of verbs with object prefixes]
[10218]   Kagaya, Ryohei (2000) : [Tonal analysis of the Manyika verbs: two layers of tonal phenomena]
[10219]   Kagaya, Ryohei (2001) : [Tonal analysis of nouns of the Zezuru dialect of Shona]
[10222]   Kagaya, Ryohei (2003) : [A tentative analysis of tonal patterns of the Kwaya nouns]
[10223]   Kagaya, Ryohei (2003) : [A tonal analysis of nouns of the Mrangi dialect of Jita]
[10224]   Kagaya, Ryohei (2004) : Jita-go murangi-hoogen no dooshi onchoo bunseki / A tonal analysis of verbs of the Mrangi dialect of Jita
[26821]   Kagaya, Ryohei (2006) : A Gwere Vocabulary
[26822]   Kagaya, Ryohei (2005) : A Jita Vocabulary
[10202]   Kagaya, Ryohei , Ruth Mfumbwa Besha & Yasutoshi Yukawa (1989) : Studies in Tanzanian languages
[10220]   Kagaya, Ryohei? (Ed) (2001) : Verbs of the Kwaya language]
[10221]   Kagaya, Ryohei? (Ed) (2001) : A tentative study of the fundamental structure of Bantu and Japanese tonal patterns]
[10225]   Kageyama, Taro (1977) : Conjunctions
[10226]   Kaggwa, Ahmed (1992) : Landwirtschaftliches Wörterbuch: Luganda-Deutsch
[10227]   Kagni, (1989) : Die syntaktische Relevanz der seriellen Verbalkonstruktionen in den Kwa-Sprachen
[10228]   Kahana, Mwanaidi Maharage (1989) : The use of Kiswahili language in the educational systems of Tanzania: a critical review
[10229]   Kahari, George P. (1972) : Shona language course
[10230]   Kahari, George P. (1993) : The development of national languages and literatures in Zimbabwe 1890-1990: a century of the reconciliation of individual liberty with social stability
[10231]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1977) : Sumbwa phonology
[10232]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1988) : Aspects of Sumbwa diachronic phonology
[10233]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1989) : Developments affecting the Bantu perfective in *-ile: another view
[10234]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1990) : A note on the shape of the applicative suffix in Kiswahili
[10235]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1997) : Structural and cohesion dimensions of style: a consideration of some Swahili texts in Maw (1974)
[10236]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1998) : Structural and cohesion dimensions of style: a consideration of some Swahili texts in Maw (1974)
[10238]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (2000) : Urefu wa irabu katika Kisumbwa [Vowel length in Kisumbwa]
[10237]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. , Yared Magori Kihore & Maarten Mous (Ed) (2000) : Lugha za Tanzania/Languages of Tanzania: studies dedicated to the memory of Prof. Clement Maganga
[10239]   Kahindo-Lufungula, Muhesi (1973) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue kusu
[10240]   Kahindo-Lufungula, Muhesi (1978) : Les changements phonologiques et sémantiques du nade à partir du proto-bantu
[10241]   Kahindo-Lufungula, Muhesi (1981) : Description syntaxique du nande
[10242]   Kahl, Jochem (1994) : Das System der ägyptischen Hieroglyphenschrift in der 0.-3. Dynastie
[10243]   Kahl, Jochem , Nicole Kloth & Ursula Zimmermann (1995) : Die Inschriften der 3. Dynastie: eine Bestandsaufnahme
[10585]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1936/37) : Etymologische Lautlehre des Nyanja
[10586]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1939/40) : Mambila-Studie
[10587]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1941/42) : Stand und Aufgaben der Sprachforshung in Kamerun
[10588]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1944) : Das Problem der Verkehrssprachen von Tropisch-Afrika, insbes. von Kamerun
[10589]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1945/50) : Das Fragewort in den Bantusprachen
[10590]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1952/53) : Klassensysteme in afrikanischen Sprachen
[10591]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1954) : Martin van de Kimmenades Grammatik und Vokabular der Sandawe-Sprache
[10592]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1955) : Zur Genealogie des Adjektive im Bantu
[10593]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1956) : Konstanz und Variation in Klassensystemen afrikanischer Sprachen
[10594]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1962/63) : Studien zur tonalen Struktur der Bantusprachen. Teil 2: Chasu im und am Fusse des Pare-Gebirges, Tanganyika
[10595]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1962/63) : Studien zur tonalen Struktur der Bantusprachen. Teil 1: Shambala
[10596]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1963) : Bantu-Tonsprachen und -Nichttonsprachen in Tanganyika
[10597]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1963/64) : Töne und Akzente in der Formenlehre des Chasu (Tanganjika)
[10598]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1964/65) : Das Phonem /j/ im Swahili
[10599]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1966) : Die örtliche Funktion der Applikativendung in Bantusprachen
[10600]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1966/67) : Tonal behaviour in the word-structure of African class languages
[10601]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1967) : Die Beziehungen zwischen Klassenpräfix und vokalischem Suffix am Nomen in den Bantusprachen
[10602]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1967/68) : The tones in Urbantu
[10603]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1969) : Gibt es sprachhistorische Beziehungen der Töne im Kinga (Tanzania)?
[10604]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1969) : Lange, gedehnte und kurze Vokale in Nyakyusa
[10605]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1971) : Niger-Congo, Eastern Bantu
[10244]   Kaji, Shigeki (1978) : [Tone in Tembo nouns]
[10245]   Kaji, Shigeki (1982) : [Some problems in Tembo phonology, with particular reference to consonant alternations]
[10246]   Kaji, Shigeki (1984) : [The morphological structure of the verb in Tembo]
[10247]   Kaji, Shigeki (1985) : Tembo-go no dooshi no katsuyoo / The verb conjugation in Tembo
[10248]   Kaji, Shigeki (1985) : Deux mille phrases de swahili tel qu’il se parle au Zaïre
[10249]   Kaji, Shigeki (1986) : Lexique tembo, I: tembo - swahili du Zaïre - japonais - français
[10250]   Kaji, Shigeki (1990) : [Historical characteristics of Tembo tones]
[10251]   Kaji, Shigeki (1991) : Tembo phonology in its synchronic and diachronic perspectives
[10252]   Kaji, Shigeki (1992) : Particularites phonologiques en tembo
[10253]   Kaji, Shigeki (1992) : Vocabulaire hunde
[10254]   Kaji, Shigeki (1992) : Vocabulaire lingala classifié
[10255]   Kaji, Shigeki (1996) : Tone reversal in Tembo (Bantu J.57)
[10257]   Kaji, Shigeki (2000) : Haya vocabulary
[24031]   Kaji, Shigeki (2001) : Tonal types of Bantu languages
[27394]   Kaji, Shigeki (2017) : On the intransitive usage of transitive verbs in Tooro, a Bantu language of Western Uganda
[27399]   Kaji, Shigeki (2007) : A Rutooro vocabulary
[10256]   Kaji, Shigeki (Ed) (1998) : Haya
[10259]   Kajiga, Balihuta (1975) : Dictionnaire de la langue swahili
[10258]   Kajiga, Balihuta & Ndolere Gahereri (1972) : Lugha ya Swahili: sarufi - masomo safi - vitendawili - misili
[10260]   Kakeya, Makoto & Toshisada Nishida (1976) : A glossary of Sitongwe
[26765]   Kakou Foba, Antoine (2012) : Evaluation du degré de vitalité de l’éotilé, langue kwa de côte d’ivoire : vers une révision de sa classification parmi les langues mortes
[10261]   Kakule, M. K. (1983) : Du jeu au symbolisme: étude de textes de la littérature orale nande par l’approche ethnolinguistique
[22543]   Kakule, M. K. (1977) : Les variantes régionales du swahili: région du Shaba
[10262]   Kakweji, José S. (1989) : Viximo (oratura luvale): contos, adivinhas, vozes de animais (Luvale-Português)
[28849]   Kaldhol, Nina Hagen (2021) : Gender and headedness in nominal compounds in Somali
[10263]   Kalema, John (1974) : Luganda phonology and morphology
[10264]   Kalema, John (1977) : The irrelevance of tone class D in Luganda (with comments by Desmond T. Cole)
[10265]   Kalema, John (1977) : Accent modification rules in Luganda
[10266]   Kalema, John (1982) : The tonal behaviour of morphemes in different strata in Luganda
[10267]   Kalex, Andreas N. (1989) : Untersuchungen zur Sprache der Atyap (Nordnigeria)
[25454]   Kaliai, M. H. I. (2008) : A Nembe-English dictionary
[10268]   Kaliai, M. H. J. (1964) : English-Nembe dictionary
[10269]   Kaliai, M. H. J. (1966) : Nembe-English dictionary
[26823]   Kalinowski, Cristin (2010) : Multidirectional Vowel Harmony in Esimbi
[23729]   Kallen, Jeffrey L. & Carol M. Eastman (1979) : “I went to Mombasa, there I met an old woman...” - Structure and meaning in Swahili riddles
[10270]   Kaloma, Agasuru Tauli Mondengi (1981) : Etude comparative des systèmes phonologiques logoti et lugbarati
[10271]   Kalombo, Mbogho (1983) : The process of change in the languages of the Great Lakes area: the case of Lubumbashi Swahili
[10272]   Kalombo, Mbogho (1985) : Observations on bilingual lexicography involving Bantu and Indo-European languages
[10273]   Kalonji, M. T. Z. (1993) : La lexicographie bilingue en Afrique francophone: l’exemple français-cilubà
[10274]   Kaltenbrunner, Stefan (1996) : Fanakalo: Dokumentation einer Pidginsprache
[10275]   Kalugila, Leonidas (1977) : Methali za Kiswahili kutoka Afrika mashariki/Swahili proverbs from East Africa
[10276]   Kalugila, Leonidas (1977) : The English pronunciation of Swahili and other Bantu speakers
[10277]   Kalugila, Leonidas & Abdulaziz Yusuf Lodhi (Ed) (1980) : Methali zaidi za Kiswahili/More Swahili proverbs East Africa
[10278]   Kalumbo, Mbogho (1984) : Criticism of Zairian bilingual lexicography
[10279]   Kalumbo, Mbogho (1984) : Notes on errors in ethnoliguistics
[22544]   Kalumbo, Mbogho (1983) : The process of change in the languages of the Great Lakes area: the case of Lubumbashi Kiswahili
[23582]   Kalumbo, Mbogho (1985) : Observations on bilingual lexicography involving Bantu and Indo-European languages
[10280]   Kalunga, Mwela-Ubi (1979) : Le lexique du swahili standard face au lexique du swahili du Lubumbashi
[24557]   Kam, Sié A. (1979) : Approche sur le verbe et les pronoms personnels en dian
[10282]   Kamanda Kola, Roger (1989) : La conjugaison en ngbandi (langue non bantu)
[10283]   Kamanda Kola, Roger (1990) : Inventaire des langues et/ou dialectes oubanguiens
[10284]   Kamanda Kola, Roger (1991) : Éléments de description du zamba, langue bantoue (C.31e) du Zaïre
[10285]   Kamanda Kola, Roger (1993) : A propos de la tonalité en zamba
[10286]   Kamanda Kola, Roger (1994) : Notes sur l’augment en zamba
[10287]   Kamanda Kola, Roger (2000) : Voyelles initiales des noms mono
[10288]   Kamanda Kola, Roger (2003) : Phonologie et morpho-syntaxe du mono: langue oubanguienne du Congo R.D.
[10281]   Kamanda, Mohamed Combo (2002) : Mother tongue education and transitional literacy in Sierra Leone: prospects and challenges in the 21st century
[10289]   Kamanga, Thandie M. (1987) : Teaching English for academic purposes (EAP): fundamental issues and recurrent problems
[26402]   Kamano, René Bayo (1975) : Étude descriptive du kisiei
[10290]   Kamanzi, Thomas (1961) : Rwanda de base
[24346]   Kamara, Abdul & David Dalby (1964) : Vocabulary of the Temne Ragbenle Society
[24586]   Kamarah, Sheikh Umarr (1994) : Phonology and Tonology in the Morphology of Temne: A Lexicalist Approach
[24620]   Kamarah, Sheikh Umarr (2007) : A Descriptive Grammar of KʌThemne (Temne)
[10291]   Kamau, Timothy Gathere (1996) : The major phonological processes of Kindia and Kigichungu dialects of Gikuyu: a comparative survey
[10293]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1973) : Esquisse de grammaire kete
[10294]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1980) : Esquisse de grammaire kete
[10295]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1981) : Les formes verbales négatives dans les langues bantoues
[10296]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1982) : La négation dans les langues bantoues et européennes
[10297]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1983) : Les emprunts en luba-kasayi
[10298]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1984) : A propos des termes ‘métathèse’, ‘haplologie’, ‘télescopage’ et ‘imbrication’ en linguistique africaine
[10299]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1986) : Les mots bantous pour “hier” et “demain”
[10300]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1987) : Phonologie historique du holoholo
[10301]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1988) : Comportement du préfixe nominal de classe 5 en bantou
[10302]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1988) : Les mots bantous pour “maison” en bantou
[10303]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1991) : Les substitutifs en zone C
[10304]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1994) : Réflexes du protobantou en kele
[10305]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1997) : Le préfixe i- en zone C
[22531]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1992) : Les mots pour maison en bantou
[22535]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1986) : Variantes de forme n en bantou
[23246]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (2005) : Le négatif du verbe être en bantou
[24891]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (2003) : Substitutifs et possessifs en bantou
[10292]   Kamba, M. (1986) : Variantes des morphèmes de forme n en bantu
[26600]   Kambale, Balinandi (compiled by) (2009) : Lhukonzo - English / English - Lhukonzo Dictionary
[27481]   Kambon, Ọbádélé Bakari & Josephine Dzahene-Quarshie (2017) : TwiSwahili Or KiswaTwili: A Study of Parallel Proverbs in Akan (Twi) And Kiswahili
[27424]   Kambon, Obadele , E. Kweku Osam & Nana Aba Appiah Amfo (2015) : A case for revisiting definitions of serial verb constructions: Evidence from Akan serial verb nominalization
[28257]   Kambon, Obadele , Reginald Akuoko Duah & Clement I. K. Appah (2019) : Serial verb nominalization in Akan: the question of intervening elements
[10306]   Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (1982) : Contrastive analysis of coordination in English and Lobire
[10307]   Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (1984) : La syntaxe des énoncés complexes: coordination et subordination en lobire
[10308]   Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (1993) : Are serial verb constructions in Lobire coordinate or subordinate structures?
[10309]   Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (1994) : Syntax of coordination in Lobire
[10310]   Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (1997) : Acquisition of the English article system by francophone students: the case of Burkina Faso
[10311]   Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (1998) : Lobire
[10312]   Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (2000) : Lobire verbal system
[10313]   Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (2001) : Clausal coordination in Lobire
[10314]   Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (2001) : Contrastive analysis in multilingual societies: a methodological issue
[23202]   Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (2003) : Morphophonology of verbo-nominal roots in Lobirè
[10315]   Kamchedzera, Garton (1994) : Malawi after Banda
[26660]   Kamdem Fonkoua, Hector (2015) : A Dictionary of Camfranglais
[10316]   Kamera, W. D. & Gloria B. Malambe (1993) : Language and literature skills: a case for Swaziland schools
[17619]   Kamgais, W. A. M. (1997) : Esquisse phonologique du lefa’
[22485]   Kamil, Mohamed Hassan (2004) : Parlons afar: langue et culture
[23997]   Kamissoko, Fadiala & Djéli Makan Diabaté (1997) : Lexique des élections français-bambara
[10318]   Kamitondo, E. Ndopu (1958) : Silozi note book
[10319]   Kammensjö, Heléne (2004) : Discourse connectives in Arabic lecturing monologues
[10320]   Kammerzell, Frank (1991) : Personalpronomina und Personalendungen im Altägyptischen
[10321]   Kammler, Werner (1973) : Vocabulaire français-foulfouldé
[10329]   Kamoga, F. W. (1971) : Lugbara instructions
[10322]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (19--) : Luganda elementary course
[10324]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1969) : Lwo instructions
[10325]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1971) : Lwo instructions
[10326]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1971) : Lugisu instructions
[10327]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1971) : Runyankore/Rukiga instructions
[10328]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1971) : Lunyoro/Rutoro instructions
[10330]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1971) : Madi instructions
[23645]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1969) : Luganda continuation
[10323]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi & Earl W. Stevick (1968) : Luganda basic course
[28106]   Kamomba, Michel Wetshemongo (2020) : Parler, lire et écrire la langue bantoue otetela
[10606]   Kämper, Sven (1996) : Zur Distribution von Morphemen der Negation in tschadischen Sprachen
[10331]   Kamtedza, J. D. G. (1964) : Elementos da gramática cinyanja
[10332]   Kamupingene, Theo[philus] K. (1985) : Meaning of place names and the phenomenon of nomenclature in Otjiherero
[10333]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1985) : Passivization in Bantu languages
[10334]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1987) : French/vernacular code-mixing in Zaire: implications for syntactic constraints
[10335]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1988) : ‘C-command’ and the phonology-syntax interface in Ciluba
[10336]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1989) : Some morphosyntactic aspects of French/Bantu code-mixing
[10337]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1989) : Theory and method of code-mixing: a cross-linguistic study
[10338]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1993/96) : Advancement in some Asian and African languages
[10339]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1994) : SiSwati-English code-switching: the matrix language principle and linguistic constraints
[10340]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1996) : Sociolinguistic aspects of SiSwati-English bilingualism
[10341]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1997) : Language frontiers, language standardization, and mother tongue education: the Zaire-Zambia border area with reference to the Bemba cluster
[10342]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1997) : The colonial legacy and language planning in sub-Saharan Africa
[10343]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1997) : Multilingualism and education policy in post-apartheid South Africa
[10345]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1998) : ‘We-codes’, ‘they-codes’ and ‘codes-in-between’: indentities of English and codeswitching in post-apartheid South Africa
[10346]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1998) : English in language planning in the new South Africa
[10347]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (2000) : A new language policy, old language practices: status planning for African languages in a multilingual South Africa
[10348]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (2000) : Processes of nominalization in Ciluba
[10350]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (2000) : Apartheid and ethnicity: introductory remarks
[10351]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (2000) : The new South Africa, language and ethnicity: prognoses
[10352]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (2003) : Globalization of English, and language maintenance and shift in South Africa
[10353]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (2003) : Social change and language shift: South Africa
[10354]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (2004) : The language policy/language economics interface and mother tongue education in post-apartheid South Africa
[10355]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (2004) : Language, social history, and identity in post-apartheid South Africa: a case study of the Colored community of Wentworth
[10344]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (Ed) (1998) : Aspects of multilingualism in post-apartheid South Africa
[10349]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (Ed) (2000) : Language and ethnicity in the new South Africa
[10356]   Kamwella, A. J. (1985) : Impact of adult education in Tanzania
[10357]   Kamwendo, Gregory H. (1994) : Chichewa: a tool for national unity in Malawi?
[10358]   Kamwendo, Gregory H. (1997) : English in the Malawi education system: the present and the future
[10359]   Kamwendo, Gregory H. (1999) : Centre for Language Studies: an overview
[10360]   Kamwendo, Gregory H. (1999) : Work in progress: the monolingual Chichewa dictionary
[10361]   Kamwendo, Gregory H. (1999) : The impact of democracy on English in Malawi: the case of vocabulary
[10362]   Kamwendo, Gregory H. (2001) : Chichewa or Chinyanja? Problems in the naming of a cross border language
[10363]   Kamwendo, Gregory H. (2001) : Malawi’s approach to language in education: a review of key issues
[10365]   Kamwendo, Gregory H. (2003) : Is Malawi guilty of spoiling the Queen's language?
[10364]   Kamwendo, Gregory H. , Alick Bwanali , Shem Nyirenda & Stella Kachiwanda (2001) : Chichewa dictionary trials: a report
[27207]   Kamwengo, Monica Mataa (2008) : Aspects of syntactic tones in Lozi
[26194]   Kanana, Fridah E. (2011) : Dialect Convergence and Divergence: A Case of Chuka and Imenti
[10366]   Kandem, Edouard (1992) : Valeurs culturelles et alphabétisation au Cameroun
[10367]   Kandjimi, J. (1996) : Activities of the Rukwangali Curriculum Committee
[10368]   Kandybowicz, Jason (2000) : Deviant numeral constructions in Nupe: their syntax, semantics, and significance in linguistic theory
[10369]   Kandybowicz, Jason (2003) : Papers in African linguistics 3
[10370]   Kandybowicz, Jason (2004) : Predicate clefts, derivations and Universal Grammar
[23529]   Kandybowicz, Jason (2002) : The homogeneity of Nupe verb doubling constructions
[23530]   Kandybowicz, Jason (2002) : Word order and the extended projection of the Nupe verb
[23531]   Kandybowicz, Jason (2004) : Nupe tonology and the categorical identity of verb copy tones: a pilot experimental study
[25273]   Kandybowicz, Jason (2008) : The Grammar of Repetition - Nupe grammar at the syntax–phonology interface
[26836]   Kandybowicz, Jason & Harold Torrence (2015) : The Prosodic Licensing of Wh- In-Situ: Evidence from Krachi and Wasa
[23532]   Kandybowicz, Jason & Mark C. Baker (2003) : On directionality and the structure of the verb phrase: evidence from Nupe
[10371]   Kane, Abdoulaye (19--) : Les systèmes de numération parlée des groupes ouest-atlantique et mande: contribution à la recherche sur les fondements et lʼhistoire de la pensée logique et mathématique en Afrique de lʼouest
[28148]   Kane, Fatou Cissé (2020) : Description générale de l'oniyan
[10379]   Kané, Soumana (2000) : Manuels utilisés dans l’enseignement de la langue dans les écoles à pédagogie convergente: disponibilité et utilisation
[10372]   Kane, Thomas Leiper (1974) : Arabic translations into Amharic
[10373]   Kane, Thomas Leiper (1990) : Amharic-English dictionary
[10374]   Kane, Thomas Leiper (2000) : Tigrinya-English dictionary
[10375]   Kaneko, Ikuyo (1999) : Igede vowel hiatus resolution in Optimality Theory
[10376]   Kanena, G. (1975) : Heroic recitations of the ‘Bahaya’: a form of theatre
[10377]   Kanerva, Jonni M. (1990) : Focus and phrasing in Chichewa phonology
[10378]   Kanerva, Jonni M. (1990) : Focusing on phonological phrases in Chichewa
[28521]   Kanfome, Hervé (2018) : Etude synchronique de la phonologie et de la morphologie des formes verbales synthétiques du hula, parler mancagne de Goudomp (Sénégal)
[10380]   Kang, Yoonjung (1997) : Tone in Sukuma
[26770]   Kanga-Eba, Danielle (2014) : La syntaxe au secours de la phonologie en tagbana
[10381]   Kangira, Jairos (2001) : Transitivity in Kalanga
[10382]   Kangni, Atah-Ekoué (1989) : La syntaxe de ge: étude d’un parler gbe (ewe), le ge du sud-Togo
[12644]   Kangonda, Ikome (1990) : La structure interrogative du lolendo
[10383]   Kangulumba, K. (1977?) : Étude phonologique et morphologique de la langue suku
[10385]   Kani, Bungu (1986) : Esquisse de description d’une langue africaine: le kikongo de Matadi
[10384]   Kani, Thomas Yao (1953) : Bonsafo akan kasa mu kasapo [Dictionary of Twi idioms]
[28230]   Kanijo, Ponsiano Sawaka (2019) : The semantics of -ø-…-íle in Nyamwezi
[23320]   Kanimba, Misago (1986) : Aspects écologiques et économiques des migrations des populations de langues bantu
[10386]   Kanouté, Mamadou L. (2000) : Mathématiques et langue nationale en milieu scolaire bambara
[28153]   Kantchoa, Laré (2005) : Description de la langue moba: approche synchronique
[24073]   Kanu, Sullay Mohamed (2004) : Verbal Morphology of Temne
[24749]   Kanu, Sullay Mohamed (2009) : Suffix Ordering in Temne: A Case for Morphotactics
[26257]   Kanu, Sullay Mohamed (2012) : Valence-Increasing Morphology in Temne
[26258]   Kanu, Sullay Mohamed (2008) : Ideophones in Temne
[10388]   Kanyoro, Musimbi R. A. (1991) : The politics of the English language in Kenya and Tanzania
[10387]   Kanyoro, Rachel Angogo (1983) : Unity in diversity: a linguistic survey of the Abaluyia of western Kenya
[24612]   Kanzi-Soussou, Célestin (1985) : Essai de phonologie de la langue kara de Birao
[24613]   Kanzi-Soussou, Célestin (1992) : Le verbe en fer (kara), Etude morphologique et syntaxique du verbe dans une langue centrafricaine
[10389]   Kanzler-Ogudipe, Katja (2000) : Zur Funktion der Partikel dà im Hausa
[10390]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (1990) : Language variation and language attitudes: a case study from Shaba Swahili
[10391]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (1991) : Language variation and change: a case study of Shaba Swahili
[10392]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (1992) : Discourse strategies in francophone African literary works
[10393]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (1993) : Shaba Swahili and the processes of linguistic contact
[10394]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (1993) : Pidginization, creolization or acculturation: the case of French in Central Africa
[10395]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (1998) : Impact of language variation and accommodation theory on language maintenance: an analysis of Shaba Swahili
[10396]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (2001) : Recreating a language: a socio-historical approach to the study of Shaba Swahili
[10397]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (2001) : A socio-historical linguistic approach to the study of Shaba Swahili: recreating the parent language
[25414]   Kapchits, Georgi & Viktor Jakovlevich Porkhomovsky (2008) : Somali Kinship Terms
[10398]   Kapeliuk, Olga (1978) : Particles of concatenation and of reference in Amharic
[10399]   Kapeliuk, Olga (1985) : La phrase coupée en guèze
[10400]   Kapeliuk, Olga (1988) : Semantic analysis of some morphological phenomena in Amharic
[10401]   Kapeliuk, Olga (1994) : Syntax of the noun in Amharic
[10402]   Kapeliuk, Olga (2003) : Relative markers in Ancient Ethiopic
[10403]   Kapenda, Jean (2001) : Dicionario lingala-espanol, espanol-lingala: historia y origen africano del negro ecuatoriano
[10404]   Kapinga, Fr. C. (1977) : Sarufi maumbo ya kiswahili sanifu: kitabu cha kwanza
[10405]   Kaplan, Robert B. & Richard B. Baldauf jnr (Ed) (1999) : Language planning in Malawi, Mozambique and the Philippines
[10406]   Kaplanian, Maurice G. (1974) : Alhambra: diccionario arabe-español, español-arabe
[10407]   Kaplony, Peter (1963) : Die Inschriften der ägyptischen Frühzeit
[10408]   Kaplony, Peter (1964) : Die Inschriften der ägyptischen Frühzeit: Supplement
[10409]   Kaplony, Peter (1966) : Kleine Beiträge zu den Inschriften der ägyptischen Frühzeit
[10410]   Kapp, Rochelle (2004) : ‘Reading the line’: an analysis of literary practices in ESL classes in a South African township school
[27209]   Kapranova, Larisa (2011) : A Brief Grammar of the Kacipo-Balesi Language
[27208]   Kapranova, Larisa , Rengedo Gain & Nigatu Gile (2015) : Baale-Amharic-English Dictionary
[10411]   Kapudi, Kalonga Wakuteta (1972) : Éléments de grammaire de la langue bindi: phonologie et morphologie
[10412]   Kaputu, Mwaku (1985) : Synthématique de la langue yaka: parler de Panzi
[27825]   Karan, Elke & David Roberts (2020) : Orthography standardization
[10414]   Karan, Mark E. (2001) : The dynamics of Sango language spread
[22900]   Karan, Mark E. (1996) : The dynamics of language spread: a study of the motivations and the social determinants of the spread of Sango in the Republic of Central Africa
[23100]   Karan, Mark E. (1983) : Comparaison entre les discours narratifs kabiyè et lukpa
[10413]   Karan, Mark E. & Kenneth Lee Pike (1984) : Notes on phonological grouping in Kalenjin (Kenya) in relation to tone, intonation patterns, and vowel harmony
[10415]   Karani, Jean-Bosco (1983) : Procédés et problèmes de l’abréviation en kinyarwanda
[23175]   Kargho, John Tommy (1975) : The effects of acoustic training and concept-attainment on the free-recall of the numerals in Loko, a tribal language in the Republic of Sierra Leone, West Africa
[28044]   Kari, Ethelbert (2017) : Cognate Object Constructions in Degema
[10417]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (1991) : The noun phrase in Degema
[10418]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (1995) : The structure of the Degema verb
[10419]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (1995) : Clitics in Degema
[10420]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (1995) : Extensional suffixes in Degema
[10421]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (1997) : Degema
[10422]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (1997) : Dialectal variations, controversies and the way forward: the Degema example
[10423]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (1998) : Final close vowels in a sequence of vowels in Degema: a reanalysis
[10424]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2000) : Ogbronuagum (the Bukuma language)
[10425]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2001) : On the grammar of clitics in Degema
[10426]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2002) : Inflection vs derivation in Degema
[10427]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2002) : On endoclitics: some facts from Degema
[10428]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2002) : The source of Degema clitics
[10429]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2002) : Cliticization, movement and second position
[10430]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2002) : Distinguishing between clitics and words in Degema, Nigeria
[10431]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2002) : Distinguishing between clitics and affixes in Degema
[10432]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2003) : Clitics in Degema: a meeting point of phonology, morphology, and syntax
[10433]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2003) : Lexical borrowing in Degema
[10434]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2003) : Clitic doubling: insights from Degema
[10435]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2003) : Serial verb constructions in Degema, Nigeria
[10436]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2004) : Further evidence in favour of the affixal origin of Degema clitics
[23150]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2004) : A reference grammar of Degema
[24125]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2005) : Degema subject markers: Are they prefixes or proclitics?
[24666]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2007) : Vowel harmony in Degema, Nigeria
[25274]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2008) : Degema–English dictionary with English index
[26050]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2007) : The pronominal system of Odual
[26690]   Kari, Ethelbert E. (2001) : The Source of Degema Clitics
[27002]   Kari, Ethelbert Emmanuel (2015) : Second Position Clitics in Degema: A Reanalysis
[28912]   Kari, Ethelbert Emmanuel (2021) : The Factative and Perfect Aspect Markers in Degema and Kalaḅarị
[10416]   Kari, M. & D. McPherson (1984) : Angange ku kera/Lisons la langue kera: syllabaire en langue kera
[10437]   Kariuki, Albert Kanake (1972) : Student achievement in language subject matter in two Kenyan primary school curricula
[10438]   Kariuki, Mwangi Wa (1986) : Determinants of language choice by middle level managers in the Kenyan public sector
[25056]   Karlik, Jan (1972) : A Manjako Grammar with Special Reference to the Nominal Group
[10439]   Karmi, Hasan S. (1991) : Al-Mughni al-kabir: English-Arabic dictionary
[10440]   Kasanga, L. A. (1996) : The use of indigenized forms of English in Nguni’s Devil on the Cross: a linguistic and sociolinguistic analysis
[25733]   Kasanga, Luanga A. (2011) : Face, Politeness, and Speech Acts: Reflecting on Inter-cultural Interaction in African Languages and Varieties of English
[10441]   Kaschula, Russell H. (1989) : Cross-cultural communication in a north-eastern Cape farming community
[10442]   Kaschula, Russell H. (1995) : Cross-cultural communication in the Eastern Cape with particular reference to law courts
[10444]   Kaschula, Russell H. (1997) : Exploring the oral-written interface with particular reference to Xhosa oral poetry
[10445]   Kaschula, Russell H. (1999) : South Africa’s language policy in relation to the OAU’s language plan of action for Africa
[10443]   Kaschula, Russell H. & Christine Antonisen (1995) : Communicating across cultures in South Africa: toward a critical language awareness
[27856]   Kaschula, Russell H. & Dion Nkomo (2019) : Intellectualization of African Languages: Past, Present, and Future
[10446]   Kaseka, Ambrosius (1953) : A grammar of Kiilwana (Kinyamwezi)
[10447]   Kashina, Kashina (1996) : The distribution of adverbials in the Lozi clause
[10448]   Kashina, Kashina (2005) : The Silozi clause: a study of the structure and distribution of its constituents
[10449]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1968) : A phonemic analysis of Bemba: a presentation of Bemba syllable structure, phonemic contrasts and their distribution
[10450]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1970) : Languages: a national dilemma?
[10451]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1971) : Language and nation and Zambia: the problem of integration
[10452]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1972) : Town Bemba: a sketch of its main characteristics
[10453]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1973) : In what language is Zambia’s copper produced?
[10454]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1973) : Report on the survey of language use and language teaching in Zambia
[10455]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1974) : A phonemic analysis of iciBemba: a presentation of Bemba syllable structure, phonemic contrasts and their distribution
[10456]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1975) : Three Zambian languages go to town
[10457]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1975) : Migration and language change: the interaction of town and country
[10458]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1976) : What kind of English can the Zambian teacher of English realistically exoect to teach?
[10460]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1977) : Between-language communication in Zambia
[10461]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1977) : The use of the mother tongue in education in Zambia: some problems and issues
[10462]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1978) : The language situation in Zambia
[10464]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1978) : Lexical innovation in four Zambian languages
[10465]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1978) : Between-language communication in Zambia
[10466]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1978) : The Zambia adult literacy programme
[10467]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1979) : Language, tribe and the concept of One Zambia One Nation
[10469]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1982) : Achieving nationhood through language: the challenge of Namibia
[10470]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1982) : Rural and urban multilingualism in Zambia: some trends
[10471]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1982) : Language policies and practices in independent Black Africa: trends and prospects
[10472]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1990) : Sources and patterns of word adoption in Bemba
[10473]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1990) : The factor of language in Zambia
[10474]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1992) : Independence and national-building: towards a comprehensive language policy for Namibia
[10475]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1993) : Some thoughts on future language policy for South Africa with reference to the language plan of Action for Africa
[10476]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1994) : Loanwords in Lozi, Nyanja and Tonga
[10459]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. & Dorothea A. Lehmann (1976) : Dictionary project
[10463]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. & Michael Mann (1978) : A general sketch of the Bantu languages of Zambia
[10468]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. & Moses Musonda (1982) : Lexical adaptability in Bemba and Luunda: some implications for present-day communication
[10477]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. , M. E. Katengo & M. Mundia (1998) : Cross-border language perspectives: experiences and lessons form Zambia - focus on Silozi
[10478]   Kasonde, Alexander Raymond Makasa (2002) : A classified vocabulary of the Icibemba language
[10480]   Kasongo, G. B. Ohanu wa (1993) : A propos de l’Otetela-Hamba de Lomela
[10479]   Kasongo, Ibanda (1972) : Essai d’onomastique yaka
[28228]   Kasper-Cushman, Kelly (2019) : Universal quantification in the nominal domain in Kihehe
[10481]   Kassam, A. O. (1971) : The linguistic system within the Asian community in Tanzania (with particular reference to Daressalaam): report on the Asian community in Tanzania sponsored by the Tanzania Survey
[10482]   Kassan, Balaïbaou (19--) : Systeme verbale et enonciation en kabiye (Togo)
[10483]   Kassels, D. A. (1984) : Vowel intrusion and change in Swahili words of Arabic origin
[6066]   Kasser, Rodolphe & Werner Vycichl (1967) : Dictionnaire auxiliare, étymologique et complet de la langue copte
[10484]   Kassie Shifere (1987) : The structure of simple declarative sentences in the Yamsa language
[10487]   Kassühlke, Rudolf (1969) : Bibelübersetzung in Ful
[10485]   Kassulamemba, Frederick T. (1977) : Tanzanian spoken English: error analysis of the vowel system
[10486]   Kassulamemba, Frederick T. (1984) : The learning of postmodification structure by adult second language learners of English: a case for Tanzania
[27428]   Kastelein, Bianca (1994) : A Phonological and Grammatical Sketch of DuRop
[10488]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1979) : Essai de classification des dialectes Mandé-kan
[10489]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1979) : Die morpho-syntaktische Struktur der Verkehrssprachen Dyula aus prosodologischer Sicht
[10490]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1986) : Specification and the morpheme -(y)é in Central Mande (and beyond)
[10491]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1987) : A short note on verb extensions in Mande
[10492]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1987) : Das Koranko: ein Beitrag zur Erforschung der Nord-Mande-Sprachen
[10493]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1987) : Materialien zum Koranko (Sierra Leone, Zentral-Mande): Glossar Koranko-Deutsch, Texte
[10494]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1987) : Mande languages and linguistics
[10495]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1987/88) : Note sur l’expression énonciative de la possession en bambara
[10496]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1988) : On the position of the Koranko language
[10497]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1989) : Grundkurs Bambara (Manding) mit Texten
[10498]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1989) : Voyelles nasales et consonnes prénasalisées en position médiane dans les langues mandé centrales
[10499]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1991/92) : Comparative Mande studies: state of the art
[10500]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1992) : Une première note sur le jerikuo (langue mandé des Jeri): repartition géographique et matériel lexical
[10501]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1994) : Homorganer Nasal und Silbenstruktur der West-Mande-Sprachen aus vergleichender Sicht
[10502]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1994) : Beobachtungen an Sprachresten des Tonjon (West-Mande)
[10503]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1996) : Sprachgeschichte im West-Mande: Methoden und Rekonstruktionen
[10504]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1997) : Some notes on the TAM-system of Jogo and its implications for comparative grammar within Western Mande
[10505]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1998) : Grundkurs Bambara (Manding) mit Texten
[10506]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1998) : Language shift and language death among Mande blacksmiths and leatherworkers in the diaspora
[10507]   Kastenholz, Raimund (2003) : Auxiliaries, grammaticalization and word order in Mande
[24252]   Kastenholz, Raimund (2001) : Le jèri.kúò (langue mandé des Jéri): répartition géographique et matériel lexical
[24261]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1983) : Note sur les marques prédicatives en Koranko
[25616]   Kastenholz, Raimund (2011) : Diachronic and synchronic aspects of a nominal suffix *-i in Pɛrɛ
[27210]   Kastenholz, Raimund (2017) : La Langue Bolgo du Guéra (Tchad): Notes de recherche et matériel lexical
[28145]   Kastenholz, Raimund (2020) : Coverbs and auxiliaries in Pèdè
[27585]   Kastenholz, Raimund (ed) (2019) : A corpus Dictionary of Vai - Klingenheben's Collection of Lexical Data
[7711]   Kastenholz, Raimund & Anne Storch (Ed) (2004) : Sprache und Wissen in Afrika: Beiträge zum 15. Afrikanistentag, Frankfurt am Main und Mainz, 30. September - 2. Oktober 2002
[10508]   Kasuku-Kongini, (1984) : Langue kihungana: phonologie et syntagmatique
[10509]   Katada, Fusa (1989) : The anaphoric system of Kinande
[10510]   Katakami, Hidetoshi (1997) : Personal names and modes of address among the Mbeere
[10511]   Katamba, Francis X. (1974) : Aspects of the grammar of Luganda
[10512]   Katamba, Francis X. (1977) : On meta-ruling in phonology (Luganda)
[10513]   Katamba, Francis X. (1978) : How agglutinating is Bantu morphology
[10514]   Katamba, Francis X. (1984) : A nonlinear analysis of vowel harmony in Luganda
[10515]   Katamba, Francis X. (1985) : A non-linear account of the syllable in Luganda
[10520]   Katamba, Francis X. (2003) : Bantu nominal morphology
[10517]   Katamba, Francis X. (Ed) (1991) : Lacustrine Bantu phonology
[10519]   Katamba, Francis X. (Ed) (1995) : Bantu phonology and morphology
[10516]   Katamba, Francis X. & Franz Rottland (1987) : Syllable structure and English loan-words in Luganda
[10518]   Katamba, Francis X. & Larry Michael Hyman (1991) : Nasality and morpheme structure constraints in Luganda
[10521]   Katan, Norma Jean (1981) : Hieroglyphs, the writing of ancient Egyptian
[10522]   Katchalla, Hassan Adoum (1989) : Ebauche d’étude des classes du kanembou de Massakory (langue du Tchad)
[10523]   Katesi, Yime-Yime (1986) : Thanking in Engwi: a study of language in its sociocultural context
[10524]   Katesi, Yime-Yime & Mabila Mutungidimbu (1995) : Les noms des jumeaux chez les Mbala
[10525]   Kathage, Birte (1994) : Farbbezeichnungen in afrikanischen Sprachen
[10526]   Kathage, Birte (2001) : Cognition and conceptualisation of landscape in the Thimbukushu language as a mirror of cultural and environmental change
[23576]   Kathage, Birte (2004) : Konzeptualisierung vonLandschaft im Mbukushu (Bantusprache in Nord-Namibia)
[10527]   Kathupa, Mateus , Manuel Trinta & Pedro J. Afido (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Emakhuwa
[10528]   Kathupa, Mateus , Manuel Trinta & Pedro J. Afido (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Echuwabo
[10529]   Katongo, J. W. (1987) : The scope of the communicative approach
[10530]   Katupha, José Mateus Muária (1983) : A preliminary description of sentence structure in the e-Sáaka dialect of e-Mákhuwa
[10531]   Katupha, José Mateus Muária (1991) : The grammar of Emakhuwa verbal extensions: an investigation of role of extension morphemes in derivational verbal morphology and in grammatical relations
[10532]   Katupha, José Mateus Muária (1992) : Language and theories of grammar: where’s the linguist of the ‘South’?
[10533]   Katupha, José Mateus Muária (1994) : The language situation and language use in Mozambique
[26100]   Katushemererwe, Fridah & Thomas Hanneforth (2010) : Finite State Methods in Morphological Analysis of Runyakitara Verbs
[10536]   Katutula, Gaspard Kilumba (1992) : De la grammaire performative du kiluba: contribution à l’étude pragmatique des actes de parole
[10534]   Katutula, Gaspard Kilumba & Mbuya Mukombo (1980) : Adresse et réponse dans un système de parenté bantu: petit introduction à l’étude pragmatique du système de parenté des luba (Shaba)
[10535]   Katutula, Gaspard Kilumba & Mbuya Mukombo (1981) : Antonymie et structure du lexique en kiluba (L33)
[10537]   Kauczor, P. Daniel (1920) : Die bergnubische Sprache (Dialekt von Gebel Delen)
[10540]   Kauczor, P. Daniel (1923) : The Afitti Nuba of Gebel Dair and their relation to the Nuba proper
[10541]   Kauczor, P. Daniel (1930) : Bergnubische Wörterverzeichnis
[10538]   Kauczor, P. Daniel & Albert Drexel (1920) : Die Daiersprache in Kordofan ; Teil 1
[10539]   Kauczor, P. Daniel & Albert Drexel (1920) : Die Daiersprache in Kordofan ; Teil 2
[10542]   Kaufman, Elaine [Marlowe] (1968) : Ibibio grammar
[10543]   Kaufman, Elaine [Marlowe] (1985) : Ibibio dictionary
[10544]   Kavari, Jekura U. (1990) : Toponomastics: places names in Kaokoland
[10545]   Kavari, Jekura U. (1993) : Languages in Kaokoland and Herero dialects
[10546]   Kavari, Jekura U. (1994) : Arrangements of components in Otjiherero narrative texts
[10547]   Kavari, Jekura U. (1996) : Learning and teaching problems and attitudes towards Otjiherero
[26232]   Kavari, Jekura U. , Lutz Marten & Jenneke Van Der Wal (2012) : Tone cases in Otjiherero: head-complement relations, linear order, and information structure
[10548]   Kavugha, Douglas & Donald Bobb (1980) : The use of language and the law courts in Tanzania
[10549]   Kavutirwaki, Kambale (1978) : Lexique nande-français, français-nande
[25128]   Kavutirwaki, Kambale & Ngessimo M. Mutaka (2008) : Kinande/Konzo - English Dictionary with an English - Kinande/Konzo index
[24828]   Kawachi, Kazuhiro (2007) : A Grammar of Sidaama (Sidamo), a Cushitic Language of Ethiopia
[26810]   Kawachi, Kazuhiro (2012) : Polysemy of the grammatical morpheme k̘úle in Kupsapiny and its grammaticalization from a verb of saying
[26814]   Kawachi, Kazuhiro (2011) : Meanings of the spatial deictic verb suffixes in Kupsapiny, the southern Nilotic language of the Sebei region of Uganda
[26820]   Kawachi, Kazuhiro (2010) : Distinction between two types of location (the location of an object and the location of an event) in Kupusapiny
[27307]   Kawachi, Kazuhiro (2007) : Feelings in Sidaama
[27308]   Kawachi, Kazuhiro (2011) : Noun Phrases without Nouns in Sidaama (Sidamo)
[27797]   Kawachi, Kazuhiro (2020) : Sidaama
[27031]   Kawasha, Boniface (2017) : Remote past and phonological processes in Kaonde
[28447]   Kawasha, Boniface (2021) : Imbrication Patterns of Lunda
[10550]   Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2002) : Grammatical relations and relativation in Lunda
[23869]   Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2003) : Lunda grammar: a morphosyntactic and semantic analysis
[24651]   Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2007) : Passivization in Lunda
[24736]   Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2007) : Subject-agreeing Complementizers and Their Functions in Chokwe, Luchazi, Lunda, and Luvale
[26055]   Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2006) : The Structure Of Complement Clauses In Lunda
[26247]   Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2008) : Relative Clauses and Subject Inversion in Chokwe, Kaonde, Lunda and Luvale
[22499]   Kawata, Ashem Tem (2004) : Bagó ya lingála mambí ma lokóta: dictionnaire lingala
[22506]   Kawata, Ashem Tem (2004) : Bagó - dictionnaire Lingala/Falansé - Français/Lingala
[10551]   Kawoya, Vin. F. K. (1966) : Yiga kiswahili/Jifunze luganda
[10552]   Kawoya, Vin. F. K. (1985) : Kiswahili in Uganda
[22524]   Kawoya, Vin. F. K. (1981) : Yiga kiswahili/Jifunze luganda
[24136]   Kawu, Ahmadu Ndanusa (2000-01) : Hiatus Resolution in Nupe
[24587]   Kawu, Ahmadu Ndanusa (2002) : Variation in Nupe Phonology and Morphology
[10553]   Kay, Ernest (Ed) (1986) : Arabic military dictionary: English-Arabic, Arabic-English
[10554]   Kayambazinthu, Edrinnie Lora (1995) : Patterns of language use in Malawi: a socio-linguistic investigation in selected areas
[10555]   Kayambazinthu, Edrinnie Lora (1998) : The language planning situation in Malawi
[10556]   Kayambazinthu, Edrinnie Lora (2000) : Sociolinguistic theories: some implications from Malawian data
[27656]   Kaye Jonathan, Jean Lowenstamm & Jean-Roger Vergnaud (1988) : Le système vocalique du kpokolo, La structure interne des éléments phonologiques: une théorie du charme et du gouvernement
[10557]   Kaye, Alan S. (1976) : Chadian and Sudanese Arabic in the light of comparative Arabic dialectology
[10566]   Kaye, Alan S. (1982) : A dictionary of Nigerian Arabic
[10569]   Kaye, Alan S. (1986) : Nigerian Arabic-English dictionary
[10571]   Kaye, Alan S. (1988) : The history and development of Juba and Ki-Nubi Arabic
[10574]   Kaye, Alan S. (1991) : Nilo-Saharan influence on Ki-Nubi
[10575]   Kaye, Alan S. (1991) : Peripheral Arabic dialectology and Arabic pidgins and creoles
[10577]   Kaye, Alan S. (1993) : A tribute to philological linguistics Nigerian Arabic
[10580]   Kaye, Alan S. (1999) : The current state of Nostratic linguistics
[10573]   Kaye, Alan S. (Ed) (1991) : Semitic studies in honour of Wolf Leslau, on the occasion of his eighty-fifth birthday November 14th, 1991
[10578]   Kaye, Alan S. & Judith Rosenhouse (1997) : Arabic dialects and Maltese
[10576]   Kaye, Alan S. & Mauro Tosco (1993) : Early East African pidgin Arabic
[10581]   Kaye, Alan S. & Mauro Tosco (2001?) : Pidgin and Creole languages: a basic introduction
[10579]   Kaye, Alan S. & Peter T. Daniels (Ed) (1997) : Phonologies of Asia and Africa (including the Caucasus)
[10570]   Kaye, J. (1988) : Government in phonology: the case of Moroccan Arabic
[10558]   Kaye, Jonathan Derek (1981) : La selection des formes pronominales en vata et en d’autres langues krou orientales
[10560]   Kaye, Jonathan Derek (1981) : Implosives as liquids
[10562]   Kaye, Jonathan Derek (1981) : Les diphtongues cachées du Vata
[10564]   Kaye, Jonathan Derek (1982) : Les dialectes dida
[10565]   Kaye, Jonathan Derek (1982) : Harmony processes in Vata
[10568]   Kaye, Jonathan Derek (1985) : On the syllable structure of certain West African languages
[10572]   Kaye, Jonathan Derek (1990) : Government in phonology: the case of Moroccan Arabic
[25293]   Kaye, Jonathan Derek (1981) : La sélection des formes pronominales en vata
[10559]   Kaye, Jonathan Derek & Monik Charette (1981) : Tone sensitive rules in Dida
[10561]   Kaye, Jonathan Derek & Monik Charette (1981) : Tone sensitive rules in Dida
[10563]   Kaye, Jonathan Derek , Hilda Koopman & Dominique Sportiche (Ed) (1982) : Projet sur les langues kru
[10567]   Kaye, Jonathan Derek , Hilda Koopman , Dominique Sportiche & André Dugas (Ed) (1983) : Current approaches to African linguistics II
[28062]   Kayigema, Lwaboshi Jacques (2010) : Loanword allocation in Kinyarwanda
[10582]   Kayo, Patrice , Engelbert Domche Teko & André Ngueufang (1977) : Grammaire élémentaire de la langue bamiléké
[10583]   Kayyali, Maher S. (1991) : Modern military dictionary: English-Arabic, Arabic-English
[10584]   Kazadi-Mukenge, Kasefu (1985) : An investigation of code-mixing exemplified from Swahili and French
[10607]   Keany, J. (1953) : Simple Saho
[10608]   Kebbede Hordofa [Janko] (1981) : Nominalization patterns in Oromo
[10610]   Kebbede Hordofa [Janko] (1994) : A contribution to the dialectology of Afaan Oromoo: consonantal-suffix conjugation after the glides w, y
[10611]   Kebbede Hordofa [Janko] (1994) : Some aspects of Wollo Oromo phonology: palatalization of alveo-dental consonants and related issues
[10612]   Kebbede Hordofa [Janko] (1996) : A comparative study of Oromo dialects: aspects of assimilation
[10613]   Kebbede Hordofa [Janko] (1997) : Raayaa Oromo phonology: aspects of palatalization
[10609]   Kebbede Hordofa [Janko], & Peter Unseth (1986) : “Bird talk” in Oromo
[10614]   Kebbedu Ishetu (1981) : The verb ‘to be’ in Oromo
[10615]   Kebbedu Ishetu (1989) : The copula in Oromo
[10616]   Kebede Michael (2001) : Morphology of Gogat
[10617]   Kebede Mulugeta, & John D. Murphy (Ed) (1984) : An Amharic newspaper reader
[10618]   Kedir Elias (1988) : Geto phonology
[10619]   Kedrebeogo, Gérard (1997) : Tone in Samoma
[10620]   Kedrebeogo, Gérard (1998) : Language maintenance and language shift in Burkina Faso: the case of the Koromba
[10621]   Kedrebeogo, Gérard (2000) : La morphologie du verbe en samoma
[24562]   Kedrebeogo, Gérard (1989) : Le Sàmòmá (parler de Loroni, Sourou Septentrional, Burkina Faso) : phonologie, classes nominales
[26489]   Kedrebeogo, Gérard (1984) : Description phonologique du sàmòmá (parler de Loroni, Haute-Volta)
[10622]   Keefer, Aurelia (1965) : The Anuak verb
[10623]   Keefer, James (1966) : Amharic-Anuak and Anuak-Amharic dictionary
[10624]   Keefer, James , Aurelia Keefer & Charles Taylor (1976) : Three other Ethiopian languages, 2: Anyuak
[25450]   Keegan, John M. (2012) : The Eastern Sara Languages
[25451]   Keegan, John M. (2012) : The Central Sara Languages
[25452]   Keegan, John M. (2012) : A Lexicon of the Sara Languages : French – Sara Languages, English – Sara Languages
[10625]   Keegan, John Michael (1989) : The status of schwa and vowel co-occurence restrictions in Mbay
[10626]   Keegan, John Michael (1996) : Dictionary of Mbay
[10627]   Keegan, John Michael (1996) : Sara vowel system
[10628]   Keegan, John Michael (1997) : A reference grammar of Mbay
[10629]   Keegan, John Michael (1998) : The mandatory subject reference pronoun in Mbay
[22443]   Keegan, John Michael (1986) : The phonology and morphology of Moroccan Arabic
[22689]   Keegan, John Michael (2002) : Posture verbs in Mbay
[24795]   Keegan, John Michael (2009) : The digital Mbay Language Project
[27542]   Keegan, John Michael & Kodé Koutou (2015) : Dictionary of Na - Na-French; French-Na - with Introduction in English
[29082]   Keegan, John Michael & Mahamat Idriss Djibrine (2016) : Bagirmi Lexicon - Bagirmi-French, French-Bagirmi with Grammatical Introduction in English
[10630]   Keenadiid, Yaasin Cismaan (1976) : Qaamuuska af-Soomaaliga
[10632]   Keenan, Edward L. & Cecile Marie-Agne Manorohanta (2001) : A quantitative study of voice in Malagasy
[10631]   Keenan, Edward L. & Jean Paulin Razafimamonjy (2001) : Reciprocals in Malagasy
[10633]   Keene, A. & Helen Spitler (1966) : English-Somali dictionary
[27136]   Keffyalew Gebregziabher (2017) : The Syntactic Role of nay in Tigrinya
[10634]   Kefyalew Gebreselassie (2001) : The structure of simple sentences in Tigrinya
[10635]   Keil, Charles (1979) : Tiv song
[10636]   Keiling, Luiz Alfredo (1937) : Elementos de gramática mbundo
[10637]   Keita, Alou (19--) : De l’expression du démonstratif en jula
[10639]   Keita, Alou (1990) : Esquisse d’une analyse ethno-sémiologique du jula vernacularisé de Bobo-Dioulasso
[26403]   Keita, Amadou (1977) : Étude descriptive du kakabhe
[10638]   Keita, Boniface (1986) : Eléments de description du malinké de Kita (Mali)
[24236]   Keïta, Boniface (1987-88) : Morphologie de la forme définie des noms en dialonke
[24237]   Keïta, Boniface (1989) : Les péverbes du dialonké
[24238]   Keïta, Boniface (1989) : La compacité tonale en dialonké
[24266]   Keita, Boniface (1984) : Le malinké de Kita (parler de Bindougouba). Esquisse phonologique et grammaticale et liste lexicale comparative
[23727]   Keita, Lansana (1999) : Africa and its linguistic problematic
[26918]   Keita, Mamadou (2006) : Lexique agni Indenie
[26919]   Keita, Mamadou (2008) : Système morpho-phonologique de l'agni. Complexité vocalique, complexité tonale et récupération du gabarit en agni
[28865]   Kekai, Celestina Predia & Joseph Zuobbofa Opuowei (2022) : Loaning and Conditioning in Ijaw Naming System as Strategies for Expressing Filial Relationships
[10640]   Keleve, Mary P. (1995) : Needs analysis for learners of English in Ghana in relation to language goals and communicative goals
[10641]   Kelleghan, T. (1961) : Some implications of bilingualism for education in Nigeria
[10642]   Kellerman, Esther Elizabeth (2004) : ’n Linguistiese ondersoek na die tradisionele kleurterme van Noord-Sotho
[10643]   Kellner, Alexander (2001) : “The lazy baboon”: a linguistic analysis and anthropological interpretation of a Burji tale
[10644]   Kelly, Bernhard J. (1954) : An introduction to Onitsha Igbo
[10645]   Kelly, John (1968) : Urhobo in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[10647]   Kelly, John (1969) : Vowel patterns in the Urhobo noun
[10648]   Kelly, John (1969) : Urhobo
[10649]   Kelly, John (1974) : Close vowels in Fang
[10650]   Kelly, John (1974) : Phonology and African languages
[10651]   Kelly, John (1985) : On junction in tweo Kisiu nasal classes
[10652]   Kelly, John (1985) : Phonograms for Sabaki: an experiment in method
[10653]   Kelly, John (1989) : Swahili phonologial structure: a prosodic view
[10654]   Kelly, John (1991) : Glides and phonological change in Mombasan Swahili
[23601]   Kelly, John (1992) : Xhosa isinkalakahliso again
[25035]   Kelly, John (1970) : Towards Comparative Edo
[10646]   Kelly, Patrick (1969) : An introduction to spoken Turkana
[10655]   Kempe, A. R. & H. K. Leisegang (1922) : Igrama lesizulu
[10656]   Kempen, W. (1946) : Samestellings met ‘hulle’ nie kreools nie?
[10657]   Kempen, W. (1963) : Woordvorming en funksiewisseling in Afrikaans
[10658]   Kempen, W. (1965) : Die verbale hendiadis in Afrikaans
[10659]   Kempen, W. (1969) : Samestelling, afleiding en woordsortelike meerfunksionaliteit in Afrikaans
[27972]   Kempf, Viktoria (2017) : Verbal Serialisation in Bezen (Southern Jukunoid) - With a Prelude on Verbal Morphosyntax
[28049]   Kempf, Viktoria (2018) : Kuteb Verbal Extensions vs. Bezen Verbal Serialization – A Comparison
[28782]   Kempf, Viktoria (2022) : Divination Discourse in Bezen
[26476]   Kendall, Martha B. (1970-71) : sonrai Relative Clauses
[10660]   Kendall, Martha B. & others (1980) : Soninke grammar handbook
[23630]   Kendall, Martha B. & others (1980) : Soninke communication and culture handbook
[23686]   Kendall, Martha B. & others (1980) : Soninke special skills handbook
[10661]   Kenmogne, Michel (2001) : Curiosities in the phonology of Bantu A languages
[25439]   Kenmogne, Michel (2000) : The lexical phonology of Bakoko
[24354]   Kennedy, Alistair M. (1964) : Dialect in Diola
[24642]   Kennedy, Alistair M. (1961) : Dialectes de diola : listes de mots
[10662]   Kennedy, Jack (1966) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Dagaari
[10663]   Kennen, [Father] (19--) : A primer of Ki-Sukuma, compiled at the White Fathers Mission, Sumvi, Kwimba District
[24686]   Kenstowicz, Michael (2006) : Tone Loans: The Adaptation of English Loanwords into Yoruba
[25201]   Kenstowicz, Michael (2008) : On the Origin of Tonal Classes in Kinande Noun Stems
[26040]   Kenstowicz, Michael (2008) : On the Origin of Tonal Classes in Kinande Noun Stems
[10664]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. (1980) : Notes on Cairene Arabic syncope
[10666]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. (1982) : Gemination ans spirantization in Tigrinya
[10668]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. (1985) : The phonology and syntax oh wh-expressions in Tangale
[10669]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. (1985) : On core syllables in modern Arabic dialects
[10671]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. (1989) : Tone and accent in Kizigua: a Bantu language?
[10674]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. (2003) : The role of perception in loanword phonology [= review article based on ‘Les emprunts linguistiques d’origine européenne en fon’ by Flavien Gbéto]
[23971]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. (1999) : Verbal tone in Buli: a morphosyntactic analysis
[27757]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. (2020) : Phonology and phonetics
[10672]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1990) : Chizigula tonology: the word and beyond
[10673]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. & Degif Petros Banksira (1999) : Reduplicative identity in Chaha
[10665]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. & Wafaa Abdel-Faheem Batran Wahba (1980) : Clitics and the double object construction in Cairene Arabic
[10670]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. , Emmanuel Nikiema & Méterwa A. Ourso (1988) : Tonal polarity in two Gur languages
[10667]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. , Yousef Farhan Bader & R. Benkeddache (1985) : The phonology of the state in Kabyle Berber
[10693]   Kéré-Ouédraogo, Aminata (1993) : Lexique spécialisé en santé: mòoré-français, français-mòoré
[10675]   Kerken, Georges van der (19--) : Vocabulaire bamanga
[10676]   Kerken, Georges van der (19--) : Vocabulaire amadi
[10677]   Kerken, Georges van der (1930) : Vocabulaire mangbétu/Les mangbétu
[10678]   Kerken, Georges van der (1936) : Vocabulaire basakata
[10679]   Kerken, Georges van der (1936) : Vocabulaire baboma-badia
[10680]   Kerken, Georges van der (1944) : Le Swahili, langue de grande expansion
[27921]   Kerr, Elisabeth J. (2020) : The grammaticalisation of a specific indefinite determiner: Prenominal mɔ̀tɛ́ in Tunen
[10681]   Kerremans, Richard (1974) : Les séquences consonantiques à nasale plus sourde en proto-bantou
[10682]   Kerremans, Richard (1980) : Nasale suivi de consonne sourde en proto-bantou
[10684]   Kerremans, Richard (1980) : Contribution du nyanga à l’établissement de cinq reconstructions tonales et à l’étude lexicale des langues de la zone J
[10685]   Kershner, Tiffany L. (2002) : The verb in Chisukwa: aspect, tense and time
[22626]   Kershner, Tiffany L. (2002) : Imperfectivity in Chisukwa
[10694]   Kerux-San Youen, Elzear (1950) : Le Sango
[10687]   Kervran, Marcel (1982) : Dictionnaire Donno So
[10688]   Kervran, Marcel (1986) : Un parler dogon, le donno so: notes de grammaire
[10686]   Kervran, Marcel & [Révérend] [Père] André Prost (1969) : Les parlers dogon, 1: donno so
[10689]   Kester, P. van (1937) : Grammaire lingombe
[10690]   Ketakelo, Nk. (1979) : La négation en sakata en français
[10691]   Kettley, G. M. (1970) : Suid-Afrikaanse linguistiese bronnegids
[28391]   Keupdjio, Hermann & Martina Wiltschko (2018) : Polar Questions in Bamileke Medumba
[10692]   Kezilahabi, Euphrase (2001) : A phenomenological interpretation of Kerebe greetings
[10695]   Kganakga, Thobakgale Johannes (2004) : Agreement in Northern Sotho constructions: a morphological and semantic study
[10696]   Kgasa, Morulaganyi L. A. (1972) : The development of Setswana
[10697]   Kgasa, Morulaganyi L. A. (1976) : Thanodi ya Setswana ya dikole [Setswana dictionary for schools]
[10698]   Kgasa, Morulaganyi L. A. & Joseph Tsonope (1995) : Thanodi ya Setswana [Setswana dictionary]
[29044]   Kgolo-Lotshwao, Naledi , Sonja Eisenbeiss & Thapelo J. Otlogetswe (2023) : Evaluating the representativeness of the Setswana corpus using behavioral data
[17060]   Kgosana, Ivy Mamoyahabo (2005) : Aspects of pronominalisation in Northern Sotho
[10699]   Kgware, William Moshobane (1944) : The predicative noun in Tswana
[10700]   Kgware, William Moshobane (1973) : The problem of [l] and [d] as allophones of the same phoneme in the Sotho languages
[10701]   Khabanyane, K. E. (1992) : The five phonemic vowel heights of Southern Sotho: an acoustic and phonological analysis
[10702]   Khabirov, Valeri (1974) : Description phonologique du sango de Bangui
[10703]   Khabirov, Valeri (1975) : Le sango de Bangui: la dérivation
[10704]   Khabirov, Valeri (1994) : The verbal paradigm of Sango
[25462]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2010) : The syntactic approach to pronominal systems in South and South-western Mande languages
[25487]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2011) : Le système prédicatif du mano de Guinée
[26908]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2015) : Grammaire du mano
[27315]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2012) : Lexique Mano
[27495]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2017) : Bound noun plus verb combinations in Mano
[27500]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2018) : A sketch of dialectal variation in Mano
[28183]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2021) : Bridging caught in a crossfire: The marker of situated definiteness in Mano and language contact
[28208]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2020) : A typological portrait of Mano, Southern Mande
[28209]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2011) : Система глагольного спряжения языка мано (System of verbal conjugation in Mano)
[28210]   Khachaturyan, Maria () : Reflexivity in Mano
[28212]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2020) : Common ground in demonstrative reference: the case of Mano (Mande)
[28214]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2019) : Inclusory pronouns in Mande: The emergence of a typological rarum
[28233]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2011) : Предикативная система в мано, южные манде. Элицидация и корпусная проверка (Predicative system in Mano. Elicitation and corpus verification)
[28234]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2014) : Категория именного числа в мано, южные манде. Вопросы языкознания (Category of nominal number in Mano, South Mande)
[28235]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2014) : Семантика кванторных слов в мано, южные манде (Semantics of quantifiers in Mano, South Mande)
[28260]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2019) : The aorist and the perfect in Mano
[28273]   Khachaturyan, Maria (2014) : Grammaire de la langue mano (mandé-sud) dans une perspective typologique
[28213]   Khachaturyan, Maria & Maria Konoshenko (2020) : Assessing (a)symmetry in multilingualism: The case of Mano and Kpelle in Guinea
[10705]   Khafaifi, Hussein Mabrok el (1985) : The role of the Cairo Academy in coining Arabic scientific terminology: an historical and linguistic evaluation
[10706]   Khainisi, Abdu M. (1974) : Swahili as a national language
[10707]   Khalafallah, A. (1969) : A descriptive grammar of Saʔi:di Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[10708]   Khalid, Abdallah (1977) : The liberation of Swahili from European appropriation
[26562]   Khalifa, Khalifa Jabreldar (2013) : Dilling – an endangered Nubian language
[26652]   Khalifa, Khalifa Jabreldar (2015) : An Initial Report on Tabaq Knowledge and Proficiency
[26642]   Khalil, Mohamed K. (2015) : The Verbal Plural Marker in Nobiin (Nile Nubian)
[10709]   Khalil, Mokhtar M. (1996) : Wörterbuch der nubischen Sprache (Fadidja/Mahas-Dialekt)
[10710]   Khamala, Canute P. M. (1980) : A survey of reading habits among Nairobi primary and lower secondary school children: foundation for a national book policy in Kenya
[10711]   Khamis, Adoum (1983) : Phonologie, esquisse grammaticale et lexique du Mango ou Mbay de Doba (langue sara du sud du Tchad)
[10712]   Khamis, Cornelia (1994) : Mehrsprachigkeit bei den Nubi: das Sprachverhalten viersprachig aufwachsener Vorschul- und Schulkinder in Bombo/Uganda
[10713]   Khamisi, Abdu Mtajuka (1974) : Swahili as a national language
[10714]   Khamisi, Abdu Mtajuka (1985) : Swahili verb derivation
[10715]   Khamisi, Abdu Mtajuka (1987) : Trends in Swahili lexicography
[10716]   Khamisi, Abdu Mtajuka (1988) : A typology of gaps in Swahili sentences
[10717]   Khamisi, Abdu Mtajuka (1990) : The shape of the applicative suffix in Kiswahili
[10718]   Khati, Thekiso (1992) : Intra-lexical switching or nonce borrowing? Evidence from Sesotho-English performance
[10719]   Khayar, Issa Hassan (1983) : Notes sur les Tama du Tchad: histoire, education traditionnelle
[23825]   Khellil, Mohand (1983) : Le trilinguisme des Kabyles: une richesse et une menace
[10720]   Khidir, Zakaria Fadoul (1996) : Quelques characteristiques des verbes du Beria
[10721]   Khidir, Zakaria Fadoul (1996) : Le systeme des pronoms personnels du Beria
[23449]   Khidir, Zakaria Fadoul (1999) : Lexique des plantes connues des Beri du Tchad
[23454]   Khidir, Zakaria Fadoul (2001) : Lexique des animaux chez les Beri du Tchad
[10722]   Khoali, Benjamin Thakampholo (1991) : A Sesotho tonal grammar
[10723]   Khoali, Benjamin Thakampholo (1993) : Cole’s Dokean model: issues and implications
[10724]   Khosa, Félix dos Santos Viana , Barbara Heins & Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle Kunene (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Xitsonga
[10725]   Khosa, Félix dos Santos Viana , Barbara Heins & Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle Kunene (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Xironga
[10726]   Khosa, Félix dos Santos Viana , Barbara Heins & Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle Kunene (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Xitshwa
[10727]   Khosa, Félix dos Santos Viana , Simeão Paulo Mathe , Celeste Joaquim Matavele & Salvador Matavele (1995) : Ahikfukeni: buku ra kijondzisa kuhlaya ni kutsala xichangana/livro de alfabetização em língua tsonga (changane)
[10728]   Khosa, Félix dos Santos Viana , Simeão Paulo Mathe , Celeste Joaquim Matavele & Salvador Matavele (1996) : Ahipfukeni: buku ra kijondzisa kuhlaya ni kutsala xichangana/livro de alfabetização em xitsonga (changana)
[10729]   Khuba, A. E. (1993) : The significance of the Musanda language
[10730]   Khuli, Muhammad A. al (1983) : Dictionary of theoretical linguistics: English-Arabic with Arabic-English glossary
[10731]   Khuli, Muhammad A. al (1986) : Dictionary of applied linguistics: Arabic
[10732]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1981) : Zulu tonology ; part 1
[10733]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1982) : Zulu tonology ; part 2
[10734]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1984) : A preliminary survey of Zulu adoptives
[10735]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1987) : An autosegmental account of Zulu phonology
[10736]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1988) : Palatalization in Zulu
[10737]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (199-) : Zulu morphology and phonology
[10738]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1992) : The morphology of the direct relative in Zulu
[10739]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1995) : CV templates in Zulu morphology: a multilinear approach
[25382]   Khumalo, Langa (2009) : The Passive and Stative Constructions in Ndebele: A Comparative Analysis
[26618]   Khumalo, Langa (2014) : On the Reciprocal in Ndebele
[10740]   Kiango, John G. (1987) : Swahili anaphoric expressions
[10741]   Kiango, John G. (2000) : Bantu lexicography: a critical survey of the principles and process of constructing dictionary entries
[10742]   Kiango, John G. (2003) : Syntactic classification of Swahili verbal expressions
[10743]   Kiango, John G. (2003) : Syntactic analysis of Swahili verbal expressions
[10744]   Kiango, John G. (2005) : Tanzania’s historical contribution to the recognition and promotion of Swahili (special survey article 1)
[22825]   Kiango, John G. (2005) : Problems of citation forms in dictionaries of Bantu languages
[26896]   Kibebe Tsehay Taye (2015) : Documentation and grammatical description of Chabu
[25304]   Kîbiûbî, Z., & R. Margetts (1993) : The Verbal Morphology of Kîîtharaka
[28188]   Kibrik, Andrej A. (2021) : The hunter, the crocodile, and the hare: Five days of Antonina Ivanovna Koval’s field work in 1993 (Охотник, крокодил и зайка: пять полевых дней Антонины Ивановны Коваль в 1993 году)
[10745]   Kidda-Awak, Moira [Elinor] (1985) : Tangale phonology: a descriptive analysis
[10746]   Kidda-Awak, Moira [Elinor] (1985) : Morpheme alternation in Tangale: a syllable structure approach
[10747]   Kidda-Awak, Moira [Elinor] (1993) : Tangale phonology
[10748]   Kidda-Awak, Moira [Elinor] (1995) : Floating tones in Tangale
[10749]   Kidima, Lukowa (1987) : Object agreement and topicality hierarchies in KiYaka
[10750]   Kidima, Lukowa (199-) : Tone and phonological phrasing in KiYaka
[10751]   Kidima, Lukowa (1990) : Tone and syntax in Kiyaka
[10752]   Kidima, Lukowa (1991) : Tone and accent in Kiyaka
[27779]   Kiebling, Roland (2020) : South Cushitic
[10753]   Kieckers, E. (1931) : Der buschmännisch-hottentottische Sprachstamm
[10754]   Kieckers, E. (1931) : Die Ndonga-Gruppe
[10755]   Kiel, Arnold (2004) : Maa bibliography
[10756]   Kiessling, Roland (1988) : Die Selektor-Kategorie im Iraqw. ihre Funktion bei der PErsonalmarkierung im Satz
[10757]   Kiessling, Roland (1989) : Die Rolle der Selektoren im Iraqw
[10758]   Kiessling, Roland (1990) : Preverbal position as a cradle of grammatical innovation in Iraqw
[10759]   Kiessling, Roland (1994) : Eine Grammatik des Burunge
[10760]   Kiessling, Roland (1995) : Mainland Kiswahili used as a lingua franca in the Rift Valley area of Tanzania in 1935
[10761]   Kiessling, Roland (1996) : Verbal inflectional suffixes in the West Rift group of southern Cushitic
[10762]   Kiessling, Roland (1998) : Der Pluraktionalis im Datooga
[10763]   Kiessling, Roland (1999) : Die historische Rekonstruktion der südkuschitischen Sprachen (West-Rift)
[10764]   Kiessling, Roland (1999?) : Notes on the death of Qwadza: last words from Qwadza
[10765]   Kiessling, Roland (2000) : Verb classes in Nilotic: evidence from Datooga (southern Nilotic)
[10766]   Kiessling, Roland (2000) : Some salient features of southern Cushitic (Common West Rift)
[10767]   Kiessling, Roland (2000) : Number marking in Datooga nouns
[10768]   Kiessling, Roland (2001) : The integration of Bantu loans into Burunge (southern Cushitic)
[10769]   Kiessling, Roland (2001) : South Cushitic links to East Cushitic
[10771]   Kiessling, Roland (2002) : Wille, Initierung und Kontrolle: zur Morphosemantik von Experiensverben im Südkuschitischen
[10773]   Kiessling, Roland (2003) : Infix genesis in South Cushitic
[10774]   Kiessling, Roland (2004) : “The giraffes burst throw emerge climb pass through the roof of the hut”: verbal serialisation in the West Ring languages (Isu, Weh, Aghem)
[23325]   Kiessling, Roland (2002) : Verbal plurality in Sandawe
[24654]   Kiessling, Roland (2007) : The “marked nominative” in Datooga
[24943]   Kiessling, Roland (2007) : Space and Reference in Datooga Verbal Morphosyntax
[25165]   Kiessling, Roland (2010) : Focalisation and defocalisation in Isu
[25527]   Kiessling, Roland (2012) : Extensive is up, intensive is down: the vertical directional background of the adverbials k/ vs. ts/ in Isu
[25687]   Kiessling, Roland (2010) : Sandawe verbal plurality
[25897]   Kiessling, Roland (2008) : Noun classification in !Xoon
[25935]   Kiessling, Roland (2012) : High vowel reduplication and infix genesis in Isu (West Ring)
[27398]   Kiessling, Roland (2013) : On the origin of Niger Congo nominal classification
[27670]   Kiessling, Roland (2016) : Burunge lexicon
[27707]   Kiessling, Roland (2006) : Woher kommen die Infixe im Isu (Kameruner Grasland)?
[28005]   Kießling, Roland (2017) : Experiencer encoding in Taa (Southern Khoisan)
[28023]   Kießling, Roland (2019) : Salient features of the noun class system of Kung in a Ring perspective
[10770]   Kiessling, Roland (Ed) (2002) : Die Rekonstruktion der südkuschitischen Sprachen (West-Rift), von den systemlinguistischen Manifestationen zum gesellschaftlichen Rahmen des Sprachwandels
[10772]   Kiessling, Roland & Maarten Mous (2003) : The lexical reconstruction of West-Rift southern Cushitic
[22605]   Kiessling, Roland & Maarten Mous (2004) : Urban youth languages in Africa
[25574]   Kiessling, Roland , Britta Neumann & Doreen Schröter (2012) : “What can I offer my child?” – How to impose on others in Isu (Grassfields Bantu)
[25735]   Kiessling, Roland , Britta Neumann & Doreen Schroter (2011) : “O owner of the compound, those things you are saying - it is the talk of vagueness!” - Requesting, Complaining and Apologizing in two Languages of the Cameroonian Grassfields
[25499]   Kiessling, Roland , Maarten Mous & Derek Nurse (2007) : The Tanzanian Rift Valley area
[27837]   Kießling, Roland , Nina Pawlak , Alexander Zheltov & Arvi Hurskainen (2019) : African Linguistics in Europe
[25606]   Kiessling, Roland, with the assistance of B.M. Wung (2011) : Verbal Serialisation in Isu (West Ring) – a Grassfields Language of Cameroon
[10775]   Kieswetter, Alyson (1995) : Patterns of code-switching amongst African high school pupils
[26284]   Kievit, Dirk & Erika Robertson (2012) : Notes on Gwama grammar
[25028]   Kievit, Dirk & Saliem Kievit (2009) : Differential object marking in Tigrinya
[10776]   Kiflemaryam, Hamdé (1986) : The origin and development of Blin
[10778]   Kiflemaryam, Hamdé (1993) : B’lina k’olata ’nd’ba [Blin dictionary]
[10777]   Kiflemaryam, Hamdé & Zeremariam Poulos (1992) : Blin qolat ’endeba/Blin dictionary, with translations in English
[10779]   Kiggen, Fr. J. (1928) : Grammar nak’Ateso
[10780]   Kiggen, Fr. J. (1928) : Grammar of Teso
[10781]   Kiggen, Fr. J. (1948) : Nuer-English dictionary
[10782]   Kiggen, Fr. J. (1953) : English-Ateso dictionary
[10783]   Kiggen, Fr. J. (1953) : Ateso-English dictionary
[28134]   Kihara, Claudius P. (2020) : Maasai toponymy in Kenya
[10784]   Kihm, Alain (1980) : Aspects d’un syntaxe historique: études sur le créole portugais de Guinée-Bissau
[10785]   Kihm, Alain (1987) : Quelques points de syntaxe du manjaku
[10786]   Kihm, Alain (1990) : Aspect in Kriyol and the theory of inflection
[10787]   Kihm, Alain (1991) : Les constructions focalisées en wolof: approche autolexicale d’une contradiction morpho-syntaxique
[10789]   Kihm, Alain (1994) : Krioyl syntax: the Portuguese-based creole language of Guinea-Bissau
[10790]   Kihm, Alain (1996) : Reflexivity in Kriyol: a case of half-hearted grammaticalization
[10791]   Kihm, Alain (1998) : Propositions relatives en manjaku et théorie du déplacement comme copie
[10792]   Kihm, Alain (2003) : The Berber construct state as focus marking
[22652]   Kihm, Alain (2000) : Wolof genitive constructions and the construct state
[23434]   Kihm, Alain (1984) : Is there anything like decreolization? Some ongoing changes in Bissau Creole
[26074]   Kihm, Alain (1980) : La situation linguistique en Casamance et Guinée-Bissau (Linguistic Situation in Casamance and Guiné-Bissau)
[28114]   Kihm, Alain (2018) : Le syntagme nominal en kriyol de Guinée-Bissau et en kinubi: comparaison morphosyntaxique et sémantico-pragmatique
[10788]   Kihm, Alain & Claire Lefebvre (Ed) (1993) : Aspects de la grammaire du fongbè: études de phonologiques, de syntaxe et de sémantique
[10793]   Kihore, Yared Magori (1976) : Tanzania’s language policy and Kiswahili’s historical background
[10794]   Kihore, Yared Magori (1978) : A comparative study of the noun class systems of Heiben and Kiswahili
[10795]   Kihore, Yared Magori (1994) : A study of the syntax of Kiswahili verbs
[10796]   Kihore, Yared Magori (1997) : Kiswahili naming of the days of the week: what went wrong?
[10797]   Kihore, Yared Magori (2000) : Historical and linguistic aspects of Kihacha
[10798]   Kihore, Yared Magori (2000) : Kiswahili for beginners
[10799]   Kihore, Yared Magori (2000) : The importance of Kiswahili medium of instruction in secondary school education in Tanzania
[10800]   Kihwele, D. V. N. , P. D. Lwoga & E. W. Sarakikya (1999) : Feasibility study of beekeeping and honey hunting in the MBOMIPA project area, Iringa District
[10801]   Kiingi, Kibuuka Balubuliza (1985) : Scientific modernization of a Bantu language: Luganda
[10802]   Kiingi, Kibuuka Balubuliza (1989) : A systematic approach to the problem of the expressional modernisation in the formal and natural sciences: the case of Luganda
[10803]   Kikasa, Lukala (1987) : Onomastique yansi
[10804]   Kilani-Ashour, (1991) : Dictionary of Arabic proverbs
[10805]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa (1989) : Contes et proverbes des pygmées Baka
[10806]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa (1992) : Der Komitativ im Baka: eine Fallstudie zur Grammatikalisierung
[10807]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa (1995) : Das Baka: Grundzüge einer Grammatik aus der Grammatikalisierungsperspektive
[10809]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa (1997) : Die Baka-Ideophone: ihre Struktur und Funktion
[22681]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa (2001) : Universality and diversity: ideophones from Baka and Kxoe
[22688]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa (2002) : The grammatical evolution of posture verbs in Kxoe
[22733]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa (2003) : Khwe dictionary
[23808]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa (2005) : Serial verb constructions in Khwe (Central Khoisan)
[24880]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa (2008) : A Grammar of Modern Khwe (Central Khoisan)
[25683]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa (2010) : Serial verb constructions vs. converbs in Khwe
[25781]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa (2009) : Topic and focus in Khwe
[27807]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa (2020) : Ideophones
[10808]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa & Bernd Heine (1997) : On nominal gender marking in Kxoe
[10811]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa & Bernd Heine (1998) : On nominal gender marking in Kxoe
[10810]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa & Mathias Schladt (1997) : From body to soul: on the structure of body part idioms
[26750]   Killian, Don (2015) : Topics in Uduk Phonology and Morphosyntax
[27211]   Killian, Don (2015) : Complex verbal predicates in Uduk
[10813]   Kilpatrick, Eileen (1981) : Avokaya predication
[10814]   Kilpatrick, Eileen (1985) : Bongo phonology
[10815]   Kilpatrick, Eileen (1985) : Preliminary notes on Ma’di phonology
[10816]   Kilpatrick, Eileen (1986) : Use of genitives in Avokaya
[10817]   Kilpatrick, Eileen (2000) : Participant reference in Avokaya narrative texts
[23082]   Kilpatrick, Eileen (1984) : General narratives and folk tales in Avokaya
[23087]   Kilpatrick, Eileen (2004) : Orthographies for Moru-Ma’di languages
[23093]   Kilpatrick, Eileen (1979) : Preliminary phonology of the Bongo language
[23096]   Kilpatrick, Eileen (1978) : The use of Arabic in the Krongo Jebels and at Tabanya
[24969]   Kilpatrick, Eileen (2006) : Pronoun Sets in the Moru-Maʼdi Languages
[26064]   Kilpatrick, Eileen & Leoma Gilley (2004) : The Importance Of Word Order In Explaining Tone Patterns In Avokaya Verbs
[10819]   Kim, Chim-Wu (1974) : A note on tonal conjunction in Efik
[10818]   Kim, Chim-Wu & Herbert Frederick Walter Stahlke (Ed) (1971) : Papers in African linguistics
[24253]   Kim, Hae-Kyung (2003) : Aspects, temps et modes en jowulu
[10820]   Kim, Hak-Soo (1995) : Die Personalmorpheme der 3. Person in tschadischen Sprachen
[27486]   Kimambo, Gerald Eliniongoze (2018) : The Morpho-Syntactic and Semantic-Pragmatic Realisation of Definiteness and Specificity in Swahili
[10821]   Kimaro, Julian M. (1999) : Kompendium I: Swahili grammatik
[27729]   Kimball, Lee (1983) : A description of the grammar of Loko
[10822]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1973) : Tense-aspect-modality systems in English and Kinyarwanda
[10823]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1976) : Tone anticipation in Kinyarwanda
[10824]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1976) : Subjectivization rules in Kinyarwanda
[10825]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1976) : A relational grammar of Kinyarwanda
[10826]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1977) : Possessor objectivization in Kinyarwanda
[10827]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1978) : Grammatical tone neutralization in Kinyarwanda
[10828]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1978) : Aspects of naming in Kinyarwanda
[10829]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1979) : Studies in Kinyarwanda and Bantu phonology
[10830]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1979) : Double negation and negative shift in Kinyarwanda
[10831]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1980) : A relational grammar of Kinyarwanda
[10832]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1981) : Linkless clauses in Bantu
[10833]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1985) : Doublets in Kinyarwanda: an inquiry into the process of sign-production
[10834]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1988) : Passives in Kinyarwanda
[10835]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1989) : Kinyarwanda and Kirundi names: a semiolinguistic analysis of Bantu onomastics
[10836]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (2002) : A tonal grammar of Kinyarwanda: an autosegmental and metrical analysis
[28554]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1976) : A relational grammar of Kinyarwanda
[10837]   Kimmenade, Martin van de (1954) : Essai de grammaire et vocabulaire de la langue Sandawe
[10838]   Kimpakala, (1978) : La tonalité dans le dialecte kintandu
[10839]   Kimpempe, (1975) : L’interrogation en français et en kikongo
[24705]   Kimper, Wendell A. (2006) : Question Formation in the Karonga Dialect of Tumbuka
[28247]   Kimper, Wendell , Wm. G. Bennett , Christopher R. Green & Kristine Yu (2019) : Acoustic correlates of harmony classes in Somali
[10840]   Kimputu, Baibanja (1989) : Les recherches sociolinguistiques africanistiques au Zaïre
[10841]   Kimura, Daiji (1990/91) : Verbal interaction of the Bongando in central Zaire: with special reference to their addressee-unspecified loud speech
[10842]   Kimura, Daiji (1996) : Bongando niokeru kojin na / Bongando personal names
[10843]   Kimura, Daiji (2001) : Utterance overlap and long silence among the Baka Pygmies: comparison with Bantu farmers and Japanese university students
[10844]   Kinda, Jules (1989) : Dynamisme des tons et intonation en mooré (langue de Haute-Volta)
[10845]   Kinda, Jules (1997) : Les tons du moore et leur incidence sur les segments
[25119]   Kinda, Jules (2003) : Lexique français-moore, moore-français
[10846]   Kindija, Kulwa Abel (2003) : The syllable representation in Kisukuma: the case of the Jidakama dialect
[10847]   King, G. R. (1---) : Short vocabulary
[10848]   King, Karn (1992) : Argument structure and agreement in Kiswahili determiner phrases
[26117]   King’ei, Kitula & John Kobia (2007) : Lugha Kama Kitambulisho: Changamoto ya Sheng Nchini Kenya
[10852]   Kingon, J. R. L. (1920) : Language research: a forward movement
[10853]   Kingston, John (1983) : The expansion of the Gusii verb system
[10849]   Kingʼey, Kitula (2000) : Problems of acceptability of Standard Swahili forms by non-KiUnguja native Swahili speakers
[10850]   Kingʼey, Kitula (2000) : A descriptive study of Arabic loan words in Kiswahili
[10851]   Kingʼey, Kitula (2000) : Kiswahili technical terminology: problems of development and usage in Kenya
[22581]   Kinnaird, William (1997) : Ouldeme tone sketch
[10854]   Kinsman, Margaret R. (1975) : Early Shona history: the linguistic evidence
[10855]   Kintu, Mweme Tch. (1974) : Aspects de grammaire générative et transformationelle de lingombe (préfixes et pronoms)
[10856]   Kinyalolo, Kasangati Kikuni Wabongambilu (1988) : Studies in Kilega syntax
[10857]   Kinyalolo, Kasangati Kikuni Wabongambilu (1991) : Syntactic dependencies and the spec-head agreement hypothesis in Kilega
[10858]   Kinyalolo, Kasangati Kikuni Wabongambilu (1992) : A note on word order in the progressive and prospective in Fon
[10859]   Kinyalolo, Kasangati Kikuni Wabongambilu (1995) : Licensing in DP in Fòn
[10860]   Kioko, Angelina Nduku (1994) : Issues in the syntax of Kikamba, a Bantu language
[10861]   Kioko, Angelina Nduku (1995) : The Kikamba multiple applicative: a problem for the lexical functional grammar analysis
[10862]   Kioko, Angelina Nduku (1999) : The syntactic status of the reciprocal and the reflexive affixes in Bantu
[10863]   Kioko, Angelina Nduku (2000) : On determining the primary object in Bantu
[10866]   Kioko, Angelina Nduku (2005) : Theoretical issues in the grammar of Kikamba, a Bantu language
[10864]   Kioko, Angelina Nduku & Margaret Jepkirui Muthwii (2001) : The demands of a changing society: English in education in Kenya today
[10865]   Kioko, Angelina Nduku & Margaret Jepkirui Muthwii (2004) : English variety for public domain in Kenya: speaker’s attitudes and views
[10867]   Kipacha, Ahmad (2004) : KiNgome-English lexicon
[22829]   Kipacha, Ahmad (2005) : An ethno-linguistics perspective on Kingone Swahili narrative texts
[25703]   Kipacha, Ahmad (2010) : The Quest for Mgao Coastal Swahili – Latest Findings
[10868]   Kiparsky, Paul (1968) : Linguistic universals and linguistic change
[28531]   Kipré, François Blé (2016) : « Construction directe » vs « construction indirecte » : quelle interprétation sémantique dans la relation de possession en bété ?
[10869]   Kiraithe, J. M. & N. T. Baden (1976) : Portuguese influences in East African languages
[10870]   Kirk-Greene, Anthony H. M. (1963) : Neologisms in Hausa: a sociological approach
[10871]   Kirk-Greene, Anthony H. M. (1963/64) : The Hausa language board
[10872]   Kirk-Greene, Anthony H. M. (1964) : A preliminary inquiry into Hausa onomatology: three studies in the origins of personal, title and place names
[10873]   Kirk-Greene, Anthony H. M. (1964) : Some reflections on contemporary Hausa idiom
[10874]   Kirk-Greene, Anthony H. M. (1965) : The vocabulary and determination of schoolboy slang in northern Nigeria
[10876]   Kirk-Greene, Anthony H. M. (1967) : The linguistic statistics of northern Nigeria: a tentative presentation
[10877]   Kirk-Greene, Anthony H. M. (1971) : The influence of West African languages on English
[10875]   Kirk-Greene, Anthony H. M. & Yahaya Aliyu (1967) : Modern Hausa reader
[10878]   Kirkeby, Willy A. (Ed) (2001) : English-Swahili dictionary
[10879]   Kirsch, Beverley & Silvia Skorge (1995) : Masithethe isiXhosa: let’s speak Xhosa
[10880]   Kirubel Elias (2000) : Noun morphoogy of Geto
[10881]   Kirwan, Brian Edmond Renshaw & P. A. Gore (1951) : Elementary Luganda
[10882]   Kiselev, G. S. (1977) : Nekotorye problemy etnogeneza Hausa
[25031]   Kisembe, Evelyne (2005) : A Linguistic Analysis of Luyia Varieties Spoken in Western Kenya
[10883]   Kishani, Bongasu Tanla (1989) : The role of language in African perceptions of the past: an appraisal of African language policies and practices
[10884]   Kishe, Anne Jestina (1995) : The englishization of Tanzanian Kiswahili: a study in language contact and convergence
[10885]   Kishe, Anne Jestina (1995/97) : The modernization of Tanzanian KiSwahili and language change
[10886]   Kishe, Anne Jestina (2004) : Kiswahili as vehicle of unity and development in the Great Lakes region
[10887]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1987) : The state of scientific terminology in Chichewa
[10888]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1990) : An historical survey of spontaneous and planned development of Chichewa
[10889]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1992) : On the head of the derived nominal in Chichewa
[10890]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1994) : An historical survey of the destabilization of minority languages in Malawi: the case of Ciyao
[10891]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1994) : The impact of a national language on minority languages: the case of Malawi
[10892]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1996) : Dr H. Kamuzu Banda’s language policy: a study in contradictions
[10894]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1998) : On the standardization of Citumbuka and Ciyao orthographies: some observations
[10895]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1998) : Politics of language in contemporary Malawi
[10896]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1998) : Diminution, augmentation and pejorativeness in Icindali: the semantics of classes 5/6, 3/4, 7/8 and 21
[10897]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1998) : IkyaNgonde: a preliminary analysis
[10898]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (2001) : Authority in language: the role the Chichewa Board (1972-1995) in prescription and standardization of Chichewa
[10899]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (2003) : Recurrent themes in Chichewa verse in Malawian newspapers
[22478]   Kishindo, Pascal J. & Allan L. Lipenga (2005) : Parlons ciyawo: langue et culture du Mozambique
[22479]   Kishindo, Pascal J. & Allan L. Lipenga (2003) : Parlons chichewa: langue et culture du Malawi
[10893]   Kishindo, Pascal J. & others (1997) : A sociolinguistic survey of Chiyao with special reference to education
[10900]   Kisob, Jack K. (1963) : A live language: ‘Pidgin English’
[27610]   Kisseberth, Charles W. & Rozenn Guérois (2014) : Melodic H Tones in Emakhuwa and Ecuwabo Verbs
[10909]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (1976) : A morphophonemic rule in Chi-Mwi:ni: evidence from loan words
[10911]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (1980) : Aspects of tone assignment in Kimatumbi
[10913]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (1981) : Displaced tones in Digo ; part 2
[10914]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (1984) : Digo tonology
[10915]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (1990) : Morphological high tones in Sesotho and Setswana
[10917]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (1992) : Metrical structure in Zigula tonology
[10919]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (2003) : Makhuwa (P30)
[10918]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & David [Arnold] Odden (2003) : Tone
[10901]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1974) : The perfect stem in Chi-Mwi:ni
[10902]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1974) : Vowel length in Chi-Mwi:ni: a case study of the role of grammar in phonology
[10903]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1974) : On the interaction of phonology and morphology: a Chi-Mwi:ni example
[10904]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1974) : A case of systematic avoidance of homonyms
[10905]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1975) : The perfect stem in Chi-mwi:ni and global rules
[10906]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1976) : On the interaction of phonology and morphology: a ChiMwi:ni example
[10907]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1976) : Chi-mwi:ini prefix morphophonemics
[10908]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1976) : The ‘object’ relationship in Chi-Mwi:ni, a Bantu language
[10910]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1977) : The “object” relationship in chi-Mwi:ini, a Bantu language
[10916]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Sheila Onkaetse Mmusi (1990) : The tonology of the object prefix in Setswana
[10912]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Winifred J. Wood (1980) : Displaced tones in Digo ; part 1
[10920]   Kisubika-Musoke, E. M. (1986) : Tense formation in Luganda, and some problems related to learning English
[10921]   Kitamura, Koji (1997) : Communication for “negotiation” among the Turkana
[10923]   Kitching, Arthur Leonard (1932) : An outline grammar of the Acholi language
[10922]   Kitching, Arthur Leonard & [Reverend] George Robert Blackledge (1925) : A Luganda-English and English-Luganda dictionary
[10925]   Kitengye, Sokoni (1990) : Métissage linguistique en milieu scolaire zaïrois
[10924]   Kitengye, Sokoni , Seso Gidinda & Mamba Tshibanda (1987) : Impact du métissage linguistique sur l’enseignement du français au Zaïre: cas des clsses 3e et 4e secondaires
[25303]   Kîthînji Kîndîkî, Stephen (2008) : Pragmatic Functions of Attitude Markers in Kîîtharaka
[10926]   Kitoko, Mufanga (1985?) : Quelques données sur la logique des propositions: essai d’application en langue kikongo
[10927]   Kitumboy, L. W. Hamis (1960) : Kiswahili usages, Congo Belge & Ruanda Urundi
[10928]   Kitumboy, L. W. Hamis (1961) : Swahili in Ruanda Urundi and Congo Republic
[10929]   Kiwanuka, B. (1967) : Bi-lingualism in education: the role of the vernacular languages
[10931]   Kiwanuka, J. L. & A. Bengtsson (1995) : Enkuluze y’oluganda-luswidi/Lugandisk-svensk ordbok
[10930]   Kiwanuka, J. L. & G. Wiberg (1992) : Svensk-lugandisk ordbok/Enkuluze y’oluswidi-luganda
[10932]   Kiwasila, Hildegarda L. (1998) : Traditional practices affecting women’s health: the case of fenale circumcision among the Wavidunda of Kidoli in Kilosa District, Morogoro Region
[10933]   Kiyawa, Adamu Aliyu (1983) : Language and the politics of ethnicity in Nigeria: a sociolinguistics perspective
[28718]   Kiyofon, Antoine & Patrick Duffley (2017) : Semantically-based functions of noun-class markers in Tagbana
[10934]   Kiyomi, Setsuko & Stuart Davis (1992) : Verb reduplication in Swati
[10935]   Kiyulu, Ny. (1979) : De la conversation en kikongo d’idiofacité: essai de règles pragmatiques
[10936]   Kizidila, E. (1979) : Les formes verbales des ndibu: formes tabellaires absolue affirmatives
[10937]   Kizungu, Byamana , Mwendanga Ntabaza & Murchagane Mburunge (1998) : Ethno-ornithology of the Tembo in eastern DRC (former Zaire), part 1: Kalehe Zone
[10938]   Klatzko, R. (1975) : Language of the English speaking Coloured child
[23099]   Klaver, Marquita (1999) : A look at Ife connectives
[23102]   Klaver, Marquita (1995) : Two Ifé particles and their discourse function
[10940]   Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (1987) : Kingozi: extinct Swahili dialect or poetic jargon? A historical, dialectological and contextual analysis
[10941]   Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (1988) : Einfluss des Kuschitischen auf die Nordost-Bantusprachen Ilwana und “Lower Pokomo”: ein sprachlicher Vergleich auf der Grundlage des Kuschitischen Wortschatzes
[10942]   Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (1990) : Probleme der Aufbereitung und Darstellung des Projektes “Sprach- und Dialektatlas Kenya” mit Hilfe eines Personal-Computers
[10943]   Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (1992) : Gesprächstrategien im Swahili: linguistisch-pragmatische Analysen von Dialogtexten einer Stegreiftheatergruppe
[10944]   Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (1994) : Der Diskurs im Swahili: eine Auswahl der wichtigsten Gattungen
[10945]   Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (2000) : The iron craft of the Swahili from the perspective of historical semantics
[23239]   Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (2005) : Pre-colonial non-Bantu influence on Savannah Bantu vocabulary: the case of iron terminology in the Machame dialect of Chaga (E62)
[10939]   Klein, Harriet E. Manelis (1976) : Tense and aspect in the Damara verbal system
[24701]   Klein, Thomas B. (2006) : Segmental Typology of African Creole Languages: Examining Uniformity, Simplification and Simplicity
[10946]   Kleine, Christa de (1997) : The verb phrase in Afrikaans: evidence of creolization?
[10947]   Kleiner, Werner & Renate Kleiner (1976) : Preliminary phonological statement: Ekajuk (Nigeria)
[28614]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ullrich (2009) : Class RE in the class system of Lɔŋtó and its historical significance
[10948]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1982) : Untersuchungen zum Waja, einer Adamawa-Sprache Nordostnigerias
[10949]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1990) : Aspects of vowel harmony in Waja and Tangale-Waja common vocabulary
[10950]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1990) : Monoradical verbs in Waja
[10951]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1991) : Die Sprache der Waja (nyan wiyáù): Phonologie und Morphologie
[10952]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1993) : Nominalklassen im Mboi und Bena Lala der Yungur-bzw. Bena-Mboi-Gruppe
[10953]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1994) : Geographisches Vokabular der Waja, Tula, Awak, Burak und Tangale: ein Vergleich
[10954]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1995) : Don’t use the name of my dead father: a reason for lexical change in some northwestern Adamawa languages (northeastern Nigeria)
[10955]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1996) : Relationship between Adamawa and Gur languages: the case of Waja and Tula
[10956]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1996) : Die nordwestlichen Adamawa-Sprachen: eine Übersicht
[10957]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1997) : The Gurunsi languages: a summary of the state of art
[10958]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1999) : The classification of Siti (Kyitu) reconsidered
[10959]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (2000) : The verb in Kusuntu
[10960]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (2000) : The noun classification of Cala (Bogong): a case of contact-induced change
[10961]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (2001) : Jalaa - an almost forgotten language of north-eastern Nigeria: a language isolate?
[27268]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (2014) : Who are the Waja and where did they come from? A linguistic evaluation of ‘Labarin Waja’, the unpublished history of Waja by Kwoiranga, the 2nd Sarkin Waja (1927–1936)
[27553]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (2012) : Lexique Lɔ̀ŋtó - Français
[27554]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (2015) : Bikwin-Jen - Comparative Wordlist (Swadesh 100)
[27770]   Kleinewillinghofer, Ulrich (2020) : Adamawa
[27794]   Kleinewillinghofer, Ulrich (2020) : Waja
[27965]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (2018) : The northern fringe of the Jos Plateau, a prehistorical contact zone of Benue-Plateau and Adamawa-Gur languages – The evidence of the cultural vocabulary
[28689]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (2007) : K3. Palen
[27563]   Kleinewillinghöfer,Ulrich (2015) : Some notes on Nyiŋɔm (aka Nyingwom or Kam)
[25617]   Kleinewillinghöffer, Ulrich (2011) : Assoziative Konstruktionen im Vere-Gimme und Lɔŋto, Central Adamawa
[10962]   Kleinz, Norbert (1981) : Die drei germanischen Sprachen Südwestafrikas: politische und soziologische Gesichtspunkte ihrer Lage und Entwicklung
[10963]   Kleinz, Norbert (1982) : Afrikaans, Deutsch und Englisch in Südwestafrika/Namibien
[10964]   Kleinz, Norbert (1984) : Sprachmischung in Südwestafrika
[10965]   Kleinz, Norbert (1984) : Deutsche Sprache im Kontakt in Südwest-Afrika: der heutige Gebrauch der Sprachen Deutsch, Afrikaans und Englisch in Namibia
[10967]   Klerk, G. J. de (1968) : Die morfologie van Afrikaans
[10969]   Klerk, G. J. de (1968) : Die spreiding an valensie van suffikse in Afrikaans
[10976]   Klerk, Vivian de (2000) : Language shift in Grahamstown: a case study of selected Xhosa-speakers
[10977]   Klerk, Vivian de (2000) : To be Xhosa or not to be Xhosa - that is the question
[10978]   Klerk, Vivian de (2002) : Starting with Xhosa English... towards a spoken corpus
[10980]   Klerk, Vivian de (2002) : Towards a corpus of Black South African English
[10981]   Klerk, Vivian de (2004) : Language and the law: who has the upper hand?
[10982]   Klerk, Vivian de (2004) : Xhosa English as an institutionalised variety of English: in search of evidence
[10984]   Klerk, Vivian de (2005) : Expressing levels of intensity in Xhosa English
[10985]   Klerk, Vivian de (2005) : Procedural meanings of ‘well’ in a corpus of Xhosa English
[10972]   Klerk, Vivian de (Ed) (1996) : Focus on South Africa
[10971]   Klerk, Vivian de & Barbara Bosch (199-) : Naming in two cultures: English and Xhosa practices
[10973]   Klerk, Vivian de & Barbara Bosch (1996) : Naming practices in the eastern Cape province of South Africa
[10974]   Klerk, Vivian de & Barbara Bosch (1997) : Nicknaming among Xhosa-speaking children and adolescents
[10979]   Klerk, Vivian de & David H. Gough (2002) : Black South African English
[10975]   Klerk, Vivian de & Gary P. Barkhuizen (1998) : Language attitudes in the South African National Defence Force: views from the 6th South African Infantry
[10983]   Klerk, Vivian de & Irene Lagonikos (2004) : First-name changes in South Africa: the swing of the pendulum
[10968]   Klerk, Willem J. de (1968) : Dialektiese verskeidenheid in Afrikaans
[10970]   Klerk, Willem J. de (1968) : Die aard van dialektiese verskeidenheid in Afrikaans
[10966]   Klerk, Willem J. de & M. C. J. van Rensburg (1966) : Taalgeografie en taallandskappe
[10986]   Klieman, Kairn A. (1999) : Hunter-gatherers participation in rainforest trade systems: a comparative history of forest vs ecotone societies in Gabon and Congo, c.1000-1800 AD
[10987]   Klingenheben, August von (1923/24) : Die Präfixklassen des Ful
[10988]   Klingenheben, August von (1924/25) : Die Permutation des Biafada und des Ful
[10989]   Klingenheben, August von (1926/27) : Zu den Zählenmethoden in den Berbersprachen
[10990]   Klingenheben, August von (1927) : Die Laute des Ful
[10991]   Klingenheben, August von (1927/28) : Die Silbenauslautgesetze des Hausa
[10992]   Klingenheben, August von (1928/29) : Die Tempora Westafrikas und die semitischen Tempora
[10993]   Klingenheben, August von (1929) : Die nominalen Klassensysteme des Ful
[10994]   Klingenheben, August von (1930/31) : Ablaut in afrikanischen Sprachen
[10995]   Klingenheben, August von (1932) : Zur psychologischen Struktur der Vai-Sprache
[10996]   Klingenheben, August von (1933) : Der Bau der Sprache der Vai in Westafrika
[10997]   Klingenheben, August von (1937) : Die Schnalze in den afrikanischen Sprachen
[10998]   Klingenheben, August von (1941) : Die Suffixklassen des Ful
[10999]   Klingenheben, August von (1943/44) : Die Mande-Völker und ihre Sprachen
[11000]   Klingenheben, August von (1945/49) : Die Klassenelemente der Zahlwörter des Ful
[11001]   Klingenheben, August von (1945/50) : Zur Nominalbildung im Galla ; Teile 1-3
[11002]   Klingenheben, August von (1949) : Ist das Somali eine Tonsprache?
[11003]   Klingenheben, August von (1950/51) : Die Laryngalen im Amharischen
[11004]   Klingenheben, August von (1951) : Alt hamito-semitisch Genusexponenten in heutige Hamitensprachen
[11005]   Klingenheben, August von (1951/52) : Zur Nominalbildung im Galla ; Teil 4
[11006]   Klingenheben, August von (1956) : Die Präfix- und die Suffix-Konjugationen des Hamitosemitischen
[11007]   Klingenheben, August von (1958) : Zur Entstehung des Klassensprachentyps in Afrika
[11008]   Klingenheben, August von (1962) : Influence of analogy in African languages
[11009]   Klingenheben, August von (1962) : Die Inversion im Ful
[11010]   Klingenheben, August von (1963) : Die Sprache der Ful (Dialekt von Adamawa): Grammatik, Texte und Wörterverzeichnis
[11011]   Klingenheben, August von (1966) : Deutsch-Amharischer Sprachführer mit grammatischer Einführung
[11012]   Klingenheben, August von (1968) : Analogiebildungen im Amharischen
[28826]   Kloehn, Nick (2018) : Towards a unified theory of morphological productivity in the Bantu languages: A corpus analysis of nominalization patterns in Swahili
[11013]   Kloeke, Gesinus G. (1949) : Herkomst van de afrikaanse taalschat
[11014]   Kloeke, Gesinus G. (1950) : Herkomst en groei van het Afrikaans
[11015]   Klokov, Vasilij T (1996) : [Dictionary of the French language in Africa]
[27212]   Klomp, Paul (1993) : A sketch of the phonology and morphology of Esan
[11016]   Kloppers, J. K. , D. Nakare & L. M. Isala (1994) : Bukenkango Rukwangali - English, English Rukwangali dictionary
[11017]   Kloss, Heinz (1978) : Problems of language policy in South Africa
[11019]   Kluge, Angela (2000) : The Gbe language varieties of West Africa: a quantitative analysis of lexical and grammatical features
[23571]   Kluge, Angela (2005) : A synchronic lexical study of Gbe language varieties: the effects of different similarity judgement criteria
[24645]   Kluge, Angela (2006) : Qualitative and quantitative analysis of grammatical features elicited among the Gbe language varieties of West Africa
[27705]   Kluge, Angela (2008) : A synchronic lexical study of the Ede language continuum of West Africa: The effects of different similarity judgment criteria
[11020]   Kluge, Angela & Deborah H. Hatfield (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey of the Safaliba language area
[11018]   Kluge, Theodor (1937) : Die Zahlenbegriffe der Sudansprachen: ein Beitrag zur Geistesgeschichte der Menchen
[11021]   Knappen, Jörg (1991) : TEX and Africa
[11022]   Knappert, Jan (1956) : Leidende beginselen voor een spelling van het Swahili
[11023]   Knappert, Jan (1958) : De bronnen van het Lingala
[11024]   Knappert, Jan (1959) : Woordscheiding en woordverdeling in literair Swahili
[11025]   Knappert, Jan (1961) : Het Alur, een drietoontaal en de tonologie
[11026]   Knappert, Jan (1961/62) : Derivation and tone deflection in Cindau and some other Bantu languages
[11027]   Knappert, Jan (1962) : The tonology of the Zulu verbs of three syllables
[11028]   Knappert, Jan (1962) : The tonological behaviour of the word in Alur: a study in tone syntax
[11029]   Knappert, Jan (1962/63) : Derivation of nouns of action in -o in Swahili
[11030]   Knappert, Jan (1963) : The verb in Dhó-Álùr
[11031]   Knappert, Jan (1964) : Essai de dictionnaire dho alur
[11032]   Knappert, Jan (1964/65) : The adaptation of Swahili to modern times
[11033]   Knappert, Jan (1965) : Language problems of the new nations of Africa
[11034]   Knappert, Jan (1965) : Compound nouns in Bantu languages
[11035]   Knappert, Jan (1967) : Some notes on the locative -ni in Swahili
[11036]   Knappert, Jan (1967) : Swahili theological terms
[11037]   Knappert, Jan (1968) : Quelques remarques à propos de l’histoire des Swahili
[11038]   Knappert, Jan (1969) : The phonemes of Alur: vowels and tones
[11039]   Knappert, Jan (1970) : The origin of the term ‘Bantu’
[11040]   Knappert, Jan (1970) : Un siècle de classification ds langues bantous 1844-1945
[11041]   Knappert, Jan (1970) : The problem of national languages and education in Africa
[11042]   Knappert, Jan (1970) : Contribution from the study of loanwords to the history of Africa
[11043]   Knappert, Jan (1971) : Swahili metre
[11044]   Knappert, Jan (1972/73) : The study of loan words in African languages
[11045]   Knappert, Jan (1974) : The state of our knowledge of African languages
[11046]   Knappert, Jan (1975) : On Swahili proverbs
[11047]   Knappert, Jan (1978) : Classifications of Bantu languages
[11048]   Knappert, Jan (1979) : The origin and development of Lingala
[11049]   Knappert, Jan (1983) : Persian and Turkish loanwords in Swahili
[11050]   Knappert, Jan (1987) : The Bantu languages: an appraisal
[11051]   Knappert, Jan (1989) : Les mots swahili empruntés au grec, aux langues romanes et américaines
[11052]   Knappert, Jan (1990) : A grammar of literary Swahili
[11053]   Knappert, Jan (1991) : Language and history in Africa
[11054]   Knappert, Jan (1999) : Grammar of literary Swahili
[11055]   Knight, C. Gregory (1974) : Ecology and change: rural modernization in an African community
[27213]   Knupp Barretto, & Marcus Vinícius (2008) : Contribuições da língua portuguesa e das línguas africanas quicongo e bini na constituição do crioulo sãotomense
[11056]   Kobès, Aloys (1923) : Dictionnaire volof-français
[28167]   Kobès, Aloys (1869) : Grammaire de la langue volofe
[26127]   Kobia, John M. (2006) : Matatizo Yanayowakumba Waandishi wa Vitabu vya Kiswahili Nchini Kenya
[28344]   Kochetov, Alexei (2016) : Palatalization and glide strengthening as competing repair strategies: Evidence from Kirundi
[11057]   Kock, J. H. M. (1981) : Onreëlmatige verskynsels by die werkwoordelike relatief in Noord-Sotho
[11063]   Kock, J. H. M. (1984) : Relatiefomskrywing in Noord-Sotho
[11065]   Kock, J. H. M. (1992) : Relatiefomskrywing in die Suid-Afrikaanse Bantoetale, met besondere verwysing na Noord-Sotho
[11066]   Kock, J. H. M. (1997) : The redundancy principle: relative description in Northern Sotho
[11067]   Kock, J. H. M. (2000) : Variation in Northern Sotho adjective constructions
[11060]   Kock, J. H. M. & S. D. Kock (1983) : Noord-Sotho vir Standerd 6
[11061]   Kock, J. H. M. & S. D. Kock (1983) : Noord-Sotho vir Standerd 7
[11062]   Kock, J. H. M. & S. D. Kock (1983) : Noord-Sotho vir Standerd 8
[11064]   Kock, J. H. M. & S. D. Kock (1986) : Noord-Sotho vir Standerd 9 en 10
[11058]   Kock, L. J. (1981) : A preliminary investigation of the Southern Sotho ideophone as a stylistic device
[11059]   Kock, L. J. (1981) : Die ideofoon in Suid-Sotho
[11068]   Kockaert, Hendrik J. (1993) : Proposals for corrective phonetics in French for Swazi students
[11070]   Kockaert, Hendrik J. (1997) : Vowel harmony in siSwati: an experimental study of raised and non-raised vowels
[11069]   Kockaert, Hendrik J. & Denise Godwin (1997) : Voicing status of syllable-initial plosives in siSwati
[11071]   Kodwo-Mensah, A. O. (1965) : Adjective formation in Ga by reduplication
[22979]   Koehler, Loren Scott (1995) : An underspecification approach to Budu vowel harmony
[25112]   Koelle, Sigismund Wilhelm (1854) : Outlines of a grammar of the Vei language, together with a Vei-English vocabulary and an account of the disovery and nature of the Vei mode of syllabic writing
[25113]   Koelle, Sigismund Wilhelm (1854) : Grammar of the Bornu or Kanuri language
[11072]   Koenen, Eberhard von (1977) : Heil- und Giftpflanzen in Südwestafrika
[26897]   Koenig, Brad , Arnie Coleman & Karen Coleman (2015) : Phonology Sketch of Esimbi
[11073]   Koenig, Edna L. , Chia Emmanuel Nges & John F. Povey (Ed) (1983) : A sociolinguistic profile of urban centers in Cameroon
[11074]   Koerner, Konrad (Ed) (1983) : Linguistics and evolutionary theory: three essays by August Schleicher and Wilhelm Bleek
[11075]   Kofele-Kale, Ndiva (Ed) (1980) : An experiment in nation-building: the bilingual Cameroon republic since reunification
[28827]   Koffi, Ettien (2018) : The acoustic vowel space of Anyi in light of the cardinal vowel system and the Dispersion Focalization Theory
[11077]   Koffi, Ettien Nda (1990) : The interface between phonology and morpho(phono)logy in the standardization of Anyi orthography
[11076]   Koffi, Yao (1981) : Akebu-Deutsch-Wörterbuch
[11078]   Koga, Kyoko (2003) : [Loan words in Asante and Akan]
[11079]   Kogan, Leonid E. (1997) : Tigrinya
[25415]   Kogan, Leonid E. (2008) : On a-Ablaut in the Nominal and Verbal Paradigms in Semitic
[11080]   Kohl-Larsen, Ludwig (1943) : Auf den Spuren des Vormenschen: Forshungen, Fahrten und Erlebnisse ind Deutsch-Ostafrika (Deutsche Afrika-Expedition 1934-1936 und 1937-1939)
[11081]   Kohler, Anna (1983) : Le ton en ifé
[26580]   Köhler, Bernhard (2013) : Interrogative zero-marking in some Ometo languages
[27780]   Köhler, Bernhard (2020) : Omotic
[11249]   Köhler, Klaus J. (1998) : The development of sound systems in human languages
[11202]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (19--) : Feldaufzeichnungen zu einem tonbezeichneten Herero-Deutschen Wörterbuch
[11203]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1946) : Index bisher veröffentlichter Urbantu-Wortstämme
[11204]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1946) : Simple English-Nuer phrase book for beginners
[11205]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1947) : Beziehungen zwischen Phonem und Tonem in Hottentottischen
[11206]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1948) : Die nilotischen Sprachen: Darstellung ihres Lautsystems, nebst einer Einleitung über die Geschichte ihrer Erforschung, ihre Verbreitung und Gliederung
[11207]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1949) : Zum konsonantischen Auslautwechsel im Nuer
[11208]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1950) : Rudiments of Nuer grammar
[11209]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1953/54) : Das “Pferd” in den Gur-Sprachen: eine sprach-kulturgeographische Studie
[11210]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1953/54) : Zur Geschichte der Begriffes “nilotisch”
[11211]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1955) : Geschichte der Erforschung der nilotischen Sprachen
[11212]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1956) : Das Tonsystem des Verbums im Südsotho
[11213]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1956/57) : Zur Frage der Unterschiedung der pronomina pers. conj. *ga und *gu der Einzahl der Menschenklasse im Bantu
[11214]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1958) : Herero-Farmnamen in Südwest-Afrika
[11215]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1958/59) : Tongestalt und Tonmuster in der Infinitivform des Verbum im Herero
[11216]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1959) : Grundzüge der Grammatik des //Kanikhoe
[11217]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1960) : Sprachakkulturation im Herero
[11218]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1960) : Sprachkritische Aspekte zur Hamiten-Theorie über die Herkunft der Hottentotten
[11219]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1961) : Die Sprachforschung in Südwestafrika
[11220]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1962) : Studien zum Genussystem und Verbalbau der zentralen Khoisan-Sprachen
[11221]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1962) : Die Sprache der Kxoé-Buschmänner von Andara: Wörterbuch
[11222]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1963) : Observations on the Central Khoisan language group
[11223]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1964) : Gur languages in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[11224]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1966) : Die Wortbeziehung zwischen der Sprache Kxoe-Buschmänner und dem Hottentottischen als geschichtliches Problem
[11225]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1970) : The early study of the Nilotic languages of the Sudan 1821-1900 ; part 1; translated by Paul E. H. Hair and Roland C. Stevenson
[11226]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1971) : Noun classes and grammatical agreement in !Xû (zu-|hõa dialect)
[11227]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1971) : Die Khoe-sprachigen Buschmänner der Kalahari; ihre Verbreitung und Gliederung
[11228]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1971) : The early study of the Nilotic languages of the Sudan 1821-1900 ; part 2; translated by Paul E. H. Hair and Roland C. Stevenson
[11229]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1972) : Kultur und Gesellschaft der !Khung: Sammlung von Texten mit Tonbezeichnung und Übersetzung
[11230]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1972) : Wörterbuch des !Khung: Dialekt von Dikundu
[11231]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1973) : Grundzüge der Grammatik der Kxoe-Sprache
[11232]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1973) : Grundzüge der Grammatik der !Khung-Sprache
[11233]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1973/74) : Neuere Ergebnisse und Hypothesen der Sprachforschung in ihrer Bedeutung für die Geschichte Afrikas
[11234]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1974) : Kultur und Gesellschaft der Kxoe-Buschmänner: eine Selbstdarstellung - Sammlung von Texten mit Tonebzeichnung und Übersetzung
[11235]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1974) : Wörterbuch des Sprache der Kxoe-Buschmänner (Kxoe-Deutsch, in morphologischer Schereibung und mit Tonbezeichnung)
[11236]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1974) : Die Sprache der !Khong von Lone Tree
[11237]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1975) : Geschichte und Probleme der Gliederung der Sprachen Afrikas: von den Anfängen bis zur Gegenwart
[11238]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1977) : New Khoisan linguistic studies: summary and comments
[11239]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1981) : Les langues khoisan: présentation d’ensemble
[11240]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1981) : La langue Kxoe
[11241]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1981) : La langue !Xû
[11242]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1985) : Linguistik: Südafrika
[11243]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1986) : Allgemeine und sprachliche Bemerkungen zum Feldbau nach Oraltexten der Kxoe-Buschleute
[11244]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1987) : Khoisan languages
[11247]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1989) : Die Welt der Kxoé-Buschleute im südlichen Afrika, Bd 1: Teil I. Die Kxoé-Buschleute und ihre ethnische Umgebung
[11248]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1991) : Die Welt der Kxoé-Buschleute im südlichen Afrika, Bd 2: Teil II. Grundlagens des Lebens
[11245]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. , Peter Ladefoged , Jan Winston Snyman , Anthony Traill & Rainer Vossen (1988) : The symbols for clicks
[11246]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. , Peter Ladefoged , Jan Winston Snyman , Anthony Traill & Rainer Vossen (1989) : The symbols for clicks
[11082]   Kohnen, Fr. Bernardo (1923) : Shilluk-Deutsches Wörterbuch
[11083]   Kohnen, Fr. Bernardo (1931) : Grammatica della lingua Scilluk
[11084]   Kohnen, Fr. Bernardo (1932) : Dizionario Italiano-Scilluk
[11085]   Kohnen, Fr. Bernardo (1933) : Shilluk grammar, with a little Shilluk-English dictionary
[11086]   Kohnen, Fr. Bernardo (1938) : Shilluk-English dictionary
[11087]   Kohnen, Fr. Bernardo (1994) : Dizionario Shilluk
[24315]   Koité-Herschel, Ute (1981) : La translation du constituant verbal : le cas du xasonga
[25044]   Koité-Herschel, Ute (1981) : Le xàsonga (Mali) : phonologie, morphosyntaxe, lexique xàsonga-français et textes
[11088]   Koivu, Kalle (19--) : Ambolaisia sananlaskuja [Owambo proverbs]
[11089]   Koji, Kitamura (1991) : Interactional synchrony: a fundamental condition for communication
[11090]   Kojima, Yasuhiro (2001) : [Syan vocabulary]
[11091]   Kok, B. (1942) : Die vergelyking in die Afrikaanse volkstaal
[11092]   Kokeb Aberra (1981) : Kullo verb morphology
[11093]   Kokora, Dago Pascal (1975) : Relative clause strategies in Koyo: a case for rule condition solution
[11094]   Kokora, Dago Pascal (1976) : Studies in the grammar of Koyo
[11095]   Kokora, Dago Pascal (1979) : Esquisse phonologique du koyo
[11096]   Kokwaro, John O. (1972) : Luo-English botanical dictionary of plant names and uses
[11097]   Kokwaro, John O. & D. J. Herlocker (1982) : A check-list of botanical Samburu and Rendille names of plants of the ‘IPAL’ study area, Marsabit District, Kenya
[11098]   Kokwaro, John O. & Timothy Johns (1998) : Luo biological dictionary
[28941]   Kol, Deng Gideon & John Majok Matuek (2016) : ꞌBëlï – English Dictionary
[26365]   Kol, Deng Gideon , John Majok Matuek & Timothy M. Stirtz (2013) : ’Bëlï-English Dictionary
[11099]   Kolb, [M.] Peter (1922) : Reise zum Vorgebirge der Guten Hoffnung
[11100]   Kolb, [M.] Peter (1926) : Reise zum Vorgebirge der Guten Hoffnung
[11101]   Kolberg, Hermann (1969) : “Frauenstein”: eine Deutung des Framnamens
[11102]   Koloni, Jean (1971) : Éléments de morphologie et de vocabulaire de la langue enya
[11103]   Komori, J. (Ed) (1996) : Yoruba
[11104]   Komori, Yunko (1999) : Gengo ni okeru tabuu to seisa: Kerewe-go no jyoseigo bunseki / Analysis of women’s words in Kerewe (Tanzania): a language aspect of the avoidance relationship
[11105]   Konadu, Kwasi Bodua (2004) : Concepts of medicine as interpreted by Akan healers and indigenous knowledge archives among the Bono-Takyiman of Ghana, West Africa
[28357]   Konan, Yannick Romain & Genoveva Puskas (2021) : On quantified DPs in Baule-Kode
[23650]   Konaré, Mamadou (1971) : Sonrai basic course: final report
[24182]   Konate, Adama & Valentin Vydrin (1989) : Le système phonologique du dialecte bamana du Bèlèdugu
[28529]   Konate, Yaya (2016) : Le dioula véhiculaire : Situation sociolinguistique en Côte d’Ivoire
[11106]   Koné, Dramane (1984) : Le verbe bambara: essai sur les propriétés syntaxiques et sémantiques
[11107]   Koné, Dramane (1987) : Reflexions sur le dérivatif ya du jula
[11108]   Koné, Dramane (1988) : Pour une caractérisation syntaxo-sémantique de la notion du verbo-nominal dans le jula de Côte d’Ivoire
[11109]   Koné, Dramane (1997) : Les bases verbales ou verbo-nominales parasynthétiques jula: une première approche
[24226]   Koné, Dramane (1984) : La combinatoire verbes-postpositions en bambara
[24254]   Koné, Dramane (1986) : Fondements syntaxico-sémantiques des verbes d'acquisition et de transmission du jula
[24256]   Koné, Dramane (1987-88) : La problématique des dénominaux de transfert en jula
[24285]   Koné, Moriba (1993) : La tonalité des substantifs dans le parler mandingue de Gbéléban (N.O. de la Côte-d'Ivoire)
[11250]   Könen, Fr. M. (19--) : New KiSukuma grammar
[22597]   Kong, Frida (2001) : Abuses in Nso’
[23907]   Kongne Welaze, Jacquis (2004) : Morphologie verbale du tukí
[24443]   Kongne Welaze, Jaquis (2006) : Lexique Tuki-Français, avec index Français-Tuki
[23933]   Konhouet, Nkouandou B. (1990) : Description phonologique de bafaw, parler de Kumba
[25966]   Koni Muluwa, Joseph (2010) : Plantes, animaux et champignons en langues bantu : Etude comparée de phytonymes, zoonymes et myconymes en nsong, ngong, mpiin, mbuun et hungan (Bandundu, RD Congo)
[24413]   Koni Muluwa, Joseph & Koen Bostoen (2008) : Noms et usages des plantes utiles chez les Nsong (RD Congo, Bandundu, bantu B85F)
[26925]   Koni Muluwa, Joseph & Koen Bostoen (2015) : Lexique comparé des langues bantu du Kwilu (République démocratique du Congo) - Français – anglais – 21 langues bantu (B, C, H, K, L)
[28569]   Koni Muluwa, Joseph & Koen Bostoen (2019) : Nsong B85d
[27600]   Koni Muluwa, Joseph , Hugues Calixte Eyi Ndong , Jérôme Degreef & Koen Bostoen (2013) : Champignons consommés par les Pygmées du Gabon - Analyse linguistique des myconymes baka et kóya
[11251]   König, Christa (1991) : Ist das Maa eine Tempussprache?
[11252]   König, Christa (1993) : Aspekt im Maa
[11253]   König, Christa (1998) : Kasus im Ik
[11255]   König, Christa (2002) : Kasus im Ik
[24669]   König, Christa (2008) : Khoisan Languages
[24804]   König, Christa (2006) : The interaction between tense, aspect and modality in Khwe
[25501]   König, Christa (2007) : The marked-nominative languages of eastern Africa
[25684]   König, Christa (2010) : Serial verb constructions in !Xun
[25782]   König, Christa (2009) : Focus in !Xun
[25898]   König, Christa (2008) : Topic in !Xun
[26806]   König, Christa (2012) : On the rise of ergative structures in Africa
[26818]   König, Christa (2010) : Aspect in Labwor
[11254]   König, Christa & Bernd Heine (2001) : The !Xun of Ekoka: a demographic and linguistic report
[11256]   König, Christa & Bernd Heine (2003) : Location and motion in !Xun (Namibia)
[11257]   König, Christa & Bernd Heine (2004) : Verb extensions in !Xun (W2 dialect)
[22585]   König, Christa & Bernd Heine (2008) : A Concise Dictionary of Northwestern !Xun
[28193]   König, Christa , Bernd Heine & Karsten Legère (2015) : The Akie language of Tanzania : a sketch of discourse grammar
[28462]   König, Christa , Bernd Heine , Karsten Legère & Ingo Heine (2021) : The Akie Language of Tanzania - Texts and Dictionary
[11110]   Koning, J. de (1993) : Checklist of vernacular plant names in Mozambique/Registo de nomes vernáculos de plantas em Moçambique
[24839]   Konoshenko, Maria (2008) : Tonal systems in three dialects of the Kpelle language
[25464]   Konoshenko, Maria (2010) : Indirect Object Marking in Kpelle: Dative Pronominals and Postpositional Agreement
[27492]   Konoshenko, Maria (2017) : Field Notes on Kono, a Southwestern Mande Lect of Forest Guinea
[27503]   Konoshenko, Maria (2018) : Word-level replacive tonal patterns in Mande nominal constructions: On Christopher Green’s binary typology
[27727]   Konoshenko, Maria (2020) : Dictionnaire kpele de la Guinée (guerzé) – français avec un index français – kpele
[28128]   Konoshenko, Maria (2020) : Phonetics pushing syntax: S/Aux fusion and the rise of subject cross-reference in Mande
[28181]   Konoshenko, Maria (2021) : Good nouns, naughty verbs: How French borrowings receive grammatical tones in Guinean Kpelle
[28331]   Konoshenko, Maria & Dasha Shavarina (2021) : A microtypological survey of noun classes in Kwa
[26789]   Konta, Mahamadou & Valentin Vydrine (2014) : Propositions pour l’orthographe du bamanankan
[11111]   Konter-Katani, Maggy (1988) : A Nyakyusa-English wordlist
[11112]   Konter-Katani, Maggy (1989) : Sound correspondences of Nyakyusa (M30) and Ndali: reflexes of Proto-Bantu voiceless stops
[11113]   Kooij, Jan & Maarten Mous (2002) : Incorporation: a comparison between Iraqw and Dutch
[11114]   Koole, (1968) : Ngoni
[11115]   Koopman, Adrian (1976) : A study of Zulu names, with special reference to the structural aspects
[11116]   Koopman, Adrian (1979) : The linguistic difference between nouns and names in Zulu
[11117]   Koopman, Adrian (1979) : Zulu male and female names
[11120]   Koopman, Adrian (1986) : The social and literary aspects of Zulu personal names
[11121]   Koopman, Adrian (1987) : Zulu names and other modes of address
[11123]   Koopman, Adrian (1989) : The aetiology of Zulu personal names
[11124]   Koopman, Adrian (1992) : -so- and -no-: aged parents in new garb
[11125]   Koopman, Adrian (1992) : Zulu and English adoptives: morphological and phonological interference
[11127]   Koopman, Adrian (1994) : Lexical adoptives in Zulu
[11128]   Koopman, Adrian (1999) : Zulu language change
[11129]   Koopman, Adrian (2000) : Morphological interference in Bantu adoptives
[11131]   Koopman, Adrian (2002) : Zulu names
[11119]   Koopman, Hilda (1983) : The syntax of verbs: from verb movement rules in the Kru languages to universal grammar
[11126]   Koopman, Hilda (1992) : On the absence of case chains in Bambara
[11130]   Koopman, Hilda (2001) : On the homophony of past tense and imperatives in Kisongo Maasai
[11132]   Koopman, Hilda (2003) : Inside the “noun” in Maasai
[11118]   Koopman, Hilda & Dominique Sportiche (1982) : Le ton abstrait du kagwe
[11122]   Koopman, Hilda & Dominique Sportiche (1989) : Pronouns, logical variables and logophoricity in Abé
[11133]   Koops, Robert (1990) : Aspects of the grammar of Kuteb (Nigeria, Jukunoid)
[22775]   Koops, Robert (1971) : Linguistic survey of the Baissa area
[25325]   Koops, Robert (2011) : Focus Pronouns in Kuteb
[25771]   Koops, Robert (2009) : A Grammar of Kuteb. A Jukunoid Language of East-Central Nigeria
[23060]   Koops, Robert & John Theodor Bendor-Samuel (1974) : The recapitulating pronouns in Kuteb
[27680]   Kootz, Anja (2019) : Zur Bedeutung des Begriffes wḥm
[11134]   Kopoka, O. B. (1955) : The -e form of the verb in Standard Swahili
[11258]   Köppe, Rüdiger (1998) : Entwicklung der Rechtsterminologie im Swahili am Beispiel grundlegender Konzepte des tansanianischen Eherechts
[11135]   Korhonen, Elsa , Mirja Saksa & Ronald J. Sim (1986) : A dialect study of Kambaata-Hadiyya (Ethiopia) ; part 1
[11136]   Korhonen, Elsa , Mirja Saksa & Ronald J. Sim (1986) : A dialect study of Kambaata-Hadiyya (Ethiopia) ; part 2: appendices
[11138]   Korneev, Lev A. (1970) : Russko-malagasijskij slovarj
[11137]   Korneev, Lev A. & Frederik Rakotoson (1966) : Mal’gassko-russkij slovarj/Malagasy-rosiana
[28320]   Korol, Tatiana (2021) : A sketch of Ngen phonology
[11139]   Korostovcec, M. A. (1963) : Vvedenie v egipetskuju filologiju
[27027]   Korsah, Sampson (2017) : Beyond resumptives and expletives in Akan
[11140]   Korse, Piet (1999) : Lusoga grammar
[11141]   Korshel, Mohamud (1994) : English-Somali, Somali-English dictionary/Ingirisi-Soomaali qaamuus Soomaali-Ingirisi
[11142]   Korshel, Mohamud (1997) : English-Somali, Somali-English dictionary/Ingirisi-Soomaali qaamuus Soomaali-Ingirisi
[11143]   Korshel, Mohamud (2002) : English-Somali, Somali-English dictionary/Ingirisi-Soomaali qaamuus Soomaali-Ingirisi
[11145]   Korshunova, Galina Petrovna (1966) : Prilagatenlyye yazyka Khausa [Hausa adjectives]
[11146]   Korshunova, Galina Petrovna (1974) : O slove iri v yazyke hausa
[11144]   Korshunova, Galina Petrovna & Boris Andreevich Uspensky (1966) : K tipologiyi chastey rechi v Khausa: problem prilagatelnykh [On the typology of word classes in Hausa: the problem of adjectives]
[11147]   Korshunova, Galina Petrovna & Boris Andreevich Uspensky (1993) : On the parts of speech typology in Hausa: the problem of the adjective
[11259]   Kós-Dienes, Dora (1984) : Sketch of the TMA system[s] of Afrikaans, Akan, Arabic (Tunisian), Tigrinya, Wolof, Yoruba
[11148]   Kosack, Wolfgang (1974) : Lehrbuch der Koptischen
[11149]   Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1981) : Economy in the verbal relative construction in Northern Sotho
[11150]   Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1985) : Die ‘onvoltooidheids-a’ in Noord-Sotho
[11151]   Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1987) : A survey of Northern Sotho grammatical descriptions since 1876
[11152]   Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1988) : ‘Imperfect tense-a’ of Northern Sotho revisited
[11153]   Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1993) : A historical perspective on Northern Sotho linguistics
[11154]   Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1998) : Thoughts on suppletion in Northern Sotho
[11155]   Kosch, Ingeborg M. (2003) : Sandhi under the spotlight
[28713]   Kosogorova, Maria (2021) : Word or otherwise? The status of the copula no in Guinean Pular
[24864]   Kossmann, Maarten (2006) : Mood/Aspect/Negation Morphemes in Tabelbala Songhay (Algeria)
[24865]   Kossmann, Maarten (2007) : The borrowing of aspects as lexical tone classes: y-initial Tuareg verbs in Tasawaq (Northern Songhay)
[24866]   Kossmann, Maarten (2007) : Grammatical Borrowing in Tasawaq
[24867]   Kossmann, Maarten (s.d.) : A Grammatical Sketch of Ayer Tuareg (Niger)
[25607]   Kossmann, Maarten (2011) : A Grammar of Ayer Tuareg (Niger)
[25747]   Kossmann, Maarten (2010) : On relative clauses in Northern Songhay: Tuareg and Songhay components
[25762]   Kossmann, Maarten (2010) : Grammatical notes on the Berber dialect of Igli (Sud oranais, Algeria)
[25907]   Kossmann, Maarten (2008) : The collective in Berber and language contact
[26047]   Kossmann, Maarten (2007) : The borrowing of aspects as lexical tone classes: y-initial Tuareg verbs in Tasawaq (Northern Songhay)
[26499]   Kossmann, Maarten (2013) : A Grammatical Sketch of Ghadames Berber (Libya)
[26617]   Kossmann, Maarten (2014) : The Use of the Ventive Marker dd in Figuig Berber Narratives
[27703]   Kossmann, Maarten (2009) : On genitive linking in Songhay
[27775]   Kossmann, Maarten (2020) : Berber
[28725]   Kossmann, Maarten (2020) : Proto-Berber phonological reconstruction: An update
[11156]   Kossmann, Maarten G. (1989) : L’inaccompli négatif en berbère
[11157]   Kossmann, Maarten G. (1994) : Grammaire du berbère de Figuig
[11158]   Kossmann, Maarten G. (1997) : Grammaire du parler berbère de Figuig (Maroc oriental)
[11160]   Kossmann, Maarten G. (1999) : Commentary on the Berber forms in Orel & Stolbova
[11161]   Kossmann, Maarten G. (1999) : Essai sur la phonologie du proto-berbère
[11162]   Kossmann, Maarten G. (2000?) : Esquisse grammaticale du rifain oriental
[11163]   Kossmann, Maarten G. (2001) : L’origine du vocalisme en zénaga de Mauritanie
[11164]   Kossmann, Maarten G. (2003) : Origin of the Berber ‘participle’
[11159]   Kossmann, Maarten G. & Harry J. Stroomer (1997) : Berber phonology
[11165]   Kotarska, Anna (2001) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Tongwe language community, Kigoma district, Kigoma region, Tanzania
[24248]   Kotchmar, Ecatherina (2007) : La morphologie des adjectifs en gban
[11166]   Kotey, Paul Francis Amon (1975) : The official language controversy: indigenous versus colonial
[11167]   Kotey, Paul Francis Amon (1977) : Language and linguistic problems in Africa: proceedings of the 7th conference on African linguistics, Gainesville, 1976
[11168]   Kotey, Paul Francis Amon (1999) : New dimensions in African linguistics and languages
[23778]   Kotey, Paul Francis Amon (1998) : Twi-English, English-Twi concise dictionary
[24588]   Kotey, Paul Francis Amon (1969) : Syntactic Aspects of the Gã Nominal Phrase
[27336]   Kotz, Ernst (2017) : Grammatik des Chasu
[11173]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1985) : Herinterpretasie van die betekenis van demonstratiewe in Noord-Sotho
[11174]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1987) : Dealing with nasals within the phonological system of Northern Sotho: another alternative
[11176]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1987) : Die fonologiese sisteem van Hananwa
[11177]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1988) : Morfologie van nie-predikatiewe woorde en konstruksies in Hananwa
[11178]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1989) : An introduction to Northern Sotho phonetics and phonology
[11180]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1992) : Die morfologie van predikatiewe woorde in Hananwa
[11181]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1993) : Die kopulatief in Hananwa
[11182]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1995) : ’n Fonologiese en morfologiese beskrywing van Lobedu
[11185]   Kotzé, Albert E. (2001) : Prominent features of Lobedu nouns and pronouns
[23398]   Kotzé, Albert E. (2005) : Towards a morphological analyser for past tense forms in Northern Sotho: verb stems with final ‘m’ and ‘n’
[11179]   Kotzé, Albert E. & Patrick Wela (1991) : Afrikaans/Zoeloe-woordeboek met Engelse vertalings
[24656]   Kotzé, Albert E. & Sabine Zerbian (2008) : On the Trigger of Palatalization in the Sotho languages
[28073]   Kotze, Albert Ewald (1995) : Fonologiese en morfologiese beskrywing van Lobedu
[11170]   Kotzé, Ernst Frederick (1977) : ’n Sosiolinguistiese ondersoek na sintaktiese, morfologiese en leksikale afwykings in die Afrikaans van Xhosas
[11171]   Kotzé, Ernst Frederick (1982) : Nonstandaard as studieobjek: sosiale stratifikasie in Zoeloe
[11172]   Kotzé, Ernst Frederick (1983) : Variasiepatrone in Maleier-afrikaans
[11175]   Kotzé, Ernst Frederick (1987) : A black perspective on Afrikaans
[11183]   Kotzé, Ernst Frederick (1997) : Social stratification of some Zulu phonemes: a fieldwork report
[11184]   Kotzé, Ernst Frederick (2000) : Sociocultural and linguistic corollaries of ethnicity in South African society
[11169]   Kotzé, N. J. (1957) : Noord-Sotho - Afrikaans; Afrikaans - Noord-Sotho woordelys: met ’n byvoegsel van sotho-vakterminologie vir die gebruik in Bantoeskole
[23399]   Kotzé, Petronella Maria (2005) : Towards a finite-state network for Northern Soptho deverbative nouns: the morphosyntactic rules
[14774]   Kouadio NʼGuessan, Jérémie (1983) : L’abbey
[15100]   Kouadio NʼGuessan, Jérémie (1983) : La morphologie du nom dans les langues Kwa de Côte dʼIvoire
[26761]   Kouamé, Yao Emmanuel (2010) : Analyse de l’élision vocalique dans la réduplication nominale en baoulé n’zikpli
[26762]   Kouamé, Yao Emmanuel (2011) : La formation du pluriel en éotilé
[24014]   Kouanga, Julien & Christian Roger Dagnan (1998) : Lexique de santé
[23845]   Kouankem, Constantine (2003) : Complex constructions on Bànòò
[25937]   Kouankem, Constantine (2012) : Morphological and Phonologically-induced Insertion in Word Reduplication and Syntactic Repetition in Grassfields Bantu
[28421]   Kouankem, Constantine (2020) : The Relative Clause in Mə̀dʉ́mbɑ̀ and the Architecture of the Left Periphery
[22945]   Kouao, Anoh & Jonathan L. Burmeister (1985) : Personal names in Sanvi Anyi
[22946]   Kouao, Anoh & Jonathan L. Burmeister (1990) : Les noms propres en agni sanvi
[27015]   Kouarata, Guy Noël (2014) : Variations de formes dans la langue mbochi (bantu c25)
[11186]   Kouata, M. (1985) : Rapport final des enquêtes dialectales sur la langue bozo
[11187]   Koudjo, B. (1988) : Parole et musique chez les Fon et les Gun du Bénin: pour une nouvelle taxonomie de la parole littéraire
[11188]   Kouega, Jean-Paul (2003) : Camfranglais: a novel slang in Cameroon schools
[11189]   Kouega, Jean-Paul (2003) : English in francophone elementary grades in Cameroon
[23520]   Kouega, Jean-Paul (2001) : Pidgin facing death in Cameroon
[23803]   Kouega, Jean-Paul (2006) : Aspects of Cameroon English usage: a lexical appraisal
[22598]   Kouémou, Béatrice (2001) : La taxonomie du temps chez les Fe’fe’ du Cameroun
[27548]   Kouneli, Maria (2019) : The syntax of number and modification: An investigation of the Kipsigis DP
[11190]   Kounta, Maria Celeste Pereira [Albakaye] (1981) : The transcription and the harmonization of African languages: national languages in Angola
[23319]   Kouoh Mboundja, Christian Josué (2004) : Bàlòng (bantu A13): description phonologique et morphologique
[23837]   Kouonang Nganmou, Alise (1983) : Esquisse phonologique du parler bali-kumbat
[26404]   Kourouma, Aly Badara (1989) : Étude du champ sémantique de la dénomination des animaux domestiques en maninka
[11191]   Kouwenberg, Silvia & Darlene la Charité (2004) : Echoes of Africa: reduplication in Caribbean creole and Niger-Congo languages
[11192]   Kouyomou, Odun (1986) : Phonologie de la langue idaasha
[11194]   Koval, Antonina Ivanovna (1976) : Dejstvitel’nye sistemi jazykov Ganda i Ruanda [Active systems in Ganda and Rwanda]
[11197]   Koval, Antonina Ivanovna (1994) : Sur la substantivation et pronominalisation sous le jour des donnees d’une langue au systeme pluriclasses
[11199]   Koval, Antonina Ivanovna (1998) : Iazyk, Afrika, Ful’be
[11198]   Koval, Antonina Ivanovna & Boureïma A. Gnalibouly (1997) : Glagol fula v tipologicheskom osveshchenii [A typological study of the Fula verb]
[11196]   Koval, Antonina Ivanovna & others (1982) : Language and society in Africa: a sociolinguistic profile
[11195]   Koval, Antonina Ivanovna , Victor Alexeevich Vinogradov & Irina Nikolaevna Toporova (Ed) (1979) : Morfonologiia i morfologiia klassov slov v iazykakh Afriki: imia, mestoimenei
[11193]   Koval, Antonina Ivanovna , Viktor Jakovlevich Porkhomovsky & Victor Alexeevich Vinogradov (1975) : On typological approach to sociolinguistic problems in West Africa (abstract)
[24015]   Koyamofou, Gédéon , André Mololi & Marcel Diki-Kidiri (1998) : Lexique de linguistique
[11200]   Koyt, Michel Marie (1994) : La situation du Sango en République Centrafricaine
[24016]   Koyt, Michel Marie (1999) : Lexique des finances français-sango, sango-français
[11201]   Kozelka, Paul Robert (1984) : The development of national languages: a case study of language planning in Togo
[23635]   Kozelka, Paul Robert (1980) : Ewe (for Togo): grammar handbook
[23689]   Kozelka, Paul Robert (1980) : Ewe (for Togo): communication and culture handbook
[23694]   Kozelka, Paul Robert & Yao Ete Agbovi (1980) : Ewe (for Togo): special skills handbook
[29007]   Kpagheri, Samuel (ed.) (2019) : Ntcham – English Dictionary
[27361]   Kparou, Hanoukoume Cyril (2014) : Propriétés morphosyntaxiques des idéophones en lama
[26340]   Kpodo, Pascal (2013) : An Acoustic Analysis of Siwu Vowels
[27930]   Kpoglu, Promise Dodzi (2020) : The mid tone in Tongugbe, an Ewe dialect
[27934]   Kpoglu, Promise Dodzi (2019) : Possessive constructions in Tongugbe, an Ewe dialect
[28433]   Kpoglu, Promise Dodzi (2021) : On Kinship Terms and Adnominal Possessive Constructions: Insights from Tongugbe a Riverine Dialect of Ewe
[27480]   Kpogo, Felix & Kofi Busia Abrefa (2017) : The Structure of Face-To-Face Casual Conversation Among the Akans
[26760]   Kra, Kouakou Appoh Enoc (2009) : La sémantique des classes et genres nominaux dans les langues Gur, l'exemple du koulango
[28089]   Kra, Kouakou Appoh Enoc (2016) : Dictionnaire koulango-français - parler du nord-est de la Côte d'Ivoire
[11260]   Kraal, Peter (1990) : On adjuncts in Shingazidja
[23741]   Kraal, Pieter Jacob (2005) : A grammar of Makonde (Chinnima, Tanzania)
[11261]   Kraft, Charles H. (1963) : A study of Hausa syntax
[11262]   Kraft, Charles H. (1964) : A new study of Hausa syntax
[11263]   Kraft, Charles H. (1964) : The morpheme naà in relation to a broader classification of Hausa verbals
[11265]   Kraft, Charles H. (1966) : Workbook in intermediate and advanced Hausa (for use with the text “Cultural materials in Hausa”)
[11266]   Kraft, Charles H. (1970) : Hausa sai and da: a couple of overworked particles
[11267]   Kraft, Charles H. (1970) : Tone in Hausa
[11268]   Kraft, Charles H. (1971) : A note on lateral fricatives in Chadic
[11271]   Kraft, Charles H. (1974) : Reconstructions of Chadic pronouns I: possessive, object and independent sets - an interim report
[11272]   Kraft, Charles H. (1976) : An ethnolinguistic study of Hausa epithets
[11273]   Kraft, Charles H. (Ed) (1981) : Chadic wordlists - Volume I (“Plateau-Sahel”)
[25387]   Kraft, Charles H. (Ed) (1981) : Chadic wordlists - Volume II (“Biu-Mandara”)
[25388]   Kraft, Charles H. (Ed) (1981) : Chadic wordlists - Volume III (“Biu-Mandara” et al.)
[11269]   Kraft, Charles H. & Anthony H. M. Kirk-Greene (1973) : Hausa
[11274]   Kraft, Charles H. & Anthony H. M. Kirk-Greene (1994) : Teach yourself Hausa: a complete course for beginners
[11270]   Kraft, Charles H. & Marguerite G. Kraft (1973) : Introductory Hausa
[11264]   Kraft, Charles H. & Salisu Abubakar (1965) : An introduction to spoken Hausa
[11275]   Krahmalkov, Charles P. (1980) : Deciphering ancient Egyptian writing
[23525]   Krämer, Martin (2001) : Vowel harmony and correspondence theory
[25618]   Kramer, Raija (2011) : Die Grammatikalisierung von Demonstrativa im Fali
[26494]   Kramer, Raija (2014) : Die Sprache der Fali in Nordkamerun: Eine funktionale Beschreibung.
[27966]   Kramer, Raija (2018) : The clause-final marker ɓɐ in Fali (Adamawa) – Between Polarity and Orientation
[27959]   Kramer, Raija & Roland Kießling (2018) : Introduction – Current Approaches to Adamawa and Gur Languages
[27958]   Kramer, Raija & Roland Kießling. (2018) : Current Approaches to Adamawa and Gur Languages - To the Honour of Raimund Kastenholz
[28006]   Kramer, Raija L. (2017) : On locomotion, spatial orientation and lexical aspect – The functional diversity of deictic directional suffixes in Fali (“Adamawa”, North Cameroon)
[26169]   Kramer, Ruth (2012) : Differentiating Agreement and Doubled Clitics: Object Markers in Amharic
[11276]   Krapf, Johann Ludwig (1925) : Swahili-English dictionary
[11277]   Kraska-Szlenk, Iwona (199-) : The directive form in Swahili
[11278]   Kraska-Szlenk, Iwona (1992) : From verb to clitic and nominal suffix: the Somali -e, -o nouns
[11280]   Kraska-Szlenk, Iwona (2003) : Metaphorical uses of Swahili lexeme jasho ‘sweat’
[23665]   Kratz, Corinne (1989) : Genres of power: a comparative analysis of Okiek blessings, curses and oaths
[11281]   Krause, Martin (1980) : Koptische Sprache
[11282]   Krelle, H. (19--) : Wörterverzeichnis der Zaramo-Sprache
[11283]   Krelle, H. (19--) : Grammatik der Dzalamosprache
[11284]   Krenz, Friedrich Karl [Friedel] (1970) : Ein Versuch der Deutung von Ortsnamen in Outjo-Bezirk
[11285]   Krenz, Friedrich Karl [Friedel] (1971) : Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache? Kritische Stellungnahme zum Beitrag von W. Moritz in der “Mitteilungen” XI/12, 1971
[11286]   Krenz, Friedrich Karl [Friedel] (1971) : Betrachtungen: “Zur Bedeutung des Wortes Namib” von Walter Moritz
[11287]   Kriegel, Sibylle (1996) : Diathesen im Mauritius- und SeychellenKreol
[11288]   Kriegler, René (1997) : Textbasierte Untersuchungen zur verbalen Flexionsmorphologie im Makunduchi (Hadimu)
[11289]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1942) : Sotho-Afrikaanse woordeboek
[11290]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1950) : The new Sesotho - English dictionary
[11291]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1958) : The new Sesotho - English dictionary
[11292]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1958) : The new English - Sesotho dictionary: Sesotho - English, English - Sesotho
[11293]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1966) : Pukantshu: Noord-Sotho - Afrikaans, Afrikaans - Noord-Sotho
[11294]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1967) : The new Northern Sotho - English dictionary
[11295]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1967) : The new English - Northern Sotho dictionary
[11296]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1971) : Popular Northern Sotho pocket dictionary: Northern Sotho - English, English - Northern Sotho
[11297]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1976) : Popular Northern Sotho dictionary: Northern Sotho - English, English - Northern Sotho
[11298]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1976) : The new English - Northern Sotho dictionary: Northern Sotho - English, English - Northern Sotho
[11299]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1977) : Pukuntshu: Noord-Sotho - Afrikaans, Afrikaans - Noord-Sotho
[11300]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1983) : Pukuntshu woordeboek: Noord-Sotho - Afrikaans, Afrikaans - Noord-Sotho
[11301]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1988) : Popular Northern Sotho dictionary: Northern Sotho - English - Northern Sotho
[11303]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes , Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo & Bethuel P. Sathekge (1997) : Popular Northern Sotho dictionary: Northern Sotho - English, English - Northern Sotho
[11302]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes , Egidius B. van Wyk & Bethuel P. Sathekge (1989) : Pukuntshu woordeboek: Noord-Sotho-Afrikaans, Afrikaans-Noord-Sotho
[11304]   Krifka, Manfred (1985) : Word order and word order change in Swahili
[11305]   Krifka, Manfred (1987) : Zur semantischen und pragmatischen Motivation sytaktischer Regularitäten: eine Studie zur Wortstellung und Wortstellungsveränderung im Swahili
[11306]   Krifka, Manfred (1995) : Swahili
[11309]   Krige, D. , C. Dove , B. Makalima & D. Scott (1994) : The education atlas of South Africa
[11307]   Krige, Jacob Daniel A. (1934) : Oorsprong en betekenis van die nederlandse en duitse familiename in die ‘Geschlachtsregister der oude kaapsche familien’ deur C. C. de Villiers
[11308]   Krige, Jacob Daniel A. (1936) : Die franse familiename in Suid-Afrika (van voor 1800) etimologies verklaar
[11323]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. (Ed) (1976) : Handige woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels
[11325]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. & Jan Kromhout (Ed) (1984) : Klein woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/English-Afrikaans
[11319]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. & N. G. Sabaggha (1967) : Afrikaanse spreekwoorde en uitdrukkings met die Engelse ekwivalent
[11320]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. & N. G. Sabaggha (1968) : English proverbs and expressions with Afrikaans equivalents
[11310]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. , Pieter C. Schoones & U. J. Cronjé (Ed) (1926) : Groot woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/Engels-Afrikaans
[11311]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. , Pieter C. Schoones & U. J. Cronjé (Ed) (1928) : Groot woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/Engels-Afrikaans
[11312]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. , Pieter C. Schoones & U. J. Cronjé (Ed) (1937) : Groot woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/Engels-Afrikaans
[11313]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. , Pieter C. Schoones & U. J. Cronjé (Ed) (1946) : Groot woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/Engels-Afrikaans
[11314]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. , Pieter C. Schoones & U. J. Cronjé (Ed) (1951) : Groot woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/Engels-Afrikaans
[11315]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. , Pieter C. Schoones & U. J. Cronjé (Ed) (1954) : Groot woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/Engels-Afrikaans
[11316]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. , Pieter C. Schoones & U. J. Cronjé (Ed) (1956) : Groot woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/Engels-Afrikaans
[11317]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. , Pieter C. Schoones & U. J. Cronjé (Ed) (1959) : Groot woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/Engels-Afrikaans
[11318]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. , Pieter C. Schoones & U. J. Cronjé (Ed) (1963) : Groot woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/Engels-Afrikaans
[11321]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. , Pieter C. Schoones & U. J. Cronjé (Ed) (1968) : Groot woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/Engels-Afrikaans
[11322]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. , Pieter C. Schoones & U. J. Cronjé (Ed) (1972) : Groot woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/Engels-Afrikaans
[11324]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. , Pieter C. Schoones & U. J. Cronjé (Ed) (1981) : Groot woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/Engels-Afrikaans
[11326]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. , Pieter C. Schoones & U. J. Cronjé (Ed) (1986) : Groot woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/Engels-Afrikaans
[11327]   Kritzinger, M. S. B. , Pieter C. Schoones , U. J. Cronjé & L. C. Eksteen (Ed) (1997) : Groot woordeboek/Major dictionary: Afrikaans-Engels/English-Afrikaans
[11328]   Kroes, H. (1978) : Afrikaans in education
[11375]   Kröger, Franz (1992) : Buli-English dictionary
[11374]   Kröger, Heidrum (1989) : Prosodische Eigenschaften der Bantusprachen: eine typologisch-vergleichende Untersuchung
[23042]   Kröger, Heidrum (1999) : Tone in Bantu languages
[25561]   Kröger, Heidrun (2012) : Nasal assimilation in Mozambican Ngoni
[25963]   Kröger, Heidrun (2008) : Algumas notas gramaticais sobre Ngoni
[11373]   Kröger, Oliver (1988) : Komplementsätze im Swahili
[11376]   Kröger, Oliver (2005) : Report on a survey of coastal Makua dialects
[25166]   Kröger, Olivier (2010) : Discourse function of inverted passives in Makua-Marevone narratives
[11329]   Kromhout, Jan (2001) : Afrikaans-English/English-Afrikaans dictionary
[11331]   Kropacek, Lubos (1994) : Fifty years of Swahili studies in Prague
[11330]   Kropacek, Lubos & Hynek Burda (1980) : Svahilsko-cesky a cesko-svahilsky kapesni slovnik se strucnym prehledem svahilske gramatiky
[11332]   Kropf, Albert (1936) : A concise Xhosa-English dictionary
[11333]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1964) : The morphology of the Adangme verb complex
[11334]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1966) : Ga, Adangwe and Ewe (Lomé)
[11335]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1966) : The Adampe and Anfue dialects of Ewe in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[11336]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1967) : Lefana, Akpafu and Avatime, with English gloss
[11337]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1968) : An analysis of the consonant system of Gã
[11338]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1968) : Notice of language materials deposited by [...]
[11339]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1968) : Bowdich’s “Adampe” word list
[11340]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1970) : The Adangme verb reconsidered
[11341]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1970) : The categories of the Ga verbal group
[11342]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1971) : The Gã-Adangme tone system
[11343]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1971) : The language and structure of an Accra horn and drum text
[11344]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1971) : A problem in the reconstruction of the Ga-Adangme consonant system
[11345]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1972) : Linguistic pre-history and historical reconstruction: the Ga-Adangme migrations
[11346]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1972) : Towards a dialect geography of Dangme. Part 1
[11347]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1973) : Ga-English dictionary
[11348]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1973) : Sociolinguistic survey of the Buli speaking area
[11350]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1973) : A survey of borrowed words in Dangme
[11351]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1976) : On the linguistic geography of the area of Ancient Begho
[11353]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1977) : A note on Hausa in Ghana
[11354]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1977) : The Potou lenis stops and western Kwa
[11355]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1978) : Report on the sociolinguistic survey of northern communities in Accra
[11357]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1981) : One voice: the linguistic culture of an Accra lineage
[11358]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1982) : The peopling of southern Ghana: a linguistic viewpoint
[11359]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1983) : Sociolinguistic survey of northern communities in Accra: preliminary report
[11360]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1987) : The Dangme language
[11365]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1996) : Grammar of Gurenne
[11366]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1997) : Oti-Volta vowel harmony and Dagbani
[11367]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1997) : Korle meets the sea: a sociolinguistic history of Accra
[11369]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (2000) : Multiple bilingualisms and urban transitions: coming to Accra
[11370]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (2000) : The particle la in Gurene
[11371]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (2001) : The “Mande loan element in Twi” revisited
[11372]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (2004) : Ga clauses without syntactic subjects
[23543]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (2003) : Interrogative structures in Farefare
[24495]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1977 [1973]) : Ga
[25206]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (2006) : Earliest Ga-Dangme culture, from a linguistic point of view
[25223]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (2008) : Ga Verb Features
[27767]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (2020) : Kwa
[11349]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (Ed) (1973) : Papers in Ghanaian linguistics (Transactions of the Linguistic Circle of Accra, II)
[11352]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (Ed) (1977) : West African language data sheets 1
[11356]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (Ed) (1980) : West African language data sheets 2
[11361]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (Ed) (1988) : The languages of Ghana
[11368]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (Ed) (1997) : English in Ghana
[11364]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther & Anthony Joshua Naden (1988) : Mande languages: Bisa
[11362]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther & Kevin C. Ford (1988) : The Central-Togo languages
[11363]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther & Kevin C. Ford (1988) : Ligbi
[26604]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther , Samuel Awinkene Atintono & Avea E. Nsoh (2007) : Gurɛnɛ - English Dictionary (vol 1) / English Gurɛnɛ Glossary (vol 2)
[11380]   Kruger, A. (Ed) (1994) : New perspectives on teaching translators and interpreters in South Africa
[11387]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1958) : Opmerkings oor Sotho-morfologie
[11388]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1958) : Morfologie van die naamwoordelike woordsoorte in Noord-Sotho
[11389]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1961) : Die sintaktiese struktuur van die enkelvoudige sin in Tswana: ’n ondersoek na die vorming en gebruik van ’n aantal woordgroepsoorte in die enkelvoudige sin
[11390]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1967) : Die struktuur van die woordgroep in Tswana
[11391]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1968) : Subkategorieë van die werkwoord in Tswana
[11392]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1972) : Klassifikasie van kopulatiewe inleidende lede
[11393]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1973) : Enkele opmerkinge oor die tonologie van Tswana
[11394]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1973) : Woordanalise in Sotho
[11395]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1973) : Some notes on the hierarchy of morphological categories in Tswana nouns and verbs
[11397]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (198-) : Elementary phonetics of Setswana
[11399]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1988) : Comparisons between co-ordination and other semantic relations in Setswana
[22737]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1994) : Notes on morphology with special reference to Tswana
[23784]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (2006) : Introduction to the morphology of Setswana
[11396]   Krüger, Casper J. H. & J. A. du Plessis (1977) : Die Kgalagadi dialekte van Botswana
[11398]   Krüger, Casper J. H. & Jan Winston Snyman (1986) : The sound system of Setswana
[11385]   Krüger, F. (1---) : Tsumba-ndila
[11386]   Krüger, F. (1---) : Penda-luambo ya Tshivenda
[11400]   Krüger, Susanne (2004) : A sociolinguistic survey of Pinyin and Awing
[11377]   Kruger, W. J. (1970) : Die transfonologisasie van afrikaanse leenwoorde in Noord-Sotho
[11378]   Kruger, W. J. (1970) : Die toonmorfologie van die indikatiewe werkwoord in Suid-Sotho
[11379]   Kruger, W. J. (1971) : Die morfologie van werkwoordkategorieë in die Sothotale
[27455]   Kruijt, Anne (2018) : The use of the ablative clitic in locative phrases in Iraqw, a Cushitic language of Tanzania
[11381]   Kruisheer, Klazien (1994) : Hoofdzin en relatieve bijzin in het Swahili: een onderzoek naar woordvolgorde en zinsposities
[11382]   Krumm, Bernhard (1932) : Wörter und Wortformen orientalischen Ursprungs im Suaheli
[11383]   Krumm, Bernhard (1940) : Words of Oriental origin in Swahili
[23046]   Krüsi, Peter (1978) : Mumuye discourse structure
[11384]   Kruskal, Joseph B. , Isidore Dyen & Paul D. Black (1973) : Some results from the vocabulary method of reconstructing language trees
[26527]   Krzyzanowska, Magdalena (2014) : Question about Amharic Questions with yehon: A Tentative Semantic Study
[28507]   Krzyżanowska, Magdalena (2020) : Mäsob: Designing a new Amharic coursebook
[11401]   Kuba, Richard (1998) : Mandesprache und Mali-Reich: Sprache und Geschichte in Borgu (Westnigeria, Nordbenin)
[11402]   Kuba, Richard & Carola Lentz (2001) : The Dagara and their neighbors (Burkina Faso and Ghana)
[28068]   Kubayi, Sikheto Joe (2013) : Address forms in Xitsonga : a socio-pragmatic perspective
[11403]   Kubeka, Isaac Sibusiso (1979) : A preliminary survey of Zulu dialects in Natal and Zululand
[11404]   Kubela, Mwadyamwita K. (1986) : Le schème tonal dans les mots ciluba d’origine éntrangère
[23965]   Kuch, Lawrence (1993) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Birifor
[11405]   Kuentz, Ch. (1935) : Les langues néoafricaines sont-elles d’origine égyptienne?
[11406]   Kuentz, Ch. (1935) : Les deux mutations consonantiques de l’égyptien
[11407]   Kuforiji, O. O. (1987) : Comparative study of the phonologies of Owo and Standard Yoruba
[23047]   Kuhn, Hanna (1981) : A preliminary phonological analysis of Berom discourse
[11408]   Kuijpers, Em. (1922) : Grammaire de la langue haya
[11409]   Kuijpers, Em. & François Samson (1940) : Dictionnaire haya-français
[11410]   Kujore, Obafemi (1985) : English usage: some notable Nigerian variations
[11411]   Kujore, Obafemi (1995) : Whose English?
[11412]   Kukanda, Vatomene (1983) : Emprunts français en lingala de Kinshasa: quelques aspects de son integration phonetique, morphologique, semantique et lexicale
[11413]   Kukanda, Vatomene (1986) : Notas introdução à sociolínguistica bantu
[27245]   Kukanda, Vatomene (1974) : Esquisse Grammaticale du Kimbundu
[26548]   Kuku Alaki, Thomas & Russell Norton (2013) : Tocho phonology and orthography
[29040]   Kula, Nancy & Lutz Marten (2023) : Morphosyntactic variation in Bantu: The case of Setswana
[25575]   Kula, Nancy C. (2012) : Nominal compounding and associative phrases in Bemba
[27170]   Kula, Nancy C. (2016) : The conjoint/disjoint alternation and phonological phrasing in Bemba
[27515]   Kula, Nancy C. & Maxwell Kadenge (2015) : INTRODUCTION: Phonetics and Phonology in Bantu
[27520]   Kula, Nancy C. & Bettina Braun (2015) : Mental representation of tonal spreading in Bemba: Evidence from elicited production and perception
[25705]   Kula, Nancy C. & Lutz Marten (2010) : Argument Structure and Agency in Bemba Passives
[11415]   Kula, Nancy Chongo (2000) : On the representation of NC clusters in Bemba
[11416]   Kula, Nancy Chongo (2001) : Imbrication in Bemba
[22399]   Kula, Nancy Chongo (2003) : On the autonomy of the root in Bemba
[22554]   Kula, Nancy Chongo (1997) : H-licensing and vowel harmony in Venda
[23258]   Kula, Nancy Chongo (2002) : The phonology of verbal derivation in Bemba
[24653]   Kula, Nancy Chongo & Lisa Lai-Shen Cheng (2007) : Phonological and syntactic phrasing in Bemba relatives
[11414]   Kula, Nancy Chongo & Lutz Marten (1998) : Aspects of nasality in Bemba
[11417]   Kula, Nancy Chongo & Lutz Marten (2002) : Nasality in Bemba: onset-to-onset government and licensing constraints
[22633]   Kula, Nancy Chongo & Rose Meleko Letsholo (Ed) (200-) : African linguistics in the new millenium: linguistic analyses
[11418]   Kulang, Gatwich P. & Gatluak Pal (1999) : Nuer-English dictionary
[11419]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1993) : Bimoraicity in monosyllabic Chichewa ideophones
[11420]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1993) : The status of the ideophone in Chichewa
[11421]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1995) : Sound symbolic and grammatical frameworks: a typology of ideophones in Asian and African languages
[11422]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1995/97) : On the meaning of Chichewa ideophones
[11423]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1996) : Determining the grammatical category of Chichewa ideophones
[11424]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1997) : The grammatical category of Chichewa ideophones
[11425]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1997) : Infl-less clauses and cse theory in Chichewa ideophone sentences
[22555]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (2000) : The ideophone predicate: a case of verbless sentences in Chichewa
[11426]   Kulube, K. (1995) : Historical development of some class prefixes in Kalanga
[23888]   Kum, Julius Nang (2002) : A sketch-phonology and step towards the standardization of Naki
[11427]   Kumalo, Mpiyakhe B. (1987) : Revised current and proposed new terminology in language description and Izulu literature
[11428]   Kumalo, Mpiyakhe B. (1992) : Traditional and modern forms of address in isiZulu
[11429]   Kumbatulu, Sita (1989) : Recherches sur le groupe linguistiques zande après Tucker
[11430]   Kumbatulu, Sita (1991) : Système verbal dans quelques langues oubanguiennes
[11431]   Kunene, Daniel Pune (1951) : Comparative study of the deficient verb in Sotho
[11432]   Kunene, Daniel Pune (1961) : The sound system of Southern Sotho
[11433]   Kunene, Daniel Pune (1963) : Southern Sotho words of English and Afrikaans origin
[11434]   Kunene, Daniel Pune (1965) : The ideophone in Southern Sotho
[11435]   Kunene, Daniel Pune (1971) : Special deverbative nouns used as eulogues in Sesotho
[11436]   Kunene, Daniel Pune (1972) : A preliminary study of downstepping in Southern Sotho
[11439]   Kunene, Daniel Pune (1978) : The ideophone in Southern Sotho
[11437]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1974) : Nominalization in Zulu
[11438]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1975) : Zulu pronouns and the structure of discourse
[11440]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1979) : The acquisition of Siswati as a first language: a morphological study with special reference to noun prefixes, noun classes and some agreement markers
[11441]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1986) : Acquisition of siSwati noun classes
[11443]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1987) : A re-examination of some aspects of the benefactive (applied) extension in Swati
[11444]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1989) : Estabelecimento de um sistema ortográfico em línguas recentemente escritas e os problemas da sua implementação: o caso Siswati
[11446]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1992) : Palatalization in Siswati
[11445]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle & J. G. Mulder (1992) : Linguistic considerations of some cultural attitudes in siSwati
[11442]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle & Joyce B. G. Sukumane (1987) : Borrowing and neogolism as a means of bridging the gap between foreign concepts/experiences and Siswati terminology in applied branches of knowledge
[23926]   Kuouh, M. C. J. (199-) : Esquisse phonologique du bàlo
[22556]   Kuper, Adam J. (1978) : Determinants of form in seven Tswana kinship terminologies
[22557]   Kuper, Adam J. (1979) : Zulu kinship terminology over a century
[22537]   Kuper, Adam J. & Pierre van Leynseele (1980) : L’anthropologie sociale et l’expansion bantoue
[22538]   Kuper, Adam J. & Pierre van Leynseele (1978) : Social anthropology and the ‘Bantu expansion’
[11447]   Kuperus, Julianna (1978) : Esquisse du système verbale de l’oro du Nigéria
[11448]   Kuperus, Julianna (1982) : The morphology of (Ba-)Londo verb tenses
[11449]   Kuperus, Julianna (1985) : The Londo word: its phonological and morphological structure
[24672]   Kuperus, Julianna (1978) : Les classes nominales du Londo ; langue bantoue du sud-ouest du Cameroun (Guthrie A11)
[11450]   Kuperus, Julianna & Antoinette Mpunga wa Ilunga (1990) : Locative markers in Luba
[11451]   Kuraogo, P. (1976) : Serial verb constructions and some aspects of Moore grammar: towards a case grammar solution for serialisation
[22845]   Kurrle, Gertrud (1988) : Some word tone patterns in Nuni
[11452]   Kurylowicz, Jerzy (1972) : Studies in Semitic grammar and metrics
[28248]   Kusmer, Leland Paul (2019) : Prosody & the conjoint/disjoint alternation in Tshivenḓa
[28356]   Kusmer, Leland Paul (2021) : Khoekhoegowab tone sandhi: New experimental evidence
[28766]   Küspert-Rakotondrainy, Sophie & Klaus-Christian Küspert (2022) : A matter of honour: Speaking Hozo (Ak’mo Wandi), an endangered language in western Ethiopia
[27514]   Küspert, Klaus-Christian (2015) : The Mao and Komo Languages in the Begi – Tongo area in Western Ethiopia: Classification, Designations, and Distribution
[11469]   Küsters, Meinulf (193-) : Kibena Grammatik
[11470]   Küsters, Meinulf (193-) : Kipangwa Grammatik, mit Uebungstücke
[11453]   Kuteva, Tania A. (1999) : On ‘sit’/‘stand’/‘lie’ auxiliation
[11454]   Kuteva, Tania A. (2001) : Areal grammaticalization: the case of the Bantu-Nilotic borderland
[11455]   Kutik, Elanah J. (1983) : Noun class assignment of English loanwords in Kikuyu
[11457]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (1985) : The tones of the Ebrié associative construction
[11458]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (1989) : The secret behind vowelless syllables in Lendu
[11460]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (1991) : Vowel harmony in Alur: on the crossroads of two systems
[11461]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (1993) : The writing and reading of tone in Bantu languages
[11462]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (1994) : KiBudu, a Bantu language with nine vowels
[11463]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (1994) : Ngiti: a Central-Sudanic language of Zaïre
[11464]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (2003) : Bila (D32)
[22602]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (1986) : Some experiences in writing and teaching tone in Africa
[25145]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (2009) : Two Types Of Vowel Harmony in Malila Bantu M.24, Lake Corridor, S .W . Tanzania
[23094]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] & Christine Waag (2004) : The sounds and tones of Fur
[11456]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] & Elizabeth Hood (1983) : L’attié
[11459]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] & Selbut R. Longtau (1991) : Lendu: a new perspective on implosives and glottalized consonants
[24728]   Kutsch Lojenga, Constance (2007) : Minimality and Morae in Malila (M.24)
[25706]   Kutsch Lojenga, Constance (2010) : Vowel Shortening in the Noun Phrase in Malila
[26248]   Kutsch Lojenga, Constance (2008) : Nine vowels and ATR vowel harmony in Lika, a Bantu language in D.R.Congo
[28571]   Kutsch Lojenga, Constance (2019) : Zimba D26
[24944]   Kutsch-Lojenga, Constance (2007) : Coreference in Ngiti
[24970]   Kutsch-Lojenga, Constance (2006) : The Role of Tone in Lendu Locatives
[11465]   Kutzov, A. I. (1963) : A Russian-Swahili newspaper vocabulary
[27477]   Kuubezelle, Nerius & George Akanlig-Pare (2017) : Dagara Tongue-Root Vowel Harmony
[11466]   Kuusi, Martti (1974) : Ovambo riddles with comments and vocabularies, with African parallels
[11467]   Kuznetsov, P. S. (1965) : K voprosu o vydelenii imennykh klassov v suahili [On the problem of number of noun classes in Swahili]
[11468]   Kuznetsov, P. S. (1968) : Zametki o strukturnych svjazjach v predelach sistemy soglasnych fonem, na materiale jazyka Ganda [Notes on the structural relations in the consonantal phoneme system, on material of the Ganda language]
[24250]   Kuznetsova, Natalia (2007) : Le statut fonctionnel du pied phonologique en gouro
[25465]   Kuznetsova, Natalia (2010) : Series of personal pronouns in Guro
[28518]   Kuznetsova, Natalia (2021) : Phonological wordhood issues in Guro (South Mande)
[24840]   Kuznetsova, Natalia , Olga Kuznetsova & Valentin Vydrin (2008) : Propositions pour une réforme de lʼorthographe du gouro
[25466]   Kuznetsova, Olga (2010) : Transformation of a post-verbal pronoun in Guro into a tonal morpheme
[27135]   Kuznetsova, Olga & Daria Mishchenko (2017) : Verbal Systems of Mande Languages: An Intra-genetic Typological Approach
[28517]   Kuznetsova, Olga & Natalia Kuznetsova (2021) : Dictionnaire gouro-français
[28389]   Kwame, Abukari (2018) : Segment deletion as a morpho-phonological process in Dagbani compound word formation
[11471]   Kwaw, Francis Ehoma (1999) : The phonology of Nzema vowels
[11472]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1980) : Contes punu du Gabon: étude linguistique et sémiologique
[11473]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1980) : Esquisse phonologique du punu
[11474]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1988) : L’identification des unités-langues bantu gabonaises et leur classification interne
[11475]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1992) : Présentation géo-linguistique de Libreville
[11476]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1993) : La gestualité et les interactions dans la narration d’une épopée: l’exemple de Mumbwanga
[22559]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1987) : Contribution à l’inventaire des parlers bantu du Gabon
[22560]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1989) : Contribution à l’analyse des emprunts nominaux yipunu au français
[22561]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1990) : L’anthroponymie chez les Bapunu
[22562]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1999) : L’expression du temps chez les Bapunu du sud-Gabon
[22703]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1988) : Quelques remarques sur la transcription des textes oraux en langues africaines
[22818]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1998) : Localisation des parlers du Gabon
[22820]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1999) : La situation linguistique à Libreville
[22821]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (2001) : Aspects ethnlinguistiques kwil: les genres oraux
[11477]   Kwofie, E. P. (1972) : The language question and language consciousness in West Africa
[11478]   Kwofie, Emmanuel N. (1977) : Le langue française en Afrique occidentale francophone
[11479]   Kwofie, Emmanuel N. (1979) : The acquisition and use of French as a second language in Africa
[11480]   Kwofie, Emmanuel N. (1997) : An introduction to the description of the varieties of French in Africa
[11483]   Kwon, Joung-Mi (1995) : Possession im Swahili
[11482]   Kwon, Miroo (1985) : Analyse der Swahili-Sprichwörter
[11481]   Kwon, Myong-Shik (1984) : Sprachliche Eigenheiten des Swahili von Shaba (Zaïre)
[11484]   Kyeyune, Robinah (2004) : Challenges of using English as a medium of instruction in multilingual contexts: a view from Ugandan classrooms
[11485]   Kyota, Kutumisa B. (1999) : Eleménts morphologiques et morphotonologiques dans la construction d’un énoncé yaka
[22558]   Kyota, Kutumisa B. (1986) : Eleménts morphologiques et morphotonologiques dans la construction d’un énoncé yaka
[22738]   Laas, J. A. M. (1974) : Woordbou e woordanalise in Suid-Sotho
[11486]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1984) : Dictionnaire français-otetela
[11489]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (2001) : Guthrie et la zone C: traduciton et commentaire du point de vue otetela
[23916]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1970) : Linguistica otetela
[23917]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1970) : Orthographe de la langue otetela
[23918]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1986) : Éléments de grammaire otetela
[23919]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1988) : Grammaire losindanga
[23920]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1988) : Orthographe phonologique de la langue tetela
[23921]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1986) : Grammaire de la langue tetela
[11488]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert & Waato W. L. Shango (1989) : Les dialectes otetela: inventaire
[11487]   Labaere, Raphael (1987) : La consonne géminée en tetela (Zaïre)
[22563]   Labaere, Raphael (1997) : Du grouoe complétif à la proposition connectivale en tetela
[11490]   Labahn, Thomas (1982) : Sprache und Staat: Sprachpolitik in Somalia
[11491]   Labahn, Thomas (1983) : Sprachpolitik in Somalia
[11492]   Labahn, Thomas (Ed) (1984) : Proceedings of the 2nd international congress of Somali studies, University of Hamburg, August 1-6, 1983 - volume 1: linguistics and literature
[11493]   Labatut, Roger (1973) : Le parler d’un groupe de peuls nomades (Nord-Cameroun): les WoDaaBe Hoorewaalde Dageeja biBBi Bii Siroma
[11494]   Labatut, Roger (1976/82) : La phrase peule et ses transformations
[11495]   Labatut, Roger (1982) : L’alternance consonantique du peul
[11496]   Labatut, Roger (1983) : Les emprunts du peul à l’arabe
[11498]   Labatut, Roger (1987) : La parole à travers quelques proverbes peuls du Fouladou (Sénégal)
[11499]   Labatut, Roger (1990) : La négation en pulaar
[24296]   Labatut, Roger (1987-88) : Introduction à l'étude des emprunts du peul au mandinka
[25118]   Labatut, Roger (1981) : Remarques sur lʼaccompli peul
[11497]   Labatut, Roger , D. MʼBodj & M. Aliou (1987) : Jam tan: initiation à la langue peule
[26304]   Labelle, Marie (2008) : Pronominal object markers in Bantu and Romance
[11500]   Labouret, Henri (1931) : La situation linguistique en Afrique occidentale française
[11502]   Labouret, Henri (1934) : Les Manding et leur langue
[11503]   Labouret, Henri (1935) : Remarques sur la langue wolof
[11504]   Labouret, Henri (1952) : La langue des peuls ou foulbé
[11505]   Labouret, Henri (1955) : La langue des peuls ou foulbé: lexique français-peul
[11501]   Labouret, Henri & Ida Caroline Ward (1933) : Quelques observations sur la langue mandingue
[11506]   Labroussi, Catherine (1998) : Le couloir des lacs: contribution linguistique à l’histoire des populations du sud-ouest de la Tanzania
[11507]   Labroussi, Catherine (1999) : Vowel systems and spirantization in southwest Tanzania
[11508]   Labroussi, Catherine (2000) : Spirant-devoicing and genetic classification in eastern Bantu
[11509]   Lacan, Ph. (1942) : Grammaire et dictionnaire français-soussou et soussou-français
[11510]   Lacau, P. (1922) : Sur l’égyptien (N) devenant p (R) en copte
[11511]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1959) : Observations sur la “koinè” peule de Ngaoundéré
[11512]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1962) : Notes sur la langue galke (ndáí)
[11513]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1962) : Distribution géographique et sociale des parlers peuls du nord-Cameroun
[11514]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1967) : Quelques aspects de la désintégration d’un système classificatoire (peul du sud de l’Adamawa)
[11515]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1967) : Remarques préliminaires à une études des emprunts arabes en peul
[11516]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1967) : Le vocabulaire ‘kandin’ dans la ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[11517]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1968) : Transcriptions de langues africaines
[11518]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1971) : L’ensemble songhay-jerma: problèmes et thèmes de travail
[11520]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1972) : La division du temps chez les peuls de l’Adamawa
[11521]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1981) : Les langues “ouest-atlantiques”
[11522]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1981) : Le peul
[11519]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (Ed) (1972) : L’expression du temps dans quelques langues de l’ouest africain: études lexicales
[11523]   Lacunza-Balda, Justo (1997) : Translations of the Quran into Swahili, and contemporary Islamic revival in East Africa
[11524]   Ladefoged, Peter (1963) : Intervention à la suite de la communication de Gilbert Ansre ‘The tones of Ewe verbals’
[11525]   Ladefoged, Peter (1964) : A phonetic study of West African languages: an auditory-instrumental survey
[11526]   Ladefoged, Peter (1964) : Igbirra notes and wordlist
[11527]   Ladefoged, Peter (1968) : A phonetic study of West African languages: an auditory-instrumental survey
[11529]   Ladefoged, Peter (1972) : The features of the larynx
[11539]   Ladefoged, Peter (1995) : Voiceless approximants in Tee
[11531]   Ladefoged, Peter & Anthony Traill (1980) : The phonetic inadequacy of phonological feature specifications of clicks
[11532]   Ladefoged, Peter & Anthony Traill (1980) : Phonological features and phonetic details of Khoisan languages
[11533]   Ladefoged, Peter & Anthony Traill (1984) : Linguistic phonetic description of clicks
[11534]   Ladefoged, Peter & Anthony Traill (1984) : Nasal venting in !Xóõ Bushman
[11538]   Ladefoged, Peter & Anthony Traill (1994) : Clicks and their accompaniments
[11540]   Ladefoged, Peter & Ian Maddieson (1996) : Clicks
[11536]   Ladefoged, Peter & Morris Halle (1988) : Some major features of the International Phonetic Alphabet
[11535]   Ladefoged, Peter & Norma Antonanzas Barroso (1985) : Computer measures of breathy voice quality
[11537]   Ladefoged, Peter , Ian Maddieson & Michel Jackson (1988) : Investigating phonation types in different languages
[11530]   Ladefoged, Peter , Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson & [Sister] M. Ann Angela Uwaláàka (1976) : The stops of Owerri Igbo
[11528]   Ladefoged, Peter , Ruth Moser Glick & Clive Criper (1972) : Language in Uganda
[28989]   Ladu, Valente Otwari , Achaha Samuel Nartisio , Caesar Ongorwo Bong , Philip Oriho Odingo , John Kerim Fabiano , Paul Ahatar Gilbert & Tim Stirtz (2015) : Lopit – English Dictionary
[11542]   Lafage, Philippe (1977) : Les langues kru
[11541]   Lafage, Suzanne (1975) : Dictionnaire des particularités du français au Togo et au Dahomey
[11543]   Lafage, Suzanne (1982) : Étude sociolinguistique de l’aire kru de Côte d’Ivoire
[11544]   Lafage, Suzanne (1985) : Français écrit et parlé en pays éwé: sud-Togo
[11545]   Lafage, Suzanne (1993) : French in Africa
[23504]   Lafage, Suzanne (1985/86) : Premier inventaire des particularites lexicales du français en Haute-Volta
[23506]   Lafage, Suzanne (2002) : Le lexique français de Côte d’Ivoire: appropriation et créativité
[11548]   Lafarge, Francine (1978) : Études phonologiques des parles kosop (Kim) et gerep (Djouman), groupe kim (Adamawa), Mayo Kebbi, Tchad
[11546]   Lafarge, Francine & Christian Seignobos (1975) : Rapport préliminaire sur le pays Kim
[11547]   Lafarge, Francine & Christian Seignobos (1977) : Des gens du fleuve entre Kim et Laï
[11549]   Lafkioui, Mena (1996) : La négation en tarifit
[11550]   Lafkioui, Mena (2001) : Typologie des assertions affirmatives non-verbales du rifain: approche de syntaxe intégrée
[24769]   Lafkioui, Mena (2007) : Atlas linguistique de variétés berbères du Rif
[25627]   Lafkioui, Mena (2011) : Études de la variation et de la structuration linguistiques et sociolinguistiques en berbère du Rif
[25662]   Lafkioui, Mena (2011) : Intonation et topicalisation en berbère
[25763]   Lafkioui, Mena (2010) : La topicalisation en berbère – formes et structures
[25845]   Lafkioui, Mena (2009) : Analyses dialectométriques du lexique berbère du Rif
[25883]   Lafkioui, Mena (2008) : Variation géolinguistique berbère du Rif: le cas des indices personnels verbaux
[25918]   Lafkioui, Mena (2008) : Identity construction through bilingual Amazigh-Dutch digital discourse
[24881]   Lafkioui, Mena & Vermondo Brugnatelli (eds) (2008) : Berber in Contact / Le berbère en contact. Linguistic and Sociolinguistic Perspectives / Etudes en linguistique et sociolinguistique
[25903]   Lafkioui, Mena & Vermondo Brugnatelli (Eds) (2008) : Berber in Contact. Linguistic and Sociolinguistic Perspectives / Le berbère en contact. Etudes en linguistique et sociolinguistique
[27762]   Lafkioui, Mena B. (2020) : Dialectology and linguistic geography
[27634]   Lafkioui, Mena , Ernest Nshemezimana & Koen Bostoen (2016) : Cleft Constructions and Focus in Kirundi
[11551]   Lafon, Michel (1982) : Brève présentation du système verbal et du fonctionnement d’un auxiliaire en shingazidja
[11552]   Lafon, Michel (1984) : Régularité et irrégularité dans le système verbal du shingazidja (grand-comorien): la voyelle finale des thèmes verbaux (avec des références au swahili)
[11553]   Lafon, Michel (1985) : Un procédé d’emphase en shingazidja
[11554]   Lafon, Michel (1987) : Problèmes de lexicographie bantu: à propos d’un dictionnaire shingazidja-français
[11555]   Lafon, Michel (1987) : Le shingazidja: une langue bantu sous influence arabé
[11556]   Lafon, Michel (1988) : Situation linguistique de la Grande-Comore : essai de définition du statut de l’arabe
[11557]   Lafon, Michel (1989) : Le comorien: essai de stratification linguistique
[11558]   Lafon, Michel (1989) : Petit vocabulaire francais-shingazidja à l’usage des amateurs
[11559]   Lafon, Michel (1990) : La négation dans la prédication en shingazidja (grand-comorien)
[11560]   Lafon, Michel (1991) : Lexique français-shingazidja
[11561]   Lafon, Michel (1991) : Lexique français-comorien (shingazidja)
[11562]   Lafon, Michel (1994) : Shona class 5 revisited: a case against *ri- as class 5 nominal prefix
[11563]   Lafon, Michel (1997) : L’expression de la qualité en shingazidja les adjectifs
[22496]   Lafon, Michel (1996) : Le Shona et les Shonas du Zimbabwe: recueil d’information sur la langue et la culture
[22794]   Lafon, Michel (1990) : A propos d’un dictionnaire shingazidja-français
[24434]   Lafon, Michel (2004) : De la diversité linguistique en Afrique du Sud: comment transformer un facteur de division en un outil de construction nationale?
[24435]   Lafon, Michel (2006) : Linguistic diversity in South Africa - will a historically divisive factor become a hallmark for transformation?
[24436]   Lafon, Michel (2008) : Asikhulume! African Language for All, a Powerful Strategy for Spearheading Transformation and Improvement of the South African Education System
[24437]   Lafon, Michel (2008) : Mozambique, vers la reconnaissance de la réalité plurilingue par lʼintroduction de lʼéducation bilingue
[24457]   Lafon, Michel, & Ntombi Nkoe (2006) : Zulu beginners manual
[11564]   Lagae, C. R. (1921) : La langue des Azandé, I: grammaire, exercises, légendes
[11565]   Lagae, C. R. (1923?) : La langue des Azandé, II: dictionnaire français-zande
[11566]   Lagae, C. R. & V. H. vanden Plas (1925) : La langue des Azandé, III
[25889]   Laghzaoui, Mohammadi (2008) : On discourse Conventions in academic and interactional Tarifit-Berber texts
[11567]   Lahaie, Karen (1985) : The ma- prefix in Afroasiatic
[26043]   Lahrouchi, Mohamed (2008) : A Templatic Approach to Gemination in the Imperfective Stem of Tashlhiyt Berber
[28528]   Lahrouchi, Mohamed (2018) : Complexité, éléments et groupes consonantiques en berbère tachelhit
[11568]   Laidler, Percy Ward (1927) : The place-names of the Nama Hottentots, gathered in the Richtersveld and Kamiesberg Districts of Little Namaqualand
[11569]   Laini, Valerian (1985) : The integration of mass media and folk media in promoting literacy for rural development in Tanzania
[11570]   Laitin, David D. (1973) : Education and language change: a study of the Somalis in Kenya’s northeastern provinces
[11571]   Laitin, David D. (1977) : Politics, language and thought: the Somali experience
[11572]   Laitin, David D. (1979) : Language and national development: a typology for Africa
[11573]   Laitin, David D. (1983) : Linguistic dissociation: a strategy for Africa
[11576]   Laitin, David D. (1992) : Language repertoires and state construction in Africa
[11574]   Laitin, David D. & Carol M. Eastman (1989) : Language conflict: transactions and games in Kenya
[11575]   Laitin, David D. & I. Edward Mensah (1990) : Language choice among Ghanaians
[11577]   Lakna, Ph. (1---) : Grammaire et dictionnaire français-susu et susu-français
[11578]   Lallemand, S. (1970) : Les noms personnels traditionelles chez les Gouin de Haute-Volta
[11579]   Laman, Karl Edward (1922) : The musical accent or intonation in the Kongo language
[11580]   Laman, Karl Edward (1922) : Lärobok i fonetik: språk i kongodialekterna [Textbook in phonetics: Congo dialects]
[11581]   Laman, Karl Edward (1927) : The musical tone of the Teke languae
[11582]   Laman, Karl Edward (1928) : Languages used in the Congo basin: a linguistic survey
[11584]   Laman, Karl Edward (1929) : Teke-kuta-ngunu-svensk ordbok
[11586]   Laman, Karl Edward (1931) : Svensk-kikongo ordbok [Swedish-Kikongo dictionary]
[11587]   Laman, Karl Edward (1936) : Dictionnaire kikongo-français, avec une étude phonétique décrivant les dialectes les plus importants de la langue dite kikongo
[28551]   Laman, Karl Edward (1912) : Grammar of the Kongo Language
[11585]   Laman, Karl Edward & A. Philips (1930) : Svensk-teke-kuta-ngunu ordbok
[11583]   Laman, Karl Edward & Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] Meinhof (1928/29) : An essay in Kongo phonology
[11588]   Laman, Karl Edward & M. Westling (1958) : Vocabulaire kikongo-français, français-kikongo
[11589]   Lambdin, Thomas (1978) : Introduction to classical Ethiopic (Ge‘ez)
[11590]   Lambdin, Thomas (1984) : Introduction to Sahidic Coptic
[11591]   Lambek, Michael Joshua (1980) : The kinship terminology of Malagasy speakers in Mayotte
[23466]   Lambert-Brétière, Renée (2001) : Identification des propriétés syntaxiques des constructions sérielles en fon
[24876]   Lambert-Brétière, Renée (2005) : Les constructions sérielles en fon - Approche typologique
[28045]   Lambert-Brétière, Renée (2017) : La multifonctionnalité des conjonctions bó et bɔ en fon
[23824]   Lambert, Fernando (1982) : L’Afrique noire et la langue française
[11594]   Lambert, H. E. (1952) : The Vumba verb
[11595]   Lambert, H. E. (1955) : The -e verb ending in archaic Swahili
[11596]   Lambert, H. E. (1957) : Ki-vumba: a dialect of the southern Kenya coast
[11597]   Lambert, H. E. (1958) : Chi-chifundi: a dialect of the southern Kenya coast
[11598]   Lambert, H. E. (1958) : Chi-jomvu and Ki-ngare: subdialects of the Mombasa area
[11599]   Lambert, H. E. (1961) : Comments on “Supplementary vocabulary: Swahili-English”
[11600]   Lambert, H. E. (1965) : The archaic perfect tense in Swahili
[11592]   Lambert, Mayer (1921) : Le groupement des langues sémitiques
[11593]   Lambert, R. (1925) : Lexique hiéroglyphique
[11601]   Lamberti, Marcello (1980) : Der Dialekt von Dinsor Af-Dabarro
[11602]   Lamberti, Marcello (1980) : A bibliography of the Somali language
[11603]   Lamberti, Marcello (1981) : Der Dialekt der Jiddu Af-Jiddu
[11604]   Lamberti, Marcello (1983) : Die Somali-Dialekte: eine vergleichende Untersuchung
[11605]   Lamberti, Marcello (1983) : The origin of the focus particles in Somali
[11606]   Lamberti, Marcello (1984) : The linguistic situation in the Somali Democratic Republic
[11607]   Lamberti, Marcello (1985) : Map of Somali dialects in the Somali Democratic Republic
[11608]   Lamberti, Marcello (1986) : Die Nordsomali-Dialekte: eine synchronische Beschreibung
[11609]   Lamberti, Marcello (1986) : Somali language and literature
[11610]   Lamberti, Marcello (1986) : The origin of the Jiiddu of Somalia
[11611]   Lamberti, Marcello (1987) : Some Konsoid etymologies
[11612]   Lamberti, Marcello (1988) : The correspondence “labial-velar-glottal” in Cushitic
[11613]   Lamberti, Marcello (1988) : Kuliak and Cushitic: a comparative study
[11614]   Lamberti, Marcello (1991) : Cushitic and its classifications
[11615]   Lamberti, Marcello (1992) : Some phonetic laws of the Gonga languages ; part 1
[11616]   Lamberti, Marcello (1993) : The Ari-Banna group and its classification
[11617]   Lamberti, Marcello (1993) : Materialen zum Yemsa
[11618]   Lamberti, Marcello (1993) : Die Shinassha-Sprache: Materialen zum Boro
[11619]   Lamberti, Marcello (1993) : Some phonetic laws of the Gonga languages ; part 2
[11620]   Lamberti, Marcello (1994) : Sulla classificazione dell “Omotico”
[11621]   Lamberti, Marcello (1996) : A few remarks on verb derivation in Yemsa
[11626]   Lamberti, Marcello (1999) : The pronouns of the 1st and 2nd person in Cushitic and their reconstruction
[11627]   Lamberti, Marcello (2001) : The expression of prepositional phrases in Bilin
[11623]   Lamberti, Marcello & Livia Tonelli (1997) : The noun system of Bilin
[11624]   Lamberti, Marcello & Livia Tonelli (1997) : Some phonological and morphophonological aspects of Bilin
[11625]   Lamberti, Marcello & Livia Tonelli (Ed) (1999) : Afroasiatica tergestina: papers from the 9th Italian meeting of Afro-Asiatic (Hamito-Semitic) linguistics, Trieste, April 23-24, 1998
[11622]   Lamberti, Marcello & Roberto Sottile (1997) : The Wolaytta language
[11628]   Lamberty, Melinda (2002) : A sociolinguistic survey of Bum (Boyo Division, North West Province)
[11629]   Lamberty, Melinda (2002) : A survey of Mofu intelligibility for Cuvok speakers (Mayo-Tsanaga Division, Far North Province)
[11630]   Lamberty, Melinda (2002) : A rapid appraisal survey of the Abo and Barombi speech communities, South West and Littoral Provinces, Cameroon
[11631]   Lamberty, Melinda (2003) : A rapid appraisal survey of Mbedam (Mayo-Tsanaga Division, Far North Province)
[27479]   Lamidi, M. T. (2017) : The Syntax of Multi-Word Expressions in Yorulish Code-Mixing
[11632]   Lammond, William (1923) : Lessons in Bemba, being one hundred easy graded lessons
[11633]   Lammond, William (1926) : Bemba-English vocabulary
[11635]   Lammond, William (1957) : Lessons in Bemba
[22795]   Lammond, William (1953) : Lessons in Bemba
[11636]   Lamothe, [Père] Charles (1966) : Esquisse du système grammatical lobi
[28125]   Lamoureaux, Siri (2020) : Ethnic nationalism and gendered morality in the semiotic construction of the Moro language of Sudan
[6508]   Lamoureaux, Siri van Dorn (2004) : Applicative constructions in Maasai
[27018]   Lamp, Frederick John (2016) : Baga Tshi-tem dictionary (Guinea)
[27392]   Lampitelli, Nicola (2017) : Pluralization, feminization and pitch accent in Djibouti Somali nouns
[11637]   Lamy, Pierre (1951) : Le nombre et le genre dans la langue lélé
[11638]   Lamzoudi, Mohamed (1996) : Initiation au dialecte berbere “Tachelhit” (français et arabe)
[11639]   Landau, Paul Stuart (1992) : The making of Christianity in a southern African kingdom: Gammangwato, ca. 1870 to 1940
[11640]   Landau, Paul Stuart (1995) : The realm of the word: language, gender and Christianity in a southern African kingdom
[27033]   Landman, Meredith (2017) : Quantification in Logoori
[28261]   Landman, Meredith (2019) : Nominal quantification in Kipsigis
[28839]   Landman, Meredith & Rodrigo Ranero (2018) : Focus Marking in Kuria
[22907]   Lane, Bryan (1989) : Toward understanding multilingualism among the Mbete of northern Congo
[11656]   Lang, George (2005) : Basilects in Creole linguistics: examples from Sranan, Capeverdian Crioulo and Antillean Kréyol
[11646]   Lang, Jürgen (1990) : A categoria número no crioulo caboverdiano
[11647]   Lang, Jürgen (1991) : Die Kategorie Numerus im kapverdischen Kreol
[11648]   Lang, Jürgen (1993) : Das Verbalsystem des kapverdischen Kreols (Variante von Santiago)
[11649]   Lang, Jürgen (1994) : O interesse da linguística pelo crioulo de Cabo Verde
[11650]   Lang, Jürgen (1994) : Estruturas eventualmente africanas no crioulo de Cabo Verde (Santiago)
[11651]   Lang, Jürgen (1997) : O interesse da linguística pelo crioulo de Cabo Verde
[11652]   Lang, Jürgen (1999) : O pronome pessoal átono da primeira pessoa do singular e a nasalidade no crioulo de Santiago (Cabo Verde)
[11653]   Lang, Jürgen (2000) : Centre africain et périphérie portugaise dans le créole santiagais du Cap Vert
[11654]   Lang, Jürgen (2001) : Le problème de l’origine du créole de de Santiago (Cap Vert)
[11655]   Lang, Jürgen (Ed) (2002) : Dicionário do crioulo da Ilha de Santiago (Cabo Verde) com equivalentes de tradução em alemão e português
[11641]   Lang, Karl (1921/22) : Die Explosiva und der Nasal der Qualität und Quantität im Fulfulde
[11642]   Lang, Karl (1923/24) : Arabische Lehnwörter in der Kanuri-Sprache
[11643]   Lang, Karl (1924) : Eine vokabularische Skizze zur Stein- und Eisenkultur in Afrika
[11644]   Lang, Karl (1925) : Repetition, Reduplikation und Lautmalerei in der Somalisprache
[11645]   Lang, Karl (1926) : Barea und Nuba (Sprachvergleich)
[28048]   Langa da Câmara, Crisófia (2018) : A selecção do vP cause em Nyungwe: uma análise à luz de Pylkkänen
[11658]   Langa, David (2001) : Reduplicação verbal em Xichangana
[11657]   Langa, Julieta (1992) : The role of translation in the linguistic context of Mozambique
[11659]   Langdon, Margaret A. & Mary Steele (Ed) (1981) : Konkomba-English/English-Konkomba dictionary
[11660]   Lange, Ron A. (1996) : Grammaticalization in Nawuri
[11661]   LangHeinrich, F. (1921) : Schambala-Wörterbuch
[26950]   Langhout, Bep (2015) : Grammar Sketch of the Sari Language: Noun Classes
[29017]   Langhout, Bep (ed.) (2015) : Sari – English Dictionary
[11662]   Langworthy, H. W. (1971) : Swahili influences in the area between Lake Malawi and the Luangwa River
[11663]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1953) : The copulative construction in Bantu with special reference to Zulu
[11664]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1955) : A study of Gitonga of Inhambane
[11667]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1958) : The tonemes of Xhosa
[11668]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1958) : The grammatical structure of Zulu - Notes and news
[11669]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1960) : The comparative phonology of Nguni
[11670]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1963) : The tonemes of Xhosa: a restatement
[11671]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1963) : Teaching English pronunciation in southern Africa
[11672]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1964) : The proliferation and extension of Bantu phonemic systems influenced by Bushman and Hottentot
[11673]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1965) : Teaching English to Africans: a crisis in education
[11674]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1967) : Teaching English in Bantu primary schools
[11675]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1967) : The pronunciation of South African English: a phonetic-phonemic introduction
[11676]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1969) : Generative phonology and the analysis of Nguni languages
[11677]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1971) : The noun as a deep-structure source for Nguni adjectives and relatives
[11678]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1976) : English as a second language in South Africa since 1820
[11680]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1978) : South African English
[11681]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1978) : An outline history of the languages of southern Africa
[11683]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1984) : Stress and intonation and the intelligibility of South African Black English
[11684]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1985) : The perception and evalution of varieties of English in South African society
[11682]   Lanham, Leonard Walter & C. A. MacDonald (1979) : The standard in South African English and its social history
[11665]   Lanham, Leonard Walter & D. P. Hallowes (1956) : An outline of the structure of eastern Bushman
[11666]   Lanham, Leonard Walter & D. P. Hallowes (1956) : Linguistic relationships and contacts expressed in the vocabulary of eastern Bushman
[11679]   Lanham, Leonard Walter & Karel P. Prinsloo (Ed) (1978) : Language and communication studies in South Africa: current issues and directions in research and inquiry
[11685]   Laniran, Yetunde Olabisi (1992) : Intonation in tone languages: the phonetic implementation of tones in Yoruba
[11686]   Laniran, Yetunde Olabisi & George N. Clements (1995) : A long-distance dependency in Yoruba tone realization
[11687]   Lanly, André (1970) : Le français d’Afrique du nord: étude linguistique
[11688]   Lany, Milan G. P. de (1967) : A phonological contrastive analysis: North American English-Standard Swahili
[11689]   Laoust, Emile (1920) : Mots en choses berbères: notes de linguistique et d’ethnographie, dialects du Maroc
[11690]   Laoust, Emile (1927) : Le dialecte berbère du Rif
[11691]   Laoust, Emile (1928) : Cours de berbère marocain
[11692]   Laoust, Emile (1932) : Siwa, I: son parler
[11693]   Laoust, Emile (1936) : Cours de berbère marocain: dialectes du Sous du Haut et de l’Anti-Atlas
[11694]   Laoust, Emile (1939) : Dialecte du Maroc central
[11695]   Laoust, Emile (1939) : Cours de berbère marocain: dialectes du Maroc central (Zemmour, Beni Mtir, Beni Mguild, Zayan, Aït Sgoougou, Ichqern)
[11696]   Lapioche, Jean-Baptiste (1956) : Table d’enquête sur les moeurs et coutumes indigènes: tribu de Bahaya
[11697]   Laptukhin, V. V. (1965) : O nekotorykh razlichiyakh v sovremennoi leksike dialektov yazyka Hausa nigerii i Nigeria
[11698]   Laptukhin, V. V. (1980) : Einige Bemerkungen zur Entwicklung der Lexik im gegenwärtigen Hausa
[11699]   Large, J. W. (1---) : English-Kimakonde vocabulary
[11700]   Larimore, Nancy Kaufman (1976) : A comparison of predicate complementation in Krio and English
[11701]   Larisch, Klaus (1989) : Phonologische Prozesse bei der Bildung der Nominalklassen im Ful: eine EDV-gestützte Analyse von Sprachmaterial aus dem Futa-Toro-Bergland (Senegal)
[11702]   Larkins, Hennah & Ellen Lombard (1999) : Die funksie en optrede van hoofwerkwoorde in Afrikaans
[11703]   Larme, B. (1958) : Rendons justice aux langues africaines
[11704]   Laroche, Edouard Gasarabwe (1992) : Parlons kinyarwanda-kirundi: langue et culture
[11713]   Larochette, A. (1962) : Éléments de phonétique historique du lingombe
[11705]   Larochette, Joseph (1950) : La racine du type CV dans les langues soudanaises
[11706]   Larochette, Joseph (1950) : Problèmes culturels et problémes linguistiques au Congo Belge
[11707]   Larochette, Joseph (1951) : Racines et radicaux dans les langues bantoues
[11709]   Larochette, Joseph (1956) : La détermination du nom dans les langues soudanaises du Congo Belge
[11710]   Larochette, Joseph (1958) : Grammaire des dialectes mangbetu et medje, suivie d’un manuel de conversation et d’un lexique
[11711]   Larochette, Joseph (1958) : Les langues du groupe maru-mangbétu
[11712]   Larochette, Joseph (1961) : Conversation en ciluba-kikongo-kinyarwanda-lomongo-lingala-zande / Conversation in Ciluba-Kikongo-Kinyarwanda-Lomongo-Lingala-Zande / Gesprekzinnen in het Ciluba-Kikongo-Kinyarwanda-Lomongo-Lingala-Zande
[11714]   Larochette, Joseph (1967) : A propos de la fonction et de l’origine des classes nominales dans les langues négro-africaines
[25124]   Larre, Joseph (1922) : Dictionnaire français-xasonké
[11715]   Larsen, Iver A. (1982) : Sabaot orthography
[11716]   Larsen, Iver A. (1984) : Vowel harmony in Koony
[11717]   Larsen, Iver A. (1985) : A practical alphabet for the Sabaot language
[11718]   Larsen, Iver A. (1991) : Sabaot noun classification
[11719]   Larsen, Iver A. (1991) : A puzzling dissimilation process in southern Nilotic
[23020]   Larsen, Iver A. & others (1996) : Soomburtaab ng’aleek chebo sabawoot
[19431]   Larson, David K. (1988) : A sociolinguistic survey of Chuka and Tharaka
[11720]   Larson, Jerry (1971) : Downstep, downdrift, and diacritics
[25239]   Larson, Martha (2010) : The Empty Subject Construction: Verb Serialization in Baule
[11722]   Larson, Pier M. (1996) : Desperatly seeking ‘the Merina’ (Central Madagaskar): reading ethnonyms and their semantic fields in African identity histories
[11721]   Larson, Thomas John (1977) : Kinship terminology of the Hambukushu of Ngamiland
[11723]   Larudee, Faze (1973) : Word stress in spoken Arabic of Cairo
[11725]   Lasebikan, Ebenezer Latunde (1955) : Tone in Yoruba poetry
[11726]   Lasebikan, Ebenezer Latunde (1956) : The tonal structure of Yoruba poetry
[11727]   Lasebikan, Ebenezer Latunde (1958) : Learning Yoruba
[11724]   Lasebikan, Ebenezer Latunde & Leonard John Lewis (1949) : A Yoruba revision course
[11728]   Lasisi, Rashid Oladoja (1993) : Language, culture, ethnicity and national intergration: the Togo experience since 1990
[11729]   LaSor, W. S. (1990) : Proto-Semitic: is the concept no longer valid?
[11732]   Lass, Roger (1987) : How reliable is Goldswain? On the credibility of an early South African English source
[11733]   Lass, Roger (1990) : Where do extraterritorial Englishes come from? Dialect input and recodification in transported Englished
[11734]   Lass, Roger (1992) : The transcription of Afrikaans: towards an improved “standard” notation
[11735]   Lass, Roger (2002) : South African English
[11736]   Lass, Roger (2004) : South African English
[11730]   Lass, Roger & Susan Wright (1985) : The South African chain shift: order out of chaos?
[11731]   Lass, Roger & Susan Wright (1986) : Endogeny vs. contact: ‘Afrikaans influence’ on South African English
[11770]   Lässig, Robert (1928) : Die Kussassi-Sprache im Westsudan
[11737]   Lassort, P. (1952) : Grammaire guerzé
[11738]   Last, Marco (1995) : Aspects of Chai grammar
[11739]   Last, Marco & Deborah Lucassen (1998) : A gammatical sketch of Chai, a southeastern Surmic language
[26837]   LaTerza, Chris , Morgan Rood , Dustin Chacón , Ruth Kramer & Jen Johnson (2015) : New Puzzles for Shifting Indexicals: An Amharic Case Study
[23436]   Latour, M. L. Pradelles de (1984) : Urban pidgin in Douala
[11740]   Lau, Brigitte (1988) : Kleine Zusammenfassung zur Dokumentation des Ortsnamen ‘Windhoek’
[11741]   Lauer, Joseph L. (1978) : Linguistic evidence for reconstructing the history of the Kran/Guere
[11742]   Laughlin jnr, Charles D. (1975) : Lexicostatistics and the mystery of So ethnolinguistic relations
[11743]   Laughren, Mary (1973) : Analyse plérématique du tyebari (un dialecte sénoufo)
[11744]   Laughren, Mary (1976) : Serial verbs
[11745]   Laughren, Mary (1976) : Le nom en palaka
[11746]   Laughren, Mary (1984) : Tone in Zulu nouns
[22796]   Laughren, Mary (1981) : An autosegmental account of tone in Zulu
[25067]   Laughren, Mary (2001) : Senufo vowel harmony : the representation of tongue height contrasts
[11747]   Laughton, William Henry (1958) : Teachers’ handbook on language study (Meru) in standard IV for Meru schools in Kenya
[11748]   Laughton, William Henry (1965) : Teaching notes for the Meru standard I reader ‘Twiteni tukathome’
[11749]   Launhardt, Johannes (1973) : Guide to learning the Oromo language
[25562]   Lauschitzky, Christiane (2012) : Nasality in Bozo Jemaana
[22950]   Lautenschlager, Frank (1992) : Esquisse phonologique du yaouré parler de Zégata
[11750]   LaVelle, Carl L. (1974) : An experimental study of Yoruba tones
[11751]   Laver, John (1967) : A preliminary phonology of the Ayele dialect of Etsako
[11752]   Laver, John (1969) : Etsako in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[11753]   Lavergne, G. (1949) : Folklore africain: les Matakam
[11754]   Lavers, John E. (1992) : R. C. Abraham: the Bolewa and Bolanci
[11755]   Lavoie, Louise (1995) : De l’ergativité en berbère
[11758]   Law-Ryan, Fr. (1---) : Grammar of the Acholi
[11757]   Law, Paul & Claire Lefebvre (1995) : On the relationship between event determiners and predicate cleft in the Kwa languages: the case of Fongbe
[11756]   Law, Paul & T. Veenstra (1992) : On empty operators in serial verb constructions
[11759]   Lawal, A. A. (1982) : Phonology of the Ayere language
[24694]   Lawal, Nike S. (2006) : Yoruba Pronominal Anaphor ́un and the Binding Theory
[11760]   Lawal, S. Adenike (1986) : Some Yoruba quantifier words and semantic interpretations
[11761]   Lawal, S. Adenike (1987) : Yoruba relativisation and the continuous segment principle
[11762]   Lawal, S. Adenike (1989) : Some Yoruba quantifier words and semantic interpretations: a reply to a critique
[11763]   Lawal, S. Adenike (1991) : Yoruba pe and ki: verbs or complementizers
[11764]   Lawal, S. Adenike (1993) : The Yoruba serial verb construction: a complex or simple sentence?
[11766]   Lawrence, Lorraine (1989) : Language in education: an evaluation of the teaching of structure in Zambian grade 8 classes
[11765]   Lawrence, Lorraine & Charles Sarvan (1983) : Zambian English: an enquiry
[11767]   Lax, Beverie Michaele (1986) : The West A-branch of the Chadic language family: a comparative study of Hausa, Sha, Angas, Karekare and Dera
[11768]   Lax, Beverie Michaele (1996) : The verbal system of Kigiryama
[11769]   Lazaro, Cosmo Ambokile (1998) : Kiswahili-Wörterbuch der Medizin
[28058]   Le Roux, J.C. (2009) : A grammatical analysis of the Tswana adverbial
[17866]   Le Saout, Joseph (1973) : Étude descriptive du gban (Côte d’Ivoire): phonétique et phonologie
[17867]   Le Saout, Joseph (1973) : Langues sans consonnes nasales
[17868]   Le Saout, Joseph (1976) : Etude descriptive du gban (Côte-dʼIvoire): phonétique et phonologie
[17869]   Le Saout, Joseph (1979) : Notes sur la phonologie du gouro (zone de Zuénola, Côte d’Ivoire)
[24246]   Le Saout, Joseph (2003) : Faits de dérivation nominale en gban
[11771]   Leakey, Louis Seymour Bazett (1959) : First lessons in Kikuyu
[11772]   Leander, Pontus (1925) : Några anteckningar till Ge‘ez-språkets historia [Some notes on the history of the Ge‘ez language]
[11773]   Leatherman, K. (1950) : Unpublished notes on the structure of the Mbulu /Iraqw/ language
[11774]   Leben, William Ronald (1971) : The morphophonemics of tone in Hausa
[11775]   Leben, William Ronald (1971) : Suprasegmental and segmental representation of tone
[11777]   Leben, William Ronald (1974) : Rule inversion in Chadic: a reply
[11779]   Leben, William Ronald (1977) : Length and syllable structure in Hausa
[11780]   Leben, William Ronald (1977) : Parsing Hausa plurals
[11781]   Leben, William Ronald (1977) : Doubling and reduplication in Hausa plurals
[11783]   Leben, William Ronald (1984) : Tone alternations in Nzema
[11784]   Leben, William Ronald (1985) : On the correspondences between linguistic tone and musical melody
[11785]   Leben, William Ronald (1985) : Intonation in Chadic languages
[11787]   Leben, William Ronald (1996) : Tonal feet and the adaptation of English borrowings into Hausa
[11788]   Leben, William Ronald (1997) : Prosodic domains in Baule
[11789]   Leben, William Ronald (1999) : The status of the OCP in the theory of tone
[11776]   Leben, William Ronald (Ed) (1974) : Proceedings of the 5th annual conference on African linguistics
[11782]   Leben, William Ronald (Ed) (1981) : Précis from the 12th conference on African linguistics
[11778]   Leben, William Ronald & Dauda Muhammad Bagari (1975) : A note on the base form of the Hausa verb
[11786]   Leben, William Ronald , Sharon Inkelas & Mark Cobler (1989) : Phrases and phrase tones in Hausa
[11791]   Lebeuf, Annie M.-D. (1942) : Vocabulaires kotoko: makari, goulfei, kousséri, afadé
[11790]   Lebeuf, Jean-Paul (1941) : Vocabulaires comparés des parlers de 16 villages Fali du Cameroun septentrional
[11792]   Lebeuf, Jean-Paul (1976) : Etudes kotoko
[23884]   Lebika, Francine Ngantcho (2003) : Verb morphology and the structure of IP in Mpumpung
[12146]   Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (1979) : Kabiye-Deutsch-Wörterbuch
[12147]   Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (1985) : Tonologie, Phonologie und Morphosyntax des Kabiye
[12148]   Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (1989) : L’alternance consonantique et le problème de l’interaction entre traits segmentaux et suprasegmentaux en kabye
[12149]   Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (1991) : Les constructions possessives prédicatives et nominales en kabiye
[12150]   Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (1992) : L’interférence des termes de parenté français dans le kabye des locuteurs natifs en contact avec la langue française
[12151]   Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (1994) : Les tons du verbe kabiyè dans les formes de l’inaccompli
[12152]   Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (1998) : Les verbes arguments prominents et arguments symetriques, et la forme stimuli-passive en kabiye
[12153]   Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (1999) : Grammaire kabiyè: une analyse systématique. Phonologie, tonologie et morphosyntaxe
[12154]   Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (2000) : Les constraintes exercées par les propriétés sémantiques des verbes dans la dérivation et au niveau des catégories TAM
[22409]   Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (2003) : Réanalyse: le trait locatif latent dans les substantifs et ses implications semantico-syntaxiques
[26275]   Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (1996-7) : Les locatifs relationnels en kabiye: Leur propriétés semantiques et morphosyntaxiques
[12155]   Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (Ed) (2003) : Actes du 3e congrès mondial de linguistique africaine Lomé 2000
[11793]   Leblanc, Maria (1955) : Evolution linguistique et relation humaines (katanga)
[11794]   Lebzelter, Viktor (1936) : Zur Kindesprache der Oondonga (Amboland, Südwestafrika)
[11795]   Lebzelter, Viktor (1937) : Eine Wortliste der !Kung vom oberen Omuramba u Ovambo
[11796]   Leca, N. (1935) : Les pêcheurs de Guet N’Dar
[11797]   Lecarme, Jacqueline (1984) : On Somali complement constructions
[11798]   Lecarme, Jacqueline (1991) : Focus en somali: syntaxe et interprétation
[11799]   Lecarme, Jacqueline (1995) : L’accord restrictif en somali
[11801]   Lecarme, Jacqueline (1996) : Tense in the nominal system: the Somali DP
[11802]   Lecarme, Jacqueline (1999) : Focus in Somali
[11804]   Lecarme, Jacqueline (2002) : Gender ‘polarity’: theoretical aspects of Somali nominal morphology
[11805]   Lecarme, Jacqueline (Ed) (2003) : Research in Afroasiatic grammar II: selected papers from the fifth conference on Afroasiatic languages, Paris, 2000
[11800]   Lecarme, Jacqueline , Jean Lowenstamm & Ur Shlonsky (Ed) (1996) : Studies in Afro-Asiatic grammar: papers from the second conference on Afroasiatic languages Sophia Antipolis 1994
[11803]   Lecarme, Jacqueline , Jean Lowenstamm & Ur Shlonsky (Ed) (2000) : Research in Afro-Asiatic grammar: papers from the third conference on Afroasiatic languages, Sophia Antipolis, 1996
[11806]   Leclant, Jean (Ed) (200-) : Repertoire d’épigraphie méroïtique: corpus des inscriptiones publiées
[11807]   Lecomte, Ernesto (1935) : Pequeno método português-cuanhama: pequeno método de aprender português para uso dos povos do cuanhama (sul de Angola)
[11808]   Lecomte, Ernesto (1935) : Pequeno método de aprender português para uso dos povos do cuanhama (sul de Angola)
[11809]   Lecomte, Ernesto (1938) : Elementos de gramática ganguela
[11811]   Lecomte, Ernesto (1962) : Método prático de língua Mbundu, falada no distrito de Benguela
[11810]   Lecomte, J. M. (1956) : Dictionnaire mbala-français-kikongo
[11812]   Lecoste, Baudouin (1947) : Étude sur l’origine de suffixe ‘habituel’ -ka- en kingwana
[11813]   Lecoste, Baudouin (1948) : De l’influence des langues congolaises Bantu sur le Ki-Swahili
[11814]   Lecoste, Baudouin (1949) : La parenté terminologie en Ki-Ngwana
[11815]   Lecoste, Baudouin (1954) : Le Ngwana, variété du Swahili
[11816]   Lecoste, Baudouin (1955) : Vocabulaire ngwana
[11817]   Lecoste, Baudouin (1955) : La systéme de parenté des Ngwana
[11818]   Lecoste, Baudouin (1960) : A grammatical study of two recordings of Belgian-Congo Swahili
[11821]   Lee, J. D. & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1990) : A lexicostatistic classification of Ijo dialects
[11823]   Lee, Jacques K. (1999) : Mauritius. Its Creole language: the ultimate Creole phrase book and dictionary/English-Creole dictionary
[11819]   Lee, Richard B. (1965) : Checklist of plant and animal names
[11820]   Lee, Richard B. (1986) : !Kung kin terms: the name relationship and the process of discovery
[11822]   Lee, Richard B. , Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] Biesele & Robert Karl Hitchcock (1996) : Three decades of ethnographic research among the Ju|’hoansi of northwest Botswana: 1963-1996
[24740]   Lee, Seunghun J. (2009) : H Tone, Depressors and Downstep in Tsonga
[25563]   Lee, Seunghun J. (2012) : The spreading, blocking, and optimization of H tones – Depressor consonants in Dagara
[27518]   Lee, Seunghun J. (2015) : Cumulative effects in Xitsonga: high-tone spreading and depressor consonants
[22615]   Lee, Youngjoo (2003) : Serial verb constructions in Buli
[11825]   Leeman, Bernard & informants (1994) : Ongamoi (KiNgassa): a Nilotic remnant of Kilimanjaro
[11824]   Leeman, Bernard & Trilas Lauwo (1993) : Chagga. A course in the Vunjo dialect of the Kichagga language of Kilimanjaro, Tanzania: basic grammar, structural drills, elementary comprehension
[24564]   Leenhouts, Inge (1983) : Téén verbs and the function of tense-aspect in narrative discourse
[22924]   Leenhouts, Ingeborg C. (1978) : Overlay in Loron discourse
[22927]   Leenhouts, Ingeborg C. (1983) : Function of the verb in Tenhe narrative discourse
[22939]   Leenhouts, Ingeborg C. (1984) : Towards a taxonomy of living things in Téén
[22935]   Leenhouts, Ingeborg C. & Evelyn G. Pike (1978) : From clause to morpheme classes of Ténhé in tagmemic notation
[22956]   Leenhouts, Ingeborg C. & Ingrid Person (1977) : Esquisse phonologique du loron
[11828]   Lefebvre, Claire (1990) : Establishing a syntactic category P in Fon
[11829]   Lefebvre, Claire (1991) : Take serial verb constructions in Fon
[11830]   Lefebvre, Claire (1991) : On the distribution of clausal w< in Fongbe
[11831]   Lefebvre, Claire (1992) : AGR in languages without person and number agreement: the case of the clausal determiner in Haitian and Fon
[11833]   Lefebvre, Claire (1992) : On the availability of predicate cleft in natural languages
[11834]   Lefebvre, Claire (1992) : New facts from fongbe on the double object constructions
[11835]   Lefebvre, Claire (1993) : Le clivage de prédicat: essai typologie
[11836]   Lefebvre, Claire (1995) : PPs headed by the Fon preposition nÚ ‘to’ are syntactic adjuncts
[11837]   Lefebvre, Claire (1995) : Les marqueurs préverbaux du fongbe et du créole haïtien: étude de sémantique comparative
[22692]   Lefebvre, Claire (2004) : Coordinating constructions in Fongbe with reference to Haitian Creole
[23426]   Lefebvre, Claire (1990) : Double objects in Fon
[11832]   Lefebvre, Claire (Ed) (1992) : Topics on the syntax and semantics of Fongbe
[11838]   Lefebvre, Claire & Anne-Marie Brousseau (2002) : A grammar of Fongbe
[11826]   Lefebvre, Claire & Isabelle Haïk (Ed) (19--) : Niger-Congo syntax and semantics 2
[11827]   Lefebvre, Claire & Jonathan Derek Kaye (Ed) (1986) : Projet fon-creole haïtien
[11839]   Lefèbvre, Gustave (1940) : Grammaire de l’égyptien classique
[26154]   Leffel, Timothy (2012) : Modality and Future Reference in Masalit
[12156]   Léger, A. (1932) : Contribution à l’étude de la langue bamiléké
[11840]   Leger, Jean (1971) : Grammaire dogon: tomo kan
[25356]   Leger, Jean (1971) : Dictionnaire dogon, tomo-kan
[25431]   Leger, Jean (1975) : Dictionnaire guerzé, kpèlè, wo
[11841]   Leger, Rudolf (1989) : Mediale Verben im Tschadischen? Eine Fallstudie anhand des Kwami
[11842]   Leger, Rudolf (1990) : Monoradical verbs in Kupto
[11843]   Leger, Rudolf (1990) : Monoradical verbs in Kwami
[11844]   Leger, Rudolf (1991) : Grammatische Analyse einer Herkunftserzählung der Kupto
[11845]   Leger, Rudolf (1993) : Die Verben ‘lernen’, ‘wissen’ und ‘vergessen’ in einigen Bole-Tangale-Sprachen (Nordnigeria)
[11846]   Leger, Rudolf (1994) : Eine Grammatik der Kwami-Sprache (Nordostnigeria)
[11847]   Leger, Rudolf (1994) : Die Geschichte der Kwami nach einer Erzählung von Yerma Bube mit grammatischer Erläuterungen
[11849]   Leger, Rudolf (1998) : Noun classes in Fulfulde
[11850]   Leger, Rudolf (1998) : Grammatical gender in some southern Bole-Tangale languages: Kwami, Kupto, Kushi and Piya
[11852]   Leger, Rudolf (2004) : On vowel systems in the southern Bole-Tangale languages
[27276]   Leger, Rudolf (2014) : Some observations on typological features in languages of the Bole-Tangale group
[11848]   Leger, Rudolf (Ed) (1997) : Fulfulde-Studien/Fula studies
[11851]   Leger, Rudolf & Anne Storch (1999) : Zur Genese komplexer Vokalsysteme in einigen nordostnigerianischen Sprachen
[25321]   Leger, Rudolf & Ulrike Zoch (2011) : Intransitive Copy Pronouns in Chadic
[11854]   Legère, Karsten (1968) : [Tonological problems in the Sonrai language]
[11855]   Legère, Karsten (1973) : Remarks on the position of Swahili in the United Republic of Tanzania
[11856]   Legère, Karsten (1973) : [Contrastive sketch of post-nominal constructions in Kiswahili and parts of speech in German]
[11857]   Legère, Karsten (1973) : [Issues regarding a contrastive analysis of German and Kiswahili]
[11858]   Legère, Karsten (1974) : [Linguistic and linguo-didactic issues of a contrastive analysis of German and Kiswahili]
[11859]   Legère, Karsten (1974) : [Kiswahili pattern drills]
[11860]   Legère, Karsten (1975) : Zum Verhältnis zwischen dem Swahili und anderen tansanischen Sprachen
[11861]   Legère, Karsten (1976) : Integration in eastern Africa and the language factor
[11863]   Legère, Karsten (1980) : Die sprachliche Situation in ländlichen Gebieten der Region Mbeya (SW Tansania)
[11864]   Legère, Karsten (1980) : [Nation-building in sub-Saharan Africa and the formation of national languages]
[11865]   Legère, Karsten (1981) : Die sprachliche Situation in Tansania (Festland) und ihre Veränderung von der Mitte des 19. Jahrhunderts bis in die Gegenwart
[11867]   Legère, Karsten (1983) : Lokale Sprachen in Tansania und sich verändernde kommunikative Bedürfnisse ihrer Träger (am Beispiel des Bondei)
[11868]   Legère, Karsten (1984) : Fragen der Diskussion um die Sprachpolitik eines künftig unabhängigen Namibia
[11869]   Legère, Karsten (1986) : Kimgao and southern Kiswahili in mainland Tanzania
[11870]   Legère, Karsten (1986) : Portugiesische Lehnwörter im Swahili
[11871]   Legère, Karsten (1986) : Muundo wa sentenso za Kiswhahili [Kiswahili sentence structure]
[11872]   Legère, Karsten (1987) : Kiswahili na lugha nyingine katika harakati za kudai Uhuru Tanganyika [Kiswahili and other languages in the struggle for independence in Tanganyika]
[11873]   Legère, Karsten (1988) : Bantu and southern Cushitic: the impact of Kiswahili on Iraqw
[11874]   Legère, Karsten (1990) : Sprachpolitische Positionen in Namibia in der jungeren Vergangenheit
[11875]   Legère, Karsten (1990) : Wörterbuch Deutsch-Swahili
[11876]   Legère, Karsten (1990) : The role of language in literacy programmes with special reference to Kiswahili in eastern Africa
[11877]   Legère, Karsten (1990) : The role of language in the struggle against apartheid in the Republic of South Africa
[11878]   Legère, Karsten (1990) : Language standardization: the case of Kiswahili
[11879]   Legère, Karsten (1991) : Recent developments of Kiswahili
[11881]   Legère, Karsten (1991) : Simplification and language change: some observations from Bantu
[11882]   Legère, Karsten (1991) : [Languages of minorities and linguistic minorities in the field of Bantu languages with particular reference to Tanzania]
[11883]   Legère, Karsten (1991) : Kiswahili in southern Tanzania reconsidered
[11884]   Legère, Karsten (1991) : Sarufi-pambanuzi na matumizi yake katika kufundisha Kiswahili kama lugha ya kigeni [Contrastive grammar and its application in teaching Kiswahili as a foreign language]
[11885]   Legère, Karsten (1991) : Ulumbi na athari zake katika elimu ya watu wazima [Eloquency and its influence on adult education]
[11886]   Legère, Karsten (1992) : Language shift in Tanzania
[11888]   Legère, Karsten (1992) : Ujuzi na matumizi ya Kiswahili miongoni mwa wanfunzi wa shule kadhaa za msingi wilaya ya Kondoa (Tanzania) [Knowledge and use of Swahili among primary school students in Kondoa District (Tanzania)]
[11891]   Legère, Karsten (1994) : Wörterbuch Deutsch-Swahili
[11894]   Legère, Karsten (1996) : Languages in Namibian education: achievements and problems (focus on African languages)
[11895]   Legère, Karsten (1996) : Thimbukushu: a case-study report
[11896]   Legère, Karsten (1997) : [Language contacts in Namibia: examples from Bantu languages]
[11898]   Legère, Karsten (1998) : Oshikwanyama in Namibia
[11899]   Legère, Karsten (1998) : Khoisan traces in Kavango languages
[11900]   Legère, Karsten (1998) : Linguas na educacao Namibia: realizacoes e problemas (enfoque nas linguas namibianas)
[11901]   Legère, Karsten (1999) : Wörterbuch Deutsch-Swahili
[11902]   Legère, Karsten (2000) : Wörterbuch Deutsch-Swahili
[11903]   Legère, Karsten (2000) : “... are not fully involved...”: language knowledge and language use among the Barabaig and Iraqw
[11904]   Legère, Karsten (2001) : Language policy in Namibia: the situation at the grass roots - non-governmental approaches
[11905]   Legère, Karsten (2002) : The “Languages of Tanzania” project: background, resources and perspectives
[11907]   Legère, Karsten (2003) : Plant names from North Zanzibar
[11908]   Legère, Karsten (2003) : Trilingual Ngh’wele-Swahili-English and Swahili-Ngh’wele-English wordlist
[11909]   Legère, Karsten (2003) : Multilingual education: a strange concept in Africa?
[11911]   Legère, Karsten (2005) : Records of the independence struggle in Uhehe (Tanzania) / Kumbukumbu za kupigania Uhuru Uhehe (Tanzania)
[23201]   Legère, Karsten (1983) : The emergence of a national language: the case of Swahili in Tanzania
[24718]   Legère, Karsten (2006) : Formal and Informal Development of the Swahili Language: Focus on Tanzania
[24725]   Legère, Karsten (2007) : Vidunda (G38) as an Endangered Language?
[24756]   Legère, Karsten (2009) : Plant Names in the Tanzanian Bantu Language Vidunda: Structure and (Some) Etymology
[27810]   Legère, Karsten (2020) : Language and ethnobotany
[28007]   Legère, Karsten (2017) : Empowering national languages – The Bantu language area
[28705]   Legère, Karsten (2003) : Trilingual Ngh'wele-Swahili-English and Swahili-Ngh'wele-English Wordlist
[11880]   Legère, Karsten (Ed) (1991) : The role of language in literacy programmes with special reference to Kiswahili in eastern Africa
[11887]   Legère, Karsten (Ed) (1992) : The role of language in primary education in eastern Africa with special reference to Kiswahili
[11893]   Legère, Karsten (Ed) (1996) : African languages in basic education: proceedings of the 1st workshop on African languages in basic education, held at the National Institute for Educational Development (NIED), Okahandja, 18-23 September 1995
[11897]   Legère, Karsten (Ed) (1998) : Cross-border languages: reports and studies. Regional workshop on cross-border languages, National Institute for Educational Development (NIED), Okahandja, 23-27 September 1996
[11890]   Legère, Karsten & Hans-Volker Gretschel (Ed) (1993) : Language ecology in Africa: a collection of papers presented at the international conference “Language ecology in Africa” held at the University of Namibia from 9 to 13 September 1991
[11892]   Legère, Karsten & Hans-Volker Gretschel (Ed) (1994) : Language ecology in Africa: a collection of papers presented at the international conference “Language ecology in Africa” held at the University of Namibia from 9 to 13 September 1991
[11889]   Legère, Karsten & J. Kanuri (1992) : Kiswahili na lugha nyingine katika shule kadhaa za msingi za Kenya [Kiswahili and other languages in some primary schools in Kenya]
[28459]   Legère, Karsten & Peter S. Mkwan’hembo (eds.) (2021) : Luhala lwa Wavidunda – Vidunda Wisdom - N’helo dza Chividunda – Vidunda Proverbs.
[22619]   Legère, Karsten & Robert Munga (2004) : Thimbukushu-Thihingirisha manandorandathana ghothikuhonga/English-Thimbukushu subject glossaries: language and literature, mathematics, body and health, fauna and flora
[11906]   Legère, Karsten & Sandra Fitchat (Ed) (2002) : Talking freedom: language and democratisation in the SADC region (includes papers presented at the fifth triennial conference of the Linguistics Association for SADC Universities, held from 11 to 14 August 1998 at the University of Namibia)
[11866]   Legère, Karsten & Siegmund Brauner (1982) : [Studies on the role of Kiswahili in the national intergration processin Tanzania]
[28804]   Legère, Karsten , Bernd Heine & Christa König (2022) : Dialogue with ancestors? Documentation data from Akie in Tanzania
[11910]   Legère, Karsten , S. Maganga & P. Mkwanʼhembo (2004) : Vidunda people and their plant names
[11862]   Legère, Karsten , Siegmund Brauner & Fr. C. Kapinga (1978) : Socio-linguistic research in Tanzanian secondary schools
[11853]   Legesse Samuel (2003) : An Oromo argot: bird language of western Wollega
[11912]   Leguil, A. (1987) : Les quatre inaccomplis du touareg de l’Adhag
[23718]   Leguy, Cécile (2006) : Noms de personne et expression des ambitions matrimoniales chez les Bwa du Mali
[11914]   Lehman, Christina (1977) : Imperatives
[23612]   Lehman, Dan van & Omar Eno (2003) : The Somali Bantu: their history and culture
[22906]   Lehman, Debra (1989) : L’influence des langues maternelles sur le développement du discours en munukutuba
[11913]   Lehman, G. (1973) : Language development of Zulu children
[23222]   Lehmann, Christian (1982) : Universal and typological aspects of agreement
[11919]   Lehmann, Dorothea A. (1969) : Loanwords in S. A. Mpashi’s Bemba story Uwakwensho bushiku
[11920]   Lehmann, Dorothea A. (1973) : The use of Zambian languages in adult education programmes
[11921]   Lehmann, Dorothea A. (1978) : Language in the Kafue Basin: introductory notes
[11915]   Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf (1945) : Die naam “Hottentot”
[11916]   Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf (1945) : ’n Paar gdagtes oor die naam Boesman
[11917]   Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf (1963/65) : Ejuru, sprach- und religionswissenschaftliche Anmerkungen zum Himmels-Begriffe der Herero
[11918]   Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf (1965/66) : Die Bedeutung der Wörter zera und tapu in ihrer Verwendung in der Sprache der Herero (SWA) und ihr Gebrauch in heutiger Zeit
[11922]   Lehn, Walter (1963) : Emphasis in Cairo Arabic
[11923]   Lehr, J. P. (1924) : Die sprachliche Stellung des Schilluk ; Teil 1
[11924]   Lehr, J. P. (1926) : Die sprachliche Stellung des Schilluk ; Teil 2
[23779]   Lehr, Marianne , James E. Redden & Adama Balima (1966) : Moré basic course
[11925]   Leibbrandt, Richard & Frank Bokhorst (1999) : An investigation of a lexical segmentation strategy for Afrikaans
[11926]   Leibowitz, Brenda (2004) : Becoming academically literate in South Africa: lessons from student accounts for policymakers and educators
[25295]   Leidenfrost, Csaba Tokpa et CTAB (2008) : Bakʋɛwaklüüa‒Pɔɔkʋ (Dictionnaire Bakwé)
[24606]   LeidenFrost, Theodore E. & John S. McKay (2005) : Kpelle-English Dictionary, with a Grammar Sketch and English-Kpelle Finder List
[25432]   Leiderer, Rosmarie (1982) : La médecine traditionnelle chez les Bekpak (Bafia) du Cameroun, d'après les enseignements, les explications et la pratique du guérisseur Biabak-A-Nnong.
[25433]   Leiderer, Rosmarie (1982) : La médecine traditionnelle chez les Bekpak (Bafia) du Cameroun, d'après les enseignements, les explications et la pratique du guérisseur Biabak-A-Nnong.
[11927]   Leiris, Michael (1948) : La langue secrète des Dogons de Sanga (Soudan Français)
[11634]   Leiste, Doris (1991) : Zur Sprachpolitik der FRELIMO
[22800]   Leiste, Doris (1989) : Quelques reflexions sur la situation linguistique en République Populaire du Mozambique
[11928]   Leistner, O. A. & J. W. Morris (1976) : Southern African place names
[27611]   Leitch, Myles (2014) : Stem Tone Dynamics of Dibole, a Bantu C Language
[11929]   Leitch, Myles Francis (1994) : Babole
[11930]   Leitch, Myles Francis (1994) : The distribution of properties of Babole prenasalized segments
[11931]   Leitch, Myles Francis (1996) : Vowel harmonies in the Congo basin: an Optimality Theory analysis of variation in the Bantu zone C
[11932]   Leitch, Myles Francis (2003) : Babole (C101)
[11933]   Leitch, Myles Francis (2004) : Langue et dialecte au sud du district d’Epena
[11934]   Leitch, Myles Francis (2005) : Aspects of multilingualism in the Lingala zone of Congo
[22822]   Leitch, Myles Francis (2000) : Negation and existential quantification in Babole
[11935]   Leith-Ross, Sylvia (1922) : Fulani grammar
[11936]   Lekens, P. Benjamin (1923) : Spraakkunst der Ngbanditaal
[11937]   Lekens, P. Benjamin (1952) : Dictionnaire ngbandi (Ubangi-Congo Belge): français-ngbandi, ngbandi-français
[11938]   Lekens, P. Benjamin & Gerebern Mens (1955) : Ngbandi idioticon I: Nederlands-Frans en Ngbandi
[11939]   Lekens, P. Benjamin & Gerebern Mens (1958) : Ngbandi idioticon II: Ngbandi en Frans-Nederlands
[23501]   Lekganyane, Diapo Nelson (2002) : Lexicographic perspectives on the use of Sepedi as a high function language
[11940]   Lelièvre, [Révérend] [Père] (1---) : Grammaire et vocabulaire Tem
[25376]   Lem, Lilian & Edward Brye (2008) : Rapid appraisal sociolinguistic language survey of Ngamambo of Cameroon
[11941]   Lemaréchal, Alain (1985) : Substantivité et parties du discours en kinyarwanda: le problème du prépréfixe (ou augment) dans les langues bantoues
[23911]   Lemb, Pierre (1974) : Esquisse phonologique du mvumbò
[11942]   Lemb, Pierre & François de Gastines (1973) : Dictionnaire basaá-français
[11943]   Lemeshko, B. G. (1966) : Sprazheniye glagola v yazyke Khausa [Hausa verbal conjugation]
[11944]   Lemeshko, B. G. (1969) : Stativ v yazyke Khausa [Stative in the Hausa language]
[11945]   Lemeshko, B. G. (1971) : Ob otricaniyi v yazyke Khausa [On negation in Hausa]
[11946]   Lemmens, C. & J. Pouchet (1955) : Quelques noms vernaculaires d’animaux très commun au Congo belge en dialectes du groupe lingala et en kisuku
[27569]   Lemmi Kebebew Gnarie (2018) : Grammatical Description and Documentation of Bayso
[11947]   Lemster, M. (1984) : Die Ausbreitung des Hausa in Nigeria im 20. Jahrhundert
[11948]   Lenake, J. M. (1968) : Prof. C. M. Doke’s treatment of the indicative mood on Southern Sotho
[11949]   Lenselaer, Alphonse (1983) : Dictionnaire swahili-français
[11950]   Lenssen, T. (1984) : Studien zum Verb im Kwang
[11951]   Lentin, Jérôme & Antoine Lonnet (Ed) (2003) : Mélanges David Cohen: études sur le langage, les langues, les dialectes, les littératures, offertes pas ses élèves, ses collègues, ses amis, présentées a l’occasion de son quatre-vingtienne anniversaire
[11952]   Leonard, Robert Andrew (1980) : Swahili e, ka and nge as signals of meaning
[11953]   Leonard, Robert Andrew (1982) : The semantic system of deixis in standard Swahili
[11954]   Leonard, Robert Andrew (1985) : Swahili demonstratives: evaluating the validity of competing semantic hypotheses
[11955]   Leonessa, Mauro da (1928) : Grammatica analitica della lingua tigray
[11956]   Leonessa, Mauro da (1931) : Linguistica etiopica: gli studi sulle lingue della colonia Eritrea
[11957]   Leonet, G. (1977) : Le contact des lexiques kirundi et français au niveau de l’école primaire
[16877]   Leopold, Robert S. (1996) : Loma - English lexicon (Wubomai Dialect)
[11958]   Lepage, Claude & autres (Ed) (1994) : Études éthiopiennes: actes de la 10ème conférence internationale des études éthiopiennes, Paris, 24-28 aout 1988
[11959]   Lepota, Biki (2002) : Exploring the ‘conditional mood’ in Northern Sotho
[25109]   Leprince, Jules (1905) : Note sur deux tribus de la Basse-Casamance (1)
[11960]   Lerbak, Anna E. (19--) : Lessons in Uruund of Mwant’ Yamvu
[11961]   Lerchundi, J. (1925) : Rudimentos del árabe vulgar que se habla en el imperio de Marruecos con numerosos temas y ejercicios aplicados a la teoría
[11962]   Lerchundi, J. (1932) : Vocabulario español-arabigo de Marruecos con gran número de voces usadas en Orientey en la Argelia
[11963]   Leriche, A. (1952) : Vocabulaire du chameau en Mauritanie
[11964]   Leriche, A. (1952) : Au sujet des patronymies Baule, Ge et Ewe
[11965]   Leriche, A. (1955) : Terminologie géographique maure
[11967]   Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1977) : Morphologie et classes nominales en mankon (Cameroun)
[11968]   Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1979) : A la recherche de tons perdus: structure tonale du nom en Ngemba
[11969]   Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1980) : The Ngemba group: Mankon, Bagangu, Mundum I, Bafut, Nkwen, Bambui, Pinyin, Awing
[11970]   Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1982) : Extensions en mankon, langue bantoue de Grassfields
[11971]   Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1983) : Système locatif mankon et classes locatives proto-bantoues
[11972]   Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1983) : Notes sur l’expression de la localisation en yamba
[11973]   Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1994) : La nasalité en mankon, langue bantu des Grassfields (Cameroun)
[11974]   Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1994) : La nasalité en mankon, langue bantu des Grassfields (Cameroun)
[11975]   Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1997) : Qualification en mankon, langue bantoue des Grassfields
[24770]   Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (2007) : Le mankon : Langue bantoue des Grassfields (Province Nord-Ouest du Cameroun)
[11966]   Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] & Jan Voorhoeve (1975) : Vowel contraction and vowel reduction in Mankon
[27564]   Lesage, Jakob (2019) : A Kam Lexicon
[28194]   Lesage, Jakob (2020) : A grammar and lexicon of Kam (àŋwɔ̀m), a Niger-Congo langage of central eastern Nigeria
[11976]   Lesko, Leonard H. & Barbara Switalski Lesko (1982/90) : Dictionary of Late Egyptian
[11977]   Lesko, Leonard H. & Barbara Switalski Lesko (2002/04) : Dictionary of Late Egyptian
[11978]   Leslau, Wolf (19--) : Outline of Masqan phonology
[11979]   Leslau, Wolf (19--) : An Ethiopian argot of a Gurage secret society
[11980]   Leslau, Wolf (19--) : Outline of Gurage phonology
[11981]   Leslau, Wolf (19--) : Hypothesis on a Proto-Semitic marker of the imperfect in Gurage
[11982]   Leslau, Wolf (19--) : Observations on Gurage documents
[11984]   Leslau, Wolf (1938) : Contributions à l’étude du harari (Abyssinie méridionale) [2 parties]
[11985]   Leslau, Wolf (1939) : Essai de reconstitution des désinences verbales du tigrigna (éthiopien septentrional)
[11986]   Leslau, Wolf (1939) : La thème verbal fréquentatif dans les langues éthiopiennes
[11987]   Leslau, Wolf (1941) : Documents tigrigna (éthiopien septentrional): grammaire et textes
[11988]   Leslau, Wolf (1943) : South-East Semitic: Ethiopic and Arabic
[11989]   Leslau, Wolf (1944) : The position of Gafat in Ethiopic
[11990]   Leslau, Wolf (1945) : Gafat documents: records of a South-Ethiopic language (grammar, text and comparative vocabulary)
[11991]   Leslau, Wolf (1945) : Short grammar of Tigré
[11992]   Leslau, Wolf (1945) : The influence of Cushitic on the Semitic languages of Ethiopia: a problem of substratum
[11993]   Leslau, Wolf (1945) : Verb in Tigré
[11994]   Leslau, Wolf (1946) : Bibliography of the Semitic languages of Ethiopia
[11995]   Leslau, Wolf (1948) : Le problème de la gémination du verbe tchaha (gouragué)
[11996]   Leslau, Wolf (1948) : Supplementary observations on Tigré grammar
[11997]   Leslau, Wolf (1948) : A year of research in Ethiopia
[11998]   Leslau, Wolf (1949) : Examen du supposé Argobba de Seetzen et de Lefebvre
[11999]   Leslau, Wolf (1949) : An Ethiopian merchant’s argot
[12000]   Leslau, Wolf (1949) : Notes de grammaire et d’étymologie éthiopiennes
[12001]   Leslau, Wolf (1950) : Ethiopic documents: Gurage
[12002]   Leslau, Wolf (1951) : Archaic features in South Ethiopic
[12003]   Leslau, Wolf (1952) : The influence of Sidamo on the Ethiopic languages of Gurage
[12004]   Leslau, Wolf (1952) : Notes on Kambatta of southern Ehiopia
[12005]   Leslau, Wolf (1952) : Report on a second field trip to Ethiopia
[12006]   Leslau, Wolf (1953) : The imperfect in South-East Semitic
[12007]   Leslau, Wolf (1954) : Le type verbal qatälä en éthiopien méridional
[12008]   Leslau, Wolf (1954) : La réform de l’alphabet éthiopien
[12009]   Leslau, Wolf (1956) : Étude descriptive et comparative du gafat (éthiopien méridional)
[12010]   Leslau, Wolf (1956) : The rainbow in the Hamito-Semitic languages
[12011]   Leslau, Wolf (1956) : The scientific study of the Ethiopian languages
[12012]   Leslau, Wolf (1956) : Arabic loanwords in Harari
[12013]   Leslau, Wolf (1956) : Arabic loanwords in Tigré
[12014]   Leslau, Wolf (1956) : Additional notes on Kambatta of southern Ethiopia
[12015]   Leslau, Wolf (1957) : Une hypothèse sur la forme primitive du type B en amharique
[12016]   Leslau, Wolf (1957) : The phonetic treatment of the Arabic loanwords in Ethiopia
[12017]   Leslau, Wolf (1957) : Arabic loanwords in Amharic
[12018]   Leslau, Wolf (1957) : Arabic loanwords in Argobba
[12019]   Leslau, Wolf (1957) : Observations on a comparative phonology of Semitic languages
[12020]   Leslau, Wolf (1957) : A supplementary Falasha bibliography
[12021]   Leslau, Wolf (1958) : The verb in Harari (South Ethiopic)
[12022]   Leslau, Wolf (1958) : Moca, a tone language of the Kafa group in southwestern Ethiopia
[12023]   Leslau, Wolf (1958) : Arabic loanwords in Geez
[12024]   Leslau, Wolf (1958) : Ethiopic and South Arabic contributions to Hebrew lexicon
[12025]   Leslau, Wolf (1959) : A preliminary description of Argobba
[12026]   Leslau, Wolf (1959) : A dictionary of Moca (southwestern Ethiopia)
[12027]   Leslau, Wolf (1959) : Sidamo features in South Ethiopic phonology
[12028]   Leslau, Wolf (1959) : Traces of laryngeals in the Ethiopic dialect of Ennemor
[12029]   Leslau, Wolf (1959) : Taboo expressions in Ethiopia (Gurage)
[12030]   Leslau, Wolf (1959) : The languages of Ethiopia and their geographical distribution
[12031]   Leslau, Wolf (1959) : An analysis of the Harari vocabulary
[12032]   Leslau, Wolf (1959) : The imperfect in South-East Semitic
[12033]   Leslau, Wolf (1960) : Sketches in Ethiopic classification
[12034]   Leslau, Wolf (1960) : Local participation in language research
[12035]   Leslau, Wolf (1961) : Remarks on the gemination of the Gurage dialect of Azarnat-Mugo
[12036]   Leslau, Wolf (1961) : Echo-words in Ethiopic
[12037]   Leslau, Wolf (1962) : The influence of the Cushitic substratum on Semitic Ethiopic re-examined
[12038]   Leslau, Wolf (1962) : ‘Yes’ and ‘no’ in the Ethiopian languages
[12039]   Leslau, Wolf (1963) : Etymological dictionary of Harari
[12040]   Leslau, Wolf (1964) : The jussive in Chaha
[12041]   Leslau, Wolf (1964) : Ethiopian argots
[12042]   Leslau, Wolf (1964) : Observations on a study on the Ethiopian quasriracidals
[12043]   Leslau, Wolf (1965) : Gleanings in Harari grammar ; part 1
[12044]   Leslau, Wolf (1965) : An Amharic conversation book
[12045]   Leslau, Wolf (1965) : An annotated bibliography of the Semitic languages of Ethiopia
[12046]   Leslau, Wolf (1965) : Ethiopians speak - studies in cultural background, 1: Harari
[12047]   Leslau, Wolf (1966) : Characteristics of the Ethiopic language group of Semitic languages (supplement)
[12048]   Leslau, Wolf (1966) : Ethiopians speak - studies in cultural background, 2: Chaha
[12049]   Leslau, Wolf (1966/92) : Outline of Chaha phonology
[12050]   Leslau, Wolf (1967) : The impersonal in Chaha
[12051]   Leslau, Wolf (1967) : Amharic textbook
[12052]   Leslau, Wolf (1967) : The jussive in Eza
[12053]   Leslau, Wolf (1968) : Toward a classification of the Gurage dialects
[12054]   Leslau, Wolf (1968) : Ethiopians speak - studies in cultural background, 3: Soddo
[12055]   Leslau, Wolf (1968) : The expression of the future in the Ethiopian languages
[12056]   Leslau, Wolf (1968) : An archaic vowel of the jussive in Gurage, Gafat and Harari
[12057]   Leslau, Wolf (1969) : The pseudo-gerundive in Chaha
[12058]   Leslau, Wolf (1969) : Hebrew cognates in Amharic
[12059]   Leslau, Wolf (1969) : Frequency as determinant of linguistic change in the Ethiopian languages
[12060]   Leslau, Wolf (1969) : Is there a proto-Gurage?
[12061]   Leslau, Wolf (1969) : The negative particle in Arabic and [schwa] in Ethiopic
[12062]   Leslau, Wolf (1970) : Ethiopia and South Arabia
[12063]   Leslau, Wolf (1973) : English-Amharic context dictionary
[12064]   Leslau, Wolf (1975) : What is a Semitic Ethiopian language?
[12065]   Leslau, Wolf (1976) : Concise Amharic dictionary: Amharic-English/English-Amharic
[12066]   Leslau, Wolf (1977) : Argobba vocabulary
[12067]   Leslau, Wolf (1978) : Spirantization in Ethiopian languages
[12068]   Leslau, Wolf (1979) : Etymological dictionary of Gurage (Ethiopic)
[12069]   Leslau, Wolf (1980) : Proto-Sidamo *z
[12070]   Leslau, Wolf (1981) : Ethiopians speak - studies in cultural background, 4: Muher
[12071]   Leslau, Wolf (1981/92) : Outline of Muher phonology
[12072]   Leslau, Wolf (1982) : North Ethiopic and Amharic cognates in Tigre
[12073]   Leslau, Wolf (1983) : Ethiopians speak - studies in cultural background, 5: Chaha-Ennemor
[12074]   Leslau, Wolf (1983/92) : Outline of Ennemor phonology
[12075]   Leslau, Wolf (1985) : The liquid l in Hadiyya and in West Gurage
[12076]   Leslau, Wolf (1986) : Cushitic loan words in Gurage
[12077]   Leslau, Wolf (1987) : Comparative dictionary of Ge‘ez (Classical Ethiopic): Ge‘ez-English/English-Ge‘ez, with an index of the Semitic roots
[12078]   Leslau, Wolf (1988) : Fifty years of research: selection of articles on Semitic, Ethiopian Semitic and Cushitic
[12079]   Leslau, Wolf (1988) : Observations on Sasse’s vocabulary of Burji
[12080]   Leslau, Wolf (1989) : Concise dictionary of Ge‘ez (Classical Ethiopic): Ge‘ez-English
[12081]   Leslau, Wolf (1990) : Arabic loanwords in Ethiopian Semitic
[12082]   Leslau, Wolf (1992) : Sketches in Ethiopian classification, 3: the position of Zway
[12084]   Leslau, Wolf (1995) : Reference grammar of Amharic
[12085]   Leslau, Wolf (1997) : Ethiopic documents: Argobba, grammar and dictionary
[12086]   Leslau, Wolf (1997) : Chaha (Gurage) phonology
[12087]   Leslau, Wolf (1997) : Amharic phonology
[12088]   Leslau, Wolf (1997) : Arabic and Amharic loanwords in Afar
[12089]   Leslau, Wolf (1999) : Zway Ethiopic documents: grammar and dictionary
[12090]   Leslau, Wolf (2000) : Introductory grammar of Amharic
[12092]   Leslau, Wolf (2004) : The verb in Masqan as compared with other Gurage dialects
[23653]   Leslau, Wolf (1969) : An Amharic reference grammar
[12083]   Leslau, Wolf (Ed) (1992) : Gurage studies: collected articles
[12091]   Leslau, Wolf & Thomas Leiper Kane (2001) : Amharic cultural reader
[26285]   Lesley-Neuman, Diane (2012) : Morpho-phonological levels and grammaticalization in Karimojong: A review of the evidence
[24390]   Lespinay, Charles de (2000) : Un lexique bagnon-floupe de la fin du XVIIè siècle : apport à lʼhistoire du peuplement de la Casamance
[24565]   Lespinay, Charles de (1992) : Dictionnaire Baynunk (guñun-gujaxer-guhaca-gubòy)
[12094]   Lessau, Donald Andreas (1991) : Die phonologische Struktur des Kono
[12093]   Lessau, Donald Andreas & Raimund Kastenholz (1989) : An English-Kono comparative word list
[12095]   Lessick, Anne E. (1983) : A sociolinguistic analysis of the speech of Kikuyu women in the plays of Ngugi wa Thiong’o
[12096]   Lestrade, Gérard Paul (1929) : Some remarks on the practical orthography of the South African Bantu languages
[12097]   Lestrade, Gérard Paul (1930) : The practical orthography of Transvaal Sotho
[12098]   Lestrade, Gérard Paul (1930) : The practical orthography of Tswana
[12099]   Lestrade, Gérard Paul (1934) : Bantu languages and dialects in South Africa, their classification and interrelationship
[12100]   Lestrade, Gérard Paul (1934) : A Bantuist’s reflections on native education
[12101]   Lestrade, Gérard Paul (1934) : European influences upon the development of Bantu language and literature
[12102]   Lestrade, Gérard Paul (1935) : Some reflections on the future of the South African Bantu languages
[12103]   Lestrade, Gérard Paul (1936) : Bantu grammatical classification and linguistic nomenclature
[12104]   Lestrade, Gérard Paul (1937) : A practical orthography for Tswana
[12105]   Lestrade, Gérard Paul (1937) : The spelling of names of Bantu languages and tribes in English
[12106]   Lestrade, Gérard Paul (1938) : Locative-class nouns and formatives in Sotho
[12107]   Lete, Apey-Esobe (1992) : Noms des jumeaux au Bas-Zaïre
[12108]   Letele, Gladstone Llewellyn (1945) : The noun-class prefix in the Sotho group of Bantu languages
[12109]   Letele, Gladstone Llewellyn (1945) : A preliminary study of the lexicological influence of the Nguni languages on Southern Sotho
[12110]   Letele, Gladstone Llewellyn (1955) : The role of tone in the Southern Sotho language
[12111]   Lethem, G. (1920) : Colloquial Arabic: Shuwa dialect of Bornu, Nigeria and of the region of Lake Chad; grammar and vocabulary with some proverbs and songs
[12112]   Letouzey, René (1966) : Recherches sur la nomenclature botanique des Pygmées
[12113]   Letouzey, René (1976) : Contribution de la botanique au problème d’une éventuelle langue pygmée
[29046]   Letsholo-Tafila, Rose (2023) : Syntactic properties of Ikalanga infinitives
[26023]   Letsholo, Rose (2011) : The syntactic distribution of argument and adjunct question word constructions in Ikalanga
[26035]   Letsholo, Rose (2009) : The ‘forgotten’ structure of Ikalanga relatives
[26327]   Letsholo, Rose (2012) : Object Markers in Ikalanga
[28548]   Letsholo, Rose (2006) : Ikalanga: A Grammar Sketch
[28224]   Letsholo, Rose & Ken Safir (2019) : Complement clause C-agreement beyond subject phi-agreement in Ikalanga
[24695]   Letsholo, Rose M. (2006) : WH Constructions in Ikalanga: A Remnant Movement Analysis
[23544]   Letsholo, Rose Meleko (2002) : Syntactic domains in Ikalanga
[23704]   Letsholo, Rose Meleko (2004) : Clausal and DP-internal agreement in Ikalanga
[28041]   Letsholor, Rose M. (2016) : Question Formation in ǁGana, a Khoesan Language
[22799]   Letsʼeng, ʼMakhauta C. (1994/95) : Les tiroirs verbaux du sesotho: formes simples et formes complexes
[12114]   Leung, Elizabeth [Woon-Yee] (1991) : The tonal phonology of Llogoori: a study of Llogoori verbs
[12115]   Leus, Ton (1995) : Borana dictionary: a Borana book for the study of language and culture
[12116]   Levergood, Barbara Jo (1987) : Topics in Arusa phonology and morphology
[12117]   Levergood, Barbara Jo (1989) : Arusa (Maa) phrasal tonology
[12118]   Levey, Sandra K. (1986) : The labeling and extension of body part terms into spatial domain in Hausa
[12119]   Levin, Saul (1971) : The Indo-European and Semitic languages: an exploration of structural similarities related to accent, chiefly in Greek, Sanskrit and Hebrew
[12120]   Levin, Saul (1995) : Semitic and Indo-European: the principal etymologies, with observations on Afro-Asiatic
[22985]   Levinsohn, Stephen H. (2003) : Some observations on the storyline status of gerunds in Koorete (Omotic)
[12121]   Levinsohn, Stephen H. (Ed) (1994) : Discourse features of ten languages of west-central Africa
[12157]   Lévy-Bruhl, Lucien (1929) : La numération chez les Bergdama
[12122]   Levy, Leah (1968) : A preliminary list of publications referring to the non-Bantu click languages
[12124]   Lewanika, Godwin A. Mbikusita (1956) : English-Lozi phrase book
[12125]   Lewanika, Godwin A. Mbikusita (1957) : English-Tonga phrase book
[12123]   Lewanika, Godwin A. Mbikusita , Arthur James Cross & Levi P. Joppe (1950) : English-Tonga phrase book
[12126]   Lewicki, Tadeusz (1951/52) : Une langue romane oubliée de l’Afrique du nord
[12128]   Lewis, [Reverend] A. (1955) : Unpublished notes on Pare grammar
[12127]   Lewis, Bazett A. (19--) : Unpublished notes on Murle
[12133]   Lewis, G. W. & E. G. Makala (1990) : The traditional musical instruments of Tanzania
[12129]   Lewis, Ioan M. (1958) : The Gadabuursi Somali script
[12130]   Lewis, Ioan M. (1964) : Recent progress in Somali studies
[12131]   Lewis, Marshall (1985) : Relative clauses in Anlo Ewe
[12134]   Lewis, Marshall (1992) : Verb serialization in Gen and the structure of events
[12132]   Lewis, Marshall & W. Masters (1987) : Better English: a handbook of common errors
[12135]   Lewis, P. W. (1994) : Aspects of phonological acquisition of clicks in Xhosa
[12136]   Lewis, P. W. & Justus Christiaan Roux (1996) : A phonological process analysis of the acquisition and loss of clicks in Xhosa
[12137]   Lewis, Scott (2003) : Mbugu/Ma’a project
[12138]   Lewy, Ernst (1922) : Zu den Nebensätzen des Nama-Hottentottischen
[12139]   Lex, Gloria (1986) : Étude phonologique d’un dialecte peul: le parler du Fouladou (Haute Casamance, Sénégal)
[12140]   Lex, Gloria (1997) : Le dialecte peul du Fouladou (Casamance-Sénégal): étude phonetique et phonologique
[12141]   Lexa, F. (1921/22) : Comments se révèlent les rapports entre les langues hamitiques, sémitiques et la langue égyptienne dans la grammaire des pronoms personnels, es verbes et dans les numéraux cardinaux 1-9
[12142]   Lexa, F. (1947/49) : Grammaire démotique
[25495]   Leyew, Zelealem (2007) : Is Africa a linguistic area?
[27778]   Leyew, Zelealem (2020) : Central Cushitic
[27798]   Leyew, Zelealem (2020) : Kolisi
[24040]   Leyew, Zelealem [Mollaligne] (2005) : Gwama, a Little-known Endangered Language of Ethiopia : A Sketch of its Grammar and Lexicon
[12143]   Leynseele, Hélène van (1975) : Restrictions on serial verbs in Anyi
[12144]   Leynseele, Hélène van (1977) : An outline of Libinza grammar
[12145]   Leynseele, Hélène van & John Massie Stewart (1980) : Harmonie consonantique en pre-nèn
[12158]   Lhoni, P. (1958) : A verser au dossier du débat sur l’orthographe des noms africains
[12159]   Li, Zhiqiang (2001) : Tonal structure of yes-no questions in Chaha
[12160]   Li, Zhiqiang (2002) : Focus, phrasing and tonal aligment in Chaha
[12161]   Liberman, M. , Michael Schultz , S. Hong & V. Okeke (1993) : The phonetic interpretation of tone in Igbo
[12162]   Lickey, Sara A. (1985) : Khoisan influence in southern Bantu: an investigation
[12163]   Lida, E. (1970/71) : Etude grammaticale de la langue logo
[12164]   Liebenow jnr, J. Gus (1968) : African studies at Indiana University: focus on languages and linguistics
[12165]   Lieberson, Stanley & Edward J. McCabe (1982) : Domains of language usage and mother-tongue shift in Nairobi
[12166]   Lienhard, Ruth & Martha Giger (1982) : Daba (parler de Pologozom): description phonologique
[12167]   Lienhard, Ruth & Martha Giger (1982) : Deftere zlim kenigi ma ceba ceba ta ma daba, ta ma pelata, baw ta ma masara/Petit lexique daba-foulfouldé-français
[28951]   Lienhard, Ruth , Martha Giger & Robert Hedinger (eds.) (2019) : Daba – English – Fulfulde Dictionary
[12168]   Liesegang, Gerhard , Stefan Seitz & Jürgen Christoph Winter (1979) : Das äquatoriale Ostafrika
[12169]   Liesenborghs, O. (1932) : Bijdrage tot de studie der voorgeschiedenis van noord-ost Congo
[12170]   Liesenborghs, O. (1934) : Enkele nota's over de Bale en Bamoro van Congo
[12171]   Liesenborghs, O. (1938) : Wat is Kingwana?
[12172]   Lifchitz, D. & Denise Paulme (1953) : Les noms individuels chez les Dogon
[12173]   Ligembe, Nestory N. (2000) : The verbal movement tansformation rule in Luo
[12174]   Lightfoot, Nancy (1974) : Tones on Kru monosyllables
[23028]   Lightfoot, Nancy (1980) : On the use of underlying forms in Klao orthography
[12175]   Lijphart-Bezuidenhout, G. C. (1968) : Die invloed van kreoolse Portugees op Afrikaans
[12176]   Lim, François (1997) : Description linguistique du kare (phonologie, syntaxe)
[24011]   Lim, François (Ed) (1998) : Lexique des termes juridiques et administratifs français-sango, sango-français
[24012]   Lim, François (Ed) (1998) : Guide de l’électeur français-sango
[25149]   Lima, Geralda de , V. Angenot & Marco Antônio Domingues Teixeira (2009) : L'Identification de L'Origine Etymologique Bantoue de Quatre Afro-Ibéroaméricanismes Signifiant “Viande”
[23838]   Limnyuy, Frida Kong (2000) : The lexical phonology of Bàlòng
[23902]   Limnyuy, Frida Kong (2004) : A generative approach to the verb morphology of Samba Leeko
[27876]   Lind Sørensen, Marie-Louise & Alena Witzlack-Makarevich (2020) : Clausal complementation in Ruuli (Bantu, JE103)
[12178]   Lindau Webb, Mona [Elsebeth] (1982) : Phonetic differences in glottalic consonants
[12179]   Lindau Webb, Mona [Elsebeth] (1982?) : Preliminär fonetisk beskrivning av Hausa [Preliminary phonetic description of Hausa]
[12180]   Lindau Webb, Mona [Elsebeth] (1983) : Glottalic consonants in Hausa and some other languages
[12181]   Lindau Webb, Mona [Elsebeth] (1985) : Hausa vowels and diphtongs
[12182]   Lindau Webb, Mona [Elsebeth] (1987) : Tongue mechanisms in Akan and Luo
[23765]   Lindau Webb, Mona [Elsebeth] (1975) : Features for vowels
[12183]   Lindblom, [Karl] Gerhard (1924) : Some words of the language spoken by the Elgoni people on the east side of Mt Elgon, Kenya Colony, East Africa
[12184]   Lindblom, [Karl] Gerhard (1926) : Notes on Kamba grammar, with two appendices: “Kamba names of persons, places, animals and plants” and “Salutations”
[25302]   Lindblom, Gerhard (1914) : Outlines of a Tharaka Grammar, with a list of words and specimens of the language
[12188]   Lindfors, Anna-Lena (1999) : The translations of the Bible into Swahili
[12189]   Lindfors, Anna-Lena (2003) : The ku-marker in Swahili
[12185]   Lindfors, Bernth (1966) : African vernacular styles in Nigerian fiction
[12186]   Lindfors, Bernth (1969) : Nigerian fiction in English, 1952-1967
[12187]   Lindfors, Bernth (1983) : Clicks and clucks: victorian reactions to San speech
[12190]   Lindhé, Linda , Ɔsa Bergström & Helene Davidsson (1999) : Iká: en typologisk studie
[27577]   Lindsey, Delwin T. , Angela M. Brown , David H. Brainard & Coren L. Apicella (2015) : Hunter-gatherer color naming provides new insight into the evolution of color terms
[12191]   Lindsey, Geoffrey Alan (1985) : Intonation and interrogation: tonal structure and the expression of a pragmatic function in English and other languages
[12192]   Lindsey, Geoffrey Alan , Katrina Hayward & Andrew Haruna (1992) : Hausa glottalic consonants: a laryngographic study
[12193]   Liner, Elsa Louise Cooler (1977) : Restrictive and non-restrictive relative clauses in Swahili
[12194]   Liner, Elsa Louise Cooler (1978) : A set constraints in the grammars of English and Swahili
[12195]   Lingani, Yolande Boyileda (1990) : Les noms de lieux et de personnes en pays Bisa
[12196]   Lingani, Yolande Boyileda (1992) : Essai d’étude contrastive du bisa et du français
[12197]   Link, Christa (1975) : L’interpretation de la consonne médiane dans la structure syllabique CCV en wobé
[22925]   Link, Christa (1978) : Units in Wobe discourse
[12198]   Links, T. H. (1983) : Khoi-invloed op die spreektaal van Kharkams (Namakwaland)
[12199]   Linton, Gus & others (1965) : Gidole language project
[28987]   Linton, Pauline (ed.) (2013) : Latege – French Dictionary
[27648]   Lionnet, Florian (2018) : Phonological Teamwork in Kalahari Basin Languages
[29081]   Lionnet, Florian (2019) : Dictionnaire laal - français - anglais
[12200]   Liphola, Marcelino (1991) : Tom, entoação, e acento de intensidade na língua Si-Makonde: bases para um estudo morfológico
[12201]   Liphola, Marcelino (1992) : Some aspects of phonology and prosody in Simakonde
[12202]   Liphola, Marcelino (1996) : The use of Mozambican languages in the elections
[12204]   Liphola, Marcelino (2001) : Aspects of phonology and prosody of Shimakonde
[12203]   Liphola, Marcelino & David [Arnold] Odden (1999) : The tonal pattern of glides in Shimakonde
[12205]   Lipou, Antoine (1997) : Mixed-languages and Bantu historical linguistics
[22801]   Lipou, Antoine (1983) : Du statut des “concordial elements” dans les langues bantu
[12206]   Lisimba, Mukumbuta (1975) : A note on the feelings and attitudes to the introduction of a national language
[12207]   Lisimba, Mukumbuta (1982) : A Luyana dialectology
[12208]   Lister, Frank S. & J. Lister (1966) : The Ingassana language: a preliminary investigation
[25619]   Littig, Sabine (2011) : „Mein Herz ist rot und deine Augen auch”. Über den Ausdruck von Emotion im Kolbila
[27078]   Littig, Sabine (2017) : Linguistische Beschreibung des Kolbila - Eine Adamawasprache der Nordregion Kameruns
[28142]   Littig, Sabine (2020) : Adpositional expression of spatiality in Adamawa languages with focus on the Samba-Duru group
[12210]   Little, Greta D. (1969) : Lexical similarities in Ethiopic and Nubian languages
[12211]   Little, Greta D. (1972) : Syntactic evidence of language contact: Cushitic influence in Amharic
[12212]   Little, Greta D. (1973) : Syntactic evidence of language contact: Cushitic influence in Amharic
[12213]   Little, Greta D. (1978) : Word order function typology: the Amharic connection
[12209]   Little, K. L. (1950) : The significance of the West African Creole for Africanist and Afro-American studies
[12214]   Littmann, Enno (1931) : Die Partikel ma im Harari
[12215]   Littmann, Enno (1953/54) : Die äthiopische Sprache
[12216]   Littmann, Enno & Maria Höfner (1962) : Wörterbuch det Tigre-Sprache: Tigre-Deutsch-Englisch
[23305]   Litvinov, Viktor P. & Kofi H. Agbodjo (1983) : [Resultative in Ewe]
[23314]   Litvinov, Viktor P. & Kofi H. Agbodjo (1988) : Resultative in Ewe
[12217]   Livinhac, Leon (1921) : Grammaire luganda
[12218]   Livnat, Michal Allon (1983) : The indicator particle baa in Somali
[12219]   Livnat, Michal Allon (1984) : Focus constructions in Somali
[12220]   Lloret-Romañach, Maria-Rosa (1987) : The morphophonology of the causative in Oromo
[12221]   Lloret-Romañach, Maria-Rosa (1988) : Gemination and vowel length in Oromo morphophonology
[12222]   Lloret-Romañach, Maria-Rosa (1989) : Grammatical marking and final vowels in Oromo
[12223]   Lloret-Romañach, Maria-Rosa (1992) : On the representation of ejectives and implosives
[12224]   Lloret-Romañach, Maria-Rosa (1995) : Implosive consonants: their representation and sound change effects
[12225]   Lloret-Romañach, Maria-Rosa (1995) : The representation of glottals in Oromo
[12226]   Lloret-Romañach, Maria-Rosa (1997) : Oromo phonology
[12227]   Lloyd, B. G. (19--) : Kitchen-Kafir grammar and vocabulary
[12230]   Lloyd, B. G. (1966) : Kitchen-Kafir grammar and vocabulary
[12229]   Lloyd, B. S. , K. Tambadu & P. G. Imhoff (1965) : Fula basic course
[12783]   Lloyd, Lucy Catherine & Louis Fernand Maingard (1932) : Korana names of animals and plants [collected by Lucy Lloyd, and edited by L. F. Maingard]
[12231]   Lo, Bineta (1982) : Probleme der Wolof-Lexikologie
[24971]   Lobban, Richard A. (2006) : Toward the Decipherment of Meroitic: The Case of the Kalabsha Inscription
[12232]   Lobben, Marit (1991) : Pluralization of Hausa nouns, viewed from psycholinguistic experiments and child language data
[25636]   Lobben, Marit (2011) : Agreement and relative topicality in the -aC causative / caused-motion and benefactive constructions in Hausa
[12233]   Local, John & Ken Lodge (2004) : Some auditory and acoustic observationbs on the phonetics of [ATR] hamrony in a speaker of a dialect of Kalenjin
[23697]   Local, John & Ken Lodge (1996) : Another Travesty of Representation: phonological representation and phonetic interpretation of ATR harmony in Kalenjin
[12234]   Locati, Pino (1994) : Dicionário (verbos e não-verbos) e gramática de chiute
[12235]   Locker, Ernst (1966) : L’afar e il somalo
[12236]   Lockot, Hans Wilhelm (1982) : Bibliographia Aethiopica: die äthiopienkundliche Literatur des deutschsprachigen Raums
[12237]   Lockot, Hans Wilhelm (1997) : Bibliographia Aethiopica II: literature in English on the Horn of Africa
[23521]   Lockwood, W. B. (1955) : The future of the Bantu languages
[12238]   Lodge, Ken (1995) : Kalenjin phonology and morphology: a further exemplification of underspecification and non-destructive phonology
[12239]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1971) : Swahili guide
[12240]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1972) : Jifunze kusema kiswahili
[12242]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1974) : Jifunze kusema kiswahili: a compendium for teachers and course participants
[12243]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1974) : Language and cultural unity in Tanzania
[12244]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1975) : Introductory Bantu
[12245]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1977) : The English pronunciation of Swahili and other Bantu speakers
[12246]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1977) : Swahili syllabuses of Uppsala University
[12249]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1980) : The Swahili language and culture
[12250]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1980) : Swahili språk och kultur
[12251]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1982) : A preliminary analysis of the Indic lexical elements in Swahili ; part 1
[12252]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1984) : A preliminary analysis of the Indic lexical elements in Swahili ; part 2
[12254]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1985) : Verbal extensions in Bantu: the case of Swahili and Nyamwezi
[12255]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1986) : The status of Arabic in East Africa
[12257]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1990) : Jifunze kusema kiswahili: a compendium for teachers and course participants
[12258]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1992) : National language, culture and identity: the role of Kiswahili in the context of Zanzibar
[12260]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1994) : Arabic grammatical loans in the languages of East Africa
[12261]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1998) : National language, culture and identity: the role of Kiswahili in the context of Zanzibar
[12262]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (2000) : Oriental influences in Swahili: a study in language and culture contacts
[12263]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (2000) : Arabic loans in Swahili
[12264]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (2001) : The suffixes -fu and -vu in Swahili: a preliminary analysis
[12265]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (2002) : Verbal extensions in Bantu: the case of Swahili and Nyamwezi
[12266]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (2003) : Aspiration in Swahili adjectives and verbs
[12267]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (2004) : Strategies of emphasis and intensity in Swahili
[12268]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (2004) : Convergence of languages on the East African coast
[12253]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf & Olle Engstrand (1984) : On aspiration in Swahili: some working-hypotheses and a pilot experiment
[12247]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf & Tommy Otterbrandt (1978) : Kortfattad svensk-swahili ordbok
[12248]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf & Tommy Otterbrandt (1980) : Kortfattad swahili-svensk ordbok
[12256]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf & Tommy Otterbrandt (1987) : Kortfattad swahili-svensk/svensk-swahili ordbok
[12241]   Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf , Tommy Otterbrandt & Sigvard von Sicard (1973) : Kortfattad swahili-svensk ordbok
[12259]   Lodhi, Mohamed Y. (1992) : African settlements in India
[23213]   Lodhi, Mohamed Y. (1993) : The language situation in Africa today
[22477]   Loembe, Gervais (2005) : Parlons vili: langue et culture de Loango
[12269]   Loenen, [Reverend] M. (19--) : KiSukuma-English dictionary
[12420]   Löfgren, Kurt (195-) : Svensk-ruhaya ordlista [Swedish-Ruhaya wordlist]
[12270]   Loggerenberg, J. C. van (1961) : ’n Fonologiese vergelyking van die Sothodialekte met Oer-Bantoe: ’n bydrae tot die fonologiese vergelyking van die Sotho-dialekte onderling, as ook tot die fonologiese vergelyking van die Sotho-dialekte met Oer-Bantoe
[12271]   Loggerenberg, J. C. van (1963) : Grammatika van die Kuangali-taal
[23863]   Loh, Christopher Njuakom (2001) : Tonological processes in the Kom verb phrase
[12421]   Löhr, Doris (1995) : Kanuri-Lehnwörter im geographischen Wortschatz des Gamergu
[12422]   Löhr, Doris (1997) : Kanuri orthographies from 1854 until present
[12423]   Löhr, Doris (1998) : Sprachkontakte bei den Malgwa (Gamergu) in Nordost-Nigeria
[12424]   Löhr, Doris (1999) : Traces of a lost gender distinction? A study of Malgwa (Central Chadic) zoonymes
[12425]   Löhr, Doris (1999) : Die Sprache der Malgwa - Nárá Málgwa: grammatische Erstbeschreibung einer zentraltschadischen Sprache Nordostnigerias
[12426]   Löhr, Doris (2002) : Die Sprache der Malgwa (Nárá Málgwa)
[22410]   Löhr, Doris (2003) : Locative-directional verbal extensions and related prepositions in Malgwa
[24854]   Löhr, Doris (2007) : Predications focus in Malgwa
[24945]   Löhr, Doris (2007) : Nigerian Kanuri (Sub-) Dialects Reconsidered - A corpus-based Approach
[25416]   Löhr, Doris (2008) : Revisiting the Aspectual Domain in Malgwa (Central Chadic)
[25637]   Löhr, Doris (2011) : Bəlantə zəla átə yáwe ‘sending an eagle up to water’ – Multiword expressions in Malgwa
[25742]   Löhr, Doris (2010) : Coding temporal subordination in Malgwa
[25788]   Löhr, Doris (2009) : Reduction of dialectal features in Kanuri as outcome of language contact
[25628]   Löhr, Doris & Ari Awagana (Eds) (2011) : Topics in Chadic Linguistics VI. Papers from the 5th Biennial International Colloquium on the Chadic Languages, Leipzig, June 10–14, 2009
[12272]   Lokonobei, Lino Locek & Nicky de Jong (1989) : On the position of Boya in relation to Murle and Didinga
[12273]   Lombaert, Ch. (1---) : Grammaire ‘lingombe’, non-publié
[12274]   Lombard, Dann P. (1968) : Dictionaries in Northern Sotho
[12275]   Lombard, Dann P. (1969) : Die morfologie van deverbatiewe naamwoorde in Noord-Sotho
[12276]   Lombard, Dann P. (1970) : Dictionaries in Northern Sotho
[12277]   Lombard, Dann P. (1976) : Aspekte van toon in Noord-Sotho
[12278]   Lombard, Dann P. (1977) : ’n Diakronies-tonologiese ontleding van enkele werkwoordstrukture in Noord-Sotho
[12279]   Lombard, Dann P. (1978) : A brief analysis of high tone in Pedi verbs
[12280]   Lombard, Dann P. (1978) : A diachronic-tonological analysis of certain rank shifted verbal structures in Northern Sotho
[12281]   Lombard, Dann P. (1978) : Die laterale konsonante van Noord-Sotho
[12282]   Lombard, Dann P. (1980) : Duur en lengte in Noord-Sotho: ’n verkenningstudie
[12283]   Lombard, Dann P. (1982) : On the places of articulations and obstruction in articulatory phonetics with reference to some Northern Sotho consonants
[22802]   Lombard, Dann P. (1977/78) : Aspekte van toon in Noord-Sotho
[12284]   Lombard, Dann P. , Egidius B. van Wyk & Pothinus C. Mokgokong (1985) : Introduction to the grammar of Northern Sotho
[12285]   Lombard, Dann P. , Egidius B. van Wyk & Pothinus C. Mokgokong (1985) : Inleiding tot die grammatika van Noord-Sotho
[12286]   Lombard, Dann P. , R. Barnard & G. M. M. Grobler (1992) : Sediba: practical list of words and expressions in Northern Sotho/praktiese lys van woorde en uitdrukkings in Noord-Sotho
[12287]   Lombard, Jean (1996) : The reorientation and redevelopment of Afrikaans in Namibia
[26920]   Lonfo, Etienne & Stephen C. Anderson (2014) : Dictionnaire ngiemboon - français - anglais
[29003]   Lonfo, Etienne & Stephen C. Anderson (eds.) (2016) : Dictionnaire ngiemboon – français – anglais
[12288]   Long, Ronald W. (1971) : A comparative study of the northern Mande languages
[23631]   Long, Ronald W. & Raoul S. Diomande (1968) : Dyula: instructional materials, intensive language courses, language instruction, tape recordings, workbooks
[12289]   Longacre, Robert E. (1986/87) : The semantics of storyline in East and West Africa
[12290]   Longacre, Robert E. (1990) : Story concerns and word order typology in East and West Africa
[12291]   Longmore, L. (1962) : The future of the Bantu languages
[12292]   Longtau, Selbut R. (1991) : Linguistic evidence on the origins of peoples: the case of the Tarok people of Plateau (Nigeria)
[12293]   Longtau, Selbut R. (1993) : A formal Tarok phonology
[25219]   Longtau, Selbut R. (sd) : Tarok Language: Its Basic Principles and Grammar
[12295]   Lonnet, Antoine & Marie-Claude Simeone-Senelle (1997) : La phonologie des langues sudarabiques modernes
[12296]   Loogman, Alfons (19--) : Beknopte Swahili-spraakkunst
[12297]   Loogman, Alfons (1965) : Swahili grammar and syntax
[12298]   Loogman, Alfons (1967) : Swahili readings, with notes, exercises and key
[12299]   Loor, John Logyel (1976) : Ngakarimojong-English dictionary
[12300]   Lootens, P. (1958) : Noms vernaculaires d’animaux
[12301]   Lootens, P. (1980) : Vocabulaire comparé des noms d’animaux en lonkundo, lotoa, lolube, lonkonda
[22803]   Lopes, A. M. (1960) : Apontamentos sobre o dialecto Chirima
[12305]   Lopes, Armando Jorge (1992) : Considerations on literacy in the promotion of effective learning and use of African languages
[12306]   Lopes, Armando Jorge (1997) : Language policy: principles and problems/Política linguítica: princípios e problemas
[12307]   Lopes, Armando Jorge (1997) : Language policy in Mozambique: a taboo?
[12308]   Lopes, Armando Jorge (1998) : The language situation in Mozambique
[12309]   Lopes, Armando Jorge (1999) : The language situation in Mozambique
[23585]   Lopes, Armando Jorge (2001) : Language revitalisation and reversal in Mozambique: the case of Xironga on Maputo
[12304]   Lopes, Armando Jorge (Ed) (1992) : Proceedings of the 3rd LASU conference/workshop held at Universidade Eduardo Mondlane, Maputo, Moçambique, 14-16 August 1991
[12302]   Lopes, E. C. (1941) : Dialectos crioulos e etnografia crioula
[12303]   Lopes, E. C. (1946) : O conhecimento das linguas da Guiné Portuguesa e a possibilidade de uma grafia una
[22804]   Lopes, Ilidio da Silva (1961) : Da interrogação em quimbundo
[26364]   Lopeyok Joseph, Clement, compiler; Tim Stirtz, facilitator (2010) : Laarim-English Dictionary
[25016]   Lopis-Sylla, Jeanne (1985) : La relative dans les langues du groupe cangin
[24043]   Lopis, Jeanne (1981) : Phonologie et morphologie nominale du noon Parler de Ngente
[12310]   Loprieno, Antonio (1986) : Das Verbalsystem im Ägyptischen und im semitischen: zur Grundlegung einer Aspekttheorie
[12311]   Loprieno, Antonio (1995) : Ancient Egyptian: a linguistic introduction
[12312]   Loprieno, Antonio (1997) : Egyptian and Coptic phonology
[22666]   Loprieno, Antonio (2000) : From VSO to SVO? word order and rear extraposition in Coptic
[12313]   Lord, Carol (1973) : Serial verbs in transition
[12314]   Lord, Carol (1974) : Causative constructions in Yoruba
[12315]   Lord, Carol (1975) : Igbo verb compounds and the lexicon
[12316]   Lord, Carol (1976) : Evidence for syntactic reanalysis: from verb to complementizers in Kwa
[12317]   Lord, Carol (1977) : How Igbo got from SOV serializing to SVO compounding
[12318]   Lord, Carol (1989) : Syntactic reanalysis in the historical development of serial verb constructions in languages of West Africa
[12319]   Lorenson, S. (1992) : The back vowel constraint and related rules in !Xóõ: an A&P analysis
[12320]   Lorenzino, Gerardo A. (1996) : Afro-Portuguese creole ‘a’: its Kwa origin and discourse pragmatics
[12321]   Lorenzino, Gerardo A. (1998) : The Angolar Creole Portuguese of São Tomé: its grammar and sociolinguistic history
[12322]   Lorton, David Marvin (1972) : The juridical terminology of international relations in Egyptian texts through Dynasty XVIII
[27949]   Lotven, Samson & Samuel G. Obeng (2017) : Nasality and the Gengbe syllable
[12331]   Louali-Raynal, Naïma (2001) : Contribution des données de phonétique instrumentale à l’analyse phonologique du berbère
[12323]   Louali, Naïma (1983) : Les corrélations consonantiques en berbère, parler d’El Aderj (Moyen Atlas, Maroc)
[12325]   Louali, Naïma (1990) : L’emphase en berbère: étude phonétique, phonologique et comparative
[12326]   Louali, Naïma (1992) : Le système vocalique touareg
[12328]   Louali, Naïma (1993) : Les voyelles touarègues et l’alphabet tifinagh: évaluation de quelques propositions récentes
[12330]   Louali, Naïma (1994) : Perception de la maladie chez les Touaregs (Niger)
[22516]   Louali, Naïma & Gérard Philippson (2004) : L’accent en siwi berbère d’Egypte
[23719]   Louali, Naïma & Gérard Philippson (2003) : The resultative in Siwi Berber (Egypt): syllabification and effects of gutturals
[28490]   Louali, Naima & Gérard Philippson (2004) : Berber expansion into and within north-west Africa: a linguistic contribution
[12324]   Louali, Naïma & Gilbert Puèch (1989) : La pharyngalisation des consonnes labiales en berbère
[12327]   Louali, Naïma & Gilbert Puèch (1992) : Les consonnes “tendues” du berbère: indices perceptuels et corrélats phonétiques
[12329]   Louali, Naïma & Gilbert Puèch (1994) : Les consonnes “tendues” du berbère: indices perceptuels et corrélats phonétiques
[22704]   Louali, Naïma & Jean-Marie Hombert (1988) : Contribution à l’évolution des occlusives dentales du proto-berbère
[28859]   Louango, P. (1989) : Esquisse phonologique du likwala [langue bantu du groupe C]
[27287]   Loubelo, Fidèle (1990) : Le nom en kitsa:ngi : langue bantoue du Congo
[12332]   Loubignac, V. (1925) : Étude sur le dialecte berbère des Zaïan et Aït Sgougou, sect. 2/3: textes et lexique
[12333]   Loubser, J. E. (1954) : Aspekte van die afrikaanse spreektaalgebruik in en om Loriesfontein
[12334]   Loubser, J. E. (1961) : Die saamgestelde verbale vorm van Nederlands na Afrikaans
[12373]   Louw, Annatjie (2001) : Is language shift to English imminent amongst young Afrikaans-speakers in Rehoboth Gebiet?
[12366]   Louw, J. K. (1980) : Chichewa: a practical course
[12337]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1954) : The syntactical nature of the deficient verb in Zulu
[12338]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1957) : The nomenclature of cattle in the south-eastern Bantu languages
[12339]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1958/59) : Emphasis as expressed by the word order of the sentence in Xhosa
[12341]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1962/63) : On the segmental phonemes of Zulu
[12344]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1963) : ’n Vergelykende studie van die defisiënte verbum in die Ngunitale
[12345]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1964/65) : The consonant phonemes of the lexical root in Zulu
[12347]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1966) : Ur-Bantu (Proto-Bantu) and Common Bantu
[12348]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1967) : Hulppredikatiewe
[12349]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1968) : The intonation of the sentence and its constituent parts in Xhosa and Tsonga
[12350]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1968) : The semantic structure of classes 3, 4, 5 and 6 in Xhosa ; part 1
[12351]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1969) : The tone sequences of the potential form in Zulu and Xhosa
[12352]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1969) : The semantic structure of classes 3, 4, 5 and 6 in Xhosa ; part 2
[12353]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1971) : The validity of case as a semantic feature in the Bantu languages
[12354]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1971) : The tonal paradigm of the verb in Xhosa
[12355]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1972) : The Bantu languages in relation to the class languages of West Africa
[12356]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1973) : The Xhosa noun-classes
[12357]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1974) : The influence of Khoe on the Xhosa language
[12358]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1975/76) : Palatalization of bilabials in the passive, diminutive and locative in Xhosa and Tsonga
[12360]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1976) : The influence of Khoi on Xhosa morphology
[12361]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1977) : Clicks as loans in Xhosa
[12362]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1977) : The adaption of non-click Khoi consonants in Xhosa
[12363]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1977) : The linguistic prehistory of the Xhosa
[12365]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1979) : A preliminary survey of Khoi and San influence in Zulu
[12367]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1983) : Some tone rules in Tsonga
[12368]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1983) : The development of Xhosa and Zulu as languages
[12369]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1984) : Word categories in Southern Bantu
[12370]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1986) : Some linguistic influence of Khoi and San in the prehistory of the Nguni
[12372]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1995) : Xhosa tone
[23191]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1973) : Classes 7/8 PB ki- and bi- in Xhosa
[23193]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1978) : The tone of Chichewa
[12371]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham & C. T. D. Marivate (1992) : Restraints on the formation of nasal compounds in Tsonga
[12342]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham & J. B. Jubase (1963) : Handboek van Xhosa
[12364]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham & J. B. Jubase (1978) : Handboek van Xhosa
[23192]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham & Rosalie Finlayson (1990) : Southern Bantu origins as represented by Xhosa and Tswana
[12335]   Louw, Mrs C. S. (1930) : A manual of the Chikaranga language
[12374]   Louw, P. Eric (2004) : Political power, national identity, and language: the case of Afrikaans
[12375]   Louw, P. Eric (2004) : Anglicising postapartheid South Africa
[12336]   Louw, S. A. (1948) : Dialektvermenging en taalontwikkeling: proewe van afrikaanse taalgeografie
[12340]   Louw, S. A. (1959) : Afrikaanse taalatlas
[12343]   Louw, S. A. (1963) : Afrikaanse taalgebiede
[12346]   Louw, S. A. (1965) : Dialekstudie in Europa en in Suid-Afrika
[12359]   Louw, S. A. (1976) : Taalgeografie en die studie van Afrikaans
[12376]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1971) : Die meerwoudsmorfeem -ng in die Noord-Sothowerkwoord
[12377]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1974) : Die meerwoudsmorfeem -ng by werkwoorde in Noord-Sotho
[12378]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1975) : Enumeratiewe as ’n onproduktiewe klas in Noord-Sotho
[12379]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1976) : Oor die sogenaamde situatief van Noord-Sotho: ’n voorlopige probleemstelling
[12380]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1977) : Die fonetiese sisteem van Lobedu
[12381]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1978) : A semantic interpretation of Northern Sotho subjunctives and the subordinator gore
[12382]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1978) : Enkele morfologiese verskynsels in Lobedu
[12383]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1979) : Die sintaksis van interrogatiewe naamwoorde en die interrogatiewe bepaler -fe in Suid-Sotho
[12384]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1979) : Naamwoordfunksies in Noord-Sotho
[12385]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1981) : ’n Perspektief op Wilkes se delesie-hipotese oor pronominalisasie in Bantoe
[12386]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1981) : The relevance of the notions ‘given’ and ‘new’ discourse information in the study of North Sotho syntax
[12387]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1981) : Wat spook tans in die Bantoetaalkunde? ’n Oorsig van enkele taalteoretiese tendense in die Bantoetaalkunde in Suid-Afrika sedert 1971
[12388]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1982) : Remarks on some grammatical and pragmatic functions of the object concord in Northern Sotho
[12389]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1983) : Definiteness and indefiniteness in Northern Sotho
[12390]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1983) : ’n Funksionele interpretasie van enkele sintaktiese in Noord-Sotho
[12391]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1985) : Contrastiveness and the so-called absolute pronoun in Northern Sotho
[12392]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1985) : Die verhouding “Bantoetaalkunde en algemene taalwetenskap”: die dilemma van die kontemporêre Bantoegrammatikus
[12393]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1987) : Some pragmatic functions of interrogative particles in Northern Sotho
[12394]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1987) : Remarks on the historical background and some grammatical characteristics of Eastern Sotho
[12395]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1987) : Woordvolgorde en volgordeverandering in Xhosa: ’n ondersoek na die verband tussen pragmatiek en taaltipologie
[12396]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1990) : Mood and modality in Northern Sotho
[12397]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1991) : Aspects of Northern Sotho
[12398]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1991) : A functional interpretation of some agreement phenomena in Northern Sotho
[12399]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1992) : The conceptualization of spatial relationships as expressed by locative structures in Northern Sotho
[12400]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1993) : Northern Sotho colour terms and semantic universals
[12401]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1994) : Aspect as an essential subcategory of the verb in Northern Sotho
[12402]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1994) : Dictionary of Northern Sotho grammatical terms
[12404]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1995) : Northern Sotho consecutive and habitual: mood, tense or aspect?
[12405]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1996) : On the occurence of progressive -sa- in Northern Sotho verbs of state
[12406]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1996) : Noord-Sotho planttaksnonomie: ’n etnobiologiese perspektief
[12407]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1999) : An etnobiological investigation into Northern Sotho plant names
[12403]   Louwrens, Louis J. , Ingeborg M. Kosch & Albert E. Kotzé (1995) : Northern Sotho
[26140]   Lovegren, Jesse (2012) : Stem-Initial Prominence in Mungbam
[27298]   Lovegren, Jesse (2013) : Mungbam Grammar
[28189]   Lovegren, Jesse (2012) : Sparse notes on Baazəm
[12408]   Loveridge, Arthur , M. J. Ratbun , Glover Morrill Allen , B. Lawrence , J. L. Peters , J. H. Sandground & W. Michaelsen (1935/37) : Scientific results of an expedition to rain forest regions in eastern Africa: 1. New reptiles an amphibians from East Africa (A. Loveridge); 2. Crustacae (M. J. Ratbun); 3. Mammals (G. M. Allen & B. Lawrence); 4. Birds (J. L. Peters & A. Loveridge); 5. Reptiles (A. Loveridge); 6. Nematoda (J. H. Sandground); 7. Amphibians (A. Loveridge); 8. Oligochaeta (W. Michaelsen); 9. Zoogeography and itinerary (A. Loveridge)
[26973]   Lovestrand, Joseph (2013) : East Chadic B: Classification and description progress report
[27449]   Lovestrand, Joseph (2018) : The background marker ná in Barayin
[12409]   Lovett, Jon C. (1992) : Some local names and uses of trees and shrubs in the university Forest Reserve at Mazumbai in the West Usambara Mountains, Tanzania
[12410]   Lovins, Julie (1971) : Melodic conspiracies in Lomongo tonology
[12411]   Lovins, Julie (1971) : The tonology of Lomongo reduplication
[22928]   Lowe, Ivan , Edwin Arthur & Philip Saunders (2003) : Eventirity in Kouya
[12412]   Lowe, John B. (1995) : Cross-linguistic lexicographic databases for etymological research, with examples from Sino-Tibetan and Bantu languages
[12413]   Lowe, John B. & Thilo C. Schadeberg (1996) : Bantu MapMaker version 3.1
[12415]   Lowenstamm, Jean (1986) : À propos d’une hypothèse sur la forme primitive du type B en amharique
[12417]   Lowenstamm, Jean (1993) : Voyelles centrales, noyaux vides et statut de la longueur vocalique dans deux branches du sémitique
[12414]   Lowenstamm, Jean & Jean-François Prunet (1985) : On certain nominal patterns in Tigrinya
[12416]   Lowenstamm, Jean & Jean-François Prunet (1986) : Le tigrigna et le principe du contour obligatoire
[12419]   Loze, Pierre (1922) : Elementos de leitura; ou, O primeiro livro para ensimar a lingua portugueza as criancas dos pais dos Batswa e Batonga
[12418]   Loze, Pierre & H. L. Bishop (19--) : Ronga-English dictionary
[12427]   Lubbadeh, Hani (1993) : Al-Nibras: English-Arabic dictionary
[12428]   Lubbe, Johan & Theo du Plessis (1999) : Probleme opgelewer deur kulturelle verskille vir vertalingsekwivalensie in Afrikaans-Russie en Russies-Afrikaanse tekste
[12429]   Lubega, Stephen (1987) : English as an international language: the concept and misconceptions
[12430]   Lubinda, John M. (2001) : Consonantal elision and anticipatory coarticulation in Silozi: the glottal fricative in diachronic and synchronic perspectives
[12431]   Lubisi, P. M. (1998) : The state of siSwati lexicography
[12432]   Luc, [Frère] (1967) : Grammaire ‘afar
[22839]   Lucas, J. Olumide (1964) : Yoruba language: its structure and relationship to other languages
[12433]   Lucas, Maurice (1935) : Renseignements ethnographiques et linguistiques sur les Danakils de Tadjourah
[12436]   Lucassen, Deborah (1994) : Notes on Chai
[12437]   Lucassen, Deborah & Marco Last (2002) : A Chai word list
[12434]   Lucassen, Deborah , Marco Last , Moges Yigezu & B. Hirut (1993) : [On Chai]
[12438]   Lucchesi, Dante (1993) : The article systems of Cape Verde and São Tomé creole Portuguese: general principles and specific factors
[12439]   Luchon, Pasquale da (1938) : Grammatica della lingua uallamo
[12537]   Lück, Marlies & Linda Henderson (1993) : Gambian Mandinka: a learning manual for English speakers
[12440]   Luckau, Stephen R. (1975) : A tonal analysis of Grebo and Jabo
[12441]   Luckett, Kathy (1993) : National additive bilingualism: a language plan for South African schools
[12442]   Luckett, Kathy (1995) : National additive bilingualism: towards a language plan for South African education
[12443]   Ludzi, Tabitha A. (1981) : The syntax of Eggon
[12444]   Luelsdorff, Philip A. (1987) : Orthography and phonology
[17394]   Luenba, M. (19--) : Étude contrastive des formes pronominales du français et du yoombe
[12445]   Luffin, Xavier (2002) : Language taboos in Kinubi: a comparison with Sudanese and Swahili cultures
[12446]   Luffin, Xavier (2003) : L‘évolution sémantique du terme ritana dans les parlers arabes soudano-tchadiens
[12447]   Luffin, Xavier (2005) : Un créole arabe: le kinubi de Mombasa, Kenya
[23402]   Luffin, Xavier (2004) : L’analyse de deux lexiques de l’arabe véhiculaire parlé dans l‘Etat Indépendant du Congo (1903 et 1905)
[12448]   Lugard, F. D. (1928) : The International Institute of African Languages and Cultures
[12449]   Lugg, H. C. (1952) : A method for reproducing Zulu words
[23415]   Luijks, Carla (2001) : The Khoekhoe and/or the San: gathering the Afrikaans substrate languages
[12450]   Luis, M. (1983) : A atitude linguística de alunos do grande Maputo perante a língua portuguesa
[12451]   Lukas, Johannes (1928) : Transition und Intransition im Kanuri
[12452]   Lukas, Johannes (1931) : Die Sprache der Káidi-Kanembú in Kanem
[12453]   Lukas, Johannes (1933) : Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Sprachen von Wadái (Mararet, Mába)
[12454]   Lukas, Johannes (1934) : Die Gliederung der Sprachenwelt des Tschadsee-Gebietes in Zentralafrika
[12455]   Lukas, Johannes (1934) : Hamitisches Sprachgut im Sudan
[12456]   Lukas, Johannes (1934/35) : Lautlehre des Bádawi-Kanuri in Borno
[12457]   Lukas, Johannes (1936) : The linguistic situation in the Lake Chad area in central Africa
[12458]   Lukas, Johannes (1936) : Über den Einfluss der hellhäutigen Hamiten auf die Sprachen des zentralen Sudans
[12459]   Lukas, Johannes (1936) : Die Logone-Sprache im zentralen Sudan
[12460]   Lukas, Johannes (1937) : A study of the Kanuri language: grammar and vocabulary
[12461]   Lukas, Johannes (1937) : Zentralsudanische Studien: Wörterverzeichnisse der deutschen Zentral-Afrika-Expedition 1910/11, nachgelassene Aufnahmen von Gustav Nachtigal und eigene Sammlungen
[12462]   Lukas, Johannes (1937/38) : Der hamitische Gehalt der tschado-hamitischen Sprachen
[12463]   Lukas, Johannes (1937?) : Neue Aussichten zur sprachlichen Gliederung des Sudan
[12464]   Lukas, Johannes (1938) : Die Sprache der Sungor in Wadai
[12466]   Lukas, Johannes (1939) : Linguistic research between Nile and Lake Chad
[12467]   Lukas, Johannes (1939) : Die Sprache der Buduma im zentralen Sudan
[12468]   Lukas, Johannes (1939) : Die Verbreitung der Hamiten in Afrika
[12469]   Lukas, Johannes (1941) : Deutsche Quellen zur Sprache der Musgu in Kamerun
[12470]   Lukas, Johannes (1951/52) : Verbalwurzel und Verbalaffixe im Maba (Waddai)
[12471]   Lukas, Johannes (1951/52) : Umrisse einer ostafrikanischer Sprachgruppe
[12472]   Lukas, Johannes (1952) : Das Nomen im Tiv
[12473]   Lukas, Johannes (1952/53) : Tonbezeichnete Mabatexte (Waddai)
[12474]   Lukas, Johannes (1953) : Die Sprache der Tubu in der zentralen Sahara
[12475]   Lukas, Johannes (1954/55) : Der gegenwärtige Stand der Gliederung der westsudanischen Sprachen
[12476]   Lukas, Johannes (1954/56) : Grammar of the Tula language (northern provinces, Nigeria) by a missionary, Rev. J. Hall
[12478]   Lukas, Johannes (1955) : Über die Verwendung der Partikel sai im Hausa
[12480]   Lukas, Johannes (1963/64) : Der II. Stamm des Verbums im Hausa
[12481]   Lukas, Johannes (1964) : Hausa, eine umfassende Verkehrssprache für Westafrika
[12482]   Lukas, Johannes (1964/65) : Das Hitkalanci, eine Sprache um Gwoza (Nordnigerien)
[12485]   Lukas, Johannes (1968/69) : Nunation in afrikanischen Sprachen
[12486]   Lukas, Johannes (1969) : Über nunation in afrikanischen Sprachen
[12487]   Lukas, Johannes (1969) : Tonpermeable und tonimpermeable Konsonanten im Bolanci (Nordnigerien)
[12488]   Lukas, Johannes (1970) : Studien zur Sprache der Gisiga (Nordkamerun)
[12489]   Lukas, Johannes (1970/71) : Die Personalia und das primäre Verb in Bolanci (Nordnigerien) ; Teil 1 - mit Beiträgen über das Karekare
[12490]   Lukas, Johannes (1971) : Über das erweiterte Verb in Bolanci (Nordnigerien)
[12491]   Lukas, Johannes (1971/72) : Die Personalia und das primäre Verb in Bolanci (Nordnigerien) ; Teil 2
[12492]   Lukas, Johannes (1976/77) : Tschadische Studien. Teil I: Beiträge zur Kenntnis des Mukulu
[12493]   Lukas, Johannes (1977) : Über den kulturhistorischen Aspekt des grammatischen Geschlechts des Wortes für “Sonne” in den tschadohamitischen Sprachen
[12494]   Lukas, Johannes (1978) : Die unabhängigen Personalpronomina in der westzentralafrikanischen Sprachgruppe
[12477]   Lukas, Johannes (Ed) (1955) : Afrikanistische Studien 5: Festschrift für D. Westermann
[12483]   Lukas, Johannes (Ed) (1966) : Neue afrikanistische Studien: Festschrift für A. Klingenheben
[12479]   Lukas, Johannes & Alfred Willms (1961/62) : Outline of the language of Jarawa in northern Nigeria (Plateau Province)
[12495]   Lukas, Johannes & Hilke Meyer-Bahlburg (1980) : Vergleichende Untersuchungen zum Kotoko
[12496]   Lukas, Johannes & Ludwig Gerhardt (1981) : Bemerkungen zur Sprache der Mbula (Jarawan Bantu, Nordnigerien)
[12465]   Lukas, Johannes & O. Völckers (1938/39) : G. Nachtigal’s Aufzeichnungen über die Sprache der Mimi in Wadai
[12484]   Lukas, Renate (1967/68) : Das Nomen in Bade (Nordnigerien)
[12497]   Luke, Kang Kwong & Adams B. Bodomo (2003) : A comparative study of the semantics of serial verb constructions in Dagaare and Cantonese
[12498]   Lukindo, Rose Florence J. (1980) : Classification of nominals in Bondei
[12499]   Luksenburg, P. (1975) : The morphology of the hearing-impaired child
[12500]   Lukusa, Menda T. (1991) : Affixation et sémantisme ciluba: cas de quelques affixes usuels
[12501]   Lukusa, Stephen T. M. (1993) : Imbrication of extensions in Cilubà
[12502]   Lukusa, Stephen T. M. (1993) : An autosegmental approach to Cilubà nominal and verbal tonology
[12503]   Lukusa, Stephen T. M. (1997) : An account of vowel lengthening in Cilubà
[12504]   Lukusa, Stephen T. M. (1997) : Agentive derivation in Kiswahili
[12505]   Lukusa, Stephen T. M. (2002) : Semantic categorization of Yeyi names
[12506]   Lukusa, Stephen T. M. (2002) : Groundwork in Shiyeyi grammar, with a Shiyeyi-English glossary
[24797]   Lukusa, Stephen T. M. (2009) : Shiyeyi-English dictionary
[28622]   Lukusa, Stephen T. M. & Kemmonye C. Monaka (2008) : Shekgalagari grammar: A descriptive analysis of the language and its vocabulary
[12507]   Luling, Virginia (1987) : Somali-English dictionary
[12508]   Lulseged Erkihun (1981) : A contrastive analysis of the phonologies of Gedeo and Amharic
[12509]   Lulua, A. (1976) : Origins and development in Kiswahili in Uganda, with references to the question of national language
[12510]   Lumeka, Placide Raphaël (1963) : Esquisse grammaticale du kisongye
[24899]   Lumeka, Placide Raphaël (1967) : Proverbes des Songye
[12512]   Lumsden, John S. (2000) : Cause, manner and means in Berber change of state verbs
[12511]   Lumsden, John S. & L. Trigo (1987) : The causative, passive and reciprocal in Berber
[12513]   Lumwamu, François (1968) : Remarques sur la détermination des classes grammaticales dans une langue à classes
[12514]   Lumwamu, François (1969) : Morphologie de la langue kongo
[12515]   Lumwamu, François (1970) : Sur les classes nominales et le nombre dans une langue bantu
[12516]   Lumwamu, François (1970) : Contribution à l’étude de la phrase en kikongo
[12517]   Lumwamu, François (1971) : Langage et colonisation
[12518]   Lumwamu, François (1973) : Lexique munukutuba-français
[12519]   Lumwamu, François (1973) : Pour une transcription orthographique du kikongo
[12521]   Lumwamu, François (1974) : Éléments pour un lexique kongo-français (dialectes dondo-kamba-kuni)
[12522]   Lumwamu, François (1975) : La construction négative en kikongo
[12523]   Lumwamu, François (1976) : Lexique kikongo-francais, 1: munukutuba
[12524]   Lumwamu, François (1977) : Lexique kikongo-francais, 3: kiladi-kisundi-kikongo
[12525]   Lumwamu, François (1980) : La classification nominale du munukutuba
[12526]   Lumwamu, François (1980) : Notes bibliographiques sur les langues congolaises
[26488]   Lumwamu, François (1986) : Recherches sur la koiné Kongo
[12520]   Lumwamu, François (Ed) (1974) : Essai de morphosyntaxe des parlers kongo
[12527]   Lund, Lill Kristin (1999) : Attitudes towards Swahili and medium of instruction in education: a study among secondary school students in the Arusha & Dar es Salaam regions in Tanzania
[12528]   Lunde, Paul & Justin Wintle (1984) : A dictionary of Arabic and Islamic proverbs
[12529]   Lundström, L. (19--) : Cours gbaya
[12538]   Lüpke, Friederike (1999) : Das Kaninchen mit der Taschenuhr: Aspekte der Kategorisierung im Bambara
[12539]   Lüpke, Friederike (2005) : A grammar of Jalonke argument structure
[25919]   Lüpke, Friederike (2010) : Multilingualism and language contact in West Africa: towards a holistic perspective
[25926]   Lüpke, Friederike (2010) : Language and identity in flux: in search of Baïnounk
[27765]   Lupke, Friederike (2020) : Atlantic
[27850]   Lüpke, Friederike (2019) : Language Endangerment and Language Documentation in Africa
[12530]   Lusakalalu, Pedro (2001) : Languages and glossonymic units: contribution to the assessment of the linguistic diversity of Angola and Namibia
[12531]   Lusakalalu, Pedro (2003) : What is Rukavango?
[26102]   Lusekelo, Amani (2009) : The Structure of the Nyakyusa Noun Phrase
[28314]   Lusekelo, Amani (2021) : Linguistic aspects of the forms of address in Nyakyusa
[29049]   Lusekelo, Amani (2023) : The lexicalization of concepts of time in naming sequences of days in Tanzanian Bantu
[12532]   Lusted, Marie (1976) : Anywa
[20405]   Lutskov, A. D. (1997) : Immenyye klassy v jazykakh bantu i zaimstvovannaja leksika
[12533]   Lutta-Mukhedi, Mary Clasina Emmy (1982) : Discrepancies between expressed needs and the competencies received in teacher education programs for bachelor of education English teachers in Kenya
[12534]   Luvhengo, Shumani Mercey (2004) : Towards macrostructural representation of sublexical and multilexical items in Tshivenda-English bilingual dictionaries
[26501]   Lux, Cécile (2013) : Le tetserret, langue berbère du Niger: Description phonétique, phonologique et morphologique, dans une perspective comparative
[25764]   Lux, Cécile & Gérard Philippson (2010) : L’accent en tetserret et en tamacheq – contacts et contrastes
[25246]   Lux, David (2003) : Noni Provisional Lexicon
[29006]   Lux, David (ed.) (2016) : Nooni – English Dictionary
[12535]   Luzio, Aldo di (1972/73) : Preliminary description of the Amo language (Plateau Province, northern Nigeria)
[12536]   Luzuka, T. (1987) : English language assimilation and expression in Uganda, South East Asia and Southern Africa: a comparative study
[12540]   Lwaitama, A. F. & Josephat Muhozi Rugemalira (1990) : The English language support project in Tanzania
[12541]   Lwanga-Lumu, Joy Christine (1999) : Politeness and indirectness revisited
[12542]   Lwanga-Lunyiigo, Samwiri & Jan Vansina (1988) : The Bantu-speaking peoples and their expansion
[12543]   Ly, Issiaka (1980) : Language planning in Mali: a preliminary study
[12544]   Lydall, Jean (1976) : Hamer
[12545]   Lydall, Jean (1988) : Gender, number and size in Hamar
[12546]   Lykowska, Laura (1992) : Sentence schemata for Amharic
[12547]   Lykowska, Laura (2000) : The verb “to have” in Amharic
[12548]   Lykowska, Laura (2002) : Temporal relation markers in Amharic
[12549]   Lykowska, Laura (2003) : Grammaticalization of the Amharic tense system
[12550]   Lyne, R. N. (1942) : The spelling of Kenya
[12551]   Lyth, Richard E. (1947) : Murle grammar
[12552]   Lyth, Richard E. (1971) : The Murle language: grammar and vocabulary
[26638]   Łajtar, Adam (2014) : Old Nubian Texts from Gebel Adda in the Royal Ontario Museum
[28745]   M. Hyman, Larry & Mwaambi G. Mbûûi (2022) : Dahl’s law and g-deletion in Tiania: A dialect of Kimeeru (Bantu, Kenya)
[12555]   Maake, Nhlanhla P. (1994) : Dismantling the Tower of Babel: in search of a new language policy for a post-Apartheid South Africa
[12556]   Maalu-Bungi, Lungenyi Lumwe (1988) : Tusùma: devinettes tonales lubà
[12557]   Maalu-Bungi, Lungenyi Lumwe (1991) : Langue zairoise et standardization: le cas du ciluba
[23196]   Maalu-Bungi, Lungenyi Lumwe (1986) : Quelques observations sur l’acculturation lexicale en luba-kasai
[25419]   Maarten Mous and Martha Qorro (2008) : The Evidential Adverb hhóo in Iraqw
[12558]   Maartens, Jeanne (1995) : Language maintenance in South Africa: hoarding dreams, hiding the springs of identity?
[12562]   Maass, Antje (2001) : Rapport d’enquête sociolinguistique: première évaluation parmi les bilala, kouka et Medogo du Batha, Tchad
[12560]   Maass, Antje , Angela Prinz & Caroline A. Grant (1996) : Rapport d’enquête sociolinguistique: première évaluation parmi les kendedje du Ouaddai
[12559]   Maass, Antje , Caroline A. Grant & Angela Prinz (1995) : Rapport d’enquête sociolinguistique: première évaluation parmi les sourbakhal du Ouaddai
[12561]   Maass, Antje , Caroline A. Grant , Paul Huey & Padeu Dakouli (1996) : Rapport d’enquête sociolinguistique: première évaluation parmi les baraïn du Guéra
[12563]   Mabannda, Reuben Mmboneni (2002) : Negation in Tshivenda
[23811]   Mabasa, Tirhani Abigail (2005) : Translation equivalents for health/medical terminology in Xitsonga
[28065]   Mabaso, Peniah (2014) : The segmental phonology of Shangani
[12564]   Mabaso, Ximbani Eric (2004) : Issues on Xitsonga verbs
[28059]   Mabaso, Ximbani Eric (2009) : Issues on Xitsonga verbs
[12565]   Mabiala, Jean-Noël Nguimbi (1992) : Études du kiyoombi, langue kongo du Congo
[12566]   Mabiala, Jean-Noël Nguimbi (1992) : La situation linguistique de la région du Kouilou (Congo)
[12567]   Mabiala, Jean-Noël Nguimbi (1994) : Perception de la maladie chez les Bayoombi (Congo)
[12568]   Mabiala, Jean-Noël Nguimbi (1996) : Vowel harmony in Kongo CVCV and CVCVC... stems
[12569]   Mabiala, Jean-Noël Nguimbi (1999) : Phonologie comparative et historique du kongo (groupe H10)
[27714]   Mabiala, Pambu (1976) : Esquisse phonologique de la langue Yoómbe
[22458]   Mabik-ma-Kombil, Roger (2001) : Parlons yipuni: langue et culture des Punu du Gabon-Congo
[12570]   Mabille, Adolphe (1924) : Sesuto-English dictionary
[12571]   Mabille, Adolphe (1937) : Sesuto-English dictionary
[12572]   Mabille, Adolphe & H. Dieterlen (1950) : Southern Sotho-English dictionary
[12573]   Mabille, Adolphe & H. Dieterlen (1961) : Southern Sotho-English dictionary
[12574]   Mabugu, P. R. (2002) : Polysemy and applicative verb construction in Chishona
[12575]   Mabulwana, Spokes (2004) : Control in Xitsonga constructions: a semantic and syntactic study
[12576]   Mabururu, Mogeni Tom (1994) : A comparative study of Ekegusii and Kikuria morphosyntactic features
[12580]   Macalane, Geraldo (2000) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cibalke
[12577]   Macalane, Geraldo , Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga , Chipo Chicuecue , Fernando Epulane Paulo & Manuel Gripa (2000) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cinyanja
[12579]   Macalane, Geraldo , John H. Heins , Marcelo Soverano , Miguel Ndapassoa Passo & Tomé Charles Alicete (2000) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cisena
[12578]   Macalane, Geraldo , Jorge José Taborda Rodrigues Coelho , José Vicente Bisque & Marcelo Soverano (2000) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cinuyngwe
[12581]   MacBeath, [Reverend] A. G. W. (1940) : Bobangi in twenty-one lessons
[12582]   Maccagnan, A. (1---) : Grammatica logbara, non-publicada
[12583]   MacDiarmad, P. A. & D. N. MacDiarmad (1931) : The languages of the Nuba Mountains
[12585]   MacDonald, C. A. (1975) : An investigation of the responses to four South African English dialects and of the values esteemed by white South African university students
[12586]   MacDonald, Kevin C. (1998) : Archaeology, language and the peopling of West Africa: a consideration of the evidence
[12584]   Macdonald, R. S. & Mary Wright (1939) : “Da kita:b”: a Sudanese colloquial grammar
[12587]   MacDougal, Duncan (1944) : The languages and press of Africa
[12588]   Mace, John (1996) : Arabic today: a student, business and professional course
[12589]   MacEachern, Allison Scott (2001) : Setting the boundaries: linguistics, ethnicity, colonialism and archaeology south of Lake Chad
[12590]   Macedo, Donaldo Perèira (1979) : A linguistic approach to the Capeverdean language
[25417]   Măcelaru, Adrian (2008) : Compensatory Metathesis as a Source of Non concatenative Morphology: Some Semitic Evidence
[12591]   MacGaffey, Wyatt (1988) : Complexity, astonishment and power: the visual vocabulary of Kongo Minkisi
[12592]   Machado, A. J. de Mello (1970) : Entre os Macuas de Angoche: historiando Moçambique
[12593]   Macharia, D. , D. Mbunda & A. K. Buberwa (1990) : Literacy and non-formal education in Namibia: report on an evaluation of literacy and non-formal education programmes
[12594]   Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1987) : The Sesotho passive constructions
[12595]   Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1987) : The Sesotho passive constructions
[12596]   Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1989) : Some restrictions on the Sesotho transitivizing morphemes
[12597]   Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1993) : The ordering restriction between the Sesotho applicative and causative suffixes
[12598]   Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1995) : The Sesotho locative constructions
[12599]   Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1996) : The Sesotho locative alternation verbs
[12600]   Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (2001) : Questions in Sesotho
[12601]   Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (2003) : Variation in Bantu DP structure: evidence from Sesotho
[14143]   Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1985) : Tense and aspect in Sesotho
[23197]   Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1990) : Sesotho causative formation and S-bar complements
[23198]   Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1979) : Tense and aspect in Sesotho
[14142]   Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo & Harry S. Hyman (1977) : Animacy, object and clitics in Sesotho
[22545]   Machozi, Tshopo (1989) : Les parler kiswahili de Kisangani: variations morphologiques et lexicales
[12602]   Machozi, Tshopo & Mulyumba wa Mamba (1982) : Les parler kiswahili de Kisangani: variations phonologiques
[12603]   Machungo, Ines & Gilberto Matusse (1989) : Language and literature in education in Mosambique
[12604]   MacJannet, Malcolm Brooks (1949) : Chokwe-English, English-Chokwe dictionary and grammar lessons
[12605]   Mack, John & Peter T. Robertshaw (Ed) (1982) : Culture history in the southern Sudan: archaeology, linguistics, ethnohistory
[12606]   Mackay, Hugh D. (1964) : A wordlist of Eloyi
[12607]   Mackay, V. (1977) : Eloyi
[12608]   MacKenzie, Norman H. (1959) : The place of English in African education
[12609]   MacKenzie, Norman H. (1960) : The outlook for English in Central Africa: an inaugural lecture given in the University College of Rhodesia and Nyasaland on 7 August 1959
[28345]   Mackenzie, Sara (2016) : Consonant harmony in Nilotic: contrastive specifications and Stratal OT
[12610]   MacLeod, T. A. (1929) : Report on the Idoma language, Nigeria
[12611]   MacMichael, Harold Alfred (1918) : Nubian elements on Darfur
[12612]   MacMichael, Harold Alfred (1920) : Darfur linguistics
[12614]   MacMillan, D. (1980) : Language policies for African primary education
[12613]   MacMillan, M. (1970) : Aspects of bilingualism in university education in Sudan
[12615]   MacVicar, Neil (19--) : An English-Kafir nurses’ dictionary
[12616]   MacVicar, Neil (1949) : English-Xhosa dictionary for nurses
[12617]   MacWilliam, [Sister] Anita (19--) : Luo basic course: grammar and exercises
[12618]   MacWilliam, [Sister] Anita (19--) : Kwaya vocabulary
[12619]   MacWilliam, [Sister] Anita (19--) : Unpublished notes on KiKwaya grammar
[12620]   MacWilliam, [Sister] Anita (19--) : Unpublished notes on KiNgereme
[12621]   MacWilliam, [Sister] Anita (19--) : KiKwaya vocabulary
[12622]   MacWilliam, [Sister] Anita (1985) : Some thoughts on translation of scientific terminology in Kiswahili
[12623]   MacWilliam, [Sister] Anita (1988) : Expanding Swahili lexicon by means of Bantu languages
[23199]   MacWilliam, [Sister] Anita (1986) : Where do prefixes fit? Or do they? A case-study in lexicology/lexicography
[12624]   Madadzhe, Richard N. (1997) : The copulative in Venda
[12625]   Madadzhe, Richard N. (1999) : Cleft sentences in Venda
[12626]   Madadzhe, Richard N. (2000) : The copulative verb in Venda
[12627]   Madadzhe, Richard N. & T. M. Matla (2002) : The negative morphemes ha and a in Sesotho and Tshivenda
[12628]   Madaki, Rufaʼi Omar (1983) : A linguistic and pragmatic analysis of Hausa-English code-switching
[12629]   Madan, Arthur Cornwallis (1921) : A Swahili (Zanzibar) grammar
[23200]   Madan, Arthur Cornwallis (1951) : An English-Swahili vocabulary: compiled from the works of the late Bishop Steere and from other sources
[12631]   Madandla, B. (1997) : A language plan for South Africa and the role of lexicography in it
[12632]   Maddieson, Ian (1972) : Verb-nominal contraction in Eggon
[12633]   Maddieson, Ian (1974) : A possible new cause for tone-splitting: evidence from Cama, Yoruba and other languages
[12636]   Maddieson, Ian (1976) : Tone reversal in Ciluba: a new theory
[12637]   Maddieson, Ian (1977) : Tone loans: a question concerning tone spacing and a method of answering it
[12638]   Maddieson, Ian (1981) : Unusual consonant clusters and complex segments in Eggon
[12639]   Maddieson, Ian (1983) : The analysis of complex phonetic elements in Bura and the syllable
[12640]   Maddieson, Ian (1984) : Patterns of sounds
[12641]   Maddieson, Ian (1987) : The Margi vowel system and labiocoronals
[12643]   Maddieson, Ian (1991) : Articulatory phonetics and Sukuma “aspirated nasals”
[12645]   Maddieson, Ian (1993) : Splitting the mora
[12646]   Maddieson, Ian (1993) : The structure of segment sequences
[12649]   Maddieson, Ian (1998) : Collapsing vowel harmony and doubly-articulated fricatives: two myths about the phonology of Avatime
[12651]   Maddieson, Ian (2003) : The sounds of the Bantu languages
[23966]   Maddieson, Ian (1993) : Investigating Ewe articulations with electromagnetic articulography
[28558]   Maddieson, Ian & Bonny Sands (2019) : The sounds of the Bantu languages
[12635]   Maddieson, Ian & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1975) : Jarawan Bantu
[12642]   Maddieson, Ian & Peter Ladefoged (1989) : Multiple articulations and the feature hierarchy
[12648]   Maddieson, Ian & Thomas J. Hinnebusch (Ed) (1998) : Language history and linguistic description in Africa: selected papers of the 26th annual conference on African linguistics, held March 23-25, 1995, in Santa Monica, California
[12650]   Maddieson, Ian , Peter Ladefoged & Bonny [Eva] Sands (1999) : Clicks in East African languages
[12647]   Maddieson, Ian , S. Spajic , Bonny [Eva] Sands & Peter Ladefoged (1993) : Phonetic structures of Dahalo
[12634]   Maddieson, Ian , Timothy Shopen & Betty Jenny Okello (1974) : Lango tonology, suprasegmentals and paradigms
[28587]   Maddox, H. E. (1902) : An elementary Lunyoro grammar
[12652]   Maddox, Harry Edward (1938) : An elementary Lunyoro grammar
[12653]   Madela, L. (1975/76) : Beiträge zur Meidungssprache der Zulu, ukuhlonipha, und zum Thefula-Dialekt des Zele
[24873]   Madi, Haladi (2005) : Contribution à l'élaboration d'une description de référence du shimaoré
[12654]   Madiba, M. J. S. (1941) : Thutô ya polêlô (Sesotho sa Transvaal): e ngwalêtswe sehlôpha sa V le VI
[12655]   Madiba, M. R. (1989) : A preliminary survey of adoptives in Venda
[28075]   Madiba, Mbulungeni Ronald (1994) : A linguistic survey of adoptives in Venda
[12656]   Madibeng, C. M. (1987) : English for academic purposes
[12657]   Madsen, Harold S. (1976) : Laguage examinations in Ethiopia
[12177]   Maduagwu, Georgina (2003) : Vowel harmony in the Ogbahu dialect of Igbo
[12658]   Madubanya, M. (1975) : Tsotsitaal
[12659]   Madubuike, Ihechukwu (1976) : A handbook of African names
[12672]   Maduka-Durunze, Omen N. (1984) : Igbo ideophones and the lexicon
[12673]   Maduka-Durunze, Omen N. (1988) : Size and shape ideophones in Nembe: a phonosemantic analysis
[12674]   Maduka-Durunze, Omen N. (1990) : Igbo adjectives as morphophonologized relatives
[12675]   Maduka-Durunze, Omen N. (1990) : Pharynx size in Nembe sound symbolism
[12677]   Maduka-Durunze, Omen N. (1991) : Phonosemantic rules and hierarchies: evidence from roundness ideophones in Hausa
[12678]   Maduka-Durunze, Omen N. (1992) : A phonosemantic analysis of Nembe reduplicated sound ideophones
[12679]   Maduka-Durunze, Omen N. (1992) : Tonal configurations in the Igbo associative construction
[12680]   Maduka-Durunze, Omen N. (1995) : Formal symmetries in the Nembe kinship semantic field
[12676]   Maduka-Durunze, Omen N. (Ed) (1991) : Selected papers from the 12th annual conference of the Linguistic Association of Nigeria
[23277]   Madumulla, J. S. (1989) : Another look at Kiswahili scholarship
[12681]   Maes, [Dr] Joseph (1931) : Eléments d’ethnographie du Congo
[12682]   Maes, [Dr] Joseph (1934) : Vocabulaire des populations de la région du kasai-lulua-sankuru [par L. Achten]
[12683]   Maes, [Dr] Joseph & O. Boone (1935) : Les peuplades du Congo Belge: nom et situation géographique
[12684]   Maes, Fr. (1957) : Het “kongolees” in het onderwijs
[12685]   Maes, Védaste (1959) : Dictionnaire ngbaka-français-néerlandais, précédé d’un aperçu grammatical
[12686]   Maes, Védaste (1968) : Vocabulaire français-ngbaka
[24900]   Maes, Védaste (1967) : Proverbes et devinettes ngbaka
[12687]   Maeyens, L. (1938) : De bilabiale, stemhebbende implosief in het kiBira
[12688]   Maeyens, L. (1938) : Het inlandsch lied en het muzikaal accent mit semantische functie bij de Babira
[12689]   Mafeni, B. O. W. (1965) : Some aspects of the phonetics and phonology of Nigerian Pidgin
[12690]   Mafeni, B. O. W. (1969) : Isoko
[12691]   Mafeni, B. O. W. (1971) : Nigerian Pidgin
[12692]   Maffi, Luisa (1984) : Somali colour terminology: an outline
[12693]   Maffi, Luisa (1990) : Somali color term evolution: grammatical and semantic evidence
[12694]   Mafoken, S. Machabe (1945) : Notes and annotations of the praise poems of certain chiefs and the structure of the praise poems in Suto
[12695]   Mafundikwa, C. (2003) : Afrikan alphabets
[28883]   Magaji Azare, Yakubu (2020) : Phraseological units involving body-part terms: a corpus based analysis of Hausa to English translation
[12696]   Magalhães, António Miranda (1922) : Manual de línguas indígenas de Angola: segundo o programa oficial para exames administrativos
[12697]   Magang ma Mbuju, Wisi & Florent Mbumb Bwas (1974) : Les Bajag du Gabon: essai d’étude historique et linguistique
[12698]   Maganga, Clement (1990) : A study on the morphophonology of standard Kiswahili, Kipemba, Kitumbatu and Kimakunduchi
[12699]   Maganga, Clement & Thilo C. Schadeberg (1992) : Kinyamwezi: grammar, texts, vocabulary
[22526]   Maganga, Clement & Thilo C. Schadeberg (1987) : English-Nyamwezi and Nyamwezi-English vocabulary
[12700]   Magba, Elizabeth Ann (1996) : The INFL constituent in the Mundani languages
[12701]   Mageza, C. K. (1952) : Xipembomuso: swifanis swi endle hi M. M. Pemba
[12702]   Maggiora, P. Gabriele da (1953) : Vocabulario etiopico-italiano-latino ad uso dei principianti
[12703]   Maghway, Josephat B. (1983) : Iraqw vocabulary
[12704]   Maghway, Josephat B. (1989) : Iraqw vocabulary
[12705]   Maghway, Josephat B. (1989) : A vocabulary of Iraqw
[12706]   Maghway, Josephat B. (1990) : Three nuclear tone types in Swahili
[12707]   Maghway, Josephat B. (1995) : Some salient linguistic features of an Iraqu narrative text
[12708]   Maghway, Josephat B. (1995) : Annotated Iraqw lexicon
[12709]   Magi, L. M. (1988?) : The diffusion of click sounds from Khoisan to Bantu languages in southern Africa
[28550]   Magnana Ekoukou, Brunelle (2015) : Description de l’ikota (B25), langue bantu du Gabon : Implémentation de la morphosyntaxe et de la syntaxe
[12710]   Magoti, A. (1981) : The role of translation in the development of Kiswahili and its effects/Le role et l’impact de la traduction dans le developpement du kiswahili
[12712]   Maguire, Brian (1953) : A report on the food plants (‘veldkos’) of the Kung Bushmen of the Gautsha Pan and cigarette areas of nosrteastern South West Africa, based on collections and observations made from mid-December 1952 until February 1953
[12711]   Maguire, R. A. J. (1932) : The Mósiro and Aramanik dialects of Dorobo - Correspondence to the editor
[12713]   Magura, Benjamin Jameslai (1983) : Language variation and language standardization: the case of Shona in Zimbabwe
[12714]   Magura, Benjamin Jameslai (1984) : Style and meaning in African English: a sociolinguistic analysis of South African and Zimbabwean English
[12715]   Magura, Benjamin Jameslai (1990) : Register as a function of contextualization: a survey of the southern variety of English
[23278]   Maguyi, N. (1976) : Étude générative et transformationelle des noms composés en kirundi: un cas de création lexicale
[12716]   Magwa, Wiseman (2002) : The Shona writing system: an analysis of its problems and possible solutions
[12717]   Mahaffy, Francis E. (1940) : An outline of the phonemics and morphology of the Afar (Dankali) language
[27704]   Mahamane, L. Abdoulaye (2008) : Perfect and Perfective in Hausa
[25638]   Mahamat, Adam (2011) : Les differents types de contes dans la litterature orale des Kotoko de Makari
[27214]   Mahamat, Adam (2005) : Esquisse de la phonologie lexicale du Mpádī̀
[12718]   Mahdi, Waruno (1988) : Morphophonologische Besonderheiten und historische Phonologie des Malagasy
[12719]   Mahgoub, Fatma M. (1968) : A linguistic study of Cairene proverbs
[12720]   Mahider Tesfu (2001) : Morphology of Malo
[12721]   Mahieu, Wauthier de (1962) : Un cas isolé de click en langue Kongo
[12722]   Mahieu, Wauthier de (1975) : Les structures sociales du groupe komo dans leur élaboration symbolique
[22436]   Mahmoud, Youssef (1979) : The Arabic writing system and the sociolinguistics of orthographic reform
[12724]   Mahmud, Ushari Ahmad (1979) : Linguistic variation and change in the aspectual system of Juba Arabic
[12725]   Mahmud, Ushari Ahmad (1982) : Language spread as a wavelike diffusion process: Arabic in the southern Sudan
[12726]   Mahmud, Ushari Ahmad (1983) : Arabic in the southern Sudan: history and spread of a pidgin-creole
[6472]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2005) : Pre-1920 literature on sub-Saharan languages and peoples: a bibliographical survey
[12730]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1993) : An overview of people and languages in Namibia
[12731]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1995) : Calculating differences in phonological features of consonants in a sample of 25 Bantu languages
[12732]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1997) : An overview of nominal morphology in Bantu languages
[12733]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1997) : African languages country by country: a reference guide
[12736]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1998) : Implications and speculations
[12737]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1998) : African languages country by country: a reference guide
[12738]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1998) : Few people, many tongues: the languages of Namibia
[12739]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1998) : Notes on nouns and noun phrases in Iká
[12740]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1998) : Typological coherence areas in subequatorial Africa
[12741]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1999) : Notes on nouns and noun phrases in Iká
[12742]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1999) : A (tentative) verb slot system for Shona
[12743]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1999) : Analytic tables of character mutations in the Ge‘ez script
[12744]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1999) : Analytic tables of Ge‘ez grammar (a student’s selective notes)
[12745]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1999) : A comparative study of Bantu noun classes
[12746]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1999) : Three Ge‘ez texts, transliterated and translated: De Abba Salâmâ/De Jared, Musico/De Tacla Haimânôt (the selective achievements of a graduate student)
[12747]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2000) : The linguistic legacy of the early missionaries in southern Africa
[12748]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2000) : African languages country by country: a reference guide
[12749]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2000) : Comparative word list for !Kwi languages
[12751]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2001) : The Bantu area: (towards clearing up) a mess
[12752]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2001) : African languages country by country: a reference guide
[12755]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2002) : Bantu line-up: comparative overview of three Bantu classifications
[12756]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2002) : Språkforskning vid Göteborgs universitet: Afrikanska språk [Linguistic studies at Göteborg University: African languages]
[12757]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2003) : Remarks on a few “polyplural” classes in Bantu
[12758]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2003) : Towards a bibliography for Mozambican languages, part 1: the smaller languages
[12759]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2003) : A classification of the Bantu languages: an update of Guthrie’s referential system
[12760]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2003) : A tentative model for the diachrony of grammatical gender in Bantu languages
[12762]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2004) : How many languages are there in Africa, really?
[23270]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2005) : Draft bibliography for Comparative Bantu studies
[23271]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2005) : Draft bibliography for Niger-Congo noun class studies
[23272]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2004) : Indices to Bantu languages
[23273]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2006?) : Comparative TMA morphology in Niger-Congo:the case of persistive, and some other, markers in Bantu
[23274]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2006) : The linear ordering of TAM/NEG markers in Bantu, and a few historical implications
[23352]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2006) : A referential classification of the Bantu languages: keeping Guthrie’s system updated - Preliminary version
[24798]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2008) : Indices to Bantu languages
[24882]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2008) : The Bantu Bibliography
[12750]   Maho, Jouni Filip (Ed) (2001) : Selected papers from the 1st Nordic meeting on African languages, Göteborg University, 8-10 December 2000
[12753]   Maho, Jouni Filip (Ed) (2002) : Contributions in honour of Prof. Tore Janson, on the occasion of his retirement, February 2001
[12761]   Maho, Jouni Filip & Abdulaziz Yusuf Lodhi (2004) : Ten unannotated Haya wordlists from Tanzania
[19042]   Maho, Jouni Filip & Abdulaziz Yusuf Lodhi (2006) : Ten annotated Haya wordlists from Tanzania
[12754]   Maho, Jouni Filip & Bonny [Eva] Sands (2002) : The languages of Tanzania: a bibliography
[12729]   Maho, Jouni Filip & J. Kuvari (1991) : Unpublished Herero word and phrase list
[12728]   Maho, Jouni Filip & Levi Namaseb (1991) : Unpublished Khoekhoegowab word and phrase list
[12727]   Maho, Jouni Filip & S. S. Shiyave (1991) : Unpublished Gciriku and Shambyu word and phrase list
[12765]   Mahulo Volebe, Akudhi (1987) : Esquisse morphologique de obilebba, dialecte de logo ti
[25827]   Mai Bello, Baba (2009) : Hausa Language and the Perception of HIV/AIDS in Nigeria
[12766]   Maia, António da Silva (1951) : Guia prático para a aprendizagem das linguas portuguesa e omumbuim (língua indígena de Gabela, Amboim, Quanza-Sul, Angola): dialecto do Kimbundo
[12767]   Maia, António da Silva (1953) : Gramática de omumbuim (dialecto do kimbundu)
[12768]   Maia, António da Silva (1953) : Guia prático para a aprendizagem das linguas portuguesa e omumbuim: dialecto do Kimbundo
[12769]   Maia, António da Silva (1955) : Dicionário elementar portugues-omumbuim-mussele, dialectos do ‘kimbundo’ e ‘mbundu’
[12770]   Maia, António da Silva (1955) : Gramática prática de omumbuim, dialecto do ‘kimbundu’
[12771]   Maia, António da Silva (1955) : Pequeno dicionário omumbuim-mussele-português, dialectos do ‘kimbundu’ e ‘umbundu’
[12772]   Maia, António da Silva (1956) : Manual prático de conversaçâo em português e mussele, dialecto do ‘Umbundu’, Quanza-sul, Angola
[12773]   Maia, António da Silva (1957) : Lições de gramática de quimbundo (português e banto) dialecto omumbuim, língua indígena de Gabela, Amboim, Quanza-sul, Angola, Africa occidental portuguesa
[12774]   Maia, António da Silva (1961) : Dicionário complementar português-kimbundu-kikongo, linguas nativas do centro e norte de Angola
[12775]   Maia, António da Silva (1964) : Lições de gramática de quimbundo (português e banto) dialecto omumbuim, língua indígena de Gabela, Amboim, Quanza-sul, Angola, Africa occidental portuguesa
[12776]   Maia, António da Silva (1964) : Dicionário rudimentar português-kimbundu, lingua nativa de Luanda a Malange, Angola
[12777]   Maia, António da Silva (1964) : Epitome de gramáticas de portuguesa e quimbunda, dialectos do Cuanza-Sul e Cuanza-Norte, Angola
[22492]   Maiga, Ismaël (2001) : Parlons bambara: langue et culture Bambara
[28086]   Maikoubou, Dingamtoudji (2019) : Dictionnaire bilingue ngàmbáye - français / français - ngàmbáye
[12778]   Maina, S. J. (1987) : Principles adopted for the enrichment of the Kiswahili language
[12779]   Maina, S. J. (1989) : Interaction et interférences du swahili avec divers vernaculaires dans la zone de diffusion
[12780]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1929) : Some linguistic problems of South Africa
[12781]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1931) : A revised manuscript version of the Korana catechism of C. F. Wuras
[12782]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1932) : Studies in Korana history, customs and language
[12784]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1934) : The linguistic approach to South African prehistory and ethnology
[12785]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1935) : The origin of the word “Hottentot”
[12786]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1937) : The €Khomani dialect of Bushman: its morphology and other characteristics
[12787]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1957) : Three Bushman languages ; part 1: the first two Bushman languages
[12788]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1958) : Three Bushman languages ; part 2: the third Bushman language
[12789]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1961) : The central group of the click languages of the Kalahari
[12790]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1962) : Korana folktales, grammar and texts
[12791]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1963) : A comparative study of Naron, Hietshware and Korana
[12792]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1964) : The Korana dialects
[12793]   Maino, Mario (1953) : Terminologia medica e sue voci nella lingua somala
[12794]   Maino, Mario (1953) : La lingua somala: strumento d’insegnamento professionale
[12795]   Mair, Lucy P. (1935) : Linguistics without sociology: some notes on the standard Luganda dictionary
[12798]   Maire, Jane (1984) : Remarques sur l’emploi du pronom o dans le discours dioula
[12797]   Maire, John & Peter Thalmann (1980) : Enquête dialectale kroumen
[12796]   Maire, Rene Charles Joseph Ernest (1933) : Études sur la flore et la végétation du Sahara central
[12799]   Majors, Diane Richart (1993) : An analysis of intransitive/transitive Lango pairs using Localist Case Grammar
[23143]   Makalela, Leketi (2005) : “We speak eleven tongues” - reconstructing multilingualism in South Africa
[12800]   Makalima, R. G. S. (1987) : The first fifty years of the written literature of Xhosa
[25708]   Makasso, Emmanuel-Moselly (2010) : Functions of Prosody in Spontaneous Speech in Bàsàa (Bantu A 43) – The Case of Melisms
[26137]   Makasso, Emmanuel-Moselly (2012) : Metatony in Basaa
[26682]   Makasso, Emmanuel-Moselly (2008) : Melisms and subjectivity in Basaa oral spontaneous discourse
[27612]   Makasso, Emmanuel-Moselly (2014) : The Melodic Tone Pattern in Basaa
[25467]   Makeeva, Nadezda (2010) : Pronoms réfléchis en kla-dan
[26781]   Makeeva, Nadezda (2013) : Les préverbes en kla-dan
[27496]   Makeeva, Nadezda (2017) : Conjonctions de taxis en kla-dan
[27505]   Makeeva, Nadezda (2018) : Marques rétrospectives en kla-dan
[28748]   Makeeva, Nadezhda (2022) : Floating low tone and consonant voicing in Akebu
[28382]   Makeeva, Nadezhda & Andrey Shluinsky (2018) : Noun Classes and Class Agreement in Akebu
[28133]   Makeeva, Nadezhda & Irina Ryabova (2020) : Assimilation in Dabida
[28184]   Makeeva, Nadezhda & Irina Ryabova (2021) : “Infinitive” class 15 in Dabida
[13294]   Mäkelä, Katriina (1989) : Aqatin seereer. Guide pratique pour apprendre le seereer
[28074]   Makgabutlane, Kelebohile Hilda (1996) : An investigation into lemmatization in Southern Sotho
[12801]   Makgone, V. L. (1996) : Setswana in basic education
[12802]   Makhado, J. T. (1973) : A review of the moods of the Bantu languages of South Africa, with some special reference to Venda
[12803]   Makhado, J. T. (1976) : The pronoun in Venda and Northern Sotho: a comparative morphological, syntactic and semantic study
[12804]   Makhado, J. T. (1977) : The enumerative pronoun in Venda and Northern Sotho
[12805]   Makhubela, Ananea Hazel (2004) : The role and significance of honorifics, with special reference to Xitsonga discourse
[12806]   Makhudu, K. Dennis Papi (1980) : An etymological and morphophonological description of Flaaitaal/Tsotsitaal: a sociolinguistic perspective
[12807]   Makhudu, K. Dennis Papi (1985) : Is Afrikaans a Creole language?
[12808]   Makhudu, K. Dennis Papi (1995) : An introduction to Flaaitaal
[12809]   Makhudu, K. Dennis Papi (2002) : An introduction to Flaaitaal (or Tsotsitaal)
[27715]   Makila, Moyo-Kayita (1981) : Esquisse de grammaire mbala - Morphologie et Syntaxe
[12810]   Makok, Stephen Dit & Samuel Galuak Marial (1999) : Dinka-English dictionary
[12811]   Makokila, Nanzanza (1988) : Les termes d’accueil chez les Bamanyaanga: quelques considérations sociolinguistiques
[23279]   Makolila, M. (1981) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue kimanyanga
[12812]   Makondekwa, João & Hazel Carter (1968) : Notes on legal terminology in the Zoombo dialect of Koongo (Angola)
[12813]   Makoni, Sinfree B. (1993) : Multiple forces on new Englishes
[12814]   Makoni, Sinfree B. (1993) : The futility of being held captive by language policy issues in South African applied linguistics
[12815]   Makoni, Sinfree B. (1993) : Is Zimbabwean English a type of new English?
[12816]   Makoni, Sinfree B. (1995) : Deconstructing the discourse about language in language planning in South Africa
[12817]   Makoni, Sinfree B. (1998) : Conflict and control in intercultural communication: a case study of compliance-gaining strategies in interactions between black nurses and white residents in a nursing home in Cape Town, South Africa
[12819]   Makoni, Sinfree B. & Ulrike H. Meinhof (Ed) (2004) : Africa and applied linguistics
[12818]   Makoni, Sinfree B. , Geneva Smithermann , Arnetha F. Ball & Arthur K. Spears (Ed) (2003) : Black linguistics: language, society, and politics in Africa and the Americas
[12820]   Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1966) : Moyens traditionelles d’attraper les poissons chez les Fumu (Brazzaville): étude linguistique
[12821]   Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1967) : Substituts onomastiques du nom du mort chez les Sundi de Boko
[12822]   Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1968) : Le particle -nga- et la notion de propriété dans cetaines langues bantu Congo-Brazzaville
[12823]   Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1968) : Transformation phonique de l’anthroponymie congolaise
[12824]   Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1969) : Vocabulaire fumu-français
[12825]   Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1973) : Réintégration morphologique des emprunts français en langue téké de Manianga
[12826]   Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1975) : Les emprunts des langues négro-africaines aux langues romaines
[12827]   Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1977) : Étude descriptive du fumu, dialecte teke de Ngamaba, Brazzaville
[23280]   Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1980) : Clés sociolinguistiques de l’écologie fumu et wumu
[12828]   Makuya, T. N. (1971) : The structure of Venda poetry
[12829]   Makwela, A. O. (1973) : The role played by the phoneme, morpheme and the word in the semology of Northern Sotho
[12830]   Malam, Gerba (1989) : Cameroun Radio Television: l’impact des émissions en langues nationales sur le développement
[27517]   Malambe, Gloria B. (2015) : Mid vowel assimilation in siSwati
[12831]   Malan, Karen C. (1981) : An investigation of non-standard English syntax in 12-year old coloured children
[12832]   Malandra, Alfred (1952) : A new Acholi grammar
[12833]   Malandra, Alfred (1955) : A new Acholi grammar
[12834]   Malandra, Alfred (1956) : English-Lwoo (Acholi) dictionary
[12835]   Malandra, Alfred (1957) : English-Lwoo dictionary
[12836]   Malasi, Ngandu-Myango (1988/89) : Trois cents noms de personnes lega: au-dela des figures
[12839]   Malcolm, Daniel McKenzie (1949) : A Zulu manual for beginners
[12840]   Malcolm, Daniel McKenzie (1956) : A Zulu manual for beginners
[12841]   Malcolm, Daniel McKenzie (1960) : Zulu manual for beginners, with exercises
[12842]   Malcolm, Daniel McKenzie (1966) : Zulu manual for beginners, with exercises
[12837]   Malcolm, L. W. G. (1920) : Short notes on the numerals of the Eghap and Bali tribes, Cameroons Province, West Africa
[12838]   Malcolm, L. W. G. (1924) : Short notes on the personal names of the Egap, central Cameroons
[12843]   Malecka, Alicja (1965) : Patterns of simple sentences in Swahili
[12844]   Malekebu, Bennett E. (1952) : Ungkhoswe waaNyanja
[12845]   Maleni, K. (1987) : English as a fourth language: its phonological acquisition by Zairean students multilingual in Kiswahili, Lingala, and French
[12846]   Malepe, Adam Tsele (1966) : A dialect-geographical survey of the phonology of the central, eastern and southern dialects of Tswana
[12847]   Malepe, Adam Tsele (1968) : Classification of Tswana dialects
[12848]   Malete, E. N. (2003) : The syntax and morphology of the negative morpheme /ha/ in Sesotho
[27909]   Malgoubri, Pierre (2020) : Etude introductive sur les dialectes du bwamu : Données dialectométriques, tests d'intercompréhension et dialecte de référence
[12849]   Malherbe, D. F. (1924) : Afrikaanse spreekwoorde en verwante vorme
[12851]   Malherbe, E. G. (1946) : The bilingual school: a study of bilingualism in South Africa
[12852]   Malherbe, E. G. (1978) : Bilingual education in the Republic of South Africa
[12853]   Malherbe, Michel & C. Sall (1989) : Parlons wolof: langue et culture
[22498]   Malherbe, Michel & Grace Mesoppirr Sicard (2005) : Parlons massaï
[12850]   Malherbe, W. A. (1932) : Tiv-English dictionary with grammar notes and index
[12855]   Malik, (1996) : Extension of Kiswahili during the german colonial administration in continental Tanzania (former Tanganyika), 1885-1917
[12854]   Malik, Sayed H. A. (1995) : The impact of Arabic on the linguistic and cultural life of the Yoruba people
[12856]   Malikongwa, Albert G. T. K. (19--) : Short manuscript grammar of Kalanga
[12857]   Malimabe, Refilwe M. (1990) : The influence of non-standard varieties on the standard Setswana of high school pupils
[12858]   Malimabe, Refilwe M. (1993) : The impact of economic factors on the development of vehicular languages, especially in the process of urbanization (with reference to Setswana)
[28520]   Maliman, G. (2005) : Esquisse phonologique et organisation des formes verbales simple de la conjugaison non périphrastique du houla
[12859]   Malka, Jean-Guy (1972) : Les emprunts en hausa
[12860]   Malka, Jean-Guy (1974) : Étude constrastive du hausa standard et du parler hausa de Filinge (Kurfey, Rép. du Niger)
[12861]   Malka, Jean-Guy (1977) : Le parler hausa de Filingué (Kurfey, République du Niger): phonologie, morphologie, lexique
[12862]   Malka, Jean-Guy (1978/84) : Tsarin lokatan hausar filinge
[12863]   Malka, Jean-Guy (1990) : La langue haoussa (parler de Filingué, Kourfey, République du Niger)
[7044]   Mallam Garba, Maman (19--) : L’amenagement du Kanuri au Niger: prealables linguistiques et epilinguistiques
[7047]   Mallam Garba, Maman (1995) : Les “pronoms” kanuri: quelques problèmes de définition et hypothèses étymologiques
[22422]   Mallam Garba, Maman (2003) : Les langues nationales au chevet de l’ecole nigérienne: craintes et espérances
[12864]   Mallango, A. , E. K. Felix , E. Lema & M. Mwagala (200-) : A handbook of indigenous edible plants from shrubs and trees
[12865]   Mallon, A. (1926) : Grammaire copte avec une bibliographie, chrestomathie et vocabulaire
[12866]   Malo, Shadrak (1952) : Dholuo (Acholi) without tears/Dholuo maonge luya
[12867]   Malong, Rowbone (1978) : Ah big yaws? A guard to sow theffricun innglissh
[12868]   Malonga-Nkounkou, Ch. (1952) : Le problème des langues en A.E.F.: le lari
[12869]   Malope, M. R. (1998) : The state of Setswana lexicography
[12870]   Malou, Job Dharuai (1983) : The Dinka vowel system
[12871]   Malou, Job Dharuai (1988) : Dinka vowel system
[23097]   Malou, Job Dharuai (1983) : Language use among the Dinka
[12872]   Malundama, Disuka (1976) : Éléments de grammaire et de vocabulaire lingombe
[12873]   Malzac, [Révérend] [Père] V. (1926) : Grammaire malgache
[12874]   Malzac, [Révérend] [Père] V. (1960) : Grammaire malgache
[12875]   Mamet, M. (1955) : La langue ntomba, telle qu’elle est parlée au lac ntomba et dans la région avoisinante (Afrique centrale)
[12876]   Mamet, M. (1960) : Le langage des Bolia
[12877]   Mamet, M. (1962) : La légende d’Iyanja: texte ntomba, précédée d’une révision des formes verbales
[12878]   Mamet, M. (1973) : Les idéophones du lontomba
[12879]   Mamili, M. (1996) : Silozi after independence: the view of the Silozi Curriculum Committee
[12880]   Mammeri, Mouloud (1967) : Études berbères, I: précis de grammaire berbère (morphologie)
[12881]   Mamphwe, C. T. (1987) : The ideophone in Venda
[12882]   Mampuru, Deborah M. (1991) : The habitual mood in Northern Sotho
[12884]   Manahlot Demissie (1977) : Nominal clauses in Amharic
[12885]   Manahlot Demissie (1988) : Some notes on Amharic performative verbs
[12886]   Manaster-Ramer, Alexis (1995) : The unreality of morphophonemes in Zambuk Tera sound change
[12887]   Mandaba, Michael (1981) : Sango-Deutsch Wörterbuch
[12888]   Mandelbaum Edel, M. (1934) : The customs of the Baganda by Sir Apolo Kagwa
[12889]   Mandeson, Edward B. (1984) : ZY and its related forms in Baka discourse
[12890]   Manessy, Gabriel (1960) : La morphologie du nom en bwamu (bobo-oulé), dialecte de Bondoukuy
[12891]   Manessy, Gabriel (1961) : Le bwamu et ses dialectes
[12892]   Manessy, Gabriel (1962) : Observations sur la classification nominale dans les langues négro-africaines du Soudan et de la Guinée
[12893]   Manessy, Gabriel (1962) : Nom et verbe dans les langues mandé
[12895]   Manessy, Gabriel (1963) : Rapport sur les langues voltaïques
[12896]   Manessy, Gabriel (1963) : Les particulares affirmatives postverbales dans le groupe voltaïque
[12897]   Manessy, Gabriel (1963) : Structure de la proposition relative dans quelques langues voltaïques
[12898]   Manessy, Gabriel (1964) : La relation genitive dans quelques langues mandé
[12899]   Manessy, Gabriel (1964) : L’alternance consonantique initiale en manya, kpelle, loma, bandi et mende
[12900]   Manessy, Gabriel (1964) : Remarques sur la formation du pluriel en bandi, loma, mende et kpelle
[12901]   Manessy, Gabriel (1964) : Détermination et prédication en kpelle
[12902]   Manessy, Gabriel (1964) : Adjectifs épithètes et adjectifs conjoints dans les langues voltaïques
[12903]   Manessy, Gabriel (1964) : Les grandes langues négro-africaines de communication et l’unification linguistique de l’Afrique
[12904]   Manessy, Gabriel (1965) : Les substantifs à préfixe et suffixe dans les langues voltaïques ; partie 1
[12905]   Manessy, Gabriel (1965) : La classification nominale dans les langues voltaïques: observations et hypothèses
[12906]   Manessy, Gabriel (1965/66) : Le verbe dans les langues du groupe tem: essai d’interprétation génétique
[12907]   Manessy, Gabriel (1966) : Les substantifs à préfixe et suffixe dans les langues voltaïques ; partie 2
[12908]   Manessy, Gabriel (1966) : Recherches sur la morphologie du verbe senufo
[12909]   Manessy, Gabriel (1966) : Essai de typologie du verbe voltaïque
[12911]   Manessy, Gabriel (1967) : La recherche linguistique en Afrique noire
[12912]   Manessy, Gabriel (1967) : Évolution de la classification nominale dans les langues gurunsi (groupe voltaïque)
[12913]   Manessy, Gabriel (1967) : Les linguistes et l’Afrique
[12914]   Manessy, Gabriel (1968) : La catégorie du nombre dans les langues de l’Afrique occidentale
[12915]   Manessy, Gabriel (1968) : Remarques sur l’expression de l’injonction directe dans les langues voltaïques
[12916]   Manessy, Gabriel (1969) : Les langues gurunsi: essai d’application de la méthode comparative à un groupe de langues voltaïques
[12917]   Manessy, Gabriel (1969) : L’actualisation du prédicat dans les langues négro-africaine
[12918]   Manessy, Gabriel (1971) : Les langues gurma
[12919]   Manessy, Gabriel (1971) : Langues voltaïques sans classes nominales
[12920]   Manessy, Gabriel (1971) : Survivance et disparition des classes nominales dans les langues voltaïques
[12921]   Manessy, Gabriel (1972) : La linguistique au service de l’Afrique
[12922]   Manessy, Gabriel (1972) : Les noms d’animaux domestiques dans les langues voltaïques
[12923]   Manessy, Gabriel (1975) : Les langues oti-volta: classification généalogique d’un groupe de langues voltaïques
[12924]   Manessy, Gabriel (1976) : Notes sur le niende, langue de l’Atakora
[12925]   Manessy, Gabriel (1977) : Processes of pidginization in African languages
[12926]   Manessy, Gabriel (1977) : Linguistique historique et traditions ethniques: les peuples voltaïques dans l’est de la boucle du Niger
[12927]   Manessy, Gabriel (1977) : Créolisation et français régionaux
[12928]   Manessy, Gabriel (1978) : Le kirma, le tyurama et les langues voltaïques centrales
[12929]   Manessy, Gabriel (1978) : Observations sur un corpus de français oral recueilli dans le sud du Cameroun
[12930]   Manessy, Gabriel (1978) : Le français d’Afrique noire, français créole ou créole français
[12931]   Manessy, Gabriel (1978) : De la définition du mot dans les langues voltaïques
[12932]   Manessy, Gabriel (1978) : Les langues voltaïques
[12933]   Manessy, Gabriel (1979) : Contribution à la classification généalogique des langues voltaïques: le groupe proto-central
[12934]   Manessy, Gabriel (1981) : Note liminaire: les langues de l’Afrique noire
[12935]   Manessy, Gabriel (1981) : Les langues voltaïques
[12936]   Manessy, Gabriel (1983) : Le bwamu et les langues voltaïques
[12937]   Manessy, Gabriel (1984) : Bantou et créole: l’agglutination de l’article français
[12938]   Manessy, Gabriel (1984) : Français-tirailleur et français d’Afrique
[12939]   Manessy, Gabriel (1985) : Français, créoles français, français régionaux
[12940]   Manessy, Gabriel (1985) : La flexion verbale en français d’Afrique et dans quelques autres variétés populaires
[12941]   Manessy, Gabriel (1985) : La construction sérielle dans les langues africaines et les langues créoles
[12942]   Manessy, Gabriel (1986) : L’évolution du français d’Afrique et la formation des créoles français
[12943]   Manessy, Gabriel (1986) : Remarques sur la pluralisation du nom en créole et dans les langues africaines
[12944]   Manessy, Gabriel (1987) : La classification nominale en proto-guang
[12945]   Manessy, Gabriel (1987) : De la subversion des langues importées: le français en Afrique noire
[12946]   Manessy, Gabriel (1988) : Langues de grande communication et français en Afrique noire
[12947]   Manessy, Gabriel (1989) : Le français en Afrique noire: éléments de diagnostic
[12948]   Manessy, Gabriel (1990) : Du bon usage de la méthode comparative historique dans les langues africaines et ailleurs
[12949]   Manessy, Gabriel (1990) : Vocabulaires comparatifs de quatre langues voltaïques par le R. P. Louis Girault
[12950]   Manessy, Gabriel (1992) : Le français en Afrique de tradition coloniale française (statut sociopolitique, usages et caractéristiques)
[12951]   Manessy, Gabriel (1992) : Généalogie et génétique
[12952]   Manessy, Gabriel (1992) : Norme endogène et normes pédagogiques en Afrique noire
[12953]   Manessy, Gabriel (1993) : Le bariba, étude généalogique
[12954]   Manessy, Gabriel (1993) : Normes endogènes et français de référence
[12955]   Manessy, Gabriel (1994) : Modalités d’appropriation d’une langue seconde (français d’Afrique et créoles français)
[12956]   Manessy, Gabriel (1994) : Normes du français en Afrique noire francophone
[12957]   Manessy, Gabriel (1994) : Pratique du français en Afrique noire francophone
[12958]   Manessy, Gabriel (1994) : Prénasalisation et sonorisation en senufo
[12959]   Manessy, Gabriel (1994) : Le français en Afrique noire: myth, stratégies, pratiques
[12960]   Manessy, Gabriel (1995) : Fixation généalogiques et histoire de langues
[12961]   Manessy, Gabriel (1996) : La détermination nominale en senoufo
[12962]   Manessy, Gabriel (1996) : Structure morphologique des bases nominales et verbales en proto-senoufo
[12963]   Manessy, Gabriel (1999) : Langues et histoire des peuples voltaïques: signification et limites de la comparaison historique
[12910]   Manessy, Gabriel (Ed) (1967) : La classification nominale dans les langues négro-africaines: actes du colloque international CNRS, Aix-en-Provence, 3-7 juillet 1967
[12894]   Manessy, Gabriel & Serge Sauvageot (Ed) (1963) : Wolof et sérèr: études de phonétique et de grammaire descriptive
[26566]   Manfredi, Stefano (2013) : Arabic borrowings in Laggori (Eastern Daju)
[27158]   Manfredi, Stefano (2017) : Arabi Juba: un pidgin-créole du Soudan du Sud
[12964]   Manfredi, Victor B. (1987) : Antipassive and ergative in Igbo
[12966]   Manfredi, Victor B. (1989) : Igboid
[12967]   Manfredi, Victor B. (1990) : Moved vs. in situ ‘verb focus’ in Kwa
[12968]   Manfredi, Victor B. (1991) : Ágbò and Ehugbò: Igbo linguistics, consciousness, its origin and limits
[12969]   Manfredi, Victor B. (1992) : A typology of Yoruba nominalizations
[12970]   Manfredi, Victor B. (1992) : The limits of downstep in Agbo sentence prosody
[12971]   Manfredi, Victor B. (1993) : Verb focus in the typology of Kwa/Kru and Haitian
[12972]   Manfredi, Victor B. (1993) : Spreading and downstep: prosodic government in tone languages
[12965]   Manfredi, Victor B. (Ed) (1988) : Niger-Congo syntax and semantics 1
[12973]   Manfredi, Victor B. & Karl H. Reynolds (Ed) (1995) : Niger-Congo syntax and semantics 6: proceedings of the 1993 Niger-Congo Workshop, Boston University
[12974]   Mangat, Alice W. (2001) : Swahili for foreigners
[26557]   Manger, Leif O. (2013) : Seligman on the Lafofa – social organisation and some terminology
[12975]   Mangoale, Paulina (2004) : Reflections of gender inequalities and stereotypes in the Northern Sotho proverbs
[12977]   Mangoche, M. V. B. (1975) : A visitor’s notebook of Chichewa
[12978]   Mangoche, M. V. B. (1990) : Chichewa guide for tourists
[12979]   Mangoche, M. V. B. (1997) : Chichewa guide for tourists
[12976]   Mangoche, M. V. B. & J. P. B. Loga (Ed) (1972) : Muuni wa Chichewa
[27973]   Mangulu, André Motingea (2018) : Le lokonda des Ilángá la Bakonda - Un échantillon des langues inclassables du Bassin central congolais
[12980]   Maniacky, Jacky (1997) : Contribution à l’étude des langues bantoues de la zone K: analyse comparative et sous-groupements
[12981]   Maniacky, Jacky (2000) : Le vocabulaire de la faune en kibeembe (H.11)
[12982]   Maniacky, Jacky (2004) : Tonologie du ngangela, variété de Menongue (Angola)
[23240]   Maniacky, Jacky (2005) : Quelques thèmes pour “igname” en bantu
[25005]   Maniacky, Jacky (2002) : Tonologie du ngangela, variété de Menongue (Angola)
[25148]   Maniacky, Jacky (2009) : Thèmes régionaux Bantu et africanismes brésiliens
[27613]   Maniacky, Jacky & Odette Ambouroue (2014) : Melodic Tones in Orungu (Bantu B11b)
[12983]   Manjate, Teresa [Maria] [Alfredo] (2000) : O simbolismo no contexto proverbial Tsonga e Macua-Lómwè (uma análise contrastiva)
[12994]   Mann, Charles C. (1993) : Polysemic functionality in pidgins and creoles: the case of fò in Anglo-Nigerian Pidgin
[12996]   Mann, Gregory (2002) : What's in an alias? Family names, individual histories, and historical method in the western Sudan
[12984]   Mann, Michael (1966) : Unpublished Sukuma dictionary
[12985]   Mann, Michael (1969) : Tone-marking in an African language, with application to Bemba
[12986]   Mann, Michael (1970) : Guthrie’s linguistic terminology and its application to Bemba
[12987]   Mann, Michael (1970) : Internal relationships of the Bantu languages: prospects for topological research
[12988]   Mann, Michael (1973) : Sound-correspondences and sound-shifts
[12989]   Mann, Michael (1976) : Supplementary indexes to Guthrie’s Comparative Bantu
[12991]   Mann, Michael (1980) : Similarity analyses and the classification of the Bantu languages
[12993]   Mann, Michael (1990) : Arabic lexicography in northern Africa, with special reference to Egypt
[12995]   Mann, Michael (1999) : A note on geographical relations among the Bantu languages
[23302]   Mann, Michael (1980) : Innovation et sous-groupement de langues
[12992]   Mann, Michael & David Dalby (Ed) (1987) : A thesaurus of African languages: a classified and annotated inventory of the spoken languages of Africa
[12990]   Mann, Michael , Mubanga E. Kashoki & John Lisle Wright (1977) : Language in Zambia: grammatical sketches, I: Bemba, Town Bemba and Kaonde
[12997]   Mannathoko, Changu E. (1991) : Kalanga language and ethnicity: a historical perspective
[13000]   Manorohanta, Cecile Marie-Agne (1993) : Les pratiques d’enseignement du français langue seconde à Madagascar
[27177]   Mansaly, Jules (2017) : Le système de dénomination Balant
[27327]   Mansaly, Jules (2017) : Étude linguistique des proverbes balant
[13001]   Mansour, Gerda (1980) : The dynamics of multilingualism: the case of Senegal
[13002]   Mansour, Gerda (1993) : Multilingualism and nation building
[13003]   Mansuur, Cabdalla Comar (198-) : Bahda afafka kushitik iyo taarìíkhda af-soomaaliga
[13004]   Mansuur, Cabdalla Comar (1984) : Some traces of Somali history in Maay dialects
[13005]   Mansuur, Cabdalla Comar (1986) : A lexical aspect of Somali and East Cushitic languages
[13006]   Mansuur, Cabdalla Comar (1989) : Le lingue cuscitiche e il somalo
[13007]   Mansuur, Cabdalla Comar & Annarita Puglielli (1999) : Barashada naxwaha af soomaaliga/Somali school grammar
[13008]   Mansuur, Cabdalla Comar & Annarita Puglielli (1999) : Furahalayliyada ‘Barashada naxwaha af soomaaliga’/Answers to exercises in ‘Somali school grammar’
[13009]   Mantel-Niecko, Joanna (1969) : Les verbes de type A/B-C en amharique: analyse sémantique comparée
[13010]   Mantovani, Mario A. (1963) : An introduction to the Karimojong language
[13011]   Mantovani, Mario A. (1985) : A new Karimojong grammar
[13012]   Mantovani, Mario A. (1992) : The value in English of the Karimojong verbal tense
[23301]   Mantuba-Ngoma, Mabiala (1987) : Symbolik der Namensgebung bei den Yombe (Zaire)
[28906]   Manu-Barfo, Esther Desiadenyo (2020) : A Descriptive Grammar of the Dòmpò Language of Ghana
[13013]   Manuel, Sharon Yvonne (1987) : Acoustic and perceptual consequences of vowel-to-vowel coarticulation in three Bantu languages
[13014]   Manuka, Mokonda (1986) : Formes verbales comparées des dialectes ngombe des zones de Basankusu, de Bolomba et d’Ingende
[25284]   Manus, Sophie (2003) : Morphologie et tonologie du símákòòndè (parlé par les communautés d‘origine mozambicaine de Zanzibar et de Tanga (Tanzanie))
[27169]   Manus, Sophie (2016) : The conjoint/disjoint alternation in Símákonde
[27614]   Manus, Sophie (2014) : Melodic Patterns in Símákonde
[26187]   Manyah, Kofi Adu (2011) : Nasal-Oral Contrast of Short and Long Vowels in Twi: An Acoustic Study
[25285]   Manyeh, M. K. (1983) : Aspects of Kono Phonology
[13015]   Maouani, Assouma Matié (1992) : [The functional approach the to the description of the Lokpa (Dompago) language in comparison to Russian]
[13016]   Mapanje, Jack (1983) : On the interpretation of aspect and tense in Chiyao, Chichewa and English
[13017]   Maphike, P. R. S. (1981) : The “consecutive tense” in Southern Sotho
[13018]   Maraire, Dumisani Abraham (1992) : Syncretism of African traditional music and African languages in the oral traditions of central Africa
[13019]   Marais, M. J. (1973) : An historical review of speech therapy services in the Transvaal from 1917 to 1973
[13020]   Marantz, Alec (1993) : Implications of asymmetries in double object constructions
[13021]   Maranz, David (1996) : Croyances et langues: glossaire des mots sénégalais ayant une signification religieuse
[13022]   Maranz, David (2000) : Naka lañuy binde baat boobu
[13063]   Marçais, Philippe (1948) : Articulation de l’emphase dans un parler arabe maghrébin
[13064]   Marçais, Philippe (1956) : Le parler arabe de Djidjelli (nord constantinois, Algérie)
[13065]   Marçais, Philippe (1977) : Esquisse grammaticale de l’arabe maghrebin
[13025]   Marchal-Nasse, Colette (1979) : Esquisse de la langue tsogo: phonologie, morphologie
[13026]   Marchal-Nasse, Colette (1989) : De la phonologie à la morphologie du nzebi, langue bantoue (B52) du Gabon
[13024]   Marchal, Alain (1987) : Des clics en francais?
[13023]   Marchal, R. (1943) : Terminologie juridique en kilamba
[28272]   Marchese Zogbo, Lynell (2019) : Central vowels in the Kru language family: Innovation and areal spreading
[13027]   Marchese, Lynell (1975) : Morphophonologie du verbe godié
[13028]   Marchese, Lynell (1977) : Subordinate clauses as topics in Godié
[13029]   Marchese, Lynell (1977) : The verbal system in Godie: a daughter dependency approach
[13030]   Marchese, Lynell (1978) : La subordination en godié
[13031]   Marchese, Lynell (1978) : Subordination in Godié
[13032]   Marchese, Lynell (1979) : Atlas linguistique kru: essai de typologie
[13033]   Marchese, Lynell (1979) : Tense/aspect and the development of auxiliaries in Kru languages
[13035]   Marchese, Lynell (1983) : Atlas linguistique kru : essai de typologie
[13036]   Marchese, Lynell (1983) : Assertive focus and the inherent focus nature of negatives and imperatives: evidence from Kru
[13038]   Marchese, Lynell (1984) : Tense innovation in the Kru language family
[13039]   Marchese, Lynell (1984) : Atlas linguistique kru : essai de typologie
[13040]   Marchese, Lynell (1985) : Pronominalization and the appearance of full noun referents in Godie discourse
[13041]   Marchese, Lynell (1986) : Tense/aspect and the development of auxiliaries in Kru languages
[13042]   Marchese, Lynell (1989) : Kru
[22674]   Marchese, Lynell (1988) : Sequential chaining and discourse structure in Godie
[22911]   Marchese, Lynell (1982) : Basic aspectual categories in Proto-Kru
[22914]   Marchese, Lynell (1984) : Exbraciation in the Kru language family
[22926]   Marchese, Lynell (1978) : Time reference in Godié
[22940]   Marchese, Lynell (1978) : Le developpement des auxiliaries dans les langues kru
[22943]   Marchese, Lynell (1980) : Les types de négation dans la famille kru et une particularité du système godié
[22961]   Marchese, Lynell (1986) : The pronominal system of Godie
[22942]   Marchese, Lynell (Ed) (1980) : Communications présentées au premiere colloque international sur les langues kru
[13037]   Marchese, Lynell & Ann Hook (1983) : Enquête dialectale en pays aïzi
[13034]   Marchese, Lynell & Anna Schnukal (1982) : Nigerian Pidgin English of Warri
[24498]   Marchese, Lynell & Carol Gratrix (1977 [1974]) : Godié
[13043]   Marconnès, Francisque A. (1931) : A grammar of central Karanga, the language of old Monomotapa as at present spoken in central Mashonaland, Southern Rhodesia
[13044]   Marcos Habte-Mariam (1973) : Pidgin Italian?
[13045]   Marcos Habte-Mariam (1974) : Palatalization in Ennemor
[13046]   Marcos Habte-Mariam (1976) : Three other Ethiopian languages, 3: Italian
[13047]   Marcos Habte-Mariam (1990) : Scholarship of the Ethiopian languages: restrospect and prospect
[13048]   Marcy, Georges (1931) : Essai d’une théorie générale de la morphologie berbère
[13049]   Marcy, Georges (1931/34) : Note sur le pronom relatif-démonstratif en berbère
[13050]   Marcy, Georges (1932) : Les phrases berbères des ‘documents inédits d’histoire almohade’
[13051]   Marcy, Georges (1933) : Note sur l’instabilité dialectale du timbre vocalique berbère et la conjugaison des verbes de type neg
[13052]   Marcy, Georges (1934/37) : Au sujet du nom berbère du Fer
[13053]   Marcy, Georges (1935) : Notes linguistiques autour du périple d’Hannon
[13054]   Marcy, Georges (1935) : Notes linguistiques relatives à la terminologie marocaine indigenè des vents
[13055]   Marcy, Georges (1936) : Note sur le pronom relatif-sujet et le pseudo-participe dans les parlers berbères
[13056]   Marcy, Georges (1937/40) : Remarques sur le pronom suffixe de la 3ème pers. dans les parlers berbères
[13057]   Marcy, Georges (1938) : À propos de berbères tafaska
[13058]   Marcy, Georges (1939) : Fonctions originales dans les parlers berbères des pronoms démonstratifs-relatifs id/in
[13059]   Marcy, Georges (1940) : Observations sur le relatif futur en touareg Ahaggar
[13060]   Marcy, Georges (1941) : Le mot halluf est-il d’origine berbère? ; partie 1
[13061]   Marcy, Georges (1942) : Le mot halluf est-il d’origine berbère? ; partie 2
[13062]   Marcy, Georges (1945) : L’origine du nom de l’Île de Fer
[13066]   Maret, Pierre de & François Nsuka-Nkutsi (1977) : History of Bantu metallurgy: some linguistic aspects
[26060]   Marfo, Charles & Adams Bodomo (2005) : Information Structuring In Akan Question-Word Fronting And Focus Constructions
[13067]   Marfo, Charles Ofosu (2004) : On tone and segmental processes in Akan phrasal words: a prosodic account
[24148]   Marfo, Charles Ofosu (2005) : Akan focus and topic constructions and the prosody-syntax interface
[27466]   Marfo, Charles Ofosu (2013) : Optimizing structure: The case of the ‘CrV’ syllable of Akan
[13068]   Marggraff, M. M. (1997) : Verb stems as stylistica in D.B.Z. Ntuli’s Ucingo
[27936]   Marggrander, Anna (2018) : A Grammar of Dũya - A Plateau Language of Central Nigeria
[13069]   Marian, J. (1967) : Les emprunts anglais dans le langue haoussa
[13070]   Marinis, Hélene (1981) : Línguas bantu: sua história e sua classifição
[13073]   Marivate, C. N. (1992) : The evaluation of language policy for Africans in South Africa 1948-1989
[13071]   Marivate, C. T. D. (1982) : The ideophone in Tsonga
[13072]   Marivate, C. T. D. (1985) : The ideophone as a syntactic category in the southern Bantu languages
[23303]   Marivate, C. T. D. (1982) : The ideophone in Tsonga
[23304]   Marivate, C. T. D. (1978) : Aspects of delivery in Tsonga folktales
[13074]   Marizu, O. I. (1998) : Social evaluation survey on ethnic relations in Nigeria
[29059]   Marjie, Sarah (2022) : Kiswahili-English on Public Signage: A Morpheme-By-Morpheme Approach
[27149]   Mark Van Mol (2017) : Arabic Language Teaching and the Real Linguistic Situation: What does Linguistic Empirical Research Teach us about Arabic Language Levels?
[25620]   Markgraf, Holger W. (2011) : Von seriellen Verben und Auxiliaren Die Grammatikalisierung von Bewegungsverben in Adamawa-Sprachen
[13075]   Markos, Bekele (1986) : The syntactic analysis of simple affirmative sentences in Kembata
[13076]   Marks, Shula & Anthony Atmore (1970) : The problem of the Nguni: an examination of the ethnic and linguistic situation in South Africa
[13077]   Marley, Dawn (2004) : Language attitudes in Morocco following recent changes in language policy
[13078]   Marlo, Michael R. (2002) : Reduplication in Lusaamia
[13079]   Marlo, Michael R. (2004) : Prefixal reduplication in Lusaamia: evidence from morphology
[22634]   Marlo, Michael R. (200-) : CV-root expansion in three Luyia languages
[26041]   Marlo, Michael R. (2008) : Tura Verbal Tonology
[26245]   Marlo, Michael R. (2009) : Kayo verbal tonology
[26483]   Marlo, Michael R. (2014) : Exceptional patterns of object marking in Bantu
[27069]   Marlo, Michael R. (2007) : The verbal tonology of Lunyala and Lumarachi: Two dialects of Luluyia (Bantu, J.30, Kenya)
[27347]   Marlo, Michael R. (2015) : Exceptional Properties of the Reflexive in Bantu Languages
[27374]   Marlo, Michael R. (2015) : On the number of object markers in Bantu languages
[27532]   Marlo, Michael R. (2018) : Bukusu wordlist
[27533]   Marlo, Michael R. (2018) : Tiriki wordlist
[27534]   Marlo, Michael R. (2018) : Wanga wordlist
[27538]   Marlo, Michael R. (2018) : West Nyala wordlist
[27601]   Marlo, Michael R. (2013) : Verb Tone in Bantu Languages - Micro-Typological Patterns and Research Methods
[22620]   Marlo, Michael R. & Aaron Brown (2002) : Segmental duration in Lusaamia: a phonetic study
[27616]   Marlo, Michael R. & David Odden (2014) : Bakweri Tone Melodies
[28560]   Marlo, Michael R. & David Odden (2019) : Tone
[27615]   Marlo, Michael R. , Leonard Chacha Mwita & Mary Paster (2014) : Kuria Tone Melodies
[27640]   Marlo, Michael R. , Minah Nabirye , Deo Kawalya & Gilles-Maurice De Schryver (2017) : A Sketch of Lower Nyole Tone
[28805]   Marlo, Michael R. , Rebecca Grollemund , Thanh Nguyen , Erik Platner , Sarah Pribe & Alexa Thein (2022) : A phylogenetic classification of Luyia language varieties
[23103]   Marmor, Thomas W. (1980) : A comparison of Kabiye adult and child narrative discourse
[13081]   Marole, L. T. (194-) : Phindulano: English-Venda phrase-book
[13080]   Marole, L. T. & F. J. de Gama (1936) : English-Tshivenda vocabulary
[13082]   Marole, L. T. & F. J. de Gama (1954) : English-Venda vocabulary
[28959]   Marques, Olinda Franco F. , Vicente Mário Paulo , Eusébio Joaquim Waera Vareiro & Jerónimo Herculano Acácio (2017) : Lomwe – English Dictionary
[13084]   Marshad, Hassan [Ahmed] (1984) : An approach to code elaboration and its application to Swahili
[13085]   Marshad, Hassan [Ahmed] & S. M. Suleiman (1991) : A comparative study of Swahili ni and Arabic kana as copulative elements
[23428]   Marshall, J. (1999) : An analysis of second-language Xhosa in a farming community in South Africa
[13086]   Marshall, Lorna (1957) : The kin terminology system of the !Kung Bushmen
[13087]   Marten, Lutz (1996) : Swahili vowel harmony
[13088]   Marten, Lutz (1997) : Licensing constraints for Swahili vowel harmony
[13089]   Marten, Lutz (1998) : Swahili -kwisha: sketching the path of grammaticalization
[13090]   Marten, Lutz (200-) : Bantu classification, Bantu trees and phylogenetic methods
[13092]   Marten, Lutz (2000) : Agreement with conjoined noun phrases in Swahili
[13094]   Marten, Lutz (2002) : A lexical treatment for stem markers in Swahili
[13095]   Marten, Lutz (2003) : The dynamics of Bantu applied verbs: an analysis at the syntax-pragmatics interface
[13096]   Marten, Lutz (2003) : Dynamic and pragmatic partial agreement in Luguru
[13097]   Marten, Lutz (2005) : The dynamics of agreement and conjunction
[25576]   Marten, Lutz (2012) : Agreement in locative phrases in Luganda
[27769]   Marten, Lutz (2020) : Bantu and Bantoid
[13093]   Marten, Lutz & Deograsia Ramadhani (2001) : An overview of object marking in Kiluguru
[27368]   Marten, Lutz & Nancy C. Kula (2014) : Benefactive and substitutive applicatives in Bemba
[13091]   Marten, Lutz & Nancy Chongo Kula (200-) : Semantic transparency in phonology: telicity and vowel copying in Dciriku
[13098]   Martin, Bruce (1985) : Vowel harmony in Kipsigis
[27296]   Martin, Marieke (2012) : A grammar of Wawa : an endangered language of Cameroon
[13099]   Martinho, Ana Maria Mão-de-Ferro (1994) : Educational and linguistic problems in Portuguese speaking Africa
[15565]   Martinho, António (1961) : Oritim tradicional dos povos Vanhaneka
[26838]   Martinović, Martina (2015) : Information Structure of Copular Sentences in Wolof
[13101]   Martins, E. P. Ferreira (1963) : Curioso aspecto linguistico no Concelho do Txitatu (Angola)
[13102]   Martins, João Vicente (1990) : Elementos de gramática de utchokwe
[13100]   Martins, Manuel Alfredo de Morais (1958) : Contribuição para o estudio da influência do português na lingua quicongo
[13103]   Martins, Manuel dos Anjos (1991) : Elementos da língua nyungwe: gramática e dicionário (nyungwe-português-nyungwe)
[13104]   Martinus, Efraim Frank (1997) : The kiss of a slave: Papiamentu’s West-African connections
[13105]   Martrou, Louis (1936) : La langue fan et ses dialectes
[13106]   Martroux, L. (1924) : Lexique fãn-français
[13108]   Maruatona, Tonic (1998) : Gender perspectives of the Botswana national literacy programme among the minorities in the Chobe dictrict
[27590]   Mary Steel (Ed) (2010) : Konkomba - English (Likpakpanl - Likanl) Dictionary
[13109]   Mary Yohannes (1987) : Hamer phonology
[13110]   Masa ma Mateka (1973) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue kizeela: phonologie et morphologie
[26276]   Masagbor, Richard A. (1996-7) : Ivie folk poetry: A study in poetic grammar
[13111]   Masasire, Albert , Ann Jefferies & Michel Lafon (Ed) (1994) : Grammatical classification of headwords: ALLEX project report of the grammar team
[13112]   Masele, Balla F. Y. P. (1993) : Voiceless nasals in Sukuma
[13113]   Masele, Balla F. Y. P. (1996) : Homorganic voiceless nasals in Kisukuma
[13114]   Masele, Balla F. Y. P. (1996) : Tense and aspect in Jinakiiya, Kimunasukuma and Kidakama dialects of the Kisukuma-Kinyamwezi languages
[13115]   Masele, Balla F. Y. P. (2000) : Nominal tone in Jinakiiya dialect, Kisukuma
[13116]   Masele, Balla F. Y. P. (2001) : The linguistic history of SiSuumbwa, KiSukuma and KiNyamweezi in Bantu Zone F
[13117]   Masele, Balla F. Y. P. & Derek Nurse (2003) : Stratigraphy and prehistory: Bantu zone F
[13118]   Masera, Carlo (1936) : Primi elementi di grammatica caffina e dizionario italiano-caffino e caffino-italiano
[13119]   Mashabela, P. H. D. (1973) : The relative in Northern Sotho
[13120]   Mashiri, Pedzisai (2000) : Street remarks, address rights and the urban female: socio-linguistic politics of gender in Harare
[13121]   Mashiri, Pedzisai (2002) : Shona-English code-mixing in the speech of students at the University of Zimbabwe
[13123]   Mashiri, Pedzisai (2003) : The semantic and morphological aspects of Shona Christian personal names
[13124]   Mashiri, Pedzisai (2003) : A socio-linguistic interpretation of the social meanings of kinship terms in Shona urban interactions
[13125]   Mashiri, Pedzisai (2004) : A sociolinguistic interpretation of the social meanings of kinship terms in Shona urban interactions
[13122]   Mashiri, Pedzisai , Kenneth Mawomo & Patrick Torn (2002) : Naming the pandemic: semantic and ethical foundations of HIV/AIDS Shona vocabulary
[13126]   Mashka, Z. (1966) : Versuch einer formalen Darstellung der Worttypen mit vollständiger Wurzelreduplikation in Hausa
[13127]   Masiea, J. R. (1970) : The order of sequence of verbal extensions in Southern Sotho
[24191]   Masiuk, Nadine (1985) : Different types de constructions de l'énoncé à schème verbal du bambara
[24194]   Masiuk, Nadine (1986) : La particule de focalisation dè du bambara
[24199]   Masiuk, Nadine (1987-88) : Note sur la description des particules du bambara
[24210]   Masiuk, Nadine (1994) : L'emploi des particules, des formes pronominales fortes, et de l'extraposition en bambara - parler de Bamako
[27728]   Maslinsky, Kirill (2020) : Positional skipgrams for Bambara: a resource for corpus-based studies
[23313]   Maslova, Elena [Sergeevna] (2007) : Reciprocals and polyadic: remarkable reciprocals in Bantu
[13128]   Masny, D. & S. Ghahremani-Ghajar (1999) : Weaving multiple literacies: Somali children and their teachers in the context of school culture
[13129]   Masogo, K. (1987) : Language, communication and literature
[13130]   Masoko, W. (1983) : Maana na mpangilio wa umbo “ki” katika Kiswahili
[13131]   Massa, Jean-Michel (1996) : Dictionnaire bilingue portugais-français des particularités de la langue portugaise en Guinée-Bissau
[13132]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1975) : Verbal morphology in Ci-Ruri
[13133]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1975) : Umbo-nomino katika Kiruri [Nominal structure in Ruri]
[13134]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1977) : A comparative study of the Ruri, Jita and Kwaya “languages” of the eastern shores of Lake Nyanza (Victoria)
[13135]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1982) : Aspects of accent and tone in Ci-Ruri
[13136]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1984) : Tone in Ci-Ruri
[13137]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1985) : The semantic and morphological characterization of KWA in Kiswahili
[13138]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1985) : Reported speech in Swahili
[13139]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1986) : On the influence of local languages on Kiswahili: the case of Mara Region in Tanzania
[13140]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1987) : The effect of language modernization on the phonological system of the Kiswahili language
[13141]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1987) : The impact of politics on language development in Tanzania
[13142]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1989) : De l’influence des langues locales sur le swahili: le cas de la région de Mara en Tanzania
[13143]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1992) : Why Ci-Ruri is an accent language
[13144]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1996) : Problems in Kiswahili terminology development: the case of Tanzania
[13145]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (2000) : Ci-Ruri verbal inflection
[13146]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (2000) : The handling of foreign names and abbreviations (acronyms) in Kiswahili translations
[13147]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (2002) : The Languages of Tanzania (LOT) Project: prospects and challenges
[23306]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1988) : Dhana ya polisemia na sulubu zake katika Kiswahili
[23307]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1988) : Sababu za kubadilika kwa maana za maneno: mifano kutoka Kiswahili
[13148]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda , Yared Magori Kihore & Yohana P. Msanjila (2004) : Fonolojia ya Kiswahili sanifu
[13149]   Massana, Josep M. (2000) : Chichewa-English dictionary
[13150]   Massenbach, Gertrud von (193-) : Wörterbuch des nubischen Kunûzi-Dialekts mit einer grammatischen Einleitung
[13151]   Massenbach, Gertrud von (1961) : Eine grammatische Skizze des Dongolawi
[13152]   Massengo, A. (1955) : Coinnaissez-vous les lari?
[13153]   Massib, Gelasius (1966) : Die 12 maande in Namaquataal/Gurib !na hâ //khâgu di |onti
[13154]   Massih, George Abd al (1990) : Dictionary of Arabic grammar terminology: al-khalil
[13155]   Massman, Ursula (1971) : Ein Brief zum Thema der Eingeborenen-Ortsbezeichnungen
[22951]   Masson, Denis (1992) : Esquisse phonologique du dida de Yocoboué
[13156]   Masuku, Namsa (1992) : Linguistic theory and women’s organisations in Swaziland
[23308]   Masunaga, Kiyoko (1983) : The applied suffix in Kikuyu
[28720]   Mata, R. (2015) : Noun Class Agreement and the Elements of the Noun Phrase in Gitonga-Inhambane
[13157]   Matabisi, K. Mb. (1979) : Phonologie, morphonologie et morphologie de la langue sakata
[13158]   Matambirofa, F. (2000) : Some aspects of the architecture of the possessive noun in Bantu
[13159]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1963) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue hunde
[13160]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1967) : Du choix du Lingala comme langue nationale
[13161]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1967) : Le changement des phonèmes du hunde à partir du système phonologique du proto-bantu
[13162]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1968) : Nouvelle considération sur la délimitation des mots dans une langue bantu
[13163]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1971) : Les rôles syntaxiques du pronom de classe en hunde
[13164]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1971) : L’accord dans la phrase et la proposition copulatives d’identité en hunde, français, lingala et swahili
[13165]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1979) : De langues africaines comme véhicules de l’enseignement d’autres langues africaines
[13167]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1980) : Failure in the obligatory use of European languages in Africa and the advantages of a policy of linguistic independence
[13168]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1980) : Essai de grammaire générative et transformationalle de la langue nyanga
[13169]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1985) : Reconsideration of the official status of colonial languages in Africa/Reconsideration du statut officiel des langues coloniales en Afrique
[13170]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1985) : Colonial languages, as compulsory means of domination, and indigenous languages, as necessary factors of liberation and development/Des langues coloniales, moyens obligatoires de domination, et des langues autochtones, facteurs necessaires de liberation et de development
[13172]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1985) : Failure in the obligatory use of European languages in Africa and the advantages of a policy of linguistic independence
[13173]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1992) : Essai de grammaire du kihunde: syntaxe, morphologie et phonologie mélangées
[13174]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1997) : Le “plan d’action linguistique pour l’Afrique” comme instrument de l’OUA pour la démocratisation et le développement des pays africains
[13175]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1998) : Matéya ma Kiswahili na Lingála / Masomo ya Lingala kwa Kiswahili
[23309]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (1967) : Particularité tonale du verbe en nyanga
[13171]   Mateene, Kahombo C. (Ed) (1985) : Linguistic liberation and unity in Africa/Liberation et unite linguistiques de l’Afrique
[13166]   Mateene, Kahombo C. & John Kalema (Ed) (1980) : Reconsideration of African linguistic policies
[23310]   Mateene, Kahombo C. & Komwami Mateene (1994) : Vocabulaire fondamental nyanga
[28079]   Matfunjwa, Muzi Nkanyiso (2016) : Nature of possession in Siswati : a socio-cultural analysis
[25710]   Mathangwane, Joyce T. & Al Mtenje (2010) : Tone and Reduplication in Wandya and Subiya
[26053]   Mathangwane, Joyce T. & E. Kweku Osam (2006) : Grammatical relations in Ikalanga
[13176]   Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole (1988) : A phonological analysis of Kalanga
[13177]   Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole (1996) : Phonetics and phonology of Ikalanga: a diachronic and synchronic study
[13178]   Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole (1998) : Ikalanga phonetics and phonology: a synchronic and diachronic study
[13179]   Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole (1998) : Allomorphy and the morphology-syntax distinction in Ikalanga
[13180]   Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole (1998) : Aspirates: their development and depression in Ikalanga
[13181]   Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole (1999) : Ikalanga phonetics and phonology: a synchronic and diachronic study
[13182]   Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole (1999) : Diachrony in Ikalanga velarization
[13185]   Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole (2001) : Suffix ordering in the Ikalanga verb stem: a case against The Repeated Morph Constraint
[13186]   Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole (2002) : Reduplicatives and their tonology in Ikalanga
[13183]   Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole & Larry Michael Hyman (1999) : Meeussen’s rule at the phrase level in Kalanga
[13184]   Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole & Sheena F. Gardner (1999) : Ambivalent attitudes to English and African names in Botswana
[13187]   Mathenge, Gakuu (2002) : Unesco certifies Yaaku language and 30 others in EA dead
[29037]   Mathes, Timothy & Alex de Voogt (2023) : A spectral moments analysis of Tsua and Ju|'hoan alveolar and palatal click consonants
[26839]   Mathes, Timothy K. (2015) : Acoustic Phonetic Aspects of a 7/9 Vowel Inventory: A Study of the [ATR] Harmony Language Zaghawa
[13188]   Mathews, William R. (1982) : Basic Somali grammar
[13189]   Mathias, J. (1996) : Language and ceremonial functions: the study of Fipa rituals
[13190]   Mathieu, Ch. (1921) : Petit vocabulaire français-boulou
[13191]   Mathivha, M. E. R. (1966) : The toneme patterns of the Venda noun
[13192]   Mathivha, M. E. R. (1973) : An outline history of the development of Venda as a written language
[13193]   Mathivha, M. E. R. (1975) : Venda as a bridge language
[23330]   Mathivha, M. E. R. (1968) : The toneme patterns of the Venda noun
[13194]   Mathonsi, N. N. (1994) : The effects of a multilingual situation on Zulu syntax and semantics in the Greater Durban area
[13195]   Mathonsi, N. N. (1999) : Semantic variation and change in the Greater Durban area
[13196]   Mathonsi, N. N. (2001) : Prepositional and adverb phrases in Zulu: a linguistic and lexicographic problem
[25709]   Mathonsi, Nhlanhla N. (2010) : A Headword Identification Problem of Nouns in Zulu Dictionaries
[13197]   Mathumba, D. I. (1998) : The state of Xitsonga lexicography
[23700]   Mathumba, D. I. (1993) : A comparative study of selected phonetic, phonological, and lexical aspects of some major dialects of Tsonga in the republic of South Africa, and their impact on the standard language
[13198]   Matiki, Alfred J. I. (1997) : The politics of language in Malawi: a preliminary investigation
[13199]   Matiki, Alfred J. I. (1998) : An exploration of language planning issues in Malawi
[13200]   Matiki, Alfred J. I. (1999) : The aspectual system of Chiyao
[13201]   Matiki, Alfred J. I. (2000) : A functional categoriality of adjectives in Chichewa and Chiyao
[13202]   Matiki, Alfred J. I. (2001) : On type frequency, loanwords, and noun classification in Chichewa
[13203]   Matiki, Alfred J. I. (2003) : Linguistic exclusion and the opinions of Malawian legislators
[13204]   Matondo, Masangu (2000) : Verb-stem reduplication and tones in Kisukuma
[13205]   Matondo, Masangu (2001) : The interaction of high tones and verb-stem reduplication in Kisukuma
[13206]   Matondo, Masangu (2002) : Sukuma tone: a preliminary report
[24685]   Matondo, Masangu (2006) : Tonal Transfer in Kisukuma
[25315]   Matondo, Masangu (2003) : Tone and Prosodic Morphology in Kisukuma
[13207]   Matooane, Johannes Litjobo (1980) : A historical interpretation of Lesotho’s educational system
[13208]   Matos, Alexandre Valente de (1974) : Dicionário português-macua
[13209]   Matovu, Catherine Nakibuuka (1992) : A synchronic description of Lusoga in terms of its relatedness to Luganda
[13211]   Matovu, Kasalina Byangwa N. (1995) : Environmental conservation through cultural practices and language use
[13210]   Matovu, Kasalina Byangwa N. & others (1994) : Luganda self-instructing learner’s manual
[13212]   Matsaba, J. K. (1960) : Notes on the teaching of Southern Sotho language work in Basutoland primary schools
[13214]   Matsela, Fusi Zacharias Aunyane (1987) : The problems of modernizing development of Sesotho scientific/technical terminologies
[13215]   Matsela, Fusi Zacharias Aunyane (1995) : Empowerment of
[13213]   Matsela, Fusi Zacharias Aunyane & M. B. Mochaba (1986) : Development of new terminology in Sesotho
[13216]   Matshan-ma-mena, Azokate (1984) : Esquisse morpho-syntaxique des anthroponymes sakata
[13217]   Matsinhe, Sozinho Francisco (1991) : Reflexives in Xitsonga
[13218]   Matsinhe, Sozinho Francisco (1993) : The use of African languages as medium of instruction in Mozambique: problems and possibilities
[13219]   Matsinhe, Sozinho Francisco (1994) : The status of verbal affixes in Bantu languages with special reference to Tsonga: problems and possibilities
[23142]   Matsinhe, Sozinho Francisco (2005) : The language situation in Mozambique: current developments and prospects
[13220]   Matson, J. N. (1956) : History in Akan words
[13221]   Matsushita, Shuji (1973) : Personal pronoun and verb structure in Gwandara (Northern Nigeria)
[13223]   Matsushita, Shuji (1975) : A comparative vocabulary of the Gwandara dialects
[13225]   Matsushita, Shuji (1991) : A basic vocabulary of the Sokoto Hausa
[13228]   Matsushita, Shuji (1995) : /aC/ as a focus marker in Sokoto Hausa (Sakkwatancii)
[13222]   Matsushita, Shuji (Ed) (1974) : Hausa (West Africa)
[13224]   Matsushita, Shuji (Ed) (1979) : Hausa
[13226]   Matsushita, Shuji (Ed) (1993) : Hausa dialect vocabulary
[13227]   Matsushita, Shuji (Ed) (1994) : Hausa dialect vocabulary
[13229]   Matsushita, Shuji (Ed) (1995) : Hausa/asuaH: back to front (A-E)
[13230]   Matsushita, Shuji (Ed) (1996) : Hausa/asuaH: back to front (F-Z)
[13231]   Mattar, O. M. S. (1978) : A study of the written English of some Egyptian students in the University of Alexandria with suggestions for improvement in the teaching of English
[13232]   Matthews, J. H. (1930) : English-Mole vocabulary
[13233]   Mattuone, M. (1970) : Etude phonologique et morpho-syntaxique de la langue lendu
[24024]   Matumele, Maliya , Pela Asey Ayibite , Pombo Epanga & Ntita Nyembwe (1995) : Terminologie grammaticale et pédagogique: lexique français-lingala, lingala-français
[13234]   Matumo, Zacharia I. (1993) : Setswana-English-Setswana dictionary
[13235]   Matumo, Zacharia I. (1994) : Chart of Kalanga grammatical division
[22616]   Matushansky, Ora (2003) : Adjectives in Buli
[13236]   Matusse, Renato (1997) : The future of Portuguese in Mozambique
[13237]   Matusse, Renato (2001) : Code-switching: an audience-designed form of speech
[19952]   Matusse, Renato (1998) : Can a local language be used in formal context?
[13238]   Mau, R. Sh. (1966) : A glance at some aspects of study
[13239]   Maundu, P. Mumo (1985) : Some aspects of consonantal sound change in KiKamba
[13240]   Mauny, Raymond (1952) : Glossaire des expressions et termes locaux employés dans l’ouest africain
[13241]   Maurer, Philippe (1992) : L’apport lexical bantou en angolar
[13242]   Maurer, Philippe (1995) : L’angolar: un créole afro-portugais parlé à São Tomé: notes de grammaire, textes, vocabulaires
[13243]   Maurer, Philippe (1997) : Tense-aspect-mood in Principense
[13244]   Mavoungou, Paul Achille (2002) : Sociolinguistic and linguistic aspects of borrowing in Yilumbu
[26605]   Mavoungou, Paul-Achille & Bernard Plumel (2010) : Dictionnaire yilumbu-français
[13245]   Maw, Joan (1968) : Swahili sentence structure
[13246]   Maw, Joan (1970) : Sentences in Swahili: a study of their internal relationships
[13247]   Maw, Joan (1970) : Some problems in Swahili clause structure
[13248]   Maw, Joan (1974) : Swahili style: a study
[13249]   Maw, Joan (1974) : Tone-groups and clause structure in Swahili
[13251]   Maw, Joan (1976) : Focus and the morphology of the Swahili verb
[13252]   Maw, Joan (1985) : Twende! A practical course in Swahili
[13254]   Maw, Joan (1991) : Translation, poetry and creativity in Swahili teaching
[13255]   Maw, Joan (1992) : Narrative in Swahili: sentence structure, intonation and the storyteller
[13256]   Maw, Joan (1999) : Swahili for starters: a practical introductory course
[13253]   Maw, Joan & David J. Parkin (Ed) (1985) : Swahili language and society: papers from the workshop held at the School of Oriental and African Studies in April 1982
[13250]   Maw, Joan & John Kelly (1975) : Intonation in Swahili
[23331]   Maw, Joan & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1985) : The language of social control
[13257]   Mawadza, A. (2000) : Harare Shona slang: a linguistic study
[13258]   Mawasha, A. L. (1987) : The problem of English as a second language medium of instruction in black schools in South Africa
[13259]   Mawela, A. (1998) : The state of Tshivenda lexicography
[7738]   Mawoso, Ts. T. (1979) : La relativisation en yaka: essai de grammaire générative naturelle
[13260]   Maxamed Siyaad, Ciise (1984) : A semantic field: the camel
[13261]   Maxamuud Insaamya, Cabdullaahi Xaaji , Cumar Aw Nuux Maxamed , Axmed Cartan Xaange , Xuseen Shiikh Axmad , Muuse Haaji Ismaaʻiil Galaal , Maxamed Shire Maxamed & Jaamar Axmed Axmed (1973) : Aasaaska naxwaha af soomaaliga [Foundations of Somali grammar]
[22575]   Maxey, J. (1994) : Relative clauses in Vute
[13262]   Maxwell, J. Lowry (1956) : Yau da gobe: a Hausa grammar for beginners
[13263]   Maxwell, J. Lowry (1963) : Yau da gobe: a Hausa grammar for beginners
[13264]   May, Janet Grace (1980) : The perception of Egyptian Arabic fricatives
[13265]   Mayala, Nsebeng-Kimanese (1983) : Some phonetic changes in a code-mixing context: a case study of French and Lingala
[13266]   Mayala, Nsebeng-Kimanese (1991) : L2 learners’ knowledge of verb form-function relationships at different stages in the acquisition of English as a second language: a study of college learners’ interlanguage in Zaire
[13267]   Mayanga, Tayeye (1985) : Grammaire yansi
[13268]   Mayekiso, V. (1992) : Xhosa
[13269]   Mayer, J. (1963) : L’université, garant de la pureté du langage dans les pays de langue française
[13270]   Mayer, Raymond (1987) : Langues des groupes pygmées au Gabon: un état des lieux
[13271]   Mayevu, G. S. (1973) : Preliminary remarks on the subjectival concord in Tsonga
[13273]   Mayr, [Reverend] [Father] Franz (1928) : Easy English for natives in Rhodesia
[13272]   Mayr, J. (1924) : Dravidische Nominalsuffixe und ihre afrikanischen Parallellen
[13274]   Mayugi, Nicolas & Pascal Ndayishinguje (Ed) (1985) : Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale - inventaire préliminaire: le Burundi
[23714]   Mazombwe, Obediah (1981) : Umuntu: worldview in the structure and theme of Nsenga narrative performance
[27848]   Mazrui, Alamin (2019) : Sociocultural and Political Settings of Language in Africa
[13286]   Mazrui, Alamin M. (1981) : Acceptability in a planned standard: the case of Swahili in Kenya
[13287]   Mazrui, Alamin M. (1983) : The passive transformation in Swahili
[13288]   Mazrui, Alamin M. (1991) : Variation in Swahili tense-aspect marking: evidence from Kimvita
[13289]   Mazrui, Alamin M. (1995) : Slang and codeswitching: the case of Sheng in Kenya
[13290]   Mazrui, Alamin M. (1996) : The religious factor in language nationalism: the case of Kiswahili in Kenya
[13292]   Mazrui, Alamin M. (2004) : English in Africa: after the Cold War
[13275]   Mazrui, Ali A. (1966) : The English language and political consciousness in British Colonial Africa
[13277]   Mazrui, Ali A. (1967) : The national language question in East Africa
[13278]   Mazrui, Ali A. (1967) : The English language and the origins of African nationalism
[13280]   Mazrui, Ali A. (1968) : Some sociopolitical functions of English literature in Africa
[13281]   Mazrui, Ali A. (1970) : Democracy and the future of Swahili
[13282]   Mazrui, Ali A. (1971) : Islam and the English language in East and West Africa
[13283]   Mazrui, Ali A. (1973) : The English language and the origins of African nationalism
[13285]   Mazrui, Ali A. (1975) : The racial boundaries of the English language: an African perspective
[13284]   Mazrui, Ali A. (Ed) (1975) : The political sociology of the English language: an African perspective
[13291]   Mazrui, Ali A. & Alamin M. Mazrui (1998) : The power of Babel: language and governance in the African experience
[13279]   Mazrui, Ali A. & Molly Mazrui (1967) : The impact of the English language on African international relations
[13276]   Mazrui, Ali A. & Wilfred Howell Whiteley (1967) : Språkproblem i Östafrika
[13293]   Mazzuki, Daniel (19--) : Jizunze Kiswahili, kwa njia ua Kiiraqw
[13301]   Mba-Nkoghe, Jules (1999) : Description linguistique du fang du Gabon (parler atsi): phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe, lexique
[13302]   Mba-Nkoghe, Jules (1979) : Phonologie et classes nominales en fang (langue bantoue de la zone A)
[13319]   Mbá, B. M. (1986) : The perfective aspect markers in the Nsúká group of dialects
[25944]   Mba, Gabriel (2012) : Notes on reduplication in Kenyang
[25945]   Mba, Gabriel (2012) : La Réduplication en ghómaàlaà‘
[26273]   Mba, Gabriel (1996-7) : Les extensions verbales en ghɔmalaʔ
[13298]   Mba, Gabriel & Blasius Agha-ah Chiatoh (2003) : Verbal extensions in Kom
[13296]   Mba, Gabriel & Chia Emmanuel Nges (1996) : Vocabulary grading
[13300]   Mba, Gabriel & Justine Atemajong Njika (2003) : Verbal extensions in Nngwe
[13299]   Mba, Gabriel & Prosper Djiafeua (2003) : Les extensions verbales en ngiemboon
[13297]   Mba, Gabriel & Vernyuy Francis Ndzenyuy (2003) : Verbal extensions in Lamnso
[13295]   Mba, P. O. (1986) : A handbook of special education in Nigeria
[13303]   Mbaabu, Ireri (1985) : New horizons in Kiswahili: a synthesis in development, research and literature
[13304]   Mbaabu, Ireri & Kibande Nzuga (2003) : Sheng-English dictionary: deciphering East Africa’s underworld language
[7740]   Mbadu, Mwamba di M. (1979) : Les catégories verbales en français et en yoombe
[13305]   Mbaga, K. & Wilfred Howell Whiteley (1961) : Formality and informality in Yao speech
[26985]   Mbah, Boniface M. & Evelyn Mbah (2014) : Rv applicative in Igbo
[26965]   Mbah, Boniface Monday & Evelyn Ezinwanne Mbah (2012) : Phonological features of verb compounds in Igbo
[26599]   Mbah, Mathaus N. (compiled by) (2013) : Moghamo - English Lexicon / English - Moghamo index
[13307]   Mbala, R. (1996) : Silozi in basic education
[13306]   Mbala, T. (1974) : Essai de correction phonétique entre le kintandu et le français
[13308]   Mbamba, A. Mauno (1981) : A diagnostic analysis of the education system in Namibia
[13309]   Mbamba, A. Mauno (1982) : Primary education for an independent Namibia: planning in a situation of uncertainty and instability
[13310]   Mbambali, Mbeko (1983) : Éléments de la grammaire casuelle ngbandi
[13311]   Mbambe, Otto Ikome (1991) : Mother-tongue influence on Cameroonian English: a cultural basis for vernacular usage in the C.C.E.
[13312]   Mbangwana, Paul (1987) : Some characteristics of sound patterns of Cameroon Standard English
[13313]   Mbangwana, Paul (1989) : Flexibility in lexical usage in Cameroon English
[23518]   Mbangwana, Paul (1983) : The scope and role of Pidgin English in Cameroon
[13314]   Mbarek, M. Nait (1986) : Marche linguistique et rapports diglottiques: le cas du Maroc
[13315]   Mbassi-Manga, Francis (1973) : English in Cameroon: a study of historical contact patterns of usage and current trends
[13316]   Mbassi-Manga, Francis (1976) : The state of contemporary English in Cameroon
[13317]   Mbaya, Maweja (2001) : The spread of the English language in the French-speaking countries of Africa: the case of Senegal
[13318]   Mbaya, Maweja (2004) : Pratiques et attitudes linguistiques dans l’Afrique d’aujourd’hui: le cas du Sénégal
[13320]   Mbele, Joseph L. (1991) : Narrative inconsistencies in the Liongo epic
[23332]   Mbele, Joseph L. (1986) : The Liongo Fumo epic and the scholars
[13321]   Mbenzi, P. A. (1996) : Oshindonga in basic education
[13322]   Mbenzi, P. A. & O. N. Iithete (1996) : English-Oshindonga dictionary (for primary schools)/Embwiitya lyOshiingilisa nOshindonga
[27388]   Mberamihigo, Ferdinand , Gilles-Maurice de Schryver & Koen Bostoen (2016) : Entre verbe et adverbe : Grammaticalisation et dégrammaticalisation du marqueur épistémique umeengo/umeenga en kirundi (bantou, JD62)
[28440]   Mberamihigo, Ferdinand , Gilles-Maurice de Schryver & Koen Bostoen (2020) : Entre modalité et conditionnalité L’analyse de corpus du préfixe verbal oo- en kirundi (bantou, JD62)
[13323]   Mberema, F. K. Haingura wa (1996) : Rugciriku and the Rugciriku Curriculum Committee after Nambian independence
[13324]   Mberema, F. K. Haingura wa (1996) : Rugciriku in basic education
[13325]   Mberi, Nhira Edgar (1992) : Zimbabwe: methods of dialect geography
[13326]   Mberi, Nhira Edgar (2003) : Metaphors in Shona: a cognitive approach
[28775]   Mberia, Kithaka wa (2015) : Misrepresentations and Omissions in Kiswahili Phonology
[13327]   Mbernodji, Calvain & Eric Johnson (2001) : Enquête sociolinguistique de la langue moubi du Tchad
[25281]   Mbernodji, Calvain & Katharina Wolf (2008) : Une enquête sociolinguistique des parlers kibet, rounga, daggal et mourro du Tchad - rapport technique
[13328]   Mbewe, Euphrasia (2000) : Deaf people in developing countries: southern Africa
[27329]   Mbiavanga, Fernando (2017) : The (Anti-)Causative Alternation in Kikongo
[28057]   Mbiavanga, Fernando (2008) : An analysis of verbal affixes in Kikongo with special reference to form and function
[13329]   Mbiti, John S. (1959) : English-Kamba vocabulary
[23864]   Mbiydzenyuy Sala, Bonaventura (1999) : Aspects of clefting in Lamnso’
[7742]   Mbom, Betrade B. (1990) : Tense and aspect in Basaa
[22541]   Mboma, Ndolo ji Anjila (1975) : Quelques remarques sur la tonalité du protobantu
[13331]   Mbongue, Joseph (2005) : Evaluation sociolinguistique du niveau de bilingualisme chez les Nda’nda’
[13330]   Mbongue, Joseph , Domche Teko Engelbert , Edward Brye & Elizabeth Brye (2002) : Premiere evaluation globale de la situation sociolinguistique de la langue lefa (léfa’)
[23333]   Mbonimana, Gamaliel (1985) : La métrique dans la poésie pastorale au Rwanda: analogie entre le rythme poétique et le rythme fondamental
[26606]   Mboroki, Mwalimu D.K. (2012) : Kimeru - English Dictionary
[13332]   Mboui, Joseph (1965) : Contribution à l’étude phonologique du parler basa typique
[23515]   Mbouya, Innocent Fasse (2000) : English and French loans in Ngiemboon
[13334]   Mboyo, Claude & André Motingea Mangulu (2002) : Quelques formes incorrectes dans l’esquisse grammaticale de la langue des Elinga
[13336]   Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (1994) : Kenyang phonology
[13337]   Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (1998) : Kenyang lexicon
[13338]   Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (2000) : Apparent fallacies in some Kenyang proverbs
[13339]   Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (2002) : The Denya noun class system
[24037]   Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (2000) : Kenyang segmental phonology
[25445]   Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (1996) : Denya Phonology
[29075]   Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (2002) : Unpublished Denya Lexicon - CBOLD
[13335]   Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong & Denis Punches (1990) : Kenyang orthography
[13340]   Mbudi, Mbosongo (1981) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de lyondo (parler tetela C.71)
[13341]   Mbulamoko-Nzenge, Moveambe (1973) : Verbe et personne: les substituts et marques de la personne verbale en latin, espagnol, français, allemand, lingála, et ngbandi
[13342]   Mbulamoko-Nzenge, Moveambe (1991) : Etat des recherches sur le lingala comme langue véhiculaire et comme groupe linguistique autonome: contributions aux études l’histoire et l’expansion du lingala
[13344]   Mbunda, Fulgens & David Brown (1980) : Language teaching in primary schools
[13343]   Mbunda, Fulgens , Christopher J. Brumfit , D. Constable & Charles Peter Hill (1980) : Language teaching in secondary schools
[13345]   Mburente, R. & André Coupez (1980) : Phonologie historique du nord-suthu
[13346]   Mbuyi-Kabandanyi (1972) : Éléments de grammaire kete: phonologie et morphologie
[13347]   McAdam, Bryson H. G. (1970) : The English medium scheme in Zambia
[13348]   McAdam, Bryson H. G. (1970/71) : English medium in the Zambian primary system
[13349]   McAdam, Bryson H. G. (1973) : The effectiveness of the new English medium primary school curriculum in Zambia
[13350]   McAdam, Bryson H. G. (1973) : The development of the Zambian primary course
[13351]   McAdam, Bryson H. G. (1978) : The new Zambia primary course
[13352]   McBurney, C. B. M. (1975) : The archaeological context of the Hamitic languages in northern Africa
[13353]   McCall, Daniel Francis (1969) : Swahili loanwords: whence and when
[13354]   McCallum Jones, Ross (1998) : The Boko/Busa language cluster
[13355]   McCallum Jones, Ross (2000) : Coreference marking in Boko: logophoricity or not?
[13356]   McCallum Jones, Ross (2004) : Busa dictionary
[13357]   McCallum Jones, Ross (2004) : Bokobaru dictionary
[13358]   McCallum Jones, Ross (2004) : Boko dictionary
[26730]   McCallum Jones, Ross (2010) : Dictionnaire boo-français-anglais, avec index français-boo
[27321]   McCallum Jones, Ross (2017) : Illo-Busa Dictionary
[27322]   McCallum Jones, Ross (2017) : Kyanga Dictionary
[27323]   McCallum Jones, Ross (2017) : Shanga Dictionary
[13359]   McCarthy, John J. (1979) : Formal problems in Semitic phonology and morphology
[13360]   McCarthy, John J. (1982) : Formal problems in Semitic phonology and morphology
[13361]   McCarthy, John J. (1983) : Consonantal morphology in the Chaha verb
[13362]   McCarthy, John J. & Alan Price (1990) : Foot and word in prosodic morphology: the Arabic broken plural
[7746]   McCawley, James D. (1973) : Global rules and Bangubangu tone
[13363]   McCawley, James D. (1970) : A note on tone in Tiv conjugation
[13364]   McCawley, James D. (1973) : Some Tonga tone rules
[13365]   McClelland, Clive W. (2000) : The interrelations of syntax, narrative, structure and prosody in a Berber language
[13366]   McConnell, Grant D. (Ed) (1998) : The written languages of the world - a survey of the degree and modes of use, 5: West Africa
[13367]   McConvell, P. (1977) : Relativisation and the ordering of cross-reference rules in Hausa
[22971]   McCord, Michael S. (1989) : Acoustical and autosegmental analyses of the Mayogo vowel system
[13368]   McCormick, Kay (2002) : Code-switching, mixing and convergence in Cape Town
[13369]   McCormick, Kay (2002) : Language in Cape Town's District Six
[13370]   McCrary, Kristie (2001) : Low harmony, ATR harmony and verbal morphology in Kisongo Maasai
[22627]   McGarrity, Laura W. & Robert Dale Botne (2002) : Between agreement and case marking in Lamnso
[13371]   McGarry, Richard G. (1991) : Topic continuity in the Kenya press: a comparison of Swahili and English
[24933]   McGill, Stuart (2007) : The Cicipu noun class system
[25335]   McGill, Stuart (2009) : The classification of Cicipu
[25468]   McGill, Stuart (2010) : Person and gender: competing agreement paradigms in Cicipu
[25516]   McGill, Stuart (2012) : The development of long consonants in Cicipu
[13372]   McGill, Stuart , Samuel Fembeti & Michael Toupin (1999) : A grammar of Sisaala-Pasaale
[13373]   McGinley, Kevin (1987) : The future of English in Zimbabwe
[13374]   McGinnis, Martha & Donna B. Gerdts (2003) : A phrase-theoretical analysis of Kinyarwanda multiple applicatives
[13375]   McGough, Fr. (1---) : Manuscript grammar of Teso
[13376]   McGrath, Donovan & Lutz Marten (2003) : Colloquial Swahili: a complete course for beginners
[13377]   McGregor, G. P. (1968) : English in Africa
[27369]   McGregor, William B. (2014) : Numerals and number words in Shua
[13378]   McGuirk, Russell (1986) : Colloquial Arabic of Egypt
[7744]   Mchombo, Sam A. (1980) : Dative and passive in Chichewa: an argument for surface grammar
[13379]   Mchombo, Sam A. (1978) : A critical appraisal of the place of derivational morphology within transformational grammar, considered with primary refernce to Chichewa and Swahili
[13381]   Mchombo, Sam A. (1986) : A reanalysis of verb-object agreement as pronominal incorporation in Chichewa
[13382]   Mchombo, Sam A. (1991) : Reciprocalization in Chichewa: a lexical account
[13384]   Mchombo, Sam A. (1993) : A formal analysis of the stative construction in Bantu
[13385]   Mchombo, Sam A. (1993) : On the binding of the reflexive and the reciprocal in Chichewa
[13387]   Mchombo, Sam A. (1997) : Contributions of African languages to generative grammar
[13388]   Mchombo, Sam A. (1998) : Chichewa (Bantu)
[13389]   Mchombo, Sam A. (1999) : Argument structure and verbal morphology in Chichewa
[13390]   Mchombo, Sam A. (2001) : Chichewa verbal organization and the study of cognition
[13391]   Mchombo, Sam A. (2003) : Choppin’ up Chichewa: theoretical approaches to parsing an agglutinative language
[13392]   Mchombo, Sam A. (2004) : The syntax of Chichewa
[13383]   Mchombo, Sam A. (Ed) (1993) : Theoretical aspects of Bantu grammar
[13386]   Mchombo, Sam A. & Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga (1994) : The syntax and semantics of reciprocal construction in Ciyao
[13380]   Mchombo, Sam A. & Francis B. Moto (1981) : Tone and the theory of syntax
[7748]   Mchombo, Sam A. & R. Ngalande (1980) : Reciprocal verbs in Chichewa: a case of lexical derivation
[13393]   McHugh, Brian David (1985) : Phrasal tone rules in Kirus (Vunjo) Chaga
[13394]   McHugh, Brian David (1987) : Syntactic structure, empty categories and phrasal phonology in Chaga
[13395]   McHugh, Brian David (1990) : The phrasal cycle in Kivunjo Chaga tonology
[13396]   McHugh, Brian David (1990) : Cyclicity in the phrasal phonology of KiVunjo Chaga
[13397]   McHugh, Brian David (1999) : Cyclicity in the phrasal phonology of KiVunjo Chaga
[12630]   McIntosh, J. (2005) : Language essentialism and social hierarchies among Giriama and Swahili
[13398]   McIntosh, Mary (1984) : Fulfulde syntax and verbal morphology
[13399]   McIntyre, Joseph A. (1980) : The language of Hausa greetings: the social construction of hierarchy
[13400]   McIntyre, Joseph A. (1983) : Hierarchical contexts of Hausa imperative/subjunctive
[13401]   McIntyre, Joseph A. (1983) : The length of yi in pre-IO position and the choice between cêe and cèe
[13402]   McIntyre, Joseph A. (1988) : A NAG-ging question in Hausa: remarks on the syntax and semantics of the plural noun of agent
[13403]   McIntyre, Joseph A. (1989) : Is Hausa zoo a grade 6 verb of motion?
[13404]   McIntyre, Joseph A. (1990) : Is Hausa jee a grade 4 verb of motion?
[13406]   McIntyre, Joseph A. (1993) : Das Hausa-Verb: Syntax und interne Rekonstruktion
[13407]   McIntyre, Joseph A. (1995) : It’s still NAG-ging: compounds in Hausa
[13408]   McIntyre, Joseph A. (1995) : Transitive verbs in Hausa: nominalisation strategies and time-stability
[13405]   McIntyre, Joseph A. & Hilke Meyer-Bahlburg (1991) : Hausa in the media: a lexical guide. Hausa-English-German, English-Hausa, German-Hausa
[13409]   McJannet, M. B. (1949) : Chokwe-English dictionary and grammar lessons
[13410]   McKee, Robert G. (1991) : ‘Here’, ‘there’, ‘yonder’ and beyond with Meje aspect
[13411]   McKee, Robert G. (1991) : The interpretation of consonants with semi-vowel release in Meje (Zaire) stems
[24946]   McKee, Robert Guy (2007) : Concerning Meegye and Mangbetuʼs Bilabial Trills
[24972]   McKee, Robert Guy (2006) : The Meegye Connective bhe as a Discourse Developmental Marker
[13412]   McKenzie, Malcolm (1987) : Letting lexis come from the learner: a word in the hand is worth two in the bush
[13413]   McKinney, Carol Virginia (1979) : Plural verb roots in Kaje
[13414]   McKinney, Norris P. (1984) : The fortis feature in Jju (Kaje): an initial study
[23048]   McKinney, Norris P. (1978) : Participant identification in Kaje narratives
[13415]   McKinnon, A. C. (1929) : Dictionnaire français-buluba, buluba-français
[22991]   McKone, Louise (1993) : A phonological description of Yedina (Buduma), language of Lake Chad
[13416]   McLaren, James (1923) : A concise English-Kafir dictionary
[13417]   McLaren, James (1936) : A Xhosa grammar
[13418]   McLaren, James (1936) : A concise Xhosa-English dictionary
[13419]   McLaren, James (1944) : A Xhosa grammar
[13420]   McLaren, James (1948) : A Xhosa grammar
[13421]   McLaren, James (1963) : A new concise Xhosa-English dictionary
[13423]   McLaughlin, Fiona (1992/94) : Consonant mutation in Sereer-Siin
[13424]   McLaughlin, Fiona (1997) : Noun classification in Wolof: when affixes are not renewed
[13425]   McLaughlin, Fiona (2000) : Consonant mutation and reduplication in Seereer-Siin
[13426]   McLaughlin, Fiona (2004) : Is there an adjective class in Wolof?
[23396]   McLaughlin, Fiona (2005) : Voiceless implosives in Seereer-Siin
[24689]   McLaughlin, Fiona (2006) : On the Theoretical Status of Base and Reduplicant in Northern Atlantic
[24930]   McLaughlin, Fiona (1992) : Noun Classification in Seereer-Siin
[13422]   McLaughlin, John (1967) : Tentative time depths for Nuer, Dinka and Anuak
[13427]   McLean, Daryl (1992) : Guarding against the Bourgeois Revolution: some aspects of language planning in the context of national democratic struggle
[13428]   McLean, Daryl (1999) : Neocolonizing the mind? Emergent trends in language policy for South African education
[13429]   McLoughlin, P. F. (1964) : Language switching as an index to socialization in the Republic of the Sudan
[13430]   McMinn, R. D. (19--) : Bemba vocabulary
[13431]   McMinn, R. D. (19--) : Tumbuka vocabulary
[13432]   McNab, Christine (1988) : From traditional practice to current policy: the changing pattern of language use in Ethiopian education
[13433]   Mcome-Simpassa, H. J. (1998) : The impact of English on ethnic community languages in Tanzania: a case study of Cinamwanga
[25242]   McPherson, Laura (2008) : A descriptive and theoretical account of Luganda verbal morphology
[26460]   McPherson, Laura (2013) : Tommo-So lexicon (Tongo Tongo)
[26968]   McPherson, Laura (2013) : The structural origins of tonal overlays in Tommo So (Dogon) compounds
[27022]   McPherson, Laura (2017) : Tone features revisited: Evidence from Seenku
[27429]   McPherson, Laura (2018) : Seenku lexicon
[27494]   McPherson, Laura (2017) : The morphosyntax of adjectives in Seenku [sos]
[27731]   McPherson, Laura (2020) : On latent nasals in Samogo
[28352]   McPherson, Laura (2019) : Seenku argument-head tone sandhi: Allomorph selection in a cyclic grammar
[25953]   McPherson, Laura & Kirill Prokhorov (2011) : Structural Correlates of 'liver' Expressions in Dogon Emotional Vocabulary
[28850]   McPherson, Laura & Lucas James (2021) : Artistic adaptation of Seenku tone: Musical surrgates vs. vocal music
[26201]   McPherson, Laura & Mary Paster (2009) : Evidence for the Mirror Principle and Morphological Templates in Luganda Affix Ordering
[13434]   McVicar, T. (1939) : Wanguru sibs and names
[13435]   McWhorter, John H. (1992) : Ni and the copula system in Swahili: a diachronic approach
[13436]   McWhorter, John H. (1994) : From focus marker to copula in Swahili
[13437]   McWhorter, John H. (1995) : Sisters under the skin: a case for genetic relationship between the Atlantic English-based creoles
[13438]   McWhorter, John H. (1997) : It happened at Cormantin: locating the origin of the Atlantic English-based creoles
[13439]   McWhorter, John H. (1999) : A creole by any other name: streamlining the terminology
[13440]   McWhorter, John H. (1999) : The Afrogenesis hypothesis of plantation Creole origin
[13441]   Mdee, James Salehe (1985) : The problems of translating derivational affixes in [a] bilingual dictionary, English-Kiswahili
[13442]   Mdee, James Salehe (1990) : Theories and methods of lexicography in the Standard Swahili dictionary
[13443]   Mdee, James Salehe (1999) : Dictionaries and the standardization of spelling in Swahili
[23335]   Mdee, James Salehe (1991) : Writing definitions that do not define: an appraisal of Kamusi ya Kiswahili Sanifu (KKS)
[13444]   Mdemu, C. (1995) : A comparative study of Ki-hehe, Ki-bena and Ki-pangwa
[13445]   Mdhladhla, G. C. S. & A. H. S. Mbata (1933) : A Zulu manual for native primary schools
[13446]   Mdiya, W. W. (1929/30) : Isibongo in Xosa-language
[13447]   Mdontswa, Pumla V. & Mary C. Bill (1996) : The comparative function in Zulu
[13448]   Mead, Margaret (1937) : A Twi relationship system
[13449]   Meaza Birru (1983) : The interference of mother-tongue in second language: a case study of Tigrinya speakers
[28388]   Mebitaghan, Rita O. & Ebitare F. Obikudo (2018) : Nko̩ro̩o̩ Proverbs in Urhobo Translation
[13450]   Mechelen, [Bruder] [Adalbert] R. van (1949) : De bijwoordelijke functie in het Tshiluba ; deel 1
[13451]   Mechelen, [Bruder] [Adalbert] R. van (1949) : Stamverdubbeling met bijwoordelijke functie in Tshiluba
[13452]   Mechelen, [Bruder] [Adalbert] R. van (1950) : De bijwoordelijke functie in het Tshiluba ; deele 2-3
[13453]   Mechelen, [Bruder] [Adalbert] R. van (1952) : Het polysynthetisch aspect v.h. Tshiluba ; deele 1-4
[13454]   Mechelen, [Bruder] [Adalbert] R. van (1953) : Het polysynthetisch aspect v.h. Tshiluba ; deele 5-7
[13455]   Medeghini, A. (194-) : Grammatica acioli: un sunto elaborato sullo ‘studio’ di P. Crazzolara
[13456]   Medeiros, E. (1987) : Notas para um ficheiro bibliográfico das línguas e-Makhuwa, e-Lomwe e e-Chuwabo de Moçambique
[13457]   Medjo Mvé, Pither (1991) : Étude phonétique et phonologie du parler fang de Bitam: notes descriptives
[13458]   Medjo Mvé, Pither (1993) : Étude sur la phonologie du parler fang de Medouneu
[13459]   Medjo Mvé, Pither (1994) : Perception de la maladie chez les Fang (Gabon)
[25642]   Medjo Mvé, Pither (2011) : Introduction à la langue et la culture des chasseurs-cueilleurs Bakoya (Région de Mékambo, Gabon). Avec un petit dictionnaire
[26341]   Medjo Mvé, Pither (2013) : Langage et identité chez les Ndambomo du Gabon
[26439]   Medjo Mvé, Pither (2014) : Lexique mwesa
[26614]   Medjo Mve, Pither (2007) : Langues du Gabon et évolution du français : aspects sociolinguistiques
[28163]   Medjo Mve, Pither (2010) : Lexiques mboshi (8 dialectes)
[13460]   Medlaoui, Mohamed el , Saïd Gafaiti & Fouad Saa (Ed) (1998) : Actes sur le 1ère congrès chamito-sémitique de Fès, 1997
[13461]   Medubi, Oyinkan (2003) : Language and ideology in Nigerian cartoons
[13462]   Meek, Charles Kingsley (1922) : The Semi-Bantu languages of the Benue Valley
[25257]   Meek, Charles Kingsley (1931) : Tribal Studies in Northern Nigeria
[25258]   Meek, Charles Kingsley (1931) : Tribal Studies in Northern Nigeria
[27902]   Meek, Charles Kingsley (1931) : A Sudanese Kingdom - An Ethnographical Study of The Jukun-speaking Peoples of Nigeria
[13463]   Meeks, Dimitri (1973) : Liste de mots méroitiques ayant une signification connue ou supposée
[13464]   Meerkotter, D. A. (1987) : The struggle for liberation and the position of English in South Africa
[13465]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (19--) : Notes non-publié sur le bubi: liste des verbes
[13466]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1943) : Syntaxis van het Tshiluba (Kasayi) ; deele 1-2
[13467]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1946/47) : Syntaxis van het Tshiluba (Kasayi) ; deel 5
[13468]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1951) : Tooncontractie in het ciLuba (Kasayi)
[13469]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1951) : Notes buyu, non-publié
[13470]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1951) : Notes fuliro, non-publié
[13471]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1951) : Notes vira, non-publié
[13472]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1952) : Esquisse de la langue ombo (Maniema-Congo Belge)
[13473]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1952) : La voyelle des radicaux CV en bantou commun
[13474]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1953) : De talen van Maniema (Belgisch-Kongo)
[13475]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1954) : Linguistische schets van het bangubangu
[13476]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1954) : The tones of prefixes in Common Bantu
[13477]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1954) : Klinkerlengte in het Oerbantoe
[13478]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1954) : Taalgeografie in Kongo
[13479]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1954) : Werkwoordafleiding in mongo en oerbantoe
[13480]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1954) : Oerbantoe ny- en nj-
[13481]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1955) : Tonunterschiede als Reflexe von Quantitätsunterschieden im Shambala
[13483]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1956) : Lexiko-statistiek van het bantoe: Bobangi en Zulu
[13484]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1957) : Hamietische en Nilotisch
[13485]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1958) : Morfotonologie van de vervoeging in het Suthu
[13486]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1959) : Essai de grammaire rundi
[13487]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1960) : Éléments de grammaire lega
[13488]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1962) : Notes de grammaire luba-kasayi (non-publié)
[13489]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1960) : Les tons de l’infixe du bantou
[13490]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1961) : Le ton des extensions verbales en bantou
[13491]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1962) : Meinhof’s rule in Bantu
[13492]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1962) : L’informateur en linguistique africaine
[13493]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1962) : De tonen van subjunktief en imperatief en het bantoe
[13494]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1963) : Morphotonology of the Tonga verb
[13496]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1965) : A note on permutation in Kpelle-Mende
[13497]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1965) : A preliminary tonal analysis of Ganda verb forms
[13498]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1965) : Bibliography of Proto-Bantu
[13499]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1965) : Reconstructions grammaticales du bantou
[13501]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1965) : Vijf jaar Lolemi-activiteit
[13502]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1966) : Syntactic tones of nouns in Ganda: a preliminary synthesis
[13503]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1967) : Bantu grammatical reconstructions
[13504]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1967) : Notes on Swahili prosody
[13505]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1969/80) : Bantu lexical reconstructions
[13506]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1970) : Tone typologies for West African languages
[13507]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1971) : Notes on conjugation and tone in Yao
[13508]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1971) : Relative clauses in Bantu
[13509]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1973) : ‘Comparative Bantu’: test cases for method
[13510]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1974) : Reply to Greenberg’s “Bantu and its closest relatives”
[13511]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1974) : A note on global rules in Bangubangu tone
[13512]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1974) : Notes on tone in Ganda
[13513]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1976) : Notes on tone in Bantu nominal stems
[13514]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1976) : Notes sur la tonalité du nom en laadi
[13516]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1978) : Relative structures in Bantu
[13517]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1979) : Vowel length in Proto-Bantu
[13518]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1980) : Degrés d’archaïsme des langues bantoues
[22536]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1980) : Exposé sur l’expansion bantoue
[22539]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1969) : Bemerkungen über die Zahlwörter sechs bis zehn in Bantusprachen
[23336]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1944/45) : Syntaxis van het Tshiluba (Kasayi) ; deele 3-4
[23337]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1957) : Syntaxis van het Tshiluba (Kasayi) ; deel 6
[23338]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1958) : Syntaxis van het Tshiluba (Kasayi) ; deel 7
[23339]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1944/45) : Hoo een inlandse taal te beschrijven ; deele 1-2
[23340]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1948) : Hoo een inlandse taal te beschrijven ; deele 3-4
[23341]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1946/47) : Over een werkwoordvorm in het Tshiluba (Kasayi)
[23342]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1951) : Notes bembe, non-publié
[23343]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1951) : Notes binja-nord, non-publié
[23344]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1951) : Notes binja-sud, non-publié
[23345]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1952) : Notes de grammaire rundi (non-publié)
[23346]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1971) : Zur Morphotonologie des Yaka
[23347]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1976) : Noun class systems in Niger-Congo
[23348]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1977) : Trois pronominaux du mbala
[23349]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1980) : Problèmes spécifiques de grammaire comparée du bantou: exposé introductif
[23350]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1980) : Le cas du mbagani: mbagani et lwalwa - deux anciens membres du complexe kongo du Kasayi?
[13482]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel & Archibald Norman Tucker (1955) : Les phonèmes du ganda et du bantou commun
[13515]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel & autres (1977) : Aspects preliminaires de l’étude du punu
[13495]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel & Damas Ndembe (1964) : Principes de tonologie yombe (Kongo occidentale)
[13500]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel & F. Sebassoni (1965) : Notes binja-sud, non-publié
[27608]   Meeussen, Achille Emile (2014) : Tones of the Subjunctive and the Imperative in Bantu
[13519]   Meeuwis, Michael (1995) : The Lingala tenses: a reappraisal
[13520]   Meeuwis, Michael (1997) : Constructing sociolinguistic concensus: a linguistic ethnography of the Zairian community in Antwerp, Belgium
[13521]   Meeuwis, Michael (1997) : Imminence and volition in Lingala grammar
[13522]   Meeuwis, Michael (1998) : Lingala
[13523]   Meeuwis, Michael (1998) : Missions and linguistic choice-making: the case of the Capuchins in the Ubangi mission (Belgian Congo) 1910-1945
[13525]   Meeuwis, Michael (1999) : The White Fathers and Luganda: to the origins of French missionary linguistics in the Lake Victoria region
[13526]   Meeuwis, Michael (1999) : Flemish Nationalism in the Belgian Congo versus Zairian anti-imperialism: continuity and discontinuity in language ideological debates
[13527]   Meeuwis, Michael (2001) : Tense and aspect in Lingala, and Lingala’s history: some feedback on Nurse
[13528]   Meeuwis, Michael (2001) : La ‘Grammaire et vocabulaire du lingala, ou langue du haut-Congo’ d’Egide de Boeck de 1904: commentaires historiques, presentation et texte
[23408]   Meeuwis, Michael (2004) : Joseph Tanghe et le lingala
[25393]   Meeuwis, Michael (2010) : A Grammatical Overview of Lingála
[27677]   Meeuwis, Michael (2020) : The linguistic features of Bangala before Lingala
[13524]   Meeuwis, Michael & Honoré Vinck (1999) : Une conférence sur le lingala à Nouvelle Anvers en 1918: texte préparatoire de Mgr Van Ronslé
[13529]   Meeuwis, Michael & Honoré Vinck (2003) : Contribution à l’histoire du lingala: l’essai sur la langue congolaise d’Emeri Cambier (1891) - situation historique et texte intégral
[23913]   Meeuwis, Michael & Honoré Vinck (1993) : Contribution à l’histoire du lingala: l’essai sur la langue congolaise d’Emeri Cambier (1891)
[23329]   Meeuwis, Michael & Jean-Robert Yoka-Mpela (1998) : The influence of English on Lontomba
[23886]   Meguedo, Berthe (1991) : Esquisse phonologique du mvae
[13530]   Mehari Daniel (1984) : The morphophonemics of the noun and verb in Saho
[13531]   Mehnert, Wolfgang (1973) : The language question in the colonial policy of German imperialism
[13535]   Meier, Emil (1989) : Sprachführer der Suaheli-Sprache: Deutsch-Kisuaheli/Kisuaheli-Deutsch
[13532]   Meier, Paul E. (1969) : The relative clause in Izi
[24501]   Meier, Paul E. (1977) : Izi
[13533]   Meier, Paul E. , Inge Meier & John Theodor Bendor-Samuel (1975) : A grammar of Izi, an Igbo language
[13534]   Meier, Wilma (1984) : Bibliography of African languages
[13536]   Meijer, G. , Perpétua Gonçalves & N. Carlos (1982) : A língua portuguesa em Moçambique: elementos para uma análise de erros
[13543]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1952) : Parlers des négrilles du Soudan
[13544]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1952) : Groupe chari-ouadaien (12 langues)
[13545]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1952) : Groupe nilo-congolais (20 langues)
[13546]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1952) : Groupe nigéro-sénégalais (36 langues)
[22568]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1952) : Groupe nilo-abyssinien (20 langues)
[22569]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1952) : Groupe nilo-équatorien (24 langues)
[22570]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1952) : Groupe nilo-tchadien (35 langues)
[22574]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1924) : Groupe nigéro-sénégalais (36 langues)
[22576]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1924) : Groupe nilo-congolais (19 langues)
[22577]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1924) : Groupe chari-ouadaien (12 langues)
[13537]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (Ed) (1924) : Les langues du monde
[13542]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (Ed) (1952) : Les langues du monde
[28585]   Meinhof, Carl (1901) : Das Tši-venda
[12764]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1928) : Die Sprachenfrage in Südafrika
[13547]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1920) : Heepe’s Aufsatz über Probleme der Bantusprachforshung
[13548]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1921/22) : Die Sprache von Meroe
[13549]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1921/22) : Was können uns die hamitischen Sprachen für den Bau des semitischen Verbums lehren?
[13550]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1923/24) : Zur Lautlehre des Zulu
[13551]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1926) : Afrikanische Bibelübersetzungen: ein kurzer Überblick für Freunde der Bibel und der Mission
[13552]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1926) : The problems of comparative philology in Africa. Part I
[13553]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1926) : The problems of comparative philology in Africa. Part II
[13554]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1928) : Principles of practical orthography for African languages ; part 1
[13556]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1928) : Die Sprache der Suaheli
[13557]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1928) : Sprache und Volkstum
[13558]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1928/29) : Versuch einer grammatischen Skizze einer Buschmannsprache
[13559]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1929) : The basis of Bantu philology
[13560]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1929) : Beziehungen der afrikanischen Sprachforshung zur Anthropologie und Völkerkunde
[13561]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1929) : Sprachvergleichung und Sprachverwandtschaft
[13563]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1930) : Das Verhältnis der Buschmannsprachen zum Hottentottischen
[13564]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1930) : Der Koranadialekt des Hottentottischen
[13565]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1930) : Das Studium der Eingeborenensprachen
[13566]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1931) : Die afrikanischen Klassensprachen in ihrer Bedeutung für die Geschichte der Sprache
[13567]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1932) : Introduction to the phonology of the Bantu languages
[13568]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1933) : Die Gliederung der Bantusprachen
[13569]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1936) : Die Entstehung der flektierender Spracher
[13570]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1937) : Die Sprache der Herero in Deutsch-Südwestafrika
[13571]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1938) : Die Entstehung der Bantusprachen
[13572]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1938) : Der Ausdruck der Kasus-Beziehungen in afrikanischen Sprachen
[13573]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1938/39) : Die Sprache der Bira
[13574]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1940/41) : Entstehung und Gebrauch der Lokativendung in Bantusprachen ; Teil 1
[13575]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1941) : Die Sprache der Suaheli
[13576]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1941/42) : Entstehung und Gebrauch der Lokativendung in Bantusprachen ; Teil 2
[13577]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1943) : Methoden der Sprachvergleichung in Afrika
[13578]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1943/44) : Das Heiban in Kordofan
[13579]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1948) : Grundzüge einer vergleichenden Grammatik der Bantusprachen
[13580]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1968) : Die Sprache der Herero
[22425]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1927) : The soul of an African language
[13562]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] & August von Klingenheben (1929) : Mandara: Interpretation einer phonographischen Aufnahme
[13555]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] & Ch. Endemann (1928) : Weiterentwicklung des Systems von Lepsius durch Endemann und Meinhof
[13582]   Meinhold, Gottfried & Roman Stopa (1975) : 17 Sätze in Nama-Hottentottisch, gesprochen von Eliphas Eiseb (Okahandja, Südwestafrika)
[13583]   Meintel, D. (1975) : The creole dialect of the Island of Brava
[13584]   Meintjes, Elizabeth (1991) : Translating for a new and progressive South Africa
[13586]   Meissner, Antje (2000) : Some remarks on the morphology of Maa animal names
[26815]   Meissner, Antje (2011) : Some Remarks on Swahili Borrowings in Maa
[13585]   Meissner, Antje & Anne Storch (Ed) (2000) : Nominal classification in African languages
[13587]   Mekacha, Rugatiri D. K. (1985) : Phonological processes affcting Ki-Nata vowels
[13588]   Mekacha, Rugatiri D. K. (1993) : The sociolinguistic impact of Kiswahili on ethnic community languages in Tanzania: a case study of Ekinata
[13589]   Mekacha, Rugatiri D. K. (1997) : Disconnecting education: language as a determinant of the quality of education in Tanzania - a rejoinder
[13591]   Mekacha, Rugatiri D. K. (2000) : The co-existence of communities speaking Kiswahili and other languages in Tanzania
[13590]   Mekacha, Rugatiri D. K. & Sigurd Dʼhondt (Ed) (1998) : Prospects for sociolinguistic research in Africa: LICCA country reports
[24973]   Mekkawi, Farid M.A. (2006) : Comparisons of Nilotic Nubians and Kordofanian Nuba in Kinship Terms and other Cultural Components
[13592]   Mekolle, James (1976) : Glossary (French-English) of administrative terms used in Cameroon
[13593]   Mekonnen Daniel (2001) : Pronouns and pronominalization in Shinasha
[13594]   Mekonnen Gemmechu (1988) : The morphophonemics of Zay
[13595]   Mekuria Seyoum (1983) : The morphophonemics of Kunama nouns and adjectives
[13596]   Mel, Gnamba Bertin (1994) : Le móbù-mri (langue aizi d’Abra, sous-préfecture de Jacqueville): étude phonologique et grammaticale
[13597]   Mel, Gnamba Bertin (1997) : Les formes du pluriel dans un parler bété (langue kru de Côte d’Ivoire)
[18094]   Mel, Gnamba Bertin (1983) : Aperçu sur les tons dans les langues Kwa de Côte dʼIvoire
[13602]   Melaku, Asfaw (1976) : Language-teaching materials: Amharic
[13720]   Mélançon, [Révérend] [Père] Lucien & [Révérend] [Père] André Prost (1972) : Dictionnaire buli-français
[13603]   Melber, Henning (1985) : Ein sprachloses Volk stirbt einen lautlosen Tod (Fremdherrschaft, Befreiungskampf und Dekolonisation: Probleme der Sprachpolitik für ein befreites Namibia)
[13604]   Melis, Antonio (1999) : Description du Masa (Tchad): phonologie, syntaxe et dictionnaire encyclopédique
[24861]   Melis, Antonio (2006) : Dictionnaire Masa-Français : dialectes Gumay et Haara (Tchad)
[24862]   Melis, Antonio & Roberto Ajello (2008) : Dictionnaire Gizey-Français, suivi dʼune liste lexicale Français-Gizey
[24998]   Melis, Antonio & Suzy Platiel (1998) : Le statut du ton bas en masa (Tchad)
[13605]   Meltzer, Edmund Stephen (1980) : Problems of adjectival constructions in Old and Middle Egyptian
[13606]   Melzian, Hans J. (1929) : Dualatexte mit Tonbezeichnung
[13607]   Melzian, Hans J. (1930) : Die Frage der Mitteltöne im Duala
[13608]   Melzian, Hans J. (1934) : Beobachtungen über die Verwendung der Töne in der Yoruba-Sprache
[13609]   Melzian, Hans J. (1937) : A concise dictionary of the Bini language of southern Nigeria
[13610]   Melzian, Hans J. (1942) : Zum Konsonantismus in den Dialekten der Benin-Gruppe
[13611]   Melzian, Hans J. (1942) : Vergleichende Charakteristik des Verbums im Bini (Südnigerien)
[13612]   Melzian, Hans J. (1960) : Manuskript einer Bini-Grammatik
[13598]   Melʼcuk, Igor A. (1997) : Grammatical cases, basic verbal construction and voice in Maasai: toward a better analysis of the concepts
[13599]   Melʼnikov, Guennady [Prokofievich] (1968) : [Systemic analysis of the origins of the peculiarity of the Semitic consonantism]
[13600]   Melʼnikov, Guennady [Prokofievich] & Natalya Veniaminovna Okhotina (1994) : Revealing the determinanta and classification of Bantu morphemes ; part 1
[13601]   Melʼnikov, Guennady [Prokofievich] & Natalya Veniaminovna Okhotina (1994) : Revealing the determinanta and classification of Bantu morphemes ; part 2
[28617]   Ménard, F. (1908) : Grammaire kirundi
[13613]   Mendel, Daniela & Ulrike Claudi (Ed) (1991) : Ägypten im afro-orientalischen Kontext: Aufsätze zur Archäologie, Geschicte und Sprache eines unbegrenzten Raumes. Gedenkschrift Peter Behrens
[27241]   Mendes Martins de Menezes, Alzenir (2014) : Denominações Bantu para Instrumentos Musicais: Um Estudo Histórico-Comparativo
[22018]   Mendes Moreira, José (1946) : Breve ensaio etnográfico acerca dos Bijagós
[13614]   Mendes, Irene (2000) : O léxico no português de Moçambique (aspectos neológicos e terminológicos)
[13615]   Mendes, Mafalda , Nicolas Quint-Abrial , Fátima Ragageles & Aires Semedo (2003) : Dicionario portugues-caboverdiano, variante de Santiago/Disionari purtuges-berdianu
[25678]   Mendisu, Binyam Sisay (2010) : Aspects of Koorete Verb Morphology
[26531]   Mendisu, Binyam Sisay (2014) : Grammaticalization of Existential Auxiliaries in Koorete
[13616]   Mendoça, Renato (1935) : A influencia africana no portugues do Brasil
[13617]   Mendonça, F. (1987) : O português como língua literária em Moçambique
[13618]   Mengara, Daniel M. (1996) : La répresentation des groupes sociaux chez les romanciers noirs sud-africains: réalisme, falsification ou idéalisation?
[13619]   Mengara, Daniel M. (1996) : On the nature of francophonia and its consequences on French instruction
[13620]   Mengara, Daniel M. (1999) : French: an African language, finally!
[13621]   Menge, A. A. A. (1955) : Die Verwendung von Fremdwörtern in der deutschen Literatur über Südwestafrika
[27932]   Menghui Shi (2020) : Properties of phonological manipulation in linguistic taboos
[13622]   Mengistu Amberber (1984) : The verb morphology in Xamtanga (Agew)
[13623]   Mengistu Amberber (1989) : The structure of the noun phrase in Khamtanga
[13624]   Mengistu Amberber (1992) : The status of bound possessive pronominals in Khamtanga
[13625]   Mengistu Amberber (2001) : Testing emotional universals in Amharic
[13626]   Mengistu Amberber (2001) : Verb classes and transitivity in Amharic
[13627]   Mengistu Amberber (2003) : The grammatical encoding of ‘thinking’ in Amharic
[13628]   Mengistu Lemma (1988) : A possible role for Geez Qene in Ethiopian vernacular poetry
[13629]   Mennasemay, Maimire (1979) : Language and comparative politics: a study of systematic distortion in comparative political science discourse, with special reference to African studies
[13630]   Menne, Martinus (1992) : Konkordanzmorphologie der Klassengruppe 1/2 im Benue-Kongo: zur Verbreitung von präverbalen a- und pränominalen u-
[13633]   Mensah, Emmanuel N. A. (1983) : Le krobou
[19304]   Mensah, Emmanuel N. A. (1983) : Les systèmes phonologiques des langues kwa de Côte dʼIvoire
[25061]   Mensah, Emmanuel N. A. (1982) : The feature lingual and the Akan consonant system
[13632]   Mensah, Emmanuel N. A. & M. Zakari Tchagbale (1983) : Atlas des langues gur de Côte d’Ivoire
[13634]   Mensah, Eyo O. & Offiong A. Offiong (2004) : On Efik nouns
[13631]   Mensah, I. Edward (1973) : Ahanta-English
[27344]   Menuta, Fekede (2015) : Kontatsuwa Grammar
[13635]   Mercer, Samuel Alfred Browne (1920) : Ethiopic grammar, with chrestomathy and glossary
[13636]   Mercer, Samuel Alfred Browne (1952) : The pyramid texts: translation and commentary
[13637]   Mercer, Samuel Alfred Browne (1961) : Ethiopic grammar with chrestomathy and glossary
[13638]   Mercer, Samuel Alfred Browne (1961) : An Egyptian grammar, with chrestomathy and glossary
[13639]   Mercier, H. (1937) : Vocabulaires et textes berbères dans le dialecte des Aït Izdeg
[13641]   Mercier, H. (1951) : Dictionnaire arabe-français
[13642]   Mercier, H. (1956) : Grammaire arabe
[26508]   Mercier, Henri (2013) : Textes berbères des Ait Izdeg (Moyen Atlas marocain) – Textes originaux en fac-similé avec traductions
[13640]   Mercier, P. (1949) : Vocabulaire de quelques langues du Nord-Dahomey
[13643]   Mereu, Lunella (1999) : Agreement, pronominalization and word order in pragmatically-oriented languages
[28174]   Méric, Jean-Jacques (2021) : Essais d’analyse syntaxique automatique dans Corbama, le Corpus de référence Bambara
[13644]   Meriggi, Piero (1927) : Il problema della parentela dell’Indoeuropeo col Semitico
[13645]   Meriggi, Piero (1928/29) : Versuch einer Grammatik des |Xam-Buschmännischen
[13646]   Meriggi, Piero (1931) : Experimentelle Beiträge zur Tonlehre des Nama-Hottentottischen
[13647]   Meriggi, Piero (1962) : Hieroglyphisch-Hethitisches Glossar
[13648]   Merkies, Hubertus Cornelis Gerardus (1980) : Ganda classification: an ethno-semantic survey
[13649]   Merlevede, Andrea (1995) : Een schets van de fonologie en morfologie van het Bondei gevolgd door een Bondei-Engels en Engels-Bondei woordenlijst
[13650]   Merlo, Christian & Pierre Vidaud (1967) : Unité des langues négro-africaines
[13651]   Mero, Samantha A. (2003) : Language diversity in Guinea, West Africa
[13652]   Merrifield, Louise Margaret (1977) : A survey of some aspects of classes 1a, 2a and 2b
[27441]   Merrill, John (2017) : Kobiana wordlist
[27443]   Merrill, John (2018) : Sereer-English/English-Sereer Dictionary
[27442]   Merrill, John & Nico Baier (2015) : Noon-English Lexicon
[28436]   Merrill, John T. M. (2021) : The evolution of consonant mutation and noun class marking in Wolof
[28737]   Merrill, John T. M. (2022) : Voiceless rhotic / retroflex consonants as an areal feature of the Atlantic languages
[27666]   Merrill, John T.M. (2019) : Analysis of D'Avezac's 17th Century Sereer Wordlist
[13653]   Merritt, Marilyn , Ailie Cleghorn , Jared O. Abagi & Grace Bunyi (1992) : Socialising multilingualism: determinants of codeswitching in Kenyan primary classrooms
[13654]   Merriweather, Alfred M. (1965) : English-Setswana medical phrasebook and dictionary
[13658]   Mertens, Fernand (1997) : Dictionnaire bhadha-swahili-français
[28289]   Mertens, Georges (2006) : Dictionnaire kiswahili-français et français-kiswahili
[13655]   Mertens, Joseph (1935) : Les badzing de la Kamtsha, I: ethnographie
[13656]   Mertens, Joseph (1938) : Les badzing de la Kamtsha, II: grammaire de l’idzing de la Kamstha
[13657]   Mertens, Joseph (1939) : Les badzing de la Kamtsha, III: dictionnaire idzing-français, suivi d’un aide-mémoire français-idzing
[13659]   Merwe, D. F. van der (1941) : On the morphology and semasiology of the Sotho verbal stem, with special reference to derivative verbal species
[13660]   Merwe, D. F. van der & Isaac Schapera (1943) : A comparative study of Kgalagadi, Kwena and other Sotho dialects
[13664]   Merwe, H. J. J. H. van der (1967) : Afrikaanse taalkwessies
[13662]   Merwe, H. J. J. H. van der & andere (Ed) (1964) : Studierigtings in die taalkunde
[13661]   Merwe, H. J. J. M. van der (1951) : An introduction to Afrikaans
[13663]   Merwe, H. J. J. M. van der (1967) : Afrikaans ’n basterkind van Hollands-Kreools-Portugees fornikasie aan die Kaap!?
[13665]   Merwe, H. J. J. M. van der (Ed) (1968) : Afrikaans, sy aard en ontwikkeling
[13666]   Merwe, Izak J. van der & L. O. van Niekerk (1994) : Language in South Africa: distribution and change
[13667]   Meselech Melkie (1985) : Interrogative sentences in Amharic
[13668]   Meseret Tesfaye Abebe (1983) : Kunama (Marda) verb inflections
[13669]   Meseret Teshome (1985) : The verb phrase in Amharic
[13670]   Mesfin Haile Giorgis (1986) : The structure of dependent sentences in Sidamo
[13671]   Mesfin Igwaz (1978) : Teaching English in Ethiopia
[13672]   Mesfin Kebede (2000) : Compounding in Kafa
[13673]   Meso, Choene Gregory (2004) : The presentation of synonyms in the macrostructure of Northern Sotho-English bilingual dictionaries
[13674]   Mesrak Solomon (2003) : An argot spoken by a group of young people in Yeka area
[13675]   Messerschmidt, H. J. , J. J. E. Messerschmidt & D. P. Thulo (2003) : A human-assisted computer generated LA-grammar for simple sentences in Southern Sotho
[13676]   Messiha, Girgis Z. (1985) : Some phonological problems that face Arab learners of English
[13677]   Messina, Franco Maria (1980) : Naming patterns and reference system of the Basters
[13678]   Mesthrie, Rajend (1987) : From OV to VO in language shift: South African Indian English and its OV substrates
[13679]   Mesthrie, Rajend (1988) : Toward a lexicon of South African Indian English
[13680]   Mesthrie, Rajend (1989) : The origins of Fanagalo
[13681]   Mesthrie, Rajend (199-) : Aspects of language contact and language learning in the eastern Cape, 1800-1850
[13682]   Mesthrie, Rajend (1990) : The linguistic reflex of social change: caste and kinship terms among people of Indian descent in Natal, South Africa
[13683]   Mesthrie, Rajend (1991) : Syntactic variation in South African Indian English: the relative clause
[13684]   Mesthrie, Rajend (1991) : Language in indenture: a sociolinguistic history of Bhojpuri-Hindi in South Africa
[13685]   Mesthrie, Rajend (1992) : Fanagalo in colonial Natal
[13686]   Mesthrie, Rajend (1992) : A lexicon of South African Indian English
[13687]   Mesthrie, Rajend (1992) : English in language shift: the history, structure and sociolinguistics of South African Indian English
[13689]   Mesthrie, Rajend (1995) : Language change, survival, decline: Indian languages in South Africa
[13690]   Mesthrie, Rajend (1999) : Syntactic change in progress: semi-auxiliary busy in South African English
[13692]   Mesthrie, Rajend (2002) : South Africa: a sociolinguistic overview
[13693]   Mesthrie, Rajend (2002) : Language change, survival, decline: Indian languages in South Africa
[13694]   Mesthrie, Rajend (2002) : From second language to first language: Indian South African English
[13695]   Mesthrie, Rajend (2003) : Children in language shift: the syntax of fifth generation, pre-school, Indian South African English speakers
[13696]   Mesthrie, Rajend (2005) : Putting back the horse before the cart: the “spelling form” fallacy in second language acquisition studies, with special reference to the treatment of unstressed vowels in Black South African English
[23261]   Mesthrie, Rajend (2005) : Assessing representations of South African Indian English in writing: an application of variation theory
[23619]   Mesthrie, Rajend (1993) : South African Indian English
[27849]   Mesthrie, Rajend (2019) : Into and Out of Africa: The Sociolinguistics of European and Asian Languages in Africa and of the African Diaspora
[13688]   Mesthrie, Rajend (Ed) (1995) : Language and social history: studies in South African sociolinguistics
[13691]   Mesthrie, Rajend (Ed) (2002) : Language in South Africa
[13697]   Metoui, M. (1989) : Contribution à la phonétique et phonologie arabe: étude acoustique et articulatoire des voyelles du parler de Tunis
[6795]   Mettouchi, Amina (1992) : Pour une réévalution de la valeur de l'aoriste intensif dans le système verbal kabyle
[13698]   Mettouchi, Amina (2000) : Accompli et négation en kabyle
[13699]   Mettouchi, Amina (2001) : La forme ad+aoriste en berbère (kabyle)
[23156]   Mettouchi, Amina (1992) : Un exemple de liaison inter-énoncés en kabyle: les marqueurs i et ara
[23157]   Mettouchi, Amina (1993) : Définir l’identité berbère
[23158]   Mettouchi, Amina (1994) : Les interrogatives partielles et leurs relais en berbère (kabyle)
[23159]   Mettouchi, Amina (1995) : Détermination verbale et négation en kabyle
[23160]   Mettouchi, Amina (1995) : Aspect et négation: recherche d’invariants et étude énonciative de l’incidence de la modalité négative sur l’aspect en berbère (kabyle)
[23161]   Mettouchi, Amina (1996) : La négation dans les langues du Maghreb, synthèse
[23162]   Mettouchi, Amina (1996) : Remarques sur la négation en berbère (kabyle)
[23163]   Mettouchi, Amina (1998) : Aspect et négation: remarques sur l'inaccompli et la négation en anglais et en berbère (kabyle)
[23164]   Mettouchi, Amina (1998) : La particule D en berbère (kabyle): transcatégorialité des marqueurs énonciatifs
[23165]   Mettouchi, Amina (1999) : Le “t” n’est-il qu‘une marque de féminin en berbère (kabyle)
[23166]   Mettouchi, Amina (1995/98) : Négation, co-énonciation et référenciation: le marqueur ara en kabyle de l’ouest
[23167]   Mettouchi, Amina (2001) : La grammaticalisation de ara en kabyle: négation et subordination relative
[23169]   Mettouchi, Amina (2003) : Contrastive focalization on clefts in Taqbaylit Berber
[23170]   Mettouchi, Amina (2002) : Négations non-verbales et asymétrie aspectuelle au regard de la négation: unité d’un système?
[23171]   Mettouchi, Amina (2003) : Diathèse, dérivation et aspect en kabyle (berbère)
[23172]   Mettouchi, Amina (2003) : Focalisation contrastive et structure de l’information en kabyle (berbère)
[23173]   Mettouchi, Amina (2004) : Diathesis, aspect and stativity in Taqbaylit Berber
[25187]   Mettouchi, Amina (2009) : The system of negation in Berber
[25668]   Mettouchi, Amina (2011) : Démonstratifs et construction de la référence en kabyle
[25916]   Mettouchi, Amina (2008) : Kabyle/French codeswitching – A case-study
[28917]   Mettouchi, Amina (2015) : Aspect-Mood and discourse in Kabyle (Berber) spoken narratives
[25167]   Mettouchi, Amina & Axel Fleisch (2010) : Topic-focus articulation in Taqbaylit and Tashelhit Berber
[25885]   Mettouchi, Amina & Hakim Smail (2008) : A corpus for Berber languages
[23168]   Mettouchi, Amina & Naïma Louali (2002) : Structures intonatives en berbère: l’énoncé prédicatif à particule d
[23174]   Mettouchi, Amina , N. Smail & Naïma Louali (2004) : Intonational structures in Berber: the non-verbal predicative d+XP in Tarifit and Taqbaylit
[13700]   Meundeng, Marba (1994) : Une enquete sociolinguistique de la langue mogoum dans le Guera
[13701]   Mewis, Catherine (1975) : Bemerkungen zur Sprachpolitik der Republik Somalia
[13702]   Mewis, Catherine el Solami (1987) : Lehrbuch des Somali
[13703]   Mewis, Catherine el Solami (1988) : On classifying Somali nouns by their plural classes
[13709]   Meyer-Bahlburg, Hilke (1972) : Studien zur Morphologie und Syntax des Musgu (Nordkamerun)
[13710]   Meyer-Bahlburg, Hilke (1973/74) : Quantitative Untersuchungen zum I, II und IV Verbalstamm im Hausa
[13711]   Meyer-Bahlburg, Hilke (1975/76) : Zur Stellung des Hausa innerhalb der afrikanischen Sprachen: Geschichte und ausgewählte Bibliographie
[24913]   Meyer-Bahlburg, Hilke (1979) : Erzählungen in der Sprache der Afuzare
[13713]   Meyer-Bahlburg, Hilke & H. Ekkehard Wolff (1986) : Die nilosaharanischen Sprachen
[13714]   Meyer-Bahlburg, Hilke & H. Ekkehard Wolff (1986) : Die afroasiatischen Sprachen
[13712]   Meyer-Bahlburg, Hilke & H. Ekkehard Wolff (Ed) (1986) : Afrikanische Sprachen in Forschung und Lehre: 75 Jahre Afrikanistik in Hamburg (1909-1984)
[24052]   Meyer, [P.] G. (2001) : Eléments de grammaire du badiaranke : parler de la région de Koundara, Guinée
[24061]   Meyer, [P.] G. (2001) : Lexique badiaranke-français: parler de la région de Koundara, Guinée
[25058]   Meyer, [P.] G. (1983) : Lexique élémentaire Malinké-Français, suivi dʼéléments de grammaire. Dialecte maninkaa du Niokolo (sous-préfecture de Bandafassi)
[27945]   Meyer, Emmi (2020) : A Study of Mambila – Emmi Meyer’s Mambila-Studie - Translated, edited and updated to mark the eightieth anniversary of the original publication
[13706]   Meyer, M. (1978) : An English course in Namibia usin a multi-dimensional approach to teaching English as a second language
[13705]   Meyer, R. (1977) : Die Rolle der lokalen Sprachen im nationalen Entwicklungsprozess in Niger
[13708]   Meyer, Ronny (2005) : Das Zay: deskriptive Grammatik einer Ostguragesprache (Äthiosemtisch)
[24814]   Meyer, Ronny (2007) : Self-agentive motion verbs in Muher
[26536]   Meyer, Ronny (2014) : Finiteness in Gurage Languages
[27570]   Meyer, Ronny (2006) : Wolane: descriptive grammar of an East Gurage Language
[27845]   Meyer, Ronny & H. Ekkehard Wolff (2019) : Afroasiatic Linguistic Features and Typologies
[13707]   Meyer, Ronny & Renate Richter (2003) : Language use in Ethiopia from a network perspective
[26526]   Meyer, Ronny , Yvonne Treis & Azeb Amha (Eds.) (2014) : Explorations in ethiopian linguistics : complex predicates, finiteness and interrogativity
[13704]   Meyer, Theodor & Joseph Busse (19--) : Wörterbuch der Nyakyusa-Sprache
[13715]   Meyers, Laura Frances (1974) : The Hausa particle ‘ko’: an uncertainty modality
[13716]   Meyers, Laura Frances (1974) : The particles sai and har: ‘only, ‘even’ and ‘until’ in Hausa
[13717]   Meyers, Laura Frances (1974) : Tone patterns in Hausa: a re-analysis of Hausa downdrift
[13718]   Meyers, Laura Frances (1976) : Aspects of Hausa tone
[13719]   Meziani, Ahmed (1983) : Modality in English and Maroccan Arabic
[13721]   Mfaume, Gideon Evans (1983) : A depedency grammar approach to the study of word order change in Swahili declarative sentences
[13722]   Mfaxa, T. X. (1998) : IsiXhosa dictionary project
[13723]   Mfenyana, Buntu Bonisizwe (1977) : ISkhumsha nesiTsotsi: the sociolinguistics of school and town Sintu in South Africa (1945-1975)
[13724]   Mfenyana, Buntu Bonisizwe (1981) : Isjita-Scamto: the black language arts of SasAfrika
[13725]   Mfenyana, Buntu Bonisizwe (1994) : Tsotsitaal
[13726]   Mfonyam, Joseph (1988) : Tone in the Bafut noun phrase
[13727]   Mfonyam, Joseph (1990) : Learning to read the Bafut language
[13728]   Mfonyam, Joseph (1996) : Reading and writing tone in African languages
[22883]   Mfonyam, Joseph (1986) : Syllabic nasals and desyllabification in Bafut
[23947]   Mfonyam, Joseph (1982) : Tone in the orthography of Bafut
[26956]   Mfonyam, Joseph Ngwa (2012) : Repetition and irritation emphasis in Bafut
[13729]   Mfoutou, Jean Alexis (1992) : Le français et le lingala en contact au Congo: manifestation de l’activité langagière des sujets parlants
[27215]   Mfoutou, Jean-Alexis (2009) : Grammaire et lexique Munukutuba : Congo-Brazzaville, République démocratique du Congo, Angola
[27716]   Mfulani, Stanislas (1963) : Kikoongo : Notes de Recherches Grammaticales sur le kintandu
[27717]   Mfum-Ekong, Adiate (1979) : Esquisse grammaticale yansi (parler ntsambaan) - Phonologie et Morphologie
[13730]   Mfusi, Mmemezi Joseph Heracles (1990) : Soweto Zulu slang: a sociolinguistic study of an urban vernacular in Soweto
[13731]   Mfusi, Mmemezi Joseph Heracles (1992) : Soweto Zulu slang: a sociolinguistic study of an urban vernacular in Soweto
[13732]   Mfuwa, Ndonga (1995) : Systématique grammaticale du kisikongo (Angola)
[14900]   Mfuwa, Ndonga (1989) : I. Bibliographie et analyse critique de quelques descriptions antérieures du kikoongo. II. Projet de thèse. III. Esquisse phonologique du kisikoongo (Angola)
[28884]   Mgbemena, Judith A. (2020) : Linguistic repertoires of refugees in Internally Displaced Peoples’ (IDP) camps in North East Nigeria
[13733]   Mgullu, Richard S. (1990) : The structure of Kiswahili sentences: a transformational generative approach
[13734]   Mgullu, Richard S. (1999) : Mtalaa wa Isimu: fonetiki, fonolojia na mofolojia ya Kiswahili
[13735]   Mhanha, (1991) : Esquisse phonologique du furu
[13736]   Mhina, G. A. (1967) : Style in Swahili
[13737]   Mhina, G. A. (1976) : Language planning in Tanzania: focus on KiSwahili
[13738]   Mhina, G. A. (1977) : The Tanzania experience in the use of Kiswahili in education
[13739]   Mhina, G. A. (1978) : Language teaching in a multilingual environment
[13740]   Mhundwa, Philip H. (1999) : Comparative pragmatics: a contrastive survey of speech act categories in English, Setswana, Ikalanga and Shona
[28060]   Mhute, Isaac (2011) : The Shona subject relation
[13741]   Michaëlis, Suzanne (1993) : Temps et aspect en créole seychellois: valeurs et interférences
[13742]   Michaëlis, Suzanne (1993) : Komplexe Syntax im Seychellen-Kreol
[13743]   Michaïlof, Serge (Ed) (1993) : La France et l’Afrique
[13744]   Michau, J. M. Z. (1975) : An evaluation of ‘English through Activity’
[13745]   Michel, C. , O. Lhomme , T. Grossi & S. Pourchet (1989) : Modélisation du pluriel brisé en tigrigna
[26264]   Micheli, Ilari (2007) : Profilo grammaticale e vocabolario della lingua Kulango (Côte d'Ivoire)
[13746]   Michell, H. (1927) : Notes on the Mende language and customs
[26178]   Michieka, Martha (2012) : Language Maintenance and Shift among Kenyan University Students
[13747]   Michuki, D. N. (1966) : Masomo ya kiswahili, a Kiswahili course for beginners
[26612]   Mickala Manfoumbi, Roger (2005) : Le morphème -ánu en PUNU (B43)
[13748]   Mickala-Manfoumbi, Roger (1994) : Essai de grammaire pove: langue bantoue du groupe B.30
[13749]   Mickala-Manfoumbi, Roger (2001) : Le morphème -ánù en punu (B43)
[13750]   Middleton, John F. M. (1955) : The concept of ‘bewitching’ in Lugbara
[13751]   Middleton, John F. M. (1961) : The social significance of Lugbara personal names
[13752]   Middleton, John F. M. (Ed) (1997) : Encyclopedia of Africa south of the Sahara
[13774]   Miège, J. (1954) : Notes de toponymie baoulé
[9208]   Miehe, Gudrun (2004) : Les pronoms personnels dans les langues gur
[13753]   Miehe, Gudrun (1977) : Bemerkungen zur Lexik älterer Swahilidichtungen
[13754]   Miehe, Gudrun (1979) : Die Sprache der älteren Swahili-Dichtung
[13755]   Miehe, Gudrun (1983) : Die Nominalklassen in den kameruner Graslandsprachen: ein Diskussionsbeitrag zur Klassifikation der bantoiden Sprachen
[13756]   Miehe, Gudrun (1985) : /l/ and /n/ in Benue-Congo
[13757]   Miehe, Gudrun (1985) : Die Präfixnasale im Benue-Congo und im Kwa: Versuch einer Widerlegung der Hypothese von der Nasalinnovation des Bantu
[13758]   Miehe, Gudrun (1989) : Les extensions verbales en swahili et dans les langues voisines
[13759]   Miehe, Gudrun (1989) : Zur Genese von fortis und lenis im Volta-Congo
[13760]   Miehe, Gudrun (1989) : Verbal extensions in Swahili and neighbouring languages
[13761]   Miehe, Gudrun (1991) : Die Präfixnasale im Benue-Congo und im Kwa: Versuch einer Widerlegung der Hypothese von der Nasalinnovation des Bantu
[13764]   Miehe, Gudrun (1994) : Les classes nominales en kpatogo et en khi (komono)
[13765]   Miehe, Gudrun (1996) : D’o viennent les Gan? Discussion de quelques faits linguistiques
[13767]   Miehe, Gudrun (1997) : Gabriel Manessy et les langues voltaïques
[13768]   Miehe, Gudrun (1998) : Der Progressiv und verwadte Bildungen im Kaanga
[13771]   Miehe, Gudrun (2000) : The use of nga and its composite form in some pre-Standard Swahili texts
[24632]   Miehe, Gudrun (2008) : Ja̰a̰ne
[24633]   Miehe, Gudrun (2008) : Ka̰a̰sa
[24663]   Miehe, Gudrun (1983) : Die Nominalklassen des Abuan
[25069]   Miehe, Gudrun (2001) : Lʼimpératif en kããnsa (Burkina Faso)
[27768]   Miehe, Gudrun (2020) : Gur
[27967]   Miehe, Gudrun (2018) : Imperatives in Gur languages – Evidence from Cerma, Kãasa and Jãane
[28008]   Miehe, Gudrun (2017) : Ventive, allative and deictic motion verbs in Cerma (Gur)
[28634]   Miehe, Gudrun (2012) : C1. Dagara Cluster
[28635]   Miehe, Gudrun (2012) : C2. Farifari (Gurene): Comparative notes
[28639]   Miehe, Gudrun (2012) : C6. Dagbani
[28640]   Miehe, Gudrun (2012) : C7. Mampruli
[28641]   Miehe, Gudrun (2012) : C8. Oti-Volta West: Comparative notes
[28658]   Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : A1. Cerma (Gouin)
[28659]   Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : A2. Curama (Turka)
[28660]   Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : A3. Cerma-Curama: Comparative notes
[28661]   Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : B1. Kaasa
[28663]   Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : B3. Khisa (Komono)
[28664]   Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : B4. Gbatogso (Kpatogoso, Padorho)
[28665]   Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : B5. Kaansa-Dogose: Comparative notes
[28670]   Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : D2. Jaane (Dyan)
[28671]   Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : D3. Lobiri-Jaane: Comparative notes
[28679]   Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : G6. Tyebari (Cebari, Nyenere)
[28680]   Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : G7. Palaka (Pilara)
[28681]   Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : G8. Fodonon
[28682]   Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : G9. Tagbana (Tagwana)
[28683]   Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : G10. Nafaanra (Pantera)
[28684]   Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : G11. Senufo languages: Comparative notes
[28669]   Miehe, Gudrun & Florian Tham (2007) : D1. Lobiri
[23567]   Miehe, Gudrun & Florian Tham (Ed) (2003) : Lexique lobi-francais
[13762]   Miehe, Gudrun & Johannes Stöckle (1992) : A short introduction to the Mungaka grammar
[13770]   Miehe, Gudrun & Kerstin Winkelmann (1999) : ‘Dieu mange du mil’. Une analyse comparative des nominations pour ‘Dieu’, ‘ciel’ et quelques phenomenes meterologiques dans le sud-ouest du Burkina Faso
[24771]   Miehe, Gudrun & Kerstin Winkelmann (2007) : Noun Class Systems in Gur Languages; Vol. I Southwestern Gur Languages (without Gurunsi)
[13772]   Miehe, Gudrun & Manuel John Kamugisha Muranga (2000) : Die Proto-Bantu-Lautentsprechungen im Rukiga [Ruciga]
[13763]   Miehe, Gudrun & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (Ed) (1994) : Swahili-Handbuch
[28623]   Miehe, Gudrun , Brigitte Reineke & Kerstin Winkelmann (eds) (2012) : Noun Class Systems in Gur Languages. Vol. II: North Central Gur Languages
[13766]   Miehe, Gudrun , Brigitte Reineke , Manfred von Roncador & Kerstin Winkelmann (Ed) (1997) : Actes du premier colloque international sur les langues gur, Ouagadougou, 3-7 mars 1997. Partie 1: généralités et phonologie
[13769]   Miehe, Gudrun , Brigitte Reineke , Manfred von Roncador & Kerstin Winkelmann (Ed) (1998) : Actes du premier colloque international sur les langues gur, Ouagadougou, 3-7 mars 1997. Partie 2: grammaire, discours et comparaison
[28624]   Miehe, Gudrun , Ulrich Kleinewillinghöfer , Manfred von Roncador & Kerstin Winkelmann (2012) : Overview of noun classes in Gur (II) (revised and enlarged version)
[28657]   Miehe, Gudrun , Ulrich Kleinewillinghöfer , Manfred von Roncador & Kerstin Winkelmann (2007) : Overview on noun classes in Gur
[13773]   Mietzner, Angelika (1996) : Zu Possession in nilotischen Sprachen
[24815]   Mietzner, Angelika (2007) : Location, motion and movement in Keyo
[25528]   Mietzner, Angelika (2012) : Spatial orientation in Nilotic languages and the forces of innovation
[25772]   Mietzner, Angelika (2009) : Räumliche Orientierung in nilotischen Sprachen. Raumkonzepte – Direktionalität – Perspektiven
[27077]   Mietzner, Angelika (2016) : Cherang’any - A Kalenjin Language of Kenya
[26590]   Mietzner, Angelika , Benjamin Rotich Kimeli & Jacob Suter (compiled by) (2014) : Cherang’any - English and English - Cherang’any Dictionary ; Tyangoyop Cherang’any
[13775]   Migeod, Frederick William Hugh (1922) : Ngala, and its dead language
[13776]   Migeod, Frederick William Hugh (1924) : The language of the Manga
[24446]   Migeod, Frederick William Hugh (1911) : The languages of West Africa 1
[24447]   Migeod, Frederick William Hugh (1913) : The languages of West Africa 2
[28197]   Migeod, Frederick William Hugh (1914) : A Grammar of the Hausa Language.
[13777]   Migge, Bettina (1998) : Substrate influence in the formation of the Surinamese plantation creole: a consideration of sociohistorical data and linguistic data from Ndyuka and Gbe
[13778]   Mikkola, Pertti (1998) : Random coincidences in mass comparison: preliminary analysis of the Nilo-Saharan lexicon
[13779]   Mikkola, Pertti (1999) : Nilo-Saharan revisited
[13780]   Milheiros, Mário (1948) : Rudimentos de quimbondo ; parte 1
[13781]   Milheiros, Mário (1948) : Rudimentos de quimbondo ; parte 2
[13782]   Milheiros, Mário (1948) : Rudimentos de quimbondo ; parte 3
[13783]   Milheiros, Mário (1960) : Subsídios para o estudo de um sistema de grafia portuguesa para vocábulos gentílicos
[25344]   Militarev, Alexander (2011) : A complete etymology-based hundred wordlist of Semitic updated: items 35-44
[25347]   Militarev, Alexander (2010) : A Complete Etymology-Based Hundred Wordlist of Semitic Updated: Items 1-34
[25418]   Militarev, Alexander (2008) : Toward a Complete Etymology-based Hundred Wordlist of Semitic: Second Third (Items 34-66)
[13784]   Militarev, Alexander Jurievich (1984) : Yazyk meritskoj epigrafiki kak istoricheskii istochnik v svete yego genezisa [The language of Meroitic inscriptions as a historical source in view of its genetic ties]
[13785]   Militarev, Alexander Jurievich (1988) : Tamahaq-speaking Tuaregs in the Canary Islands: linguistic evidence
[13787]   Militarev, Alexander Jurievich (1990) : Evidence for proto-Afrasian cultural lexicon
[13788]   Militarev, Alexander Jurievich (1996) : Home for Afrasian: African or Asian? Areal linguistic arguments
[13789]   Militarev, Alexander Jurievich (2000) : Towards a chronology of Arasian (Afrosiatic) and its daughter families
[22718]   Militarev, Alexander Jurievich (2002) : The prehistory of a dispersal: the Proto-Afrasian (Afroasiatic) farming lexicon
[13786]   Militarev, Alexander Jurievich & Olga Valerievna Stolbova (1990) : First approach to comparative-historical phonology of Afroasian (consonantism)
[13803]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (1995) : The tonology of Ju|’hoan nouns
[13804]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (1995) : An aperture analysis of Ju|’hoan clicks
[13805]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (1996) : Ju|’hoasi tonogenesis
[13806]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (1997) : A decompositional analysis of Khoisan lexical tone
[13807]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (1997) : A gestural analysis of Ju|’hoasi stops
[13808]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (1998) : Towards a unified decompositional analysis of Khoisan lexical tone
[13810]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2000) : C-V coarticulation and complex consonants: evidence for ordering in click place gestures
[13811]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2000) : Issues in Ju|’hoansi orthography and their implications for the development of orthographies for other Khoesan languages
[13812]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2000) : Reduplication in Ju|’hoansi: tone determines weight
[13814]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2001) : Two kinds of reduplication in Ju|’hoansi
[13815]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2001) : Grounding Ju|’hoansi phonotactics: the phonetics of the guttural OCP and other acoustic modulations
[13816]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2003) : The phonetics and phonology of gutturals: a case study from Ju|’hoansi
[23413]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2001) : Contrastive vowel-length and variable weight reduplicative templates in Ju/‘hoansi
[23423]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2002) : Guttural vowels and guttural coarticulation in Ju/’hoansi
[13809]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda & Bonny [Eva] Sands (1999) : !Kung as a linguistic construct
[13813]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda & Bonny [Eva] Sands (2000) : Contrastive lateral clicks and variation in click types
[25681]   Miller, Amanda (2010) : A prosodic account of Ju|’hoansi consonant distributional asymmetries
[13793]   Miller, C. (1983/84) : Aperçu du système verbal en Juba Arabic
[13794]   Miller, C. (1985/86) : Un example d’évolution linguistique en Juba Arabic
[13796]   Miller, C. (1987) : Pour une étude du plurilinguisme en contexte urbain: l’example de Juba, capitale de la Province d’Equatoria sud-Soudan
[13797]   Miller, C. (1988/89) : Kelem kalam bitak: langues et tribunaux en Equatoria
[13790]   Miller, C. B. (1937) : Duration as a semantic element in the Bankon language
[13799]   Miller, Catherine (1993) : Restructuration morphosyntaxique en Juba-Arabic et Ki-Nubi: à propos du débat universaux/substrat et superstrat dans les études créoles
[13800]   Miller, Catherine (1999) : Grammaticalization and embedding in Juba Arabic
[13801]   Miller, Catherine (2001) : Grammaticalisation du verbe dire et subordination en Juba Arabic
[22713]   Miller, Catherine (2005) : Between accomodation and resistence: Upper Egyptian migrants in Cairo
[13798]   Miller, Catherine & Al-Amin Abu-Manga (Ed) (1990) : Language change and national integration: rural migrants in Khartoum
[13795]   Miller, Cynthia (1986) : Connectives in Murle epistolary texts
[13802]   Miller, Cynthia (2001) : Evidence for ergativity in Shilluk
[24947]   Miller, Cynthia L. & Leoma G. Gilley (2007) : Evidentiality and Mirativity in Shilluk
[13792]   Miller, J. & P. Tench (1980) : Aspects of Hausa intonation: utterances in isolation
[23029]   Miller, Margaret D. (1970) : Tone diacritics in Loma
[13791]   Miller, W. R. (1939) : Wata biu-Hausa grammar
[13817]   Millet, Nicholas B. (1966) : Some notes on the linguistic background of modern Nubian
[26405]   Millimono, Tamba (1978) : Le phénomène linguistique de la substitution en kisiei
[13818]   Millman, William (19--) : Correspondence, educational and language material
[13819]   Mills, Elizabeth (1978) : A hierarchical study of Senufo phonology: a prosodic approach
[13820]   Mills, Elizabeth (1984) : Senoufo phonology: discourse to syllable
[13821]   Mills, Richard (2003) : Dictionnaire sénoufo-français (sénanri, parler Tyébara, Côte d’Ivoire)
[22512]   Mimouni, Zohra (1997) : Noun and verb forms in Algerian Arabic: a neuropsycholinguistic study
[13822]   Miner, Edward A. (1998) : Discursive constructions of Kiswahili-speakers in Ugandan popular media
[13823]   Miner, Edward A. (1999) : Reconciling ‘political neutrality’ and ‘cultural authenticity’ in the language syllabus: Uganda in the 1990’s
[5349]   Mingas, Amélia Arlete (1994) : Etude grammaticale de l’iwoyo (Angola)
[26295]   Mingas, Amélia Arlete (1989) : Bibliographie et analyse critique de quelques descriptions antérieures du kikoongo ; II. Projet de thèse ; III. Esquisse phonologique de l'oyo (Angola)
[27576]   Mini, B.M. & S.L. Tshabe (Eds) (2003) : The greater dictionary of Isixhosa - Volume 2: K to P
[13824]   Minta, Ousmane (1980) : Language policy and literacy development: a study of the two West African countries of Ghana and Mali
[13825]   Minwyelet Getahun (1984) : The noun phrase in Kefa
[13826]   Mioni, Alberto M. (1967) : La bibliographie de la langue swahili: remarques et supplément à la Swahili Bibliography de M. Van Spaandonck
[13827]   Mioni, Alberto M. (1970) : Problèmes de linguistique, d’orthographe et de coordination culturelle au Burundi
[13828]   Mioni, Alberto M. (1977) : La ricostruzione linguistica in Africa con particolare riguardo al metodo di Guthrie
[13829]   Mioni, Alberto M. (198-) : Problems of language growth and the setting up of schoolbooks in Africa
[13830]   Mioni, Alberto M. (1988) : Standardization processes and linguistic repertoires in Africa and Europe: some comparative remarks
[13831]   Miosi, Frank (1975) : Boats in the pyramid texts
[13832]   Mirt, Heide (1969) : Einige Bemerkungen zum Vokalsystem des Mandara
[13833]   Mirt, Heide (1969/70) : Wordlist of Mandara
[13834]   Mirt, Heide (1970/71) : Zur Morphologie des Verbalkomplexes im Mandara
[28312]   Misago, Manoah-Joël , Epimaque Nshimirimana & Pascal Tuyubahe (2021) : Usages grammaticaux du verbe -guma ‘rester’ en kirundi (JD62) : Une étude linguistique basée sur un corpus
[13835]   Mischke, Gerda E. (1994) : Neuter verbal extensions in Southern Sotho
[13836]   Mischke, Gerda E. (1997) : The Southern Sotho relative in discourse
[13837]   Mischke, Gerda E. (1998) : The reference status of Southern Sotho predicative nouns
[13838]   Mischke, Gerda E. (1998) : Southern Sotho verbal relative constructions
[13839]   Mischke, Gerda E. (1998) : The Southern Sotho relative in discourse
[13840]   Mischke, Gerda E. (1999) : A discourse-pragmatic investigation of the interrelationship between the function and structure of Southern Sotho relative clauses
[28064]   Mischke, Gertruida Elizabeth (1997) : The Southern Sotho relative in discourse
[13841]   Mischlich, Adam (19--) : Hausa
[25470]   Mishchenko, Daria (2010) : Pronominal system of the Looma language: the Woi-Balagha dialect
[25481]   Mishchenko, Daria (2009) : Tonal System of Looma Language: The Woi-Balagha Dialect
[13842]   Misiugin, Viacheslav [Mikhailovich] (1995) : Kinship terminology in Zanzibar
[13843]   Mistry, Karen S. & Grace Gare (1969) : An introduction to spoken Setswana
[26840]   Mitchell, Alice (2015) : Extra-Ordinary Morphology in an Avoidance Register of Datooga
[28009]   Mitchell, Alice (2017) : The pragmatics of a kinship term – The meaning and use of íiyá ‘mother’ in Datooga (Nilotic)
[27852]   Mitchell, Alice & Ayu’nwi N. Neba (2019) : Special-Purpose Registers of Language in Africa
[13844]   Mitchell, B. L. (1946) : A vocabulary giving English, Scientific and African names for some animals of Nyasaland ; part 2
[13849]   Mitchell, P. K. (1968) : A note on the distribution in Sierra Leone of literacy in Arabic, Mende and Temne
[13845]   Mitchell, T. F. (1952) : The active participle in an arabic dialect of Cyrenaica
[13846]   Mitchell, T. F. (1953) : Particle-noun complexes in a Berber dialect (Zuara)
[13847]   Mitchell, T. F. (1956) : An introduction to Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[13848]   Mitchell, T. F. (1962) : Colloquial Arabic: the living language of Egypt
[25773]   Mitchell, T.F. (2009) : Zuaran Berber (Libya). Grammar and Texts
[13850]   Mitelela, Rosa (2004) : As variacoes alomorficas do prefixo da classe 7 em Shimakonde
[13851]   Miti, Lazarus Musazitame (1988) : Tonal variation in Zambian Cinyanja varieties: an autosegmental analysis
[13852]   Miti, Lazarus Musazitame (1992) : Floating tones in Zambian Ngoni with special reference to the possessive
[13853]   Miti, Lazarus Musazitame (1996) : Subgrouping Ngoni varieties within Nguni: a lexicostatistical approach
[13854]   Miti, Lazarus Musazitame (2001) : A linguistic analysis of Cinsenga, a Bantu language spoken in Zambia and Malawi
[13855]   Miti, Lazarus Musazitame (2002) : Tone shifting in CiNsenga pronouns
[13856]   Miti, Lazarus Musazitame (2003) : The effect of extensions, enclitics and object markers on verbal tone in Cinsenga
[13857]   Miti, Lazarus Musazitame (2004) : A grammar of Cingoni-Nsenga: a Central Bantu language spoken in Zambia
[13858]   Mitiche, Nora Fatima (1985) : An investigation of selected lexical items in Kabyl Berber
[28753]   Mitterhofer, Bernadette (2013) : Lessons from a Dialect Survey of Bena: Analysing Wordlists
[13859]   Mittwoch, Eugen (1926) : Die traditionelle Aussprache des äthiopischen
[13860]   Miyamoto, M. (Ed) (1985) : Swahili
[13861]   Miyamoto, R. (1989) : A note on some features of the Sokoto dialect of Fula
[13862]   Mizzi, A. (1936) : Semplici constatazioni filologiche-ethnologiche galla
[23025]   Mkala Ndurya, Raphael , Stephen Mwatela Mwendwa , John F. Newman & Bonnie Newman (1989) : Musemat’o wa chiduruma, chidzomba na chizungu/Duruma, Swahili, English dictionary
[13863]   Mkanganwi, Kumbirai G. (1972) : The relationship of coastal Ndau to the Shona dialects of the interior
[13864]   Mkanganwi, Kumbirai G. (1972) : An outline of the morphology of substantives in Ndau, with a preliminary note on Ndau phonology
[13865]   Mkanganwi, Kumbirai G. (1975) : A description of Shona spelling
[13866]   Mkanganwi, Kumbirai G. (1980) : Zimbabwe: sociolinguistically speaking
[13867]   Mkanganwi, Kumbirai G. (1987) : Linguistics, language and Zimbabwe
[13868]   Mkanganwi, Kumbirai G. (1989) : Factores sociolinguísticos no estabelecimento de um sistema ortográfico: a experiência zimbabweana
[13869]   Mkanganwi, Kumbirai G. (1990) : Orthographic problems and decision: the Zimbabwean experience
[13870]   Mkanganwi, Kumbirai G. (1992) : Language planning in southern Africa
[13871]   Mkanganwi, Kumbirai G. (1995) : Shona
[13872]   Mkanganwi, Kumbirai G. (2000) : Morpho(?)phono(?)logical fuzzy edges: the case of {-/-}/{-U/} semantic(?) contrast in Shona
[13873]   Mkanganwi, Kumbirai G. (2002) : Shona (derivational) morphology: an observation in search of a theory
[13874]   Mkangonda-Ikome, & Madidi-Mazunze (1988) : Le vocabulaire vestimentaire féminin en lingala populaire de Kinshasa: cas des noms du tissu wax
[13875]   Mkelle, M. Burhan (1971) : Kiswahili in the age of full commitment
[13876]   Mkhatshwa, S. N. L. (1991) : Metaphorical extensions as a basis for grammaticalization with special reference to Zulu auxiliary verbs
[13877]   Mkhize, D. N. (2000) : The portrayal of Igbo culture in Zulu: a descriptive analysis of the translation of Achebe’s Things fall apart into Zulu
[13878]   Mkhonza, S. T. (1987) : Siswati or French: a case for language planning in Swaziland
[27895]   Mkochi, Winfred (2019) : Encoding the plural-honorific suffix -ani and the imperfective anga in Malawian CiTonga (N.15)
[13879]   Mkokagu, J. D. (1991) : Tone and accent in Kisongwe
[13880]   Mkude, Daniel J. (1974) : A study of Kiluguru syntax with special reference to the transformational history of sentences with permuted subject and object
[13881]   Mkude, Daniel J. (1979) : Conflicting attitudes towards local languages
[13882]   Mkude, Daniel J. (1986) : English in contact with Swahili
[13883]   Mkude, Daniel J. (1995) : Towards a semantic typology of the Swahili language
[13884]   Mkude, Daniel J. (1996) : Prototypicality and the syntax of possession in Swahili
[13885]   Mkude, Daniel J. (1996) : Agentless versus non-agentive passives in Swahili
[13886]   Mkude, Daniel J. (2001) : Minority languages vs Kiswahili in Tanzania: a painful dilemma
[13887]   Mkude, Daniel J. (2004) : The impact of Kiswahili on Kiluguru
[23138]   Mkude, Daniel J. (2005) : The passive construction in Swahili
[13888]   Mkuti, Lucas (1992) : English for academic purposes: the Mozambican experience in institutions of higher learning
[13889]   Mlacha, Shaaban A. K. (1989) : The use of metaphor’s in Kezilahabi’s novel ‘Rosa mistika’
[13890]   Mlacha, Shaaban A. K. (1991) : The construction of a story grammar in Kiswahili prose fiction
[13892]   Mlacha, Shaaban A. K. (Ed) (1999) : Kamusi ya sheria/Dictionary of legal terms, English-Swahili
[13891]   Mlacha, Shaaban A. K. & Arvi Hurskainen (Ed) (1995) : Lugha, utmaduni na fasihi simulizi ya Kiswahili
[13893]   Mlingwa, Charles O. F. (1997) : Birds of Tanzania: a provisional list of bird names in Kiswahili
[13894]   Mmadike, (1996) : The Igbo emphatic reflexive pronoun and the binding theory
[13895]   Mmbi, N. M. (1989) : Question formation in Venda
[13896]   Mmusi, Sheila Onkaetse (1992) : OCP violations in Setswana: evidence for redefining the OCP?
[13897]   Mmusi, Sheila Onkaetse (1993) : Obligatory contour principle effects and violations: the case of Setswana verbal tone
[13898]   Mncube, Francis Stephen Mabutha (1949) : Hlonipha language as found among the Zulu-Xhosa women
[13899]   Mncube, Francis Stephen Mabutha (1955) : Xhosa manual
[13900]   Mnyampala, Mathias E. & Jan Knappert (1964) : Orodha ya maneno ya utenzi wa enjili/Word list to the epic and the gospel
[13901]   Moabelo, Daniel Boy (2004) : The impact of pronominalisation on communication, with special reference to Northern Sotho
[13902]   Moatassime, Ahmed (1992) : Arabisation et langue française au Maghreb: un aspect sociologique des dilemmas du développement
[13903]   Mobeze, Bombwa (1984) : Essai phonologique et morphologique de la langue genza
[13904]   Mochaba, M. B. (1987) : ‘Shift in meaning’ in Sesotho modern terminology
[13905]   Mochiwa, Zakaria S. M. (1979) : The impact of Kiswahili on ethnic languages: a case study of Handeni district
[25846]   Modi, Issouf (2009) : La designation des professions et fonctions en touareg
[13906]   Modini, Paul (1985) : A note on object relative clauses in Bantu
[23079]   Moe, Ronald & James Mbabazi (1999) : Lugungu orthography guide
[13907]   Moeketsi, Rosemary H. (1991) : English-Southern Sotho-Afrikaans: the concise trilingual pocket dictionary
[13908]   Moeketsi, Rosemary H. (1992) : The role of context in the interpretation of Southern Sotho discourse
[13909]   Moeketsi, Rosemary H. (1994) : Communicative competence: a look at Southern Sotho discourses in their situational context
[13911]   Moeketsi, Rosemary H. (1994) : The versatile nature of the Sourthern Sotho demonstrative
[13913]   Moeketsi, Rosemary H. (1997) : Of African languages and forensic linguistics: the South African multilingual and multicultural criminal courtroom
[13914]   Moeketsi, Rosemary H. (1998) : Statements about Sesotho questions used in the South African courtroom
[13915]   Moeketsi, Rosemary H. (1999) : Discourse structure in a criminal trial of a magistrate’s court
[13916]   Moeketsi, Rosemary H. (1999) : Some observations on answers to courtroom questions
[13917]   Moeketsi, Rosemary H. (1999) : Discourse in a multilingual and multicultural courtroom: a court interpreter’s guide
[13912]   Moeketsi, Rosemary H. & C. F. Swanepoel (1995) : Southern Sotho: only study guide for SSE202-Y (a functional approach to aspects of syntax and semantics)
[13910]   Moeketsi, Rosemary H. , Gerda E. Mischke , L. J. Kock , T. A. Sibeko & C. F. Swanepoel (1994) : Southern Sotho study guide 2 for SST102-X (a functional approach to aspects of morphology)
[28251]   Moeng, Emily & William Carter (2019) : Factors in the affrication of the ejective alveolar fricative in Tigrinya
[13918]   Moephuli, I. M. (1972) : A structural analysis of Southern Sotho folktales
[13919]   Mogapi, Kgomotso (1979) : Thutapuo ya Setswana: mephato I-III
[13920]   Mogapi, Kgomotso (1981) : Thutapuo ya Setswana: mephato IV le V
[13921]   Moges Yigezu (1984) : Hadiya verb morphology
[13922]   Moges Yigezu (1993) : Nuer phonology: the role of syllable structure
[13923]   Moges Yigezu (1995) : The Nuer vowel system
[13924]   Moges Yigezu (1995) : Dying twice: the case of Anfillo languages
[13927]   Moges Yigezu (1998) : Women in society and female speech among the Suri of south-western Ethiopia
[13928]   Moges Yigezu (2001) : Articulatory and acoustic effects of lip-plate speech in Chai and its implications for phonological theory
[13929]   Moges Yigezu (2001) : A comparative study of the phonetics and phonology of Surmic languages
[27101]   Moges Yigezu (2005) : Some Observations on the Pronouns of Hamar: A Comparative Perspective
[27121]   Moges Yigezu (2016) : Some Notes on Implosive Consonants in Nyangatom
[27116]   Moges Yigezu, & Binyam Sisay Mendisu (2015) : The Orthography of Hamar
[13926]   Moges Yigezu, & Gerrit Jan Dimmendaal (1998) : Notes on Baale
[13925]   Moges Yigezu, & Teshome Yehaulashet (1995) : Anfillo: a sketch of grammar and lexicon
[26170]   Moghaddam, Safieh (2012) : Focus Constructions in Lamnso'
[13930]   Mogotsi, Mamoeketsi Maria (1987) : A semantic analysis of borrowed words in Southern Sotho
[572]   Mohamadou, Aliou (1985) : La morphologie du constituant nominal en fulfulde, parler de l’Adamawa
[13931]   Mohamadou, Aliou (1985) : La morphologie du constituant nominal en fulfulde, parlers de l’Aadamaawa
[13932]   Mohamadou, Aliou (1990) : Remarques sur la négation assertive en peul
[13933]   Mohamadou, Aliou (1991) : Classificateurs et représentation des propriétés lexicales en peul: parlers de l’Aadamaawa
[13934]   Mohamadou, Aliou (1994) : Les approches sémantiques de la classification nominale en peul
[13935]   Mohamadou, Aliou (1994) : Classificateurs et représentation des propriétés lexicales en peul: parlers de l’Aadamaawa
[13936]   Mohamadou, Aliou (2000) : Topicalisation et détermination du terme topique en peul
[24438]   Mohamadou, Aliou (2005) : Si Bamako mʼétait conté̀ A propos de la transcription et de lʼorthographe du peul
[24995]   Mohamadou, Aliou (1998) : Fonctionnement morphologique et interprétation sémantique d'un système classifîcatoire : l'exemple du peul
[26927]   Mohamadou, Aliou (2014) : Une démarche en lexicographie peule
[27049]   Mohamadou, Aliou (2014) : Le verbe en peul
[13939]   Mohamed Khamis, Said Ahmed (1981) : The use of Kiswahili as a medium of instruction/L’utilisation du Kiswahili comme langue d’enseignement
[13940]   Mohamed Khamis, Said Ahmed (1984) : Urban versus rural Swahili: a study of Pemba varieties
[13941]   Mohamed Khamis, Said Ahmed (1984) : Literary Swahili: its role and contribution to the standard form
[13942]   Mohamed Khamis, Said Ahmed (1984) : The forgotten ki- in Kiswahili
[13943]   Mohamed Khamis, Said Ahmed (1988) : The forgotten ki- in Swahili
[13944]   Mohamed Khamis, Said Ahmed (1991) : Superstratum and polysemy in Swahili: a tentative study of lexical semantics in literary discourse
[13945]   Mohamed Khamis, Said Ahmed (1991) : Kiteuzi -ji
[13946]   Mohamed Khamis, Said Ahmed (1993) : The current status of Swahili and its future prospects (a point of view of a Swahili writer)
[13947]   Mohamed-Abdi, Mohamed (1996) : Boqor: one word, two realities
[13937]   Mohamed, Youssof (1993) : Introduction à l’étude morpho-syntaxique du locatif en comorien
[13938]   Mohamed, Youssof (1994) : Introduction à la subordination complétive en comorien
[13948]   Mohammad, Abubakar B. (1987) : A linguistic study of the nativization of english loan words in Gombe Fulfude
[13949]   Mohammad, Abubakar B. (1997) : The assimilation of English loan words into Fulfulde
[13960]   Mohammed Siraj Hussien (1983) : The phonology of the Rayya dialect of Tigrigna
[13951]   Mohammed, A. (1977) : Aspects of the syntax and semantics of noun modification in Hausa
[13954]   Mohammed, A. (1991) : The tense system of Hausa
[13957]   Mohammed, A. (1995) : NP-construction in Hausa: a semantic view
[13956]   Mohammed, Aliyu (1995) : Communicative competence acquisition in infelicitious learning environments: the problem with English in Nigeria
[13950]   Mohammed, Aliyu , A. G. Momodu & Ulla Schild (1976) : The search for a lingua franca and standards in Nigerian education
[13952]   Mohammed, Hassan & Richard J. Hayward (1980) : Linguistic evidence in an aspect of Oromo history: some innovations involving glides
[13953]   Mohammed, Mohammed Abdullah (1986) : Ellipsis: a contrastive study of Swahili and English discourse
[13959]   Mohammed, Mohammed Abdullah (2001) : Modern Swahili grammar
[13958]   Mohammed, Mohammed Abdullah & Said Ahmed Mohamed Khamis (1998) : Kamusi ya visawe/Swahili dictionary of synonyms
[13955]   Mohammed, Usman Ahmadu (1994) : Phonological variations of spoken Hausa of Kanuri native speakers in the “mainly Kanuri area” of Maiduguri
[13961]   Mohlala, Linkie (2003) : The Bantu attribute noun class prefixes and their suffixal counterparts, with special reference to Zulu
[25804]   Möhlig, Wilhelm J. G. (2009) : Historiography on the Basis of Contemporary Linguistic Data: The Herero Case
[14308]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1965) : Wortliste Dciriku-Deutsch-Französisch
[14309]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1967) : Die Sprache der Dciriku: Phonologie, Prosodologie und Morphologie
[14310]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1968) : Some concepts underlying language description: a reply to A. E. Meeussen’s review of my monograph ‘Die Sprache der Dciriku’
[14311]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1969) : Zur prosodologirschen Analyse sogenannter Tonsprachen im Bantu
[14313]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1971) : Zur prosodologischen Struktur des Standard-Ewe
[14314]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1974) : Die Stellung der Bergdialekte im Osten des Mt. Kenya: ein Beitrag zur Sprachgliederung im Bantu
[14315]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1974) : Die Bedeutung der Minoritätenfrage für die Sprachsituation in Tansania und Kenya
[14316]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1976) : Guthries Beitrag zur Bantuistik aus heutiger Sicht
[14318]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1977) : Zur frühen Siedlungsgeschichte der Savannen-Bantu aus lauthistorischer Sicht
[14319]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1978) : Synchrone Faktoren des Sprachwandels im Savannen-Bantu
[14320]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1978) : Versuch einer historischen Gliederung der nordöstlichen Bantusprachen auf leutvergleichender Grundlage
[14321]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1978) : Language and dialect atlases in Africa as sources of information on pre-colonial history
[14322]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1979) : The Bantu nucleus: its conditional nature and its prehistorical significance
[14323]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1979) : Sprichwörter als Quelle des traditionellen Rechts in Afrika
[14325]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1980) : Dialektgrenzen und Dialektkontinua im Bantu-Sprachgebiet von Kenia: zum Problem der Grenzfindung und Grenzgewichtung
[14326]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1980) : La dialectometrie: une méthode de classification synchronique en Afrique
[14327]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1980) : Bantu languages
[14328]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1981) : Stratification in the history of the Bantu languages
[14329]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1981) : Die Bantusprachen im engeren Sinn
[14330]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1981) : Sprachgeographie
[14331]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1981) : Lineare und hybride Lautverschiebungen im Bantu
[14332]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1981) : Quelques principes de structure prosodologique dans les langues africaines et leur conséquences pour une analyse adéquate
[14334]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1983) : Die Verwendberkeit der relativen Chronologie lauthistorischer Straten im Bantu für völker- und kulturhistorische Fragestellungen
[14335]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1983) : Basic principles of Hausa prosodological structure at the distinctive level
[14336]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1983) : Kavangosprachen
[14337]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1984/85) : The Swahili dialects of Kenya in relation to Mijikenda and to the Bantu idioms of the Tana Valley
[14338]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1985) : Forschungsbericht über Feldstudien zum dialektalen Vergleich der pronominalsysteme unter den Bantusprachen des kenianischen Küstenbereichs von Juli bis September 1983
[14339]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1985) : General problems of classification of African languages
[14340]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1986) : Les parlers bantous côtiers du nord-est
[14341]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1986) : Aspects of the language history of the Ilwana: former hunter-gatherers of the central Tana Valley in Kenya
[14342]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1986) : Grundzüge der textmorphologischen Struktur und Analyse afrikanischer Erzählungen
[14343]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1988) : Zur Übersetzungsproblematik bei der Bearbeitung oralliterarischer Texte
[14344]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1989) : La position des dialectes swahili du Kenya parmi les langues bantu de la vallée du Tana et les dialectes mijikenda
[14345]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1990) : Dialektrometrische Berechnungen mit Hilfe des Computers
[14348]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1992) : Language death and the origin of strata: two case studies of Swahili dialects
[14350]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1994) : Swahili-Dialekte
[14351]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1994) : Derivation: Verbal- und Nominalableitungen
[14352]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1994) : Semantische und pragmatische Analyse von Sprichwörtern im situativen Kontext: Beispiele aus dem Kerewe
[14355]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1997) : A dialectometrical analysis of the main Kavango languages: Kwangali, Gciriku and Mbukushu
[14356]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1998) : Die geschichte der Bantusprachen aus der Sicht dialektologischer Erkenntnisse
[14359]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (200-) : Historical phonological atlas of the Bantu languages of Kenya
[14360]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (200-) : Dialect atlas of the coastal and Taita groups of Kenyan Bantu
[14361]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (200-) : Dialect atlas of the central Kenyan Bantu
[14362]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (200-) : Dialect atlas of the south Nyanza and Luhya groups of Kenyan Bantu
[14363]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (2000) : Dialektale Nähe unter den Bantusprachen im Nordosten des Victoria Nyanza
[14366]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (2005) : A grammatical sketch of Rugciriku
[25529]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (2012) : Directionality as a basic principle in Otjiherero verb constructions
[14347]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Bernd Heine (1991) : Swahili Übungsbuch
[14354]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Bernd Heine (1995) : Swahili Übungsbuch
[14357]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Bernd Heine (1999) : Swahili Übungsbuch
[25902]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Berndt Heine (2008) : Hör- und Sprechtexte zum Swahili Übungsbuch
[24034]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Jekura U. Kavari (2008) : Reference Grammar of Herero (Otjiherero). Bantu Language of Namibia. With a Glossary Otjiherero-English-Otjiherero
[14312]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Jürgen Christoph Winter (1970) : Zur Bedeutungsanalyse der unterschiedlichen Nominalklassenzugehörigkeit von Verwandtschaftsbezeichnungen im Dciriku: eine sozialanthropologisch-linguistische Untersuchung
[14333]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Jürgen Christoph Winter (1982) : Language and dialect atlas of Kilimanjaro
[14365]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Karl Peter Shiyaka-Mberema (2005) : A dictionary of the Rumanyo language: Rumanyo-English/English-Rumanyo, including a grammatical sketch
[14346]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg , Bernd Heine & Hassan Adam (1991) : Swahili Grundkurs
[14349]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg , Bernd Heine & Hassan Adam (1993) : Swahili Grundkurs
[14353]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg , Bernd Heine & Hassan Adam (1995) : Swahili Grundkurs
[14358]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg , Bernd Heine & Hassan Adam (1999) : Swahili Grundkurs
[14317]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg , Franz Rottland & Bernd Heine (Ed) (1977) : Zur Sprachgeschichte und Ethnohistorie in Afrika
[14324]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg , Gérard Philippson , Marie-Françoise Rombi & Jürgen Christoph Winter (1980) : Classification dialectométrique de quelques parlers swahilis (swahili du nord et swahili comorien)
[14364]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg , Lutz Marten & Jekura U. Kavari (2002) : A grammatical sketch of Herero (Otjiherero)
[28095]   Mohma, Bellnoun (2008) : Dictionnaire français-bassa
[28096]   Mohma, Bellnoun (2013) : Proverbes et expressions bassa traduits en français
[28097]   Mohma, Bellnoun (2008) : Dictionnaire bassa-français
[13962]   Mohmed, Aliyu (1972) : The search for a lingua franca and standards in Nigerian education
[13963]   Mohmed, Aliyu (1977) : Aspects of the syntax and semantics of noun modification by adkectives in Hausa
[13964]   Mohochi, E. S. (2003) : Language choice for development: the case for Swahili in Kenya
[13965]   Mohome, P. M. (1972) : Naming in Sesotho: its sociostructural and linguistic basis
[13966]   Mohrlang, Roger (1971) : Vectors, prosodies and Higi vowels
[13967]   Mohrlang, Roger (1972) : Higi phonology
[28943]   Moi, Daniel Rabbi , Mario Lau Babur Kuduku , Sister Mary Mangira Michael , Simon Hagimir John , Rapheal Zakenia Paul Mafoi & Nyoul Gulluma Kuduku (2018) : Bongo – English Dictionary
[13968]   Moilwa, James [Motlhagolela] (1975) : The sociolinguistics of Tswana literature
[13969]   Moilwa, James [Motlhagolela] (1983) : The sociolinguistic perspective in Tswana literature
[13970]   Moinaesha, Cheikh (1981) : Morphologie du verbe dans la langue comorienne (G-C)
[13971]   Moinaesha, Cheikh (1986) : Essai d’orthographe du comorien
[13972]   Moinaesha, Cheikh , Francis Jouannet & Michel Lafon (1989) : Bibliographie comorienne
[28090]   Moïse Ekwalla, Ekuala Ebele (2015) : Lexique de 30 000 mots duala-français - ekotele ya 30 000 la biala ba duala frensi
[13973]   Mojapelo, Mampaka (2003) : The external arguments of weather verbs in Northern Sotho
[13974]   Mojela, V. M. (1999) : Prestige terminology and its consequences in the development in Northern Sotho vocabulary
[13975]   Mokaila, Dingaan Mpho (198-) : Setswana yesterday, today and tomorrow
[13976]   Mokgokong, Pothinus C. (1966) : A dialect geographical survey of the phonology of the Northern Sotho area
[13977]   Mokgokong, Pothinus C. (1968) : Classification of Northern Sotho dialects
[13978]   Mokgokong, Pothinus C. (1975) : Context as determinant of meaning with special reference to Northern Sotho
[13979]   Mokgokong, Pothinus C. (1977) : Meaning in the context of culture
[13980]   Mokoena, Aubrey D. (1998) : Sesotho made easy: a step-by-step guide
[25137]   Mokrani, Soraya (2005) : Eléments nouveaux en vue de la description de la langue samayé (B25)
[13981]   Mol, van (1927) : Bangala spraakleer met woordenlijst
[13982]   Mol, Frans (1978) : Maa: a dictionary of the Maasai language and folklore (English-Maasai)
[13983]   Mol, Frans (1996) : Maasai language and culture: dictionary
[13984]   Mol, Frans (1997) : Lessons in Maasai: a grammar of Maasai language
[13985]   Molalapata, Bontsi Tjanana (2005) : The treatment of kinship terminology in Sotho dictionaries, with special reference to Setswana
[13986]   Molamu, L. (1995) : Wietie: the emergence and development of Tsotsitaal in South Africa
[13987]   Molefe, Dorcas (1998) : Personal growth, cultural sensitivity and language learning amongst the Tirelo Setshaba participants
[28072]   Molefe, Lawrence (1999) : Onomastic aspects of Zulu nicknames with special reference to source and functionality
[13988]   Moleleki, M. (1998) : The state of Sesotho lexicography
[13989]   Molembo, Masimo (1984) : Les langues motembo et lingombe
[13990]   Molembo, Masimo (1987) : Formes verbales comparées des langues motembo et lingombe
[13991]   Molembo, Masimo (1989) : Observations sur les anthroponymes motembo
[13992]   Moletsane, R. I. M. & others (Ed) (1985) : Handbook on the teaching of Southern Sotho
[13993]   Molin, Paul-Marie (1955) : Dictionnaire bambara-français et français-bambara
[13994]   Molin, Paul-Marie (1960) : Recueil de proverbes bambaras et malinkés
[13995]   Molinaro, Luigi (19--) : Dizionario italiano-madi e madi-italiano
[13996]   Molinaro, Luigi (1925) : Appunti di grammatica della lingua madi
[13997]   Molitor, W. (1---) : Carnet des notes manuscrites sur le cours de Kiswahili du Père Colle
[13998]   Mollard, P. W. (1955) : Elementary Swahili instructional course
[14367]   Möller, L. A. (1981) : Duitse plekname in Suid-Afrika en Suidwes-Afrika
[14368]   Möller, L. A. (1983) : Duitse plekname in Suidwes-Afrika
[14369]   Möller, L. A. (1984) : Deutsche Ortsnamen Südwestafrikas im Rahmen einer historisch-onomatischen Darstellung ; Teil 1
[14370]   Möller, L. A. (1986) : Deutsche Ortsnamen Südwestafrikas im Rahmen einer historisch-onomatischen Darstellung. Teil 2: Die Schutzherrschaftsnamen
[14371]   Möller, L. A. (1986) : ’n Toponimies-linguistiese ondersoek na duitse plekname in Suidwes-Afrika
[14372]   Möller, L. A. (1987) : Deutsche Ortsnamen Südwestafrikas im Rahmen einer historisch-onomatischen Darstellung. Teil 3: Ansiedlungsnamen
[14373]   Möller, L. A. (1988) : ’n Semantiese representasie (SR) van enkele duitse plekname (PN) in sintaktiese verband: ’n voorlopige beskouing
[14374]   Möller, L. A. (1989) : The influence of the indigenous languages on German toponyms in Namibia
[28706]   Möller, Mirjam (2016) : The noun class system in Mmen: A center Ring Grassfields Bantu language
[28707]   Möller, Mirjam (2011) : The noun phrase in Kwere: A Bantu language of Tanzania
[28710]   Möller, Mirjam (2012) : The noun and verb in Mmen - a Center Ring Grassfields Bantu language
[28719]   Möller, Mirjam (2014) : Nominal Tone in Mmen - A Grassfield Bantu language of Cameroon
[13999]   Mollier, J.-M. (195-) : Phrasebook French-!Xû
[14000]   Mollier, J.-M. (195-) : Vocabulary French-!Xû
[14001]   Molnárfi, László (1997) : Zur Diskurskomponente in der Sprechsprache: vir als Rhemamarkier im Afrikaans
[22661]   Molnárfi, László (2004) : On the interpretation of multiple negation in spoken and written Afrikaans
[14002]   Molnos, Angela (1968) : Sources for the study of East African cultures and development: a bibliography of social scientific bibliographies, abstracts, reference works, catalogues, directories, writings on archives, bibliographies, book production, libraries and museums; with special reference to Kenya, Tanzania and Uganda
[14003]   Molnos, Angela (1969) : Language problems in Africa: a bibliography (1946-1967) and a summary of the present situation, with special reference to Kenya, Tanzania and Uganda
[14004]   Moloi, Francina L. (2001) : Acquisition of English L2 tense, aspect and agreement by Sesotho-speaking children
[14005]   Moloi, Francina L. (2002) : The role of linguistic environment in L2 acquisition
[14006]   Molokoane, Emelda Mmabatho (2004) : The interrogative in Northern Sotho: a study of the relation between form and meaning
[14008]   Molosiwa, Annah (2000) : Deculturalisation and language shift among the Otjiherero-Mbanderu speakers of Tshabong
[23144]   Molosiwa, Annah (2005) : Extinction or distinction? Empowering Setswana as the medium of instruction and instrument in Botswana schools
[14007]   Molosiwa, Annah , N. Ratsoma & Joseph Tsonope (1998) : A comprehensive report on the use of Setswana at all levels of Botswana’s education system
[14009]   Moloto, Ernest Sedumeni (1964) : A critical investigation into the standardization of written Tswana: a study of the history and present state of Tswana orthography
[14010]   Moloto, Ernest Sedumeni (1979) : The qualificative in Tswana
[14011]   Moloto, Ernest Sedumeni (1989) : Are there diphtongs in Tswana?
[14012]   Molteno, F. (1984) : The historical foundations of the schooling of Black South Africans
[14013]   Moltke, Johannes von (1976) : Die Oorlams-Hottentotte en Afrikaans
[14014]   Mombo Lutete, Khonde (1980) : De l’interference lexicale du français et du kiyombe
[14015]   Mommer, Kerri Ellen (1986) : Theoretical issues concerning inherent aspect and the perfect in English, Cebaari and Swahili
[14016]   Momoh, E. A. (1997) : Easy way to learn English, Hausa, Yoruba and Igbo
[25899]   Monaka, Kemmonye C. & Patricia Lepekoane (2008) : How the !Xóõ became the Balala: Socio-economic and linguistic factors considered
[26707]   Monaka, Kemmonye C. (2010) : Observed dearth and death of a language: !Xoo of Botswana
[29041]   Monaka, Kemmonye Collete (2023) : Linguistic variations among the dialects of Shekgalagari
[14017]   Mondi-Vudri, Apima Atinda (1988) : Parlers logo, lugbara, et lendu: étude comparée de verbaux en groupe moru-mangbetu
[14018]   Monem, Mufid al-Guindi Abd al (1974) : Diccionario español-arabe de verbos, gramatica y temas de conversación
[14019]   Monet, Bintou (1989) : Esquisse phonologique du bisa de Zabre (variété léelé)
[26161]   Mongaba, Bienvenu Sene (2012) : The Use of Lingála in the Teaching of Chemistry in DR Congo: A Socio-terminological Approach
[27371]   Monich, Irina (2014) : Tonal Processes in the Setswana Verb
[27873]   Monich, Irina (2020) : Nuer Tonal inventory
[28262]   Monich, Irina & Matthew Baerman (2019) : Stem modification in Nuer
[23881]   Monikang, Evelyn Neh (1989) : Phonology of Mokpwe
[14042]   Moñino, Yves (1970) : Dérivation et composition dans le vocabulaire technique ngbaka-ma’bo (République Centrafricaine)
[14043]   Moñino, Yves (1971) : Note sur la phonologie d’un dialecte gbaya de Berbérati
[14044]   Moñino, Yves (1971) : Esquisse d’un dialectologie gbaya
[14046]   Moñino, Yves (1977) : Conception du monde et langue d’initiation la’bi des Gbaya-Kara
[14047]   Moñino, Yves (1980) : Dialectologie et parenté génétique des langues: applications méthodologiques à un groupe homogène de langues
[14048]   Moñino, Yves (1981) : De 2 à 3 tons: l’évolution tonale dans les langues gbaya-manza-ngbaka
[14049]   Moñino, Yves (1981) : Les tons du gbanu
[14050]   Moñino, Yves (1987) : Le verbe dans 17 parlers gbaya-manza
[14052]   Moñino, Yves (1988) : Le groupe gbaya-manza-ngbaka
[14053]   Moñino, Yves (1991) : Les langues spéciales sont-elles des langues? La notion de pseudo-langue à travers l’exemple d’une “langue d’initiation” d’Afrique centrale
[14054]   Moñino, Yves (1995) : Le proto-gbaya: essai de linguistique comparative historique sur vingt-et-une langues d’Afrique centrale
[24439]   Moñino, Yves (2004) : Lʼanalyse du changement sémantique dans les langues dʼAfrique Noire
[24440]   Moñino, Yves (2004) : Une autre conception des Lumières. Sur les noms de couleur en gbaya
[24441]   Moñino, Yves (2007) : Les rôles du substrat dans les créoles et dans les langues secrètes: le cas du palenquero, créole espagnol de Colombie.
[24442]   Moñino, Yves (2007) : Convergencias lingüísticas iberocongolesas en palenquero: ʔintegrarse a la sociedad mayoritaria o distinguirse de ella?
[24460]   Moñino, Yves (2005) : Citation, métalangage et autonymie en gbaya-ʼbodoe de Centrafrique
[25469]   Moñino, Yves (2010) : La structuration du systeme pronominal en proto-gbaya
[25974]   Moñino, Yves (2004) : Une autre conception des lumières. Sur les noms de couleur en gbaya
[26347]   Moñino, Yves (1997) : Lexique hai
[26363]   Moñino, Yves (1997) : Lexique yangere
[14051]   Moñino, Yves (Ed) (1988) : Lexique comparatif des langues oubanguiennes
[14045]   Moñino, Yves & Paulette Roulon-Doko (1972) : Phonologie du gbaya-kara ‘bodoe de Ndongue-Bongowen (Région de Bouar, République Centrafricaine)
[14021]   Monod, Théodore M. (1958) : Un nouvel alphabet ouest-africain: le bété (Côte-d’Ivoire)
[14020]   Monod, Théodore M. (Ed) (1939) : Contributions à l’étude du Sahara occidental
[14022]   Monsen, R. B. (1972) : Semantic preliminaries to lexicography: a study of the Hausa verb
[28876]   Montébran, Aurore (2020) : Asymmetries in negation in the Atlantic languages: a preliminary comparison
[14023]   Monteil, Charles (1932) : La langue des Bozo, population de pêcheurs du Niger
[14024]   Monteil, Charles (1939) : La langue azer
[14027]   Monteil, Charles (1964) : Lexique soninke-français
[24604]   Monteil, Charles (1966) : Vocabulaire soninké (parties du corps et noms de parenté)
[24605]   Monteil, Charles (1967) : Vocabulaire Soninké II
[25254]   Monteil, Charles (1933) : La langue des Bozo, population de pêcheurs du Niger
[14025]   Monteil, Vincent (1949) : Notes sur la toponymie, l’astronomie et l’orientation chez les Maures
[14026]   Monteil, Vincent (1963) : Sur l’arabisation des langues négro-africaines
[14028]   Montenegro, J. Perez (1958) : Esboço de um vocabulário toponímico de Angola ; parte 1
[14029]   Montenegro, J. Perez (1959) : Esboço de um vocabulário toponímico de Angola ; parte 2
[14030]   Montenegro, J. Perez (1959) : Esboço de um vocabulário toponímico de Angola ; parte 3
[14031]   Montenegro, J. Perez (1960) : Esboço de um vocabulário toponímico de Angola ; parte 4
[14032]   Montenegro, J. Perez (1961) : Esboço de um vocabulário toponímico de Angola ; parte 5
[14033]   Montenegro, J. Perez (1961) : Esboço de um vocabulário toponímico de Angola ; parte 6
[14034]   Montenegro, J. Perez (1962) : Esboço de um vocabulário toponímico de Angola ; parte 7
[14035]   Montenegro, J. Perez (1962) : Esboço de um vocabulário toponímico de Angola ; parte 8
[14036]   Montenegro, J. Perez (1963) : Esboço de um vocabulário toponímico de Angola ; parte 9
[14037]   Montenegro, J. Perez (1964) : Esboço de um vocabulário toponímico de Angola ; parte 10
[14039]   Montgolfier, B. de (1975) : Le gbaya ‘booro de Bossangoa
[14038]   Montgolfier, P. de (1973) : Dictionnaire dangaléat (est), kaawo dangla
[14040]   Montgomery, Christine Anne (1966) : The morphology of Sebei
[14041]   Montgomery, Christine Anne (1970) : Problems in the development of an orthography for the Sebei language of Uganda
[25277]   Montlahuc, Marie-Laure (2000) : Eléments de description du chaga oriental
[14375]   Mònyé, Ambrose Adikamkwu (1989) : A re-examination of the 9th vowel phoneme in Igbo
[27042]   Moodie, Jonathan (2017) : Number marking in Lopit, an Eastern Nilotic language
[27406]   Moodie, Jonathan (2017) : Conditional constructions in Lopit, an Eastern Nilotic language
[28203]   Moodie, Jonathan & Rosey Billington (2020) : A Grammar of Lopit: An Eastern Nilotic Language of South Sudan
[14055]   Moody, James (1973) : Possible sources of errors in the English of first year students at the University of Zambia: some implications for the teaching of English in Zambia
[14056]   Moody, James (1982) : The concept of register and its application to colloquial English conversation in Zambia
[14057]   Moody, James (1985) : Zambians talking: twenty-five English conversations
[14058]   Mooko, Theophilus (2004) : An investigation into the state of use of Setswana to teach primary school mathematics
[22751]   Moomo, David (1998) : Quotation forms in Ebira narratives
[14060]   Moore, Gerard (1965) : English words, African lives
[14059]   Moore, Helen Ruby (19--) : English-Bulu vocabulary
[14063]   Moore, Kevin E. , David A. Peterson & Comfort Wentum (Ed) (1994) : Special session on historical issues in African linguistics
[24731]   Moore, Kevin Ezra (2007) : Lexical Resources in Wolof and English for Talking of Time in Terms of Space
[25001]   Moore, Kevin Ezra (2000) : Spatial experience and temporal metaphors in Wolof: point of view, conceptual mapping, and linguistic practice
[23476]   Moore, Leslie Carolyn (2004) : Learning languages by heart: second language socialization in a Fulbe community (Maroua, Cameroon)
[14061]   Moore, R. A. C. (1966) : Verbal derivations in Swahili
[14062]   Moore, R. O. (1974) : Nandi origins: the evidence from language
[14064]   Moosally, Michelle Jamila (1999) : Subject and object coordination in Ndebele: and HPSG analysis
[24589]   Moosally, Michelle Jamila (1998) : Noun Phrase Coordination: Ndebele Agreement Patterns and Cross-Linguistic Variation
[14065]   Mopoho, Raymond (1993) : Multilinguisme et communication au Cameroun: études sociolinguistiques
[14066]   Mopoho, Raymond (1993) : Essai de description globale du pidgin-english camerounais
[14067]   Mopoho, Raymond (1997) : Origines et définitions du West African Pidgin English
[14070]   Morais-Barbosa, Jorge (1975) : Cape Verde, Guinea-Bissau and Sâo Tomé and Príncipe: the linguistic situation
[14069]   Morais-Barbosa, Jorge (Ed) (1967) : Estudos linguísticos crioulos: reedição de artigos publicados no Boletim da Sociedade de Geographia de Lisboa
[14071]   Morapedi, Setumile (2001) : Analysis of errors in tense and aspect use: the case of Botswana secondary school learners of English as a second language
[27063]   Morapedi, Setumile (2007) : The syntax of locative inversion and related constructions in Setswana : an approach to information structure in lexical functional grammar
[27064]   Morapedi, Setumile (2010) : The syntax of locative inversion and related constructions in Setswana : an approach to information structure in lexical functional grammar
[14072]   Mordaunt, Owen Glen (1991) : Attitudes of Swazi teacher trainees towards first official language
[23226]   Mordaunt, Owen Glen (1981) : Attitudes toward the utility and sociocultural infleunces of the English language: a study of prospective teachers in Swaziland
[14073]   Moreau, R. E. (1940) : Bird names used in central north-eastern Tanganyika Territory ; part 1
[14074]   Moreau, R. E. (1941) : Bird names used in central north-eastern Tanganyika Territory ; part 2
[14075]   Moreau, R. E. (1941) : The joking relationship (utani) in Tanganyika
[14076]   Moreau, R. E. (1942) : Bird nomenclature in an East African area
[14077]   Moreau, R. E. (1944) : The joking relationships in Tanganyika
[14078]   Moreira, Alexandre (1924) : Practical grammatical notes of the Sena language
[14100]   Moreno, A. (1988) : Nambya dictionary
[14079]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1935) : Favole e rime galla: testi, raccolti, editi, tradotti e annotati
[14080]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1935/37) : L’accento in galla: osservazioni e orientamenti
[14081]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1935/37) : Alcuni racconti galla
[14082]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1937) : Appunti sulla lingua darasa Sidamo
[14083]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1937/38) : Note di lingua burgi
[14084]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1938) : Appunti di cambatta e di alaba
[14085]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1938) : Introduzione alla lingua ometo
[14086]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1938) : Le mie indagini linguistiche nel Galla-Sidama
[14087]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1938) : I recenti studi italiani sulle lingue sidamo orientali e la loro classificazione
[14088]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1939) : Grammatica teorico-pratica della lingua galla, con esercizi
[14089]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1939/40) : Appunti di caffino
[14090]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1940) : Manuale di sidamo: grammatica, esercizi, testi, glossario
[14091]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1940) : I recenti studi italiani sulle lingue “sidama orientali” e la loro classificazione
[14092]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1941) : Nuove notizie sull’ alaba e sugli alabi
[14093]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1943) : Notizie sul ghidole e sul gowaze
[14094]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1948) : L’azione del cuscitico sul sistema morfologico delle lingue semitiche dell’Etiopia
[14095]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1949) : L’action du couchitique sur le système morphologique des langues sémitiques de l’Éthiopie
[14096]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1951) : Nozioni di grammatica somala
[14097]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1953) : Il dialetto degli Asrâf die Mogadiscio ; parte 1
[14098]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1954) : Il dialetto degli Asrâf die Mogadiscio ; parte 2
[14099]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1955) : Il Somalo della Somalia: grammatica e testi del benadir, darod e dighil
[14101]   Moreton, Rebecca L. & Henry Marcel Bôt Ba Njock (1975) : Je parle basaá: manuel d’initiation au basaá en 265 cycles
[27550]   Moreton, Rebecca L.et al. (1968) : Cameroon Basaa.
[14103]   Morgan, Daniel Ray (1996) : Overview of grammatical structures of Ndut: a Cangin language of Senegal
[14102]   Morgan, David J. (1991) : Vowel harmony, syllable structure and the causative extension in a Bantu language, Lobala: a government phonology account
[22974]   Morgan, David J. (1994) : Semantic constraints on relevance in Lobala discourse
[22976]   Morgan, David J. (1993) : Vowel harmony, syllable structure and the causative extension in Lobala: a government phonology account
[14104]   Morgans, Helen (2000) : Metaphors in South African sign language
[14105]   Morgenthaler, E. (19--) : Exercises de ronga
[14106]   Morimoto, Yukiko (2000) : Discourse configurationality in Bantu morphosyntax
[14107]   Morimoto, Yukiko (2002) : Prominence mismatches and differential object marking in Bantu
[27166]   Morimoto, Yukiko (2016) : The Kikuyu focus marker nĩ: Formal and functional similarities to the conjoint/disjoint alternation
[10683]   Morin, Didier (2004) : Approche systématique des pronoms en afar
[14108]   Morin, Didier (1977) : Le nom en afar du sud
[14109]   Morin, Didier (1979) : Proposition pour la transcription de l’Afar
[14110]   Morin, Didier (1984) : A propos des emprunts a l’arabe et au français en afar et en somali a djibouti
[14111]   Morin, Didier (1986) : Typologie grammaticale du couchitique: le cas de l’afar et du somali
[14112]   Morin, Didier (1988) : Le problème de l’infinitif en afar
[14113]   Morin, Didier (1989) : A propos du système nominal du somali
[14114]   Morin, Didier (1991) : Marques et relations en somali: le problème des “déclinaisons”
[14115]   Morin, Didier (1994) : Dialectologie de l’afar-saho
[14116]   Morin, Didier (1995) : Des paroles douces comme la soie: introduction aux contes dans l’aire couchitique (bedja, afar, saho, somali)
[14117]   Morin, Didier (2001) : Bridging the gap between northern and eastern Cushitic
[24448]   Morin, Didier (2005) : Prosodie du texte de style oral, lʼexemple dʼune langue accentuelle: lʼafar
[24461]   Morin, Didier (2005) : Progressivité, simultanéité, antériorité en afar-saho
[24909]   Morin, Didier (2008) : Connexité linéaire et connexité configurée : l'exemple du joncteur oo en somali
[26280]   Morin, Didier (2012) : Dictionnaire afar-français
[14118]   Morino, Tsuneo (1975) : A classified dictionary of Swahili, with Swahili, English and Japanese indexes
[14120]   Morino, Tsuneo (1976) : Swahili (Kenya & Tanzania)
[14119]   Morino, Tsuneo (Ed) (1976) : Swahili
[14121]   Morino, Tsuneo (Ed) (1979/80) : [Basic verb contrastive examples: Japanese-Swahili]
[14122]   Morino, Tsuneo (Ed) (1985) : Swahili in 3 days
[14123]   Morino, Tsuneo & Hisashi Nakajima (1990-1997) : Suwahirigo jiten/A dictionary of the Swahili language
[14124]   Moritz, Walter (1967) : Südwestafrikanische Ortsnamen in der Namasprache
[14125]   Moritz, Walter (1968) : Übersicht über die Entwicklung der Darstellung der Schnalzlaute im Nama
[14126]   Moritz, Walter (1968) : ‘Elob-mis’: the history of the Bible in the Nama language
[14127]   Moritz, Walter (1969) : Nama im Gespräch - Nama in gesprek
[14128]   Moritz, Walter (1969) : Die Monatsnamen in Nama: eine Übersicht
[14129]   Moritz, Walter (1969/70) : Die Nama-Sprache bei Johannes Heinrich Schmelen
[14130]   Moritz, Walter (1970) : Zur Bedeutung des Wortes Namib
[14131]   Moritz, Walter (1970/71) : Die Monatsnamen eines Bergdama
[14132]   Moritz, Walter (1971) : Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache
[14133]   Moritz, Walter (1971) : Die Übersetzung der Bibel in die Namasprache
[14134]   Moritz, Walter (1971) : Kleine Anmerkung zu Plätzen am Orange in Wikars Tagebuch
[14135]   Moritz, Walter (1972) : Nama im Gespräch: Übungsbuch in der Namasprache mit Vokabeln in Deutsch und Afrikaans
[14136]   Moritz, Walter (1972) : Zur Geschichte und Bedeutung des Namens Swakop und Swakopmund
[14137]   Moritz, Walter (1972) : Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache?
[14138]   Moritz, Walter (1973) : Zur Geschichte und Bedeutung des Namens Usakos
[14139]   Moritz, Walter (1974) : Opmerkings tot die nuwe Nama ortografie
[14140]   Moritz, Walter (1980) : Namen der Topnaar (mit Anmerkungen von K. F. R. Budack)
[14141]   Moritz, Walter (1983) : Einige Ortsnamen im Namaland (mit Anmerkungen von K. F. R. Budack)
[25395]   Morley, Eric A. (2010) : A grammar of Ajagbe
[14144]   Moropa, Koliswa & Alet Kruger (2000) : Mistranslation of culture-specific terms in Kropf’s Kafir-English dictionary
[14145]   Morreira, A. (1924) : Practical grammatical notes of the Sena language
[14146]   Morrill, Charles (1997) : Language, culture and society in the Central African Republic: the emergence and development of Sango
[14147]   Morris, Edward G. & Ronald A. Snoxall (1930) : A Luganda-Swahili handbook
[14149]   Morris, Henry Francis R. (1958) : Some aspects of Runyankore
[14150]   Morris, Henry Francis R. (1963) : A note on Lunyole
[14148]   Morris, Henry Francis R. & Brian Edmond Renshaw Kirwan (1957) : A Runyankore grammar
[27489]   Morris, Pamela (2016) : Tone in the pronominal system in Bissa Barka
[27080]   Morris, Pamela , François Sama , Jérémie Sama & Jean-Pierre Drabo (2011) : Lexique San Matya avec guide d’orthographe
[27079]   Morris, Pamela , Marc Koussoubé & Pascal Seme (2011) : Lexique San Mayaa avec guide d’orthographe
[14153]   Morrison, Andrew (1989) : World Englishes: implications for English language teaching in Zimbabwe
[14152]   Morrison, Donald George , Robert Cameron Mitchell & John Naber Paden (1972) : Black Africa: a comparative handbook
[14154]   Morrison, Donald George , Robert Cameron Mitchell & John Naber Paden (1989) : Black Africa: a comparative handbook
[14155]   Morrison, Megan (2001) : Plurality and multiplicity in Èdó and English
[26841]   Morrison, Michelle (2015) : Dialect Variation in a Minority Language: The Case of Bena
[27617]   Morrison, Michelle (2014) : Predictable Tone in Bena
[14151]   Morrison, W. M. (1930/31) : Grammar of the Buluba-Lulua language spoken in the upper Kasai and Congo basin
[14156]   Morse, Mary Lynn [Alice] (1967) : The question of ‘Samogo’
[14157]   Morse, Mary Lynn [Alice] (1976) : A sketch of the phonology and morphology of Bobo (Upper Volta)
[14158]   Mortier, R. (1940) : Over inlandsche taal in het onderwijs
[14159]   Mortier, R. (1940) : Woordvorming in het mbanza
[14160]   Mortier, R. (1941) : Classificate der talen van Ubangi
[14161]   Mortier, R. (1942) : Stamnamen, hun samenstelling wijziging en beteekenis ; deel 1
[14162]   Mortier, R. (1943) : Beteekenis en waarde der stamnamen
[14163]   Mortier, R. (1943) : Stamnamen, hun samenstelling wijziging en beteekenis ; deel 2
[14164]   Mortier, R. (1946) : Ubangi onder linguistisch opzicht
[14165]   Mortier, R. (1948) : Methode voor het aanleren der tonen in een toontaal ; deel 1
[14166]   Mortier, R. (1949) : Methode voor het aanleren der tonen in een toontaal ; deel 2
[26142]   Morton, Deborah (2012) : [ATR] Harmony in an Eleven Vowel Language: The Case of Anii
[28735]   Morton, Deborah (2014) : The Temporal and Aspectual Semantics and Verbal Tonology of Gisida Anii
[14167]   Morton, John (1988) : Beja kinship terminology
[14168]   Morton, John (1988) : Sakanab greetings and information among the northern Beja
[14169]   Mosaka, Naledi M. (2000) : Stress assignment in syllabic structures in Xhosa and Tswana
[14172]   Moscati, Sabatino (1980) : Introduction to the comparative grammar of the Semitic languages
[14170]   Moscati, Sabatino , Anton Spitaler , Edward Ullendorff & W. van Soden (1964) : Introduction to the comparative grammar of the Semitic languages
[14171]   Moscati, Sabatino , Anton Spitaler , Edward Ullendorff & W. van Soden (1969) : Introduction to the comparative grammar of the Semitic languages
[14174]   Moser, M. E. (1979) : Sociolinguistic data concerning Sabon Zongo of Accra
[14173]   Moser, Rex E. (1974) : Foregrounding in the Sunjata, the Mande epic
[14180]   Moser, Rosmarie (2004) : Kabba, a Nilo-Saharan language of the Central African Republic
[24674]   Moser, Rosmarie & Jean-Pierre Dingatoloum (2007) : Kabba-English-French dictionary
[14175]   Moser, Rupert R. (1985) : Initiation, Konjugation, Enumeration: ethnolinguistische Anmerkungen zu Differenzierungen in Anrede, Referenz und zählweise bei den Mwera von Südtanzania
[14176]   Moser, Rupert R. (1992) : Sociolinguistic dynamics of Sango
[14177]   Moser, Rupert R. (1997) : Der Mann als Bettler: Geschlechterbeziehungen bei den mutterrechtlichen Mwera von Südtanzania
[14178]   Moser, Rupert R. (1999) : Ausdrucksformen von Zeitbezügen und Zeiteinteilungen in ostafrikanischen Bantusprachen
[14179]   Moser, Rupert R. (2001) : Geschlechterbeziehungen bei den mutterrechtlichen Mwera von Südtanzania
[14181]   Mosha, M. (1971) : Loan-words in Luganda: a search for guides in the adaption of African languages to modern conditions
[14182]   Mosha, M. (1971) : The national language question of Uganda
[24717]   Moshi, Lioba (2006) : The Globalized World Languages: The Case of Kiswahili
[26182]   Moshi, Lioba (2011) : A Transformation in African Language Teaching in the United States: The Emergence of a Field Superstructure
[14183]   Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1977) : Nomino za Kivunjo Chaga [The nominal category in Kivunjo Chaga]
[14184]   Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1985) : Grammatical relations in Swahili discourse
[14185]   Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1987) : A functional typology of ni in Kivunjo (Chaga)
[14186]   Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1992) : The category adjective in KiVunjo-Chaga
[14187]   Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1992) : Time markers in KiVunjo-Chaga
[14188]   Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1993) : Time-stability: the case of adjectives in KiVunjo-Chaga
[14189]   Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1993) : Ideophones in KiVunjo-Chaga
[14190]   Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1994) : Time reference in KiVunjo-Chaga
[14191]   Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1995) : Locatives in Kivunjo-Chaga
[14192]   Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1998) : Word order in multiple object constructions in KiVunjo-Chaga
[14193]   Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (2000) : Reciprocals in Kivunjo-Chaga
[14194]   Mosongo, Andrew Kemba (1977) : The impact of Cameroon languages on the English language performance of Cameroon children at the secondary school level
[14195]   Mostari, Hind Amel (2003) : Arabisation and language use in Algeria
[14196]   Mostari, Hind Amel (2004) : A sociolinguistic perspective on Arabisation and language use in Algeria
[14197]   Mothibatsela, N. (1984) : The demonstrative: a comparative survey
[14198]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1981) : La négation en lingombe et en français: étude confrontative
[14199]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1982) : Inventaire des éléments vocaliques en lingombe
[14200]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1983) : Quelques procédés syntaxiques en lingombe
[14201]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1984) : Anthroponymes ngombe
[14202]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1985) : Quelques caractéristiques morphologiques des langues ngbaka (minagende) et ngbandi
[14203]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1987) : Elargissement du radical en lingala
[14204]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1988) : Éléments de grammaire lingombe, avec une bibliographie exhaustive
[14205]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1989) : Esquisse grammaticale du lonkutsu
[14206]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1989) : Sur les parlers nkutsu
[14207]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1989) : Sur les parlers rivérains de la Ngiri
[14208]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1989) : Éléments pour la recherche sur les langues de la Ngiri
[14209]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1989) : Notes sur le parler des Bapotó-Móngo de Lisala
[14210]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1990) : Parlers riverains de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire: éléments de structure grammaticale
[14211]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1990) : Esquisse du parler des Ohendo
[14212]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1990) : Esquisse de la langue des Mokpá (Haut-Zaïre)
[14214]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1991) : Les parlers de la Lokenye et la problématique de l’éxpansion mongo
[14215]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1992) : Esquisse de trois parlers de la Lokenye (basho, woji et atsulu)
[14216]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1992) : Le parler des Indanga: un des dialectes móngo les plus méridionaux
[14217]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1993) : Note sur le parler des Batswa de Bosabola (Maindombe-Z)
[14218]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1993) : Les langues mabinja (Uele) et ngombe (C41)
[14219]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1993) : L’atlas linguistique du Zaïre, un travail à refaire!
[14220]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1993) : Le lombuli du Kasai Oriental est-il un dialect mongo?
[14221]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1994) : Esquisse de la langue des Elingá: le parler de Losélinga
[14222]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1994) : Notes sur le parler des pygmées d’Itendo (zone de Kiri/Maindombe)
[14223]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1995) : Aspects du pakabete: langue zairoise de la frontiere bantoue-oubanguienne
[14224]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1995) : Note sur le parler des Babale de la Dua
[14225]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1995) : Esquisse de l’ebango: langue bantoue du groupe C40
[14226]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1996) : Étude comparative des langues ngiri de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire
[14227]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1996) : Esquisse du kinija-sud: langue bantoue de la frontière C-D
[14228]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1996) : Le lingala du Pool Malebo ; partie 1 : éléments de phonologie et de morphologie
[14229]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1996) : Le lingala du Pool Malebo ; partie 2
[14230]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1997) : La langue des Lokalo-Ngombe du territoire de Bokungu
[14231]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1998) : Esquisse du parler des Byambe et des Lofoma (losaka)
[14232]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2000) : La langue des Bongando, septentrionaux (bantou C 63)
[14233]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2001) : Notes sur le parler séngele de Mbélo
[14234]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2001) : Etat de la recherche en linguistique descriptive sur les langues du Congo, dix ans après Kadima Kamuleta
[14235]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2002) : Le parler des Bendza d’Aketi, dialecte ngombe de la province orientale
[14236]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2002) : Aspects du boloki de Monsembe: le Ngala de W. H. Stapleton
[14237]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2003) : Le parler buja des Yambuli (Bantou C.37)
[14238]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2004) : Esquisse du ketiene, petite unité du bantou B.80
[23247]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2005) : Extensions formelles et suffixes dérivatifs en bantou du groupe C30
[23404]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2004) : Notes grammaticales et textes poto sur la base de Stapleton (1903)
[23405]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2004) : Divergences en dialectes tiene (bantou B.81): origine disparate ou perte séparée d’identité linguistique?
[23572]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1991) : Notes mabémbé (bantou C.30)
[23706]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2003) : Esquisse de l’egbuta: une langue en passe d’extinction au nord du Congo-Kinshasa
[24893]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2001) : Notes sur la langue des Genja (bantou C.40), part I
[24894]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2001) : Notes sur la langue des Genja (bantou C.40), part II
[24898]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2005) : Leboale et lebaate: langues bantoues du plateau des Uélé, Afrique Centrale
[26265]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2012) : Contributions aux études linguistiques sur le haut Congo : Esquisses du soa, Mbesa, Tofoké et lokelé
[26266]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2008) : Aspects du Bongili de la Sangha-Likouala: suivis de L’esquisse du parler Énga de Mampoko, Lulonga
[26267]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2006) : Lingála courant : Grammaire Pédagogique de Référence
[27330]   Motingea Mangulu, André (2017) : Petit glossaire des termes du droit pénal et humanitaire - Français – Lingala - Avec quelques remarques d’ordre grammatical
[24892]   Motingea Mangulu, André & Mwamakasa Bonzoi (2008) : Aux sources du lingála : cas du mbenga de Mankanza ‒ nouvel Anvers
[27337]   Motingea Mangulu, André & Placide Ohaki Omeloko Pango (2017) : Le parler tɛtɛla des Asambálá (Bantou C.70, République démocratique du Congo) - Un cas d’évolution linguistique non-généalogique
[28081]   Motjope-Mokhali, Tankiso Lucia (2016) : A comparative analysis of Sesuto-English dictionary and Sethantso sa SeSotho with reference to lexical entries and dictionary design
[14239]   Moto, Francis B. (1980) : A preliminary study of some pitch features and tone in Chichewa, with special reference to the verbal system
[14240]   Moto, Francis B. (1989) : Phonology of the Bantu lexicon
[14241]   Moto, Francis B. (1999) : The tonal phonology of Bantu ideophones
[14242]   Moto, Francis B. (2001) : Language and societal attitudes: a study of Malawi’s ‘new language’
[22527]   Moto, Francis B. (1987) : A note on tonal mobility in Chichewa
[14243]   Motsch, Gudula (1994) : Arabische Lehn- und Fremdwörter im Mandinka: eine linguistische und historische Untersuchung
[28080]   Motse-Mogara, Budzani Gabana (2011) : A comparative study of the verb structure in northern, central and southern khoesan: the case of Ju/’hoansi, Naro and !Xóõ
[14244]   Motte, Elisabeth (1982) : Les plantes chez les Pygmées Aka et les Monzombo de la Lobaye (Centrafrique): étude ethnobotanique comparative chez des chasseurs-cueilleurs et des pêcheurs-cultivateurs dans un même milieu végétal
[25127]   Motylinski, A. de [Calassanti] (1908) : Grammaire, dialogues et dictionnaires touaregs, I: grammaire et dictionnaire français-touareg
[14245]   Mouandza, Jean-Daniel (2002) : Éléments de description du iyaa (parler bantu du Congo-Brazzaville)
[14246]   Mouchet, Jean (1938) : Vocabulaires comparatifs de quinze parlers du Nord-Cameroun ; partie 1
[14247]   Mouchet, Jean (1950) : Vocabulaires comparatifs de quinze parlers du Nord-Cameroun ; partie 2
[14249]   Mouchet, Jean (1953) : Vocabulaires comparatifs de sept parlers du Nord-Cameroun
[14250]   Mouchet, Jean (1954) : Esquisse grammaticale du parler juman
[14251]   Mouchet, Jean (1967) : Le parler daba
[24895]   Mouchet, Jean (1958) : Contribution à lʼétude du Gula (Tchad)
[14248]   Mouchet, Jean & E. Erickson (1951) : Esquisse grammaticale du masana
[14710]   Mouele, Médard (1997) : Étude synchronique et diachronique des langues du groupe dúmá (bantu B50)
[14254]   Mouguiama-Daouda, Patrick (1988) : Éléments de description du mpongwè: phonologie, morphologie du système nominal et pronominal
[14255]   Mouguiama-Daouda, Patrick (1990) : Esquisse d’une phonologie diachronique du mpongwè (B10)
[14256]   Mouguiama-Daouda, Patrick (1995) : Les dénominations ethnoichtyologiques chez les bantous du Gabon: étude linguistique historique
[23318]   Mouguiama-Daouda, Patrick (2005) : Phonological irregularitites, reconstruction and cultural vocabulary: the names of fish in the Bantu languages of the northwest (Gabon)
[23468]   Mouguiama-Daouda, Patrick (1998) : Description des mécanismes de glissements sémantiques en bantu du nord-ouest
[23236]   Mouguiama-Daouda, Patrick & Lolke J. van der Veen (2005) : B10-B30: conglomérat phylogénétique ou produit d’une hybridation?
[14252]   Mouguiama, Laurent (1994) : Perception de la maladie chez les Eshira (Gabon)
[14253]   Mouguiama, Laurent (1998) : Description des mécanismes de glissements sémantiques en bantu du nord-ouest
[25278]   Mouguiama, Laurent (1993) : Synchronie et diachronie : esquisse phonétique et phonologique du ŋgósì, dialecte du ɣìsírə̀ B41. changements phonétiques, glissements sémantiques et lexiques spécialisés
[22591]   Mouh, Marc & Mona J. Perrin (1995) : Lexique mambila-français
[18223]   Mouhoubi, Rabirha (1997) : A comparative study of a minority language for teaching purposes: Kabyl Tamazight as a case study
[5042]   Moujib, Ilham Dupont (2004) : La morphologie nominale et verbale en soninké
[14257]   Mould, Martin [Joel] (1971) : The agreement of nominal predicates in Luganda
[14258]   Mould, Martin [Joel] (1972) : On reconstructing the modified base of Bantu languages
[14259]   Mould, Martin [Joel] (1973) : Comparative syntax and language subgrouping: a progress report
[14260]   Mould, Martin [Joel] (1974) : The origin of consonant gemination in Luganda
[14261]   Mould, Martin [Joel] (1974) : The syntax and semantics of the initial vowel in Luganda
[14262]   Mould, Martin [Joel] (1976) : Comparative grammar reconstruction and language subclassification: the North Victorian Bantu languages
[14263]   Mould, Martin [Joel] (1977) : The Proto-Bantu voiced consonants and the feature [voice]
[14265]   Mould, Martin [Joel] (1977) : On the productivity of derivational morphology and lexical representations: manner adverbs in Luganda
[14266]   Mould, Martin [Joel] (1981) : Greater Luiya
[14264]   Mould, Martin [Joel] & Thomas J. Hinnebusch (Ed) (1977) : Proceedings of the 8th conference on African linguistics
[14267]   Moulton, (1---) : List of words in the Namaqua language
[14268]   Moundo Ndimajibay, Nel-Balway (1977) : Les limites des modifications tonales en sar
[22470]   Mountassir, Abdallah el (2003) : Dictionnaire des verbes tachelhit-français (parler berbère du sud du Maroc)
[14269]   Mountford, Keith William (1983) : Bambara declarative sentence intonation
[14270]   Mouradian, J. (1940) : Note sur quelques emprunts de la langue wolof à l’arabe
[14271]   Mourchid, Younes (1998) : The acquisition of case-marking in a Moroccan Arabic as a first language
[22646]   Mourchid, Younes (1997) : Stress prosody and speech segmentation: evidence from Moroccan Arabic
[27937]   Mourigh, Khalid (2016) : A Grammar of Ghomara Berber (North-West Morocco)
[14273]   Mous, Maarten (1986) : Vowel harmony in Tunen
[14274]   Mous, Maarten (1993) : A grammar of Iraqw
[14275]   Mous, Maarten (1994) : Ma’a or Mbugu
[14276]   Mous, Maarten (1996) : Was there ever a southern Cushitic language (pre-) Ma’a?
[14278]   Mous, Maarten (2000) : Ka baby kabbiyo: riddling in Iraqw
[14279]   Mous, Maarten (2000) : Counter-universal rise of infinitive-auxiliary order in Mbugwe (Tanzania, Bantu F34)
[14280]   Mous, Maarten (2001) : Ma’a as an ethno-register of Mbugu
[14281]   Mous, Maarten (2001) : Basic Alagwa syntax
[14283]   Mous, Maarten (2003) : Nen (A44)
[14284]   Mous, Maarten (2003) : Loss of linguistic diversity in Africa
[14285]   Mous, Maarten (2003) : The linguistic properties of lexical manipulation and its relevance for Ma’a
[14286]   Mous, Maarten (2004) : The making of a mixed language: the case of Ma’a/Mbugu
[14287]   Mous, Maarten (2004) : A grammatical sketch of Mbugwe, Bantu F34, Tanzania
[22690]   Mous, Maarten (2004) : The grammar of conjunctive and disjunctive coordination in Iraqw
[22694]   Mous, Maarten (1992) : Unpublished Alagwa grammatical sketch
[23250]   Mous, Maarten (2005) : The innovative character of object-verb word order in Nen (Bantu A44, Cameroon)
[23815]   Mous, Maarten (1997) : On ela alternation in Mbugu: the limits of allomorphy
[26579]   Mous, Maarten (2013) : Reduplication in Cushitic
[27076]   Mous, Maarten (2016) : Alagwa – a South Cushitic Language of Tanzania - Grammar, Texts and Lexicon
[27799]   Mous, Maarten (2020) : Iraqw
[27820]   Mous, Maarten (2020) : Mixed languages: The case of Ma’a/Mbugu
[28567]   Mous, Maarten (2019) : Language contact
[28862]   Mous, Maarten (2022) : Tone and the Verbal Systems of Nyokon
[14272]   Mous, Maarten & Anneke Breedveld (1986) : A dialectometrical study of some Bantu languages (A.40-A.60) of Cameroon
[14277]   Mous, Maarten & Martha P. Qorro (2000) : The middle voice in Iraqw
[26013]   Mous, Maarten & Martha Qorro (2010) : The syntactic function of a scope marking suffix in Iraqw
[14282]   Mous, Maarten , Martha P. Qorro & Roland Kiessling (2002) : Iraqw-English dictionary, with an English and a thesaurus index
[14290]   Moussa-Aghali, Fatimane (1999) : Lexique des néologismes en hawsa du Niger
[14288]   Moussa, Fatimane (19--) : Les creations lexicales en hawsa du Niger
[14291]   Moweni, Kemboli Njokelu (1973) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue kikaonde
[14292]   Mowrer, D. E. & S. Burger (1991) : A comparative analysis of phonological acquisition of consonants in the speech of 2 1/2 - 6 year-old Xhosa- and English-speaking children
[14293]   Moxley, Jeri (1998) : Semantic structure of Swahili noun classes
[23862]   Moye, Judith Fonyuy (2003) : Reduplication in Kom: a morpho-syntactic study
[14294]   Moyer, David C. (1999) : Notes on Lungu and Mambwe ethnozoology
[14295]   Moyer, David C. (2000) : Sangu names for some birds species
[14296]   Moyo, Bolemo wa (19--) : Essai d’une morphologie comparée des formes nominales et pronominales des langues mbole et ngando
[14298]   Moyo, C. T. (1993) : The nature of some problems in student academic writing in an ESL situation
[14299]   Moyo, C. T. (1995) : Language contact and language change: the case for chiTumbuka in Northern Malawi
[14304]   Moyo, H. J. (2002) : Lexical metamorphosis of the Kalanga language: towards an analysis of the impact of Ndebele domination of the Kalanga language
[14297]   Moyo, Steven Phaniso Chinombo (1978) : A linguo-aesthetic study of Ngoni poetry
[14300]   Moyo, Themba (1996) : Code-switching among competent bilinguals: a case for linguistic, cultural and group identity?
[14301]   Moyo, Themba (2000) : Language use in the neighbourhood of Empangeni and Richards Bay
[14302]   Moyo, Themba (2002) : Mother tongues versus an ex-colonial language as media of instruction and the promotion of multilingualism: the South African experience
[14303]   Moyo, Themba (2002) : Language politics and national identity in Malawi
[14305]   Moyo, Themba (2003) : Language loss and language decay of Malawi’s indigenous languages
[14306]   Moyo, Themba (2004) : The democratisation of indigenous languages: the case of Malawi
[14307]   Mozayen, Abdu (1976) : The use of mass media in language teaching
[14376]   Mpaayei, John Tompo Ole (1954) : Inkuti pukunot oo lMaasai
[28704]   Mpairwe, Y. & G. K. Kahangi (2013) : Runyankore-Rukiga Grammar - A Modern Student's Guide
[14377]   Mpalume, Estevao Jaime & Marcos Agostinho Mandumbwe (1991) : Nashilangola wa shitangodi sha Shimakonde/Guia da língua makonde
[14378]   Mpandajila, Mwana Batente (1973) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue kete-nord
[14379]   Mparutsa, Cynthia , Juliet Thondhlana & Nigel T. Crawhall (1992) : An initial investigation into language attitudes of secondary school students in Zimbabwe
[14380]   Mphahlele, Ezekiel (1964) : The language of African literature
[14385]   Mphande, D. (1996) : The use of Malawian proverbs in moral instruction
[14381]   Mphande, Lupenga (1979) : Aspects of morphology of chiTumbuka and its classifier system
[14382]   Mphande, Lupenga (1989) : A phonological analysis of the ideophone in ChiTumbuka
[14383]   Mphande, Lupenga & Curtis Rice (1994) : ChiTumbuka ideophones
[14384]   Mphande, Lupenga & Curtis Rice (1995) : Chitumbuka ideophones
[14386]   Mphusu, Bapasi (1988) : Setswana’s future
[14387]   Mpingo, Ntunge Nb. (1974) : Éléments de grammaire générative et transformationelle du bolia
[14388]   Mpiranya, Fidèle (199-) : Perspective focntionelle en linguistique comparee des langues bantu: correspondance phonologique, lexicale et morphosyntaxique enter le kinyarwanda et kiswahili
[14389]   Mpiranya, Fidèle (1995) : Swahili phonology reconsidered in a diachronical perspective: the impact of stress on morphonemics and syllable structure
[14390]   Mpiranya, Fidèle (1997) : Spirantisation et fusion vocalique et bantu: essai d’interpretation fonctionelle
[14391]   Mpiranya, Fidèle (1998) : Problématique de la fusion vocalique en nzèbi (bantu B 52)
[14392]   Mpiranya, Fidèle (1998) : Perspectives fonctionelle en linguistique comparée des langues bantu
[14394]   Mpofu, N. (2002) : Lexicographical developments in the Shona language as reflected in the making of the Duramazwi guru rechiShona (DGS)
[14393]   Mpofu, Sampson (1962) : A Sindebele phrase book
[14395]   Mpoyi, Lazare (1969) : Tshiluba, kalasa III ne IV
[14396]   Mpunga wa Ilunga, Antoinette (1972) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue hemba
[22540]   Mpunga wa Ilunga, Antoinette (1983) : Reconstruction tonale des morphèmes verbaux dans la conjugaison absolutive affirmative en bantou
[14397]   Mputubwele, Makim M. (2003) : The Zairian language policy and its effect on the literatures in national languages
[14398]   Mreta, Abel Yamwaka (1990) : The problem of Bantu linguistic affiliation: the case of Chasu, Kigweno, Kikahe and Kirombo
[14399]   Mreta, Abel Yamwaka (1998) : An analysis of tense and aspect in Chasu: their form and meaning in the affirmative constructions
[14400]   Mreta, Abel Yamwaka (2000) : The nature and effects of Chasu-Kigweno contact
[26122]   Msanjila, Y.P. (2007) : Utumiaji Wa Kiswahili Na Lugha Za Jamii Kijinsia Nchini Tanzania
[14401]   Msanjila, Yohana P. (1984) : A rationale for introducing Kiswahili as medium of instruction in secondary schools and higher education in Tanzania
[14402]   Msanjila, Yohana P. (1989) : Sociolinguistic rules of formal address in Kiswahili
[14403]   Msanjila, Yohana P. (1990) : The role and status of ethnic languages in Tanzania
[14404]   Msanjila, Yohana P. (1994) : Who uses Kiswahili in Tanzania rural areas?
[14405]   Msanjila, Yohana P. (2004) : The future of the Kisafwa language: a case study of Ituha village in Tanzania
[14406]   Msimang, Christian Themba (1987) : Impact of Zulu on Tsotsitaal
[14407]   Msimang, Christian Themba (1989) : Some phonological aspects of the Tekela Nguni dialects
[22682]   Msimang, Christian Themba & George Poulos (2001) : The ideophone in Zulu: a re-examination of conceptual and descriptive notions
[14408]   Msimang, T. (1993) : African languages and empowerment
[22642]   Msindo, Enocent (2005) : Language and ethnicity in Matabeleland: Ndebele-Kalanga relations in southern Zimbabwe
[14409]   Msutu, P. T. (1994) : The argument structure of deverbal nominals in Xhosa
[14410]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (198-) : Compensatory lengthening in Chichewa
[14411]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1980) : Aspects of Chichewa derivational phonology and syllable structure constraints
[14412]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1985) : Arguments for an autosegmental analysis of Chichewa vowel harmony
[14413]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1986) : Issues in the nonlinear phonology of Chichewa
[14414]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1987) : Tone shift principles in the Chichewa verb: a case for a tone lexicon
[14415]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1987) : On tone and transfer in Chichewa reduplication
[14416]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1988) : On tone and transfer in Chichewa reduplication
[14417]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1989) : On autosegmental feature-spreading in phonology: evidence from Chiyao
[14418]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1989/90) : On the inadmissability of feature changing rules in phonological theory: evidence from Chiyao
[14419]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1990) : Verb morphology and tone assignment in Chiyao
[14420]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1990) : Feature spreading in phonology: evidence from Chiyao
[14421]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1991) : On autosegmental feature-spreading in phonology: evidence from Chiyao
[14422]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1992) : Extralinguistic constraints on rule application in Chichewa and Chiyao phonology
[14423]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1992) : Rules and constraints in the acquisition of Chichewa phonology (abstract)
[14424]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1993) : Verb structure and tone in Chiyao
[14425]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1995) : Tone shift, accent and domains in Bantu: the case of Chichewa
[14428]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (2002) : Conditions on rules in the Malawian Chiyao
[14429]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (2004) : Developing a language policy in an African country: the case of Malawi
[23604]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (2002) : An optimality theoretic account of Ciyao verbal reduplication
[14427]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (Ed) (1998) : Sociolinguistic surveys of four Malawian languages, with special reference to education
[14426]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. , Amos M. Chauma , Edrinie Rayambazinthu & Francis B. Moto (1998) : Malawi
[14430]   Mthembu, Elizabeth (1976) : Relations among four African Bantu languages: Tswana, Swati, Zulu and Shona
[14431]   Mthembu, G. G. (1993) : Meaning shift in indigenous Zulu words as a result of foreign influence
[14433]   Mtintsilana, Patricia N. (1990) : Polysemy, homonymy and hyponymy in Xhosa dictionaries
[14432]   Mtintsilana, Patricia N. & Rose Morris (1988) : Terminography in African languages in South Africa
[14434]   Mtuze, P. T. (1992) : Towards establishing linguistic paternity and genetic relationship in disputed translation equivalence cases
[14435]   Mtuze, P. T. (1993) : The language practioner in a multilingual South Africa
[25932]   Mu'azu, Mohammed Aminu , Jidda Hassan Juma'a & Suleman Tebu (2012) : A descriptive grammar of the Bassa-nge language
[27302]   Mu’azu, Mohammed Aminu (2009) : A Grammar of the Kilba Language
[26733]   Mu’azu, Mohammed Aminu & Enendu Cynthia (2014) : A Practical Igbo-English Dictionary
[26732]   Mu’azu, Mohammed Aminu & Hannatu Ibrahim Polo (2015) : Modern Tula-English-Hausa Dictionary
[27303]   Mu’azu, Mohammed Aminu & Katwal Pemak Isah (2010) : A Grammar of the Miship Language
[26602]   Mu’azu, Mohammed Aminu & Maimuna Adamu Magaji (2012) : Modern Tera Dictionary
[26731]   Mu’azu, Mohammed Aminu & Nyandaiti Parry Anita (2015) : Modern Kilba-English Dictionary
[26734]   Mu’azu, Mohammed Aminu & Rahila Abana (2015) : Kibaku (Chibok)-English Dictionary
[28611]   Mua, Benjamin (2015) : Mmen Language Grammar Sketch
[26598]   Mua, Benjamin (compiled by) (2013) : Mmen - English Lexicon, with English - Mmen index
[28995]   Mua, Benjamin (ed.) (2018) : Mmen – English Dictionary
[14436]   Mudau, B. H. & E. F. Leuvhani (19--) : Tshivenda grammar notes
[14437]   Mudd Cabaniss, Ayn (1984) : Ethnicity and the press: the influence of language and foreign ownership of Kenya’s leading newspapers
[14438]   Mudemu, Emmanuel (19--) : Teach yourself Kihehe
[14439]   Mudimbe, V. Y. (1978) : Le Zaïre (description sociolinguistique)
[22797]   Mudindaambi, Lumbwe (1977) : Dictionnare mbala-français
[14440]   Mudzi, Alice Kathleen M. (1976) : The effect of English on CiTonga, a Bantu language of Zambia
[14441]   Mudzielwana, Ntsundeni Ezekiel (2002) : The aspect morpheme in Tshivenda
[25444]   Mudzingwa, Calisto (2010) : Shona Morphophonemics: Repair Strategies In Karanga And Zezuru
[26089]   Mudzingwa, Calisto & Maxwell Kadenge (2011) : Comparing Hiatus Resolution in Karanga and Nambya: An Optimality Theory Account
[14442]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1977) : Some considerations on the new lexeme beau in Lingala
[14443]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1978) : A reconsideration of Lingala temporal inflections
[14445]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1979) : Lingala and English translations within the postulated domain opening
[14446]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1980) : Bantu class prefixes: inflectional or derivational?
[14447]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1980) : Number, countability and markedness in Lingala li-/ma- noun class
[14448]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1985) : Some Bantu ways of talking: the case of kinship vocabularies
[14449]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1987) : An issue in pre-clefting: evidence from Atlantic creoles and African languages
[14450]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1988) : Formal evidence of pidginization/creolization in Kituba
[14451]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1988) : The pragmatics of kinship terms in Kituba
[14452]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1989) : La créolisation en bantou: les cas du kituba, du lingala urbain et du swahili du Shaba
[14453]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1990) : Time reference in Kituba
[14454]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1990) : African languages, African linguistics and linguistic theory: a commentary on the plenary session papers
[14455]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1992) : West African English
[14456]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1992) : West African Pidgin English
[14459]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1994) : Restructuring, feature selection and markedness: from Kimanyanga to Kituba
[14460]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1997) : Kitúba
[14461]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (2003) : Contact languages in the Bantu area
[26854]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (2013) : What African Linguistics Can Contribute to Evolutionary Linguistics
[14458]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (Ed) (1993) : Africanisms in Afro-American language varieties
[14444]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. & Eyamba Georges Bokamba (1979) : Are there modal-auxiliaries in Lingala?
[14457]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. & Lioba [Priva] Moshi (Ed) (1993) : Topics in African linguistics: selections of papers presented at the twenty-first annual conference on African linguistics, University of Georgia, April 1990
[26555]   Mugaddam, Abdelrahim Hamid & Ashraf Kamal Abdelhay (2013) : Exploring the sociolinguistic profile of Tima in the Nuba Mountains of Sudan
[14462]   Muganda, Bernard K. (1970) : Speaking Swahili/Kusema Kiswahili: a grammar and a reader
[14463]   Mugane, John Muratha (1996) : Bantu nominalization structures
[14464]   Mugane, John Muratha (1997) : A paradigmatic grammar of Gikuyu
[14465]   Mugane, John Muratha (1998) : Gikuyu NP morpho-syntax
[23490]   Mugane, John Muratha (Ed) (2003) : The linguistic typology and representation of African languages
[14466]   Mugele, Robert & Michael K. Rodewald (1991) : Aspects of Bandi tonology
[14467]   Mugesera, Léon (1982) : Dérivation préfixale et suffixale en kinyarwanda
[14468]   Mugesera, Léon (1983) : Typologie de l’analyse morphologique de la racine verbale en kinyarwanda
[14469]   Mughazy, Mustafa Abd-Elghafar (2000) : Pragmatics of the evil eye in Egyptian Arabic
[14470]   Mughazy, Mustafa Abd-Elghafar (2001) : Adjectival passives and thematic roles in Egyptian Arabic: a cognitive-semantic approach
[14471]   Mughazy, Mustafa Abd-Elghafar (2003) : Metalinguistic negation and truth functions: the case of Egyptian Arabic
[22658]   Mughazy, Mustafa Abd-Elghafar (2003) : Discourse particles revisited: the case of wallahi in Egyptian Arabic
[22659]   Mughazy, Mustafa Abd-Elghafar (2005) : Rethinking lexical aspect in Egyptian Arabic
[14472]   Mugisha, Vincent M. (1998) : Eine komparatistische Untersuchung von Vergleichen uns Metaphoren, ihrer Konzeption und ihrem Gebrauch in westgermanischen Sprachen (Deutsch und English) und Bantuspachen Ugandas (Runyoro und Luganda)
[14473]   Mugyabuso, M. Mulokozi (1991) : English versus Kiswahili in Tanzania’s secondary education
[14474]   Muhammad, D. (1973) : A vocabulary of literary terms in Hausa
[14475]   Muhammad, Hamad Sulaiman (1974) : A history of the northern Kordofan Nubain the light of linguistic evidence
[14476]   Muhammed, Aliyu (1978/84) : Adjective ordering in Hausa
[14477]   Muhammed, D. (Ed) (1990) : Hausa metalanguage
[14681]   Mühleisen, Susanne (2005) : Emil Schwörers ‘Kolonial-Deutsch’ (1916): sprachliche und historische Anmerkungen zu einem “geplanten Pidgin” im kolonialen Deutsch Südwest Afrika
[14479]   Mukama, R. G. (1978) : On ‘prepositionality’ and ‘causativity’ in Swahili
[14480]   Mukama, Ruth (1985) : The primary mode of nga/nge in Swahili syntax
[14481]   Mukama, Ruth (1986) : The viability of the indigenous languages in the Ugandan context
[14482]   Mukama, Ruth (1986) : The syntax of kwani and kwa nini in Swahili
[14483]   Mukama, Ruth (1987) : Linguistics and national development: the case of Uganda
[14484]   Mukama, Ruth (1989) : The linguistic dimension of ethnic conflict
[14485]   Mukama, Ruth (1990) : The case of the truant logical subject in Swahili syntax
[14486]   Mukama, Ruth (1991) : Recent developments in the language situation and prospects for the future
[14488]   Mukama, Ruth (1998) : Uganda
[14487]   Mukama, Ruth & Oswald Ndoleriire (1997) : Nationality languages in Uganda: complementary or conflict?
[14478]   Mukama, Ruth , Hugh P. Africa , Youngson T. Simukoko & J. Moody (1976) : Spoken and written English used in Zambia
[14489]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1953) : Some reflexions on a Nigerian class language (Jarawa)
[14490]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1956) : Zur Sprache der Jo-p-Adhola, nach Quellen von P. Walser
[14491]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1957) : Die Suffixkonjugation im Ful
[14492]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1961) : Temne and Proto-Bantu
[14493]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1962) : Anlautswechsel, nominale und verbale Formen im Ful
[14494]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1962/63) : Abriss einer Lautlehre des Limba
[14495]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1963) : Some reflexions on a Nigerian class language
[14496]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1963) : Die Grundlagen des Ful und des Mauretanischen
[14497]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1964) : Baskisch und Berberisch
[14498]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1964) : Vers une linguistique comparative ouest-africaine: le Diola, langue bantoue-guinéenne
[14499]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1964/66) : Les rapports du basque et du berbère
[14500]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1965) : Euro-Saharanisch, eine alte Spracheinheit Europas und Afrikas
[14501]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1966) : Zur Stellung der Mandesprache
[14502]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1966) : Über den Grundwortschatz des Eurosaharanischen
[14503]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1966) : West African and Hamito-Semitic languages
[14504]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1966/67) : Langues apparentées au chamito-sémitique
[14505]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1968) : Herkunft und Stellung der Sprachen Afrikas
[14506]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1969) : Baskisch-berberischen Entsprechungen
[14507]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1969) : Über die Lautgesetzlichkeiten berberisch-baskischen Entsprechungen
[14508]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1971) : Die Zahlwörter ‘eins’ bis ‘zehn’ in den Mande-Sprachen
[14509]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1972) : El vascuense y el bereber
[14510]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1974) : Gemeinsame Nominalklassen in einigen westatlantischen Sprachen
[14511]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1976/77) : A study of Western Nigritic
[14512]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1980) : Contribution à l’histoire des langues peul, sérèr et wolof
[14513]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1981) : Hamito-Semitisch, Afro-Asiatisch, Erythräisch: zum Wandel von Begriffen und Vertständnis
[14514]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1981) : Wo steht das Saharische?
[14515]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1983) : Pronouns and prefix conjugation in Chadic and Hamito-Semitic
[14516]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1987) : Mande-Chadic common stock: a study of phonological and lexical evidence
[14517]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1987) : Grundzahlwörter im Tschadischen, Kuschitischen und Omotischen
[14518]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1987) : Zur Reinischs Werk über das Kunama
[14519]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1987) : Diskussionsbeitrag zu Reinischs Werk über das Barea
[14520]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1987) : Die Plateau-Sprachen: eine Einheit?
[14521]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1988) : Spuren archaischer Strukturen im Mande
[14522]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1988) : Klingenheben’s comparison of Hausa and Vai - and beyond
[14523]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1989) : On the state of comparative studies of the language families of Africa
[14524]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1989) : Songhai: eine tschadische Sprache?
[14525]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1989) : Ful and Soninke in historischen Sprachkontakt
[14528]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1995) : Chadic, Mande and Nigritic
[14529]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1996) : The Nubian language: an African enigma?
[24089]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1948) : Die Sprache der Kissi in Liberia
[24357]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1958) : Kisi and Bantu
[24358]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1966) : Sherbro, Mmani und die westguineische Sprachgruppe
[24359]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1983) : Die Nominalklassen im Serer und im Ful
[14526]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (Ed) (1990) : Proceedings of the 5th international Hamito-Semitic congress (held at the University of Vienna, 27th September - 2nd October 1987)
[14527]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (Ed) (1991) : Proceedings of the 5th international Hamito-Semitic congress (held at the University of Vienna, 27th September - 2nd October 1987)
[26603]   Mukash Kalel, Timothée (2012) : Dictionnaire kanyòk-français
[14530]   Mukash-Kalel (1972) : Esquisse de la langue kete dialecte de kapang: phonologique et morphologique
[14531]   Mukash-Kalel (1982) : Le kanyok, langue bantoue du Zaïre: phonologie, morphologie, syntagmatique
[24023]   Mukende, Otomʼsi , Epietung Eyupar , Nenzenza Makolila & Ntita Nyembwe (1995) : Terminologie grammaticale et pédagogique: lexique français-kikongo, kikongo-français
[14532]   Mukendi, Tshalu-Tshalu (1989) : Interprétation des emprunts swahili de Lubumbashi en luba-kasaayi (L31a)
[14533]   Mukhina, L. M. , Irina Nikolaevna Toporova & Valeri Khabirov (1998) : Russko-lingala-frantsuzskii slovar’ (okolo 12,000 slov)
[14534]   Mukoshy, I. A. (1978/84) : Hausa plurals
[14535]   Mukoshy, I. M. (1984) : The sounds and morphemes of Fulfulde: an examination of Fulfulde phonology and morphology
[14536]   Mukubingwa, (1997) : Morphèmes verbaux du binja-sud
[14537]   Mukuni, J. F. (1991) : Silozi-English phrase book
[14538]   Mulamba, N. J. (1994) : Students’ making of genres in linguistics and literature: writing dissertations at Lubumbashi University
[14539]   Mulaudzi, P. Abraham (1996) : A descriptive analysis of the morphology of the Tshiguvhu dialect of Venda
[14540]   Mulaudzi, P. Abraham (1998) : A linguistic description of language varieties in Venda
[14541]   Mulaudzi, P. Abraham (1999) : The speech variety of diviners in Venda
[14542]   Mulaudzi, P. Abraham (2000) : The ‘two way’ formation: the diminutive nouns in the Tshiguvhu dialect of Venda
[14544]   Mulaudzi, P. Abraham (2001) : The Domba variety: an initiation language of adulthood
[14545]   Mulaudzi, P. Abraham (2003) : The Musanda variety: the language of the ‘ruling community’ among the Venda people
[14543]   Mulaudzi, P. Abraham & George Poulos (2001) : The ‘Tsotsi’ language variety of Venda
[28071]   Mulaudzi, Phalandwa Abraham (1996) : A descriptive analysis of the morphology of the Tshiguvhu dialect of Venda
[14546]   Muldrow, William (1976) : Languages of the Maji area
[14547]   Mulinda, M. F. (1997) : An evaluation of the degree of similarity between five Bantu languages: Kihaya, Kihehe, Kinyakyusa, Kishambaa and Kisukuma
[14548]   Mulira, Enoch M. K. (1946) : The language that suffers (Luganda orthography)
[14549]   Mulira, Enoch M. K. (1951) : The vernacular in African education
[14551]   Mulira, Enoch M. K. (1952) : Verb tone classes in Luganda
[14552]   Mulira, Enoch M. K. (1952) : Luganda lessons
[14550]   Mulira, Enoch M. K. & E. G. M. Ndawula (1952) : A Luganda-English, English-Luganda dictionary
[14553]   Mullen, Dana Shirly (1986) : Issues in the morphology and phonology of Amharic: the lexical generation of pronominal clitics
[14555]   Muller, A. (1970) : Cours d’arabe dialectale tunisien
[14683]   Müller, E. W. & Anna-Maria Brandstetter (Ed) (1992) : Forschungen im Zaire: in memoriam Erika Sulzman (7.1.1911-17.6.1989)
[14682]   Müller, Emil (1947) : Wörterbuch der Djaga-Sprache (Madjame-Mundart) gesprochen am Kilimandjaro in Ostafrika
[14554]   Muller, H. (1955) : First steps in English: English-Tsonga phrase book
[25359]   Muller, Jean-Claude (1989) : La calebasse sacrée : initiations rukuba, Nigéria central
[25360]   Muller, Jean-Claude (1980) : Le roi bouc émissaire : pouvoir et rituel chez les Rukuba du Nigéria central
[25361]   Muller, Jean-Claude (1976) : Chez les Rukuba, parenté et mariage (
[25362]   Muller, Jean-Claude (1982) : Du bon usage du sexe et de mariage : structures matrimoniales du haut plateau nigérian
[25363]   Muller, Jean-Claude (1994) : Le quotidien des Rukuba : collections du Nigéria
[14556]   Muller, P. (1984) : Wat van die toekoms?
[25948]   Müller, P. (2012 [1905]) : Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tem-Sprache (Nord-Togo)
[28702]   Müller, P. (1905) : Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tem-Sprache (Nord-Togo)
[14557]   Mulokozi, Mugyabuso Muchumbuzi (1989) : English vs Swahili in Tanzania
[14558]   Mulokozi, Mugyabuso Muchumbuzi (1997) : Sociolinguistic research in Tanzania: themes, trends, priorities
[14559]   Mulugeta Seyoum (1985) : The development of the national language in Ethiopia: a study of language use and policy
[14560]   Mulugeta Seyoum (1988) : The emergence of the national language in Ethiopia: an historical perspective
[14561]   Mulugeta Seyoum (1988) : Phonology of Zayse
[25420]   Mulugeta Seyoum (2008) : A Brief Description of the Function of the Morpheme -ká in Dime
[27091]   Mulugeta Seyoum (2010) : Declarative versus Interrogative Constructions in Dime
[27092]   Mulugeta Seyoum (2011) : Some Notes on Gender in Dime
[27093]   Mulugeta Seyoum (2008) : Case Marking in Dime
[27105]   Mulugeta Seyoum (2009) : Aspect Marking in Dime
[27107]   Mulugeta Seyoum (2012) : Some Notes on social, cultural and linguistics aspects of Dime
[27111]   Mulugeta Seyoum (2013) : Some Aspects of Definite Marker in Dime
[27114]   Mulugeta Seyoum (2014) : The particle ʔɨnde in Amharic
[27117]   Mulugeta Seyoum (2015) : Copula Construction in Dime
[27122]   Mulugeta Seyoum (2016) : Notes on Dime Personal Naming System
[14562]   Muluken Mequanint (1987) : Phonological interference of Anuwak in the Amharic speech of an Anywa
[26233]   Muluwa, Joseph Koni & Koen Bostoen (2012) : La diphtongaison dans les langues bantu B70-80 (Bandundu, RDC): typologie et classification historique
[14563]   Mumford, F. J. (19--) : Nandi-English dictionary
[14564]   Mumford, F. J. (1959) : Nandi studies
[14565]   Mundalamo, Rabelani Phyllis (2002) : The ideophones in Tshivenda: a syntactic and semantic analysis
[14566]   Munday, J. T. (1941) : Specimens of the Swaka and West Lala dialects
[27216]   Mundeke, Léon (2006) : Eléments de phonologie et de morphologie de la langue mbuun (B.87): approche structuraliste
[27237]   Mundeke, Léon (2011) : Etude morphosyntaxique de la langue mbuun (B87) (parler d’Elyob)
[27239]   Mundeke, Léon (1988) : Variation phonologique du mbuun
[14567]   Mungazi, Dickson A. (1983) : To honour the sacred trust of civilization: history, politics and education in southern Africa
[14568]   Mungazi, Dickson A. (1990) : Education and government control in Zimbabwe: a study of the commissions of inquiry, 1908-1974
[24159]   Munkaila, , Muhammad M. (2003) : Double Object and Indirect Object Constructions in Hausa
[25374]   Munkaila, Mohammed M. (2003) : Morphological Causative and Indirect Object Interface in Hausa
[14569]   Munkaila, Muhammad M. (1990) : Indirect object constructions in Hausa
[14570]   Munkaila, Muhammad M. (2003) : On the distinction between double object and indirect object constructions in Hausa
[23456]   Munkaila, Muhammad M. (2004) : On double object constructions in Hausa
[14571]   Munro, David A. (1967) : English-Edo wordlist: an index to Melzian’s Bini-English dictionary
[14574]   Munro, Pamela (2002) : Pronominalization in Wolof and Haitian Creole
[14572]   Munro, Pamela & Dieynaba Gaye (1991) : Ay baati Wolof/A Wolof dictionary
[14573]   Munro, Pamela & Dieynaba Gaye (1997) : Ay baati Wolof/A Wolof dictionary
[14575]   Munseke, Mʼvula (1974) : Aspects de la grammaire générative et transformationelle de la langue lokonda C.74
[14684]   Münstermann, W. (1958) : Die deutsche Muttersprache als Unterrichtssprache in Windhoek
[14576]   Munyandamutsa, R. (1967) : Esquisse de la phonologique et morphologique de la langue ndembu
[14577]   Munyarugero, Nkiko (1975) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue luba-shaba
[26661]   Munyoka Mwana Cyalu, Adrien (2015) : Analyse structuro-sémantique des parémies zoophytonymiques lubà : Langue, littérature, cerveau, comportement et développement
[26662]   Munyoka Mwana Cyalu, Adrien (2015) : Analyse structuro-sémantique des parémies zoophytonymiques lubà : Langue, littérature, cerveau, comportement et développement
[14578]   Munzel, Kurt (1958) : Ägyptisch-Arabischer Sprachführer
[14579]   Munzel, Kurt (1983) : Ägyptisch-Arabischer Sprachführer
[14580]   Muranga, Manuel John Kamugisha (1995) : Uganda: reflections around a name
[14581]   Muraoka, T. & B. Porten (1998) : A grammar of Egyptian Aramaic
[14582]   Muratori, Fr. Carlo (19--) : Unpublished sketch of Madi grammar: English notes of Madi grammar from ‘Appunti di grammatica della lingua madi’ of Fr. L. Molinaro, enlarged and phonetized
[14583]   Muratori, Fr. Carlo (19--) : Small phonetic Madi-English vocabulary
[14584]   Muratori, Fr. Carlo (1938) : Grammatica lotuxo
[14586]   Muratori, Fr. Carlo (1949) : A linguistic curiosity in Equatoria Province
[14585]   Muratori, Fr. Carlo (Ed) (1948) : English-Bari-Lotuxo-Acoli vocabulary
[14587]   Muraz, G. (1931) : Vocabulaire du patois arabe tchadien ou “tourkou” et des dialectes sara-madjinngaye et sara-m’baye (S.O. du Tchad)
[28103]   Murhi-Orhakube, Constantin Bashi (2005) : Parlons mashi - République Démocratique du Congo
[28104]   Murhi-Orhakube, Constantin Bashi (2012) : Grammaire du mashi : Phonologie, morphologie, mots grammaticaux et lexicaux
[14588]   Murila, E. M. K. (1951) : The vernacular in African education
[14589]   Murison-Bowie, Simon (1976) : Language-teaching materials: English
[25305]   Muriungi, Peter Kinyua (2005) : WH-Questions in Kitharaka
[25380]   Muriungi, Peter Kinyua (2010) : Accounting for the Three Readings of the Causative Morpheme in Kîîtharaka
[14590]   Murnane, James Ignatius (1974) : Aspects of some problems relating to the transliteration of the Hausa language into Braille
[14591]   Muroni, Jean-Marc (1989) : Petit dictionnaire bantou du Gabon: français-ndjabi, ndjabi-français
[14592]   Murphy, John & Harry Goff (1969) : A bibliography of African languages and linguistics
[14593]   Murphy, John D. (1972) : Luganda-English dictionary
[14595]   Murphy, M. Lynne (1997) : Agreement as non-directional: an approach to Bantu concord
[14594]   Murphy, William Peter (1976) : A semantic and logical analysis of Kpelle proverb metaphors of secrecy
[14607]   Murray-Jardine, G. (1927) : Abridged Swahili grammar
[14596]   Murray, G. W. (1920) : The Nilotic languages, a comparative essay
[14598]   Murray, G. W. (1921) : The Nubian and Bari languages compared
[14599]   Murray, G. W. (1921) : Further notes on “The Nilotic languages”
[14600]   Murray, G. W. (1923) : English-Nubian comparative dictionary
[14604]   Murray, Henriette van der Merwe (1977) : A stratificational analysis of Afrikaans syntax and morphology
[14597]   Murray, Margaret A. (1920) : Elementary Egyptian grammar
[14602]   Murray, Margaret A. (1927) : Elementary Coptic (Sahidic) grammar
[14601]   Murray, Mrs G. (1926) : English-Chikaranga dictionary
[14605]   Murray, Robert & Theo Vennemann (1982) : Syllable contact change in Germanic, Greek and Sidamo
[14606]   Murray, Sarah (2002) : Language issues in South African education: an overview
[14603]   Murray, W. A. (1963) : English in the Sudan: trends and policies; relations with Arabic
[14608]   Murtonen, A. (1967) : Early Semitic: a diachronic inquiry into the relationship of Ethiopic to the other so-called South-East Semitic languages
[14609]   Murtonen, A. (1969) : Early Semitic, II: lexico- and phonostatistical survey of the structure of the Semitic stock of languages, with special reference to South Semitic
[14610]   Murtonen, A. (1974) : Hebrew, Harari and Somali statistically compared
[14613]   Musa, Aliyu (Ed) (1991) : Papers on Hausa language, literature and culture/Takardu a kan harshe da abadi da al’adu na Hausa
[14611]   Musa, Fatima (1982) : The morphosyntax of Egbura
[14612]   Musa, S. M. (1984) : Language use in Maiduguri area courts
[14614]   Musada, Augustin (1996) : Éléments de description du tuki (langue bantoue du Cameroun, A62)
[28411]   Musah, A. Agoswin & Aweaka Sandow Atibiri (2020) : Metaphors of Death in Kusaal
[14615]   Musau, Paul M. (1999) : Constraint on the acquisition planning of indigenous African languages: the case of Kiswahili in Kenya
[14616]   Musau, Paul M. (1999) : Avoiding phonotactically inadmissible L2 sequences: the case of Swahili learners
[14617]   Musau, Paul M. (2000) : The evolution and development of Swahili styles: the case of football language
[14618]   Musau, Paul M. (2002) : Disseminating scientific knowledge in African languages: the experience of translating an agriculture manual into Kiswahili
[14619]   Musau, Paul M. (2004) : Linguistic human rights in Africa: challenges and prospects for indigenous languages in Kenya
[14620]   Musengezi, Habakuk (Ed) (1999) : Beginning Shona
[14621]   Musere, Jonathan (2000) : Traditional African names
[14622]   Mushi, S. S. (1968) : The role of Swahili books in nation-building endeavours
[14623]   Mushiri, Pedzisai (2004) : Managing ‘face’ in urban public transport: polite request strategies in commuter omnibus discourse in Harare
[26924]   Musimami, Sylvester N. M. & Martin Diprose (2012) : Lunyole Dictionary
[27084]   Musinguzi, Charles , Martin Diprose & Waller C. Tabb Jr. (2012) : Ntotoli̠ ya Lubwisi - Lubwisi Dictionary
[14624]   Musisi, C. & J. Heaton (1970) : Research in English medium problems in Uganda primary schools
[14625]   Musiska, K. (1988) : A comparative study of Chitumbuka, Chinyanja, Chikhonde, and Chitonga
[14627]   Musonda, Moses (1978) : A study of language use among local students at the University of Zambia
[14626]   Musonda, Moses & Mubanga E. Kashoki (197-) : Lexical change in Bemba and Luunda: some implications for present-day communication
[14628]   Mussa, Alberto Baeza N. (1991) : O papel das linguas africanas na história do português do Brazil
[14630]   Mustapha, Abolaji Samuel (2004) : Gender variation in Nigerian English compliments
[14629]   Mustapha, Ahmed-Ali (19--) : L’arabe parle dans le centre-nord du Soudan d’apres les usages a Khartoum
[14631]   Mutahi, E. Karega (1981) : Sound change and the classification of the dialects of southern Mt. Kenya
[14632]   Mutahi, E. Karega (1986) : Swahili lexical expansion: prospects and problems
[14633]   Mutahi, E. Karega (1987) : Translation problems in oral literature
[14634]   Mutahi, E. Karega (1988) : Lexical reconstructions: the case of technical terms in southern Mt Kenya region
[14635]   Mutahi, E. Karega (1991) : Interborrowing between Maasai and Kikuyu
[13538]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (1995) : Vowel harmony in Kinande
[14638]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (1990) : The lexical tonology of Kinande
[14639]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (1990) : The tone bearing unit in Kinande
[14640]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (1991) : The suffixal tense marker -ire in the Kinande verb stem: evidence for a stratally organized phonology
[14641]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (1991) : Vowel harmony in Kinande
[14642]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (1993) : The application of tonal rules in the Duala verb
[14643]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (1994) : The lexical tonology of Kinande
[14644]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (1995) : Prosodic circumscription of morphological domains: the case of Kinande verbal forms
[14645]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (1995) : The representation of tone in Duala nominal forms
[14647]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (2000/01) : Interaction of imbrication and reduplication in Kinande
[14649]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (2001) : Data building for a lexical phonology analysis of a Bantu language
[22522]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (1989) : Tonal evidence for an INFL cycle in the Kinande verb
[23248]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (2005) : Harmonization of nominal classes in Bantu Zone A and Grassfields Bantu languages
[24115]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (1998-99) : Maintaining Face in the Nso Culture: and Ngoran Loveline A Study in Politeness Strategies in Letters between Lenaka Schoolgirls
[24107]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. & and Zachée Bitjaa Kody (2000-01) : Vowel Raising in Basaa Verbal Forms
[14648]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. & Beban Sammy Chumbow (Ed) (2001) : Research mate in African linguistics: focus on Cameroon. A fieldworker’s tool for deciphering the stories Cameroonian languages have to tell, in honor of Professor Larry M. Hyman
[26274]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. & Carl Ebobissé (1996-7) : The formation of labial-velars in Sawabantu: Evidence for feature geometry
[24113]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. & Esther Phubon Chie (2006) : Vowel raising in Babanki
[14637]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. & Larry Michael Hyman (1990) : Syllables and morpheme integrity in Kinande reduplication
[22423]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. & Ngoran Loveline Lenaka (2003) : The magic world in the Nso-culture: an ethnomethodological study
[24114]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. & Ngoran Loveline Lenaka (1998-99) : Group Identity Strengthening in the Nso Culture: The Uses of Oral Abuse by Older Women
[14646]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. & Pius Ngwa Tamanji (2000) : An introduction to African linguistics
[28909]   Mutaka, Ngessimo M. & Roger M. Blench (2010) : Ndemli vocabulary
[14650]   Mutamba, Lufulwabo (1986) : La fonction opérationelle du ton en logoti et lugbarati: langues du Soudan Central
[14651]   Mutanda, A. (1964) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue mbala (formes nominales et pronominales composées)
[14652]   Mutasa, Davie Elias (1996) : The problems of standardising spoken dialects: the Shona experience
[14653]   Mutasa, Davie Elias (2000) : Language policy and language use in South Africa: an uneasy marriage
[14654]   Mutasa, Davie Elias (2002) : The renaissance of African languages: an inevitable enterprise?
[14655]   Mutasa, Davie Elias (2003) : The language policy of South Africa: what do people say?
[14656]   Muthiani, Joseph (1971) : Discrepancies of imposed grammar
[14657]   Muthiani, Joseph (1979) : Sociopsychological bases of language choice and use: the case of Swahili vernaculars and English in Kenya
[14658]   Muthwii, Margaret Jepkirui (1994) : Variability in language use: a study of Kalenjin speakers of English and Kiswahili in Kenya
[14659]   Muthwii, Margaret Jepkirui (1994) : Kalenjin in Kenya: the socio-phonological interaction of an ethnic language with English and Kiswahili
[14661]   Muthwii, Margaret Jepkirui (2000) : Interlingual variables in measuring and interpreting the degree of ethnicity in speech
[14662]   Muthwii, Margaret Jepkirui (2004) : Language of instruction: a qualitative analysis of the perceptions of parents, pupils and teachers among the Kalenjin in Kenya
[14663]   Muthwii, Margaret Jepkirui & Angelina Nduku Kioko (Ed) (2004) : New language bearings in Africa: a fresh quest
[14660]   Muthwii, Margaret Jepkirui & Ken Lodge (1995) : Phonological variation in the speech of trilingual Kalenjin speakers in Kenya
[14664]   Mutjinde, Asser (19--) : Oviondo
[14665]   Mutombo Huta, D. (1973) : Ebauches de grammaire de la langue bembe et du dialecte kalamba: yi de la langue luba kasayi
[22546]   Mutombo, Huta-Mukana (1975) : Approche dialectologique de textes luba-kasaayi
[22547]   Mutombo, Huta-Mukana (1978) : Contrôle des réflexes tonals dans les parlers luba-kasaayi, autres que le parler standardisé
[14666]   Mutonya, Mungai & Timothy H. Parsons (2004) : KiKAR: a Swahili variety in Kenya’s colonial army
[14667]   Mutonyi, Nasiombe (1992) : Cs and Vs: the case of Bukusu prosodic structure
[14668]   Mutonyi, Nasiombe (1996) : Tense, aspect and Bukusu verb tones
[14669]   Mutonyi, Nasiombe (2000) : Aspects of Bukusu morphology and phonology
[23256]   Mutsila, Ndivhuho (2003) : The role of African languages in education and training (skills-development) in South Africa
[29080]   Mutuakakenga, Tshibola Mvita (1985) : Essai de description du mbagaɲi (L 22)
[14670]   Muwoko, Ndolo Obwong (1990) : A propos du lingala scolaire
[14671]   Muwoko, Ndolo Obwong (1990) : Terminologie grammaticale du lingala
[14672]   Muwoko, Ndolo Obwong (1991) : Les recherches linguistiques descriptives au département de français-linguistique africaine de l’I.S.P./Mbandaka
[14673]   Muwoko, Ndolo Obwong (1991) : Petit lexique de la terminologie grammaticale du lingala
[14674]   Muwoko, Ndolo Obwong (1991) : A propos de l’Académie des Langues et Litteratures Zairoises
[14675]   Muyunga, Yacioko Kasengulu (1974) : Development and application of speech audiometry using lingala and ciluba word lists
[14676]   Muyunga, Yacioko Kasengulu (1979) : Lingala and Ciluba speech audiometry
[14677]   Muzale, Henry R. T. (1998) : A reconstruction of the Proto-Rutaran tense/aspect system
[14679]   Muzale, Henry R. T. (2004) : Developing a language in a complex situation: prospects and challenges of Tanzanian Sign Language
[14680]   Muzale, Henry R. T. (2004) : Msamiati wa Ruhaya-Kiswahili-Kiingereza / Ruhaya-Kiswahili-English lexicon
[14678]   Muzale, Henry R. T. (Ed) (2004) : Kamusi ya Lugha ya Alama ya Tanzania (LAT)/Tanzanian Sign Language (TSL) dictionary
[14685]   Mve, P. M. (1997) : Essai sur la phonologie panchronique des parlers fang du Gabon et ses implications historiques
[28024]   Mve, Patrick , Nelson C. Tschonghongei , Pierpaolo Di Carlo & Jeff Good (2019) : Cultural distinctiveness and linguistic esoterogeny – The case of the Fang language of Lower Fungom, Cameroon
[14686]   Mvukiye, Béatrice (2003) : Acquisition de dispositifs morphosyntaxiques pour le signalement d’informations “connue” et “nouvelle” en kirundi langue maternelle
[14687]   Mvula, Enoch Selestine Timpunza (1992) : Language policies in Africa: the case for Chichewa in Malawi
[25228]   Mwalonya, Joseph , Alison Nicolle , Steve Nicolle & Juma Zimbu (2004) : Mgombato: Digo-English-Swahili Dictionary
[27412]   Mwamzandi, Mohamed (2017) : A corpus study of Swahili conditionals
[28797]   Mwamzandi, Mohamed (2022) : The pragmatics of Swahili relative clauses
[28840]   Mwamzandi, Mohamed (2018) : A corpus study of the Swahili demonstrative position
[14688]   Mwanakatwe, John M. (1974) : Language and national unity
[14689]   Mwanakatwe, John M. (1976) : Reflections on the use of English as a medium of instruction in schools
[14691]   Mwangi, Phyllis W. (2001) : Verb morphology in Gikuyu in the light morpho-syntactic theories
[14690]   Mwangi, Serah (2001) : The syntax and semantics of causative affixes in Central Kenya Bantu
[14692]   Mwangi, Serah (2003) : Prepositions in Kenyan Engolish: a corpus-based study in lexico-grammatical variation
[14693]   Mwangi, Serah (2004) : Prepositions vanishing in Kenya
[14694]   Mwangoka, Ngapona & Jan Voorhoeve (19--) : Cursus Ki-Nyakyusa
[14695]   Mwansanga, C. (1999) : Semantic connotations of people’s names in Shisafwa
[14696]   Mwansoko, Hermas J. M. (1989) : Principles, methods and procedures of Swahili terminology development in Tanzania
[14697]   Mwansoko, Hermas J. M. (1989) : Towards a strategy for disseminating Swahili technical terms in Tanzania
[14698]   Mwansoko, Hermas J. M. (1990) : The end of Swahilization for post-primary education in Tanzania
[14699]   Mwansoko, Hermas J. M. (1990) : Swahili terminological modernization in the light of the present language policy of Tanzania
[14700]   Mwansoko, Hermas J. M. (1990) : The modernization of Swahili technical terminologies: an investigation of the linguistics and literature terminologies
[14701]   Mwansoko, Hermas J. M. (1998) : Language policy and strategies
[14702]   Mwansoko, Hermas J. M. (2002) : The style of Swahili academic writing
[14703]   Mwansoko, Hermas J. M. (2003) : Swahili in academic writing
[14704]   Mweela, J. S. (1---) : Cipele: Tonga primer
[14705]   Mwegerano, Anderson M. J. , Nestory D. Kipfumu & Pamphili Chubwa (1997) : Tugaanire mugiha/Tuzumgumwe katika Kiha [Let’s speak in Ha]
[14706]   Mwélé, Médard (1990) : Lexique wanzi, non-publié
[14707]   Mwélé, Médard (1990) : Étude phonétique et phonologique du wanzi-est
[14708]   Mwélé, Médard (1993) : Les ideophones en wanzi: étude préliminaire
[14709]   Mwélé, Médard (1994) : Perception de la maladie chez les Wanzi orientaux (Gabon)
[14711]   Mwikisa, Peter (1988) : Setswana, Sesotho and Silozi: a preliminary forecast of mutual intelligibility
[14712]   Mwikisa, Peter (1989) : Enhancing mutual intellibibility among Sesotho, Setswana and Silozi: problems and prospects
[28166]   Mwinlaaru, Isaac Nuokyaa-Ire (2016) : A Systemic Functional Description of the Grammar of Dagaare
[14713]   Mwisiya, M. W. (1977) : Introduction to Silozi grammar
[14714]   Mwita, A. M. A. & Hermas J. M. Mwansoko (2003) : Kamusi ya tiba [Dictionary of medicine]
[14715]   Mwosa, Janis Marzinzik (1977) : The effectiveness of programmed instruction in teaching the use of uncountable nouns to Kenyan adults
[14716]   Myachina, Ekaterina Nikolaevna (1960) : Yazyk Suahili [The Swahili language]
[14717]   Myachina, Ekaterina Nikolaevna (1981) : The Swahili language: a descriptive grammar
[14730]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1965) : Some Swahili political words
[14731]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1967) : Semantic and syntactic subcategorization in Swahili causative verb shapes
[14732]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1967) : Aspects of the Swahili extended verb system, with special reference to some deep structure syntactic and semantic relations
[14733]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1969) : A look at the Swahili of two groups of up-country speakers
[14734]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1970) : The perception of Swahili competence among two groups of the working population in Kampala
[14735]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1971) : Towards a sociolinguistic theory fo choosing a lingua franca: a system of costs and rewards in Kampala where Swahili is often a ‘best buy’
[14736]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1972) : Choosing a lingua franca in an African capital
[14740]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1975) : Multilingualism in Lagos: what it means to the social scientist
[14741]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1975) : The role of norms and other factors in language choice in work situations in three African cities (Lagos, Kampala, Nairobi)
[14742]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1977) : Linguistic performances as subjective measures: some findings and implications
[14743]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1978) : Language in East Africa: linguistic patterns and political ideologies
[14744]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1979) : The context is the message: morphological, syntactic and semantic reduction and deletion in Nairobi and Kampala varieties of Swahili
[14745]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1981) : Extending inalienable possession: the argument for an extensive case in Swahili
[14746]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1981) : Rethinking inalienable possession in Swahili: the extensive case
[14747]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1982) : Learning lingua francas and socioeconomic integration: evidence from Africa
[14748]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1982) : Language use in Kenya: an urban-rural comparison of the Luyia
[14750]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1984) : Roots in Swahili? A locative copula becomes a stative marker
[14751]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1985) : Language universals and syntactic changes in Swahili as a second language
[14752]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1988) : Codeswitching and types of multilingual communities
[14753]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1991) : Making ethnicity salient in codeswitching
[14754]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1991) : Simplification: not the best explanation for two language changes in Nairobi Swahili
[14755]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1992) : Comparing codeswitching and borrowing
[14756]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1992) : Codeswitching in Africa: a model of the social functions of code selection
[14757]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1992) : Codeswitching as a mechanism of deep borrowing, language shift and language death
[14758]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1993) : Social motivations for codeswitching: evidence from Africa
[14759]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1993) : Building the frame in code-switching: evidence from Africa
[14760]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (1993) : Elite closure as a powerful strategy: the African case
[14761]   Myers-Scotton, Carol (2000) : Comparing verbs in Swahili/English codeswitching with other data sets
[15986]   Myers-Scotton, Carol & Gregory John Orr (1980) : Learning Chichewa
[14737]   Myers-Scotton, Carol & John Okeju (1972) : Loanword integration in Ateso
[14738]   Myers-Scotton, Carol & John Okeju (1973) : Loanwords and the borrowing process in two Ateso dialects
[14739]   Myers-Scotton, Carol & John Okeju (1973) : Neighbours and lexical borrowing: a study of two Ateso dialects in terms of sociological influences on borrowing
[14749]   Myers-Scotton, Carol & W. Ure (1982) : The linguistic situation and language policy in eastern Africa
[14718]   Myers, Amy (1971) : Assertion and presupposition in Kikuyu
[14719]   Myers, Amy (1971) : On the similarities between interrogatives and emphatics in Kikuyu and English
[14720]   Myers, Amy (1974) : The making of an exception: a curious non-application of Dahl’s law in Kikuyu
[14721]   Myers, Amy (1975) : Complementizer choice in selected Eastern Bantu languages
[27375]   Myers, Scott (2015) : An acoustic study of Luganda liquid allophones
[14722]   Myers, Scott P. (1991) : Tone and the structure of words in Shona
[14723]   Myers, Scott P. (1992) : The morphology and phonology of INFL in Bantu
[14724]   Myers, Scott P. (1992/94) : Epenthesis, mutation and structure preservation in the Shona causative
[14725]   Myers, Scott P. (1995) : The phonological word in Shona
[14726]   Myers, Scott P. (1996) : Boundary tones and the phonetic implementation of tone in Chichewa
[14727]   Myers, Scott P. (1998) : AUX in Bantu morphology and phonology
[14728]   Myers, Scott P. (1998) : Surface underspecification of tone in Chichewa
[14729]   Myers, Scott P. (1999) : Tone association and f0 timing in Chichewa
[23298]   Myers, Scott P. (2005) : Vowel duration and neutralization of vowel length contrasts in Kinyarwanda
[23967]   Myers, Scott P. & Troi Carleton (1996) : Tonal transfer in Chichewa
[28360]   Myers, Scott , Elisabeth Selkirk & Yelena Fainleib (2018) : Phonetic implementation of high-tone spans in Luganda
[14762]   Mynors, (1---) : Unpublished grammar of Moru
[14763]   Mytton, Graham (1974) : Multilingualism in Zambia
[14764]   Mytton, Graham (1978) : Language and the media in Zambia
[14765]   Mzamane, Godfred Isaac Malunga (1949) : A consice treatise on Phuthi with special reference to its relationship with Nguni and Sotho
[14766]   Mzamane, Godfred Isaac Malunga (1962) : A comparative phonetic and morphological study of the dialects of southern Nguni including lexical influences of non-Bantu languages
[14767]   Mzolo, D. (1968) : The Zulu noun without the initial vowel
[12553]   MʼBodj, Chérif (1979) : Phonologie du créole de Guinée-Bissau
[25099]   MʼBodj, Chérif (2008) : Topicalisation et focalisation en balante so:fa
[26588]   MʼBodj, Chérif (1983) : Recherches sur la phonologie et la morphologie de la langue saafi (le parler de Boukhou)
[27365]   MʼBodj, Chérif (2011) : Description synchronique du balante soːfa (Guinée-Bissau)
[24020]   MʼBodj, Chérif & Amadou Dialo (Ed) (1998) : Pour une terminologie du calcul en wolof
[24021]   MʼBodj, Chérif & Amadou Dialo (Ed) (1998) : Terminologie linguistique et grammaticale wolof
[12554]   Mʼlanhoro, J. (19--) : Le jimini: étude morphologique précédée d’une esquisse phonologique
[14779]   Naba, Jean-Claude (1994) : Le gulmanchema - essai de systématisation: phonologie, tonologie, morphophonologie nominale, système verbal
[24560]   Naba, Jean-Claude (1991) : Le gulmanchema - essai de systématisation: phonologie, tonologie, morphophonologie nominale, système verbal
[14781]   Nabe, Hobson Lumkile , N. B. Potelura & A. T. Yiba (1979) : Shuter’s new basic English dictionary, for Xhosa speakers
[14780]   Nabe, Hobson Lumkile , P. W. Dreyer & G. L. Kakana (197-) : Xhosa dictionary: English-Xhosa-Afrikaans, Xhosa-English-Afrikaans
[14782]   Nabe, Hobson Lumkile , P. W. Dreyer & G. L. Kakana (1986) : Xhosa dictionary: English-Xhosa-Afrikaans, Xhosa-English-Afrikaans
[27217]   Nabirye, Minah (2016) : A corpus-based grammar of Lusoga
[26155]   Nada, Gbegble (2012) : Modality in Ewe: A Functional Exploration of Epistemic Adverbs
[14783]   Nadaillac, L. de (1992) : Lexique isangu-français (inédit)
[14784]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1968) : Linguistic report on Bisa
[14785]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1970) : The syntax and semantics of Bisa
[14786]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1973) : The grammar of Bisa: a synchronic description of the Lebir dialect
[14788]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1974) : Kinship terminology and some of the social correlates or outworkings of the kinship system in Ghanaian culture
[14789]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1975) : ‘Siamese twins’ in Mampruli phonology
[14790]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1977) : Bisa
[14791]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1980) : How to greet in Bisa
[14792]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1982) : Class pronoun desuetude revisited
[14793]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1982) : Existence and possession in Bisa
[14794]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1983/84) : Western Oti-Volta lexinotes
[14795]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1986) : Social context and Mampruli greetings
[14796]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1986) : Western Oti-Volta pronoun systems
[14797]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1988) : The Gur languages
[14798]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1988) : Language, history and legend in northern Ghana
[14799]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1989) : Gur
[14800]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1996) : The English-French side of the wordlist
[14802]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1999) : Notes on the Kamara of Larabanga
[23002]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1986) : Première note sur le konni
[28275]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (2015) : A Brief KaMara Dictionary
[28276]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (2015) : A Brief Kantosi Dictionary
[28279]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (2014) : A Brief Nabit Dictionary
[28280]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (2015) : A Brief Talni Dictionary
[28281]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (2015) : A Brief Moore – English / English – Moore Dictionary
[27659]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (compiler) (2014) : Dagbani Dictionary
[14801]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (Ed) (1996) : Time and the calender in some Ghanaian languages
[14787]   Naden, Anthony Joshua & Robert Leonard Schaefer (1973) : The meaning of ‘Frafra’
[27218]   Naden, Tony (2016) : Mampruli dictionary
[28952]   Naden, Tony (ed.) (2014) : Dagbani – English Dictionary
[28991]   Naden, Tony (ed.) (2020) : Mampruli – English Dictionary
[14803]   Nadhabasaa, Getachew Chemada (1996) : Hamachiisaa: naming a child by the Oromo Qaalluu and the social meanings of the names
[23507]   Naffati, Habiba & Ambroise Queffelec (2004) : Le français en Tunisie
[14804]   Nagano-Madsen, Yasuko (1992) : Mora and prosodic coordination: a phonetic study of Japanese, Eskimo and Yoruba
[14805]   Nagashima, Nobuhiro & J. E. E. Elungata (1983) : Basic vocabulary of Kenyan Ateso
[14806]   Nahonyo, C. L. , L. B. Mwasumbi & D. G. Bayona (1998) : Survey of the vegetation communities and utilisation of woody plant species in the MBOMIPA project area
[14807]   Naidoo, K. (1971) : Some aspects of the phonetic deviations in the speech of Tamilians in Durban
[14808]   Naidoo, Shamila (2001) : Distinctive feature theory: from the linear to the nonlinear - an application to Isizulu
[14809]   Naidoo, Shamila (2002) : The palatalisation process in isiZulu revisited
[14810]   Naidoo, Yugeshiree , Anita van der Merwe , Emily Groenewald & Elsie Naudé (2005) : Development of speech sounds and syllable structure of words in Zulu-speaking children
[14811]   Nairenge, Karl (1996) : Rukwangali: a case-study report
[14812]   Naït-Zerrad, Kamal (1998) : Dictionnaire des racins berbères (formes attestées), I: a-b‘zl
[14813]   Naït-Zerrad, Kamal (1999) : Dictionnaire des racins berbères (formes attestées), II: c-den
[14814]   Naït-Zerrad, Kamal (2001) : Notes sur quelques parlers du Maroc
[22503]   Naït-Zerrad, Kamal (2001) : Grammaire moderne du kabyle
[25904]   Naït-Zerrad, Kamal (2008) : Notes sur des termes berbères dans Nuzhat al-muštãq d’El-Idrisi
[23151]   Naït-Zerrad, Kamal , Dymitr Ibriszimow & Rainer Vossen (Ed) (2004) : Nouvelles études berbères: le verbe et autres articles - actes du “2. Bayreuth-Frankfurter Kolloquium zur Berberologie”, 2002
[14815]   Najjar, Majed F. al (1984) : Translation as a correlative of meaning: cultural and linguistic transfer between Arabic and English
[14816]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (1992) : A classified vocabulary of the Ha language
[14817]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (1995) : A preliminary report on the click accompaniments in |Gui
[14818]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (1996) : A first report on the click accompaniments of |Gui
[14819]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (1996) : An outline of |Gui phonology
[14820]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (1996) : The stop system and “unmotivated” palatalization in |Gui and //Gana
[14821]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (1997) : A cluster interpretation of clicks and their accompaniments
[14822]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (1998) : Unnatural palatalization in |Gui and //Gana?
[14823]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (1998) : [Descriptive framework for clicks of Khoisan languages]
[14824]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (1998) : Gui-go no meishi keitairon / Nominal morphology in /Gui
[14825]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (2004) : Some sociolinguistic aspects of |Gui communities
[14826]   Nakamura, Masanori (1997) : Object extraction in Bantu applicatives: some implications for minimalism
[14827]   Nakamura, Yumiko (1999) : Possessor-raising in Bantu languages
[14828]   Nakano, Akio (1976) : Basic voacabulary of Standard Somali
[14829]   Nakano, Akio (1976) : Dialogues in Moroccan Shilha (dialects of Anti-Atlas and Ait-Warain)
[14831]   Nakano, Akio (1982) : A vocabulary of Beni Amer dialect of Tigré
[14832]   Nakano, Akio (1994) : Basic voacabulary of Zanzibar Arabic
[24027]   Nakano, Akio (1998) : [A sketch of phonetic and phonological systems of Afro-Asiatic languages: consonantal features]
[27095]   Nakano, Akio (2008) : Fundamental Dialogues in Awngi (I)
[27098]   Nakano, Akio (2006) : Fundamental Dialogues in Tigrinya
[27106]   Nakano, Akio (2009) : Fundamental Dialogues in Awngi (II)
[14830]   Nakano, Akio (Ed) (1979) : Egyptian Arabic
[14833]   Nakano, Akio (Ed) (1995) : Amharic
[26809]   Nakao, Shuichiro (2012) : Revising the substratal/adstratal influence on Arabic creoles
[14834]   Nakuma, Constancio (1990) : Étude contrastive des systèmes phonologiques dagaare-français avec proposition d’une orthographe dagaare tenant compte des faits tonals
[14835]   Nakuma, Constancio (1998) : Phonie et graphie tonale du dàgàaré, langue voltaïque du Ghana
[14836]   Nakuma, Constancio (2002) : Guide to Dagaarhre orthography
[23486]   Nakuma, Constancio (2001) : Name morphology and significance among the Dagaaba of Ghana
[14837]   Nallino, Carlo ALfonso (1939) : L’arabo parlato in Egitto: grammatica, dialoghi e raccolta di vocaboli
[14838]   Nama, Charles A. (1990) : A critical analysis of the translation of African literature
[14839]   Namaseb, Levi (1996) : The situation regarding Khoekhoegowab in Grade 1-3
[14840]   Namaseb, Levi (2000) : The patterns of language use and transmission among the Khoekhoe speakers in the capital of Namibia and future trends
[28339]   Namyalo, Saudah , Alena Witzlack-Makarevich , Anatole Kiriggwajjo , Amos Atuhairwe , Zarina Molochieva , Ruth Mukama & Margaret Zellers (2021) : A Ruruuli-Lunyala–English dictionary and grammar sketch
[14841]   Nana, Etienne (19--) : Contribution a l’étude des tons du mo:re
[14842]   Nanabhay, R. (1967) : A study of stuttering in an Indian family with special reference to genetic factors
[14843]   Nancarrow, Owen (2003) : Africa and the Middle East
[14844]   Nanchengwa, L. (1975) : Language acquisition in intermarriages in Zambia
[23475]   Nandzo, John (2005) : Oral reading miscues and retellings in English and in Sissali: a comparison (Ghana)
[24110]   Nanfah, Gaston (2006) : Lexico-phonological dialectometry of Yémba speech varieties
[14845]   Nanfuka, Margaret (1995) : Luganda-English phrase book for tourists
[14846]   Nankwenya, I. A. J. (1979) : Galamala wa Chichewa [Grammar of Chichewa]
[23578]   Napal, Hema (2005) : The role of French-based Creole in the acquisition of Standard French: the case of Mauritius
[14847]   Nare, Laurent (1968) : Principes d’orthographe de la langue more
[14848]   Naro, A. (1973) : The origin of West African Pidgin
[14849]   Nartey, Jonas N. A. (1982) : Code-switching, interference or faddism: language use among educated Ghanaians
[27676]   Nartey, Mark (2018) : Clausal Coordination in Gã: The Case of nì
[14850]   Nascimento Bunk, Elizabeth (2000) : Die Sprachpolitik Portugals in Afrika
[28117]   Naser, Angelo Ali & Sharon Rose (2020) : Ideophones in Moro
[26543]   Naser, Angelo Ngaloka (2013) : Moro literacy education and language development
[28162]   Nash, Carlos M. (2011) : Tone in Ekegusii: A Description of Nominal And Verbal Tonology
[14851]   Nash, Jay A. (1991) : Ruwund vocabularies
[14852]   Nash, Jay A. (1992) : Aspects of Ruwund grammar
[14853]   Nash, Jay A. (1992/94) : Underlying low tones in Ruwund
[23829]   Nashipu, Julius Pepandze (1989) : A dialectometrical study of languages in the Ndop Plain
[23927]   Nashipu, Julius Pepandze (2005) : The morpho-syntax of Baba 1
[14854]   Nasr, Raja (1972) : English colloquial Arabic dictionary
[25530]   Nassenstein, Nico (2012) : Directionality in Lingala
[27257]   Nassenstein, Nico (2017) : Pluractional marking in Bunia Swahili (Ituri Kingwana)
[27683]   Nassenstein, Nico (2018) : Politeness in Kisangani Swahili
[14855]   Nassir, Abdilahi (1975) : A concise dictionary of English-Swahili idioms
[22584]   Nassuna, Ndzengue Lucia (2001) : Taboo and euphemistic expressions in Ewondo
[23909]   Nassuna, Ndzengue Lucia (2001) : Yamba: a morphosyntactic study of the basic sentence
[14856]   Nasukawa, Kuniya (1995) : Nasality and harmony in Gokana
[25711]   Nasukawa, Kuniya (2010) : Prosodic Affiliation of NC Sequences in Lungu (Cilungu)
[14857]   Natabou, A. B. (1979) : Deutsch-Aja Wörterbuch
[14858]   Nato, Lerato Thandie (1985) : The description of the Setswana adjective
[23455]   Naumann, Christfried (2001) : Vergleich demonstrativer Formative ausgewählter Berbersprachen
[25900]   Naumann, Christfried (2008) : High and low tone in Taa#aan (!Xóõ)
[23904]   Nchare, Abdoulaye Laziz (2005) : Une analyse minimaliste et dérivationelle de la morphosyntaxe du shupamen
[26485]   Nchare, Abdoulaye Laziz (2012) : The Grammar of Shupamem
[26486]   Nchare, Abdoulaye Laziz (2011) : The Syntax of Agreement in the Shupamem DP and Greenberg’s Universal 20
[14859]   Nchimbi, Fokas Alois (2004) : Locative expressions in Matengo
[14860]   Ndahi, K. (1977) : The place of grammar in the teaching of English
[14861]   Ndamba, Josué (1977) : Syntagme nominal et groupe nominal en vili (langue bantou du Congo)
[14862]   Ndamba, Josué (1980) : Nouvelles considerations sur la classification nominale en bantu
[25942]   Ndamsah, Gratiana (2012) : Modes and mechanisms of reduplication in Limbum
[23942]   Ndamsah, I. G. (1991) : A morpho-syntactic study of the Nkwen verb
[23938]   Ndangam, Augustine (1972) : Mungaka: a grammatical sketch of its verbal group
[25199]   Ndao, Dame (2011) : Phonologie, morphologie et structures syntaxiques du pepel
[25577]   Ndao, Dame (2012) : Dérivation et réduplication en pepel
[27691]   Ndao, Dame (2015) : La relative en pepel
[28525]   Ndao, Dame (2020) : L’intégration morphologique des emprunts créoles dans la langue mancagne
[28415]   Ndao, Dame & Mohamadou Hamine Wane (2020) : Le Morphème Multifonctionnel –Oh en Noon
[27402]   Ndao, Dame , Lamine Bodian , Arame Goudiaby & Sokhna Bao Diop (2016) : La négation en guñaamolo, langue atlantique parlée au Sénégal
[14863]   Ndao, Pape Alioune (2002) : Le français au Sénégal: une approche polynomique
[23903]   Ndawouo, Martine (1990) : Esquisse phonologique du shingu
[14864]   Ndayiragije, Juvénal (1992) : Structure syntaxique des clivées en fòn
[14865]   Ndayiragije, Juvénal (1993) : Clivage du prédicat en fongbè
[14866]   Ndayiragije, Juvénal (1993) : Bló ‘faire’ en fongbè
[14867]   Ndayiragije, Juvénal (1993) : Syntaxe et semantique du clivage du prédicat en fongbe
[25215]   Ndayiragije, Juvénal (2006) : the ergativity parameter: a view from antipassive
[25216]   Ndayiragije, Juvénal (2003) : Théories linguistiques et réciprocité en Chichewa : la leçon du kirundi
[26146]   Ndayiragije, Juvénal , Emmanuel Nikiema & Parth Bhatt (2012) : The Augment in Kirundi: When Syntax Meets Phonology
[14868]   Ndebele, N. G. (1987) : The English language and social change in South Africa
[23875]   Ndedje, René (2003) : La morphologie nominale du mengambo
[14869]   Ndembe-Nsasi, D. (1972) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue lwalwa
[26114]   Ndhlovu, Finex (2008) : Language and African Development: Theoretical Reflections on the Place of Languages in African Studies
[23852]   Ndi, Germain Télesphore (2001) : Esquisse d’une analyse syntaxique de la phrase búlù: approche générative
[14870]   Ndiaye, A. (1949) : Complément à une note sur quelques emprunts de la langue wolof à l’arabe
[14289]   Ndiaye, Moussa D. (1992) : Fusion vocalique en wolof
[14871]   Ndiaye, Moussa D. (1995) : Phonologie et morphologie des alternances en wolof: implications théoriques
[14872]   Ndiaye, Moussa D. (2004) : Éléments de morphologie du wolof: méthodes d’analyses en linguistique
[26597]   Ndiaye, Moussa D. (1994) : Esquisse d’une morphologie du wolof
[25181]   Ndimele Ozo-mekuri (2009) : Negation marking in Igbo
[14873]   Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1987) : Echie verb morphology
[14874]   Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1991) : Questions in GB syntax
[14875]   Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1994) : On the so-called Igbo dependent pronoun
[14876]   Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1995) : On the phonosyntactic dimension of negation
[14877]   Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1995) : The morphological features of the Echie verb
[14878]   Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1996) : On the ‘Kwaness’ of Nigerian Pidgin: insights from verb serialization
[14879]   Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1997) : The domestication of loan-words in Igbo
[14880]   Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1999) : On the typology of questions: the Echie example
[14881]   Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (2000) : Echie
[14882]   Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (2000) : Where have all the Igbo prepositions gone?
[28492]   Ndimele, Ozo-Mekuri (2001) : Move-Alpha in Igbo Multiple Wh-construction as a Violation of Superiority Condition & (Non-) Complement Asymmetry
[14883]   Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (2003) : Languages
[14884]   Ndinga Oba, Antoine (1971) : Structures lexicologiques du lingala
[14885]   Ndinga Oba, Antoine (1973) : Contribution à l’étude du système phonologique et des syntagmes nominaux mbosi
[14886]   Ndinga Oba, Antoine (1974) : Note sur quelques aspects des problèmes posés par les emprunts faits par le lingala aux langues étrangères: problèmes phonologiques et morpho-syntaxiques
[14887]   Ndinga Oba, Antoine (1975) : Le lingala et le munukutuba: deux composants de la langue nationale congolaise (éléments de phonologie et de syntaxe)
[14888]   Ndinga Oba, Antoine (1980) : Linguistique africaine et réalité des langues d’Afrique: à propos de quelques faits de lexicologie dans les langues bantu
[22489]   Ndinga Oba, Antoine (2004) : Les langues bantoues du Congo-Brazzaville: étude typologique des langues du groupe C20 (mbosi ou mbochi)
[25288]   Ndinga-Koumba-Binza, Hugues Steve (2008) : Phonetic and Phonological Aspects of Civili Vowel Duration: an Experimental Approach
[25440]   Ndiola Tsuata, Laurence (2008) : La syntaxe du ŋ̀gʲɛ̃̀mbɔ̃̀ɔ̃̀ŋ : étude fonctionnelle des types de questions
[28533]   Ndione, Augustin (2015) : Incidences sémantiques de la suffixation sur la réduplication verbale en wolof
[14890]   Ndjérassem, Mbai-Yelmia Ngabo (1982) : Phonologie, morphologie et catégories grammaticales du ngambay de Bénoye
[23450]   Ndjérassem, Mbai-Yelmia Ngabo (2000) : Phonologie du Ngambai, parler de Benoye (Tchad)
[14891]   Ndjomna, Appolinaire & autres (1980) : Manuel pour lire et écrire la langue vute
[14892]   Ndlovu, Victor & Alet Kruger (1998) : Translating English terms of address in ‘Cry, the beloved country’ into Zulu
[24615]   Ndoko B.R. (1991) : Esquisse phonologique du lútò
[14894]   Ndolo, Pius (1972) : Essai sur la tonalité et la flexion verbale du gimbala
[14893]   Ndolo, Pius & Florence Malasi (1972) : Vocabulaire mbala
[14895]   Ndoloi, D. B. (1997) : Studies of discourse, communities and disciplines: lessons about the teaching of academic writing at University
[13581]   Ndoma, Ungina (1984) : A note on the linguistic status of Kinshasa Lingala
[14896]   Ndoma, Ungina (1977) : Some aspects of planning language policy in education in Belgian Congo: 1906-1960
[14897]   Ndoma, Ungina (1984) : Belgian politics and linguistic policy in Congolese schools, 1885-1914
[14898]   Ndoma, Ungina (1984) : National language policy in education in Zaïre
[14899]   Ndombo, Pierre , Pierre Lemb & François de Gastines (1971) : Le basáa par la grammaire: manuel de basáa à l’usage des classes de 6e et 5e
[26659]   Ndongo Ibara, Yvon Pierre (2012) : Embosi-English Dictionary
[28084]   Ndongo Ibara, Yvon Pierre (2020) : Dictionnaire embosi-français
[14901]   Ndukwe, Pat (1982) : Standardizing Nigerian languages
[14902]   Ndukwe, Pat (1984) : Planning for standard varieties in two Nigerian languages
[14903]   Ndumbu, J. M. G. & Wilfred Howell Whiteley (1962) : Some problems of stability and emphasis in Kamba one-word tenses
[23865]   Ndzenyuy, Vernyuy Francis (1997) : Reduplication in Lamnso’
[14904]   Neale, Barbara (1974) : Language use among the Asian communities
[25936]   Neba, Ayu'nwi N. (2012) : Sources of tones and patterns of their assignment to reduplicated forms in Bafut
[25578]   Neba, Ayu’nwi N. (2012) : The realization of tense/aspect tones in Bafut
[27376]   Neba, Ayu’nwi Ngwabe (2015) : An analysis of noun tone groups in Bafut
[24112]   Neba, Ayunʼnwi N. (2004) : The floating low tone in Bafut
[14905]   Nebel, P. Arturo (1936) : Dinka dictionary, with abridged grammar
[14906]   Nebel, P. Arturo (1948) : Dinka grammar (Rek-Malual dialect) with texts and vocabulary
[14907]   Nebel, P. Arturo (1979) : Dinka-English English-Dinka dictionary
[24563]   Nébié, Bétéo Denis () : Ecrire le nuni : transcription, grammaire et lexique
[29030]   Nebup, Abraham Nwizine & Robert Hedinger (2019) : Yamba – English Dictionary
[28519]   Nedcky, Albinou (2011) : Pratiques et représentations des parlers mancagnes de Goudomp (Sénégal)
[23552]   Nédellec, Brigitte (2003) : La disparition d’un phonème en naténi
[24635]   Nédellec, Brigitte (2008) : Naténi
[25294]   Nédellec, Brigitte & Ulrich Bukies (2008) : La phonologie du naténi
[14908]   Nedjar, Bahmani (1988) : Grammaire fonctionelle de l’arabe du Coran
[14909]   Needham, Rodney (1960) : The left hand of the Mugwe: an analytical note on the structure of Mery symbolism
[14910]   Needham, Rodney (1967) : Right and left in Nyoro symbolic classification
[14911]   Neethling, Siebert Jacob (1972) : Die ideofoon in Xhosa
[14912]   Neethling, Siebert Jacob (1979) : Die Xhosa iintsomi: ’n strukturele benadering
[14913]   Neethling, Siebert Jacob (1988) : Voorname in Xhosa
[14914]   Neethling, Siebert Jacob (1994) : Xhosa nicknames
[14915]   Neethling, Siebert Jacob (1995) : Proverbs: window on Xhosa world?
[14916]   Neethling, Siebert Jacob (2006) : Name choices among the Xhosa of South Africa
[14917]   Nega Ararso (1984) : The verb morphology of Kefa
[14918]   Negrini, P. (19--) : Päri grammar
[14919]   Negussie Wolde-Selassie (1982) : Major problems in learning Amharic
[14920]   Neha Araraso (1984) : The verb morphology of Kefa
[23660]   Neises, Jackson & Noelle Smith (1995) : Zarma: technical language manual for AFSI/NRM volunteers
[14922]   Nekes, P. Hermann (1927) : Zur Entwicklung der Jaunde-Sprache unter dem Einfluss der europäischen Kultur
[14923]   Nekes, P. Hermann (1928) : Zur Tonologie in den Bantu-Sprachen
[14921]   Nekes, P. Hermann & Martin Heepe (1926) : Jaunde-Wörterbuch
[20559]   Nel, A. (1986) : A survey of English as a medium of instruction in KwaZulu schools
[14924]   Nel, G. L. (1966) : Simple Zulu, with household phrases
[14925]   Nelde, Peter Hans (1990) : Languages in contact
[28304]   Nelson, Deborah , Roderic Casali , Tina Ensz , Jill Francis , Donald Chomiak & Jonathan Janzen (2016) : A Preliminary Overview of Gonja Phonology
[14926]   Nemer, Julie F. & Keith William Mountford (1984) : The interaction of segmental and tonal levels: the case of [ɯ] in Temne
[14927]   Nemukula, Ndishvhelafhi Alpheus (2002) : Politeness in Tshivenda
[14928]   Nessiel Nodjibogoto, Abel , Mark Vanderkooi & Stephen Wagner (2001) : Enquete linguistique: kwang
[24507]   Netting, Robert McC. (1977 [1973]) : Kofyar
[27662]   Netting, Robert McC. (1967) : A word list of Kofyar
[14929]   Nettle, Daniel (1995) : Segmental inventory size, word length and communicative efficiency
[14930]   Nettle, Daniel (1996) : Language diversity in West Africa: an ecological approach
[14931]   Nettle, Daniel (1998) : The Fyem language of northern Nigeria
[14932]   Nettle, Daniel (1998) : Coevolution of phonology and the lexicon in twelve languages of West Africa
[24036]   Nettle, Daniel (1998) : Materials from the South Eastern Plateau Languages of Nigeria (Fyem, Hórom and Mabo-Barukul)
[27540]   Neudorf, Suzanne et al. (2006) : Bertha English - Amharic - Arabic Dictionary
[14933]   Neukom, Lukas (1995) : Description grammaticale du nateni (Bénin): système verbal, classification nominale, phrases complexes, textes
[14934]   Neukom, Lukas (2004) : Esquisse grammaticale du mbèlimè, langue voltaïque du Bénin
[23553]   Neukom, Lukas (2003) : Forms of clause combining in Nateni
[25579]   Neukom, Lukas (2012) : The suffix -ɗo in Kenga – Ventive and past, one or two functions?
[25721]   Neukom, Lukas (2010) : Description grammaticale du kenga (langue nilo-saharienne du Tchad)
[14941]   Neumann-Czarnecka, Katarzyna (199-) : A glossary of Hausa literary terms
[14935]   Neumann, Sabine (1990) : Kgalagadi und Tawana: zur Identifizierung zweier sprachlicher Einheiten
[14936]   Neumann, Sabine (1995) : Static spatial relations in SheNgologa (SheKgalagadi)
[14938]   Neumann, Sabine (1999) : The locative class in Shengologa (Kgalagadi)
[14940]   Neumann, Sabine (Ed) (1999) : Comparing African spaces
[14939]   Neumann, Sabine & Anne Storch (1999) : Locative class related affixes in some Benue-Congo languages
[14937]   Neumann, Sabine & Thomas Widlok (1996) : Rethinking some universals of spatial language using controlled comparison
[14942]   Neumayer, K. H. (1971) : Die Minderheitsrechte der deutschsprachigen Bevölkerung in Südwestafrika
[14943]   Neumayer, K. H. (1973/74) : Deutsche Sprachminderheiten: eine vergleichende Umschau als Beitrag zum Problem der Dreisprachigkeit Südwestafrikas
[24321]   Newcomer, Betsy (2000) : Exploring dialect difference of Dogon speakers in Mali
[14944]   Newell, H. W. (1933) : Unpublished notes on the Ki-Swahili as spoken by the K.A.R.
[28231]   Newkirk, Lydia (2019) : Logophoricity in Ibibio
[28798]   Newkirk, Lydia (2022) : Unifying prolepsis and cross-clausal cliticization in Lubukusu
[14969]   Newman, Bonnie (1976) : Deep and surface structure of the Longuda clause
[14981]   Newman, Bonnie (1978) : The Longuda verb
[28851]   Newman, Elise (2021) : vP infinitives in Wolof: On Ā-movement to Spec vP
[14945]   Newman, Francis William (1936) : Nomenclature elementare ed espressioni nelle lingue amharica, galla, araba (dialetto tripolino)
[23049]   Newman, John F. (1978) : Participant orientation in Longuda folk tales
[14963]   Newman, John F. & Bonnie Newman (1974) : Longuda
[14973]   Newman, John F. & Bonnie Newman (1977) : Longuda dialect survey
[14974]   Newman, John F. & Bonnie Newman (1977) : Longuda phonology
[14946]   Newman, Paul (1964) : A word list of Tera
[14947]   Newman, Paul (1965) : A brief note on the Maha language
[14949]   Newman, Paul (1967) : Feminine plurals in Hausa: a case of syntactic overcorrection
[14950]   Newman, Paul (1968) : Ideophones from a syntactic point of view
[14951]   Newman, Paul (1970) : A grammar of Tera: transformational syntax and texts
[14952]   Newman, Paul (1970) : Historical sound laws in Hausa and in Dera (Kanakuru)
[14953]   Newman, Paul (1971) : A Chadic language bibliography (excluding Hausa)
[14954]   Newman, Paul (1971) : The Hausa negative markers
[14955]   Newman, Paul (1971) : Transitivity and intransitivity in Chadic languages
[14957]   Newman, Paul (1971) : A grammar of Dera
[14959]   Newman, Paul (1971) : Hausa and Chadic: a reply
[14960]   Newman, Paul (1972) : Study Kanakuru, understand Hausa
[14961]   Newman, Paul (1972) : Syllable weight as a phonological variable
[14962]   Newman, Paul (1973) : Grades, vowel-tone classes and extensions in the Hausa verbal system
[14964]   Newman, Paul (1974) : The Kanakuru language
[14967]   Newman, Paul (1975) : Proto-Chadic verb classes
[14968]   Newman, Paul (1975) : The non-correlation of tone and vowel height in Hausa
[14971]   Newman, Paul (1976) : The origin of Hausa /h/
[14972]   Newman, Paul (1976/77) : The formation of the imperfective verb stem in Chadic
[14975]   Newman, Paul (1977) : Chadic classification and reconstructions
[14978]   Newman, Paul (1977) : Chadic extensions and pre-dative verb forms in Hausa
[14979]   Newman, Paul (1977) : Lateral fricatives (“hlaterals”) in Chadic
[14984]   Newman, Paul (1979) : The historical development of medial /ee/ and /oo/ in Hausa
[14985]   Newman, Paul (1979) : Explaining Hausa feminines
[14986]   Newman, Paul (1979) : Grammatical restructuring in Hausa: indirect objects and possessives
[14987]   Newman, Paul (1980) : The classification of Chadic within Afroasiatic
[14988]   Newman, Paul (1980) : The two R’s in Hausa
[14989]   Newman, Paul (1980) : Tera
[14993]   Newman, Paul (1982) : Grammatical restructuring in Hausa: indirect objects and possessives
[14994]   Newman, Paul (1983) : The efferential (alias ‘causative’) in Hausa
[14995]   Newman, Paul (1984) : Ethnonyms in Hausa
[14996]   Newman, Paul (1985) : Toe splitting and Gwandara ethnohistory
[14997]   Newman, Paul (1986) : Tone and affixation in Hausa
[14998]   Newman, Paul (1987) : Hausa and the Chadic languages
[15000]   Newman, Paul (1989) : Reduplication and tone in Hausa ideophones
[15003]   Newman, Paul (1990) : Nominal and verbal plurality in Chadic
[15004]   Newman, Paul (1990) : Internal evidence for final vowel lowering in Hausa
[15005]   Newman, Paul (1991) : An interview with Joseph Greenberg
[15006]   Newman, Paul (1991) : Facts count: an empiricist looks at indirect objects in Hausa
[15008]   Newman, Paul (1992) : The development of falling contours from tone bending in Hausa
[15010]   Newman, Paul (1992) : The previous reference marker in Hausa: R. C. Abraham’s insights and new analyses
[15011]   Newman, Paul (1995) : Hausa tonology: complexities in an “easy” tone language
[15012]   Newman, Paul (1996) : Hausa and the Chadic language family: a bibliography
[15013]   Newman, Paul (1997) : Hausa phonology
[15014]   Newman, Paul (2000) : The Hausa language: an encyclopedic reference grammar
[15015]   Newman, Paul (2000) : Comparative linguistics
[15016]   Newman, Paul (2002) : Chadic and Hausa linguistics: selected papers of Paul Newman with commentaries
[23131]   Newman, Paul (1997) : Language families: an overview
[23152]   Newman, Paul (2004) : Klingenheben’s Law in Hausa
[14990]   Newman, Paul & Bello Ahmad Salim (1981) : Hausa diphtongs
[15007]   Newman, Paul & Mustapha Ahmad (1992) : Hypocristic names in Hausa
[15001]   Newman, Paul & Philip John Jaggar (1989) : Low tone raising in Hausa: a critical assessment
[14999]   Newman, Paul & Robert Dale Botne (Ed) (1989) : Current approaches to African linguistics V
[14948]   Newman, Paul & Roxana Ma Newman (1966) : Comparative Chadic: phonology and lexicon
[14976]   Newman, Paul & Roxana Ma Newman (1977) : Modern Hausa-English dictionary/Sabon kamus na Hausa zuwa turanci
[14982]   Newman, Paul & Roxana Ma Newman (1979) : Modern Hausa-English dictionary/Sabon kamus na Hausa zuwa turanci
[14977]   Newman, Paul & Roxana Ma Newman (Ed) (1977) : Papers in Chadic linguistics: papers from the Leiden colloquium on the Chadic language family
[27386]   Newman, Paul & Russell G. Schuh (2016) : Hausa language names and ethnonyms
[14966]   Newman, Paul & Russell Galen Schuh (1974) : The Hausa aspect system
[14956]   Newman, Roxana Ma (1971) : A case grammar of Ga’anda
[14958]   Newman, Roxana Ma (1971) : Downstep in Ga’anda
[14965]   Newman, Roxana Ma (1974) : Dictionaries of the Hausa language
[14970]   Newman, Roxana Ma (1976) : The two relative continous markers in Hausa
[14980]   Newman, Roxana Ma (1977) : Y-prosody as a morphological process in Ga’anda
[14983]   Newman, Roxana Ma (1979) : Bibliographie analytique choisie de la linguistique tchadique
[15002]   Newman, Roxana Ma (1990) : An English-Hausa dictionary
[15009]   Newman, Roxana Ma (1992) : Lexicographical method in R. C. Abraham’s Hausa dictionary
[14991]   Newman, Roxana Ma & Vincent J. van Heuven (1981) : An acoustic and phonological study of pre-pausal vowel length in Hausa
[14992]   Newman, Roxana Ma & Vincent J. van Heuven (1981) : An acoustic and phonological study of pre-pausal vowel length in Hausa
[15017]   Nfila, Bokang Itumeleng (2002) : Standard in Setswana in Botswana
[23897]   Nforbi, Emmanuel (1993) : Oku verb morphology: tense, aspect and mood
[23867]   Nforgwei, Samuel Tabah (2004) : A study of the phonological, morphological and syntactic processes in the standardisation of Limbum
[15025]   Ngalamulume, Bululu (1977) : Éléments de grammaire salampasu: phonologie et morphologique
[15026]   Ngalasso, Mwatha Musanji (1973) : Les romanismes dans les langues africaines
[15027]   Ngalasso, Mwatha Musanji (1984) : Pidgins, créoles ou koinès? A propos de quelques langues véhiculaires africaines
[15028]   Ngalasso, Mwatha Musanji (1986) : État des langues et langues de l’état au Zaïre
[15030]   Ngalasso, Mwatha Musanji (1991) : Tons ou accents? Analyse des schèmes tonals en kikongo parlé dans la région de Bandundu (Zaire)
[15031]   Ngalasso, Mwatha Musanji (1993) : Les procédés répétifs en kikongo: le redoublement et la réduplication
[27219]   Ngalasso, Mwatha Musanji (2013) : Dictionnaire français-lingala-sango
[25443]   Ngang, David (1999) : Les pronoms en karang
[23827]   Nganganu Kenfac, Lucy (2001) : The phonology of Ambele
[23883]   Ngangoum, Emilienne (2002) : Noun morphology and the internal structure of the nominal construction in Mpumpung
[15032]   Ngangoum, F. (1970) : Le bamileke des fe’fe’: grammaire descriptive usuelle
[23874]   Nganmou, Alise (1991) : Modalites verbales: temps, aspect et mode en medumboo
[23502]   Ngantchui, Evelyne (2002) : Topic structures in Batoufam
[15033]   Ngara, Emmanuel A. (1974) : A redefinition of the role of the English language in African universities
[15034]   Ngara, Emmanuel A. (1975) : Comments of the teaching of English in Botswana, Lesotho and Swaziland
[15035]   Ngara, Emmanuel A. (1982) : Bilingualism, language contact and language planning; proposals for language use and language teaching in Zimbabwe
[15036]   Ngara, Emmanuel A. (1983) : Non-contrastive errors in African English: types and significance
[15037]   Ngara, Emmanuel A. (1993) : Language influence and culture: comments on the impact of English on Shona
[15038]   Ngarramadji, Djiblo , Nangbaye Marcel , Yankal Kindomkoul , Serge Koidere , Souangar Mahamat Ngonsay & M. Djimadoumnar (1999) : Mbay texts: tales, recipes, games and riddles
[15040]   Ngcongwane, S. D. (1985) : Fanakalo and the Zulu language
[15041]   Ngcongwane, S. D. (1987) : Some instances of language mixing in South Africa
[15039]   Ngcongwane, S. D. (Ed) (1985) : The languages we speak
[23526]   Ngefac, Aloysius (2006) : Linguistic variants as signals of social hierarchy: the ambiguous situation of Cameroon
[15042]   Nges, Chia Emmanuel (1972) : A sociolinguistic profile of Cameroon languages
[15043]   Nges, Chia Emmanuel (1976) : Kom tenses and aspects
[15044]   Nges, Chia Emmanuel (1979) : A sociolinguistic survey of Cameroon urban centres
[15045]   Nges, Chia Emmanuel (1983) : The expression of location in Kom
[15046]   Nges, Chia Emmanuel (Ed) (1996) : Guide to readability in African languages
[15047]   Ngeye, Lokoka (1981) : Essai de tonologie naturelle pure en lokonda
[15048]   Ngila, Bompeti (1993) : Les noms de plantes en lolia: approche ethnolinguistique
[27173]   Ngoboka, Jean Paul & Jochen Zeller (2016) : The conjoint/disjoint alternation in Kinyarwanda
[23943]   Ngoin, T. J. (1997) : The internal structure of the noun phrase in Kom
[15050]   Ngom, Fallou (1999) : Phonetic and phonological description of Mandinkan phonemes as spoken in Kajor (Ziguinchor)
[15051]   Ngom, Fallou (1999) : A sociolinguistic profile of the Senegalese speech community
[15052]   Ngom, Fallou (2000) : Sociolinguistic motivations of lexical borrowings in Senegal
[15053]   Ngom, Fallou (2002) : Lexical borrowings as sociolinguistic variables in Saint-Louis, Senegal
[15054]   Ngom, Fallou (2002) : Linguistic resistence in the Murid speech community in Senegal
[15055]   Ngom, Fallou (2003) : The social status of Arabic, French, and English in the Senegalese speech community
[15056]   Ngom, Fallou (2003) : Wolof
[15057]   Ngom, Fallou (2004) : Ethnic identity and linguistic hybridization in Senegal
[15049]   Ngom, Gilbert (1989) : L’égyptien et les langues bantu: le cas de duala
[15058]   Ngoma, J. J. (1977) : Description phonologique du kuni
[27035]   Ngonyani, Deo & Nancy Jumwa Ngowa (2017) : The productivity of the reversive extension in Standard Swahili
[24702]   Ngonyani, Deo S. (2006) : Resumptive Pronominal Clitics in Bantu Languages
[26865]   Ngonyani, Deo S. (2013) : Surrogate Imperatives in Bantu Languages with Postverbal Negative Particles
[28806]   Ngonyani, Deo , Ann Biersteker , Angelina Nduku Kioko & Josephat Rugemalira (2022) : Proto-Bantu reflexes in Dhaisu
[15059]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1994) : A classification of southern Tanzanian languages
[15060]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1996) : The morphosyntax of applicatives (Bantu, Ndendeule, Swahili)
[15061]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1997) : VP ellipsis in Ndendeule and Swahili applicatives
[15062]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1998) : Towards a typology of applicatives in Bantu
[15063]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1998) : Properties of applied objects in Kiswahili and Kindendeule
[15064]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1999) : The constituent structure of Kindendeule applicatives
[15065]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1999) : A descriptive grammar of Kindendeuli
[15066]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2000) : VP ellipsis in Kindendeule
[15067]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2001) : The evolution of Tanzanian Ngoni
[15068]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2001) : Evidence for headraising in Kiswahili relative clauses
[15069]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2001) : The changing fortunes of Kiswahili in Tanzania
[15070]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2003) : A grammar of Chingoni
[27351]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2016) : Pairwise Combinations of Swahili Applicative with other Verb Extensions
[27413]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2017) : Conditionals in Ndendeule
[23297]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. & P. Githinji (2006) : The asymmetric nature of Bantu applicative constructions
[23889]   Ngoran, Loveline Lenaka (1999) : A sketch outline of the phonology of Ndemli
[23892]   Ngouagna, Jean Pierre (1988) : Esquisse phonologique du ngomba
[15071]   Ngouane, Michel (1976) : Idiomes en ngyemboon: premier cours d’introduction à la linguistique
[27709]   Nguaiko, Nduvaa Erna (2011) : The New Otjiherero Dictionary
[23262]   Ngubane, Sihawukele Emmanuel (1991) : A survey of the northern Zululand dialects in the Ingwavuma district
[23263]   Ngubane, Sihawukele Emmanuel (1987) : The Tembe dialect
[23887]   Ngue Um, Emmanuel (2002) : Morphologie verbale du mvùmbò
[23846]   Ngueffo, Noe (1979) : Essai de description phonologique du bapi
[15072]   Nguendjio, Emile-Gille (1992) : Temps et aspect de la langue bangwa
[23843]   Nguendjio, Emile-Gille (1989) : Morphologie nominale et verbale de la langue bangwa
[24103]   Nguendjio, Emile-Gille (2005) : Lʼexpression de la possession en langue màsà
[26937]   Nguendjio, Emile-Gille (2014) : A Descriptive Grammar of Bangwà: a Grassfields Language of Cameroon
[23839]   Ngueyep, Justin (1988) : Essai de description phonologique du bamena
[26620]   Ngula, Richmond Sadick (2014) : Hybridized Lexical Innovations in Ghanaian English
[23876]   Ngum, Comfort Che (2004) : Verbal extensions in Meta’
[23872]   Ngum, Lucresse Rachelle (1997) : Structure syntaxique de la phrase mankon: approche générative
[15073]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1987) : A comparative study of Shona and Yao noun classes
[15074]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1988) : A comparative study of some aspects of transitivity in Shona and Ciyao
[15075]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1989) : Grammatical agreement in Bantu languages: a case of Yao
[15079]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1990) : O ensino de línguas na educacâo formal em Mocambique
[15080]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1991) : As línguas mocambicanas nos meios de comunicacâo social
[15081]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1992) : Agreement strategies of the conjoined NP in Ciyao
[15082]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1997) : Class 5 allomorphy in Ciyao
[15083]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1997) : Lexical phonology and morphology of the Ciyao verb stem
[15084]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1998) : Imbrication in Ciyao
[15085]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1999) : Três problemas da ortografia de cinyanja
[15086]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1999) : Constraints on suffix ordering in Ciyao
[15087]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1999) : Restrições na combinação e ordem dos sufixos verbais em Ciyao
[15088]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (2000) : Phonetic versus phonological vowel length in Ciyao
[15092]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (2000) : Phonology and morphology of the Ciyao verb
[15093]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (2001) : The verb stem reduplication in Ciyao
[15094]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (2001) : Language policy for education and the media in Mozambique: an alternative perspective
[15095]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (2002) : Lexical borrowing in Chiyao
[15097]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (2002) : Apontamentos de linguística descritiva das línguas bantu
[15091]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela & Armando J. Sanúdia (2000) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Ciyao
[15096]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela & Eduardo Vitorino (2002) : Recent past tense in Amakhuwa
[15090]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela & Juliana Cornélio Mwitu (2000) : Proposta da ortografia de Shimakonde
[15076]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela , Eugeniusz Rzewuski & Samba Mbuub (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Kimwani
[15077]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela , Eugeniusz Rzewuski & Samba Mbuub (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Shimakonde
[15078]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela , Eugeniusz Rzewuski & Samba Mbuub (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Ciyao
[15089]   Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela , Sebastian Floor & Sique Achimo (2000) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Kimwani
[27039]   Ngunga, Armindoo Saúl Atelela , Fábio Bonfim Duarte & Quesler Fagundes Camargos (2017) : Differential object marking in Mozambican languages
[9397]   Ngwa, G. S. (1996) : The phonology of Bafut: a generetive approach
[15098]   Ngwenya, Alfred (1992) : The static and dynamic elements of Tsotsi language with special reference to Zulu: a sociolinguistic study
[15099]   Ngwenya, Alfred (1996) : The static and dynamic elements of Tsotsitaal, with special reference to Zulu: a sociolinguistic research
[15018]   Ngʼangʼa, Wanjiku (2003) : Semantic analysis of Kiswahili words using the self organizing map
[15019]   Ngʼangʼa, Wanjiku (2004) : Automatic word sense disambiguation: Kiswahili nouns
[15020]   Ngʼelechei, C. A. (1966) : Sirutik che ilititotin (Kalenjin orthography)
[15021]   Ngʼelechei, C. A. (1966) : Kitaput ap grama ne bo Kalenjin
[15022]   Ngʼelechei, C. A. (1970) : Kalenjin-English dictionary
[15023]   Ngʼelechei, C. A. (1972) : Kalenjin-Kalenjin dictionary
[15024]   Ngʼelechei, C. C. (1979) : Tikshenari ne bo Kalenjin ak English kotobo tikshenari ne bo English ak Kalenjin/Kalenjin-English, English-Kalenjin dictionary
[15101]   Nhaombe, Henrique Ernesto (19--) : Vers une approche semantique et culturelle des idiomes: decodage du sens des expressions idiomatiques du tsonga motivees par les croyances et les moeurs
[15102]   Nhial, Abdon Agaw Jok (1975) : Ki-Nubi and Arabic: a comparative study
[15103]   Nhlapo, Jacob M. (1944) : Bantu Babel: will the Bantu languages live?
[15104]   Nhlapo, Jacob M. (1945) : Nguni and Sotho: a practical plan for the unification of the South African Bantu languages
[15105]   Nhlapo, Jacob M. (1953) : The problems of many tongues
[15106]   Niang, Mamadou Ousmane (1995) : Syllable ‘sonority’ hierarchy and Pulaar stress: a metrical approach
[15107]   Niang, Mamadou Ousmane (1997) : Pulaar: Pulaar-English, English-Pulaar standard dictionary
[15108]   Niang, Mamadou Ousmane (1997) : Constraints on Pulaar phonology
[28523]   Niang, Oumar (2021) : Réanalyse des formes des marqueurs de classe du pulaar (peul) sous l’éclairage de la réduplication
[28524]   Niang, Oumar (2021) : Morphologie flexionnelle et dérivationnelle en pulaar (peul) du Foûta Tôro
[15109]   Niangoran-Bouah, Georges (1964) : La division du emps et le calendrier rituel des peuples lagunaires de Côte d’Ivoire
[27748]   Niangui, Arlette (1996) : Description phonologique du moyi (langue bantu du groupe C - Congo)
[25580]   Nichols, Peter (2012) : Persistive and alterative – dual-time aspects in siSwati
[28852]   Nichols, Stephen (2021) : Asymmetries in vowel-pair frequencies and height harmony in Bantu
[23640]   Nicol, Joseph (1968) : Lexique mandinque-français
[15110]   Nicolaï, Robert (1976) : Note sur (et à partir de) la phonologie du zarma (Niger)
[15111]   Nicolaï, Robert (1977) : Réinterprétation et restructuration en zarma-songhay
[15112]   Nicolaï, Robert (1977) : Sur l’appartenance du Songhay
[15113]   Nicolaï, Robert (1978) : Les parlers dendi
[15114]   Nicolaï, Robert (1978) : Les parlers songhay occidentaux (Tombouctou, Jenne, Ngorku)
[15115]   Nicolaï, Robert (1978) : Esquisse phonologique du parler de la région de Dolbel (arrodissement de Tera)
[15116]   Nicolaï, Robert (1979) : Le songhay central
[15117]   Nicolaï, Robert (1980) : Remarques sur la diversification dialectale et la propagation des innovations phonétiques en songhay
[15118]   Nicolaï, Robert (1980) : Notes sur les lexiques songhay du 19ème siècle et sur les attestations des Tarikh
[15119]   Nicolaï, Robert (1980) : Le songhay septentrional (études phonematiques)
[15120]   Nicolaï, Robert (1981) : Les dialectes du songhay: contribution à l’étude des changements linguistiques
[15121]   Nicolaï, Robert (1982) : Les parlers songhay occidentaux (Toumbouctou-Jenné-Ngorku). Problèmes de dynamique linguistique: recherches en prosodie songhay
[15122]   Nicolaï, Robert (1983) : Position, structure and classification of Songhay
[15123]   Nicolaï, Robert (1984) : Preliminaires a une étude sur l’origine du Songhay: materiaux, problematique et hypothesis
[15124]   Nicolaï, Robert (1986) : Types d’emprunts, normes et fonctions de langue. Étude de cas: le songhay véhiculaire
[15125]   Nicolaï, Robert (1987) : Réflexions comparatives à partir de lexique negroafricains et chamito-sémitique: faits et théorie
[15126]   Nicolaï, Robert (1987) : Is Songhay a creole language?
[15127]   Nicolaï, Robert (1989) : Revernacularisation et déterminismes évolutifs: songhay septentrional et dendi
[15128]   Nicolaï, Robert (1989) : Songhay et mandé
[15129]   Nicolaï, Robert (1989) : Constraints of communication and linguistic evolution: the example of Songay
[15130]   Nicolaï, Robert (1990) : Parentés linguistiques (à propos du songhaï)
[15131]   Nicolaï, Robert (1990) : Songhay septentrional et touareg: contacts de langues et contacts de populations
[15132]   Nicolaï, Robert (1991) : Mariama, base de données dialectologique sur la zone sahélo-saharienne
[15133]   Nicolaï, Robert (1991) : Les apparentements génétiques du songhay: éléments d’analyse
[15134]   Nicolaï, Robert (1992) : Préalable à Mariama: information documentaire
[15135]   Nicolaï, Robert (1992) : Utilisation des structurations lexicales pour la recherche comparative: circularité, et enroulement en songhay et touareg
[15137]   Nicolaï, Robert (1995) : Songhay et chamito-sémitique: recherches sur les continuations du touareg en songhay
[15139]   Nicolaï, Robert (1995) : Parentés du songhay: répondre aux questions, questionner les résponses
[15140]   Nicolaï, Robert (1996) : Commentaires sur la métholodie par “ressamblances”
[15141]   Nicolaï, Robert (1996) : Problems of grouping and subgrouping: the question of Songhay
[15143]   Nicolaï, Robert (1997) : Recherches pour un thesaurus: documentation songhay
[15144]   Nicolaï, Robert (2000) : Questions d’alliances et de dynamique: remarques autour de la notion de Sprachbund
[15146]   Nicolaï, Robert (2003) : La force des choses ou l’épreuve ‘nilo-saharienne’: questions sur les reconstructions archaeologiques et l’évolution des langues
[23299]   Nicolaï, Robert (2005) : Language processes, theory and description of language change, and building on the past
[24171]   Nicolaï, Robert (2003) : En regard de lʼespace sahélo-saharien Typologie des langues et questions de Sprachbünde: Réflexions sur les effets linguistiques du contact et des fonctionnalités sociolinguistiques
[24805]   Nicolaï, Robert (2006) : A Songhay-Mande convergence area? Facts, questions, frames
[25421]   Nicolaï, Robert (2008) : De la généalogie des langues au contact: théorie à la limite à l'épreuve du songhay
[25805]   Nicolaï, Robert (2009) : Language Contact, Areality, and History: the Songhay Question Revisited
[15145]   Nicolaï, Robert (Ed) (2001) : Leçons d’Afrique. Filiations, ruptures et reconstitution de langues: un hommage à Gabriel Manessy
[15138]   Nicolaï, Robert & Franz Rottland (Ed) (1995) : Actes du 5ème colloque de linguistique nilo-saharienne, 24-29 août 1992/Proceedings of the 5th Nilo-Saharan linguistics colloquium, August 24th-29th, 1992, Université de Nice - Sophia Antipolis
[15136]   Nicolaï, Robert & Petr Zima (1993) : Contemporary dialectology as a tool of language classification in Africa: the case of Songhay
[15142]   Nicolaï, Robert & Petr Zima (1997) : Songhay
[23287]   Nicolas, A. (1920) : Dictionnaire arabe-français, français-arabe: idiome tunisien
[23288]   Nicolas, A. (1938) : Dictionnaire arabe-français, idiome tunisien
[15149]   Nicolas, F. (1953) : La langue berbère de Mauritanie
[15147]   Nicolas, Fr. J. (1950) : Les surnoms-devises des l’éla de la Haute-Volta (A.O.F.)
[15148]   Nicolas, Fr. J. (1953) : Glossaire l’élé-français
[15150]   Nicole, Jacques (1979) : Esquisse phonologique du nawdm ou les bases d’une orthographe pratique de cette langue
[15151]   Nicole, Jacques (1980) : Phonologie et morphophonologie du nawdm, parler de Niamtougou (Togo)
[15152]   Nicole, Jacques (1980) : Downstepped low tone in Nawdm
[15154]   Nicole, Jacques (1983) : Morphologie du nominal et du verbal en nawdm (langue gur du Togo)
[15155]   Nicole, Jacques (1987) : Le naudem et ses parlers locaux: étude phonologique synchronique et comparative d’une langue voltaïque du Togo
[15156]   Nicole, Jacques (1996) : Phonèmes ou variantes combinatoires? Les vélaires labialisées en nawdm
[15157]   Nicole, Jacques (1998) : Les emprunts lexicaux en nawdm: presentattion d’un morphème inserteur
[15158]   Nicole, Jacques (1999) : Les classes nominales dans les langues voltaïques: esquisse d’un cadre de description
[15159]   Nicole, Jacques (2000) : “La chèvre ne me mange pas bien”: syntaxe et discourse dans la phrase simple en nawdm
[22411]   Nicole, Jacques (2003) : Diathèses en nawdm (voltaïque, Togo)
[23112]   Nicole, Jacques (1983) : Contribution à l’étude de faits prosodiques supérieures: exemple d’analyse d’une conversation en nawdm
[25856]   Nicole, Jacques (2009) : Diversité dialectale et passage de l'oral à l'écrit. Le cas du nawdm, langue minoritaire du Togo
[28619]   Nicole, Jacques (2018) : Grammaire du nawdm
[15153]   Nicole, Jacques (Ed) (1983) : Études linguistiques préliminaires en quelques langues du Togo
[15160]   Nicole, Jacques & Marie-Claire Nicole (2000) : Les peuple vontaïques (gur): bibliographie commentée des parlant les langues voltaïques (ou gur)
[26228]   Nicolle, Steve (2012) : Semantic-pragmatic change in Bantu -no demonstrative forms
[26484]   Nicolle, Steve (2014) : Discourse functions of demonstratives in Eastern Bantu narrative texts
[27041]   Nicolle, Steve (2017) : Variation in the expression of information structure in eastern Bantu languages
[27403]   Nicolle, Steve (2017) : Conditional constructions in African languages
[28305]   Nicolle, Steve (2017) : Sequentiality and conditionality as temporal and logical contingency: Clause combining in Digo (Bantu E.73)
[15161]   Nicolle, Steve M. (1996) : Conceptual and procedural encoding in relevance theory: a study with reference to English and Kiswahili
[15162]   Nicolle, Steve M. (2001) : A comparative study of ethnobotanical taxonomies: Swahili and Digo
[15163]   Nicolle, Steve M. (2003) : Distal aspects in Bantu
[28307]   Nicolle, Steve , Brittney Balfour , Bryanne Friesen , Nick Toews & Jesse Workman (2018) : Selected narrative discourse features in Kisi, a Bantu language of Tanzania
[15164]   Nida, Eugene Albert (1955) : Tribal and trade languages
[15165]   Niedzielski, Henri (1983) : Teaching English in Francophone Africa
[15166]   Niedzielski, Henri (1989) : A French-based pidgin in Burundi
[15167]   Nielsen, Thelma Henkes (1974) : Early stages in the non-native acquisition of English syntax: a study of three children from Zaire, Venezuela and Saudi Arabia
[15168]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (19--) : Die wonder van Afrikaans
[15169]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1931) : Die afrikaanse beweging
[15170]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1934) : Oor die afrikaanse taal: ’n bydrae oor sy ontwikkeling na aanleiding van enige versterkingswyses
[15172]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1948) : Afrikaanse woorde in Xhosa
[15173]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1949) : Oor Afrikaans
[15174]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1950) : Taalkundige belangstelling in Afrikaans tot 1900
[15175]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1952) : Die woord “Boesman”
[15176]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1953) : Oor Afrikaans
[15177]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1953) : Kom die Zoeloe i(li)hhashi uit Engles?
[15178]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1955) : Afrikaanse familiename
[15179]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1958) : Aangaande die klankbou van Hottentots
[15180]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1959) : ’n Taaleienaarddigheid uit Hottentots
[15181]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1960) : ’n Ou ongepubliseerde lys Hottentot- en Xhosawoorde
[15182]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1962) : ’n Lysie Hottentotse woorde uit 1626
[15183]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1963) : The origin of the name “Hottentot”
[15184]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1963) : Hottentots
[15186]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1965) : Iets naders oor die ontkenning in Afrikaans
[15189]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1971) : Afrikaans in die vroeër jare
[15190]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1975) : Afrikaanse familiename
[15196]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1990) : Khoekhoen: spelling, vorme, betekenis
[15191]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus & Peter Edmund Raper (1976) : Southern African place names. Part 1: Khoekhoen place names
[15192]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus & Peter Edmund Raper (1977) : Toponymica Hottentotica A
[15193]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus & Peter Edmund Raper (1980) : Toponymica Hottentotica B
[15194]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus & Peter Edmund Raper (1983) : Hottentot (Khokhoen) place names
[15171]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus & Petrus Johannes Nienaber (1943) : Die opkoms van afrikaanse as kulturtaal
[15185]   Nienaber, Petrus Johannes (1963) : Suid-Afrikaanse pleknaamwoordeboek
[15188]   Nienaber, Petrus Johannes (1966) : South African place-names with special reference to Bushmen, Hottentot and Bantu place-names
[15195]   Nienaber, Petrus Johannes (1989) : Khoekhoense stamname: ’n voorlopige verkenning
[15187]   Nienaber, Petrus Johannes (Ed) (1965) : Taalkundige opstelle
[28976]   Niggli, Idda & Urs Niggli (eds.) (2016) : Kassem Burkina Faso Dictionary
[27574]   Niggli, Urs (2015) : Dictionnaire Ninkare – Français – English
[27317]   Niggli, Urs (ed.) (2016) : Moore - Français - English Dictionnaire
[28956]   Niggli, Urs (ed.) (2016) : Dioula – French – English Dictionary
[28983]   Niggli, Urs (ed.) (2016) : Kusaal – French Dictionary
[27319]   Niggli, Urs & Ida Niggli (2007) : Lexique ninkãrɛ - français
[27320]   Niggli, Urs & Ida Niggli (2007) : Esquisse grammaticale du ninkãrɛ au Burkina Faso
[27433]   Niggli, Urs & Ida Niggli (2007) : Dictionnaire bilingue Kasɩm - français
[15197]   Nikas, Ingrid (1997) : Sprachprestige und ‘deep borrowing’: arabische Entlehnungen im Swahili unter soziohistorischen Aspekten
[15198]   Nikiema, Emmanuel (1984) : Traitement dimensionnel de quelques données de la phonologie du moore (parler de la région de Ouagadougou)
[15199]   Nikiema, Emmanuel (1987) : Niveau syllabique et structures radicales en moore
[15200]   Nikiema, Emmanuel (1988) : Les mutations consonatiques en moore
[15201]   Nikiema, Emmanuel (1992) : De la légitimation des représentations en phonologie: le palier syllabique
[15202]   Nikiema, Emmanuel (1995) : La diphthongaison en moore
[15203]   Nikiéma, Norbert (1974) : Some aspects of the dynamics of Moore phonology
[15204]   Nikiéma, Norbert (1975) : Vowel length in Moore: its phonemic status and its orthographic representation
[15205]   Nikiéma, Norbert (1976) : On the linguistic bases of Moore orthography
[15206]   Nikiéma, Norbert (1978) : Cours pratique d’initiation à la grammaire du mooré, 2: les phrases emphatiques, la coordination, les phrases complétives, les chaines verbales, les phrases en sã ou en sê, relations diverses
[15207]   Nikiéma, Norbert (1980) : Èd góm mooré: la grammaire du moore en 50 leçons
[15208]   Nikiéma, Norbert (1980) : La situation linguistique en Haute-Volta: travaux de recherche et d’application sur les langues nationales
[15209]   Nikiéma, Norbert (1982) : Moor gulsg sebre/Manuel de transcription du mooré
[15210]   Nikiéma, Norbert (1987) : Différences de comportement et rapports entre consonne finale de radical CVC et consonne initiale de suffixe en moore
[15211]   Nikiéma, Norbert (1989) : Structures radicales et processus morphologique en moore
[15212]   Nikiéma, Norbert (1989) : Du non cumul des fonctions quantificatives et classificatoires dans les suffixes du mooré
[15213]   Nikiéma, Norbert (1990) : La méthode de détermination des cátegories grammaticales de Bouquiaux & Thomas (1976): quelques réflexions critique à partir de difficultés d’application
[15214]   Nikiéma, Norbert (1996) : Gradin universel de sonorité et gradin de domination des consonnes en mooré
[15216]   Nikiéma, Norbert (1998) : Mise à l’épreuve de trois hypothèses sur l’inventaire des voyelles nasales du moore
[15217]   Nikiéma, Norbert (1998) : Etat de la recherche linguistique sur le moore
[24546]   Nikiema, Norbert (1978, 1980) : Ed góm mooré : cours pratique dʼinitation à la grammaire du mooré
[25000]   Nikièma, Norbert (1998) : Les alternances consonantiques en mooré
[28493]   Nikiema, Norbert (2002) : Gradin et harmonies vocaliques en mooré
[15215]   Nikiéma, Norbert & Jules Kinda (1997) : Moor no-tûur gulsg sebre / Dictionnaire orthographique du mooré
[24732]   Nikitina, Tatiana (2007) : Time Reference of Aspectual Forms in Wan (Southeastern Mande)
[25471]   Nikitina, Tatiana (2010) : Logophoricity and number in Wan (Southeastern Mande)
[25482]   Nikitina, Tatiana (2009) : The function and form of action nominalization in Wan
[26024]   Nikitina, Tatiana (2011) : Categorial reanalysis and the origin of the S-O-V-X word order in Mande
[27751]   Nikitina, Tatiana (2019) : Diminutives derived from terms for children: Comparative evidence from Southeastern Mande
[28110]   Nikitina, Tatiana (2019) : Missionary descriptions of Mande languages: verbal morphology in 19th century grammars
[28132]   Nikitina, Tatiana (2019) : Verb phrase external arguments in Mande
[28744]   Nikitina, Tatiana (2022) : At the intersection of synchrony and diachrony: A phonotactic analysis of the lexicon of Wan
[28127]   Nikitina, Tatiana & Alexandra Vydrina (2020) : Reported speech in Kakabe: Loose syntax with flexible indexicality
[24657]   Nikitina, Tatiana V. (2008) : Locative terms and spatial frames of reference in Wan
[15218]   Nikolʼskij, Leonid Borisovic (Ed) (1977) : Jazykovaja politika v afro-aziatskich stranach
[27044]   Nilsson, Morgan (2017) : Somali gender polarity revisited
[15219]   Nishida, Toshisada (1975) : Sitongwe-Latin dictionary of plants
[15220]   Nishida, Toshisada & Shigeo Uehara (1981) : Kitongwe names of plants: a preliminary listing
[15222]   Nishio, Tetsuo (1994) : The Arabic dialect of Qift (Upper Egypt): grammar and classified vocabulary
[15221]   Nishio, Tetsuo (Ed) (1992) : Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[15223]   Nishiyama, Kunio (1998) : Serial verbs and V-V compounds
[15224]   Nissim, Gabriel M. (1972) : La langue banjun: notes pour une étude phonologique
[15225]   Nissim, Gabriel M. (1975) : Grammaire bamileke
[15226]   Nissim, Gabriel M. (1977) : Je parle bamileke
[15227]   Nissim, Gabriel M. (1981) : Le bamiléké-ghomálá’ (parler de Bandjoun, Cameroun): phonologie, morphologie nominale, comparaison avec des parlers voisins
[15228]   Niyibizi, S. M. (1987) : Esquisse structurale du sengele
[15229]   Niyongabo, Marie Florida (1999) : Sémio-syntaxe comparée du français et du kirundi
[15230]   Niyonkuru, Lothaire (1978) : Phonologie et morphologie du giphende
[15231]   Niyonkuru, Lothaire (1983) : Note sur l’assibilation en pende
[15232]   Niyonkuru, Lothaire (1987) : Loan-words in Kirundi: a preliminary study
[15233]   Nizet, R. P. (1938) : Notions de grammaire et d’analyse kikongo
[27438]   Njantcho Kouagang, Elisabeth (2018) : A grammar of Kwakum
[28568]   Njantcho Kouagang, Elisabeth & Mark Van de Velde (2019) : Kwakum A91
[15234]   Njao, G. (19--) : English-Masai vocabulary
[23841]   Njeck, Mathaus Mbah (2003) : Phonological sketch of Bangolan
[23842]   Njeck, Mathaus Mbah (2003) : A phonology of Bangulang and a proposed orthography
[15235]   Njeuma, Bernadette Josso (1995) : Structural similarities between Sierra Leone Krio and the two West African anglophone pidgins: a case for common origin
[4301]   Njie, Codu Mbassy (1979) : Description syntaxique du wolof, dialecte de Gambie
[15237]   Njie, Codu Mbassy (1982) : Description syntaxique du wolof de Gambie
[15236]   Njie, Sering (19--) : Le wolof de Gambie: (1) le systeme phonologique; (2) la classification nominale; (3) la conjugaison
[25940]   Njika, Justina Atemajong (2012) : Nweh Reduplication Patterns
[15238]   Njock, Pierre Emmanuel (1978) : L’univers familier de l’enfant africain selon la disponibilité comparée des concepts dans la langue maternelle et dans la langue d’enseignement: cas du basaa et du français au Cameroun
[25874]   Njock, Pierre Emmanuel (2009) : La lexicométrie et la notation des tons de la langue Bàsàa du Cameroun
[28939]   Njock, Pierre Emmanuel (2019) : Ɓàsàa – French – English – German Dictionary
[15239]   Njogu, Kimani (1992) : Grassroots standardisation of Swahili
[15240]   Njoroge, Martin Chege (1996) : Morpho-syntactic errors in the written English of first year undergraduate students in Kenya
[23519]   Njoya, Maurice (1988) : French and Pidgin English loans in Shy Pamam
[15241]   Njoya, Oumara (2003) : La notion de parole et son mécanisme chez les Bamum du Cameroun: étude ethnolinguistique
[15242]   Njwe, Eyovi (1999) : Instrumental motivation in OL2 learning: a case study of exo-glossic bilingual proficiency amongst Cameroon university students
[15243]   Nkabinde, A. C. (1968) : Some aspects of foreign words in Zulu
[15244]   Nkabinde, A. C. (1975) : A revision of the word categories in Zulu
[15245]   Nkabinde, A. C. (1978) : The relative in Zulu
[15246]   Nkabinde, A. C. (1985) : Isichazamazwi
[15248]   Nkabinde, A. C. (1998) : The designation of official languages in the South African Constitution
[15249]   Nkabinde, A. C. (1998) : IsiZulu dictionary project
[23541]   Nkabinde, A. C. (1988) : Word order in Zulu
[15247]   Nkabinde, A. C. (Ed) (1988) : Anthology of articles on African linguistics and literature: a festschrift for C. L. S. Nyembezi
[27718]   Nkabuwakabili, A. (1986) : Esquisse de la langue boa (C44)
[27001]   Nkamigbo, Linda Chinelo & Cecilia Amaoge Eme (2015) : Intrinsic Fundamental Frequency in Igbo
[15250]   Nkangonda, Ikome (1988) : La négation en langue sengele, variété de Mbelo
[15251]   Nkangonda, Ikome (1990) : La structure interrogative du lolendo
[15252]   Nkangonda, Ikome (1991) : La structure de relatif en lolendo
[22532]   Nkangonda, Ikome (1988) : Le vocabulaire vestimentaire féminin en lingala populaire de Kinshasa, cas des noms du tissu wax
[15253]   Nkanira, P. (1971) : Vues de Gustave Guillaume sur les langues à classes nominales et essai d’application à la catégorie du nom en burundais
[15254]   Nkanira, P. (1984) : La représentation et l’expression du temps grammatical en kirundi: essai de description psychomécanique
[15255]   Nkazi, L. (1957) : Citonga note book
[15256]   Nkemleke, D. A. (2005) : Must and should in Cameroon English
[22451]   Nkemnji, Michael (1995) : Heavy pied-piping in Nweh
[23602]   Nkemnji, Michael (1994) : On Nweh adjectives that show up as nouns
[15257]   Nketia, J. H. Kwabena (1951) : The writing of Twi, I: Asante spelling
[15258]   Nketia, J. H. Kwabena (1968) : The language problem and the African personality
[15259]   Nketia, J. H. Kwabena (1971) : Surrogate languages in Africa
[15260]   Nketia, J. H. Kwabena (1971) : The linguistic aspect of style in African languages
[15261]   Nkiko, Munya-Rugero (1975) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue luba-shaba (parler de Kasongo Nyembo)
[15263]   Nkiko, Munya-Rugero (1978) : Les langues interlacustrines: classification génealogique d’un groupe de langues bantous
[22542]   Nkiko, Munya-Rugero (1984) : Classifications des langues bantu: problèmes de méthodes
[22550]   Nkiko, Munya-Rugero & autres (1976) : Phonèmes et morphèmes du swahili: analyse diachronique et synchronique
[15262]   Nkiko, Munya-Rugero & B. Kempf (1977) : Système verbal du tembo: classe des morphèmes verbaux et catégories verbales
[22548]   Nkiko, Munya-Rugero & B. Kempf (1976) : Les variantes régionales du swahili
[22549]   Nkiko, Munya-Rugero & B. Kempf (1976) : Donées sur le dialecte swahili du Kivu
[15264]   Nkiko, Munya-Rugero , M. Busane , Mudekereza & L. Njinya-Mujinya (1983) : Éléments de grammaire swahili à l’usage des enseignants et des élèves des écoles normales
[23223]   Nkiko, Munya-Rugero , M. Busane , Mudekereza & L. Njinya-Mujinya (1986) : Éléments de grammaire swahili à l’usage des enseignants et des élèves des écoles normales
[15265]   Nkoasse, Claire , Truus Boer & Elizabeth Phillips (Ed) (1998) : Shé nge jííg lóle / Syllabaire en langue mekaá
[15266]   Nkomba, Lester L. (1953) : Ukawamba
[15267]   Nkondo, Curtis P. N. (1973) : The adjective in Tsonga and Northern Sotho
[15268]   Nkondo, Curtis P. N. (1973) : The compound noun in Tsonga: a synchronic study of its derivation, usage and structure
[15269]   Nkondo, Curtis P. N. (1981) : Xiletelo xa Xitsonga
[15270]   Nkondo, Curtis P. N. (1987) : Problems of terminology in African languages with special reference to Xitsonga
[28025]   Nkongho, Magdaline Bakume (2019) : The semantic system of Proto Nyang noun classes
[27552]   Nkonya Language Project (2011) : Nkonya Dictionary
[15271]   Nkosi, Nyiko Norman (2004) : A critical analysis of the morphological, syntactic and semantic significance of moods in Xitsonga
[27719]   Nkouanda, Blaise Pépin (1997) : Description phonologique du kiga:ngala - parler bantu du Congo (Groupe H)
[15272]   Nkouka, M. Th. (1976) : La langue du francophone kongo
[25114]   Nkoumou, Hubert Fernand & Jean-Baptiste Telemnke (2003) : Lexique français-maɗa, maɗa-français
[25189]   Nkoumou, Hubert-Fernand & Jean-Baptiste Telemnke (2003) : Lexique français-maɗa, maɗa-français - Wakyta ya kwatar maɗa ara kwatar nasar
[15273]   Nkulu, Kabuya (1999) : The noun classes and concord of Congo Copperbelt Swahili
[15274]   Nkumu, Ibongu (1983) : Réalité linguistique du lontomba de Bikoro C.35a
[15275]   Nkusi, Laurent (1976) : Analyse syntaxique du kinyarwanda, y compris ses dialectes et avec reference speciale a la syntaxe des formes simples de la literature orale rwandaise
[15276]   Nkusi, Laurent (1983) : L’augment aurait-il un sens en kinyarwanda?
[15277]   Nkusi, Laurent (1985) : La prédication en kinyarwanda
[27555]   Nlabephee, Othaniel (2017) : A phonological comparative study of the jen language cluster
[28923]   Nlabephee, Othaniel (2023) : Dza Lexicon
[15278]   Nnaji, Henry Ikechukwu (1985) : Modern English-Igbo dictionary
[28931]   Nniakyire, Ernest (2019) : Adele Dictionary
[15351]   Nöckler, Herbert Carl (1963) : Sprachmischung in Südwestafrika
[15280]   Noël, E. (1935) : Elements de grammaire kikemba
[15279]   Noel, P. (1923) : Petit manuel français-kanouri
[15281]   Nogueira, A. (1947) : Monografia sôbre a tribu banhun
[15282]   Nogueira, Rodrigo de Sá (1950/51) : Temas de linguística banta: as linguas bantas e o português
[15283]   Nogueira, Rodrigo de Sá (1955) : Temas de linguística banta: não virão de um mesmo tronco as línguas bantas e as indo-europais?
[15284]   Nogueira, Rodrigo de Sá (1957) : Dos cliques em geral
[15285]   Nogueira, Rodrigo de Sá (1958) : Temas de linguística banta: da importância do estudo científico das línguas africanas
[15286]   Nogueira, Rodrigo de Sá (1959) : Temas de linguística banta: apontamentos de sintaxe ronga
[15287]   Nogueira, Rodrigo de Sá (1960) : Dicionário ronga-português
[15288]   Noll, Jacob (1---) : Grammatik der Kuangali-Sprache
[15289]   Nomura, Masuhiro (1995) : A descriptive note on Malagasy verbal complementation and the binding hierarchy, with special reference to the occurence of the complementizer fa
[15290]   Nonaka, Kenichi (1996) : Ethnoentomology of the Central Kalahari San
[12294]   Nong, Salmina , Gilles-Maurice de Schryver & Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo (2002) : Loan words versus indigenous words in Northern Sotho: a lexicographic perspective
[26804]   Noonan, Michael (2013) : Linguistic Materials of Lango
[15293]   Noonan, Michael [Paul] (1981) : Lango syntax
[15294]   Noonan, Michael [Paul] (1981) : “tê” and the structure of Lango narrative discourse
[15296]   Noonan, Michael [Paul] (1992) : A grammar of Lango
[15291]   Noonan, Michael [Paul] & Edith L. [Woock] Bavin (1978) : The passive analog in Lango
[15292]   Noonan, Michael [Paul] & Edith L. [Woock] Bavin (1978) : The semantic basis of complementation in Lango
[15295]   Noonan, Michael [Paul] & Edith L. [Woock] Bavin (1981) : Parataxis in Lango
[15297]   Noory, Atteya Yussif el (1985) : Egyptian Arabic and English nativization process
[15298]   Norbrook, Hamish & Keith Ricketts (1995) : Broadcasting and English
[15299]   Nordbustad, Fröydis (1988) : Iraqw grammar: an analytical study of the Iraqw language
[15300]   Nordfeldt, Martin (1939) : A Galla grammar
[15301]   Nordlander, Johan (1997) : Towards a semantic of linguistic time: exploring some basic time concepts with special reference to English and Krio
[15302]   Noreira, A. (1924) : Practical grammatical notes of the Sena language
[15303]   Norlin, Kjell (1985) : Acoustic analysis of vowels and diphtongs in Cairo Arabic
[15304]   Norman, J. C. (Ed) (1993) : Languages and literature
[26477]   Norris, H.T. (1970-71) : Future Prospects in Azayr Studies
[22617]   Norris, Rebecca L. (2003) : Embedded clauses in Buli
[15305]   Norrish, John A. (1978) : A language and study skills course in the University of Ghana
[15306]   Nortier, Jacomine (1990) : Dutch-Moroccan Arabic code-switching among Moroccans in the Netherlands
[25550]   Norton, Russell (2012) : Non-concatenative morphology in Dinka and Arabic – Augmentation and replacement
[26549]   Norton, Russell (2013) : The Acheron vowel system – a participatory approach
[27992]   Norton, Russell (2018) : Classifying the non-Eastern-Sudanic Nuba Mountain languages – Evidence from pronoun categories and lexicostatistics
[28136]   Norton, Russell & Nlabephee Othaniel (2020) : The Jen language cluster: A comparative analysis of wordlists
[15310]   Norton, Russell J. (2000) : The noun classes of Asheron
[15307]   Norton, W. A. (1922) : The Bantu idiomatist in the field of comparative philology
[15308]   Norton, W. A. (1923) : Plants of Bechwanaland
[15309]   Norton, W. A. (1924) : Bantu place names in Africa
[15311]   Noske, Manuela (1987) : Vokalharmonie im Turkana (Kenia)
[15312]   Noske, Manuela (1990) : Vowel harmony in Turkana
[15313]   Noske, Manuela (1991) : Feature-changing harmony in Turkana
[15314]   Noske, Manuela (1991) : Metrical structure and reduplication in Turkana
[15315]   Noske, Manuela (1995) : Consonant gemination in Shilluk
[15316]   Noske, Manuela (1996) : [ATR] harmony in Turkana
[15317]   Noske, Manuela (2000) : [ATR] harmony in Turkana: a case of faith suffix gg faith root
[15319]   Nosova, O. P. (1972) : O lokative v Luganda [Locatives in Luganda]
[15318]   Nosova, O. P. & Irina Paolovna Yakovleva (1969) : Kratkij luganda-russkij i russko-luganda slovar’/Dikisonale entono luganda-lurassa n’olurassa-luganda
[15320]   Noss, Philip A. (1973) : Four Gbaya dialects
[15321]   Noss, Philip A. (1973) : Introduction to Gbaya
[15322]   Noss, Philip A. (1975) : The ideophone: a linguistic and literary device in Gbaya and Sango with reference to Zande
[15323]   Noss, Philip A. (1976) : Samba-Leeko: outline of phonology
[15324]   Noss, Philip A. (1977) : Compounding to To: the dynamics of a closed pidgin
[15325]   Noss, Philip A. (1981) : Gbaya: phonologie et grammaire, dialecte yaayuwee
[15326]   Noss, Philip A. (1985) : The ideophone in Gbaya syntax
[15327]   Noss, Philip A. (1991) : The tense system of Fulfulde
[15328]   Noss, Philip A. (1995) : Stylistic innovation in Cameroonian French
[15329]   Noss, Philip A. (1999) : The ideophone: a dilemma for translation and translation theory
[22683]   Noss, Philip A. (2001) : Ideas, phones and Gbaya verbal act
[24590]   Noss, Philip Andrew (1969) : The Gbaya Predicate
[15330]   Nougayrol, Pierre (1977) : Éléments de phonologie du day de Bouna
[15331]   Nougayrol, Pierre (1979) : Le day de Bouna (Tchad), 1: phonologie, syntagmatique nominale, synthématique
[15332]   Nougayrol, Pierre (1980) : Le day de Bouna (Tchad), 2: lexique day-français, index français-day
[15333]   Nougayrol, Pierre (1986) : Note sur la langue kibet (Tchad)
[15334]   Nougayrol, Pierre (1989) : La langue des Aiki dits Rounga (Tchad et République Centrafricaine): esquisse descriptive et lexique
[15335]   Nougayrol, Pierre (1990) : Langues et populations du nort-est centrafricain
[15336]   Nougayrol, Pierre (1991) : Le groupe dialectal gula (RCA): spécificité et diversification
[15337]   Nougayrol, Pierre (1996) : La determination indirecte dans les langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes: petite histoire d’une resistance
[15338]   Nougayrol, Pierre (1999) : Les parlers gula (République Centrafricaine, Soudan, Tchad): éléments de grammaire comparative et lexique
[24449]   Nougayrol, Pierre (2006) : Tones and Verb Classes in Bongo
[24628]   Nougayrol, Pierre (2008) : Bongo
[26343]   Nougayrol, Pierre (1997) : Lexique gbaga nord
[26354]   Nougayrol, Pierre (1997) : Lexique ngao
[26361]   Nougayrol, Pierre (1997) : Lexique wojo
[15339]   Nouhi, Youssef (1996) : Wh-constructions in Moroccan Arabic
[15340]   Nouveliere, François (1993) : L’Afrique francophone: themes clefs Afrique
[15341]   Novelli, Bruno (1985) : A grammar of the Karimojong language
[15342]   Novelli, Bruno (1987) : Small grammar of the Karimojong language
[15343]   Novotna, Jana (2000) : Reduplication in Swahili
[25251]   Novotná, Jana (2005) : A Grammar of Ndamba
[15344]   Noye, Dominique (1971) : Un cas d’apprentissage linguistique: acquisition de la langue par les jeunes Peuls du Diamaré (Nord-Cameroun)
[15345]   Noye, Dominique (1971) : L’acquisition de la langue par les jeunes Peuls du Diamaré (Nord-Cameroun)
[15346]   Noye, Dominique (1974) : Cours de foulfouldé, dialecte peul du Diamaré, Nord-Cameroun: grammaire et exercises, textes, lexiques peul-français et français-peul
[15347]   Noye, Dominique (1975) : Langages secrets chez les Peul
[15348]   Noye, Dominique (1976) : Comportement morphologique et syntaxique des noms de parents et de relations en peul (dialecte du Diamré, Nord-Cameroun)
[15349]   Noye, Dominique (1980) : Diminutifs hypocoristiques en peul
[15350]   Noye, Dominique (1989) : Dictionnaire foulfouldé-français, dialecte peul du Diamaré du Nord-Cameroun
[15352]   Nsangu, Dhienda (1972) : Le suku et le laadi: essai de rapprochement des systèmes verbaux
[15353]   Nsanzabiga, Eugene (19--) : Structures prosodiques comparees du rushobyo et du kinyarwanda standard
[27720]   Nsayi, Bernard (1984) : Approche du kibeembe: première et deuxième articulations
[15354]   Nseme, Clédor (1989) : L’emphase en duala
[15357]   Nseme, Clédor (2003) : Les extensions verbales en duala
[15355]   Nseme, Clédor & Beban Sammy Chumbow (1990) : Réforme et modernisation de duala
[15356]   Nseme, Clédor & Beshan Tong-Pa (1992) : Les référents en kera
[15358]   Nsengimana, Joseph (Ed) (1982) : Linguistique et sémiologie des langues au Rwanda
[27174]   Nshemezimana, Ernest & Koen Bostoen (2016) : The conjoint/disjoint alternation in Kirundi (JD62): A case for its abolition
[15359]   Nsibambi, Apolo (1969) : Some political problems of linguistic communication in Uganda
[15360]   Nsibambi, Apolo (1971) : Language policy in Uganda: an investigation into cost and problems
[15361]   Nsimbi, Michael B. (1950) : Baganda traditional personal names
[15362]   Nsimbi, Michael B. (1956) : Historical study of Ganda place names
[15364]   Nsimbi, Michael B. (1980) : Luganda names, clans and totems
[15363]   Nsimbi, Michael B. & John Douglas Chesswas (1958) : An explanation of the standard orthography of Luganda
[15365]   Nsoh, Ephraim Avea (2002) : Classifying the nominal in the Gurene dialect of Farefare of northern Ghana
[25154]   Nsoh, Ephraim Avea (2009) : The structure of partitive constructions in the Gurenɛ dialect of Farefari
[15366]   Nsondé, Jean de Dieu (19--) : Les populations et cultures de langue koongo aux 17e-18e siecles a travers les documents linguistiques des temoins europeens
[15367]   Nsondé, Jean de Dieu (1995) : Langues, culture et histoire Koongo aux XVIIe et XVIIIe siècles, à travers les documents linguistiques
[23275]   Nsondé, Jean de Dieu (1999) : Parlons kikôngo: le lâri de Brazzaville et sa culture
[15368]   Nsonta, Paul M. (1975) : Some observations on language use in churches in Zambia
[15371]   Nsuka-Nkutsi, François (1980) : Quelques réflexes du proto-bantou en punu
[15372]   Nsuka-Nkutsi, François (1982) : Les structures fondamentales du relatif dans les langues bantoues
[15373]   Nsuka-Nkutsi, François (1986) : Formatifs et auxiliares dans les langues bantoues: quelques critères de détermination
[22709]   Nsuka-Nkutsi, François (1990) : Note sur les parlers teke du Zaïre
[15370]   Nsuka-Nkutsi, François (Ed) (1980) : Eléments de description du punu
[15369]   Nsuka, F. (1969) : Éléments de phonologie et de la morphologique de la langue lwena (luvale)
[23900]   Ntagne, S. & G. Sop (1975) : Pé nké ngwa’nye ne jí’té ghòmálá’ / Manuel de bamiléké à l’usage de la classe de 6e
[15374]   Ntahokaja, Jean-Baptiste (1994) : Grammaire structurale du kirundi
[15375]   Ntahonkiri, Melchior (1999) : La promotion des langues locales en afrique noire francophone: autopsie d’une politique linguistique “cadavrée”
[15376]   Ntakirutimana, Jean B. (1993) : La création lexicale en kiruundi: étude lexico-sémantique de la néologie dans les manuels de lecture à l’école primaire
[15377]   Ntazinda, Charles (1983) : Elaboration d’un dictionnaire rwandais-français à l’INRS: un exemple d’organisation sémantique
[15378]   Nthawakuderwa, Bisima (1986) : Authenticity and problems of language planning in Zaïre
[15379]   Nti, Seth Kofi (1999) : Akan adjectives: a morpho-syntactic study
[15383]   Ntïhabose, Moise Mugabo (2003) : Svensk-kinyarwanda ordbok [Swedish-kinyarwanda lexicon]
[15380]   Ntihirageza, Jeanine (2001) : Quantity sensitivity in Bantu languages
[15381]   Ntirampeba, Pascal (1993) : Description des langues bantoues et lemmatisation: le cas du kirundi
[15382]   Ntita, Nyembwe , Kadima Batumona Adi , Tshalu-Tshalu Mukendi & Mpoyi Badinenganyi (Ed) (1995) : Terminologie grammaticale et pedagogie: lexique français-ciluba, ciluba-français
[21748]   Ntondo, Zavoni (1991) : Éléments de description du kwanyama langue bantoue d’Angola (R21)
[21749]   Ntondo, Zavoni (1998) : The sociolinguistic situation of Oshikwanyama in Angola
[15384]   Ntsanʼwisi, Hudson W. Ephraim (1929) : How to write Shitron’ga (Shangaan) under phonetic system
[15385]   Ntsanʼwisi, Hudson W. Ephraim (1968) : Tsonga idioms: a descriptive study
[15386]   Ntsanʼwisi, Hudson W. Ephraim (1973) : The idiom in Tsonga
[15387]   Ntshangase, Dumisani Krushchev (1991) : The sociolinguistics of Iscamtho-samajita
[15388]   Ntshangase, Dumisani Krushchev (1993) : The social history of Iscamtho
[15389]   Ntshangase, Dumisani Krushchev (1995) : Indaba yami i-straight: language and language practices in Soweto
[15390]   Ntshangase, Dumisani Krushchev (2002) : Language and language practices in Soweto
[15391]   Ntuaremba, M. (1986) : Phonological difficulties of Sakata pupils in mastering English
[15392]   Ntuli, Danisile & Elizabeth J. Pretorius (2005) : Laying foundations for academic language competence: the effects of storybook reading on Zulu language, literacy, and discourse development
[15394]   Ntumy, Samuel K. (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey in the Jwira language area
[15393]   Ntumy, Samuel K. & Ebenezer Boafo (2002) : A summary report on the sociolinguistic survey of the Sehwi language
[15395]   Nujoma, Anna (1996) : The impact of Oshindonga in the National Literacy Programme
[15396]   Nunn, G. N. N. (1934) : Short phrase book and classified vocabularies from English into Mandinka
[15399]   Nurse, Derek (1970s) : A phonological and morphological sketch of 15 of the principal languages of Tanzania
[15401]   Nurse, Derek (1974) : A linguistic sketch of the north-east Bantu languages, with particular reference to Chaga history
[15402]   Nurse, Derek (1974) : The north-east Bantu languages: a tentative classification
[15408]   Nurse, Derek (1978) : The Taita-Chaga connection: linguistic evidence
[15409]   Nurse, Derek (1979) : Classification of the Chaga dialects: language and history on Kilimanjaro, the Taita Hills and the Pare Mountains
[15419]   Nurse, Derek (1979) : Makonde
[15427]   Nurse, Derek (1980) : Bajuni historical linguistics
[15428]   Nurse, Derek (1981) : Chaga/Taita
[15429]   Nurse, Derek (1982) : Bantu expansion into East Africa: linguistic evidence
[15430]   Nurse, Derek (1982) : Segeju and Daisu: a case study of evidence from oral tradition and comparative linguistics
[15431]   Nurse, Derek (1982) : A tentative classification of the primary dialects of Swahili
[15432]   Nurse, Derek (1982) : Shungwaya and the Bantu of Somalia: some linguistic evidence
[15433]   Nurse, Derek (1983) : The proto-Sabaki verb system and its subsequent development
[15434]   Nurse, Derek (1983) : On dating Swahili
[15435]   Nurse, Derek (1983) : History from linguistics: the case of the Tana River
[15436]   Nurse, Derek (1983) : A linguistic reconsideration of Swahili origins
[15437]   Nurse, Derek (1983) : Poème guerrier du bajuni
[15438]   Nurse, Derek (1983) : The Swahili dialects of Somalia and northern Kenya coast
[15439]   Nurse, Derek (1984/85) : A historical view of the southern dialects of Swahili
[15441]   Nurse, Derek (1985) : The “indigenous versus foreign” controversy about the sources of Swahili vocabulary
[15442]   Nurse, Derek (1985) : Dentality, areal features and phonological change in northeastern Bantu
[15444]   Nurse, Derek (1986) : Reconstruction of Dahalo history through evidence from loanwords
[15445]   Nurse, Derek (1987) : Toward a typology of diachronic phonological change in Bantu languages
[15446]   Nurse, Derek (1987) : On dating Swahili
[15447]   Nurse, Derek (1988) : The diachronic background to the language communities of southwestern Tanzania
[15449]   Nurse, Derek (1988) : The borrowing of inflectional morphology: tense and aspect in Unguja
[15450]   Nurse, Derek (1988) : Alternative historical sources for Swahili vocabulary
[15451]   Nurse, Derek (1989) : Le comorien est-il du swahili? Un examen des relations diachroniques entre comorien et swahili côtier
[15452]   Nurse, Derek (1989) : Change in tense and aspect: evidence from northeast coast Bantu languages
[15453]   Nurse, Derek (1991) : Shungwaya and the diaspora
[15454]   Nurse, Derek (1991) : Language contact, creolization and genetic linguistics: the case of Mwiini
[15459]   Nurse, Derek (1994) : South meets north: Ilwana=Bantu+Cushitic on Kenya’s Tana River
[15460]   Nurse, Derek (1994) : The nature and size of linguistic contact possible in three centuries
[15461]   Nurse, Derek (1994/95) : “Historical” classifications of the Bantu languages
[15462]   Nurse, Derek (1995) : Social issues in historical linguistics
[15463]   Nurse, Derek (1996) : Persian loanwords in Swahili
[15464]   Nurse, Derek (1997) : Prior pidginization and creolization in Swahili?
[15465]   Nurse, Derek (1997) : The contribution of linguistics to the study of history in Africa
[15466]   Nurse, Derek (1997) : Languages of eastern and southern Africa in historical perpective
[15467]   Nurse, Derek (1999) : Towards a historical classification of East African Bantu languages
[15469]   Nurse, Derek (2000) : Inheritance, contact and change in two East African languages
[15470]   Nurse, Derek (2000) : Diachronic morphosyntactic change in western Tanzania
[15474]   Nurse, Derek (2003) : Aspect and tense in Bantu languages
[15476]   Nurse, Derek (2003) : Tense and aspect in Chaga
[24735]   Nurse, Derek (2007) : The Emergence of Tense in Early Bantu
[25229]   Nurse, Derek (2008) : Tense and Aspect in Bantu
[28269]   Nurse, Derek (2019) : When Northern Swahili met southern Somali
[15410]   Nurse, Derek (Ed) (1979) : Description of sample Bantu languages of Tanzania
[15471]   Nurse, Derek (Ed) (2001) : Historical language contact in Africa
[15412]   Nurse, Derek & A. N. G. Nalingʼigwa (1979) : Nilyamba
[15477]   Nurse, Derek & Balla F. Y. P. Masele (2003) : Stratigraphy and prehistory: Bantu zone F
[15423]   Nurse, Derek & Clement Maganga (1979) : Nyamwezi
[15421]   Nurse, Derek & Daniel J. Mkude (1979) : Lugulu
[15413]   Nurse, Derek & E. M. Ntabaye (1979) : Ha
[15455]   Nurse, Derek & Franz Rottland (1991/92) : Sonjo: description, classification, history
[15458]   Nurse, Derek & Franz Rottland (1993) : A linguist’s view of the history of Sonjo and Engaruka
[15414]   Nurse, Derek & G. K. Puja (1979) : Nyaturu
[15448]   Nurse, Derek & George Park (1988) : Regional anthropology and historical linguistics
[15403]   Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) : The north-eastern Bantu languages of Tanzania and Kenya: a tentative classification
[15405]   Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975/99) : The Tanzanian Language Survey
[15406]   Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1976) : Historical implications of the language map of East Africa
[15407]   Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1977) : Tone in Old Moshi (Chaga)
[15426]   Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1980) : The Bantu languages of East Africa: a lexicostatistical survey
[15475]   Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (2003) : Towards a historical classification of the Bantu languages
[23354]   Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1980) : Historical implications of the language map of East Africa
[24648]   Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (2006) : Common tense-aspect markers in Bantu
[15473]   Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (Ed) (2003) : The Bantu languages
[15468]   Nurse, Derek & Henry R. T. Muzale (1999) : Tense and aspect in Great Lakes Bantu languages
[15425]   Nurse, Derek & Herman M. Batibo (1979) : Sukuma
[15422]   Nurse, Derek & I. A. M. Makombe (1979) : Note on Hehe
[15472]   Nurse, Derek & Irene Tucker (2002) : A survey report of the Bantu languages
[15420]   Nurse, Derek & J. S. M. Mwangomango (1979) : Nyukyusa
[28891]   Nurse, Derek & John R. Watters (2022) : Tense in Proto-Bantu
[15415]   Nurse, Derek & M. J. Bushiri (1979) : Yao
[15416]   Nurse, Derek & M. R. Kizara (1979) : Zalamo
[15456]   Nurse, Derek & Martin T. Walsh (1992) : Chifundi and Vumba: partial shift, no death
[28562]   Nurse, Derek & Maud Devos (2019) : Aspect, tense and mood
[15424]   Nurse, Derek & Ruth Mfumbwa Besha (1979) : Shamba(l)a
[15417]   Nurse, Derek & S. M. Mazengo (1979) : Gogo
[15457]   Nurse, Derek & Thomas J. Hinnebusch (1993) : Swahili and Sabaki: a linguistic history
[15440]   Nurse, Derek & Thomas Turner Spear (1985) : The Swahili: reconstructing the history and language of an African society, 800-1500
[15443]   Nurse, Derek & Thomas Turner Spear (1985) : The origins and development of Swahili: reconstructing the history of an African language and people
[15411]   Nurse, Derek , Ernest Rugwa Byarushengo & Gérard Philippson (1979) : Haya
[15418]   Nurse, Derek , R. M. Mfugale , J. M. L. Hawanga & E. Lugalla (1979) : Bena
[15397]   Nurse, George Trevor (1967) : The name ‘Akafula’
[15398]   Nurse, George Trevor (1968) : Bush roots and Nyanja ideophones
[15400]   Nurse, George Trevor (1974) : Verb species relationships of some Nyanja ideophones
[15404]   Nurse, George Trevor (1975) : A short annotated Xiri (Griqua) word list
[15478]   Nurye Melaku (2000) : Welene phonology
[23906]   Nusi, Jean (1986) : Esquisse phonologique du ti, parler des Ti de la province de l’ouest-Cameroun
[15480]   Nussbaum, Loren V. & Jean Léonce Doneux (1972) : Jamgum wolof. Pour parler wolof: cours intensif de wolof pour locuteurs français - livre du maître
[15481]   Nussbaum, Loren V. & Jean Léonce Doneux (1977) : Njamgum wolof. Pour parler wolof: cours intensif de wolof pour locuteurs français - livre du maître
[23600]   Nussbaum, Loren V. & others (1969) : Understanding and speaking siSwati
[15479]   Nussbaum, Loren V. , William W. Gage & Daniel Varre (1970) : Dakar Wolof: a basic course
[27987]   Nüsslein, Ulrike (2018) : Number marking in Julut
[28207]   Nüsslein, Ulrike (2020) : A Grammar of Kordofanian Julut - with Particular Consideration of the Verbal Morphology
[15482]   Nutsugah, C. (1975) : A comparative phonological and lexical study of Anlo, Peki and Kpándo dialects of Ewe
[15483]   Nuttall, C. E. (1965) : Phonological interference of Hausa with English
[15488]   Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1971) : Igbo language studies: problems and principles
[15489]   Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1976) : Stativity, ergativity and the -rV suffixes in Igbo
[15490]   Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1976) : Language and education in Nigeria: policy and practice
[15491]   Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1976) : Noun phrase sentential complementation in Igbo
[15492]   Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1983) : Towards an Igbo literary standard
[15494]   Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1984) : Stative verbs in Ìgbo syntax
[15495]   Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1985) : Inherent complements in Ìgbo
[15496]   Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1987) : The argument structure of Igbo verbs
[15497]   Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1995) : Topic, focus and move-alpha in Igbo
[15493]   Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (Ed) (1983) : Readings on the Igbo verb
[15484]   Nwadike, I. U. (1980) : The development of written Igbo as a school subject
[15485]   Nwaegbe, W. D. O. (1978) : The future of English in Nigeria
[28714]   Nwagbo, Osita Gerald (2021) : Sexual taboos and euphemisms in Igbo: An anthropolinguistic appraisal
[15486]   Nwaozuzu, G. I. (1991) : Igbo nominal compounds: a semantico-typological analysis
[15487]   Nwazuoke, I. A. (1984) : A study of academic and social problems of hearing impaired students in regular schools in Imo state
[28429]   Nweya, Gerald Okey (2021) : Articulated Structure of the Igbo Tense Phrase Domain
[15498]   Nwi-Bari, W. K. (1993) : Tee-English dictionary
[15499]   Nwoga, D. I. (1975) : Dialect variation and the development of written Igbo
[15500]   Nwokedi, Fidelma (19--) : Essai de recherche en analyse contrastive: le syntagme nominale en igbo et en français
[15501]   Nwoye, Onuigbo [Gregory] (1978) : Language planning in Nigeria
[15502]   Nwoye, Onuigbo [Gregory] (1993) : An ethnographic analysis of Igbo greetings
[15503]   Nyaggah, Lynette (1976) : Associative tone and syllable structure in Asante Twi
[24591]   Nyaggah, Lynette Behm (1990) : Cross-Linguistic Influence in Kenyan English: the Impact of Swahili and Kikuyu On Syntax
[15504]   Nyaigotti-Chacha, Chacha & David [Arnold] Odden (1998) : The phonology of vocalic height in Kikuria
[15508]   Nyakabwa, Mutabana & Lobuna Lombe (1990) : Utilisations des bois de quelques plantes de Bengamisa (Zaire)
[15506]   Nyakabwa, Mutabana & Mpulusu Dibaluka (1990) : Plantes medicinales cultivees dans la zone de Kabondo, a Kisangani (Zaire)
[15507]   Nyakabwa, Mutabana & Rwihaniza Gapusi (1990) : Plantes medicinales utilisees chez les Banyamulenge de Fizi au sud-Kivu (Zaire)
[15505]   Nyakabwa, Mutabana , Mbele Bola & Kasereka Vasolene (1990) : Plantes sauvages alimentaires chez les Kumu de Masako a Kisangani (Zaire)
[15509]   Nyati-Ramahobo, Lydia [M.] [B.] (1987) : Minority language users in a multilingual society and early education hurdles: the case of Botswana
[15510]   Nyati-Ramahobo, Lydia [M.] [B.] (1991) : Language planning and education policy in Botswana
[15511]   Nyati-Ramahobo, Lydia [M.] [B.] (1994) : Minority language use and early educational hurdles in Botswana
[15512]   Nyati-Ramahobo, Lydia [M.] [B.] (2000) : Linguistic and cultural domination: the case of the Wayeyi of Botswana
[15513]   Nyati-Ramahobo, Lydia [M.] [B.] (2000) : The language situation in Botswana
[22389]   Nyati-Ramahobo, Lydia [M.] [B.] (1999) : The national language - a resource or a problem? The implementation of the language policy of Botswana
[15514]   Nyembezi, C. L. Sibusiso (1957) : Learn Zulu
[15515]   Nyembezi, C. L. Sibusiso (1964) : Learn Zulu
[15516]   Nyembezi, C. L. Sibusiso (1968) : Learn Zulu
[15517]   Nyembezi, C. L. Sibusiso (1970) : Learn more Zulu
[15519]   Nyembezi, C. L. Sibusiso (1972) : Learn Zulu
[15520]   Nyembezi, C. L. Sibusiso (1990) : Learn Zulu
[15518]   Nyembezi, C. L. Sibusiso & O. E. H. Nxumalo (1972) : Inqolobane yesizwe
[15521]   Nyerere, Julius K. & Arthur Wille (1955?) : Zanaki language course
[28422]   Nyinondi, Onesmo Simon & Amani Lusekelo (2020) : Lexical Verbs Expressing Modality in Bantu Language: The Case of Runyambo and Luguru
[15522]   Nyirasafari, S. (1982) : Éléments d’ethnozoologie bantoue
[15523]   Nylander, Dudley K. (1984) : The relation between the middle tone and “Empty Category Principle” violations in Krio
[15524]   Nylander, Dudley K. (1985) : Serial verbs and the Empty Category Principle in Krio
[15525]   Nylander, Dudley K. (1985) : A new analysis of the Krio cleft predicate
[15526]   Nylander, Dudley K. (1985) : Factivity, presupposition and the relativized predicate in Krio
[15527]   Nylander, Dudley K. (1997) : Some myths about serial verbs
[15528]   Nylander, Dudley K. (1999) : The structure of tense phrase in creole languages: a case study (Krio)
[15529]   Nylander, Dudley K. (2002) : Binding, coreference, and disjoint reference in Krio
[23435]   Nylander, Dudley K. (1984) : Wh-phrases, relative clauses, and case assignement om Krio
[24324]   Nylander, Gustavus R. (1814) : Grammar and vocabulary of the Bullom language
[15530]   Nyombe, Bureng G. V. (1987) : Argument bearing affixes in Bari
[15532]   Nyombe, Bureng G. V. (1991) : Applicative constructions in Bari
[15533]   Nyombe, Bureng G. V. (1994) : The politics of language, culture, religion and race in the Sudan
[15534]   Nyombe, Bureng G. V. (1996) : Word order in Proto-Nilotic
[15535]   Nyombe, Bureng G. V. (1997) : Survival or extinction: the fate of the local languages of the southern Sudan
[15536]   Nyombe, Bureng G. V. (1997) : The functions of reduplication in Bari
[15537]   Nyombe, Bureng G. V. (1998) : The Sudanic and Nilotic languages
[15531]   Nyombe, Bureng G. V. & Robert Fiengo (1987) : Binding, pronominals and anaphors in Bari
[15538]   Nyongwe, Moses (1995) : Aspects theoretiques de la creation lexicale: le cas du bamileke
[26856]   Nyst, Victoria (2013) : The Significance of African Sign Languages for African Linguistics and Sign Language Studies
[27823]   Nyst, Victoria (2020) : Sign languages
[27924]   Nyst, Victoria & Heleen Smits (2020) : Equal addenda numerals in Kordofanian : Lumun number words and gestures
[26610]   Nzang Bie, Yolande (2005) : Pour une approche comparative de la numération dans les langues bantu du Nord-Ouest : le cas du Gabon
[26711]   Nzang Bie, Yolande (2010) : L’Expression du bénéfactif et ses implications syntaxiques dans les langues du groupe bantu A70
[15539]   Nzang-Bie, Yolande (1989) : Eléments de description du m̀mǎlá, langue bantu de zone A
[15540]   Nzang-Bie, Yolande (1995) : Le connectif dans les langues bantu: analyses synchroniques et perspectives diachroniques
[15541]   Nzang-Bie, Yolande (2003) : Les extensions verbales en havu, langue bantu de zone J.52
[22823]   Nzang-Bie, Yolande (2000) : Les phénomenes tonals dans le syntagme nominale de détermination: le cas des langues bantu du nord-ouest
[22824]   Nzang-Bie, Yolande (2001) : L’augment en fang-ntumu
[25865]   Nzang-Bie, Yolande (2009) : Pré-enquête pour une standardisation du groupe linguistique fang: la question du choix du dialecte de référence
[26249]   Nzang-Bie, Yolande (2008) : La dérivation causative dans les langues bantu du groupe A70
[26986]   Nzang-Bie, Yolande (2014) : La transitivité en atsi, un dialecte du fang parlé au Gabon
[15542]   Nzema, Egbula (1986) : Formes verbales comparées des dialectes ngombe des zones de Budjala et de Kungu
[15543]   Nzete, Paul (1975) : Les nominaux en lingala: morphologie et fonctions
[15544]   Nzete, Paul (1980) : A propos des voyelles nasales dans le parler de bokwele (Mossaka, Congo)/Pour une explication historique
[15545]   Nzete, Paul (1980) : L’influence du français sur le lingala
[15546]   Nzete, Paul (1991) : Le lingala de la chanson zaïro-congolaise de variétés: cas de la chanson de Luambo Makiadi (alias Franco)
[29010]   Nzongo, Roger & JeDene Reeder (eds.) (2020) : Pagabete – French Dictionary
[15547]   Nzongola, P. R. K. (1967) : Dictionnaire des synonymes tshiluba
[15548]   Nzunga, Michaël P. K. (19--) : La situation linguistique au Kenya: l’importance du choix et du statut des langues dans le developpement integral
[14768]   Nʼdiaye-Corréard, Geneviève (1969) : Notes sur l’évolution du système vocalique du wolof
[14769]   Nʼdiaye-Corréard, Geneviève (1970) : Etudes fca ou balante (dialecte ganja): systéme des classes nominales, lexique fca-français, et textes
[14770]   Nʼdiaye-Corréard, Geneviève (1973) : Notes sur le verbe fca
[14771]   Nʼdiaye-Corréard, Geneviève (2003) : Structure des propositions et système verbal en wolof
[24618]   Nʼdiaye-Corréard, Geneviève (1969) : Le système des classes du Fca, ou Balante (dialecte Ganja)
[25017]   Nʼdiaye-Corréard, Geneviève (1985) : La proposition subordonnée à un syntagme nominal en balante
[14772]   NʼGuessan, Jérémie Kouadio (1996) : Description systematique de l’attie de Memni (langue Kwa de Cote d’Ivoire)
[14773]   NʼGuessan, Jérémie Kouadio (1943) : Le nom chez les Baulé
[14775]   NʼGuessan, Jérémie Kouadio (1983) : Le baoulé
[14776]   NʼGuessan, Jérémie Kouadio (1992) : Le nouchi abidjanais, naissance d’un argot ou mode linguistique passagère?
[14777]   NʼGuessan, Jérémie Kouadio (2000) : Les séries verbales en baoulé: questions de morphosyntaxe et de sémantique
[22487]   NʼGuessan, Jérémie Kouadio (2004) : Parlons baoulé: langue et culture de Côte d’Ivoire
[14778]   NʼSial, Sesep (1993) : La francophonie au coeur de l’Afrique: le français zaïrois
[28853]   Oakley, Madeleine (2021) : Acoustic correlates to contrastive tone heights in two African languages
[15571]   Obanya, Pai (1970) : Teaching of French in the sixth form
[15572]   Obed, Ojukwu Nlewemchi (2003) : Troublesome sounds of the Nigerian child: Ibibio-Igbo templates
[15573]   Obeidat, Hussein Ali & N. Kapanga (1988) : The behavior of non-terms in Shaba Swahili: a relational approach
[28772]   Oben, Tabe Florence (2021) : Cognate Objects and the Transitivity Requirements in Kenyang
[28773]   Oben, Tabe Florence (2014) : Grammaticalisation of Subject Pronouns and the Emergence of Preverbal Particles: Effects on Kenyang Morphosyntax
[28774]   Oben, Tabe Florence (2015) : Adverbs in Kenyang
[23800]   Obeng, Cecilia Sem (2006) : Understanding the Akan family system through discursive constructions at naming ceremonies
[15574]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (1987) : Conversational strategies: towards a phonological description of projection in Akyem-Twi
[15575]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (1989) : Conversational strategies: towards a phonological description of turn-taking in Akan
[15576]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (1993) : Vowel harmony in Bisa
[15577]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (1995) : Vowel harmony in Gwa Nmle
[15578]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (1997) : An analysis of the linguistic situation in Ghana
[15580]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (1999) : Requests in Akan discourse
[15581]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (1999) : “In future if I buy a dog, I’ll call it ‘Okyeman-is-beautiful’” - indirect response to potentially difficult communicative situations: the case of Akan dog names
[15582]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (1999) : Conversational strategies in Akan: prosodic features and dicourse categories
[15584]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (2000) : A grammar of Akan
[15585]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (2000) : Doing politics on walls and doors: a sociolinguistic analysis of graffiti in Legon (Ghana)
[15586]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (2000) : Vowel harmony and tone in Akan toponyms
[15587]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (2001) : African anthroponymy: an ethnopragmatic and morphophonological study of personal names in Akan and some African societies
[22630]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (2000) : From praise to criticism: a pragmalinguistic discussion of metaphors in African (Ghanaian) political rhetoric
[23432]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (1991) : Pitch, loudness, and turn regulation in Akan conversation
[26745]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (2008) : Efutu Grammar
[27054]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (2010) : Language maintenance and shift among Akan immigrant college students in the United States
[28802]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (2022) : Discursive strategies for managing bad news: Exemplification from Akan (Ghana)
[23783]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi & Cecilia Sem Obeng (Ed) (2006) : From linguistics to cultural anthropology: aspects of language, culture and family issues in Ghana (West Africa)
[15579]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi & Efurosibina [Emmanuel] Adegbija (1999) : Sub-Saharan Africa
[15583]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi & Efurosibina [Emmanuel] Adegbija (1999) : [Article on sub-Saharan language policies.]
[23796]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi & Emmanuel Koffi Yankey (2006) : Negation in Nzema
[15588]   Obenga, Théophile (1985) : Les bantu: langues, peuples, civilisations
[15589]   Obenga, Théophile (1988) : Esquisse d’une histoire culturelle de l’Afrique par la lexicologie
[15590]   Oberhummer, Eugen (1937) : Nilotische Sprachen und Völker
[5503]   Obhidhibho, Djuruni (1983) : La phrase lugbara. Essai de sémantique énonciative
[24339]   Obhidhibho, Djuruni (1983) : La phrase lugbara, Essai de sémantique énonciative
[26975]   Obiamalu, Greg O. (2013) : On the role of tone in Igbo negation
[26990]   Obiamalu, Greg O. & Davidson Mbagwu (2014) : Semantax of V+nye verbal complex in Igbo
[15591]   Obianim, Sam J. (1950) : Ewegbe nguti mumya [An Ewe grammar]
[15592]   Obiechina, Emmanuel N. (1974) : Variety differentiation in English usage
[15593]   Obíládé, Anthony O. (1976) : The nominal phrase in West African Pidgin English
[15594]   Obíládé, Anthony O. (1977) : Some syntactic signals for presupposition and factuality in Yoruba
[15595]   Obíládé, Anthony O. (1978) : The stylistic function of Pidgin English in African literature: Achebe and Soyinka
[15596]   Obíládé, Anthony O. (1979) : Pronoun choice and social semiotics in a bilingual situation with specific reference to Nigerian Pidgin and Yoruba
[15597]   Obíládé, Anthony O. (1980) : Pidgin English as a medium of instruction: the Nigerian experience
[15598]   Obíládé, Anthony O. (1984) : On the nativization of the English language in Nigeria
[27220]   Obiri, Michael Yeboah (2013) : Aspects of Gua (Gwa) phonology
[23481]   Obiukwu, Aloysius Nwalokwutelu (1995) : Du champs sémantique au champ morpho-sémantique: étude comparée français-anglais-igbo des domaines lexico-sémantiques
[22777]   Oboh, O. & others (Ed) (1987) : Igede gedegede: selected essays on Igede language and culture
[23780]   Obolensky, Serge , Debebow Zelelie & Mulugeta Andualem (1964) : Amharic: basic course
[15599]   Obondo, Margaret Akinyi (1996) : From trilinguals to bilinguals? A study of the social and linguistic consequences of language shift on a group of urban Luo children in Kenya
[15600]   Obondo, Margaret Akinyi (1997) : On ways of retelling: the narrative syntax of the urban Luo children in a language shift situation
[15601]   Obote, Milton (1967) : Language and national identification (address)
[26632]   Ochała, Grzegorz (2014) : Multilingualism in Christian Nubia: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches
[26654]   Ochała, Grzegorz & Giovanni Ruffini (2015) : Nubische Berichtigungsliste (1)
[15602]   Ochola, Eunita D. A. (1999) : Is there a passive in Dholuo?
[24721]   Ochola, Eunita D. A. (2006) : English Words and Phrases in Dholuo-English Codeswitching
[27061]   Ochwaya-Oluoch, Yvonne E. (2003) : A study of the phonology and morphology of Lunyala
[15603]   Odaga, Asenath [Bole] (1997) : English-Dholuo dictionary
[26056]   Odden, David (2006) : Topics In Taita Tone II
[27535]   Odden, David (2018) : Logoori wordlist
[27618]   Odden, David (2014) : Melodic Tones in Karanga Shona
[27758]   Odden, David (2020) : Tone
[15604]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1980) : Associative tone in Shona
[15605]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1981) : Problems in tone assignment in Shona
[15606]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1981) : Historical evidence for abstract phonological analyses
[15607]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1981) : A nonlinear approach to vowel length in Kimatuumbi
[15608]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1981) : Evidence for the elsewhere condition in Shona
[15609]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1982) : Tonal phenomena in Kishambaa
[15610]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1982) : Separating tone and accent: the case of Kimatuumbi
[15611]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1983) : Aspects of Didinga phonology and morphology
[15612]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1984) : Formal correlates of focusing in KiMatuumbi
[15614]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1985) : An accentual approach to tone in Kimatuumbi
[15615]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1985) : Three dialects of Kipare
[15616]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1985) : Problems in the metrical representation of tone
[15618]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1987) : Predicting tone in Kikuria
[15619]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1987) : Kimatuumbi phrasal phonology
[15620]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1988) : Predictable tone systems in Bantu
[15621]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1988) : Floating tones and contour tones in Kenyang
[15622]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1990) : Tone in the Makonde dialects: Chimaraba
[15623]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1990) : Tone in the Makonde dialects: Chimahuta
[15624]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1990) : C-commands or edges in Makonde
[15625]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1990) : Syntax, lexical rules and postlexical rules in Kimatuumbi
[15626]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1990) : VVNC in Kimatuumbi and Kikongo
[15627]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1991) : The intersection of syntax, semantics and phonology in Kikongo
[15628]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1993) : Tone: African languages
[15629]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1994) : The origin of leftward tone shift in Masasi Chiyao
[15630]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1995) : Tone: African languages
[15631]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1995) : Phonology at the phrasal level in Bantu
[15632]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1995) : The status of onsetless syllables in Kikerewe
[15633]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1996) : Patterns of reduplication in Kikerewe
[15634]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1996) : The phonology and morphology of Kimatuumbi
[15635]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1997) : Domains and levels of representation in tone
[15636]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1998) : Verbal tone melodies in Kikerewe
[15637]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1998) : Principles of tone assignement in Tanzanian Yao
[15638]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1999) : A sketch of Mwera tonology
[15639]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1999) : Kikerewe minimality
[15642]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1999) : Typological issues in tone and stress in Bantu
[15643]   Odden, David [Arnold] (2000) : The phrasal tonology of Zinza
[15644]   Odden, David [Arnold] (2001) : Opacity and ordering: h-deletion in Kikerewe
[15645]   Odden, David [Arnold] (2001) : Tone shift and spread in Taita I
[15646]   Odden, David [Arnold] (2003) : Rufiji-Ruvuma (N10, P10-P20)
[22393]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1984) : Stem tone assignement in Shona
[23785]   Odden, David [Arnold] (2002) : The verbal tone system of Zina Kotoko
[15617]   Odden, David [Arnold] (Ed) (1987) : Current approaches to African linguistics IV
[15613]   Odden, David [Arnold] & Mary Odden (1985) : Ordered reduplication in Kihehe
[15641]   Odden, David [Arnold] & Mary Odden (1999) : Kihehe syllable structure
[15640]   Odden, David [Arnold] & R. Ruth Roberts-Kohno (1999) : Constraints on superlow tone in Kikamba
[27355]   Odden, David [Arnold], with the assistance of Deogratius Tungaraza (2008) : Kikerewe-English Dictionary
[27604]   Odden, David & Lee Bickmore (2014) : Melodic Tone in Bantu - Overview
[25956]   Odebunmi, Akin (2011) : Nigerian Pidgin and the Construction of Emotions in Clinical Encounters
[15647]   Odendaal, F. H. , H. J. van Eck , H. W. Snyman , Johannes Petrus van Schalkwyk Bruwer , P. J. Quin & C. J. Claassens (1964) : Report of the commission of enquiry into South West Africa affairs 1962-1963
[15648]   Odendaal, W. A. (1983) : Report and recommendations of the committee on German language rights
[15649]   Odendal, François F. (1955) : Oor die afrikaanse primêre foneme
[15650]   Odendal, François F. (1961) : The structure of the Afrikaans root morpheme
[15651]   Odendal, François F. (1962) : Die struktuur van die afrikaanse wortelmorfeem
[15652]   Odendal, François F. (1964) : ’n Skema vir die afrikaanse monoftonge
[15653]   Odendal, François F. (1965) : Morfeemprobleme in Afrikaans
[15657]   Odendal, François F. (1984) : Die toekoms van Afrikaans
[15655]   Odendal, François F. (Ed) (1978) : Gesag en norm in die taal- en letterkunde
[15656]   Odendal, François F. (Ed) (1979) : Verklarende handwoordeboek van die afrikaanse taal
[15658]   Odendal, François F. & D. J. van Schalkwyk (1984) : Fonetiese variasie in die taal van die Rehoboth-Basters: ’n dialekgeografiese verslag
[15654]   Odendal, François F. , C. P. Hauptfleisch & J. E. Loubser (Ed) (1974) : Taalkunde: ’n lewe. Studies opgedra aan Prof. Dr W. Kempen by geleentheid van sy 65ste verjaardag
[15659]   Odhiambo, A. J. H. (1983) : Dholuo word-final vowels and the process of deletion
[15660]   Odhiambo, Karen (1989) : The ecology of literacy and achievement in primary schools of Kenya
[15661]   Odhner, Joh Dunbar (1981) : English-Lingala manual
[15662]   Odimba, Okitesoko (1977) : Essai d’onomastique tetela (C.71): étude anthroponymique
[15663]   Odjidja, J. R. Ablorh (1968) : Ga for beginners
[15664]   Odjola, Règina Véronique (19--) : Étude de l’emprunt du lingala au portugais et au français à Brazzaville: analyse sociolinguistique du contact des langues present au Congo
[27012]   Odoje, Clement (2016) : Human Evaluation of Yorùbá-English Google Translation
[28609]   Odom, Shannon Ronit & Holly Robinson (2016) : The Grammar Basics of Jita
[15665]   Odu, Joseph (1999) : Acholi-English dictionary
[15666]   Odumuh, Adama E. (1981) : Aspects of the semantics and syntax of “Educated Nigerian English”
[15667]   Odumuh, Adama E. (1984) : Educated Nigerian English as a model of standard Nigerian English
[15668]   Odumuh, Adama E. (1986) : Standardization of Nigerian Pidgin
[15669]   Odumuh, Adama E. (1987) : Nigerian English (NigE): selected essays
[15670]   Oduori, Robert W. (2002) : Language and politics in Kenya: restricted and elaborated codes
[15671]   Odùyòyè, Modupe O. (1968) : Yoruba and Semitic languages: linguistic relationship
[15672]   Odùyòyè, Modupe O. (1972) : Yorùbá names: their structures and their meanings
[15673]   Oelke, Julius (193-) : Grammatik des Kibena
[15674]   Ofobuike, N. & C. N. Ngobili (1983) : A comparative study of Órumbà and standard dialects
[23795]   Ofori, Seth (2006) : Recent/remote-past marking in Akan: a multi-tiered account
[23798]   Ofori, Seth (2006) : Akan hypocorisms: a constraint-based approach
[27952]   Ofori, Seth A. (2017) : Semanticization of some phonological attributes in sound imitating words in Akan
[26090]   Ofori, Seth Antwi (2011) : On the Basic Focus Marker, and the Basic Focus Sentence, in Akan (Twi)
[26320]   Ofori, Seth Antwi (2013) : A prosodic analysis of monosyllabic and disyllabic verb reduplication in Twi (Akan)
[26686]   Ofori, Seth Antwi (2008) : Numeral compounding in Akan (Twi): a multi-tiered account
[26963]   Ofori, Seth Antwi (2012) : CVCV verb truncation in Akan (Twi)
[27055]   Ofori, Seth Antwi (2010) : A morphophonological analysis of onomatopoeic ideophones in Akan (Twi)
[28396]   Ofori, Seth Antwi (2019) : Rules and rule relations in Akan day names
[28420]   Ofori, Seth Antwi (2020) : Tonal Variation in the Perfect Verb Stem of some Akan Dialects
[15675]   Ofuani, O. A. (1979) : Tense aspect in the verb system of Nigerian Pidgin
[15676]   Ofuani, O. A. (1984) : On the problem of time and tense in Nigerian Pidgin
[15677]   Ofuya, Adekunbi (1978) : A syntactic analysis of Yoruba English interlarding
[15678]   Ogbàlú, Frederick Chidozie (1960) : Igbo idioms: the dictionary of Igbo idioms
[15679]   Ogbàlú, Frederick Chidozie (1962) : Okowa-okwu: Igbo-English/English-Igbo dictionary
[15680]   Ogbàlú, Frederick Chidozie (1974) : Standard Igbo: paths to its development
[15682]   Ogbàlú, Frederick Chidozie (1975) : Igbo spelling
[15683]   Ogbàlú, Frederick Chidozie (1975) : Standardisation elements in Igbo language
[15686]   Ogbàlú, Frederick Chidozie (1982) : Towards standard Igbo: the case of the Abagana dialect
[23264]   Ogbàlú, Frederick Chidozie (1959) : Igbo-English dictionary
[23265]   Ogbàlú, Frederick Chidozie (1972) : Improved Igbo numeral system: counting in tens
[23266]   Ogbàlú, Frederick Chidozie (1971) : Okowa-okwu: Igbo-English, English-Igbo dictionary
[23267]   Ogbàlú, Frederick Chidozie (19--) : Osua-okowaa: English-Ibo
[23268]   Ogbàlú, Frederick Chidozie (1952) : An investigation into the new Ibo orthography
[15685]   Ogbàlú, Frederick Chidozie & Emmanuel ʼNolue Emenanjo (1982) : Igbo language and culture: studies presented and discussed at two seminars - refresher courses for post-primary Igbo language teachers, which were held in August 1975 and in August 1976 at the University of Nigeria, Nsukka, under the auspices of the Society for Promoting Igbo Language and Culture (Otu Iwelite Asusu na Omenala Igbo)
[15681]   Ogbàlú, Frederick Chidozie & Emmanuel ʼNolue Emenanjo (Ed) (1975) : Igbo language and culture
[15687]   Ogbo, Obieze (1984) : Saving the Igbo language
[15688]   Ogbonnaya, H. C. (1975) : Igbo tones and how to mark them
[15689]   Ogechi, Nathan Oyori (2001) : Publishing in Kiswahili and indigenous languagesfor enhanced adult literacy in Kenya
[15690]   Ogechi, Nathan Oyori (2003) : On language rights in Kenya
[22828]   Ogechi, Nathan Oyori (2005) : On lexicalization in Sheng
[22832]   Ogechi, Nathan Oyori (2002) : Trilingual codeswitching in Kenya: evidence from Ekegusii, Kiswahili, English and Sheng
[24799]   Ogechi, Nathan Oyori (2005) : Does Sheng have a Kiswahili grammar?
[15691]   Ogharaerumi, M. O. (1993) : Development in the Isekiri language: an assessment
[15692]   Ogie, E. (1975) : A descriptive grammar of Edo
[15693]   Ogie, Ota (1987) : Verb and noun classification in Edo
[15694]   Ogie, Ota (1991) : Verb serialization in Edo
[15695]   Ogie, Ota (2001) : Some comments on Edo syntax
[15696]   Ogilvie, H. L. (1947) : Helps to the study of Hausa
[15697]   Ogot, Bethwell A. (1983) : Language, culture and ethnicity in the precolonial history of Africa (key-note address)
[15698]   Ogouamba, P. A. (1990) : Étude morpho-syntaxique du verbe en mpongwé, parler B11 du Gabon
[15699]   Ogunbowale, P. O. (1970) : The essentials of the Yoruba language
[24121]   Ogunkeye, Olufunmilayo (2004) : Incorporation in Yoruba
[15700]   Ogunsheye, F. Adetowun (1963) : A preliminary bibliography of the Yoruba language
[23759]   Ogunsheye, F. Adetowun (2001) : Bibliographical survey of sources for early Yoruba language and literature studies, 1820-1970
[15701]   Ogunsina, J. Adebisi (1972) : Ife dialect: a contrastive analysis with Standard Yoruba
[15702]   Ogúnwálé, Joshua Abiodun (1995) : Principles of genderization in the Yoruba plant naming system
[22741]   Ogúnwálé, Joshua Abiodun (1985) : Aduge verbs
[22827]   Ogúnwálé, Joshua Abiodun (2005) : Problems of lexical decomposition: the case of Yoruba complex verbs
[23756]   Ogúnwálé, Joshua Abiodun (1996) : The form and meaning of Yorùbá place names
[15703]   Ogwana, John (1986) : Etude comparée de quelques points de morpho-syntaxe du français et du swahili
[23944]   Ogwana, John (1996) : Grading Swahili sentence patterns and structures
[15704]   Ogwùéléka, O. S. (1978) : Open vowel suffixes in Ìgbo
[15705]   Ogwùéléka, O. S. (1987) : Thematic roles and syntactic processes in Igbo
[28406]   Oha, Amechi Boniface & Samuel Adebayo Ajuwon (2019) : Igbo and Yorùbá Verbs of Cooking
[15706]   Oha, Obododimma (1998) : The semantics of female devaluation in Igbo proverbs
[15707]   Ohala, John J. (1978) : Southern Bantu vs. the World: the case of palatalization of labials
[15708]   Ohala, John J. (1989) : Sound change is drawn from a pool of synchronic variation
[15709]   Ohala, John J. (1995) : A probable case of clicks influencing the sound pattern of some European languages
[15712]   Ohannessian, Sirarpi (1978) : Historical background
[15713]   Ohannessian, Sirarpi (1978) : The teaching of Zambian languages and the preparation of teachers for language teaching in primary schools
[15714]   Ohannessian, Sirarpi (1978) : English and Zambian languages in secondary schools
[15715]   Ohannessian, Sirarpi (1978) : Zambian languages in secondary schools: attitudes of teachers in training
[15711]   Ohannessian, Sirarpi & Mubanga E. Kashoki (Ed) (1978) : Language in Zambia
[15710]   Ohannessian, Sirarpi , Charles A. Ferguson & Edgar C. Polomé (Ed) (1975) : Language surveys in developing nations: papers and reports on sociolinguistic surveys
[15716]   Ohirí-Aníche, Chinyere (1985) : Schwa and glottalised t in Ìgbo dialect phonology
[15717]   Ohirí-Aníche, Chinyere (1991) : A comparative phonology of consonants in the Igboid, Edoid and the Yoruboid languages of Nigeria
[15718]   Ohirí-Aníche, Chinyere (1995) : Òkà-Àkókó phonology and its implications for Proto-Yoruba consonant reconstructions
[15719]   Ohirí-Aníche, Chinyere (1999) : Language diversification in the Akoko area of western Nigeria
[15720]   Ohirí-Aníche, Chinyere (2004) : Reconstruction of initial velar and labial-velar consonants at the pre-lower Cross-Igboid-Edoid stage of Benue-Congo
[15721]   Ohly, Rajmund (1964) : Jezyk suahili
[15722]   Ohly, Rajmund (1965) : Patterns of new-coined abstract terms (nominal forms) in modern Swahili language
[15723]   Ohly, Rajmund (1966) : Exocentric function of noun in Swahili
[15724]   Ohly, Rajmund (1967) : Syntactic group and compound word in the Swahili language: attempt at classification
[15725]   Ohly, Rajmund (1973) : Dating of Swahili language
[15726]   Ohly, Rajmund (1982) : Swahili: the diagram of crises
[15728]   Ohly, Rajmund (1982) : Report on the state of modern Swahili in urban Nukoba
[15729]   Ohly, Rajmund (1982) : Stress assimilation of Swahili Oriental loanwords in Runyankore
[15730]   Ohly, Rajmund (1984) : Linguistic differentials in Herero and Swahili: a case study in paradigmatic economy
[15731]   Ohly, Rajmund (1984) : The dynamics of the verbal stem in Herero
[15732]   Ohly, Rajmund (1984) : Nesting in Herero: language economy or language philosophy
[15733]   Ohly, Rajmund (1984/85) : Moderne Begriffsbildung in der Herero-Sprache
[15735]   Ohly, Rajmund (1985) : Herero: academic handbook
[15736]   Ohly, Rajmund (1985) : The exclamation mark “!” in Kiswahili
[15737]   Ohly, Rajmund (1987) : Swahili-English slang pocket dictionary
[15738]   Ohly, Rajmund (1987) : The destabilization of the Herero language
[15739]   Ohly, Rajmund (1987) : Afrikaans loan-words in Herero: the question of folk taxonomy
[15740]   Ohly, Rajmund (1987) : Primary technical dictionary: English-Swahili
[15742]   Ohly, Rajmund (1988) : Sociolectal divergence in dialectometrics
[15743]   Ohly, Rajmund (1988) : Language planning and education in Tanzania
[15744]   Ohly, Rajmund (1989) : Linguistic ecology: the African language case
[15745]   Ohly, Rajmund (1990) : Standard versus colloquial developments in the Herero language
[15746]   Ohly, Rajmund (1990) : Johannesburg: a multilingual city
[15747]   Ohly, Rajmund (1990) : The Herero language: an outline
[15748]   Ohly, Rajmund (1990) : Herero ecology. Part 1: sociolinguistic and cultural interference
[15749]   Ohly, Rajmund (1991) : Sociolinguistic research into the cultural status quo
[15750]   Ohly, Rajmund (1992) : The van der Merwe impact
[15751]   Ohly, Rajmund (1992) : Diagnostic and therapeutic aspects of sociolinguistics in pre-independent Namibia: the effects of first and second order observation
[15752]   Ohly, Rajmund (1993) : Noise in the Namibian communication system
[15753]   Ohly, Rajmund (1994) : The position of the Subiya language in Caprivi
[15754]   Ohly, Rajmund (1995) : Lexical engineering in African languages: exemplified through Herero
[15755]   Ohly, Rajmund (1995) : Dhimba: a Herero dialect
[15756]   Ohly, Rajmund (1999) : A grammatical sketch of Herero
[15757]   Ohly, Rajmund (2000) : Folk-taxonomy in reactive and exact term coinage, exemplified by Herero terminology
[15758]   Ohly, Rajmund (2000) : Herero ecology: the literary impact
[15759]   Ohly, Rajmund (2004) : Triglossia: African privilege or necessity?
[23465]   Ohly, Rajmund (196-) : Abstract nouns within the system of noun class 14 in Swahili
[28495]   Ohly, Rajmund (2002) : Alternation in a Unique Herero Loan-fable
[15734]   Ohly, Rajmund (Ed) (1985) : Names conference: third congress of the Names Society of Southern Africa held in Windhoek, 25-26 September 1985
[15741]   Ohly, Rajmund (Ed) (1987) : Professional terminology in African languages: theory and practice. Workshop papers from a conference held at the Academy, Windhoek, 29 September - 1 October 1987
[15727]   Ohly, Rajmund & A. G. Gibbe (1982) : Language development: lexical elaboration of Kiswahili to meet new educational demands
[15760]   Ohman, Walter A. & Fulass Hailu (1976) : Three other Ethiopian languages, 1: Welamo
[15761]   Ohta, Itaru (1984) : Symptoms are classified into diagnostic categories: Turkana’s view of livestock diseases
[15762]   Ohta, Itaru (1986) : Turukanazoku no Goshusei [Reciprocity among the Turkana]
[15763]   Ohta, Itaru (1988) : Livestock individual identification among the Turkana: the animal classification and naming in the pastoral livestock management
[15764]   Ohta, Itaru (1989) : A classified vocabulary of the Turkana in northwestern Kenya
[15765]   Ojaide, Tanure (1978) : My poetry: English language and the African tradition
[15766]   Ojerinde, Adedibu (1980) : Close tests as a measure of English language proficiency among Nigerian primary-school pupils
[22447]   Ojerinde, Adedibu (1978) : The use of a mother tongue, Yoruba, as a medium of instruction in Nigerian schools
[15767]   Ojo, Valentine (1977) : English-Yoruba language contact in Nigeria
[23855]   Ojong, Magdalena Bakume Nkongho (2002) : The phonology of loanwords in Ejagham
[23896]   Ojong, Magdalena Bakume Nkongho (2005) : The proto-reconstructions of the Nyang languages
[26044]   Ojwang’, Benson Oduor (2008) : Encoding Polar Questions in Dholuo
[23184]   Ojwangʼ, Benson Oduor (1998) : The syntax and semantics of ellipsis in Dholuo coordinate sentences
[15768]   Okab, Saan Lakin Munkyen (1990) : Étude contrastive phonético-phonologique entre le français et le ding (B.86) du Zaïre: propositions pour la correction phonétique et graphique
[23713]   Okafor, Clement Abiaziem (1975) : Thematics in Tonga chante-fables: isolation and description of invariables in current Tonga narrative tradition
[15769]   Okanlawon, Bidemi O. (1984) : A study of the acquisition of some aspects of English by Nigerian learners
[15770]   Okanlawon, Bidemi O. (1987) : A study of the acquisition of the article system of English by Nigerian learners
[15771]   Okara, Gabriel (1963) : African speech... English words
[15772]   Oke, David O. (1972) : Language choice in the Yoruba-Edo border area
[15773]   Oke, David O. (1974) : Syntactic correlates of notionally defined adverbial types in Yoruba
[15774]   Okechukwu, Mazi Utazi Dave (1998) : Ndorondoro otografii Igbo nke 1929-1961
[26962]   Okeke, Chukwuma O. (2012) : Traces in the Igbo language
[15775]   Okello, Betty Jenny (1975) : Some phonological and morphological processes in Lango
[15776]   Okeniyi, Elizabeth Wako (1981) : A study of foreign influence on newspapers in Kenya from 1900 to 1980
[15777]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1960) : On parts of speech classification in Swahili
[15781]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1965) : Morphemnaya struktura imeni sushchestvitel’nogo i glagola v yazyke suahili
[15782]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1966) : [Morphemic structure of auxiliaries and of so-called adverbs in the Swahili language]
[15787]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1974) : Status konstructus v yazyke suahili
[15788]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1975) : Some structural changes in Bantu languages due to their specific communicative functions (abstract)
[15792]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1979) : Morfonologija i morfologija klassov slov v jazykach Afriki: imja. mestoimenie [Morphonology and morphology of word classes in African languages: nouns and pronouns]
[15793]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1982) : Structural changes in the Bantu languages and their communicative and functional status
[15794]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1985) : Soglasovatel’nye klassy v vostochnyx i juzhnyx jazykax bantu: kommunikativnyj status i grammaticheskaja struktura [Concord classes in eastern and southern Bantu languages]
[15778]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1961) : Iazyk zulu [The Zulu language]
[15780]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1965) : Afrikanskaya filologiya: sbornik statei
[15784]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1972) : Tipologiia glagola v afrikanskikh iazykakh
[15786]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1974) : Voprosy afrikanskoi filologii
[15789]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1975) : Jazykovaja situacija v stranach Afriki [The language situation in the countries of Africa]
[15790]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1977) : Mladopismennye jazyki Afriki: voprosy fonologii i grammatiki
[15791]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1978) : Problemy fonetiki, morfologii i sintaksia afrikanskikh iazykov
[15795]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1987) : Imennye klassy v jazykax Afriki
[15785]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna & Aron B. Dolgopolʼskij (Ed) (1973) : Bezpis’mennye i mladopis’mennye yazyki Afriki: sbornik statey [The unwritten and newly written languages of Africa: a collection of papers]
[15783]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna & Boris Andreevich Uspensky (Ed) (1972) : Problemi afrikanskogo yazikoznaniya: tipologiia, komparativistika, opisanie iazykov
[15779]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna , Nina Grigorevna Fedorova & Irina Paolovna Yakovleva (Ed) (1963) : Russko-suakhiliiskii razgovornik
[15796]   Okidi, Festo (2000) : Acholi for beginners: grammar; Acholi-English, English-Acholi
[15797]   Okitotshudi, Lok. O. (1980) : Essai d’onomastique tetela (C.71): étude toponymique
[23822]   Okiwelu, Benedict O. (1999) : La traduction des voix françaises en igbo: problèmes et solutions
[15798]   Oko, Okoji R. (1992) : The grammar of question formation in Yala language
[22778]   Oko, Okoji R. (1986) : Tense and aspect in Yala
[15799]   Okoh, N. (1980) : Bilingualism and divergent thinking among Nigerian and Welsh school children
[22780]   Okojie, C. & P. E. Ejele (1987) : Esan orthography
[15800]   Okolo, Bertram Agodichukwu (1981) : The history of Nigerian linguistics: a preliminary survey
[15801]   Okolo, Bertram Agodichukwu (1984) : Semantics and pragmatics of discourse: narrative fiction, an Igbo example
[15802]   Okolo, Bertram Agodichukwu (1985) : An analysis of Igbo proverbs and idioms
[15803]   Okolo, Bertram Agodichukwu (1987) : Topic shading in an unplanned Igbo discourse
[15804]   Okolo, Bertram Agodichukwu (1989) : Silence and ritual response in Igbo discourse
[15805]   Okolo, Bertram Agodichukwu (1994) : Communicating without words: the Igbo example
[15806]   Okolo, Bertram Agodichukwu (2002) : Conversational roles and social functions of code-switching among Igbo bilinguals
[15809]   Okonkwo, (1994) : Nationalism and nationism: the sociolinguistic cross-roads of the Nigerian national language policy
[15807]   Okonkwo, C. J. Emeka (1975) : A function-oriented model of initial language planning in sub-Saharan Africa
[15808]   Okonkwo, M. N. (1980) : A complete course in Igbo grammar
[22445]   Okorie, Jeremiah Chikwendu (1981) : A descriptive analysis of assimilation patterns of English loanwords in Igbo language
[15810]   Okoth Okombo, Duncan (1982) : Dholuo morphophonemics in generative framework
[15811]   Okoth Okombo, Duncan (1983) : Linguistics and the origin of nasal compounds in Dholuo
[15812]   Okoth Okombo, Duncan (1991) : Luo meets Latin: linguistic evidence for contacts between speakers of pre-Dholuo and speakers of Latin
[15813]   Okoth Okombo, Duncan (1991) : Valency in Dholuo: towards a uniform account of transitive and intransitive constructions
[15814]   Okoth Okombo, Duncan (1994) : The semantics of Dholuo colour terms
[15815]   Okoth Okombo, Duncan (1997) : A functional grammar of Dholuo
[15816]   Okoth Okombo, Duncan & Philemon Akach (1997) : Language convergence and wave phenomenon in the growth of a national sign language in Kenya
[23728]   Okpewho, Isidore (1979) : Poetry and pattern: structural analysis of an Ijo creation myth
[15817]   Okudzeto, Sam (1978) : Language and the judicial system in Ghana
[15818]   Okunor, J. V. K. (1964) : Tone in the Ga verb
[15819]   Okwany, Lillian A. (1993) : Attitudes of Kenyan high school students toward the learning of Kiswahili
[23479]   Ọla, Ọlanikẹ Ọlajumọkẹ (1995) : Optimality in Benue-Congo prosodic phonology and morphology
[15820]   Olabimtan, Afolabi (Ed) (1982) : African universities and the development and wider use of African languages
[15821]   Oladipo, Olusegun (1995) : African world, Western concepts: the problem of language and meaning in religio-anthropological interpretations of African world-views
[27474]   Oladipupo, Rotimi O. & Adenike A. Akinjobi (2015) : Sociophonetic study of young Nigerian English speakers
[15822]   Olagoke, D. Olu (1975) : An error analysis of the English of Lagos university students
[24592]   Olanike, Olajumoke Ola (1995) : Optimality in Benue-Congo Prosodic Phonology and Morphology
[28527]   Olaogun, Simeon O. (2018) : Yes/no and Wh-Questions in Ǹjò̩-Kóo1 : A Unified Analysis
[28541]   Olaogun, Simeon O. (2016) : Information Structural Categories of the Ǹjò̩-Kóo Language in Akoko North-West of Ondo state, Nigeria
[27221]   Olaosebikan, Ifeoluwa Eunice (2011) : Aspects of Kuturmi verb phrase
[22830]   Olátéjú, Adésolá (2005) : The Yoruba animal metaphors: analysis and interpretation
[26210]   Olátéjú, Adésolá (2009) : Jèdí Ò M'Akòwé (Hemorrhoid Respects Not Even the Educated Elite): A Sociolinguistic-Stylistic Analysis of the Language of Yorùbá Herbal Medicine Practitioners
[15823]   Olatunji, Michael O. (2001) : The use of Pidgin English in contemporary Nigerian music: a new approach towards national identity
[15824]   Olawsky, Knut J. (1996) : An introduction to Dagbani phonology
[15825]   Olawsky, Knut J. (1997) : Dagbani as a tonal language
[15826]   Olawsky, Knut J. (1998) : Psycholinguistic experiments on Dagbani number classes
[15827]   Olawsky, Knut J. (1999) : Aspects of Dagbani grammar, with special emphasis on phonology and morphology
[15828]   Olawsky, Knut J. (2002) : What is a word in Dagbani?
[15829]   Olawsky, Knut J. (2004) : What is a noun? What is an adjective? Problems of classification in Dagbani
[15830]   Olayemi, R. V. K. (1968) : Substance and circumstance: notes on translating Yoruba poetry
[15832]   Olderogge, Dmitry Alekseevich (1952) : Proiskhozhdenie narodov tsentral-nogo Sudana (iz drevneishei istorii yazykov gruppy Hausa-kotoko)
[15833]   Olderogge, Dmitry Alekseevich (1954) : Nilotiskie jazyki
[15834]   Olderogge, Dmitry Alekseevich (1954) : Yazyk Hausa: kratkii ocherk grammatiki, khrestomatiya i slovar
[15840]   Olderogge, Dmitry Alekseevich (1980) : Sprache und Gesellschaft in Afrika: Aspekte der Kulturgeschichte
[15835]   Olderogge, Dmitry Alekseevich (Ed) (1961) : Suahili-Russko slovar [Swahili-Russian dictionary]
[15836]   Olderogge, Dmitry Alekseevich (Ed) (1961) : Russko-Suahili slovar
[15837]   Olderogge, Dmitry Alekseevich (Ed) (1963) : Kamus na Hausa-Rashanci/Khausa-Russkiy slovar [Hausa-Russian dictionary]
[15838]   Olderogge, Dmitry Alekseevich (Ed) (1974) : Jazyki Afriki
[15831]   Olderogge, Dmitry Alekseevich & I. I. Potekhin (1949) : Khamitskaja problema v afrikanistike [The Hamitic problem in African studies]
[15839]   Olderogge, Dmitry Alekseevich & Siegmund Brauner (Ed) (1980) : Sozialer Wandel in Afrika und die Entwicklung von Formen und Funktionen afrikanischer Sprachen
[23183]   Ole-Kotikash, Leonard (2000) : The derivational morphology of the Maa noun
[15841]   Olimba, B. (1983) : L’expression du “passé” en lugbara d’Aringa
[15842]   Olinick, J. O. (1967) : A transformational generative grammar of certain noun phrases in Swahili
[15843]   Oliobi, V. C. (1986) : Eléments de description de l’igbo d’Onitsha
[15845]   Oliveira, Márcia Santos Duarte de (2005) : Perguntas de constituinte em Ibibio e a teoria de tipo oracional: aspectos da periferia à esquerda com ênfase em foco
[15844]   Oliveira, Mario A. Fernandes de (1968) : Unidade e diferenciação linguísticas na literatura ultra-marina portuguesa
[15847]   Oliver, Roland Anthony (1979) : Cameroun: the Bantu cradleland?
[15846]   Oliver, Roland Anthony & Brian M. Fagan (1978) : The emergence of Bantu Africa
[15848]   Olivier, Emmanuelle (1998) : The art of metamorphosis, or the Ju|’hoan conception of plurivocality
[28263]   Ollennu, Yvonne Akwele Amankwaa (2019) : Negation coding in Ga
[28776]   Ollennu, Yvonne Akwele Amankwaa (2016) : Property Concepts in Ga
[15849]   Olmsted, David L. (1951) : The phonemes of Yoruba
[15850]   Olmsted, David L. (1953) : Comparative notes on Yoruba and Lucumi
[15851]   Olmsted, David L. (1957) : Three tests of glottochronological theory
[28292]   Olney, Hannah (2021) : The Determiner in Makary Kotoko Narrative Discourse: Attention Guidance and Salience
[15852]   Oloruntoba, Iyetunde C. (1985) : An autosegmental approach to aspects of Igala phonology
[15853]   Oloruntoba, Iyetunde C. (1992) : Sociocultural dimensions of Nigerian Pidgin usage (western Nioger Delta of Nigeria)
[15854]   Olpp jnr, Johannes (1963) : Einführung in die Namasprache
[15855]   Olpp jnr, Johannes (1964) : Nama-grammatika
[15856]   Olpp jnr, Johannes (1977) : Nama-grammatika
[23033]   Olsen, Elizabeth J. (1987) : Some aspects of tonal accent in Dogon
[15861]   Olson, H. S. (1972) : Swahili as an educational medium
[15857]   Olson, Howard S. (1951) : Rudiments of Rémi grammar
[15858]   Olson, Howard S. (1961) : Spoken Rimi (Nyaturu)
[15859]   Olson, Howard S. (1963) : Unpublished notes on the Hadza language
[15860]   Olson, Howard S. (1964) : The phonology and morphology of Rimi
[15862]   Olson, Howard S. (1980) : The relationship between lyrics and melody in Rimi vocal music
[15864]   Olson, Kenneth S. (2000) : An overview of Mono phonology
[15865]   Olson, Kenneth S. (2001) : The phonology and morphology of Mono
[15868]   Olson, Kenneth S. (2004) : An evaluation of Niger-Congo classification
[22972]   Olson, Kenneth S. (1996) : On the comparison and classification of Banda dialects
[23513]   Olson, Kenneth S. (2005) : The phonology of Mono
[27694]   Olson, Kenneth S. (2013) : Labial vibrants in Mangbetu
[28786]   Olson, Kenneth S. (2022) : On the Ngbugu vowel system
[27512]   Olson, Kenneth S. & Jacques Vermond Mbomate (2007) : Ngbugu Digital Wordlist: Presentation Form
[15863]   Olson, Kenneth S. & John Hajek (1999) : The phonetic status of the labial flap
[15866]   Olson, Kenneth S. & John Hajek (2001) : The geographic and genetic distribution of the labial flap
[15867]   Olson, Kenneth S. & Paul H. Schultz (2002) : Can [sonorant] spread?
[27510]   Olson, Kenneth S., & John Hajek (2004) : A Crosslinguistic Lexicon of the Labial Flap
[26978]   Olson, Kenneth S. , D. William Reiman Fernando Sabio & Filipe Alberto da Silva (2013) : The voiced linguolabial plosive in Kajoko
[15869]   Olsson, Niklas (1998) : The re-invention of words: aspects of culture and literary translations into Kiswahili with a historical outline
[28380]   Oludare, Oluwadoro Jacob (2017) : An ethnographic analysis of selected Yoruba proverbs in political media chats: a case study of Governor Olagunsoye Oyinlola
[15870]   Olufajo, (1991) : The use of language in Yorùbá children’s novels
[15871]   Oluikpe, Benson O. (1979) : Noun phrase in legal English: a grammatical sketch
[15872]   Oluikpe, Benson O. (1984) : Negation in English and Igbo
[15873]   Oluikpe, Benson O. & G. I. Nwaozuzu (1995) : Igbo nominal compounds: fact or fiction?
[22781]   Olukoju, A. A. (1985) : Ikani (Ukaan) phonology
[26105]   Olúmúyìwá, Tèmítọ́pẹ́ (2009) : The High Tone Syllable in Central Yorùbá Dialects
[15874]   Olurankinse, Olanipekun (1992) : Euphemism as a Yoruba folkway
[15875]   Omamor, Augusta Phil [E.] (1976) : The place of Itsekiri in relation to Yoruba
[15876]   Omamor, Augusta Phil [E.] (1976) : The syntax and semantics of the Itsekiri verb
[15877]   Omamor, Augusta Phil [E.] (1982) : Towards mother-tongue education: a case study of the Isekiri language project
[15878]   Omamor, Augusta Phil [E.] (1982) : The Isekiri language and its relations
[15879]   Omamor, Augusta Phil [E.] (1990) : Research into English and African languages in Nigeria
[15880]   Omamor, Augusta Phil [E.] (1990) : Tony Obilade and pronoun choice in Nigerian Pidgin: a critique
[22782]   Omamor, Augusta Phil [E.] (1980) : A phonological sketch of Itsekiri
[22783]   Omamor, Augusta Phil [E.] (1982) : Tense and aspect in Itsekiri
[23768]   Omamor, Augusta Phil [E.] (1988) : Okpe and Uvwie: a case of vowel harmony galore
[15883]   Omar, Alwiya S. (1990) : Grammatical and anaphoric relations in Kiswahili: functions of the subject and object prefixes
[15884]   Omar, Alwiya S. (1992) : Opening and closing conversations in Kiswahili: a study of the performance of native speakers and learners
[15885]   Omar, Alwiya S. (1993) : Linking openings to closings in Kiswahili conversations
[22351]   Omar, Alwiya S. (1985) : A phonological analysis of Shi-Ngazija
[15882]   Omar, H. (1988) : Eléments de description de l’oromo
[15881]   Omar, Margaret K. (1973) : The acquisition of Egyptian Arabic as a native language
[15886]   Omar, Sh. Yahya Ali (1997) : An historical review of the Arabic rendering of Swahili together with proposals for the development of a Swahili writing system in Arabic script (based on the Swahili of Mombasa) [in consultation it P. J. L. Frankl]
[15887]   Omar, Sh. Yahya Ali & P. J. L. Frankl (1997) : Ethnic groups and their assignment within the Swahili noun class system (with special reference to Mombasa)
[15888]   Omari, Cuthbert Kashingo (1970) : Personal names in socio-cultural context
[15889]   Omari, Issa Mcholo (1972) : The development of Piagetian spatial concepts among Pare African children in Tanzania
[15890]   Omatete, Alonse Dikonda (1974) : Grammaire générative et transformationelle de la tetela C.71
[15892]   Omatete, Alonse Dikonda (1982) : Description du verbe dans la morphologie de la langue tetela
[15891]   Omatete, Alonse Dikonda & Ngal Mumbala (1975) : Les réflexes du proto-bantu en tetela (C 71): approche générative
[26984]   Omego, Christie U. (2014) : Analysis of lexical opposites in Owere-Igbo
[15893]   Omeltchenko, Stephen William (1977) : A quantitative and comparative study of the vocalism of the Latin inscriptions of North Africa, Britain, Dalmatia and the Balkans
[15894]   Omer, Abdel-Hadi Mohamed (1984) : Arabic in the Sudanese setting: a sociolinguistic study
[15895]   Omole, M. A. L. & Gbolagade Adekanmbi (1995) : The teaching of adult literacy
[15896]   Omolewa, Michael (1975) : The English language in colonial Nigeria 1862-1960: a study of the major factors which promoted the English language
[15897]   Omolewa, Michael (1978) : The ascendancy of English in Nigerian schools, 1862-1960: a study of language educational policy in colonial Nigeria
[15898]   Omolewa, Michael (1979) : The emergence of non-standard English in Nigeria 1842-1926
[15899]   Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1976) : A grammar of Tonga: a research proposal
[15900]   Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1979) : Paralinguistics: a survey of non-verbal communication with particular reference to Zambia and Kenya
[15901]   Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1980) : Language and culture: the relevance of linguistics to the Kenya situation
[15902]   Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1981) : The verb ‘to be’ in Dholuo syntax
[15903]   Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1982) : The major syntactic structures of Dholuo
[15904]   Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1983) : Serial verbs in Dholuo: a transformational analysis
[15905]   Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1986) : Reduplication as a linguistic phenomenon from a case study of Dholuo
[15906]   Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1991) : Comp and question in Dholuo
[15907]   Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1991) : Syntax and semantics of the verb “to marry” in Dholuo
[15908]   Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1994) : The semantics of government and democracy in Luo: a linguistic study of socio-political development
[22719]   Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1997) : Dholuo emotional language: an overview
[15909]   Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa & E. Kembo Sure (1997) : The Kenyan language policy: a historical review and research agenda
[15910]   Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa & E. Kembo Sure (1998) : Kenya
[15911]   Omoniyi, Tope (1991) : Ibolo: rural dialect in urban stranglehood?
[15912]   Omoniyi, Tope (1999) : Afro-Asian rural border areas
[15913]   Omoniyi, Tope (2003) : Local policies and global forces: multiliteracy and Africa’s indigenous languages
[15914]   Omoniyi, Tope (2004) : Language ideology and politics: a critical appraisal of French as second official language in Nigeria
[15915]   Omoruyi, O. Thomas (1986) : On the internal structures of words in Edo
[15916]   Omoruyi, O. Thomas (1986) : Adjectives and adjectivization processes in Edo
[15917]   Omoruyi, O. Thomas (1989) : Focus and question formation in Edo
[15918]   Omoruyi, O. Thomas (1989) : Negation in Edo
[15919]   Omozuwa, Edosa Victor (1989) : Speech tempo, consonant deletion and tones in Edo nouns
[15920]   Omozuwa, Edosa Victor (1991) : Acoustic cues for the perception of tones of disyllabic nouns in Edo
[15921]   Omozuwa, Edosa Victor (1997) : Vowel elision and tones in Edo CV#VCV(CV) constructions
[24030]   Omozuwa, Edosa Victor (1998) : A spectographic study of Edo [r] and [l]
[27222]   Onana Nkoa, Jean Roland (2007) : Morphologie verbale du nulíbíe
[15923]   Onana, Daniel (1975) : Traduction de proverbes Ibo du Nigeria
[15924]   Onawongo, Emany A. O. (1980) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue tetela C.71 (parler de Loja): phonologie et morphologie
[15925]   Ondo-Mébiame, Pierre (1986) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique du seki
[15926]   Ondo-Mébiame, Pierre (1989) : Esquisse de description du isangu, parler bantu du groupe B.40
[15927]   Ondo-Mébiame, Pierre (1992) : De la phonologie à la morphologie du fang-ntumu parlé à Aboumézok (Bantu A.75)
[15928]   Ondo-Mébiame, Pierre (2000) : Éssai de description morphophonologique du yisangu, langue bantu du Gabon
[26611]   Ondo-Mebiame, Pierre (2005) : Les suffixes verbaux de dérivation en Fang-Ntumu
[26613]   Ondo-Mebiame, Pierre (2005) : La catégorie grammaticale de nom en fàŋ-mә̀kɛ̌
[15929]   Ong, Walter J. (1982) : Orality and literacy: the technologizing of the word
[15930]   Ongaye, Oda Orkaydo (2000) : The structure of simple sentences in Konso
[26446]   Ongaye, Oda Orkaydo (2013) : A grammar of Konso
[26585]   Ongaye, Oda Orkaydo (2013) : Conditional clauses in Konso
[27927]   Ongaye, Oda Orkaydo (2020) : The structure and interpretations of the imperative in Konso
[27350]   Ongaye, Orkaydo Oda & Maarten Mous (2016) : Subject clitics in Konso
[26923]   Ongodia, Simon Peter & Auston Ejiet (2008) : Ateso - English Dictionary
[26469]   Ongoïba, Oumarou-Samba (1988) : Étude phonologique du Dogon, variante Ğamsaj (Mali)
[15931]   Oni, J. O. (1975) : A tentative analysis of the phonology and noun classes of Bette
[15932]   Onibere, E. A. , C. E. Ngolah & W. S. Shu (2003) : The effect of language on human-computer interactions in Cameroon
[15933]   Ono, Hitomi (1996) : |Gui terms of address: rethinking avoidance/joking relationships in terms of their usage of the honorific plural
[15934]   Ono, Hitomi (1996) : An ethnosemantic analysis of Gui relationship terminology
[25688]   Ono, Hitomi (2010) : |Gui kinship verbs? Verbs and nouns in |Gui and linguistic differences found among its kinship terms
[15935]   Onukaogu, Chukwuemeka Eze (1999) : Effective and efficient ESL and Nigerian mother-tongue literacy acquisition: can literature be a catalyst?
[15936]   Onukawa, Monday C. (1992) : The rV4: a prolific diachronic derivational suffix in Igbo
[15937]   Onukawa, Monday C. (1992) : Aspects of the semantics and syntax of the Igbo gerundive nominal
[15938]   Onukawa, Monday C. (1993) : A study of the Igbo de-nominal reduplicated noun
[15939]   Onukawa, Monday C. (1995) : A re-analysis of the so-called Igbo desentential nominals
[15940]   Onukawa, Monday C. (1999) : The significance of the verb kwe in Igbo personal names
[15941]   Onukawa, Monday C. (1999) : Anthropolinguistic evidence of the evolution of Chi names in Igbo
[15942]   Onukawa, Monday C. (1999) : The order of extensional suffixes in Igbo
[26723]   Onumajuru, E.M. (2011) : Towards a classification of Igbò verbs: the problem of stative verbs in the Orlu dialect of Igbò
[15943]   Onumajuru, Emeka Michael (1985) : Le système verbal de l’igbo (parler d’Orlu)
[28377]   Onumajuru, V. C. (2017) : Code-mixing among Igbo preachers
[15944]   Onuoha, Philip C. (1990) : Syntax and semantics of verb compounding in Igbo
[15945]   Onwuchekwa, Julie N. (1985) : The English language performance of hearing and hearing-impaired secondary school students
[15946]   Onwuchekwa, Julie N. & I. A. Nwazuoke (1995) : Language and disability: the Nigerian experience
[15947]   Onwuejíògwu, M. A. (1975) : Some fundamental problems in the application of lexicostatistics in the study of African languages
[15948]   Onwueméne, Michael C. (1981) : Arvee-three: the meaning of an Igbo verbal suffix
[15949]   Onwueméne, Michael C. (1984) : The latency of the -rV3 suffix in northwestern Igbo
[28393]   Onwukwe, Chimaobi (2018) : Spatial Deixis in Ibeme Dialect of Igbo
[28442]   Onyango-Ouma, Washington & Jens Aagaard-Hansen (2020) : Dholuo Kincepts in Western Kenya
[23716]   Onyango, James Ogola (2005) : Issues in national language terminology development in Kenya
[15950]   Onyeche, Joseph Ifeanyi (1998) : Notes on Ika lexicon and verb phrases
[15951]   Onyeche, Joseph Ifeanyi (2001) : Loss and retention in the Ika language
[15952]   Onyeche, Joseph Ifeanyi (2002) : Ika community: a sociolinguistic description
[15953]   Onyeche, Joseph Ifeanyi (2002) : Changes in Ika: an exploratory study of a language and a community/Ógbehuto ri íka: ndamî nlele asusu le ali íka
[15954]   Onyeche, Joseph Ifeanyi (2004) : As Naija pipo dey tok: a preliminary analysis of the role of Nigerian Pidgin in the Nigerian community in Sweden
[15955]   Onyekaonwu, Goddy (1972) : The development of modern Igbo prose fiction 1933-1983: a historical and stylistic survey
[15956]   Ooma, Martin A. (198-) : Luo-English dictionary
[15957]   Oomen, Antoinete (1977) : Aspects of the Rendille language: focus in the Rendille clause
[15958]   Oomen, Antoinete (1977) : The adequacy of the features tongue root position, high, low and back in a comparison of aspects of Rendille and Somali phonology
[15959]   Oomen, Antoinete (1978) : Focus in the Rendille clause
[15960]   Oomen, Antoinete (1981) : Gender and plurality in Rendille
[15961]   Oordt, L. C. van (1947-1956) : Die Kaapse taalargief
[15962]   Oordt, L. C. van (1950-1965) : Die Kaapse taalargief V-X
[15963]   Oosthuysen jnr, J. C. (1958) : Leer self Xhosa
[15964]   Oostrum, O. van & M. S. B. Kritzinger (1923) : Afrikaanse spraakkuns
[15965]   Opalka, Hubertus & Fritz Pasierbsky (1977) : Amalgamation processes in Swahili (noun compounds): a comparative study on language planning
[15966]   Opeibi, Babatunde Olusola (2000) : One language model in ethnic and inter group relations: a bridge across cultures
[15968]   Opoku-Agyeman, Kwame & Shettina Umara Bulakarima (1988) : The present status of Kanuri and Hausa in the Maiduguri metropolis: symbiosis or osmosis?
[15967]   Opoku, Victor (1964) : Akan greetings and salutations
[23789]   Oprima, Florin (2002) : Notes on VP syntax
[15969]   Opubor, Alfred E. (1973) : Mass communications in Nigeria
[15970]   Oraka, N. (1983) : The impact of the SPILC and the evolution of Igbo studies in Nigeria
[15971]   Orano, Marcello (1931) : Elementi per lo studio della lingua somala: grammatica con 65 verbi coniugati per esteto, frasario e dizionario dei vocaboli più usati nelle due forme parlate più comunemente
[15972]   Orano, Marcello (1936) : La lingua somala parlata nella Somalia settentrionale e nell’Ogaden
[15973]   Orchardson, J. Q. (1---) : A grammar of Kipsigis
[15974]   Ordenneau, P. B. (1---) : Grammaire runyankore
[11279]   Oréal, Elsa (2004) : Les marques personnelles en ancien égyptien : morphologie et fonction
[24462]   Oreal, Elsa (2007) : Fracture dʼactance et dynamique morphosyntaxique: le renouvellement du perfectif en Ancien égyptien
[24911]   Oréal, Elsa (2008) : Les formes de la dépendance entre syntaxe et énonciation : la solution égyptienne
[15976]   Orel, Vladimir E. (1990) : K proisxozdenii licnyx mestoimenij v semito-xamitskorn
[15977]   Orel, Vladimir E. (1992) : Reconstruction of the Afrasian vocalism: Cushitic and Chadic
[15975]   Orel, Vladimir E. & Olga Valerievna Stolbova (19--) : Chadic-Semitic and Chadic Egyptian common roots
[15978]   Orel, Vladimir E. & Olga Valerievna Stolbova (1995) : Hamito-Semitic etymological dictionary: materials for a reconstruction
[26145]   Orie, Olanike Ola (2012) : Two Cases of Adaptation Mismatches in Yoruba Loan Phonology
[26871]   Orie, Ọlanikẹ Ọla (2013) : From Conventional Gestures to Sign Language: The Case of Yoruba Sign Language
[15979]   Orie, Olanike-Ola (1999) : Benue-Congo prosodic phonology and morphology in optimality theory
[15980]   Orie, Olanike-Ola (2000) : Syllable asymmetries in comparative Yoruba phonology
[15981]   Orie, Olanike-Ola (2001) : An alignment-based account of vowel harmony in Ife Yoruba
[15983]   Orie, Olanike-Ola (2002) : Yoruba names and gender marking
[15984]   Orie, Olanike-Ola (2003) : Two harmony theories and high vowel patterns in Ebira and Yoruba
[24711]   Orie, Olanike-Ola (2006) : L2 Acquisition and Yoruba Tones: Issues and Challenges
[15982]   Orie, Olanike-Ola & Douglas Pulleyblank (2002) : Yoruba vowel elision: minimality effects
[27395]   Orkaydo, Ongaye Oda & Maarten Mous (2017) : The semantics of pluractionals and punctuals in Konso (Cushitic, Ethiopia)
[24783]   Orman, Jon (2008) : Language Policy and Nation-Building in Post-Apartheid South Africa
[15985]   Oro, Pulido del (1940) : Algo sobre el Hasánia o dialecto arabe que se habla en el Sahara atlantico
[15987]   Orr, Gregory John (1987) : Aspects of the second language acquisition of Chichewa noun class morphology
[15988]   Orupabo, G. J. & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1980) : Okrika
[15989]   Orwig, Carol (1987) : Les extensions verbales en nugunu
[15990]   Orwig, Carol (1989) : Extensions verbales en nugunu
[15991]   Orwig, Carol (1991) : Les temps en nugunu
[22894]   Orwig, Carol (1991) : Relative time reference in Nugunu
[15992]   Orwin, Martin (1994) : Aspects of Somali phonology
[15993]   Orwin, Martin (1995) : Colloquial Somali: a complete language course
[15994]   Orwin, Martin (1996) : A moraic model of the prosodic phonology of Somali
[15996]   Orwin, Martin (2001) : On consonants in Somali metrics
[15995]   Orwin, Martin & Maxamed Cabdullaahi Riiraash (1997) : An approach to relationships between Somali metre types
[15997]   Ory, M. (1981) : Esquisse phonologique du beng (Côte d’Ivoire)
[15998]   Os, L. W. van (1930) : Afrikaans self-taught by the natural method with phonetic pronunciation
[15999]   Osaji, D. (1977) : Language imposition: sociolinguistic case study of the Hausa language in Nigeria
[16000]   Osaji, D. (1979) : Sociolinguistic case-study of Hausa as language of imposition in Nigeria
[26728]   Osam, E. Kweku , Reginald A. Duah & Afua M. Blay (2011) : The so-called postpositions in Akan: A reconsideration
[16001]   Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1988) : The structure of Akan newpaper editorials: the case of Wonsuom
[16002]   Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1990) : Participant identification in Akan negatives
[16003]   Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1993) : The loss of the noun class system in Akan
[16004]   Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1993/96) : Animacy distinctions in Akan grammar
[16005]   Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1994) : From serial verbs to prepositions and the road between
[16006]   Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1996) : The history of Akan complementizers
[16007]   Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1997) : Serial verbs and grammatical relations in Akan
[16008]   Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1998) : Complementation in Akan
[16009]   Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (2000) : The status of indirect object in Akan
[16010]   Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (2002) : Reflexive marking and related functions in Akan
[16011]   Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (2003) : An introduction to the verbal and multi-verbal system of Akan
[24658]   Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (2008) : Verbal alternations in Akan
[25222]   Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (2008) : Akan As An Aspectual Language
[27028]   Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (2017) : Valency changing processes in Akan
[24593]   Osam, Emmanuel Kweku Ahen (1994) : Aspects of Akan Grammar: A Functional Perspective
[16012]   Osbiston, Rachel (Ed) (1987) : Communication skills for the public sector
[24523]   Osbiston, Rachel & Anthony Joshua Naden (1980 [1975]) : Mampruli
[16013]   Osborn, W. Donald , David J. Dwyer & Joseph I. Donoho jnr (1993) : Fulfulde (Maasina) English French lexicon
[22835]   Osinde, Kenneth (1986) : Sheng: an investigation into the social and structural aspects of an evolving language
[16014]   Osisanya, Dorcas (1974) : The teaching of informal varieties
[16015]   Osman, Madina C. & R. David Paul Zorc (1992) : Somali handbook
[22637]   Osman, Mariam H. (1990) : Bound anaphora in Egyptian Arabic
[24974]   Osman, Suleiman Norein (2006) : Phonology of the Zaghawa Language in Sudan
[16016]   Osnitskaya, Elena Alekseevna (1962) : Imennoe slovoobrazovanie v yazyke Hausa
[16017]   Osnitskaya, Elena Alekseevna (1963) : Kratkiy ocherk gramatiki yazyka Khausa [An outline of the grammar of the Hausa language]
[16018]   Osnitskaya, Elena Alekseevna (1966) : Inversiya adresata deistviya v prostom i slozhnom predlozheniyi yazyka Khausa [Inversion du destineur et de l’addressé dans la phrase simple et composée de la langue haoussa]
[16019]   Osnitskaya, Elena Alekseevna (1971) : Genitivnyye konstrukciyi v chadochamititskikh yazykach [Genitive constructions in Chadohamitic languages]
[16020]   Osnitskaya, Elena Alekseevna (1972) : [The study of the Semito-Hamitic languages of the Chad Basin]
[16021]   Ossai-Emeli, Cecilia Ijeuwa (1976) : A descriptive contrastive analysis of English and Igbo verb systems
[16022]   Ostrovsky, V. , J. Tejani & others (1966) : Tentative list of new words (not included in Johnson’s standard dictionary) ; part 1
[16023]   Ostrovsky, V. , J. Tejani & others (1967) : Tentative list of new words (not included in Johnson’s standard dictionary) ; parts 2-3
[16024]   Ostrovsky, V. , J. Tejani & others (1968) : Tentative list of new words (not included in Johnson’s standard dictionary) ; part 4
[27882]   Osu, Sylvester N. (2018) : Quand le dictionnaire donne à voir la culture
[16025]   Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu (1995) : Étude du quelques particules verbales dans la langue ikwere
[16026]   Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu (1995) : La particule verbale -ru en ikwere: une forme, deux marquers
[16027]   Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu (1998) : Opérations énonciatives et problématique du repérage: cinq particulares verbales ìkwéré
[16028]   Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu (2000) : Negation marking in Ikwere
[16029]   Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu (2000) : La focalisation en ìkwéré
[16030]   Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu (2002) : The meaning of the meaningless morpheme kè in Ikwere
[24912]   Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu (2008) : La nature de la relation entre propositions dans une construction de type parataxe en ikwere
[28538]   Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu & George N. Clements (2009) : Les nasales en ikwere
[16031]   Osundare, N. (1974) : Yoruba proverbs: a study in the problems of translation
[16032]   Otaala, Laura Ariko (1981) : Phonological and semantic aspects of Ateso derivational verbal morphology
[16033]   Otaala, Laura Ariko (1983) : An examination of the meaning of ideophones in Ateso
[16034]   Otaala, Laura Ariko (2001) : A mismatch between Namibia’s language policy planners and implementers: a preliminary investigation of the case of teachers
[24126]   Otamere, Ekhato (1998-99) : Languages in Contact: The Case of Edo and Imasuen Portuguese
[26842]   Otero, Manuel A. (2015) : [+ATR] Dominant Vowel Harmony Except When It's Not? Evidence from Ethiopian Komo
[27545]   Otero, Manuel A. (2015) : Tta Komo Tta Gozom Tta Ingilizi Dɨkshenerɨ - Komo-Amharic-English Dictionary
[28512]   Otero, Manuel A. (2020) : A Historical Reconstruction of the Koman Language Family
[16037]   Othman, Abubakar & Amina Bashir (2000) : Language choice and use in Maiduguri
[16038]   Otten, Dirk (1995) : Temporale und lokale Adverbien und Adverbialen im Oshindonga (Owambosprache Namibias)
[16041]   Ottenheimer, Harriet Joseph (2001) : Spelling Shinzwani: dictionary construction and orthographic choice in the Comoro Islands
[23462]   Ottenheimer, Harriet Joseph (1999) : Culture and history in a Bantu (Shinzwani) dictionary
[16040]   Ottenheimer, Harriet Joseph & H. Primrose (1989) : ShiNzwani ideophones
[16039]   Ottenheimer, Harriet Joseph & M. Ottenheimer (1976) : The classification of the languages of the Comoro Islands
[16042]   Otterlee, Roger van (1979) : A Kalenjin dialect study
[16043]   Otterlee, Roger van & Karen van Otterlee (1980) : A sociolinguistic study: the Bantu language groups of the Kenya coastal area
[16044]   Ottino, Paul (1975) : L’origine dravidienne du vocabulaire du riz et de la riziculture à Madagascar
[16045]   Otto, [Brother] (1922) : A plea for more method
[16047]   Otto, Antje (1985) : Herero-naamgewing
[16046]   Otto, Eberhard (1951) : Über die Demonstrativa und Nominalbildung im Altägyptischen
[16051]   Ouakrim, Mohamed (2001) : Promoting the maintenance of endangered languages through the Internet: the case of Tamazight
[16048]   Ouakrim, Omar (1993) : Fonética y fonología der Bereber
[16049]   Ouakrim, Omar (1994) : Un paramètre acoustique distinguant la gèmination de la tension consonantique
[16050]   Ouakrim, Omar (1995) : Fonética y fonología der Bereber
[16052]   Ouane, Adama (1986) : Aperçu sociolinguistique du Mali
[16053]   Ouane, Adama & Yvette Amon-Tanoh (1990) : Literacy in French-speaking Africa: a situational analysis
[16054]   Ouattara, Lassina (2000) : Guide orthographique dogose
[28957]   Ouattara, Nambalapan , Tanga Pétanry Ouattara , Nambalossé Bamoussa Touré & Dianko Coulibaly (eds.) (2017) : Djimini – French Dictionary
[24396]   Ouedraogo née Diop, Awa (1984) : Essai de description du nanerge, langue senufo parlée en Haute-Volta
[28414]   Ouedraogo, Cheick Félix Bobodo (2020) : La Question des Langues Minoritaires au Burkina Faso: Le Cas du Wara
[16055]   Ouhalla, Jamal (1988) : The syntax of head movement: a study of Berber
[16056]   Ouhalla, Jamal (1989) : Clitic movement and the ECP: evidence from Berber and Romance languages
[16057]   Ouhalla, Jamal (1993) : Negation, focus and tense: the Arabic maa and laa
[16058]   Ouhalla, Jamal (1994) : Focus in Standard Arabic
[16059]   Ouhalla, Jamal (1994) : Verb movement and word order in Arabic
[16060]   Ouhalla, Jamal (1996) : The construct state in Berber
[16061]   Ouhalla, Jamal (1997) : Genitive subjects and the VSO order
[16062]   Ouinde, M. A. (1972) : Description phonologique d’un parler sénoufo: le parler tagbana (projet de rédaction)
[25847]   Ould-Braham, Ouahmi (2009) : La bibliothèque numérique berbère
[16063]   Oumara Yaro, Bourahima (1993) : Eléments de description du zarma
[16064]   Ouoba, Bendi Benoît (19--) : Éléments de grammaire gulmance
[25042]   Ouoba, Bendi Benoît (1982) : Description systématique du gulmancema : Phonologie - Lexicologie - Syntaxe
[23968]   Ouoba, Bendi Benoît & autres (Ed) (1994) : Mi gulimancéma leni mi bonpienma tínàa / Dictionnaire bilingue gulimancéma-français, lexique français-gulimancéma
[28965]   Ouoba, Benoît & Urs Niggli (2019) : Gulimancema – French – English Dictionary
[16065]   Ourso, Méterwa A. (1988) : Root control, underspecification and ATR harmony
[16066]   Ourso, Méterwa A. (1989) : Lama phonology and morphology
[16067]   Ourso, Méterwa A. (1989) : Phonological processes in the noun class system of Lama
[16068]   Ourso, Méterwa A. & Charles H. Ulrich (1990) : Sonorant-strengthening in Lama
[27364]   Ourso, Méterwa A. & Hanoukoume Cyril Kparou (2014) : Traits syntaxiques des formes verbales homophones-homotones en lama : Polysémie ou homonymie ?
[28026]   Ousmanou (2019) : Sound symbolism in gender and number distinction in Masa
[16069]   Oussikoum, Souad (2001) : Pragmatique et ordre des mots en berbère: le parler des Aït Wirra
[16070]   Ouwehand, Mariette (1965) : Everyday Tsonga
[26336]   Ouzilleau, François Marie Frédéric (1911) : Notes sur les langues des Pygmées de la Sanga: Suivies de vocabulaires
[16071]   Ouzzate, Hassan (1999) : Dashing Amazigh hopes to language school maintenance (abstract)
[16072]   Overdulde, C. M. (1975) : Apprendre la langue rwanda
[16073]   Overdulde, C. M. & Irene Jacob (1998) : Twige Iinyarwanda: manuel d’apprentissage de la langue rwanda
[22460]   Overdulde, C. M. & Irene Jacob (2000) : Initiation au kinyarwanda: manuel d’apprentissage de la langue rwandaise
[16074]   Overschelde, G. van (1967) : Méthode pour apprendre le kinyarwanda
[16075]   Overschelde, G. van , P. Bertrand & C. Gasangwa (1977) : Dictionnaire kinyarwanda-français et français-kinyarwanda
[24594]   Overton, Harold J. (1972) : A Generative - Transformational Grammar of the Kikuyu Language Based On the Nyeri Dialect
[28731]   Overton, Rebekah & John B. Walker (2017) : The Grammar Basics of Kabwa
[28854]   Oweleke, Esther Nwakaego (2021) : A diachronic analysis of the socio-semantic features of Igbo personal names
[16076]   Owen, & Keare (1---) : An abbreviated vocabulary
[16077]   Owens, Jonathan (1977) : Aspects of Nubi grammar
[16078]   Owens, Jonathan (1980) : Observations on tone in the Booran dialect of Oromo
[16079]   Owens, Jonathan (1980) : The syllable as prosody: a re-analysis of syllabification in eastern Libyan Arabic
[16080]   Owens, Jonathan (1982) : Case in the Booran dialect of Oromo
[16081]   Owens, Jonathan (1984) : A short reference grammar of eastern Libyan Arabic
[16082]   Owens, Jonathan (1985) : A grammar of Harar Oromo (Northeastern Ethiopia), including a text and a glossary
[16083]   Owens, Jonathan (1985) : The Oromo causative: lexical grammar without lexical rules
[16084]   Owens, Jonathan (1985) : The origins of East African Nubi
[16085]   Owens, Jonathan (1985) : Arabic dialects of Chad and Nigeria
[16086]   Owens, Jonathan (1988) : The foundations of grammar: an introduction to medieval Arabic grammatical theory
[16087]   Owens, Jonathan (1988) : Nominal relations in systemic dependency grammar
[16088]   Owens, Jonathan (1989) : Zur Pidginisierung und Kreolisierung im Arabischen
[16089]   Owens, Jonathan (1990) : East African Nubi: bioprogram vs inheritance
[16090]   Owens, Jonathan (1990) : Early Arabic grammatical theory: heterogeneity and standardization
[16091]   Owens, Jonathan (1991) : Nubi, genetic linguistics and language classification
[16092]   Owens, Jonathan (1993) : A grammar of Nigerian Arabic
[16094]   Owens, Jonathan (1993) : Nigerian Arabic in comparative perspective
[16095]   Owens, Jonathan (1995) : Language in the graphics mode: Arabic among the Kanuri of Nigeria
[16096]   Owens, Jonathan (1997) : The Arabic grammatical tradition
[16097]   Owens, Jonathan (1999) : Neighbourhood and ancestry: variations in the spoken Arabic of Maiduguri, Nigeria
[16098]   Owens, Jonathan (2001) : Creole Arabic: the orphan of all orphans
[22712]   Owens, Jonathan (2005) : Hierarchicalized matrices: codeswitching among urban Nigerian Arabs
[23793]   Owens, Jonathan (2006) : A linguistic history of Arabic
[27824]   Owens, Jonathan (2020) : Arabic in Africa
[16093]   Owens, Jonathan (Ed) (1993) : Arabs and Arabic in the Lake Chad region
[25877]   Owili, Florence Akinyi (2009) : Kinship Terms in Dholuo: a componential analysis
[16099]   Owino, Daniel (2003) : Phonological nativization of Dholuo loanwords
[16100]   Owiredu, P. A. (1957) : Towards a common language for Ghana
[16101]   Ownby, Carolyn Postma (1981) : Early Nguni history: linguistic suggestions
[16102]   Ownby, Carolyn Postma (1985) : Early Nguni history: the linguistic evidence and its correlation with archaeology and oral tradition
[28400]   Owoahene, Samuel Acheampong , Samuel Awinkene Atintono & Samuel Alhassan Issah (2019) : The morpho-syntactic characterization of Likpakpaanl reflexive pronouns
[26715]   Owoeye, Omolara K. (2011) : Yorùbá based Nigerian English in the drama of Ola Rotimi and Femi Osofisan
[27000]   Owoeye, Omolara Kikelomo & Samuel Ayodele Dada (2015) : Creativity and translation in Nigerian literature: Yoruba authors in focus
[16103]   Owólabí, D. Kola O. (1976) : Noun-noun constructions in Yoruba: a syntactic and semantic analysis
[16104]   Owólabí, D. Kola O. (1989) : Ìjìnlè ìtúpalè èdè yorùbá (i) fònétíìkì àti fonólojì
[16106]   Owólabí, D. Kola O. (1995) : More on Yoruba prefixing morphology
[16105]   Owólabí, D. Kola O. (Ed) (1995) : Language in Nigeria: essays in honour of Ayo Bamgbose
[22583]   Owona, Antoine (2001) : Petit Nègre: un parler du français de la rue parlée au Cameroun
[23857]   Owona, Antoine (2004) : L’orthographe harmonisée de l’ewondo
[16107]   Owónibí, (1996) : Sex bias in language use: an African interpretation of gender conflicts
[16108]   Owuor, Donald (1963) : The difficulties experienced by Luo and Swahili children in learning English
[16109]   Owuri, S. I. (1983) : Question formation in Ebira
[16110]   Owusu-Ansah, Lawrence (1994) : Intertextuality in Ghanaian English texts
[28799]   Owusu, Augustina (2022) : Tense and aspect in Akan serial verb constructions
[28229]   Owusu, Augustina P. (2019) : A closer look at the Akan determiner bi: An epistemic indefinite analysis
[28424]   Oyebade, Francis & Abiodun Samuel Ibikunle (2020) : Floating Nasality in Ìdomà-Òtùkpó - An OT Account
[16111]   Oyebade, Francis O. (1980) : Aspects of Yagba phonology
[16112]   Oyebade, Francis O. (1983) : Aspects of the phonology of Nigerian Pidgin English
[16113]   Oyebade, Francis O. (1985) : Oke-Akoko nasalisation and lexical phonology
[16114]   Oyebade, Francis O. (1988) : Issues in the phonology of Kakanda language: an autosegmental perspective
[16115]   Oyebade, Francis O. & Beban Sammy Chumbow (1997) : Downstep and upstep in Nkwen
[16116]   Oyebade, Francis O. & T. O. Agoyi (2004) : The endangered status of marginalised languages: Sosan and Ùkuè as case study
[22784]   Oyebiyi, C. M. O. (1986) : Ikiran phonology
[16117]   Oyegbami, L. (1985) : Pidgin English as lingua franca
[26853]   Oyèláràn, Ọlásopé & Ọládiípọ̀ Ajíbóyè (2013) : The Challenge of Syntactic Categories: Focus on the Yorùbá Language
[16125]   Oyèláran, Olasope Oyediji (1971) : Yoruba phonology
[16126]   Oyèláran, Olasope Oyediji (1972) : Some hachneyed aspects of the phonology of the Yoruba verb phrase
[16127]   Oyèláran, Olasope Oyediji (1973) : Yoruba vowel co-occurence restrictions
[16128]   Oyèláran, Olasope Oyediji (1981) : On the scope of the serial verb construction in Yoruba
[16129]   Oyèláran, Olasope Oyediji (1982) : On the scope of the serial verb construction in Yoruba
[23742]   Oyèláran, Olasope Oyediji (1991) : Theoretical implications of the syllabic nasal in Yorùbá
[23747]   Oyèláran, Olasope Oyediji (1992) : Tense/aspect in Òwérò
[23751]   Oyèláran, Olasope Oyediji (1992) : The category AUX in the Yorùbá phrase structure
[16118]   Oyeleye, A. L. (1985) : Problems of variety differentiation in Nigerian English: a sociolinguistic study
[16119]   Oyeleye, A. L. (1990) : Domesticating the English language in Nigeria: the example of Achebe’s local colour variety
[16120]   Oyeleye, A. L. (1990) : Nigerian English: a re-examination of some historical and sociolinguistic factors
[16130]   Oyètádé, Benjamin Akíntúndé (1988) : Issues in the analysis of Yoruba tone
[16131]   Oyètádé, Benjamin Akíntúndé (1992) : Abraham’s ‘magnetised tone’ in Yoruba
[16132]   Oyètádé, Benjamin Akíntúndé (1997) : Some place-nams in Akoko land: an etymological inquiry
[16133]   Oyètádé, Benjamin Akíntúndé (2000) : Hausa loan words in Yorùbá
[23743]   Oyètádé, Benjamin Akíntúndé (1991) : Tones in the Yorùbá personal praise names
[16121]   Oyetade, Solomon Oluwole (1995) : Towards a study of linguistic variation in Yoruba: a preliminary statement
[16122]   Oyetade, Solomon Oluwole (1995) : Bilingualism and language use in the Nupe settlement in Ibadan
[16123]   Oyetade, Solomon Oluwole (1996) : Bilingualism and ethnic identity in a Nupe-Yoruba border town in Nigeria
[16124]   Oyetade, Solomon Oluwole (2004) : Language endangerment in Nigeria: perspectives with the Akpes cluster of Akoko languages
[23492]   Oyetade, Solomon Oluwole (1995) : Comparative number words in five Akoko dialects and Edo with Standard Yoruba
[23493]   Oyetade, Solomon Oluwole (1997) : Some place names in Akoko-land: an etymological inquiry
[23494]   Oyetade, Solomon Oluwole (2003) : The phonetic interpretation of register: evidence from Yorùbá
[23495]   Oyetade, Solomon Oluwole (2000) : The verb ‘go’ in Akoko Yoruba
[29067]   Oyinloye, Mayowa Emmanuel (2023) : An Alignment-Based Account of Affixation in Yorùbá
[16134]   Oyoyoh, O. I. (1943) : A summary of study in Effik-Ibibio language with particular reference to orthography
[15550]   OʼBarr, J. F. (1976) : Language and politics in Tanzanian governmental institutions
[15549]   OʼBarr, William M. (1971) : Multilingualism in a rural Tanzanian village
[15551]   OʼBarr, William M. (1976) : Language use and language policy in Tanzania: an overview
[15552]   OʼBarr, William M. (1985) : Continuity and change in the functions of Swahili and vernacular languages in rural East Africa
[15555]   OʼBrien, Daniel (1980) : Subsidiarity in Tonga (Zambian) tense forms
[15553]   OʼBrien, M. C. (1965) : The distribution of Guang
[15554]   OʼBrien, Richard J. & Wim A. M. Cuypers (1975) : A descriptive sketch of the grammar of Sebei
[15556]   OʼBryan, Margie (1974) : The role of analogy in non-derived formations in Zulu
[15557]   OʼCallaghan, Marion (1977) : Namibia: the effects of apartheid on culture and education
[15559]   OʼConnor, Loretta Marie (1992) : The position of Makua: a study in linguistic geography
[15560]   OʼDowd, M. C. (1974) : The English-speaking South African and the problem of identity
[15561]   OʼHagan, Charles (1962) : English-medium teaching in Kenya
[15562]   OʼLeary, de Lacey (1974) : Colloquial Arabic
[15563]   OʼMatenyo, F. Nyakoe (1981) : English-Ekegusii companion
[15564]   OʼNeil, Joseph (1935) : A Shona grammar, Zezuru dialect
[15566]   OʼNeil, Joseph (1950) : A grammar of the Sindebele dialect of Zulu
[15569]   OʼRiordan, Sean & John Coffey (1982) : Lumko course in Southern Sotho
[15568]   OʼRiordan, Sean & Terrence McGuckin (1972) : The Lumko programmed instruction course in Tswana
[15567]   OʼRiordan, Sean , M. Mathiso , Anthony S. Davey , S. V. Bentele , Benjamin Ezra Nuttall Mahlasela & Leonard Walter Lanham (1969) : Lumko Xhosa self-instruction course
[15570]   OʼSullivan, Owen (1993) : English-Silozi dictionary
[16135]   Paas, Steven (Ed) (2003) : English-Chichewa/Chinyanja dictionary
[27025]   Pacchiarotti, Sara (2017) : The syntactic status of objects in Mooré ditransitive constructions
[28515]   Pacchiarotti, Sara (2018) : Bantu Applicative Construction Types Involving *-ID: Form, Functions, and Diachrony
[28895]   Pacchiarotti, Sara (2022) : Reconstructable main clause functions of Proto-Bantu applicative *-ɪd
[28712]   Pacchiarotti, Sara & Koen Bostoen (2021) : The evolution of the noun class system of Ngwi (West-Coastal Bantu, B861, DRC)
[28771]   Pacchiarotti, Sara & Koen Bostoen (2020) : The Proto-West-Coastal Bantu velar merger
[27667]   Pacchiarotti, Sara , Natalia Chousou-Polydouri & Koen Bostoen (2019) : Untangling the West-Coastal Bantu Mess - Identification, Geography and Phylogeny of the Bantu B50-80 Languages
[16136]   Paden, John Naber (1968) : Language problems of national integration in Nigeria: the special position of Hausa
[22938]   Paesler, Wolfgang (1989) : How to distinguish statement and question in Beng
[22953]   Paesler, Wolfgang (1992) : Esquisse phonologique du beng
[25039]   Pageaud, Paul (1972) : Lexique bété
[16143]   Pahl, Helga (1990) : Kasus im Hausa
[16139]   Pahl, Herbert Walter (1977) : The distribution and functional roles of certain significant tones and tonal sequences in Xhosa, 1: the falling tone
[16140]   Pahl, Herbert Walter (1978) : The functions of the verbal extensions in Xhosa
[16141]   Pahl, Herbert Walter (1978) : The distribution and functional roles of certain significant tones and tonal sequences in Xhosa, 2: the terminal HH sequence, the LH sequence and the reversal of tones
[16138]   Pahl, Herbert Walter (Ed) (1967) : IsiXhosa (Xhosa)
[16137]   Pahl, Herbert Walter & E. W. M. no Mesatywa (Ed) (1957) : Ulwimi lwesi Xhosa
[16142]   Pahl, Herbert Walter , A. M. Pienaar & T. A. Ndungane (Eds) (1989) : The greater dictionary of Isixhosa - Volume 3: Q to Z
[16144]   Pahlen, Klaus W. (1994) : A manual for writing Kalanga, as spoken in Botswana
[16146]   Pahlen, Klaus W. (1994) : Spelling results of 1988
[16147]   Pahlen, Klaus W. (1994) : Remaining problems in writing Kalanga
[16148]   Pahlen, Klaus W. (1994) : Guiding principles for word division in written Kalanga
[16149]   Pahlen, Klaus W. (1994) : Alternative rules for Kalanga word division
[16150]   Pahlen, Klaus W. (1994) : The use of glides in Kalanga
[16151]   Pahlen, Klaus W. (1994) : Kalanga punctuation
[16145]   Pahlen, Klaus W. (Ed) (1994) : Proceedings of the Kalanga research conference, April 5-6, 1994
[16152]   Pai, A. Dada & T. Oderinde (1979) : An empirical study of the acceptability of four accents spoken in Nigeria
[16153]   Painter, Colin (1964) : The distribution of the Guang: a comparison and classification of the Guang languages and dialects towards a proto Guang
[16154]   Painter, Colin (1966) : Linguistic field notes from Banda and language maps of the Guang speaking areas of Ghana, Togo and Dahomey
[16155]   Painter, Colin (1966) : Language maps of the Guang-speaking areas of Ghana, togo and Dahomey
[16156]   Painter, Colin (1967) : The distribution of Guang in Ghana and a statistical pre-testing of twenty-five ideolects
[16157]   Painter, Colin (1973) : Cineradiographic data on the feature ‘covered’ in Twi vowel harmony
[16158]   Painter, Colin (1970) : Gonja: a phonological and grammatical study
[23964]   Painter, Colin (1972) : Fourteen papers on Gwa, and 52 texts on Gwa
[24517]   Painter, Colin (1980 [1974]) : Gonja
[24519]   Painter, Colin (1980 [1974]) : Hill Guang
[16159]   Pairault, Claude (1969) : Documents du parler d’Iro, kùláál du Tchad
[23472]   Pakia, Mohamed (2005) : African traditional plant knowledge today: an ethnobotanical study of the Digo at the Kenya coast
[16160]   Palai, Esther Basadi & Laureen OʼHanlon (2004) : Word and phoneme frequency of occurence in conversational Setswana: a clinical linguistic application
[16162]   Palayer, Pierre (1975) : Esquisse phonologique de la langue tounia
[16163]   Palayer, Pierre (1975) : Note sur les Noy du Moyen-Chari (Tchad)
[16164]   Palayer, Pierre (1977) : Lexique de plantes du pays sar: plantes spontanées et cultivées
[16165]   Palayer, Pierre (1978) : Lexique de poissons en sar et en ngambay
[16166]   Palayer, Pierre (1989) : La langue sar (sud du Tchad)
[16167]   Palayer, Pierre (1992) : Un syntagme nominal épithétique immédiat en sar (Tchad)
[16168]   Palayer, Pierre (1992) : Dictionnaire sar-français: Tchad
[16169]   Palayer, Pierre (1995) : Présentation d’un dictionnaire sar-français avec attention particulière accordée aux adjectifs
[23153]   Palayer, Pierre (2004) : Dictionnaire kenga (Tchad)
[24548]   Palayer, Pierre & Massa Solekaye (2006) : Dictionnaire Démé (Tchad), précédé de notes grammaticales
[16161]   Palayer, Pierre , Maurice Fournier & E. Moundo (1970) : Éléments de grammaire sar (Tchad)
[26216]   Pali, Tchaa (2011) : Description systématique de la langue miyobe (Togo / Bénin)
[27362]   Pali, Tchaa (2013) : Le morphème /rə-/ et la problématique des idéophones en lama
[28536]   Pali, Tchaa (2014) : L’item « yɛ » du miyobé (Togo/Bénin) : verbe plein, auxiliaire ou auxiliant ?
[16172]   Palmer, Frank R. (1955) : The ‘broken plurals’ of Tigrinya
[16173]   Palmer, Frank R. (1956) : ‘Openness’ in Tigre: a problem in prosodic statement
[16174]   Palmer, Frank R. (1957) : The verb in Bilin
[16175]   Palmer, Frank R. (1958) : The noun in Bilin
[16176]   Palmer, Frank R. (1958) : Comparative statement and Ethiopian Semitic
[16177]   Palmer, Frank R. (1959) : The verb classes of Agaw (Awiya)
[16178]   Palmer, Frank R. (1960) : An outline of Bilin phonology
[16179]   Palmer, Frank R. (1960) : The ‘derived forms’ of the Tigrinya verb
[16180]   Palmer, Frank R. (1962) : The morphology of the Tigre noun
[16181]   Palmer, Frank R. (1965) : Bilin ‘to be’ and ‘to have’
[16182]   Palmer, Frank R. (1966) : Word classes in Bilin
[16183]   Palmer, Frank R. (1967) : Affinity and genetic relationship in two Cushitic languages
[16184]   Palmer, Frank R. (1970) : Cushitic
[16185]   Palmer, Frank R. (1974) : Some remarks on the grammar and phonology of the ‘compound verbs’ in Cushitic and Ethiopian Semitic
[16170]   Palmer, H. Richmond (1923) : The “Fulas” and their language
[16171]   Palmer, H. Richmond (1928/29) : The origin of the name Bornu
[16186]   Paluku, André Mbula (1998) : Description grammaticale du kitalinga (langue bantu du nort-est du Zaïre)
[16187]   Paluku, André Mbula (2002) : Etat de la recherche en linguistique comparative bantou au Congo-Kinshasa: 10 and après Kadima Kamuleta
[16188]   Pamanta, Demba (2000) : Les emprunts lexicaux peuls au français: analyse linguistique et sociolinguistique à partir du journal Kabaaru
[16189]   Panconcelli-Calzia, Giulio (1920/21) : Verhauchte Nasalkonsonanten im Dzalamo
[16190]   Panconcelli-Calzia, Giulio (1923/24) : Objektive Untersuchungen über die Stimmhaftigkeit der explosivae im Zulu
[16191]   Pandey, Anita (1995/97) : The pragmatics of code alteration in Nigerian English
[16192]   Pandor, Naledi (1998) : National languages and constitutional development
[23294]   Panetta, Ester (1943) : L’arabo parlato a Bengasi
[23295]   Panetta, Ester (1958) : Vocabulario e fraselogia di Bengasi
[23296]   Panetta, Ester (1962) : Vocabulario e fraselogia dell’arabo paralto a Bengasi
[16193]   Panke, Nicolai (1999) : Zur Entlehnung arabischer und weiterer Lexme im Hausa: linguistische und historische Aspekte
[16194]   Pankhurst, Richard K. P. (1974) : Education, language and history: an historical background to post-war Ethiopia
[16195]   Pankhurst, Richard K. P. (1976) : The beginnings of Oromo studies in Europe
[16196]   Pankhurst, Richard K. P. (1976) : Historical background to education in Ethiopia
[16197]   Papen, Robert [Antoine] (1978) : The French-based creoles of the Indian Ocean: an analysis and comparison
[24230]   Paperno, Denis (2005) : Les pronoms personnels en beng
[26792]   Paperno, Denis (2014) : Grammatical sketch of Beng
[16198]   Paradis, Carole (1982) : Description phonologique du guere
[16199]   Paradis, Carole (1986) : Phonologie et morphologie lexicales: les classes nominales en peul (fula)
[16200]   Paradis, Carole (1986) : Morphological and phonological investigations in Fula: class markers
[16201]   Paradis, Carole (1987) : Strata and syllable dependencies in Fula: the nominal classes
[16202]   Paradis, Carole (1992) : Lexical phonology and morphology: the nominal classes in Fula
[25040]   Paradis, Carole (1983) : Description phonologique du guéré
[16203]   Paradis, Carole & Yvan Rose (1995) : Préservation et perte segmentale dans le emprunts français en kinyarwanda
[16204]   Paradisi, U. (1960) : Il berbero di Augila (materiale lessicale)
[24102]   Paré, Moïse (2000-01) : Analyse de la quantité vocalique en san
[16205]   Parhin, D. (1974) : Language switching in Nairobi
[27872]   Parietti Giuseppe (avec la collaboration de Henry Tourneux) (2018) : Dictionnaire fulfulde-français / français-fulfulde (Dialecte peul du Diamaré, Cameroun)
[16206]   Parietti, Giuseppe (1998) : Dictionnaire français-foulfouldé, suivi d’un index foulfouldé
[16207]   Park, Jae-Ick (1995) : Minimality effects in Swahili
[16208]   Park, Jae-Ick (1997) : Disyllabic requirement in Swahili morphology
[16209]   Park, Jae-Ick (1997) : Minimal word effects with special reference to Swahili
[16210]   Park, Jae-Ick (2000) : Swahili syllable counting in poetry, language games and stress assignment
[16213]   Parker, Beverly L. (1967) : Musical analysis of specimens of two Swahili metres
[16218]   Parker, Elizabeth (1981) : Some aspects of the phonology of Mundani
[16220]   Parker, Elizabeth (1985) : The Mundani verb
[16221]   Parker, Elizabeth (1985) : Mood, tense and aspect in Mundani
[16222]   Parker, Elizabeth (1985) : Relative clauses in Mundani
[16225]   Parker, Elizabeth (1986) : Mundani pronouns
[16226]   Parker, Elizabeth (1989) : Le nom et le syntagme nominal en mundani
[22876]   Parker, Elizabeth (1992) : Realis/irrealis morphology and the consecutive verb construction in Mundani
[22890]   Parker, Elizabeth (1991) : Complex sentences and subordination in Mundani
[22891]   Parker, Elizabeth (1991) : Conditionals in Mundani
[16227]   Parker, Elizabeth & Christine Durrant (1990) : Mundani-English lexicon
[16223]   Parker, Elizabeth & Mary Annett (1985) : Mundani-English lexicon
[16212]   Parker, Enid M. (1967) : Afar pedagogical grammar (lessons 17-36)
[16214]   Parker, Enid M. (1973/74) : ‘Afar-English dictionary: class I-III verbs
[16216]   Parker, Enid M. (1979) : Prerequisities for an adequate lexicography of ‘Afar
[16217]   Parker, Enid M. (1981) : An English-‘Afar phrase book
[16215]   Parker, Enid M. & L. M. Munro (1974) : An English-‘Afaraf language phrase book
[16219]   Parker, Enid M. & Richard J. Hayward (1985) : An Afar-English-French dictionary (with grammatical notes in English)
[16224]   Parker, Kirk H. (1985) : Baka phonology
[16211]   Parker, T. F. (1951) : Let’s talk together: timwane, tumfwane, a lu twane, tumvwane
[16229]   Parkin, B. (1974) : Language-switching in Nairobi
[16228]   Parkin, David J. (1971) : Language choice in two Kampala housing states
[16230]   Parkin, David J. (1974) : Language shift and ethnicity in Nairobi: the speech community of Kaloleni
[16231]   Parkin, David J. (1974) : Status factors in language adding: Bahati housing estate in Nairobi
[16232]   Parkin, David J. (1977) : Emergent and stabilized multilingualism: polyethnic peer groups in urban Kenya
[16233]   Parkvall, Mikael (2000) : Out of Africa: African influences in Atlantic Creoles
[16234]   Paroz, R. A. (1946) : Elements of Southern Sotho
[16235]   Paroz, R. A. (1957) : Elements of Southern Sotho
[16236]   Paroz, R. A. (1961) : Southern Sotho, English dictionary
[16237]   Parreira, A. A. (1930) : Vocabulário do dialecto shisena
[16238]   Parrinder, G. (1947) : Yoruba-speaking tribes in Dahomey
[28264]   Parrish, Alicia & Cara Feldscher (2019) : On the structure of splitting verbs in Yoruba
[16239]   Parry, Kate (Ed) (2000) : Language and literacy in Uganda: towards a sustainable reading culture
[16241]   Parsons, Allen C. (1924) : A Hausa phrase book with medical and scientific vocabulary
[16240]   Parsons, Frederick William (19--) : Papers pertaining to Hausa language and linguistics
[16242]   Parsons, Frederick William (1955) : Abstract nouns of sensory quality and their derivatives in Hausa
[16243]   Parsons, Frederick William (1959) : Case in Hausa
[16244]   Parsons, Frederick William (1960) : An introduction to gender in Hausa
[16245]   Parsons, Frederick William (1960/61) : The verbal system in Hausa: forms, functions and grades
[16246]   Parsons, Frederick William (1961) : The operation of gender in Hausa: the personal pronoun and genitive copula
[16247]   Parsons, Frederick William (1962) : Further observations on the ‘causative’ grade of the verb in Hausa
[16248]   Parsons, Frederick William (1963) : The operation of gender in Hausa: stabilizer, dependent nominals and qualifiers
[16249]   Parsons, Frederick William (1970) : Is Hausa really a Chadic language? Some problems of comparative phonology
[16250]   Parsons, Frederick William (1971/72) : Suppletion and neutralization in the verbal system of Hausa (the causative, the dative and irregular verbs)
[16251]   Parsons, Frederick William (1975) : Hausa and Chadic
[23137]   Parsons, Frederick William (Ed) (1982) : Writings on Hausa grammar: the collected papers of F. W. Parsons
[16252]   Partmann, Gayle (1974) : Derivation and simplification by adolescent Dioula speakers
[16253]   Partmann, Gayle (1979) : Some further comments on urban Dioula
[26899]   Pascalau, Petru (2015) : A Brief Grammar of the Kistane Language
[16254]   Pasch, Helma (1980) : Linguistische Aspekte der Verbreiterung lateinamerikanischer Nutzplanzen in Afrika
[16255]   Pasch, Helma (1985) : Die deverbale Derivation im Sango
[16256]   Pasch, Helma (1985) : Possession and possessive classifiers in ‘Dongo-ko
[16257]   Pasch, Helma (1987) : Die Mba-Sprachen: die Nominalklassensysteme und die genetische Gliederung einer Gruppe von Ubangi-Sprachen
[16260]   Pasch, Helma (1988) : Die Entlehnung von Bantu-Präfixen in eine Nichtbantu-Sprache
[16261]   Pasch, Helma (199-) : Standardisierung internationaler afrikanischer Verkehrssprachen
[16263]   Pasch, Helma (1992) : Rapport préliminaire sur une recherche socio-linguistique sur les variantes du sango (République Centafricaine)
[16264]   Pasch, Helma (1993) : Phonological similarities between Sango and its base language: is Sango pidgin/creole or a koiné?
[16266]   Pasch, Helma (1994) : Religiolekte des Sango
[16267]   Pasch, Helma (1994) : Status and role of Sango in the Central African Republic as constrasted to French
[16268]   Pasch, Helma (1994) : Le rôle du sango dans l’éducation scolaire et la communication publique
[16269]   Pasch, Helma (1995) : Kurzgrammatik des Ewe
[16270]   Pasch, Helma (1997) : Sango
[16271]   Pasch, Helma (1997) : The choice of linguae francae in triglossic environments in Africa
[24816]   Pasch, Helma (2007) : Grammar of location and motion in Zande
[24982]   Pasch, Helma (1998) : Le sango, langue officielle de la République Centreafricaine
[25330]   Pasch, Helma (2011) : Zande Attributes and Pronoun Copying
[25531]   Pasch, Helma (2012) : Two multifunctional locative and directional prepositions in Zande
[25581]   Pasch, Helma (2012) : From anaphoric pronoun to copula in Zande
[26798]   Pasch, Helma (2014) : Number and numerals in Zande
[27258]   Pasch, Helma (2017) : Verbal plural in Zande
[27700]   Pasch, Helma (2010) : Mandombe
[27771]   Pasch, Helma (2020) : Ubangi
[27795]   Pasch, Helma (2020) : Zande
[16265]   Pasch, Helma (Ed) (1994) : Sango, the national official language of the Central African Republic: proceedings of the colloquium “The status and uses of Sango in Central African Republic” held in Cologne, September, 3-4, 1992
[16258]   Pasch, Helma & Robin E. W. Thelwall (1987) : Losses and innovations in Nubi
[16259]   Pasch, Helma & Talmy Givón (1988) : Verb complementation in Sango
[16262]   Pasch, Helma & Talmy Givón (1990) : Complementation in Sango
[16272]   Paster, Mary (2003) : Floating tones in Ga
[23503]   Paster, Mary (2003) : Tone specification in Leggbo
[26032]   Paster, Mary (2010) : The verbal morphology and phonology of Asante Twi
[26057]   Paster, Mary (2006) : Aspects Of Maay Phonology And Morphology
[28828]   Paster, Mary (2018) : Gender Instability in Maay
[16273]   Pastor, (1931) : La langue soso
[16274]   Pataman, A. S. (1980) : Die Rolle der tansanischen Zeitung “Uhuru” bei der Verbreitung der Ideen der “Ujamaa-Konzeption”
[16275]   Patel, R. B. (1965) : The borrowing of Swahili words in spoken Gujerati
[16276]   Patel, R. B. (1967) : Etymological and phonetic changes among foreign words in Kiswahili
[28919]   Paterson, Rebecca (2015) : Narrative uses of the U̱t-Ma'in (Kainji) Bare Verb form
[28042]   Patin, Cédric (2016) : La liaison tonale en shingazidja septentrional
[28575]   Patin, Cédric , Kassim Mohamed-Soyir & Charles Kisseberth (2019) : Ngazidja G44a
[16277]   Patman, Frankie (1991) : Tone in the Nugunu verb phrase
[25296]   Patman, Frankie (1995) : A Functional Account of Syntactic Similarities in Nugunu
[25297]   Patman, Frankie (1998) : Syntactic encoding of informational distinctions in Nugunu
[16278]   Paton, [Reverend] & [Reverend] Byers (19--) : Word-lists: Buli-English and English-Buli
[16279]   Paul, Ileana M. (2000) : Malagasy clause structure
[16281]   Paulian, Christiane (1971) : Esquisse phonologique du duala (République Fédérale du Cameroun)
[16282]   Paulian, Christiane (1975) : Le kukuya, langue teke du Congo: phonologie et classes nominales
[16283]   Paulian, Christiane (1986) : Les parlers yambasa du Cameroun (Bantou A. 62), dialectométrie lexicale
[16284]   Paulian, Christiane (1994) : Nasales et nasalisation en ngùngwèl, langue bantu du Congo
[16285]   Paulian, Christiane (1997) : L’expression de la qualité en küküa
[16286]   Paulian, Christiane (1998) : La dérivation verbale dans une langue bantu atypique : le cas du küküa
[16280]   Paulian, Renaud (1946) : Éléments d’un vocabulaire zoologique des dialectes forestièrs de basse Côte d’Ivoire
[16287]   Paulin, O. Alo (1991) : Étude phonétique et phonologique du Cábé, un parler yoruba
[24323]   Paulin, Pascale (1995) : Etude comparative des langues du groupe Ring - langues Grassfields de l'ouest, Cameroun
[26222]   Paulin, Pascale (2010) : Les Baka du Gabon dans une dynamique de transformations culturelles : Perspectives linguistiques et anthropologiques
[24069]   Paulme, Denise (1964) : Documents sur la langue kissi / Lexique et textes
[16288]   Pauwels, J. L. (1959) : Het Afrikaans: dochtertaal van het Nederlands
[16289]   Pauwels, J. L. (1959) : Die expletieve ontkenning nie(t) aan het van de zin in het Zuinederlands en het Afrikaans - Appendix
[16290]   Pauwels, J. L. (1974) : Expletief nie en andere herhaalingswoorden als zinsafsluiters
[16291]   Pawlak, Nina (1975) : The semantic problems of ‘intensive’ forms in Hausa verbs
[16292]   Pawlak, Nina (1978) : Gramatyka jezyka hausa w cwiczeniach [Grammar of Hausa in exercises]
[16293]   Pawlak, Nina (1986) : Expressing spatial relations in the Hausa language
[16294]   Pawlak, Nina (1988) : Diachronic analysis of exponents of spatial relations in Hausa
[16295]   Pawlak, Nina (1989) : Gramatyka jezyka hausa: fonologia i fonetyka, morfologia
[16296]   Pawlak, Nina (1995) : Particles in Chadic: retentions and innovations in marking grammatical functions
[16297]   Pawlak, Nina (2001) : Diachronic typology of locative phrases in Chadic
[16298]   Pawlak, Nina (2003) : Locative prepositions in Chadic: lexical or grammatical morphemes
[22415]   Pawlak, Nina (2003) : The structural features of Plateau Hausa
[27955]   Pawlak, Nina (2017) : ‘To be’ and ‘not to be’ in Hausa: The question of grammar and communication
[28315]   Pawlak, Nina (2021) : Hausa phraseologisms as a structural property of language and cultural value
[28886]   Pawlak, Nina (2020) : “Allah expressions” as a manifestation of common cultural area in West Africa
[16299]   Pawlitzky, Christine (2000) : Die Funktion der Präposition katika im Swahili
[28437]   Payne, Doris (2020) : The diversity of Maa (Nilotic) adverbs Speed, Time, Modality, Intensity and Nominal-Tense/Aspect
[24772]   Payne, Doris & Mechthild Reh (2007) : Advances in Nilo-Saharan Linguistics; Proceedings of the 8th Nilo-Saharan Linguistics Colloquium, University of Hamburg, August 22-25, 2001
[16304]   Payne, Doris L. (1995) : Verb initial languages and information order
[16305]   Payne, Doris L. (1997) : The Maasai external possessor construction
[16306]   Payne, Doris L. (1998) : Maasai gender in typological perspective
[16308]   Payne, Doris L. (2003) : Maa color terms and their use as human descriptors
[23185]   Payne, Doris L. (2004) : Functions of Maa peê+low tone: a case study of discourse driven polysemy
[27808]   Payne, Doris L. (2020) : Color term systems: Genetic vs. areal distribution in sub-Saharan Africa
[28914]   Payne, Doris L. (2015) : Aspect and thematic clause combining in Maa (Nilotic)
[24750]   Payne, Doris L. & Derek Olsen (2009) : Maa (Maasai) Nominalization: Animacy, Agentivity and Instrument
[16307]   Payne, Doris L. , Leonard Ole-Kotikash & Keswe Mapena Ole-Lekutit (2001) : A frame semantics approach to lexemic structure: uncovering the truth about Maa a-síp
[16302]   Payne, Doris L. , Mitsuyo Hamaya & Peter Jacobs (1994) : Active, inverse and passive in Maasai
[16303]   Payne, I. , V. Cowan & P. Townsley (1995) : Preliminary guide to the commoner fish of the Ruaha National Park and Upper Ruaha Basin
[16301]   Payne, John (1993) : The headedness of noun phrases: slaying the nominal hydra
[16300]   Payne, R. M. (Ed) (1983) : Language in Tunisia
[23073]   Payne, Stephen (1992) : Une grammaire pratique avec phonologie et dictionnaire de kwatay (parler du village de Diémbéring, basse Casamance, Sénégal)
[25092]   Payne, Stephen (2000) : Kaadiksiyoneer - lexique kwatay-français
[25093]   Payne, Stephen (1995) : Kaadiksiyoneer kite kuwaataay ni kifaranse
[26959]   Pazzack, Adam Peter (2012) : Natural gender classifiers in Dagbani
[16309]   Pazzi, Roberto (1981) : Dictionnaire de la langue gen, avec grammaire et recueil de textes ancestraux
[16310]   Pazzi, Roberto (1985) : Les proverbes du peuple Gen (Mina) au littoral Togo-Bénin
[29005]   Peacock, Wesley (2018) : Nkonya – English Dictionary
[16311]   Pearce, John (1954?) : Unpublished Ng’omvia wordlist (from Dodoma, Tanzania)
[16312]   Pearce, Mary (2003) : Vowel harmony in Kera (Chadic)
[22593]   Pearce, Mary (1998/99) : Consonants and tone in Kera (Chadic)
[24727]   Pearce, Mary (2007) : Iambicity in Kera
[26179]   Pearce, Mary (2012) : Language Contact in Kera (Chadic)
[26516]   Pearce, Mary (2013) : Observations concerning the metrical systems of three Chadic languages
[24417]   Pearson, E. (1970) : Ngangela-English Dictionary
[24418]   Pearson, E. (1973) : English-Ngangela Dictionary.
[16313]   Pearson, Matthew (2001) : T-marking on Malagasy obliques: tense, aspect, and the position of PPs
[16314]   Peck jnr, S. M. (1988) : Tense, aspect and mood in Guinéa-Casamance Portuguese Creole
[16316]   Pedro, José Domingos (1993) : Étude grammaticale du kimbundu (Angola)
[16315]   Pedro, L. (1986) : Remarks on the set of textbooks now in use for the teaching of English at elementary school in the People’s Republic of Angola in light of presentation and repetition
[16317]   Peet, Thomas Eric (1934) : The present position of Egyptological studies
[16318]   Peil, Margaret (1975) : Interethnic contacts in Nigerian cities
[16319]   Peixe, Júlio dos Santos (1960) : Sobre a língua É-Makua
[16320]   Peixe, Júlio dos Santos (1961) : A língua É-Makwa e suas afinidades com o I-Naíndo e Xi-Sena
[16321]   Peled, Yishai (1992) : Conditional structures in classical Arabic
[16322]   Pellegrin, A. (1949) : Essai sur les noms de lieux d’Algérie et de Tunisie: etymologie, signification
[16323]   Pelletier, Corinne A. & A. Neil Skinner (1981) : Adamawa Fulfulde: an introductory course
[16324]   Pelling, James N. (1966) : A practical Ndebele dictionary
[16325]   Pelling, James N. (1971) : A practical Ndebele dictionary
[16326]   Pelling, James N. & Pamela Pelling (1974) : Lessons in Ndebele
[16327]   Pelling, Pamela (1975) : Ndebele work book
[16328]   Pemagbi, Joe (1989) : Still a deficient language? A description and glossary of the ‘New English’ of Sierra Leone
[16329]   Penchoen, Thomas G. (1968) : La langue berbère en Tunisie et la scolarisation des enfants berbérophones
[16330]   Penchoen, Thomas G. (1973) : Tamazigt of the Ayt Ndhir
[16331]   Peng, Long (1991) : Swati and Kikuyu reduplication: evidence against exhaustive copy
[16332]   Peng, Long (1999) : Voice asymmetry in Ewe nouns
[16333]   Peng, Long (2000) : Kikuyu vowel harmony
[16334]   Peng, Long (2003) : Local conjunction and Kikuyu consonant mutation
[16335]   Penicela, A. (1967) : Subsídios para o estudo do português falado por alguns nativos do sul de Moçambique
[16337]   Penn, Claire (1978) : Speech pathology and audiology in South Africa: past, present and future perspectives
[16339]   Penn, Claire (1992) : The sociolinguistics of southern African sign language
[22632]   Penn, Claire (1998) : The study of child language in South Africa
[16336]   Penn, Claire & S. Stafford (1971) : The importance of dialect in the perception of occupation in South Africa
[16338]   Penn, Claire , R. Lewis & A. Greenstein (1984) : Sign language in South Africa: some research and clinical issues
[16340]   Pennacchietti, Fabrizio A. (1987) : Topicalizazzione e focalizzazione: note sul’articolazione interna della frase dichiarativa in Somalo
[25670]   Pennachietti, Fabrizio (2011) : Il sistema preposizionale del berbero nefûsi di Fassâto
[27673]   Penner Toews, Carmela Irene (2015) : Topics in Siamou Tense and Aspect
[16341]   Penrice, John (1973) : A dictionary and glossary of the Kor-An, with copious grammatical references and explanations of the text: Arabic-English
[16342]   Pentti, Elias Johannes (195-) : Ndongalais-suomalainen alkeissanasto [Elementary Ndonga-Finnish vocabulary]
[16343]   Pentti, Elias Johannes (1957) : Suomalais-ndongalainen alkeissanasto [Elementary Finnish-Ndonga vocabulary]
[16344]   Pentti, Elias Johannes (1980) : Ndongan kielen sanakirja
[26045]   Pepandze, Nashipu Julius (2008) : A Generative Account of Consonant Alternations in Baba 1
[16345]   Peper, H. (1955) : Un spécimen de la langue des pygmées Bangombe (Moyen Congo)
[16346]   Pereira, D. (1991) : Crioulos de base portuguesa
[24251]   Perekhvalskaya, Eléna (2007) : Le système tonal du gouro
[24294]   Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2004) : La morphologie verbale du mwan (Côte-d'Ivoire)
[24841]   Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2008) : Body parts and their metaphoric meanings in Mwan and other South-Mande languages
[25472]   Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2010) : Pronouns and pronominal compounds in Mwan
[25488]   Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2011) : Nominalization in Mwan
[26782]   Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2013) : L’espace déictique dans la langue mwan
[26905]   Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2016) : Les moyens anaphoriques du récit traditionnel : le cas du mwan
[27493]   Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2017) : Basic morphosyntax of verbal and non-verbal clauses in San-Maka
[28180]   Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2021) : Logophoric strategy in San-Maka
[28743]   Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2022) : Caritive constructions in Mwan
[27487]   Perekhvalskaya, Elena & Moïse Yegbé (avec la participation de Vincent Yegbé) (2018) : Dictionnaire mwan-français
[27726]   Perekhvalskaya, Elena & Valentin Vydrin (2019) : Numeral systems in Mande languages
[16431]   Pérès, Henri (1958) : L’arabe dialectal algérien et saharien: bibliographie anaytique avec un index méthodique
[16432]   Pérès, Henri (1961) : Vocabulaire de base de l’arabe dialectal algerien et saharien; ou, Mille et un mots d’usage courant chez les arabophones de l’Alegrie et du Sahara: mots-outils, glossaire français-arabe et glossaire arabe-français, en caracteres arabes et en transcription
[16347]   Peresuh, M. & Jesta Masuku (2002) : The role of the primary language in the bilingual-bicultural education in Zimbabwe
[27878]   Pérez-Sabater, Carmen & Ginette Maguelouk-Moffo (2020) : Online Multilingualism in African Written Conversations : Local, Global Identity and Alignment
[16430]   Pérez, Gaspar & Lorenzo Sorinas (1928) : Gramatica de la lengua Benga
[16348]   Perkins, Harry Lee (1980) : Studies in the verbal systems of the Ethiopia dialects
[16349]   Perl, Matthias (1982) : Acerca de alguns aspectos históricos do Português crioulo em Africa
[16351]   Perl, Matthias (1986) : Nationale Varietäten des Portugiesischen und Spanischen in Afrika
[22798]   Perl, Matthias (1989) : Portugiesisch und Crioulo in Afrika: Geschichte, Grammatik, Lexik, Sprachentwicklung
[16352]   Perl, Matthias (Ed) (1989) : La langue portugaise en Afrique
[16350]   Perl, Matthias & Hans Schäfer (1983) : Zur Entwicklung des Portugiesischen in Afrika - unter besonderer berücksichtigung Moçambiques
[16353]   Perl, Matthias , Axel Schönberger & Petra Thiele (Ed) (1993) : Portuguesisch-basierte Kreolsprachen: Akten des 2. gemeinsamen Kolloquiums des deutschsprachigen Lusitanistik unf Katalanistik
[16354]   Perner, Conradin (1989) : Anyuak bibliography
[16355]   Perren, G. E. (1956/57) : Some problems of oral English in East Africa
[16356]   Perren, G. E. (1958/59) : Bilingualism or replacement? English in East Africa
[22989]   Perrett, Denise L. (1993) : The switch-reference phenomena in Hadiyya: a labeled deductive system perspective
[24383]   Perrin, Loïc-Michel (2005) : Des représentations du temps en wolof
[24637]   Perrin, Loïc-Michel (2008) : Wolof
[24659]   Perrin, Loïc-Michel (2008) : Lʼéconomie du système des subordonnées temporelles et hypothétiques du wolof
[25533]   Perrin, Loïc-Michel (2012) : L’expression du temps en wolof – langue atlantique parlée au Sénégal
[26892]   Perrin, Loïc-Michel (2015) : Les classes nominales en basari
[27906]   Perrin, Loïc-Michel (2019) : Description grammaticale du basari (oniyan)
[3458]   Perrin, Mona J. (1987) : Rapport sur recherche en la langue mambila
[13541]   Perrin, Mona J. (1987) : Cours d’initiation à l’orthographe de la langue mambila
[16357]   Perrin, Mona J. (19--) : Mambila grammar sketch
[16358]   Perrin, Mona J. (19--) : Transitivity in Mambila
[16359]   Perrin, Mona J. (19--) : Outline of Mambila phonology statement (Gembu dialect)
[16361]   Perrin, Mona J. (1974) : Direct and indirect speech in Mambila (Nigeria and Cameroon)
[16362]   Perrin, Mona J. (1974) : Mambila
[16363]   Perrin, Mona J. (1980) : Mambila
[22892]   Perrin, Mona J. (1994) : Rheme and focus in Mambila
[23050]   Perrin, Mona J. (1978) : Who’s who in Mabila folk tales?
[16360]   Perrin, Mona J. & Margaret V. Hill (1969) : Mambila (parler d’Atta): description phonologique
[16364]   Perrot, Jean (Ed) (1981) : Les langues dans le monde ancien et moderne, I : les langues de l’Afrique subsaharienne
[16365]   Perrot, Jean (Ed) (1981) : Les langues dans le monde ancien et moderne, II: pidgin et créoles
[23123]   Perrot, Jean & Daniel Cohen (Ed) (1988) : Les langues dans le monde ancien et moderne, III: les langues chamito-sémitique
[16366]   Perrott, Daisy Valerie (19--) : Short Zigua grammar
[16367]   Perrott, Daisy Valerie (19--) : Zigua-English dictionary
[16368]   Perrott, Daisy Valerie (1951) : Teach yourself Swahili
[16369]   Perrott, Daisy Valerie (1957) : Teach yourself Swahili
[16370]   Perrott, Daisy Valerie (1965) : Swahili dictionary
[27638]   Persohn, Bastian (2017) : Locative and Extra-locative Clitics in Nyakyusa
[27687]   Persohn, Bastian (2016) : When the present is in the past and what is normal is to come: Old and new present tenses in Nyakyusa
[27883]   Persohn, Bastian (2018) : Basic motion verbs in Nyakusa: lexical semantics and associated motion
[28323]   Persohn, Bastian (2020) : A description of the Xhosa construction ya ‘go’ plus subordinate imperfective
[28813]   Persohn, Bastian (2017) : The Verb in Nyakyusa: A focus on tense, aspect, and modality
[28814]   Persohn, Bastian (2020) : The Verb in Nyakyusa: A focus on tense, aspect, and modality
[27635]   Persohn, Bastian & Maud Devos (2017) : Post-final Locatives in Bantu: Axes of Variation and Non-locative Functions
[28050]   Persohn, Bastian & Rasmus Bernander (2018) : A Note on the Present Tenses in some Southern Tanzanian Bantu Languages
[22912]   Person, Ingrid (1975) : Clauses in Loron
[24522]   Person, Ingrid (1980 [1973]) : Lorhon
[16371]   Person, Yvonne (1956) : Notes sur les Basèda
[16372]   Person, Yvonne (1961) : Les kissi et leur statuettes de pierres dans l’histoire ouest-africaine
[16373]   Person, Yvonne (1966) : Des Kru en Haute-Volta (seme ou siamou de Orodara)
[16378]   Persson, Andrew M. (1981) : Clause-types in Jur-Modo
[16381]   Persson, Andrew M. (1984) : The relationships of the languages of the Sudan
[16385]   Persson, Andrew M. (1997) : Grouping of the Bongo-Baka languages
[24474]   Persson, Andrew M. (1979) : A Dialect Study of the Jur Beli Cluster
[16377]   Persson, Andrew M. & Janet Persson (1980) : Ligbi
[16382]   Persson, Andrew M. & Janet Persson (1984) : Sudanese colloquial Arabic for beginners
[16384]   Persson, Andrew M. & Janet Persson (1991) : Modo-English dictionary with grammar
[23961]   Persson, Andrew M. & Janet Persson (1980) : Collected field reports on aspects of Ligbi grammar
[25048]   Persson, Andrew M. & Janet Persson (?) : Lexique Ligbi (appelé aussi Banda)
[25190]   Persson, Andrew M. & Janet Persson () : Lexique Ligbi
[23092]   Persson, Andrew M. , Janet Persson & Ahmad Hussein (1980) : Sudanese colloquial Arabic for beginners
[16374]   Persson, J. A. (1924) : Lidangalila nya gubili
[16375]   Persson, J. A. (1928) : An English-Tswa dictionary
[16376]   Persson, J. A. (1932) : Outlines of Tswa grammar
[16379]   Persson, Janet (1981) : Notes on phonology of of Jur Modo
[16383]   Persson, Janet (1984) : Some notes on Jur Mödö demonstratives
[23088]   Persson, Janet (2004) : Bongo-Bagirmi languages in Sudan
[16380]   Persson, Ulla (1983) : Låneord i setswana: en fonologisk studie [Loan words in Setswana: a phonological study]
[28265]   Pesetsky, Jonathan (2019) : Animacy is a presupposition in Swahili
[16387]   Peter, Lothar , Hans-Georg Wolf & Augustin Simo Bobda (2003) : An account of distinctive phonetic and lexical features of Gambian English
[16386]   Peter, Ursula (1990) : Description systématique du waama (langue voltaïque du Bénin): phonologie, grammaire
[16388]   Peters, Ann (1966) : A computer-oriented generative grammar of the Xhosa verb
[16390]   Peters, Ann (1973) : A new formalization of downdrift
[16389]   Peters, Mark A. (1972) : Notes on the place names of Ngamiland
[16394]   Peterson, Derek (1997) : Colonizing language? Missionaries and Gikuyu dictionaries, 1904 and 1914
[16395]   Peterson, Derek (1999) : Translating the word: dialogism and debate in two Gikuyu dictionaries
[16393]   Peterson, Karen (1989) : A comparative look at Nguni verbal tone
[16391]   Peterson, Thomas Howe (1968) : Remarques sur le principe du système tonal moré
[16392]   Peterson, Thomas Howe (1971) : Mooré structure: a generative analysis of the tonal system and aspects of syntax
[16396]   Petrácek, Karel (1959) : The evolution of Ethiopic languages: a contribution to the problem of language mixing
[16397]   Petrácek, Karel (1965) : Phonetik, Phonologie und Morphologie der Berti-(Siga) Sprache in Dar Fur (Sudan)
[16398]   Petrácek, Karel (1966) : Morphologie (Nomen, Pronomen) der Berti-(Siga) Sprache in Dar Fur (Sudan)
[16399]   Petrácek, Karel (1966) : Jazyková situace v Africe
[16400]   Petrácek, Karel (1967) : Phonologische Systeme der zentralsaharanischen Sprachen: konsonatische Phoneme
[16401]   Petrácek, Karel (1970) : Phonologische Systeme der zentralsaharanischen Sprachen: vokalische Phoneme
[16402]   Petrácek, Karel (1971) : Die Zahlwörtersysteme der zentralsaharanischen Sprachen
[16403]   Petrácek, Karel (1972) : Die Grenzen des Semitohamitischen: die zentralsaharanischen und semitohamitischen Sprachen in phonologischer Hinsicht
[16404]   Petrácek, Karel (1974) : À propos des limites du chamito-sémitique: les systèmes phonologiques des langues chamito-sémitiques et des langues du Sahara central
[16405]   Petrácek, Karel (1975) : Die sprachliche Stellung der Berti (Siga) Sprache in Dar Fur (Sudan)
[16406]   Petrácek, Karel (1976) : Le chamito-sémitique et les langues africaines (article aperçu)
[16407]   Petrácek, Karel (1978) : Berti and the Central Saharan group
[16408]   Petrácek, Karel (1985) : Das Saharanische und die Nilo-saharanische Sprachfamilie
[16409]   Petrácek, Karel (1987) : Les laryngales en chamito-sémitique: essais de synthèse
[16411]   Petrácek, Karel (1987) : Berti or Sagato-A (Saharan) vocabulary
[16412]   Petrácek, Karel (1988) : Altägyptisch, Hamitosemitisch und ihre Beziehungen zu einigen Sprachfamilien in Afrika und Asien
[16413]   Petrácek, Karel (1989) : Saharanisch und Hamitosemitisch
[16414]   Petrie, H. (1927) : Egyptian hieroglyphs of the first and second dynasties
[27075]   Petrollino, Sara (2016) : A grammar of Hamar - A South Omotic Language of Ethiopia
[28252]   Petrollino, Sara (2019) : Between tone and stress in Hamar
[16415]   Petryankina, V. I (1963) : [The classification of Russian and Swahili consonant phonemes]
[16416]   Petryankina, V. I (1963) : [A comparative investigation of vocalism in Russian and Swahili]
[16417]   Petter, Margarida Maria Taddoni (2004) : Contact de langues au Brésil: les langues africaines et le portugais brésilien
[22424]   Petter, Margarida Maria Taddoni (2003) : Langues africaines au Bresil: le cas des langues secrètes
[16418]   Pettmann, Charles (1920) : Hottentot place names ; part 1
[16419]   Pettmann, Charles (1922) : Hottentot place names ; part 2
[16420]   Pettmann, Charles (1931) : South African place names, past and present
[16421]   Petzell, Malin (2000) : Differences in attitudes to English and Swahili in Zanzibar: a gender study
[16422]   Petzell, Malin (2000) : Kimwani
[16423]   Petzell, Malin (2002) : A sketch of Kimwani, a minority language of Mozambique
[16424]   Petzell, Malin (2003) : Swedish contributions to African linguistics: a focus on Bantu languages
[16425]   Petzell, Malin (2003) : What is the function of the pre-prefix in Kagulu?
[16426]   Petzell, Malin (2004) : Unempowered but powerful: the Kagulu language of Tanzania
[16427]   Petzell, Malin (2004) : LFG vs transformational theories: a comparison of certain phenomena in Bantu languages
[16428]   Petzell, Malin (2005) : Expanding the Swahili vocabulary
[24038]   Petzell, Malin (2008) : The Kagulu Language of Tanzania. Grammar, Texts and Vocabulary
[25712]   Petzell, Malin (2010) : Further Analysis of Negation in Kagulu
[26339]   Petzell, Malin & Harald Hammarström (2013) : Grammatical and Lexical Comparison of the Greater Ruvu Bantu Languages
[28574]   Petzell, Malin & Lotta Aunio (2019) : Kami G36
[16429]   Peust, Carsten (1999) : Egyptian phonology: an introdcution to the phonology of a dead language
[25422]   Peust, Carsten (2008) : Some Cushitic Etymologies
[27935]   Peust, Carsten (2019) : A Dictionary of Margi (Nigeria). Margi–English with English–Margi Index. Based on Carl Hoffmann’s Material
[27938]   Peust, Carsten (2017) : Dangla historical tonology
[27939]   Peust, Carsten (2016) : Supplements to West Dangla grammar
[27941]   Peust, Carsten (2014) : A morphological sketch of West Dangla (Chad)
[27943]   Peust, Carsten (2018) : The subgrouping of East Chadic
[28496]   Peust, Carsten (2005) : Beiträge zur Lautgeschichte des Somali: Die labialen Obstruenten
[16433]   Pfaffe, Joachim Friedrich (1994) : The village schools project: Ju|’hoan literacy programme and community-based education
[16434]   Pfaffe, Joachim Friedrich (1999) : The Ju|’hoan way of making school (abstract)
[16435]   Pfaffe, Joe & Susan Schulman (2001) : Nyae Nyae revisited: the “Village Schools Project” in northern Namibia
[16436]   Pflug, Felicitas (1989) : Die pronominale Funktion des Selektors in der Iraqw-Sprache
[16437]   Pfouts, Anita (1984) : Social structure in pre-colonial Namibia: a linguistic analysis
[16438]   Pfouts, Anita (1988) : Economy and society in pre-colonial Namibia: a linguistic approach (550-1800 AD)
[25317]   Pfouts, Anita Marie (2003) : Economy and Society in northern namibia 500 BCE to 1800 CE: A Linguistic Approach
[16439]   Phala, Nchine Isaac (2002) : Antonymy in Northern Sotho
[16440]   Philibert, Christophe (1976) : Petit lexique somali-français
[25828]   Philip, Joy Naomi (2009) : Tone on Lagwan Verbs: The Conflict between Perceptual Prominence and Lexical Contrast
[28973]   Philipo, Nyamisana Hamis & John B. Walker (2016) : Kabwa – Swahili – English Dictionary
[16441]   Philippe, R. (1955) : A propos de l’orthographe des noms ethniques au Congo belge
[16442]   Philippe, R. (1955) : Au sujet de deux cartes linguistiques du Congo belge
[15029]   Philippson, Gérard (1983) : Glossaire dawida-français-anglais
[16443]   Philippson, Gérard (1983) : Observations sur une étude récente de morphologie verbale de la langue comorienne
[16444]   Philippson, Gérard (1983) : Essai de phonologie comparée des dialectes chaga de Tanzanie
[16445]   Philippson, Gérard (1984) : “Gens des bananeraies”: contribution linguistique à l'histoire culturelle des Chaga du Kilimanjaro
[16446]   Philippson, Gérard (1986) : Tone and accent in Bantu languages
[16447]   Philippson, Gérard (1988) : L’accentuation du comorien: essai d’analyse métrique
[16448]   Philippson, Gérard (1989) : Quelques données sur le mwani (Mozambique): eléments de phonologie comparative et présentation du système verbal
[16449]   Philippson, Gérard (1991) : Tons et accent dans les langues bantu d’Afrique orientale: étude comparative, typologique et diachronique
[16451]   Philippson, Gérard (1998) : Tone reduction vs. metrical attraction in the evolution of eastern Bantu tone systems
[16452]   Philippson, Gérard (1999) : *HH and *HL tone patterns in Bemba and the Bemba tone systems
[22517]   Philippson, Gérard (1980) : Note de zoo-linguistique: les noms des grands carnivores dans les dialectes chaga du Kilimanjaro (Tanzanie)
[22518]   Philippson, Gérard (1998) : Evolution des systèmes prosodiques dans les langues bantu: de la typologie à la diachronie
[23242]   Philippson, Gérard (2005) : Pitch accent in Comorian and Proto-Sabaki tones
[23720]   Philippson, Gérard (1981) : Glossaire des noms de plantes cultivées sur la côte d’Afrique orientale: nom botanique - francais - anglais - swahili standard - dialectes swahili
[23721]   Philippson, Gérard (1983) : Quelques données nouvelles sur la classification des langues bantoues d’Afrique orientale
[23722]   Philippson, Gérard (1982) : Le swahili et l’expansion des langues africaines
[23723]   Philippson, Gérard (1993) : Tone (and stress) in Bantu
[26578]   Philippson, Gérard (2013) : Southern Cushitic loans in North-Eastern Bantu – a reconsideration of the evidence
[27619]   Philippson, Gérard (2014) : Verb Stem Tone Patterns in Dawida (E74a)
[28746]   Philippson, Gérard (2022) : Proto-Bantu *k and *g in the Mbam languages: A problem in classification
[28889]   Philippson, Gérard (2022) : Double reflexes in north-western Bantu and their implications for the Proto-Bantu consonant system
[16454]   Philippson, Gérard & Derek Nurse (2000) : Gweno, a little known Bantu language of northern Tanzania
[16455]   Philippson, Gérard & Marie-Laure Montlahuc (2003) : Kilimanjaro Bantu (E60 and E74)
[16453]   Philippson, Gérard & Pierre Boungou (1999) : Éléments de tonologie beembe (H.11)
[28566]   Philippson, Gérard & Rebecca Grollemund (2019) : Classifying Bantu languages
[16450]   Philippson, Gérard & Serge Bahuchet (1994/95) : Cultivated crops and Bantu migrations in central and eastern Africa: a linguistic approach
[16457]   Phillips, J. E. (1989) : A history of the Hausa language
[16456]   Phillips, Kathleen (1979) : The initial standardization of the Yambeta language
[16458]   Phillipson, David W. (1975) : The chronology of the Iron Age in Bantu Africa
[16459]   Phillipson, David W. (1976) : Archaeology and Bantu linguistics
[16460]   Phillipson, David W. (1977) : The spread of the Bantu languages
[16461]   Phillipson, Robert , Tove Skutnabb-Kangas & Hugh P. Africa (1985) : Namibian educational language planning: English for liberation or neo-colonialism?
[16462]   Phillipson, Robert , Tove Skutnabb-Kangas & Hugh P. Africa (1985) : La planification linguistique de l’enseignement en Namibie: l’anglais pour la liberation ou le neo-colonialisme?
[16463]   Philpot, W. T. A. (1935) : Notes on the Igala language
[16464]   Phiri, A. Y. (1973) : The place of local languages in the Zambia primary school system
[16465]   Phiri, Anacklet [George] (1980) : A description of derivational forms in Tumbuka
[16466]   Pia, John Joseph (1965) : Somali sounds and inflections
[16468]   Pia, John Joseph (1980) : Multiple tiered vocalic systems in Ethiopian languages
[16469]   Pia, John Joseph (1984) : Multiply-tiered vocalic inventories: an Afroasiatic trait
[16467]   Pia, John Joseph & R. D. Molitor (1966) : Beginning in Somali
[16472]   Picabia, Lélia (1992) : La morphologie du démonstratif en comorien
[16473]   Picabia, Lélia (1992) : Préliminaires morpho-syntaxique à l’étude du comorien
[16475]   Picabia, Lélia (1994) : Le sujet locatif en comorien
[16476]   Picabia, Lélia (1995) : Typologie des phrases copulatives en grand comorien
[16477]   Picabia, Lélia (1996) : La proposition finie en grand comorien: analyse des unites fonctionelles
[16478]   Picabia, Lélia (1997) : Le traits du pronom-accords en grand comorien
[16474]   Picabia, Lélia (Ed) (1994) : Syntaxe des langues africaines
[16471]   Picabia, Lélia & Djae Ahamada Chanfi (1990) : Morphologie des classes nominales en comorien
[16470]   Picabia, Lélia & Sidigui Ba (1988) : Description du système verbal peul
[16479]   Picard, André (1948) : Compléments à la toponymie berbère
[16480]   Picard, André (1957) : Du prétérit intensif en berbère
[16481]   Picard, André (1960) : De quelques faits de stylistique dans le parler berbère des Irjen (Kabylie - Algérie)
[16482]   Picard, J. (1987) : Computerisation network for technical terminology in southern Africa
[16483]   Picard, J. H. (1993) : From concept to understanding: the changing role of the terminographer in South Africa
[16484]   Picavet, R. (1947) : Het dialekt der Batswa
[16485]   Piccirilli, Tito (1938) : Dizionario di alcune lingue parlate nell’Africa orientali italiana (amarica, tigray, galla, tigré)
[16486]   Pichl, Walter J. (1963) : Le permutation et l’accord en sérèr
[16487]   Pichl, Walter J. (1966) : The Cangin group: a language group in northern Senegal
[16488]   Pichl, Walter J. (1966) : L’écriture bassa au Libéria
[16489]   Pichl, Walter J. (1967) : A Sherbro-English dictionary
[16490]   Pichl, Walter J. (1972) : The Krim language in Sierra Leone
[23224]   Pichl, Walter J. (1963) : Sherbro-English and English-Sherbro vocabulary
[24506]   Pichl, Walter J. (1977 [1973]) : Kissi
[24510]   Pichl, Walter J. (1977 [1973]) : Krim
[24520]   Pichl, Walter J. (1980 [1973]) : Lehar
[24526]   Pichl, Walter J. (1980 [1973]) : Mmani
[24529]   Pichl, Walter J. (1980 [1973]) : Ndut-Falor
[24530]   Pichl, Walter J. (1980 [1973]) : Non
[24534]   Pichl, Walter J. (1980 [1973]) : Safen
[24536]   Pichl, Walter J. (1980 [1973]) : Serer
[24537]   Pichl, Walter J. (1980 [1973]) : Sherbro
[24544]   Pichl, Walter J. (1980 [1973]) : Wolof
[25695]   Pichl, Walter J. (1977) : Vocabulaire ndut
[25769]   Pichl, Walter J. (1981) : Abrégé de Grammaire laala
[25775]   Pichl, Walter J. (1981) : Textes laala
[25931]   Pichl, Walter J. (1979) : Abrégé de grammaire ndout
[25984]   Pichl, Walter J. (1981) : Vocabulaire laala
[25985]   Pichl, Walter J. (sd) : Noun Classes and Accordance in Limba
[25986]   Pichl, Walter J. (sd) : Kru-English Vocabulary
[25987]   Pichl, Walter J. (1957) : Die Sprache der Wolof in Senegambien
[26212]   Pichl, Walter J. (1964) : Comparative notes on Sherbro and Krim
[24773]   Pichler, Werner (2007) : Origin and Development of the Libyco-Berber Script
[16491]   Pichon, François (1950) : Lexique ewondo-français/français-ewondo
[16492]   Pichon, François (1950) : Petite grammaire ewondo, avec exercises appropriés, suivie dmun petit manuel de conversation et d’un lexique
[16493]   Pick, Vittorio Merlo (1953) : Grammatica della lingua Suaheli
[16494]   Pick, Vittorio Merlo (1964) : Vocabulario Swahili-Italiano e Italiano-Swahili
[24549]   Pickering, Roland (1968, 1974) : Dompago grammar
[16495]   Picq, C. P. Ardant du (1933) : La langue songhay: dialecte dyerma
[28535]   Piebop, Céphanie Mirabelle Gisèle (2015) : Vers un Pidgin-English jeune en zone anglophone du Cameroun ?
[16498]   Pienaar, E. C. (1946) : De triomf van Afrikaans
[16496]   Pienaar, Pierre de Villiers (1936) : A few notes on the phonetic aspects of clicks and the relationship thereof to certain other classes of speech sound
[16497]   Pienaar, Pierre de Villiers (1939) : Click formation and distribution
[16499]   Pienaar, Pierre de Villiers (1947) : Die afrikaanse spreektaal
[16500]   Pienaar, Pierre de Villiers & A. G. Hooper (1948) : An Afrikaans-English phonetic reader
[16501]   Pierret, Roger (1948) : Étude du dialectale maure des régions sahariennes et sahéliennes de l’Afrique occidentale française
[16502]   Piggott, Glyne (1994) : Meinhof’s Law and the representation of nasality
[23076]   Pike, Eunice V. & Bernard Diatta (1994) : The phonology of Jóola Húluf
[16503]   Pike, Kenneth Lee (1947) : Phonemics: a technique for reducing languges to writing
[16504]   Pike, Kenneth Lee (1948) : Tone languages: a technique for determining the number and type of pitch contrasts in a language, with studies in tonemic substitution and fusion
[22888]   Pike, Kenneth Lee (1967) : Tongue-root position in practical phonetics
[23051]   Pike, Kenneth Lee (1968) : Indirect vs direct discourse in Bariba
[16505]   Pike, Kenneth Lee (Ed) (1966) : Tagmemic and matrix linguistics applied to selected African languages
[16506]   Pike, Kenneth Lee (Ed) (1970) : Tagmemic and matrix linguistics applied to selected African languages
[16507]   Pilaszewicz, Stanislaw (1971) : Jezyk hausa
[16509]   Pilaszewicz, Stanislaw (1995) : Some remarks on the state and royal titles: a neglected aspect of the Hausa lexicography
[16508]   Pilaszewicz, Stanislaw & Eugeniusz Rzewuski (Ed) (1991) : Unwritten testimonies of the African past
[16510]   Pillinger, Steve (1988) : Tone and accent in Rendille: a preliminary investigation
[16511]   Pillinger, Steve (1989) : Accent, tone and prosodic structure in Rendille, with particular reference to the nominal system
[16512]   Pillinger, Steve (Ed) (1995) : Afí Rendille abán: Rendille grammar outline
[16513]   Pillinger, Steve & Letiwa Galboran (1999) : A Rendille dictionary, including a grammatical outline and an English-Rendille index
[16514]   Pilszczikowa-Chodak, Nina (1957) : Glagolnaya systema yazyka Khausa [The Hausa verbal system]
[16515]   Pilszczikowa-Chodak, Nina (1958) : Contribution à l’étude des rapports entre le haoussa et les autres du groupe nigéro-tschadien
[16516]   Pilszczikowa-Chodak, Nina (1960) : Les verbes auxiliaires en haoussa
[16517]   Pilszczikowa-Chodak, Nina (1960) : La haoussa et le chamito-sémitique à la lumière de l’essai comparatif de Marcel Cohen
[16518]   Pilszczikowa-Chodak, Nina (1969) : The changing form (Grade 2) of the verb in Hausa
[16519]   Pilszczikowa-Chodak, Nina (1972) : On the role of tonal contrast in the Hausa verb
[16520]   Pilszczikowa-Chodak, Nina (1972) : Tone-vowel height correlation and tone assignment in the patterns of the verb and noun plurals in Hausa
[16521]   Pilszczikowa-Chodak, Nina (1975) : On the correlation of tone and vowel height in Hausa: a reply to Newman
[16522]   Piper, Klaus (1977) : Elemente des Suku: zur Phonologie und Morphologie einer Bantusprache
[16523]   Piper, Klaus (1989) : Aspektstruktur im Pahouin: zur verbalen Morphologie nordwestlicher Bantusprachen
[28346]   Pires de Oliveira, Roberta & Jair Martins (2017) : Preliminary remarks on the nominal phrase in Cape Verdean: The semantics of bare nouns cross-linguistically
[16526]   Pires Prata, António (1960) : Gramática da língua macua e seus dialectos
[16527]   Pires Prata, António (1961) : Influence do português sobre o suahíli
[16528]   Pires Prata, António (1973) : Dicionario portuguès-macua
[16529]   Pires Prata, António (1983) : A influéncia da língua portuguesa sobre o suahíli e quatro línguas de Mocambique
[16530]   Pires Prata, António (1990) : Dicionario macua-portuguès
[16524]   Pires, João & John Priestley Hutchison (1983) : Disionariu preliminariu kriolu/Preliminary creole dictionary
[16525]   Pires, João , M. Gonçalves & John Priestley Hutchison (1994) : Disonariu preliminariu kriolu/Preliminary Cape Verdean Kriolu-English dictionary
[16531]   Piron, Pascale (1988) : Dénomination des coulers dans les langues bantoues
[16532]   Piron, Pascale (1990) : Eléments de description du kota, langue bantoue du Gabon, B.25
[16533]   Piron, Pascale (1995) : Identification lexicostatistique des groupes bantoïdes stables
[16534]   Piron, Pascale (1995) : Contre l’hypothèse de l’insertion consonantique en nkim
[16535]   Piron, Pascale (1996) : Classification interne du groupe bantoïde
[16537]   Piron, Pascale (1998) : The internal classification of the Bantoid language group, with special focus on the relations between Bantu, Southern Bantoid and Northern Bantoid languages
[16538]   Pirone, Michele (1967) : La lingua somala e i suoi problemi
[16539]   Pisani, Etienne du (1978) : Some aspects of animal husbandry in Kavango
[25938]   Pius N. Tamanji (2012) : Reduplication, word categories and sentence structure in Bafut
[16540]   Planert, Wilhelm (1927) : Die Schnalzsprachen
[16541]   Planert, Wilhelm (1928) : Kritische Bemerkungen zu einigen Ur-Bantu-Wortstämmen
[16542]   Platiel, Susanne (1968) : Esquisse d’une étude du musey
[16543]   Platiel, Susanne (1972) : L’expression du temps en samo
[16544]   Platiel, Susanne (1974) : Description du parler samo de Toma (Haute Volta): phonologie, syntaxe
[16545]   Platiel, Susanne (1978) : Les langues mande
[16546]   Platiel, Susanne (1982) : Notes de recherche sur le tyanga et le shanga
[16547]   Platiel, Susanne (1982) : Les structures morpho-syntaxiques du san
[16548]   Platiel, Susanne (1985) : Bibliographie de linguistique mande
[16549]   Platiel, Susanne (1990) : La négation en san
[16550]   Platiel, Susanne (1992) : De l’importance des transformations syntagmatiques dans l’évolution d’un système
[16551]   Platiel, Susanne (1994) : La nasalité en san
[16552]   Platiel, Susanne & Raphaël Kaboré (Ed) (1998) : Les langues dʼAfrique subsaharienne
[24270]   Platiel, Suzy (1985) : Bibliographie de linguistique mandé
[24298]   Platiel, Suzy (1987-88) : A propos du système vocalique en san
[24299]   Platiel, Suzy (1990) : Les sous-catégories du procès en san : diathèse et composition
[24300]   Platiel, Suzy (1981) : La formation des verbes en san
[24301]   Platiel, Suzy (1993) : Les parties du corps dans la création lexicale en san, un exemple d'utilisation des contraintes syntaxiques
[24302]   Platiel, Suzy (1983) : Les procédés de formation de noms en San
[24304]   Platiel, Suzy (1981) : Phonologie soninké : une tentative d'analyse dynamique
[16553]   Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1950) : Schizzo morfologico dello sinasa
[16554]   Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1953) : Ergänzungen zu Abessinische Studien von Carl Brockelmann
[16556]   Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1955) : Die Hilfselemente der Konjugation in den kuschitischen Sprachen (Zusammenfassung)
[16557]   Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1957) : Die Hilfselemente der Konjugation in den kuschitischen Sprachen
[16558]   Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1958) : Die determinativen Elemente der sog. kuschitischen Sprachen
[16559]   Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1959) : Der Kausativ der sogenannten kuschitischen Sprachen
[16560]   Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1960) : Die Hadiya-Sprache
[16561]   Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1962) : Grammatik der Alaba-Sprache
[16562]   Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1963) : Zahlen und Zahlensysteme in den sogenanten kuschitischen Sprachen
[16563]   Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1964) : Wörterbuch der Hadiya-Sprache
[16564]   Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1965) : Über die Dringlichkeit wissenschaftlicher Aufnahmen bei den Ge‘ez oder Beg’a-Völkern im Sudan
[16565]   Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1965) : Die verbalen Bildungen in den sog. kuschitischen Sprachen
[16555]   Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma & Ewald Wagner (1953) : Studien zur Sprache der Irob
[16569]   Plessis, E. J. du (1973) : ’n Ondersoek na die oorsprong en betekenis van Suid-Afrikaanse berg- en riviername
[16570]   Plessis, H. G. W. du (1974) : Komplementwerkwoorde en werkwoordkomplemente
[16573]   Plessis, H. G. W. du (1984) : Die handhawing van Afrikaans
[16575]   Plessis, H. G. W. du (1985) : Suidwesafrikaans
[16576]   Plessis, H. G. W. du (1985) : Afrikaans as ‘imposed’ or ‘colonial’ language in SWA/Namibië
[16578]   Plessis, H. G. W. du (1987) : Afrikaans en sy moontlikhede in SWA/Namibië
[16579]   Plessis, H. G. W. du (1987) : Afrikaans in SWA/Namibië
[16581]   Plessis, Hans du (1989) : Die teorie van taalplanning
[1028]   Plessis, J. A. du (1978) : The noun in Kwangali
[16567]   Plessis, J. A. du (1963) : Die morfologie van die naamwoord en voornaamwoord in die Sothotale: ’n vergelykende studie
[16568]   Plessis, J. A. du (1968) : Die foneem as spreidingskategorie in die Suid-Afrikaanse bantoetale, met besondere verwysing na Venda
[16572]   Plessis, J. A. du (1978) : IsiXhosa 4
[16583]   Plessis, J. A. du (1995) : Sesotho syntax
[16584]   Plessis, J. A. du (1989) : Distribution of the complementizer ukuba in the Xhosa sentence
[16587]   Plessis, J. A. du (1990) : Complementizers and nouns in Xhosa
[16590]   Plessis, J. A. du (1992) : The selection of moods in ukuba-sentences by matrix verbs in Xhosa
[16593]   Plessis, J. A. du (1996) : The semantics of ergative constructions in Zulu and Xhosa
[16594]   Plessis, J. A. du (1997) : The semantics of ergative constructions in Zulu and Xhosa
[22736]   Plessis, J. A. du (1991) : Intransitive verbs in Sesotho
[23378]   Plessis, J. A. du (1979) : Bepalers by die naamwoord in Kwangali
[23379]   Plessis, J. A. du (1979) : Die lineêre volgorde van die prefigale elemente in die Xhosa-werkwoord
[23380]   Plessis, J. A. du (1979) : Die werkwoord in Kwangali
[23381]   Plessis, J. A. du (1979) : PS-rules for VP in Xhosa
[23382]   Plessis, J. A. du (1980) : Bywoorde en vrae in Kwangali
[23383]   Plessis, J. A. du (1980) : Die wekrwoord thi in Xhosa en re in Sesotho
[23384]   Plessis, J. A. du (1982) : Transitivity in Sesotho and Xhosa
[23385]   Plessis, J. A. du (1982) : Die situatief in Xhosa
[23386]   Plessis, J. A. du (1983) : The quantifier onke in Xhosa
[23387]   Plessis, J. A. du (1983) : The noun phrase in Xhosa
[23388]   Plessis, J. A. du (1984) : Subject, object, complement, and the noun phrase in Xhosa
[23389]   Plessis, J. A. du (1985) : The structure of nominal modifiers in Xhosa
[23390]   Plessis, J. A. du (1985) : Some possibilities of the Absolute Pronoun in Xhosa
[23391]   Plessis, J. A. du (1985) : The copulative in Xhosa
[23392]   Plessis, J. A. du (1986) : Present tense in Xhosa: what does it mean?
[23393]   Plessis, J. A. du (1989) : The category COMP and the complementizer ukuba in Xhosa
[16585]   Plessis, J. A. du & Marianna W. Visser (199-) : Tswana syntax
[16588]   Plessis, J. A. du & Marianna W. Visser (1992) : Xhosa syntax
[16591]   Plessis, J. A. du & Marianna W. Visser (1993) : Co-ordination and the subjunctive in Xhosa
[23394]   Plessis, J. A. du & Marianna W. Visser (1996) : Northern Sotho syntax
[16571]   Plessis, J. A. du , J. G. Gildenhuys & J. J. Moilwa (1974) : Tweetalige woordeboek Afrikaans-Suid-Sotho
[23395]   Plessis, J. A. du , N. E. Nxumalo & Marianna W. Visser (1995) : Tsonga syntax
[16592]   Plessis, J. A. du , N. M. Musehane & Marianna W. Visser (1995) : Venda syntax/Divhafhungo la Tsivenda
[16566]   Plessis, Johannes du (1932) : The name “Hottentot” in the records of the early travellers
[16574]   Plessis, L. G. du (1984) : Taalbeplanningsmoontlikhede vir afrikaans: ’n gevallestudie aan die hand van Griekwa-Afrikaans
[16577]   Plessis, L. G. du (1985) : Afrikaans afgedwing in SWA/Namibië?
[16586]   Plessis, L. G. du (1990) : Redefining the role of Afrikaans in Namibian society
[16580]   Plessis, Theo du (1987) : The feasibility of Afrikaans in SWA/Namibia
[16589]   Plessis, Theo du (1992) : Language policy and curriculum in Namibia
[16582]   Plessis, Theo du (Ed) (1989) : Language policy: addressing the national question
[16595]   Plumley, J. M. (1948) : An introductory Coptic grammar
[24271]   Plungian, Vladimir (1991) : Existe-t-il des traits mandé dans la typologie du dogon?
[16596]   Plungian, Vladimir A (1992) : [The verb in an agglutinating language (the case of Dogon)]
[16597]   Plungian, Vladimir A. (1995) : Dogon
[22668]   Plungian, Vladimir A. (2000) : Agentive nouns in Dogon: neither derivation nor inflection?
[22855]   Plunkett, Gray C. (1991) : The tone system of Foodo nouns
[26697]   Plunkett, Gray C. (2009) : An overview of Foodo, a linguistic island in Benin
[16598]   Podi, Napo (1995) : Esquisse comparative de l’àkàsilimi et du bàasàal (famille gur, Togo)
[16599]   Podobinska, Zofia (199-) : Constructions causatives en swahili
[16600]   Podobinska, Zofia (1997) : La politesse: les comportements linguistiques adoptés par des locuteurs de Swahili au cours des actes de “mande”
[16601]   Podolski, Baruch (1978) : Bibliographia cushitica
[16602]   Podolski, Baruch (1979) : Bibliographia cushitica, 2
[22878]   Pohlig, Annie W. & James N. Pohlig (1994) : Further thoughts on four discourse particles in Mandara
[25365]   Pohlig, James N. (1981) : The Mbe verb : a description of the verb system of Mbe, a language of Northern Cross River State, Nigeria
[25366]   Pohlig, James N. (1992) : Premiminary statement of phonemes in Hina
[16603]   Poidi, Napo (1995) : Esquisse comparative de l’àkàsìlìmí et du bàásàal (famille gur: Togo)
[16604]   Poidi, Napo (1999) : ‘Dieu’, ‘sacrifice’ et ‘onction’ en igo: facteurs culturels
[23101]   Poidi, Napo (1989) : Étude synchronique et comparative des phonèmes de deux parlers Bassar: lina manli de Bapuré et le parler de Bassarville
[23106]   Poidi, Napo (1996) : Manuel d’orthographe igo: cours destine aux bogo lettres en français
[23115]   Poidi, Napo (1987) : Phonématique et système tonal du bassar: une approche descriptive
[27979]   Pointner, Lena (2018) : Verbal number in Tabaq
[16605]   Polacek, Zdenek (1989) : Functional sentence perspective in Amharic: preliminary notes
[16606]   Polacek, Zdenek , Mälaku Azzänä & Tamrat Täsfaye (1990) : A concise sociopolitical dictionary: English-Amharic
[16607]   Polak-Bynon, Louise (1964) : Lolemi: un programme de dépouillement de grammaires bantoues
[16608]   Polak-Bynon, Louise (1965) : L’expression des ordinaux dans les langues bantoues
[16609]   Polak-Bynon, Louise (1967) : Kategorieën van de vervoeging in het Shi
[16610]   Polak-Bynon, Louise (1971) : Notes shi, non-publié
[16611]   Polak-Bynon, Louise (1975) : A Shi grammar: surface structures and generative phonology of a Bantu language
[16612]   Polak-Bynon, Louise (1978) : Lexique shi-français suivi d’un index français-shi
[16613]   Polak-Bynon, Louise (1980) : Note sur la filiation génétique des langues du nord-ouest bantou
[16614]   Polak-Bynon, Louise (1980) : Le groupe J occidental (J 50)
[16615]   Polak-Bynon, Louise (1983) : L’infixe réfléchi en bantou
[16616]   Polak-Bynon, Louise (1986) : Les infixes (‘préfixes objets’) du bantou et leur réconstruction
[16617]   Poletto, Robert (1996) : Base-identity effects in Runyankore reduplication
[16618]   Poletto, Robert (1998) : Constraints on tonal association in Olusamia: an optimality theoretic account
[16619]   Poletto, Robert (1998) : Syntax and tone on Runyankore
[16620]   Poletto, Robert (1998) : Topics in Runyankore phonology
[16621]   Poletto, Robert (1999) : Default lexical tone interaction in Runyankore verbs
[16622]   Police, Daniella (1994) : Le paysage multilingue de l’Île Maurice
[27584]   Polinder, Wim & Jacqueline Janse (2009) : Lexique Mɔgɔfin - Français
[16623]   Poll, J. D. P. van der (1970) : Die lokatief in Xhosa en die ander Nguni-tale: ’n deskriptiewe en vergelykende analise
[16624]   Polley, Linda & Dorothea Jeffrey (1977) : Phonological structure of Turkana: a report on some aspects of vowel harmony and tone
[16625]   Pollnack, Richard Bryant (1972) : Variation in the cognition of Luganda color terminology
[16642]   Polomé, Andre Robert (1975) : The classification of the Bantu languages of Tanzania
[16626]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1959) : Cours de linguistique appliquée aux langues africaines: 1. phonétique et phonoligie; 2. morphologie
[16627]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1959) : Le centre interfacultaire d’anthropologie et de linguistique africaines de l’Université Officielle du Congo Belge et du Ruanda-Urundi à Elisabethville
[16628]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1959) : Rapport sur les recherches linguistiques et ethnographiques au Congo Belge et au Ruanda-Urundi
[16629]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1960) : Pour la promotion des études onomastiques en Afrique Centrale
[16630]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1962) : Personennamen bei einigen Stämmen in Belgisch-Kongo: research report
[16631]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1963) : Cultural languages and contact vernaculars in the Republic of Congo
[16632]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1965) : Geographical differences in lexical usage in Swahili
[16633]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1967) : Swahili language handbook
[16634]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1968) : Lubumbashi Swahili
[16635]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1968) : The choice of official languages in the Democratic Republic of Congo
[16636]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1969) : The position of Swahili and other Bantu languages in Katanga
[16637]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1971) : The Katanga (Lubumbashi) Swahili Creole
[16638]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1971) : Multilingualism in an African urban centre: the Lubumbashi case
[16639]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1972) : Swahili
[16640]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1973) : Sociolinguistic problems in Tanzania and Zaire
[16641]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1975) : The reconstruction of Proto-Bantu culture from the lexicon
[16643]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1975) : Problems and techniques of a sociolinguistically oriented language survey: the case of the Tanzania survey
[16644]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1977) : Le vocabulaire proto-bantou et ses implications culturelles
[16645]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1978) : The earliest attestations of Swahili
[16646]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1979) : Tanzanian language policy and Swahili
[16648]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1980) : Swahili in Tanzania
[16649]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1980) : Tanzania: a socio-linguistic perspective
[16650]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1980) : The languages of Tanzania
[16651]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1980) : The reconstruction of Proto-Bantu culture from the lexicon
[16652]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1982) : Rural versus urban multilingualism in Tanzania: an outline
[16653]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1982) : Sociolinguistically oriented language surveys: reflections on the survey of language use and language teaching in eastern Africa
[16654]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1982) : Sociolingistieski orientirovannoe obsledovanie: analizdejatel'nosti Komissii po izueniju roli jazykov I ix prepodavanija v vostonoj Afrika
[16656]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1984) : Standardization of Swahili and modernization of Swahili vocabulary
[16657]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1984) : Can graphemic change cause phonemic change?
[16658]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1985) : Swahili in the Shaba region of Zaire
[16659]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1986) : Aspects of language contact in Africa
[16660]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1987) : Swahili words of Indian origin
[16661]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1987) : Communities with ‘undeveloped’ languages
[16662]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1991) : Lexicography of the Niger-Khordofanian languages
[16647]   Polomé, Edgar C. & Charles Peter Hill (Ed) (1980) : Language in Tanzania
[16655]   Polomé, Edgar C. , Andre Robert Polomé & Ali Abdullah (1983) : Language and religion in Tanzania, A: Christianity
[16663]   Polotsky, Hans Jakob (1931) : Zur koptischen Lautlehre ; Teil 1
[16664]   Polotsky, Hans Jakob (1933) : Zur koptischen Lautlehre ; Teil 2
[16665]   Polotsky, Hans Jakob (1938) : Études de grammaire gouragué
[16666]   Polotsky, Hans Jakob (1944) : Études de syntaxe copte
[16667]   Polotsky, Hans Jakob (1951) : Notes on Gurage grammar
[16668]   Polotsky, Hans Jakob (1960) : Syntax amharique et syntaxe turque
[16669]   Polotsky, Hans Jakob (1960) : The Coptic conjugation system
[16670]   Polotsky, Hans Jakob (1987) : Grundlagen des koptischen Satsbau
[16671]   Pommerol, Patrice Jullien de (19--) : Instrumentalisation de l’arabe vehiculaire parle au Tchad
[16672]   Pommerol, Patrice Jullien de (1997) : L’arabe tchadien: l’émergence d’une langue véhiculaire
[16673]   Pommerol, Patrice Jullien de (1999) : J’apprends l’arabe tchadien
[16674]   Pommerol, Patrice Jullien de (1999) : Dictionnaire arabe tchadien-français, suivi d’un index français-arabe et d’un index des racines arabes
[22504]   Pommerol, Patrice Jullien de (1999) : Grammaire pratique de l’arabe tchadien
[16675]   Ponelis, F. A. (1967) : Die hulpwerkwoord in Afrikaans
[16676]   Ponelis, F. A. (1968) : Grondtrekke van die afrikaanse sintaksis
[16677]   Ponelis, F. A. (1969) : Bysinne in Afrikaans
[16678]   Ponelis, F. A. (1973) : Studies in Northern Sotho phonological dynamics
[16679]   Ponelis, F. A. (1974) : Oor [n] > [N] in Afrikaans
[16681]   Ponelis, F. A. (1975) : !Ora clicks: problems and speculations
[16682]   Ponelis, F. A. (1975) : Die ontwikkeling van hulpwerkwoordgroepe: hulpwerkwoord en infinitiefsin
[16683]   Ponelis, F. A. (1976) : Kanttekening by Keenan se teorie van die proposisiestruktuur
[16684]   Ponelis, F. A. (1979) : Afrikaanse sintaksis
[16685]   Ponelis, F. A. (1980) : Die lang presensvorm en klousvlakke in Noord-Sotho
[16686]   Ponelis, F. A. (1982) : Afrikaans binne meertalige verband
[16680]   Ponelis, Fritz (1974) : On the dynamics of velarization and labialization: some Bantu evidence
[16687]   Pongweni, Alec J. C. (1983) : What’s in a name? A study in Shona nomenclature
[16689]   Pongweni, Alec J. C. (1990) : The pronunciation of English vowels by Shona speakers: problems and causes
[16690]   Pongweni, Alec J. C. (1990) : Studies in Shona phonetics: an analytical review
[16691]   Pongweni, Alec J. C. (1999) : The English-language learning experiences of Post-O-Level and mature-age applicants to the University of Botswana
[16688]   Pongweni, Alec J. C. & Juliet Thlondhlana (Ed) (1987) : LASU conference proceedings, Harare, 1987. The role of linguistics in communication for development: proceedings of the 2nd Linguistics Association for SADCC Universities conference, held at the University of Zimbabwe, 2-5 September 1987
[16767]   Pönnighaus, Friedrich (1931/32) : Die Bäume und Sträucher des Distriktes Windhuk
[16768]   Pönnighaus, Friedrich (1931/32) : Die Akazien unseres Landes
[29029]   Pope, Katharina (ed.) (2014) : Waama – French Dictionary
[16692]   Pope, Kathrin (1994) : Dictionnaire waama-français
[22850]   Pope, Kathrin (1993) : The use of subordinate clauses in Waama and how this affects translation
[24541]   Popham, B. , Marjorie Crouch & Anthony Joshua Naden (1980 [1968, 1972]) : Vagala
[16693]   Poplack, S. & Sali A. Tagliamonte (1996) : Nothing in context: variation, grammaticization and past time marking in Nigerian Pidgin English
[16694]   Poplinsky, Jury Konstantinovich (1994) : Problems of interpretation of non-verbal sources on the ethnohistory of North Africa and Sahara
[16695]   Popoola, R. O. (1980) : Aspects of Ogori morphotonology
[27223]   Popoola, Rasheed Olanrele (1980) : Aspects of Ogori morphotonology
[25816]   Porkhomovsky, Victor (2009) : Hamito-Semitic Aspect System: The Case of Semitic and Berber
[26952]   Porkhomovsky, Victor (2016) : The Hausa Subjunctive in the Hamito-Semitic context
[27773]   Porkhomovsky, Victor (2020) : Afro-Asiatic overview
[27782]   Porkhomovsky, Victor (2020) : Ethio-Semitic
[28186]   Porkhomovsky, Victor & Irina Ryabova (2021) : The Zulu version of the old testament from a typological perspective (Версия Ветхого Завета на языке зулу в типологической перспективе)
[16696]   Porkhomovsky, Viktor Jakovlevich (1974) : Nekotorye osobennosti foneticheskoi struktury slova v yazyke hausa
[16697]   Porkhomovsky, Viktor Jakovlevich (1975) : Yazykovaya situatsiya v severnoi Nigerii
[16699]   Porkhomovsky, Viktor Jakovlevich (1993) : [Principles of comparative historical study of unwritten languages and languages of short written tradition (the cases of Chadic and Afrasian languages)]
[16698]   Porkhomovsky, Viktor Jakovlevich (Ed) (1987) : Afrikanskoe istoriceskoe yzikoznanie: problemi rekonstrukcii
[16700]   Port, Robert F. (1972) : The systems of attention and participants in Swahili
[16701]   Port, Robert F. (1981) : The applied suffix in Swahili
[16702]   Port, Robert F. & Kenneth N. Shepardson (1982) : Morphophonemics of Swahili verb suffixes
[16703]   Portères, Roland (1958) : Les appellations des céréales en Afrique [sections 1-7]
[16704]   Portères, Roland (1959) : Les appellations des céréales en Afrique [sections 8-15]
[16705]   Posnansky, Merrick (1982) : Archaeological and linguistic reconstruction in Ghana
[16706]   Posselt, Edgar (1975) : ’n Vergelykende studie van die klanke van oer-bantoe met dié van Nguni
[16707]   Possoz, E. (1939) : Le préfixe ya
[16708]   Possoz, E. (1940) : De la langue dans les juridictions indigènes
[16709]   Possoz, E. (1940) : Les langues du Katanga
[16715]   Posthumus, Lionel C. (1978) : Die kopulatiewe in Zulu met verwysing na ander Bantoetale
[16716]   Posthumus, Lionel C. (1980) : Relatives and adjectives as nouns in copulative wordgroups with special reference to Zulu
[16717]   Posthumus, Lionel C. (1982) : A review of the so-called be/-ba past tenses of Zulu
[16718]   Posthumus, Lionel C. (1983) : Werkwoordkategorieë in Zulu
[16719]   Posthumus, Lionel C. (1984) : Tyd en tempus met verwysing na Zulu
[16720]   Posthumus, Lionel C. (1987) : Relevancy and applicability of terminology concerning the essential verb categories in the African languages
[16721]   Posthumus, Lionel C. (1988) : Basis for tense analysis in African languages
[16722]   Posthumus, Lionel C. (1988) : Identifying copulative in Zulu and Southern Sotho
[16723]   Posthumus, Lionel C. (1990) : Time reference in Zulu
[16724]   Posthumus, Lionel C. (1993) : The hierarchy of the essential verb categories in Zulu
[16725]   Posthumus, Lionel C. (1993) : The expression of spatial relations in the African languages
[16726]   Posthumus, Lionel C. (1994) : Word-based vs root-based morphology in the African languages
[16727]   Posthumus, Lionel C. (1999) : Can the deictic centre be shifted?
[16728]   Posthumus, Lionel C. (2000) : The so-called adjective in Zulu
[16729]   Posthumus, Lionel C. (2000) : When does ‘become’ become ‘be’?
[16710]   Posthumus, M. J. (1957) : Die vry preadjunk in Afrikaans
[16711]   Posthumus, M. J. (1961) : Proef van ’n morfeemtelling in Afrikaans ; deel 1
[16712]   Posthumus, M. J. (1962) : Proef van ’n morfeemtelling in Afrikaans ; deel 2
[16713]   Posthumus, M. J. (1963) : Die variasie b/p, g/x, v/f in Afrikaans
[16714]   Posthumus, M. J. (1963) : Boustene van Afrikaans
[16730]   Potakey, F. K. (1936) : Notes on Eve writing
[16731]   Potakey, F. K. (1937) : Diacritical marks used in Ewe writing
[16732]   Potakey, F. K. & D. A. Chapman (1944) : Ewe spelling
[16733]   Potekhin, I. I. (1963/64) : Afrika: entsiklopedicheski spravochnik
[16734]   Potgieter, Ewart F. (1950) : Inleiding tot die klank- en vormleer van Isindundza: ’n dialek van suid-Transvaalse Ngoeni-Ndebele
[16735]   Potgieter, Ewart F. (Ed) (1955) : The disappearing Bushmen of Lake Chrissie: a preliminary survey
[16736]   Potgieter, F. J. (1988) : Multidissiplinêre ondersoek na Noord-Sotho as derde taal
[16737]   Potter, Terrence Michael (1995) : A study of Moroccan Arabic address: findings to support the development of communicative instructional material for Arabic
[16738]   Potyka, Franz (1985) : Zur Forschung des Verbalkomplexes im Bantu: eine grundlegende Revision des Tempus/Aspektsystems im Chibemba
[23936]   Poubom, Lamy N. (1979) : Borrowing and standardization in Medumbà
[16739]   Poulos, George (1971) : The verbal radical in Venda
[16740]   Poulos, George (1975) : The morphology of the verb in Venda
[16741]   Poulos, George (1981) : Venda: a select bibliography
[16742]   Poulos, George (1982) : Issues in Zulu relativization
[16743]   Poulos, George (1984) : A typological approach to Bantu linguistic studies
[16744]   Poulos, George (1985) : Typological trends in South-Eastern Bantu
[16745]   Poulos, George (1985) : Instances of semantic bleaching in South-Eastern Bantu
[16746]   Poulos, George (1990) : A linguistic analysis of Venda
[16751]   Poulos, George (1999) : Grammaticalisation in south-eastern Bantu and the linguistic ‘dynamics’ underlying this process
[16752]   Poulos, George (1999) : Learn Zulu in the New South Africa
[16753]   Poulos, George (2002?) : Learn to speak Zulu
[23323]   Poulos, George (1986) : The study of African languages: misconceptions within a society
[16748]   Poulos, George & A. P. Hendrikse (1994) : Word categories: prototypes and continua in Southern Bantu
[16750]   Poulos, George & Christian Themba Msimang (1998) : A linguistic analysis of Zulu
[16747]   Poulos, George & Louis J. Louwrens (1994) : A linguistic analysis of Northern Sotho
[16749]   Poulos, George & Sonja E. Bosch (1995) : Zulu
[16754]   Poulter, Todd (1983) : Buli spelling decisions
[16755]   Poussibet, F. (1962) : Répertoire des termes géographiques maures de la région de Tombouctou
[16756]   Poussibet, F. (1962) : Vocabulaire maure relatif à la météorologie
[16757]   Poutignat, Philippe & Paul Wald (1979) : Français et sango à Bouar: fonctions marginales du francais dans les stratégies interpersonnelles
[26944]   Pouye, Abdoulaye (2015) : Pour une sauvegarde des langues en danger au Sénégal : Description synchronique du saafi-saafi
[16758]   Povey, John F. (1969) : The English language of the contemporary African novel
[16759]   Povey, John F. (1976) : The role of English in Africa: a survey
[16760]   Power, G. (1921) : Hausa-English grammar
[24075]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2007) : Etudes atlantiques comparatives: questions de méthodologie
[24080]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2004) : Le système des pronoms linda:comment il sʼorganise?
[24083]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2003) : On paradigm morphology, as illustrated on „dimension” classes in Fula
[24084]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin (1986) : Die Entwicklung des phonetischen Systems des Prämanden
[25473]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2010) : Analogical changes in Niger-Congo pronominal systems
[25817]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2009) : Niveaux linguistiques et problèmes de reconstruction dans les langues atlantiques
[26879]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2015) : Diachronie des classes nominales atlantiques : morphophonologie, morphologie, sémantique
[27446]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2018) : The numeral system of Proto-Niger-Congo: A step-by-step reconstruction
[27834]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2013) : Protolanguage and prototype: a “proto-letter” and a “proto-spirit” in noun classes of Niger-Congo
[28177]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2021) : Notes on regular polysemy and homonymy (Mande languages) (Заметки о регулярной полисемии и омонимии на примере языков манде)
[24077]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin & Guillaume Segerer (2004) : Reconstruction des pronoms atlantiques et typologie des systèmes pronominaux
[24078]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin & Guillaume Segerer (2004) : Reconstruction des pronoms personnels du proto-Cangin
[24079]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin & Guillaume Segerer (2006) : Les alternances consonantiques du sereer: entre classification nominale et dérivation
[27652]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin & Guillaume Segerer (2019) : Regular homophones: a tool for semantic typology and for linguistic reconstruction
[26893]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin & Stéphane Robert (2015) : Les classes nominales en wolof – fonctionnalités et singularités d’un système restreint
[25207]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin & Vydrin, Valentin (1988) : Rekonstruktion des phonologischen Systems des Prämanden
[16761]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin Igorevich (1980) : Yazyki mande (rezultaty sravnitelno-istoricheskogo analiza)
[16762]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin Igorevich (1987) : [Development of consonant alternation systems in Mande and Atlantic languages]
[16763]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin Igorevich (1988) : Proto-Fula-Serer noun class system
[16764]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin Igorevich (1991) : Perspectives of comparative studies on the Mande and West Atlantic: An approach to the quantitative comparative linguistics
[16765]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin Igorevich (1993) : The complementary distribution of sub-morphemic and morphemic neutralizations as a tendency in the languages with noun classes
[16766]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin Igorevich (1993) : Sravnitel’naja grammatika atlanticeskix jazykov: imennye klassy i fono-morfologija [A comparative grammar of the Atlantic languages: noun classes and morphophonology]
[28732]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin Igorevich (2022) : Proto-Fula–Sereer: Lexicon, morphophonology, and noun classes
[25458]   Pozdniakov, Konstantin , Valentin Vydrin & Alexander Zheltov (2010) : Personal Pronouns in Niger-Congo Languages
[16769]   Prabhakaran, Varijakshi (1998) : Multilingualism and language shift in South Africa: the case of Telugu, an Indian language
[16770]   Prabhakaran, Varijakshi (1999) : A sociolinguistic analysis of South African Telugu surnames
[16771]   Pradelles de la Tour, Charles Henri (19--) : Le champ du langage dans une chefferie Bamileke
[16772]   Prah, Kwesi Kwaa (1995) : Mother tongue for scientific and technological development in Africa
[23139]   Prah, Kwesi Kwaa (2005) : Languages of instruction for education, development and African emancipation
[16773]   Prasse, Karl-G. (1972) : Manuel de grammaire touarègue (tahaggart), I-III: phonétique, ecriture, pronom
[16774]   Prasse, Karl-G. (1973) : Manuel de grammaire touarègue (tahaggart), VI-VII: verbe
[16775]   Prasse, Karl-G. (1974) : Manuel de grammaire touarègue (tahaggart), IV-V: nom
[16777]   Prasse, Karl-G. (1984) : The origin of the vowels o and e in Twareg and Ghadamsi
[16780]   Prasse, Karl-G. (1999) : Berber color terms
[16781]   Prasse, Karl-G. (2003) : La vocalisation du protoberbere
[25660]   Prasse, Karl-G. (2011) : Bilan sur les laryngales du protoberbère
[25722]   Prasse, Karl-G. (2010) : Tuareg Elementary Course (Tahăggart)
[16778]   Prasse, Karl-G. & E. Agg-Albostan Ag-Sidiyan (1985) : Tableux morphologiques (dialecte touareg de l’Adrar du Mali (berbère)): Tesaten ën-tmawiten (Tamashaq, Adagh, Mali)
[16776]   Prasse, Karl-G. & Ghoubeïd Alojaly (1980) : Lexique touareg-français
[16779]   Prasse, Karl-G. , Ghoubeïd Alojaly & Ghabdouane Mohamed (1998) : Asaggalalaf Tamazeq-Tafransist/Lexique touareg-français
[16782]   Prat, J. (1929) : Dictionnaire français-mbochi
[27649]   Pratchett, Lee J. (2018) : Voicing on the Fringe: Towards an Analysis of 'Quirky' Phonology in Ju and Beyond
[28129]   Pratchett, Lee J. (2020) : Language contact and change in eastern Botswana: New insights from the pronominal system of an undocumented Kalahari Khoe language
[16783]   Prator, Clifford H. (1967) : The survey of language use and language teaching in eastern Africa
[16785]   Prator, Clifford H. (1968) : The British heresy and TESL
[16786]   Prator, Clifford H. (1975) : The survey of language use and language teaching in eastern Africa in retrospect
[16784]   Prator, Clifford H. & Wilfred Howell Whiteley (1967) : Survey of language use and language teaching in eastern Africa
[16787]   Pratt, Mary (1972) : Tone in some Kikuyu verb forms
[16788]   Preez, Petronella M. du (1991) : Die possessief in Nord-Sotho
[16789]   Preez, Petronella M. du (1993) : The syntax and semantics of part-whole relationships in Northern Sotho
[16790]   Preez, Petronella M. du (1993) : Die gemarkeerde possessiewe konstruksie in Noord-Sotho
[16791]   Preez, Petronella M. du (1997) : Deiksis in Noord-Sotho
[16792]   Premare, A. L. de (1993-1999) : Dictionnaire arabe-français: langue et culture marocaine
[16793]   Prescott, Charles (1993) : Okpe vowel harmony: a radical CV phonology analysis
[16794]   Prescott, Charles (1994) : Moore aperture alternations: the status of [high] and the case for [ATR]
[16795]   Preston, W. W. (1946) : An outline dictionary of Gogo
[16796]   Pretorius, B. F. D. (1972) : Voorsetselverbinding in Afrikaans, met spesiale verwysing na die vaktaal
[26005]   Pretorius, Laurette & Sonja Bosch (2009) : Exploiting Cross-Linguistic Similarities in Zulu and Xhosa Computational Morphology
[16798]   Pretorius, Laurette & Sonja E. Bosch (2003) : Computational aids for Zulu natural language processing
[26001]   Pretorius, Rigardt , Ansu Berg , Laurette Pretorius & Biffie Viljoen (2009) : Setswana Tokenisation and Computational Verb Morphology: Facing the Challenge of a Disjunctive Orthography
[16797]   Pretorius, S. G. (1984) : Die implikasies van ’n veeltalige onderwyssituasie vir die struktuur van die onderwysstelsel van Suidwes-Afrika/Namibië
[22735]   Pretorius, Willem Jacobus (2005) : ’n Dimensionele grammatiese beskrywing van hulpwerkwoorde in Noord-Sotho
[27539]   Pribe, Sarah (2018) : Yobo wordlist
[16803]   Price, E. W. (1944) : The tonal structure of the Ngombe verb
[16799]   Price, H. L. Ward (1925) : Yoruba phrase book, with phonetic spelling
[16811]   Price, Norman (1989) : Notes on Mada phonology
[23000]   Price, Norman (1978) : Nchimburu narrative events in time
[23963]   Price, Norman (1975) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Nchimburu
[16800]   Price, Thomas (1940) : Nyanja linguistic problems
[16801]   Price, Thomas (1941) : The elements of Nyanja for English-speaking students
[16802]   Price, Thomas (1943) : The elements of Nyanja for English-speaking students
[16804]   Price, Thomas (1944) : The written representation of intervocalic glides in Nyanja
[16805]   Price, Thomas (1946) : The elements of Nyanja for English-speaking students
[16806]   Price, Thomas (1953) : The elements of Nyanja for English-speaking students
[16807]   Price, Thomas (1957) : The elements of Nyanja for English-speaking students
[16808]   Price, Thomas (1957) : A short English-Nyanja vocabulary
[16809]   Price, Thomas (1962) : The elements of Nyanja for English-speaking students
[16810]   Price, Thomas (1975) : A short Nyanja-English vocabulary
[16812]   Priebusch, Martin (1935) : Bena-Hehe-Grammatik
[16813]   Priese, Karl-Heinz (1973) : Zur Entstehung der meroitischen Schrift
[16814]   Priestman, F. G. (1---) : English-Kanuri vocabulary
[16815]   Prietze, Rudolf (1926) : Haussa des täglichen Lebens
[3801]   Prignitz Carriere, Gisèle (1998) : Aspects lexicaux, morphosyntaxiques et stylistiques du français parlé au Burkina Faso, periode 1980-1996
[16816]   Prignitz Carriere, Gisèle (Ed) (2001?) : Le français au Burkina Faso
[16817]   Prince, E. (1947) : Ngombe grammar
[16818]   Prins, Adriaan Hendrik Johan (1970) : A Swahili nautical dictionary
[16819]   Prinsloo, C. W. (1936) : Klank- en vormleer van Sekoni
[16822]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1979) : Lokatiefvorming in Noord-Sotho
[16824]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1981) : ’n Kritiese oorsig van bestaande beskouinge oor lokatiefvorming in Bantoe met besondere verwysing na Noord-Sotho
[16825]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1981) : Lokatiewe voorsetselgroepe in Noord-Sotho
[16826]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1981) : ’n Semantiese analise van lokatiewe in Noord-Sotho
[16843]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1984) : Die sintaksis van lokatiewe in Noord-Sotho
[16849]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1984) : Woordvolgorde en volgordeverandering in Noord-Sotho
[16850]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1985) : Beginsels waarop taatipologie en tipologiese verandering berus
[16851]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1985) : Semantiese analise van die vraagpartikels na en afa in Noord-Sotho
[16852]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1986) : Ontwikkeling van prefikse, suffikse en voorstetsels in Noord-Sotho
[16853]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1987) : Perspektief op pronominalisasie in Noord-Sotho
[16855]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1988) : Taaltipologiese verandering by vraagpartikels in Noord-Sotho
[16856]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1989) : Invloed van diskoersfaktore en taaltipologiese verandering op die sintaksis van vraagwoorde in Noord-Sotho
[16857]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1991) : Towards computer-based word frequency studies of Northern Sotho
[16858]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1992) : Prescriptiveness versus descriptiveness: an approach for Northern Sotho lexicography
[16859]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1992) : Lemmatization of reflexives in Northern Sotho
[16860]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1992) : Woordeboek van die Nord-Sothotaal
[16862]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1994) : Lemmatization of verbs in Northern Sotho
[16867]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1998) : Northern Sotho dictionary project
[22521]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (2004) : Revising Matumo’s Setswana-English-Setswana dictionary
[16865]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & Bethuel P. Sathekge (1996) : New Sepedi dictionary: English-Sepedi (Northern Sotho), Sepedi (Northern Sotho)-English
[3286]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2001) : Taking dictionaries for Bantu languages into the new millenium, with special reference to Kiswahili, Sepedi, and isiZulu
[8090]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2000) : SeDiPro 1.0: first parallel dictionary Sepêdi-English
[16868]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (1999) : The lemmatization of nouns in African languages with special reference to Sepedi and Cilubà
[16869]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2002) : Reversing an African-language lexicon: the ‘Northern Sotho Terminology and Orthography No 4’ as a case in point
[23190]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2003) : Towards second-generation spellcheckers for the South African languages
[23204]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2003) : Non-word error detection in current South African spellcheckers
[23208]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2002) : Designing a measurement instrument for the relative length of alphabetical stretches in dictionaries, with special reference to Afrikaans and English
[23209]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2002) : The use of slashes as a lexicographic devise, with special reference to the African languages
[23210]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2002) : Towards an 11x11 array for the degree of conjunctivism/disjunctivism of the South African languages
[23212]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2003) : Effektiewe vodering met die ‘Woordeboek van die Afrikaanse Taal’ soos gemeet in terme van ‘n multidimensionele liniaal
[16864]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & R. H. Gouws (1996) : Formulating a new dictionary convention for the lemmatization of verbs in Northern Sotho
[16866]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus , Bethuel P. Sathekge & Lizeth Kapp (1997) : Nuwe Sededi woordeboek: Afrikaans-Sepedi (Noord-Sotho), Sepedi (Noord-Sotho)-Afrikaans
[16854]   Prinsloo, K. (1987) : ’n Taalplan vir Suid-Afrika?
[16820]   Prinsloo, Karel P. (1972) : Die tweetaligheid van twee groepe universiteitstudente, en hul ingesteldhede teenoor die tweede taal: ’n voorondersoek tot ’n landswye opname
[16821]   Prinsloo, Karel P. (1978) : Institutions presently conducting research and inquiry in the field of language in South Africa
[16823]   Prinsloo, Karel P. (1980) : Taalbeplanning vir Suid-Afrika
[16827]   Prinsloo, Karel P. (1981) : Stand van die Afrikaanse taal: tans en die toekoms
[16842]   Prinsloo, Karel P. (1983) : Afrikaans: ’n toekomsperspektief
[16845]   Prinsloo, Karel P. (1984) : Gesindhede ten opsigte van taal in die onderwys in Suid-Afrika
[16846]   Prinsloo, Karel P. (1984) : Die status van Afrikaans en die ander hooftale in SWA/Namibië
[16847]   Prinsloo, Karel P. (1984) : Taalbeplanning vir Suid-Afrika
[16848]   Prinsloo, Karel P. (1984) : Die taalsituasie in SWA/Namibië en taal in die onderwys van die land
[16863]   Prinsloo, Karel P. (1994) : The application of lexicographical principles for different types of dictionaries for Northern Sotho
[16844]   Prinsloo, Karel P. & M. C. J. van Rensburg (Ed) (1984) : Afrikaans: stand, taak, toekoms
[16828]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 1: Kavangos
[16829]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 2: Damaras
[16830]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 3: Namas
[16831]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 4: Hereros
[16832]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 5: Kaokolanders
[16833]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 6: Kleurlinge
[16834]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 7: Rehoboth Basters
[16835]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 8: Blankes
[16836]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 9: Boesmans
[16837]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 10: Tswanas
[16838]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 11: Wambos
[16839]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 13: total bevolking
[16840]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië
[16841]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 12: Capriviane
[16861]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , Yvo Peeters , Joseph Turi & Christo van Rensburg (Ed) (1993) : Language, law and equality
[28497]   Prischnegg, Tamara (2010) : Zur Klassifikation 'Südjukunoider' Sprachen: lexikalische Evidenz
[26900]   Prisecaru, Luminţa (2015) : A Brief Grammar of the Ale Language
[23682]   Prittie, Rebecca (2002) : Nuasue lexicon
[16870]   Probyn, Margaret (2001) : Teachers’ voices: teachers’ reflections on learning and teaching through the medium of English as an additional language in South Africa
[16871]   Progovac, Ljiljana (1993) : Non-augmented NPs in Kinande as negative polarity items
[25621]   Prokhorov, Kirill (2011) : Tonal head-marking in the Mombo noun phrase
[26462]   Prokhorov, Kirill (2013) : Mombo lexicon (Songho)
[26788]   Prokhorov, Kirill (2014) : Focalization particles in Bambara
[27645]   Prokhorov, Kirill (2018) : Focus Marking and Topicality in Mombo
[16872]   Prokosch, Erich (1983) : Omanisches Wortgut im Ägyptisch-Arabischen
[16873]   Prokosch, Erich (1983) : Omanisches Wortgut im Sudan-Arabischen
[16874]   Prokosch, Erich (1986) : Arabische Kontaktsprachen (Pidgin- und Kreolsprachen) in Afrika
[24062]   Prost, [R. P.] André (1974) : Notes sur le kamara de Bouna
[16875]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1968) : Deux langues voltaïques en voie de disparition: le wara et le natioro
[16876]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1967) : Le moba
[16878]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1945) : Notes sur les boussancé
[16879]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1948) : Contribution à l’étude des langues mandé-sud
[16881]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1950) : La langue bisa: grammaire et dictionnaire
[16882]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1953) : Les langues mandé-sud du groupe mana-busa
[16883]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1956) : La langue sonay et des dialectes
[16885]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1964) : Lamba
[16886]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1963) : La langue des Anufom de Sansanné-Mango
[16887]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1963) : Les classes nominales en Bassari-Tobote
[16888]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1964) : Contribution à l’étude des langues voltaïques
[16889]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1964) : Mi gangam
[16890]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1964) : Li tãmari
[16891]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1966) : Notes sur le naudem du Togo: rapports entre le naudem et le mõre
[16892]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1966) : Mots mossi empruntés au songhay
[16893]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1967) : Le lɔghɔma
[16894]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1968) : La langue des Blé
[16895]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1969) : Les parlers dogon, 2: togo kã
[16896]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1969) : Le pana
[16897]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1970) : Deux langues gurunsi: le kasem et le nuni, I: le kasem
[16898]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1971) : Eléments de sembla
[16899]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1971) : Deux langues gurunsi: le kasem et le nuni, I: le nuni
[16900]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1972) : Les langues de l’Atakora, 2: le tayari
[16901]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1972) : Les langues de l’Atakora, 1: le wama
[16902]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1972) : Enquête sommaire sur le ko, langue gourounsi de Haute-Volta
[16903]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1973) : Les langues de l’Atakora, 5: le yom
[16904]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1973) : Les langues de l’Atakora, 4: le ditammari
[16905]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1973) : Les langues de l’Atakora, 3: le bieri
[16906]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1974) : Les langues de l’Atakora, 7: le nõtre, langue des Nõteba dits Bulba
[16908]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1974) : Description sommaire du kulango (dialecte de Bouna, Côte d’Ivoire)
[16909]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1975) : Vocabulaires comparés des langues de l’Atakora
[16910]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1976) : Essai de description grammatical de la langue boko ou boussa de Ségbana (Dahomey)
[16911]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1980) : Connotations spatiales affectants un processus verbal
[16912]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1981) : De la parenté des langues busa-boko avec le bisa et le samo
[16913]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1981) : Les mandé-sud en Afrique occidentale
[16914]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1999) : Le Nuni de Pouni
[24231]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1983) : Essai de description grammaticale du dialecte bobo de Tansila, Haute- Volta
[24268]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1982) : Des pluriels exclusif et inclusif “nous” dans les langues mande
[24896]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1958) : Quelques notes sur le don (samogho)
[25036]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1966) : La langue Gurma dans la Polyglotta Africana
[25038]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1980) : La langue des Kouroumba ou akurumfe
[16880]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André & F. Jaquinod (1958) : La langue des Bo ou Boko
[16884]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André & L. Girault (1958) : Abrégé de langue dagara: grammaire et dictionnaire
[16907]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André , [Révérend] [Père] Lucien Mélançon & [Révérend] [Père] Eugène Coutu (1974) : Les langues de l’Atakora, 6: le buli
[16915]   Provoost, D. P. & S. P. Koulifa (1986) : Essai sur la langue Uldeme
[16916]   Pruitt, V. G. & Winifred Kellersberger Vass (1965) : A textbook of the Tshiluba language
[16918]   Prunet, Jean-François (1989) : Prosodic redistribution in Fula
[16919]   Prunet, Jean-François (1991) : A note on dialectal variation in Ennemor
[16917]   Prunet, Jean-François & C. Tellier (1984) : Interaction des niveaux en phonologie: l’abrègement vocalique en pular
[16920]   Prunet, Jean-François & Degif Petros Banksira (1996) : L’interaction entre schèmes et racines en chaha
[16921]   Przezdziecki, Marek (1999) : Object raising in Yorùbá
[16922]   Przezdziecki, Marek (2000) : Vowel-to-vowel coarticulation in Yorùbá: the seeds of ATR vowel harmony
[23421]   Przezdziecki, Marek (2000) : Vowel harmony and vowel-to-vowel coarticulation in three dialects of Yoruba
[23770]   Przezdziecki, Marek (2005) : Vowel harmony and coarticulation in three dialects of Yoruba: phonetics determining phonology
[16923]   Puckett, Newbell Niles (1975) : Black names in America: origins and usage
[16924]   Puèch, Gilbert (1980) : La tonalité de thèmes nominaux en punu
[16925]   Puèch, Gilbert (1988) : Augment et préfixe nominal en ngubi
[16926]   Puèch, Gilbert (1990) : Upstep in a Bantu tone language
[22701]   Puèch, Gilbert (1987) : La longue marche des ndumu
[22702]   Puèch, Gilbert (1987) : Tons structurels et tons intonationnels en teke
[22705]   Puèch, Gilbert (1989) : Les constituants suprasyllabiques en shíwé (Bantu A80)
[16927]   Pugach, Zoja Leonidovna (1963) : Istoriya izucheniya yazyka Khausa [The history of the study of the Hausa language]
[16931]   Puglielli, Annarita (1984) : Derived nouns in Somali [part 1]
[16935]   Puglielli, Annarita (1997) : Somali phonology
[16936]   Puglielli, Annarita (1997) : Focus systems in Cushitic languages
[16928]   Puglielli, Annarita (Ed) (1981) : Sintassi della lingua somala
[16929]   Puglielli, Annarita (Ed) (1984) : Aspetti morfologici, lessicali e della focalizzazione
[16932]   Puglielli, Annarita (Ed) (1986) : Proceedings of the 3rd international congress of Somali studies
[16934]   Puglielli, Annarita (Ed) (1992) : Grammatica della lingua somala per le scuole medie superiori
[16933]   Puglielli, Annarita & Biancamaria Bruno (1988) : Middle voice in Somali
[16930]   Puglielli, Annarita & Ciise Maxamed Siyaad (1984) : La flessione del nome
[16937]   Pulleyblank, Douglas (1983) : Accent in Kimatuumbi
[16938]   Pulleyblank, Douglas (1985) : A lexical treatment of tone in Tiv
[16939]   Pulleyblank, Douglas (1986) : Clitics in Yoruba
[16940]   Pulleyblank, Douglas (1986) : Underspecification and low vowel harmony in Okpe
[16941]   Pulleyblank, Douglas (1986) : Tone in lexical phonology
[16942]   Pulleyblank, Douglas (1988) : Vocalic underspecification in Yoruba
[16943]   Pulleyblank, Douglas (1988) : Underspecification, the feature hierarchy and Tiv vowels
[16945]   Pulleyblank, Douglas (1996) : Neutral vowels in Optimality Theory: a comparison of Yoruba and Wolof
[16946]   Pulleyblank, Douglas (2004) : A note on tonal markedness in Yoruba
[16944]   Pulleyblank, Douglas & Akinbiyi M. Akinlabí (1988) : Phrasal morphology in Yoruba
[26850]   Pulleyblank, Douglas & Blake Allen (2013) : Issues in the Phonology-Phonetics Interface in African Languages
[16947]   Pumphrey, M. E. C. (1937) : Shilluk “royal” language conventions
[16948]   Puplampu, D. A. (19--) : Guide to the writing of Adangme
[16949]   Puplampu, D. A. (1945) : A short Adangme-English word book
[16950]   Puplampu, D. A. (1945) : Outlines of Adangme grammar in English and in Adangme
[16951]   Puplampu, D. A. (1952) : An Adangme script, 1
[16952]   Puplampu, D. A. (1953) : Adangme manner of speech: a study of the Adangme language
[28266]   Purvis, Tristan (2019) : Hausa chat jargon: Semantic extension versus borrowing
[25582]   Purvis, Tristan Michael (2012) : Left Dislocation in Dagbani – A preliminary survey
[16953]   Pütz, Joe (1982) : Dickschenärie: ein Workshopmänjul für Südwester Deutsch
[16954]   Pütz, Joe (1983) : Dickschenärie II
[16955]   Pütz, Martin (1991) : ‘Südwesterdeutsch’ in Namibia: Sprachpolitik, Sprachplanung und Spracherhalt
[16956]   Pütz, Martin (1992) : The present and future maintenance of German in the context of Namibia’s official language policy
[16958]   Pütz, Martin (1995) : Official monolingualism in Africa: a sociolinguistic assessment of linguistic and cultural pluralism in Namibia
[16959]   Pütz, Martin (1995) : Attitudes and language: an empirical investigation into the status and use of English in Namibia
[16960]   Pütz, Martin (2004) : Can a ‘foreign’ language be a national medium of education? Linguistic ecology and equality in Namibia
[16957]   Pütz, Martin (Ed) (1995) : Discrimination through language in Africa? Perspectives on the Namibian experience
[27587]   Pweddon, Nicholas (2001) : Bwatiye-English Dictionary - With English-Bwatiye Index
[24481]   Pyne, P. C. (1977 [1972]) : Anyi
[16961]   Qorro, Martha P. (1982) : Tense and aspect of the English and Iraqw verb
[16962]   Qorro, Martha P. (1997) : The role and place of language in education and society: the case of Kiswahili and English in Tanzania
[16963]   Qorro, Martha P. (1998) : A qualitative study of the teaching and learning of writing in English in Tanzanian secondary schools in relation to academic writing demands of tertiary education
[16964]   Quaireau, André (1987) : Description de l’agni des parlers Moronou, Ndénié et Bona
[16965]   Qualls, P. J. (1970) : The influence of the non-European nanny on language development of Johannesburg children
[26988]   Quarcoo, Millicent Akosua (2014) : Copula verbs in Twi/English codeswitching
[27460]   Quarcoo, Millicent Akosua (2012) : Grammatical constraints on verb phrases in Twi/English code switching
[16966]   Queffelec, Ambroise & Augustin Niangouna (1990) : Le français au Congo (R.P.C.)
[23508]   Queffelec, Ambroise & Suzanne Lafage (Ed) (2005?) : Le français au Tchad: inventaire lexical
[16967]   Queffelec, Ambroise , F. Benzakour & Y. Cherrad-Benchefra (Ed) (1995) : Le français au Magbreb
[16968]   Quinot, H. (1926) : Vocabulaire français-kiswahili-kiluba, elabore specialement a l’usage des agents au Congo
[16969]   Quinot, H. (1926) : Petite grammaire de la langue kiluba (tshiluba) du Congo Belge (province du Kasaï)
[16970]   Quint-Abrial, Nicolas (1996) : Lexique du créole de Santiago-français/Léxico crioulo santiaguense-francês/Lésiku badiu-fransés
[16971]   Quint-Abrial, Nicolas (1999) : Dictionnaire cap-verdien-français
[16972]   Quint-Abrial, Nicolas (2000) : Grammaire de la langue cap-verdienne: étude descriptive et comréhensive du créole afro-portugais des Îles du Cap-Vert
[16973]   Quint-Abrial, Nicolas (2000) : Le cap-verdien: origines et devenir d’une langue métisse
[16974]   Quint-Abrial, Nicolas (2001) : Vowels as a morphological tool in Santiago Portuguese Creole (Cape Verde)
[16975]   Quint-Abrial, Nicolas (2003) : Dicionario caboverdiano-portugues
[22461]   Quint-Abrial, Nicolas (1997) : Dictionnaire français/cap-verdien
[22462]   Quint-Abrial, Nicolas (2003) : Parlons capverdien: langue et culture
[24097]   Quint, Nicolas (2006) : Phonologie de la langue koalibe : Dialecte réré (Soudan)
[24450]   Quint, Nicolas (2006) : Un bref aperçu des racines africaines de la langue capverdienne
[24451]   Quint, Nicolas (2007) : Le capverdien, la langue du Cap-Vert
[24463]   Quint, Nicolas (2004) : Interacç̥es morfológicas entre verbo e objecto no crioulo da ilha de Santiago (República de Cabo Verde)
[24904]   Quint, Nicolas (2008) : Coordination et parataxe en capverdien moderne
[26544]   Quint, Nicolas (2013) : Integration of borrowed nouns in Koalib, a noun class language
[26889]   Quint, Nicolas (2015) : Le système des classes nominales en nyun de Djifanghor
[27772]   Quint, Nicolas (2020) : Kordofanian
[28620]   Quint, Nicolas (2021) : Classes nominales dans deux langues Niger-Congo : le baïnouck djifanghorois (atlantique) et le koalib (kordofanien)
[27983]   Quint, Nicolas & Siddig Ali Karmal Koko (2018) : Koalib ideophones: A first overview of their main characteristics
[28115]   Quint, Nicolas & Stefano Manfredi (2020) : Les monts Nouba : une région riche de ses langues
[25774]   Quint, Nicolas, with the collaboration of Siddig Ali Karmal Kokko (2009) : The Phonology of Koalib. A Kordofanian Language of the Nuba Mountains (Sudan)
[16976]   Quintão, José Luís (1951) : Dicionários xironga-português e português-xironga, precedidos de certas instruções necessarias formação de grande numero de palavras
[16977]   Quintão, José Luís (1951) : Gramática de xironga (landim)
[16978]   Quintino, Fernanco Rogado (1951) : Algunas notas sobre a gramática Balanta
[25010]   Quintino, Fernanco Rogado (1961) : Conhecimento da língua Balanta, atreavés da sua estrutura vocabular
[22465]   Quitout, Michel (1997) : Grammaire berbère (rifain, tamazight, chleuh, kabyle)
[22466]   Quitout, Michel (1997) : Dictionnaire bilingue des proverbes marocains arabe-français, 1: bilingue arabe-français
[22467]   Quitout, Michel (1999) : Initiation à l’arabe maghrébin
[22468]   Quitout, Michel (2001) : Parlons l’arabe dialectal marocain
[22469]   Quitout, Michel (2002) : Parlons l’arabe tunisien
[16979]   Quitregard, David (1993) : Arabic key words: the basic two thousand-word vocabulary translitterated and arranged by frequency in a hundred units
[16980]   Raabbi, Maxamed Xaaji Xuseen (1980) : The teaching of Somali as a foreign language
[16981]   Raabbi, Maxamed Xaaji Xuseen (1995) : Naxwaha cusub ee afsoomaaliga/Al-nahwa al-jadid lillughad bilsomalyah [The new grammar for the Somali language]
[16982]   Rabaovolilona, Lucie (19--) : Lexique-grammaire des composes du malgache: les adverbes de temps
[16983]   Rabdi, Larbi (2004) : Le parler d’Ihbachen (Kabylie orientale, Algérie): esquisse phonologique et morphologique
[22493]   Rabdi, Larbi (2001) : Initiation a l’écriture de la langue berbère
[16984]   Rabenilaina, Roger Bruno (19--) : Lexique-grammaire du malgache: constructions transitives et intransitives
[16985]   Rabenilaina, Roger Bruno (1983) : Morpho-syntaxe du malgache: description structurale du dialecte bara
[16986]   Rabenoro, Irène (19--) : Le vocabulaire politique malgache pendant les evenements de mai 1972
[26332]   Rabier, Denis & Aboubacar Dicko (2005) : Dictionnaire français fulfulde du Sahel Burkinabé
[16987]   Rabin, Chaim (1951) : Ancient Westarabian
[16988]   Rabin, Chaim (1963) : The origin of subdivision of Semitic
[16989]   Rabin, Chaim (1975) : Lexicostatistics and the internal divisions of Semitic
[16990]   Rabin, Chaim (1983) : Problems of inter-branch comparison
[16991]   Racine-Issa, Odile (1998) : Le Mwaka de Kojani (Pemba)
[22609]   Racine-Issa, Odile (2002) : Description kikae, parler swahili du sud Zanzibar, suivie de cinq contes
[25873]   Racine-Issa, Odile (2009) : Structures et emplois de la possession inaliénable en swahili standard
[25702]   Racine-Issa, Odile & Sû-tôôg-nooma Kukka Kabore (2010) : Intricate Relations in Standard Swahili – The Syntax of Three Argument Constructions
[16992]   Rademeyer, J. H. (1931) : Die taal van die Griekwas en Rehoboth-Basters
[16993]   Rademeyer, J. H. (1938) : Kleurlings-Afrikaans: die taal van die Griekwas en Rehoboth-Basters
[16994]   Radford, W. L. (1970) : The teaching of English in Kenya secondary schools: problems and possibilities
[16995]   Raen, Konstanse (1981) : Aperçu sur la phonologie et la grammaire pere
[16996]   Raen, Konstanse (1985) : Dictionnaire pere-français
[16997]   Raglan, [Lord] (1922) : The Lotuko language
[16998]   Raglan, [Lord] (1926) : Some roots common to the Turkana, Lotuko and Bari languages
[16999]   Raglan, [Lord] (1929) : The influence of environment on language
[17000]   Raglan, [Lord] (1931) : Shouting and non-shouting languages - Correspondence to the editor
[17001]   Rahamut, C. Anne (1983) : The inscriptional and archaeological remains of the Senejem-Ib complex in Giza: three aspects of the tomb of Nekhebu
[17002]   Raidt, Edith H. (1968) : Geskiedenis van die byvoeglike verbuiging in Nederlands en Afrikaanse
[17003]   Raidt, Edith H. (1969) : Die gebruik van vir in objekskonstruksies
[17004]   Raidt, Edith H. (1971) : Afrikaans en sy europese verlede: van Tacitus tot van Wyk Louw
[17005]   Raidt, Edith H. (1974) : Nederlandse en kaapse spreektaal in die 17de en 18de eeu
[17006]   Raidt, Edith H. (1976) : Die herkoms van objekskonstruksies met vir
[17007]   Raidt, Edith H. (1983) : Einführung in Geschichte und Struktur des Afrikaans
[25132]   Raimbault, Jean-Baptiste (1885) : Dictionnaire français-soso et soso-français
[17008]   Raimy, Eric (1997) : Syllable repair in Sudanese Arabic
[17009]   Rajah-Carrim, Aaliya (2004) : The role of Mauritian Creole in the religious practices of Mauritian Muslims
[17010]   Rajah-Carrim, Aaliya (2005) : Language use and attitudes in Mauritius on the basis of the 2000 population census
[17011]   Rajemisa-Raolison, R. (1966) : Grammaire malgache
[22785]   Raji, B. T. (1986) : Ikaramu phonology
[27224]   Raji, B. T. (1986) : Aspects of the phonology of Ikaramu
[17012]   Rakoto, H. & M. M. Rakotomanga (1965) : Traduction en langue malgache des termes techniques
[17013]   Rakotoalimanana, Herizo David (19--) : Structure morphosyntaxique et modelisation informatique de la langue malgache
[17014]   Ralalaoherivony, Baholisoa Simone (19--) : Lexique-grammaire du malgache: constructions adjectivales
[24004]   Ramada, Elghamis (1997) : Lexique des élections français-tamazaq
[28061]   Ramajela, Matshediso Carnes (2011) : A case study of some social varieties of Northern Sotho and their impact on the standard variety
[17015]   Rammala, Johannes Ratsikana (2002) : Language planning and social transformation in the Limpopo Province: the role of language in education
[17016]   Ramone, Pascalis M. (1992) : Ditransitive applied verbs in Southern Sotho
[17017]   Ramone, Pascalis M. (1997) : The preposition in Southern Sotho
[17018]   Ramoshoana, D. M. (1928) : The origin of ‘Secwana’
[17019]   Ramoshoana, D. M. (1933) : The study of Sechuana words ; part 1
[17020]   Ramoshoana, D. M. (1935) : The study of Secwana words ; part 2
[17021]   Ramoshoana, D. M. (1939) : A study of Setswana words ; part 3
[17022]   Ramoshoana, D. M. (1942) : Setswana words and phrases
[17023]   Ramoshoana, D. M. (1943) : Setswana: a few dying words ; part 1
[17024]   Ramoshoana, D. M. (1944) : Setswana: a few dying words ; part 2
[17025]   Ramoshoana, D. M. (1945) : Some Setswana words not in Brown’s dictionary
[17026]   Ramoshoana, D. M. (1946) : Setswana: a few dying words ; part 3
[17027]   Ramsay-Brijball, Malini (1999) : Understanding Zulu-English codeswitching: a psycho-social perspective
[17028]   Ramushashi, Munyadziwa Constance (2004) : A linguistic analysis of the derivation of feminine terminology in Tshivenda
[17029]   Randal, Scott (1995) : Nominal morphology in Tennet
[17030]   Randal, Scott (1998) : A grammatical sketch of Tennet
[17031]   Randal, Scott (2000) : Does Tennet have postpositions?
[17032]   Randal, Scott (2000) : Tennet’s ergative origins
[17033]   Randriabelone, Jeanette (1985) : La langue malgache: études et applications grammaticales
[17034]   Randriamasimanana, Charles (1981) : A study of the causative constructions of Malagasy
[22431]   Randriamasimanana, Charles (1986) : The causatives of Malagasy
[28267]   Ranero, Rodrigo (2019) : Deriving an object dislocation asymmetry in Luganda
[17035]   Ranger, A. Sidney B. (1928) : Chinsenga handbook: a manual of the Nsenga language spoken in the protectorate of Northern Rhodesia
[17036]   Ranjivason, Jean Théodore (19--) : Morpho-syntaxe du malgache: étude des formes predicatives verbales sihanaka
[17037]   Raper, Peter Edmund (1972) : Naamkunde-bronnegids I, 1970 (Onomastics source guide I, 1970)
[17038]   Raper, Peter Edmund (1972) : Streekname in Suid-Afrika en Suidwes
[17039]   Raper, Peter Edmund (1975) : Bronnegids vir toponimie en topologie (Source guide for toponymy and topology)
[17041]   Raper, Peter Edmund (1979) : Notes on Khoekhoen place names
[17044]   Raper, Peter Edmund (1987) : Language contact as reflected in toponyms in South West Africa/Namibia
[17043]   Raper, Peter Edmund (Ed) (1983) : Names/Name 1983: proceedings of the 2nd southern African names congress
[17042]   Raper, Peter Edmund & L. A. Möller (1980) : Naamkunde-bronnegids II, 1970-1978 (Onomastics source guide II, 1970-1978)
[17040]   Raper, Peter Edmund , Gabriel Stefanus Nienaber & J. S. B. Marais (1979) : Handleiding by pleknaamgewing (Manual for the giving of place names)
[17045]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (19--) : Dictionnaire français-ghetsöghö
[17046]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (19--) : Dictionnaire ghetsöghö-français
[17047]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1931) : Essais des idiomes du Gabon
[17048]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1932) : L’alphabet des idiomes gabonaises
[17049]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1933) : Les néologismes dans les idiomes gabonais
[17050]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1934) : Dictionnaire mpongwe-français
[17052]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1936/94) : Eléments de grammaire gisira
[17053]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1937) : Initiation a l’ebongwe (langage des négrilles)
[17054]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1937) : Essai de grammaire tsogo
[17055]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1937/96) : Éléments de grammaire ébongwé (langue des pygmées)
[17056]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1950) : Éléments de grammaire fang
[17058]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1995) : Éléments de grammaire fang
[17059]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1996) : Éléments de grammaire ghetsöghö
[17057]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André & Roger Sillans (1961) : Les plantes utiles du Gabon: essai d’inventaire et de concordance des noms vernaculaires et scientifiques des plantes spontanées et introduites
[17061]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1933) : Die Náfana-Sprache auf der Elfenbeinküste und auf der Goldküste
[17062]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1933) : Die Sprache der Kólangò aud der Elfenbeinküste und der Goldküste
[17063]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1936) : An introduction to Twi
[17064]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1943) : Die Bedeutung der grammatischen Töne im Zeitwort der südlichen Guang-Sprachen in Westafrika
[17065]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1943) : Die Adangme-Gã-Mundart von Agotime in Togo
[17066]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1948) : An introduction to Twi
[17067]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1955) : Zur Ausbreitung einer westafrikanischen Stammessprache (das Twi)
[17068]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1957) : The Gonja language (Guang Studien II)
[17069]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1966) : Pronomen und Verbum im Glavda und Yaghwatadaxa in den nordwestlichen Mandarabergen Nordostnigeriens
[17070]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1966) : Die Gurenne-Sprache in Nordghana
[17073]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1969) : Ein neues Twi-Wörterbuch
[17074]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1974) : Zum heutigen Schrifttum in afrikanischen Sprachen
[17075]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1977) : Miszellen zum Guáng - Kwa-Sprachen in Ghana, Togo und Dahomey (Guang-Studien VIII)
[17071]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig & Brigitta Benzing (1968) : Dictionary of the Glavdá language, I: Glavdá-English
[17072]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig & C. Muehle (1969) : Dictionary of the Glavdá language, II: English-Glavdá
[17076]   Rascher, Anna (1955) : Der Aufbau des Satzes im Luhaya
[17077]   Rascher, Anna (1956) : Leitfaden zum Erlernen des Ruhaya
[17078]   Rascher, Anna (1958) : Guide for learning the Ruhaya language
[17079]   Rascher, Anna (1966/67) : Spruchweisheit der Haya ; Teile 1-2
[17080]   Rascher, Anna (1967/68) : Spruchweisheit der Haya ; Teil 3
[6432]   Rasmussen, Raymond Kent (2002) : Verb tone in Il-Keekonyokie Maa
[17082]   Rasmussen, Raymond Kent (2001) : A tonal split in bound argument pronouns in Il-Keekonyokie Maa
[17081]   Rasmussen, Stig T. (1984) : Arabisk-dansk ordbog over Cairodialekten
[17083]   Rassinoux, Jean (1969) : Lexique fon-français
[17084]   Rassinoux, Jean (1974) : Dictionnarie francais-fon
[25003]   Rassinoux, Jean (2000) : Dictionnarie français-fon
[25004]   Rassinoux, Jean & Basilio Segurola (2000) : Dictionnarie fon-français
[17085]   Rassmann, Estelle (1977) : A preliminary survey of adoptives in Southern Sotho
[17086]   Ratcliffe, B. J. & [Sir] Howard Elphinstone (1932) : Modern Swahili
[17087]   Ratcliffe, B. J. & [Sir] Howard Elphinstone (1932) : A new English-Swahili phrase book
[17088]   Ratcliffe, Robert R. (1992) : The ‘broken’ plural problem in Arabic, Semitic and Afroasiatic: a solution based on the diachronic application of prosodic analysis
[17089]   Ratcliffe, Robert R. (1999) : The “broken” plural problem in Arabic and comparative Semitic: allomorphy and analogy in non-concatenative morphology
[22655]   Ratcliffe, Robert R. (2002) : The broken plural system of Moroccan Arabic: diachronic and cognitive perspectives
[17090]   Ratliff, Martha (1992) : Tone language type change in Africa and Asia: !Xu, Gokana and Mpi
[17091]   Rattray, [Captain] Robert Sutherland (1922/23) : The drum language of West Africa
[23629]   Raulin, George (1966) : Kanouri
[17092]   Raum, Otto Friedrich (1937) : Language perversions in East Africa
[17093]   Raum, Otto Friedrich (1939) : Educational psychology in the speech of speech of the Chaga
[17094]   Raum, Otto Friedrich (1943) : The African chapter in the history of writing
[17095]   Rautenbach, W. L. , J. A. G. du Plessis , J. H. Beukes , L. B. Burger & I. G. du Preez (1983) : Ondersoek na die onderwys SWA/Namibië. Verslag van die navorsingsprojekkomitee: onderwysstelselbeplanning
[17096]   Raux, M. (1929/30) : La question des langues en Ouganda
[24314]   Ravenhill, Philip (1982) : The Wan language
[24542]   Ravenhill, Philip (1980 [1974]) : Wan
[17097]   Rawda Siraj (1983) : Silti verb conjugation
[17098]   Rawson, M. G. (1987) : The clitic in Bantu: when is a word not a word?
[17099]   Raz, Shlomo (1977) : Complex verbal expressions of time-relations in Tigre
[17100]   Raz, Shlomo (1980) : Tigre syntax and Semitic Ethiopian
[17101]   Raz, Shlomo (1983) : Tigre grammar and texts
[17102]   Raz, Shlomo (1989) : Areal features as a further criterion in elucidating the term ‘Ethiopian Semitic’
[17103]   Raz, Shlomo (1997) : Tigré
[17104]   Razafintsalama, (1928) : La langue malgache et les origines Malgache, I: le fond initial du vocabulaire malgache (étude de vocabulaire)
[17105]   Reagan, Timothy G. (1983) : Language selection and language planning in southern Africa
[17106]   Reagan, Timothy G. (1986) : Considerations on language and oppression: the place of English in Black education in South Africa
[17107]   Reagan, Timothy G. (1986) : The role of language policies in South African education
[17108]   Reagan, Timothy G. (1987) : The politics of linguistic apartheid: language policies in black education in South Africa
[17109]   Reagan, Timothy G. (2002) : Language planning and language policy: past, present and future
[17110]   Reagan, Timothy G. (2004) : Multilingualism in South Africa: “dit is nou ons erns“
[17112]   Rechenbach, Charles W. & others (1967) : Swahili-English dictionary
[17115]   Redden, James E. (1979) : A descriptive grammar of Ewondo
[17113]   Redden, James E. & F. Bongo (1963) : Lingala basic course
[17114]   Redden, James E. & N. Owusu (1963) : Twi: basic course
[17116]   Redmayne, Alison H. (19--) : List of Hehe plant names and identifications from the East African Herbarium, Nairobi
[17117]   Reeder, JeDene (1998) : Pagibete, a northern Bantu borderlands language: a grammatical sketch
[28570]   Reeder, JeDene (2019) : Pagibete C401
[17118]   Reenen, J. F. van (1964) : Dentition, jaws and palate of the Kalahari Bushmen
[17119]   Regnier, Clark D. (2003) : A sociolinguistic survey of the people of Fakai District
[17120]   Rego, Frederico J. H. (1968) : A língua portuguesa, entre outras, como instrumento e parte de uma política ultramarina
[17121]   Reh, Mechthild (198-) : Die Krongo (níino mó-dì) Sprache
[17122]   Reh, Mechthild (1981) : Sprache und Gesellschaft
[17123]   Reh, Mechthild (1981) : Problems of linguistic communication in Africa
[17125]   Reh, Mechthild (1983) : Krongo: a VSO language with postpositions
[17126]   Reh, Mechthild (1985) : On phonetic contrast as a conditioning factor of syllabic erosion: the case of the passive verb forms in Dholuo
[17127]   Reh, Mechthild (1985) : Die Krongo-Sprache (nìino mó-dì): Beschreibung, Texte, Wörterverzeichnis
[17128]   Reh, Mechthild (1986) : On the classification of vowel phonemes in Anywak
[17129]   Reh, Mechthild (1986) : Were have all the prefixes gone?
[17130]   Reh, Mechthild (1991) : Frequentative derivation in Anywa: present-day reflexes of a proto-Nilotic suffix
[17131]   Reh, Mechthild (1993) : Zur Interdependenz von Lexikalisierungsmustern unf grammatischer Struktur
[17132]   Reh, Mechthild (1994) : A grammatical sketch of Deiga
[17133]   Reh, Mechthild (1996) : Anywa language: description and internal reconstruction
[17134]   Reh, Mechthild (1999) : Anywa-English and English-Anywa dictionary
[17135]   Reh, Mechthild (1999) : ‘Body’, ‘back’ and ‘belly’ - or: On the antonyms of ‘inside’ and their conceptual sources
[17136]   Reh, Mechthild (2000) : Migration, polygamy and interethnic marriage as causes of language birth: the southern Lwoo languages
[17137]   Reh, Mechthild (2002) : Multilingual reading and writing practices in Uganda among Lango/Ateso and Luganda speakers
[17138]   Reh, Mechthild (2004) : Writing and reading in English and L1: attitudes among pupils in Lira and Mpigi, Uganda
[17139]   Reh, Mechthild (2004) : Multilingual writing: a reader-oriented typology with examples from Lira Municipality (Uganda)
[22662]   Reh, Mechthild (2003) : Function of the preposition kuom in Dholuo
[17124]   Reh, Mechthild & Bernd Heine (1982) : Sprachpolitik in Afrika
[27568]   Reichardt, Charles Augustus Ludwig (1878) : The Fulde language
[17140]   Reichart, A. & Meinulf Küsters (1926) : Elementary Kiswaheli grammar, or introduction to the East African language and life
[17141]   Reichmut, Macário (1947) : Língua de Quelimane: gramática, leitura, vocabulário
[17142]   Reichmuth, Stefan (1983) : Der arabische Dialekt der Shukriyya im Ostsudan
[17143]   Reichmuth, Stefan (1988) : Songhay: Lehnwörter im Yoruba und ihre historischer Kontext
[28107]   Reid, Tatiana (2010) : Aspects of phonetics, phonology and morphophonology of Thok Reel
[17144]   Reidhead, Paris W. (1947) : Note on the Ganza language: a preliminary descriptive analysis
[17145]   Reiman, Duane (2001) : Findings from the sociolinguistic survey of the Lolo people
[22849]   Reimer, A. Jeanette (1983) : Étude préliminaire sur le système des genres nominaux en gangam
[23105]   Reimer, A. Jeanette (1985) : Gando becomes a written language
[17146]   Reimer, Jean & Regina Blass (1975) : Chakali survey report
[17147]   Reineke, Brigitte (1972) : The structure of the Nkonya language, with texts and glossary
[17148]   Reineke, Brigitte (1986) : Subordinative Verknüpfungen im (Akuapem-)Twi
[17149]   Reineke, Brigitte (1995) : Demonstrativsysteme in Gursprachen
[17150]   Reineke, Brigitte (1996) : L’aspect en ditammari
[17151]   Reineke, Brigitte (1998) : Des constructions relatives dans les langues de l’Atakora
[17152]   Reineke, Brigitte (2000) : Les systém aspectual du ditammari reconsidéré
[22412]   Reineke, Brigitte (2003) : Interaction de l’aspect et du temps en ditammari
[28628]   Reineke, Brigitte (2012) : B1. Byali
[28629]   Reineke, Brigitte (2012) : B2. Ditammari
[28630]   Reineke, Brigitte (2012) : B3. Mbelime
[28632]   Reineke, Brigitte (2012) : B5. Waama: Comparative notes
[28633]   Reineke, Brigitte (2012) : B6. Atakora: Comparative notes
[28631]   Reineke, Brigitte & Brigitte Nédellec (2012) : B4. Nateni
[24401]   Reinhard, Pierre (1984) : Le Ben
[24402]   Reinhard, Pierre (1984) : Description de la langue Moba (parler Ben)
[17153]   Reintges, Chris H. (2000) : The licensing of gaps and resumptive pronouns in older Egyptian relatives
[17154]   Reintges, Chris H. (2001) : Aspects of the morphosyntax of subjects and objects in Coptic Egyptian
[22656]   Reintges, Chris H. (2003) : The syntax of special inflection in Coptic interrogatives
[25757]   Reintges, Chris H. (2010) : A descriptive analysis of the Coptic conjunctive conjugation
[17155]   Rekanga, Jean-Paul (1989) : Essai de grammaire gunu (langue bantoue du Cameroun, A62)
[17156]   Rekanga, Jean-Paul (2000) : Essai de grammaire himba (langue bantoue du Gabon, B36)
[27560]   Rekanga, Jean-Paul (2011) : Aspects phonologiques du wumwu de Malinga
[27561]   Rekanga, Jean-Paul (2014) : Grammaire du myènè-nkomi. Tome 1 : Phonologie
[27562]   Rekanga, Jean-Paul (1994) : Les réflexes du protobantou en myene-nkomi, langue bantoue du Gabon
[25217]   Relich, Randa Rae (1973) : A General Grammar of Koba Baga with Texts and Translations
[24661]   Remijsen, Bert & D. Robert Ladd (2008) : The tone system of the Luanyjang dialect of Dinka
[27387]   Remijsen, Bert , Cynthia L. Miller-Naudé & Leoma G. Gilley (2016) : The morphology of Shilluk transitive verbs
[17157]   Renato, [Padre] (1982) : Dicionário lómuè-português e portoguês-lómuè
[17158]   Renaud, H. P. J. & G. S. Colin (1934) : Thfat al-Ahbâb/Glossaire de la matière médicale marocaine
[17159]   Renaud, Patrick (1976) : Le français au Cameroun: fonction (et connotation) d’identité et d’identification ethnique des français régionaux et camerounais
[17160]   Renaud, Patrick (1976) : Description phonologiques et éléments de morphologie nominale d’une langue de pygmées du sud-Cameroun: les bajèlè (bipindi)
[25737]   Renaudier, Marie (2012) : Dérivation et valence en sereer - Variété de Mar Lodj (Sénégal)
[26891]   Renaudier, Marie (2015) : Les classes nominales en sereer
[5260]   Rendinger, [Général] R. de (1923) : Vocabulaire pratique du dialecte arabe centre-africain
[5261]   Rendinger, [Général] R. de (1949) : Contribution à l’étude des langues nègres du centre-africain
[17161]   Rendsburg, Gary (1989) : Black Athena: an etymological response
[29014]   Rengkat, Fleesin Buba & Matthew Harley (eds.) (2020) : Pyam – English Dictionary
[17162]   Renier, A. R. (1954) : Grammaire africaine: kiswahili
[17163]   Renisio, A. (1932) : Étude sur les dialectes berbères des Beni Iznassen, du Rif et des Senhaja de Sraïr: grammaire, textes et lexique
[17164]   Renju, Peter M. (1989) : A relação entre o sistema ortográfico e a informação/comunicação
[17165]   Rennison, John Richard (1980) : Singular more marked than plural? Some evidence from Koromfe
[17166]   Rennison, John Richard (1985) : Dictionnaire koromfe (dialecte de Mengao): koromfe-français, français-koromfe, utilisant aussi du matériel non-publié de Wilhelm Staude
[17168]   Rennison, John Richard (1985) : The morphophonology of three Koromfe noun classes
[17169]   Rennison, John Richard (1986) : On the semantic content of noun classes
[17170]   Rennison, John Richard (1987) : On the vowel harmonies of Koromfe (Burkina Faso, West Africa)
[17171]   Rennison, John Richard (1987) : Vowel harmony and tridirectional vowel features
[17172]   Rennison, John Richard (1987) : Tridirectional autosegmental phonology and the PC: with special reference to Koromfe, Moore and other West African languages
[17173]   Rennison, John Richard (1992) : Welche Vokale hatte das Proto-Gur? Überlegungen anhand der Vokalharmonie und Vokalassimilation im Koromfe und Mòoré
[17174]   Rennison, John Richard (1993) : Empty nuclei in Koromfe: a first look
[17175]   Rennison, John Richard (1997) : Koromfe
[17176]   Rennison, John Richard (1997) : Syllables in Koromfe
[17177]   Rennison, John Richard (1999) : Syllables in western Koromfe
[17178]   Rennison, John Richard (2000) : The verbal morphology of western Koromfe
[17167]   Rennison, John Richard (Ed) (1985) : Phonologica Africana 1984: papers from the “Workshop on African Languages” at the fifth international phonology meeting, Eisenstadt, 25-28th June 1984
[17179]   Renon, A. (1944) : La vivante grammaire: manuel pratique d’arabe dialectal tunisien
[17186]   Rensburg, Christo van (1993) : Die demokratisering van Afrikaans
[17187]   Rensburg, Christo van (1999) : Afrikaans and apartheid
[17184]   Rensburg, M. C. J. van (1984) : Afrikaans: die pad vorentoe
[17185]   Rensburg, M. C. J. van (1989) : Oranje River Afrikaans: a stage in the pidgin-creole cycle
[17181]   Rensburg, M. C. J. van & H. F. de Bruto (Ed) (1972) : Taalseminaar 1972
[17182]   Rensburg, M. C. J. van , Egidius B. van Wyk & Jacob C. Steyn (Ed) (1973) : Taalseminaar 1973: TGG - ’n eerste oorsig
[17183]   Rensburg, M. C. J. van , H. F. de Bruto , D. P. Wissing & P. J. Badenhorst (1974) : TGG-fonetiek vir Afrikaans: ’n werkboek
[17180]   Rensburg, M. C. J. van , S. Strydom & L. C. Eksteen (1967) : Werkboek by die fonetiek
[17188]   Retord, Georges L. A. (1970) : L’agni, variété dialectale sanvi
[17189]   Retord, Georges L. A. (1971) : Les différents parlers anyi et le baoulé
[17190]   Retord, Georges L. A. (1972) : L’agni, variété dialectale sanui: phonologie, analyse tomographiques, documents
[17191]   Retord, Georges L. A. (1981) : L’agni
[17192]   Retsö, Jan (1983) : The finite passive voice in modern Arabic dialects
[17193]   Retsö, Jan (1989) : Diathesis in the Semitic languages: a comparative morphological study
[17194]   Retsö, Jan (1990) : Arabisk språkhistoria [Arabian language history]
[17195]   Retsö, Jan (1991) : De semitiska språken, med en orientering om de afroasiatiska språken [The Semitic languages, with a guide to the Afroasiatic languages]
[17196]   Retsö, Jan (1992) : De arabiska talspråken: en introduction [The Arabic spoken languages: an introduction]
[17197]   Reusch, R. (1953) : How the Swahili people and language came about
[17198]   Revill, P. M. (1966) : Preliminary report on paralinguistics in Mbembe (E. Nigeria)
[17199]   Rey-Hulman, Diana (1972) : Schéma d’analyse socio-linguistique de la notion de temps chez les Tyokossi
[23253]   Rey, Veronique (1994) : Première approche du mwali
[17200]   Reynolds, Karl H. (1985) : A theoretical approach to Swahili inflection
[17202]   Reynolds, Karl H. (1989) : The structure of the Kiswahili nominal
[17201]   Reynolds, Karl H. & Carol M. Eastman (1989) : Morphologically based agreement in Swahili
[17203]   Rhaib, Driss (1997) : L’emprunt linguistique dans le discours d’enseignants marocains de français au Maroc
[17204]   Rheinallt Jones, John David & Clement Martyn Doke (Ed) (1937) : Bushmen of the southern Kalahari
[17205]   Rheinhardt, Joseph (19--) : Gikuria-English dictionary
[17206]   Rheinhardt, Joseph (1949/50) : A grammar of Kuria
[17207]   Rhoades, John [Douglas] (1976) : Language use in joke characterizations: a study of language stereotypes in Kenya
[17208]   Rhoades, John [Douglas] (1977) : Linguistic diversity and language belief in Kenya: the special position of Swahili
[17209]   Rialland, Annie (1979) : Une langue à tons en terrasse: le gulmance
[17210]   Rialland, Annie (1981) : Le système tonal du gurma (langue gur de Haute-Volta)
[17211]   Rialland, Annie (1988) : Systèmes prosodiques africains: fondements empiriques pour un modèle multilinéaire
[17213]   Rialland, Annie (1990) : La structure du système tonal soninké
[17214]   Rialland, Annie (1991) : A propos de la prosodie du soninké: réponse à Denis Creissels et réflexions sur la valeur explicative des analyses
[24996]   Rialland, Annie (1998) : Systèmes prosodiques africains : une source d'inspiration majeure pour les théories phonologiques multilinéaires
[25068]   Rialland, Annie (2001) : Une ‘ponctuation vocaliqueʼ en gulmancema (langue gurma) et les conséquences de sa perte dans une langue proche : le moba
[17212]   Rialland, Annie & Mamadou B. Sangaré (1989) : Réanalyse des tons du bambara: des tons du nom à l’organisation générale du système
[17215]   Rialland, Annie & Pénou-Achille Somé (1999) : Dagara downstep: how speakers get started
[17216]   Rialland, Annie & Stéphane Roberts (2001) : The intonational system of Wolof
[26843]   Rialland, Annie , Martial Embanga Aborobongui , Martine Adda-Decker & Lori Lamel (2015) : Dropping of the Class-Prefix Consonant, Vowel Elision and Automatic Phonological Mining in Embosi (Bantu C 25)
[28451]   Rialland, Annie , Yranahan Traore & Caroline Féry (2021) : Nominal tonology and spreading rules in Tagbana (Fròʔò dialect)
[17217]   Ribeiro, [Padre] Armando (1965) : Gramática changana (tsonga)
[17218]   Ribero, P. (1922) : Elementi di lingua ndogo
[17219]   Ricard, A. (2004?) : The languages and literatures of Africa: the sands of Babel
[17220]   Ricci, Lanfranco (1971/72) : Materiali per la lingua Mekan
[17221]   Ricci, Lanfranco (1975) : Invito al cuscitico
[17222]   Ricci, Lanfranco (1978) : Una novità: vocabolario del somalo in somalo
[17225]   Rice, Curtis (1989) : Strengthening in Tswana: implications for a theory of mutation
[17224]   Rice, Frank A. (Ed) (1962) : A study of the role of second languages in Asia, Africa and Latin America
[22618]   Richards, Norvin (2003) : Some notes on temporal and conditional adjuncts in Buli
[17226]   Richards, Paul (1972) : A quantitative analysis of the relationship between language tone and melody in a Hausa song
[17227]   Richards, Russell (1981) : Les langues des Grassfields du Cameroun: bibliographie critique avec notes sur la langue noni
[17228]   Richards, Russell (1991) : Phonologie de trois langues béboïdes du Cameroun: noóne, ncanti et sali
[17229]   Richardson, Irvine (1955) : Some problems of language classification with particular reference to the North-West Bantu borderland
[17230]   Richardson, Irvine (1957) : Linguistic survey of the northern Bantu borderland
[17231]   Richardson, Irvine (1959) : The role of tone in the structure of Sukúma
[17232]   Richardson, Irvine (1961) : Some observations on the status of Town Bemba in Northern Rhodesia
[17233]   Richardson, Irvine (1963) : Examples of deviation and innovation in Bemba
[17234]   Richardson, Irvine (1963) : Evolutionary factors in Mauritian Creole
[17235]   Richardson, Irvine (1964) : Linguistic change in Africa, with special reference to the Bemba-speaking area of Northern Rhodesia
[17236]   Richardson, Irvine (1966) : A vocabulary of Sukúma (edited by Michael Mann)
[17237]   Richardson, Irvine (1967) : Linguistic evolution and Bantu noun class systems
[17238]   Richardson, Irvine (1971) : “Displaced tones” in Sukuma
[17239]   Richman, Amy L. (1983) : Learning about communication: cultural influences on caretaker-infant interaction
[17240]   Richmond, C. (19--) : Masai grammar
[17241]   Richmond, Edmun B. (1980) : Literacy and language teaching in Gambia
[17242]   Richmond, Edmun B. (1983) : New directions in language teaching in sub-Saharan Africa
[17243]   Richmond, Edmun B. (1989) : African English expressions in the Gambia
[17244]   Richmond, Edmun B. (1989) : Language engineering and educational policy in sub-Saharan Africa
[17245]   Richmond, Edmun B. (1993) : Can language planning work? Theory versus practice in Africa
[25532]   Richter gen. Kemmermann, Doris (2012) : Directional verbs in Mbembe
[26296]   Richter gen. Kemmermann, Doris (2012) : A grammar of Mbembe
[26910]   Richter gen. Kemmermann, Doris (2014) : A grammar of Mbembe
[26430]   Richter gen. Kemmermann, Doris, in cooperation with the Wovia Language Committee (2013) : Wovia dictionary
[17246]   Richter, Renate (1982) : On language problems in Ethiopia: language policy in the interest of social progress
[17247]   Richter, Renate (1987) : Lehrbuch der amharischen Sprache
[17248]   Richter, Renate (1989) : On the enrichment and expansion of the Amharic scientific vocabulary
[17249]   Richter, Renate (1995) : Zur Rektion und Kollokation im Amharischen
[17250]   Rickard, David T. (1970) : Kru grammar: a preliminary study
[27631]   Ricquier, Birgit (2016) : A Foodie's Guide to Kongo Language History: Early Events, North versus South, and the Innovative West
[26250]   Ricquier, Birgit & Koen Bostoen (2008) : Resolving phonological variability in Bantu lexical reconstructions: the case of ‘to bake in ashes’
[17251]   Riddle, Elizabeth (1975) : Relational grammar and some aspects of Swahili syntax
[17253]   Ridge, Elaine & Sinfree B. Makoni (Ed) (2001) : Freedom and discipline: essays in applied linguistics from southern Africa
[17252]   Ridge, Stanley G. M. (1996) : Language policy in a democratic South Africa
[17254]   Ridge, Stanley G. M. (2004) : Language planning in a rapidly changing multilingual society: the case of English in South Africa
[17255]   Ridings, Daniel (1996) : Interim report on the Standard Shona Corpus
[17256]   Ridings, Daniel (1997) : Notes for the 1997 ALLEX workshop
[17257]   Riebstein, P. E. (1923) : Éléments de grammaire ewe
[17258]   Riebstein, P. E. (1923) : Dictionnaire ewe-français
[25384]   Riedel, Kristina (2009) : The Syntax of Object Marking in Sambaa : A comparative Bantu perspective
[25713]   Riedel, Kristina (2010) : Coordination and Subject/Object Marking in Sambaa
[27396]   Riedel, Kristina & Mark de Vos (2017) : Swahili coordinated infinitives and non-canonical case-marking
[17259]   Riemenschneider, Dieter (Ed) (1983) : Grundlagen zur Literatur in englischer Sprache: West- und Ostafrika
[17260]   Rietkerk, Dieke (2000) : Tone on Mbelime verbs
[25334]   Rikoto, Bulu Do̠ro̠ (2002) : Dictionary C’Lela-English-Hausa
[17261]   Riley, Bernard & David W. Brokensha (1988) : The Mbeere in Kenya
[17262]   Rilling, Art (1986) : The Boni/Dahalo report
[24452]   Rilly, Claude (2007) : La langue du royaume de Méroé. Un panorama de la plus ancienne culture écrite dʼAfrique subsaharienne
[24464]   Rilly, Claude (2006) : Méroïtique et parlers nubiens anciens. Langue retrouvée, langue disparue, langue fantôme
[24465]   Rilly, Claude (2005) : Classification of Nara Language in Eritrea
[24466]   Rilly, Claude (2006) : Introduction à lʼécriture méroïtique
[24467]   Rilly, Claude (2006-2007) : Le nom de Saï et ses occurrences dans les textes méroïtiques
[24468]   Rilly, Claude (2007) : Traduire lʼintraduisible: la langue perdue et retrouvée de Méroé
[24948]   Rilly, Claude (2007) : The Earliest Traces of Meroitic
[25280]   Rilly, Claude (2009) : Le méroïtique et sa famille linguistique
[26955]   Rilly, Claude (2016) : The Wadi Howar Diaspora and its role in the spread of East Sudanic languages from the fourth to the first millenia BCE
[26524]   Rilly, Claude & Alex de Voogt (2012) : The Meroitic language and Writing system
[17263]   Rinaldo, G. (1---) : Vocabolario italiano-acioli
[17264]   Ring, James Andrew (1977) : A contrastive analysis of English and Yoruba segmental phonemes
[17265]   Ring, James Andrew (1981) : Ewe as second language: a sociolinguistic survey of Ghana’s central Volta region
[17266]   Ring, James Andrew (1987) : Planning for literacy: a sociolinguistic survey of multilingualism in Ghana
[17267]   Ring, James Andrew (1995) : Lelemi tone
[17268]   Ringe, Peter C. (1948) : A simple Alur grammar and Alur-English-Alur vocabularies
[17269]   Ringen, Catherine O. (1979) : Vowel harmony in Igbo and Diola-Fogny
[11708]   Risnes, Oliver & Alan Starr (1989) : Report of the linguistic and sociolinguistic survey among the Kwanja (Konja)
[26844]   Ritchart, Amanda & Sharon Rose (2015) : Schwas in Moro Vowel Harmony
[17270]   Ritter, Thomas (1995) : Das Verbalsystem der königlichen und privaten Inschriften XVII. Dynastie bis einschliesslich Amenophis III
[17271]   Rivers, Josias C. (1---) : Nama phrases with English translations
[17272]   Riviere, Th. (1990) : Le dictionnaire ga de J. Zimmermann (1858) et le royaume d’Accra au XVIIe siècle
[17273]   Riyaale, Abdi Yusuf (1980) : The Somali language in political context
[17274]   Rizetto, Fulvio (1941) : Alcune notizie sui Tirma
[17275]   Roba Dame (1989) : Noun morphology of Burji
[17276]   Roberge, Paul T. (1992) : Afrikaans and the ontogenic myth
[17277]   Roberge, Paul T. (1993) : The formation of Afrikaans
[17278]   Roberge, Paul T. (2000) : Etymological opacity, hybridization and the Afrikaans brace negation
[17279]   Roberge, Paul T. (2002) : Afrikaans: considering origins
[22660]   Roberge, Paul T. (2005) : On reconstructing a linguistic continuum in Cape Dutch (1710-1840)
[27660]   Robert, Businge Makolome & Martin Diprose (2012) : Ntontogoli̱ gya Lugungu - Lugungu Dictionary: Lugungu - English with English Index
[17280]   Robert, Stéphane (1990) : Aperçu et réflexions sur la négation en wolof
[17281]   Robert, Stéphane (1991) : Approche énonciative du système verbal: le cas du wolof
[17282]   Robert, Stéphane (2000) : Le verbe wolof ou la grammaticalisation du focus
[24453]   Robert, Stéphane (2006) : Deictic space in Wolof: discourse, syntax and the importance of absence
[25168]   Robert, Stéphane (2010) : Focus in Atlantic languages
[27325]   Robert, Stéphane (1989) : Système verbal et énonciation en wolof
[28738]   Robert, Stéphane & Sylvie Voisin (2022) : Why eight causative suffixes in Wolof?
[17293]   Roberts-Kohno, R. Ruth (1995) : Vowel coalescence and hiatus in Kikamba
[17294]   Roberts-Kohno, R. Ruth (1996) : Kikamba verb stems tonology
[17295]   Roberts-Kohno, R. Ruth (1998) : Empty root nodes in Kikamba: conflicting evidence and theoretical implications
[17296]   Roberts-Kohno, R. Ruth (1999) : Kikamba verb stem tonology
[17297]   Roberts-Kohno, R. Ruth (1999) : Kikamba: evidence for the tone feature [extreme]
[24595]   Roberts-Kohno, R. Ruth (2000) : Kikamba Phonology and Morphology
[27620]   Roberts-Kohno, Ruth (2014) : Melodic Tones in Kikamba
[17283]   Roberts, Charles (1929) : English-Zulu dictionary
[17284]   Roberts, Charles (1956) : English-Zulu dictionary
[23440]   Roberts, D. (1971) : Remarks on J. J. Christie’s “Locative, possessive and existential in Swahili”
[26525]   Roberts, Dave (2013) : La conjugaison des verbes en kabiyè (Togo) : tableaux types, règles d'emploi et index kabiyè-français et français-kabiyè des verbes
[23116]   Roberts, David (2002) : Les classes tonales du verbe en kabiyè
[23554]   Roberts, David (2003) : Tone spreading in the Kabiye associative noun phrase
[24470]   Roberts, David (2006) : Double sens, doubles consonnes
[24471]   Roberts, David (2006) : Une idée capitale pour traiter les tons!
[24472]   Roberts, David (2008) : Toute de suite ou pas? une proposition pour rendre plus aisée la lecture de deux conjugaisons verbales
[25084]   Roberts, David (2003) : La tonologie des préfixes de modalité en Kabiyè
[25085]   Roberts, David (2005) : The variable status of nasals as tone bearing units in Kabiye
[25086]   Roberts, David (2008) : Lʼorthographe du ton en Kabiyè au banc dʼessai
[25087]   Roberts, David (2008) : The two Kabiye orthographies: a sociolinguistic and linguistic comparison
[25088]   Roberts, David (2008) : Thirty years of tone orthography testing in West African languages (1977-2007)
[25089]   Roberts, David (2009) : Visual crowding and the tone orthography of African languages
[26725]   Roberts, David (2011) : Autosegmental and pedagogical considerations in preparation for a tone orthography experiment in Kabiye
[26993]   Roberts, David (2014) : Professional networking – a prerequisite for participatory orthography research in Kabiye (Togo)
[27385]   Roberts, David (2016) : Word tone and tonal overwriting in Kabiye nouns
[28401]   Roberts, David (2019) : The Tone of Kabiye Verbal Extensions
[28445]   Roberts, David (2021) : Polarity, Low Tone Spread, and Underspecification in the Kabiye Verb Phrase
[28767]   Roberts, David (2022) : Moraic tone-bearing units in Kabiye
[17286]   Roberts, Ian (1985) : Serial verbs and government binding theory
[17291]   Roberts, James (1999) : Goundo: langue tchadienne en voie d’extinction
[25595]   Roberts, James (2012) : Goundo, a dying language of Chad
[26517]   Roberts, James (2013) : The tone system of Mawa
[17290]   Roberts, James S. (1994) : Nontonal floating features as grammatical morphemes
[17292]   Roberts, James S. (2001) : Phonological features of the Central Chadic languages
[22401]   Roberts, James S. (2003) : The analysis of central vowels in Gor (Central Sudanic)
[25829]   Roberts, James S. (2009) : Palatalization and Labialization in Mawa (Eastern Chadic)
[17285]   Roberts, Linda & Marjorie Wolontis (1974) : Conjunction and concord in Bantu
[17287]   Roberts, Louis (1987) : Das Sonderproblem des Passivs bei Reflexiven Verben: Einfluss des dynamischen medio-passivs auf das Somali
[17289]   Roberts, R. (1992) : A non-metrical theory of Sukuma tone
[17288]   Roberts, Stéphane (1991) : Approche énonciative du système verbal: le cas du wolof
[17298]   Robertson, Ian E. (1991) : The Ijo element in Berbice Dutch and the pidginization/creolization process
[17300]   Robinson, Arthur E. (1938) : Arabic family and individual names
[28195]   Robinson, Charles H. (1897) : Hausa Grammar
[17299]   Robinson, Charles Henry (1925) : Dictionary of the Hausa language
[17301]   Robinson, Charles Henry (1953) : Hausa grammar
[17305]   Robinson, Clinton D. W. (1980) : Petit lexique gunu-francais
[17306]   Robinson, Clinton D. W. (1984) : Phonologie du gunu (parler yambassa), langue bantoue du Cameroun
[17307]   Robinson, Clinton D. W. (1991) : The use of language in rural development: the case of the Ombessa region of Cameroon
[17308]   Robinson, Clinton D. W. (1996) : Language use in rural development: an African perspective
[22874]   Robinson, Clinton D. W. (1980) : The internal structure of a Gunu narrative text
[23678]   Robinson, Clinton D. W. (2003) : Nugunu provisional lexicon
[25298]   Robinson, Clinton D. W. (1989) : Règles d'orthographe pour la langue Nugunu
[25299]   Robinson, Clinton D. W. (1980) : Participants in Gunu narrative discourse
[17304]   Robinson, Clinton D. W. & Mollie Robinson (1979) : Manuel pour lire et écrire la langue gunu
[17302]   Robinson, J. O. S. (1974) : Focus presupposition and WH-questions in Ìgbo
[17303]   Robinson, J. O. S. (1976) : His and hers morphology: the strange case of Tarok possessives
[17309]   Roble, A. & Elke Mähner (1989) : Robles Wörterbuch der deutschen und somalischen Sprache
[25423]   Roccati, Alessandro (2008) : Egiziano regionale
[23471]   Rocco, Goranka (2002) : La Réunion: Sprachattitüden franko-kreolophoner Adoleszenten
[29077]   Rochant, Neige (2023) : A Bilectal Grammar of Baga Pukur: An Atlantic language of Guinea
[17310]   Rockholtz, Christiane (1989) : Zur Entlehnung und morphologischen Intergration von Hausawörtern in das Fulfulfe
[17311]   Rodegem, Firmin M. (1958) : Initiation au Kirundi
[17312]   Rodegem, Firmin M. (1959) : Rundi de base
[17313]   Rodegem, Firmin M. (1961) : Dictionnaire explicatif rundi
[17314]   Rodegem, Firmin M. (1962) : Vocabulaire accentué
[17315]   Rodegem, Firmin M. (1962) : Glossaire religieux
[17316]   Rodegem, Firmin M. (1962) : Le rire et l’humour
[17317]   Rodegem, Firmin M. (1963) : Répertoire des formes grammaticales
[17318]   Rodegem, Firmin M. (1963) : Schémas de pensée et modes d’expression
[17319]   Rodegem, Firmin M. (1965) : Essai d’onomastique rundi
[17320]   Rodegem, Firmin M. (1967) : Précis de grammaire rundi
[17321]   Rodegem, Firmin M. (1970) : Dictionnaire rundi-français
[17322]   Rodegem, Firmin M. (1970) : Syntagmes complétifs spéciaux en rundi
[17323]   Rodegem, Firmin M. (1983) : L’expressivité dans les invariables indépendants et les tics verbaux en rundi
[17324]   Rodell Olgaç, Christina (2001) : Socialisation, language and learning in a Somali diasporic community in Rinkeby
[17325]   Rodewald, Michael K. (1994) : Word division test results
[17326]   Rodewald, Michael K. (1994) : Suprasegmental features and orthographic considerations in Ikalanga
[17327]   Rodewald, Michael K. (1994) : Word division options for Ikalanga
[24596]   Rodewald, Michael Kenneth (1989) : A Grammar of Bandi and Mende Tone
[17329]   Rodgers, Jonathan (1962) : Transformational approach to the Luganda verb
[17330]   Rodgers, Jonathan (1991) : The subgrouping of the South Semitic languages
[17328]   Rodgers, W. A. & L. B. Mwasumbi (19--) : Kihehe-vernacular to Latin plant check list for the Udzungwa Mountains, Tanzania
[17331]   Rodriques, Nina (1935) : Os africanos no Brasil
[17332]   Roeder, Gunther (1926) : Ägyptisch: praktische Einführung [...] mit Lesestücken und Wörterbuch
[17333]   Roeder, Hilke (1986) : Sprachlicher Wandel und Gruppenbewusstsein bei den Terik
[17334]   Roettger, Lisa & Larry Roettger (1989) : A Dinka dialect survey
[17335]   Rogers, C. (1989) : The stem and verbal reduplication in Chichewa
[24362]   Rogers, H. (1970) : The Sherbro Noun Class System
[24597]   Rogers, Henry Edwin (1967) : The Phonology and Morphology of Sherbro
[26328]   Rogers, Kirk & Daniel Bryant (2012) : Diksiyɔnɛr kəlʌndma – kətabu - Dictionnaire landouma - français
[17336]   Roggero, J. & Pierre Vogler (1976) : Comparaison des sons du baoulé et du français, accompagnée de quelques indications de phonétique générale et de phonétique corrective
[28108]   Rognoni, Luca (2010) : The voice quality distinction in Dinka songs
[17544]   Röhl, Karl (1927) : Eine fast verloren gegangene Klasse des Ur-Bantu
[17545]   Röhl, Karl (1930) : The linguistic situation on East Africa
[17546]   Röhl, Karl (1939) : Wörterverzeichnis zum Wegweiser in die Suaheli-Sprache von Delius-Roehl
[17547]   Röhl, Karl (1941) : Swahili
[17543]   Röhl, Karl & C. Ronicke (19--) : Wörterbuch Suaheli-Deutsch, Deutsch-Suaheli
[27144]   Roland Kiessling and Stefan Bruckhaus (2017) : Associated Locomotion in Datooga (Southern Nilotic)
[17337]   Roland, [Dom] Hadelin (1937) : Grammaire de la langue kisanga
[17338]   Roland, [Dom] Hadelin (1938) : Vocabulaire français-kisanga
[17339]   Roland, [Dom] Hadelin (1950) : Vocabulaire kisanga-français
[25474]   Rolle, Nicholas (2010) : Non-participant personal pronouns in Esan: Feature geometry and reflexes of structure
[26171]   Rolle, Nicholas (2012) : The Post-nominal Pronoun Construction in Esan
[27029]   Rolle, Nicholas & Ethelbert E. Kari (2017) : Degema clitics and serial verb constructions at the syntax/phonology interface
[28759]   Rolle, Nicholas Revett (2022) : Unpacking portmanteaux: Non-linear morphology in the Ebira STAMP system
[17340]   Romão, Eurico (1992) : Materials development for EAP at UEM
[17341]   Rombauts, H. (1949) : Tonétique du lokonda ; partie 1
[17342]   Rombauts, H. (1950) : Batwa, Batua, Batoa
[17343]   Rombauts, H. (1954) : Tonétique du lokonda ; partie 2
[17344]   Rombi, Marie-Françoise (1981) : Première approche du parler shimaore de la langue comorienne
[17345]   Rombi, Marie-Françoise (1983) : Le shiamore: première approche d’un parler de la langue comorienne (Ile de Mayotte, Comores)
[17348]   Rombi, Marie-Françoise (1994) : Emprunts bantu chez les gbanzili riverains de l’Oubangui
[17349]   Rombi, Marie-Françoise (1996) : La négation dans les langues bantu
[17346]   Rombi, Marie-Françoise (Ed) (1983) : Études sur le bantu oriental (Comores, Tanzanie, Somalie et Kenya): dialectologie et classification
[17347]   Rombi, Marie-Françoise (Ed) (1989) : Le swahili et ses limites: ambiguïtés des notions reçues (table ronde internationale du CNRS, sèvres, 20-22 avril 1983)
[12723]   Rombi, Marie-Françoise & Jacqueline M.C. Thomas (2006) : Un continuum prédicatif ‒ Le cas du gbanzili (République Centrafricaine)
[17350]   Rommel, Inge (1969) : Zur Syntax von Relativsatz und Attribut in den Bantusprachen
[17351]   Rommel, Inge (1974) : Studien zur Syntax des Amharischen: Substrat- und Adstratwirkung
[17352]   Rommes, M. (1951) : La situation linguistique dans les vicariats de Stanleyville et de Wamba
[24784]   Ronca-Uros, Dorina & Anna E. Coetzee (2008) : Kontrastive Phonetik Deutsch - Afrikaans
[17353]   Roncador, Manfred von (1992) : Types of logophoric marking in African languages
[17354]   Roncador, Manfred von & Gudrun Miehe (1998) : Les langues gur (voltaïques): bibliographie commentée e inventaire des appellations des langues
[17355]   Roncari, G. & Mario A. Mantovani (1973) : Appunti di grammatica karimojong
[17356]   Rondreux, J. L. (1977) : Contact kinyarwanda-français: la question des cognates dens le processus didactique au Rwanda
[17357]   Rongier, Jacques (19--) : Description de l’ewe
[17358]   Rongier, Jacques (1995) : Dictionnaire français-ewé, suivi d’un index ewé-français
[17359]   Rongier, Jacques (1996) : Aperçu sur le moyobe
[17360]   Rongier, Jacques (1998) : L’inaccompli en senoufo de Kolia
[17361]   Rongier, Jacques (1998) : Dictionnaire français-adele
[22481]   Rongier, Jacques (2004) : Parlons éwé: langue du Togo
[22482]   Rongier, Jacques (2002) : Parlons avikam: une langue de Côte d’Ivoire
[22483]   Rongier, Jacques (2002) : Parlons sénoufo
[22484]   Rongier, Jacques (1992-1996) : Apprenons l’éwé
[25287]   Rongier, Jacques (2003) : Documents lexicaux donnés au LLACAN par l’auteur
[27225]   Rongier, Jacques (2015) : Dictionnaire éwé-français
[17362]   Rood, N. (1958) : Ngombe-nederlands-frans woordenboek/Dictionnaire ngombe-néerlandais-français
[17363]   Rood, N. (1961) : La phonétique du lingombe
[17364]   Rood, N. (1962) : Lidoko et Mowea
[17365]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1989) : Kazi/Kazhi: creatief gebruik van fonologische variatie als middel tot vormgeven en manipuleren van ‘situatie’ in een Shaba-Swahili text
[17366]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1991) : Code switching and style shifting as discourse strategies in Shaba Swahili
[17367]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1995) : Shaba Swahili
[17368]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1995) : The status and use of the French complementizer QUE in Shaba Swahili discourse: a structural-functionalist account
[17369]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1996) : Cohesion through contrast: discourse structure in Shaba Swahili/French conversations
[17370]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1997) : Shaba Swahili: partial creolization due to second language learning and substrate pressure
[17371]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1998) : Problems of (re-)contextualizing and interpreting variation in oral and written Shaba Swahili
[17372]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (2000) : French discourse markers in Shaba Swahili conversations
[17373]   Rooy, Bertus van & Rigardt Pretorius (2003) : A word-class tagset for Setswana
[17374]   Rooyen, Christian S. van (1968) : A few observations on the Hlonipha language of Zulu women
[17375]   Rooyen, Christian S. van (1971) : Die transitiewe gebruik van intransitiewe werkwoorde in Zulu
[17376]   Rooyen, Christian S. van (1972) : The Nilotic languages of Africa
[17377]   Rooyen, Christian S. van (1973) : Die kousatief in Zoeloe
[17378]   Rooyen, Christian S. van (1984) : A reassessment of the moods in Zulu
[17379]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1952/53) : Vergelijkende klankleer van het Lomongo
[17380]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1953) : De Bakongo et het lingala
[17381]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1953) : Het toonsysteem van het Lomongo en het Oerbantu
[17382]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1954) : Bantoe J en G vergeleken met het Lomongo
[17383]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1955) : Het Lomongo als kultuurtaal
[17384]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1956) : Syntaxis van het Lomóngo
[17385]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1956) : Bibliografie over de Móngo
[17386]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1957) : Over de riviernamen in het Mongo-gebied
[17387]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1958) : Éléments de phonétique historique de lomongo
[17388]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1958) : Grammaire du lomongo: phonologie et morphologie
[17389]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1959) : L’orthographe du ciluba
[17390]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1960) : Les langues du Congo
[17391]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1963) : Introduction à la linguistique bantoue congolaise
[17392]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1965) : Les missionnaires et les langues du Congo
[17393]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1971) : Esquisse de grammaire mbole
[17395]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1994) : Corrigenda et addenda à la Grammaire du lomóngo (Léopoldville, 1958)
[17396]   Roper, E. M. (1928) : Tu Bedawie: an elementary handbook for the use of Sudan government officials
[17397]   Rosato, Michele (1980) : Didinga grammar and dictionary (Sudan-Equatoria)
[17398]   Rose, J. Macdonald (1944) : Pocket Chinyanja
[17405]   Rose, Sarah (2001) : Tense and aspect in Kuria
[17406]   Rose, Sarah , Christa Beaudoin-Lietz & Derek Nurse (2002) : A glossary of terms for Bantu verbal categories, with special emphasis on tense and aspect
[17399]   Rose, Sharon (1983) : Palatalization, underspecification and plane conflation in Chaha
[17400]   Rose, Sharon (1992) : De la palatalisation en chaha
[17401]   Rose, Sharon (1992) : Locality conditions in Chaha palatalization
[17402]   Rose, Sharon (1994) : The historical development of secondary articulation in Gurage
[17403]   Rose, Sharon (1997) : Theoretical issues in comparative Ethio-Semitic phonology and morphology
[17404]   Rose, Sharon (2000) : Epenthesis positioning and syllable contact in Chaha
[17407]   Rose, Sharon (2003) : The formation of Ethiopian Semitic internal reduplication
[17408]   Rose, Sharon (2003) : Triple take: Tigre and the case of internal reduplication
[17409]   Rose, Sharon (2004) : Long-distance vowel-consonant agreement in Harari
[23425]   Rose, Sharon (1991) : Inflectional affix order in Ethio-Semitic and phonological form
[26540]   Rose, Sharon (2013) : The morphological structure of the Moro verb
[27993]   Rose, Sharon (2018) : The typology of vowel harmony in Nuba Mountain Languages
[27370]   Rose, Sharon , Farrell Ackerman , George Gibbard , Peter Jenks , Laura Kertz & Hannah Rohde (2014) : In-situ and ex-situ wh-question constructions in Moro
[17410]   Rosen, Björn von (1953) : Game animals of Ethiopia: a short guide for hunters and animal lovers, illustrated and giving the names of each animal in the principal Ethiopian languages
[23859]   Rosendall, Elias Patrick (1998) : Aspects of Gbari grammar
[23023]   Rosendall, Heide J. (1992) : A phonological study of the Gwari lects
[17411]   Rosenhouse, Judith (1978) : On the complexity of some types of complex sentences in urban Moroccan Arabic and some other Arabic dialects
[26741]   Rosenhuber, P.S. (2015) : Die Basá-Sprache
[17412]   Rosenthal, Eric (1947) : Eerste Boesman-woordeboek ter wêreld (opgestel deur D. F. Bleek)
[17413]   Rosenthal, Eric (1961) : Encyclopedia of southern Africa
[17414]   Rosenthal, Eric (1965) : South African surnames
[17415]   Rosenthal, Sam (1999) : The prosodic base of the Hausa plural
[17417]   Ross, James (1991) : A preliminary attempt at the reconstruction of proto-Eastern Sudanic phonology and lexicon
[17416]   Ross, Ren (1977) : Le swahili populaire de Lubumbashi
[17418]   Rossbach, Hans-Joseph (1993) : Preliminary working dictionary Malakote-English-German-Swahili
[17423]   Rossé, René (1977) : Le swahili populaire de Lubumbashi
[17419]   Rossel, Gerda (1988) : Een schets van de fonologie en morfologie van het Cigogo
[17420]   Rossel, Gerda (1998) : Taxonomic-linguistic study of plantains in Africa
[17421]   Rossel, Gerda (1999) : Crop names and the history of hunter-gatherers in northern Congo
[17422]   Rossem, Cefas van & Hein van der Voort (Ed) (1996) : Die Creol Taal: 250 years of Negerhollands texts
[17424]   Rossing, Melvin Olaf (1978) : Mafa-Mada: a comparative study of Chadic languages in north Cameroon
[17548]   Rössler, Otto (1950) : Verbalbau und Verbalflexion in den Semitohamitischen Sprachen: Vorstudien zu einer vergleichenden Semitohamitischen Grammatik
[17549]   Rössler, Otto (1969) : Afrikanische Klassensprachen und afroasiatische Genussprachen
[17550]   Rössler, Otto (1969) : Die lexikalischen Beziehungen des Hausa und die afrikanische Lautverschiebung
[17551]   Rössler, Otto (1979) : Berberisch-Tschadisches Kernvokabular
[17552]   Rössler, Otto (1983) : Äthiopisch und Hamitisch
[17425]   Rossouw, Dorothea E. (1947) : Catalogue of African languages (1858-1900) in the Grey Collection of the South African Library, Cape Town
[17426]   Roth-Laly, Arlette (1969/72) : Lexique des parlers arabes tchado-soudanais/An arabic-English-French lexicon of the dialects spoken in the Chad-Sudan area
[17427]   Roth-Laly, Arlette (1972) : Esquisse de la phonologie du parler arabe d’Abbéché
[17428]   Roth-Laly, Arlette (1979) : Esquisse grammaticale du parler arabe d’Abbéché
[28299]   Roth, Tim (2012) : The Genetic Classification of Wungu: Implications for Bantu Historical Linguistics
[27668]   Roth, Tim & Hannah Gibson (2019) : Differential Diagnoses of Language Change in Ngoreme, a Bantu Language of Tanzania
[17429]   Rothmaler, Eva (199-) : Kanuri place names
[17430]   Rothmaler, Eva (2003) : Ortsname in Borno (Nordnigeria)
[24634]   Rothmaler, Eva (2008) : Kanuri
[24884]   Rothmaler, Eva (2008) : Place Names in Borno and Yobe States (Northern Nigeria)
[24975]   Rothmaler, Eva (2006) : The Structure of Place Names in Borno (Northern Nigeria)
[25652]   Rothmaler, Eva (2011) : Can we speak of converbs in Kanuri?
[17431]   Rotifa, O. (1982) : A phonological analysis of Ebira
[17432]   Rotimi, Ole (1977) : Nigerian Pidgin English dictionary
[17457]   Rottland, Fra (1995) : Proto-Southern Nilotic *R
[1633]   Rottland, Franz (1983) : Marakwet dialects: synchronic and diachronic aspects
[17433]   Rottland, Franz (1970) : Die Verbformen des Yanzi
[17434]   Rottland, Franz (1977) : Reflexes of Proto-Bantu phonemes in Yanzi (B.85)
[17435]   Rottland, Franz (1977) : Zur Gliederung der südnilotischen Sprachen
[17437]   Rottland, Franz (1979) : Die südnilotischen Sprachen: eine vergleichende Untersuchung
[17438]   Rottland, Franz (1979) : The reconstruction of proto-Kalenjin
[17439]   Rottland, Franz (1980) : Vowel harmony in southern Nilotic
[17441]   Rottland, Franz (1981) : The segmental morphology of proto-Southern Nilotic
[17442]   Rottland, Franz (1982) : Die südnilotischen Sprachen: Beschreibung, Vergleichung und Rekonstruktion
[17443]   Rottland, Franz (1982) : Recent publications on Kalenjin
[17445]   Rottland, Franz (1983) : Southern Nilotic (with an outline of Datooga)
[17446]   Rottland, Franz (1983) : Lexical correspondences between Kuliak and southern Nilotic
[17447]   Rottland, Franz (1983) : Zur sprachlichen Herkunft ostafrikanischer Wildbeuter
[17450]   Rottland, Franz (1989) : Southern Nilotic reconstructions
[17451]   Rottland, Franz (1990) : A sketch of Shinasha morphology
[17455]   Rottland, Franz (1993) : ‘Suba’: searching for linguistic correlates to an ethnic notion
[17456]   Rottland, Franz (1994) : Cattle-naming in north-central Tanzania: a case of borrowing
[17458]   Rottland, Franz (1996) : Genetic and areal features of vowel harmony in East Africa
[17459]   Rottland, Franz (1997) : Lexical reconstruction within Nilotic
[17460]   Rottland, Franz (2003) : Okiek plant names
[17453]   Rottland, Franz & Angelika Jakobi (1991) : Loan word evidence from the Nuba Mountains: Kordofan Nubian and the Nyimang group
[17449]   Rottland, Franz & Duncan Okoth Okombo (1986) : The Suba of Kenya: a case of growing ethnicity with receding language competence
[17454]   Rottland, Franz & Duncan Okoth Okombo (1992) : Language shift among the Suba of Kenya
[17444]   Rottland, Franz & Laura Ariko Otaala (1983) : Mid-vowel assimilation in Teso-Turkana
[17452]   Rottland, Franz & Lucia Ndongʼa Omondi (Ed) (1991) : Proceedings of the 3rd Nilo-Saharan linguistics colloquium, Kisumu, Kenya, August 4-9, 1986
[22717]   Rottland, Franz & Maarten Mous (2001) : Datooga and Iraqw: a comparison of subsistence vocabulary
[17436]   Rottland, Franz & Rainer Vossen (1977) : Grundlagen für eine Klärung des Dorobo-Problems
[17440]   Rottland, Franz & Rainer Vossen (1981) : Sprache und Geschichte
[17448]   Rottland, Franz & Rainer Vossen (Ed) (1986) : African hunter-gatherers: proceedings from an international symposium on hunter-gatherers, St Augustin, January 1985
[17461]   Rottland, Franz & Ralf Grosserhode (2004) : Observations on Swahili and Midzichenda plant names
[17462]   Rouchdy, Aleya (1989) : ‘Persistence’ or ‘tip’ in Egyptian Nubian
[17463]   Rouchdy, Aleya (1989) : Urban and non-urban Egyptian Nubian: is there a reduction in language skills?
[17464]   Rouchdy, Aleya (Ed) (1991) : Nubians and the Nubians language in contemporary Egypt: a case of cultural and linguistic contact
[28113]   Rougé, Jean-Louis (2018) : Eléments pour l’histoire du kriol de Guinée Bissau et de Casamance : de la variation à la variation
[17465]   Rougé, Jean-Louise (1988) : Petit dictionnaire étymologique du Kriol de Guinée-Bissau et Casamance
[17466]   Rougé, Jean-Louise (1994) : A propos de la formation des créoles du Cap Vert et de Guinée
[22500]   Rougé, Jean-Louise (2004) : Dictionnaire étymologique des créoles portugais d’Afrique
[17467]   Roulet, E. M. (1957) : The linguistic situation in French West Africa
[17468]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1968) : Essai d’une phonologie du tyembara (dialecte senoufo)
[17469]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1971) : Rapport sur la phonologie d’un dialecte gbaya: le gbaya-’bodoe du groupe kaka
[17470]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1971) : Le français et le sango parlés par les Ngbaka-ma’bo (République Centrafricaine)
[17471]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1975) : Le verbe en gbaya: étude syntaxique et sémantique (République Centrafricaine)
[17472]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1987) : La détermination nominale en gbaya kara ’bodoe
[17473]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1991) : L’expression de la possession en gbaya ’bodoe
[17474]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1993) : La négation en gbáyá ‘bòdòè
[17475]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1993) : Les personnels et les modalités de vouvoiement en gbaya ‘bodoe (Centrafrique)
[17476]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1994) : L’expression de la qualification: l’exemple du gbaya ’bodoe de Centrafricaine
[17477]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1995) : Le gbaya
[17479]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1999?) : Parlons Gbaya
[17480]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (2000) : Hiérarchie dans l’énoncé gbaya (langue oubanguienne de Centrafrique)
[22413]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (2003) : Le traitement des composés dans le dictionnaire bilingue: le cas du Gbaya de Centrafrique
[22684]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (2001) : Le statut des idéophones en gbaya
[24422]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (2008) : Dictionnaire gbaya-français
[24631]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (2008) : Gbaya
[24906]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (2008) : Les marqueurs de discours en gbaya
[24991]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1998) : La phrase complexe : l'exemple du gbaya
[25077]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (2001) : Approche ethnolinguistique dans le domaine des techniques culinaires : lʼexemple du gbaya ʼbodoe de Centrafrique
[25977]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (2004) : Faire vivre ses noms propres (anthroponymie gbaya)
[27132]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (2017) : Le numéral une catégorie sui generis: à partir de l'exemple du gbaya, une langue oubanguienne isolante à très faible morphologie
[27589]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (2019) : Lexicalization patterns in color naming in Gbaya, a Ubanguian language of CAR
[17478]   Roulon-Doko, Paulette (Ed) (1998) : Les manières d’“être” et les mots pour le dire dans les langues d’Afrique centrale
[17481]   Roure, Georges (1966) : Noms vernaculaires des mammifères sauvages du Togo et de quelques reptiles
[17482]   Rousseau, H. J. (1937) : Die invloed van Engels op Afrikaans
[17483]   Roussouw, N. J. (1939) : Die taal van Hendrik Witbooi as proewe van Hottentot-Hollands
[17487]   Roux, A. (1935) : Le verbe dans le parler berbère des Ighezran, Beni Alaham et Marmoucha
[17493]   Roux, A. (1949-1951) : L’épreuve de grammaire au brevet de berbère: quelques conseils
[17506]   Roux, A. (1984) : Regverdiging van die foneem-aard van die diftonge in Afrikaans
[17497]   Roux, François William John le (1962) : Ovambo-woordelys
[17502]   Roux, J. C. le (1980) : The vowel system of Southern Sotho revisited
[17503]   Roux, J. C. le (1981) : On the notion “phonologization”: some experimental phonetic considerations from Sesotho
[17504]   Roux, J. C. le (1982) : On vowel identification and phonological theory
[17511]   Roux, J. C. le (1991) : English-Tswana-Afrikaans: the concise trilingual pocket dictionary
[17484]   Roux, J. J. le (1921) : Handleiding in het Afrikaans voor Nederlanders
[17485]   Roux, J. J. le (1923) : Oor die afrikaanse sintaksis
[17489]   Roux, J. J. le (1939) : Praatjies oor ons taal
[17491]   Roux, J. J. le (1947) : Die bou van die afrikaanse taal
[17492]   Roux, J. J. le (1949) : Praatjies oor ons taal
[17494]   Roux, J. J. le (1955) : Anglisismes
[27857]   Roux, Justus C. & H. Steve Ndinga-Koumba-Binza (2019) : African Languages and Human Language Technologies
[17501]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1979) : Labialization in Sesotho: the role of phonetic data in phonological analyses
[17505]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1983) : Vokaalkwaliteit, toon en konsonantale invloede in Sotho
[17508]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1989) : Grapheme to phoneme conversions in Xhosa
[17510]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1989) : On the phonetic representation of clicks in African languages
[17512]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1991) : On ingressive glottalic and velaric articulations in Xhosa
[17513]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1995) : Prosodic data and phonological analyses in Zulu and Xhosa
[17514]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1995) : On the perception and production of tone in Xhosa
[23364]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1976) : [A feature [labial]: motivation from Sesotho
[23365]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1979) : [Introduction to the sound system of Xhosa]
[23366]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1979) : Acoustic aspects of labialization in Sesotho
[23367]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1980) : Labialization in Sesotho
[23368]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1984) : [An acoustic and perceptual analysis of the vowels of Sesotho]
[23369]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1985) : Music and the teaching of Xhosa, an African tone language
[23375]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1990) : Acoustic perceptual analyses of phonetic elements in the sound system of Xhosa
[23376]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1993) : Aspects of tonal perception in Nguni
[17509]   Roux, Justus Christiaan & A. J. Holtzhausen (1989) : An accoustic and perceptual analysis of Xhosa vowels
[23371]   Roux, Justus Christiaan & B. Ntlabezo (1996) : Phonetic motivation for phonological processes: labiodental assimilations in Xhosa
[17516]   Roux, Justus Christiaan & Grzegorz Dogil (1998) : On the phonetic representation of clicks: some experimental phonetic considerations
[23370]   Roux, Justus Christiaan & H. Brand (1990) : [Devocalization in Xhosa: a reinterpretation]
[23377]   Roux, Justus Christiaan & J. J. Jones (1999) : Quaclaratives in Xhosa
[23374]   Roux, Justus Christiaan , D. P. Wissing & R. Pretorius (1998) : Front vowel variation in Tswana
[17515]   Roux, Justus Christiaan , Grzegorz Dogil & Wolfgang Wokurek (1995) : Click articulations in Xhosa: new perspectives through Wigner distribution analysis
[23372]   Roux, Justus Christiaan , J. J. Jones & J. Louw (1998) : Queclaratives in Xhosa: an acoustical analysis
[23373]   Roux, Justus Christiaan , J. J. Jones & J. Louw (1998) : Perceptual experiments on queclaratives in Xhosa
[17500]   Roux, P. J. le (1971) : The common names and a few uses of the better known indigenous plants of South West Africa: alphabetical list of botanical names in the various languages for the various plant species
[17507]   Roux, S. M. (1988) : ’n Sosiolinguistiese analise van Rehoboth-Afrikaans
[17488]   Roux, T. H. le (1937) : Afrikaanse taalstudies
[17495]   Roux, T. H. le (1955) : Die intonasie van Afrikaans
[17496]   Roux, T. H. le (1959) : Die wonder van Afrikaans
[17498]   Roux, T. H. le (1965) : Afrikaanse taalstudies
[17499]   Roux, T. H. le (1969) : Afrikaanse taalstudies
[17486]   Roux, T. H. le & Pierre de Villiers Pienaar (1927) : Afrikaanse fonetiek
[17490]   Roux, T. H. le & Pierre de Villiers Pienaar (1945) : Uitspraakwoordeboek van Afrikaans
[25489]   Rovenchak, Andrij (2011) : Phoneme distribution, syllabic structure, and tonal patterns in Nko texts
[27501]   Rovenchak, Andrij (2018) : Texts for the corpus of Nko: collection, conversion, and open issues
[27697]   Rovenchak, Andrij (2012) : Numerical Notation in Africa
[27702]   Rovenchak, Andrij (2009) : Bagam script
[28287]   Rovenchak, Andrij (2021) : Bamana tales recorded by Umaru Ɲanankɔrɔ Jara: A comparative study based on a Bamana–French parallel corpus
[26783]   Rovenchak, Andrij & Solomija Buk (2013) : Masadennin (The Little Prince in Bamana): Experimental online concordance with parallel French and English texts
[27814]   Rovenchak, Andrij & Solomija Buk (2020) : Indigenous African scripts
[17517]   Rowe, Jennifer (1991) : The conditional particle ka in Waama (Bénin)
[17518]   Rowe, Jennifer (1997) : Le système de parenté des Waaba
[22851]   Rowe, Jennifer (1994) : Le système de parenté des Waaba
[17519]   Rowe, Joy (2000) : Finding the place for Dahalo in Cushitic: an investigation into the genetic classification of an East African language
[17522]   Rowland Oke, Mary (2003) : Description systematique de la langue obolo-andoni
[17521]   Rowland, Ron (1966) : Sissala noun groups
[22996]   Rowland, Ron (1966) : A short dictionary of Isaalang
[17520]   Rowland, Ron & Muriel Rowland (1965) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Sisala
[17523]   Rowlands, Evan Celyn (1954) : Types of word junction in Yoruba
[17524]   Rowlands, Evan Celyn (1959) : A grammar of Gambian Mandinka
[17525]   Rowlands, Evan Celyn (1960) : Tone and intonation systems in Brass-Nembe Ijaw
[17526]   Rowlands, Evan Celyn (1962) : Notes on some class languages of northern Nigeria
[17527]   Rowlands, Evan Celyn (1963) : Yoruba and English: a problem of coexistence
[17528]   Rowlands, Evan Celyn (1969) : Teach yourself Yoruba
[17529]   Rowlands, Evan Celyn (1970) : Ideophones in Yoruba
[23732]   Rowlands, Evan Celyn (1965) : Yoruba dialects in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[17530]   Rowling, F. (1921) : Guide to Luganda prose composition
[17531]   Roxburgh, J. A. (1967) : Morphology of the substantive in Tshwa
[17532]   Roxburgh, J. A. (1980) : Segmental phonology and morphology in Kwanyama
[17533]   Roy (19--) : [Comparative work on Nilotic and Nubian]
[17535]   Roy-Campbell, Zaline Makini (1992) : Power and pedagogy: choosing a medium of instruction in Tanzania
[17538]   Roy-Campbell, Zaline Makini (2001) : Empowerment through language: the African experience. Tanzania and beyond
[17534]   Roy-Campbell, Zaline Makini & Martha P. Qorro (1987) : A survey of the reading competence in English of secondary students in Tanzania
[17537]   Roy-Campbell, Zaline Makini & Martha P. Qorro (1997) : Language crisis in Tanzania: the myth of English versus education
[17536]   Roy-Campbell, Zaline Makini & Saida Yahya-Othman (1997) : Draft proposal for a Pan-African bibliography of language in education project (LEAP)
[17539]   Royen, Gerlach (1928) : De konsonantische intermutatie in het Ful
[17540]   Royen, Gerlach (1929) : Die nominalen Klassifikations-Systeme in den Sprachen der Erde: historisch-kritische Studie mit besonderer Berücksichtigung des Indogermanischen
[17541]   Rozhanskij, Fʼodor Ivanovich (1993) : [Verbal constructions with spatial arguments]
[17542]   Rozhanskij, Fʼodor Ivanovich (2000) : A Songhay grammar
[24949]   Rozhanskiy, Fedor (2007) : Morphology and Phonology of Noun Paradigms in Songhay
[17553]   Rubadiri, D. (1966) : The importance of language
[17554]   Rubagumya, Cashmir M. (1986) : Language planning in the Tanzanian educational system: problems and prospects
[17555]   Rubagumya, Cashmir M. (1989) : English medium instructions in Tanzanian secondary schools: a conflict of aspirations and achievements
[17557]   Rubagumya, Cashmir M. (1990) : Language in Tanzania
[17558]   Rubagumya, Cashmir M. (1991) : Language promotion for educational purposes: the example of Tanzania
[17559]   Rubagumya, Cashmir M. (1993) : The language values of Tanzanian secondary school pupils
[17561]   Rubagumya, Cashmir M. (1994) : Language values and bilingual classroom discourse in Tanzanian secondary schools
[17562]   Rubagumya, Cashmir M. (1995) : Language, social values and inequality in Tanzania: reinterpreting triglossia
[17563]   Rubagumya, Cashmir M. (1996) : What research tells us about language of instruction in Tanzania
[17564]   Rubagumya, Cashmir M. (1997) : Disconnecting education: language as a determinant of the quality of education in Tanzania
[17556]   Rubagumya, Cashmir M. (Ed) (1990) : Language in education in Africa: a Tanzanian perspective
[17560]   Rubagumya, Cashmir M. (Ed) (1994) : Teaching and researching language in African classrooms
[17565]   Rubango, N. ya (1986) : Le français au Zaïre: langue ‘superieure’ et chances de ‘survie’ dans un pays africain
[17566]   Rubanza, Yunus Ismail (1979) : The relationship between Kiswahili and other African languages: the case of Kihaya
[17567]   Rubanza, Yunus Ismail (2000) : The linguistic creativity of Haya personal names
[17568]   Rubben, E. (1928) : Leçons pratiques de lingala
[17569]   Rubongoya, L. T. (1957) : Linda ensego n’orulimi rw’Ihanga [Preserve the customs and language of our country]
[17570]   Rubongoya, L. T. (1999) : A modern Runyoro-Rutooro grammar
[17571]   Rudd, Philip W. (2004) : “Haya, Basi”/“Okay so” markers of management and interaction in Swahili conversation
[17572]   Rude, Noel (1983) : Ergativity and the active-stative typology in Loma
[17573]   Rudwick, Stephanie (2004) : ‘Zulu, we need [it] for our culture’: Umlazi adolescents in the post-apartheid state
[23400]   Rudwick, Stephanie (2005) : Township language dynamics: isiZulu and isiTsotsi in Umlazi
[17574]   Rueck, Michael J. & Niels Christiansen (2001) : Northern Songhay languages in Mali and Niger: a sociolinguistic survey
[28934]   Rueck, Mike (2018) : Ashe – English – Hausa Dictionary
[17575]   Ruelland, Suzanne (1977) : Esquisse phonologique du tupuri parlé dans la région de Mindaoré (Mayo-Kebbi)
[17576]   Ruelland, Suzanne (1978) : Le tupuri (langue Adamawa) et les langues tchadiques voisines: comparaison lexicale
[17577]   Ruelland, Suzanne (1987) : Déterminations interne et externe en tupuri
[17578]   Ruelland, Suzanne (1987) : Des chants pour des Dieux: analyse d’un vocabulaire codé (Tupuri, Tchad)
[17579]   Ruelland, Suzanne (1988) : Dictionnaire tupuri-français-anglais (Région de Mindaore, Tchad)
[17580]   Ruelland, Suzanne (1990) : La négation en tupuri
[17581]   Ruelland, Suzanne (1992) : Description du parler tupuri de Mindaore (Tchad): phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[17582]   Ruelland, Suzanne (1997) : La qualification en tupuri
[17583]   Ruelland, Suzanne (2000) : Topicalisation et focalisation en tupuri
[24908]   Ruelland, Suzanne (2008) : Parataxe et dépendance en tupuri
[24993]   Ruelland, Suzanne (1998) : Je pense et je parle comme je suis (le corps, le monde et la parole en tupuri)
[25979]   Ruelland, Suzanne (2004) : Les paroles de la séduction (stéréotypes et formalités dans le discours amoureux tupuri)
[17584]   Rufaʼi, Abba (1977) : The question of a national language in Nigeria: problems and prospects
[17585]   Rufaʼi, Abba (1977) : Grammatical agreement in Hausa
[17586]   Rufaʼi, Abba (1978/84) : On the progressive aspect in Hausa
[17587]   Rufaʼi, Abba (1979) : Principal resources of lexeme formation in Hausa
[17588]   Rufaʼi, Abba (1983) : Defining and non-defining relative clauses in Hausa
[17589]   Rufaʼi, Abba (1985) : Another look at Hausa plurals
[17592]   Rufaʼi, Abba (1995) : Hausa language studies and the German nation: an outline for further research
[17590]   Rufaʼi, Abba (Ed) (1991) : Nigerian languages: yesterday, today and tomorrow
[17591]   Rufaʼi, Abba , Ibrahim Yaro Yahaya & Abdu Yahya Bichi (Ed) (1993) : Nzari a kan harshe da adabi da al’adu na Hausa
[24855]   Ruff, Joy Naomi (2007) : Nasal + obstruent sequences in Lagwan
[26640]   Ruffini, Giovanni (2014) : Idiom and Social Practice in Medieval Nubia
[17593]   Ruffo, C. K. & E. M. Mtui (1980) : Annotated list of plant species covered during a botanical survey in Iringa region
[17594]   Rugege, Geoffrey (1981) : The infinitive in Kinyarwanda
[17595]   Rugege, Geoffrey (1984) : A study of Kinyarwanda complementation
[25714]   Rugemalira, Josephat (2010) : The -ag- TAM Marker and the Boundary between Cliticization and Affixation in Bantu
[17597]   Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (1990) : The communication skills unit and the language problem at the University of Dar es Salaam
[17598]   Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (1991) : What is a symmetrical language? Multiple object constructions in Bantu
[17599]   Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (1993) : Bantu multiple “object” constructions
[17600]   Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (1993) : Runyambo verb extensions and constraints on predicate structure
[17601]   Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (1995) : Verb extensions in Runyambo
[17602]   Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (1997) : The upper limit contraint on argument structures
[17603]   Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (2002) : Orunyambo: msamiati wa Runyambo-Kiswahili-Kiingereza na Kiingereza-Runyambo-Kiswahili [Runyambo-Kiswahili-English and English-Runyambo-Kiswahili lexicon]
[17604]   Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (2004) : Locative arguments in Bantu
[17605]   Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (2005) : Theoretical and practical challenges in a Tanzanian English medium primary school
[25456]   Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (2009) : Kamusi Ya Kigogo-Kiswahili-Kiingereza Kiingereza-Kiswahili-Kigogo [Gogo-Swahili-English English-Gogo Swahili-Gogo Dictionary]
[29079]   Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (2008) : KIMASHAMI - KAMUSI YA KIMASHAMI–KIINGEREZA–KISWAHILI [MASHAMI–ENGLISH–SWAHILI DICTIONARY]
[17596]   Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi , Cashmir M. Rubagumya , M. K. Kapinga & J. Tetlow (1990) : Reflections on recent developments in language policy in Tanzania
[17606]   Rugero, Geoffrey , Nkiko Munya & Kabange Mukala (1987) : Hypothese du morpheme verbal discontinu -id-e
[27721]   Ruhekenya, Jumapili (1988) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue nyindu
[17607]   Ruhlen, Merrit (1994) : Khoisan etymologies
[17608]   Ruhumbika, G. (1981) : The role of literary translations from foreign languages in the development of Swahili literature/Le role de la traduction des litteratures etrangeres dans le developpement de la litterature swahili
[17609]   Ruhumbika, G. (1983) : Kiswahili ikiwa ni lugha ya kimataifa [Kiswahili as an international language]
[17610]   Rundgren, Gustav Frithiof (1959) : Intensiv und Aspektkorrelation: Studien zur äthiopischen und akkadischen Verbalstammbildung
[17611]   Rundgren, Gustav Frithiof (1963) : Erneuerung des Verbalaspekts im Semitischen
[23284]   Rundgren, Gustav Frithiof (1955/56) : Über Bildungen mit s- und n-t-Demonstrativen im Semitischen: Beiträge zur vergleichenden Grammatik der semitischen Sprachen
[17612]   Runsewe, Oluremi I. (1980) : The noun classes and tone system of Loke
[17613]   Runsewe, Oluremi I. (1988) : Vowel harmony in Lòkée
[17614]   Rupp, A. (1974) : Bericht über eine Forschungsreise zu den Pokomo und Giryama
[17615]   Rupper, Fr. G. & Br. Paulinus (1965) : Suggested list of terms for stars and constellations
[17616]   Rupya, John (1958) : KiMambwe grammar: an outline
[17617]   Rurangwa, I. M. (1982) : Éléments de description du ngungwel, langue bantoue du Congo
[17618]   Rurangwa, I. M. (1987) : Enquête linguistique sur le bubi, langue bantu insulaire de Guinée Equatoriale: phonologie et système des classes
[27812]   Rusch, Maren (2020) : Conversation analysis
[17620]   Ruskin, Edward Algernon (1921) : Mongo proverbs and fables
[17622]   Ruskin, Edward Algernon (1934) : A grammar of the Lomongo language
[17621]   Ruskin, Edward Algernon & Lily Adèle [Waldron] Ruskin (1928) : Dictionary of the Lomongo language: Lomongo-English-French, English-Lomongo
[17623]   Ruskin, Edward Algernon & Lily Adèle [Waldron] Ruskin (1937) : Notes on the grammar of Lingombe, with vocabulary
[28552]   Ruskin, Edward Algernon & Lily Adèle [Waldron] Ruskin (1903) : Outlines of the grammar of the Lomongo language
[17624]   Russel, J. C. (1979) : A sociolinguistic study of a Swahili speaking community in Mombasa
[27685]   Russel, Norton (2018) : Parallel Grammar Documentation in Four Talodi Languages
[17630]   Russell, Jann Maree (1985) : Moba phonology
[23111]   Russell, Jann Maree (1983) : Interprétation de séquences de voyelles en moba
[23117]   Russell, Jann Maree (1983) : Étude préliminaire des tons du moba
[17628]   Russell, Joan (1981) : Communicative competence in a minority group: a sociolinguistic study of a Swahili-speaking community in Mombasa
[17629]   Russell, Joan (1985) : Swahili quasi-passives: the question of context
[17631]   Russell, Joan (1986) : Standardization of Swahili
[17632]   Russell, Joan (1989) : The role of vernacularization in Tanzania
[17633]   Russell, Joan (1990) : Success as a source of conflict in language-planning: the Tanzanian case
[17635]   Russell, Joan (1996) : Teach yourself Swahili: a complete guide for beginners
[23431]   Russell, Joan (1992) : From reanalysis to convergence: Swahili -amba
[17634]   Russell, Joan & Rehema Rajabu (1995) : Bilingual writers and the syntactic elaboration of Swahili
[17625]   Russell, Michael (1952) : Nyanja note book
[17626]   Russell, Michael (1958) : Nyanja note book
[17627]   Russell, Michael (1964) : Nyanja note book
[17637]   Rust jnr, Friedrich (19--) : Erklärung von Namaworten und -wendungen in den Kirchenordnung
[17638]   Rust jnr, Friedrich (1956) : Deutsch-Nama Wörterbuch
[17639]   Rust jnr, Friedrich (1959) : Deutsch-Nama Wörterbuch
[17640]   Rust jnr, Friedrich (1960) : Deutsch-Nama Wörterbuch, nebst Anhang: Afrikaans-Duits woordelys van die vernaamste Duitse woorde in die Deutsch-Nama Wörterbuch
[17641]   Rust jnr, Friedrich (1964) : Geschichte und Sprache der Hottentotten
[17642]   Rust jnr, Friedrich (1965) : Praktische Namagrammatik, auf Grund der Namagrammatiken von H. Vedder und J. Olpp
[17643]   Rust jnr, Friedrich (1969) : Nama Wörterbuch (Krönlein Redivivus): J. G. Krönlein’s Wortschatz der Khoi-Khoin
[17644]   Rust jnr, Friedrich (1971) : Afrikaans und die Deutschen: eine Würdigung der Afrikaansen Sprache
[17636]   Rust, Hans-Joachim (1970) : Anmerkung der Schriftleitung zum Thema “Farmnamen und Ortsbezeichnungen”
[27722]   Rutinigirwa, Kahinyuza (1975) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue lele
[25878]   Ruto, Sara Jerop & Nathan Oyori Ogechi (2009) : Understanding disability in indigenous African culture through Ekegusii and Nandi languages in Kenya
[17645]   Ruttenberg, Piet (1971) : Lexique yaka-francais, français-yaka
[17646]   Ruttenberg, Piet (2000 (1999)) : Lexique yaka-francais; français-yaka
[17647]   Ruzicka, Karel F. (1950/53) : Ucebnice swahilstiny [Swahili textbook]
[17648]   Ruzicka, Karel F. (1953) : Lehnwörter im Swahili, I: arabische und englische Lehnwörter
[17649]   Ruzicka, Karel F. (1956) : Infinitive in Swahili
[17650]   Ruzicka, Karel F. (1959) : Locative formations in Swahili, I: morphology of the locative
[17651]   Ruzicka, Karel F. (1960) : Locative formations in Swahili, II: syntax of the locative
[28313]   Rwakakindo, Ibrahim D. (2021) : A sociolinguistic analysis of verbal greetings, address forms and paralinguistic behaviours in Kisubi
[17652]   Rwakazina, Alphonse-Marie (1966) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue taabwa: phonologie et morphologie
[17653]   Rwakazina, Alphonse-Marie (1971) : Formes verbales en bantou
[28980]   RWC Workshop (eds.) (2015) : Komo – English Dictionary
[17654]   Rwezaura, (1994) : Constraining factors to the adoption of Kiswahili as a language of the law in Tanzania
[17655]   Rwigamba, Barinda (1981) : Transformations in the feature analysis device: an application in Kiswahili
[17656]   Rycroft, David K. (1960) : Melodic features in Zulu eulogistic recitation
[17657]   Rycroft, David K. (1963) : Tone in Zulu nouns
[17658]   Rycroft, David K. (1973) : SiSwati language manual
[17660]   Rycroft, David K. (1981) : Concise SiSwati dictionary: SiSwati-English/English-SiSwati
[17661]   Rycroft, David K. (1981) : Essential SiSwati
[17662]   Rycroft, David K. (1983) : Tone patterns in Zimbabwean Ndebele
[22394]   Rycroft, David K. (1979) : Tone formulae for Nguni
[22395]   Rycroft, David K. (1980) : Nguni tonal typology and Common Bantu
[17659]   Rycroft, David K. & A. B. Ngcobe (1979) : Say it in Zulu
[17663]   Rydings, H. A. (1961) : The bibliographies of West Africa
[17664]   Rytz, Otto (1960) : Gonja-English vocabulary and spelling book
[17665]   Rytz, Otto & J. W. Y. Awankwaah (1975) : Gonja-English dictionary and spelling book
[17666]   Rzewuski, Eugeniusz (1979) : Vocabulario da lingua Mwani (quimuane)
[17667]   Rzewuski, Eugeniusz (1979) : State of research on the classification of the Bantu languages of Mozambique
[17668]   Rzewuski, Eugeniusz (1991) : Language policy and initial steps towards language standardization in “luzophone” African countries
[28586]   s.a. (1854) : A Grammar of the Bakĕle language
[26217]   s.n. (2008) : Diola Fogny Français : dictionnaire bilingue
[28972]   s.n. (2014) : Kabiye – French Dictionary
[28595]   s.n. (Elizabeth Guest?) (1998) : Cwaya lexicon
[26474]   s.n. (Suggett, Colin & Dot Suggett ?) (2003) : Lexique tchourama-français - français-tchourama
[17669]   Saa, Fouad (1995) : Aspects de la morphologie et de la phonologie du berbère parlé dans le ksar Zenaga à Figuig (Maroc)
[17670]   Saah, Kofi K. (1986) : Language use and attitudes in Ghana
[17671]   Saah, Kofi K. (1992) : Null object constructions in Akan
[24147]   Saah, Kofi K. (2004) : A survey of Akan adverbs and adverbials
[25235]   Saah, Kofi K. (2010) : Relative Clauses in Akan
[27954]   Saah, Kofi K. (2017) : The null 3rd person object pronoun and the syntax of Akan
[17672]   Saarelma-Maunumaa, Minna (2003) : Edhia ekogidho/Names as links: the encounter between African and European anthroponymic systems among the Ambo people in Namibia
[17673]   Sabbadini, Ettore (1958) : Considerazioni sulle lingue Massai e Luganda [A Luganda grammar, da Ethel O. Ashton, E. M. K. Mulira, E. G. M. Ndawula & A. N. Tucker]
[17674]   Sabbahy, Lisa K. (1982) : The development of the titulary and iconography of the Ancient Egyptian queen from Dynasty One to early Dynasty Eighteen
[24696]   Sabel, Joachim & Jochen Zeller (2006) : wh-Question Formation in Nguni
[17675]   Sabimana, Firmard (1986) : The relational structure of the Kirundi verb
[17676]   Sabwa, Mundemb Kandiat (1973) : La tonologie de la langue cokwe
[17677]   Sachnine, Michka (1978) : Présentation du’n conte d’un parler zime du Cameroun: le vùn dzèpàw
[17678]   Sachnine, Michka (1982) : Le lamé (vùn-dzèpào): un parler zimé du Nord-Cameroun (langue tchadique)
[17679]   Sachnine, Michka (1987) : Ifa sait la parole, l’histoire, les proverbes (Yoruba, Nigéria)
[17680]   Sachnine, Michka (1990) : Aperçu sur la négation en yoruba
[17681]   Sachnine, Michka (1997) : Dictionnaire usuel yoruba-français suivi dʼun index français-yoruba
[17682]   Sachnine, Michka (1997) : L’expression de la qualité en yoruba
[24055]   Sachot (Santos), Rosine (1996) : Le mey : langue ouest-atlantique de Guinée
[17683]   Sacleux, [Père] Charles de (1939/41) : Dictionnaire swahili-français
[17684]   Sacleux, [Père] Charles de (1949) : Dictionnaire français-swahili
[22599]   Sadembouo, Etienne (1991) : Préalables à la standardisation des langues africaines
[25946]   Sadembouo, Etienne (2012) : La réduplication en fe'efe'
[17685]   Sadembouo, Etienne & Beban Sammy Chumbow (1990) : Standardisation et modernisation de la langue fe’efe’e
[27742]   Sadio, Moussa & Noël Quilliam (2000) : Dictionary Balante-English
[27246]   Sadio, Moussa, avec la collaboration de Jules Mansaly (2017) : Dictionnaire du balanta-ganja
[17686]   Sadiqi, Fatima (1986) : Raising in Berber
[22464]   Sadiqi, Fatima (1997) : Grammaire berbère
[22654]   Sadiqi, Fatima (2002) : The syntax of small clauses in Moroccan Arabic
[17687]   Sadler jnr, Wesley L. (1949) : The Looma language
[17688]   Sadler jnr, Wesley L. (1951) : Untangled Loma: a course of study of the Looma language of the Western Province, Liberia, West Africa
[17689]   Sadler jnr, Wesley L. (1964) : Untangled CiBemba (a language of Northern Rhodesia, Central Africa)
[24096]   Sadler jnr, Wesley L. (2006) : A Complete Analysis of the Lɔɔma Language - Interior Liberia, West Africa
[17690]   Saeed, John Ibrahim (1982) : Central Somali: a grammatical outline
[17691]   Saeed, John Ibrahim (1983) : The syntactic status of quantifiers in Somali
[17692]   Saeed, John Ibrahim (1984) : The syntax of focus and topic in Somali
[17693]   Saeed, John Ibrahim (1987) : Somali reference grammar
[17694]   Saeed, John Ibrahim (1988) : An argument for the category adjective in Somali
[17695]   Saeed, John Ibrahim (1992) : R. C. Abraham and Somali grammar: tone, derivational morphology and information structure
[17696]   Saeed, John Ibrahim (1993) : Somali reference grammar
[17697]   Saeed, John Ibrahim (1993) : Adpositional clitics and word order in Somali
[17698]   Saeed, John Ibrahim (1995) : The semantics of the middle voice in Somali
[17699]   Saeed, John Ibrahim (1996) : Head-marking and pronominal clitics in Somali
[17700]   Saeed, John Ibrahim (1999) : Somali
[17701]   Saetherø, Eli (1995) : The semantic function of “minimal verbs” in the Kwa languages
[17702]   Saetherɔ, Eli (1997) : Minimal verbs in Akan: a study of the contribution of the verb and constructions in meaning
[17703]   Safari, Joseph F. (1987) : Swahili made easy
[17704]   Safari, Joseph F. & Hamis Akida (1991) : English-Swahili pocket dictionary
[17705]   Safari, Joseph F. & Hamis Akida (2003) : Swahili-English pocket dictionary
[17706]   Safir, Ken (2004) : On person as a model for logophoricity
[27046]   Safir, Ken & Naga Selvanathan (2017) : Niger-Congo transitive reciprocal constructions and polysemy with reflexives
[17707]   Sagey, Elizabeth (1986) : The representation of features and relations in nonlinear phonology
[25196]   Sagna, Serge (2008) : Formal and semantic properties of the Gújjolaay Eegimaa (A.k.a Banjal) nominal classification system
[26030]   Sagna, Serge (2010) : Issues in noun classification and noun class assignment in Gújjolay Eegimaa (Banjal) and other Jóola languages
[26307]   Sagna, Serge (2012) : Physical properties and culture-specific factors as principles of semantic categorisation of the Gújjolaay Eegimaa noun class system
[26333]   Sagna, Serge (2011) : Semantic categorisations in the Gújjolaay Eegimaa collectives and distributives
[27886]   Sagna, Serge (2019) : A typological overview of Eegimaa (Jóola Banjal)
[28368]   Sagna, Serge (2017) : Morphological alternation and event delimitation in Eegimaa
[28861]   Sagna, Serge (2022) : Cross-categorial classification : nouns and verbs in Eegimaa
[27300]   Sagnon, Siepua David & Magdalena Wichser (2012) : Dictionnaire karaboro-français - Index français-karaboro - avec des notes grammaticales en annexe
[17709]   Saïb, Jilali (1974) : Gemination and syllabification in Berber: diachrony and synchrony
[17710]   Saïb, Jilali (1976) : Schwa insertion in Berber: un problème de choix
[17711]   Saïb, Jilali (1976) : A phonological study of Tamazight Berber: dialects of the Ayt Ndhir
[17712]   Saïb, Jilali (1977) : The treatment of geminates: evidence from Berber
[17713]   Saïb, Jilali (2001) : Maintenance and promotion of Berber: the role of the electronic media
[17708]   Saidi, Redouan (2001) : The teaching of Modern Standard Arabic to Moroccan children in elementary scholls in the Netherlands: a study on proficiency status and input
[17714]   Sakaedani, Haruko (1998) : Arabia-go fuezu hougen niokeru bga (shitai) to xess (shinakere banara nai) / bga (to want) and xess (to need) in colloquial Arabic of Fez
[17715]   Sakaedani, Haruko (1998) : [Imperfect form in Egyptian colloquial Arabic]
[17716]   Sakran, Tindil (1979) : On the phonology of the Kwashi dialect of Dilling Nubian
[26866]   Sakyi, Joana Portia (2013) : Modal Adverbs and Predicative Modal Adjectives in Akan
[5054]   Salah Ud Deen, Kamil Ud Deen (2002) : The acquisition of Nairobi Swahili: the morphosyntax of inflectional prefixes and subjects
[17717]   Salami, A. (1968) : Defining ‘Standard Nigerian English’
[17718]   Salami, A. (1969) : English loanwords in Yoruba
[17719]   Salami, A. (1972) : Vowel and consonant harmony and vowel restriction in assimilated English loanwords in Yoruba
[17720]   Salami, A. (1986) : Prospects and problems of urban sociolinguistic survey in Africa: notes from Ife-Ife, Nigeria
[17721]   Salami, L. Oladipo (1991) : Diffusion and focusing: phonological variation and social networks in Ile-Ife, Nigeria
[17722]   Salami, L. Oladipo (2005) : ‘Other tongue’ policy and ethnic nationalism in Nigeria
[23755]   Sàlámì, S. A. (1996) : Strategies for the development of standard orthographies of Nigerian languages
[17723]   Salaun, N. (1978) : Chichewa intensive course
[23812]   Salawu, Abiodun (2004) : The Yoruba and their language newspapers: origin, nature, problems and prospects
[22842]   Sàláwù, Akeem Segun (2002) : Vocabulary acquisition in Yorùbá child language
[17724]   Saleh, Ali (1979) : Cours d’initiation à la langue comorienne
[25512]   Salffner, Sophie (2012) : Tense, aspect and manner encoding in Ikaan
[25968]   Salffner, Sophie (2009) : Tone in the phonology, lexicon and grammar of Ikaan
[28361]   Salffner, Sophie (2017) : West African languages enrich the frequency code: Multi-functional pitch and multi-dimensional prosody in Ikaan polar questions
[25848]   Salhi, Mohand Akli (2009) : Terminologie et enseignement de la littérature berbère (kabyle)
[25914]   Salhi, Mohand Akli (2008) : Quelques effets de la situation sociolinguistique algérienne sur la littérature kabyle
[17725]   Salib, M. B. (1981) : Spoken Arabic of Cairo
[26095]   Salifu, Nantogma Alhassan (2010) : Signaling Politeness, Power and Solidarity through Terms of Address in Dagbanli
[17726]   Salim, Ahmed Ali (1971) : Living Swahili: a complete language course, conversation manual & common usage dictionary
[17727]   Salim, Bello Ahmad (1977) : Phonemic vowel neutralization in Hausa
[17729]   Salim, Bello Ahmad (1980) : A note on Hausa voiceless labials
[17728]   Salim, M. Bello (1978/84) : Another look at tone-vowel height correlation in Hausa
[17730]   Sall, Adjaratou Oumar (2004) : L’extension verbale en wolof: le cas du suffixe -e
[24378]   Sall, Adjaratou Oumar (2005) : La subordination en wolof : description syntaxique
[25591]   Sall, Adjaratou Oumar (2012) : Documentation et revitalisation du bédik – Expériences de terrain et premiers résultats
[25723]   Sall, Adjaratou Oumar (2010) : Vies quotidiennes à Dakar (Sénégal). Textes documentaires en wolof, français et anglais / Everyday Life in Dakar (Senegal). Documentary Texts in Wolof, French and English. / Nettaliy dundin ci Ndakaaru, bis bu nekk
[17731]   Salomon, S. (1971) : The Pidgin English of Chinua Achebe
[17732]   Saloné, Sukari B. (1977) : Continuous
[17733]   Saloné, Sukari B. (1979) : Typology of conditionals and conditionals in Haya
[17734]   Saloné, Sukari B. (1980) : Vowel coalescence and tonal merger in Chagga (Old Moshi): a natural generative approach
[17735]   Saloné, Sukari B. (1983) : Conditional sentences in Swahili
[23584]   Saloné, Sukari B. (2002) : Event semantics, type shifting and passive in Swahili
[17736]   Salus, Peter H. & Michael C. Shapiro (1967) : Sandhi in Luganda: some transformattional rules
[17737]   Samain, A. (1924) : La langue kisonge: grammaire, vocabulaire, proverbes
[17738]   Samarin, William John (1950) : A provisional phonemic analysis of Kisi
[17739]   Samarin, William John (1955) : Sango: an African lingua franca
[17740]   Samarin, William John (1958) : The phonology of pidgin Sango
[17741]   Samarin, William John (1959) : Prospecting Gbaya dialects
[17742]   Samarin, William John (1962) : Lingua francas, with special reference to Africa
[17743]   Samarin, William John (1965) : Perspective on African ideophones
[17744]   Samarin, William John (1965) : The attitudinal and autobiographic in Gbeya dog names
[17745]   Samarin, William John (1966) : The Gbeya language: grammar, texts and vocabularies
[17746]   Samarin, William John (1967) : A grammar of Sango
[17747]   Samarin, William John (1967) : Determining the meanings of ideophones
[17748]   Samarin, William John (1967) : Basic course in Sango
[17749]   Samarin, William John (1969) : The art of Gbeya insults
[17750]   Samarin, William John (1970) : Field procedures in ideophone research
[17751]   Samarin, William John (1971) : Adamawa-Eastern
[17752]   Samarin, William John (1971) : Survey of Bantu ideophones
[17753]   Samarin, William John (1971) : Salient and substantive pidginization
[17754]   Samarin, William John (1975) : A two way dictionary of Bangala and English
[17755]   Samarin, William John (1982) : Colonization and pidginization on the Ubangi River
[17756]   Samarin, William John (1982) : Goals, roles and language skills in colonizing central equatorial Africa
[17757]   Samarin, William John (1984) : Communication par les eaux et les mots oubanguiens
[17758]   Samarin, William John (1984/85) : Communication by Ubangian water and word
[17759]   Samarin, William John (1985) : Plurigenesis in pidginization
[17760]   Samarin, William John (1986) : The source of Sango’s ‘be’
[17761]   Samarin, William John (1986) : Sango of the Central African Republic
[17762]   Samarin, William John (1988) : Literacy in the Central African Republic
[17763]   Samarin, William John (1989) : Language in the colonization of central Africa, 1880-1890
[17764]   Samarin, William John (1989) : The colonial heritage of the Central African Republic: a linguistic perspective
[17765]   Samarin, William John (1989) : ‘Official language’: the case of Lingala
[17766]   Samarin, William John (1990/91) : The origins of Kituba and Lingala
[17767]   Samarin, William John (1991) : Intersubjective and intradialectal variation in Gbeya ideophones
[17768]   Samarin, William John (1991) : An incipient ethnic model for urban Sango
[17769]   Samarin, William John (1994) : The creolization of Sango: research in progress
[17771]   Samarin, William John (1994) : The dynamics of morphotactic change in Sango
[17772]   Samarin, William John (1999) : Plurality and deference in Urban Sango
[17773]   Samarin, William John (1999) : The status of Sango in fact and fiction: on the one-hundredth anniversary of its conception
[17774]   Samarin, William John (2001) : The past and present in marking future in Sango
[22685]   Samarin, William John (2001) : Testing hypotheses about African ideophones
[23510]   Samarin, William John (1961) : The vocabulary of Sango
[24092]   Samarin, William John (1958) : The Gbaya Languages
[24361]   Samarin, William John (1951) : A Tentative Analysis of the Pluralization of Kisi Nouns
[25078]   Samarin, William John (2001) : Explaining Shift to Sango in Bangui
[26321]   Samarin, William John (2013) : Versions of Kituba's origin: Historiography and theory
[17770]   Samarin, William John & James A. Walker (1994) : Verb-marking in Sango
[17775]   Samaseku, A. , M. Dukuré & B. Trawele (1975) : Un aspect de génie de la langue bambara
[17776]   Samb, Amar (1983) : Initiation à la grammaire wolof
[17777]   Sambeek, Jan van (19--) : Manuscripts of Kiha grammar
[17778]   Sambeek, Jan van (1933) : Manuscript of Safwa grammar
[17779]   Sambeek, Jan van (194-) : Petite grammaire kiha/Grammaire kiha
[17780]   Sambeek, Jan van (1941) : Grammaire abrégée kiha
[17781]   Sambeek, Jan van (1945) : Dictionnaire kiha-français
[17782]   Sambeek, Jan van (1955) : A Bemba grammar
[17783]   Sambiéni, Coffi (2005) : Le Proto-Oti-Volta-Oriental: essai d’application de la méthode historique comparative
[25564]   Sambiéni, Coffi (2012) : Du statut phonologique du schwa en biali, langue gur orientale, Bénin
[26112]   Sambieni, Coffi (2008) : La reconstruction interne du byali, gur oriental, Bénin
[26425]   Sambieni, Coffi (2012) : Sémantique et emploi des verbes de position et de localisation dans les langues gur Oti-Volta-Orientales
[26729]   Sambiéni, Coffi (2012) : L’intégration des emprunts français et anglais dans le système classificatoire nominal du byali, gur oriental, Benin
[26969]   Sambiéni, Coffi (2013) : Composition nominale dans les langues gur Oti-Volta-Orientales
[27372]   Sambiéni, Coffi (2014) : Sémantique multidimensionnelle et fonctions des classes nominales: l’exemple du biali, langue gur Oti-Volta-orientale, Bénin
[27791]   Sambieni, Coffi (2020) : Biali
[24932]   Sambou, Pierre (2007) : Morphosyntaxe du joola karon
[25097]   Sambou, Pierre (2008) : Topicalisation et focalisation en joola karon
[28371]   Sambou, Pierre (2017) : Passifs Non Canoniques dans Quelques Langues Atlantiques du Sénégal
[24051]   Sambou, Pierre-Marie (1979) : Diola kasa esuulaalur : phonologie, morphophonologie et morphologie. Thèse de doctorat de troisième cycle
[24360]   Sambou, Pierre-Marie (1976) : Phonologie du nom diola-kasa essulaalu
[25013]   Sambou, Pierre-Marie (1983) : Lexique diola-fogny - français
[25020]   Sambou, Pierre-Marie (1985) : La relative en jóola
[25098]   Sambou, Pierre-Marie (2008) : Topicalisation et focalisation en jóola ésuulaaluʔ
[25100]   Sambou, Pierre-Marie (2008) : Le phonème disjonctif: une réalité linguistique évidente mais mal assumée
[25195]   Sambou, Pierre-Marie (1982) : La description du système verbal du joola
[23932]   Same, E. (1987) : Esquisse phonologique du manengouba, dialecte mbo
[22455]   Samie, Thierry de (2003) : Dictionnaire français-kirundi
[22456]   Samie, Thierry de (2003) : Dictionnaire kirundi-français des constituants nominaux
[28094]   Samie, Thierry de (2009) : Etude linguistique du constituant verbal en kirundi - suivi de dictionnaire des lexèmes verbo-nominaux du kirundi
[17784]   Sammy-Mackfoy, P. (Ed) (1984) : Atlas linguistique de centrafrique
[17785]   Sample, Ward Arthur (1976) : The application of rules in the phonology of Olukisa
[17788]   Sampson, (1990) : Le role linguistique du français et de l’anglais dans l’expression des concepts techniques et semi-techniques dans les langues africaines
[17789]   Sampson, (1994) : Mécahismes sémantiques et logiques d’insertion du proverbe Akan en discours
[17786]   Sampson, Douglas L. (1985) : The phonology of Banda-Tangbago
[17787]   Sampson, Douglas L. (1985) : A preliminary phonological overview of Banda-Tangbago
[17790]   Sampson, Douglas L. (1997) : The pronouns of Banda-Tangbago of Sudan
[17791]   Sampson, Douglas L. (1997) : Update of Baka phonology and orthography, as of 1996
[23823]   Sampson, Kweku A. (1995) : Le rôle linguistique du français et de l’anglais dans l’expression des concepts techniques et semi-techniques dans les langues africaines
[17792]   Samson, François (1927) : Dictionnaire français-kihaya et kihaya-français
[17793]   Samuelson, R. C. A. (1923) : King Cetywayo Zulu dictionary
[17794]   Samuelson, R. C. A. (1925) : Zulu grammar
[17795]   Samule Urago (1983) : Nominalization patterns in Wolayta
[26845]   Sande, Hannah (2015) : Nouchi as a Distinct Language: The Morphological Evidence
[28807]   Sande, Hannah (2019) : Phonologically determined nominal concord as post-syntactic: Evidence from Guébie
[28808]   Sande, Hannah (2014) : Verb movement and Lowering in Guébie
[28810]   Sande, Hannah (2017) : Distributing morphologically conditioned phonology: Three case studies from Guébie
[28811]   Sande, Hannah (2020) : Guébie (Côte d’Ivoire, Ivory Coast) - Language Snapshot
[28812]   Sande, Hannah (2022) : The phonology of Guébie
[28818]   Sande, Hannah (2018) : Classification of Guébie within Kru
[28800]   Sande, Hannah & Virginia Dawson (2022) : Counting mass nouns in Guébie
[17796]   Sandell, Liza (1982) : English language in Sudan: a history of its teaching and politics
[17797]   Sander-Hansen, Constantin Emil (19--) : Negative Konstruktionen im Alt- und Mittelägyptischen
[17798]   Sander-Hansen, Constantin Emil (1941) : Über die Bildung der Modi im Altägyptischen
[17799]   Sander-Hansen, Constantin Emil (1956) : Studien zur Grammatik der Pyramidtexte
[17800]   Sander-Hansen, Constantin Emil (1963) : Ägyptische Grammatik
[17801]   Sanders, Edith R. (1969) : The Hamitic hypothesis: its origin and function in time perspective
[17802]   Sanderson, George Meredith (1920) : Notes on
[17803]   Sanderson, George Meredith (1922) : A Yao grammar
[17805]   Sanderson, George Meredith (1925) : A dictionary of the Yao language
[17808]   Sanderson, George Meredith (1954) : A dictionary of the Yao language
[17804]   Sanderson, George Meredith & W. B. Bithrey (1925) : An introduction to Chinyanja
[17806]   Sanderson, George Meredith & W. B. Bithrey (1939) : An introduction to Chinyanja
[17807]   Sanderson, George Meredith & W. B. Bithrey (1953) : An introduction to Chinyanja
[17809]   Sanderson, George Meredith & W. B. Bithrey (1958) : An introduction to Chinyanja
[17810]   Sandilands, Alexander (1937) : Secwana orthography: the present position
[17811]   Sandilands, Alexander (1940) : The first Setswana grammar
[17812]   Sandilands, Alexander (1953) : Introduction to Tswana
[17813]   Sandilands, Alexander (1958) : The ancestor of Tswana grammars
[17815]   Sandison, P. J. (1936) : Fur-English and English-Fur dictionary (944/48 LOPR)
[17817]   Sandred, Karl I. (1996) : A West African creole language in an Atlantic perspective: the origins and present state of Krio
[17816]   Sandred, Karl I. & Neville Shrimpton (1992) : The Uppsala-Umeå-Freetown Krio research and publication project
[25682]   Sands, Bonny (2010) : Juu subgroups based on phonological patterns
[17818]   Sands, Bonny [Eva] (1991) : Evidence for click features: acoustic characteristics of Xhosa clicks
[17821]   Sands, Bonny [Eva] (1992) : An acoustic study of Xhosa clicks
[17822]   Sands, Bonny [Eva] (1992) : Fieldwork notes on Sandawe
[17823]   Sands, Bonny [Eva] (1992/95) : Unpublished fieldnotes on Hadza
[17825]   Sands, Bonny [Eva] (1995) : Evaluating claims of distant linguistic relationships: the case of Khoisan
[17827]   Sands, Bonny [Eva] (1996) : Irregular click correspondence in !Xu and Ju|’hoan
[17828]   Sands, Bonny [Eva] (1998) : The linguistic relationship between Hadza and Khoisan
[17829]   Sands, Bonny [Eva] (1998) : Comparison and classification of Khoisan languages
[17830]   Sands, Bonny [Eva] (1998) : Eastern and southern African Khoisan: evaluating claims of distant linguistic relationship
[17831]   Sands, Bonny [Eva] (2001) : Borrowing and diffusion as a source of lexical similarities in Khoesan
[27578]   Sands, Bonny [Eva] (2006) : Unpublished Hadza wordlist
[17819]   Sands, Bonny [Eva] , Ian Maddieson & Peter Ladefoged (1991) : Unpublished fieldnotes on Hadza
[17820]   Sands, Bonny [Eva] , Ian Maddieson & Peter Ladefoged (1991) : Sandawe fieldnotes
[17824]   Sands, Bonny [Eva] , Ian Maddieson & Peter Ladefoged (1993) : The phonetic structures of Hadza
[17826]   Sands, Bonny [Eva] , Ian Maddieson & Peter Ladefoged (1996) : The phonetic structures of Hadza
[24726]   Sands, Bonny , Amanda L. Miller & Johanna Brugman (2007) : The Lexicon in Language Attrition: The Case of N|uu
[26406]   Sané, Idrissa (1980) : Étude phonologique d'une variante de baga, le parler de Kakissa
[28754]   Sané, Ismaila (2015) : Phonologie et éléments de morphologie du jóola kúliŋgoraay (le parler de Balingor)
[17832]   Sanfo [Sanon], Virgine (1994) : Les procès nominaux en bobo
[17833]   Sangai, G. R. Williams (1963) : Dictionary of native plant names in the Bondei, Shambaa and Zigua languages, with their English and botanical equivalents
[24295]   Sangare, Aby (1983) : Note sur les prédicatifs et le systeme tonal du parler de Kong
[24409]   Sangare, Aby (1984) : Dioula de Kong (Côte dʼIvoire) : Phonologie, grammaire, lexique et textes.
[24284]   Sangare, Aby & Kalilou Tera (2007) : Problemes de lexicographie francais-langues africaines : le cas du mandingue
[17834]   Sani, Sammani (1988) : Political language as a source of lexical expansion: the case of Hausa
[26407]   Sano, Mohamed Lamine (1974) : Étude du système nominal du maninka
[23988]   Sano, Mohamed Lamine , Mamadou Doumbouya & Ibrahima Kalil Toure (1997) : Vocabulaire des élections français-maninkakan
[23992]   Sano, Mohamed Lamine , Mamadou Doumbouya & Ibrahima Kalil Toure (1997) : Vocabulaire des élections français-pular
[27359]   Sanogo, Lamine & Michael Jemphrey (2013) : Lexique de l'orthographe supyire : supyire - français / français - supyire
[24258]   Sanogo, Mamadou Lamine (1995) : Tons, segments et regles transformationnelles en jula
[23850]   Sanou, Dafrassi Jean-François (1978) : La langue bobo de Tondogosso (bobo-dioulasso), Haute-Volta: phonologie, morphologie, syntagmatique
[17835]   Santandrea, Stefano (1946) : Grammatichetta Giur
[17836]   Santandrea, Stefano (1948) : Bibliografia di studi africani della Missione dell’Africa Centrale
[17837]   Santandrea, Stefano (1950) : Indri-Togoyo-Ndogo-Feroge-Mangaya-Mondu: comparative linguistics
[17838]   Santandrea, Stefano (1961) : Comparative outline-grammar of Ndogo-Sere-Tagbu-Bai-Bviri
[17839]   Santandrea, Stefano (1963) : A concise grammar outline of the Bongo language
[17840]   Santandrea, Stefano (1963) : A small comparative vocabulary of Bongo, Baka, Yulu, Kara
[17841]   Santandrea, Stefano (1964) : A note on Kare grammar
[17842]   Santandrea, Stefano (1965) : Languages of the Banda and Zande groups: a contribution to a comparative study
[17843]   Santandrea, Stefano (1965/66) : The Birri language
[17844]   Santandrea, Stefano (1967) : Nomenclatura di parentela in Luo e Ndogo, Bahr el Ghazal (Sudan)
[17845]   Santandrea, Stefano (1969) : Note grammaticali e lessicali sul gruppo Feroge e sul Mundu (Sudàn)
[17846]   Santandrea, Stefano (1970) : Brief grammar outlines of the Yulu and Kara languages
[17847]   Santandrea, Stefano (1976) : The Kresh group, Aja and Baka languages (Sudan): a linguistic contribution
[17848]   Santandrea, Stefano (1977) : Jur-Luo texts and comments: the family
[26326]   Santandrea, Stefano (1957) : An elementary study of the Golo language
[17849]   Santerre, Renaud (1969) : Linguistique et politique au Cameroun
[17850]   Santo, J. do Espirito (1963) : Nomes vérnaculos de algumas plantas da Guiné Portuguesa
[17857]   Santos, Eduardo dos (1962) : Elementos de gramática quioca
[17854]   Santos, João de Almeida (1962) : As classes morfológicas nas linguas “bantu”: a “minha tese”
[17855]   Santos, João de Almeida (1962) : Gramática comparada dos falares bantos angolanos
[17856]   Santos, João de Almeida (1962) : Dicionário comparado banto-português e português-banto dos falares bantos angolanos: 1. umbundu; 2. musele; 3. oluynaneka; 4. kwanama; 5. kimbundu; 6. omumbwi; 7. kikongo; 8. tchokwe
[17858]   Santos, João de Almeida (1964) : Classes bantas e protobanto: un apontamento
[17851]   Santos, P. Luiz Feliciano dos (1941) : Gramática da língua chope
[17852]   Santos, P. Luiz Feliciano dos (1946) : Guia de conversação português-chope
[17853]   Santos, P. Luiz Feliciano dos (1949) : Dicionario português-chope e chope-português
[17861]   Santos, R. (1977) : Phonologie et morphotonologie de la langue wèy (koñagi)
[17862]   Santos, R. (1979) : Comparaison entre le créole du Cap Vert et les langues africaines
[17860]   Santos, R. & Marie-Paule Ferry (1975) : Deux lexiques tenda: lexique wèy (koñagi) suivi d’un lexique pe
[17859]   Santos, Romeu Mendes dos (1967) : Plantas úteis de Angola: contribuição iconográfica
[25021]   Santos, Rosine (1985) : La relative en mey
[24333]   Sanvito, Silvia (2006) : La construction possessive en tchadique central
[17863]   Saohatse, M. C. (1997) : African language varieties at Baragwanath Hospital: a sociolinguistic analysis
[17864]   Saohatse, M. C. (1998) : Communication problems in multilingual speech communities
[17865]   Saohatse, M. C. (2000) : Solving communication problems in medical institutions
[28070]   Saohatse, Mokgadi C. (1997) : African language varieties at Baragwanath hospital : a sociolinguistic analysis
[17870]   Sapir, Edward (1931) : Notes on the Gweabo language of Liberia
[17871]   Sapir, J. David (1965) : A grammar of Diola-Fogny, a language spoken in the Basse-Casamance region of Senegal
[17872]   Sapir, J. David (1971) : West Atlantic: an inventory of the languages, their noun class systems and consonant alternation
[23735]   Sapir, J. David (1970) : Diola in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[24177]   Sapir, J. David (1993 [1970]) : Dictionnaire Jóola Kujamutay
[24489]   Sapir, J. David (1977 [1973]) : Diola
[24640]   Sapir, J. David (1975) : Big and thin; two Diola-Fogny meta-linguistic terms
[26085]   Sapir, J. David (?) (s.d.) : Greenberg's word List: Kwaatay (Spoken in the basse-Casamance region of Sénégal in the area around the town of Diembering)
[17873]   Sarr, Malick (19--) : Langues africaines et développement intégral: le cas du Sénégal
[27290]   Sarry, Ouleymatou Sarr (1986) : Le verbe en Ñoominka, un dialecte seereer (parler de Jinda)
[27032]   Sarvasy, Hannah (2017) : The future in Logoori oral texts
[17874]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1972/73) : Spuren von pharyngalen im Galab
[17875]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1973) : Elemente der Galla-Sprache (Borana Dialekt)
[17876]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1974) : Notes on the structure of Galab
[17877]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1974) : Kuschitistik 1972
[17878]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1974) : Ein Subjektskasus im Agaw
[17879]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1974/75) : Galla /sh/, /s/ und /f/
[17880]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1975/76) : Weiteres zu den ostkuschitischen Sibilanten
[17881]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1976) : Dasenech
[17883]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1979) : Entlehnung morphophonemischer Regeln im Boni
[17884]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1979) : The consonant phonemes of Proto-East-Cushitic (PEC): a first approximation
[17885]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1980) : Ostkuschitische und semitische Verbalklassen
[17886]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1981) : Die semitischen Sprachen
[17887]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1981) : Die kuschitischen Sprachen
[17888]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1981) : Afroasiatisch
[17889]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1981) : ‘Basic word order’ and functional sentence perspective in Boni
[17890]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1981) : Neue Perspektiven im Afroasiatischen?
[17891]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1982) : An etymological dictionary of Burji
[17892]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1982) : Research on the Cushitic language family of East Africa
[17893]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1984) : Case in Cushitic, Semitic and Berber
[17894]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1984) : The pragmatics of noun incorporation in eastern Cushitic languages
[17895]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1987) : Kuschitische Sprachen
[17896]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (2003) : Cushitic adpositions and Semitic
[22691]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1977) : A note on WH movement
[17882]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen & Helmut Straube (1977) : Kultur und Sprache der Burji in Südäthiopien: ein Abriss
[17898]   Sato, Max & Celia Swann (1999) : Tiyeni! Chichewa language course for newcomers to Malawi
[17897]   Sato, Shun & Eisei Kurimoto (Ed) (1996) : Essays in Northeast African studies
[26031]   Satre, Scott (2010) : The consecutive morpheme in Bamileke-Ngomba
[17899]   Satyo, Sizwe C. (1985) : Topics in Xhosa verbal extension
[17900]   Satyo, Sizwe C. (1992) : Beyond morphological concatenations: issues in the syntax and semantics of multiply-extended verbs in Xhosa
[17901]   Satzinger, Helmut (1968) : Äthiopische Parallellen zum ägyptischen sdm-f
[17902]   Satzinger, Helmut (1992) : Die Personennamen von Blemmyern in koptischen und griechischen Texten: orthographische und phonetische Analyse
[25424]   Satzinger, Helmut (2008) : The Etymology of Coptic “Ashes”: Chadic or Nostratic?
[17903]   Sauda, Sheikh (1978) : Masomo ya bidii: a Swahili intensive course
[25134]   Sauder, Doris & Paul Wright (2000) : Krahn-English Dictionary, English-Krahn (Tchien Dialect)
[17904]   Saugestad, Sidsel (2000) : The need for standardisation of reference to Khoesan languages - a user’s perspective
[17905]   Saulnier, Pierre (1968) : Noms patronymiques dérivés du se
[17906]   Saunders, G. (1956) : Akan vocabulary of diseases
[17907]   Saunders, James Eaton (1977) : A phonological analysis of spoken Cairene Arabic
[22915]   Saunders, Philip & Arthur Eddie (1996) : Lexique sokuya: sokuya-français, français-sokuya
[17908]   Sauvageau, Paul (1985) : The metrico-syllabic approach: evidence in Kinyarwanda
[17909]   Sauvageot, Serge (1963) : Les classes nominales et leurs fonctions dans le groupe sénégalo-guinéen ou ouest-atlantique
[17910]   Sauvageot, Serge (1965) : Description synchronique d’un dialecte wolof: le parler du Dyolof
[17911]   Sauvageot, Serge (1967) : Note sur la classification nominale en baïnouk
[17912]   Sauvageot, Serge (1974) : Aspects, modes et conditionnement syntactique dans la relation objectale
[17913]   Sauvageot, Serge (1981) : Le wolof
[24607]   Sauvageot, Serge (2008) : Le système nominal du baynunk - une langue atlantique au contact du mande
[25065]   Sauvageot, Serge (1987 ?) : Esquisse du système verbal du BAINOUK
[25066]   Sauvageot, Serge (2001) : De quelques procédés de mise en relief en baynuŋk
[25972]   Sauvageot, Serge (2004) : De quelques marqueurs syntaxiques ou affixes de voix en baynunk
[17914]   Sauvant, Emile (1925) : Petit manuel bambara
[17915]   Sauvant, Emile (1926) : Dictionnaire français-bambara et bambara-français
[22459]   Sauzet, Patrick & Anne Zribi-Hertz (Ed) (2003) : Typologie des langues d’Afrique et universaux de la grammaire
[17919]   Savà, Graziano (2003) : Ongota (Birale), a moribund language of Southwest Ethiopia
[26440]   Savà, Graziano (2005) : A Grammar of Ts’amakko
[26441]   Savà, Graziano (2005) : A Grammar of Ts’amakko
[27915]   Savà, Graziano (2020) : Case clitics in Ts’amakko (East Cushitic, Ethiopia)
[17920]   Savà, Graziano & Knut J. Olawsky (2003) : The classification of Ongota
[17918]   Savà, Graziano & Mauro Tosco (2000) : A sketch of Ongota, a dying language of southwest Ethiopia
[25765]   Savage, André (2010) : Un proverbe touareg, plusieurs variantes, un seul sens
[25849]   Savage, André (2009) : Que veulent dire les proverbes touaregs ?
[17916]   Savage, G. A. R. (1955) : A short Acoli-English and English-Acoli
[17917]   Savage, G. A. R. (1956) : The essentials of Lwo (Acoli)
[23058]   Savage, T. Dale (1987) : Some abstract features of Kwa vowel harmony: an autosegmental approach to Engenni, Igbo, Akan, and Yoruba
[27141]   Savić, Stefan & Mark de Vos (2017) : Tense and Aspect of isiXhosa: Recent Past Forms with and without the Auxiliary Verb be
[17921]   Sawada, Masato (1987) : The evening conversation of the Efe Pygmy men and its social implication: a men’s display to women
[17922]   Sawada, Masato (1989/90) : Two patterns of chorus among the Efe, forest hunter-gatherers in northeastern Zaire: why do they love to sing?
[17923]   Sawadogo, Abdoul Karim (1984) : Analyse relationnelle du yaadre (la phonématique et la morphologie)
[17924]   Sawadogo, Tasséré (2002) : Rapport d’enquête sur le natioro
[17925]   Sawka, Kenneth Stanley (2001) : Aspects of Mayogo grammar
[17926]   Saxon, Douglas Esche (1982) : Linguistic evidence for the eastward spread of Ubangian people
[23409]   Sayahi, Lotfi (2005) : Phonological adaptation of spanish loanwords in northern Moroccan Arabic
[22437]   Sayed, Abdelrahman Ahmed (1981) : The phonology of Moroccan Arabic: a generative phonological approach
[17927]   Sayer, E. S. (19--) : Pidgin English
[17928]   Sayers, E. F. (1927) : Notes on the native language affinities in Sierra Leone
[17929]   Sayers, E. F. (1928) : Specimens of African languages spoken in the colony of Sierra Leone
[17930]   Sayers, E. F. (1928) : A comparative agricultural vocabulary of various Sierra Leone languages
[17931]   Scantamburlo, Luigi (1981) : Gramática e dicionário da língua criol da Guiné-Bissau
[25063]   Scantamburlo, Luigi (1996 ?) : Apontamentos gramaticais da língua bijagó da ilha de Canhabaque
[25064]   Scantamburlo, Luigi (1996 ?) : Esboço de dicionário da língua da ilha de Canhabaque
[27236]   Scantamburlo, Luigi (2013) : O léxico do crioulo guineense e as suas relações com o português: o ensino bilingue português-crioulo guineense
[27650]   Scantamburlo, Luigi (1999) : Dicionário do Guineense. Volume I, Introdução e notas gramaticais
[27651]   Scantamburlo, Luigi (2002) : Dicionário do Guineense : Dicionário guineense-português / Disionariu guinensi-purtuguis
[17932]   Schachter, Paul (1961) : Phonetic similarity in tonemic analysis with notes on the tone system of Akwapim Twi
[17933]   Schachter, Paul (1962) : Teaching English pronunciation to the Twi-speaking student
[17934]   Schachter, Paul (1965) : Some comments on J. M. Stewart’s ‘The typology of the Twi tone system’
[17935]   Schachter, Paul (1966) : A generative account of Hausa Ne/ce
[17937]   Schachter, Paul (1969) : Natural assimilation rules in Akan
[17938]   Schachter, Paul (1971) : The present state of African linguistics
[17939]   Schachter, Paul (1974) : A non-transformational account of serial verbs
[17940]   Schachter, Paul (1976) : An unnatural class of consonants in Siswati
[17941]   Schachter, Paul (1992) : Comments on Bresnan and Kanerva’s “Locative inversion in Chichewa: a case study of factorization in grammar”
[17936]   Schachter, Paul & Victoria Fromkin (Ed) (1968) : A phonology of Akan: Akuapem, Asante and Fante
[17942]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1970) : Büttner’s contribution to a comparative dictionary of the Bantu languages
[17943]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1971) : Zur Lautstruktur des Kinga (Tanzania)
[17944]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1973) : Kinga: a restricted tone language
[17945]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1977) : Der Kohortativ “Dual” und Plural in den Bantusprachen
[17946]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1978) : Über die Töne der nominalen und pronominalen Formen im Rimi
[17948]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1979) : Über die Töne der verbalen Formen im Rimi
[17949]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1980) : Situation actuelle de la classification des langues bantoues (au sens étroit) du Cameroun
[17950]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1980) : La morphologie verbale du bantou commun et les langues bantoues du Cameroun
[17951]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1981) : Das Kordofanische
[17952]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1981) : A survey of Kordofanian, 1: the Heiban group
[17953]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1981) : A survey of Kordofanian, 2: the Talodi group
[17955]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1981) : The classification of the Kadugli language group
[17956]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1981) : Tone in South African Bantu dictionaries
[17958]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1982) : Les suffixes verbaux séparatifs en bantou
[17959]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1982) : Nasalization in Umbundu
[17960]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1984) : A sketch of Swahili morphology
[17961]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1985) : A small sketch of Ewe
[17962]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1985) : Classificatie van naamwoorden en dingen in het bantoe
[17963]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1985) : The development of case and focus in Umbundu
[17964]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1986) : Tone cases in Umbundu
[17965]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1986) : The lexicostatistic base of Bennett and Sterk’s reclassification of Niger-Congo with particular reference to the cohesion of Bantu
[17966]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1987) : Silbenanlautsgesetze im Bantu
[17967]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1987) : Zwei areale Sprachmerkmale in Ostsudan
[17968]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1989) : Kordofanian
[17969]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1989) : Les trois constructions relatives en Swahili Standard
[17971]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1989) : The velar nasal in Nyole (E35)
[17972]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1989) : Tone and history of Nyamwezi verb forms with complex final tones
[17973]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1990) : A sketch of Umbundu
[17974]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1990) : Schon - noch - nicht - mehr: das Unerwartete als grammatische Kategorie im Kiswahili
[17975]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1991) : High tone shift in KiNyamwezi
[17976]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1992) : A sketch of Swahili morphology
[17977]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1994) : Die extensive Extension im Bantu
[17978]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1994) : Kimwani at the southern fringe of Kiswahili
[17979]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1994) : Comparative Kadu wordlists
[17980]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1995) : Object diagnostics in Bantu
[17981]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1995) : Spirantization and the 7-to-5 vowel merger in Bantu
[17982]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1996) : De Swahili-talen van Mozambique
[17983]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1999) : Batwa: the Bantu name for the invisible people
[17984]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1999) : Katupha’s Law in Makhuwa
[17986]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2000) : The tonal system of EKoti nouns
[17987]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2002) : Progress in Bantu lexical reconstruction
[17988]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2003) : Derivation
[17989]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2003) : Historical linguistics
[23243]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2005) : Nyamwezi (F22) reflexes of Proto-Bantu tone
[25105]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1981) : Die Geschichte der Nominalklassen des Laru, Kordofanisch
[25475]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2010) : Pronouns and Concords in Ebang (Heiban, Kordofanian)
[26545]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2013) : Comparative constructions in Ebang (Heiban)
[26556]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2013) : Rashad survey data
[27994]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2018) : Core Kordofanian
[28119]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2020) : Tmesis in Ebang (Heiban, Kordofanian)
[26014]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. / Kossmann, Maarten (2010) : Participant reference in the Ebang verbal complex (Heiban, Kordofanian)
[17985]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. & Francisco Ussene Mucanheia (2000) : EKoti: the Maka or Swahili language of Angoche
[28561]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. & Koen Bostoen (2019) : Word formation
[17954]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. & Marvin Lionel Bender (Ed) (1981) : Nilo-Saharan: proceedings of the 1st Nilo-Saharan linguistics colloquium, Leiden, September 8-10, 1980
[17970]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. & P. S. E. Elias (1989) : AINI: a morphological parser for Kiswahili
[17947]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. & Philip Elias (1979) : A description of the Orig language (Southern Kordofan), based on the notes of Fr. Carlo Muratori
[26539]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. & Roger M. Blench (2013) : The Nuba Mountain languages: an introduction
[26503]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. & Roger M. Blench (eds.) (2013) : Nuba Mountain Language Studies
[17957]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. , Norbert Cyffer , Inge Hofmann & Franz Rottland (1981) : Nilosaharanisch
[23556]   Schaefer, Nancy (2003) : This is how our ancestors began: expository discourse in Farefare
[23613]   Schaefer, Nancy (1977) : The use of recorded text material for stories in Frafra primer construction
[17990]   Schaefer, Robert Leonard (1974) : Tone in Gurenne
[17991]   Schaefer, Robert Leonard (1975) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Frafra
[24516]   Schaefer, Robert Leonard (1980 [1975]) : Frafra
[17992]   Schaefer, Ronald P. (1980) : On the motivation and structure of a strengthening process in Tswana
[17993]   Schaefer, Ronald P. (1981) : A strength hierarchy for Tswana
[17994]   Schaefer, Ronald P. (1982) : A strength hierarchy for a morphophonemic process in Tswana
[17995]   Schaefer, Ronald P. (1983) : The synchronic behavior of basic colour terms in Tswana and its diachronic implications
[17997]   Schaefer, Ronald P. (1984) : Toward an understanding of some ideophones of color in Emai
[17998]   Schaefer, Ronald P. (1985) : Motion in Tswana and its characteristic lexicalization
[17999]   Schaefer, Ronald P. (1986) : Lexicalizing directional and nondirectional motion in Emai
[18000]   Schaefer, Ronald P. (1987) : An initial orthography and lexicon for Emai: an Edoid language of Nigeria
[18003]   Schaefer, Ronald P. (1995) : On the discourse function of possessor movement in Emai prose
[18004]   Schaefer, Ronald P. (1997) : Talmy’s schematic core and verb serialization in Emai: an initial sketch
[22686]   Schaefer, Ronald P. (2001) : Ideophonic adverbs and manner gaps in Emai
[26054]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Francis O. Egbokhare (2006) : On Emai vbi verbs
[26157]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Francis O. Egbokhare (2012) : Emai Separation Verbs and Telicity
[26291]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Francis O. Egbokhare (2013) : Demarcating Emai dative constructions
[26706]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Francis O. Egbokhare (2010) : Language endangerment and Edo North as a residual zone
[27632]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Francis O. Egbokhare (2016) : Articulating Emai Change of State and Stativity
[27953]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Francis O. Egbokhare (2017) : Emai serial verb domains: Symmetrical and asymmetrical
[28435]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Francis O. Egbokhare (2019) : Class Marking in Emai : Retention, Reduction, and Transformation of Inflectional Resources
[28922]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Francis Oisaghaede Egbokhare (2015) : Aspectual and storyline tension in Emai’s (Edoid) narrative template
[18001]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (199-) : An initial Emai reference grammar
[18002]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (1993) : On the typological character of property concepts in Emai
[18006]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (1998) : Emai’s temporal adverbs
[18007]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (1999) : Toward a typology of aspect for Emai
[18008]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (1999) : Emai’s postverbal modifier classes: an initial analysis
[18009]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (2002) : On Emai’s causative motion parameters
[18010]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (2002) : On the status of DO/SAY verbs with Emai ideophones
[18011]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (2003) : On the properties of Emai’s khi copula construction
[18012]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (2004) : Emai contact constructions: beyond verbs in series
[24322]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (2007) : A Dictionary of Emai, an Edoid Language of Nigeria
[24662]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (2008) : A preliminary assessment of Emai posture verb parameters
[25169]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (2010) : Topic and focus construction asymmetry
[17996]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & R. Masagbor (1984) : The forms of negation in North Ibie and their functions
[18005]   Schaefer, Ronald P. & Richard Gaines (1997) : Toward a typology of directional motion for African languages
[18013]   Schaffer, Ruth Thiers (1955) : Twelve lessons in Masai: twelve lessons in Engutuk o Imaasae; twelve lessons in the mouth of the Ilmaasae
[18014]   Schalkwyk, D. J. van (1983) : Fonetiese variasie in die taal van die Rehoboth-Basters
[18015]   Schalkwyk, D. J. van & François F. Odendal (1987) : ’n Sosiolinguistiese analise van Rehoboth-Afrikaans
[18016]   Schalkwyk, Helena van (1988) : Teach yourself Afrikaans
[18017]   Schall, Anton (1988) : Elementa arabica: Einführung in die klassische arabische Sprache
[18018]   Schang, Emmanuel (19--) : L’emergence des creoles portugais du Golfe de Guinee
[18019]   Schang, Emmanuel (2004) : Syllabic structure and creolization in Saotomense
[24397]   Schang, Emmanuel (1995) : Description dʼune langue de Côte dʼIvoire : Lʼavikam
[26319]   Schang, Emmanuel (2012) : Reduplication in São Tomense: Issues at the syntax-semantics interface
[18020]   Schapera, Isaac (1926) : A preliminary consideration of the relationship between the Hottentots and the Bushmen
[18021]   Schapera, Isaac (1927) : The tribal divisions of the Bushmen
[18022]   Schapera, Isaac (1929) : Bushman languages
[18023]   Schapera, Isaac (1929) : Comparative grammar of the Khoisan languages
[18024]   Schapera, Isaac (1930) : The Khoisan peoples of South Africa: Bushmen and Hottentots
[18025]   Schapera, Isaac (1930) : The Khoisan languages
[18028]   Schapera, Isaac (1980) : Afrikaans loan-words in Tswana languages
[18026]   Schapera, Isaac (Ed) (1937) : The Bantu-speaking tribes of South Africa: an ethnographical survey
[18027]   Schapera, Isaac & D. F. van der Merwe (1942) : Notes on the noun classes of some Bantu languages of Ngamiland: Yeei, Subia, Gova and Gcereku
[18029]   Scharf, G. , I. Hertrich , Justus Christiaan Roux & Grzegorz Dogil (1995) : An articulatory description of clicks by means of electromagnetic articulography
[18030]   Schatteburg, H. Fr. (1933) : Angola: Westafrika von Heute! Geschichtspunkte afrikanisch-kolonialen Aufbaues
[18031]   Schatteburg, H. Fr. (1933) : Sprachschatz des Umbundu, der Eingeborenen-Hauptverkehrsprache in Angola, Westafrika
[18032]   Schaub, R. P. (1962) : Grammaire lari
[18033]   Schaub, R. P. (1962) : Lexique lari-français
[18034]   Schaub, R. P. (1962) : Lexique français-lari
[18036]   Schaub, Willi (1985) : Babungo
[27900]   Schaub, Willi (2018) : Babungo – English Dictionary
[22871]   Schaub, Willi & Emmanuel M. Nchio-Minkee (1982) : [Dictionary: Babungo-English/English-Babungo]
[18035]   Schaub, Willi & Vreni Schaub (1976) : Phonology of Babungo
[24372]   Schaus, M. (1985) : Labialization in the Gola Language
[18038]   Schebesta, F. Paul (1931) : Die Einheit aller afrikanischen Pygmäen und Buschmänner aus ihren Stammesnamen erwiesen
[18039]   Schebesta, F. Paul (1931) : Meine Forschungsreise in Belgisch Kongo, 1929-30
[18040]   Schebesta, F. Paul (1949) : La langue des Pygmées
[18041]   Schebesta, F. Paul (1952) : Das Problem der Pygmäensprache
[18037]   Schebesta, R. P. (1---) : Vocabulary Lugbara
[18042]   Scheerder, [Révérend] [Père] & [Révérend] [Père] Constant F. Tastevin (1950) : Les wa lu guru
[18043]   Scheffer, Chris J. (1987) : Promoting and managing terminological activities in South Africa
[18044]   Schein, B. (1981) : Spirantization in Tigrinya
[26208]   Schellenberg, Murray (2009) : Singing in a Tone Language: Shona
[18045]   Schenkel, Wolfgang (1975) : Die altägyptische Suffixkonjugation: Theorie der innerägyptische Entstehung aus Nomina actionis
[18046]   Schenkel, Wolfgang (1984) : Zur Rekonstruktion der deverbalen Nominalbildungen des Ägyptischen
[18047]   Schenkel, Wolfgang & Rainer Hannig (1984) : Aus der Arbeit an einer Konkordanz zu den altägyptischen Sargtexten, I: zur Transkription des Hieroglyphisch-Ägyptischen
[18048]   Schenkel, Wolfgang & Rainer Hannig (1984) : Aus der Arbeit an einer Konkordanz zu den altägyptischen Sargtexten, II: zur Pluralbildung des Ägyptischen
[18049]   Schenkel, Wolfgang & Rainer Hannig (1990) : Einführung in die altägyptische Sprachwissenschaft
[18050]   Scherrer, Carol (1974) : Effects of western influence on Elmolo, 1973-74
[18051]   Scheulen, Peter (1991/92) : Die Sprachen Namibias als “Eingeborenensprachen” in der politischen und wissenschaftlichen Diskussion zur deutschen Kolonialzeit, unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Kolonial- und Afriknistik-Zeitschriften (ein Überblick)
[26901]   Schiattarella, Valentina (2015) : Le berbère de Siwa : documentation, syntaxe et sémantique
[27679]   Schiattarella, Valentina (2019) : A contribution to the documentation of Siwi (Berber)
[27957]   Schiattarella, Valentina (2017) : Berber Texts from Siwa (Egypt) – including a Grammatical Sketch
[28327]   Schiattarella, Valentina (2020) : Noun modifiers and the n preposition in Siwi Berber (Egypt)
[18052]   Schicho, Walter (1980) : Kiswahili von Lumumbasi: Sprachverwendung und Sprachwertung am Beispiel einer afrikanischen Gross-stadt
[18053]   Schicho, Walter (1982) : Syntax des Swahili von Lubumbashi
[18054]   Schicho, Walter (1988) : Tense vs aspect in Sango and Swahili of Lubumbashi
[18055]   Schicho, Walter (1990) : AUX, creole und Swahili von Lubumbashi
[18056]   Schicho, Walter (1990) : Zeitungsswahili: der Leserbrief
[18057]   Schicho, Walter (1992) : Non-acceptance and negation in the Swahili of Lubumbashi
[18058]   Schicho, Walter (1994) : Modalität und Sprecherintention
[18059]   Schicho, Walter (1994) : “Ist es unhöftlich mit Worten sparsam zu sein?” - Überlegungen zur interkulturellen Begegnung Deutsch-Swahili
[18060]   Schillebeeckx, I. (1925) : Grammaire et vocabulaire lingala-budja
[18061]   Schinz, Hans (1933) : Geographische Namensgebung Südwestafrikas
[18062]   Schladt, Mathias (1997) : On describing conceptual structure: examples from Kxoe
[18063]   Schladt, Mathias (1997) : Kognitive Strukturen von Körperteilvokabularien in kenianischen Sprachen
[18065]   Schladt, Mathias (1998) : On describing conceptual structure: examples from Kxoe
[18066]   Schladt, Mathias (2000) : A preliminary list of Kxoe plant names
[18067]   Schladt, Mathias (2000) : A multi-purpose orthography for Kxoe: development and challenges
[25241]   Schladt, Mathias (1998) : Reciprocals in Bantu languages: a case of grammaticalization
[18064]   Schladt, Mathias (Ed) (1998) : Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan
[18068]   Schlee, Günther (1978) : Sprachliche Studien zum Rendille: Grammatik, Texte, Glossar
[18069]   Schlee, Günther (1978) : Soziale, kosmologische und mythologische Bezüge der verben “herauskommen” und “sich drehen” im Rendille
[18070]   Schlee, Günther (1987) : Somaloid history: oral tradition, Kulturgeschichte and historical linguistics in an area of Oromo/Somaloid interaction
[18071]   Schlee, Günther (1988) : The causative in Rendille
[18072]   Schlee, Günther (1994) : Kuschitische Verwandtschaftssysteme in vergleichender Perspektiven
[18073]   Schlemmer, Lawrence (1976) : English-speaking South Africans today: identity and integration into the broader national community
[18074]   Schlengemann, E. A. (1928/29) : Voorlopige aantekeninge oor taalmenging in Suidwes-Afrika
[3459]   Schlindwein Schmidt, Deborah (1996) : Vowel raising in Basaa: a synchronic chain shift
[18075]   Schlindwein Schmidt, Deborah (1985) : Downstep in the Kipare verb complex
[18076]   Schlindwein Schmidt, Deborah (1987) : P-bearing units: a study of Kinande vowel harmony
[18077]   Schlunk, Martin (1927) : Die Sprachenfrage in den Missionsschulen Afrikas
[18078]   Schmaling, Constanze (1998) : Hausa sign language in [...] State, northern Nigeria
[18079]   Schmaling, Constanze (2000) : Maganar hannu/Language of the hands: a descriptive analysis of Hausa sign language
[23452]   Schmaling, Constanze (2001) : Modalpartikeln im Hausa/Gishirin Hausa
[18083]   Schmidt, Andrea (1986) : Sprachgebrauch in Uganda: Beobachtungen zur Sprachwahl und zur Sprachkenntnis in Uganda
[23790]   Schmidt, Bodil Kappel (2002) : Zina Kotoko tense/aspect
[18084]   Schmidt, Bodil Kappel , David [Arnold] Odden & Anders Holmberg (Ed) (2002) : Some aspects of the grammar of Zina Kotoko
[25023]   Schmidt, Jean & Jean Ferney (1974) : Petit vocabulaire de base des termes dʼélevage en poular
[18080]   Schmidt, P. Wilhelm (1926) : Die Sprachfamilien und Sprachenkreise der Erde, mit einem Atlas von 14 Karten in Lithographie
[18081]   Schmidt, P. Wilhelm (1930) : The use of the vernacular in education in Africa
[18082]   Schmidt, Richard Wilbur (1974) : Sociostylistic variation in spoken Egyptian Arabic: a re-examination of the concepts of diglossia
[18085]   Schmied, Josef (1983) : Englisch in Afrika und Vorderasien
[18086]   Schmied, Josef (1985) : Englisch in Tansania: sozio- und interlinguistische Probleme
[18087]   Schmied, Josef (1985) : Attitudes towards English in Tanzania
[18088]   Schmied, Josef (1986) : English in Tanzanian education
[18089]   Schmied, Josef (1989) : English in East and Central Africa
[18090]   Schmied, Josef (1990) : Language use, attitudes, performances and sociolinguistic background: a comparison of English in Kenya, Tanzania and Zambia
[18091]   Schmied, Josef (1990) : Accepted language behaviour as a basis for language teaching: a comparison of English in Kenya and Tanzania
[18093]   Schmied, Josef (1990) : A corpus of East African English: prospects and problems
[18095]   Schmied, Josef (1991) : English in Africa: an introduction
[18096]   Schmied, Josef (1991) : The status of English in Kenya and Tanzania
[18097]   Schmied, Josef (1991) : English in East and Central Africa
[18098]   Schmied, Josef (1991) : National and subnational features in Kenyan English
[18099]   Schmied, Josef (1995) : National standards and the international corpus of English
[18092]   Schmied, Josef (Ed) (1990) : Linguistics in the service of Africa, with particular reference to research on English and African languages
[18100]   Schmitt, (1997) : Swahili and the Internet
[18101]   Schneeberg, Nan (1974) : Sayanci phonology
[22786]   Schneeberg, Nan (1971) : Sayanci verb tonology
[23637]   Schneeberg, Nan & Prosper Kpotufe (1966) : Ewe pronuciation
[18113]   Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (1998) : Die Fragestellung der Abgrenzung diskreter Wortarten, untersucht am Beispiel der Nomen, Adjektive und Verben im Hausa
[18114]   Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2004) : Verbal extensions in Alaaba (Highland East Cushitic, Ethiopia)
[24775]   Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2007) : A Grammar of Alaaba; A Highland East Cushitic Language of Ethiopia
[24830]   Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2006) : Case in Alaaba (Highland East Cushitic)
[24831]   Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2007) : The ‘copulaʼ in Alaaba
[25583]   Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2012) : Don’t waste words – perspectives on the Tima lexicon
[25623]   Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2011) : Noun phrase – compound – noun: Some problems with compounds in
[26509]   Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2013) : A Tima-English Dictionary: An Illustrated Lexicon of a Niger-Congo Language Spoken in the Nuba Mountains (Sudan).
[26554]   Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2013) : Personal pronouns in Tima
[27256]   Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2017) : Once or more often? On pluractionality marking in Tima
[27986]   Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2018) : Constituent focus and selective marking in Tima
[28118]   Schneider-Blum, Gertrud & Birgit Hellwig (2020) : Property concepts in Tabaq: More than one road can lead to Rome
[18115]   Schneider-Zioga, Patricia (1995) : Specifier/head agreement in Kinande
[26846]   Schneider-Zioga, Patricia (2015) : Additive Focus in Kinande
[26847]   Schneider-Zioga, Patricia (2015) : The Linker in Kinande Re-examined
[28027]   Schneider-Zioga, Patricia (2019) : On the licensing of nominals in Kinande
[27005]   Schneider-Zioga, Patricia & Philip Ngessimo Mutaka (2015) : Copular Clauses in Kinande
[27006]   Schneider-Zioga, Patricia & Philip Ngessimo Mutaka (2015) : Small Clauses and Secondary Predication in Kinande
[27007]   Schneider-Zioga, Patricia & Philip Ngessimo Mutaka (2015) : The Linker in Kinande: A Predication Relation
[28336]   Schneider-Zioga, Patricia & Philip Ngessimo Mutaka (2021) : The syntax and semantics of helping: Sociative causation in Kinande
[18112]   Schneider, Cynthia (1998) : Property concept terms in Maasai
[18104]   Schneider, Gilbert Donald (1960) : Cameroons Creole dictionary
[18105]   Schneider, Gilbert Donald (1963) : First and second steps in Wes Kos
[18107]   Schneider, Gilbert Donald (1966) : West African Pidgin English: a descriptive linguistic analysis with texts and glossary from the Cameroon area
[18108]   Schneider, Gilbert Donald (1967) : West African Pidgin English: an overview (phonology, morphology)
[18109]   Schneider, Gilbert Donald (1967) : West African Pidgin English: a historical overview
[18106]   Schneider, Harold K. (1964) : Confusion in African linguistic classification
[18110]   Schneider, John T. (1985) : Sub-Saharan cultural extensions in Brazil: the relevance of lexical data
[18111]   Schneider, John T. (1991) : Dictionary of African borrowings in Brazilian Portuguese
[28296]   Schneider, Lauren (2017) : Negation Patterns in the Kwa Language Group
[28383]   Schneider, Lauren E. (2018) : Negation Patterns in the Kwa Language Group
[18102]   Schneider, Marius (1943/44) : Phonetische und metrische Korrelationen bei gesprochenen und gesungenen Ewe-Texten
[18103]   Schneider, R. (1959) : L’expression des compléments de verbe et de nom et la place de l’adjective épithète en guèze
[18116]   Schober, Reinhold (1933) : Die semantische Gestalt des Ewe
[18117]   Schoenberger, Paul (1961) : Names for “God” known and used by the Wanyamwezi
[27828]   Schoenbrun, David L. (2020) : Words, things, and meaning: Linguistics as a tool for historical reconstruction
[18118]   Schoenbrun, David Lee (1990) : Early history on eastern Africa’s Great Lakes region: linguistic, ecological and archaeological approaches, ca. 500 BC to AD 1000
[18119]   Schoenbrun, David Lee (1993) : We are what we eat: ancient agriculture between the Great Lakes
[18120]   Schoenbrun, David Lee (1994) : Great Lakes Bantu: classification and settlement chronology
[18121]   Schoenbrun, David Lee (1994/95) : Social aspects of agricultural change between the Great Lakes, AD 500 to 1000
[18122]   Schoenbrun, David Lee (1997) : The historical reconstruction of Great Lakes Bantu: etymologies and distributions
[18123]   Schoenbrun, David Lee (1998) : A green place, a good place: agrarian change, gender and social identity in the Great Lakes region to the fifteenth century
[18124]   Schoenbrun, David Lee (2001) : Representing the Bantu expansions: what’s at stake?
[18125]   Schoffeleers, J. Matthew (1972) : The meaning and use of the name Malawi in oral traditions and precolonial documents
[18126]   Scholtz, P. Johannes du Plessis (1939) : Die Afrikaner en sy taal, 1806-1875
[18127]   Scholtz, P. Johannes du Plessis (1941) : Uit die geskiedenis van die naamgeving van plante en diere in Afrikaans
[18128]   Scholtz, P. Johannes du Plessis (1951) : Nederlandse invloed op die afrikaanse woordeskat
[18129]   Scholtz, P. Johannes du Plessis (1963) : Taalhistoriese opstelle: voorstudies tot ’n geskiedenis van Afrikaans
[18130]   Scholtz, P. Johannes du Plessis (1965) : Afrikaans uit die vroeë tyd: studies oor die afrikaanse taal en literêre volkskultuur van vor 1875
[18131]   Scholtz, P. Johannes du Plessis (1965) : Die Afrikaner en sy taal, 1806-1875
[18132]   Scholtz, P. Johannes du Plessis (1970) : The external history of Afrikaans
[18133]   Scholtz, P. Johannes du Plessis (1970) : The internal history of Afrikaans
[18134]   Scholtz, P. Johannes du Plessis (1970) : Afrikaans-Hollands in die agtiende eeu: verdere voorstudies tot ’n geskiedenis van Afrikaans
[18135]   Scholtz, P. Johannes du Plessis (1975) : Naamgeving van plante en diere
[18137]   Scholz, Hans-Jörgen (1976) : Igbira phonology
[24499]   Scholz, Hans-Jörgen (1977 [1973]) : Igbirra
[18136]   Scholz, Hans-Jörgen & Chris Scholz (1972) : Let’s go forward - let’s read and write Ebira
[18138]   Schomerus-Gernböck, Lotte (1967) : Die Vazimba: eine dringende Forschungsaufgabe in Madagaskar
[18139]   Schomerus-Gernböck, Lotte (1970) : Sprachaufnahmen bei den Mahafaly: eine dringende Forschungsaufgabe in Madagaskar
[28196]   Schön, Rev. James Frederick (1862) : Grammar of the Hausa Language.
[18144]   Schönfelder, Eberhard Bruno Willi (1936) : Das versteht mein Ovambo: Zusammenstellung 200 wichtigster Sätze aus dem täglichen Leben in 4 Dialekten
[18145]   Schönfelder, Eberhard Bruno Willi (1943) : Handwörterbuch des Osikuanjama
[18146]   Schönfelder, Eberhard Bruno Willi (1944) : Handwörterbuch Deutsch-Osikuanjama
[18140]   Schoones, Pieter C. & Friedrik J. Snijman (Ed) (1956-1961) : Woordeboek van die afrikaanse taal
[18141]   Schott, Rüdiger & Franz Kröger (1982) : Language and culture of the Bulsa in Ghana
[18142]   Schottman, Wendy (1993) : Proverbial dog names of the Baatombu: a strategic alternative to silence
[18143]   Schottman, Wendy (1995) : The daily ritual of greeting among the Baatombu of Benin
[18147]   Schregle, Gotz (1981) : Arabisch-deutsches Wörterbuch
[24842]   Schreiber, Henning (2008) : Copula constructions in Mande ‒ an overview
[24885]   Schreiber, Henning (2008) : Eine historische Phonologie der Niger-Volta-Sprachen. Ein Beitrag zur Erforschung der Sprachgeschichte der östlichen Ost-Mandesprachen
[25624]   Schreiber, Henning (2011) : S-AUX-O-V-X in Manding and Mande
[27766]   Schreiber, Henning (2020) : Mande
[18148]   Schreiber, Peter A. & Frank Anshen (1974) : Arabic topicalization: alternative approaches
[18150]   Schrijver, Gilles-Maurice de (Ed) (2001) : Pukuntshutlhaloshi ya Sesotho sa Leboa 1.0
[18149]   Schrijver, Gilles-Maurice de & Biki Lepota (2001) : The lexicographic treatment of days in Sepedi, or when mother-tongue intuition fails
[26443]   Schrock, Terrill (2014) : A grammar of Ik (Icetod) Northeast Uganda’s last thriving Kuliak language
[26480]   Schrock, Terrill (2014) : Unlocking the Ik instrumental case
[26592]   Schrock, Terrill (2008) : Ik wordlist
[27155]   Schrock, Terrill (2017) : The Ik language: Dictionary and grammar sketch
[27423]   Schrock, Terrill (2015) : On whether 'Doboro' was a fourth Kuliak language
[18153]   Schröder, E. E. W. G. (1929) : Über die semitischen und nicht-indischen Grundlagen der malaisch-polynesischen Kultur, II: das Verhältnis der austronesischen zu den semitischen Sprachen
[18158]   Schröder, Helga (2004) : The relevance of verbal morphology in Toposa discourse
[23024]   Schröder, Helga (2002) : Word order in Toposa: an aspect of multiple feature-checking
[24806]   Schröder, Helga (2006) : Antipassive and ergativity in Western Nilotic and Surmic
[25083]   Schröder, Helga (2008) : Word Order in Toposa: An Aspect of Multiple Feature-Checking
[27875]   Schröder, Helga (2020) : The Syntax and Semantics of Clause-Chaining in Toposa
[18154]   Schröder, Helga & Martin Schröder (1986) : The Toposa verb
[18156]   Schröder, Helga & Martin Schröder (1987) : Vowel harmony in Toposa
[18157]   Schröder, Martin (1989) : The Toposa verb in narrative discourse
[23089]   Schröder, Martin (2004) : Issues in Toposa orthography
[18155]   Schröder, Martin & Helga Schröder (1987) : Voiceless vowels in Toposa
[18151]   Schroeder, Johannes (1936) : Formenlehre des Ge-Dialektes der Ewesprache mit einer Einleitung über Laute und Töne
[18152]   Schroeder, Leila (2001) : Mother-tonmgue education in schools in Tharaka language group of Kenya
[18159]   Schrör, Thomas (1994) : Bildungsprobleme der Maasai-Nomaden in Tansania: das Projekt ‘Emanyata Secondary School’
[18162]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de (1999) : Cilubà phonetics: proposals for a ‘corpus-based phonetics from below’-approach
[18165]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de (2000) : The compilation of electronic corpora, with special reference to the African languages
[18168]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de (2003) : Online dictionaries on the Internet: an overview for the African languages
[18169]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de (2003) : Drawing up the macrostructure of a Nguni dictionary, with special reference to isiNdebele
[23189]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de (2005) : Concurrent over- and under-treatment in dictionaries: the Woordeboek van die Afrikaanse Taal as a case in point
[23211]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de (2002) : Web for/as corpus: a perspective for the African languages
[23216]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de (1999) : Bantu lexicography and the concept of simultaneous feedback: some preliminary observations on the introduction of a new methodology for the compilation of dictionaries with special reference to a bilingual learner’s dictionary Cilubà-Dutch
[23194]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de (Ed) (2002) : AFRILEX 2002 - Culture and dictionaries: programme & abstract
[23217]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de (Ed) (2003) : TAMA 2003 South Africa: conference proceedings
[23218]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de (Ed) (2003) : AFRILEX 2003 - Bilingual dictionaries: programme & abstract
[5070]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de & Biki Lepota (2001) : The lexicographic treatment of days in Sepedi, or: When mother-tongue intuition fails
[18163]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de & Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo (2000) : Electric corpora as a basis for the compilation of African-language dictionaries. Part 1: the macrostructure
[18164]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de & Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo (2000) : Electric corpora as a basis for the compilation of African-language dictionaries. Part 2: the microstructure
[18166]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de & Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo (2001) : Corpus-based activities versus initiation-based compilations by lexicographers: the Sepedi lemma-sign list as a case in point
[23207]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de & Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo (2001) : Towards a sound lemmatisation strategy for the Bantu verb through the use of frequency-based tal slots, with special reference to Cilubà, Sepedi, and Kiswahili
[6361]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de & David Joffe (2004) : On how electronic dictionaries are really used
[18160]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de & Ngo Semzara Kabuta (1997) : Lexicon cilubà-nederlands: een circa 2500-lemma’s, tellend strikt alfabetisch geordend vertalend aanleerderslexicon met decodeer-functie ten behoeve van studenten afrikaanse talen & culturen aan de Universiteit Gent
[18161]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de & Ngo Semzara Kabuta (1998) : Beknopt woordenboek cilubà-nederlands & Kalombodi-mfùndilu kàà Cilubà (spellingsgids cilubà): een op gebruiksfrequentie gebaseerd vertalend aaanleerderslexicon met decodeerfunctie bestaande uit circa 3000 strikt alfabetisch geordende lemma’s & Mfùndilu wa myakù ìdì ìtàmbi munwèneka (de orthografie van de meest gangbare woorden)
[18167]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de & Rachélle Gauton (2002) : The Zulu locative prefix ku- revisited: a corpus-based approach
[7359]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de , Elsabé Taljard , M. P. Mogodi & S. Maepa (2004) : The lexicographic treatment of the demonstrative-copulative in Sesotho sa Leboa: an exercise in multiple cross-referencing
[18170]   Schubert, Klaus (1971/72) : Zur Bedeutung und Anwendung der Verbalparadigmen im Hausa und Kanuri ; Teile 1-3
[18171]   Schubert, Klaus (1972/73) : Zur Bedeutung und Anwendung der Verbalparadigmen im Hausa und Kanuri ; Teil 4
[18172]   Schubert, Klaus (1988) : August Klingenheben’s contribution to Fula studies
[25639]   Schubert, Maria (2011) : Means of Transport – The concept of vehicle for L1 and L2 Hausa speakers
[18173]   Schubert, R. & A. Schubert (1996) : Datooga phonology
[18174]   Schuetz, G. H. (1965) : Sprachführer tunesisch-arabisch
[25381]   Schuh, Russel Galen (2002) : Miya-English Dictionary
[25383]   Schuh, Russel Galen (2010) : Miya-English Dictionary
[27124]   Schuh, Russel Galen (2007) : Maka Wordlist
[25654]   Schuh, Russell G. (2011) : Grammatical influences of Kanuri on Chadic languages of Yobe State
[18175]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1971) : Reconstruction of the syntax of subject emphasis in certain Chadic languages
[18176]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1971) : Verb forms and verb aspects in Ngizim
[18177]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1972) : Notes to Bade dialect map
[18178]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1972) : Rule inversion in Chadic
[18179]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1972) : Aspects of Ngizim syntax
[18180]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1974) : The linguistic situation in the Potiskum area
[18181]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1974) : Sound change as rule simplification? A study of consonant weakening in Kanakuru and in Hausa
[18182]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1974) : A note on inalienable possession in Hausa
[18183]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1974) : A comment on “Rule inversion in Chadic: a reply” (Leben 1974)
[18184]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1974/75) : Nunation and gender in Bade
[18185]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1975) : Bóde, Ngó:djin and Dó:ai in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[18186]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1976) : The Chadic verbal system and its Afroasiatic nature
[18187]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1976) : The history of Hausa nasals
[18188]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1977) : Bade/Ngizim determiner system
[18189]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1977) : West Chadic verb classes
[18190]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1978) : Bole/Tangale Languages of the Bauchi Area (Northern Nigeria)
[18191]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1978) : Bade/Ngizim vowels and syllable structure
[18192]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1981) : Using dialect geography to determine prehistory: a Chadic case study
[18193]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1981) : A dictionary of Ngizim
[18194]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1981) : Type of genitive constructions in Chadic
[18195]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1982) : Questionned and focused subjects and objects in Bade/Ngizim
[18196]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1982) : The history of Hausa nasals
[18197]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1983) : The evolution of determiners in Chadic
[18198]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1983) : The Bolanci verbal system
[18199]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1983) : Bolanci genitives
[18200]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1983) : Kilba equational sentences
[18201]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1984) : West Chadic vowel correspondences
[18203]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1989) : Gender and number in Miya
[18204]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1989) : The reality of Hausa ‘low tone raising’: a response to Newman & Jaggar
[18205]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1995) : Aspects of Avatime phonology
[18206]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1995) : Avatime noun classes and concord
[18207]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1997) : The use and misuse of language in the study of African history
[18208]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1998) : A grammar of Miya
[18209]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1999) : Metrics of Arabic and Hausa poetry
[18211]   Schuh, Russell Galen (2001) : Shira, Teshena, Auyo: Hausa’s (former) eastern neighbors
[18212]   Schuh, Russell Galen (2002) : Palatalization in West Chadic
[18213]   Schuh, Russell Galen (2003) : The functional unity of the Hausa and West Chadic subjunctive
[18214]   Schuh, Russell Galen (2003) : Chadic overview
[18215]   Schuh, Russell Galen (2003) : A comparative study of West Chadic verbal suffixes
[23430]   Schuh, Russell Galen (2005) : Degemination, compensatory lengthening, and gemination in Gudi Ngamo
[23738]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1971) : Kándin in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’: two languages in one
[25425]   Schuh, Russell Galen (2008) : Finding Cognates in West Chadic
[18202]   Schuh, Russell Galen (Ed) (1985) : Papers from the 15th African linguistics conference
[18210]   Schuh, Russell Galen & Alhaji Maina Gimba (2001) : Substantive and anaphoric ‘thing’ in Bole, with remarks on Hausa ‘abu/abin’
[18216]   Schuhmacher, W. W. (1972) : Assimilation and nasal insertion in ciLuba
[18217]   Schuhmacher, W. W. (1974) : A note on the so-called “creole” character of Afrikaans
[26740]   Schuler, Eugen (2015) : Die Sprache der Bakwiri
[18218]   Schulman, Leif , Leo Junikka , Ahmed Mndolwa & Idda Rajabu (1998) : Trees of Amani Nature Reserve, N.E. Tanzania
[18219]   Schulte, [Pater] J. (1943) : Handwörterbuch des Osikuanjama
[18220]   Schulte, [Pater] J. (1944) : Handwörterbuch Deutsch-Osikuanjama, nach Angaben von Missionar H. Tönjes
[18221]   Schulz, David Eugene (1981) : Diglossia and variation in formal spoken Arabic in Egypt
[18222]   Schulz, Regina & others (199-) : Middle Egyptian
[18224]   Schumacher, [Révérend] [Père] Pierre (1921/22) : La phonétique du Kinyarwanda ; partie 1
[18225]   Schumacher, [Révérend] [Père] Pierre (1923/24) : La phonétique du Kinyarwanda ; partie 2
[18226]   Schumacher, [Révérend] [Père] Pierre (1929) : La phonétique du Kinyarwanda ; partie 3
[18227]   Schumacher, [Révérend] [Père] Pierre (1931) : La phonétique du Kinyarwanda ; partie 4
[18228]   Schumacher, [Révérend] [Père] Pierre (1954) : Dictionnaire phonétique: français-runyarwanda, runyarwanda-français
[18229]   Schumacher, W. N. (1975) : Khoisan traces in Iranian (or Semitic traces in Khoisan)?
[18230]   Schumann, Theda (1983) : Gender markers in Masa
[18231]   Schumann, Theda (1999) : Zur Masa-Verbalmorphologie
[18232]   Schumann, Theda , Mechthild Reh , Roland Kiessling & Ludwig Gerhardt (Ed) (2002) : Aktuelle Forschungen zu afrikanischen Sprachen: sprachwissenschaftliche Beiträge zum 14. Afrikanistentag Hamburg, 11.-14. Oktober 2000
[18233]   Schuring, Gerhard K. (1971) : Die diminutiewe en augmentatiewe agtervoegsels in Noord-Sotho
[18234]   Schuring, Gerhard K. (1974) : Naswana ya moshate: diminusie en vroulikheid in Noord-Sotho
[18235]   Schuring, Gerhard K. (1978) : Tsotsi - Afrikaans
[18237]   Schuring, Gerhard K. (1979) : Leksikologiese kenmerke van Tsotsitaal
[18238]   Schuring, Gerhard K. (1981) : Die basilek van vlaaitaal
[18240]   Schuring, Gerhard K. (1983) : Flaaitaal
[18241]   Schuring, Gerhard K. (1985) : Kosmopolitiese omgangstale: die aard, oorsprong en funksies van Pretoria-Sotho en ander koine-tale
[18242]   Schuring, Gerhard K. (1992) : Salient features of koines: Pretoria Sotho, spoken Koine Greek and Town Bemba
[18239]   Schuring, Gerhard K. & M. K. Yzel (1983) : ’n Ondersoek na die taalsituatie in die Suid-Afrikaanse Swart gemeenskap
[18236]   Schuring, Gerhard K. , P. Scheffer & A. M. Lubbe (Ed) (1978) : Die stand van die tale in SWA/Namibië
[23950]   Schwab, G. (1924) : Basaa-English dictionary
[23951]   Schwab, G. (1935) : Basaa-English dictionary
[18243]   Schwab, William B. (1958) : The terminology of kinship and marriage among the Yoruba
[23985]   Schwartz, Alfred (1968) : Calendrier traditionnel et conception du temps dans la société Guéré
[18244]   Schwartz, Linda (1989) : Asymmetrical syntax and symmetrical morphology in African languages
[18245]   Schwartz, Linda (1989) : Thematic linking in Hausa asymmetric coordination
[18246]   Schwartz, Linda (1991) : Category asymmetries in Hausa asymmetric coordination
[18247]   Schwarz, Anne (1995) : Untersuchungen zum nominalen Klassensystem des Buli (Nord-Ghana)
[18248]   Schwarz, Anne (1999) : Preverbal negative markers in Buli
[18249]   Schwarz, Anne (2000) : Perfective verb tone in Buli
[23545]   Schwarz, Anne (2003) : Low tone spreading in Buli
[23581]   Schwarz, Anne (2004) : Aspekte der Morphosyntax und Tonologie im Buli, mit Schwerpunkt auf dem Buli vom Wiaga
[24753]   Schwarz, Anne (2009) : How Many Focus Markers Are There in Konkomba?
[24923]   Schwarz, Anne (2007) : The Particles lé and lá in the Grammar of Konkomba
[25155]   Schwarz, Anne (2009) : To be or not to be? About the copula system in Buli (GUR)
[25170]   Schwarz, Anne (2010) : Verb-and-predication focus markers in Gur
[27026]   Schwarz, Anne (2017) : All-in-one and one-for-all: Thetic structures in Buli grammar and discourse
[28625]   Schwarz, Anne (2012) : A1. Buli
[28626]   Schwarz, Anne (2012) : A2. Konni
[28627]   Schwarz, Anne (2012) : A3. Buli-Konni: Comparative notes
[23441]   Schwarz, Florian (2003) : Focus marking in Kikuyu
[18250]   Schweeger-Hefel, Annemarie & Wilhelm Staude (196-) : Vocabulaire raisonné kurumfe-français, suivi d’éléments de grammaire
[18251]   Schwegler, Armin (1998) : El vocabulario (ritual) bantu de Cuba. Parte I: acerca de la matriz africana de la ‘lengua congo’ en El Monte y Vocabulario Congo de Lydia Cabrera
[18252]   Schwegler, Armin (1998?) : El vocabulario (ritual) bantu de Cuba. Parte II: apéndices 1-2
[18253]   Schwegler, Armin (2000) : On the (sensational) survival of Kikongo in 20th-century Cuba
[18254]   Schwellnus, Paul E. (1931) : Thlalosa-polêlô: grammar ya Sesotho se se bolêlwaxo dileteng tsha Transvaal
[18256]   Schwellnus, Paul E. (1935) : Luvenda gramer: Phenda-luambo ya u talukanya Tshivenda
[18255]   Schwellnus, Theodor (1933) : Ndende ya luambo lwa Tshivenda
[18257]   Schwenter, Scott (1998) : Discontinuous remoteness in Dagaare
[18258]   Schwidetzky, Georg (1937) : Die Schnalze als Rassenmerkmale
[18259]   Schwind, V. von (1963) : Die deutschen Namen der Vögel in Süd- und Südwestafrika
[18260]   Schyff, P. F. van der (1985) : Stamverwantskap as faktor vir afrikanernaamgewing in België en Nederland rondom die vryheidsoorloë
[18261]   Scott, David Clement [Ruffelle] (1929) : Dictionary of the Nyanja language, being the encyclopaedic dictionary of the Mang’anja language
[18265]   Scott, David Clement [Ruffelle] & Alexander Hetherwick (1970) : Dictionary of the Nyanja language: being the encyclopaedic dictionary of the Mang’anja language
[8283]   Scott, Henry Joseph (1998) : Egyptian hieroglyphs
[18264]   Scott, J. P. L. (1956) : Report on the Runyankore-Rukiga orthographic conference, Mbarara, 1954
[24363]   Scott, J. P. L. (1956) : An Introduction to Temne Grammar
[18263]   Scott, N. C. (1940) : Sechuanese
[18266]   Scott, Patricia Elena (1977) : South African Bantu language theses, 1919-1976: a preliminary bibliography
[18262]   Scott, R. R. (1929) : A glossary of some scientific terms used in sanitary practice by Swahili-speaking Africans
[18267]   Scotti-Rosin, M. (1988) : Das portugiesische in Afrika: zum Problem der Sprachnorm in der Lusophonie
[18268]   Scovill, Ila M. (194-) : Pocket Shona dictionary
[18269]   Scruggs, Terri R. (1980) : Phonological analysis of the Nomaande language
[18270]   Scruggs, Terri R. (1980) : Vowel harmony in Yamba
[18271]   Scruggs, Terri R. (1980) : Segmental phonology of nouns in Yamba
[18272]   Scruggs, Terri R. (1980) : Notes on African linguistics
[18273]   Scruggs, Terri R. (1982) : Rapport linguistique de l’enquête menée à Bokito
[18274]   Scruggs, Terri R. (1983) : Les système des classes en nomande
[23677]   Scruggs, Terri , Carrie Taylor & Patricia Wilkendorf (2003) : Lexique nomaándé-francais
[18275]   Scullen, Mary Ellen (1992) : Chichewa vowel harmony and underspecification theory
[18276]   Scupin, Inger (1999) : Ausgewählte Aspekte des Hausa in Ghana
[18277]   Seaborn, Bibiana Nalwindi (1979) : Vocabulary (Bua Setswana): Setswana-English, English-Setswana
[18278]   Seaborn, Bibiana Nalwindi (1979) : Bua Setswana: a ten week introduction to speaking Setswana
[18279]   Sebasoni, Servilien (1967) : La préfinale du verbe bantou
[18280]   Sebba, Mark (1984) : Serial verbs: something new out of Africa
[18281]   Sebba, Mark (1995) : Some remarks on Ju|’hoan serial verbs
[18282]   Sebeok, Thomas Albert (Ed) (1970) : Current trends in linguistics, 6: linguistics in south-west Asia and northern Africa
[18283]   Sebeok, Thomas Albert (Ed) (1971) : Current trends in linguistics, 7: linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa
[29038]   Sebina, Boikanyego & Thapelo Otlogetswe (2023) : Vowels sex-based symbolism in Setswana personal names First and last names
[27227]   Sebineni, Alphonsine Flore (2008) : Le système des classes nominales du nùbácá
[18284]   Seck, Aliou Ngoné (19--) : Recherches comparatives sur les determinants morphematiques du wolof et du français: étude syntactique et referentielle
[18286]   Seck, Aliou Ngoné (2003) : L’interrogation en wolof
[18285]   Seck, Cornelia (2001) : “Von Fledermäusen und Menchen”: nominale Klassifizierung im Diola-Fogny
[18287]   Sedlak, Philip Alan Stephen (1975) : Sociocultural determinants of language maintenance and language shift in a rural coastal Kenyan community
[18288]   Sedlak, Philip Alan Stephen (1975) : Generational language shift and linguistic diversity measures: a Kenya case
[18289]   Sedlak, Philip Alan Stephen (1977) : Migration theory, the northeastern coastal Bantu and the Shungwaya hypothesis
[23636]   Sedlak, Philip Alan Stephen (1980) : Kabiye grammar handbook
[23693]   Sedlak, Philip Alan Stephen (1980) : Kabiye communication and culture handbook
[23692]   Sedlak, Philip Alan Stephen & Essogoye Jassor (1980) : Kabiye special skills handbook
[18386]   Ségéral, Philippe (2000) : Théorie de l’apophonie et organisation des schèmes en sémitique
[18387]   Segerer, Guillaume (1997) : La langue bijogo
[18388]   Segerer, Guillaume (2000) : La focalisation en bijogo
[18389]   Segerer, Guillaume (2000) : Description de la langue bijogo (Guinee Bissau)
[18390]   Segerer, Guillaume (2002) : La langue bijogo de Bubaque (Guinée Bissau)
[22416]   Segerer, Guillaume (2003) : La langue bijogo dans ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[24033]   Segerer, Guillaume (1996) : Esquisse d'une phonologie du dakpa
[24391]   Segerer, Guillaume (2000) : Lʼorigine des Bijogo : hypothèses de linguiste
[24627]   Segerer, Guillaume (2008) : Bijogo
[25006]   Segerer, Guillaume (2009) : A Database on personal pronouns in African languages
[26876]   Segerer, Guillaume (2016) : Some Hypotheses About Possible Isolates within the Atlantic Branch of the Niger-Congo Phylum
[26880]   Segerer, Guillaume (2015) : Les classes nominales en keerak (joola de Kabrousse)
[26883]   Segerer, Guillaume (2015) : Les classes nominales en manjaku
[26951]   Segerer, Guillaume (2017) :
[28736]   Segerer, Guillaume (2022) : La présentation des systèmes de classes nominales des langues Niger-Congo
[28176]   Segerer, Guillaume & Alexandra Vydrina (2021) : Sogolon
[27588]   Segerer, Guillaume & Martine Vanhove (2019) : Color naming in Africa
[18290]   Segert, Stanislav & András J. E. Bodrogligeti (Ed) (1983) : Ethiopian studies dedicated to Wolf Leslau on the occasion of his seventy-fifth birthday by friends and colleagues
[18291]   Segopolo, B. O. (1992) : The adverb in Tswana
[18292]   Segurola, Basilio (1963) : Dictionnaire fon-français
[18293]   Seibert, Uwe (1994) : Die Erforschung der Ronsprachen
[23053]   Seibert, Uwe (1998) : Das Ron von Daffo (Jos-Plateau, Zentralnigeria): morphologische, syntaktische, und textlinguistische Strukturen einer westtschadischen Sprache
[29015]   Seibert, Uwe (ed.) (2020) : Ron – English Dictionary
[18294]   Seibert, Uwe (Ed) (1996) : Afrikanische Sprachen zwischen Gestern und Morgen: Beiträge zur Dokumentation, Klassifikation und Rekonstruktion
[18295]   Seibert, Uwe & Erin Shay (Ed) (2003) : Motion, direction, and location in languages: in honor of Zygmunt Frajzyngier
[18296]   Seidel, August (1941) : Suahili Konversations-Grammatik, nebst einer Einführung in die Schrift und den Briefstil der Suaheli
[18297]   Seidel, August (1941) : Schlüssel zur Suaheli Konservations-Grammatik
[28695]   Seidel, August (1898) : Grundzüge der Sprache von Usindja
[18298]   Seidel, Frank (2001) : Eine lauthistorische Analyse des Yeyi, Bantusprache im Grenzraum Botswana/Namibia, auf der Grundlage moderner bantuistischer Methoden
[24054]   Seidel, Frank (2008) : A Grammar of Yeyi. A Bantu Language of Southern Africa
[24817]   Seidel, Frank (2007) : The distal marker -ka- and motion verbs in Yeyi
[25807]   Seidel, Frank (2009) : Layered Language Genesis in the 'Catch Basin' of the Linyanti and Okavango Swamps: The Case of Yeyi
[26251]   Seidel, Frank (2008) : The hodiernal past domain and the concept of recentness in Yeyi
[26269]   Seidel, Frank (2013) : Lexique Nalu
[28920]   Seidel, Frank (2015) : Rethinking narrative tenses based on data from Nalu (Atlantic) and Yeyi (Bantu)
[18299]   Seidenberg, A. (1959) : On the Eastern Bantu root for six
[18300]   Seidensticker, Wilhelm , Michael Bross & Ahmad Tela Baba (Ed) (1997) : Guddiri studies: languages and rock paintings in northeastern Nigeria
[18302]   Seidl, Amanda Hallie (2000) : Yoruba vowel elision and compounding
[18301]   Seidl, Amanda Hallie & A. Dimitriadis (1997) : The discourse function of object marking in Swahili
[25244]   Seidl, Amanda Hallie & A. Dimitriadis (2003) : Statives and reciprocal Morphology in Swahili
[25808]   Seifert, Marc (2009) : Folktales as a Source for Historical Traces: The Reintroduction of Iron Working along the Central Kavango
[18303]   Seifu Metaferia (1969/70) : Verbal system and derivatives in Kotina (Oromo)
[18304]   Seignobos, Christian & Henry Tourneux (1984) : Note sur les Baldamu et leur langue (Nord-Cameroun)
[18305]   Seignobos, Christian & Henry Tourneux (1992) : Le poney et ses denominantions dans le Basin du Tchad (histoire, ethnologie et linguistique)
[22510]   Seignobos, Christian & Henry Tourneux (2002) : Le Nord-Cameroun à tavers ses mots: dictionnaire de termes anciens et modernes
[25076]   Seignobos, Christian & Henry Tourneux (2001) : Contribution à lʼHistoire des Toupouri et de leur langue
[18306]   Seiler, Franz (Ed) (1960) : Otshike: alltägliche Redensarten und Fragen im Farmbetrieb und Haushalt, für den Verkehr mit den jungen aus dem Ovamboland
[18307]   Seitar, Joseph (1---) : Kiro-Meru vocabulary and grammatical constructions
[18308]   Seitz, Gitte (1993) : Ikulu: Untersuchungen zu einer zentralnigerianischen Klassensprache
[18309]   Sekere, Ntaoleng Belina (2005) : Sociolinguistic variation in spoken and written Sesotho: a case study of speech varieties in QwaQwa
[18310]   Sekhukhune, Phatudi D. (1986) : Pragmatics of discourse in Northern Sotho: a functional approach
[18311]   Sekhukhune, Phatudi D. (1988) : Discourse analysis and speech varieties in Northern Sotho: a sociolinguistic study
[18312]   Sekhukhune, Phatudi D. (1992) : From ritual symbol to ritual speech: a preliminary investigation
[18313]   Sekk, Lamin Kebaa (1999) : Sekk bu ndaw: as xamtu ci waxi wolof su am 8000 tekki yu ëmbu ci biir 7000 baat ak 400 turi jëmm = Un dictionnaire en wolof: 8000 sens de 7000 mots dont 400 noms propres
[27437]   Selezilo, Apollinaire (2008) : Description systématique du Ngbaka manza de Bogangolo en République centrafricaine
[18314]   Sellery, A. (1927) : Skeleton grammar of Zaramo
[18315]   Selmer, E. W. (1933) : Experimentelle Beiträge zur Zulu Phonetik
[18316]   Selokela, Mokgadi Rosemary (2004) : Treatment of idioms and proverbail expression in the Northern Sotho dictionaries: an exploratory study
[28268]   Selvanathan, Naga (2019) : A case based account of Bantu IAV-focus
[22669]   Selvik, Kari-Anne (2001) : When a dance resembles a tree: a polysemy analysis of three Setswana noun classes
[18317]   Semedo, Manuel Brito (Ed) (1997) : A colocação dos clíticos no português em Maputo
[18318]   Semenkova, Liudmila Alekseevna & Nina Grigorevna Fedorova (1989) : Glagol v suakhili: semanticheskie, sintaksicheskie i pozitsoonnye osobennosti osnovnykh suffiksal’nykh glagol’nykh form
[18319]   Semharay, Tecle Mariam Welde (1930) : Tentawi hohe zälesanäa ge‘ez [Phonology of Ge‘ez]
[18320]   Semsdorf, G. (1---) : Kibena
[18321]   Senait Mulugeta (1984) : Pronouns in Wolayitta
[18322]   Senamu, K. & D. Williams (1995) : Creative use of language in Kenya
[18323]   Senayit Lemma (1982) : The morphophonemics of Sidamo
[18324]   Senechal, C. J. (1979) : L’identité linguistique des pygmées Aka de Bagandou
[18325]   Senekal, J. H. (1982) : Afrikaans: ’n toekomsblik
[18326]   Sengani, T. M. (1988) : Aspects of discourse reference in Venda
[18327]   Senghor, Léopold Sédar (1943) : Les classes nominales en wolof et les substantifs à initiales nasales
[18328]   Senghor, Léopold Sédar (1944) : L’harmonie vocalique en sérère (dialecte du Dyéguémé)
[18329]   Senghor, Léopold Sédar (1947) : L’article conjonctif du wolof
[18330]   Senghor, Léopold Sédar (1963) : La dialectique du nom-verbe en wolof
[18331]   Senghor, Léopold Sédar (1975) : The essence of language: English and French
[18332]   Sengo, Tigiti S. Y. (1973) : Swahili slang
[18333]   Sengova, Matthew Joko (1981) : A classification of tense, aspect and time specification in the verb system of Mende
[18334]   Sengova, Matthew Joko (1987) : The national language of Sierra Leone: a decade of policy experimentation
[18335]   Senior, H. S. (19--) : Sukuma vocabulary
[18336]   Senior, H. S. (1935-38) : Sukuma-English wordlist on cards, compiled at Mwanza, Tanganyika
[18337]   Sepota, Moloko (2000) : The morphological, semantic and syntactic significance of the Northern Sotho applied suffix
[18338]   Sepota, Moloko (2001) : The overloading of Northern Sotho prepositions
[18339]   September, P. E. (1993) : Promoting information literacy in developing countries: the case of South Africa
[23580]   Seriki, Lékiatou Idrissou (1993) : Le système verbal du foodo
[18340]   Serpell, Robert (1968) : Selective attention and interference between first and second languages
[18341]   Serpell, Robert (1970) : Language, tribe and race in Zambia
[18342]   Serpell, Robert (1970) : Chi-Nyanja comprehension by Lusaka schoolchildren: a field report in second language learning
[18343]   Serpell, Robert (1978) : Some developments in Zambia since 1971
[18344]   Serpell, Robert (1978) : Comprehension of Nyanja by Lusaka schoolchildren
[18345]   Serpell, Robert (1978) : Learning to say it better: a challenge for Zambian education
[18346]   Serrano, G. (1937) : Lingua amarica. Metodo facile per impararla senza maestro in poco tempo: grammatica teorico; pratica conversazione; corrispondenza; vocabolario italo-amarico e viceversa; raccolta di manoscritti)
[18347]   Serudu, S. M. (1992) : Only study guide for comparative African studies
[18348]   Serzisko, Fritz (1982) : Numerus/Genus-Kongrünz und das Phänomen der Polarität am Beispiel einiger ostkuschitischer Sprachen
[18349]   Serzisko, Fritz (1983) : Über Verwandtschaftsbezeichnungen im Somali
[18350]   Serzisko, Fritz (1984) : Der Ausdruck der Possessivität im Somali
[18351]   Serzisko, Fritz (1984) : Possession in Somali
[18352]   Serzisko, Fritz (1985) : Nepek’a Longoriainie nda Arwakori/A quarrel between Longorie and Arwakori: an Ik dialogue
[18353]   Serzisko, Fritz (1985) : Reciprocal constructions and symmetric predicates in Somali
[18354]   Serzisko, Fritz (1987) : The verb ‘to say’ in Ik (Kuliak)
[18355]   Serzisko, Fritz (1988) : On bounding in Ik
[18356]   Serzisko, Fritz (1989) : A structural comparison of the Kuliak languages
[18357]   Serzisko, Fritz (1992) : Sprechhandlungen und Pausen: diskursorientierte Sprachbeschreibung am Beispiel des Ik
[18358]   Serzisko, Fritz (1993) : Lokalisierung im Ik: Beobachtungen zur Verwendung deiktischer Elemente in narrativen Texten
[18359]   Serzisko, Fritz (1993) : Prädikationskomplex und Paragraph am Beispiel des Ik
[18360]   Serzisko, Fritz (1995) : The paragraph in spoken narrative discourse
[18361]   Sesep, NʼSial Bal-a-Nsien (1975) : Pour une approche d’une variable du plurilinguisme: la conjonction du français et du lingala dans le discours sponta’e
[18362]   Sesep, NʼSial Bal-a-Nsien (1978) : La querelle linguistique au Zaïre
[18363]   Sesep, NʼSial Bal-a-Nsien (1978) : Le métissage français-lingala au Zaïre: essai d’analyse différentielle et sociolinguistique de la communication bilingue
[18364]   Setati, Mamokgethi , Jill Adler , Yvonne Reed & Abdool Bapoo (2002) : Incomplete journeys: code-switching and oher language practices in mathematics, science and English language classrooms in South Africa
[18365]   Sethe, Kurt (1923) : Die Vokalisation des Ägyptischen
[18366]   Sethe, Kurt (1925) : Das Verhältnis zwischen Demotisch und Koptisch und seine Lehren für die Geschichte der ägyptischen Sprache
[18367]   Sethe, Kurt (1929) : Bemerkungen zu W. Till’s Achmimisch-koptischer Grammatik
[18368]   Sethe, Kurt (1929) : Zur Erklärung der koptischen nominalverben der Eigenschaftswörter
[18369]   Sethibe, D. (1998) : The extent of cultural influence in Sebirwa from Setswana: a linguistic account
[18370]   Sethosa, Ramatsobane Betty (2004) : The structure and function of nicknames in Sesotho sa Leboa
[18371]   Setoi, M. L. (1987) : Language acquisition
[18372]   Setshedi, Jacob Edia (1972) : The nature, function and application of the velar nasal [...] in Tswana
[18373]   Setshedi, Jacob Edia (1973) : The problem of the verb stem preceded by go-
[18374]   Setshedi, Jacob Edia (1975) : The auxiliary verbs and the deficient verbs in Tswana
[18375]   Setshedi, Jacob Edia (1980) : Tswana through the medium of English or Afrikaans
[18376]   Setshogo, Moffat P. (1998) : Setswana plant names and the identification of local flora
[18377]   Seume, Dirk (1991) : Die Nomen-Verb-Distribution im Bambara
[18378]   Seuren, Pieter (1995) : Notes on the history and the syntax of Mauritian Creole
[18379]   Severn, Beth (1956) : Kikongo language manual
[26118]   Sewangi, S.S. (2007) : Uundaji wa Istilahi za Kiswahili Kileksikografia na Athari zake
[18380]   Sewangi, Seleman Simon (2001) : Computer-assisted extraction of terms in specific domains: the case of Swahili
[18381]   Sey, Kofi A. (1973) : Ghanaian English: an exploratory survey
[18382]   Seydou, Christiane (1972) : Eléments d’analyse de la notion de temps dans la langue des peuls du Niger
[18383]   Seydou, Christiane (1987) : La notion de parole dans le dialecte peul du Mâssina (Mali)
[18385]   Seydou, Christiane (1998) : Dictionnaire pluridialectal des racines verbales du peul: peul-français-anglais/A dictionary of verb roots in Fulfude dialects
[26471]   Seydou, Christiane (2014) : Dictionnaire peul-français (variété du Massina)
[18384]   Seydou, S. (1990) : De la négativité à l’altérité la particule naa dans un dialecte peul
[24922]   Seyoum, Mulugeta (2008) : A Grammar of Dime
[27916]   Seyoum, Mulugeta (2020) : Case marking in Tsaratsa
[18391]   Shaaban, Robert (1962/63) : Swahili as a unifying force in East Africa
[18392]   Shabangu, S. S. (1987) : Isichazamazwi samagama amqondo ofanayo
[18393]   Shackleton, (1---) : Unpublished notes on the Marille, in the possession of A. C. Wright
[18394]   Shafer, Robert (1959) : Phonétique comparée du nigéro-sénégalien (mandé)
[18395]   Shaketange, Lydia (1996) : The role of Oshikwanyama in functional literacy
[18396]   Shaltz, Gregory Paul (1980) : A descriptive phonology of Thaqovelith
[18397]   Shamukuni, D. M. (196-) : Grammar of Subiya
[18398]   Shangali, C. F. , C. K. Mabula & C. Mmari (1998) : Biodiversity and human activities in the Udzungwa mountain forests, Tanzania. Part 1: ethnobotanical survey in the Uzungwa Scarp Forest Reserve
[18399]   Shann, G. N. (1962) : Tanganyika place names of European origin
[18400]   Sharif, Gasim Awn al (1963) : Some aspects of Sudanese colloquial Arabic
[18402]   Sharman, John Compton (1956) : The tabulation of tenses in a Bantu language: Bemba, Northern Rhodesia
[18403]   Sharman, John Compton (1963) : Nominal and pronominal prefixes in Bemba
[18404]   Sharman, John Compton (1963) : Morphology, morphophonology and meaning in the single-word verb-forms in Bemba
[18405]   Sharman, John Compton (1970) : Internal and external inconsistencies in Malcolm Guthrie’s “Comparative Bantu” (I,1) and other works: a preliminary critique of the Guthrie hypothesis for nuclear Bantu
[18406]   Sharman, John Compton (1974) : Some uses of Common Bantu
[18401]   Sharman, John Compton & Achille Emiel Meeussen (1955) : The representation of structural tones, with special reference to the tonal behaviour of the verb in Bemba, Northern Rhodesia
[18407]   Sharp, A. E. (1954) : A tonal analysis of the disyllabic noun in the Machame dialect of Chaga
[18408]   Sharp, A. E. (1960) : Vowel-length and syllabicity in Kikuyu
[18409]   Sharpe, M. R. L. (1960) : Everyday Sesotho grammar
[18410]   Shartiely, Erick N. (2005) : The portrayal of the Tanzanian woman in television commercials: is she a piece of soap, a house, or gold?
[18411]   Shaw, Archibald (1924) : A note on some Nilotic languages
[18412]   Shaw, Archibald (1924) : The Dinka accusative of respect
[24598]   Shay, Erin (1999) : A Grammar of East Dangla: the Simple Sentence
[28200]   Shay, Erin (2021) : A Grammar of Giziga: A Chadic Language of Far North Cameroon
[28198]   Shay, Erin & Lazare Wambadang (2019) : A Grammar of Pévé
[18413]   Shcheglov, Y. K. (1965) : Logicheskiy subyekt i predikat i sposoby ikh vydeleniya v yazyke Khausa [The logical subject and predicate and the way how to underline them in the Hausa language]
[18414]   Shcheglov, Y. K. (1967) : Iz morfologiyi yazyka Khausa: obrazovaniye mnozhestvennogo chisla [From the Hausa morphology: the study of plural forms of nouns]
[18415]   Shcheglov, Y. K. (1970) : Ocherk grammatiki yazyka Khausa [A grammar sketch of Hausa]
[18416]   Sheedy, Cory R. C. (2001) : Grammatical tones in Èdó: an optimality theoretic account
[18417]   Shegaw Wedaj (2001) : Verb phrase in simple sentences of Alaba
[18418]   Shekwo, J. A. (1979) : Fundamentals of the Gbagyi language
[18419]   Sheleme Ketata (1989) : Noun morphology of Kambata
[22588]   Shell, O. & Ursula Wiesemann (1987) : Guide pour l’alphabétisation en langues africaines
[18420]   Shenk, J. R. (196-) : A new Ndebele grammar
[18421]   Shepardson, Kenneth N. (1982) : An integrated analysis of Swahili augmentative-diminutives
[18422]   Shepardson, Kenneth N. (1986) : Productivity and the Swahili lexicon
[18423]   Sheriff, Bosoma (2000) : Towards an objective assessment of the ethnolinguistic vitality of the Kanuri
[25653]   Sheriff, Bosoma & Muhammad Fannami (2011) : Tapping the untapped. A critical analysis of Kitabuwa Kanuribe 1-5
[18424]   Sherman, Elizabeth Jane (1985) : Nonclassical orthographic features of late period hieroglyphic Egyptian, 400 to 280 B.C.
[23003]   Sherwood, Barbara (1982) : A grammatical description of Nawuri
[18425]   Shevoroshkin, Vitaly (1995) : Genetic relatedness of languages
[18426]   Shewaye Tesfaye (1976) : Language curricula: Amharic
[18427]   Shifare Rufael (2001) : Verb phrase in simple sentences of Saho
[18428]   Shihabi, K. A. (1983) : English-Arabic medical pocket dictionary
[18429]   Shihabi, K. A. (1987) : Dictionary of dentistry: English-Arabic
[18430]   Shikur Getu (1989) : Verb morphology of Mesqan
[18431]   Shikur Getu (1999) : Morphology of Zay
[18432]   Shimamungu, Eugène-Marie (1991) : Systématique verbo-temporelle du kinyarwanda
[18433]   Shimamungu, Eugène-Marie (1992) : De la grammaire de l’ewondo à une théorie du mot: essai de linguistique guillaumienne dans le domaine bantu
[18434]   Shimamungu, Eugène-Marie (1993) : Ordre des mots dans la phrase simple et mecanisme de predication en kinyarwanda
[18435]   Shimamungu, Eugène-Marie (1993) : Forme et sens: réponse à Alain Lemaréchal
[18436]   Shimamungu, Eugène-Marie (1993) : Suffixation et diathèse verbale en kinyarwanda
[22457]   Shimamungu, Eugène-Marie (1998) : Le kinyarwanda: initiation à une langue bantu
[18437]   Shimeles Sahile (1988) : The phonology of K’ebena
[18438]   Shimeles Sisay (2000) : The noun morphology of Welene
[18439]   Shimelis Gizaw (2000) : YeSidama setocc mahiberawi botanna yesineqal cilota keisruru gitimocc akwaya [The social place of Sidama women and linguistic ability with special reference to lullabies]
[18441]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1968) : An outline of the I-búnú noun class system
[18442]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1971) : The Kente dialect of Kpan (1)
[18443]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1971) : Comparative Jukunoid: an introductory survey
[18444]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1972) : The Kente dialect of Kpan (2)
[18445]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1974) : Zaar (Sayanci) of Kàl: vocabulary and notes
[18446]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1974) : Towards Angas dialectology
[18447]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1975) : A lexicostatistical study of Plateau languages and Jukun
[18448]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1978) : The southern Bauchi group of Chadic languages: a survey report
[18449]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1979) : Five wordlists with analyses from the northern Jos group of Plateau languages
[18450]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1979) : A comparative study of the Mumuye dialects (Nigeria)
[18451]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1980) : A Jukun grammar
[18452]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1980) : Comparative Jukunoid
[18453]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1980) : Comparative Jukunoid, 2: reconstructions and comparative wordlists of the Jukunoid langauges
[18454]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1982) : Ten more wordlists with analyses from the northern Jos group of Plateau languages
[18455]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1982) : Die Nord-Jos-Gruppe der Plateausprachen Nigerias
[18456]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1981) : Mumuye-protowestnigritische Lautentsprechungen und ihre Bedeutung für die Rekonstruktion des protonigritischen Ur-Lautsystems
[18457]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1983) : The Zing dialect of Mumuye: a descriptive grammar
[18458]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1983) : Die Jarawan-Bantusprachen des Bundesstaates Bauchi, Nordnigeria
[22787]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1975) : Boghom and Zaar: vocabulary and notes
[22788]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1975) : Languages of the Jos division
[22789]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1975) : The Baaraawa (Geji-Sayaa) group of Chadic languages
[23736]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1970) : Jukunoid languages in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’ ; part 1
[23737]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1971) : Jukunoid languages in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’ ; part 2
[18459]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (Ed) (1984) : Yoruba
[18440]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (Ed) (1968) : Benue-Congo: comparative wordlist
[18460]   Shimron, Joseph (2003) : Semitic languages: are they really root-based?
[26902]   Shinagawa, Daisuke (2014) : A grammatical sketch of Chaga-Rombo (Bantu E623)
[26903]   Shinagawa, Daisuke (2015) : A basic vocabulary of Chaga-Rombo (Bantu E623)
[18461]   Shipanga, Martin L. (1951) : Die Ovambo-jaar
[18462]   Shirer, W. L. (1939) : Dagbane grammar
[26868]   Shirtz, Shahar & Doris L. Payne (2013) : The Problem of 'Head' in Maa (Maasai) Nominal Phrases
[22667]   Shisha-Halevy, Ariel (2000) : Stability in clausal/phrasal pattern constituent sequencing: 4000 years of Egyptian (with some theoretical reflections, also on Coptic)
[18463]   Shishkova, L. Y. (1977) : Kniga dlia domashniego chtieniya na yazikie somali so slovariem
[18464]   Shitemi, Naomi L. (2001) : Pidginization: Sheng, the melting-pot of the Kenyan languages and an anti-Babel development
[18465]   Shivtiel, Shlomit Shraybom (1999) : Language and politics in modern Egypt
[18466]   Shivutse, E. (1972) : Suaheli für Sie
[18467]   Shlonsky, Ur (1987) : Focus constructions in Berber
[18468]   Shlonsky, Ur & M. Sigler (1987) : Unexceptional case marking
[26787]   Shluinsky, Andrey (2014) : Verbal prefixes mà- and rà- in Susu and lexical features of verbal stems
[28135]   Shluinsky, Andrey (2020) : Reduction of noun class suffixes in Akebu
[28760]   Shluinsky, Andrey (2022) : Conjoined subjects and verbal agreement resolution in Akebu
[18469]   Shnukal, Anna & Lynell Marchese (1983) : Creolization of Nigerian Pidgin English: a progress report
[18470]   Shole, Dikeledi Mavis (2003) : Cohesion in Tswana narrative text
[18471]   Shopen, Timothy & Mamadou Konaré (1970) : Sonrai causatives and passives: transformational versus lexical derivations for propositional heads
[18472]   Shortridge, Guy Chester (1934) : The mammals of South West Africa
[26189]   Shosted, Ryan K. (2011) : Articulatory and Acoustic Characteristics of Whistled Fricatives in Changana
[22868]   Showalter, Catherine J. (1986) : Pronouns in Lyélé
[18473]   Showalter, Stuart D. (1991) : Surveying sociolinguistic aspects of interethnic contact in rural Burkina Faso: an adaptive methodological approach
[18474]   Showalter, Stuart D. (1997) : Coup de glotte, nasalite, et schemes syllabiques en kaansa
[18475]   Showalter, Stuart D. (2001) : The same but different: language use and attitudes in four communities of Burkina Faso
[24730]   Showalter, Stuart D. (2007) : Ghost Consonants: The Glottal Stop in Kaansa
[18476]   Shrimpton, Neville (1982) : Au (aw?) fo (foh?) rayt (rait? write?) Krio?
[28948]   Shrum, Jeff (2018) : Chuwabo – Portuguese Dictionary
[29021]   Shrum, Jeff (ed.) (2017) : Takwane Dictionary
[23037]   Shrum, Jeffery & Margaret Shrum (1998) : Levantamento linguístico na Zambézia ocidental em Moçambique: um levantamento sociolinguístico das populações Manyawa, Takwane, Marenje, Kokola e Lolo em Moçambique, Outubro-Dezembro 1997
[18477]   Shryock, Aaron (1995) : Investigating laryngeal contrasts: an acoustic study of the consonants of Musey
[18479]   Shryock, Aaron (1997) : The classification of the Masa group of languages
[28985]   Shryock, Aaron & Marouf Brahim (eds) (2020) : Lagwan – French – English Dictionary
[25378]   Shryock, Aaron , Mindy Palomo & Colleen Martin (1998) : Magaara Ha? Vun Museyna May, Vun Françaisna May. Dictionnaire Pratique du Musey. Musey - Français. Français - Musey.
[18478]   Shryock, Aaron , Peter Ladefoged & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1996/97) : The phonetic structures of Defaka
[23899]   Shu, Abedhego Che (1993) : The noun class system of Oroko east
[23255]   Shultz, George (1997) : Kom language: grammar sketch
[18480]   Shyirambere, Spiridion (1978) : Contribution à l’étude de la sociolinguistique du bilinguisme: kinyarwanda et français au Rwanda
[18481]   Siachitema, Alice Kathleen (1985) : Attitudes towards the use of English in three neighbourhoods of Lusaka
[18482]   Siachitema, Alice Kathleen (1986) : Attitudes towards the use of English in three neighbourhoods of Lusaka
[18483]   Siachitema, Alice Kathleen (1987) : Patters of language use and language choice: the case of Lusaka
[18484]   Siachitema, Alice Kathleen (1991) : The social significance of language use and language choice in a Zambian urban setting: an empirical study of three neighbourhoods in Lusaka
[18485]   Siachitema, Alice Kathleen (1992) : When nationism conflicts with nationalist goals: Zambia
[18486]   Sibanda, Beki (1981) : The question of a national language in Zimbabwe
[18487]   Sibanda, E. S. (1991) : Causative, applicative and passive in siSwati: an incorporation approach
[18488]   Sibanda, E. S. (1993) : The ECP and agreement in Siswati
[18489]   Sibanda, Galen (2004) : Verbal phonology and morphology in Ndebele (Zimbabwe)
[24741]   Sibanda, Galen (2009) : Vowel Processes in Nguni: Resolving the Problem of Unacceptable VV Sequences
[26190]   Sibanda, Galen (2011) : Ghost Segments in Nguni
[27038]   Sibanda, Galen (2017) : The Ndebele applicative construction
[18490]   Sibatu, Ikamanya (1981) : Pour ou contre les terminologies ‘métathèse’, ‘haplologie’, ‘télescopage’ et ‘imbrication’ en linguistique africaine
[27723]   Sibatu, Ikamanya (1977) : Aspects de la syntaxe du kilengôla: lexicalisation et sérialisation
[18491]   Sibertin-Blanc, Jean-Luc (1980) : Sur quelques aspects des dialectes comoriens en contraste avec le kiswahili
[18492]   Sibiya, A. K. (1966) : An elementary course in siSwati
[18493]   Sibiya, A. K. (1975) : An elementary course in siSwati
[28458]   Sibomana, Leo & Matthias Brack (2021) : Legenden, Märchen und Fabeln aus Ruanda - Imiganí y’ú Rwaanda.
[18494]   Sibomana, Leonidas (1974) : Deskriptive tonologie des Kinyarwaanda
[18495]   Sibomana, Leonidas (1980) : Aspects of Tiv morphophonemics
[18496]   Sibomana, Leonidas (1980) : Grundzüge der Phonologie des Tarok (Yergam)
[18497]   Sibomana, Leonidas (1981) : Tonal lexicalization of Tiv nouns
[18498]   Sibomana, Leonidas (1981) : Tarok II: das Nominalklassensystem
[18499]   Sibomana, Leonidas (1981) : Tarok III: das Verbalsystem und der Sats
[18500]   Sibomana, Leonidas (1983) : Tonal structures of Tiv verbs
[18501]   Sibomana, Leonidas (1984) : Displacement and lowering of Tiv tones
[18502]   Sibomana, Leonidas (1986) : An outline of Nkem language
[18503]   Sibomana, Leonidas (1989) : The tonal system of Nkem
[18504]   Sibomana, Leonidas (1991) : The tonal structure of Kinyarwanda nouns
[24404]   Sibomana, Leonidas (2008) : Le Zarma parlé esquisse grammaticale, lexique, textes
[27899]   Sibomana, Leonidas (1986) : Lexique anglais-nkim et nkim-anglais
[18505]   Sicard, Harald von (1950) : The derivation of the name Mashona
[18506]   Sicard, Harald von (1950) : Die Rembetu
[26099]   Sidibe née Ouedraogo, Alimata (2010) : Procédés de pluralisation et marques du pluriel dans une langue dite « mixte » : le tasawaq d’Ingall
[18513]   Siebert, Ralph (1995) : A survey of the Male language
[18515]   Siebert, Ralph (1995) : A survey of the Dimé language
[18516]   Siebert, Ralph (1995) : Recent developments regarding education policy and languages in the North Omo administrative region
[18518]   Siebert, Ralph (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Male language of Ethiopia
[18520]   Siebert, Ralph (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report on the Dime language of Ethiopia
[18523]   Siebert, Ralph (2002) : Recent developments regarding education policy and languages in the North Omo administrative region
[22453]   Siebert, Ralph (1994) : Argobba: sociolinguistic information and a 320 item wordlist
[18517]   Siebert, Ralph & Lydia Hoeft (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the languages of the Abbaya/Chamo area of Ethiopia
[18514]   Siebert, Ralph & Simon Caudwell (1995) : On Melo (Malo) and Mursi
[18519]   Siebert, Ralph & Simon Caudwell (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Melo (Malo) and Mursi languages of Ethiopia
[18511]   Siebert, Ralph , Kati Siebert & Aklilu Yilma (1994) : [On Yem]
[18512]   Siebert, Ralph , Kati Siebert & Aklilu Yilma (1994) : [On Sheko]
[18507]   Siebert, Ralph , Kati Siebert & Klaus Wedekind (1993) : Survey of languages of the Assosa-Begi-Komosha area
[18521]   Siebert, Ralph , Kati Siebert & Klaus Wedekind (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report on languages of the Asosa-Begi-Komosha area
[18508]   Siebert, Ralph , Klaus Wedekind & Charlotte Wedekind (1994) : Third S.L.L.E. survey on languages of the Begi/Asosa area
[18522]   Siebert, Ralph , Klaus Wedekind & Charlotte Wedekind (2002) : Third S.L.L.E. survey on languages of the Begi/Asosa area
[18509]   Siebert, Ralph , Lydia Hoeft & Matthias Brenzinger (1994) : Languages of the Abbaya/Chamo area: report - part I, with notes on Koorete
[18524]   Siegrühn, Amanda (1990) : Language policy: can Namibia serve as a case study for South Africa?
[18525]   Sieley, Sarah J. (1975) : Environmental influences on the cognitive development of rural children: a study of a Kipsigis community in western Kenya
[18526]   Sieny, Mahmoud Esmail (1987) : A dictionary of audio-visual technology: English-Arabic, with an Arabic-English glossary
[18527]   Siertsema, Berthe (1958) : Some notes on Yoruba phonetics and spelling
[18528]   Siertsema, Berthe (1959) : Stress and tone in Yoruba word composition
[18529]   Siertsema, Berthe (1968) : Pros and cons of macro-phonemes in new orthographies (Masaba spelling problems)
[18530]   Siertsema, Berthe (1981) : Masaba word list: English-Masaba, Masaba-English
[18531]   Siertsema, Berthe (1986) : Prefixes in present day Yoruba
[18532]   Sigalla, R. J. (1994) : The influence of culture on language: the case of taboo words/expressions and euphemisms in Kikinga
[23667]   Sika, Levi (2005) : Kirikeni okueingbolu diri / Okrika dictionary
[28855]   Sikuku, Justine & Michael Diercks (2021) : Object marking in Lubukusu: Information structure in the verb phrase
[29016]   SIL, & ILA (2017) : Mini Sango Dictionary
[27074]   SIL Burkina (2003) : Boo nεn sέwε san-fransi, fransi-san [Lexique san–français, français–san]
[27313]   SIL Burkina (2014) : Dictionnaire kusaal - français - anglais
[27125]   SIL International (2016) : Dictionnaire mbèlimè
[27312]   SIL Nigeria (D. J. Rowbory) (2001) : Dictionary C’Lela-English-Hausa
[7728]   SIL01 (1951) : Ethnologue: languages of the world
[7729]   SIL02 (1951) : Ethnologue: languages of the world
[7730]   SIL03 (1952) : Ethnologue: languages of the world
[7731]   SIL04 (1953) : Ethnologue: languages of the world
[7732]   SIL05 (1958) : Ethnologue: languages of the world
[7734]   SIL06 (1965) : Ethnologue: languages of the world
[7735]   SIL07 (1969) : Ethnologue: languages of the world
[7736]   SIL08 (1974) : Ethnologue: languages of the world
[7737]   SIL09 (1978) : Ethnologue: languages of the world
[7739]   SIL10 (1984) : Ethnologue: languages of the world
[7741]   SIL11 (1988) : Ethnologue: languages of the world
[7743]   SIL12 (1992) : Ethnologue: languages of the world
[7745]   SIL13 (1996) : Ethnologue: languages of the world
[7747]   SIL14 (2000) : Ethnologue: languages of the world
[7406]   SIL15 (2005) : Ethnologue: languages of the world
[18533]   Silberbauer, George B. (19--) : Sketch of |Gwikxwisa grammar
[18534]   Sileshi Limeneh (2001) : Noun morphology of Nuer: some inflections and derivations
[18535]   Sileshi Worqineh, & Latamo Yohannes (1995) : Sidaamu-Amaaru-Ingilizete qaalla taashsho [Sidamo-Amharic-English dictionary]
[18536]   Sillery, Anthony (1932) : A sketch of the Kikwaya language
[18537]   Sillery, Anthony (1936) : Notes for a grammar of the Kuria language
[18538]   Sillery, Anthony (1936) : A note on learning tribal languages
[18539]   Silue, Sassongo Jacques (19--) : Quelques traces de relations dans l’enonce anglais et senoufo: analyse meta-operationelle
[18543]   Silva, A. Maja da (1964) : Epitome de grammaticas portuguesa e quimbundu
[18540]   Silva, Antero Gomes da (19--) : Vocabulário de português-macua
[18544]   Silva, António Joaquim da (1966) : Dicionário português-nhaneca
[18542]   Silva, Baltasar Lopes da (1957) : O dialecto crioulo de Cabo Verde
[18546]   Silva, Baltasar Lopes da (1984) : O dialecto de Cabo Verde
[18552]   Silva, Calane da (2003) : Tão bem palavra: estudos de linguística sobre o português em Mozambique com ênfase na interferência das línguas bantu no português e do português no bantu
[18547]   Silva, Izione Santoas (1985) : Variation and change in the verbal system of Capeverdean Crioulo
[18549]   Silva, J. V. da (1994) : O ensino bilingüe em Cabo Verde
[18548]   Silva, João Gomes da (1993) : Variation linguistique et norme: étude de cas des pratiques correctives des professeurs de portugais à Maputo
[18551]   Silva, P. (1998) : Dictionary unit for South African English
[18545]   Silva, Penny (1978) : The 1820 settlement: some aspects of its influence on the vocabulary of South African English
[18550]   Silva, Penny , Wendy Dore , Dorothea Mantzel , Colin Mueller & Madeleine Wright (Ed) (1996) : A dictionary of South African English on historical principles
[18541]   Silva, V. L. P. da (1929) : Pequeno vocabulario portuguez-mandinga
[18553]   Silver, Pamela S. & Scott R. Krause (1977) : A reanalysis of the class 5 prefix in Shona
[18555]   Silverman, Daniel (2000) : Hypotheses concerning the phonetic and functional origins of tone displacement in Zulu
[18554]   Silverman, David P. (1975) : Interrogative constructions with jn and jn-jw in Old and Middle-Egyptian
[18556]   Silverstein, O. (1968) : A note on the term “Bantu” as first used by W. H. I. Bleek
[18557]   Silverstein, R. O. (1973) : Igala historical phonology
[18558]   Silverstein, R. O. (1976) : A strategy for utterance production in Hausa
[18564]   Sim, Margaret (1985) : Kambaata verb morphophonemics
[18566]   Sim, Margaret (1988) : Palatalization and gemination in the Kambaata verb
[18559]   Sim, Ronald J. (1976) : A linguistic sketch: phonology and morphology of the word in Konso
[18561]   Sim, Ronald J. (1979) : A sociolinguistic profile of the Mt Kenya Bantu languages
[18562]   Sim, Ronald J. (1981) : Morphophonemics of the verb in Rendille
[18565]   Sim, Ronald J. (1985) : The morphological structure of some main verb forms in Hadiyya
[18567]   Sim, Ronald J. (1988) : The diachronic derivation of the verb in northern highland East Cushitic
[18568]   Sim, Ronald J. (1988) : Violations of the two-consonant constraint in Hadiyya
[18569]   Sim, Ronald J. (1989) : Predicate conjoining in Hadiyya: a head-driven PS grammar
[18570]   Sim, Ronald J. (1991) : Hadiyya’s other causative?
[22952]   Sim, Ronald J. (1979) : Proposals concerning the Kuria alphabet
[23022]   Sim, Ronald J. (1980) : A sociolinguistic profile of Maasai-Samburu-Iichamus languages
[23130]   Sim, Ronald J. (1994) : African or sub-Saharan fragmentation belt
[18563]   Sim, Ronald J. & Elsa Korhonen (1984) : Frequency of verbs: is our translation natural?
[18560]   Sim, Ronald J. & Margaret Sim (1978) : A grammar sketch of Daasenech
[18573]   Simango, Aurélio Zacarias & Américo Tamissai Mutaramutswa (2000) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cimanyika
[18575]   Simango, Aurélio Zacarias , Abílio Zeca & William Lorin Gardner (2000) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Ciutee
[18574]   Simango, Aurélio Zacarias , Alves Manuel Cangana , Michel Lafon & William Lorin Gardner (2000) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cindau
[18571]   Simango, Silvester Ron (1995) : The syntax of Bantu double object constructions
[18572]   Simango, Silvester Ron (2000) : ‘My Madam is fine’: the adaptation of English loans in Chichewa
[18576]   Simango, Silvester Ron (2003) : Reanalysing past tense categories in Bantu
[26176]   Simango, Silvester Ron (2012) : The Semantics of Locative Clitics and Locative Applicatives in ciCewa
[28545]   Simango, Silvester Ron (2006) : CiNsenga: A Grammar Sketch Version 1.0
[28547]   Simango, Silvester Ron (1999) : Lexical and syntactic causatives in Bantu
[18577]   Simard, J. A. (1---) : Vocabulaire kikerewe-français, non-publié
[18578]   Simard, Yves (1994) : Le français de Côte d’Ivoire
[18579]   Simasiku, Seseko (1989) : Language policy for Namibia: NPF
[12435]   Siméone-Senelle, Marie-Claude (2004) : Caractéristiques des pronoms et marques personnelles en afro-asiatique
[18581]   Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude (2000) : Situation linguistique dans le sud de l’Erythrée
[23534]   Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude (2001) : Les langues en Erythrée
[23535]   Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude (200-) : La détermination en dahalik, langue afrosémitique d’Eryhtrée
[23536]   Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude (200-) : Some characteristics of Dahalik, a newly discovered Afro-Semitic language spoken in Eritrea
[23537]   Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude (2005) : A survey of the Dahalik language, an Afro-Semitic language spoken exclusively in Eritrea
[24454]   Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude (2005) : La détermination du nom en dahalik, langue afro-sémitique parlée en Erythrée
[24469]   Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude & Martine Vanhove (2006) : Is there a Red Sea linguistic area?
[26505]   Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude & Martine Vanhove (eds.) (2013) : Proceedings of the 5th International Conference on Cushitic and Omotic Languages, Paris, 16-18 April 2008
[18580]   Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude , Martine Vanhove & Makki Houmedgaba (2000) : La focalisation en afar
[27839]   Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude , Wolbert G. C. Smidt , Ronny Meyer , Angelika Jakobi , Amani Lusekelo , Bruce Connell & Akinbiyi Akinlabi (2019) : African Linguistics in North-Eastern and So-Called Anglophone Africa
[18582]   Simeoni, Antonio (1978) : Päri, a Luo language of southern Sudan: small grammar and vocabulary
[18583]   Simire, G. O. (2004) : Developing and promoting multilingualism in public life and society in Nigeria
[18584]   Simire, G. O. (2004) : The status of kom and the time-aspect-modality system of Anglo-Nigerian Pidgin
[18585]   Simmons, Donald (1956) : Erotic Ibibio tone riddles
[18586]   Simmons, Donald (1965) : Oron noun morphology
[18587]   Simmons, Donald (1956) : Oron verb morphology
[18588]   Simmons, Donald (1957) : Ibibio verb morphology
[18589]   Simmons, Donald (1958) : Cultural functions of the Efik tone riddle
[18590]   Simmons, Donald (1959) : Tonality on Efik signal communication
[18591]   Simmons, Donald (1960) : Tonal rhyme in Efik poetry
[18592]   Simmons, Donald (1976) : Notes and wordlist of Basanga: the language of Uyanga Okposung, Nigeria
[18593]   Simmons, Donald (1980) : Extralinguistic usages of tone in Efik folklore
[26408]   Simmy, Georges Gnayon (1976) : Étude comparative des systèmes nominaux du kpèlèèwo et du lôghômagoi
[27363]   Simnara, Komi (2013) : La qualification en lama
[28206]   Simnara, Komi (2019) : L’expression des émotions en Lama (Gur, Togo)
[18595]   Simon, J. (1952) : Bibliographie éthiopienne 1 (1946-1951)
[18594]   Simon, K. (1951) : Colour vision of Buganda Africans
[18596]   Simon, P. & Ny Fiteny Fahiny (198-) : Reconstitution et périodisation du malgache ancien jusqu’au XIVe siècle
[18597]   Simonelli, G. (1---) : Vocabulary Madi-English and English-Madi
[18598]   Simoni, I. (1---) : Kpara small grammar
[28093]   Simons Cope, Pamela (2010) : Dictionnaire lélé-français suivi d'un index français-lélé - essai de description lexicale de la langue tchadique parlée dans la région de Kélo (Tchad)
[27511]   Simons, Gary F. , Kenneth S. Olson & Paul S. Frank (2007) : Ngbugu Digital Wordlist: A Test Case for Best Practices in Archiving and Presenting Language Documentation
[18599]   Simons, Pamela (1982) : Nè... be marking in Lele: a cleft construction
[22904]   Simons, Pamela & Donald A. Burquest (1986) : Some comments on nasalization in Lele
[24785]   Simpson, Andrew (2008) : Language and National Identity in Africa
[18600]   Sims, George W. (1955) : Supplement to lessons on Bemba (Lammond)
[18601]   Sims, George W. (1959) : An elementary grammar of Cibemba
[18602]   Simukoko, Youngson T. (1979) : Second language learning and description: a theoretical frame of reference for studying Zambian English
[18603]   Simukoko, Youngson T. (1981) : Some aspects of the English of Bantu speakers in urban primary schools in Zambia
[18604]   Sinclair, A. J. L. (Ed) (1982) : Kongresreferate 1981 - Linguistevereniging van Suider-Afrika (LVSA)
[18605]   Sinclair, A. J. L. (Ed) (1983) : G. S. Nienaber: ’n huldeblyk. Studies opgedra aan prof. dr. G. S. Nienaber in sy tagtigste jaar
[23639]   Sinclair, William C. & others (1968) : Beginning Kpelle: a course for speakers of English
[18606]   Sindani, M. (1986) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue kitalinga
[18607]   Sindeu, H. Bilounga Belinga (1978) : La traduction de la bible en boulou: problèmes syntaxique et culturels
[24367]   Sindlinger, Daniel (1975) : A preliminary Grammar of the Gola Language, part 1
[24368]   Sindlinger, Daniel (1975) : A Phonology of the Gola Language and Considerations Towards a Practical Orthography
[24369]   Sindlinger, Daniel (1977) : A preliminary Grammar of the Gola Language, part 2
[24370]   Sindlinger, Daniel (1985) : Appendum to a preliminary Grammar of the Gola Language
[24371]   Sindlinger, Daniel (1985) : Appendum to a Phonology of the Gola Language
[24366]   Sindlinger, Daniel & Sano Seyi (1973) : A Survey of the Gola Language
[18608]   Singler, John Victor (1976/77) : Language in Liberia in the nineteenth century: the settlers’ perspective
[18609]   Singler, John Victor (1979) : The segmental phonology of verb suffixes in Talo Klao (Kru)
[18610]   Singler, John Victor (1981) : An introduction to Liberian English
[18611]   Singler, John Victor (1981) : Tone and intonation in Liberian English negation
[18612]   Singler, John Victor (1983) : Vowel harmony in Klao: linear and nonlinear analyses
[18613]   Singler, John Victor (1984) : On the underlying representation of contour tones in Wobe
[18614]   Singler, John Victor (1984) : Variation in tense-aspect-modality in Liberian English
[18615]   Singler, John Victor (1985) : The status of lexical associations and the obligatory contour principle in the analysis of tone languages
[18616]   Singler, John Victor (1988) : The place of variation in the formal expression of inflectional processes: evidence from Kru Pidgin English
[18617]   Singler, John Victor (1989) : Plural marking in Liberian settler English 1820-1980
[18619]   Singler, John Victor (1990) : The impact of decreolization upon T-M-A: tenselessness, mood and aspect in Kru Pidgin English
[18620]   Singler, John Victor (1991) : Social and linguistic constraints in Liberian English
[18621]   Singler, John Victor (1991) : Phonology in the basilect: the fate of final consonants in Liberian English
[18622]   Singler, John Victor (1993) : African influence upon Afro-American language varieties: a consideration of sociohistorical factors
[18623]   Singler, John Victor (1996) : An OT account of pidgin phonology: coda consonants in vernacular Liberian English
[18624]   Singler, John Victor (1997) : The configuration of Liberia’s Englishes
[18625]   Singler, John Victor (1999) : Optimality Theory, the minimal-word constraint and the historical sequencing of substrate influence in pidgin/creole genesis
[23030]   Singler, John Victor (1980) : Verb suffixes in Klao
[18618]   Singler, John Victor (Ed) (1990) : Pidgin and creole tense-mood-aspect systems
[25850]   Sini, Chérif (2009) : Des romanciers en kabyle face à la néologie
[18626]   Sinkineh Folla (1983) : Gidole phonology
[18627]   Sippel, Harald (1995) : Vom Vokabularium zur Jurisdiktion: der “Swahili-Sprachführer” des Bezirksamtmannes Walter St Paul-Illaire für die vom “Eingeborenenrichter” behandelten Rechtsangelegenheiten der Kolonie Deutsch-Ostafrika
[18628]   Sirles, Craig Alan (1999) : Politics and Arabization: the evolution of postindependence North Africa
[22441]   Sirles, Craig Alan (1985) : An evaluative procedure for language planning: the case of Morocco
[22790]   Sirlinger, [Father] E. (1937) : Unpublished dictionary of the Goemai language
[22791]   Sirlinger, [Father] E. (1942) : Unpublished grammar of the Goemai language
[25367]   Sirri, Gladys Atanga (1998) : WH-Movement in Oshie
[23570]   Sirya, Stephen , J. Muramba , Stephen Nzomo , A. Mtawali & R. P. Margetts (1993) : The verbal morphology of Kigiryama
[18629]   Siseraw Dinku (1989) : Noun morphology of Kullo
[18630]   Sisso, Dominique Boureima (1976) : Linguistique appliquée: les mots d’emprunt de la langue more
[27228]   Sitali, Georgina Nandila (2008) : Some aspects of the semantics and syntax of adverbial clauses in Lozi: A corpus-based study
[18632]   Sitoe, Bento (1991) : Byixile! Curso de tsonga para não falantes
[18633]   Sitoe, Bento (1996) : The semantics and syntax of the Tsonga verbs kuwà ‘fall’ and kuntlúlá ‘jump’, and their relatives
[18634]   Sitoe, Bento (1996) : Dicionário changana-português
[18636]   Sitoe, Bento (2000) : Motivação semântica e sociocultural na organização das classes nominais: sua influência sobre sintaxe (o caso de Changana)
[18637]   Sitoe, Bento (2001) : Verbs of motion in Changana
[18635]   Sitoe, Bento & Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga (Ed) (2000) : Relatório do II seminário sobre a padronização da ortografia de línguas moçambicanas
[18631]   Sitoe, Bento , Ursula Wiesemann , Norris Clemens Dembetembe & Kumbirai G. Mkanganwi (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cindau [Cishona]
[18638]   Sittl, Karl (1972) : Die lokalen Verschiedenheiten der lateinischen Sprache mit besonderer Berücksichtigung des afrikanischen Lateins
[18639]   Six, Veronika , Norbert Cyffer , Ludwig Gerhardt , Hilke Meyer-Bahlburg & H. Ekkehard Wolff (Ed) (1971) : Afrikanische Sprachen und Kulturen: ein Querschnitt (Johannes Lukas zum 70. Geburtstag gewidmet)
[18640]   Skalicka, Vladimír (1944/46) : Über die Typologie der Bantusprachen
[18641]   Skandera, Paul (200-) : Drawing a map of Africa: idiom in Kenyan English
[18642]   Skattum, Ingse (2000) : Le bambara écrit à l’école fondamentale
[18643]   Skattum, Ingse (2000) : L’école et les langues nationales au Mali
[25930]   Skattum, Ingse (2010) : L’introduction des langues nationales dans le système éducatif au Mali : objectifs et conséquences
[27816]   Skattum, Ingse (2020) : Language and education
[18644]   Skhosana, P. B. (1998) : IsiNdebele dictionary project
[18645]   Skhosana, P. B. (1998) : The state of isiNdebele lexicography
[18646]   Skinner, A. Neil (1958) : Hausa for beginners
[18647]   Skinner, A. Neil (1967) : The Hausa particle àmma: an etymological note
[18648]   Skinner, A. Neil (1967) : Bilingualism and trilingualism in northern Nigeria
[18649]   Skinner, A. Neil (1967) : Hausa personal pronouns
[18650]   Skinner, A. Neil (1968) : Hausa-English pocket dictionary
[18651]   Skinner, A. Neil (1968) : The origin of the name ‘Hausa’
[18652]   Skinner, A. Neil (1969) : Comments on Bender’s “Barya word list”
[18653]   Skinner, A. Neil (1970) : Kàmaa: an example of free variation in Hausa?
[18654]   Skinner, A. Neil (1970) : Kamus na turanci da hausa/English-Hausa dictionary
[18655]   Skinner, A. Neil (1971) : /’ts/ and /k/ in Hausa
[18657]   Skinner, A. Neil (1974) : Hausa wani/wata/wadansu and its semantic features
[18658]   Skinner, A. Neil (1974) : A note on the North Bauchi language group
[18659]   Skinner, A. Neil (1975) : The Hausa genitive morpheme as an exponent of gender: a query
[18660]   Skinner, A. Neil (1976) : Kamus na turanci da Hausa/English-Hausa dictionary
[18661]   Skinner, A. Neil (1976) : Sources of Hausa /h/ initial
[18662]   Skinner, A. Neil (1977) : North Bauchi Chadic languages: common roots
[18663]   Skinner, A. Neil (1977) : Domestic animals in Chadic
[18664]   Skinner, A. Neil (1977) : ‘Fly’ (noun) and ‘mouth’ in Afroasiatic
[18667]   Skinner, A. Neil (1981) : Loans in Hausa and pre-Hausa: some etymologies
[18668]   Skinner, A. Neil (1983) : Polysemy in Afroasiatic
[18669]   Skinner, A. Neil (1987) : “Eye” and “tongue” in Afroasiatic
[18670]   Skinner, A. Neil (1995) : Evidence for earlier nominal suffixation in Afroasian
[18671]   Skinner, A. Neil (1996) : Hausa comparative dictionary
[18672]   Skinner, A. Neil (1999) : African linguistics through the eyes of a historian
[22792]   Skinner, A. Neil (1984) : Afroasiatic vocabulary: evidence for some culturally important items
[23496]   Skinner, A. Neil (1985) : Hausa lexical expansion since 1930: Bargery supplement
[18665]   Skinner, Margaret Gardner (1977) : Gender in Pa’a
[18666]   Skinner, Margaret Gardner (1979) : Aspects of Pa’anci grammar
[18656]   Skinner, Margaret Gardner & Nicholas Pweddon (1973) : Bachama word list
[18674]   Sköld, H. (1932) : Sudanparallelen zur griechischen Lautentwicklung
[18673]   Skousen, Royal (1972) : Consonant alternation in Fula
[18675]   Skrywer, L. (1996) : Khoekhoegowab after independence
[18676]   Slabbert, Sarah (1994) : A re-evaluation of the sociology of Tsotsitaal
[18677]   Slabbert, Sarah (1994) : Die “lingo” van die manne wat “notch”
[18680]   Slabbert, Sarah (1998) : Language and identity: a comparison of Nguni and Sotho
[18678]   Slabbert, Sarah & Carol Myers-Scotton (1997) : The structure of Tsotsitaal and Iscamtho: code switching and in-group identity in South African townships
[18679]   Slabbert, Sarah & Rosalie Finlayson (1998) : Comparing Nguni and Sotho: a sociolinguistic classification
[18681]   Slabbert, Sarah & Rosalie Finlayson (1999) : A socio-historical overview of codeswitching studies in the African languages
[18682]   Slabbert, Sarah & Rosalie Finlayson (2000) : I’m a cleva! The linguistic makeup of identity in a South African urban environment
[18683]   Slabbert, Sarah & Rosalie Finlayson (2002) : Code-switching in South African townships
[26593]   Slager, Don , Seokin Payne , Robert Glaygbo , Tim Meece & William Boen (s.d.) : Bassa Dictionary
[18684]   Slavíková, Magdalena (1969) : A statistical analysis of Swahili morphology: a basis for the algorithmization of the teaching process
[18685]   Slavíková, Magdalena & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1973) : ‘Comparative Bantu’: the case of two Swahili dialects
[18686]   Sloat, L. R. (1935) : Kambari-English vocabulary & English-Kambari vocabulary
[18687]   Smalley, William A. (1958) : Dialect and orthography in Kipende
[18688]   Smart, Tracy (1998) : Publications of Edgar C. Polomé on African language and culture
[18689]   Smeltzer, Brad (2001) : Kagoro sociolinguistic survey
[25110]   Smeltzer, Brad & Susan Smeltzer (2001) : Lexique Soninké-Français-Anglais. Soninke-French-English Dictionary. Index Français-Soninké, English-Soninke
[24233]   Smeltzer, Brad & Suzan Smeltzer (1995) : Compte-rendu des enquêtes cartographique, lexicostatistique et sociolinguistique des parlers bozo
[18690]   Smieja, Birgit (1995) : Gibt es Sprachkonflikte in Tanzania? Eine Untersuchung in Dar-es-Salaam
[18691]   Smieja, Birgit (1997) : The fight of the Nile Perch in Lake Victoria: does language conflict exist in Tanzania?
[18694]   Smieja, Birgit (1997) : The LICCA project 1996-1997: a linguistic approach to cultural understanding
[18695]   Smieja, Birgit (1997) : The LICBIB project
[22387]   Smieja, Birgit (2001) : Von der Sprachverschiebung zum Sprachtod: können Botswanas Minoritätssprachen gerettet werden?
[22390]   Smieja, Birgit (1999) : Codeswitching and language shift in Botswana: indicators for language change and language death? A progress report
[18693]   Smieja, Birgit (Ed) (1997) : Proceedings of the LICCA Workshop in Dar es Salaam: working paper in preparation for the LICCA Conference
[22391]   Smieja, Birgit & Herman M. Batibo (2000) : Language shift tendencies of minority language users in Botswana: fashon or rule?
[18692]   Smieja, Birgit & Meike Sprenger Tasch (Ed) (1997) : Human contact through language and linguistics
[18696]   Smieja, Birgit , René Dirven & Victor [N.] [C.] Webb (Ed) (1997) : The LICCA bibliography (LICBIB): working paper in preparation for the LICCA conference
[18697]   Smirnova, Mirra Aleksandrovna (1960) : Yazyk Khausa [The Hausa language]
[18698]   Smirnova, Mirra Aleksandrovna (1969) : K voprosu o perechodnosti v yazyke Khausa [On the problem of transitivity in Hausa]
[18699]   Smirnova, Mirra Aleksandrovna (1971) : Tonogramy glagolov v Khausa-angliyskom slovare Bardzhery [The verbal tonograms in Bargery’s Hausa-English dictionary]
[18700]   Smirnova, Mirra Aleksandrovna (1982) : The Hausa language: a descriptive grammar
[18701]   Smit, Philippus , J. H. Beukes , D. A. Gresse , Kuno Franz Robert Budack , Z. Ngavirue , F. Theron , D. Gous & A. Buitendacht (1982) : Ondersoek na die onderwys in SWA/Namibië: verslag van die komitee insake ruglyne vir ’n stelsel van onderwysvoorsiening
[25515]   Smith Paterson, Rebecca (2012) : The semantics of ut Ma’in noun classes
[18724]   Smith, Andrew B. (1998) : Khoesaan orthography
[18709]   Smith, Christo Albertyn (1963/64) : Common names of South African plants
[18711]   Smith, Christo Albertyn & Estelle van Hoepen (1966) : Common names of South African plants
[18717]   Smith, David [Martin] (1969) : The Kapsiki language
[18704]   Smith, Edwin W. (1921) : The Ila-speaking people of North Rhodesia
[18706]   Smith, Edwin W. (1938) : The language of Pygmies of the Ituri
[18707]   Smith, Edwin W. (1948) : Addendum to “The Ila-speaking peoples of northern Rhodesia”
[28618]   Smith, Edwin W. (1907) : A handbook of the Ila language (commonly called the Seshukulumbwe) spoken in North-Western Rhodesia, South-Central Africa: comprising grammar, exercises, specimens of Ila tales, and vocabularies
[18703]   Smith, Edwin W. & Andrew Murray Dale (1920) : The Ila-speaking peoples of northern Rhodesia
[18723]   Smith, Frank (1993) : Whose language? What power? A universal conflict in a South African setting
[18705]   Smith, J. J. (1927) : Evolution and recognition of the Afrikaans language
[18708]   Smith, J. J. (1952) : Theories about the origin of Afrikaans
[18722]   Smith, Jennifer L. (1987) : Rhetorical questions in Waama
[18702]   Smith, Lars C. (19--) : Unpublished Hadza wordlist
[18710]   Smith, Neil Voyne (1964) : A phonological and grammatical study of the verb in Nupe
[18712]   Smith, Neil Voyne (1967) : The phonology of Nupe
[18713]   Smith, Neil Voyne (1967) : An outline grammar of Nupe
[18714]   Smith, Neil Voyne (1968) : Tone in Ewe
[18715]   Smith, Neil Voyne (1969) : The Nupe verb
[18716]   Smith, Neil Voyne (1969) : Nupe
[18718]   Smith, Neil Voyne (1970) : Repetition of the verb in Nupe
[18719]   Smith, Neil Voyne (1971) : Rule ordering in Nupe
[18720]   Smith, Neil Voyne (1980) : Nupe
[25034]   Smith, Neil Voyne (1970) : Bedik and Binarity
[18721]   Smith, Norval , Ian E. Robertson & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1987) : The Ijo element in Berbice Dutch
[25337]   Smith, Rebecca Dow (2007) : The Noun Class system of UT-Ma’in, A West Kainji Language Of Nigeria
[27567]   Smith, Richard & Mrs Smith (2016) : Fulfulde Burkina Faso
[12763]   Smith, Tony (1999) : Muyang phonology
[27248]   Smith, Tony (compiled by) (2017) : Dictionnaire muyang–français–anglais
[25625]   Smits, Heleen (2011) : Lumun noun classes and number
[26550]   Smits, Heleen (2013) : The locative-applicative suffix in Lumun
[27285]   Smits, Heleen (2017) : A grammar of Lumun : a Kordofanian language of Sudan
[27988]   Smits, Heleen (2018) : Negation in Lumun
[18725]   Smock, David R. (1975) : Language policy in Ghana
[18726]   Smock, David R. & Kwamena Bentsi-Enchill (Ed) (1975) : The search for national integration in Africa
[26747]   Smoes, Christopher L. (2010) : A Sketch Grammar of the Kemezung Language
[27071]   Smolders, Joshua (2015) : A Wordlist of Ganza
[27508]   Smolders, Joshua (2016) : A Phonology of Ganza (Gwàmi Nánà)
[27889]   Smolders, Joshua A.G. (2019) : Nominal and verbal number in Bilugu Opo
[18727]   Smuts, Johann (1943) : ’n Ondersoek na die ontwikkelingstadium van Afrikaans teen die tyd van die Groot Trek
[18728]   Smuts, Johann (1967) : Woordskikking van die lede van ’n predikaat met twee of meer nominale werkwoordvorme in Afrikaans
[18729]   Smuts, Johann (1968) : Vroeë Afrikaans
[18730]   Smuts, Johann (1971) : Ablautreste in Afrikaans
[18731]   Smuts, Johann (1982) : Vroeë Afrikaans: veral na aanleiding van Trigardt se dagboek
[29023]   Snead, Rebecca (2016) : Tem – French Dictionary
[18732]   Sneguireff, I. L (1933) : [The number of nominal prefixes in Zulu]
[18733]   Sneguireff, I. L. (1933) : [Something on Zulu. Source?]
[26678]   Snider, Keith (2007) : Automatic and Nonautomatic Downstep in Chumburung: an instrumental comparison
[28028]   Snider, Keith (2019) : Long and short vowels in Chumburung – An instrumental comparison
[24172]   Snider, Keith & James Roberts (2004) : SIL Comparative African Word List (SILCAWL)
[18734]   Snider, Keith L. (1984) : Vowel harmony and the consonant l in Chumburung
[18735]   Snider, Keith L. (1988) : The noun class system of proto-Guang and its implications for internal classification
[18736]   Snider, Keith L. (1989) : The vowels of proto-Guang
[18737]   Snider, Keith L. (1989) : North-Guang comparative wordlist: Chumburung, Krachi, Nawuri, Gichode, Gonja
[18738]   Snider, Keith L. (1990) : Tone in proto-Guang nouns
[18739]   Snider, Keith L. (1990) : The consonants of proto-Guang
[18740]   Snider, Keith L. (1998) : Phonetic realization of downstep in Bimoba
[22994]   Snider, Keith L. (1990) : Studies in Guang phonology
[23004]   Snider, Keith L. (1985) : Vowel coalescence across word boundaries in Chumburung
[23009]   Snider, Keith L. (1986) : Apocope, tone and the glottal stop in Chumburung
[23010]   Snider, Keith L. (1989) : Vowel coalescence in Chumburung: an autosegmental approach
[23013]   Snider, Keith L. (1990) : Tonal upstep in Krachi: evidence for a register tier
[23070]   Snider, Keith L. (1998/99) : Tonal ‘upstep’ in Engenni
[28728]   Snider, Keith L. (2021) : Floating tone noun class prefixes in Mada (Nigeria)
[18741]   Snoxall, Ronald A. (1938) : Word importation into Bantu languages with particular reference to Ganda
[18742]   Snoxall, Ronald A. (1946) : Some Buganda place-names
[18743]   Snoxall, Ronald A. (1958) : A concise English-Swahili dictionary/Kamusi ya kiingereza-kiswahili
[18744]   Snoxall, Ronald A. (1965) : Some problems and principles of lexicography in Luganda
[18745]   Snoxall, Ronald A. (1967) : Luganda-English dictionary
[18746]   Snoxall, Ronald A. (1985) : A concise English-Swahili dictionary/Kamusi ya Kiingereze-Kiswahili
[18747]   Snoxall, Ronald A. (1985) : The East African Interterritorial Language (Swahili) Committee
[24477]   Snyman, J. W. & J. C. le Roux (1973) : Tswana (special) : Guide 1 for STW100-H
[18748]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1970) : An introduction to the !Xû (!Kung) language
[18749]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1971) : A comparison of the voiced compressive speech sounds of !Xû with the voiced decompressive speech sounds of Zulu
[18750]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1972) : Die fonologie van Zu|’hõasi: ’n deskriptiewe ontleding van data in ’n Zu|’hõasi-woordeboek
[18751]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1973) : Die vroeë stemaanset as ’n fonetiese segment by sommige fone van Zu|’hõasi
[18752]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1974) : Occlusivation and fortisation in Tswana
[18753]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1974) : The Bushman and Hottentot languages of Southern Africa
[18754]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1975) : Some phonetic and lexical aspects of Zu|’hõasi
[18755]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1975) : Zu|’hõasi fonologie en woordeboek
[18756]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1977) : The interrupted juxtaposed vowels of Zu|’hõasi
[18757]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1977) : The pressed vowels of Zu|’hõasi
[18759]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1978) : The clicks of Zu|’hõasi
[18761]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1980) : The relationship between Angolan !Xu and Zu|’õasi
[18763]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1983) : Zu’hoasi: a Khoisan dialect of South West Africa/Namibia
[18764]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1983) : The Tsowaa of Botswana
[18765]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1986) : Man and natural resources: a historical perspective
[18769]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1997) : A preliminary classification of the !Xûû and Zhu|’hõasi dialects
[18771]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1998) : An official orthography for Zu|’õasi Kokx’oi
[18772]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1999) : The phonetic description of the Zu|’hõasi clicks: a confusion of sounds?
[18773]   Snyman, Jan Winston (2000) : A report on the Tswaa and G//ana languages
[18758]   Snyman, Jan Winston (Ed) (1977) : Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies 1975: papers of a seminar held on 25 October 1975
[18760]   Snyman, Jan Winston (Ed) (1979) : Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies 1977: papers of a seminar held on 29 October 1977
[18762]   Snyman, Jan Winston (Ed) (1980) : Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies 1979
[18767]   Snyman, Jan Winston , J. C. le Roux & M. le Roux (1991) : Tswana for beginners
[18768]   Snyman, Jan Winston , J. D. Viljoen & Joseph Motlhasedi N. Ntsime (1994) : Practical Tswana vocabulary and phrases
[18766]   Snyman, Jan Winston , J. S. Shole & J. C. le Roux (1990) : Dikishinare ya Setswana-English-Afrikaans dictionary/woordeboek
[18770]   Snyman, Jan Winston , L. Moyane , B. M. Malefo & Refilwe M. Malimabe (1998) : The current position of Setswana in the Republic of South Africa
[18774]   Soares, A. M. (1947) : O dialecto crioulo de S. Vicente de Cabo Verde: contribuição para um estudo do crioulo caboverdeano
[18775]   Sobania, Neil (1978) : The problem of origins: linguistic hypotheses and oral tradition; or, are we the language we speak?
[18776]   Sobelman, Harvey (Ed) (1962) : Arabic dialect studies: a selected bibliography
[18777]   Socquet, [Msgr] (1952) : Manuel-grammaire mossi
[18778]   Soden, W. van (1973) : Ein semitisches Wurzelwörterbuch: Probleme und Möglichkeiten
[18779]   Soden, W. van (1987) : Äthiopisch-akkadische Isoglossen
[18835]   Söderberg, Bertil & Ragnar Widman (1970) : Kikongo
[25253]   Solé, Maria-Josep , Larry M. Hyman & Kemmonye C. Monaka (2010) : More on post-nasal devoicing: The case of Shekgalagari
[18836]   Sölken, Heinz (1967) : Seetzens Áffadéh: ein Beitrag zur Kotoko-Sprachdokumentation
[23282]   Solncev, V. M. (Ed) (198-) : Afrazijskie jazyki
[24297]   Solomiac, Paul (1992) : La nasalite vocalique en samogho de samoghohiri
[24874]   Solomiac, Paul (2007) : Phonologie et Morphosyntaxe et du dzùùngoo de Samogohiri
[26490]   Solomiac, Paul (2014) : Phonologie et morphosyntaxe du dzùùngoo de Samogohiri
[27408]   Solomiac, Paul (2017) : Le conditionnel en Dzuungoo de Somogohiri
[12999]   Solomon, Beverly A. (1972) : A structural analysis of sentence types in Moroccan urban dialects
[26204]   Soltan, Usama (2009) : Agree in the Functional Domain: Evidence from the Morphosyntax of Positive and Negative Imperatives in Standard Arabic
[18781]   Somé, D. J. (1975) : Contribution à l’étude phonologique du dagara
[18783]   Somé, D. J. (1983) : Description de la langue dagara de Haute Volta
[23676]   Somé, Joachim D. (2004) : Dagara orthography
[18792]   Somé, Marcel (2001) : Zi-lieb ye sor die. Des pas vers le développement: livre de thèmes de sensibilisation en langue dagara (wule)
[18782]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (1982) : Systématique du signifiant en dàgàrà: variété wúlé
[18784]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (1989) : La parente pauvre en phonologie: l’occlusive glottale dans les langues voltaïques
[18785]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (1989) : Tonologie des propositions en syndèse en dagara-wúlé
[18786]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (1995) : Une procédure de découverte: détection des tons dans les schèmes tonals en dagara
[18787]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (1996) : Dérivation dans les bases en dagara: quand et pourquoi un deuxième ton?
[18788]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (1998) : L’influence des consonnes sur les tons de dagara: langue voltaique du Burkina Faso
[18789]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (1999) : J’apprends le dagara: de l’écriture à la lecture
[18790]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (2000) : Floating tones in Dagara: can a low floating tone prevent a preceding high tone from spreading?
[18791]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (2001) : Tout ton flottant bas autorise-t-il la protagation du ton haut precedent en dagarawule?
[26048]   Some, Penou-Achille (2007) : Polysémie du verbe « manger » chez les dagara du burkina faso : description et interprétation
[28539]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (2007) : Polysémie, prototype et invariant : le cas du verbe « manger » en dagara
[18780]   Somé, Zomomenibé (19--) : Esquisse du système verbal du dagara-wule: syntaxe, syntagmatique, morphologie et sémio-syntaxe
[24550]   Somé, Zomomenibé (1984) : Introduction à lʼétude de la prédication en dagara-wule (identification, situation, attribution)
[18793]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (1988) : Beobachtungen zur Somali-Gliederung und -Frühgeschichte
[18794]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (1990) : International symposium on language death in East Africa, Bad Homburg, January 8-12, 1990
[18795]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (1991) : Gradueller Sprachwechsel in Ägypten und Botswana: zwei Fallbeispiele
[18796]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (1992) : A survey on language death in Africa
[18797]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (1992) : Processes of language shift among the Bayeyi of Ngamiland: a brief report on field research among the Bayeyi (North-West District)
[18799]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (1992) : Wohin gehört das Yeyi? Hypothesen und Widersprüche in der Klassifikation südlicher Bantusprachen
[18801]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (1994) : Sprachwechsel bei den Yei Ngamilands (Botswana)
[18802]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (1995) : Sprachwechsel im südlichen Afrika: Fallbeispiele und Interpretation
[18803]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (1995) : Ethnographie des Sprachwechsels: sozialer Wandel und Sprachverhalten bei den Yeyi (Botswana)
[18805]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (1996) : Sprachgewinn und Sprachverlust: zur Ausbreitung des Tswana in Ngamiland (Botswana)
[18806]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (1997) : Towards an ethnography of language shift: goals and methods
[18807]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (1998) : Reconstructing the past: historical linguistics, contact-induced change, language shift and relexification
[18808]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (1999) : Das Innere eines Ortes sehen: Dokumentation einer Sprachforschung in Botswana
[18809]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (2001) : Sprachhistorische Rekonstruktion zu den Ursprüngen von Getreidenutzung und Gartenbau in Nordostafrika
[18810]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (2001) : Towards the limits of archaeolinguistic reconstruction, or how to solve a major multidisciplinary dilemma
[18811]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (2003) : Western Savanna (K, R)
[18798]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] & Rainer Vossen (1992) : Schnalzwörter in Yei (R.41)
[18800]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] & Rainer Vossen (1993) : Dialects, sectiolects or simply lects? The Maa language in time-perspective
[18804]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] & Rainer Vossen (1995) : Linguistic variation in Siyeyi
[27822]   Sommer, Gabriele (2020) : Pidgin and creole languages
[28011]   Sommer, Gabriele (2017) : Variation in Shiyeyi (Botswana/Namibia)
[25731]   Sommer, Gabriele & Clarissa Vierke (Eds) (2011) : Speech acts and speech events in African languages
[25732]   Sommer, Gabriele & Clarissa Vierke (Eds) (2011) : Speech Acts and Speech Events in African Languages
[26409]   Somparé, Idrissa (1974) : Essai de comparaison des systèmes nominaux du maninka et du soso
[23403]   Somte, Madeleine (2004) : Les noms propres en ngam, parler sara du Tchad-République Centrafricaine
[24919]   Somte, Madeleine (2006) : Structure du syntagme déterminatif en ngam
[18812]   Sonaiya, Remi (1990) : Yoruba vowel deletion
[18813]   Sonaiya, Remi (1997) : Opérer une mise en relation entre deux états: le marqueur ‘TI’ en Yoruba
[18814]   Sonaiya, Roni (2004) : The globalisation of communication and the African foreign language user
[18815]   Sonck, Gerda (2005) : Language of instruction and instructed languages in Mauritius
[18816]   Soors, M. (1927) : Le Suaheli usuel: guide de conversation à l’usage des fonctionnaires et agents territoriaux au Congo Belge
[18817]   Soper, Robert C. (1982) : Bantu expansion into eastern Africa: archaelogical evidence
[22726]   Soravia, Giulio (1989) : Una nota sulla terminologia nautica bagiuni
[18818]   Soro, Tenena Moise (1986) : On Senari tense and aspect: an analysis of the Cebaari of Korhogo
[18819]   Soro, Tenena Moise (1997) : La nasalité en tyebara
[28933]   Sossoukpe, Jacques (ed.) (2020) : Akebu – French Dictionary
[18820]   Sotiloye, (1990) : Nasality in Aladagbe: an autosegmental analysis
[18821]   Sottas, H. & E. Drioton (1922) : Introduction à l’étude des hiéroglyphes
[18822]   Sottile, Roberto (1999) : The consonant system of Gamu
[22564]   Sottile, Roberto (1997) : A few phonetic correspondences in some Cushitic languages
[25766]   Souag, Lameen (2010) : The western Berber stratum in Kwarandzyey (Tabelbala, Algeria)
[26323]   Souag, Lameen (2012) : The subclassification of Songhay and its historical implications
[26496]   Souag, Lameen (2013) : Berber and Arabic in Siwa (Egypt): A Study in Linguistic Contact.
[27377]   Souag, Lameen (2015) : Non-Tuareg Berber and the genesis of nomadic Northern Songhay
[27803]   Souag, Lameen (2020) : Songhay languages
[27415]   Souag, Lameen & Marijn van Putten (2016) : The origin of mid vowels in Siwi
[18823]   Soualah, M. (1956) : Manuel franco-arabe à l’usage des militaires de l’Afrique du nord
[26410]   Souaré, Soriba (1979) : Étude comparative des systèmes nominaux du maninka et du dyakhanka
[26262]   Soubrier, Aude (2013) : Description de l'ikposso uwi
[26700]   Soubrier, Aude (2009) : Emergence d’une marque de causation en ikposo ? (kwa, Togo)
[27281]   Soucková, Katerina (2011) : Pluractionality in Hausa
[27066]   Soukka, Inger Maria (1999) : A descriptive grammar of Noon : a Cangin language of Senegal
[18824]   Soukka, Maria (2000) : A descriptive grammar of Noon, a Cangin language of Senegal
[26411]   Soumah, Jean Raymond (1990) : Essai de comparaison de quelques parlers baga : le fonctionnement des classes nominales en sitemu, mandori et pukur
[28762]   Sous-commission de la langue Cerma (2009) : Lexique cerma - français
[28947]   Sous-Commission nationale de la langue cerma (2014) : Cerma – French Dictionary
[18828]   Sousa Bella, L. de (1946) : Apontamentos sobre a língua dos Balantas de Jabadá
[23062]   Soutar, Jean & Kenneth Lee Pike (1982) : Texts illustrating the analysis of direct versus indirect quotations in Bariba (Africa)
[18825]   Southall, Aidan W. (1971) : Cross cultral meanings and multilingualism
[18826]   Southey, Winifred Mary (1977) : The primary school project for Bantu language teaching in white primary schoolss in the Transvaal
[18827]   Soutsane, Karima (2000) : Syllables and syllabicity: a comparison of Tashlhit Berber and Moroccan Arabic
[18829]   Sova, Liubovʼ Zinovʼevna (1966) : ‘Defektivnye glagoly’ v yazyke Zulu [Defective verbs in Zulu]
[18830]   Sova, Liubovʼ Zinovʼevna (1987) : Evoliutsiia grammaticheskogo stroia v iazykakh bantu
[18831]   Sow, Alfâ Ibrâhîm (1971) : Dictionnaire élémentaire fulfulde-francais-anglais
[18833]   Sow, Alfâ Ibrâhîm (1981) : Les procédés d’intensification en fulfulde (parlers peuls de Guinée)
[25024]   Sow, Alfâ Ibrâhîm (1966) : Remarques sur les infixes de dérivation dans le fulfulde du Foûta-Djalon (Guinée)
[18832]   Sow, Alfâ Ibrâhîm (Ed) (1977) : Langues et politiques de langues en Afrique noire: l’experience de l’Unesco
[26412]   Sow, Hadiatou (1975) : La dérivation et la recherche d'une méthode de création de mots nouveaux en kisiei
[26413]   Sow, Mamadou Alsény (1989) : Esquisse du système verbal du mikifore
[18834]   Soyoye, Festus Ayo (19--) : Étude contrastive des systemes verbaux du yoruba et du français
[22843]   Soyoye, Festus Ayo & A. O. Olájuyìgbé (1993) : Numerals in Yorùbá: an investigation of native speakers’ knowledge of a language sub-system
[18837]   Spa, Jaap J. (1973) : Traits et tons en enya: phonologie générative d’une language bantoue
[18838]   Spa, Jaap J. (1975) : Vocabulary Enya
[18839]   Spaandonck, Marcel van (1964) : Morfonologie van de Swahili verba ontleend aan het Arabisch
[18840]   Spaandonck, Marcel van (1965) : Practical and systematic Swahili bibliography: linguistics, 1850-1963
[18841]   Spaandonck, Marcel van (1967) : Morfotonologische analyse in bantutalen: identificatie van morfotonemen en beschrijving van hun tonologische representaties
[18842]   Spaandonck, Marcel van (1971) : L’analyse morphotonologique dans les langues bantoues: identification des morphotonèmes et description de leurs représentations tonologiques
[18843]   Spaandonck, Marcel van (1971) : On the so-called reversing tonal system in Ciluba: a case of restructuring
[18844]   Spagnolo, Fr. Lorenzo M. (19--) : Toposa grammar and dictionary
[18845]   Spagnolo, Fr. Lorenzo M. (1927) : A. B. C. ko kutuk na Bari
[18846]   Spagnolo, Fr. Lorenzo M. (1929) : Syllabary for the Bari vernacular
[18847]   Spagnolo, Fr. Lorenzo M. (1930) : The Topotha-English handbook
[18848]   Spagnolo, Fr. Lorenzo M. (1933) : Bari grammar
[18849]   Spagnolo, Fr. Lorenzo M. (1942) : Bari-English-Italian dictionary
[18850]   Spagnolo, Fr. Lorenzo M. (1960) : Bari-English-Italian dictionary
[18851]   Spaulding, Arcangelo (1975) : Carradori’s dictionary of seventeenth century Kenzi Nubian
[18852]   Spear, Thomas Turner (1981) : Languages and peoples: the linguistic record
[18853]   Spears, Richard A. (1965) : The structure of Farahan-Maninka
[18854]   Spears, Richard A. (1967) : Tone in Mende
[18855]   Spears, Richard A. (1971) : Mende, Loko and Maninka tonal correspondences
[25033]   Spears, Richard A. (1970) : Mende and Maninka tonal correspondences
[18856]   Speiser, E. A. (1936) : Studies in Semitic formatives
[18857]   Spellenberg, Friedrich (1922) : Die Sprache der Bo oder Bankon in Kamerun
[18858]   Spence, Justin (1997) : Feature checking and subject position in Kiswahili tensed relative clauses
[18860]   Spencer, John [Walter] (1963) : Language and independence
[18861]   Spencer, John [Walter] (1966) : S. W. Koelle and the problem of notation for African languages, 1847.1855
[18863]   Spencer, John [Walter] (1971) : Colonial language policies and their legacies
[18864]   Spencer, John [Walter] (1971) : West Africa and the English language
[18865]   Spencer, John [Walter] (1985) : Language and development in Africa: the unequal equation
[18866]   Spencer, John [Walter] (1988) : Reflections on language and development in tropical Africa
[18867]   Spencer, John [Walter] (1990) : Linguistics in the service of Africa: a retrospective view
[18869]   Spencer, John [Walter] (1991) : Africa’s contribution to the lexicon of English
[18859]   Spencer, John [Walter] (Ed) (1963) : Language in Africa: papers of the Leverhulme conference on universities and the language problems of tropical Africa, held at University College, Ibadan
[18862]   Spencer, John [Walter] (Ed) (1971) : The English language in West Africa
[18868]   Spencer, John [Walter] & Josef Schmied (1990) : English and African languages: excerpts from a discussion
[18870]   Spencer, Julius S. (1992) : Factors militating against the easy reading and writing of Krio in the theatre
[27450]   Spernes, Kari Iren & Rose Ruto-Korir (2018) : Medium of instruction in school: The indigenous language, the national language or the official language? A case study from multilingual deep rural Kenya
[23477]   Spidahl, Rodney James (2004) : Fulbe identity in community: an analysis of pulaaku discourse in North Cameroon
[18871]   Spiegelberg, W. (1920) : Koptische Etymologien
[18872]   Spiegelberg, W. (1921) : Koptisches Handwörterbuch
[18873]   Spiegelberg, W. (1925) : Demotische Grammatik
[18874]   Spiegelberg, W. (1927) : Zu der Pluralbildung auf e im Koptischen
[18875]   Spies, Jan (1989) : Language policy for Namibia: DTA
[18876]   Spiro, Socrates (1923) : Arabic-English dictionary of the modern Arabic of Egypt
[18877]   Spitulnik, Debra A. (1987) : Semantic superstructruring and infrastructuring: nominal class struggle in Chibemba
[18878]   Spitulnik, Debra A. (1989) : Levels of semantic structuring in Bantu noun classification
[18879]   Spitulnik, Debra A. (1992) : Radio time sharing and the negotiation of linguistic pluralism in Zambia
[18880]   Spitulnik, Debra A. (1998) : The language of the city: Town Bemba as urban hybridity
[18881]   Spitulnik, Debra A. (2001) : Levels of semantic structuring in Bemba noun classification
[18882]   Spitzer, Leo (1974) : The creoles of Sierra Leone: responses to colonialism, 1870-1945
[18883]   Spohr, Otto Hartung (1963) : The first Hottentot vocabulary, 1693
[18884]   Spohr, Otto Hartung (1963) : Georg Friedrich Wrede: Verfasser der ersten Hottentot Vokabulars
[18885]   Sportiche, Dominique (1982) : Bete reciprocals and clitic binding
[22997]   Spratt, David (1974) : A short Kusaal-English dictionary
[18886]   Spratt, David & Nancy Spratt (1968) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Kusal
[18888]   Spratt, David & Nancy Spratt (1972) : Kusal syntax
[24512]   Spratt, David & Nancy Spratt (1977 [1973]) : Kusal
[18889]   Spreda, Klaus W. (1986) : Tonologie des Metta (Western Grassfields): eine autosegmentale Beschreibung des einfachen unabhängigen Satzes
[22879]   Spreda, Klaus W. (1982) : Phonologie des Metta
[22880]   Spreda, Klaus W. (1994) : Notes on markers of parallelism in Meta’
[28615]   Spreda, Klaus W. (2000) : The noun in Metta
[18887]   Spreda, Klaus W. & J. Spreda (1966) : An interim workshop report on the phonological data of Agbo
[18890]   Sprigge, Robert Gavin Squire (1967) : Collected field reports on tone in Adángbe dialect of Ewe
[24493]   Sprigge, Robert Gavin Squire (1977 [1973]) : Ewe (Adangbe Dialect)
[23090]   Spronk, Tanya (2004) : A brief description of the current Talodi orthographies
[18891]   Sprouse, Ronald (1999) : The moraic status of /?/ and /D/ in Oromo
[18892]   Spuy, Andrew van der (1989) : A reconstruction of the phonology of proto Southern Bantu
[18893]   Spuy, Andrew van der (1990) : Phonological relationships between the southern Bantu languages
[18894]   Spuy, Andrew van der (1993) : An outline of Zulu phrase structure
[18895]   Spuy, Andrew van der (1993) : Dislocated noun phrases in Nguni
[18896]   Spuy, Andrew van der (1995) : Morphological case-marking in Zulu
[18897]   Spuy, Andrew van der (1997) : Syntactic traces in Zulu
[18898]   Spuy, Andrew van der (2001) : In defence of the Zulu adjective
[22836]   Spyropoulos, M. (1987) : Sheng: some preliminary investigation into a recently emerged Nairobi street language
[18899]   Ssabalangira, J. T. K. (1927) : Grammar Enganda
[24704]   Ssekiryango, Jackson (2006) : Observations on Double Object Construction in Luganda
[18900]   Sseruwagi, Januarius (2001) : Die Luganda-Sprache: eine praktische Einführung
[27444]   St Croix, F. W. de (1998) : Fulfulde-English dictionary
[18901]   Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1968) : Die beginvokaal van die naamwoordprefiks in Zoeloe
[18902]   Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1969) : Die beginvokaal van die naamwoordprefiks in Zoeloe
[18903]   Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1972) : Die latente i by Zulu-werkwoordstamme: enkele opmerkings
[18904]   Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1973) : The initial vowel of the noun in Zulu
[18905]   Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1973) : Adjektiewe en relatiefstamme in Zulu as soortlike naamwoorde
[18906]   Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1974) : Die ideofoon in Zulu
[18907]   Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1977) : Some remarks on ideophones in Zulu
[18908]   Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1977) : Prosodiese eieskappe van ideofone in Zulu
[18909]   Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1978) : Gesag en norm in die beskrywing van Bantoetale
[18910]   Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1979) : Bantoetaalstudie en -onderrig: verlede, hede en toekoms
[18911]   Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1980) : Innovation in Zulu: some phonological evidence
[18912]   Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1986) : African language teaching: what model?
[18913]   Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1986) : Afrikatale in Blanke primêre skole
[18916]   Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von & andere (Ed) (1993) : Linguistica. Festschrift E. B. van Wyk: ’n huldeblyk
[18914]   Staden, W. J. van (1988) : Rang- en kategorieverskuiwing in Noord-Sotho met spesiale verwysing na die bywoord en die voegwoord
[18915]   Staden, W. J. van (1990) : Rang- en kategorieverskuiwing in Noord-Sotho met spesiale verwysing na die voegwoord
[18917]   Stadler, L. G. de (1985) : Sosiolinguistiese aspekte van die persoonseienaam
[18918]   Stafford, Roy Lawrence (1967) : An elementary Luo grammar with vocabularies
[18919]   Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1970) : Topics in Ewe phonology
[18920]   Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1970) : Serial verbs
[18921]   Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1971) : On the status of nasalized vowels in Kwa
[18922]   Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1971) : The noun prefix in Ewe
[18923]   Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1973) : Ross’ constraints and related problems in Yoruba
[18924]   Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1974) : Pronouns and islands in Yoruba
[18925]   Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1974) : Serial verbs as adverbs: a reply to Paul Schachter
[18926]   Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1976) : Segment sequences and segmental fusion
[18927]   Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1976) : The noun prefix in Yoruba
[18928]   Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1984) : Derivational conditions on morpheme structure in Ewe
[18929]   Stalder, Jürg & Ruth Stalder (1994) : Rapport d’enquête sociolinguistique: première évaluation parmi les KABA
[18930]   Stallcup, Kenneth Lyell (1978) : A comparative perspective on the phonology and noun classification of three Cameroon Grassfields Bantu languages: Moghamo, Ngie and Oshie
[18931]   Stallcup, Kenneth Lyell (1980) : Noun classes in Esimbi
[18932]   Stallcup, Kenneth Lyell (1980) : A brief account of nominal prefixes and vowel harmony in Esimbi
[18933]   Stallcup, Kenneth Lyell (1980) : The Momo languages
[18934]   Stallcup, Kenneth Lyell (1980) : La géographie linguistique des Grassfields
[18935]   Stander, Marga (1998) : The Afrikaans of L2-teachers in Qwa-Qwa: a fossilized interlanguage?
[18936]   Stanford, Ron[ald] (1967) : The Bekwarra language of Nigeria: a grammatical description
[24483]   Stanford, Ron[ald] (1977 [1973]) : Bekwara
[18937]   Stanford, Ron[ald] & Lyn Stanford (1970) : Collected field reports on the phonology and grammar of Chakosi
[23603]   Stanley-Thorne, Carol (1995) : Noun classes in Tikar
[18939]   Stanley, Carol (1982) : Form and function of adjective elements in Tikar
[18940]   Stanley, Carol (1982) : Direct and reported speech in Tikar narrative
[18941]   Stanley, Carol (1991) : Description phonologique et morphosyntaxique de la langue tikar
[18938]   Stanley, George Edward (1968) : The indigenous languages of South West Africa
[27053]   Stanton, Juliet (2011) : A Grammatical Sketch of Saafi
[18942]   Stappers, Leo (19--) : Kanyoka
[18943]   Stappers, Leo (19--) : Principes de linguistique historique bantoue
[18944]   Stappers, Leo (1944/45) : De middelhoge toon in het Tshiluba
[18945]   Stappers, Leo (1947) : Het toonsysteem van het lozi
[18947]   Stappers, Leo (1950) : Tussen Luba en Songye
[18948]   Stappers, Leo (1951) : Notes kete
[18949]   Stappers, Leo (1952) : Het Tshiluba als omgangstaal, of unificatie van de Luba-dialekten?
[18950]   Stappers, Leo (1952) : Het toonsysteem van het Buina Milembwe (Zuid-Kisongye)
[18951]   Stappers, Leo (1952) : Enige eigenaardigheden van het West-Kanyok
[18952]   Stappers, Leo (1953) : De toongroepen en hun wijzigingen in de taal der Aphende
[18953]   Stappers, Leo (1953) : In hoevverre verschilt het Kisongye van het Tshiluba?
[18954]   Stappers, Leo (1953) : Toonparallelisme als mnemotechnisch middel in spreekworden
[18955]   Stappers, Leo (1954) : Een Ruund dialekt: de taal der beena Tubeeya
[18956]   Stappers, Leo (1955) : Schets van het budya
[18957]   Stappers, Leo (1958) : L’emploi des personnels isolés (substitutifs) en ciluba
[18958]   Stappers, Leo (1962) : Toonstruktuur van het werkwoord in het Musolo
[18959]   Stappers, Leo (1963) : Notes hungana
[18960]   Stappers, Leo (1964) : Morfologie van het songye
[18961]   Stappers, Leo (1965) : Het hoofdtelwoord in de Bantoe-talen
[18962]   Stappers, Leo (1967) : Het passief suffix -u- in de Bantoe-talen
[18963]   Stappers, Leo (1967) : Esquisse grammaticale du boma, non-publié
[18964]   Stappers, Leo (1968) : Principes de la structure tonale du verbe en kaonde
[18965]   Stappers, Leo (1971) : Esquisse de la langue lengola
[18966]   Stappers, Leo (1973) : Esquisse de la langue mituku
[18967]   Stappers, Leo (1986) : Substitutiv und Possessiv im Bantu
[18968]   Stappers, Leo (1986) : Kanyok: eine Sprachskizze
[18969]   Stappers, Leo (1989) : Boma: eine Sprachskizze
[23259]   Stappers, Leo (1984) : Lexique kisongye-français
[18946]   Stappers, Leo & Emil Willems (1949) : Tonologische bijdrage tot de studie van het werkwoord in het Tshiluba
[18970]   Starke, A. (19--) : [Something about “die Phonetik des Otjiherero; titel ist unbekannt”]
[25341]   Starostin, George (2011) : On Mimi
[28751]   Starostin, George (2022) : The value of “triangulation” in determining phylogenetic relationship: On the areal and genetic connections of the Berta languages
[1082]   Starr, Alan (1989) : Scoiolinguistic survey of Wawa, a Mambiloid language of Cameroon
[25441]   Starwalt, Coleen Grace Anderson (2008) : The Acoustic Correlates Of ATR Harmony In Seven- And Nine-vowel African Languages: A Phonetic Inquiry Into Phonological Structure
[18971]   Stasolla, M. G. (1978) : Bibliografia linguistica tunisia
[18972]   Staudacher-Valliamee, Gillette (1992) : Phonologie du créole réunionnais: unité et diversité
[18973]   Staudacher-Valliamee, Gillette (2004) : Grammaire de créole réunionnais
[18974]   Stauffer, Daniel Ray (1997) : Essential elements of Songhay grammar
[24508]   Steele, Mary (1977 [1967]) : Konkomba
[28988]   Steele, Mary (ed.) (2015) : Likpakpaanl – English Dictionary
[18975]   Steele, Mary & Gretchen Weed (1966) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Konkomba
[26442]   Steeman, Sander (2012) : A grammar of Sandawe : a Khoisan language of Tanzania
[18976]   Steere, Edward (1934) : Swahili exercises
[28386]   Steffman, Jeremy (2018) : Nominal Inflection in the Safané Dialect of Dafing: Ternary Quantity Contrasts and Morphologically Conditioned Phonology
[18977]   Stegen, Oliver (2002) : Derivational processes in Rangi
[18978]   Stegen, Oliver (2004) : A pilot study of writing in Rangi society
[25715]   Stegen, Oliver (2010) : What Can Stylistic Comparison of Rangi Stories Tell Us About Grammatical Description?
[18979]   Steimer, Carl (1960) : Lärobok i Swahili
[18980]   Stein, Peter (1984) : Kreolisch und franzoesisch
[18981]   Steinberger, K. E. & Robert M. Vago (1987) : A multilevelled autosegmental analysis of vowel harmony in Bari
[18982]   Steinbergs, Aleksandra (1975) : The role of MSC’s in Oshikwanyama loan phonology
[18983]   Steinbergs, Aleksandra (1984) : Loanword incorporation processes: examples from Tshiluba
[18984]   Steinbergs, Aleksandra (1985) : Loanwords and MSC’s in Oshikwanyama
[18985]   Steinbergs, Aleksandra (1987) : Lexical and grammatical conditioning in DhoLuo phonology
[18986]   Steindorff, Georg (1921) : Kurzer Abriss der koptischen Grammatik
[18987]   Steindorff, Georg (1951) : Lehrbuch der koptischen Grammatik: Schrift- und Lautlehre, Formenlehre, Satzbau und die Sätze, mit Ergänzungen und berichtungen vermehrt und einer Bibliographie
[23359]   Steindorff, Georg (1930) : Koptische Grammatik, mit Chrestomathie, Wörterverzeichnis, und Literatur
[18988]   Steiner, R. C. (1977) : The case for fricative-laterals in proto-Semitic
[18989]   Stemler, A. B. L. , J. R. Harlan & J. M. J. Dewet (1975) : Caudatum sorghums and speakers of Chari-Nile languages in Africa
[18990]   Stennes, Leslie H. (1967) : A reference grammar of Adamawa Fulani
[18991]   Stepancenko, D. I. & Madina C. Osman (1969) : Kratkij somali-russkij i russko-somali slovar’ [Short Somali-Russian and Russian-Somali dictionary]
[18992]   Stephens, J. E. M. (1953) : Derivations of some Teso place names (Uganda)
[18993]   Sterk, Jan P. (1975) : The ordering of derivational tone rules in Yoruba
[18994]   Sterk, Jan P. (1976) : The Hohumono noun class system
[18995]   Sterk, Jan P. (1977) : Elements of Gade grammar
[18996]   Sterk, Jan P. (1978) : The noun class system of Gade (Nigeria)
[18997]   Sterk, Jan P. (1979) : Fortis/lenis contrast in Upper Cross consonants: a survey
[18998]   Sterk, Jan P. (1979) : A tentative classification of the Upper Cross languages
[18999]   Sterk, Jan P. (1994) : Gade-English dictionary, including English-Gade reference dictionary and summary of Gade grammar
[23059]   Sterk, Jan P. (1990) : Features of vowel assimilation in Gade, a language in evolution
[19000]   Stettner, R. (1962) : Deutschunterricht in Südwestafrika
[19004]   Stevens, Kenneth N. (1999) : Sources produces by suction
[19001]   Stevens, Paul B. (1974) : French and Arabic bilingualism in North Africa, with special reference to Tunisia: a study of attitudes and language use patterns
[19002]   Stevens, Paul B. (1983) : Ambivalence, modernization and language attitudes: French and Arabic in Tunisia
[19003]   Stevens, Virginia & Maurice Salib (1987) : First English and Arabic picture dictionary
[19005]   Stevenson, Marion S. (1927) : Specimens of Kikuyu proverbs
[19006]   Stevenson, Roland C. (1952) : A survey of the phonetics and grammatical structure of the ‘Nuba’ mountain languages, with particular reference to Otoro, Katcha and Nyimang
[19007]   Stevenson, Roland C. (1956/57) : A survey of the phonetics and grammatical structure of the Nuba mountain languages, with particular reference to Otoro, Katcha and Nyimang ; parts 1-2
[19008]   Stevenson, Roland C. (1957/58) : A survey of the phonetics and grammatical structure of the Nuba mountain languages, with particular reference to Otoro, Katcha and Nyimang ; parts 3-5
[19009]   Stevenson, Roland C. (1964) : Linguistic research in the Nuba Mountains ; part 2
[19010]   Stevenson, Roland C. (1969) : Bagirmi grammar
[19011]   Stevenson, Roland C. (1975) : The present position of research in the Nuba Mountain languages
[19012]   Stevenson, Roland C. (1978) : Manuscript material on Masalit collected at the University of Khartoum (informant: Ibrahim Yahya Abdarrahman, 3rd year linguistics student)
[19013]   Stevenson, Roland C. (1983) : Adjectives in Nyimang, with special reference to k- and t- prefixes
[19014]   Stevenson, Roland C. (1991) : Relationship of Kadugli-Krongo to Nilo-Saharan: morphology and lexis
[22728]   Stevenson, Roland C. (1978) : Tama fieldnotes
[23661]   Stevenson, Roland C. (19--) : Dictionary of Katcha
[24053]   Stevenson, Roland C. (1943) : The Otoro language
[25853]   Stevenson, Roland C. (2009) : Tira and Otoro. Two Kordofanian Grammars
[19016]   Stevenson, Roland C. & Marvin Lionel Bender (1999) : Uduk grammar and lexicon
[19015]   Stevenson, Roland C. , Franz Rottland & Angelika Jakobi (1992) : The verb in Nyimang and Dinik
[19017]   Stevick, Earl W. (1959) : Inflection of the Manyika verb
[19019]   Stevick, Earl W. (1960) : The implosive-explosive contrast in Manyika
[19022]   Stevick, Earl W. (1964) : Two Bantu consonant systems
[19026]   Stevick, Earl W. (1965) : Pitch and duration in two Yoruba idiolects
[19027]   Stevick, Earl W. (1966) : The substantive paradigms of Manyika
[19028]   Stevick, Earl W. (1967) : The teaching of African languages in the United States since 1961
[19029]   Stevick, Earl W. (1969) : Pitch and duration in Ganda
[19030]   Stevick, Earl W. (1969) : Tone in Bantu
[19031]   Stevick, Earl W. (1969) : African language tapes
[23626]   Stevick, Earl W. (1963) : Bambara basic course
[19032]   Stevick, Earl W. & Fred[erick] Katabazi Kamoga (1970) : Luganda pretraining program
[19018]   Stevick, Earl W. & Kingston Machiwana (1960) : Manyika step-by-step
[19023]   Stevick, Earl W. & Linda Hollander (1965) : Chinyanja: basic course
[19021]   Stevick, Earl W. & Olaleye Aremu (1963) : Yoruba basic course
[19020]   Stevick, Earl W. , J. G. Mlela & F. N. Njenga (1963) : Swahili basic course
[19025]   Stevick, Earl W. , M. Mataranyika & L. Mataranyika (1965) : Shona basic course
[19024]   Stevick, Earl W. , Raymond Setukura & others (1965) : Kirundi basic course
[19035]   Stewart, A. (1943) : A Hausa-English guide
[19078]   Stewart, Devin J. (1999) : Color terms in Egyptian Arabic
[19050]   Stewart, G. & Paul Edward Hedley Hair (1969) : A bibliography of the Vai language and script
[19033]   Stewart, James (1921) : Outlines of Kaffir grammar, with ptactical exercises
[19034]   Stewart, James (1928) : Kaffir phrase book
[19036]   Stewart, James (1953) : Xosa phrase book (formerly known as the “Kafir phrase book”)
[19051]   Stewart, James (1969) : Xhosa phrase book
[19065]   Stewart, James (1981) : Xhosa phrase book and vocabulary
[19037]   Stewart, John Massie (1956) : Notes on Baule phonology
[19038]   Stewart, John Massie (1962) : An analysis of the structure of the Fante verb
[19039]   Stewart, John Massie (1963) : Some restrictions on objects in Twi
[19040]   Stewart, John Massie (1963) : Twi tenses in the negative
[19041]   Stewart, John Massie (1965) : The typology of the Twi tone system
[19044]   Stewart, John Massie (1966) : Comparative study of the Volta-Comoe languages
[19045]   Stewart, John Massie (1966) : Awutu, Larteh, Nkonya and Krachi, with glosses in English and Twi
[19046]   Stewart, John Massie (1966) : Asante Twi in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[19047]   Stewart, John Massie (1966) : Akan history: some linguistic evidence
[19048]   Stewart, John Massie (1967) : Tongue-root position in Akan vowel harmony
[19049]   Stewart, John Massie (1967) : Akan-centred linguistic acculturation
[19052]   Stewart, John Massie (1970) : Tongue root position in the Volta-Comoe languages, and its significance for the reconstruction of the original Bantu vowel sounds
[19053]   Stewart, John Massie (1970) : A theory of the origin of Akan vowel harmony
[19054]   Stewart, John Massie (1970) : The lenis stops of the Potou Lagoon languages
[19055]   Stewart, John Massie (1971) : Niger-Kongo, Kwa
[19056]   Stewart, John Massie (1971) : Onwards from Guthrie’s Comparative Bantu
[19057]   Stewart, John Massie (1972) : The languages
[19058]   Stewart, John Massie (1972) : ‘Implosives’ in Proto-Bantu? A question arising from comparison with ‘Western Kwa’ languages
[19059]   Stewart, John Massie (1973) : The lenis stops of the Potou Lagoon languages and their significance for pre-Bantu reconstruction
[19060]   Stewart, John Massie (1973) : The final light syllables of Akan and their significance for Volta-Comoe reconstruction
[19061]   Stewart, John Massie (1975) : Lenis stops and the origins of Volta-Comoe consonant mutation
[19062]   Stewart, John Massie (1976) : Towards Volta-Congo reconstruction
[19063]   Stewart, John Massie (1976) : The final light syllables of Akan (Twi-Fante) and their significance for Volta-Comoé reconstruction
[19066]   Stewart, John Massie (1981) : Key lowering (downstep/downglide) in Dschang
[19067]   Stewart, John Massie (1983) : The high unadvanced vowels of proto-Tano-Congo
[19068]   Stewart, John Massie (1983) : Downstep and floating tones in Adioukrou
[19069]   Stewart, John Massie (1983) : Akan vowel harmony: the word structure conditions and the floating vowels
[19070]   Stewart, John Massie (1983) : Asante tone shift
[19071]   Stewart, John Massie (1989) : Kwa
[19072]   Stewart, John Massie (1989) : Fortis/lenis and vowel length in Proto-Bantu
[19073]   Stewart, John Massie (1993) : Dschang and Ebrié as Akan-type total downstep languages
[19074]   Stewart, John Massie (1993) : The second Tano consonant shift and its likeness to Grimm’s law
[19075]   Stewart, John Massie (1994) : The comparative phonology of Gbe and its significance for that of Kwa and Volta-Congo (review article)
[19076]   Stewart, John Massie (1995) : Implosives, homorganic nasals and nasalized vowels in Volta-Congo
[19079]   Stewart, John Massie (1999) : Nasal vowel creation without nasal consonant deletion and the eventual loss of nasal vowels thus created: the pre-Bantu case
[19080]   Stewart, John Massie (2000) : An explanation of Bantu vowel height harmony in terms of a pre-Bantu nasalized vowel lowering
[19081]   Stewart, John Massie (2002) : The potential of Proto-Potou-Akanic-Bantu as a pilot for Proto-Niger-Congo, and the reconstructions updated
[23233]   Stewart, John Massie (2005) : Three-grade consonant mutation in the Fulanic and Akanic languages and in their latest common ancestor (Proto-Niger-Congo?)
[23771]   Stewart, John Massie (2000/01) : Symmetric vs asymmetric vowel height harmony and e,o vs i,u in Proto-Bantu and Proto-Savannah Bantu
[19064]   Stewart, John Massie & Hélène van Leynseele (1979) : Underlying cross-height vowel harmony in Nen (Bantu A.44)
[19077]   Stewart, Osumuyimen Thompson (1997) : Object agreement and the serial verb construction: some minimalist considerations
[19043]   Stewart, William A. , Cheikh Babov , Dorothy Pedtke & others (1966) : Introductory course in Dakar Wolof
[19084]   Steyn, Elna C. (1991) : Vraagwoorde en vraagpartikels in Noord-Sotho
[19085]   Steyn, Elna C. (1992) : A pragmatic reinterpretation of interrogative particles in Northern Sotho
[19086]   Steyn, Elna C. & Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo (1995) : Interrogative words in Northern Sotho appearing in the subject or initial sentence position
[19082]   Steyn, Jacob C. (1968) : Enkele sintaktiese kenmerke van sommige woordklasse in Afrikaans
[19083]   Steyn, Jacob C. (1984) : Die oorlewing van Afrikaans
[19087]   Steytler, J. G. (1937) : Cinenedwe ca Cinyanja
[19088]   Stielau, Hildegard Irma (1965) : Nataler Deutsch
[19089]   Stielau, Hildegard Irma (1980) : Nataler Deutsch: eine Dokumentation unter bes. Berücksichtigung des englischen und afrikaansen Einflusses auf die deutsche Sprache in Natal
[19090]   Stigand, Chauncey Hugh (1923) : A Nuer-English dictionary
[19091]   Stigand, Chauncey Hugh (1923) : The position of Lado languages
[19092]   Stigler, L. (1978/84) : AUX, NEG, MAI and the underlying structure of gerundive nominals
[19093]   Stillman, N. A. (1988) : The language and culture of the Jews of Sefrou, Morocco: an ethnolinguistic study
[19094]   Stinson, D. Lloyd (1976) : Two Cushitic languages, 2: Hadiyya
[19095]   Stirnimann, Hans (1983) : Praktische Grammatik der Pangwa-Sprache (SW-Tanzania)
[26434]   Stirtz, Tim & al. (2014) : Belanda Bor-English Dictionary
[25988]   Stirtz, Timothy (2011) : Lumun Narrative Discourse Analysis
[26445]   Stirtz, Timothy (2012) : A grammar of Gaahmg, a Nilo-Saharan language of Sudan
[23091]   Stirtz, Timothy M. (2004) : Phonology and orthography in Gaahmg
[24976]   Stirtz, Timothy M. (2006) : Possession of Alienable and Inalienable Nouns in Gaahmg
[25029]   Stirtz, Timothy M. (2009) : [ATR] vowel harmony in Gaahmg ‒ a six-vowel system
[26143]   Stirtz, Timothy M. (2012) : Polar Tone of Laarim, a Surmic Language of Sudan
[26366]   Stirtz, Timothy M. (2014) : ’Bëlï Phonology, Tone and Orthography
[26481]   Stirtz, Timothy M. (2014) : Body-part adpositions in Gaahmg: Grammaticalized forms with person-marker vowels
[27373]   Stirtz, Timothy M. (2014) : Ergative, antipassive and other verb derivational morphemes in Gaahmg
[19096]   Stofberg, Yvonne R. (1978) : Migili grammar
[19097]   Stofberg, Yvonne R. (1979) : Migili phonology
[23482]   Stokes, M. J. (19--) : Code-switching and lexical expansion in Swahili
[24334]   Stolbova, Olga (2006) : Chadic Lexical Data-Base: A project
[24848]   Stolbova, Olga (2007) : Secondary laterals in Chadic
[25830]   Stolbova, Olga (2009) : Plurality in Chadic: Some active and frozen models
[26518]   Stolbova, Olga (2013) : Postvelars in Chadic – Internal reconstruction and external parallels, Part I
[19098]   Stolbova, Olga Valerievna (1987) : Sravnitel’no-istoriceskaya fonetika i slovar’ zapadnocadskix jazykov
[19099]   Stolbova, Olga Valerievna (1988) : Cushitic and West Chadic isoglosses and cognate sets
[19100]   Stolbova, Olga Valerievna (1995) : Lateral sybilants in Chadic (reconstruction) and their correspondences in Semitic and Egyptian
[19101]   Stolbova, Olga Valerievna (1996) : Studies in Chadic comparative phonology
[19102]   Stolbova, Olga Valerievna (2003) : Sibilant affricates in Chadic
[19103]   Stolte, E. (1951) : Analyse und Synthese der Entwicklungsgeschichte des ägyptischen Verbs
[19104]   Stolz, A. (1933/34) : Die Namen einiger afrikanischer Nutzplanzen in der Konde-Sprache
[19105]   Stolz, Thomas (1990) : Afrikaans: eine Fallstudie zur diachronen Kontinuitat und/oder Diskontinuitat
[19106]   Stone, Gerald L. (1991) : An ethnographic and socio-semantic analysis of lexis among working-class Afrikaans speaking coloured adolescent and young adult males in the Cape Peninsula
[19107]   Stone, Gerald L. (1995) : The lexicon and sociolinguistic codes of the working-class Afrikaans-speaking Cape Peninsula coloured community
[19108]   Stone, Gerald L. (2002) : The lexicon and sociolinguistic codes of the working-class Afrikaans-speaking Cape Peninsula coloured community
[19109]   Stoneham, H. F. & [Lord] Raglan (1931) : East African languages, with a reply from Lord Raglan - Correspondence to the editor
[19110]   Stoop, Henk (19--) : Lolinga
[19111]   Stoop, Henk (1976) : Gesogo-grammatika
[19112]   Stoop, Henk (1977) : Le lyombo, un dialecte des topoke
[19113]   Stoop, Henk (1989) : Le connectif du sogo (C53)
[19114]   Stoop, Henk (1989) : Les préfixes du sogo (C53)
[19115]   Stoops, Yvette (1979) : The Afrikaner and his language
[19116]   Stopa, Roman (1935) : Die Schnalze: ihre Natur, Entwicklung und Ursprung
[19117]   Stopa, Roman (1939) : Die Schnalzlaute im Zusammenhang mit den sonstigen Lautarten der menschlichen Sprache
[19118]   Stopa, Roman (1939) : Die Schnalzlaute
[19119]   Stopa, Roman (1947) : The Hottentots: their culture, language, folk-tales and songs
[19120]   Stopa, Roman (1949) : Hotentoci: kultura, jezyk, bajki, piesni
[19121]   Stopa, Roman (1949) : Symbolika dziekow w niektórych jezykach afrykanskich [Sound symbolism in African languages]
[19122]   Stopa, Roman (1950) : Czy wolno zestawiac jezyki mlaskowe z bezmlaskowymi? [Can we compare click languages with clickless ones?]
[19123]   Stopa, Roman (1952) : Bushman and Hottentot among the isolating languages of Africa
[19124]   Stopa, Roman (1956) : Powstanie mowy ludzkiej w oswietleniu antropologii i jezykoznawstwa [The origin of human languages in the light of anthropology and comparative linguistics]
[19125]   Stopa, Roman (1957) : From clicks to expiratory consonants. Part 1: the typical sounds of human speech and their functioning in the phonetic systems of some African languages
[19126]   Stopa, Roman (1957) : The energy producing speech and the typical phonetic systems of African languages
[19127]   Stopa, Roman (1958) : From clicks to expiratory consonants. Part 2: general remarks on the mechanism of the transformation of click-blocks into clicklike and expiratory consonants
[19128]   Stopa, Roman (1960) : De avulsivorum sonorum in nonnullis africae linguis evolutione/The evolution of click sounds in some African languages: a study in African linguistics and ethnology
[19129]   Stopa, Roman (1960) : The evolution of click sounds in some African languages: a study in African linguistics and ethnology
[19130]   Stopa, Roman (1961) : Passive voice on the background of other morphological processes in African languages
[19131]   Stopa, Roman (1962) : Bushman as a language of primitive type
[19132]   Stopa, Roman (1962) : Lautliche und grammatische Probleme der Khoisansprachen
[19133]   Stopa, Roman (1963) : Buszmenszczyzna a prehistoria mowy ludzkiej/La langue des bushmen et la préhistoire de la langue humaine/Bushman language and the prehistory of speech
[19134]   Stopa, Roman (1965) : Die Entwicklung der Sprachlaute
[19135]   Stopa, Roman (1965) : The genetic unity of African languages
[19136]   Stopa, Roman (1966) : Sprachentwicklung der Menscheit (exemplifiert durch diejenige in Afrika) und Spracherwerb des Kindes
[19137]   Stopa, Roman (1966) : Afrikanisch und Indogermanisch: zufällige Konvergenzen oder Substart- und Kontaktfaktoren?
[19138]   Stopa, Roman (1966) : Einige Überreste von ursprünglichen Gebärden in afrikanischen Sprachen
[19140]   Stopa, Roman (1968) : Kann man eine Brücke schlagen zwischen der Kommunikation der Primaten und derjenigen der Urmenschen?
[19141]   Stopa, Roman (1968) : Bushman substratum or Bushman origin in Hausa
[19142]   Stopa, Roman (1968) : Das konsonantische Lautsystem des Zulu im lichte der historischen Dialektologie
[19143]   Stopa, Roman (1969) : “Ammensprachliches” aus Afrika und Europa
[19144]   Stopa, Roman (1971) : A contribution to the genesis of the Bantu linguistic type
[19145]   Stopa, Roman (1972) : Structure of Bushman and its traces in Indo-European
[19146]   Stopa, Roman (1975) : Evolution der Sprache
[19147]   Stopa, Roman (1977) : The evoltuion of click sounds in West Sudanic
[19148]   Stopa, Roman (1979) : Clicks: their form, function and their transformation, or how our ancestors were gesticulating, clicking and crying
[19149]   Stopa, Roman (1981) : The role of clicks in the evolution of language
[19150]   Stopa, Roman (1983) : Supposed first words of Apeman
[19151]   Stopa, Roman (1994) : Clicks to the attention of language origins researchers
[19139]   Stopa, Roman & Boleslaw Garlicki (1966) : Maly slownik suahilijsko-polski i polsko-suahilijski [Swahili-Polish and Polish-Swahili dictionary]
[19152]   Storaci, E. (1935) : Il poliglotta africano. Vademecum per l’Africa orientale italiana, arabo, swahili, somalo, galla, tigrino, tigre: raccolta dei vocaboli piu Usati
[19153]   Storbeck, F. (19--) : Ful-Sprache
[19154]   Storch, Anne (1995) : Die Anlautpermutation in den westatlantischen Sprachen
[19155]   Storch, Anne (1996) : Die Anlautpermutation im Westatlantischen und das Problem der Implosiva
[19156]   Storch, Anne (1997) : Where have all the noun classes gone? A study of Jukun
[19157]   Storch, Anne (1999) : Das Hone und seine Stellung im Zentral-Jukunoid
[19160]   Storch, Anne (2003) : Dynamics of interacting populations: language contact in the Lwoo languages of Bahr el-Ghazal
[19161]   Storch, Anne (2004) : Traces of a secret language: circumfixes in Hone (Jukun) plurals
[24722]   Storch, Anne (2007) : Grammatical Change and Emblematic Features in Western Nilotic
[24977]   Storch, Anne (2006) : Aspect and Evidentiality in Luwo
[25180]   Storch, Anne (2009) : Negation in Jukun
[25324]   Storch, Anne (2011) : Copy Pronouns and Pragmatics in Northern Jukun
[25513]   Storch, Anne (2012) : Jukun verbal nouns
[25809]   Storch, Anne (2009) : Cultured Contact: Ritualisation and Semantics in Jukun
[26796]   Storch, Anne (2014) : Counting chickens in Luwo
[26799]   Storch, Anne (2014) : A Grammar of Luwo - An anthropological approach
[26800]   Storch, Anne (2005) : The Noun Morphology of Western Nilotic
[26801]   Storch, Anne (2010) : Morphosyntax of Luwo
[26802]   Storch, Anne (2010) : Grammatical Categories of the Noun in Chopi (South Lwoo)
[27272]   Storch, Anne (2014) : Don’t get me wrong here, but I think I may have seen this – knowledge, concealment and perception in Maaka
[27708]   Storch, Anne (2005) : Haptische, visuelle und olfaktorische Sprachen: Westnilotische Wahrnehmungen
[19159]   Storch, Anne & Rudolf Leger (Ed) (2002) : Die afrikanistische Feldforschung
[19158]   Storch, Anne & Yao Koffi (2000) : Noun classes and consonant alternation in Akebu (Kègbèrekê)
[25320]   Storch, Anne , Gratien G. Atindogbé & Roger M. Blench (Eds) (2011) : Copy Pronouns - Case Studies from African Languages
[19167]   Störk, Lothar (1981) : Ägyptisch
[25286]   Storoshenko, Dennis Ryan (2009) : Investigating the Shona Reflexive zvi
[19162]   Storto, Gianluca (2003) : Agreement in Masai and the syntax of possessive DPs (I)
[19163]   Story, Robert (1937) : Unpublished materials on the Ki|hazi dialect of Bushman
[19164]   Story, Robert (1964) : Plant lore of the Bushmen
[19165]   Story, Robert (1999) : K’u|ha:si manuscript [edited by Anthony Traill]
[19166]   Story, Robert (1999) : K’u|ha:si manuscript (MS collections of the Ki|hazi dialect of Bushman, 1937) [edited by Anthony Traill]
[25783]   Stoyanova, Marina (2009) : Topic and focus constructions in Somali and Berber
[26172]   Strabone, Andrew & Sharon Rose (2012) : Morphophonological Properties of Moro Causatives
[19168]   Strandquist, Rachel (2004) : A DistinctForm approach to reduplication in Mauritian Creole
[19169]   Strasbach, Marie-Odile & Bernard Barc (1984) : Dictionnaire inversé du copte
[19170]   Straube, Helmut (1957) : Das Dualsystem und die Halaka-Verfassung der Ometo-Völker Südäthiopiens
[19171]   Strauch, Christiane (1994) : Diskursanalyse informeller Gerichstverfahren bei den Sukuma (Tanzania) anhand konkreter Fälle
[19172]   Strauss, Andre (1992) : Language and unity: community reflections
[19173]   Strazny, Philipp (2000) : On Bantu agreement
[22664]   Strazny, Philipp (2003) : Depression in Zulu: tonal effects of segmental features
[19174]   Strecker, Ivo (1976) : Hamer speech situations
[19175]   Strecker, Ivo (1988) : Some notes on the use of “Barjo” in Hamar
[19176]   Strelcyn, Stefan (1973) : Médecine et plantes d’Ethiopie
[19177]   Strelcyn, Stefan (1978) : Emprunt? Parenté? Hybride? Calque? Toponyme? Sur quelques noms des plantes Gallas et Amhariques
[19178]   Strevens, P. D. (1952/55) : Konkomba or Dagomba?
[19179]   Strevens, P. D. (1965) : Pronunciations of English in West Africa
[19180]   Strevens, P. D. (1966) : Report on linguistic aspects of the research and teaching programmes of the University of Zambia
[19181]   Stricker, B. H. (1936) : Trois études de phonétique et de morphologie coptes
[19182]   Stricker, B. H. (1945) : De indeeling der egyptische taalgeschiedenis
[23663]   Stricker, B. H. (1940) : A study in Medieval Nubian
[19183]   Stroganova, I. P. (1950) : Khrestomatiya yazyka suahili [Swahili chrestomathy]
[19184]   Stroganova, I. P. (1952) : Process razvitija imennoj klassifikacii v jazykax bantu
[19201]   Ström, Eva-Marie (1993) : Number formation in Burunge, including a Burunge-English and an English-Burunge wordlist
[24757]   Ström, Eva-Marie (2009) : The Situation of Ndengeleko: A Coastal Tanzanian Language (P10)
[26260]   Ström, Eva-Marie (2013) : The Ndengeleko language of Tanzania
[19185]   Stronach, Neil R. H. , Mohamed Ligogi , Mshigagi Mfaume , Joseph Kilindo & Sufiani Magona (1994) : A list of vernacular names of wild animals of Selous Game Reserve and the surrounding buffer zones: Kingindo, Kimatumbi and Kipogoro
[24886]   Stroomer, Harry (2008) : A Grammar of Boraana Oromo (Kenya). Phonology, Morphology, Vocabularies
[19186]   Stroomer, Harry J. (1984) : Oromo dialectology: some issues in the Oromo dialect cluster
[19187]   Stroomer, Harry J. (1987) : A comparative study of three Oromo dialects in Kenya: phonology, morphology and vocabulary
[19188]   Stroomer, Harry J. (1988) : On the base form and the non-base form of words in the Boorana, Orma and Waata dialects of Oromo
[19189]   Stroomer, Harry J. (1991) : Dialect divergence in southern Oromo: notes on the Boraana, Orma and Waata lexicon
[19190]   Stroomer, Harry J. (1995) : A grammar of Boraana Oromo (Kenya): phonology, morphology, vocabularies
[19191]   Stroomer, Harry J. (2001) : A concise vocabulary of Orma Oromo (Kenya): Orma-English/English-Orma
[19192]   Stroud, Christopher (1996) : The development of metropolitan languages in post-colonial contexts: language contact and language change and the case of Portuguese in Maputo
[19196]   Stroud, Christopher (2001) : African mother-tongue programmes and the politics of language: linguistic citizenship versus linguistic human rights
[19197]   Stroud, Christopher (2002) : Framing Bourdieu socioculturally: alternative forms of linguistic legitimacy in postcolonial Mozambique
[19198]   Stroud, Christopher (2003) : Postmodernist perspectives on local languages: African mother-tongue education in times of globalisation
[19199]   Stroud, Christopher (2004) : Revisiting reversing language shift: African languages in high modernity
[19195]   Stroud, Christopher & Antonio Tuzine (Ed) (1998) : Uso de linguas africanas no ensino: problemas e perspectivas
[19193]   Stroud, Christopher & Perpétua Gonçalves (Ed) (1997) : Panorama do português oral do Maputo, I: objectivos e métodos
[19194]   Stroud, Christopher & Perpétua Gonçalves (Ed) (1997) : Panorama do português oral do Maputo, II: a construção de um banco de “erros”
[19200]   Strover, A. E. & S. C. Mazorodze (1965) : A Shona-English phrase book for nurses, students and doctors
[19202]   Struck, Bernhard (1921) : Die Einheitssprache Deutsch-Ostafrikas
[19203]   Struck, Bernhard (1928) : A bibliography for the languages of southern Sudan
[25447]   Struck, Bernhard (1908) : A vocabulary of the Fipa language
[26744]   Struck, Bernhard (2015) : Die Gbaya-Sprache (Dar-Fertit)
[19205]   Strümpell, Kurt (1922/23) : Wörterverzeichnis der Heidensprachen des Mandare-Gebirges (Adamaua)
[19204]   Struyf, P. Ivo (1939) : Esquisse de grammaire du kidinga de Mukene Mbel
[19207]   Strydom, Louise (2005) : A sociolinguistic profile of Mamelodi and Atteridgeville: its role in language policy development at local government level
[19206]   Strydom, S. (1963) : Die Afrikaans van die Angolaboere
[19208]   Stuart, P. A. (1932) : A Zulu grammar for beginners
[19209]   Stuart, P. A. (1940) : A Zulu grammar for beginners
[19210]   Stucky, Suzanne U. (1976) : Locatives as objects in Ciluba: a function of transitivity
[19211]   Stucky, Suzanne U. (1978) : How a noun system may be lost: evidence from Kituba (lingua franca Kikongo)
[19212]   Stucky, Suzanne U. (1978) : Locative phrases and alternative concord in Tshiluba
[19213]   Stucky, Suzanne U. (1979) : The interaction of tone and focus in Makua
[19214]   Stucky, Suzanne U. (1981) : Word order variation in Makua: a phrase structure grammar analysis
[19215]   Stucky, Suzanne U. (1981) : Word order freedom and the status of the verb phrase in Makua
[19216]   Stucky, Suzanne U. (1985) : Order in Makua syntax
[19217]   Stude, Traute (1995) : Language change and language: maintenance in the island of Tumbatu
[19218]   Stumme, Hans (1927) : Eine sonderbare Anwendung von Akkusativkonfixen im Berberischen
[19219]   Stump, Gregory T. (1992) : The adjacency condition and the formation of diminutives in Mwera and Kikuyu
[19220]   Stump, Gregory T. (1993) : Reconstituting morphology: the case of Bantu preprefixation
[19221]   Stumpf, Rudolph (1979) : La politique linguistique au Cameroun de 1884-1960: comparaison entre les administrations coloniales allemande, française et britannique et du rôle joué par les sociétés missionaries
[19222]   Styler, N. C. (1993) : Implementing language rights in court: the role of the court interpreter in South Africa
[19223]   Styler, N. C. (1993?) : Implementing language rights in court: the role of the court interpreter in South Africa
[19224]   Sudlow, David (2001) : The Tamasheq of north-east Burkina-Faso: notes on grammar and syntax including a key vocabulary
[25052]   Sudlow, David (2009) : Dictionary of the Tamasheq of North-East Burkina Faso
[25643]   Sudlow, David (2011) : The Tamasheq of North-East Burkina Faso. Notes on Grammar and Syntax including a Key Vocabulary
[28461]   Sudlow, David (2021) : Tashelhiyt Berber Verbs - Understanding Berber Verbs by Studying Tashelhiyt Berber Verb Forms.
[19225]   Sugawara, Kazuyoshi (1991) : [Rhetoric of redundancy: “prolonged talk” among the Central Kalahari San]
[19226]   Sugawara, Kazuyoshi (1991) : [The conversational organization among the San: with special reference to “prolonged talk”
[19227]   Sugawara, Kazuyoshi (1996) : Some methodological issues for the analysis of everyday conversations among the |Gui
[19228]   Sugawara, Kazuyoshi (1997) : A name as a mnemonic device: an ethnographic study of personal names among the Central San (|Gui and //Gana)
[19229]   Sugawara, Kazuyoshi (1998) : The ‘egalitarian’ attitude in everyday conversations among the |Gui
[19230]   Sugawara, Kazuyoshi (2001) : Cognitive space concerning habitual thought and practice toward animals among the Central San (|Gui and //Gana): deictic/indirect cognition and prospective/retrospective intention
[28921]   Suggett, Colin (2015) : The Factative and the Perfective-Inchoative in Cuurammã (Turka, Gur)
[26473]   Suggett, Colin & Dot Suggett (2003) : Petit lexique tchourama-français
[24551]   Suggett, Colin J. (2002) : Turka Grammar Sketch
[19231]   Sugira, Ndatirwa (1976) : Étude des mots d’emprunt en kinyarwanda
[19232]   Sukumane, Joyce B. G. (1986) : Objects and causative constructions in Siswati
[19233]   Sukumane, Joyce B. G. (1998) : African languages, English and educational policy in Namibia
[19234]   Sukumane, Joyce B. G. (2000) : The future of African languages in Namibia: is there a plan?
[19235]   Sukumane, Joyce B. G. (2000) : Issues in language planning and policy: the case of Namibia
[28066]   Suleh, Everlyn Achieng' (2014) : A morphosyntactic analysis of ambiguity of mood in Dholuo : minimalist programme aproach (1995)
[19236]   Suleiman, Yasir (Ed) (1996) : Language and identity in middle east and north Africa
[28779]   Sulemana, Abdul-Razak (2022) : Temporal Remoteness Markers in Buli
[28796]   Sulemana, Abdul-Razak (2022) : Obligatory controlled subjects in Bùlì
[28932]   Sullivan, Nancy & Terry Sullivan (eds.) (2015) : Ajagbe – French – English Dictionary
[19237]   Sullivan, Terrence D. (2004) : A preliminary report on existing information on the Manding languages of West Africa: summary and suggestions for future research
[19238]   Sumaili, NʼGayé-Lussa (1974) : Lexique parlamentaire et legislatif en usage sous la deuxième législature
[28734]   Sumbatova, Nina & Valentin Vydrin (2021) : N-initial nouns in Landuma and their counterparts in Mande
[19239]   Sumner, A. T. (19--) : Grammar for beginners (Mende)
[19240]   Sumner, A. T. (1921) : A handbook of the Sherbro language
[19241]   Sumner, A. T. (1922) : A handbook of the Temne language
[19242]   Sumner, A. T. (1922) : Names of diseases in Mende
[19243]   Sumner, A. T. (1932) : Mendi writing
[19244]   Sumner, Claude (1952) : Étude expérimentale de l’amharique moderne (d’après la prononciation d’Abraha françois)
[19245]   Sundberg, W. (1930) : Grammatiska anteckningar till Kisakata [Grammatical notes to Kisakata]
[19246]   Sure, E. Kembo (1973) : Grammatical and phonological integration of English loanwords into Dholuo
[19247]   Sure, E. Kembo (1991) : Language functions and language attitudes in Kenya
[19248]   Sure, E. Kembo (2000) : Suba ethnolinguistic revival
[19249]   Sure, E. Kembo (2004) : Establishing a national standard and English language curriculum change in Kenya
[22834]   Sure, E. Kembo (1992) : The coming of Sheng
[27815]   Sure, Kembo (2020) : Language policy and politics
[19250]   Surugue, Bernard (1978) : Études gurmance (Niger): phonologie, classes nominales et lexique
[19251]   Surugue, Bernard (1979) : Études gulmance (Haute-Volta): phonologie, classes nominales, lexiques
[27154]   Susanne Mohr (2017) : Compounding or Paraphrase? Sign Sequences in the Hunting Language of the ǁAni-Khwe
[19252]   Sutherlin, Ruth (1962) : Language situation in East Africa
[19253]   Sutton, John E. G. (Ed) (1994/95) : The growth of farming communities in Africa from the Equator southwards
[19254]   Suzman, Susan M. (1982) : Strategies for acquiring Zulu concord
[19255]   Suzman, Susan M. (1985) : Learning the passive in Zulu
[19256]   Suzman, Susan M. (1987) : Passives and prototypes in Zulu children’s speech
[19257]   Suzman, Susan M. (1991) : Language acquisition in Zulu
[19258]   Suzman, Susan M. (1994) : Names as pointers: Zulu personal naming practices
[19259]   Suzman, Susan M. (1995) : The discourse origin of agreement in Zulu
[19260]   Suzman, Susan M. (1996) : Acquisition of noun class systems in related Bantu languages
[19261]   Suzman, Susan M. (1999) : Learn Zulu the way children do
[22665]   Suzman, Susan M. (2002) : Morphological accessibility in Zulu
[26519]   Suzzi-Valli, Alessandro & Jules Jacques Coly (2013) : The Maaka language – First insights
[19262]   Svolacchia, Marco (1987) : Tipologia delle ostruenti labiali in afroasiatico e implicazioni diachroniche e teoriche
[19264]   Svolacchia, Marco & Annarita Puglielli (1999) : Somali as a polysynthetic language
[19263]   Svolacchia, Marco , Lunella Mereu & Annarita Puglielli (1995) : Aspects of discourse configurationality in Somali
[19265]   Swackhamer, Jeanette (1981) : Podoko phonology
[19268]   Swackhamer, Jeanette (1991) : Tonal behavior of Podoko verbs in independent clauses
[22594]   Swackhamer, Jeanette (1989) : Grammatical downstep and high tone with depressor consonants in Podoko verbs
[19266]   Swackhamer, Jeanette & Elizabeth Jarvis (1981) : Notes on the internal structure of Podoko narrative discourse
[19267]   Swackhamer, Jeanette & Stephen Craig Anderson (1982) : Podoko tone
[19269]   Swadesh, Morris , Evangelina Araña , John Theodor Bendor-Samuel & William André Auquier Wilson (1966) : A preliminary glottochronology of Gur languages
[19272]   Swanepoel, C. F. (1970) : Sintagmatiese kombineerbarheid van verbale suffikale morfeme in Suid-Sotho
[19274]   Swanepoel, C. F. (1979) : Mathe le leleme
[19275]   Swanepoel, C. J. (1983) : Die segmentele fonologie van Noord-Sotho: ’n transformasionele generatiewe interpretasie
[19270]   Swanepoel, J. F. (1927) : The sounds of Afrikaans: their dialectic variations and the difficulties which they present to the Englishman
[19271]   Swanepoel, J. F. (1928) : English sounds in South Africa
[19276]   Swanepoel, P. H. & H. J. Pieterse (Ed) (199-) : Perspektiewe op taalbeplanning vir Suid-Afrika/Perspectives on language planning in South Africa
[19273]   Swanepoel, S. A. (1975) : Die hulpwerkwoorde van Tswana: ’n morfologiese, valensionele en semantiese beskrywing
[19277]   Swarg, C. H. (1---) : Vocabulary
[19278]   Swart, C. P. (1934) : Africanderisms: a supplement to Rev. Charles Pettman’s glossary
[19279]   Swartenbroeckx, F. (1948) : Dictionnaire kiyansi ou kiyei, langage des bayansi ou bayey de territoire de Banningville (district du Lac Léopold II) au Congo Belge
[19280]   Swartenbroeckx, Pierre (1952) : Dictionnaire kikongo simplifié-français; français-kikongo simplifié
[19281]   Swartenbroeckx, Pierre (1973) : Dictionnaire kikongo et kituba-français
[19282]   Swarts, Patti (1996) : View of language policy and issues in Namibia as they affect basic education
[19283]   Swarts, Patti (2001) : Language policy implementation in Namibia: realities, challenges anf politics
[19285]   Swartz, J. J. (1985) : Integrating the language laboratory with a communicative approach to teaching English second language to Afrikaans-speakers at senior secondary and tertiary levels in South Africa: an exploratory study
[19284]   Swartz, Marc J. (1968) : The bilingual kinship terminology of the Bena
[25255]   Sweetman, Gary (1981) : A comparative study of Fali dialects
[25256]   Sweetman, Gary (1981) : Lexique français - fali - fulfulde
[28302]   Swenson, Janel (2015) : ATR Quality in the Luo Vowel System
[19286]   Swets, Francine (1989) : Grade 2 verbs with indirect objects in the Dogondoutchi dialect of Hausa
[19288]   Swift, Lloyd B. & E. W. A. Zola (1963) : Kituba basic course
[19287]   Swift, Lloyd B. , A. Ahaghotu & E. Ugorji (1962) : Igbo basic course
[19289]   Swift, Lloyd B. , K. Tambadu & P. G. Imhoff (1965) : Fula basic course
[19290]   Swilla, Imani N. (1981) : The noun class system and agreement in Chindali
[19291]   Swilla, Imani N. (1992) : The relation of local and foreign languages to national needs in Africa
[19292]   Swilla, Imani N. (1998) : Tenses in Chindali
[19293]   Swilla, Imani N. (2000) : Borrowing in Chindali
[19294]   Swilla, Imani N. (2000) : Names in Chindali
[23873]   Swiri, Roseta Ade (1998) : Lexical expansion in the Mankon language
[19295]   Swynnerton, G. H. (1946) : Vernacular names for some of the better-known mammals in the Central Province, Tanganyika Territory
[26414]   Sy, Mariama (1973) : Étude des dérivatifs de la langue soso et recherche d'une méthode de création de mots nouveaux
[19296]   Sy, Mariame Iyane (2003) : Noun formation and noun classification in Wolof
[19297]   Syea, Anand (1985) : Empty categories in Mauritian Creole
[19298]   Syea, Anand (1994) : The development of genitives in Mauritian Creole
[19299]   Syea, Anand (1997) : Copula, wh-trace and the ECP in Mauritian Creole
[26415]   Sylla, Aboubacar (1981) : Étude du système verbal du landuma
[19300]   Sylla, Yèro (1979) : Grammatical relations and Fula syntax
[19301]   Sylla, Yèro (1982) : Grammaire moderne du pulaar
[19302]   Sylla, Yèro (1993) : Syntaxe peul: contribution à la recherche sur les universaux du langage
[19303]   Sylvan, Fernando (1966) : A língua portuguesa no futuro da Africa
[19305]   Szentendrey, Julius V. (1973) : Arabic-English legal glossary
[24104]   Tabah, Emmanuel (2006) : The structure of negative constructions in Nfaw
[28029]   Tabah, Emmanuel (2019) : Motivating metrical feet in Bezen
[19306]   Tabb, Waller C. (1993) : A sociolinguistic survey of six Bantu languages of Uganda
[27085]   Tabb, Waller C. Jr. (2001) : Lubwisi Phonology Survey
[19307]   Taber, Charles R. (1964) : French loan words in Sango: a statistical analysis of incidences
[19309]   Taber, Charles R. (1979) : French loan words in Sango: the motivation of lexical borrowing
[19308]   Taber, Charles R. & William John Samarin (1965) : A dictionary of Sango
[19310]   Tabi-Manga, Jean (1992) : De la grammaire de l’ewondo à une théorie du mot: essai linguistique guillaumienne dans le domaine bantu
[22507]   Tabi-Manga, Jean (2000) : Les politiques linguistiques de Cameroun
[19311]   Tablino, Paolo (1988) : The calculation of time among the Gabra of Kenya
[19312]   Tabouret-Keller, André (1968) : Sociological factors of language maintenance and language shift: European and African examples
[19313]   Tabouret-Keller, André (1971) : Language use in relation to the growth of towns in West Africa: a survey
[19315]   Tadadjeu, Maurice (1974) : Floating tones, shifting rules and downstep in Dschang-Bamiléké
[19316]   Tadadjeu, Maurice (1975) : Language planning in Cameroon: toward a trilingual education system
[19317]   Tadadjeu, Maurice (1977) : A model for functional trilingual education in Africa
[19318]   Tadadjeu, Maurice (1977) : Cost-benefit analysis and language education planning in sub-Saharan Africa
[19321]   Tadadjeu, Maurice (1980) : Le dschang
[19322]   Tadadjeu, Maurice (1980) : Le dschang: les classes nominales
[19323]   Tadadjeu, Maurice (1980) : A model for functional trilingual education planning in Africa
[19324]   Tadadjeu, Maurice (1981) : Un aperçu de l’état actuel (1980) de la standardisation de la langue atsang (dschang)
[19326]   Tadadjeu, Maurice (1985) : Pour une politique d’intégration linguistique camerounaise: le trilinguisme extensief
[19329]   Tadadjeu, Maurice (1987) : Le facteur linguistique du projet social camerounais
[19330]   Tadadjeu, Maurice (1990) : Le défi de babel au Cameroun
[19331]   Tadadjeu, Maurice (2005) : Language, literacy and education in African development: a perspective from Cameroon
[19319]   Tadadjeu, Maurice (Ed) (1979) : Alphabet général des langues camerounaises
[19320]   Tadadjeu, Maurice & Etienne Sadembouo (Ed) (1979) : General alphabet of Cameroonian languages
[19325]   Tadadjeu, Maurice & Etienne Sadembouo (Ed) (1984) : Alphabet général des langues camerounaises
[19314]   Tadadjeu, Maurice & M. Tegomo-Nguetse (1972) : Lenang
[19328]   Tadadjeu, Maurice , Elisabeth Gfeller & Gabriel Mba (1986) : Introducing an official language into an initial mother tongue education program: the case of Cameroon
[19327]   Tadadjeu, Maurice , Gretchen Harro , Nancy Haynes & Elisabeth Gfeller (1985) : Syllabaire en yemba (dschang)
[19332]   Taddese Mengistu (1984) : The noun phrase in Awngi
[27833]   Tadesse Sibamo Garkebo (2014) : Documentation and Description of Hadiyya (A Highland East Cushitic Language of Ethiopia)
[19334]   Tagliamonte, Sali A. (1999) : The story of kom in Nigerian Pidgin English
[19333]   Tagliamonte, Sali A. , S. Poplack & E. Eze (1997) : Pluralization patterns in Nigerian Pidgin English
[19335]   Taha Yassin (1990) : The focus system in Oromo: a functional grammar approach
[19336]   Tahsas Kebebew (1986) : The structure of the simple affirmative sentences in Silti
[19341]   Taïfi, Miloud (1991) : Dictionnaire tamazight-francais (parlers du Maroc central)
[25886]   Taifi, Miloud (2008) : Les lubrifiants discursifs à valeur modalisante en berbère (tamazight)
[25910]   Taïfi, Miloud (2008) : L’emprunt au service de la poésie berbère
[25851]   Taifi, Miloud & Patrice Pognan (2009) : Pour une lexicographie berbère unilingue : problèmes théoriques et méthodologiques
[19337]   Taine-Cheikh, Catherine (1988/98) : Dictionnaire hassâniyya-français, dialecte arabe de Mauritanie
[24887]   Taine-Cheikh, Catherine (2008) : Dictionnaire zénaga-français. Le berbère de Mauritanie présenté par racines dans une perspective comparative
[25426]   Taine-Cheikh, Catherine (2008) : Les verbes dérivés à préfixe “S” en berbère: le cas du zénaga, entre grammaire et lexique
[25672]   Taine-Cheikh, Catherine (2011) : L’énoncé négatif en berbère zénaga
[25749]   Taine-Cheikh, Catherine (2010) : Dictionnaire français-zénaga. Berbère de Mauritanie. Avec renvois au classement par raci¬nes du Dictionnaire zénaga-français
[25767]   Taine-Cheikh, Catherine (2010) : Ordre, injonction, souhait et serment en zénaga (étude comparative)
[25852]   Taine-Cheikh, Catherine (2009) : La lexicographie du zénaga et le problème du classement par racines
[25911]   Taine-Cheikh, Catherine (2008) : Arabe(s) et berbère en contact – Le cas mauritanien
[27796]   Taine-Cheikh, Catherine (2020) : Zenaga
[28111]   Taine-Cheikh, Catherine (2019) : L’expression de la comparaison d’égalité et de la similitude en arabe Hassāniyya : Points de vue typologique et diachronique
[19338]   Tait, David (1954) : Konkomba nominal classes (with a phonetic commentary by P. D. Strevens)
[27013]   Táíwò P., Oyè & Michael Terhemen Angitso (2016) : In-Situ and Ex-Situ Focusing in Tiv
[19339]   Taiwo, C. O. (1976) : Nigeria: language problems and solutions
[24122]   Taiwo, Oye (2006) : Negative markers in Ao and Standard Yoruba
[28403]   Taiwo, Oye & Akintoye Samson Japhet (2019) : Personal Pronouns in the Ìlàjẹ Dialect of Yorùbá
[19340]   Taiwo, Rotimi (2001) : Lexico-semantic relations errors in senior secondary school students’ writing
[19342]   Tak, Jin-Young (2002) : Gender resolution in Kilega
[19343]   Tak, Jin-Young (2003) : Verbal reduplication in some Bantu languages: a diachronic approach
[19348]   Takács, Gábor (1999) : Development of Afro-Asiatic (Semito-Hamitic): comparative-historical linguistics in Russia and the former Soviet Union
[19349]   Takács, Gábor (1999) : Sibilant and velar consonants of South Cushitic and their regular correspondences in Egyptian and other Afro-Asiatic branches
[19350]   Takács, Gábor (2000) : Recent problems of Egyptian historical phonology at the present stage of comparative-historical Afroasiatic linguistics
[19351]   Takács, Gábor (2000) : Tangale-Etymologien I
[19352]   Takács, Gábor (2000) : South Cushitic consonant system in Afro-Asiatic context
[19353]   Takács, Gábor (2000) : Compensatoric lengthening of *a in East Cushitic: some marginal etymological notes
[19354]   Takács, Gábor (2001) : A Rendille dictionary and Afro-Asiatic comparative linguistics (review article)
[19355]   Takács, Gábor (2003) : South Cushitic sibilant affricates
[24335]   Takács, Gábor (2006) : Comparative Angas-Sura Phonology in the Light of the Comparative Dictionary of the Angas-Sura Languages
[24849]   Takacs, Gábor (2007) : The Afro-Asiatic background of the North Bauchi consonant system II
[25342]   Takacs, Gabor (2011) : Lexica Afroasiatica XI
[25346]   Takacs, Gabor (2010) : The Afro-Asiatic background of West Rift [Glottals]
[25348]   Takacs, Gabor (2010) : Some Berber Etymologies VI
[25427]   Takács, Gábor (2008) : Lexica Afroasiatica VII
[25640]   Takács, Gábor (2011) : The “Chadic Lexical Roots” and their Afro-Asiatic background II
[25661]   Takács, Gábor (2011) : Some Berber Etymologies VII
[26520]   Takács, Gábor (2013) : Musgu and Masa h- vs. ḥ and Afro-Asiatic
[25400]   Takács, Gábor (Ed) (2008) : Semito-Hamitic festschrift for A.B. Dolgopolsky and H. Jungraithmayr
[25901]   Takada, Akira (2008) : Kinship and naming among the Ekoka !Xun
[29050]   Takada, Akira (2023) : (Re)generation of Speech Community The case of G|ui and G||ana of the Central Kalahari
[27118]   Takahashi, Yona (2015) : A Small Dictionary of Hamar: with Some Lexical Notes on Banna and Karo
[19344]   Takassi, Issa (1983) : Inventaire linguistique du Togo
[19345]   Takassi, Issa (1995) : Longueur vocalique et gouvernement syllabique en ncam
[19346]   Takassi, Issa (1998) : L’identifications des classes nominales ncam
[19347]   Takassi, Issa (2000) : Les marqueurs aspectuels dans les langues gurma: le cas du moba et du nc’am
[22417]   Takassi, Issa (2003) : Étude comparative des classes nominales dans trois langues gurma: le gurma-tône, le moba et le ncam
[23557]   Takassi, Issa (2003) : Les constructions verbales sérielles en ncam
[24153]   Takassi, Issa (1998-99) : La numération dans une langue gurma: Le cas du ncam
[19356]   Takeda, Jun (1998) : Plants and animals used on birth and death of the Ngandu (Bongando) in central Zaire
[19357]   Takizala, Alexis (1972) : Focus and relativization: the case of Kihung’an
[19358]   Takizala, Alexis (1973) : Focus and relativization: the case of Kihung’an
[19359]   Takizala, Alexis (1974) : On the similarity between nominal adjectives and possessive forms in Kihungan
[19360]   Takizala, Alexis (1974) : Studies in the grammar of Kihungan
[23840]   Takwe, Jeannette Ngeloh (2002) : Structural phonology of Bamunka
[19361]   Talaat, Hala Mohamed (1987) : The verb phrase in Egyptian Arabic
[19362]   Talbi, Mohieddin (1967) : Lexique sociologique des arabes: sexualite, parente, groupe, antagonismes sociaux, richesse et pauvrete, gloire, qualifications morales
[19363]   Talbot, P. Amaury (1926) : The peoples of southern Nigeria: a sketch of their history, ethnology and languages, with an abstract of the 1921 census, 4: linguistics and statistics
[19364]   Taljaard, P. C. (1986) : Prefixes and suffixes in Proto-Bantu
[19370]   Taljaard, P. C. (1997) : The Pai language of eastern Mpumalanga and its relation to Swati
[19366]   Taljaard, P. C. & Jan Winston Snyman (1989) : An introduction to Zulu phonetics
[19368]   Taljaard, P. C. & Jan Winston Snyman (1991) : An introduction to SiSwati phonetics
[19365]   Taljaard, P. C. & Sonja E. Bosch (1988) : Handbook of Isizulu
[19369]   Taljaard, P. C. & Sonja E. Bosch (1993) : Handbook of Isizulu
[19367]   Taljaard, P. C. , J. N. Khumalo & Sonja E. Bosch (1991) : Handbook of Siswati
[28069]   Taljaard, Petrus Cornelius (1997) : The Pai language of Eastern Mpumalanga and its relationship to Swati
[19371]   Taljard, Elsabé (1991) : Markering van die indirekte objekrelasie in dubbeloorganklike strukture in Noord-Sotho
[19372]   Taljard, Elsabé (1992) : Linksverplasing van direkte en indirekte objekte in Noord-Sotho
[19373]   Taljard, Elsabé (2001) : A diachronic perspective on variable copulative prefixes with special reference to Sepedi
[19375]   Taljard, Elsabé (2003) : ‘To be (with)’ or ‘to have’? A case for gramaticalisation in Northern Sotho
[22520]   Taljard, Elsabé (2004) : Semi-automatic retrieval of definitional information: a Northern Sotho case study
[22739]   Taljard, Elsabé (1999) : Die kopulatief van Noord-Sotho: ’n nuwe perspektief
[19374]   Taljard, Elsabé & Louis J. Louwrens (2003) : On the modal status of Northern Sotho conditionals
[26123]   Taljard, Elsabé & Sonja E. Bosch (2006) : A Comparison of Approaches to Word Class Tagging: Disjunctively vs. Conjunctively Written Bantu Languages
[27349]   Taljard, Elsabé , Gertrud Faaß & Sonja Bosch (2015) : Implementation of a Part-of-Speech Ontology: Morphemic Units of Bantu languages
[19376]   Talmoudi, Fathi (1980) : The Arabic dialect of Susa (Tunisia)
[19377]   Talmoudi, Fathi (1981) : Texts in the Arabic dialect of Susa (Tunisia): transcription, translation, notes and glossary
[19378]   Talmoudi, Fathi (1984) : The diglossic situation in North Africa: a study of Classical Arabic/Dialectal Arabic diglossia with sample text in ‘mixed Arabic’
[19379]   Talmoudi, Fathi (1986) : A morphosemantic study of Romance verbs in the Arabic dialects of Tunis, Susa and Sfax
[26989]   Tamanji, Pius N. (2014) : Grammatical functions of the nasal prefix in Bafut
[27706]   Tamanji, Pius N. (2006) : Concord and DP Structure in Bafut
[25934]   Tamanji, Pius N. & Gabriel M. Mba (Eds) (2012) : Aspects of reduplication in languages of Cameroon and Senegal
[19380]   Tamanji, Pius Ngwa (2001) : Issues in the syntax of Grassfields Bantu languages
[19381]   Tamanji, Pius Ngwa (2002) : Negation, verb movement and word order in Bafut
[19383]   Tamanji, Pius Ngwa (2004) : Verb extensions in Bafut
[23929]   Tamanji, Pius Ngwa (1987) : Phonology of Babanki
[23939]   Tamanji, Pius Ngwa (1991) : The Bafut noun phrase: a government and binding analysis
[24111]   Tamanji, Pius Ngwa (2000-01) : Agreement and the Internal Syntax of Bafut DPs
[25282]   Tamanji, Pius Ngwa (2010) : A Sketch Grammar of the Bafut Language
[25776]   Tamanji, Pius Ngwa (2009) : A Descriptive Grammar of Bafut
[19382]   Tamanji, Pius Ngwa & Gabriel Mba (2003) : A morphophonemic study of verbal extension in Bafut
[24164]   Tamanji, Pius Ngwa & Gratiana L. Ndamsah (2004) : Constituent structure of the associative construction in Grassfields Bantu
[19384]   Tamaru, S. (19--) : Essai d’onomastique logo
[28226]   Tamba, Khady (2019) : The syntax of experiencers in Sereer-siin
[19385]   Tamirat Jiffar (1988) : Verb morphology of Dizi: some inflections and derivations
[27566]   Tamis, Rianne & Janet Persson (2013) : Sudanese Arabic-English / English-Sudanese Arabic: A Concise Dictionary
[19386]   Tamm-Koptjevskaja, Maria (1984) : Some Bantu tense systems
[19387]   Tan, Gerard (1995) : Vowel harmony in Hadza
[19389]   Tanaba Wolde-Gebriel, Zewde Cheru & Klaus Wedekind (1994) : On the wordlists of Diraasha (Gidole) and Muusiye (Bussa)
[19390]   Tanaka, Jiro (1978) : A San vocabulary of the central Kalahari: G//ana and G|wi dialects
[19391]   Tanaka, Jiro (1996) : The world of animals viewed by the San hunter-gatherers in Kalahari
[24173]   Tanda, Vincent Ambe & Ayuʼnwi N. Neba (2005) : Negation in Mokpe and Two Related Coastal Bantu Languages of Cameroon
[19397]   Tanghe, [Père] Basile Octave (1940) : La langue ngbandi
[19396]   Tanghe, [Père] Basile Octave , Egide de Boeck & [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf Hulstaert (1940) : Bestaat er wel in de Congolese talen een tegenwoordige tijd?
[19392]   Tanghe, J. (1929) : Mabale stories, with a few notes on Mabale grammar ; part 1
[19393]   Tanghe, J. (1929) : Mabale stories ; part 2
[19394]   Tanghe, J. (1930) : Le lingala, la langue du fleuve
[19395]   Tanghe, J. (1931) : Mabale stories ; part 3
[19398]   Tanghe, J. (1944) : Le Swahili, langue de grande expansion
[23725]   Tangwa, Godfrey (1999) : Colonialism and linguistic dilemmas in Africa: Cameroon as a paradigm
[19399]   Tanno, Tadashi (1981) : Plant utilization of the Mbuti Pygmies, with special reference to their material culture and use of wild vegetable foods
[23291]   Tapiero, N. (1971) : Manuel d’arabe algérien
[19400]   Tar-Asnang-Le-Ndotar (1988) : Perceptive words in Kaba and English: a constrastive analysis
[19401]   Tarantino, A. G. (1938) : English-Acoli-Lango-Kiswahili pocket dictionary
[19402]   Taranto, Gina (2001) : Alternating [r] and [n] in Chaha: interacting phonology and morphology
[27293]   Tarbutu, Muktar Musa (2004) : Bade-English-Hausa Dictionary (Gashua Dialect)
[19403]   Tarnagba, Nocwindé (1985) : Le groupe nominal en bisa
[19404]   Tasch, Meike (1997) : Language attitude patterns among South African students: triumph of hope over experience?
[19405]   Tasch, Meike Sprenger (1997) : Language attitude survey in Uganda: work in progress report
[22663]   Tasch, Meike Sprenger (2003) : Attitudes towards Luganda, Kiswahili, English, and mother tongue as media of instruction in Uganda
[19406]   Tashdjian, Alain (1976) : Étude du français journalistique: application à la presse africaine
[19407]   Tasie, G. O. M. (1977) : Igbo Bible Nso and the evolution of Union Igbo, 1905-1913
[19408]   Tassa, Okombe-Lukumbu (1975) : Esquisse de l’emprunt linguistique tetela approche transformationelle
[22687]   Tassa, Okombe-Lukumbu (2001) : La formation des radicaux déidéophoniques et des idéophones déverbatifs en tetela (dialecte ewango)
[19409]   Tastevin, [Révérend] [Père] Constant F. (1936) : Vocabulaires inédits de 7 dialectes sénégalais dont 6 de Casamance
[19410]   Tastevin, [Révérend] [Père] Constant F. (1947) : Petite clef des langues africaines: essai de manuel de linguistique africaine suivant une méthode analytique intégrale
[28613]   Tatang, Joyce Yasho (2016) : Aspects of Kung Grammar
[19411]   Tate, H. R. (1931) : Place nomenclature in Africa: the Kavirondo country - Correspondence to the editor
[19412]   Taute, B. (1948) : Die bepaling van die mondelinge beheer van skoolkinders oor die tweede taal
[19413]   Tauxier, Louis (1921) : Le noir de Bondoukou: Koulangos, Dyoulas, Abrons, etc.
[19414]   Tauxier, Louis (1924) : Nouvelles notes sur le Mossi et le Gourounsi
[19415]   Tauxier, Louis (1931) : Les Dorhosié et Dorhosié-Finng du cercle de Bobo-Dioulasso (Soudan Français)
[19416]   Tauxier, Louis (1933) : Les Gouin et les Tourouka, résidence de Banfora, cercle de Bobo Dioulasso: étude ethnologie suivie d’un double vocabulaire
[19417]   Tavares, José Lourenço (1940) : Das línguas e dialectos bântos de Angola
[19418]   Tavestin, R. P. C. (1947/50) : De l’africanité de quelques phonèmes auxiliaires considérés a tort comme préfixes en malgache
[19419]   Tavestin, R. P. C. (1953) : De l’africanité des préfixes nominaux et verbaux du malgache
[19420]   Tawu-Asu, R. (1977) : Introduction to the study of the Bokyi language
[19421]   Taye Shiferaw (2003) : Linguistic challenge in teaching science in Amharic
[19422]   Tayech Sime (1985) : Syntax of simple declarative sentences in Harari
[19434]   Taylor, C. J. (1953) : Some Akan names
[19444]   Taylor, Carrie (1982) : Les langues de l’arrondissement de Bokito: esquisse d’une enquête sociolinguistique
[19445]   Taylor, Carrie (1986) : Extensions du radical en nomáantè
[19423]   Taylor, Charles V. (19--) : Problems in lexicography in Nkore-Kiga
[19435]   Taylor, Charles V. (1955) : Runyankore/Rukiga-English dictionary
[19436]   Taylor, Charles V. (1959) : A simplified Runyankore-Rukiga-English and English-Runyankore-Rukiga dictionary (in the 1955 revised orthography with tone-markings and full entries under prefixes)
[19438]   Taylor, Charles V. (1960) : A teacher’s handbook of Runyankore-Rukiga orthography
[19439]   Taylor, Charles V. (1966) : A linguistic study of the names of persons, places, flora and fauna in Nkore-Kiga
[19440]   Taylor, Charles V. (1967) : Kinship terms in Nkore-Kiga (Uganda)
[19441]   Taylor, Charles V. (1972) : Some functions of the initial vowel in Nkore-Kiga
[19442]   Taylor, Charles V. (1976) : Language curricula: English
[19443]   Taylor, Charles V. (1977) : Presuppositional clauses in Nkore-Kiga (Uganda)
[19446]   Taylor, Charles V. (1985) : Nkore-Kiga
[19424]   Taylor, Frank William (1920) : Some English words in Fulani and Hausa
[19425]   Taylor, Frank William (1921) : A first grammar of the Adamawa dialect of the Fulani language (Fulfulde)
[19426]   Taylor, Frank William (1923) : A practical Hausa grammar, with exercises, vocabularies, and specimen examination papers
[19427]   Taylor, Frank William (1926) : A Fulani-Hausa phrase book
[19428]   Taylor, Frank William (1927) : A Fulani-Hausa vocabulary
[19429]   Taylor, Frank William (1929) : The orthography of African languages, with special reference to Hausa and Fulani
[19430]   Taylor, Frank William (1932) : A Fulani-English dictionary
[19432]   Taylor, Frank William (1939) : The word “Nigeria”
[19433]   Taylor, Frank William (1953) : Grammar of the Adamawa dialect of the Fulani language
[19437]   Taylor, Frank William (1959) : A practical Hausa grammar, with exercises, vocabularies, and specimen examination papers
[19451]   Taylor, John & Thandi G. Mbense (1998) : Red dogs and rotten mealies: how Zulus talk about anger
[19449]   Taylor, John R. (1996) : The syntax and semantics of locativised nouns in Zulu
[19450]   Taylor, John R. (1997) : The morphology of locativised nouns in Zulu
[22649]   Taylor, John R. (1998) : Double object constructions in Zulu
[19447]   Taylor, Karen (1991) : Proto-Chadic sentential complementation after verbs of perception
[19448]   Taylor, Nicholas (1994) : Gamo syntax
[19452]   Tchagbale, M. Zakari (1976) : Phonologie et tonologie du tem; avec fascicule complémentaire: Noms, infinitifs et texte
[19453]   Tchagbale, M. Zakari (1984) : Rapport entre la phonologie et la morphologie dans l’analyse linguistique: exemple du tem
[19454]   Tchagbale, M. Zakari (1984) : Lénition consonantique et amalgame dans l’analyse phonologique: le cas du tem
[19455]   Tchagbale, M. Zakari (1998) : Le verbe tem
[19456]   Tchagbale, M. Zakari (2000) : L’infinitif tem, statut et structure
[23558]   Tchagbale, M. Zakari (2003) : Les relateurs à consonne n: parenté génétique, transcatégorialité et problématique de la coordination en tem
[24552]   Tchagbale, M. Zakari (1998) : Etude systématique du tem, langue gur parlée au Togo
[24997]   Tchagbalé, Zakari (1998) : Le ton bas de la consonne sonore forte dans quelques langues africaines
[28534]   Tchagbalé, Zakari & Kouakou Appoh Enoc Kra (2015) : Le koulango, une langue gur à deux genres
[19457]   Tchakongo, C. (1988) : Le sango des médias à bangui
[19458]   Tchibamba, P. L. (1950) : Faut-il introduire les langues vernaculaires dans l’enseignement pour les africains?
[19459]   Tchibamba, P. L. (1950) : Au sujet de la langue de l‚enseignement dans les territoires non-autonomes
[19460]   Tchitchi, Toussaint Yauvi (1972) : Langue aja
[19461]   Tchitchi, Toussaint Yauvi (1976) : Nouveau guide pratique aja
[19462]   Tchitchi, Toussaint Yauvi (1984) : Systématique de l’ajagbe
[19463]   Tchitchi, Toussaint Yauvi (1995) : Aspects du foodo et du gbé ; partie 1
[19464]   Tchitchi, Toussaint Yauvi (1995) : Aspects du foodo et du gbé ; partie 2: syntagme coordinatif et occurences du [kú] dans les parlers gbè
[19465]   Tchitchi, Toussaint Yauvi (1997) : Aspects du foodo et du gbé: esquisse phonologique et occurences du kú
[19466]   Tchoungui, Gisele (2000) : Unilingual past, multilingual present, uncertain future: the case of Yaoundé
[19467]   Teberh Anania (1989) : Noun morphology of Dizi
[19468]   Tedeschi, Salvatore (1975) : Colloque internazionale sulle le lingue cuschitiche e sui popoli che le parlano
[19469]   Tedjini, B. (1923) : Dictionnaire arabe-français (maroc)
[19470]   Tedjini, B. (1948) : Dictionnaire arabe-français (maroc)
[19471]   Teferra Tsehaye (1977) : A sociolinguistic survey of language use and attitudes towards language in Ethiopia: implications for language policy in education
[19532]   Téguédéré, Désire Faustin (1982) : Phonologie du nzakala: phonématique et tonématique, le parler de Gàmbu (République Centrafricaine)
[19472]   Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle (1991) : Conditionnement tonal de certain doubles réflexes en basaa
[19473]   Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle (1999) : Notes sur l’interaction consonnes-tons en proto-bantou
[23469]   Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle (1991) : Evolution phonétique d’une langue bantoue du nord-ouest: le basaa A43a
[23470]   Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle (2004) : Lexiques proto-bantous: étude de cooccurences segmentales et suprasegmentales
[19474]   Teilanyo, Diri I. (2002) : Linguistic ingenuity and political expediency: the military phenomenon
[19475]   Teisseres, Urbain (1957) : Méthode pratique pour apprendre l’omyènè
[28088]   Tekatpa, Lucien Fotso Tuekam (2016) : Dictionnaire phonétique bamiléké et proverbes - clés pour la compréhension
[19476]   Teke, Georg T. (1987) : Syntaxe du metta: une regle de topicalisation
[19477]   Teke, Georg T. (1988) : TOP as a super category
[19478]   Teke, Georg T. (1991) : The pronominal trace - alias resumptive pronoun - as a violation of RES (NIC) and SSC: the case of Metta and Yoruba
[19479]   Teke, Georg T. (1992) : More evidence to show that TOP is a grammatical category: the rule of move into TOP
[19480]   Teke, Georg T. (1995) : Case assignment in Mwaghavul, Tiv and Metta
[19481]   Tekie, Alibekit (1992) : Blina ktabetdi gbra gabuxwdi/Blin language: introductory phonetics and grammar
[19482]   Tekle, Ghiorghis Yohannes Aftay (1992) : Blinna gaaba gug/Blin grammar in Blin language
[19483]   Telemans, Guido Mathias (1978) : A morphotactical sector analysis of the Swahili verb with implications for the teaching of English to speakers of Swahili
[19484]   Teman Ahmed (1980) : The phonology of Aari (generative approach)
[19485]   Temesgen Imana (2000) : A study in the phonology of Alaba
[19486]   Temesgen Negassa (1985) : The structure of independent and dependent sentences in Oromo
[19487]   Temesgen Negassa (1992) : Oromo word formation
[28977]   Tempelman, E. (ed.) (2016) : Kemedzung – English Dictionary
[19488]   Temu, C. W. (1971) : The development of political vocabulary in Swahili
[19489]   Temu, C. W. (1972) : Swahili vocabulary expansion: a preliminary observation
[19490]   Temu, C. W. (1974) : Swahili phonetical word building resources
[19491]   Temu, C. W. (1984) : Kiswahili terminology: principles adopted for the enrichment of the Kiswahili language
[19492]   Temu, C. W. (1986) : Towards the adoption of Kiswahili as a working language of the organization of African unity and regional institutions in East and Central Africa
[19493]   Ten Raa, [W.] [F.] Eric [R.] (1966) : Geographical names in south-western Sandawe
[19494]   Ten Raa, [W.] [F.] Eric [R.] (1969) : Sanye and Sandawe: a common substratum?
[19495]   Ten Raa, [W.] [F.] Eric [R.] (1970) : The couth and the uncouth: ethnic, social and linguistic division among the Sandawe of Central Tanzania
[19496]   Ten Raa, [W.] [F.] Eric [R.] (1986) : The acquisition of cattle by hunter-gatherers: a traumatic experience in cultural change
[24067]   Tendeng, Odile (2007) : Le Gusiilay: un essai de systématisation
[19497]   Tenenbaum, Sarah (1977) : Left- and right-dislocation
[26081]   Teneng, Oliver Mancho , Delphine Penn Nkengla , Derick Ticha Mbuh , Vivian Magha Tanni & Moses N. Tita (compiled by) (2011) : Pinyin-English dictionary and English-Pinyin index
[27024]   Teo, Amos (2017) : The coding of identifiability in Mooré
[26607]   Tepowa, Adebiyi (1904) : Notes on the (Nembe) Brass Language
[19498]   Teqebba Birru, Zena Adal & Roger Cowley (1971) : The Kunfäl people and their language
[24227]   Tera, Kalilou (1984) : Contribution à l'étude du futur en bambara et en jula tagbusi
[23206]   Terashima, Hideaki (2003) : Names, use and attributes of plants and animals among Ituri Forest foragers: a comparative ethnobotanical and ethnozoological study
[19502]   Terashima, Hideaki & Mitsuo Ichikawa (2003) : Comparative ethnobotany of the Mbuti and Efe hunter-gatherers in the Ituri Forest, Democratic Republic of Congo
[19499]   Terashima, Hideaki , Mitsuo Ichikawa & Masato Sawada (1988) : Wild plant utilization of the Balese and the Efe of the Ituri Forest, the Republic of Zaire
[19500]   Terashima, Hideaki , Seya Kalala & Ngandu-Myango Malasi (1991) : Ethnobotany of the Lega in the tropical rainforest of eastern Zaïre. Part 1: Mwenga
[19501]   Terashima, Hideaki , Seya Kalala & Ngandu-Myango Malasi (1992) : Ethnobotany of the Lega in the tropical rainforest of eastern Zaïre. Part 2: Zone de Walikale
[19503]   Terblanche, H. J. (1972) : Regte Afrikaans
[19504]   Tercafs, J. & E. Meyer (1942/43) : Material zur Yogo-Sprache
[19505]   Terpstra, Gerard (1959) : English-Tiv dictionary
[19506]   Terpstra, Gerard (1968) : English-Tiv dictionary
[19507]   Terry, R. R. (1971) : Chadic
[19508]   Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1967) : Essai pour une phonologie du gurma, avec un lexique gurma-français
[19509]   Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1968) : Le parler dendi: phonologie, lexique, emprunts (langue véhiculaire nilosaharienne du groupe songhai, parlée aux confins du Niger, du Dahomey et du Nigérie)
[19510]   Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1972) : Le zarma (République du Niger). Étude du parler djerma de Dosso: phonologie, synthématique et syntagme nominal
[19511]   Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1978) : Le groupe songhay-zarma
[19512]   Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1979) : La langue zarma: étude grammaticale (phonologie, syntaxe)
[19513]   Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1981) : L’aire songhai-zarma
[19514]   Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1981) : Le zarma
[19515]   Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1981) : Economie d’un système: unités et relations syntaxiques en zarma (Niger)
[27595]   Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1991) : La double construction de l'objet en zarma (Niger)
[19516]   Tesfaye Aberra (1990) : The structure of the noun phrase in Kistaninya
[28159]   Tesfaye Baye Assefa (2005) : A descriptive grammar of Burji
[19517]   Tesfaye Sima (1986) : The sound system of Kistaninya (generative approach)
[19518]   Tesfaye Tewelde (1993) : Word formation in Tigrinya
[19519]   Teshome Yehaulashet (1982) : Harari phonology
[19520]   Teshome Yehaulashet (1992) : Verb complements in Harari
[19521]   Teshome Yimer (1989) : The syntax of simple clauses in Zayse
[26904]   Teshome, Belay (2015) : A Grammar of Khimt’anga
[19522]   Tessema Assefa Gabre Mariam, & Zenebe Girma (1988) : The new terminology in Amharic for science and technology
[19523]   Tessmann, Günther (1928) : Die Mbakka-Limba, Mbum und Lakka
[19524]   Tessmann, Günther (1930) : Die Sprache der Mbakka-Limba, Mbum und Lakka
[19525]   Tessmann, Günther (1931) : Die drei Sprachen des Bajastammes: To, Labi, Baja (Kamerun)
[19526]   Tessmann, Günther (1932) : Die Völker und Sprachen Kameruns
[19527]   Tessongue, Jean & Amadingue Tozo (1980) : Les variantes dialectales de la langue dogon
[19528]   Teubner, J. K. (1974) : Altaisches, fernöstliches und malaiisches Wortgut im Suaheli
[19529]   Teufel, Johann Karl (1969) : Lieferte das persische oder eine neuindische Sprache das Vorbild für die zusammengerückten Verben im Suaheli?
[19530]   Teye, Emmanuel Tetteh-Dzeagu (1979) : Analusis of syntactic fluency in the written English of Ghanaian secondary school students
[19531]   Tezerra Allene (1970) : Form and conjugation of the verb in Agaw
[19533]   Thack, Sharon V. (1980) : Kasem: a case of the justification of the rules
[23622]   Thack, Sharon V. & David J. Dwyer (1981) : Kpelle: a reference handbook of phonetics, grammar, lexicon, and learning procedures
[23695]   Thack, Sharon V. & others (1981) : A learner directed approach to Kpelle: a handbook on communication and culture with dialogs, texts, cultural notes, exercises, drills, and instructions
[19534]   Thacker, T. W. (1949) : On the structure of the expressions denoting existence and non-existence in Middle Egyptian
[28982]   Thalman, Peter (2023) : Kroumen Piè – French Dictionary
[19535]   Thalmann, Peter (1978) : Tonèmes et règles tonales en krou tépo
[19536]   Thalmann, Peter (1980) : Phonologie du kroumen
[19537]   Thalmann, Peter (1989) : Éléments de grammaire kroumen tepo (parler Kru de Côte d’Ivoire)
[22969]   Thalmann, Peter (1980) : A propos des particles n??/n?? en kroumen tépo
[19544]   Thayer, James Edward (1973) : The deep structure of the sentence in Sara-Ngambay dialogues, including a description of phrase, clause and paragragh
[19547]   Thayer, James Edward (1978) : The deep structure of the sentence in Sara-Ngambay dialogues, including a description of phrase, clause and paragraph
[19538]   Thayer, James Edward & Julien Maraby (1966) : Sara basic course
[19539]   Thayer, James Edward & Julien Maraby (1966) : Sara intermediate course
[19545]   Thayer, Linda Jean (1974) : A reconstructed history of the Chari languages: comparative Bongo-Bagirmi-Sara segmental phonology with evidence from Arabic loan words
[19546]   Thayer, Linda Jean (1976) : A comparative-historical phonology of the Chari languages
[19540]   Thayer, Linda Jean & James Edward Thayer (1969) : Orthography in the Sara languages
[19541]   Thayer, Linda Jean & James Edward Thayer (1971) : 50 lessons in Sara-Ngambay
[19542]   Thayer, Linda Jean & James Edward Thayer (1972) : The Sara-Ngambay vowel system
[19543]   Thayer, Linda Jean & James Edward Thayer (1973) : A comparative study of Sara dialects [development from Bongo-Bagirmi]
[6230]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1983) : Towards a grammar of Subiya
[6231]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1988) : Towards a grammar of Suviya
[6232]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1990/91) : Diachronic aspects of the phonology of Nizaa
[6233]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1992) : La phonologie de la langue nizaa (nizaà)
[6234]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1993) : The eastern Fula auxiliaries don and ’e and their historical relationship to western Fula long subject pronouns
[6235]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1993) : A diachronic study of Fula conjugations
[6236]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1994) : The etymological relationship between the benefactive and causative suffixes in Fula
[6237]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1995) : Fula imperfective forms in a grammaticalization perspective
[6238]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1998) : Fula imperfective forms in a grammaticalization perspective
[6239]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1999) : Pre-Fula ‘relative *N’
[23128]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1994) : Afrika: sprog
[24655]   Theil, Rolf (2007) : Kafa phonology
[26025]   Theil, Rolf (2011) : Koorete segmental phonology
[26582]   Theil, Rolf (2013) : Koorete Tonology
[19548]   Thelwall, Robin E. W. (1977) : A Birgid vocabulary list and its links with Daju
[19550]   Thelwall, Robin E. W. (1978) : Lexicostatistical relations between Nubian, Daju and Dinka
[19551]   Thelwall, Robin E. W. (1981) : Lexicostatistical subgrouping and lexical reconstruction of the Daju group
[19552]   Thelwall, Robin E. W. (1981) : The Daju language: systematic phonetics, lexicostatistics and lexical reconstructions
[19553]   Thelwall, Robin E. W. (1982) : Linguistic aspects of greater Nubian history
[19555]   Thelwall, Robin E. W. (1983) : Meidob Nubian: phonology, grammatical notes and basic vocabulary
[19556]   Thelwall, Robin E. W. (1983) : Twampa phonology
[19557]   Thelwall, Robin E. W. (1986) : Linguistics and prehistory in an African perspective: current methods and argumentation
[19549]   Thelwall, Robin E. W. (Ed) (1978) : Aspects of language in the Sudan
[19554]   Thelwall, Robin E. W. & Thilo C. Schadeberg (1983) : The linguistic settlement of the Nuba Mountains
[19558]   Theron, Anna Sophia (1974) : Aspekte van meerfunksionaliteit in Afrikaans
[19559]   Thetela, Puleng Hanong (2002) : Sex discourses and gender constructions in Southern Sotho: a case study of police interviews and rape/sexual assault victims
[19560]   Thetela, Pulie (2004) : Discourse, culture and the law: the analysis of crosstalk in the southern African bilingual courtroom
[28082]   Thetso, 'Madira Leoniah (2018) : The distribution and interpretation of the qualificative in seSotho
[19561]   Theuws, T. (1957) : Namen en bijnamen der Baluba
[19562]   Thiel, H. van (1947) : Tonetiek van het Lingombe
[19563]   Thiel, H. van (1951) : Twerde, derde, vierde... Lingombe-vertelsel ; deele 1-2
[19564]   Thiel, H. van (1952) : Twerde, derde, vierde... Lingombe-vertelsel ; deel 3
[19565]   Thiel, P. van (1977) : Multi-tribal music of Ankole: an ethnomusicological study including a glossary of musical terms
[19566]   Thiele, Petra (1991) : Kabuverdianu: Elementaria seiner TMA-Morphosyntax im lusokreolischen Vergleich
[19567]   Thiene, Gaetano da (1939) : Dizionario della lingua galla con brevi nozioni grammaticali
[19568]   Thighuru, J. H. (1996) : Thimbukushu
[19569]   Thiongʼo, Ngugi wa (1986) : Decolonising the mind: the politics of language in African literature
[19570]   Thipa, Henry M. (1980) : Semantic field analysis and the structure of culture: a comparative study of Sotho and Xhosa
[19571]   Thipa, Henry M. (1985) : Some place names: what do they tell?
[19572]   Thipa, Henry M. (1992) : The difference between rural and urban Xhosa varieties
[19573]   Thipa, Henry M. (1993) : Sociolinguistic consequences of language contact: evidence from Xhosa
[19574]   Thipa, Henry M. (Ed) (2001) : Ahead of time: studies in African languages, in honour of Nompumelelo Jafta
[19575]   Thlondhlana, Juliet (2002) : Using indigenous languages for teaching and learning in Zimbabwe
[19576]   Thoiré, G. (1933) : Le dialecte plaoui (Côte d’Ivoire)
[19617]   Thomas-Vilakati, Kimberley [Diane] (1999) : Coproduction and coarticulation in IsiZulu clicks
[19618]   Thomas-Vilakati, Kimberley [Diane] (1999) : Coproduction and coarticulation of clicks in IsiZulu: aerodynamic and electropalatographic evidence
[19596]   Thomas, Benjamin E. (1960) : ‘Middle Africa’ and other regional terms
[19616]   Thomas, Edward H. (2000) : The politics of language in the former colonial lands: a comparative look at North Africa and Central Asia
[19599]   Thomas, Elaine (1966) : Preliminary paradigm of some Degema independent clauses
[19605]   Thomas, Elaine (1978) : A grammatical description of the Engenni language
[23054]   Thomas, Elaine (1969) : A grammatical description of the Engenni language
[23061]   Thomas, Elaine (1972) : Marking tone in Engenni
[24492]   Thomas, Elaine (1977 [1968]) : Engenni
[19600]   Thomas, Elaine & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1967) : Wordlists of Delta Edo: Epie, Engenni, Degema
[19594]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1958) : Description phonologique du parler ngbaka de Bokanga
[19595]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1960) : Sur quelques plantes cultivées chez les Ngbaka de la Lobaye (République Centrafricaine)
[19597]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1961) : Quelques plantes connues des Ngbaka de la Lobaye
[19598]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1963) : Le parler ngbaka de Bokanga: phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[19603]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1976) : Classes et genres nominaux en aka (langue bantoue des pygmés de Mongoumba, Centrafrique)
[19604]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1977) : La structure du vocabulaire botanique chez les ngbaka-ma’bo
[19606]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1979) : Emprunt ou parenté? A propos des parlers des populations forestières de Centrafrique
[19607]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1980) : Interprétation “significative” du système de classification nominale en aka
[19610]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1981) : Les langues du sous-groupe oriental ou oubanguien et leur classification
[19611]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1981) : Le ngbaka-ma’bo
[19612]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1981) : Les langues moru-mangbetu et leur clasification
[19613]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1981) : Langues du plateau d’Afrique centrale: introduction générale
[19615]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1988) : Du ngbaka à l’aka en quête des catégories
[25981]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (2004) : Anthropophages et entomophages. Variations du régime alimentaire chez les Ngbaka-ma'bo de République centrafricaine (Oubanguiens d'Afrique Centrale)
[27301]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1989) : Des noms et des couleurs
[19608]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. & Anne Behaghel (1980) : La linguistique africaniste française (en France et en Afrique): le point de la question en 1980
[19601]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. & Luc Bouquiaux (1967) : La détermination des cátegories grammaticales dans une langue a classes
[19614]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. & Serge Bahuchet (Ed) (1983/85) : Encyclopédie des pygmées Aka, I: téchniques langage et société des chasseurs-collecteurs de centrafricaine
[19602]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. , Luc Bouquiaux , Jean-Pierre Caprile , France Cloarec-Heiss , Gladys Guarisma , Claude [André] Hagège , Yves Moñino , Christiane Paulian , Paulette Roulon-Doko & Pierre-Francis Lacroix (1972) : Aires de phonèmes et aires de tons dans les langues d’Afrique centrale
[23155]   Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. , Serge Bahuchet , Alain Epelboin & Susanne Fürniss (Ed) (2003/04) : Encyclopédie des pygmées Aka, II: dictionnaire ethnographique aka-français
[25970]   Thomas, Jacqueline M.C. (2004) : Les indices de classes d'accord en bantou sont-ils variables ou non ? Exemples de l'aka.
[26183]   Thomas, Jamie A. (2011) : The Relative Marker and Long Distance Dependencies in the L2 Acquisition of Swahili Relative Clauses
[22975]   Thomas, John Paul (1992) : A morphophonology of Komo: non-tonal phenomena
[22978]   Thomas, John Paul (1992) : Tone in Komo
[27356]   Thomas, John Paul (2011) : A Morphophonology of Komo: Non-tonal Phenomena
[28979]   Thomas, John Paul (ed.) (2013) : Komo Dictionary
[27357]   Thomas, John Paul (Facilitator) (2014) : Komo Dictionary - With indexes in English, Français, and Kiswahili
[19609]   Thomas, Lynn L. (1980) : Crow-type skewing in Akan kinship vocabulary and its absence in Minangkabau
[19577]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1920) : Prefixes and pronouns in Limba
[19578]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1920) : The Edo week
[19579]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1920) : The Sudanic languages
[19580]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1920) : Ashanti and Baule goldweights
[19581]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1920) : Duodecimal base of numeration
[19582]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1920) : Sudanic names for the domestic fowl
[19583]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1921) : A note on “The Nilotic languages” by Murray
[19584]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1921) : Semi-Bantu
[19585]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1921) : The plural in Biafada
[19586]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1921) : Further notes on “The Nilotic languages”
[19587]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1921/22) : Duplex stems in Sudanic languages
[19588]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1921/22) : Determination and indetermination in Sudanic languages
[19589]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1924) : On the position of the dependent genetive
[19590]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1924) : The genitive in Dinka
[19591]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1924) : The week in West Africa
[19592]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1925) : The languages
[19593]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1927) : The Bantu languages of Nigeria
[24410]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1916) : Specimens of languages of Sierra Leone
[24411]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1916) : Anthropological report on Sierra Leone. Part 2: Timne-English dictionary
[24412]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1916) : Anthropological report on Sierra Leone. Part 3: Timne grammar and stories
[25364]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1914) : Specimens of languages from southern Nigeria
[19619]   Thomason, Sarah Grey (1983) : Genetic relationships and the case of Ma’a (Mbugu)
[19621]   Thomason, Sarah Grey (1997) : Ma’a (Mbugu)
[19620]   Thomason, Sarah Grey & Terrence Kaufman (1988) : Language contact, creolization and genetic linguistics
[19624]   Thompson, E. David (1976) : Nera
[19625]   Thompson, E. David (1976) : Languages of northern Eritrea
[19627]   Thompson, E. David (1983) : Kunama: phonology and noun phrase
[19628]   Thompson, E. David (1989) : Kunama verb phrase
[23623]   Thompson, Katrina Daly & Antonia Folarin Schleicher (2001) : Swahili learners’ reference grammar
[19623]   Thompson, P. Drummond (1962/63) : English in the Commonwealth: Nigeria
[28780]   Thompson, Rachel G. , Comfort Ahenkorah & Wendy Kwakye Amoako (2022) : Natural Semantic Metalanguage of Akan
[19626]   Thompson, Richard (1976) : A phonology of Kuwaa
[19622]   Thompson, W. L. (1928) : A uniform alphabet for the native languages of Rhodesia
[19629]   Thomson, Thomas Davidson (1947) : A practical approach to Chinanja
[19630]   Thorberg, Yngve (1970) : English in a multilingual society: a study of interference phenomena in East African English, with special reference to the language learning situation
[24445]   Thormoset, David (2007) : Phonological Reconstruction and the Aghem Central Vowels
[19631]   Thornell, Christina (1986) : Frågekonstruktioner i sangospråket [Interrogative constructions in Sango]
[19632]   Thornell, Christina (1987) : Wh-flyttning i sangospråket
[19633]   Thornell, Christina (1987) : Balao! Om hälsning på sango [Balao! On greetings in Sango]
[19634]   Thornell, Christina (1988) : De franska lexemens roll i sangospråkets skriftspråk: en studie av bibelöversättningar 1947-1986 [The role of French lexemes in the written language of Sango: a study of Bible translations, 1947-1986]
[19635]   Thornell, Christina (1989) : Sammansättningar i sangospråket [Compounds in Sango]
[19636]   Thornell, Christina (1991) : Attitudes towards French and Sango as languages of instruction in the Central African Republic
[19637]   Thornell, Christina (1993) : Metod för en undersökning av de franska lexemens roll i sangospråkets skriftspråk
[19638]   Thornell, Christina (1994) : Reflections on the 1984 Sango orthography decree
[19639]   Thornell, Christina (1995) : Established French loan words in Sango: a pilot study
[19640]   Thornell, Christina (1997) : The Sango language and its lexicon (Sêndâ-yângâ tî sängö)
[19642]   Thornell, Christina (2002) : A preliminary sketch of time, aspect and mood in Kikerebe
[19643]   Thornell, Christina (2002) : The uses of the Sango verb mû ‘transfer’
[19644]   Thornell, Christina (2003) : Data on the verb phrase in Mpiemo
[19645]   Thornell, Christina (2004) : The noun phrase in the Kerebe language
[19646]   Thornell, Christina (2004) : Wild plant names in the Mpiemo language
[19649]   Thornell, Christina (2005) : Minoritetsspråket mpiemos sociolingvistiska kontext (special survey article 2)
[24056]   Thornell, Christina (2007) : “Boulettes de graines de courge, pêche, hospitalité ̀”. Enregistrements transcrits et annotés pour une documentation du mpiemo (langue bantoue de la République Centrafricaine et du Cameroun)
[25716]   Thornell, Christina (2010) : Morphology of Plant Names in the Mpiemo Language
[27743]   Thornell, Christina (2019) : La vitalité de la langue balante-ganja au Sénégal
[19641]   Thornell, Christina & Mechtild Tronnier (1999) : Morphological function, syllabic and phonetic form of nasal+plosive combinations in the Bantu language Mpiemo
[19647]   Thornell, Christina & Yasuko Nagano-Madsen (2004) : Preliminaries to the phonetics of the Bantu language Mpiemo
[27229]   Thornell, Christina , Fatou Diouf , Marie Diouf , Mamadou Diouf , Abdoulaye Diouf , Ibrahima Ciss & Saliou Faye (2016) : Neesoh coosaani gini Barat (documentation sur le village Mbadat en langue cangin paloor)
[27230]   Thornell, Christina , Marie Diouf , Mamadou Diouf , Ibrahima Ciss , Abdoulaye Diouf & Fatou Diouf (2016) : Lexique langue cangin paloor – français
[27232]   Thornell, Christina , Ndiol Malick Tine , Roger Samba Faye & Gilbert Guilang Thiaw (2016) : Lexique : langue cangin laalaa-français
[19648]   Thornell, Christina , Robert Bessamia & Zacharie Metekouli (2005) : Des plantes à l‘état sauvage chez le peuple mpiemo: leurs noms et leurs usages
[27231]   Thornell, Christina , Saliou Faye , Marie Diouf , Mamadou Diouf , Fatou Diouf & Abdoulaye Diouf (2015) : Neesoh coosani gini Suun (documentation sur le village Soune en langue cangin paloor)
[1859]   Thornton, Elizabeth Ann (1980) : A needs analysis for a multilanguage degree program in Tunisia
[19651]   Thornton, F. D. P. (1992) : Arabic grammar: Arabic-English pocket dictionary
[19650]   Thornton, R. J. (1983) : ‘This dying out race’: W. H. I. Bleek’s approach to the languages of southern Africa
[19652]   Thwala, Nhlanhla (1995) : A generative grammar of SiSwati: the morphology and syntax of nouns and verbs
[19656]   Thwing, Rhonda (1987) : The Vute noun phrase and the relationship between Vute and Bantu
[21179]   Thwing, Rhonda (1982) : A preliminary analysis of Vute kinship terminology
[19655]   Thwing, Rhonda & John Robert Watters (1987) : Focus in Vute
[19653]   Thwing, Ronald & Rhonda Thwing (1979) : A phonology of Vute (Babute)
[19654]   Thwing, Ronald & Rhonda Thwing (1980) : Manuel pour lire et écrite la langue vútè
[19657]   Tibnatine, Mohand (2001) : Les études berbères sous le protectorat espagnol au Maroc (1912-1956)
[28295]   Tideman, Lauren (2019) : Vowel Phenomena of Guang Languages
[19658]   Tidjani, Abdou Serpos (1943) : Formes déférentes en Yoruba
[19659]   Tidjani, Abdou Serpos (1945) : Le nom Yoruba (Dahomey)
[19660]   Tieber, Silvia (1990) : Political linguistics in Namibia
[19661]   Tiede, Mark K. (1996) : An MRI-based study of pharyngeal volume contrasts in Akan
[19663]   Tiendrebeogo, Beatrice (2001) : Rapport sociolinguistique sur la langue Bobo Jula (Zara)
[24394]   Tiendrebeogo, Beatrice (1998) : Rapport Sociolinguistique sur la langue Bobo Madaré
[19662]   Tiendrebeogo, Gérard & Zakaria Yago (1983) : Situation des langues parlées en Haute-Volta: perspectives des leur utilisation pour l’enseignement et l’alphabetisation
[19664]   Tiffen, Brian W. (1966) : English language teaching in northern Nigeria: a survey
[19665]   Tiffen, Brian W. (1968) : Language and education in commonwealth Africa
[19666]   Tiffen, Brian W. (1974) : The intelligibility of Nigerian English
[19667]   Tiffen, Brian W. (1974) : The intelligibility of African English
[19668]   Tiffen, Brian W. (1975) : English versus African languages as the medium of education in African primary schools
[19669]   Tifshet Lemma (1982) : Noun morphology of Kunama
[19670]   Tigist Desalegn (2003) : A contrastive study of Hadiyya and Amharic
[25857]   Tigziri, Noura (2009) : L'écriture du berbère à travers l'Internet
[25915]   Tigziri, Noura (2008) : Le kabyle au contact des langues en présence en Algérie – Entre codeswitching et parler hybride?
[27316]   Tikau, Abubakar Idris & Ibrahim Yusuf (2009) : Karekare-English-Hausa dictionary
[27318]   Tikau, Abubakar Idris & Ibrahim Yusuf (2009) : Karekare-English-Hausa dictionary
[26576]   Tilahun, Dawit (2013) : Reconstructing proto-consonant phonemes of Lowland East Cushitic languages
[19673]   Tiling, Maria Klingenheben von (1929/30) : Lautliche Eigentümlichkeiten im gesprochenen Suaheli
[19671]   Tiling, Maria von (1921/22) : Die Sprache der Jabarti, mit besonderer Beücksichtigung der Verwandtschaft von Jabarti und Somali
[19672]   Tiling, Maria von (1925) : Somali-Texte und Untersuchungen zur Somali-Lautlehre
[19674]   Till, Walter C. (1926) : Die Überrestedes altägyptischen unbetonten (älteren) Pronomen absolutum im Koptischen
[19675]   Till, Walter C. (1927) : Indeterminierte Ausdrücke mit dem bestimmten Artikel im Koptischen
[19676]   Till, Walter C. (1927) : Achimimische Berichtigungen und Erklärungen zu Spiegelbergs koptischen Handwörterbuch
[19677]   Till, Walter C. (1928) : Die Stellung des Achmimischen
[19678]   Till, Walter C. (1928) : Achmimisch-koptische Grammatik mit Chrestomathie und Wörterbuch
[19679]   Till, Walter C. (1930) : Koptische Chrestomathie für den fayumischen Dialekt, mit grammatischer Skizze und Anmerkungen
[19680]   Till, Walter C. (1931) : Die Vokalisation des Fayuumischen
[19681]   Till, Walter C. (1931) : Koptische Dialektgrammatik mit Lesestücken und Wörterbuch
[19682]   Till, Walter C. (1932) : Zur Vokalisation des Koptischen
[19683]   Till, Walter C. (1955) : Koptische Grammatik (saïdischer Dialekt), mit Bibliographie, Lesestücken und Wörterverzeichnissen
[19684]   Till, Walter C. (1961) : Koptische Grammatik
[19685]   Tillinghast, Tim & Matthias Liebrecht (1996) : Report of a linguistic survey of the Malinké of western Mali and Senegal, with special regard to the Malinké of Kita
[19686]   Tilmatine, Mohamed (1991) : Tabelbala: eine Songhaysprachinsel in der algerischen Sahara
[19687]   Tilmatine, Mohamed (1992) : A propos de néologie en berbère moderne
[19688]   Tilmatine, Mohamed (1998) : Zur Verschriftung des berberishcen in Nordafrika: ein oder mehrerer Schriftsysteme?
[2191]   Tilmatine, Mohand (2001) : Ya-t-il un thématiseur en berbère?
[26502]   Tima Language Committee (2013) : Nayayirak tamaa dumurik [Speak Tima!]
[24502]   Timitimi, A. O. (1977 [1973]) : Izon
[19689]   Timmons, Claude (19--) : L’harmonie vocalique en wolof
[19690]   Timmons, Claude & Christian Dunn (1989) : La sélection morphophonologique des classes en kpokolo
[19691]   Timyan-Ravenhill, Judith (1977) : A discourse-based grammar of Baule: the Kode dialect
[19692]   Timyan-Ravenhill, Judith (1981) : A semantic analysis of quantification: evidence form Baule
[19693]   Timyan-Ravenhill, Judith (1983) : L’abron
[24513]   Timyan-Ravenhill, Judith (1980 [1975]) : Baule
[25218]   Timyan-Ravenhill, Judith (1975) : The definite particle nĩ in Baule
[19695]   Tingbo, Nyi Z. (1978) : Réflexes des phonèmes proto-bantu en lingala
[19694]   Tingbo, Th. (1971) : Étude grammaticale de la langue mbanja
[19696]   Tingley, Christopher (1981) : Deviance in the English of Ghanaian newspapers
[26416]   Tinguiano, Jeannot Saa (1977) : L'expressivité en kisiei
[19697]   Tiomajou, David (1995) : The Cameroon English corpus project
[19698]   Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1953) : Aantekeninge oor die klank- en vormleer van Ndonga
[19699]   Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1955) : Phonology of Ndonga
[19700]   Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1957) : Über semantische Tonhöhen in Ndonga
[19701]   Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1958) : Ndonga opas [A guide to Ndonga]
[19702]   Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1958) : Phonology of Ndonga
[19703]   Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1960) : Praktiese Ndonga
[19704]   Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1965) : Oompango dhOshindonga: ooform I-III
[19705]   Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1971) : Praktiese Ndonga
[19706]   Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1975) : Praktiese Ndonga
[19707]   Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1977) : Ndongan kielen oppikirja [Textbook of the Ndonga language]
[19708]   Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1977) : Oshindonga shetu
[19709]   Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1980) : Ndongan kielen sanakirja
[19710]   Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1986) : Ndonga-English dictionary
[19711]   Tischauser, Georg (19--) : Bali-Wörterbuch (Kamerun)
[19712]   Tischauser, Georg (1953/54) : Kurze Wortliste der Sprache von Bebedjato in der Landschaft Mbembe, Kamerun
[19713]   Tischauser, Georg (1992) : Mungaka (Bali) dictionary
[19716]   Tisserant, [Révérend] [Père] (1950) : Sango, langue véhiculaire de l’Oubangui-Chari
[19714]   Tisserant, Charles (1930) : Essai sur la grammaire banda
[19715]   Tisserant, Charles (1931) : Dictionnaire banda-français
[19717]   Tisserant, Charles (1950) : Catalogues de la flore de l’Oubangui-Chari
[28035]   Tita, Eunice (2019) : A sociolinguistic analysis of Bali Nyonga magic lexis
[23940]   Titanji, (1988) : An introduction to the study of Bali-Nyonga
[19718]   Titlestad, Peter (1996) : English, the constitution of South Africa’s language future
[19719]   Tjoutuku, Angelika (1996) : The use of Otjiherero in basic formal education
[19720]   Tlustos, Martin (2000) : Unpublished manuscript materials on Sangu
[19721]   Tobias, George Wolfe Robert & Basil Henry Capes Turvey (1954) : English-Kwanyama dictionary
[19722]   Todd, Loreto (1979) : Cameroonian: a consideration of “What’s in a name?”
[19723]   Todd, Loreto (1982) : Cameroon
[19724]   Todd, Loreto (1982) : English in Cameroon: education in a multilingual society
[19725]   Todd, Loreto (1982) : The English language in West Africa
[19726]   Todd, Loreto (1984) : Language options for education in a multilingual society: Cameroon
[19727]   Todd, Loreto (1991) : Talk Pidgin: a structured course in West African Pidgin English
[26200]   Toews, Carmela (2009) : The Expression of Tense and Aspect in Shona
[25050]   Togola, Naby I. Baba (1984) : Le parler bambara du Baninko : phonologie - esquisse grammaticale - lexique et textes oraux transcrits
[19728]   Tolmalcheva, Marina (1986) : Toward a definition of the term ‘Zanj’
[26417]   Tolno, Tamba Jacob (1973) : Étude descriptive du système phonologique du kisie
[19729]   Tomiche, Nada (1964) : Le parler arabe du Caire
[23283]   Tomier, Jacques (1990) : Le parler du Caire: lexique pratique français-arabe
[19730]   Tomori, S. H. O. (1967) : A study in the syntactic structures of the written English of British and Nigerian grammar school pupils
[19731]   Tomori, S. H. O. (1977) : A diachronic and synchronic study of the motivation for learning English in Nigeria
[19732]   Tompkins, Barbara & Angela Kluge (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey of the Aja language area
[19733]   Tompkins, Barbara & Angela Kluge (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey of the Chakali language area
[19734]   Tompkins, Barbara , Deborah H. Hatfield & Angela Kluge (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey of the Gua language area
[19735]   Tonder, Louis Lourens van (1966) : The Hambukushu of Owamboland: an anthropological study of a south-western Bantu people in Africa
[19736]   Tonelli, Livia (1999) : The Garre of Somalia: a sketch of its linguistic features
[23945]   Tongo, W. M. (1993) : The Medumba noun phrase
[19834]   Tönjes, Herrmann (1954) : Kwanyama grammar and syntax
[19737]   Tonkin, Elizabeth (1971) : Some coastal pidgins in West Africa
[19738]   Tonkin, Elizabeth (1979) : Uses of pidgin in the early literate English of Nigeria
[19739]   Tonkin, Elizabeth (1990) : Liberia and its literacies: a historical perspective
[19740]   Tonnoir, A.-T. (19--) : Vocabulaire “wadia”/kutu, non-publié
[19741]   Tonnoir, A.-T. (19--) : Vocabulaire kiboma/mushie, non-publié
[19742]   Tonsi, A. el (1982) : Egyptian colloquial Arabic: a structure review
[19743]   Tonsi, A. el , L. al Sawi & S. Massoud (1986) : An intensive course in Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[19744]   Toporova, Irina Nikolaevna (1965) : K tipologii fonologiceskich sistem jazykov Bantu (Suachili, Ganda, Lingala, Zulu)
[19745]   Toporova, Irina Nikolaevna (1974) : Sistema immehykh klassov v jazyke lingala
[19746]   Toporova, Irina Nikolaevna (1975) : Tipologija fonologiceskich sistem jazykov bantu [The typology of phonological systems in the Bantu languages]
[19747]   Toporova, Irina Nikolaevna (1975) : Fonologitcheskaya sistema ganda [The phonological system of Ganda]
[19748]   Toporova, Irina Nikolaevna (1975) : Fonologitcheskaya sistema mvera [The phonological system of Mwera]
[19749]   Toporova, Irina Nikolaevna (1977) : Fonologitcheskaya sistema yazyka kuriya [The phonological system of Kuria]
[19750]   Toporova, Irina Nikolaevna (1987) : Korrelacija klassov v jazykax bantu [Noun class correlations in Bantu languages]
[19751]   Toporova, Irina Nikolaevna (1994) : Jazyk lingala
[19752]   Toporova, Irina Nikolaevna (1997) : Typology and Bantu noun classes
[19753]   Topp-Jɔrgensen, J. E. , A. R. Marshall & H. Brink (2001) : English/Latin, Kiswahili and Kihehe names of mammals found in and around West Kilombero Scarp Forest Reserve and New Dabaga/Ulangambi Forest Reserve
[19754]   Tornay, Serge (1974) : La dénomination des couleurs chez les Nyangatom du sud-ouest éthiopien
[28722]   Tornay, Serge (1970) : Une contribution à l'étude du kalenjin: recherches sur le parler des Keyo du Kenya
[28723]   Tornay, Serge (1969) : Essai sur le vocabulaire de parenté des keyo du Kenya
[19755]   Toronzoni, Ngama-Nzombio Tra Ndele (1989) : Description du ngbandi, langue oubanguienne du nord-ouest du Zaïre
[19756]   Toronzoni, Ngama-Nzombio Tra Ndele (1992) : Les sous-catégories verbales en ngbandi
[26279]   Toronzoni, Ngama-Nzombio Tra Ndele (2004) : Esquisse du Bomboma (langue bantu de zone C)
[26300]   Toronzoni, Ngama-Nzombio Tra Ndele (1985) : Description du bomboma: langue bantoue de la zone C.
[26869]   Torrence, Harold & Jason Kandybowicz (2013) : Comparative Tano Interrogative Syntax: The View from Krachi and Bono
[27381]   Torrence, Harold & Jason Kandybowicz (2015) : Wh- question formation in Krachi
[19759]   Torrence, William Harold (2003) : Verb movement on Wolof
[19757]   Torrence, William Harold (Ed) (2001) : Papers in African linguistics 1
[19758]   Torrence, William Harold (Ed) (2002) : Papers in African linguistics 2
[28591]   Torrend, J. (1900) : Grammatica do Chisena - A Grammar of the Language of the Lower Zambezi
[19760]   Torrend, Julius (1922) : Cibalo I-III
[19761]   Torrend, Julius (1923) : A primer for the Bene-Mukuni
[19762]   Torrend, Julius (1930) : An English-Tonga phrasebook for Rhodesia (North and South)
[19763]   Torrend, Julius (1931) : An English vernacular dictionary of the Bantu-Botatwe dialects of northern Rhodesia
[19764]   Torrend, Julius (1931) : Proper nouns in Rhodesian Tonga
[19765]   Torrend, Julius (1932) : Nkanga grammar ka Citonga
[19766]   Torrend, Julius (1932) : A grammar of the Rhodesian Tonga: introductory to the English-Vernacular dictionary of Bantu Botatwe; and supplement to a comparative grammar of South African Bantu languages
[19767]   Torrend, Julius (1934) : Citonga reading and writing, being a scheme of work in accordance with the Native Education Department’s elementary syllabus, 1934
[19768]   Torrend, Julius (1936) : The classifications of common nouns in the Rhodesian Tonga
[19769]   Torrend, Julius (1967) : An English-Bantu-Botatwe dictionary
[19770]   Toscano, Maddalena (1994) : From text to dictionary: steps for a computerised process
[22826]   Toscano, Maddalena & Seleman Simon Sewangi (2005) : Discovering usage patterns for the Swahili amba-relative forms cl. 16, 17, 18: using corpus data to support autonomous learning of Kiswahili by Italian speakers
[19771]   Tosco, Mauro (1988) : The phoneme D and the marker of reflexive-middle voice in eastern Cushitic
[19772]   Tosco, Mauro (1989) : Schizzo grammaticale del dialetto Karre di Qoryooley
[19773]   Tosco, Mauro (1991) : A grammatical sketch of Dahalo, including texts and a glossary
[19774]   Tosco, Mauro (1992) : Dahalo: an endangered language
[19775]   Tosco, Mauro (1992) : The classification of Dahalo: another perspective
[19777]   Tosco, Mauro (1993) : Copula, focus, cleft, etc., in southern Somali
[19778]   Tosco, Mauro (1993) : The preverbal particles of a southern Somali dialect
[19779]   Tosco, Mauro (1993) : Boni, Karre, Digil: uno sguardo comparativo
[19780]   Tosco, Mauro (1994) : The historical syntax of East Cushitic: a first sketch
[19781]   Tosco, Mauro (1994) : The historical reconstruction of a southern Somali dialect: proto-Karre-Boni
[19782]   Tosco, Mauro (1994) : On case marking in the Ethiopian language area (with special reference to subject marking in East Cushitic)
[19783]   Tosco, Mauro (1995) : A pidgin verbal system: the case of Juba Arabic
[19784]   Tosco, Mauro (1996) : The Northern Highland East Cushitic verb in an areal perspective
[19785]   Tosco, Mauro (1996) : The strange case of the Dirayta subject case
[19786]   Tosco, Mauro (1997) : Af Tunni: grammar, texts and glossary of a southern Somali dialect
[19787]   Tosco, Mauro (1997) : Focus and verbal system in Dhaasanac (East Cushitic, south-west Ethiopia)
[19788]   Tosco, Mauro (1998) : A parsing view on inconsistent word order: articles in Tigre and its relatives
[19789]   Tosco, Mauro (1998) : “People who are not the language they speak”: on language shift without language decay in East Africa
[19790]   Tosco, Mauro (1999) : The color terms of Dhaasanac
[19791]   Tosco, Mauro (2000) : Is there an “Ethiopian language area”?
[19792]   Tosco, Mauro (2000) : Cushitic overview
[19793]   Tosco, Mauro (2001) : The Dhaasanac language: grammar, texts and vocabulary of a Cushitic language of Ethiopia
[19794]   Tosco, Mauro (2001) : The short past in Dhaasanac
[19795]   Tosco, Mauro (2002) : A whole lotta focusin’ goin’ on: information packaging in Somali texts
[19796]   Tosco, Mauro (2003) : Cushitic and Omotic overview
[19797]   Tosco, Mauro (2004) : Between zero and nothing: transitivity and noun incorporation in Somali
[24328]   Tosco, Mauro (2001) : The Dhaasanac language : grammar, texts and vocabulary of a Cushitic language of Ethiopia
[25171]   Tosco, Mauro (2010) : Why contrast matters: Information structure in Gawwada (East Cushitic)
[25584]   Tosco, Mauro (2012) : The grammar of space of Gawwada
[27422]   Tosco, Mauro (2015) : From Elmolo to Gura Pau: A remembered Cushitic language of Lake Turkana and its possible revitalization
[27776]   Tosco, Mauro (2020) : East Cushitic
[19776]   Tosco, Mauro & Jonathan Owens (1993) : Turku: a descriptive and comparative study
[19798]   Toselli, Fr. Giovanni (1939) : Elementi di lingua magi: grammatica e dizionario
[19799]   Tossa Comlan, Zéphirin (1994) : Adjonctions et séries verbales dans les langues gbe
[19835]   Tötemeyer, Andree-Jeanne (1988) : The racial element in German language juvenile literature
[19800]   Totty, L. A. (1---) : Suk grammar
[19801]   Touba, Théophile (1984) : A la découverte du sango: une analyse des unités et structures de première articulation
[19802]   Toulmond, Léon (1937) : Essai de grammaire d’ébudja
[23969]   Toupin, Michael (1995) : Collected field reports on the phonology os Sisaala-Pasaale
[19804]   Touré, Aboubacar (1989) : Eléments de phonologie et de morphologie de la langue sòòsó
[19806]   Touré, Aboubacar (1994) : Éléments de description de la langue soso
[22488]   Touré, Aboubacar (2004) : Parlons soso: langue et culture de peuple de la Guinée maritime
[26418]   Touré, Aboubacar (1974) : Étude comparative du soso et du dyalunka (étude complète)
[19803]   Toure, Ahmadou (1977) : Promotion des langues maliennes
[26419]   Touré, Laye (1976) : Étude du système nominal wamey
[19805]   Touré, Mohamed & Kadidia Touré (1993) : Bambara Übungsbuch: Dialoge, Sätze mit Schlüssel, Vokabeln
[19807]   Touré, Mohamed & Kadidia Touré (1996) : Bambara Übungsbuch: Dialoge, Sätze mit Schlüssel, Vokabeln
[26420]   Touré, Mory Fodé (1976) : Étude phonologique du wamey
[26421]   Touré, Yaya (1976) : Étude morphosyntaxique du kpeleewoo
[27400]   Tourneux Henry, & Yaya Daïrou, avec la collaboration de Abdoulaye Boubakary (2017) : Dictionnaire peul encyclopédique de la nature (faune/flore), de l'agriculture, de l'élevage et des usages en pharmacopée (Diamaré, Cameroun), : suivi d'un index médicinal et d'un index français-fulfulde
[12734]   Tourneux, Henry (2004) : Les marques personnelles en kotoko et en mafa/wandala
[19808]   Tourneux, Henry (1977) : Une langue tchadique disparue: le muskum
[19809]   Tourneux, Henry (1978) : Première note sur le mbara
[19810]   Tourneux, Henry (1978) : Le mulwi ou vulum de Mogroum (Tchad): phonologie, éléments de grammaire
[19811]   Tourneux, Henry (1978) : Racine verbale en mulwi
[19812]   Tourneux, Henry (1980) : Les dialectes du musgu (Tchad-Cameroun)
[19813]   Tourneux, Henry (1983) : Les emprunts en musgu
[19815]   Tourneux, Henry (1987) : Peut-on parler d’extension verbale en munjuk?
[19816]   Tourneux, Henry (1988) : La transitivité en munjuk (Tchad)
[19817]   Tourneux, Henry (1991) : Lexique pratique du munjuk des rizières, dialecte de Pouss
[19818]   Tourneux, Henry (1994) : Langues en voie de disparition dans le bassin du Tchad
[19819]   Tourneux, Henry (1995) : Le système aspectual des langues dites “kotoko”
[19822]   Tourneux, Henry (2000) : Introduction aux langues dites “kotoko” (Tchad-Cameroun)
[19823]   Tourneux, Henry (2000) : Méthodologie de l’enquête linguistique dans le bassin du Tchad
[19824]   Tourneux, Henry (2000) : La formation du pluriel en kotoko
[19825]   Tourneux, Henry (2003) : L’encodage de la localisation, de la direction et du movement dans les langues “kotoko”
[19826]   Tourneux, Henry (2004) : Évolution morphologique et syntaxique du parler des jeunes “kotoko” de Goulfe (Cameroun)
[22402]   Tourneux, Henry (2003) : Le système vocalique dans le groupe “kotoko”
[24336]   Tourneux, Henry (2006) : Origine des consonnes doubles et de la nasale syllabique à lʼinitiale dans les parlers «kotoko» du Cameroun
[24426]   Tourneux, Henry (2008) : Langues, Cultures et Développement en Afrique
[24856]   Tourneux, Henry (2007) : Lʼinversion tonale en Kotoko
[24858]   Tourneux, Henry (2003) : Le système consonantique des langues dites ‘kotokoʼ
[25641]   Tourneux, Henry (2011) : La contribution de Heinrich Barth à la lexicographie du parler kotoko de Logone-Birni
[26521]   Tourneux, Henry (2013) : Les noms de poissons en kotoko commun
[26926]   Tourneux, Henry (2014) : Les vestiges du lexique soninke dans le fulfulde du Diamaré (Cameroun)
[28729]   Tourneux, Henry (2021) : Le nom du souverain dans les parlers « kotoko » du Cameroun
[26510]   Tourneux, Henry (ed.) (2013) : Topics in Chadic Linguistics VII: Papers from the 6th Biennial International Colloquium on the Chadic Languages, Villejuif, September 22-23, 2011
[24424]   Tourneux, Henry (Ed) (2007) : Topics In Chadic Linguistics III. Historical Studies. Papers from the 3rd Biennial International Colloquium on the Chadic Languages, Villejuif, Novermber 24-25, 2005
[24425]   Tourneux, Henry (Ed) (2007) : Topics In Chadic Linguistics IV. Comparative and Descriptive Studies. Papers from the 3rd Biennial International Colloquium on the Chadic Languages, Villejuif, November 24-25, 2005
[25831]   Tourneux, Henry & Adam Mahamat (2009) : Les marqueurs relatifs dans les langues dites « kotoko »
[23970]   Tourneux, Henry & Christian Seignobos (1997) : Origine et structure du lexique botanique peul du Diamaré (Cameroun)
[19820]   Tourneux, Henry & Daïrou Yaya (1998) : Dictionnaire peul de l’agriculture et de la nature (Cameroun)
[19821]   Tourneux, Henry & Daïrou Yaya (1999) : Vocabulaire peul du monde rural
[19814]   Tourneux, Henry , Christian Seignobos & Francine Lafarge (Ed) (1986) : Les mbara et leur langue (Tchad)
[19827]   Tourville, José (1991) : Licensing and the representation of floating nasals
[19828]   Tourville, José (1993) : On the reduced nasal phoneme of Manding
[19829]   Touzeil, Jean Claude (1979) : Quelques camerounismes: contribution à un inventairedes écarts vis-à-vis du français standard ecueillis dans la région de Yaoundé et à une méthodologie de remédiation
[19830]   Toweett, Taaitta (1974) : Kaleenychiin vowel category indicators
[19831]   Toweett, Taaitta (1975) : Kalenjin nouns and their classification, with notes on phonology and a noun list appendix
[19832]   Toweett, Taaitta (1979) : A study of Kalenjin linguistics
[19833]   Toweett, Taaitta (1979) : English-Swahili-Kalenjin nouns pocket dictionary
[19836]   Traill, Anthony (1970) : Linguistic research among the !Xo Bushmen
[19837]   Traill, Anthony (1970) : Transformational grammar and the case of an Ndebele-speaking aphasic
[19838]   Traill, Anthony (1973) : “N4 or S7”: another Bushman language
[19839]   Traill, Anthony (1973) : A preliminary sketch of !Xõ Bushman phonetics
[19840]   Traill, Anthony (1974) : Westphal on “N4 or S7?”: a reply
[19841]   Traill, Anthony (1974) : Agreement systems in !Xõ
[19842]   Traill, Anthony (1974) : The compleat guide to the Koon: a research report on linguistic fieldwork undertaken in Botswana and South West Africa
[19843]   Traill, Anthony (1975) : Phonetic correspondences in the !Xõ dialects: how a Bushman language changes
[19846]   Traill, Anthony (1977) : The phonological status of !Xõo clicks
[19847]   Traill, Anthony (1977) : The tonal structure of !Xõ
[19848]   Traill, Anthony (1978) : Research on the non-Bantu African languages
[19849]   Traill, Anthony (1978) : The languages of the Bushmen
[19851]   Traill, Anthony (1979) : Another click accompaniment in !Xóõ
[19852]   Traill, Anthony (1979) : The !Xóõ strength hierarchy
[19853]   Traill, Anthony (1979) : Preliminary report on the linguistic situation in the Bae, Masetlharobega and Mesemonate areas
[19854]   Traill, Anthony (1980) : Phonetic diversity in the Khoisan languages
[19855]   Traill, Anthony (1981) : Khoisan consonants and linguistic universals
[19856]   Traill, Anthony (1981) : Phonetic and phonological studies of !Xóõ Bushman
[19858]   Traill, Anthony (1983) : Phonetic details of Khoisan languages
[19859]   Traill, Anthony (1984) : Rramalebauya - linguistic and language studies in Africa: essays in honour of Desmond T. Cole
[19860]   Traill, Anthony (1985) : Phonetic and phonological studies of !Xóõ Bushman
[19861]   Traill, Anthony (1986) : Click replacement in Khoe
[19862]   Traill, Anthony (1986) : Do the Khoi have a place in the San? New data on Khoisan linguistic relationships
[19863]   Traill, Anthony (1986) : The laryngeal sphincter as a phonatory mechanism in !Xóõ Bushman
[19866]   Traill, Anthony (1992) : A confusion of sounds: the phonetic description of !Xû clicks
[19867]   Traill, Anthony (1992) : Pulmonic control, nasal venting and aspiration in Khoisan languages
[19868]   Traill, Anthony (1993) : The feature geometry of clicks
[19869]   Traill, Anthony (1993) : Doke’s x-ray descriptions of Zulu clicks are not what they seem to be
[19870]   Traill, Anthony (1994) : A !Xóõ dictionary
[19871]   Traill, Anthony (1994) : Khoesan languages: an overview
[19872]   Traill, Anthony (1994) : Linguistic research on the Khoesan languages
[19873]   Traill, Anthony (1994) : Structural typology and remote relationships between Zhu and !Xóõ
[19874]   Traill, Anthony (1994) : The perception of clicks in !Xóõ
[19876]   Traill, Anthony (1995) : Interpreting |Xam phonology: the need for typological cleansing
[19877]   Traill, Anthony (1995) : Place of articulation features for clicks: anomalies for universals
[19878]   Traill, Anthony (1995) : The Khoesan languages of South Africa
[19879]   Traill, Anthony (1996) : !Khwa-ka hhouiten hhouiten “the rush of the storm”: the linguistic death of |Xam
[19881]   Traill, Anthony (1997) : Linguistic phonetic features for clicks: articulatory, acoustic and perceptual evidence
[19882]   Traill, Anthony (1997) : Khoisan and Click languages
[19883]   Traill, Anthony (1997) : Extinct: South African Khoisan languages
[19884]   Traill, Anthony (1998) : Lexical avoidance in !Xóõ
[19885]   Traill, Anthony (1999) : Foundations in Khoisan studies: a survey of a selection of papers from Bantu studies and African studies, 1921-1967
[19887]   Traill, Anthony (2001) : Structural typology and remote relationships between Zhu and !Xóõ
[19888]   Traill, Anthony (2002) : The Khoesan languages
[25777]   Traill, Anthony (2009) : A !Xóõ Dictionary
[19844]   Traill, Anthony (Ed) (1975) : Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies
[19845]   Traill, Anthony (Ed) (1977) : Khoisan linguistic studies 3
[19850]   Traill, Anthony (Ed) (1979) : Khoisan linguistic studies 5
[19886]   Traill, Anthony & Hirosi Nakagawa (2000) : A historical !Xóõ-G|ui contact zone: linguistics and other relations
[19857]   Traill, Anthony & Luiz Ivens Ferraz (1981) : The interpretation of tone in Principense Creole: abstract phonological analysis
[19865]   Traill, Anthony & M. Jackson (1988) : Speaker variation and phonation type in Tsonga
[19880]   Traill, Anthony & Rainer Vossen (1997) : Sound change in the Khoisan languages: new data on click loss and click replacement
[19864]   Traill, Anthony , James Steven Mzilikazi Khumalo & Peter Fridjhon (1987) : Depressing facts about Zulu
[19875]   Traill, Anthony , Rainer Vossen & Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] Biesele (Ed) (1995) : The complete linguist: papers in memory of Patrick J. Dickens
[19889]   Trancart, C. (1941) : Notes sur le vocabulaire camelin en haute Maurétanie
[19890]   Tranel, Bernard (1992/94) : Tone sandhi and vowel deletion in Margi
[22859]   Traoré, Ali , Fabé Traoré & Paul Solomiac (1998) : [Lexique orthographique dzùùngoo-français]
[27864]   Traoré, Daouda (2015) : Le senar (langue senufo du Burkina Faso): elements de description et d'influence du jula vehiculaire dans un contexte de contact de langues
[26109]   Traoré, Kalifa & Nadine Bednarz (2008) : Mathématiques construites en contexte : une analyse du système de numération oral utilisé par les Siamous au Burkina Faso
[26422]   Traoré, Kanny (1973) : Étude morphosyntaxique de la langue djalunka
[19891]   Traoré, Karime (1983) : Dafing: Beiträge zu Phonologie und Wortbildung einer Mande-Sprache
[20930]   Traoré, Karime (1978) : Dafing - Deustsch Wörterbuch
[27674]   Traoré, Kotalama (1984) : Éléments de phonologie dimensionnelle du seme
[27675]   Traoré, Kotalama (1985) : Recherche sur la structure de l’énoncé seme
[28526]   Traoré, Mori Edwige & Xiaoliang Luo (2019) : Tagba Tone: a case of tier hierarchization
[28216]   Traoré, Yranahan & Caroline Féry (2019) : Syllable structure and loanword adaptation in Fròʔò
[19892]   Trappes-Lomax, H. (1990) : Can a foreign language be a national medium?
[19893]   Traunmüller, Hartmut (2003) : Clicks and the idea of a human proto-language
[19894]   Trautmann, Bettina (1998) : Sprache als Spiegel von Soziohistorie? Das Beispiel Lingala
[19895]   Travélé, Moussa (1923) : Proverbes et contes bambara, accompagnés d’une traduction française et précédés d’un abrégé de droit coutumier bambara et malinké
[19896]   Travélé, Moussa (1923) : Petit dictionnaire français-bambara et bambara-français
[19897]   Travélé, Moussa (1927) : Petit manuel français-bambara
[19898]   Travélé, Moussa (1947) : Petit manuel français-bambara
[19899]   Travélé, Moussa (199-) : Petit manuel français-bambara
[19900]   Treece, Rick (1986) : What is a Bantu noun class?
[19901]   Treffgarne, Carew (1975) : The role of English and French as languages of communication between Anglophone and Francophone West African states
[19902]   Treffgarne, Carew (1986) : Language policy in francophone Africa: scapegoat or panacea?
[19903]   Tregidgo, P. S. (1987) : Speakers of West African languages
[19904]   Treis, Yvonne (1998) : Names of Khoisan languages and their variants
[19905]   Treis, Yvonne (2000) : Komplexe sätze im Kxoe (Namibia)
[19906]   Treis, Yvonne (2000) : NP coordination in Kxoe (Central Khoisan)
[24057]   Treis, Yvonne (2008) : A Grammar of Kambaata. Part I: Phonology, Nominal Morphology, and Non-verbal Predication
[24800]   Treis, Yvonne (2005) : Kambaata Kinship terminology
[24818]   Treis, Yvonne (2007) : Motion events in Kambaata
[24832]   Treis, Yvonne (2005) : Avoiding their names, avoiding their eyes: how Kambaata women respect their in-laws
[24833]   Treis, Yvonne (2006) : Form and function of case marking in Kambaata
[24834]   Treis, Yvonne (2007) : Copulas in Kambaata
[24835]   Treis, Yvonne (2008) : Relativization in Kambaata (Cushitic)
[25728]   Treis, Yvonne (2010) : Perception Verbs and Taste Adjectives in Kambaata and Beyond
[26091]   Treis, Yvonne (2011) : Expressing Future Time Reference in Kambaata
[26324]   Treis, Yvonne (2012) : Categorial hybrids in Kambaata
[26528]   Treis, Yvonne (2014) : Interrogativity in Baskeet
[26793]   Treis, Yvonne (2014) : Number in Kambaata
[27279]   Treis, Yvonne (2011) : Polysemous agent nominals in Kambaata (Cushitic)
[27696]   Treis, Yvonne (2012) : Kambaata children’s songs and word games: Or what can we learn about the grammar of Kambaata by analysing marginal literature genres?
[28012]   Treis, Yvonne (2017) : “They are only two, like the teats of a donkey” – Kambataa denumerals revisited
[28112]   Treis, Yvonne (2019) : Similative and equative demonstratives in Kambaata
[27086]   Treis, Yvonne & Alexander Werth (2014) : Notes from the Field: Baskeet Phonological Sketch and Digital Wordlist.
[27892]   Treis, Yvonne & Deginet Wotango Doyiso (2019) : “Issues and maize bread taste good when they're cool”: Temperature terms and their metaphorical extensions in Kambaata (Cushitic)
[19907]   Trenga, Georges (1947) : Le Bura-Mabang du Ouadaï: notes pour servir à l’étude de la langue maba
[19908]   Trento, Gabriele da (1941) : Vocaboli in lingue dell’Etiopia meridionale
[19909]   Tresbarats, Chantal (1983) : L’abidji
[19910]   Tresbarats, Chantal (1990) : Tone in Abidji verb morphology
[22936]   Tresbarats, Chantal & Renée Vick (1992) : Esquisse linguistique de l’abidji
[19911]   Tressan, [Marquis] Michel de Lavergne de (1951) : Pour une transciption phonétique peule unifiée
[19912]   Tressan, [Marquis] Michel de Lavergne de (1952) : Au sujet des Peuls
[19913]   Tressan, [Marquis] Michel de Lavergne de (1953) : Inventaire linguistique de l’Afrique occidentale française et du Togo
[23564]   Tressan, [Marquis] Michel de Lavergne de (1979) : Description succincte du diola du Fogny (Sénégal)
[19914]   Trew, R. (1994) : The development of training models for African language translators and interpreters
[19915]   Trewby, Richard (1998) : The status of Setswana in education in Namibia
[19916]   Trewby, Richard & Sandra Fitchat (Ed) (2001) : Language and development in southern Africa: making the right choices. Conference proceedings, National Institute for Educational Development, Okahandja, Namibia, 11-13 April 2000
[19917]   Trezenem, E. (1932) : Vocabulaire inzabi
[19918]   Trezenem, E. (1940) : Contribution à l’étude des nègres africains: les Bateke Balali
[19919]   Trifkovic, Mirjana (1969) : Le mancagne: étude phonologique et morphologique
[19920]   Trifkovic, Mirjana (1973) : Syntaxe du lendu
[19921]   Trifkovic, Mirjana (1977) : Tone splitting: Lendu
[19922]   Trifkovic, Mirjana (1977) : Tone preserving vowel reduction in Lendu
[19923]   Trifkovic, Mirjana (1979) : Tone splitting: Lendu
[19924]   Trigger, Bruce G. (1964) : Meroitic and Eastern Sudanic: a linguistic relationship?
[19925]   Trigger, Bruce G. (1966) : The languages of the northern Sudan: an historical perspective
[19926]   Trigger, Bruce G. (1968) : Two notes on Meroitic grammar
[19927]   Trimingham, John Spencer (1939) : Sudan colloquial Arabic
[19928]   Trimingham, John Spencer (1946) : Sudan colloquial Arabic
[19929]   Tripathi, D. P. (1990) : English in Zambia: the nature and prospects of one of Africa’s “new Englishes”
[19930]   Trithart, [Mary] Lee (1975) : Relational grammar and Chichewa subjectivization rules
[19931]   Trithart, [Mary] Lee (1976) : Relational grammar and Chichewa subjectivization
[19932]   Trithart, [Mary] Lee (1977) : Causatives and instruments
[19933]   Trithart, [Mary] Lee (1977) : Locatives
[19934]   Trithart, [Mary] Lee (1979) : Topicality: an alternative to the relation view of Bantu passive
[19935]   Trithart, [Mary] Lee (1983) : The applied affix and transitivity: a historical study in Bantu
[22528]   Trithart, [Mary] Lee (1976) : Desyllabified noun class prefixes and depressor consonants in Chichewa
[19936]   Triulzi, Alessandro , Atieb Dafallah & Marvin Lionel Bender (1976) : Berta
[19937]   Triulzi, Alessandro , Atieb Dafallah & Marvin Lionel Bender (1976) : Some notes on the Ethiopian Bertha and their language
[19938]   Trivedi, B. V. (1955) : Gujarati-Swahili shabdapothi [Gujarati-Swahili dictionary]
[19944]   Tröbs, Holger (1993) : Lokale Strukturen im Manding
[19945]   Tröbs, Holger (1998) : Funktionale Sprachbeschreibung des Jeli (West-Mande)
[19946]   Tröbs, Holger (2004) : Progressive and habitual aspect in Central Mande
[24626]   Tröbs, Holger (2008) : Bambara
[24630]   Tröbs, Holger (2008) : Duun
[24890]   Tröbs, Holger (2009) : Sprachtypologie, TAM-Systeme und historische Syntax im Manding (West-Mande)
[25626]   Tröbs, Holger (2011) : Eigenschaftsverben in einigen West-Mande-Sprachen (Duun, Manding, Yalunka)
[27968]   Tröbs, Holger (2018) : Some notes on the TAM system of Jeli
[28013]   Tröbs, Holger (2017) : SEINS-Konstruktionen in afrikanischen Sprachen
[28498]   Tröbs, Holger (2004) : Some notes on one-argument identificational clauses in Manding (Western Mande, Niger-Congo)
[24279]   Troebs, Holger (2003) : On the origin of some predicative markers in imperfective constructions in Manding
[26784]   Troebs, Holger (2013) : Polysemy patterns of two postpositions marking class-membership and property assignment in Jeli (Central Mande)
[26786]   Troebs, Holger (2014) : Some notes on the encoding of property concepts in Vai from a typological and comparative Central Mande perspective
[19939]   Troesch, J. (1953) : La négation dans le dialecte fiote
[19940]   Trombetti, Alfredo (1923) : Elementi di glottologia
[19941]   Trombetti, Alfredo (1925) : Le origine della langue basca: memoria
[25724]   Trommer, Jochen (2011) : Phonological Aspects of Western Nilotic Mutation Morphology
[19942]   Tronnier, Mechtild & Christina Thornell (2000) : On the initial aggregation of nasality and stops in the Bantu language Mpiemo
[19943]   Trotter, D. (1921) : A grammatical guide, and numerous idioms and phrases for beginners in the Ewe dialect
[23937]   Troyler, D. & Paul Huey (1995) : A rapid appraisal survey of Mmen (ALCAM 821) and Aghem dialects (ALCAM 810), Menchum Division, North-West Province
[23533]   Trudell, Barbara Louise (2005) : The power of the local: education choices and language maintenance among the Bafut, Kom and Nso’ communities of north west Cameroon
[19947]   Trudinger, Ronald (1942/44) : [Padang (Dinka) dictionary]
[19948]   Trudnos, Anna (1985) : Oromo documentation: bibliography and maps
[19954]   Trümpelmann, H. D. (1942) : Intonasie in Sepedi
[19955]   Trüper, Ursula (2000) : Sprach-Gewalt: Zara Schmelen und die Verschriftlichung der Nama-Sprache
[19956]   Trüper, Ursula (2000) : Die Hottentottin: das kurze Leben der Zara Schmelen (ca.1793-1831), Missionsgehilfin und Sprachpionierin in Südafrika
[19949]   Trutenau, H. Max J. (1973) : A historical note on the size of the Akan, Gã and Dangme speaking populations in Ghana
[19950]   Trutenau, H. Max J. (1973) : The verb status of the NP-linker in Ga
[19951]   Trutenau, H. Max J. (1975) : Towards standards of accuracy and reliability in the bibliography of Ghana language materials
[23322]   Trutenau, H. Max J. (1973) : The “Christian Messenger” and its successors: a description of the first three series of a missionary periodical with articles in Ghanaian languages (Twi and Gã), 1883-1931
[23655]   Trutenau, H. Max J. (1972) : A sketch of tone rules required for a generative transformational grammar of Ga, a terraced level tone language
[19953]   Trutenau, H. Max J. (Ed) (1976) : Languages of the Akan area: papers in western Kwa linguistics and on the linguistic geography of the area of Ancient Begho (Transactions of the Linguistic Circle of Accra, III)
[19957]   Tsakou, Michel (1976) : Les classes nominales en ngyemboon: premier cours d’introduction à la linguistique
[19958]   Tsala, Théodore (1956) : Dictionnaire ewondo-français
[19959]   Tsamas, (1958) : A propos de l’orthographie de noms africaines: un débat ouvert “N’Kombot” ou “Nkombaud”, n’ai-je pas le droit d’écrire mon nom comme je l’entends
[19960]   Tsandi, E. E. (19--) : Éléments de morphologiques lugbara
[26848]   Tse, Holman (2015) : The Diachronic Emergence of Retroflexion in Somali Bantu Kizigua: Internal Motivation or Contact-Induced Change?
[19961]   Tsegay Tafere (1987) : Derivation of nouns in Tigrigna
[19962]   Tsegaye Wolde-Yesus (1982) : An investigation of reading comprehension ability of Addis Ababa University freshman by using the fog index and the closet test
[19963]   Tsegereda Tekle Okubamichael (1984) : The noun phrase in Tigrinya
[19964]   Tsehai Berhane-Selassie (1975) : The question of dDamot and Wolamo
[19965]   Tsehai Berhane-Selassie (1994) : The Wolayta cenception of inequality, or is it inclusiveness and exclusiveness?
[19966]   Tsehainesh Gebreyohannes (1983) : Nuer phonology
[27575]   Tshabe, S.L. & F.M. Shoba (Eds) (2006) : The greater dictionary of Isixhosa - Volume 1: A to J
[24400]   Tshibangu Wa Mashinda, K. (1986) : Etude linguistique du kéte (langue bantoue L.21 du Zaïre) : phonologie-unités syntaxiques, syntagmatique.
[19967]   Tshimanga, Kutangidiku (19--) : La motivation dans la creation lexicale des noms de petits animaux chez les bantu du Zaïre
[19968]   Tshimvundu, Zezeze Kalonji (19--) : Semiotique de la lexicographie bilingue en Afrique francophone: le cas français-ciluba (problematique, analyse des dictionnaires et prealables pour un modele minimal fonctionnalise)
[22552]   Tshimvundu, Zezeze Kalonji (1981) : Étude morpho-lexicale du vocabulaire de la métallurgie et des minéraux au Zaïre
[19969]   Tshinki, Abby Mosetsanagape (2002) : Code-switching in Setswana in Botswana
[19970]   Tshisungu, Wa Tshisungu (1993) : Analyse linguistique de marqueurs conversationnels en Swahili
[19971]   Tsoko Tongo, Thérèse (19--) : Processus diachronique et synchronique d’acculturation: les emprunts français en kibeembe
[19972]   Tsolwana, H. (1996) : New Xhosa phrase book and vocabulary
[19973]   Tsonope, Joseph (1986) : Language planning in Botswana
[19974]   Tsonope, Joseph (1987) : Semantics of Sesotho causatives
[19975]   Tsonope, Joseph (1987) : A relational grammar analysis of the syntax of Setswana causative constructions
[19976]   Tsonope, Joseph (1988) : A critique of colour terms research
[19977]   Tsonope, Joseph (1988) : Development, national unity and language: the fate of the languages of Botswana
[19978]   Tsonope, Joseph (1988) : The acquisition of Setswana noun class and agreement morphology: with special reference to demonstratives and possessives
[19979]   Tsonope, Joseph (1991) : Impersonal passives in Setswana
[19980]   Tsonope, Joseph (1991/92) : Historical implications for the Bantu prefix/concord relationship: evidence from Setswana child language
[19981]   Tsonope, Joseph (1992) : Language as a resource
[19982]   Tsonope, Joseph (1992) : Language data banks (abstract)
[19983]   Tsonope, Joseph (1992) : Language planning policy and participation in development
[19984]   Tsonope, Joseph (1993) : Children’s acquisition of Bantu noun class prefixes
[19985]   Tsonope, Joseph (1994) : The new African languages syllabus
[19986]   Tsonope, Joseph (1995) : Prospects for the indigenous languages of Botswana: implications of the Government White Paper No 2 of 1994
[28584]   Tsoué, Paméla Carmelle (2017) : Etude des marqueurs verbaux du lètɛ̀ɣɛ̀, langue bantoue parlée au Gabon (B71a)
[23870]   Tsuata, Laurence Ndiola (2004) : Morphologie nominale du mámbìlà
[19987]   Tsuge, Yoichi (1993) : Ari-go [Aari language]
[19988]   Tsuge, Yoichi (1995) : [On the phonetic correspondences of South Omotic]
[19989]   Tsuge, Yoichi (1996) : On the consonant correspondences of South Omotic languages
[27094]   Tsuge, Yoichi (2008) : A Basic Word List of the Dime Language
[27096]   Tsuge, Yoichi (2006) : On the Galila Dialect of the Aari Language
[27102]   Tsuge, Yoichi (2005) : Notes on Some Modal and Aspectual Morphemes in Aari
[19990]   Tsumura, Hiroʼomi & Kaori Kawai (2004) : GIS (Geographic Information System) based analysis and evaluation of cognitive maps: a preliminary approach to the spatial cognition of the pastoral Dodoth in north-eastern Uganda [in Japanese]
[19991]   Tubiana, Joseph (1951/54) : Formations nominales en agaw occidental
[19992]   Tubiana, Joseph (1954) : Sur la répartition géographique des dialectes agaw
[19993]   Tubiana, Joseph (1957) : Note sur la distribution géographique des dialectes agaw
[19994]   Tubiana, Joseph (1960/61) : Possibilité d’une “fonction d’appel” en kemant
[19995]   Tubiana, Joseph (1960/63) : Amharique mäysa, galla maesa?
[19996]   Tubiana, Joseph (1962) : À propos d’un dictionnaire mbay-français
[19997]   Tubiana, Joseph (1963) : Note sur la langue des Zaghawa
[19998]   Tubiana, Joseph (1967/69) : Remarques sur le nom du lièvre en teda, daza et dans les dialectes BéRì et en kulere
[19999]   Tubiana, Joseph (1968) : Field-work in Darfour, I: ethnology, linguistics, history
[20000]   Tubiana, Joseph (1974) : Le chamito-sémitique et les langues africaines
[20001]   Tubiana, Joseph (1984) : Aperçu sur l’enrichissement du vocabulaire amharique
[20002]   Tubiana, Marie-José (1987) : Bouche, voix, langage: la parole chez les Béri (Tchad)
[20003]   Tubomeshi, A. (1966) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue minungu
[20004]   Tucho, Yigazu , R. David Paul Zorc & Eleanor C. Barma (1996) : Oromo newspaper reader: grammar sketch and lexicon
[20005]   Tuchscherer, Konrad (1995) : African script and scripture: the history of the Kikakui (Mende) writing system for Bible translations
[20006]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (19--) : Unpublished notes on Murle
[20007]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (19--) : Memorandum on Nandi-Kipsigis orthography
[20008]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (19--) : Memorandum on Luo orthography
[20009]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1929) : Suggestions for the spelling of Transvaal Sesuto
[20010]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1929) : The comparative phonetics of the Suto-Chuana group of Bantu languages
[20011]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1932) : Some little known dialects of Sepedi
[20012]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1934) : The linguistic situation in southern Sudan
[20013]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1935) : Survey of the Language Groups in the Southern Sudan
[20014]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1936) : African languages and the telegraph problem
[20015]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1936) : The function of voice quality in the Nilotic languages
[20016]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1938) : The meaning and value of comparative Bantu philology
[20017]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1939) : Dinka orthography
[20018]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1940) : The eastern Sudanic languages
[20020]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1945) : Memorandum on Dinka orthography
[20021]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1946) : Foreign sounds in Swahili ; part 1
[20022]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1946/47) : De unificatie der zuidnilotische talen
[20023]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1947) : Foreign sounds in Swahili ; part 2
[20024]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1947) : My recent linguistic tour of East Africa
[20025]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1948) : The spelling of African place names on maps
[20026]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1949) : Sotho-Nguni orthography and tone-marking
[20027]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1951/52) : Notes on Murle (‘Beir’)
[20028]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1952) : Taaleenmaking in Oost-Afrika
[20030]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1955) : The verb in Shilluk
[20032]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1956) : Conflicting principles in the spelling of African place names
[20034]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1957) : Philology and Africa
[20036]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1957) : Neue Wege zur Gliederung der afrikanischen Nichtbantusprachen
[20037]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1958) : Some problems of junction in Lango
[20039]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1960) : Problèmes de typologie dans la classification des langues non-bantu de l’Afrique du Nord-Est
[20040]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1960) : Notes on Konzo
[20041]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1961) : Towards place names gazetteers in Africa: some problems of standardization
[20042]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1962) : The syllable in Luganda: a prosodic approach
[20044]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1964) : Systems of tone-marking African languages
[20046]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1964) : Kalenjin phonetics
[20049]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1967) : Fringe Cushitic: an experiment in typological comparison
[20050]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1967) : Erythraic elements and patternings: some East African findings
[20051]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1967) : Babel en Afrique
[20052]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1969) : Sanye und Boni
[20054]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1970) : Erythraic relics in East Africa
[20055]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1971) : Orthographic systems and conventions in sub-Saharan Africa
[20056]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1971) : Notes on Ik ; part 1
[20057]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1972) : Notes on Ik ; part 2
[20058]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1973) : Notes on Ik ; part 3
[20061]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1975) : Voice quality in African languages
[20062]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1975) : Problems of typology in the classification of the non-Bantu languages of north-eastern Africa
[20064]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1981) : Langues du Soudan oriental du sud: introduction générale
[20065]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1981) : Les langues nilotiques: unités étendue
[20066]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1981) : Le dinka (agar)
[20067]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1981) : Les langues para-nilotiques: unité étendue
[20068]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1981) : Le pokot
[20070]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1981) : The conceptions downdrift, upsweep, downstep, upstep, uphitch in African languages
[20071]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1983) : Noun class affixes renewal in southern West Atlantic
[20072]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1984) : Maltese and Nubi: two ‘Fringe Semitic’ languages
[20073]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1994) : A grammar of Kenya Luo (Dholuo)
[26478]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1970-71) : Problems of Toponymy in Post-Independence Africa
[20060]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Chet A. Creider (1975) : Downdrift and downstep in Luo
[20069]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & David A. Turton (1981) : Le groupe didinga, murle ou surma: groupe isolé
[20019]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Ethel O. Ashton (1942) : Swahili phonetics
[20029]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & John Tompo Ole Mpaayei (1955) : A Maasai grammar with vocabulary
[20031]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1956) : The non-Bantu languages of north-eastern Africa
[20033]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1956) : Far eastern section: Great Lakes to Indian Ocean
[20035]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1957) : Linguistic survey of the northern Bantu borderland, 4: languages of the eastern section, Great Lakes to Indian Ocean
[20043]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1962) : Noun classification in Kalenjin: Päkot
[20045]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1964) : Noun classification in Kalenjin: Nandi-Kipsigis ; part 1
[20047]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1965) : Noun classification in Kalenjin: Nandi-Kipsigis ; part 2
[20048]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1966) : Linguistic analyses: the non-Bantu languages of north-eastern Africa
[20053]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1970) : Tonal classification of nouns in Ngazija
[20059]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1974) : The ‘Mbugu’ anomaly
[20038]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Peter E. Hackett (1959) : Le groupe linguistique zandé
[20063]   Tucker, Archibald Norman , Margaret Arminel Bryan & James C. Woodburn (1977) : The East African click languages: a phonetic comparison
[27346]   Tuerlings, William (2008) : Longandó dictionary - Longandó-English, English-Longandó
[20074]   Tugendhaft, K. (1972) : Luria’s tests on traumatic bilingual or polyglot aphasians
[20075]   TUKI (1981) : Kamusi ya kiswahili sanifu [Dictionary of Standard Swahili]
[20076]   TUKI (1990) : Kamusi sanifu ya biolojia, fizikia na kemia
[20077]   TUKI (1990) : Kamusi sanifu ya isimu na lugha
[20078]   TUKI (1996) : English-Swahili dictionary/Kamusi ya kiingereza-kiswahili
[20079]   TUKI (2000) : English-Swahili dictionary/Kamusi ya kiingereza-kiswahili
[20080]   TUKI (2001) : Kamusi ya Kiswahili-Kiingereza/Swahili-English dictionary
[23715]   TUKI (2004) : Kamusi ya kiswahili sanifu [Dictionary of Standard Swahili]
[20081]   Tuller, Laurice [Anne] (1981) : On nominal inflection in Hausa
[20082]   Tuller, Laurice [Anne] (1981) : Vowel neutralization in (Damagaram) Hausa
[20083]   Tuller, Laurice [Anne] (1984) : Datives in Hausa
[20084]   Tuller, Laurice [Anne] (1986) : Bijective relations in universal grammar and the syntax of Hausa
[20085]   Tuller, Laurice [Anne] (1990) : L’hypothèse inaccusative et les verbes de “degré 3” et de “degré 7” en haoussa
[20086]   Tuller, Laurice [Anne] (1990) : Restricted argument structure in Hausa
[20088]   Tumbo-Masabo, Z. N. (1982) : Towards a systematic terminology development in Kiswahili
[20089]   Tumbo-Masabo, Z. N. & A. R. Chuwa (1999) : Kamusi ya biashara na uchumi [Dictionary of business and economy]
[20087]   Tumbo, Z. N. Z. (1976) : The role of language in the struggle for liberation in Africa
[20090]   Tunks, Jane (1993) : A lexicostatistical study of southern Bantu languages
[20091]   Tunnicliffe, E. C. (19--) : Anuak dictionary
[26079]   Tunviken, Jonas (compiled by) (2010) : Meta’-English Dictionary and English-Meta’ Index
[24364]   Turay, A.K. (1966) : A Vocabulary of Temne Musical Instruments
[20092]   Turay, Abdul Karim (1975) : Hausa, Manding and Swahili as major contact language in Africa
[20093]   Turchetta, Barbara (1998) : On the application of the notion of grammaticalization to West African Pidgin English
[20094]   Turcotte, Denis (1978) : Étude comparative de la politique linguistique Côte d’Ivoire et à Madagascar
[20095]   Turcotte, Denis (1981) : La politique linguistique en Afrique francophone: une étude comparative de la Cote d’Ivoire et de Madagascar
[20096]   Turcotte, Denis (1983) : Lois, reglements et textes administratifs sur l’usage des langues en Afrique occidentale française (1826-1959)
[20097]   Turgeon, [Pére] L. (1---) : Dictionnaire français-kinyamwezi
[24688]   Turner, Claire K. (2006) : Tone Fusion in Mòbà Yorùbá
[27884]   Turner, Darryl (2018) : The interaction of number and gender in Katcha
[27976]   Turner, Darryl (2018) : Prepositions and pronominal case in Katcha
[28122]   Turner, Darryl (2020) : Towards a unified analysis of Katcha nominal modifiers
[20102]   Turner, K. , D. Liddle , S. Daggett & T. Hadlock (1998) : Sociolinguistic survey among the Safwa people, Mbeya district, Mbeya region, Tanzania
[20098]   Turner, Lorenzo Dow (1941) : Linguistic research and African survivals
[20100]   Turner, Victor W. (1966) : Color classification in Ndembu ritual
[20099]   Turner, William Y. (1952) : Tumbuka-Tonga-English dictionary
[20101]   Turner, William Y. (1996) : ChiTumbuka, chiTonga/English & English/chiTumbuka, chiTonga dictioanry
[20103]   Turton, David A. (1975) : The relationship between oratory and the exercise of influence among the Mursi
[20105]   Turton, David A. (1978) : La cátegorisation de la couleur en mursi
[20106]   Turton, David A. (1980) : There’s no such beast: cattle and color naming among the Mursi
[20107]   Turton, David A. (1981) : Le mun (mursi)
[20104]   Turton, David A. & Marvin Lionel Bender (1976) : Mursi
[20108]   Turvey, Basil Henry Capes (1977) : Kwanyama-English dictionary
[20109]   Tutzauer, Richard (1982) : Forest terminology: Swahili-English, English-Swahili
[20110]   Tuurey, Gabriel (1982) : An introduction to the Mole-speaking community
[25096]   Tveit, Harald & Gagny Dansoko (1993) : Petit dictionnaire khassonké-français
[20111]   Twahirwa, André (1991) : Perspective fonctionnelle de la phrase comparée: contribution à une syntaxe du français et du kinyarwanda-kirundi
[28721]   Twala, Edith Khanyisile (1992) : The noun class system of Isizulu
[20112]   Twilingiyimana, Chrysogone (1983) : Intégration lexico-sémantique des emprunts du kinyarwanda au français
[20113]   Twilingiyimana, Chrysogone (1984) : Éléments de description du doko
[20114]   Tworeck, F. E. (1976) : Wie zufällig sind Ähnlichkeiten zwischen den Sprachen der Bantu und den indoeuropäischen?
[20115]   Tyhurst, James J. (1983) : Linguistic survey of the Nyang languages
[20116]   Tyhurst, James J. (1983) : Sociolinguistic survey of Kenyang and Denya
[20117]   Tyhurst, James J. (1984) : Kenyang phonology
[20118]   Tyhurst, James J. (1985) : Tone in Kenyang noun phrases
[20119]   Tyler, Andrea (1985) : Swahili relative clauses: a generalized phrase structure grammar analysis
[20120]   Tylleskär, Thorkild (1987) : Phonologie de la langue sakata (bc 34): langue bantoue du Zaïre parler de Lemvien Nord
[20121]   Uakumbua, B. S. (1996) : Namibian languages at Windhoek College of Education (WCE): focus on Otjiherero
[20122]   Ubahakwe, Ebo (1974) : Bookish English among Nigerian students
[20124]   Ubahakwe, Ebo (1979) : The dilemma in teaching English in Nigeria as a language of international communication
[20125]   Ubahakwe, Ebo (1981) : Igbo names: their structure and their meanings
[20126]   Ubahakwe, Ebo (1981) : Towards a standard literary dialct of Igbo
[20127]   Ubahakwe, Ebo (1988) : Towards a harmonized ETL programme in Nigeria
[20123]   Ubahakwe, Ebo (Ed) (1979) : Varieties and functions of English in Nigeria
[20129]   Ubels, Edward H. (1981) : A comparative study of Koh and Karang
[20130]   Ubels, Edward H. (1983) : Mood and aspect in Karang
[22992]   Ubels, Edward H. (1975) : An historical-comparative study of some West Bamileke dialects
[20128]   Ubels, Edward H. & Virginia Ubels (1980) : Phonology of Karang
[28866]   Ubon, Akpan Eyonsa & Gerald Okey Nweya (2022) : The Structure of Ibibio Determiner Phrase
[24802]   Uchechukwu, Chinedu (2005) : How many meanings should verb root have? The example of an Igbo verb root
[26673]   Uchechukwu, Chinedu (2007) : The phenomenon of ideophonic pairing in Igbo
[24161]   Udofot, Inyang (2002) : The Intonation of Nigerian English
[20131]   Udofot, Inyang M. (1991) : A contrastive analysis of English and Ibibio phonological systems
[20132]   Udofot, Inyang M. (2004) : Stress and rhythm in the Nigerian accent of English: a preliminary investigation
[24118]   Udoh, Imelda Icheji (2004) : Ghost consonants and lenition in Leggbo
[24652]   Udoh, Imelda Icheji (2007) : Fortition and reduplication in Leggbo ideophones
[20133]   Ufomata, Titilayo (1986) : The phonological influence of English upon Yoruba
[20134]   Ufomata, Titilayo (1986) : Notes on the nasal consonants of Yoruba
[20135]   Ufomata, Titilayo (1990) : Acceptable models for TEFL (with special reference to Nigeria)
[20136]   Ugboajah, Frank Okwa (Ed) (1985) : Mass communication, culture and society in West Africa
[28047]   Ugembe, Zeferino (2017) : Issues about tone rules in Xitshwa
[22501]   Ugochukwu, Françoise & Peter Okafor (2004) : Dictionnaire igbo-français, suivi d’un index français-igbo
[22403]   Ugorji, C. U. C. (2003) : Towards a new perspective for Igbo syllable structure
[24134]   Ugorji, C. U. C. (2005) : Dialect communities and language vitality: The case of Igbo
[20137]   Ugot, Mercy I. (2003) : Affixation in Agwuagune
[26703]   Uguru, Joy Oluchi (2010) : Nasal vowels in Ika Igbo
[26705]   Uguru, Joy Oluchi (2010) : Low rise and high rise intonation in English and Ika Igbo: An acoustic analysis
[20138]   Uhlig, Siegbert (1986) : Die Äthiopistik
[20139]   Ukere, Anthony Obakponovwe (2005) : Urhobo-English dictionary
[20140]   Uko, I. T. (1993) : A dialectal survey and reconstruction of Ibibio vowels
[20141]   Ukoko, Joseph , Jan Knappert & Marcel van Spaandonck (1964) : Essai de dictionnaire dho alur (dho alur-français-néerlandais-anglais)
[20142]   Ukoko, Joseph , Jan Knappert & Marcel van Spaandonck (1964) : Proeve van Alur woordenboek (dho alur-frans-nederlands-engels)
[24444]   Ulfers, Robert Ernst (2007) : Dictionnaire karang - français
[28974]   Ulfers, Robert Ernst (ed.) (2019) : Karang – French – English Dictionary
[23670]   Ulfers, Robert Ernst & David Ngang (2000) : A practical study of the orthography of compound words in the Karang language (ALCAM 352)
[25442]   Ulfers, Robert Ernst & David Ngang (1998) : A practical study in minimizing tone marking in the Karang language
[20143]   Ulin, R. O. (1975) : The future of Setswana in the schools
[20144]   Ullendorff, Edward (1955) : The Semitic languages of Ethiopia: a comparative phonology
[20145]   Ullendorff, Edward (1955) : The Semitic languages of Ethiopia and their contribution to general Semitic studies
[20146]   Ullendorff, Edward (1958) : What is a Semitic language?
[20147]   Ullendorff, Edward (1960) : The Ethiopians: an introduction to country and people
[20148]   Ullendorff, Edward (1965) : The challenge of Amharic
[20149]   Ullendorff, Edward (1965) : An Amharic chrestomathy: introduction, grammatical tables, texts, Amharic-English glossary
[20150]   Ullendorff, Edward (1970) : Comparative Semitics
[20151]   Ullendorff, Edward (1973) : The Ethiopians: an introduction to country and people
[20152]   Ullendorff, Edward (1985) : A Tigrinya (Tegreñña) chrestomathy
[20153]   Ulrich, Charles H. (1994) : Diphtongization in the Refal dialect of Lama
[20154]   Ulrich, Charles H. (1994) : Diphtongization of short vowels in Lama and elsewhere
[20155]   Ulrich, Charles H. (1995) : Labial dissimilation in two Lama dialects
[20156]   Ulrich, Charles H. (1999) : Verb root structure in Lama
[20157]   Ulrich, Charles H. (2001) : Labial-tone interaction in Lama verbs
[20158]   Umaru, A. & D. Bello (1970) : An introduction to classical Hausa and the major dialects
[20160]   Umeasiegbu, R. N. (Ed) (1988) : The study of Igbo culture: essays in honour for F. C. Ogbalu
[20159]   Umeasiegbu, T. O. (1978) : The derivation of agentive nominals in Igbo
[23890]   Umenjo, Andoumbene Florence (1997) : Reduplication in Ngie
[20161]   Umesao, Tadao (1990) : [Notes on the Datooga language]
[20162]   Umino-Shiotsuki, Rumi (1998) : Why do they write? The significance of writing in the Griqua community today
[20163]   Unegbu, S. (1984) : Aspects of Ogberia phonology
[20164]   UNESCO (1953) : The use of vernacular languages in education: report of the UNESCO meeting of specialists, 1951
[20165]   UNESCO (1966) : Final report of the meeting of a group of experts for the unification of alphabets of national languages, Bamako, Mali, 28 February - 5 March, 1966
[20166]   UNESCO (1970) : Functional literacy
[20167]   UNESCO (1972) : Literacy 1969-1971
[20168]   UNESCO (1981) : African languages: proceedings of the meeting of experts on the transcription and harmonization of African languages, Niamey, 17-21 July 1978
[20169]   UNESCO (1981) : Bibliography of major decisions, meetings and documents related to UNESCO’s activities in the domain of mother tongue instruction and languages
[20170]   UNESCO (1981) : African languages: proceedings of the meeting of experts on the use of regional or sub-regional African languages as media of culture and communication within the continent, Bamako, Mali, 18-22 June 1979
[20171]   UNESCO (1982) : The use of African languages as languages of education (ED-82/MINADEF/REF5)
[20172]   UNESCO (1985) : African community languages and their use in literacy and education
[25197]   Unesco (2006) : Lexique du Kóya langue des populations Pygmées du Nord-Est du Gabon
[20173]   Ungerer, H. J. (1975) : Die kwalifikatiewe van Zoeloe
[20174]   Unseth, Peter (1985) : Gumuz: a dialect survey report
[20175]   Unseth, Peter (1986) : Word order shift in negative sentences of Surma languages
[20176]   Unseth, Peter (1986) : Reduplication in Majang
[20177]   Unseth, Peter (1987) : A typological anomaly in Surma languages
[20178]   Unseth, Peter (1988) : Majang nominal plurals, with comparative notes
[20179]   Unseth, Peter (1988) : The validity and unity of the “Southeast Surma” language grouping
[20180]   Unseth, Peter (1989) : Selected aspects of Gumuz phonology
[20181]   Unseth, Peter (1989) : A grammatical sketch of Majang
[20182]   Unseth, Peter (1989) : An initial comparison and reconstruction of case suffixes in Surmic languages
[20183]   Unseth, Peter (1990) : Linguistic bibliography of the non-Semitic languages of Ethiopia
[20184]   Unseth, Peter (1991) : Reduplication in Majang
[20185]   Unseth, Peter (1991) : Possessive markers in Surmic languages
[20186]   Unseth, Peter (1992) : The four forms of the genitive in Majang
[20187]   Unseth, Peter (1994) : Verbal negation in Majang
[20188]   Unseth, Peter (1997) : Disentangling the two languages called “Suri”
[20189]   Unseth, Peter (1997) : An archaic Surmic causative prefix
[20190]   Unseth, Peter (1998) : Two old causative affixes in Surmic languages
[22982]   Unseth, Peter (2002) : Bi-consonantal reduplication in Amharic and Ethio-Semitic
[22983]   Unseth, Peter (2003) : Surveying bi-consonantal reduplication in Semitic
[22987]   Unseth, Peter (1990) : Consonant sequences and morphophonemics in Majang
[20191]   Unsicker, J. (1987) : Tanzania’s literacy campaign in historical-structural perspective
[20192]   Ure, Jean (1971) : Eine Untersuchung der Sprachgbrauchs in Ghana: die “Sprachtagebucher” von Grundschullehrern
[20193]   Ure, Jean (1974) : Code-switching and “mixed speech” in the register systems of developing languages
[20194]   Ure, Jean (1979) : Language choice and socialization in a multilingual community: language use among primary school teachers in Ghana
[25717]   Urmanchieva, Anna Yu. (2010) : Grammaticalization of Narrative Patterns in Ngindo Verbal Morphology
[20195]   Urquhart, C. (1967) : A study demonstrating the competency of articulation at various age levels in the Zulu child
[20196]   Urua, Eno-Abasi E. (1987) : Segment deletion and aspects of tone in Ibibio
[20197]   Urua, Eno-Abasi E. (1990) : Aspects of Ibibio phonology and morphology
[20199]   Urua, Eno-Abasi E. (1996/97) : A phonetic analysis of Ibibio tones: a preliminary investigation
[20200]   Urua, Eno-Abasi E. (1999) : Length and syllable weight in Ibibio
[20201]   Urua, Eno-Abasi E. (2004) : Illustrations of the IPA: Ibibio
[20202]   Urua, Eno-Abasi E. (2004) : Language marginalization: the Lower Cross experience
[20198]   Urua, Eno-Abasi E. & Steven Bird (1994) : The phonetic description of Ibibio tones
[26914]   Urua, Eno-Abasi , Moses Ekpenyong & Dafydd Gibbon (2004) : Uyo Ibibio Dictionary
[20203]   Urvoy, Yves (1942) : Petit atlas ethno-demographique du Soudan entre Sénégal et Tchad
[20204]   Ushari, Ahmed Mahmud (1974) : The phonology of a dying Nubian language: Birgid
[20205]   Usinga, Marinkie Mmaditaba (2002) : The lexical-semantic representation of break verbs in Xitsonga
[20206]   Uspensky, Boris Andreevich (Ed) (1966) : Jazyki Afriki: voprosy kultury, istorii i tipologii
[20207]   Utip, E. (1989) : A comparative study of Ibibio, Annang and Efik vowels
[28395]   Utulu, Don C. (2019) : Vowel doubling in Urhobo: the case of loanword
[28781]   Uwaezuoke, Aghaegbuna Haroldson & George Elochukwu Onwudiwe (2022) : A Phonological Description of Tone Metathesis in Igbo
[20208]   Uwaláàka, [Sister] M. Ann Angela (1981) : Syntax and semantics of the Igbo verb: a case grammar analysis
[20209]   Uwaláàka, [Sister] M. Ann Angela (1982) : Igbo ‘consecutivization’ revisited
[20210]   Uwaláàka, [Sister] M. Ann Angela (1988) : The Igbo verb: a semantico-syntactic analysis
[20211]   Uwaláàka, [Sister] M. Ann Angela (1991) : Wh-movements in Igbo
[20212]   Uwaláàka, [Sister] M. Ann Angela (1995) : The resumptive pronoun strategy in Igbo
[20213]   Uwaláàka, [Sister] M. Ann Angela (1995) : X°-movement and Igbo complex predicates
[28543]   Uwalaka, M.A. (1991) : Wh-movement in Igbo
[20214]   Uys, Isabel (1996) : The English-Afrikaans-Xhosa-Zulu aid: word lists and phrases in four languages
[20215]   Uys, Isabel (2002) : The English-Afrikaans-Xhosa-Zulu aid: word lists and phrases in four languages
[20216]   Uzar, Henning (1989) : Studies in Gumuz: Sese phonology and TMA system
[20217]   Vago, Robert M. & Harry Leder (1987) : On the autosegmental analysis of vowel harmony in Turkana
[26092]   Vahoua, Kallet Abréam (2011) : L’instabilite de la Voyelle /ʌ/ dans un Parler Bete (Langue kru de Cote D’ivoire)
[27653]   Vahoua, Kallet Abréam (2017) : Le ton grammatical du kpɔ̍kʋ̀gbʋ̀, parler kru de Côte d’Ivoire
[27654]   Vahoua, Kallet Abréam (2003) : La syntaxe du kpɔ̍kʋ̀gbʋ̀, parler bété de la sous-préfecture de Gagnoa
[27655]   Vahoua, Kallet Abréam (1998) : La morphologie du verbe en kpɔ̍kʋ̀gbʋ̀, parler bété de la sous-préfecture de Gagnoa
[20218]   Vail, Hazel Leroy (1971) : The noun classes of Tumbuka
[20219]   Vail, Hazel Leroy (1972) : Aspects of the Tumbuka verb
[20220]   Vail, Hazel Leroy (1972) : The noun classes of Ndali
[20221]   Vail, Hazel Leroy (1976) : The grammar of the Tumbuka language
[20222]   Vaillant, M. (1967) : Esquisse grammaticale du lobiri
[20223]   Valente, José Francisco (1964) : Gramática umbundu, a língua do centro de Angola
[28131]   Valentin Vydrin (2020) : The neutral aspect in Eastern Dan
[20224]   Valinande, Nzama [Kambale] (1984) : The structure of Kinande
[20225]   Valkhoff, Marius F. (1960) : Contributions to the study of Creole ; part 1
[20226]   Valkhoff, Marius F. (1960) : Contributions to the study of Creole, 2: an historic language, creole Portuguese
[20227]   Valkhoff, Marius F. (1960) : Contributions to the study of Creole, 3: some notes on creole French
[20228]   Valkhoff, Marius F. (1964) : Africa do Sul e Portugal: algumas reflexoes sobre os dialectos crioulos
[20229]   Valkhoff, Marius F. (1964) : Notes socio-linguistiques sur le parler créole de la Réunion
[20230]   Valkhoff, Marius F. (1966) : Studies in Portuguese and Creole (with special reference to South Africa)
[20231]   Valkhoff, Marius F. (1967) : Afrikaans, Portugees en Kreools
[20232]   Valkhoff, Marius F. (1968) : Die diachronie van Portugees en Afrikaans
[20233]   Valkhoff, Marius F. (1968) : Over Portugees, Afrikaans en Neger-Hollands
[20234]   Valkhoff, Marius F. (1971) : Descriptive bibliography of the linguistics of Afrikaans: a survey of major works and authors
[20235]   Valkhoff, Marius F. (1972) : New light on Afrikaans and ‘Malayo-Portuguese’
[20236]   Valkhoff, Marius F. (Ed) (1975) : Miscelânea luso-africana: collectânea es estudos coligidos
[20237]   Vallaeys, André (1986) : Dictionnaire logo-français suivi d’un index français-logo
[20238]   Vallaeys, André (1988) : Grammaire logo, suivi d’un choix de textes
[20239]   Vallaeys, André (1991) : La langue mondo: esquisse grammaticale, textes et dictionnaire
[20240]   Valler, Vito & Lodovico Festi (1995) : Dicionário etxuwabo-português
[22861]   Vallette, René (1989) : Charting verbs for dicourse analysis
[22862]   Vallette, René (1985) : Un morphème de classe supplementaire en fulfulde (dialecte du jelgooji, Burkina Faso)
[22863]   Vallette, René (1988) : La focalisation en fulfulde
[28583]   Van Acker, Auguste (1907) : Dictionnaire kitabwa-français et français-kitabwa
[28724]   Van Acker, Sifra (2018) : A Pilot Study of Kisamba (Bantu, L12a, DRC): Phonology, Morphology, Wordlist and some Texts
[28727]   Van Acker, Sifra & Koen Bostoen (2020) : Inheritance and contact in the genesis of Gisamba (Bantu, L12a, DRC): A diachronic phonological approach
[28454]   Van Acker, Sifra , Sara Pacchiarotti , Edmond De Langhe & Koen Bostoen (2021) : Reconstructing West-Coastal Bantu Vocabulary as Evidence for Early Banana Cultivation in Central Africa
[24039]   Van de Velde, Mark (2006) : A description of Eton: Phonology, morphology, basic syntax and lexicon
[25718]   Van de Velde, Mark (2010) : The Syntax of Verb Complements and the Loss of the Applicative in Eton (A71)
[26252]   Van De Velde, Mark (2008) : Un cas de changement phonologique par réanalyse morphonologique en éton
[26298]   Van De Velde, Mark (2006) : Multifunctional agreement patterns in Bantu and the possibility of genderless nouns
[26299]   Van De Velde, Mark (2013) : The Bantu connective construction
[28563]   Van de Velde, Mark (2019) : Nominal morphology and syntax
[28899]   Van de Velde, Mark (2022) : Agreement on Proto-Bantu relative verb forms
[27131]   Van de Velde, Mark & Dmitry Idiatov (2017) : Morphological Classes and Gender in Ɓə́ná-Yungur
[28860]   Van de Velde, Mark & Kissito Essele Essele, en collaboration avec le comité de la langue éton d’Obala (2022) : Dictionnaire éton - français
[26021]   Van de Velde, Mark & Odette Ambouroue (2011) : The grammar of Orungu proper names
[24786]   Van de Velde, Mark L.O. (2008) : A Grammar of Eton
[28555]   Van de Velde, Mark , Koen Bostoen , Derek Nurse & Gérard Philippson (2019) : The Bantu Languages - Second edition
[26738]   van der Burgt, J.M.M. (2014) : Eléments d'une Grammaire Kirundi
[28697]   van der Burgt, Joannes Michael M. (1902) : Éléments d'une Grammaire Kirundi
[26221]   Van der Veen, Lolke (2011) : Projet ALGAB (Atlas Linguistique du Gabon)
[26016]   van der Wal, Jenneke (2010) : Makhuwa non-subject relatives as participial modifiers
[26067]   van der Wal, Jenneke (2009) : Word order and information structure in Makhuwa-Enahara
[26068]   van der Wal, Jenneke (2008) : Agreement in thetic sentences in Bantu and Romance
[26069]   van der Wal, Jenneke (2006) : Predicative tone lowering in Makhuwa
[26070]   van der Wal, Jenneke (2011) : Focus excluding alternatives: conjoint/disjoint marking in Makhuwa
[26072]   van der Wal, Jenneke (2010) : Functions of demonstratives in Makhuwa narratives
[26229]   Van Der Wal, Jenneke (2012) : Space, time, condition: grammaticalisation of a demonstrative in Makhuwa
[26625]   van der Wal, Jenneke (2015) : A note on the (non-existing) passive in Matengo
[27874]   van der Wal, Jenneke & Allen Asiimwe (2020) : The Tonal Residue of the Conjoint/Disjoint Alternation in Rukiga
[29062]   van der Wal, Jenneke & Amani Lusekelo (2022) : The V and CV augment and exhaustivity in Kinyakyusa
[27160]   van der Wal, Jenneke & Larry M. Hyman (2016) : The Conjoint/Disjoint Alternation in Bantu
[27161]   van der Wal, Jenneke & Larry M. Hyman (Eds) (2016) : Introduction
[27040]   van der Wal, SaudahJenneke & Namyalo (2017) : The interaction of two focus marking strategies in Luganda
[26641]   van Gerven Oei, Vincent (2015) : Old Nubian Relative Clauses
[26637]   van Gerven Oei, Vincent W.J. (2014) : Remarks toward a Revised Grammar of Old Nubian
[25734]   Van Olmen, Daniel & Maud Devos (2011) : An Explanation of the Prohibitive in Hunde, Havu and Shi?
[26077]   Van Otterloo, Karen (2011) : The Kifuliiru Language, Volume 1: Phonology, Tone, and Morphological Derivation
[27621]   Van Otterloo, Karen (2014) : Tonal Melodies in the Kifuliiru Verbal System
[26078]   Van Otterloo, Roger (2011) : The Kifuliiru Language, Volume 2: A Descriptive Grammar
[27914]   Van Pinxteren, Bert (2020) : Is Iraqw an easy language to learn?
[26424]   Van Putten, Marijn (2013) : Some Notes on the Development of Awjila Berber Vowels
[26491]   Van Putten, Marijn (2014) : A Grammar of Awjila Berber (Libya), Based on Paradisi’s Work
[27263]   van Putten, Saskia (2017) : Motion in serializing languages revisited: The case of Avatime
[27283]   van Putten, Saskia (2014) : Information structure in Avatime
[27286]   van Putten, Saskia (2016) : Discourse functions of focus marking in Avatime
[27384]   van Putten, Saskia (2016) : Discourse functions of focus marking in Avatime
[27750]   van Putten, Saskia (2020) : Perception verbs and the conceptualization of the senses: The case of Avatime
[27020]   van Silfhout, Marijke (2013) : Opuo - Towards a Phonology
[20241]   Vandame, [Révérend] [Père] Charles (19--) : Lexique baguirmien-français, suivi de la grammaire baguirmienne
[20242]   Vandame, [Révérend] [Père] Charles (1961) : Manuel d’initiation au ngambay
[20243]   Vandame, [Révérend] [Père] Charles (1963) : Le ngambay-moundou: phonologie, grammaire et textes
[20244]   Vandame, [Révérend] [Père] Charles (1968) : Grammaire kenga
[26547]   Vanderelst, John (2013) : Personal pronouns in Dagik (Talodi, Kordofanian)
[26938]   Vanderelst, John (2016) : A Grammar of Dagik: A Kordofanian Language of Sudan
[27255]   Vanderelst, John (2017) : Pluractionals in Dagik
[27989]   Vanderelst, John & Ibrahim Kannu (2018) : Phonological rules and orthography development – A case study
[20245]   Vanderkooi, Mark , Stephen Wagner & Abel Nessiel Nodjibogoto (1990) : Rapport d’une enquete sociolinguistique entre le gabri du nord (tobanga) et le gabri du sud (dormo/darbe)
[9087]   Vanhoudt, Bettie (1987) : Éléments de description du leke, langue bantoue de zone C
[9088]   Vanhoudt, Bettie (1992) : Description du bisa de Zabré, langue mandé du groupe sud-est
[9089]   Vanhoudt, Bettie (1992) : Les pronoms personnels du bisa
[9090]   Vanhoudt, Bettie (1994) : L’expression de “un” dans la numération référentielle en protobantou
[24098]   Vanhoudt, Bettie (1999) : Lexique bisa-français, suivi d'un index français-bisa
[25049]   Vanhoudt, Bettie (1992) : Description du bisa de Zabré, langue mandé du groupe sud-est
[20246]   Vanhouteghem, C. (1947) : Overzicht der Bantu-dialekten van het distrikt Lisala
[20247]   Vanhove, Martine (2000) : Notes sur les verbes statifs en afar de Tadjoura (Djibouti)
[20248]   Vanhove, Martine (2004) : “Dire” et finalité en bedja: un cas de grammaticalisation
[24456]   Vanhove, Martine (2007) : The independent personal pronouns in Beja: Synchronic functions and diachronic perspective
[24907]   Vanhove, Martine (2008) : Enoncés hiérarchisés, converbes et prosodie en bedja
[27159]   Vanhove, Martine (2017) : Le bedja
[27777]   Vanhove, Martine (2020) : North Cushitic
[28109]   Vanhove, Martine (2019) : Finite verb forms in Beja (Cushitic): Labels vs functions, a historical perspective
[28185]   Vanhove, Martine & Mohamed-Tahir Hamid Ahmed (2021) : The best way to drink in Beja and beyond: water and milk
[28752]   Vanhove, Martine & Mohamed-Tahir Hamid Ahmed (2022) : Heart metaphors in Beja
[20249]   Vanneste, Marcellin (1925) : Regels der welluidenheid in de Alur-taal (Mahagi)
[20250]   Vanneste, Marcellin (1934?) : De getallen in de Alur-taal
[20251]   Vanneste, Marcellin (1936?) : De benamingen der familiebetrekkingen bij de Alur
[20252]   Vanneste, Marcellin (1940) : Woordenboek van de Alur-taal (Mahagi, Belgisch Kongo)
[20253]   Vanneste, Marcellin (1943) : Vergelijking van een paar Alur-woorden met de taal det farao’s
[20254]   Vanneste, Marcellin (1948) : Persoonsnamen bij de Alur in Belgisch-Kongo
[20255]   Vanneste, Marcellin (1953) : Sprookjes van een nilotischen volk, Alurteksten (Mahagi, Belgisch-Congo) met nederlandse vertaling en verklaringen
[20256]   Vansina, Jan (1957) : Systématique des termes de parenté bushoong
[20257]   Vansina, Jan (1958) : Taalgeographische toestand in het Kuba-gebied
[20258]   Vansina, Jan (1959) : Esquisse de grammaire bushong
[20259]   Vansina, Jan (1964) : Noms personnels et structure sociale chez les Tyo (Teke)
[20260]   Vansina, Jan (1974) : Les langues bantoues et l’histoire: le cas kuba
[20261]   Vansina, Jan (1979) : Bantu in the crystal ball ; part 1
[20262]   Vansina, Jan (1980) : Bantu in the crystal ball ; part 2
[20263]   Vansina, Jan (1984) : Western Bantu expansion
[20264]   Vansina, Jan (1995) : New linguistic evidence and ‘the Bantu expansion’
[20265]   Vansina, Jan (1999) : Linguistic evidence and historical reconstruction (review article)
[20266]   Vansina, Jan (2001) : Portuguese vs Kimbundu: language use in the colony of Angola (1575-c.1845)
[20267]   Vardulʼ, I. F. , Leonid Borisovic Nikolʼskij & others (Ed) (1967) : Jazykovaja situacija v stranach Azii i Afriki
[20268]   Vass, Winifred Kellersberger (1979) : The Bantu speaking heritage of the United States
[20269]   Veary, Victor (1960) : Dictionnaire ethnographique français-ngambay
[20270]   Veary, Victor (1960) : Ngambai structure and grammar
[20271]   Veary, Victor (1972) : Ngambai dictionary
[20272]   Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (19--) : Vokabularium und syntaktische Beispiele zu Kirchenordnung, Kirchenzuchtordnung, Leitfaden, Agende, Dienstordnung
[20273]   Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (1923) : Die Bergdama
[20274]   Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (1925) : Fourteen reading sheets for beginners in Nama
[20275]   Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (1925) : Zwölf Lesetafeln für Anfängers in Otjiherero
[20276]   Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (1928) : Language and intellectual life of the Hottentots
[20277]   Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (1928/29) : Bedeutung der Stammes- und Ortsnamen in Südwestafrika (auf historischer Grundlage)
[20278]   Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (1938) : Lautfolge in den weitaus meisten Wortstämme der Namasprache (Supplement)
[20279]   Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (1938) : Die Sprachen Afrikas
[20280]   Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (1940) : Ortsnamen in Südwestafrika
[20281]   Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (1958) : Einführung in die Hererosprache
[20282]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1986) : Note en vue d’une description phonologique et morphologique de la langue pouvi (Gabon)
[20283]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1986) : De l’espace vocalique et des tons en pouvi: notes descriptives
[20284]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1988) : Caractéristiques principales du groupe B30
[20285]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1991) : Étude comparée des parlers du groupe okani (B.30 Gabon)
[20286]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1991) : Le système tonal du ge-via (Gabon)
[20287]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1991) : Étude dialectométrique et lexicostatistique du groupe B30 (Gabon)
[20288]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1992) : Rencontres et salutations en Galoa (B10, Gabon)
[20289]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1999) : La propagation des tons et le statut des indices pronominaux précédant le verbe en geviya (B.30)
[20290]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1999) : Les Bantous eviya (Gabon-B30): langue et société traditionelle
[20292]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (2003) : The B30 language group
[22706]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1989) : Doubles réflexes dans quelques langues du groupe okani (Gabon)
[20291]   Veen, Lolke J. van der & Sébastien Bodinga-Bwa-Bodinga (2002) : Gedandedi sa geviya/Dictionnaire geviya-français
[20293]   Veiga, Manuel (1982) : Diskrison strutural di lingua kabuverdianu
[20294]   Veiga, Manuel (1995) : O crioulo de Cabo Verde: introdução à gramática
[20295]   Veiga, Manuel (2000) : La creole du Cap-Vert: étude grammaticale, descriptive et contrastive
[23300]   Veii, Kazuvire (2003) : Cognitive and linguistic predictors of literacy in Namibian Herero-English bilingual school children
[23500]   Veii, Kazuvire & John Everatt (2005) : Predictors of reading among Herero-English bilingual Namibian school children
[27985]   Veit, Nataliya (2018) : The verbal derivational morpheme -aa in Tima
[23237]   Veken, Anneleen van der (2005) : Gogo (G11) and the language of Zone J
[6360]   Veken, Anneleen van der & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2003) : Les langues africaines sur la Toile: étude de cas haoussa, somali, lingala et isixhosa
[20296]   Vekens, A. (1928) : La langue des Makere, des Medje et des Mangbetu
[20297]   Velaphe, H. W. A. (1924) : Some Sesutho riddles and their translations
[20298]   Velde, Mark van de (1999) : The two language maps of the Belgian Congo
[23251]   Velde, Mark van de (2005) : The order of noun and demonstratives in Bantu
[20299]   Veloso, Maria Teresa (1994) : Algunas experiências de desenvolvimento de ortografias de linguas Moçambicanas
[20300]   Veloso, Maria Teresa (2002) : Becoming literate in Mozambique: the early stages in Sena (CiSena) and Shangaan (XiChangaan)
[20301]   Velten, Carl (1932) : Praktische Suaheli-Grammatik
[20302]   Velten, Carl (1933) : Suaheli-Wörterbuch. II Teil: Deutsch-Suaheli
[20303]   Velten, Carl (1938) : Taschenwörterbuch der Suaheli-Sprache, nebst einer Skizze der Grammatik
[28698]   Velten, Carl (1901) : Grammatik des Kinyamuesi: der Sprache der Wanyamuesi in Deutsch-Ostafrika, speciell des Dialektes von Unyanyembe, nebst einem Wortverzeichnis kinyamuesi-deutsch und deutsch-kinyamuesi
[22383]   Velten, H. V. (1943) : The growth of phonemic and lexical patterns in Fant language
[20304]   Ven, Jostein (2000) : Swahili verbal expressions and their intercation with argument structure in the derivation of verb forms
[20305]   Venberg, R. (1975) : Phonemic statement of the Peve language
[20307]   Venter, J. A. (1975) : Twelve years of English teaching in Afrikaans schools
[20306]   Venter, Willem Marthinus , Joseph Motlhasedi N. Ntsime & Ernest Sedumeni Moloto (1959) : An elementary handbook and language guide to learn Setswana without a tutor
[20308]   Venturini, Onorino (1981) : Lições de língua lomwe
[20309]   Venturino, Bartolomeo (1973) : Dizionario borana-italiano
[20310]   Venturino, Bartolomeo (1976) : Dizionario italiano-borana
[20311]   Verbeken, A. (1928) : Abrégé de grammaire tshiluba
[20312]   Verbeken, A. (1944) : Petit cours de swahili pratique
[9326]   Verbruggen, P. (1976) : Analyse structurale des contes des Bangala
[20313]   Vercueil, F. C. (1966) : Die klank- en vormleer van Phalaborwa: ’n beskrywende studie
[20314]   Vercueil, F. C. (1981) : Die ontkenning in Noord-Sotho
[25428]   Vergari, Moreno (2008) : How to Express “Adjectives” in Saho
[24616]   Vergari, Moreno & Roberta Vergari (2003) : A basic Saho-English-Italian dictionary, with an English-Saho Index and Grammatical Notes (by Giorgio Banti and Moreno Vergari)
[26263]   Vergari, Moreno & Roberta Vergari (2007) : A basic Saho-English-Italian dictionary
[20315]   Vergote, Jozef (1945) : Phonétique historique de l’égyptien: les consonnes
[20316]   Vergote, Jozef (1973/86) : Grammaire copte: introduction, phonétique et phonologie, morphologie synthèmatique (structure des sémantèmes)
[20317]   Verguin, J. (1957) : Deux systèmes de vocabulaire parallèle a Madagascar
[20318]   Verhoef, Marlene (1998) : In pursuit of multilingualism in South Africa
[20319]   Verhoeven, Pierre (19--) : Grammaire kinyaturu, non-publié
[20320]   Verhoeven, Pierre (1926) : Grammaire iraqw
[20347]   Vérin, Pierre (1989) : Malgache et swahili: culture de frange et interférences
[20346]   Vérin, Pierre , Conrad Phillip Kottak & Peter Gorlin (1969) : The glottochronology of Malagasy speech communities
[20321]   Verma, Babita & Mrinal Mitra (Ed) (1992) : Star concise pictorial dictionary: over 700 words in pictures, Somali-English
[20322]   Verma, Babita & Mrinal Mitra (Ed) (1997) : Star children’s picture dictionary, bilingual, English-Somali, with over 1000 English words classified in 14 topics
[20324]   Vermeersch, [Frère] Gabriel (1921) : Dictionnaire français-kiluba
[20325]   Vermeersch, [Frère] Gabriel (1921) : Étude du tshiluba
[20326]   Vermeersch, [Frère] Gabriel (1922) : Dictionnaire tshiluba-français
[20327]   Vermeersch, [Frère] Gabriel (1925) : Dictionnaire français-tshiluba
[20323]   Vermeersch, Gabriel (192-) : Étude des langues congolaises bantoues avec applications au tshiluba
[20328]   Vermeulen, Gieljam Jan Gabriel (1976) : Die infinitief in Tswana
[20329]   Vermunt, Cornelius (19--) : KiLuguru vocabulary
[20330]   Vermunt, Cornelius (19--) : KiLuguru grammar
[20331]   Vermunt, Cornelius (1948) : Place-names in the Uluguru mountains
[20332]   Vermunt, Cornelius (1978) : A sketch of Kiluguru grammar
[20333]   Vernon-Jackson, Hugh (1967) : Language schools and government in Cameroon
[20334]   Verpoorten, (19--) : Dictionnaire lonkundo
[20335]   Verpoorten, (19--) : Grammaire lonkundo
[20336]   Verri, Sisto (1950) : Saggio di comparazione lessicale fra il cunama e le lingue bari e lotuxo
[20337]   Verri, Sisto (1955) : Il linguaggio degli Ingassana nell’Africa orientale
[20339]   Versteegh, Cornelis H. M. (1993) : Arabic grammar and Qur’aanic exegesis in early Islam
[20338]   Versteegh, Kees (1984) : Pidginization and creolization: the case of Arabic
[20340]   Versteegh, Kees (1993) : Leveling in the Sudan: from Arabic Creole to Arabic dialect
[20341]   Versteegh, Kees (1997) : The Arabic language
[20342]   Versteegh, Kees (2001) : Arabic in Madagascar
[20343]   Verster, Ronald (1976) : Die ontwikkeling van ’n kommunikasiestelsel vir swart werkers
[20344]   Vetoshkina, Tatiana Lʼvovna (1988) : Negation in the Agaw languages: problems of reconstruction
[20345]   Vettor, G. (1---) : Petit dictionnaire français-lwena, lwena-français
[20348]   Viana, Miguel Jose (1961) : Dicionario de português-chi-yao e chi-yao-português; elementos de gramática
[22937]   Vick, Renée (1990) : Le système aspecto-modale de l’abidji
[20350]   Victor, M. & H. Hiroshima (1999) : Learning English in Gabon: the question of cultural content
[20349]   Victor, N. (1937) : The essentials of Swahili
[20351]   Vida, G. Levi della (Ed) (1961) : Linguistica semitica: presente e futuro
[20352]   Viereck, Wolfgang , Edgar W. Schneider & Manfred Görlach (1984) : A bibliography of writings on varieties of English, 1965-1983
[20353]   Viergutz, Signe (1993) : Sprachliche Diskriminierung von Frauen in einer Sprache ohne Genus? Das Beispiel des Kiswahili
[26159]   Vierke, Clarissa (2012) : Mafumbo: Considering the Functions of Metaphorical Speech in Swahili Contexts
[28140]   Vigeland, Friederike (2020) : The numeral system in Longuda
[20371]   Viljoen, André , Antoinette Daniel & Solomzi Madikane (1995) : Sawubona: Zulu/English phrasebook
[20369]   Viljoen, G. v. N. (1984) : By ’n taalmonument: gedagtes oor ’n kultuurstrategie ten opsigte van Afrikaans
[20356]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens (1973) : Die konjugasie en die werkewoord in Ndonga
[20360]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens (1975) : Assimilasie in Ndonga
[20365]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens (1979) : Die kopulatief in Ndonga en Kwanyama
[20359]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens (Ed) (1975) : Oshike? Otjike? Alltägliche Redensarten und Fragen im Farmbetrieb und Haushalt mit einer kurzen Übersicht über die Lautlehre des Ndonga und Herero
[20355]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1973) : Ndonga I: manual for Ndonga
[20357]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1973-1975) : Ndonga
[20358]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1974) : Ndonga I: manual for Ndonga
[20361]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1975) : Ndonga II: workbook for grammar
[20362]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1975) : Ndonga III: guide to the reader
[20363]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1975) : Ndonga-Afrikaans-English. Drietalige woordeboek/Tri-lingual dictionary/Embwiitya pamalaka gatatu
[20366]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1980) : Workbook: Oshiwambo excercises and key to be used with the Handbook of Oshiwambo
[20368]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1984) : Oshindonga woordeboek/dictionary/embwiitya
[20367]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Theo[philus] K. Kamupingene (1983) : Otjiherero woordeboek/dictionary/embo romambo
[20364]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens , Petrus Amakali & Dirk Ziervogel (1978) : A handbook of Oshiwambo
[20370]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens , Petrus Amakali & M. Namuandi (1994) : Oshindonga-English/English-Oshindonga embwiitya/dictionary
[27138]   Viljoen, Melanie (2017) : A Comparison of the Structural and Functional Properties of the Optional Copula in Buwal and Gavar
[27404]   Viljoen, Melanie (2017) : Conditional constructions in Buwal
[20354]   Viljoen, W. J. (1923) : How we solved the language problem in South Africa
[22651]   Villarroya, José Luis de Pando (1987) : Diccionario de la lengua Guanche
[22695]   Villarroya, José Luis de Pando (1996) : Diccionario de voces guanches
[20382]   Villiers, André de (1976) : English-speaking South Africa today
[20373]   Villiers, Meyer de (1951) : Werkwoordsvorme in Afrikaans in die verlede tyd
[20374]   Villiers, Meyer de (1954/55) : Absolute and relative tenses: empathy in Afrikaans (South African Dutch)
[20375]   Villiers, Meyer de (1958) : Afrikaanse klankleer: inleiding tot die fonetiek en die fonologie
[20376]   Villiers, Meyer de (1960) : Nederlands en Afrikaans
[20377]   Villiers, Meyer de (1965) : Afrikaanse klankleer: inleiding tot die fonetiek en die fonologie
[20378]   Villiers, Meyer de (1968) : Die grammatika van tyd en modaliteit
[20379]   Villiers, Meyer de (1973) : Afrikaanse klankleer: fonetiek, fonologie en morfologie
[20380]   Villiers, Meyer de (1974) : Grepe uit die afrikaanse woordeskat
[20381]   Villiers, Meyer de (1975) : Die semantiek van Afrikaans
[20383]   Villiers, Meyer de (1976) : Afrikaanse klankleer: fonetiek, fonologie en woordbou
[20384]   Villiers, Meyer de (1978) : Nederlands en Afrikaans
[20385]   Villiers, Meyer de (1983) : Afrikaanse grammatika vir volwassenes: kerngrammatika vir onderwysers en studente
[20372]   Villiers, R. M. de (1939) : Die uitspraak van familiename in Suid-Afrika
[20386]   Vincent, George (1985) : Juba Arabic from a Bari perspective
[20387]   Vinck, Honoré (1984) : Dialectologie mongo: etat de la question
[20388]   Vinck, Honoré (1985) : Mémoires sur les langues de la région de l’Equateur
[20389]   Vinck, Honoré (1988) : Le nom authentique du Salonga
[20390]   Vinck, Honoré (1989) : Thèses et mémoires sur les langues de l’Equator
[20391]   Vinck, Honoré (1990) : Terminologie scolaire du lomongo
[20392]   Vinck, Honoré (1992) : Grammaires et dictionnaires lomongo
[20393]   Vinck, Honoré (1993) : Addenda et corrigenda de la bibliographie de G. Hulstaert
[20394]   Vinck, Honoré (1994) : Dialectologie móngo: évolution depuis 1984
[20395]   Vinck, Honoré (1994) : Complément à la bibliographie de Albert de Rop
[20397]   Vinck, Honoré (2001) : Une bibliographie importante de manuels scolaires en langues africaines
[20398]   Vincke, Jacques L. (1961) : Systématiques des termes du parenté (Nyoro)
[20399]   Vincke, Jacques L. (1966) : Aspects de la phonologie et de la morphologie de la langue lunda (ruund)
[20400]   Vine, Brent (1981) : Remarks on African “shadow vowels”
[20401]   Vine, Brent (1984) : African shadow vowels
[20402]   Vinet, Marie-Thérèse (1994) : Non-verbal predication and the checking of a functional D head in Moroccan Arabic and in Berber
[20404]   Vinogradov, Victor Alexeevich (1993) : [Categorial typology and language type]
[25477]   Vinogradov, Victor Alexeevich (2010) : Местоимение в грасслэндских языках (Камерун)
[23195]   Vinogradov, Victor Alexeevich (Ed) (1997) : Osnovy afrikanskogo yazykoznaniya: imennyye kategorii [Foundations of the African linguistics: nominal categories]
[20403]   Vinogradov, Victor Alexeevich & A. S. Cernicenko (1969) : Fono-morfologija imennych klassov v Ganda [Morphophonology in nominal classes in Ganda]
[20406]   Vintila-Radulescu, Ioana (1968) : Français créole et français régional d’Afrique nord
[23038]   Vinton, Jim & Virginia Vinton (1999) : Levantamento linguístico da Zambézia leste, Moçambique: uma pesquisa da língua Chwabo e as suas variantes
[20407]   Vishnevskaya, L. Y. (1967) : Ob opyte eksprimental’nogo issledovaniya tonal’noi struktury predlozhenii yazyka Hausa
[20408]   Vishnevskaya, L. Y. (1968) : Intonatsiya povestvovatel’nogo predlozheniya i intonatsionnogo voprosa v yazyke Hausa
[20409]   Vishnevskaya, L. Y. (1973) : Morfologicheskii kauzativ v yazyke Hausa
[20410]   Vishnevskaya, L. Y. (1974) : K voprosu o tonal’nosti yazyka hausa
[20411]   Vishnevskaya, L. Y. & Ekaterina Nikolaevna Myachina (1975) : Uchebnik yazika somali
[20417]   Visser, Hessel (1994) : Naro dictionary: Naro-English, English-Naro
[20420]   Visser, Hessel (1998) : The phonological system of Naro
[20422]   Visser, Hessel (2000) : Khoesan orthography revisited: advantages and disadvantages of using Roman letters for click symbols
[20423]   Visser, Hessel (2000) : Language and cultural empowerment of the Khoesan people: the Naro experience
[20424]   Visser, Hessel (2001) : Naro dictionary: Naro-English, English-Naro
[25685]   Visser, Hessel (2010) : Verbal compounds in Naro
[29042]   Visser, Hessel (2023) : The manifold uses of –a in Naro, including comments on a.
[20416]   Visser, Hessel & Coby Visser (1993) : Naro in a quarter of an hour
[20421]   Visser, Hessel & Coby Visser (1998) : Analysis of Naro names
[25719]   Visser, Marianna (2010) : Definiteness and Specificity in the Xhosa Determiner Phrase
[20412]   Visser, Marianna W. (1984) : Aspects of empty categories in Xhosa within the theory of government and binding
[20413]   Visser, Marianna W. (1985) : Aspects of empty categories in Xhosa within the theory of government and binding
[20414]   Visser, Marianna W. (1987) : Empty pronominals in Xhosa syntax
[20415]   Visser, Marianna W. (1989) : The syntax of the infinitive in Xhosa
[20418]   Visser, Marianna W. (1997) : The thematic structure of event nominals in Xhosa
[20419]   Visser, Marianna W. (1997) : The thematic structure of event nominals in Xhosa
[20425]   Visser, Marianna W. (2002) : The category DP in Xhosa and Northern Sotho
[20426]   Vitale, Anthony John (1976) : A transformational syntax of Swahili: the case for a structure-preserving model
[20427]   Vitale, Anthony John (1977) : Function-marking in a positional language: the Swahili locative re-examined
[20428]   Vitale, Anthony John (1979) : Spoken Swahili
[20429]   Vitale, Anthony John (1980) : Kisetla: linguistic and sociolinguistic aspects of a Pidgin Swahili of Kenya
[20430]   Vitale, Anthony John (1981) : Swahili syntax
[20431]   Vitale, Anthony John (1982) : Problems of stress placement in Swahili
[20432]   Vitale, Anthony John (1985) : Aspects of Kiswahili stress
[20433]   Viterbo, Ettore (1936) : Vocabolario della lingua oromonica (lingua galla) in due parti: italianoi-galla e galla-italiano
[20434]   Vivay, J. P. (1941) : Phonétique et langues africaines
[20435]   Voegelin, Charles Frederick & Florence Marie Voegelin (1964) : Languages of the world: African fascicle 1
[20436]   Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (1971) : Towards the syntax of the ideophone in Zulu
[20437]   Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (1971) : Surface constraints and agreement resolution: some evidence from Xhosa
[20439]   Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (1976) : Inalienable possession in Sotho
[20440]   Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (1977) : Proto-Niger-Congo verb extensions
[20441]   Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (1996) : Bibliographie linguistique de la Guinée
[20442]   Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (1996) : Les langues de la Guinée
[20444]   Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (2004) : Verb extensions in Fer
[23821]   Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (1980) : The etymology of the Bantu perfect
[23934]   Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (1980) : The languages of the South-West Province of Cameroon
[20438]   Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (Ed) (1974) : Proceedings of the 3rd annual conference on African linguistics, 7-8 April 1972
[22671]   Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (Ed) (2005) : Studies in african linguistic typology
[20443]   Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl & Christa Kilian-Hatz (Ed) (2001) : Ideophones
[20445]   Vogel, Joseph O. & Jean Vogel (Ed) (1997) : Encyclopedia of precolonial Africa: archaeology, history, languages, cultures and environments
[20562]   Vögele, Hannelore (1995) : Hausa, Wort für Wort
[20446]   Vogler, Pierre (1974) : Le problème linguistique kru: éléments de comparaison
[20447]   Vogler, Pierre (1976) : Description synchronique d’un parler kru: le vata
[20448]   Vogler, Pierre (1987) : Le parler vata (Côte d’Ivoire)
[24085]   Vogler, Pierre (1968) : Esquisse phonologique de l’Ebrié
[27672]   Vogler, Pierre (2015) : Le sèmè/siamou n'est pas une langue kru
[26575]   Voigt, Rainer (2013) : On Cushitic verbal innovation in Oromo
[20449]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1974) : Die Hilfsverben der begrenzten Dauer im Tegrenna unter Berücksichtigung des Tigre und des Amharischen
[20450]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1977) : Das tigrinische Verbalsystem
[20451]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1978) : Semitohamitisch und Omotisch
[20452]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1984) : Die Form des Reflexivstammes und der ersten Person Singular im Kuschitischen
[20453]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1984) : Zu den stimmlosen Vokalen des Borana
[20454]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1985) : Die beiden Präfixkonjugationen des Ostkuschitischen
[20455]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1985) : Tone types of nouns in Borana
[20456]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1986) : A problem of internal reconstruction: is there a morphological change sa, shi > ya in Hausa?
[20457]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1987) : The two prefix-conjugations in East Cushitic, East Semitic and Chadic
[20458]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1987) : The classification of central Semitic
[20459]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1987) : Derivatives und Flektives t in Semitohamitischen
[20460]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1988) : Zur Bildung des Präsens im Bedauye
[20461]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1988) : Einige Überlegungen zum “Aspektsystem” des Bedauye
[20462]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1988) : Labialization and the so-called sibilant anomaly in Tigrinya
[20463]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1988) : Zur Geschichte der vergleichenden Semitohamitistik: August Klingenheben und sein Beitrag zue semitohamitischen Sprachwissenschaft
[20464]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1989) : The development of the Old Ethiopic consonantal system
[20465]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1994) : Zum Dahalo
[20466]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1995) : Zur Geschichte und den Grundlagen der vergleichenden Hamtisemitistik
[20467]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1995) : On some phonological rules in Arbore, a Lowland East Cushitic language
[20468]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1996) : Zur Gliederung des Kuschitischen: die Präfixkonjugationen
[20469]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1996) : Zwei neue Arbeiten zum Omotischen
[20470]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1998) : Zur Gliederung des Kuschitischen: das Bedauye und das Restkuschitische
[20471]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1998) : Bibliographie zur äthiosemitischen unf kuschitischen Sprachwissenschaft. Teil I
[20472]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1999) : Amareñña
[20473]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1999) : On Semitohamitic comparison
[20474]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1999) : Bibliographie zur äthiosemitischen unf kuschitischen Sprachwissenschaft. Teil II
[25429]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (2008) : Tschadisch und Semitohamitisch
[20475]   Voisin-Nouguier, Sylvie (2002) : Relations entre fonctions syntaxiques et fonctions sémantiques en wolof
[24387]   Voisin-Nouguier, Sylvie (2006) : Applicatif et emphase
[24388]   Voisin-Nouguier, Sylvie (2006) : Lʼinfinitif en wolof
[26622]   Voisin, Sylvie (2015) : Sur l'origine du suffixe du pluriel dans le groupe Nyun-Buy
[26887]   Voisin, Sylvie (2015) : Les classes nominales en kobiana
[27669]   Voisin, Sylvie & Mamour Dramé (2019) : L'inaccompli dans différentes vatiétés du wolof
[25929]   Vold Lexander, Kristin (2010) : Voeux électroniques plurilingues : nouvelles pratiques, nouvelles fonctions pour les langues africaines ?
[27827]   Vold Lexander, Kristin (2020) : African languages in information and communications technology
[25585]   Voll, Rebecca (2012) : Tense variation in the tense system of Mundabli, Western Beboid (Bantoid, Cameroon)
[27284]   Voll, Rebecca (2017) : A grammar of Mundabli, A Bantoid (Yemne-Kimbi) language of Cameroon
[20476]   Voller, [Canon] (1---) : Lugbara exercises
[25753]   Völlmin, Sascha (2010) : The so-called converbs in Gumer (Gurage)
[20477]   Volschenk, Philippus Albertus (1968) : Herero: volwasse onderwys, met oefeninge
[20478]   Volschenk, Philippus Albertus (1968) : Herero: a morphological survey
[25586]   von Heyking, Beatrix (2012) : The functioning of personal pronouns in Belanda Boor
[26498]   Von Heyking, Beatrix (2013) : A Grammar of Belanda Boor: Phonology and Morphology
[26819]   von Heyking, Beatrix (2010) : The noun morphology of Belanda Bor
[24812]   von Heyking, Beatrix & Anne Storch (2007) : Motion in Northern Lwoo: Luwo and Boor comparative case studies
[28637]   von Roncador, Manfred (2012) : C4. Nnotre
[28638]   von Roncador, Manfred (2012) : C5. Safalba: Comparative notes
[20479]   Vondrasek, Rose (1999) : Ronga relative clauses and noun phrase accessibility
[20480]   Voogt, A. J. de (1992) : Some phonetic aspects of Hatsa and Sandawe clicks
[20481]   Voorhoeve, Jan (19--) : A grammar of Safwa: preliminary draft based on previous research by J. van Sambeek, checked by C. K. Mwachusa
[20483]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1963) : La classification nominale dans le bangangté
[20484]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1965) : The structure of the morpheme in Bamileke
[20485]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1967) : Personal pronouns in Bamileke
[20486]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1968) : Noun classes in Bamileke
[20489]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1971) : The linguistic unit Mbam-Nkam (Bamileke, Bamun and other related languages)
[20490]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1971) : Tonology of the Bamileke noun
[20492]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1973) : Safwa as a restricted tone system
[20493]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1974) : Locatives in Bangante - Bamileke
[20494]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1976) : Un inventaire des langues bantoues des Grassfields
[20495]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1977) : Bamileke
[20496]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1980) : Le pronom logophorique et son importance pour la reconstruction du proto-bantou (PB)
[20497]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1980) : Bantu et bane
[20498]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1980) : Limbum
[20499]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1980) : Kenyang
[20500]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1980) : Noun classes in Adere
[20501]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1982) : La ton du verbe en ngwo
[20502]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1982) : L’auxiliaire en ngwo
[22587]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1980) : La dérivation verbale en basaa
[20491]   Voorhoeve, Jan (Ed) (1971) : The Mbam-Nkam languages
[20482]   Voorhoeve, Jan & Jacqueline [Warnier] Leroy (19--) : Le bantou périphérique
[20487]   Voorhoeve, Jan & Paul Polydoor de Wolf (Ed) (1969) : Benue-Congo noun class systems
[20488]   Voorhoeve, Jan , Achille Emiel Meeussen & Kornelis Frans de Blois (1969) : New proposals for the description of tone sequences in the Igbo completive phrase
[22793]   Vopnu, S. K. (1991) : Phonological processes and syllable structures in Gokana
[20503]   Vorbichler, Anton (1960) : Die sprachlichen Beziehungen zwischen den Waldnegern und Pygmäen in der Republik Kongo-Léo
[20504]   Vorbichler, Anton (1963) : Zu dem Problem der Klasseneinteilung in Lebendiges und Lebloses in den Pygmäen- und Waldnegerdialekten des Ituri, Congo
[20505]   Vorbichler, Anton (1965) : Die Phonologie und Morphologie des Balese (Ituri-Urwald, Kongo)
[20506]   Vorbichler, Anton (1966) : Die tonale Struktur Verbalklassen in den Waldneger- und Pygmäensprachen des Ituri-Urwaldes, Ost-Kongo
[20507]   Vorbichler, Anton (1969) : Linguistische Bemerkungen zur Herkunft der Mamve-Balese
[20508]   Vorbichler, Anton (1971) : Die Sprache der Mamvu
[20509]   Vorbichler, Anton (1974) : Zur Problem der Sprachmischung in zentralsudanischen Sprachen
[20510]   Vorbichler, Anton (1974) : Das interdialektale Sprachverhalten zwischen sesshaften Balese-Hackbauern und nomadisierrenden Efe-Pygmäen (Ituri-Region, Ost-Zaïre) ; Teil 1
[20511]   Vorbichler, Anton (1975) : Das interdialektale Sprachverhalten zwischen sesshaften Balese-Hackbauern und nomadisierrenden Efe-Pygmäen (Ituri-Region, Ost-Zaïre) ; Teil 2
[20512]   Vorbichler, Anton (1978) : Die mythischen Namen der Balese-Efe Erzählkunst (Nord-Ost-Zaïre)
[20513]   Vorbichler, Anton (1978) : Die Funktion von Musik, Gesang un Tanz in der Oralliteratur der Balese-Efe, Nord-Ost Zaïre
[20514]   Vorbichler, Anton (1979) : Die Oralliteratur der Balese-Efe im Ituri-Wald, Nordost Zaïre
[20515]   Vorbichler, Anton (1980) : Das Weltbild der Zentralafrikanischen Pygmäen
[20516]   Vorbichler, Anton (1983) : Zahlensystem des Balese-Obi und Mamvu (Mangbutu-Efe-Gruppe der zentralsudanischen Sprachen)
[20517]   Vorbichler, Anton (1986) : Ursprung und Herkunft der Wildbeuter und Waldneger nach der Oralliterature der Efe-Pygmäen, der Balese und der Mamvu
[20518]   Vorster, J. & L. Proctor (1975) : Black attitudes to white languages in South Africa
[20519]   Vorster, J. & L. Proctor (1976) : Black attitudes to ‘white’ languages in South Africa: a pilot study
[23787]   Vos, Mark Andrew de (2002) : Notes on noun morphology and clefting constructions in Kotoko
[20520]   Vossen, Rainer (1977) : Eine wortgeographische Untersuchung zur Territorialgeschichte der Maa-sprachigen Bevölkerung Ostafrikas
[20521]   Vossen, Rainer (1979) : Linguistic evidence regarding the territorial history of the Maa-speaking peoples: some preliminary remarks
[20522]   Vossen, Rainer (1981) : The classification of eastern Nilotic and its significance for ethnohistory
[20523]   Vossen, Rainer (1982) : The Eastern Nilotes: linguistic and historical reconstruction
[20525]   Vossen, Rainer (1983) : Comparative eastern Nilotic
[20526]   Vossen, Rainer (1984) : Studying the linguistic and ethno-history of the Khoe-speaking (central Khoisan) peoples of Botswana: research in progress
[20527]   Vossen, Rainer (1984) : The comparative study of Khoe languages
[20528]   Vossen, Rainer (1985) : Encoding the object in the finite verb: the case of //Ani (Central Khoisan)
[20529]   Vossen, Rainer (1986) : Preliminaries of Khoe comparative tonology
[20530]   Vossen, Rainer (1986) : Some observations on nominal gender in Naró
[20531]   Vossen, Rainer (1986) : Zur Phonologie der //Ani-Sprache
[20533]   Vossen, Rainer (1987) : Am Anfang steht der Snalz: afrikanische Buschmann-Sprachen untersucht
[20536]   Vossen, Rainer (1988) : Patterns of language knowledge and language use in Ngamiland in Botswana
[20537]   Vossen, Rainer (1988) : Khoe linguistic relationships reconsidered: the data
[20538]   Vossen, Rainer (1988) : Towards a comparative study of the Maa dialects of Kenya and Tanzania
[20539]   Vossen, Rainer (1988) : The initial click-sound is their characteristic: African Bushman languages investigated [German research: reports of the DFG
[20541]   Vossen, Rainer (1990) : Language maintenance, language shift and identity in Ngamiland, Botswana: some hypotheses
[20542]   Vossen, Rainer (1990) : Researching into second language use and usage: with special reference to SeTswana in Ngamiland, Botswana
[20543]   Vossen, Rainer (1990) : Die Khoe-Sprachen: ein Beitrag zur Erforschung der Sprachgeschichte Afrikas
[20544]   Vossen, Rainer (1990) : Sprachverhalten, Kompetenzgewinn und Identität: ein Beispiel aus Afrika
[20545]   Vossen, Rainer (1991) : What do we do with irregular correspondences? The case of the Khoe languages
[20546]   Vossen, Rainer (1991) : “Hottentottisch” und die Genussprachen der Nord- und Nordost-afrikanischen Viehhälter: Spekulationen über genetische Zusammenhange
[20547]   Vossen, Rainer (1991/92) : Strukturveränderung als Folge von Mehrsprachigkeit? Die Nominalklassenpräfixe der Bantusprachen Ngamilands
[20548]   Vossen, Rainer (1992) : q in Khoe: borrowing, substrate or innovation?
[20549]   Vossen, Rainer (1992) : Aspects of language behaviour in Botswana
[20550]   Vossen, Rainer (1994) : Zur historischen Rekonstruktion der nominalen Genus-Numerus-Suffixe in den Khoe-Sprachen
[20552]   Vossen, rainer (1997) : Die Khoe-Sprachen: ein Beitrag zur Erforschung der Sprachgeschichte Afrikas
[20553]   Vossen, Rainer (1997) : What click sounds got to do in Bantu: reconstructing the history of language contacts in southern Africa
[20554]   Vossen, Rainer (1998) : Forms and functions of *!’o in some Khoe languages
[20556]   Vossen, Rainer (1998) : Typology of African languages: the place of Bisa (Mande)
[20557]   Vossen, Rainer (2000) : Khoisan languages, with a grammatical sketch of //Ani (Khoe)
[22606]   Vossen, rainer (1998) : Historical classification of Khoe languages
[27761]   Vossen, Rainer (2020) : African language types
[27804]   Vossen, Rainer (2020) : Cara
[28014]   Voßen, Rainer (2017) : On the reconstruction of Proto-LOTUKO obstruents
[25074]   Vossen, Rainer (avec la collaboration de Henning Schreiber) (2001) : Approche de la situation dialectologique du bisa (mandé oriental) : la phonologie
[20535]   Vossen, Rainer (Ed) (1988) : New perspectives on the study of Khoisan
[20540]   Vossen, Rainer & Franz Rottland (1989) : The historical reconstruction of Proto-Ongamo-Maa: phonology and vocabulary
[20555]   Vossen, Rainer & Henning Schreiber (1998) : La situation dialecto-géographique dans le bisa (mandé oriental): les donnees lexicales
[20551]   Vossen, Rainer & Klaus Keuthmann (1995) : Linguistic variation and inter-dialect contact in Setswana: a preliminary report on current research
[20532]   Vossen, Rainer & Klaus Keuthmann (Ed) (1986) : Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday
[20524]   Vossen, Rainer & Marianne Bechhaus-Gerst (Ed) (1983) : Nilotic studies: proceedings of the international symposium on languages and history of the Nilotic peoples, Cologne, January 4-6, 1982
[20558]   Vossen, Rainer , Angelika Mietzner & Antje Meissner (Ed) (2000) : “Mehr als nur Worte...”: afrikanistische Beiträge zum 65. Geburtstag von Franz Rottland
[20534]   Vossen, Rainer , Sabine Neumann , Christina Patriarchi , Margit Rottland , Rainer Spörl & Beate Vagt (1988) : Khoe linguistic relationships reconsidered
[23893]   Voutsa, Léopoldine (2003) : Morphologie verbale du ngombale
[20560]   Voznesenskaya, Y. A. (1975) : K voprosu o yazykovykh kontaktakh Hausa i Fula v Nigerii (na materiale leksiki)
[20561]   Voznesenskaya, Y. A. (1976) : Nekotorye aspekty Hausa-Ful’bskogo dvuyazychiya
[20563]   Vreeden, B. F. van (1965) : Die Khoisan naamgewing in Griekwaland-Wes
[20564]   Vreeden, B. F. van (1965) : Bydrae van die Basterbevolkingsgroep tot die naamgewing van Boesmanland en Gordonia
[20565]   Vreeden, B. F. van (1966) : Aantekeninge oor plekname
[20566]   Vueba, António (2001) : The role and future of Portuguese in Angola
[20567]   Vuuren, Willem Johannes Hendrik Jacobus Janse van (1966) : Die ortografie en klankstelsel van Kwanyama en Ndonga
[6065]   Vycichl, Werner (1990) : La vocalisation de la langue égyptienne, 1: la phonétique
[20568]   Vycichl, Werner (1934) : Hausa und Ägyptisch: ein Beitrag zur historischen Hamitistik
[20569]   Vycichl, Werner (1935) : Was sind Hamiten sprachen?
[20570]   Vycichl, Werner (1952) : Das berberische Perfekt
[20571]   Vycichl, Werner (1952) : Punischer Spracheinfluss im Berberischen
[20572]   Vycichl, Werner (1952) : Ein Nomen Actoris im Ägyptischen: der Ursprung der sogen. emphatischen Konjugation
[20573]   Vycichl, Werner (1953) : Das personliche Fürwort im Bedja und im Tigre
[20574]   Vycichl, Werner (1953) : Der bestimmte Artikel in der Bedja-Sprache: seine Beziehungen zur Ägyptischen und Berberischen
[20575]   Vycichl, Werner (1953) : Zur Sprache und Volkskunde der ‘Abbadi: Übersicht über die Ergebnisse der [...] Studien bei dem Nil und Rotem Meer
[20576]   Vycichl, Werner (1953) : Die ägyptischen Pronominalendungen
[20577]   Vycichl, Werner (1954) : Die Aufbau der ägyptischen Pronomina nt-f, nt-s, etc.
[20578]   Vycichl, Werner (1957) : L’article defini du berbère
[20579]   Vycichl, Werner (1960) : The Beja language, Tu Bedawiye: its relationship with Old Egyptian
[20580]   Vycichl, Werner (1961) : Berber words in Nubian
[20581]   Vycichl, Werner (1966) : Sprachliche Beziehungen zwischen Ägypten und Afrika
[20582]   Vycichl, Werner (1973) : Trois études sur la structure du Meroïtique
[20583]   Vycichl, Werner (1974) : Les études chamito-sémitiques à l’université de Fribourg et le ‘Lamékhite’
[20584]   Vycichl, Werner (1983) : Dictionnaire étymologique de la langue copte
[20585]   Vycichl, Werner (1987) : The origin of Hamito-Semitic languages
[20586]   Vycichl, Werner (1988) : Beja: a language with seven seals
[20587]   Vycichl, Werner (1990) : L’origine des verbes monoradicaux en haoussa
[20588]   Vycichl, Werner (1992) : Der Ursprung der Partikel ad- zur Bildung des Konjunktivs, des Optativs und des Futurum im Berberischen
[20589]   Vycichl, Werner (1995) : Zur vergleichenden Morphologie hamitosemitischer Sprachen
[20590]   Vycichl, Werner (2005) : Berberstudien & A sketch of Siwi Berber (Egypt)
[22650]   Vycichl, Werner (1952) : Introducción al estudio de la lengua de la historia de Canarias
[22724]   Vycichl, Werner (1956) : Zur Tonologie des Somali
[22725]   Vycichl, Werner (1939/40) : Zur Tonologie des Somali
[20591]   Vydrin, Valentin (1987) : Yazyk looma
[20592]   Vydrin, Valentin (1994) : Traces of nominal classification in the Mande languages: the Soninke case
[20593]   Vydrin, Valentin (1999) : Language contacts: Manding and Diola Fogny
[20594]   Vydrin, Valentin (1999) : Manding-English dictionary (Maninka, Bamana), 1: A, B, D-DAD
[20595]   Vydrin, Valentin (2001) : Esquisse contrastive du Kagoro (Manding)
[23235]   Vydrin, Valentin (2005) : Reconstruction of initial consonants in Proto-South Mande
[24155]   Vydrin, Valentin (2005) : Pronoms personnels gouro
[24163]   Vydrin, Valentin (2003) : Areal and genetic features in West Mande and South Mande phonology: In what sense did Mande languages evolve?
[24183]   Vydrin, Valentin (1991) : La terminologie de la parenté en bamana : structure d'un groupe lexical
[24206]   Vydrin, Valentin (1990) : Les adjectifs prédicatifs en bambara
[24215]   Vydrin, Valentin (1999) : Les parties du discours en bambara : un essai de bilan
[24217]   Vydrin, Valentin (2000) : Le sémantisme de TAM en bambara: une postface l'article de Dmitri Idiatov
[24235]   Vydrin, Valentin (2007) : Les adjectifs en dan-gwèètaa. Suivi des Annexes: Fonctions syntaxiques des formes des adjectifs
[24249]   Vydrin, Valentin (2003) : La phonologie gouro: deux décennies après Le Saout
[24265]   Vydrin, Valentin (1989) : Tonal system of Looma language
[24267]   Vydrin, Valentin (1990) : Bibliographie de la linguistique mande soviétique (annotée)
[24269]   Vydrin, Valentin (2004) : La réduplication des adjectifs dans les langues mandé
[24274]   Vydrin, Valentin (2005) : Quelques recommendations méthodologiques concernant la description des langues mandé-sud
[24290]   Vydrin, Valentin (1998) : Sur l'écriture mandingue et mandé en caractères arabes (mandinka, bambara, soussou, mogofin)
[24291]   Vydrin, Valentin (1996) : Sur le “Dictionnaire Nko”
[25111]   Vydrin, Valentin (2009) : On the Problem of the Proto-Mande Homeland
[25130]   Vydrin, Valentin (2009) : Esquisse de la langue lélé (groupe mokolé)
[25133]   Vydrin, Valentin (2008) : Dictionnaire Dan-Français (dan de lʼEst)
[25185]   Vydrin, Valentin (2009) : Negation in South Mande
[25209]   Vydrin, Valentin (1989) : Reflection of the nominal classification in Manden and South-Western Mande: the classification category
[25210]   Vydrin, Valentin (2004) : Areal and genetic features in West Mande and South Mande phonology: In what sense did Mande languages evolve?
[25211]   Vydrin, Valentin (2006) : Toward the reconstruction of the phonological type and the noun morphology of Proto-Mande [in Russian]
[25212]   Vydrin, Valentin (2006) : Personal pronouns in South Mande languages [in Russian]
[25213]   Vydrin, Valentin (2007) : South Mande reconstruction: Initial consonants
[25478]   Vydrin, Valentin (2010) : Co-ordinative pronouns in Southern and South-Western Mande: A second compound pronouns area in Africa?
[25493]   Vydrin, Valentin (2012) : Une bibliographie préliminaire des publications maninka en écriture N’ko
[25791]   Vydrin, Valentin (2009) : Areal features in South Mande and Kru languages
[26953]   Vydrin, Valentin (2016) : Toward a Proto-Mande reconstruction and an etymological dictionary
[27506]   Vydrin, Valentin (2018) : Where corpus methods hit their limits: The case of separable adjectives in Bambara
[27790]   Vydrin, Valentin (2020) : Dan
[28286]   Vydrin, Valentin (2021) : Esquisse de grammaire du dan de l'Est (dialecte de Gouèta)
[28288]   Vydrin, Valentin (2021) : Dictionnaire dan de l’Est-français - suivi d’un index français-dan
[28328]   Vydrin, Valentin (2020) : Featural foot in Bambara
[28355]   Vydrin, Valentin (2021) : Deverbal and deadjectival nominalization in Dan: Not as different as one might think. A reply to Baker & Gondo (2020)
[28363]   Vydrin, Valentin (2020) : Vowel elision and reduction in Bambara
[28742]   Vydrin, Valentin (2022) : Genitival constructions in Eastern Dan
[28873]   Vydrin, Valentin (2020) : Clause chaining in Bambara
[25923]   Vydrin, Valentin & Alexandra Vydrina (2010) : Impact of Pular on the Kakabe language (Futa Jallon, Guinea)
[27488]   Vydrin, Valentin & Mamadi Diané (2016) : L’interrogation en maninka de Guinée
[20596]   Vydrin, Valentin & T. G. Bergman (2003) : Mandé language family of West Africa: location and genetic classification
[24211]   Vydrin, Valentin, avec la collaboration de Coulibaly, Adama (1994) : Verbes réfléchis bambara. Première partie : Pronoms réfléchis. Groupements sémantico-syntaxiques des verbes non-réfléchis
[24212]   Vydrin, Valentin, avec la collaboration de Coulibaly, Adama (1995) : Verbes réfléchis bambara. Deuxième partie : Classification des verbes réfléchis
[24843]   Vydrina, Alexandra (2008) : Vowel length in the Kakabe language
[25479]   Vydrina, Alexandra (2010) : A reflexive pronoun in Kakabe
[26433]   Vydrina, Alexandra (2018) : Lexique kakabe
[26776]   Vydrina, Alexandra (2013) : Le comportement tonal des marqueurs prédicatifs dans la langue kakabé
[26777]   Vydrina, Alexandra (2015) : Dictionnaire kakabé-français suivi d’un index français-kakabé
[28274]   Vydrina, Alexandra (2017) : A corpus-based description of Kakabe, a Western Mande language : prosody in grammar
[28324]   Vydrina, Alexandra (2020) : Operator focus in discourse and grammar: The two perfectives in Kakabe
[25485]   Vydrine, Valentin (2010) : Le Ńkó kɔ́dɔyidalan de Souleymane Kantè et la tradition lexicographique « occidentale » pour le mandingue
[26785]   Vydrine, Valentin (2013) : Goo : présentation d’une langue
[27732]   Vydrine, Valentin (2020) : Vers une lexicographie mandingue sur la base de grands corpus annotés
[26898]   Wa Mberia, Kithaka (2015) : Vowel Harmony n Kitharaka
[20597]   Wa, Tshisungu (1993) : Analyse linguistique de marqueurs conversationnels en swahili
[24819]   Waag, Christine (2007) : Location and motion in Fur
[24978]   Waag, Christine (2006) : The Marker -si in Fur
[25270]   Waag, Christine (2010) : The Fur Verb and its Context
[28149]   Waalii (2016) : English – Waalii Dictionary (Yel’bie aning a ‘Muno Gbangu) (Nansaarii aning Waalii)
[20598]   Waane, Simon Alcuin Cornelio (1976) : Pottery making traditions of the Ikombe Kisi of Kyela district: an anthropological paper
[20599]   Waard, J. de (1972) : Notes sur le système verbal dans les langues “guiziga” et “podoko”
[20601]   Waarden, Catrien van (1991) : Bibliography on the Bakalanga, their culture and their language
[20600]   Waarden, Catrien van (Ed) (1991) : Kalanga: retrospect and prospect
[20602]   Wada, Shohei (1973) : Iraku go kiso goi suwahiri go taisho [Iraqw basic vocabulary, with Swahili equivalents]
[20604]   Wade-Lewis, Margaret (1990) : The contribution of Lorenzo Dow Turner to African linguistics
[20603]   Wade, Nicholas (2003) : In click languages, an echo of the tongues of the ancients
[27019]   Wade, Sophie (2016) : Les marqueurs discursifs et syntaxiques dans la cohérence du discours mənik
[22723]   Wagaw, Teshome G. (1999) : Conflict of ethnic identity and the language of education policy in contemporary Ethiopia
[20605]   Wager, Janet Stephanie (1975) : A constraint on complements in Swahili
[22435]   Wager, Janet Stephanie (1977) : Topicalization in Moroccan Arabic
[22439]   Wager, Janet Stephanie (1984) : Complementation in Moroccan Arabic
[20606]   Wagner, D. (1985) : Objects in Gokana
[20609]   Wagner, Ewald (1997) : Harari
[20607]   Wagner, Joachim (1988) : Untersuchungen zur Grammatik des Hadza
[20608]   Wagner, Joachim (1991/92) : Unpublished Hadza fieldnotes
[20610]   Wagoner, Merrill Y. van (1980) : English-Arabic vocabulary: students pronouncing dictionary
[20611]   Wahba, Magdi (1968) : An English-Arabic vocabulary of scientific, technical and cultural terms, with an index of Arabic words and phrases
[20613]   Wahba, Sabine (1999) : Ausspracheschwierigkeiten im Deutschen: Interferenzen bei Herero- und Khoekhoegowabsprachigen Lernern als Folgeerscheinungen der erzieherischen und sprachlichen Situation in Namibia
[20612]   Wahba, Wafaa Abdel-Faheem Batran (1984) : Wh-constructions in Egyptian Arabic
[20614]   Wahid, Anwar Mahmud Abd al (1974) : Chemical technology dictionary: English, French-German-Arabic
[20615]   Wahid, Anwar Mahmud Abd al (1978) : Automotive engineering dictionary: English-Frendch-German-Arabic
[20616]   Wahid, Anwar Mahmud Abd al (1980) : Radio and television dictionary
[20617]   Wainwright, G. A. (1954) : The diffusion of -uma as a name for iron
[20618]   Waite, Jeffrey (1986) : Remarks on tense and aspect in Isle-de-France creole
[22837]   Waithira, C. (2001) : A study of the structure of the youth jargons in Nairobi
[20619]   Wakasa, Motomichi (2001) : [A vocabulary of Wolaitta]
[20620]   Wakasa, Motomichi (2001) : Gerund in Amharic
[27088]   Wakasa, Motomichi (2008) : A Descriptive Study of the Modern Wolaytta Language
[27097]   Wakasa, Motomichi (2006) : Numerical Expressions in Wolaytta
[27103]   Wakasa, Motomichi (2005) : The Person-Name Noun in Wolaytta
[27104]   Wakasa, Motomichi (2005) : “Definite” and “indefinite” in the Common Noun in Wolaytta
[20621]   Wako Tola (1981) : The phonology of Oromo: Mecha dialect
[28898]   Wald, Benji (2022) : On reconstructing the Proto-Bantu object marking system
[20622]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (19--) : Sandawe fieldnotes
[20623]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (1970) : Relativization in Umbundu
[20624]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (1973) : Syntactic change in the lake area of Northeast Bantu
[20625]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (1975) : Variation in the system of tense markers of Mombasa Swahili
[20626]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (1975) : Animate concords in northeast coastal Bantu: its linguistic and social implications as a case of grammatical convergence
[20627]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (1976) : Comparative notes on past tenses in Kenyan northeast Bantu languages
[20628]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (1979) : The development of the Swahili object marker: a study of the interaction of syntax and discourse
[20629]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (1981) : On the evolution of the tense marker na in eastern Bantu (summary)
[20630]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (1985) : The influence of Arabic on the syntax of Swahili discourse
[20631]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (1987) : Swahili and the Bantu languages
[20633]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (1992) : Bantu languages
[20634]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (1993) : Longterm evolution of the syntax of discourse and the Swahili person markers
[20635]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (1994) : East Coast Bantu and the evolution of constraints on passivization
[20636]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (1997) : The o tense marker in the decline of the Swahili auxiliary focus system
[20637]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (1998) : Issues in the north/south syntactic split of East Bantu
[20638]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (2001) : Substratal and superstratal influences on the evolution of Swahili syntax: Central Coast Bantu and Arabic
[22670]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (1997) : Varbrul and the human/inanimate polarization of the Swahili object marker
[23118]   Walker, Bonnie & Jacques Nicole (1983) : Les tons du gangam
[20641]   Walker, James A. & William John Samarin (1997) : Sango phonology
[28298]   Walker, John (2013) : Comparative Tense and Aspect in the Mara Bantu Languages: Towards a Linguistic History
[28970]   Walker, John B. (2017) : Ikizu-Sizaki - Swahili / English Dictionary
[27978]   Walker, Katherine (2018) : Nominal number in Tabaq
[20640]   Walker, O. (1970) : Towards and analysis of Nigerian Pidgin English
[20642]   Walker, Rachel (2000) : Nasal reduplication in Mbe affixation
[20639]   Walker, W. Seymour (1921) : The Siwi language: a short grammar of the Siwi language [...] together with a short description of the oasis of Siwa
[20643]   Wallace, Barbara F. (1981) : The morphophonemics of the Maasai verb
[20644]   Walling, E. (1937) : Notes on the grammar of Longando
[20646]   Wallis, Barry Michael (1978) : Diedrich Westermann’s ‘Die westlichen Sudansprachen’ and the classification of the languages of West Africa
[20645]   Wallis, H. R. (1920?) : Handbook of Uganda
[20647]   Wallmach, Kim & Alet Kruger (1999) : ‘Putting a sock on it’: a contrastive analysis of problem-solving translation strategies between African and European languages
[20648]   Walser, F. (1934) : Dhopadhola-English dictionary
[20650]   Walsh, Martin T. (1980/81) : Tape-recordings from Utengele, Usangu
[20651]   Walsh, Martin T. (1982) : Nyakyusa greetings
[20652]   Walsh, Martin T. (1985) : Unpublished Shisango dictionary
[20653]   Walsh, Martin T. (1992) : Birds of omen and little flying animals with wings
[20654]   Walsh, Martin T. (1993) : The collection and elucidation of vernacular names: observations on Shambaa ethnobotany
[20655]   Walsh, Martin T. (1995) : Snakes on the Usangu plains: an introduction to Sangu ethnoherpetology
[20657]   Walsh, Martin T. (1996) : Fish and fishing in the rivers and wetlands of Usangu
[20658]   Walsh, Martin T. (1997) : A preliminary glossary of Ha plant names: ethnobotany in and around Gombe Stream National Park, western Tanzania
[20659]   Walsh, Martin T. (1997) : Snakes and other reptiles in Mtanga: preliminary notes on Ha ethnoherpetology in a village bordering Gombe Stream National Park, western Tanzania
[20660]   Walsh, Martin T. (1998) : The Malila: preliminary notes on language, history and ethnography
[20661]   Walsh, Martin T. (1998) : The eastern Nyika: preliminary notes on language, history and ethnography
[20665]   Walsh, Martin T. (2003) : Languages, cultures and environments: historical linguistics between the African Great Lakes and the western Indian Ocean
[20664]   Walsh, Martin T. & David C. Moyer (2002) : Hehe botanical dictionary
[20662]   Walsh, Martin T. & Imani N. Swilla (2000) : Linguistics in the Corridor: a review of research on the Bantu languages of South-West Tanzania, North-East Zambia and North Malawi
[20663]   Walsh, Martin T. & Imani N. Swilla (2001) : Linguistics in the Corridor: a review of research on the Bantu languages of South-West Tanzania, North-East Zambia and North Malawi
[20656]   Walsh, Martin T. , Laisha Said , Beatrice Marwa & Keith Banister (1996) : Fish and fishing in the river Mungonya at Bubango, Kigoma District, Tanzania
[20649]   Walsh, N. G. (1967) : Distinguishing types and varieties of English in Nigeria
[20666]   Walt, Christa van der (1997) : Justifying their existence: South African varieties of English
[23621]   Walt, Christa van der (2000) : The international comprehensibility of varieties of South African English
[20667]   Waltenburg, H. (195-) : Shambala grammar
[26906]   Walters, Josiah Keith (2015) : A Grammar Sketch of Dazaga
[26909]   Walters, Josiah Keith (2016) : A Grammar of Dazaga
[28693]   Walther, Konrad (1900) : Beiträge zur Kenntnis des Moshi-Dialekts des Ki-Chagga
[20668]   Waltisberg, Michael (2001) : Die St-Stämme des Altäthiopischen
[20669]   Walton, James (1961) : The teaching of Southern Sotho
[20671]   Walusimbi, Livingstone (1976) : Relativization and focusing in Luganda and Bantu
[20672]   Walusimbi, Livingstone (1997) : Relative clauses in Luganda
[20673]   Walusimbi, Livingstone (1997) : The future of minority languages in Uganda
[20670]   Walusimbi, Livingstone & Talmy Givón (1970) : Conjoined and stacked restrictive relative clauses: deep and not-so-deep constraints in light of Luganda data
[20674]   Wamba, Rodolphine Sylvie (2003) : Le français au Cameroun contemporain: statuts, pratiques et problèmes sociolinguistiques
[20675]   Wamitila, K. W. & Florence M. Kyallo (2002) : English-Kiswahili assorted dictionary
[20676]   Wanabetsina, Justin-Laurent , Keith H. Beavon & Lazare Mbaro Nkali (198-) : Vocabulaire mpyemo-français
[25396]   Wanabetsina, Justin-Laurent , Keith H. Beavon & Lazare Mbaro Nkali (2003) : Mpyemo - French Lexicon
[20677]   Wandres, Carl (1922/23) : Nama-Redensarten
[20678]   Wandres, Carl (1925/26) : Nama-Wörter (nicht bei Kroenlein 1889 aufgeführt), mit Anhang: Bergdama-Wörter
[20679]   Wandres, Carl (1927) : Tiernamen in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache, etymologisch erläutert
[20680]   Wane, M. D. (1992) : Syllabe et processus phonologiques en pulaar (parler de Bhoghe, Mauritanie)
[27282]   Wane, Mohamadou Hamine (2017) : La grammaire du noon
[28423]   Wane, Mohamadou Hamine & Maarten Mous (2020) : Noon Vowel Harmony
[20684]   Wanger, A. (1925) : Die drei Formen des Zulusubstantivs
[20681]   Wanger, P. Willibald (1920) : Richtlinien für eine vergleichende Grammatik der Ntu-Sprachen ; Teile 1-2
[20682]   Wanger, P. Willibald (1921) : Richtlinien für eine vergleichende Grammatik der Ntu-Sprachen ; Teil 3
[20683]   Wanger, P. Willibald (1921) : Richtlinien für eine vergleichende Grammatik der Ntu-Sprachen ; Teil 4
[20685]   Wanger, P. Willibald (1927) : Scientific Zulu grammar
[20686]   Wanger, P. Willibald (1928) : Gemeinschaftliches Sprachgut in Sumer und Ntu
[20687]   Wanger, P. Willibald (1929) : Ursinn von twa in (u)muTwa ‘Buschmann’
[20688]   Wanger, P. Willibald (1929) : Afrikanische Völkernamen in europäischen Sprachen
[20689]   Wanger, P. Willibald (1930) : Linguistic and dogma
[20690]   Wanger, P. Willibald (1930) : Ntu-Philology
[20691]   Wanger, P. Willibald (1935) : Comparative lexical study of Sumerian and Ntu (‘Bantu’)
[20762]   Wängler, Hans-Heinrich (1963) : Zur Tonologie des Hausa
[20763]   Wängler, Hans-Heinrich (1963) : Über die Funktion der Tone im Hausa
[28998]   Wani, Enike Amina , Martin Lomu Goke & Tim Stirtz (2013) : Mundari – English Dictionary
[23652]   Warburton, Irene , Prosper Kpotufe , Roland Glover & Catherine Felten (1968) : Ewe basic course
[20692]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1926) : Some notes on the pronunciation of the Kanuri language of West Africa
[20693]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1933) : The phonetic and tonal structure of Efik
[20694]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1934) : Some characteristics of certain West African tone-languages
[20695]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1934) : Dr I. C. Ward’s linguistic tour in S. E. Nigeria - Notes and news
[20696]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1935) : A linguistic tour in Southern Nigeria: certain problems re-stated
[20697]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1935) : A note on the Abua language
[20698]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1936) : An introduction to the Ibo language
[20699]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1937) : Practical suggestions for the learning of an African language in the field
[20700]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1937) : Phonology of Abua
[20701]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1938) : The phonetical structure of Bamum
[20702]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1939) : The pronunciation of Twi
[20703]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1939) : Tone in West African languages
[20704]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1939) : A short study of Wolof (Jolof) as spoken in the Gambia and in Senegal
[20705]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1941) : Ibo dialects and the development of a common language
[20706]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1945) : Report of an investigation of some Gold Coast language problems
[20707]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1948) : Verbal tone patterns in West African languages
[20708]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1949) : Tonal analysis of West African languages
[20709]   Ward, Ida Caroline (1952) : An introduction to the Yoruba language
[20710]   Ware, Helen (1977) : Language problems in demographic field work in Africa: the case of the Cameroon Fertility Survey
[20711]   Wares, Alan C. (1979) : Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics
[20712]   Wares, Alan C. (1985/86) : Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics
[20713]   Warfa, Warfa Jama (1992) : New Somali-English and English-Somali dictionary
[29011]   Warfel, Kevin (2016) : Phuien – French Dictionary
[20714]   Warfel, Kevin D. (1998) : Counting and monetary transactions in Phwie
[25369]   Warji Luke Partnership Project (2006) : Reading and writing Sirzakwai (Warji). A proposal for writing the Warji language
[20715]   Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van (1927/28) : Die Gliederung der südafrikanischen Bantu-Sprachen
[20716]   Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van (1929) : European and other influences in Sotho
[20717]   Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van (1929/30) : Zur Gwamba-Lautlehre
[20718]   Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van (1930) : Early Bantu ethnography from a philological point of view
[20719]   Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van (1931) : Kinship terminology of the South African Bantu
[20720]   Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van (1931/32) : Das Gitonga
[20721]   Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van (1937) : Tshivenda-English dictionary
[20722]   Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van (1952) : Language map of South Africa/Taalkaart van Suid-Afrika
[20723]   Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van (1957) : Neuere Entwicklungen und Bestrebungen in den Bantusprachen Südafrikas
[20724]   Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van (1971) : Courts and court speech in Venda
[20725]   Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van (1989) : Venda dictionary: Tshivenda-English
[20727]   Warner-Lewis, Maureen (1996) : Trinidad Yoruba: from mother tongue to memory
[20726]   Warner, Alan (1963) : A new English in Africa?
[20728]   Warnier, Jean-Pierre (1978) : Noun-classes, lexical stocks and multilingualism and the history of the Cameroon Grassfields
[20729]   Warnier, Jean-Pierre (1980) : Des précurseurs de l’école Berlitz: le multilinguisme des Grassfields du Cameroun au 19è siècle
[20730]   Warren, Dennis M. (1976) : Bibliography and vocabulary of the Akan (Twi-Fante) language of Chana
[20731]   Warsama, Solomon & Roy Clive Abraham (1951) : The principles of Somali
[20732]   Waseka, Lungumbu Bweni (1988) : La conjugaison en lega
[23410]   Washburn, Paul (2001) : A minimalist approach to Khoekhoe declaratives
[28835]   Wasike, Aggrey (2018) : Adjectives in Lubukusu
[20733]   Watema, F. Shabendelo Mulamba (19--) : La situation de contact linguistique au Zaïre (R.D.C.): français, kikongo, swahili et ciluba
[20734]   Watermeyer, Susan (1996) : Afrikaans English
[20735]   Wath, J. G. H. van der , C. J. C. Lemmer , Karl Frey , S. W. J. Venter & H. Wolf (1950) : Report of the commission of enquiry into certain educational matters
[20736]   Watkins, Mark Hanna (1937) : A grammar of Chichewa: a Bantu language of British Central Africa
[20737]   Watkins, Mark Hanna (1978) : Setswana phonemics: Sefokeng dialect
[25318]   Watkins, Mark Hanna (1933) : A Chichewa grammar - Bantu language of British Central Africa.
[20738]   Watson, K. (1974) : Identity deletion phenomena in Lango
[26929]   Watson, Rachel (2015) : Kujireray: morphosyntax, noun classification and verbal nouns
[27558]   Watson, Rachel (2018) : Patterns of lexical correlation and divergence in Casamance
[20739]   Watson, Richard (1984) : Juba Arabic for beginners
[20740]   Watson, Richard (1989) : An introduction to Juba Arabic
[20742]   Watson, Richard L. (1997) : OV word order in Ma’di?
[20741]   Watson, Richard Lyness (1991) : Moru-Ma’di orthographies
[20743]   Watt, J. M. & M. G. Breyer-Brandwijk (1932) : The medical and poisonous plants of southern Africa
[20744]   Watt, J. M. & M. G. Breyer-Brandwijk (1962) : The medical and poisonous plants of southern and eastern Africa
[28602]   Watters, John (2018) : East Benue-Congo
[27447]   Watters, John (Ed) (2018) : East Benue-Congo: Nouns, pronouns, and verbs
[25565]   Watters, John R. (2012) : Tone in western Ejagham (Etung) – Lexical tone on the “minimal” verb forms
[20745]   Watters, John Robert (1979) : Focus in Aghem: a study of its formal correlates and typology
[20746]   Watters, John Robert (1979) : Focus in Aghem: a study of its formal correlates and typology
[20747]   Watters, John Robert (1980) : The Ejagam noun class system: Ekoid Bantu revisited
[20748]   Watters, John Robert (1981) : A phonology and morphology of Ejagham, with notes on dialect variation
[20749]   Watters, John Robert (1983) : The expression of the locative semantic function in (Western) Ejagham
[20750]   Watters, John Robert (1986) : Conference on comparative Bantu linguistics, Butare, Rwanda, August 15-23, 1984
[20752]   Watters, John Robert (1989) : Bantoid overview
[20753]   Watters, John Robert (1990) : Reduplication and the origin of high tone on noun prefixes in Ejagham
[20754]   Watters, John Robert (2000) : Syntax
[20755]   Watters, John Robert (2000) : Tone in Western Ejagham (Etung): the case of lexical and postlexical tone to nouns
[20756]   Watters, John Robert (2001) : Some phonological characteristics of Ejagham (Etung), an Ekoid Bantu language of Cameroon and Nigeria
[20757]   Watters, John Robert (2003) : Grassfields Bantu
[22566]   Watters, John Robert (1982) : Problems in developing an Ejagham orthography
[22886]   Watters, John Robert (1985) : The inclusive/exclusive distinction in Ejagham
[25172]   Watters, John Robert (2010) : Focus and the Ejagham verb system
[20751]   Watters, John Robert & Jacqueline [Warnier] Leroy (1989) : Southern Bantoid
[26428]   Watters, Kathie Swanson (1993) : The Status and Function of Tone in Tira
[20758]   Wawomola, Leo Wambaaya (1---) : Introduction to Lumasaaba grammar: notes and suggestions on how to write Standard Lumasaaba
[20759]   Wayland, E. J. (1931) : Preliminary studies of the tribes of Karamoja: the Labwor, the Wanderobo, the Dodotho, and the Jie; with a note concerning the Karamojong
[20760]   Waziri, Ibrahim Maina (1995) : “Loan words” and “multidictional” words as important lingustic and historical evidence for the Nilo-Saharan (Kanuri) and Afroasiatic/Chadic (Bole of Pikka) language interaction
[20761]   Waziri, Muhammed (1997) : Meanings of Kanuri personal names
[20764]   Weakley, Alastair James (1973) : An introduction to Xhosa ideophone derivation and syntax
[20765]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (1979) : Language attitudes in a segregated society: the Afrikaans-speaking Coloured community in Port Elizabeth, South Africa
[20766]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (1983) : On the South African English vowel system
[20769]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (1990) : Language planning in South Africa: lessons from Namibia
[20770]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (1992) : Language attitudes in South Africa: implications for a post-apartheid democracy
[20771]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (1993) : Die herkoms van oranjerivierafrikaans
[20772]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (1994) : Language policy and planning in RSA
[20773]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (1994) : Revalorizing the autochthonous languages of Africa
[20774]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (1995) : The technicalization of the autochthonous languages of South Africa: constraints from a present day perspective
[20776]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (1996) : Language planning and politics in South Africa
[20779]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (2002) : Language in South Africa: the role of language in national transformation, reconstruction and development
[20781]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (2004) : African languages as media of instruction in South Africa: stating the case
[20767]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (Ed) (1983) : Taalseminaar 83: die funksionalisme
[20768]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (Ed) (1984) : Conference papers from the 20th national conference of the Linguistic Society of Southern Africa
[20775]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (Ed) (1995) : Language in South Africa: an input into language planning for a post-apartheid South Africa = The LiCCA (SA) report
[20778]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] & E. Kembo Sure (Ed) (2001) : African voices: an introduction to the languages and linguistics of Africa
[20777]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] & Mariana Kriel (2000) : Afrikaans and Afrikaner nationalism
[20780]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] , Biki Lepota & Refilwe Ramagoshi (2004) : Using Northern Sotho as medium of instruction in vocational training
[20783]   Weber, E. Alfred Wilhelm (1988) : Introduction to Kalanga/Lilima grammar
[20784]   Weber, Elizabeth G. (1988) : The Bondei object pronoun in clefts and pseudo-clefts
[24338]   Weber, Heather Leona (1994) : A syntactic and morphological sketch of Logbara
[20782]   Weber, Joan & Martin Weber (1987) : A phonology of Kwanja (Súndàní dialect)
[26634]   Weber, Kerstin & Petra Weschenfelder (2014) : Reflections on Old Nubian Grammar
[20785]   Webster, Eric J. (19--) : Boran dictionary
[20786]   Webster, Eric J. (19--) : Boran grammar
[20787]   Webster, Eric J. (1960) : The particle in Boran
[20788]   Webster, Gabriel (1999) : Evidence for weight subcategorization in Ronga
[20789]   Wedderburn, A. (1981) : Towards idiomatic reconstruction in the Nilo-Saharan complex
[20792]   Wedekind, Charlotte (1976) : A brief phonology of Burji
[20797]   Wedekind, Charlotte (1985) : Burji verb morphology and morphophonemics
[20812]   Wedekind, Charlotte & Klaus Wedekind (1995) : A survey of Awngi
[20815]   Wedekind, Charlotte & Klaus Wedekind (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey of the Awngi language of Ethiopia
[20790]   Wedekind, Klaus (1973) : An outline of the grammar of Busa (Nigeria)
[20793]   Wedekind, Klaus (1978) : A short trilingual dictionary of the Gedeo language
[20794]   Wedekind, Klaus (1979) : Sidamo, Gedeo (Derasa), Burji: phonological differences and likenesses
[20795]   Wedekind, Klaus (1983) : A six-tone language in Ethiopia: tonal analysis of Benc4-non4 (Girima)
[20796]   Wedekind, Klaus (1985) : Thoughts when drawing a map of tone languages
[20798]   Wedekind, Klaus (1985) : Gedeo (Derasa) verb morphology and morphophonemics
[20799]   Wedekind, Klaus (1985) : Why Bench’ (Ethiopia) has five level tones today
[20800]   Wedekind, Klaus (1986) : Communication breakdown or Lèse-Majesté: how feudoid subgroups of the Yemma (Janjero) culture talk to each other [with an essay by Kassahun Regga]
[20801]   Wedekind, Klaus (1989) : Status and dynamics of Ethiopian vowel systems
[20802]   Wedekind, Klaus (199-) : [On Gawwada]
[20803]   Wedekind, Klaus (1990) : Gimo-Jan or Ben-Yem-Om: Beng-Yemsa phonemes, tones and words
[20804]   Wedekind, Klaus (1990) : Glottalization constraints and Ethiopian counter-evidence
[20805]   Wedekind, Klaus (1990) : Generating narratives: interrelations of knowledge, text variants and Cushitic focus strategies
[20808]   Wedekind, Klaus (1994) : [Corrections/comments to SIL’s Ethiopian map]
[20809]   Wedekind, Klaus (1995) : A note on “Amuru”
[20811]   Wedekind, Klaus (1995) : [On Xamtanga]
[20813]   Wedekind, Klaus (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the languages of the Gawwada, Tsamay and Diraasha areas, with excursions to Birayle (Ongota) and Arbore (Irbore)
[20814]   Wedekind, Klaus (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Amuru area of Ethiopia
[20818]   Wedekind, Klaus (2002) : Updating linguistic maps
[20820]   Wedekind, Klaus (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the languages of the Gawwada (Dullay), Diraasha (Gidole), Muusiye (Bussa) areas
[22452]   Wedekind, Klaus (1995) : Conclusion of the S.L.L.E. survey
[22884]   Wedekind, Klaus (1976) : Kolá, tpalá, ou kpalá: notes sur les occlusives doubles dans la langue daba-mousgoy (kola) du nord-Cameroun
[23055]   Wedekind, Klaus (1987) : Relevance in conversations in Busa (Nigeria): barking up the wrong moon
[25593]   Wedekind, Klaus (2012) : Sociolinguistic developments affecting Beja dialects
[26338]   Wedekind, Klaus (2008) : Gedeo Dictionary, Revision of 1978
[28499]   Wedekind, Klaus & Abuzeinab Musa (2006-2007) : Beja (Bidhaawyeet): The verb system
[20791]   Wedekind, Klaus & Charlotte Wedekind (1973) : Language survey of north Cameroon
[20806]   Wedekind, Klaus & Charlotte Wedekind (1993) : Survey of languages of the Assosa-Begi-Komosha area - part II
[20807]   Wedekind, Klaus & Charlotte Wedekind (1994) : Survey of Zway in the Zssela area
[20816]   Wedekind, Klaus & Charlotte Wedekind (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report on languages of the Asosa-Begi-Komosha area
[20819]   Wedekind, Klaus & Charlotte Wedekind (2002) : Initial SLLE survey of the Zway area
[25430]   Wedekind, Klaus & Mahmud Mohammed (2008) : A Beja Saga in Four Dialects: Lexical and Other Differences
[24776]   Wedekind, Klaus , Charlotte Wedekind & Musa Abuzeinab (2007) : A Learnerʼs Grammar of Beja (East Sudan); Grammar, Texts and Vocabulary (Beja-English and English-Beja)
[28457]   Wedekind, Klaus , Feki Mahamed , Mohammed Talib , Abuzeinab Musa , Ibrahim Mohammad & Andy Oshe Tahir (2021) : Beja Dictionary (Beja-English-Arabic / English-Beja-Arabic)
[20810]   Wedekind, Micha (1995) : A survey of Boro (Shinasha)
[20817]   Wedekind, Micha & Alga Lemma (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of Boro (Shinasha)
[20821]   Wedin, Ɔsa (2004) : Literacy practices in and out of school in Karagwe: the case of primary school literacy in rural Tanzania
[23397]   Wedin, Ɔsa (2005) : Language ideologies and schooled education in rural Tanzania: the case of Karagwe
[20822]   Wedland, Ernst Richard (1979) : Stylistic form and communicative function in the Nyanja radio narratives of Julius Chongo
[26939]   Wéga Simeu, Abraham (2016) : Grammaire descriptive du pólrì : Eléments de phonologie, morphologie et syntaxe
[26940]   Wéga Simeu, Abraham (2016) : Etude phonologique du pólrí
[24888]   Wegener, Wolfgang (2008) : Basalsprachvergleich. Methoden zum Nachweis entfernter Sprachverwandschaft mit Nachweis semantisch-lautlicher Entsprechungen bezüglich der ursprünglichen Wortbildungsprozesse zwischen dem Indogermanischen und dem Masa-Zweig des Tschadischen
[20823]   Weghsteen, J. (1953) : Kiswahili: sarufi na kazi na sarufi
[20824]   Wehr, Hans (1966) : A dictionary of modern written Arabic
[20825]   Wehr, Hans (1976) : A dictionary of modern written Arabic
[20826]   Wehr, Hans (1979) : A dictionary of modern written Arabic: Arabic-English
[20827]   Weibegué, Ch. & Pierre Palayer (1982) : Lexique lele-français
[20828]   Weier, Hans-Ingolf (1985) : Basisdemonstrativa im Bantu
[20829]   Weier, Hans-Ingolf (1992) : Tonrelationen in Luba-Sprichwörtern: Reimformen auf suprasegmentaler Ebene bei den Baluba und Beena Luluwa in Zaire
[20830]   Weil, Peter M. (1968) : Language distribution in the Gambia: 1966-1967
[20831]   Weinstein, Brian (1980) : Language planning in francophone Africa
[20832]   Weiss, [P.] Henri (1939) : Grammaire et lexique diola du Fogny (Casamance)
[24872]   Weiss, Doris (2009) : Phonologie et morphosyntaxe du maba
[24951]   Weiss, Doris (2007) : Maba Verb Root and Pronouns
[28293]   Weiss, Jonathan (2020) : A Description of Pimbwe (Bantu, Tanzania): Phonology, Grammar and Discourse
[20834]   Welch, F. (1974) : The danger of de-standardizing English
[20833]   Welch, James W. (1933) : The linguistic situation in the western parts of the Niger Delta - Notes and news
[20835]   Welden, Elizabeth Ann (1977) : Prosodic aspects of Cairo Arabic phonology
[20836]   Welden, Elizabeth Ann (1980) : Stress in Cairo Arabic
[20837]   Weldyesus, Weldu Michael (2004) : Locative predication in Tigrinya
[20838]   Wellens, Inneke Hilda Werner (2003) : An Arabic creole in Africa: the Nubi language of Uganda
[20839]   Wells, Julia Christine (1987) : Phonological relationships in Caribbean and West African English
[20840]   Welman, C. W. (1925) : A preliminary study of the Nzima language
[20861]   Welmers, Beatrice F. & William Everrett Welmers (1968) : Igbo: a learner’s manual
[20862]   Welmers, Beatrice F. & William Everrett Welmers (1968) : Igbo: a learner’s dictionary
[23642]   Welmers, Beatrice F. & William Everrett Welmers (1964) : Igbo
[20842]   Welmers, William Everrett (1946) : A descriptive grammar of Fanti
[20843]   Welmers, William Everrett (1948) : Spoken Kpelle
[20844]   Welmers, William Everrett (1949) : Tonemes and tone writing in Maninka
[20845]   Welmers, William Everrett (1949) : Are West African languages monosyllabic?
[20846]   Welmers, William Everrett (1950) : New light on consonant change in Kpelle
[20847]   Welmers, William Everrett (1950) : Notes on two languages in the Senufo group, I: Senadi
[20848]   Welmers, William Everrett (1950) : Notes on two languages in the Senufo group, II: Sup’ide
[20849]   Welmers, William Everrett (1952) : Notes on the structure of Saho
[20850]   Welmers, William Everrett (1952) : Notes on the structure of Bariba
[20851]   Welmers, William Everrett (1953) : African languages and Christian missions
[20852]   Welmers, William Everrett (1957) : Report on Senufo dialect studies
[20853]   Welmers, William Everrett (1959) : Analysis of flounder: a study of Kpelle syntax
[20854]   Welmers, William Everrett (1959) : Note on the classification of African languages
[20855]   Welmers, William Everrett (1960) : The Mande languages
[20856]   Welmers, William Everrett (1962) : The phonology of Kpelle
[20857]   Welmers, William Everrett (1963) : Associative a and ka in Niger-Congo
[20858]   Welmers, William Everrett (1965) : Comments on J. M. Stewart’s ‘The typology of the Twi tone system’
[20859]   Welmers, William Everrett (1968) : Efik
[20860]   Welmers, William Everrett (1968) : Jukun of Wukari and Jukun of Takum
[20863]   Welmers, William Everrett (1969) : Strutural notes on Urhobo
[20865]   Welmers, William Everrett (1970) : Igbo tonology
[20866]   Welmers, William Everrett (1970) : Language change and language relationships in Africa
[20867]   Welmers, William Everrett (1970) : The derivation of Igbo verb phrases
[20868]   Welmers, William Everrett (1971) : Checklist of African language and dialect names
[20869]   Welmers, William Everrett (1971) : Christian missions and language policies
[20870]   Welmers, William Everrett (1971) : The typology of the proto-Niger-Kordofanian noun class system
[20871]   Welmers, William Everrett (1971) : Niger-Congo, Mande
[20872]   Welmers, William Everrett (1973) : African language structures
[20873]   Welmers, William Everrett (1976) : A grammar of Vai
[20874]   Welmers, William Everrett (1977) : The Kru languages: a progress report
[24617]   Welmers, William Everrett (1969) : The Morphology of Kpelle Nominals
[20864]   Welmers, William Everrett & Beatrice F. Welmers (1969) : Noun modifiers in Igbo
[25191]   Welmers, William Everrett & C.K. Kandakai (1974) : A Vai-English Dictionary (Preliminary Draft)
[20841]   Welmers, William Everrett & Zellig Sabbetai Harris (1942) : The phonemes of Fanti
[20875]   Wendland, Ernst (1975) : Lexical recycling in Chewa discourse
[20876]   Wendland, Ernst (1984) : A sketch of English borrowings in the Nyanja narratives of Julius Chongo
[20877]   Wendland, Ernst (1993) : Comparative discourse analysis and the translation of Psalm 22 in Chichewa, a Bantu language of south-central Africa
[23080]   Wendland, Ernst (1989) : Preliminary examination of timing in Nyanja narrative discourse
[20878]   Wenhold, H. (1933) : Setsoana grammatical terminology
[20879]   Weninger, Stefan (1993) : Ge‘ez (Classical Ethiopic)
[20880]   Weninger, Stefan (1999) : Ge‘ez (Classical Ethiopic)
[26538]   Weninger, Stefan (2014) : Wandering along the Border of Finiteness: The Ge’ez and Tigrinya Converb(s) in a Diachronic Perspective
[27233]   Wenji, Sunday K. , Alaska D Galadim & Jonathan Wɛbe (2017) : Eshap Ekoro Avɛ ne Egyeta Avɛ ne Enyankpa / Parts of Speech in the Nyankpa Language
[20882]   Wente-Lucas, R. (1973/74) : Zur sprachlichen Stellung des Bana
[20881]   Wente, Edward Frank (1959) : The syntax of verbs of motion in Egyptian
[20883]   Wentum, Comfort (1997) : A lexical tonology of Ga
[20884]   Wentzel, Petrus Johannes (1961) : Die fonologie en morfologie van westelike Shona
[20885]   Wentzel, Petrus Johannes (1974) : A new practical method of describing sound changes in Venda
[20888]   Wentzel, Petrus Johannes (1981) : The relationship between Venda and Western Shona
[20890]   Wentzel, Petrus Johannes (1983) : Nau dzabaKalanga, III: the relationship between Venda and Western Shona
[20892]   Wentzel, Petrus Johannes (1987) : Ikalanga grammar
[20887]   Wentzel, Petrus Johannes (Ed) (1980) : Proceedings of the 3rd African languages congress of UNISA
[20891]   Wentzel, Petrus Johannes & George Poulos (1986) : Aspects of Venda grammar
[20886]   Wentzel, Petrus Johannes & T. W. Muloiwa (1976) : Drietaliege elementêre woordeboek/Trilingual elementary dictionary: Venda-Afrikaans-English
[20889]   Wentzel, Petrus Johannes & T. W. Muloiwa (1982) : Venda-Afrikaans-English improved trilingual dictionary
[20893]   Were, Gideon S. (1967) : The tense system of Gusii
[20894]   Werle, Johannes-Martin (1971) : Note sur une alternance de la voyelle pronominale dans le système verbal abidji
[22932]   Werle, Johannes-Martin (1976) : Remarques sur la structure d’information en bété (langue kru de Côte d’Ivoire)
[20895]   Werle, Johannes-Martin & Dagou Justin Gbalehi (1976) : Phonologie et morphologie du bété de la région de Guibéroua
[20896]   Werle, Johannes-Martin , Ann Hook & Gnoléba Raymond Zogbo (1977) : Enquête dialectale de bété
[20897]   Werner, Alice (1920) : Zulu exercises
[20898]   Werner, Alice (1925) : The language families of Africa
[20900]   Werner, Alice (1929) : English contributions to the study of African languages
[20901]   Werner, Alice (1929) : Some Bantu linguistic problems
[20902]   Werner, Alice (1929) : An alphabetical acrostic in a northern dialect of Swahili
[20903]   Werner, Alice (1930) : Structure and relationship of African languages
[20904]   Werner, Alice (1930) : A first Swahili book
[20905]   Werner, Alice (1930) : English contributions to the study of African languages
[20906]   Werner, Alice (1932) : Méthodes et buts de l’étude des langues africaines
[20907]   Werner, Alice (1932) : Zulu grammar - Correspondence to the editor
[20899]   Werner, Alice & M. H. Werner (1927) : A first Swahili book
[20908]   Werner, Roland (1987) : Grammatik des Nobiin (Nilnubisch): Phonologie, Tonologie und Morphologie
[20909]   Werner, Roland (1989) : Das ‘Vocabulary of the Kensy and Nouba languages’ des John Lewis Burckhardt im Vergleich mit dem heutigen Nilnubisch ; Teil 1
[20910]   Werner, Roland (1993) : Tìdn-áal: a study of Midob (Darfur-Nubian)
[20911]   Werther, Betty (1987) : Bantu: a language, a culture, a common heritage
[20912]   Wesana-Chomi, E. (1974) : Subordinate adverbial clauses in English and Swahili: a descriptive-comparative study
[20913]   Wesana-Chomi, E. (1978) : A note on the apparent problem in the description of copula constructions in Kiswahili
[20914]   Wesana-Chomi, E. (1986) : The status of nga, nge and ki in Kiswahili
[20915]   Wesana-Chomi, E. (1989) : On the classification of sentences in Swahili
[23439]   Wesana-Chomi, E. (1972) : Swahili sentence structure
[20916]   Wescott, Roger W. (1962) : A Bini grammar, 1: phonology
[20917]   Wescott, Roger W. (1962) : A Bini grammar, 2: morphology
[20918]   Wescott, Roger W. (1967) : African languages and African prehistory
[20919]   Wescott, Roger W. (1970) : Bini color terms
[20920]   Wescott, Roger W. (1973) : Tonal icons in Bini
[20921]   Wescott, Roger W. (1975) : Tonal iconicity in Bini colour terms
[20922]   Wescott, Roger W. (1977) : Ideophones in Bini and English
[20923]   Wessels, B. (1986) : Fanakalo: lingua franca of the mining community
[20924]   Wessels, B. (1987) : Fanakalo: lingua franca of the mining community
[20925]   Wessetsky, W. (1945) : Über die Verwendung des Schriftzeichnes sp 2 als Hervorhebung des vorangehenden Wortes oder Satzes
[20926]   Westcott, W. H. (1---) : Concise grammar of Luna Inkongo
[20927]   Westermann, Diedrich (1920/21) : Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Zarma-Songhai am Niger
[20928]   Westermann, Diedrich (1921) : Die Gola-Sprache in Liberia: Grammatik, Texte und Wörterbuch
[20929]   Westermann, Diedrich (1921) : A grammatical guide and numerous idioms and phrases for beginners in the Ewe dialect
[20931]   Westermann, Diedrich (1922) : Die Sprache der Guang in Togo und auf der Goldküste und fünf anderen Togosprachen
[20932]   Westermann, Diedrich (1922) : Gbesela or English-Ewe dictionary
[20933]   Westermann, Diedrich (1923/24) : Drei Erzählungen in der Kpelle-Sprache; Wörterverzeichnis Deutsch-Kpelle
[20934]   Westermann, Diedrich (1925) : Die Kpelle-Sprache in Liberia: grammatische Einführung, Texte und Wörterbuch
[20935]   Westermann, Diedrich (1925) : Place and function of the vernacular in African education
[20936]   Westermann, Diedrich (1925) : Das Tschi und Guang: ihre Stellung innerhalb der Ewe-Tschi-Gruppe (Westsudanische Studien, 1)
[20937]   Westermann, Diedrich (1926) : Das Ibo in Südnigerien: seine Stellung innerhalb der Kwa-Sprachen (Westsudanische Studien, 2)
[20938]   Westermann, Diedrich (1926) : Die Gruppierung der westafrikanischen Sprachen
[20939]   Westermann, Diedrich (1926) : Das Edo in Nigerien: seine Stellung innerhalb der Kwa-Sprachen (Westsudanische Studien, 3)
[20940]   Westermann, Diedrich (1927) : Die westlichen Sudansprachen und ihre Beziehungen zum Bantu
[20941]   Westermann, Diedrich (1927) : Laut, Ton und Sinn in westafrikanischen Sudansprachen
[20942]   Westermann, Diedrich (1927) : Proposals for a practical orthography for African languages
[20943]   Westermann, Diedrich (1927) : A common script for Twi, Fante, Gã and Ewe
[20944]   Westermann, Diedrich (1927) : Das Nupe in Nigerien: seine Stellung innerhalb der Kwa-Sprachen (Westsudanische Studien, 4)
[20945]   Westermann, Diedrich (1928) : Evefiala, or Ewe-English dictionary
[20947]   Westermann, Diedrich (1928) : A visit to the Gold Coast
[20948]   Westermann, Diedrich (1929) : The linguistic situation and vernacular literature in British West Africa
[20949]   Westermann, Diedrich (1928) : Die westatlantische Gruppe der Sudansprachen (Westsudanische Studien, 5)
[20951]   Westermann, Diedrich (1930) : A study of the Ewe language
[20952]   Westermann, Diedrich (1930) : Gbesela Yeye or English-Ewe dictionary
[20953]   Westermann, Diedrich (1933) : Die Animere-Sprache in Togo
[20955]   Westermann, Diedrich (1933) : Swahili as the lingua franca of East Africa
[20956]   Westermann, Diedrich (1933) : Drei Dialekte des Tem in Togo: Delo, Cãla und Bagó [nach Aufnahmen von A. Mischlich]
[20957]   Westermann, Diedrich (1934) : A standard Hausa dictionary
[20958]   Westermann, Diedrich (1934) : The standardization of African languages
[20959]   Westermann, Diedrich (1935) : Character und Einteilung der Sudansprachen
[20960]   Westermann, Diedrich (1935) : Nominalklassen in den westafrikanischen Klassensprachen und in den Bantusprachen
[20961]   Westermann, Diedrich (1937) : Vernacular education in Africa - Yes or No?
[20962]   Westermann, Diedrich (1937) : Laut und Sinn in einigen westafrikanischen Sprachen
[20963]   Westermann, Diedrich (1937) : Tonhöhe und Sprachmelodi
[20964]   Westermann, Diedrich (1939) : The study of African languages: present results and future needs
[20965]   Westermann, Diedrich (1939) : Die Ewe-Sprache in Togo: eine praktische Einführung
[20966]   Westermann, Diedrich (1940) : Sprache und Erziehung
[20967]   Westermann, Diedrich (1940) : Afrikanische Tabusitten in ihrer Einwirkung auf die Sprachgestaltung
[20968]   Westermann, Diedrich (1940) : Die Sprachen Afrikas
[20969]   Westermann, Diedrich (1942) : Die Frage im Ewe
[20970]   Westermann, Diedrich (1943) : Beziehungen zwischen Völkerkunde und Sprachforschung, dargelegt am Wörterbuch der Ewesprache
[20971]   Westermann, Diedrich (1943/44) : Der Wortbau des Ewe
[20972]   Westermann, Diedrich (1944) : Form und Funktion der Reduplikation in einigen westafrikanischen Sprachen
[20973]   Westermann, Diedrich (1944) : Das Oxoriok: eine sprachliche Skizze
[20974]   Westermann, Diedrich (1947) : Pluralbildung und Nominalklassen in einigen afrikanischen Sprachen
[20975]   Westermann, Diedrich (1949) : Sprachbeziehungen und Sprachverwandtschaft in Afrika
[20977]   Westermann, Diedrich (1951) : Die Sprache der Pygmäen
[20978]   Westermann, Diedrich (1952) : African linguistic classification
[20980]   Westermann, Diedrich (1952) : Der Gu-Dialekt des Ewe
[20981]   Westermann, Diedrich (1954) : Wörterbuch der Ewe-Sprache
[20982]   Westermann, Diedrich (1954/55) : Die Togo-Restvölker und ihre Sprachen
[20983]   Westermann, Diedrich (1955) : Ein Wörterbuch der Ewe-Sprache
[20984]   Westermann, Diedrich (1961) : Die Ewe-Sprache in Togo: eine praktische Einführung
[28696]   Westermann, Diedrich (1903) : Die Logba-Sprache in Togo
[20950]   Westermann, Diedrich & Hans J. Melzian (1930) : The Kpelle language in Liberia: grammatical outline, coloquial sentences and vocabulary
[20954]   Westermann, Diedrich & Ida Caroline Ward (1933) : Practical phonetics for students of African languages
[20976]   Westermann, Diedrich & Ida Caroline Ward (1949) : Practical phonetics for students of African languages
[20979]   Westermann, Diedrich & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1952) : The languages of West Africa
[20985]   Westhuizen, P. J. W. S. van der (1972) : Tydsaanduiding in die Gobabis-!Xû
[20986]   Westhuizen, P. J. W. S. van der (1979) : Tydsaanduiding in die Gobabis-!Xû
[20987]   Westhuizen, P. J. W. S. van der (1979) : Voorgestelde ortografie vir !Xû (Qguñ)
[20988]   Westhuizen, P. J. W. S. van der (1984) : Boesmanbybelvertaling
[20989]   Westhuizen, P. J. W. S. van der (1985) : Die Boesmans: hulle kultuur, godsdiens, taal, Bybelvertaling en toekoms
[20990]   Westley, David (1982) : Rethinking the Hausa ‘relative’
[23498]   Westley, David (2001) : A bibliography of Swahili language and linguistics
[20991]   Westlind, Nils & E. Karlman (1926) : Vocabulaire: français-kongo, kongo-français
[20992]   Weston, Alfred B. (1965) : Law in Swahili: a problem of developing a national language
[20993]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (19--) : Not all Bushmen are Bushmen
[20994]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1945) : The indicative mood and its classification in Southern Bantu
[20995]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1945) : Unpublished field notes on Nama and Naron
[20996]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1946) : The unification of Bantu languages
[20997]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1946) : A scientific analysis of the phonetics, morphology and syntax of the Venda language
[20998]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1950) : The stative conjugation in Zulu, Sotho and Venda
[20999]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1951) : The tone of verb stems in Xhosa
[21000]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1953-1971) : The E.O.J. Westphal papers
[21001]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1955) : The sentence in Venda
[21002]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1956) : The non-Bantu languages of southern Africa (supplement)
[21003]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1957) : On linguistic relationship
[21004]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1958) : Kwangari: an index of lexical types
[21005]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1958) : An introductory comparative study of negation in Bantu
[21006]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1961) : Olungkhumbi vocabulary: a pre-lexicographical study
[21007]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1962) : On classifying Bushman and Hottentot languages
[21008]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1962) : A re-classification of southern African non-Bantu languages
[21009]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1962) : Venda: tonal structure and intonation
[21010]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1963) : The linguistic prehistory of southern Africa: Bush, Kwadi, Hottentot and Bantu linguistic relationships
[21012]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1964) : An example of complex language contacts in Ngamiland B.P.
[21013]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1965) : Uma viagem de investigaçâo linguística no Kalahari ; parte 1
[21014]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1965) : Uma viagem de investigaçâo linguística no Kalahari ; parte 2
[21015]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1966) : Linguistic research in SWA and Angola
[21016]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1968) : Sentence analysis, word categories and identification in southern African languages
[21017]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1970) : Analysing, describing and teaching Bantu languages
[21018]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1971) : The click languages of southern and eastern Africa
[21019]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1971) : Vowel systems and x-ray photography: an assessment of the cardinal vowel chart
[21020]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1973) : African language model in the class-room
[21021]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1973) : Syllable and sound change in Southern Bantu languages
[21022]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1974) : Notes on A. Traill: “N4 or S7?”
[21024]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1980) : The age of ‘Bushman’ languages in southern Africa
[21025]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1983) : Classificatory characters of Khoe languages
[21023]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes , J. R. Masiea , S. M. Tindleni , H. M. Jimba , I. V. Mzileni & M. T. Matiela (1974) : The verbal extensions in southern Bantu languages: a descriptive and comparative classification
[21011]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes , M. Notshweleka & S. M. Tindleni (1964) : Tonal profiles of Xhosa nominals
[21026]   Wet, F. de & E. C. Botha (1999) : Towards speech technology for South African languages: automatic speech recognition in Xhosa
[21027]   Wet, N. C. de , G. S. Niemann & Fusi Zacharias Aunyane Matsela (2001) : Language rights versus educational realities: a South African perspective
[24407]   Wetshemongo, Kamomba Michel (1996) : Systématique grammaticale de lʼotetela (langue bantu du Zaïre)
[25750]   Wetter, Andreas (2010) : Das Argobba. Eine deskriptive Grammatik der Varietät von Shonke und T’ollaha (Zentraläthiopien).
[25754]   Wetter, Andreas (2010) : Converbs in Argobba
[21028]   Wexler, P. (1980) : Problems in monitoring the diffusion of Arabic into West and Central African languages
[21029]   Weydling, Georg (1942) : Einführung ins Hausa
[23420]   Whaley, Lindsay J. (1995) : Kinyarwanda topics and object-subject reversal
[21031]   White, Charles Matthew Newton (1943) : Lunda-English vocabulary
[21032]   White, Charles Matthew Newton (1944) : The noun prefixes of the west-central zone of Bantu languages
[21033]   White, Charles Matthew Newton (1944) : A Lwena-English vocabulary
[21034]   White, Charles Matthew Newton (1947) : A comparative survey of the verb forms in the West Central Bantu group (Lunda, Lwena, Chokwe and Luchazi)
[21035]   White, Charles Matthew Newton (1949) : A short Lwena grammar
[21036]   White, Charles Matthew Newton (1951) : Modern influences upon an African language group (Lunda, Lwena, Chokwe and Luchazi)
[21037]   White, Charles Matthew Newton (1955) : A Luvale-English phrase book
[21038]   White, Charles Matthew Newton (1957) : A Lunda-English Vocabulary
[21039]   White, Charles Matthew Newton (196-) : A Chokwe grammar
[21041]   White, Julia (1992) : A study of the relationship between process writing and cognitive strategies in first year humanities students at the University of Zimbabwe
[21040]   White, T. Hedley (1979) : A short English-Swahili medical dictionary
[21030]   White, W. H. (1---) : Manuscript vocabulary of Ngombe
[21042]   Whitehead, John (1926) : The possibility of standardized Swahili
[27050]   Whitehead, John (1899) : Grammar and dictionary of the Bobangi language - as spoken over a part of the Upper Congo, West Central Africa
[21043]   Whitehead, John & L. F. Whitehead (1926) : Standard Kiswahili
[21044]   Whitehead, John & L. F. Whitehead (1928) : Manuel de Kingwana
[14636]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (19--) : Ki-Pokomu vocabulary list
[21045]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1935-1972) : Manuscripts, papers, correspondence, etc.
[21046]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1951) : Material for a Makonde-English, English-Makonde dictionary
[21047]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1951) : Introduction to the study of Makonde
[21048]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1951) : Materials for a Makua-English, English-Makua dictionary
[21049]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1953) : Studies in Iraqw: an introduction
[21050]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1954) : Linguistic research in East Africa
[21051]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1955) : Kimwita: an inquiry into dialectal status and characteristics
[21052]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1955) : The structure of Kuria verbal and its position in the sentence
[21053]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1956) : The changing position of Swahili in West Africa
[21054]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1956) : A practical introduction to Gusii
[21055]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1956) : Ki-Mtang’ata: a dialect of the Mrima coast (Tanganyika)
[21056]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1957) : Language and politics in East Africa
[21057]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1957) : The work of the East African Swahili Committee 1930-1957
[21058]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1958) : The dialects and verse of Pemba: an introduction
[21059]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1958) : A short description of item categories in Iraqw, with material on Gorowa, Alagwa and Burunge
[21060]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1959) : Kinship terminology and the initial vowel
[21061]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1959) : An introduction to rural dialects of Zanzibar ; part 1
[21062]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1959) : Swahili and the classical tradition
[21063]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1960) : The tense system of Gusii
[21064]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1960) : Linguistic hybrids - Notes and news
[21065]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1960) : An introduction to rural dialects of Zanzibar ; part 2
[21066]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1960) : The verbal radical in Iraqw
[21067]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1961) : Shape and meaning in Yao nominal classes
[21068]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1961) : Further problems in the study of Swahili sentences
[21069]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1961) : Some problems of the syntax of sentences in a Bantu language of East Africa
[21070]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1961) : Political concepts and connotations: observations on the use of some political terms in Swahili
[21072]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1963) : Loan words in Kamba: a preliminary survey
[21073]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1964) : Suggestions for recording a Bantu language in the field
[21074]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1964) : Problems of a lingua franca: Swahili and the trade-unions
[21075]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1964) : Swahili as a lingua franca in East Africa
[21076]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1965) : Notes on the Ci-Miini dialect of Swahili
[21077]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1965) : Chagga languages
[21078]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1966) : A study of Yao sentences
[21079]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1966) : Priorities for linguistic research
[21080]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1966) : Social antropology, meaning and linguistics
[21081]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1967) : Swahili nominal classes and English loan-words: a preliminary survey
[21082]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1967) : Loanwords in linguistic description: a case study from Tanzania, East Africa
[21083]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1967) : Swahili: Tanzanias nationalsprog [Swahili: Tanzania’s national language]
[21084]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1968) : Some problems of transitivity in Swahili
[21085]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1968) : Ideal and reality in national language policy: a case study from Tanzania
[21087]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1969) : Swahili: the rise of a national language
[21088]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1969) : Language choice and language planning in East Africa
[21089]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1969) : Swahili: the national language of Tanzania
[21090]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1969) : Swahili: Tanzanias nationalsprog [Swahili: Tanzania’s national language]
[21091]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1970) : Notes on the syntax of the passive in Swahili
[21092]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1971) : Language policies of independent African states
[21094]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1971) : Some factors influencing language policies in eastern Africa
[21095]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1972) : Case complexes in Swahili
[21096]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1972) : Why teach African languages in a British university?
[21097]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1973) : Colour-words and colour-values: the evidence from Gusii
[21098]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1973) : Sociolinguistic surveys at the national level
[21100]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1974) : The classification and distribution of Kenya’s African languages
[21101]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1974) : Some patterns of language use in the rural areas of Kenya
[21102]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1974) : Language policies of independent African states
[21103]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1974) : Kenya’s Asian languages
[21093]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (Ed) (1971) : Language use and social change: problems of multilingualism with special reference to eastern Africa - studies presented and discussed at the ninth international African seminar at University College, Dar es Salaam, December 1968
[21099]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (Ed) (1974) : Language in Kenya
[21086]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell & J. D. Mganga (1969) : Focus and entailment: further problems of transitivity in Swahili
[21071]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell & M. G. Muli (1962) : Practical introduction to Kamba
[21104]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1974) : Contextual specialization and idiomaticity: a case study from Swahili
[21106]   Whybrow, C. (1948) : Some Sukuma bird names
[21107]   Wichser, Magdalena (1994) : Description grammaticale du kar, langue sénoufo du Burkina-Faso
[22865]   Wichser, Magdalena & Marlis Bühler (1979) : Description phonologique du karaboro
[21108]   Widlok, Thomas (1995) : The “irrealis” at work in Hai//om
[21109]   Widlok, Thomas (1996) : Topographical gossip and the indexicality of Hai//om environmental knowledge
[21110]   Widlok, Thomas (1997) : €Akhoe pragmatics, Hai//om identity and the Khoekhoe language
[21111]   Widlok, Thomas (1997) : Orientation in the wild: the shared cognition of Hai//om bushpeople
[21112]   Widlok, Thomas (1998) : Cognitive foundations of Khoisan common sense
[21113]   Widlok, Thomas (1999) : A place to rest and to talk: spatial and linguistic shifts in northern Namibia
[21114]   Wiegräbe, Paul (1931) : A reader in the vernacular for West Africa
[21115]   Wielligh, Gideon Retief von (1925) : Ons geselstaal
[21116]   Wiering, Elisabeth (1974) : The indicative verb in Doowaayaayo
[21117]   Wiering, Marius & Elisabeth Wiering (1976) : Description phonologique de doohwaayaayo (parler de Poli)
[22870]   Wiering, Marius & Elisabeth Wiering (1994) : The Doyayo language: selected studies
[22899]   Wiering, Marius & Elisabeth Wiering (1977) : Doohwaayaayo
[21118]   Wieschoff, H. A. (1941) : Social significance of names among the Ibo of Nigeria
[21119]   Wiese, H. (1933) : Igrama lesizulu
[21122]   Wiesemann, Ursula (1982) : Switch reference in Bantu languages
[21124]   Wiesemann, Ursula (1986) : Aspect and mood as a nine-cell matrix
[21125]   Wiesemann, Ursula (1989) : A importância do tom no sistema ortográfico
[21126]   Wiesemann, Ursula (1991) : Tone and intonational features in Fon
[22852]   Wiesemann, Ursula (1988) : Niger-Congo noun class systems
[22885]   Wiesemann, Ursula (1982) : The phonology and orthography of Tupuri
[22895]   Wiesemann, Ursula (1990) : Seven tones or two? Another look at complex tone systems in West Africa
[21120]   Wiesemann, Ursula (Ed) (1981) : Chadic language studies in northern Cameroon
[21121]   Wiesemann, Ursula & Noël le Mbaïndo Djemadjioudjiel (1981) : Prominence in Ngambay
[16536]   Wiesemann, Ursula , Daniel Boursier & Jean Mokoto (1984) : Le syntagme nominale en bangando
[21123]   Wiesemann, Ursula , Etienne Sadembouo & Maurice Tadadjeu (1983) : Guide pour le développement des systèmes d’écriture des langues africaines
[21127]   Wiesmann, H. (1927) : Fortsetzung eines Relativsatzes durch eine Hauptsatz- bzw. Demonstrativsatzkonstruktion im Koptischen
[21128]   Wiesmann, Hannes (Ed) (2000) : Éléments du discours narratif dans les textes win (toussain du sud)
[23566]   Wiesmann, Hannes (Ed) (2000) : Éléments du discours narratif dans les textes win (toussian du sud)
[21129]   Wightwick, Jane & Mahmoud Gaafar (1986) : Colloquial Arabic of Egypt
[21130]   Wightwick, Jane & Mahmoud Gaafar (2004) : Colloquial Arabic of Egypt: the complete course for beginners
[21131]   Wijnman, H. F. (1960) : An outline of the development of Ethiopian typography in Europe
[21133]   Wild, Hiram (1952) : A Southern Rhodesian botanical dictionary of native and English plant names
[21134]   Wild, Hiram , H. M. Biegel , S. Mavi & others (1972) : A Rhodesian botanical dictionary of African and English plant names
[21132]   Wild, J. V. (1---) : Vocabulary of a few words and sentences of Orom
[21135]   Wilde, L. de (1944) : Études relatives aux langues bantoues en Afrique du Sud
[21136]   Wildshere, A. D. (1953) : Some language problems in East Africa
[21137]   Wildsmith-Cromarty, Rosemary (2003) : Do learners leran Zulu the way children do? A response to Suzman
[21138]   Wilhelm, Joachim Helmuth (1921/22) : Aus dem Wortschatz der !Kuñ- und der Hukwe-Buschmannscprache
[28573]   Wilhelmsen, Vera (2019) : Mbugwe F34
[24599]   Wilhoit, Laura Kikue (1999) : A Principles and Parameters Approach To Loma Grammar
[21139]   Wilken, Pam & Refilwe M. Malimabe (1994) : Understanding everyday Setswana: a vocabulary and reference book
[21140]   Wilkendorf, Patricia (1986) : The marking of tense in Nomaande
[21141]   Wilkendorf, Patricia (1988) : Negation in Nomaándé
[21142]   Wilkendorf, Patricia (1991) : Floating high tones in Nomaande locatives
[21143]   Wilkendorf, Patricia (1991) : Le système temporel et aspectuel de la langue nomaande
[22869]   Wilkendorf, Patricia (1994) : Cohesion and dicontinuities in Nomaande expository discourse
[23683]   Wilkendorf, Patricia (1987/2004) : Exposé de l’alphabet et de l’orthographe du nomaande
[21144]   Wilkes, A. (1971) : Die agtervoegsels van die werkwoord in Zulu
[21145]   Wilkes, A. (1973) : Werkwoorde met die resiprokale agtervoegsel in Zulu: ’n grammatiese studie
[21146]   Wilkes, A. (1974) : Oor die sogenaamde ekslusiewe kwantitatiewe in Zulu
[21147]   Wilkes, A. (1976) : Oor die voornaamwoorde van Zulu met besondere verwysing an die sogenaamde demonstratiewe en absolute voornaamwoorde
[21148]   Wilkes, A. (1978) : Some notes on the semantic case relations in sentences with applicative verbs in Zulu
[21149]   Wilkes, A. (1985) : Word and word division: a study of some orthographical problems in the writing systems of the Nguni and Sotho languages
[21150]   Wilkes, A. (1987) : Comments on the function of the abbreviated absolute pronouns in Zulu grammar
[21151]   Wilkes, A. (1988) : Zulu grammar and the new school syllabuses for Zulu
[21152]   Wilkes, A. (1991) : Laying to rest certain myths concerning the subjunctive past tense in Zulu
[21153]   Wilkes, A. (1997) : Language contact and language change: the case of southern Transvaal Ndebele
[21154]   Wilkes, A. (1999) : Language contact and language change: the case of southern Transvaal Ndebele, a Nguni language spoken in the Republic of South Africa
[21155]   Wilkes, A. (2001) : Northern and Southern Ndebele: why harmonizing will not work
[23542]   Wilkes, A. & Nyiko Norman Nkosi (1995) : Teach yourself Zulu: a complete course for beginners
[21156]   Wilkie, M. B. (1930) : Gã grammar, notes and exercises
[21157]   Wilkins, W. & Alexandre Kimenyi (1975) : Strategies for constructing a definite description: some evidence from Kinyarwanda
[21158]   Wilkinson, Robert W. (1975) : The phonemic status of midtone in Ebolowa Bulu
[21159]   Wilkinson, Robert W. (1975) : Tunen tone changes and derived phonological contrast
[21160]   Wilkinson, Robert W. (1976) : Contrast preservation in Yoruba
[26331]   Wilkinson, Sarah & Wolfgang Berndt (2011) : Esquisse de grammaire de la langue karone
[21161]   Wilks, Ivor (1962) : The Mande loan element in Twi
[21162]   Will, Hans-Georg (1989) : Sketch of Me’en grammar
[21163]   Will, Hans-Georg (1991) : Attribution in Me’en
[21164]   Will, Hans-Georg (1991) : Me’en: a Bodi-Tishena dialect comparison
[21165]   Will, Hans-Georg (1993) : Adverbial clauses and topicalization in Me’en
[21166]   Will, Hans-Georg (1993) : Me‘en phonology
[21167]   Will, Hans-Georg (1998) : The Me’en verb system: does Me’en have tenses?
[21168]   Will, Izabella (2001) : Syntactic accommodation within the verbal phrase in Hausa
[21169]   Willcocks, William (1925) : Syria, Egypt, North Africa and Malta speak Punic, not Arabic
[21170]   Willemen, J. (1928) : Dhopadhola grammar
[21171]   Willems, Emil (1950) : Le tshiluba du Kasaï pour débutants
[21172]   Willems, Emil (1955) : Le tshiluba du Kasaï pour débutants
[21173]   Willems, Emil (1970) : Le tshiluba du Kasaï pour débutants
[21174]   Willems, Emil (1986) : Dictionnaire français-tshiluba
[21175]   Willems, Emil (1988) : Le tshiluba du Kasaï
[25122]   Willems, Emil (1993) : Vocabulaire tshiluba-français, français-tshiluba. Revu et augmenté par Em. Willems
[27905]   Willemsen, Jeroen (2014) : A grammatical sketch of Tiv.
[21184]   Williams, Charles [Kemp] F. (1989) : Chadic diachronic syntax: reconstruction of word order in Proto-Chadic
[21183]   Williams, David (1982) : Attitudes towards vaieties of Nigerian spoken English
[21186]   Williams, Eddie , Paul Thompson , Grace Varela & Andrew Makocho (2001) : Again! Kawarinso! Repetition in English and ChiChewa in Malawi classroom discourse
[22396]   Williams, Edwin S. (1976) : Underlying tone in Margi and Igbo
[27546]   Williams, Elias (2018) : Aspects of Jogo phonology
[22867]   Williams, Gary (1979) : Esquisse phonologique du nouni
[21185]   Williams, Gordon (1994) : Intelligibility and language boundaries among the Cangin peoples of Senegal
[23072]   Williams, Gordon & Sara Williams (1993) : Enquête sociolinguistique sur les langues Cangin de la région de Thiès au Sénégal
[21176]   Williams, Joseph J. (1930) : Hebrewisms of West Africa: from Nile to Niger with the Jews
[21180]   Williams, R. M. (1973) : A lexico-statistical look at Oluluyia
[21177]   Williams, R. O. (1949) : The useful and ornamental plants of Zanzibar and Pemba
[21178]   Williams, Wayne Richard (1971) : Serial verb constructions in Krio
[21181]   Williams, Wayne Richard (1975) : Variation in the Krio speech community
[21182]   Williams, Wayne Richard (1976) : Linguistic change in the syntax and semantics of Sierra Leone Krio
[21187]   Williamson, J. (1947) : The use of Arabic script in Swahili
[21188]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1959) : The units of an African tone language
[21189]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1963) : The syntax of verbs of motion in Ijo
[21190]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1963) : History through linguistics
[21191]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1965) : Results from the linguistic questionnaire
[21192]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1965) : A grammar of the Kolokuma dialect of Ijo
[21193]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1966) : The status of /e/ in Ònicha Ìgbo
[21194]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1966) : Ijo dialects in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[21195]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1966) : The sound system and spelling of Ijo
[21196]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1967) : Songhai word list (Gao dialect)
[21197]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1967) : The sound system and spelling of Ijo
[21198]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1968) : An introduction to Ìká and Úkwuàni
[21199]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1968) : Languages of the Niger Delta
[21200]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1968) : Introduction to R. E. Bradbury’s comparative Edo wordlists
[21201]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1968) : The sound system and spelling of Ijo
[21202]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1968) : Deep and surface structure in tone languages
[21203]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1969) : A grammar of the Kolokuma dialect of Ijo
[21204]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1969) : Igbo
[21205]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1969) : Ijo
[21207]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1970) : Some food plant names in the Niger Delta
[21208]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1970) : The definition of a tone language
[21209]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1970) : The generative treatment of downstep
[21210]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1970) : Some alternative proposals for the Igbo completive phrase
[21211]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1970) : Reading and writing Ikwere
[21212]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1970) : Reading and writing Nembe
[21213]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1970) : Reading and writing Epie
[21214]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1970) : Reading and writing Echie
[21215]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1971) : The Benue-Congo languages and Ijo
[21217]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1972) : Igbo-English dictionary, based on the Onitsha dialect
[21218]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1972) : Assimilation in Ogbia
[21219]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1972) : Summary of tonal behaviour
[21220]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1972) : The Nigerian Rivers Readers Project
[21221]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1972) : Reading and writing Kalabari
[21222]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1972) : Reading and writing Ogbia
[21223]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1972) : Reading and writing Okrika
[21224]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1972) : Reading and writing Ogbah
[21226]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1973) : More on nasals and nasalization in Kwa
[21227]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1973) : Some reduced vowel harmony systems
[21228]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1973) : The lower Niger languages
[21229]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1973) : Reading and writing Echie
[21230]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1973) : Reading and writing Eleme
[21231]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1974) : Reading and writing Egbema
[21232]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1974) : Principles of a good orthography
[21233]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1975) : Metre in Izon funeral dirges
[21234]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1975) : Publishing in local languages
[21235]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1976) : The Rivers Readers’ Project in Nigeria
[21236]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1976) : Linguistic research and language development in Rivers State
[21237]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1977) : Multivalued features for consonants
[21238]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1977) : The Rivers Readers’ Project
[21239]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1978) : From tone to pitch-accent: the case of Ijo
[21240]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1978) : The sound system and spelling of Izon
[21241]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1978) : Consonant distribution in Ijo
[21242]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1979) : Medial consonants on Proto-Ijo
[21243]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1979) : Small languages in primary education: the Rivers Readers’ Project as a case history
[21244]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1979) : Sentence tone in some southern Nigerian languages
[21245]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1980) : Recent progress of the Rivers Readers’ Project in Nigeria
[21246]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1980) : Small language in primary education: the Rivers Readers’ Project as a case history
[21247]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1982) : The classification of East Niger-Congo
[21248]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1983) : Vowel merger in harmony languages
[21251]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1983) : Ijo orthography
[21252]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1984) : Practical orthography in Nigeria
[21253]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1984) : A note on the word bèkeè
[21254]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1985) : How to become a Kwa language
[21256]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1986) : Niger-Congo: SVO or SOV?
[21257]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1986) : The Igbo associative and specific constructions
[21258]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1987) : Nasality in Ijo
[21260]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1988) : Linguistic evidence for the prehistory of the Niger Delta
[21261]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1989) : Niger-Congo overview
[21262]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1989) : Benue-Congo overview
[21263]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1989) : Tone and accent in Ijo
[21264]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1990) : Development of minority languages: publishing problems and prospects
[21266]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1991) : The tense system of Izon
[21267]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1991) : Reading and writing Egnih (Ogbah)
[21269]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1992) : Some Bantu roots in a wider context
[21270]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1992) : R. C. Abraham and D. Alagoma: their contribution to Igbo studies
[21271]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1993) : Linguistic evidence for the use of some tree and tuber food plants in southern Nigeria
[21272]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1993) : The noun prefixes of New Benue-Congo
[21273]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1993) : Reading, writing and publishing in small languages
[21274]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1999) : Reconstructing proto-Igboid obstruents
[21276]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (2004) : Implosives in Mande-Atlantic-Congo
[23668]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (2004) : Comparative Ijoid word list
[23669]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (2004) : Proto-Ijoid reconstructions
[24100]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (2003) : Typical vowel systems and processes in West African Niger-Congo languages
[24665]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1969) : Dẹgẹma: A Test of the New Proposals for Comparing Noun-Class Systems
[21225]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (Ed) (1973) : Benue-Congo: comparative wordlist
[21250]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (Ed) (1983) : Orthographies of Nigerian languages
[21255]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (Ed) (1985) : West African languages in education: proceedings of the 15th international congress of West African languages, University of Port Harcourt, 1982
[21259]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (Ed) (1988) : The pedigree of nations: historical linguistics in Nigeria
[21206]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] & A. O. Timitimi (1970) : A note on number symbolism in Ijo
[21216]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] & A. O. Timitimi (1971) : Animal names in Ijo
[21249]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] & A. O. Timitimi (Ed) (1983) : Short Izon-English dictionary
[21268]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] & Emmanuel ʼNolue Emenanjo (1992) : Igbo
[21275]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] & Roger M. Blench (2000) : Niger-Congo
[21265]   Williamson, Nwinee B. (1990) : The tonal system of Kana
[25449]   Williamson, Nwinee , Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson & Roger M. Blench (2007) : A Dictionary of Kana - an Ogoni language of the Niger Delta, Nigeria
[27407]   Williamson, Travis & Eric Larson (2017) : Form and function of conditional constructions in the Gumuz language of Metekel zone
[26156]   Willie, Willie U. & Mfon E. Udoinyang (2012) : The Missing Component in Ibibio Linguistic Time
[21277]   Willigh, G. R. von (1925) : Ons geselstaal: ’n oorsig van gewestelike spraak soos Afrikaans gepraat word
[21278]   Willmore, John Selden (1927) : Handbook of spoken Egyptian Arabic, comprising a short grammar and an English Arabic vocabulary of current words and phrases
[21279]   Willmott, R. T. (1979) : Variety signifiers in Nigerian English
[21280]   Willms, Alfred (1962) : Zur Phonologie des langen Konsonanten im Kabylischen
[21281]   Willms, Alfred (1966) : Die Beziehungen zwischen dem Status des Nomens und den Personalsuffixen im Berberischen Südmarokkos
[21282]   Willms, Alfred (1968) : Inwieweit kann die Berbersprachforschung der hamitosemitischen Sprachvergleichung dienen?
[21283]   Willms, Alfred (1972) : Grammatik der südlichen Berberdialekte
[21284]   Willms, Alfred (1972) : Einführung in das Vulgararabische von Nordwestafrika
[21285]   Willms, Alfred (1980) : Die dialektale Differenzierung des Berberischen
[28890]   Wills, Jeffrey (2022) : Sorting out Proto-Bantu *j
[21286]   Wilmsen, Edwin N. & Rainer Vossen (1990) : Labour, language and power in the construction of ethnicity in Botswana
[21287]   Wils, J. (1933) : De classificatie der afrikaansche Negertalen
[21288]   Wils, J. (1935) : De nominale klassificatie in de afrikaanse negertalen
[21289]   Wils, J. (1937) : Die Entwicklung des kuschitischen Kasussystems
[21290]   Wils, J. (1952) : Het bantuide taaltype
[27913]   Wilson, Catherina (2020) : Lingala and Sango on the river: Socio-linguistic impressions on language movement in Central Africa
[21294]   Wilson, G. E. H. (1931) : Unusual language and physique in Tanganyika
[21297]   Wilson, G. McL. (1951) : Unpublished notes on the language of the Barabaig
[21316]   Wilson, J. G. (1970) : Preliminary observations on the Oropom people of Karamoja, their ethnic status, culture and postulated relation to the peoples of the late stone age
[21319]   Wilson, J. G. (1973) : Check-list of the artefacts and domestic works of the Karimojong
[21328]   Wilson, Janet (2002) : From preposition to plural marker and more: grammaticalization of Kuche banà
[24600]   Wilson, Janet Evelyn (2003) : Transparency and Spreading of Tense, Aspect, and Mood in Kuche Narrative Discourse
[24601]   Wilson, Janet Evelyn (1996) : A Phonological Grammar of Kuche
[25446]   Wilson, John Leighton (1849) : Comparative Vocabularies of Some of the Principal Negro Dialects of Africa
[21325]   Wilson, Michael L. (1986) : Notes on the nomenclature of the Khoisan
[21300]   Wilson, Monica Hunter (1958) : The peoples of the Nyasa-Tanganyika corridor
[21322]   Wilson, Monica Hunter (1983) : Nyakyusa dictionary
[21299]   Wilson, P. N. & J. M. Watson (1955) : The flora of Kasilang Erony, Teso
[21312]   Wilson, Peter M. (1967) : Classified vocabulary English-Swahili
[21314]   Wilson, Peter M. (1970) : Simplified Swahili
[21324]   Wilson, Peter M. (1985) : Simplified Swahili
[21321]   Wilson, R. McL. (Ed) (1978) : The future of Coptic studies
[21293]   Wilson, Ralph L. (19--) : Dicionário prático, português/tshwa
[21295]   Wilson, Ralph L. (1935) : Dicionário prático, português-umbundo: o vocabulário dêste dicionário contêm quasi todas as palavras fundamentais da língua portuguesa
[21296]   Wilson, Ralph L. (1949) : Dicionário prático, português-umbundo
[21298]   Wilson, Ralph L. (1954) : Dicionário prático, português-umbundo
[21291]   Wilson, W. (1---) : Teso-Karamojong-English dictionary
[21292]   Wilson, W. A. (1---) : Tepeth vocabulary
[21301]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1959) : Uma volta linguística na Guiné
[21302]   Wilson, William André Auquier (196-) : A concise Temne grammar
[21303]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1961) : Outline of the Balanta language
[21304]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1961) : Numeration in the languages of Guiné
[21305]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1962) : Temne, Landuma and the Baga languages
[21306]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1962) : The Crioulo of Guiné
[21307]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1961) : An outline of the Temne language
[21308]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1963) : Diola et langues de Guinée
[21309]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1963) : Relative construction in Dagbani
[21310]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1965) : A reconstruction of the Pajade mutation system
[21313]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1968) : An interpretation of the Temne tone system
[21315]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1970) : Verbal sequence and case markers in Dagbani
[21317]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1970) : External tonal sandhi in Dagbani
[21318]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1971) : Class pronoun desuetude in the Mõõré-Dagbani subgroup of Gur
[21320]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1976) : Préposition ou verbe? Marques de cas en dagbani
[21323]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1984) : Biafada, Pajade and the ‘Polyglotta’
[21326]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1989) : Atlantic
[21327]   Wilson, William André Auquier (2000/01) : Vowel harmony in Bijagó
[23560]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1963) : Temne and the West Atlantic group
[24041]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1993) : An outline description of Biafada
[24071]   Wilson, William André Auquier (2002) : The Swadesh 'First 100' in Atlantic:
[24156]   Wilson, William André Auquier (2000-01) : W.A.A. Wilson on Creisselsʼ Mandinka Grammar
[24179]   Wilson, William André Auquier (2007) : Guinea Languages of the Atlantic Group
[24486]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1977 [1968]) : Dagbani
[25289]   Wilson, William André Auquier (2008) : Guthrie’s wordlist for Atlantic languages, 1958-59
[26087]   Wilson, William André Auquier (s.d.) : An outline of the Bijagó language
[21311]   Wilson, William André Auquier & John Theodor Bendor-Samuel (1965) : The phonology of the nominal in Dagbani
[22848]   Wilson, William André Auquier & John Theodor Bendor-Samuel (1969) : The phonology of the nominal in Dagbani
[21329]   Wilt, Timothy (1987) : Discourse distances and the Swahili demonstratives
[21330]   Wiltshire, Caroline R. (1999) : The conspiracy of Luganda compensatory lengthening
[24690]   Wiltshire, Caroline R. (2006) : Pulaarʼs Stress System: A Challenge for Theories of Weight Typology
[28829]   Winchester, Lindley (2018) : Egyptian Arabic broken plurals in DATR
[21331]   Winford, Donald (2000) : Language contact: issues of classification and types of process
[21332]   Wing, J. van & C. Penders (1928) : Les plus ancien dictionnaire bantu
[21333]   Wingard, Peter (1963) : Problems of the media of instruction in some Uganda school classes: a preliminary survey
[372]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (1997) : Un état de la recherche sur des langues gur du sud-ouest du Burkina Faso
[21334]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (1994) : Les classes nominales et le système d’affixation en khe (langue voltaïque)
[21335]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (1998) : Die Sprache der Cefo von Daramandugu (Burkina Faso)
[21336]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2000) : Temps et aspects en cefo
[23546]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (1996) : Quelques remarques sur l’histoire des Cefo
[24561]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (1996) : Die Sprache der Cɛfɔ von Daramandougou
[25072]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2001) : Les vestiges des classes nominales en tyefo
[27969]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2018) : The basic structure of tense and aspect systems in Gur languages
[28636]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2012) : C3. Moore
[28642]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2012) : D1. Akasele
[28645]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2012) : D4. Konkomba (Likpakpaln)
[28647]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2012) : D6. Ncam
[28648]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2012) : D7. Gurma: Comparative notes
[28662]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : B2. Dogose
[28666]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : C1. Khe
[28667]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : C2. Dogosu
[28668]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : C3. Khe-Dogosu: Comparative notes
[28672]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : E. Baatonum
[28685]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : H. Cefo
[28686]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : I. Viemo
[28687]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : K1. Samwe (Wara)
[28688]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : K2. Samu (Natioro)
[28690]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : K4. Samu group: Comparative notes
[28691]   Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : L. Win (South Tusian)
[25183]   Winkelmann, Kerstin & Gudrun Miehe (2009) : Negation in Gur: Genetic, areal and unique features
[28644]   Winkelmann, Kerstin & Manfred von Roncador (2012) : D3. Gulmancema
[21337]   Winkler, Elizabeth Grace (1997) : Kpelle-English dictionary with English-Kpelle glossary
[29000]   Winrikou, Esaïe (ed.) (2019) : Nateni – English Dictionary
[21338]   Winrikou, ɛ́saïe , Ulrich Bukies & Lukas Neukom (1994) : Lexique nateni-français
[21339]   Winstanley, B. H. (1---) : A Kiluguru grammar
[21340]   Winston, F. D. D. (1960) : The ‘mid tone’ in Efik
[21341]   Winston, F. D. D. (1962) : The nominal class system of Loke
[21342]   Winston, F. D. D. (1964) : Nigerian Cross-River languages in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’ ; part 1
[21343]   Winston, F. D. D. (1965) : Nigerian Cross-River languages in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’ ; part 2
[21344]   Winston, F. D. D. (1966) : Greenberg’s classification of African languages: a review
[21345]   Winston, F. D. D. (1970) : Some Bantu-like features in Efik structure
[21346]   Winston, F. D. D. (1973) : Mood, polarity and aspect in Òhúhu Ìgbo verbs
[21347]   Winter, Jürgen Christoph (1979) : Language shift among the Aasáx, a hunter-gatherer tribe in Tanzania
[21348]   Winter, Jürgen Christoph (198-) : Die Tonabzeichnungen von Krönlein, Schultze und Meinhof im Nama und !Ora
[21349]   Winter, Jürgen Christoph (1980) : Internal classifications of Kilimanjaro Bantu compared: towards an East African dialectometry
[21350]   Winter, Jürgen Christoph (1981) : Bantu prehistory in eastern and southern Africa: an evaluation of D. W. Philipson’s archaeological synthesis in the light of ethnological and linguistic evidence
[21351]   Winter, Jürgen Christoph (1981) : Khoisan
[21352]   Winter, Jürgen Christoph (1981) : Die Tonemmuster des Gemein-Zentralkhoisan
[21353]   Winter, Jürgen Christoph (1986) : Les parlers du khoisan central
[21354]   Winter, Jürgen Christoph (1986) : Structural specifics of hunter-gatherer kinship nomenclature: comparative African evidence from Khoisan, Mbuti and Dorobo
[21355]   Winter, Jürgen Christoph (1987) : Zur Prosodologie des Mochi-Dialekts des Chagga
[21356]   Winter, Jürgen Christoph (1992) : 175 years of language shift in Gweno
[21357]   Winters, C. A. (1983) : Possible relationship between Manding and Japanese
[26912]   Winters, James & Patricia Winters (2004) : A grammar of Oniyan
[21358]   Wintoch, Claudia (2000) : Tone in the Mande language Sorogama of the Bozo people in Mali
[24326]   Wintz, [R.P.] Ed. (1909 [reprint 1968]) : Dictionnaire français-dyola et dyola-français, précédé dʼun essai de grammaire
[22514]   Wiot, T. (1988) : Bukavu Swahili: a research project report
[21359]   Wise, Hilary (1975) : A transformational grammar of spoken Egyptian Arabic
[21360]   Wissing, D. P. (1971) : Fonologie en morfologie van die simplekse selfstandige naamword in Afrikaans: ’n transformasioneel-generatiewe beskrywing
[21361]   Wissing, D. P. (1992) : Vowel duration in Afrikaans: the influence of postvocalic consonant voicing and syllable structure
[21362]   Wisskirchen, A. (1935) : Grammatische Studien zum Kwambi
[21363]   Wit, Helene E. Duyvené de (1993) : Die onderrig van Zulu aan niemoedertaalsprekers in die lig van resente taalaanleerteorieë
[21364]   Wit, Helene E. Duyvené de (1994) : Die bevordering van natuurlike diskoers en kommunikatiewe kompetensie in die Afrikatale
[21365]   Wit, Helene E. Duyvené de (1994) : Die bruikbaarheid van Kolb se model vir Afrikataalonderrig
[21366]   Wit, Helene E. Duyvené de (1995) : Is grammatika-onderrig aanvaarbaar in ’n kommunikatiewe taalverwerwingskursus?
[21367]   Wit, Helene E. Duyvené de & R. M. Ntuli (1997) : Die onderrig van taalhandelinge: voorstelle met betrekking tot metodologie
[21368]   Wita, Lileke (1981) : Les emprunts français en ngombe
[21369]   Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Vocabulaire de kesakata, non-publié
[21370]   Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Notions de grammaire et élements de vocabulaire de kempe
[21371]   Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Notions de grammaire et vocabulaire de keboma/mushie
[21372]   Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Notes de vocabulaire et de grammaire de kedia, non-publié
[21373]   Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Étude comparée dialectale des dialectes de kesakata
[21374]   Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Grammaire de kesakata, non-publié
[21375]   Witte, R. P. J. de (1950) : Over het Kesakata
[21376]   Witte, R. P. J. de (1951) : Over de tonologie van het Kikongo
[21377]   Witte, R. P. J. de (1953) : Une nouvelle grammaire du Kikongo
[21378]   Witte, R. P. J. de (1955) : Taalstudie bij de Basakata
[21379]   Wittmann, Henri Gontran (1973) : The lexicostatistical classification of the French-based Creole languages
[21380]   Wittmann, Henri Gontran & Robert Fournier (1994) : Le créole haïtien, langue kwa relexifiée: vérification d’une hypothèse “P&P” ou élaboration d’astuces computationelles?
[27847]   Witzlack-Makarevich, Alena & Hirosi Nakagawa (2019) : Linguistic Features and Typologies in Languages Commonly Referred to as ‘Khoisan’
[26500]   Witzlack-Makarevich, Alena & Martina Ernszt (eds.) (2013) : Khoisan Languages and Linguistics: Proceedings of the 3nd International Symposium July 6-10, 2008, Riezlern/Kleinwalsertal.
[21381]   Wodie Worku (1987) : Eza phonology
[23579]   Wohlgemuth, Norbert (1934) : Afrikanische Sprachen: Fante
[21382]   Woidich, M. (1968) : Negation und negative Sätze im Ägyptischen-Arabischen
[21383]   Woidich, M. (1975) : Zur Funktion des aktiven Partizeps im Kairenischen-Arabischen
[21497]   Wójtowicz, Beata (2003) : Grammaticalization of auxiliary verbs in Swahili
[21498]   Wójtowicz, Beata (2003) : Dictionaries on the net: the case of Swahili
[26907]   Wolde-Mariam, Hirut (2015) : A Grammar of Haro
[27338]   Woldemariam, Hirut (2001) : Demonstratives in Dawuro
[27339]   Woldemariam, Hirut (1999) : The Linguistic Description of the Gamo Language
[27340]   Woldemariam, Hirut (1999) : The Linguistic Description of the Dawuro Language
[27341]   Woldemariam, Hirut (1999) : The Linguistic Description of the Gofa Language
[27343]   Woldemariam, Hirut (2005) : Reexamining the Position of Ganta
[27345]   Woldemariam, Hirut (2005) : The Orthography for Wolaitta, Gamo, Gofa and Dawuro: Problems and Recommendations
[21384]   Woldu Kiros Fre (1977) : A note on the production of Tigrinya stops
[21385]   Woldu Kiros Fre (1981) : Facts regarding Arabic emphatic consonant production
[21386]   Woldu Kiros Fre (1984) : Evidence of auditory similarity between Tigrinya ejective /t/ and Arabic emphatic /t/
[21387]   Woldu Kiros Fre (1985) : The perception and production of Tigrinya stops
[21388]   Woldu Kiros Fre (1988) : Phonetics and historical relationships in Semitic: a study of ejective and emphatic consonants
[21389]   Woldu Kiros Fre (Ed) (1989) : Svensk-tigrinskt lexikon
[27310]   Wolf, Franz. (1907) : Grammatik des Kögbörikö
[21402]   Wolf, Hans-Georg (2001) : English in Cameroon
[21403]   Wolf, K. & G. Schoch (2001) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Tchumbuli language area
[25271]   Wolf, Katharina (2010) : Une enquête socio-linguistique parmi les Amdang (Mimi) du Tchad
[21390]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1971) : The noun class system of proto-Benue-Congo
[21391]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1978/79) : Materialen zum Pedi-Sprachkurs
[21392]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1981) : Consonant change from Proto-Bantu to Northern Sotho and multivalued feature expression
[21393]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1981) : Das Niger-Kongo (ohne Bantu)
[21394]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1981) : Zur Herkunft der Verbalextensionen im Fang
[21395]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1983) : The ku/a-gender in Bantoid, Benue-Congo and Niger-Congo
[21396]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1985) : Die Menschenklassen in den nordwestatlantischen Sprachen
[21397]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1985) : On the semantics of descriptive cattle names in Fulani
[21398]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1986) : The verbal particle -naa in Nongaare Fulani
[21399]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1992) : Lingala, Bolia-Ntomba und Mongo
[21400]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1993) : The Fula particle don and its congeners: comparative notes on their grammaticalization processes
[21401]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1994) : English-Fula dictionary: a multilingual approach (Fulfulde, Pulaar, Fulani)
[28836]   Wolfe, Andrew, Tajeldin Abdalla Adam (2018) : Optional ergativity and information structure in Beria
[21494]   Wölfel, D. H. (1929) : Einige afrikanische Idiome und ihre Grundlagen
[21495]   Wölfel, Dominik Josef (1950) : Die Gottesnamen der Libyer und der Berber
[21496]   Wölfel, Dominik Josef (1965) : Monumenta linguae Canariae - die kanarischen Sprachdenkmäler: eine Studie zur Vorund Frühgeschichte Weissafrikas
[22640]   Wölfel, Dominik Josef (1953) : Le problème des rapports du Guanche et du Berbère
[22697]   Wölfel, Dominik Josef (1954) : Les noms de nombre dans le parler Guanche des Iles Canaries
[22698]   Wölfel, Dominik Josef (1957) : Dilettantismus und Sharlatanarie und die Erforschung der Eingeborenensprache der Kanarische Inseln
[28191]   Wolff, Ekkehardt H. (2015) : The Lamang Language and Dictionary: Documenting Gwàɗ Làmàŋ - Endangered Central Chadic Language in Northeastern Nigeria
[28192]   Wolff, Ekkehardt H. (2015) : The Lamang Language and Dictionary: Documenting Gwàɗ Làmàŋ - Endangered Central Chadic Language in Northeastern Nigeria
[25070]   Wolff, Ekkehart (2001) : Tonal Rhymes in Hausa Revisited
[21404]   Wolff, G. (Ed) (1943) : Beiträge zur Kolonialforschung. Tagungsband 1: Koloniale Völkerkunde, Koloniale Sprachforschung, Koloniale Rassenforschung
[21410]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1971) : Die sprachliche Situation im Gwoza-Distrikt (Nordostnigeria)
[21411]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1972) : Die Verbalphrase des Laamang (Nordostnigeria): eine Studie zur Morphologie tschadischer Sprachen
[21412]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1974) : Sprachliche Manisfestationen des Kollektiv-Denkens der Lamang (Nordostnigeria)
[21413]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1974/75) : Sprachwandel und Sprachwechsel in Nordostnigeria
[21414]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1974/75) : Neue linguistische Forschungen in Nordostnigeria
[21415]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1975) : The conceptual framework of Humboldtian ethnolinguistics in German Africanistics
[21416]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1976/77) : Verb bases and stems in Migama
[21418]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1977) : Patterns in Chadic (and Afroasiatic?) verb base formations
[21420]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1979) : Grammatical categories of verb stems and the marking of mood, aktionsart and aspekt in Chadic
[21421]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1980) : Sprachkunst der Lamang
[21422]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1981) : Die tschadischen Sprachen
[21423]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1981) : Die omotischen Sprachen
[21424]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1981) : Die Berbersprachen
[21425]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1981) : Le laamang
[21426]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1981) : Vocalisation patterns, prosodies and Chadic reconstructions
[21429]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1983) : Reconstructing vowels in central Chadic
[21430]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1983) : A grammar of the Lamang language (Gwàd Làmàng)
[21431]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1984) : Simple and extended verb stems in Hausa: towards an internal reconstruction of the old Hausa verbal system
[21432]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1987) : Consonant-tone interference in Chadic and its implications for a theory of tonogenesis
[21433]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1987) : Consonant-tone interference and current theories on verbal aspect system in Chadic languages
[21434]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1988) : “Ablaut” and accent in Chadic
[21435]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1989) : Morphophonology of the verb-initial consonant in Maba
[21437]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1991) : Verbo-nominals in Hausa
[21438]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1991) : On the morphology of the verb-initial consonant in Maba (Nilosaharan)
[21439]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1991) : On Tubu tones
[21440]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1992) : Hausa-Plurale in diachronischer Perspektive
[21441]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1992) : Historical properties and dynamics of the verbal system in western Saharan (Kanuri, Tubu)
[21442]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1993) : Referenzgrammatik des Hausa: zur Begleitung des Fremdsprachenunterrichts und zur Einführung in das Selbststudium
[21443]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1995) : Proto-Chadic determiners and nominal plurals in Hausa
[21444]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1998) : Afrikanische Sprachminiaturen: zur formalen Ästhetik von Kleinformen afrikanischer Sprachkunst unter besonderer Berücksichtigung ihrer Tonalität
[21446]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2000) : Language and society
[21449]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2003) : Referenzgrammatik des Hausa
[21450]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2004) : Segments and prosodies in Chadic: on descriptive and explanatiry adequacy, historical reconstructions, and the status of Lamang-Hdi
[23973]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1987) : Introductory remarks on the linguistic situation in the Lake Chad Basin and the study of language contact
[24337]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2006) : Suffix Petrification and Prosodies in Central Chadic (Lamang-Hdi)
[24857]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2007) : Reduplication, aspect, and predication focus in Central Chadic : What Lamang and Hdi tell about Malgwa verb morphology
[25176]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2009) : The impact of clause types and focus control, aspect, modality, and referentiality on negation in Lamang and Hdi (Central Chadic)
[25375]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2003) : Predication Focus in Chadic Languages
[25655]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2011) : On the origin and status of nasal vowels in “Tubu”
[25739]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2010) : Clause linking in some Central-Chadic languages
[25832]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2009) : Another Look at “Internal a” in Chadic
[26522]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2013) : On the diachronics of Chadic tone systems – From pitch to tone in Lamang-Hdi
[27835]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2019) : The Cambridge Handbook of African Linguistics
[27836]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2019) : African Linguistics: Conceptions and Scope
[27948]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2017) : Vocalogenesis in (Central) Chadic languages
[28501]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2008-2009) : Language variation, theoretical preoccupations and the Lamang-Hdi language continuum in Central Chadic
[21448]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (Ed) (2003) : Topics in Chadic linguistics: papers from the 1st biennial international colloquium on the Chadic language family (Leipzig, July 5-8, 2001)
[23448]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard (Ed) (1999) : Contributions to Bantu lexicography
[21447]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard & Dioula Ousseina Alidou (2001) : On the non-linear ancestry of Tasawaq (Niger), or: how “mixed” can a language be?
[21419]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard & Hilke Meyer-Bahlburg (1979) : Morphologie und Semantik der erweiterten Verbalstämme in der Sprache des Afuzare (Zarek)
[21428]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard & Hilke Meyer-Bahlburg (Ed) (1983) : Studies in Chadic and Afroasiatic linguistics: papers from the international colloquium on the Chadic language family and the symposium on Chadic and Afroasiatic at the University of Hamburg, September 14-18, 1981
[21417]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard & Ludwig Gerhardt (1977) : Interferenzen zwischen Benue-Congo und Tschad-Sprachen
[21445]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard & Orin David Gensler (Ed) (2000) : Proceedings of the 2nd world congress of African linguistics, Leipzig 1997
[21436]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard & Sousama Hassana Alidou (1989) : Desegmentalization and tone in Tubu: “definite” marking in the Daza dialect of Tasker (Niger)
[21427]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard , A. Hauenschild & Thomas Labahn (1981) : Biu-Mandara vowel systems
[21405]   Wolff, Hans (1954) : Nigerian orthography
[21406]   Wolff, Hans (1959) : Niger Delta languages. Part 1: classification
[21407]   Wolff, Hans (1963) : Noun classes and concord in Berom
[21408]   Wolff, Hans (1964) : Synopsis of the Ogoni language
[21409]   Wolff, Hans (1969) : A comparative vocabulary of Abuan dialects
[21451]   Wolfson, Nessa (1992) : Intercultural communication and the analysis of conversation
[21452]   Wolk, Ewa (2001) : Language policy in Ethiopia in the 20th century
[21453]   Woll, Hans (1967) : Language, ethnic identity and social change in southern Nigeria
[23931]   Wollo, F. Mapenya (1975) : Les noms de personnes chez les Bankon ou Abo du Cameroun
[21454]   Wolters, P. A. (1921) : Grammaire luganda
[21455]   Womersley, Harold (1932) : First lessons in Kiluba
[27342]   Wondimu Gaga Gashe (2006) : Some Aspects of Sociolinguistic, Phonological and Morphological Descriptions of Gamo Dialects
[27108]   Wondwosen Tesfaye (2012) : Passivization in Afaan Oromoo
[21456]   Wondwosen, Tesfaye Abire (1983) : The simple declarative sentences in Sidamo
[21457]   Wondwosen, Tesfaye Abire (1993) : Verb complements in Gidole
[28308]   Wondwosen, Tesfaye Abire (2006) : Aspects of Diraytata Morphology and Syntax: A Lexical-Functional Grammar Approach
[28309]   Wondwosen, Tesfaye Abire (2015) : A Grammar of Mosittacha
[21458]   Woo, Florence Fung Lam (2001) : Serial verb constructions in Èdó and Cantonese
[21459]   Wood, Marilyn (1992) : Expressing gratitude in Zulu: a speech act study emphasising communicative competence
[21460]   Woodhall, Maureen (Ed) (1997) : Cost-effectiveness of publishing educational materials in African languages
[21461]   Woodham, Kathryn (2003) : Analyse de textes san (parler de Toma): aperçu des traits caractéristiques du genre narratif d’une langue mandé du Burkina Faso
[21462]   Woodhouse, D. (1970) : Mechanical translation
[21463]   Woods, David R. (1994) : Changing patterns of language utilization in the Republic of Congo
[21464]   Woods, David R. (1995) : Attitudes towards French, national languages, and mother tongues across age and sex in the Congo
[21465]   Woods, David R. (1998) : The education variable in language patterns in the Republic of Congo
[21466]   Woods, David R. (1999) : Lingala and Munukutuba: the two national languages of Congo compared
[21467]   Woodward, [Reverend] Herbert Willoughby (1926) : An outline of Makua grammar
[28699]   Woodward, H. W. (1902) : Collections for a handbook of the Zigula language
[21468]   Woodward, Margaret E. (1929) : Nyanja-English vocabulary
[21469]   Wookey, Alfred John (1921) : Secwana grammar with exercises: English into Secwana and Secwana into English
[21470]   Wookey, Alfred John (1929) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21471]   Wookey, Alfred John (1945) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21472]   Wookey, Alfred John (1948) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21473]   Wookey, Alfred John (1953) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21474]   Wookey, Alfred John (1956) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21475]   Wookey, Alfred John (1963) : Tswana-English phrasebook (Puisanyo ya sekgowa le setswana), with a short introduction to grammar and a vocabulary
[21476]   Wookey, Alfred John (1969) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21477]   Wookey, Alfred John (1975) : Setswana-English phrasebook (Puisanyo ya Sekgowa le Setswana), with a vocabulary and short introduction to grammar
[21478]   Woolford, Ellen (1991) : Two subject positions in Lango
[21479]   Woolford, Ellen (1999) : Animacy hierarchy effects on object agreement
[21480]   Woolford, Ellen (1999) : Agreement in disguise
[21481]   Woolford, Ellen (2001) : Conditions on object agreement in Ruwund
[22631]   Woolford, Ellen (1995) : Why passive can block object marking
[21482]   Worbe, A. (1956) : Manuscipt material on Maba collected at Abéché (informant: Ahmed Sambo, 50, male, fakir, former interpreter for the colonial administration, Arabic- and French-speaking)
[21483]   Worbe, A. (1962) : Étude de l’arabe du Tchad
[21484]   Worku Gela (1984) : Bibliography of thesis papers
[21485]   Worku Gela (1986) : The phonology of Awngi
[27234]   Worku, Agegnehu (2015) : English-Sheko-Amharic School Dictionary
[24676]   Worman, Dee A. (2006) : The Metapragmatics of Saying in Sierra Leone Krio Theatre
[21486]   Worrell, William H. (1929) : The evolution of velar, palatal and dental stops in Coptic
[21488]   Worrell, William H. (1933) : Syllabic consonants in Sahidic Coptic
[21487]   Worrell, William H. (Ed) (1932/34) : Coptic sounds: the main currents of their history
[21489]   Worsley, A. (1925) : Sudanese grammar
[21490]   Worsley, P. M. (1954) : Noun classification in Australian and Bantu: formal or semantic?
[21491]   Wortabet, John (1954) : English-Arabic and Arabic-English dictionary
[21492]   Worukwo, Glory (1983) : The verbal system of Ikwere (based on the Ogbakiri dialect)
[21493]   Wossen Gebeyehu (1988) : The phonology of Bodi
[23912]   Woungly Massaga, Martin (1971) : Le dialecte ngumba: essai descriptif
[21509]   Wright, Douglas Scott (1995) : The verbal system of Logo (Logoti)
[21503]   Wright, Edgar (1976) : The bilingual, bicultural African writer
[3102]   Wright, Frank (1999) : Nuer noun morphology
[21505]   Wright, Frank (1986) : Practical words: an ethnography of second language learning (Kano, Nigeria)
[28708]   Wright, Jennifer (2009) : The Noun and Verb Phrase in Chrambo (Bambalang)
[21500]   Wright, John Lisle (1958) : Kaonde note book, with an elementary grammar of the language
[21504]   Wright, John Lisle (1977) : Kaonde: a brief description of the language
[25245]   Wright, John Lisle (2007) : An outline of Kikaonde Grammar
[21510]   Wright, Laurence (2002) : Why English dominates the central economy: an economic perspective on ‘elite closure’ and South African language policy
[21511]   Wright, Laurence (2004) : Language and value: towards accepting a richer linguistic ecology for South Africa
[21501]   Wright, Marcia (1965) : Swahili language policy, 1890-1940
[21508]   Wright, R. , Ian Maddieson , Peter Ladefoged & Bonny [Eva] Sands (1995) : A phonetic study of Sandawe clicks
[21507]   Wright, Richard & Aaron Shryock (1993) : The effects of implosives on pitch in SiSwati
[21506]   Wright, Susan (1987) : “Not now” not “just now”: the interpretation of temporal deictic expressions in South African English
[21499]   Wright, William & Carl Paul Caspari (1933) : A grammar of the Arabic language
[21502]   Wright, William & Carl Paul Caspari (1974) : A grammar of the Arabic language
[21512]   Wrigley, Christopher (1962) : Linguistic clues to African history
[21513]   Wrigley, Christopher (1987) : Cattle and language between the lakes
[21514]   Wrigley, Christopher (2001) : Frontier linguistics in Uganda
[21515]   Wrzesinska, Alicja (1999) : L’école et la demande sociale de l’éducation en Afrique noire francophone (le cas du Congo)
[26287]   Wu, Tong (2012) : Prenominal relative clauses in Ethiopian languages: from inside and from outside
[21516]   Wubneh Bekele (2003) : Noun phrase in Ochollo
[21517]   Wungʼa, Lomani Onadikondo (1973) : Aspects et structures du hema
[21518]   Wuras, Carl Friedrich (1920) : Vokabular der Korana-Sprache
[21520]   Wurm, Stephen A. (Ed) (1996) : Atlas of the world’s languages in danger of disappearing
[21521]   Wurm, Stephen A. (Ed) (2001) : Atlas of the world’s languages in danger of disappearing
[21519]   Wurm, V. M. (1947) : Words distinguished by tone in Duala
[21522]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1953) : Die kopulatiewe van Noord-Sotho
[21523]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1955) : Die kopulatiewe van Noord-Sotho
[21524]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1957) : An augmentative noun class in Tsonga
[21525]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1957) : Potential and progressive constructions in Northern Sotho
[21526]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1958) : Woordverdeling in Noord-Sotho en Zoeloe: ’n bydrae tot die vraagstuk van woordidentifikasie in die Bantoetale
[21527]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1961) : Die woordklasse van Noord-Sotho
[21528]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1962) : Die Bantoetaalkunde as beskrywende taalwetenskap
[21529]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1966) : Die Bantoetale: ’n beknopte algemene oorsig
[21530]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1967) : Northern Sotho
[21531]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1968) : Die invloed van die Europese tale en die Europese linguistiese tradisie op die studie van die Bantoetale
[21532]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1968) : Die probleem van woordidentifikasie ; deel 1
[21533]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1968) : Die probleem van woordidentifikasie ; deel 2
[21534]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1969) : Die indeling van die Sotho-taalgroep
[21535]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1973) : Verbal nouns in Northern Sotho
[21536]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1978) : Language contact and bilingualism
[21537]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1980) : Assosiatiewe meerwoude in Noord-Sotho
[21538]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1981) : Saamgestelde tye, modi en aspekte in Noord Sotho
[21539]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1986) : Consecutive and relative in Northern Sotho: a problem in grammatical analysis
[21540]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1987) : Linguistic theory and grammatical description: the case of the verb categories of Northern Sotho
[21541]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1987) : Pro-clitic bô- of Northern Sotho
[21544]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1993) : C. M. Doke: a critical review by a believing outsider
[21545]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1995) : Linguistic assumptions and lexicographical traditions in the African languages
[21542]   Wyk, Egidius B. van & M. J. Bushney (1989) : Linguistiese eienskappe van spreekworde in Noord-Sotho
[21543]   Wyk, Egidius B. van , P. S. Groenewald , Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo , J. H. M. Kock & Elsabé Taljard (1992) : Northern Sotho for first-years
[21546]   Wymeersch, Patrick (1988) : Turkana cattle classification: some preliminary notes
[21547]   Wynne, R. C. (1980) : English-Mbukushu dictionary
[21548]   Xashi Moxamud, Ibrahim & Moxamed Xashi Xidhkayome (1998) : Qawacidka luuqadda somaaliga [Grammar of the Somali language]
[25144]   Xavier, Francisco da Silva (2009) : Is Kimbundu a tonal and stress-accentual language?
[21549]   Xirsi Saciid, Warsame & C. Oomaar Cabduraxmaan (Ed) (1993) : Qaamuus Ingiriisi-Soomaali/English-Somali dictionary: advanced level
[26288]   Yaachis, Mi'eessaa , Lenief Heimstead & Robbin Clamons (2012) : Locationals in Oromo
[26036]   Yaachis, Mi’eessaa & Robbin Clamons (2009) : Symbolic indexing in Oromo
[23710]   Yaba, Muna Izeni Yi Yala (1980) : Foreign language needs assessment: a survey of English utilization in Zaire
[21550]   Yabang, Cletus K. (1990) : Dialectal survey of Dagaare
[24398]   Yacouba, Diagana (1990) : Eléments de grammaire du Soninke
[21551]   Yago, Zakaria (1990) : Les classes nominales en tafire
[21552]   Yaguello, Marina & Jean-Léopold Diouf (1991) : J’apprends le wolof: damay jàng wolof
[21553]   Yahaya, Ibrahim Yaro & Abba Rufaʼi (Ed) (1978/84) : Language and literature in Hausa: proceedings of the 1st international conference on Hausa language, literature and culture, July 7-10, 1978
[21554]   Yahaya, Ibrahim Yaro , Abba Rufaʼi & Al-Amin Abu-Manga (Ed) (1982) : Studies in Hausa language, literature and culture: proceedings of the second Hausa international conference, April 2-5, 1981
[21555]   Yahaya, Moinaecha Cheikh (2000) : L’onomastique comorienne: étude linguistique
[21556]   Yahya-Othman, Saida (1989) : When international languages clash: the possible detrimental effects on development of the conflict between English and Kiswahili in Tanzania
[21558]   Yahya-Othman, Saida (1997) : Language and power in Tanzania
[21559]   Yahya-Othman, Saida (2001) : What language, and for whose education?
[21557]   Yahya-Othman, Saida & Herman M. Batibo (1996) : The swinging pendulum: English in Tanzania 1940-1990
[21560]   Yai, Olabiyi (1984) : African ethnonymy and toponymy: reflections on decolonization
[21561]   Yakovleva, Irina Paolovna (1959) : Ocherki sintaksisa yazyka Suahili [Sketches on the syntax of Swahili]
[21562]   Yakovleva, Irina Paolovna (1961) : Jazyk ganda [The Ganda language]
[21563]   Yakovleva, Irina Paolovna (1969) : Morfologicheskij kauzativ v jazyke Suaxili
[26309]   Yakpo, Kofi (2013) : Wayward daughter: Language contact in the emergence of Pichi (Equatorial Guinea)
[26312]   Yakpo, Kofi (2009) : A Grammar of Pichi
[26313]   Yakpo, Kofi (2009) : A Grammar of Pichi
[26314]   Yakpo, Kofi (2010) : Gramática del Pichi
[26315]   Yakpo, Kofi (2013) : Pichi
[26316]   Yakpo, Kofi (2012) : Reiteration in Pichi: Forms, functions and areal-typological perspectives
[29072]   Yakub, Mohammed (2023) : Ethno-Pragmatic Implications of Food and Consumption-Related Proverbs in Nzema
[29060]   Yakub, Mohammed & Cecilia Tomekyin (2022) : The Semantics and Metaphorical Extensions of PԐ (To cut) in Nzema Communication
[21564]   Yalemdesta Mulugeta (2003) : Pronouns and pronominalization in Zayse
[21565]   Yalkouye, Kindié (1991) : Tipologija afrikanskogo licnogo imeni: na materiale jazyka dogon [The typology of African personal names: the case of Dogon]
[21566]   Yalwa, L. D. (1994) : Complementation of Hausa aspectual verbs
[21567]   Yamada, Takako (1999) : A report on the ethnobotany of the Nyindu in the eastern part of the former Zaire
[21568]   Yambi, Josephine (2000) : Planned and spontaneous vocabulary expansion in Tanzanian Kiswahili
[21569]   Yambo, Francisco Xavier (2003) : Pequeno dicionario antroponimico Umbundu
[21570]   Yanco, Jennifer J. (1984) : Modifiers in Bantu: evidence from spoken Lingala
[21571]   Yanco, Jennifer J. (1984) : Language contact and bilingualism among the Hausa and Zarma
[21572]   Yanco, Jennifer J. (1985) : Language contact and grammatical interference: Hausa and Zarma in Niamey, Niger
[21573]   Yanes, Serge & Eyinga Essam Moise (1990) : Dictionnaire boulou-français, français-boulou
[21574]   Yanga, Tshimpaka (1978) : Language planning and onomastics in Zaïre
[21575]   Yanga, Tshimpaka (1980) : A sociolinguistic identification of Lingala (Republic of Zaire)
[26766]   Yangra Aboi, François (2012) : Le cas et ses occurrences en abouré ; une approche morpho-syntaxique de la question
[21576]   Yankah, Kwesi (1989) : The proverb in the context of Akan rhetoric: a theory of proverb praxis
[21577]   Yankah, Kwesi (1995) : Speaking for the chief: Okyeame and the politics of Akan royal oratory
[21578]   Yankah, Kwesi (2000) : Proverb speaking as a creative process: the Akan of Ghana
[21579]   Yankey, Emmanuel Koffi (2000) : The organization of Nzema conversational interaction
[21580]   Yankson, Kofi E. (1974) : The use of pidgin in “No longer at ease” and “A man of the people”
[21581]   Yankson, Kofi E. (1989) : Better English through concord for West African students
[21582]   Yankson, Kofi E. (1989) : Error analysis: a study of undergraduate interlanguage
[21583]   Yates, Barbara A. (1980) : The origins of language policy in Zaïre
[22734]   Yav, André (2001) : Vocabulaire de ville de Elisabethville: a history of Elisabethville from its beginning to 1965 [edited, translated, and commented by Johannes Fabian with the assistance from Kalundi Mango]
[21584]   Yeboa-Dankwa, Jonas (1995) : Akan and Hausa: development, relationship, educational, literary and social use
[21585]   Yebuah, Victoria (1997) : Aspects of the syntax of Larteh
[28856]   Yegblemenawo, Doreen Enyonam Esi & Stella Afi Makafui Yegblemenawo (2021) : Documenting praise names ahanoŋkɔ among Ewes: A socio-semantic perspective
[21586]   Yekatit Getachew (2003) : Problems on the transformation of Silti language from vernacular to medium of instruction
[21587]   Yelbert, Jonathan Ekow (1996) : Étude des énoncés comportant “se” dans la langues akan: invariance et variations
[25875]   Yelbert, Yonathan (2009) : Construction de la relation intersubjective à l'aide des particules de discours: le cas de l'Akan
[21588]   Yembe, Omer Weyi (1979) : Bilingualism and academic achievement in Cameroon secondary schools
[21589]   Yembeline, Kodangba (1990) : Le verbe en ngbundu
[21590]   Yembeline, Kodangba (1991) : Structure des numéraux en bantu (lingombe) et en non-bantu (ngbaka minangende, ngbandi, ngbundu, mono, mbanza)
[21591]   Yembeline, Kodangba (1998) : Essai de bibliographie des Ngbandi (R.D.C.)
[23894]   Yemmene, Patrice Aimé (2001) : Esquisse de la morphologie nominale du ngómbàlé
[21592]   Yeneneh Tessema (1986) : The simple declarative sentences in Burji
[28612]   Yensi , Agnes Mbibeh (1996) : The noun class system of Oku
[23898]   Yensi, Agnes Mbibeh (1996) : The noun class system of Oku
[26771]   Yeo, Kanabein Oumar (2014) : La composition nominale en senoufo: entre morphologie, syntaxe et sémantique. l'exemple du nyarafolo
[25116]   Yepi B.A., F. Gnagbe , P. Kle & Csaba Tokpa Leidenfrost (2006) : Dictionnaire bakwé-français
[23145]   Yerende, Eva (2005) : Ideologies of language and schooling in Guinea-Conakry: a postcolonial experience
[21593]   Yesigat Assaye (1988) : Dorze verb morphology: some inflections and derivations
[27467]   Yevudey, Elvis (2013) : The pedagogic relevance of codeswitching in the classroom: Insights from Ewe-English codeswitching in Ghana
[21594]   Yieke, Felicia Arudo (2002) : Language and discrimination: a study of gender and discourse in workplaces in Kenya
[24801]   Yigezu, Moges (2005) : Convergence of Baale: a Southwest Surmic language to the Southeast Surmic group, lexical evidence
[24952]   Yigezu, Moges (2007) : The Phonetics and Phonology of Majang Vowels: a Historical-Comparative Perspective
[21595]   Yillah, Mohamed Sorie (1975) : Temne complementation
[21596]   Yillah, Mohamed Sorie (1979) : The tone pattern of Soso
[24090]   Yillah, Mohamed Sorie (1992) : Temne phonology and morphology
[24602]   Yillah, Mohamed Sorie (2011) : Temne Phonology and Morphology
[21597]   Yilma Tiruneh (1984) : Burji verb morphology
[24691]   Yimam, Baye (2006) : The Interaction of Tense, Aspect, and Agreement in Amharic Syntax
[23095]   Yip, May (2004) : Phonology of the These language
[21598]   Yirga Ejigu (1986) : The structure of simple declarative sentences in Hadiyya
[21599]   Yisma Tsige (2001) : The structure of simple sentences in Gofa
[21600]   Yitbarek Ejigu (1970) : [The verb in Wolamigna]
[21601]   Yitbarek Ejigu (1983) : The phonology of Wolayta: a generative approach
[23442]   Yoda, Lalbila Aristide (2005) : La traduction médicale du français vers le mooré et le bisa: un cas de communication interculturelle au Burkina Faso
[21602]   Yoda, Sumikazu (2005) : The Arabic dialect of the Jews in Tripoli (Libya): grammar, text, and glossary
[21603]   Yokwe, Eluzai Moga (19--) : Bari phonology
[21604]   Yokwe, Eluzai Moga (1984) : Arabicization and language policy in the Sudan
[21605]   Yokwe, Eluzai Moga (1985) : The diversity of Juba Arabic
[21606]   Yokwe, Eluzai Moga (1987) : The tonal grammar of Bari
[21607]   Yokwe, Eluzai Moga (1991) : Melodic and non-melodic aspects of Bari tonology
[21608]   Yoneda, Nobuko (1997) : Herero-go tekiyou kei no kinou / The primary function of the applicative in Herero
[21609]   Yoneda, Nobuko (1999) : Matengo-go dooshi no koechou / Tonal analysis of Matengo verbs
[25720]   Yoneda, Nobuko (2010) : Topical Hierarchy and Grammatical Agreement in Matengo (N13)
[25964]   Yoneda, Nobuko (2006) : A Classified Vocabulary of the Matengo Language
[27175]   Yoneda, Nobuko (2016) : Conjoint/disjoint distinction and focus in Matengo (N13)
[21610]   Yosef Gebre-Yohannes (1988) : The structure of simple declarative sentences in Bilin
[27112]   Yoshino, Hiroshi (2013) : Preliminary Survey on ’Alle Verbal System
[27115]   Yoshino, Hiroshi (2014) : Event Integration Patterns in ʻAlle
[26767]   Youant, Yves Marcel & Pierre Adou Kouakou Kouadio (2013) : Alternance baoulé-français dans les interactions verbales : l'exemple d'une réunion de famille
[21617]   Young, D. N. (Ed) (1987) : Language: planning and medium in education
[21616]   Young, Douglas (1978) : English in education
[21614]   Young, Peter (1969/70) : The language of West African writing in English, with special reference to Nigerian prose fiction
[21615]   Young, Peter (1971) : The language of West African literature in English
[21611]   Young, T. Cullen (1923) : Notes on the speech and history of the Tumbuka-Henga peoples
[21612]   Young, T. Cullen (1932) : Notes on the speech of the Tumbuka-Kamanga peoples in the northern province of Nyasaland
[21613]   Young, T. Cullen (1932) : Three medicine-men in northern Nyasaland
[24836]   Yri, Kjell Magne (2006) : Decategorialization of nouns as prepositions in Sidaamú ʼafo and Amharic
[24837]   Yri, Kjell Magne (2007) : Nouns and adjectives in Sidaamú ʼafo
[26581]   Yri, Kjell Magne (2013) : A peculiarity of copula and case marking in Sidaamú xafó – Signalling modified/unmodified head
[21618]   Yri, Kjell-Magne (1981) : Short course in Sidaamu ‘afo
[21619]   Yri, Kjell-Magne (1984) : Dictionary: English-Sidaamu ‘afo
[21620]   Yri, Kjell-Magne (1990) : A contribution to the understanding of assimilation and metathesis in Sidamo
[21621]   Yu, Ella Ozier (1991) : Theoretical aspects of noun classes in Lama
[23946]   Yuh, Peter (1986) : The noun class system of Kom
[24116]   Yuka, Constantine (2006) : Parametric binarity and Lamnsoʼ WH-constructions
[28879]   Yuka, Constantine (2020) : On the shi- evaluative prefix in Lamnsoꞌ Lendzemo
[26135]   Yuka, Lendzemo Constantine (2008) : Lexical Computation: The Case of Lamnso’ Personal Names
[21622]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1979) : A tentative questionnaire for the words of Bantu languages
[21623]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1983) : [A tentative tonal analysis of Sukuma nouns]
[21624]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1984) : [A tentative tonal analysis of Sukuma verbs]
[21625]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1984) : A classified dictionary of the Sambaa language
[21626]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1985) : Kikuyu-go meishi kusento sairon / A second tentative analysis of Kikuyu nouns
[21627]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1986) : Luvale-go dooshi akusento shiron / A tentative analysis of Luvale verbs
[21628]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1986) : Nkoya-go dooshi akusento shiron [A tentative analysis of Nkoya verbs]
[21629]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1987) : A classified vocabulary of the Mwenyi language
[21630]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1987) : A classified vocabulary of the Nkoya language
[21632]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1987) : A tonal study of Luvale verbs
[21633]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1987) : A tonal study of Mwenyi verbs
[21634]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1987) : A tonal study of Lozi verbs
[21635]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1987) : A tonal study of Nkoya verbs
[21636]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1987) : A tonal study of Ila verbs
[21637]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1987) : Ila-go dooshi akusento shiron / A tentative analysis of Ila verbs
[21638]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1989) : A classified vocabulary of the Nilamba language
[21639]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1989) : A tonological study of Machame verbs
[21640]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1989) : A tonological study of Sukuma verbs
[21641]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1989) : A tonological study of Nilamba verbs
[21642]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1989) : A tonological study of Nyaturu verbs
[21643]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1989) : A tonological study of Nyiha verbs
[21644]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1989) : A tonological study of Makonde verbs
[21645]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1991) : A tentative tonal analysis of Ntomba verbs
[21646]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1992) : A classified vocabulary of the Luba language
[21648]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1992) : A tonological study of Yambasa verbs
[21649]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1992) : A tonological study of Kaka verbs
[21650]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1992) : A tonological study of Bulu verbs
[21651]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1992) : A tonological study of Ngombe verbs
[21652]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1992) : A tonological study of Luba verbs
[21653]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1995) : A tentative tonal analysis of Xhosa verbs
[21654]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1996) : A tentative tonal analysis of Tswana verbs
[21655]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1997) : A tentative tonal analysis of Kwanyama verbs
[21656]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1998) : Herero-go dooshi akusento shiron / A tentative analysis of Herero verbs
[21657]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1998) : Tsonga-go dooshi no kusento / A tonological study of Tsonga verbs
[21658]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1998) : A tentative tonal analysis of Ndonga verbs
[21659]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1999) : Manika-go dooshi no kusento / A tonological study of Manyika verbs
[21660]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1999) : A tonological study of Mbalanhu verbs
[21661]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (2000) : Soga-go dooshi akusento shiron / A tentative tonal analysis of Soga verbs
[21662]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (2000) : A tentative tonal analysis of Ganda verbs
[21663]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (2002) : Kuria-go dooshi akusento shiron / A tentative tonal analysis of Kuria verbs
[24028]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1998) : [Tonal phenomena in Bantu languages]
[21647]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi , Ryohei Kagaya & Shigeki Kaji (1992) : Studies in Cameroonian and Zairean languages
[21631]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi , Simooya Jerome Hachipola & Ryohei Kagaya (1987) : Studies in Zambian languages
[27145]   Yukiko Morimoto (2017) : Interplay between TAM Marking and Focus in Bantu
[21664]   Yul-Ifode, Shirley (2003) : Vowel harmony and vowel merger in Agoi
[21665]   Yunis, El Yuzbashi Regib (1922) : Notes on Baggara and Nuba of western Kordofan
[21666]   Yunis, El Yuzbashi Regib (1924) : The Kuku
[21667]   Yunsheng, L. & L. Gencai (1983) : English-Swahili conversations
[21668]   Yushmanov, N. V. (1937) : Stroi yazyka Hausa
[21669]   Yusuf, Harun al Rashid (1977) : Hausa kin terms
[21670]   Yusuf, Harun al Rashid (1978/84) : Co-locational use of the Hausa word sha
[21675]   Yusuf, Harun al Rashid (1991) : Aspects of the morphosyntax of functional categories in Hausa
[21671]   Yusuf, Ore (1985) : A functional explanation for the ni!-NP construction in Yoruba
[21672]   Yusuf, Ore (1987) : Verb phrase serialization in Yoruba in discourse perspective
[21673]   Yusuf, Ore (1990) : Yoruba copula ni
[21674]   Yusuf, Ore (1990) : Participant coding in Yorùbá: the syntactic function of ní
[21676]   Yusuf, Ore (1992) : Variant orders and discourse use of bleached verbs in Yoruba
[23750]   Yusuf, Ore (1992) : On the use of serial verbs
[21677]   Yusuf, Yisa Kehinde (2002) : Sexism, English and Yoruba
[21678]   Yusuf, Yisa Kehinde (2004) : Dysphemisms in the language of Nigeria’s President Olusegun Obasanjo
[25094]   Yvoire, Emmanuel B. dʼ (1987) : Le ku-wá:t+a:y, parler du village de Diembéring
[21679]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1967) : Arabic loan-words in Somali: preliminary survey
[21680]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1970) : Cushitic languages: an unexplored subcontinent
[21681]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1974) : On the Hamito-Semitic suffix -ay in Cushitic
[21682]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1975) : Material for a comparative dictionary of Cushitic languages: Somali-Galla comparisons
[21683]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1975) : Notes on biconsonantal and triconsonantal roots in Cushitic
[21684]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1975) : Remarks on apophony in Cushitic
[21685]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1975) : The verb in Cushitic
[21686]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1976) : Cushitic overview
[21687]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1976) : The Semitic external plural in an Afroasiatic perspective
[21688]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1976) : Consonant apophony and consonant alternation in Bilin plurals
[21689]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1978) : Some internal plurals in Cushitic
[21690]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1979) : Preliminaries on the relative chronology of some little known Cushitic languages
[21691]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1980) : Remarks on the relative chronology of some little known Cushitic languages
[21692]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1983) : Chadic stratification
[21693]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1983) : Basic numerals in the Omotic languages
[21694]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1983) : Cushitic linguistics, 1976-1981
[21695]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1983) : Note on the relative chronology of the Cushitic verb and genetic classification of the Cushitic languages
[21696]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1984) : Remarks on the genetic classification and the relative chronology of the Cushitic languages
[21697]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1984) : Remarks on the verb in Ometo
[21698]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1986) : Can Omotic be reclassified as West Cushitic?
[21699]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1986) : The morphology of the nominal plural in the Cushitic languages
[21700]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1987) : Basic numerals in Cushitic
[21701]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1987) : ‘Afar-Saho linguistics: an overview
[21702]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1987) : Reinisch and some problems of the study of Beja today
[21703]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1987) : Remarks on recent developments in Cushitic
[21704]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1988) : The relative chronology of the Cushitic verbal systems reconsidered
[21705]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1988) : Remarks on the verb in Beja
[21706]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1988) : Zum hamitosemitischen Charakter des Berberischen
[21707]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1989) : Cushitic independent pronouns
[21708]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1989) : Denominal suffix conjugations in Beja
[21709]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1990) : Preliminary remarks on case morphemes in Omotic
[21711]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1991) : Ethiopian language subareas
[21712]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1991) : Insights into Proto-Cushitic morphology
[21713]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1992) : Traces od dual in Beja?
[21714]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1993) : Was ist Proto-Berberisch?
[21715]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1996) : Intensive verbs and the present in Cushitic
[21716]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1996) : Notes on ‘Afar verse structure
[21717]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1997) : Problems of the Beja present seven years later
[21718]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1997) : The position of Cushitic and Berber within Afroasiatic dialects
[21719]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1998) : La linguistique chamito-sémitique cinquante années après l’essai comparatif de Marcel Cohen
[21721]   Zaborski, Andrzej (2001) : A note on the classification of Agaw as a branch of East Cushitic
[21722]   Zaborski, Andrzej (2001) : Robert Hetzron (1938-1997): bibliography
[27235]   Zaborski, Andrzej (2010) : What is new in Ethiopian and other African language areas?
[21720]   Zaborski, Andrzej (Ed) (2001) : New data and new methods in Afroasiatic linguistics: Robert Hetzron in memoriam
[21710]   Zaborski, Andrzej & Mohammed Ali (1990) : Handbook of the Oromo language
[21723]   Zaby, [Pater] Alfred (1974) : Eine Nama-Schriftsprache?
[21724]   Zaby, [Pater] Alfred (1979) : Einige Ortsnamen aus dem Damaraland
[21725]   Zaenen, Annie (1984) : Double objects in Kikuyu?
[21726]   Zahan, Dominique (1950) : Pictographic writing in the western Sudan
[21727]   Zahan, Dominique (1951) : Les coleurs chez les bambara du Soudan français
[29061]   Zahran, Aron & Eva-Marie Bloom Ström (2022) : Against expectations – the rise of adverbs in Swahili phasal polarity
[21728]   Zahran, Mohammed (2001) : Instructing Kiswahili for foreign aid workers: Nordic experiences
[21729]   Zajcev, Alexander & Andrei Zhukov (1995) : The data on Semito-Hamitic languages in W. Bleek’s “De nominum generibus... (1851)”
[25032]   Zakaria Fadoul, Khidir (1984) : Esquisse phonétique et phonologique d'un dialecte du bɛ́rí-á, le kúbɛ́rá-á (langue tchadienne de la famille nilo-saharienne, branche saharienne) suivie dʼun lexique bɛ́rí-á-français et dʼun index français-bɛ́rí-á
[21730]   Zalewski, Florian (1974) : La politique linguistique de l’UNESCO envers les pays africains au sud du Sahara: essai de synthèse
[21731]   Zalle, Poko M. (1982) : Alphabétisation fonctionelle et pratique des techniques modernes de protection agricole dans une communauté villageoise de Haute-Volta
[27432]   Zalvé, Marc , Lukas Neukom & Michèle Bender (2013) : Lexique sissala - français - avec un index français - sissala
[27692]   Zamacona, Carlos Gracia (2015) : Tests on verbal Aktionsart applied to Ancient Egyptian
[21732]   Zambo, J. (1953) : Quelle langue doit-on utiliser dans l‚enseignement pour les africains?
[21733]   Zang, Paul Zang (1998) : Le français en Afrique. Le processus de dialectalisation du français en Afrique - le cas du Cameroun: étude fonctionelle des tendances évolutives du français
[21734]   Zani, Z. (1954) : A comparative note on the possessive in chi-Digo
[21735]   Zappa, Giuseppe Castelnuova del (1938) : Grammatica della lingua cunama, Asmara
[21736]   Zappa, Giuseppe Castelnuova del (1950) : Vocabolario della lingua cunama
[21737]   Zarco, R. P. Marians de (1938) : Dialecto Ingles-Africano o Broken-English de la colonia Española del Golfo de Guinea
[21739]   Zaria, Ahmadu Bello (1982) : Issues in Hausa dialectology
[21738]   Zaria, M. S. (1978/84) : Gajeran bincike game da yadda ake iya amfani da gajeren wasalin /i/ ko /u/ kai tsaye a wasu kalmoni na hausa ba tare da kawo canjin ma’ana ba
[21740]   Zarruk, R. M. (1978/84) : Dagantakar hausa da larabca
[21741]   Zaslavsky, Claudia (1973) : Africa counts: number and pattern in African culture
[25756]   Zaugg-Coretti, Silvia (2010) : Switch-reference in Yemsa (Omotic, Ethiopia)
[21742]   Zauzich, Karl-Theodor (1968) : Die ägyptische Schreibertradition in Aufbau, Sprache und Schrift der demotischen Kaufverträge aus ptolemäischer Zeit, Bd 1: Text
[21743]   Zauzich, Karl-Theodor (1968) : Die ägyptische Schreibertradition in Aufbau, Sprache und Schrift der demotischen Kaufverträge aus ptolemäischer Zeit, Bd 2: Anmerkungen, Indices, Tabellen der Anlage
[21744]   Zauzich, Karl-Theodor (1980) : Hieroglyphen ohne Geheimnis: eine Einführung in die altägyptische Schrift
[21745]   Zauzich, Karl-Theodor (1992) : Hieroglyphs without mystery: an introduction to ancient Egyptian writing
[21746]   Zavadovskij, Jurij Nikolaevic (1965) : Zindzskij substrat v severnoj Afrike: semitskije jazyki
[21747]   Zavadovskij, Jurij Nikolaevic & Isidor Savvic Kacnelʼson (1980) : Meroitskij jazyk [The Meroitic language]
[24875]   Zavoni, Ntando (2003) : Eléments de description du ngangela
[28175]   Zavyalova, Olga (2021) : An anthropological analysis of Bamana fairy tales (Антропологический анализ сказок бамана)
[21750]   Zawawi, Sharifa M. (1971) : Kiswahili kwa kitendo
[21751]   Zawawi, Sharifa M. (1979) : Loan words and their effect on the classification of the Swahili nominals
[21752]   Zawawi, Sharifa M. (1995) : What’s in a name? Unaitwaje? Swahili book of names
[27565]   Zaza-Gain, Zeinab & Olivier Cabon (1997) : Lexique d’arabe dialectal du Caire
[21754]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (1989) : The relative clause in Awngi
[21755]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (1993) : The case system in Gumuz
[21756]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (1994) : Short bibliography of the Agew languages and Shinasha
[21758]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (1994) : First report on a survey of the Shinasha and Agew dialects and languages
[21760]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (1995) : Kemant (Qimant): a language on the brink of extinction
[21761]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (1997) : Language obsolesence in northwestern Ethiopia: the case of K’emant, an obsolete language
[21762]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (1998) : An Ethiopian language on the verge of extinction: K’emant
[21763]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (1998) : Code-switching: Amharic-English
[21764]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (1998) : Some structural signs of obsolescence in K’emant
[21766]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (2002) : First report on a survey of the Shinasha and Agew dialects and languages
[21767]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Kemant (Qimant) language of Ethiopia
[21769]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (2003) : The Kemantney language: a sociolinguistic and grammatical study of language replacement
[21770]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (2004) : The cardinal numerals of Nilo-Saharan languages
[27431]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (2016) : The Description of Colour Terms in Ethiopian Languages
[21768]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew, & Bernd Heine (2003) : Comparative constructions in Africa: an areal dimension
[21759]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew, & Ralph Siebert (1994) : Argobba: the people and the language
[21765]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew, & Ralph Siebert (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Argobba language of Ethiopia
[21757]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew, Klaus Wedekind & Charlotte Wedekind (1994) : [On Gojjam area languages Awngi, Qemant, Shinasha, Xamtanga, Boro]
[21771]   Zeller, Jochen (2004) : Relative clause formation in the Bantu languages of South Africa
[24928]   Zeller, Jochen (2003) : Word-level and phrase-level prefixes in Zulu
[25784]   Zeller, Jochen (2009) : On clitic left dislocation in Zulu
[27760]   Zeller, Jochen (2020) : Syntax
[28446]   Zeller, Jochen (2021) : ‘Not’ in focus: objects under negation in Zulu
[27451]   Zeller, Jochen & J. Paul Ngoboka (2018) : Agreement with locatives in Kinyarwanda: a comparative analysis
[27171]   Zeller, Jochen , Sabine Zerbian & Toni Cook (2016) : Prosodic evidence for syntactic phrasing in Zulu
[21772]   Zeltner, Jean-Claude & Henry Tourneux (1986) : L’arabe dans le bassin du Tchad
[21773]   Zeni, Leone Enrico (1966) : Gramática da língua ecwabo
[26849]   Zentz, Jason (2015) : Bantu Wh-agreement and the Case against Probe Impoverishment
[21780]   Zéphirin, Comlan (1994) : Adjonctions et séries verbales dans les langues gbe
[21774]   Zerbian, Sabine (2004) : Phonological phrases in Xhosa (Southern Bantu)
[24687]   Zerbian, Sabine (2006) : High Tone Spread in the Sotho Verb
[25386]   Zerbian, Sabine (2006) : Expression of information structure in the Bantu language Northern Sotho
[21775]   Zerihun Asfaw, & Teshome Demissie (Ed) (2000) : Proceedings of the 14th annual conference of the Institute of Language Studies
[21777]   Zetterstéen, K. V. (1931) : Nubiska språket [The Nubian language]
[21778]   Zetterstrand, Sylvia (1996) : High vocoids in Turkana: evidence for [high]
[21779]   Zewde Cheru, Ralph Siebert & Klaus Wedekind (1994) : [Something on Muusiye (Bussa)]
[25876]   Zheltov, Alexander (2009) : Brothers, sisters, and noun class typology: what is special about Niger-Congo?
[28138]   Zheltov, Alexander (2020) : Plurality marking in Leko and Yendang groups (Adamawa, Niger-Congo) with some reference to noun classification
[28179]   Zheltov, Alexander (2021) : Incorporation and “formal incorporation” in analytic languages: Mande languages and typology of incorporation
[28747]   Zheltov, Alexander (2022) : Towards the phenomenon of morphemic and submorphemic neutralization: The case of personal pronouns in some Adamawa languages
[21781]   Zheltov, Alexander Jurievich (1992) : Morphological opposition of verbal affixes in the Swahili language
[21782]   Zheltov, Alexander Jurievich (1993) : [Morphemic paradigms in the Swahili language system (essay of verbal affixes study)]
[21783]   Zheltov, Alexander Jurievich (1995) : Swahili verbal affixes: semantic oppositions
[21784]   Zheltov, Alexander Jurievich (1997) : Semantic oppositions and paradigmatic analysis of Swahili noun classes
[25480]   Zheltov, Alexander Jurievich (2010) : 1 and 2 person in Niger-Congo languages: together or separately, and who is “higher” in the latter case
[24247]   Zheltov, Alexandre (2005) : Le système des marqueurs de personnes en gban: Morphème syncrétique ou syncrétisme des morphèmes ?
[27922]   Zhen Li (2020) : A note on the functional passive in Teke-Kukuya (Bantu B77, Congo)
[21787]   Zhukov, Andrei (1966) : O nekotorich grammaticeskich kategorijach imeni suscestvitelnogo v jazykach Bantu [On some grammatical categories of nouns in Bantu languages]
[21788]   Zhukov, Andrei (1969) : Zametki o kirufidzi [Remarks on Rufiji]
[21789]   Zhukov, Andrei (1980) : Swahili: Literatur und Gesellschaft
[21790]   Zhukov, Andrei (1997) : Semantic opoositions and paradigmatic analysis of Swahili noun classes
[21791]   Zhurinskij, Alfred Naumovich (1987) : Sootnoshenie sistem imennyx klassov iskonnyx i zaimstvovannyx slov v jazykax bantu
[21792]   Zhurinskij, Alfred Naumovich (1995) : Correspondences between noun class systems of vernacular and loan words in the Bantu languages
[21793]   Zhurkovskii, B. V. (1966) : Ideofony kak chast’ rechi v afrikanskikh [Ideophones as a part of speech in African languages (based on Hausa)]
[21794]   Zhurkovskii, B. V. (1969) : Reduplikatsiya i ideofona v yazyke Hausa [Reduplication of ideophones in the Hausa language]
[21795]   Zhurkovskii, B. V. (1972) : Tipologiya ideofona v Hausa [Typology of the ideophone in Hausa]
[21796]   Zhurkovskii, B. V. (1973) : Sochranenie tonovogo kontura pri elizii sloga (na materiale jazyka Alur) [Preservation of the contour tone on deleted words (with material on the Alur language)]
[21797]   Zhurkovskii, B. V. (1977) : Uganda situasija mnogojazycija [Situation of multilingualism in Uganda]
[21798]   Zhurkovskii, B. V. (1977) : Predvaritel’noe opisanie ideofonov v jazyke Alur [Preliminary description of ideophones in the Alur language]
[21799]   Zhvanija, N. A (1975) : [The phonological structure of the roots in Ge‘ez]
[21800]   Zibelius, Karola (1972) : Afrikanische Orts- und Völkernamen in hieroglyphischen und hieratischen Texten
[21801]   Ziegelmeyer, Georg (1999) : Areale Merkmale im weiteren Tschadseebereich: die Partikeln sai und duwo/tukuna/tawon.s
[24889]   Ziegelmeyer, Georg (2008) : Aspekte adverbialer Subordination im Hausa, Fulfulde und Kanuri
[25175]   Ziegelmeyer, Georg (2009) : Negation of non-indicative mood in Hausa, Fulfulde and Kanuri
[25656]   Ziegelmeyer, Georg (2011) : On argument focus in Kanuri
[25743]   Ziegelmeyer, Georg (2010) : Retention and innovation: On adverbial subordination in Gashua Bade
[25790]   Ziegelmeyer, Georg (2009) : The Hausa particle koo: A widely spread formative in northern Nigeria
[25833]   Ziegelmeyer, Georg (2009) : Between Hausa and Kanuri: On the Linguistic Influence of Hausa and Kanuri on Bade and Ngizim
[27250]   Ziegelmeyer, Georg (2017) : On verbal and nominal plurality in languages of the Bade-Ngizim group
[27270]   Ziegelmeyer, Georg (2014) : Bade between its eastern and western neighbours – past and present contact scenarios in northern Yobe State
[27689]   Ziegelmeyer, Georg (2015) : On the adjective class in Gashua Bade
[21802]   Zielnica, Krzysztof (1976) : Bibliographie der Ewe in Westafrika
[21803]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1944) : Kort oorsig van die klanke en die vormleer van Swazi
[21804]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1948) : Note on the noun classes of Swati and Nrebele
[21805]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1948) : Lokatiefvorming met pre- en suffikse in die Bantoetale
[21806]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1949) : Noord-Sotho-leerboek: leestukke en ’n woordelys met oefeninge en vertaling
[21807]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1952) : A grammar of Swazi (siSwati)
[21808]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1953) : Noord-Sotho leerboek, met oefeninge en vertalings benewens leestukke en ’n woordelys
[21809]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1954) : The Eastern Sotho: a tribal, historical and linguistic survey (with ethnographical notes) of the Pai, Kutswe and Pulana Bantu tribes in the Pilgrim’s Rest District of the Transvaal Province
[21810]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1954) : Northern Sotho phrase book with vocabulary for use in the Transvaal
[21811]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1955) : Notes on the language of the eastern Transvaal Bushmen
[21812]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1955) : A grammatical sketch of the language of the !Ko Bushmen, from material collected by H.-J. Heinz
[21813]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1956) : Linguistic and literary achievement in the Bantu languages of South Africa
[21814]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1958) : Aspek as uitdrukkingsmiddel van handeling
[21815]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1959) : A grammar of Northern Transvaal Ndebele
[21816]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1960) : Handboek van Noord-Sotho
[21818]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1961) : Klein Noord-Sothowoordeboek/Pukuntshu e nnyana ya Sesotho sa lebowa/Short Northern Sotho dictionary
[21819]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1961) : ’n Vergelykende benadering van die omskrywingskonstruksie in die Suid-Afrikaanse Bantoetale
[21820]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1964) : Bantoetaalstudie in Suid-Afrika
[21822]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1965) : Die probleme van leksikografie in die suid-afrikaans Bantoetale
[21826]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1967) : A grammar of Northern Transvaal Ndebele
[21828]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1969) : Voornaamwoorde
[21829]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1969) : Veertig jaar van taalnavorsing in Suid-Afrika
[21831]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1969) : Thus they speak
[21832]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1971) : The Bantu locative
[21834]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1973) : Die pronominale afleiding in Sotho
[21835]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1973) : Taalbeïnvloeding in Suid-Afrika
[21823]   Ziervogel, Dirk (Ed) (1967) : Handboek van spraakklanke en klankveranderinge in die Bantoetale van Suid-Afrika
[21824]   Ziervogel, Dirk (Ed) (1967) : Handbook of the speech sounds and speech sound changes of the Bantu languages of South Africa
[21838]   Ziervogel, Dirk & E. J. Mabuza (1976) : A grammar of the Swati language: siSwati
[21837]   Ziervogel, Dirk & Pothinus C. Mokgokong (1975) : Pukuntshu ye kgolo ya Sesotho sa Leboa: Sesotho sa Leboa - Seburu, Seisimane / Groot Noord-Sotho woordeboek; Noord-Sotho - Afrikaans, Engels / Comprehensive Northern Sotho dictionary: Northern Sotho - Afrikaans, English
[21839]   Ziervogel, Dirk & Pothinus C. Mokgokong (1976) : Klein Noord-Sotho woordeboek
[21841]   Ziervogel, Dirk & Pothinus C. Mokgokong (1979) : Klein Noord-Sotho woordeboek
[21842]   Ziervogel, Dirk & Pothinus C. Mokgokong (198-) : Pukuntshu/Woordeboek
[21845]   Ziervogel, Dirk & Pothinus C. Mokgokong (1988) : Klein Noord-Sotho woordeboek: N.-Sotho - Afrikaans - Engels, Afrikaans - N.-Sotho, English - N. Sotho
[21817]   Ziervogel, Dirk & R. Sh. Dau (1961) : A handbook of the Venda language
[21821]   Ziervogel, Dirk & R. Sh. Dau (1965) : Key to the exercises in the handbook of the Venda language
[21836]   Ziervogel, Dirk et al. (Ed) (1973) : Papers of the Africa Languages Congress, University of South Africa, 22-23 March 1973
[21827]   Ziervogel, Dirk , Dann P. Lombard & Pothinus C. Mokgokong (1969) : Handboek van Noord-Sotho
[21830]   Ziervogel, Dirk , Dann P. Lombard & Pothinus C. Mokgokong (1969) : A handbook of the Northern Sotho language
[21825]   Ziervogel, Dirk , Jacobus Abraham Louw & J. Ngidi (1967) : A handbook of the Zulu language
[21840]   Ziervogel, Dirk , Jacobus Abraham Louw & P. C. Taljaard (1976) : A handbook of the Zulu language
[21844]   Ziervogel, Dirk , Jacobus Abraham Louw & P. C. Taljaard (1985) : A handbook of the Zulu language
[21833]   Ziervogel, Dirk , Petrus Johannes Wentzel & T. N. Makuya (1972) : A handbook of the Venda language
[21843]   Ziervogel, Dirk , Petrus Johannes Wentzel & T. N. Makuya (1981) : A handbook of the Venda language
[28581]   Ziesler, Y. & K. Demuth (1995) : Noun class prefixes in Sesotho child-directed speech
[5170]   Ziesler, Y. & Katherine Alison Demuth (1994) : Noun class prefixes in Sesotho child-direct speech
[21846]   Zietelmann, Thomas (1996) : The return of the devil’s tongue: polemics about the choice of the Roman alphabet (qubee) for the Oromo language
[21847]   Zima, Petr (1964) : Some remarks on loanwords in modern Hausa
[21848]   Zima, Petr (1966) : On the function of tone in African languages
[21849]   Zima, Petr (1967) : On syntactic alternation of verbal forms in Hausa
[21850]   Zima, Petr (1968) : Hausa in West Africa: remarks on contemporary role and functions
[21851]   Zima, Petr (1969) : A contribution to the analysis of verbal forms in a WNW Hausa dialect
[21852]   Zima, Petr (1969) : Area and method in linguistic analysis: Africa and Europe - continents in contrast
[21853]   Zima, Petr (1970) : Le problème de la classification nominale dans les langues africaines
[21854]   Zima, Petr (1971) : Some problems of word order and grammar in Hausa
[21855]   Zima, Petr (1972) : Problems of categories and word classes in Hausa: the paradigm of case
[21856]   Zima, Petr (1973) : Haustina
[21857]   Zima, Petr (1974) : “Digraphia”: the case of Hausa
[21858]   Zima, Petr (1974) : Final vowel duration of grade 6 verbs in Hausa: a phonetic problem with grammatical implications
[21859]   Zima, Petr (1974) : Remarques sur le consonantisme d’un parler haoussa du Niger: les problèmes de ‘palatalisation’
[21860]   Zima, Petr (1974) : Types of standard language development in sub-Saharan Africa
[21861]   Zima, Petr (1975) : Research in the territorial and social stratification of African languages (Hausa and Songhay)
[21862]   Zima, Petr (1975) : The role of linguistics in a literary campaign in Africa
[21863]   Zima, Petr (1984) : Labiovelar stops in the Djougou dialect of Songhay
[21864]   Zima, Petr (1988) : Songhay, Hausa and Chadic
[21865]   Zima, Petr (1989) : Les langues mandé, le songhay et les langues tchadiques: où en sommes nous après Greenberg et Lacroix?
[21866]   Zima, Petr (1990) : Common Chadic lexemes and Songhay
[21867]   Zima, Petr (1991) : New comparative data from the periphery of African language families
[21868]   Zima, Petr (1992) : Dendi-songhay et hawsa: interférence et isomorphisme lexical
[21869]   Zima, Petr (1992) : The role of Songhay for new trends in diachronic linguistics/linguistic kinship (review article)
[21870]   Zima, Petr (1994) : Lexique dendi (songhay) (Djougou, Bénin), avec un index français-dendi
[21872]   Zima, Petr (1994) : International workshop on lexical diffucion in the Sahel-Sahara belt
[21873]   Zima, Petr (1995) : The position of Chadic in the Sahara - Sahel language area
[21874]   Zima, Petr (1995) : L’importance de la stratification dialecte et de la diffusion lexicale pour la classification des langues de l’Afrique
[21875]   Zima, Petr (1997) : Hawsa: état des recherches, analyse de quelques unités lexicales
[21876]   Zima, Petr (1998) : Dialecte marginal ou pidgin vernacularisé? Le cas du dendi (songhay)
[21878]   Zima, Petr (2000) : Hausa: a genetically related branch of dialects within Chadic cum cluster of post-creole areal varieties?
[24953]   Zima, Petr (2007) : Songhay - a Language at the Periphery and Crossroads of Language Families and Areas
[25075]   Zima, Petr (2001) : Créolisations, interférences et problèmes de la classification des dialectes dans le domaine hawsa
[25179]   Zima, Petr (2009) : Songhay verbal negation in its dialectal and areal context
[25741]   Zima, Petr (2010) : Sprachbund and lingua franca as dynamic features: DA - NDA beyond Hausa
[25785]   Zima, Petr (2009) : Focus and focality as a grammatical category in the languages of West Africa
[21877]   Zima, Petr (Ed) (2000) : Areal and genetic factors in language classification and description: Africa south of the Sahara
[21871]   Zima, Petr , Stanislava Bouskova & J. Urbanová (Ed) (1994) : Deuxième table ronde internationale du réseau diffusion lexicale en zone sahelo-saharienne: projet Langue, espace et le temps, Prague, 23-28 Août 1993
[21879]   Zimmer, Stefan (1992) : Language genesis: the case of Afrikaans
[21880]   Zimmermann, Wolfgang (1971) : Die selfstandige naamwoord in Kwanyama: ’n oorsig oor die vorm en inhoud
[21881]   Zimmermann, Wolfgang (1973) : Erläuterungen zu den Bezeichnungen “Damara” und “Owambo”
[21882]   Zimmermann, Wolfgang (1978) : Enkele gedagte oor die kwalifiseerende krag van klasprefikse in die Suidwestale
[21883]   Zimmermann, Wolfgang (1979) : Die inboorlingstaalburo van Suidwes-Afrika
[21884]   Zimmermann, Wolfgang (1984) : Language planning, language policy and education in Namibia
[21885]   Zimmermann, Wolfgang (1987) : What kind of terminology service for third world languages?
[21887]   Zimmermann, Wolfgang & Paavo Hasheela (1998) : Oshikwanyama grammar
[21886]   Zimmermann, Wolfgang , F. H. W. Dresselhaus , J. C. A. C. Alberts , A. Biwa , D. E. Esslinger , Karel P. Prinsloo , C. Sinvula , S. E. van Zyl & R. C. West (1990) : Report of the committee for the investigation into the language situation in education
[28063]   Zivenge, William (2009) : Phonological and morphological nativisation of english loans in Tonga
[21888]   Zoch, Ulrike (2000) : Genus im Hausa von Kumasi (Ghana)
[26523]   Zoch, Ulrike (2013) : Perfectives in the Bole-Tangale languages
[27252]   Zoch, Ulrike (2017) : Pluractionals in Bole-Tangale languages (West-Chadic)
[27809]   Zoch, Ulrike (2020) : Experiencer constructions
[21889]   Zogbo, Gnoléba Raymond (1981) : Description d’un parler bete (Daloa): morpho-syntaxe et lexicologie
[22480]   Zogbo, Gnoléba Raymond (2004) : Parlons bété: une langue de Côte d’Ivoire
[22944]   Zogbo, Gnoléba Raymond (1980) : La négation en bété (parler de Daloa)
[25115]   Zogbo, Gnoléba Raymond (2005) : Dictionnaire bété-français
[21785]   Zolkovskij, Alexandr Konstantinovich (1971) : Syntaxis somali
[21786]   Zolkovskij, Alexandr Konstantinovich (1978) : Stroyeniye niezavisimogo utvierditielnogo predlozheniya v somali
[22722]   Zolkovskij, Alexandr Konstantinovich (1966) : Sintaksis somali: glubinïe i poverxnostnïe strukturï
[21890]   Zoll, Cheryl (1995) : Consonant mutation in Bantu
[24174]   Zondo, J. (1982) : Some aspects of the ideophone in Ndebele
[22486]   Zongo, Bernard (2004) : Parlons mooré: langue et culture des Mossis
[21891]   Zoppke, Barbara (1990) : Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Grammatik des Nomaánté
[21892]   Zorc, R. David Paul & Abdullahi A. Issa (1990) : Somali textbook
[21895]   Zorc, R. David Paul & David Mokabe (1998) : Sotho newspaper reader, reference grammar, and lexicon
[21896]   Zorc, R. David Paul & Louisa Baghdasarian (200-) : Kinyarwanda and Kirundi comparative grammar
[21894]   Zorc, R. David Paul & Madina C. Osman (Ed) (1993) : Somali-English dictionary, with English index
[21893]   Zorc, R. David Paul , Madina C. Osman & Virginia Luling (1991) : Somali-English dictionary
[21897]   Zotwana, S. Z. (1991) : Xhosa in context: from novice to intermediate
[21898]   Zoubko, Galina (1996) : Dictionnaire peul-francais
[21899]   Zoungrana, Ambroise (1987) : Esquisse phonologique et grammaticale du bolon (Burkina-Faso): contribution à la dialectologie mandé
[21900]   Zouré, Auguste (1953) : A lexical phonological description of Bisa
[21901]   Zouré, Auguste (1978) : Rapport d’activité de la commission pour l’enseignement, l’orthographe et la grammaire: sous-commission bissa
[21902]   Zouré, Auguste (1980) : Études phonologique du bisa, suivi de réflexions panchroniques impliquant l’anglais
[21903]   Zouré, Auguste (1981) : La formation du diminutif des noms bissa barka
[21904]   Zouré, Auguste (1989) : Esquisse de categorie grammaticale du bissa-barka
[22428]   Zreg, Mohamed Mohamed (1983) : Identification of specific Arabic language interference problems and their effect on the learning of English structure
[21908]   Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Charlemagne Adopo (1992) : The syntax of Attie pronominals
[21911]   Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Jean-Francois Hanne (1994) : La structure du groupe nominal et la syntaxe des relatives en bambara de Bamako
[21912]   Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Jean-Francois Hanne (1995) : Pronoms, déterminants et relatives (bambara de Bamako)
[21905]   Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Louis-Jacques Li Pook Tan (1987) : Gouvernement et syntagme verbal: à propos de la troncation verbale en créole mauricien
[21906]   Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Louis-Jacques Li Pook Tan (1988) : Copule et prédication en créole mauricien
[21907]   Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Robert Ndiki-Mayi (1989) : Préliminaires à l’étude syntaxique du basaa (Cameroun)
[21909]   Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Sidonie Bingaba-Ngaima (1993) : Pronoms et déterminants: les faits du sango
[21910]   Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Sidonie Bingaba-Ngaima (1994) : Les pronoms topicaux du sango et la théorie du liage
[21913]   Zsiga, Elizabeth C. (1997) : Features, gestures and Igbo assimilation: an approach to the phonology-phonetics interface
[21914]   Zubko, G. V. (1980) : Fula-rusko-francuzskij slovar’
[21915]   Zuengler, Jane E. (1982) : Kenyan English
[21916]   Zuengler, Jane E. (1985) : English, Swahili, or other languages? The relationship of educational development goals to language instruction in Kenya and Tanzania
[21917]   Zufan Berhanu (1989) : The noun morphology of Ari
[21918]   Zukowsky, L. (1924) : Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Säugetiere Deutsch-Südwest-Afrikas unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des Rotwildes [gegründet von A. F. A. Wiegmann; fortgesetzt von W. F. Erichson, F. H. Troschel, E. von Martens, F. Hilgendorf, W. Weltner und E. Strand; herausgegeben von Embrik Strand]
[21919]   Zulu, Constance (2004) : A pilot study of supplemental instruction for at-risk students at an Historically Black University (HBU) in South Africa
[21921]   Zungu, E. M. (2000) : A comparative phonological and morphological analysis of the North and South Lala dialects of Tekela Nguni
[21920]   Zungu, P. J. (1989) : Hlangwini: a Tekela dialect
[22854]   Zürcher, Annelore (1983) : Les phonèmes segmentaux du ditammari: rapport de recherches
[22856]   Zürcher, Annelore & Jacques Nicole (1983) : Étude préliminaire de la tonologie du ditammari: remarques basées sur les nominaux
[28964]   Zwart J. (ed.) (2020) : Gonja Dictionary
[21922]   Zwart, Jan-Wouter (1997) : Rethinking subject agreement in Swahili
[21923]   Zwarts, Joost (2004) : The phonology of Endo: a southern Nilotic language of Kenya
[24954]   Zwarts, Joost (2007) : Number in Endo-Marakwet
[21924]   Zwernemann, Jürgen (1957/58) : Untersuchungen zur Sprache der Kasena
[21925]   Zwernemann, Jürgen (1958) : Remarques sur la structure classificatoire et sur une ancienne classe du lyele
[21926]   Zwernemann, Jürgen (1964/65) : Zum Bedeutungsinhalt soziologischer und religiöser Termini in einigen Gur-Sprachen
[21927]   Zwernemann, Jürgen (1967) : Versuch einer Analyse der nominalen Klassifizierung in einigen Gur-Sprachen
[21928]   Zwernemann, Jürgen (1967) : Kasem dialects in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[21929]   Zwernemann, Jürgen (1968) : Ein “Gurunsi”-Vokabular aus Bahia: ein Beitrag zur Afro-Amerikanistik
[21930]   Zwernemann, Jürgen (1996) : Documents kpeego
[23568]   Zwernemann, Jürgen (Ed) (2003) : Vokabular Kasim-Deutsch, mit Index Deutsch-Kasim und français-kasim
[22721]   Zwicky, Arnold M. & Geoffrey K. Pullum (1983) : Phonology in syntax: the Somali oprional agreement rule
[21931]   Zwinoira, Robert T. (1984) : Some toponyms and ethnonyms of Swaziland
[21932]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1926) : Das Verbum im Kondjara
[21933]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1928) : Das Verbum im Kondjara: Verbesserungen und Zusätze
[21934]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1928) : Grundzüge der nubischen Grammatik im christichen Frühmittelalter (Altnubisch): Grammatik, Texte, Kommentar und Glossar
[21935]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1928) : Zur Stellung des Darfur-Nubischen
[21936]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1929) : Das meroïtische Sprachproblem
[21937]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1931/32) : Die Sprache Numidiens: ein neuer Beitrag zur historischen Afrikanistik
[21938]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1931/33) : Ältere und jüngere Pluralbildung in Berberischen
[21939]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1932) : Neue Sprachdenkmäler des Altnubischen
[21940]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1932/33) : Ursprung und Sprachcharacter des Altägyptischen
[21941]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1933/34) : Meroitisches Sprachgut im heutigen Abessinien
[21942]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1936) : Das geschichtliche Fundament der Hamitischen Sprachen
[21943]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1940/41) : Die Sprache der Blemmyer: ein Beitrag zur Alt-Afrikanistik
[21944]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1942/43) : Der Zenaga-Dialekt des Berberischen
[21945]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1945/50) : Die Lautverschiebungen des Nubischen
[21946]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1950/51) : Die kanarische Berberisch in seinem sprachgeschichtlichen Milieu
[21947]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1956) : Der Fiktion der “kuschitischen” Völker
[21948]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1960) : Zum Typus der kaschitischen Sprache
[21949]   Zyl, D. P. J. van (1940) : Die vorm van die kwalifikatief in die Bantoetale van die Unie
[21950]   Zyl, H. J. van (1941) : Thika-polêlô: dithutô tsa mphatô wa pele dikôlông tsa barutisi le Std. VI le VII
[21951]   Zyl, H. J. van (1958) : Verslag van die komissie van die ondersoek na nie-blanke onderwys in Suidwes-Afrika